Scribd Logo
Upload

Welcome to Scribd!

  • 1K views

    Jataka Parijata Vol 1 3 PDF

    Uploaded by

    Siva Prasad Tata
    This document provides a preface and contents for the book "Jatakaparijata" by Vaidyanatha Dikshita, which is a classical text on Hindu astrology. It discusses the importance of the work, gives background on the author and when he likely lived, outlines the subject matter covered in the 18 chapters, and praises the quality of the translation and explanatory notes provided by V. Subramanya Sastri.

    Copyright:

    © All Rights Reserved
    Download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd

    Jataka Parijata Vol 1 3 PDF

    Uploaded by

    Siva Prasad Tata
    1K views1,094 pages
    This document provides a preface and contents for the book "Jatakaparijata" by Vaidyanatha Dikshita, which is a classical text on Hindu astrology. It discusses the importance of the work, gives background on the author and when he likely lived, outlines the subject matter covered in the 18 chapters, and praises the quality of the translation and explanatory notes provided by V. Subramanya Sastri.

    Original Title

    kupdf.net_jataka-parijata-vol-1-3.pdf

    Copyright

    © © All Rights Reserved

    Available Formats

    PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd

    Did you find this document useful?

    Is this content inappropriate?

    This document provides a preface and contents for the book "Jatakaparijata" by Vaidyanatha Dikshita, which is a classical text on Hindu astrology. It discusses the importance of the work, gives background on the author and when he likely lived, outlines the subject matter covered in the 18 chapters, and praises the quality of the translation and explanatory notes provided by V. Subramanya Sastri.

    Copyright:

    © All Rights Reserved
    Download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
    Download as pdf or txt
    1K views1,094 pages

    Jataka Parijata Vol 1 3 PDF

    Uploaded by

    Siva Prasad Tata
    This document provides a preface and contents for the book "Jatakaparijata" by Vaidyanatha Dikshita, which is a classical text on Hindu astrology. It discusses the importance of the work, gives background on the author and when he likely lived, outlines the subject matter covered in the 18 chapters, and praises the quality of the translation and explanatory notes provided by V. Subramanya Sastri.

    Copyright:

    © All Rights Reserved
    Download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
    Download as pdf or txt
    of 1094

    VaidyanathaDikshita's

    JATAI{A PARIJATA
    (qrilfr qtfrqrn)

    With An
    EnglishTranslationand Copious
    ExplanatorynotesanclExamples

    BY
    V. Subramanya
    Sastri,B.A.
    '
    Ar.rI. Secrerary
    to thebovt. of Mysore(Retd.)
    andTranslarorof Sripatipactdhti,
    llrinot)atata.
    Horasara.Uttarkalanr
    ritactc.

    Vol. I

    @
    RANJANPUBLICATIONS
    16,AnsariRoad,DaryaGanj,NewDelhi-1,1000
    2 (INDIA)
    PREFACE
    It is a matter of grcat pleasurethat thc publloation of the
    rccond edition of JATAKA PARIJATA, the monumental
    work of Sri VaidyanatbaDikshita with the erdeltentDotcs of
    the Late V. SubramanyaSastri has bccn possible by God'r
    graceand the sameis bcing ptacedbefore thc public. Tbis ic
    an exact reprint of the cdition that was brought out by Shri
    Sastriin the ycar 1932. No words of introductionare rcquired
    rs the works of Sh. Sastriare all masterpiecesby themselves'
    lnd havc rightly earnedthe fame tbat is their due. The earlier
    cdition was long out of print and theic war an cver growing
    dcmandfor this book and thc prescnt edition is intended to
    fulfill this long-feltdemand.
    The importanceof this work Jataka Parijatacannot be
    cxa.gerated.It is a basictext book of Hindu Astrology,studied
    glmost in all parts of the country by studentsand scholars
    alike. It is a book invariably prescribedfor study in almost
    all orientalexrrminations on Jyotisha. As a classicaltext book
    of Hindu Astrologyit ranksnext perhapsonly to BrihatJata-
    1a... The fact remains that Brihat Jatakais too brief and
    difficultand that was why works like Horasara, Saravalietc.
    ',rycrcwritten with a view to supply all that is obscure, hidden
    and missing therein. Among thesc works is none that
    can excelJataka Parijata in providing a detailed knowledge
    about all thc essential aspectslike Ayurdaya. yogas, Bhava-
    phala, Vimshottari, Ashtakvarga,Stri Jataka, Kalachakra
    Dasbaetc.The work hasbeentranslated in mostof tbe rcgional
    languageslike Malayalam, Hindi etc and is held in high
    cstecmby astrologersas a book of great authority throughout
    the country
    .i fltsa{ lc}tnc t}<t qf{ii dftf,fr r rr

    Thescience
    of Jyotisha,
    accordrng
    ,. ,,ti;lii: 3o,u,a.o
    into three parts-Hora (prcdictive), Ganitha (Marhematical)
    pnd Sarhhita (M:sccllancour) Predictive. Astrology was origi-
    ( 4)

    nalty written by the ancient sagesin the form of works called


    HORAS. These were very volumirrous and detailed and a
    $udy thereof was very difficult and time-consuming.lt is
    understood from tlte quotxtionsfound in commentariesthat
    therebxisted largc volumesof Horas calledafter Parasara,
    BrihatPrajapatya, Saunaka,Kaushika,Atri, Gargaetc. Today
    many of these havs bucomerare aud almost inaccessiblc.
    Later works like Brihat Jatakaand JatakaParijataetc-are all
    condensations of theseHorasas they themeselves professto be.
    In theopeningtwo versesthe authorsays:
    ;RAr qrt q{rnilfilfqa w1q a{T6nr1 |
    (qrq nr(rqf(g(Ilil;a 5*rq6 il4.6 qrkqrtl ll
    From this statementit is clear,hat the authoris summa'
    risingall that is importaut in the ancient Horas of Garga,
    Parasaraetc.and the later'workslikc BrihatJataka, Saravali
    etc.And at the end he writes:
    qsnlTl€qfqitq I
    E'lirfwgegaaqacql
    qt ilam qrftqnqftr ffitgo te'ffta"tq rr
    i.e.thisworkisdividedinto l8 cbatpersand is supposedto
    containftatgO 1763 slokrrs. But, the work conlainsin the
    presentform l9l8 slok:rsdue to ittterpolations.Many slokas
    areverbatirnborrowedfrom the ancicntworks like Saravali,
    BrihatJatakaetc. Workslike Phaladeepika etc.are indebted
    to thisr reatwork whichfact it clearfrom the slokasthat are
    found in them, borrowedfrom this book. eg.utfqrzt<{;ff ctc.
    T'hcSubjcctMatter
    The topicsdealt with in the X V III Adhyayasare brieffy
    as follows:
    l. Nature of thc signs. 2. Nature of the plariets. 3.
    Birth of beastsaud miscellaneous'4. Arishta'Infantile death
    etc. 5. Ayurdaya-Longevity. 6. Evil combinations
    thar inar
    the boroscopes7. Rajayogas' 8. Combination of two or more
    Planets. 9. Effectsof Mandi, yqar, month etc of birth' 10.
    Ashtavarga.'11.Resultsof I arrdII houses. 12.Resultsof III
    and IV houscs 13. Resultsof V and VI houses.14. Rds'rlts
    ol'VII, VIlt and IX houscs.',15.Rdsultsof X, XIand XII
    lrcrrscs. 16 FemaleHoroscopy. 17. KalachakraDasha. \
    (5)

    18. Vimshottari Dasha and other Types of Dashar. Hundreds


    chapters VI, VII anil VIII and
    4,of yo8asare dealt with in
    lcuch a detailedtreatmentis difficult to comeacrosselsewhere.
    Each chapter is comprebensivebook by itself and it is for the
    . readerto verify for himself thc contents.
    THE AATHOR
    Not much is known about the author exceptthat he wag
    the son of a great scholar Venkatadri and belonged to the
    , BharadwajaGotra as he himselfsays:
    'jfr fdsrftrt tgafiaan: *'iu-arq*if: t
    qt<Erctgt'tlgcrq f*gw:*,igaafrq r
    lfrfamsefriltrcirrrt 6qq; *iuarc: gdl: ll
    from the abundancy of quotations found from the work
    'sarvarthaChintamani,tsomeopine that fathrjtof Vaidyanatha'
    Dikshita is none other than Venkatesa.the auth,orof 'sarvarths
    Chintamani'.But. this deservesfurther investigationand the
    suggestionappearsto be incondusive.The suggqstionlthat thc
    author was indentical with the writer -of the celpbr\tqdwork
    'Prataparadriya'on poestics,is totally incorrect,llpr tlq latter
    was Vidy?natha (fselFTrq).the confusion being du\ $o the
    'D\k\hita'
    unfortunatesimilarityin spelling.'The appcllation
    clearlydcnotesthat he must haveperformcdsom\ biq sa\r\fices
    of the type 'Somayaga'etc.
    The author belohgedto South India ar\,r tnost ilrobpbly
    to Karnatakaor AndhraPradesh.
    Prof. Katva has statcd that he belongedfo the l4th ccn'
    tury and livcd in Mysore. As far as we could gather, tqe
    family trce is as follows.--
    Anniah Dikshita
    Venkatadri(Venkates{lDiksbita)

    Vaidyan.thaDikshita
    Ifany f\rther dctailsare known to' he readers,they are
    requotcd to scnd thcm to us so that lhe samecrn be addedfor
    .f[rowing more tight about the author of this greatwork.
    (6)

    HisTime
    Thc author l.asbeendeclaredby KcsaraDaivajna, ashis
    guru,whichfact is borne out by the followirrgslokain hir work
    g6i mr :
    dl{irnrrer6rdega6rrnlpiaraagr
    g1,ia-rwq<11 arira: *q1c:
    "flqdd
    qtiil€sil Ganesa-Daiva.;na,the son of Kesava Daivajna
    wrote his famous treariseGraha Laghava(rc qfqr{; in 1520
    A. D. (Keshavabelongedto l),landigram(rFemt) in tr,tahar-
    'shtra)
    wbich is clearfronr the verse:

    afiamq E6rwr;a faclfrnqrfadtaraf h


    lTsgo'tfirrliltl: €rnqnrret{ fuE *ils: rr
    --Tt artrr
    So,Kesavlr Daivajnr must have bccn born about 1456
    A. D. HcnceVaidyanatbashouldhavebeen born bctween1425
    A. D. and l45t A.D
    The Translation
    It is hardly nccessflryto dwelt upon the meritsof this
    translationas the worksof ShriSastri:rrctoo wellknown to the
    public for theirremarktbleclnrityeruditionand thoroughness.
    Thc rcaderwill find that all availa5leparrllel passages (morb
    tbanabouta thousandslokas)from authenticworkshavcbeen
    frecly and fully quoted almost perhapsto superfluityso tha.t
    the book will servc ts a relf containedand usefulcompcndium
    on thc subject.
    If thir book should be receivedly all thv i,.jaders
    interes-
    tcd in this scieoceof Asirology .wrth interest and should it
    provc urcful to oxr readers, wc wrtl considerourselvesamply
    rcwarded for our labour.
    THE PUBLISHERS
    CONTENTS
    Adhyaya I The Propertiesof Signs
    Adhyaya II Nature of the Planetsand their
    Properties
    AdhyayaIII Manifold Births etc.
    AdhyayaIV Dcath incidentatto bhildhood
    Adhyaya V L.engthof Life
    AdhyayaV-A Exit from the world.

    lrqr3lnrT:
    qtlnq: rd'fT
    lE
    I <rFr:fiorsqfq: I qt
    R T-{CreqTamI: Yl qe_

    f ffi;qrfrfiqreqltr: eq ro
    Y Erqrf<szreqH: tul I ou
    I rtg<faleqt{; lit IRY
    t-g iqtR'r+rcqrq; loo t{
    ll *ritsfi.m.ll
    sTq
    a
    a

    JATAKAPARIJATA
    --<\i+tr--

    nffi!tl
    ffifrfttrrRqtt
    il€r qrtrtmffii t'rq ilrffid
    qtA {Kt ll t ll
    AdtryaYa I
    Tsn PnoPEETTEB or SrcNg'
    Srofra. l. Having bowed to the Sun, the Lord
    the
    of day, who i! oi t[" nature of Vishnu 1ft9]
    (rrd and
    Lf"".O of the Godderts Sri (g1), Brabman
    Si". te,of who is rp $bvereignof the hosts of imriortal
    (TtR)
    lighte, who transcendb M"y" (qrqr) [Prakriti
    I am
    ;.7., im"t.1 and who rules al'l animate wotlda
    qtftstil) to the
    going to expoundJatakaParijata (erm
    i"tif dl astrololeri epitomioing the tdarry influence
    treeted ol by Garga (rrrt), Parasara(vrrrn) and others
    qrflql$ilrqqfugqr ?ffifu
    cfrfu{tqft{r€q eirrftftqrrq: g{l t
    r|,
    @rftt
    *[
    ffit$rrefiqr( ll Rll
    2 €reocm Adh.t
    SIokt 2. I, the talented Vaidyanacha(lqirq),
    the son of tbe learnedVenkatadri(ffi), a descendant
    of the Bharadwaja(rrrCrw)family lnd a proficient in the
    Scienceof Astrology, set forth ia regular order the
    whole mrrter (of Astrology) commencingwith the
    ddinitione of the zodiacalpositione to afford mental
    injoyment to the multitudeof *ir. men who appreciate
    the nectarcous -truths.
    sweetsof astrological
    rrursq@qr{r{r$ql
    tiuqwnfuq€qi{ fr qrffi{rRqrqn I tl
    Sloka.3. Prostratingmyeelf at the lotus.feetof
    the Lbrd of Raghuswhich the bardcommuniry haveto
    salute (in undertaking.anything auspicious)I prepare
    the work of Jatakapaiijata(wrcwrRwn) abridging the
    important scientific work /Saravali(qnmft).

    ia 1gl,i W{ q,i q $i ftqF Eqk ttstt


    ffir wfrr*rffirdrqbqrr
    ffi*dqftrqqF$drqzq lt \tl
    qaqsqattsittn*sr qff qgqnfirqill? r
    uft q{rrd q$€ qil *fr qzdqr{flrtflasn q tl
    dlaFs{iqsgfnwr qqft'tt
    Sllhas 46 and Jirst quarter 0f Sloko 7:-The
    first eign, astrologerEstyle as Mesha(*l), Aja (ct),
    Viswa (f*q), Kriya (ft-r), Tumbura (gqr) or Adya
    (ru); the secondar Vrishabhai?qc or tlc), Uksha(ert}
    Go (fr),Tavuru (ilrgG)cr Gokula (tfrW); the third
    aE Dwandwa (iie) Niiyugma (qtc), Jutuma (ggr
    or Rg*), Yama(cc), Yuga (tr1) or Mithuna mgf); tbe
    s[.2,7. nrfrsqrq:

    fourth as Kulira (sdr), KarLaaka (r{Ar) or Karkaa


    (*), the fifth ag lianthirava (5vit€)' Simha ftt)'
    irtiig*ao (qfr{) or Leya (Ur ; the sixth a$ Pathonr
    '1er*1, Kanya (*c0. Rrmani (twft) or Taruni (Godt)
    (1n)'
    in. r.o.ottt as Thruli (lrdr1,Vanik 1nior1)'Juka
    oi Dhata ('{4; the eighth 'as lli. ("9)'
    Tn"i; @ -1f*t),.
    Vrigchika Kaurpi (+rft) or Kita (*a) ; the
    riarasrnanrar);
    ninth as Dhanus(sgq), bh.p" (<r'i)or
    the tenth asMriga ielr), Mrrgasya(€arv)'MakaralTt)
    or Nakra (ns) th; eleventh as Kumbha ($x)' -lhata
    (re);. Thoyadhara(rilcqt); and the twelfth as Meena
    (ctq), Prithur<rna(ggtq)
    ifrt', Anthya 1*u), Mathsya
    or Jhaoha(tl)'
    Norrs.
    The autLc presumes in the student an elementary know'
    'of
    the 12 Rasis' tho 27
    lcdge of the science, such as the names
    Ntirfr"tr"", clc', aidbegins to give tho different naines by which
    cach of the signs is known'.
    more elaborately'dealt
    In slokas 18 to 25 the Rasis have becn
    from Skandahora-(m-<1Kr) may be noted
    with, but the following
    Rasis:
    here regarding Vrishabha (tcc) ana other
    wl1
    .rgn, S.tot 1Q ulrr{rqr, t f€i ggt rqbrrftilt
    *ir qlFrr acrCr rlf
    $, ok, rdf etErri\$qi r ft0 qrdtlt ]t
    cg", *Cf qgh+c drtt' I d a*r rrr: ffi-qttt
    Fa
    t,;;*Ct.tt aA rit.q?tr f*cqfr *rl ftrbq?t0qhn
    the several z'diacaL
    The following are the I-atin names for
    eigns from Mesha (lr) or.wards :
    Aries Tula iu Libra
    Mesha
    Taurug Vrischika ... Scorpio
    Vrislfabha ...
    Gemiui Dhanus $agittarius
    Mithuna
    Cancer Makari Capricori-
    Katal€- ,:.
    Kuhbha Aquarius
    Simha --.. :,!., I*o
    Virgo Meena Pisc6
    I(anya
    ftfirlt{fu Adhr
    qHriffiT{q*Wrr ftqrqtl t
    qn,frrdrRff,qtrfr44nfia"q1.
    ffinmtrnrrffffinu11
    ^ Sloha 7 lquarters 2 to 4). Kriya (Arc) and other
    zodiacalsigns in the heavensconsist of nine quarters
    of Btars-reckoning from Dasra fqe Aswini) ,nd are
    Fr..d lGhetra (ele),Riksha (*r), Rasi (rrfu), Bhavana
    (rtt) and Bha(v).
    NorBs
    Rasis are usually counted from Mesha and Nakshatras from
    hswini (qhr*). Each Nakshatra has four quarters and
    each Rasi
    consists of nine quarters of the Nakshatras. Thus
    Mesha is com-
    posed of Aswini (qDrft), Bharani (qetr)
    ana the first quarter of
    Krithika (afr61) and so on. c/. Garga (.rli,.)

    qf}fr rwfr tc: aRmrrrT{sq s r eecp.m cr€igs:


    trq<-o aqrrr
    frqdcrd frgd drlrgrq<uF{T{| irflrT{:scqrtcr aFrr:m*;ar:rzc: il
    ft*t lTrrfi,rFt-r:cK: itE t*tiia: Lecqr<r?*it.;qr Erilf}ffiRi}Eq rl
    gorf+fl{d qrmft,clrql"vrrfi raecrtfu{tqii{ q;zfh*
    #;,
    qwq aril Tdr crtr frtrrs q t ilflrnfrili Frydffit
    {rsi (d{ ll
    il{o {Ksr$i{ ilqrqqturTct | ilisFtir 6.6: g6frltq, tun ,,-
    The last quarter of the sloka gives,.the several
    synonymous
    terms for Rasi (cFr) or sign.

    il(trar6atI ffig€tnt**1-
    (r@3 I
    sr6q qrggrpiqq6q fr
    qr€t frqgrtnq{r slq tt d tl
    , Sloha 8. The parts o[ the body of the person
    Kala (wo-Time) beginning with Mesh", ,.rp.",i,
    vely the head, the mouth, the breast, rhe"r"
    hearj, the
    belly, the hip, the groins, the private parr, the two
    thighs, the two knees,the two calvesand the two feet.
    '5
    Sl. &9. rqfrserrr:

    Notps
    cf, q..al l-4. The 12 Rasis are supposed to represent the
    several pzrrts of the body of Kalapurustra iqiogtc), Mesha (Aries)
    representing the head and so on.
    ' \
    clr. m{t{di
    rNssrgE{c Grd(fiB*rfuns+{gr{r
    TrtqE aturl +loqrgtfft qt{lsqs: rl
    The object of this divisiop is also distinctly' expressed
    in the same work thus :
    ifi1cr;rg€ffi?nf{ g€CltrtiffiqAeq6{fifu |
    T{tTfl qsc?fii:Isrt rMqrfr tt
    i. t,, to find out the full growth or otherwise of the differmt
    parts of the body of the owner of- the horoscope according as the
    Ras is typifying them are connected with beneficqr malefic planets,
    In the case of all horoscopes,the several parts of the body
    referred to above should be understood to be representCd iry the
    signs beginning from the Lagna.

    Mqt'frmuftn-
    trot qrwrqitrqqfrirl €Trrftqh( r
    {ffi sG qgrqqrdr qhr tqqrdsr
    irqil qqwrfuilqw{rn q{ €}w2r{mn q tl
    S/oFa. 9. Sign PisceEconEistsof two fisheswith
    their two tails and headsin reversedpoEitione. Aqglt
    rius is symbolisedby a man with a pot. Librais a
    person with a balance;Sagittariw is a man armed
    with a bow, the hinder parr of the body baipg,_tha_,
    of a horse. Capricornusis a shark with the fage of
    a deer. Gemini constitutea pair-ofhumanbeingsbear,
    ing a harpand a mace. Virgo ia a woman ltanding
    in a boarcarryingwith her corn and fire. The remain,
    ing signscorrespondto things tvith froperties indi,
    catedby their respective name6, Each one of them
    inhabits the region approprhte thereto.
    6 qrdsqrftqa Adh I

    Notns.
    cf . q, qt,I. 5. r*lmaq: is another reading.

    he qrgwwrrmi qrq
    sflrtt! €rguRqluo{tilrfi?|
    ffig{ar
    Er{teamgfltrrfi
    sdttrfu n I" tl
    sde€q
    'rsq ileorttiili{raqqfur
    r qqfftRg€oqrd gonnf
    stzsffi:nlttl
    qTqar@
    imrrq qREgrr{t{rrr
    tqq frqqanoeT{qorfr
    qt{q qHfrigfrfrrflft u tR tr
    Slofras 10,12. Th: abodeof Mesha (h) or the
    Ram ie the surface of the earth containing precious
    stonesand yieldingmin:rals. Ihe quartersof Vrishabha
    (ttll or theBull,is thetable,land, farms,the cow station
    and the forest, The placeof Mithuna fcga) or Gemini
    is the gambling house and pleasure,haunts such as a
    park or a garden. The seat of Kataka .wm) or the
    Crab it- rlake, a pond or a sand,banLin the midst of
    water. The region of Simha(ftt) or the Lion is deep
    mountain,cavesand denseforests: .The haurrt of the
    sixth or Virgo is a pasture,land. or the pleasure,room
    of a woman The locality of Thula (Wr) or Libre
    is the ba:aarof a city aboundingin all kinds of valuable-
    thi:rgs. The lair of Vrischika (te*; or the Scorpion
    consistsof a region abounding in flint, or holes ol
    T'-T:.-.-....------""
    .- -.-,.,
    Y1'-19---?---
    noxiousreptiles.The campor barrackcontaininghorses
    chariots and elephantsis the placeof Chapa (rm) or the
    .Sagittarius.The home of Makara (got) or the Deer'
    faced is a river or other water'abounding region'
    The seat of Kumbha ($q) or Aguarius io a water'pot
    and the receptaclesof veeselsin a house. The resort of
    Meena(rfr) or Pisces ia a river, the sea and similar
    collections of water.
    Norus.
    These are useful in fixing the nature and the whereabouts of
    absconded or missing persons, lost things, etc., and seem to have
    been culled from the works of the Yavanas, from which the
    following is extracted:-
    qut sEfr fvcurtqtr! irrq<r qqt rtftF: gtil: r
    ' : rr
    sqrftrr tqr+;(tGffiqr.qtq,crttqfr
    fqrgRg cfuft Afi; (tltefirorFftlrt Ruq: t
    rffiWnt uftqonrcff{srsqfr: il
    {qrrrqnufugii q*t: cqrcR:sa{gqiqt{t: I
    rrd* mr<ftrqEd *.rcnRt{dEfiqft: ll
    rd s.dt{rsPdlqfdrfraqr:rQt Rftu urg:
    tqRcrqtgFdaft iis tdrr<Rqfum{ft: rt
    ttt€ tr+ Cqqc+i cqrcA:wrrrgrut' t
    tqrz:d,gngndrf6qrsrs* gfuaq?{r: il
    l{M Ig +lq t-rr f,rqr c* ssftR{ nffi I
    ilsrt{t{r vrt Ruq: q{Ir6at 61ftfuqqft: rl
    qftqi q€r quqwrlcllqs Rrt: q mft *ffi.t t
    gxrrHtsq rqqrqElttaepilgr**qsUfi: tl
    t*ssdt gffiqqrg qln: qrlrMt I
    Urn+o@-q1ftqfi:rt
    ll;€ft qgcfr Eqcfbcrt<crgee ge<Srg: r
    eqft rdq K(c <arRgrre uuvrwuqS : il
    qqr{lt cdHrr* qrg&t a$IrR qqls I
    rrwrltqrt Adb.t

    @ ! i{rc : f t g : r r
    q;;Q q ftu: stqq S* Et fiqrfirqr$rqt: r
    g*rqilmg{rq cd d*reE6} qalftareqft: il
    c0 g *<cqcq{dtr ilqs crfr p{t* eRilt r [,,
    gglqtqFcffi?tt@:rr
    gtt<sq{dq{ Efirsreg snqfur:t | iln r lqrtnM.tr--
    foag ap;Qqqr:'lRr.

    =grTtsdr{ntq|ffi
    {qtrewemnmM $irftdr
    qF11QM*turrFril-
    eil$ $Sft vtRtrfff{rl? ufr nqq il R tl
    Sloha. 13. The oigns Merha, Vrishabha and
    Kumbhaare short. Makar4 Mithuna, Dhanuc, Meena
    and Katakaare of wen length while Vrischika, Kanya,
    $inha and Thula.are long. The rigns are male and
    female:from Mesha onwards in rqular order. Mesha,
    Vrirhabha, Mithuna and. Kataka with their thrikme
    ot triangular cignoreprercntttp four qufterE commenc-
    ing from the East; Again" the eignofrom Merha, taken
    in order, are to be considered ficrce and ousphious3
    they are also termed moving, fixed and dual rignr
    reopcti"ely.
    Nor:s.
    This sloka is helpful in deqiding tho sex, appearance, charac-
    ier, etc., of the perbon coucerned. If the Lagna be a male sign
    and the surroundings lead to the sagneconclusion, he is surely a
    male; but if thefr should be otherwise, hb will $e a male with
    feminine appcarancc and charactqr, etc., ot uicc oosat. The
    student should never venture anyprediction_ unless'a11 t\e existing
    coditions are fully and carefully tested and weighed. q{ S€rS-
    {1ft5 11frSqrftg ffiK{dt irrfrfr rn<ikd
    Isl. 14 lrfrsrnr:
    ..U.vffirvv!^ !v rv.YYYUT lvrtvvwYu

    af. ssffi:
    atqP gwr A?nlcq divqw grwt;t
    'f,q1{r:5llr:
    t}<r g*5 rretg tt
    '
    d€fl: ftryqddrR:cERRft tmq;-iinq{; t
    (Rrqrrr+goqrqrqtffrq: lr(dFtFt ||
    be
    . The sign Meena is stated to be of even length, but it will
    by
    seen from sloha 56 infta tbat the sign's length is represented
    the number 20 and should therefcre be classed as a short sign'
    cl. €KFdt.
    qgtftilfttrdrct fr gavg:tffig'rgqr{ qtn: I
    zPqq+'qr{qqftffiftfr ffi sqr<qmr:tt
    Videalsa notes to that sloka.
    ' g r qft+rumwri, tqt eetsrftsiatc|}'iftrcdti q
    ftqhrerilti
    'ilfl ?.
    I q65f{ea'rds gt*d frt<: -qtacJ qqft kqffir&rr& tttft'

    qtmril ftPtrEqzgXflSqfqlw{fir
    Rrqrwt mqqqtsu{frffiq t
    trdnwqfr
    irqr:rftfrflRaqor:
    ftawl(aqg{Tt3ifiaot qhR ll tB ll
    Sl,ofu. 14. Vrishabha, Mithuna, Kataka, Dhanus'
    Merha and Makara poEEesBotreogth at night. These
    excepting the tign Mithuna rire with their rear portion
    'fhe rest appear with thsir heads and have
    firot.
    Itrength during the dry. They are also termed rigno
    characterioedby tuperiority. The-rising aign at any
    given time, if repreoentedby a coupleof fieh'figureo ir
    io under both tlie Priohtodaya ( sg?qq) and
    "or.
    $eerchodaya (t?rff'qc).
    .Norss
    c/. q(l{(e[ffi
    t qin gBrflr&a irorfusr s{kar tt
    Fnr {tqttqr*c s-Tqrqtg3Qr<cr:
    ' Also lt€ft(trdRr
    nn zsrreetRqro<rc€rrr ttarc-q! q: t
    0lo rmdM Adh. I

    gpnrt qPrd5.T{q ft-qrffiir ksflli}mr:q: tt .b


    eiFrtq:q*q-gh<rqSnqrqqr e€qt: sdw: t
    a;{rgpqrrffidn?ft Et: tr'l'it<qrqt ur{?it(frs;q: tI
    For the usefulnessof this sloka, cf.
    alil<} q+ntsikr{Rt<: cir& Rqcfl qotqiiEa tt
    rd Also qf<i ltsr kT{a ffi qmq't{ <t+ Rc{zrq$ {rrd a ae{ lt
    v,l u,
    , ifl
    {lrt|ts*€qrrm qftoTi{tnqF
    frqrqqr qzq5firtlrfr1rlr
    Rdnqeowt ihrqrqntt-
    wflrflq qaqslrq(iril {t<rt il t\. ll
    ' Slofta. 15. Many learned men say that Meena,
    Vrischika, Katakaand Makaraare termedwatery signs'
    Kumbha,Kanya,Mithuna and Vrishabha, representthe
    water,resolters,while Mesha,Dhanus,Thula and Simha,
    representthose that traverse(dry or) waterlessregions.
    Norss.
    pla'
    Amongplanets, the Moon and Venus are tenned watery
    and tbe Suo' Mars
    nets, MercuryanclJupiterare water'resfftcrs,
    usi rireagt
    and Saturnwaterlessones. Vifu Adhyaya II sl. 13'
    t{ srdr qqk il'6or:n (fr'
    c.rtol N'"gpqgrq<fr54<r0.rg
    $i qr$qndtRltqunR\fl
    ts
    q6lt6r iilag{pr qi1ctfqwtlt
    FqlilIfqreftfurnl{rrql
    oqfail qia qrr &ril i[ttret: ll tq ll
    qoli\tllqr tltnqg{ t
    'I aqrqua\;eg.fi$il (QflqqHqftld eq 11lu ll
    iorrrfr rf{qarq\qf
    $imha'
    Slolos. 16- 17.The latter haif ct Dhanuo'
    and Mesha' when
    Vrish;ha, tbe forepart of Makar.a -the
    M'n' (wra)or l0th-bouoe;
    they happen,oi"iit
    are calledquadrupedeigno' Kanva'
    ;iJessiir.ngtt "nd
    8t. l8 rrrftsEfif: II

    Mithuna, Kumbha, Tfiula and the fbrerparr of Dhanus,


    when they form the lagna or the rieing sigr\ have
    abundantstrengthand are termedthe human family of
    bipeda. The latter part of Makara, Meena and Kaaka
    which are termed waterv signs,are Etrong when they
    tuppen to be the {th house.Vrischika which is a water,
    resortingsign is strong in the seventhhouse.
    Nores.
    c/ .rd:. T$d.irq {e: rqr
    Xdnda qf.a4:r
    ofiryr sfuir Frgtld R rc<rqrq:rl
    s-gtq.+A{iir{t'<r&qcfbir | .
    A+{r reir fqqAt it wocr<rq: rr
    mltDr*: +tir s-osr{qftfrp66:I
    Tgms-qisftfr{trftrq: Q q-gtqfl:ll
    , {Fr€ -.rr<rts?ficfiFEeil{ R r
    These are useful in finding the (iTIq iitro) Bhavadigb.t&
    Izrda frqfrqqft: Ch. Ill. Sl. 2l-23

    *d lrdlG ffir irctrarqg6T(r!*oqnrcrrdrqq I


    *ErK u{ qR *aqqr: tFqft {ttgerrr{Fil tt qdtl
    Slokd. 18. A bipedsign is srrong [n a Kendra
    1*.a) positi,on(let,4th, 7th, or 10th house) during the
    d"y ; the quadrupedsigns are strong au night when in
    the cameKendra(*-"4) position. All reptile signs ulhen
    in the Kantaka (*,qd€)or Kendra (#q) position poqseFs
    rtrength in the two periodsof juoction betweenday and
    night (morning and evening).
    ' Nores'
    cf' il,-r**
    {lr +.1t{rAg4dft ftitr q qfu;{ t;,. ta+(ftfrtfier:)
    The term qizr (reptiles) here includgs nbt pnty Vrischika
    Rasi. but also the other aquatir signs. o/.'t+dtffr:
    frfq-garg;",rdrql fign-or qh{rr Trr,t{ r
    *f q-q-{sffi-6r
    qr+rE{rertr: Xirart I r$}
    ftimm-<-Wfrq ? {;rfi{rql
    ffirfitRqtu Adh f
    tf, ##
    -r-.V-------t-t

    qrdfi *qtmqrrrqt etE r


    *rrqli d*{a: tqt+ ll tq ll
    "ffi,atmr-mm-tn< of Meshaand
    Sloka./9. Wise men'qayin respect vege'
    they are mineral'
    other signs taken in order' that
    even signs'-- Mineral
    tableand animal,"t "rt" "aa and
    from gold to clay'
    compricesthings of thtt classvarying to a
    V;;ilI; in.tia* all plantsfrom a tree down
    body of living
    gr"ir.na the animalincludesthe whol:
    beings.
    ffiEv.rr faqwqrqffit tqll I
    ii.g$atttrqc qil! d€rr*frarlll'o'll
    Vrishabha are
    Sloka.Zl. l'tleena',Vrischika and
    Simhaare Kthatriyar ;
    Brahmins. Dhanus, Meshaand
    Vaisyas ; and Kanya'
    Kumbha,Mith.rnr and Thula are
    \f,akaraand Katakr are Sudras'
    Nmes.
    as Sudra (*i) and l(4talca
    The sign Vrishabha is considered
    correct view' c/' rrem<' +Stt
    Brahmin. This seemsto be the
    qro-Sloka'$1.
    t
    tg: o€t x?roft{{rrft eTr w: ftFrr;qtq:
    g", *to, fsgi qttqr: *nqrrSsft Ttr{r *F: ll
    qarfi{ra{$frqrfrqtfl qeffi Efu$ffitr t
    ,iffi *At gordu;ff qrfiGqq ffi qilt ll Rt ll
    blind
    Sloko.2l. Mesha,Vrishabha and $imhr are
    and Kanya are
    at the deadof night' Kataka'Mithuna
    ara deaf in th3
    utina at midday." Thol. and Vrigchika
    i;;;;. Dhanusand MaLara are 80 in rhe afrernoon.
    '
    qFqat qr{ffit lTkff{ i
    €flrFHFtt[({qT
    rdfu{it{Fi q{osr{ofd{ft{t llltll
    <rr€{€Fqs
    8|. 22,11.3. rrrltstqrr: 13

    Sloke.22: The deerfacedand the bow'b:aring


    oigns,d.c. Makaraand Dhanuswhich are lame become
    fatal in the two periodsof t wilight. The concluding
    pqrtion'of.the' signs Kataka, Vrischika and Meenair
    called Riksha,Sr.nChi (*tsFn) and is well'known ar
    Pqgandantha(*rrnei;.e)ie.-the end of the elbow -a
    vulnerablepart (a critical period).
    Nottg.
    ri'
    For the effect of a birth at qt,:t{, al. mqtc-d

    cra.ta Arcft wrgrwif q\eslm.rrat t


    "t
    qq Strd wcr?t qcqrft *<Xs: n

    rrrfr€t{rkqrzw wrgF{fifufrctrrrJil!|
    fuo' @ q'fig *Rqet'll RQll
    Sloha.2l. Red,white, green(parrot's hue), pink,
    pale-white,piebrld,black,goltlen,ycllowish or brown,
    variegated,deep,brown,and white arethe colourl aE'
    signedto the signsfrom Mesha onwards.
    Nr,res. r$
    cf. *q.l-20.
    c.f. qgqrds
    qttrididqre$qrrsfiPE{r' fReffir r
    fr*6i{al1ir*<rta* writcq rt
    Also qRrsd
    onRaftdgrfi-dr: qr€atqftttcp:gfuTr{ct
    urqaenrftn; +ftrgrtcrrfr<ul: <f I
    Also qtwrm
    cn: Rra:gtfttr: vra&qawogt:t
    F{.x:.llitq:rqq!fi(6{:ftmr: ttrce: n
    'Tg{q'fFFr' qffirtd: $rnqril: ll
    c,fttri g qRrrcqqfW{rtq il
    l1 qrfficrRqre Adh I;

    Also A<lhyayaI1I. St. 4, inf'a.

    ilqrii qrrfugcqfiq-dfrqq: wqdgcwr;{


    -.qr{rtgrd fro'lrtgd fag*{Gft I t
    {rqrd firffTdrqit-qfr$gtM {qfr
    Fqluqrg: ll 18 ll
    Stoka.24 Clothin,l and other artictesof apparel,
    cuperiorrice, the collectionof forest produce, plantrin,
    cerealsof the highestsort, bambcc, muiga or kidney
    beanrnd other stored articles of trade coming up to
    Eesamum-$acl<s, sugar,can?,iron and oth:r kindredsub-
    rtances,weaponsand horses, gold and other valuable
    articles,flowers springingin w,rter and all water'born
    thingo are said f,o ba the materialg representedby
    Mesha and the remaining.signs respectively,their
    quantity being small or great, accorJing as the eigns
    typifying them are weakor Etrong.
    q{qgft ilttrirqfrg'{frmtffi qriqwt*'r
    stur nqri(gflfiHtqnild*qT*fr TqF( qfir: llR\ll
    Slotil. 25. Wise men say that Mars, Venus,
    Mercury, the Moon, the Sun, M:rcury, Venus,Mars,
    Jupiter,Saturn,Satrrrnand Jupitgr are respectivelythe
    lords of the signsfrom Mcshaouwardsand alsoof their
    amsas'
    NcT.i{s.
    c.f.E. l. I.6.
    " !ffiaa1iBj1qFtl:'is anotherreading.
    , c/ nreeR - ag{qgq'Sl. 42.
    : $TFmsq?Aq* 1lge Wq g*a+
    : irt t*r+rg"ft fiq€: fka<?il rtqi: I
    ^-\ -1 .\ -\
    ErFr|E$rqFrqqqlr q{{!5rllrcctt q flEEr qEI:
    frrr rnq&tn rrtr q ro& frsri m* sfire: rl
    Sl. S,28 rrr*srqrq: I5

    {Wgfr?fi{r ftamtrq,
    aRnrgettqr
    TdrxEirqr
    qte:qqP-qql
    frmrfrmdkqtaqidrsffq*qqr* I1EII
    wRqrqrqgqfoAftA+dr<rq w\ r
    ffisr ilfirlrr{rr{r: gEtetff rm, sd qrE llq,\ell
    qrftreeqili q{rqrrurqtq(i {ti{' t
    ir?Hsti qFlqrrd;qiiti zgs qqoitTt qr( ll 1d ll
    Stokas.26'28.Simhe1&t), Vrishabha(1ltr;' Mesha
    (h), Kanya (t'ar), I)hanus ( qW.), Thula (gor), and
    Kumblra(gq) are the first triangular (Moolatrikona-
    W&*f") signsof the planetscommencing with the $un'
    In the ."r.Lf Sukra (gt), Sani (nft), Ravi (rft)' ind
    Guru (gt), the first t0 degreesof the signs Thula (gor1'
    Kumbha(S,F), Simha (lttt), and Dhanus ( fW ) form
    the Moolathrikona (qor?ohr), and the rest. Swakshetra
    (eia), i. e., rheir own house' The first three degrees
    cf Vrishabha(yu) form the exaltationportion 9f jl'
    Moon, and the.t.tt, t.t Mootathrikona(ryH*lo)' The
    first twelve degrees of Mesha arecalledthe Moolathri'
    lona (teflrlor; cf Kuja(go)and the rest,theSsakshetra
    (€e"). The f;rat baif of Kanya(*';ar)is the' exaltation
    portion of Budha(gq); the next t€n degrees, tbe Moola'
    ifrtilon" ({oFr+ior); and the last five degreee'.tne ,!11'
    ({str-
    kshetra(qt"). Kumbha(in) ic theMoolathrikona
    +.tJd.hu; Mithuna(fogr), the exaltation sign and
    Kanya (*-qt), the Srwakshetra (€8")
    6/ fl<rrd.
    clcs r;qr{i gqq griTl*: eqr ft;eaq 1
    qraffirwni cdhn*: srtftrti tmrs I
    ,* Ei qrtFnt;gq t4* tudtqnfrar: t
    1r{qrrnrr qc ffirurcd cit g *qs I
    16 illrfurr Adh. I.

    q{rqr{rTtsrc c BrdsrcA r* qt t
    {
    ${ gN il r*sid TcFrrrt <* q* rr
    frnfttcr: ilFt Frirqqcl sqr{Tdtr I
    1, Wfr Frffi& qRqtq qqr €: ltt r.
    Itso vrgftctsrw
    QFr (10) grn (3) rtqina: (28) lfr'w: (f9 e{rror (5)
    affiitr- (z?) Tirqqr: (20) rite g*qrvrr: r
    tt dCqr (20) vcrffiurt ql (10) w
    si tuilq !!Fr {w; (3) * (27) ffiorwr: n
    giqtq un€rrT(1Z) q* ffiqw: fr (18) gri
    'rsR gfr ftcr (to) rkftqil: fr (20) €r[q r
    * uft: rfuq{: (15) Ff,Sruror A (16) tq{i
    * fifurdwr a<r: (20) it (10) rdrwr: r
    gvs ilrilr: Fr<i qrtqr: (15) rt (5) trtr:
    €* qt Bdogr Rn (10) qI *Tqil gt: n
    For the Exaltation!'and Svrakstctn (g&a) places of Ral'rr
    and Ketu, oidc 1\s following from Pensara (c(r{-d

    il*q ul* ta\Aqir gw{q I


    qafu*rut** ? g.cc1i alq q n
    *ar q grlt fti {t{ v erg{ qaq I

    N Emqsws$*r*n-
    dd q tf{rrrfirftir(nt'rq, r

    fuqqrffiW{mr ll Rqll
    Sloka. 29. Meohg Vrishabha, lvfakara,Kanya,
    Kataka,Meenaand Thula are the exaltationaignrof the
    Eeven planetc respectively from the Sun onwards;
    their deprescionoignobeingthe7th from their exaltation
    oneE. The higheEt exaltation portion of the planeto
    counting from the Sunare the 10th, the 3rd' the 28th,
    11.19-"-""""". "","-"'
    "","""**:".,"," """""of
    tlOth degree
    the 15tlr, the 5th, the 2?th and the
    theseveralrigns.
    Norrs.
    - (ve) balas of
    These are useful in finding the correct Uchcha
    the several planets.
    The eflects of the Sun and the Moon occupying their res'
    pective highest exaltation degreesintheir exaltation signs (Uchcha
    Rasi'sqtlRt) have been separately given thus by Garga:-
    €drqirqf*ffiqwq:{ai qffitq I
    sr€ir sftt c{r* €fu*rmdraft rr
    and the result of their occupying their extreme depressionportions
    is thus described bY the same.
    Tftt M qt c{fficfrsrql
    U*ortrfh*qeft g€t {rftiqnoir il
    sd Etttsmoiqrdrq{tsew{i{r:$oitut-
    |Wttwqqr ?qrgRaqqfrfiqrirnrlnrI
    Ek qtr,rdrt+
    Rqfir{ftt$grnt"tft
    grt Gfr Eqm ftqffiqil:Qfl:flffii {ER ll 1" ll
    Sloha. 30. Lagna or the whote, Hora (it) or
    half,Dreklanafirrur) ot 17$td, Swaramsa grtn) ot ll7th,
    Navadea(miqr) ot l/9tb, Dalamamsa (qtrqiql or f t0th,
    . Dwaclacamra (Crlntqr)orl/l2th, Kalamsa(Taitl)or l/l6th,
    Thrimsamsa(ftnrtn) or l/30th, and' $trathtyamea(wutt)
    or l/60th of a rign (usully called Daoavarga<trt) pre
    duceloss,danger,longlife and prosperityto men' Hora
    (ta) meansthe half of a Rasi; in an oddsign'the halves
    belongreepectivelyto the Sun and the Moon, and in
    ,n one to the Moon and the -Sun' The Drekkana
    "*r.r,
    (irrrql or the third portions of a sign are owned by thd
    iords'of the sign inelf, of the aon's or 5th houoe, and
    of the 9th or the hotne d Dbarma (q*)
    I
    IE qrdrqfit|tt Adh I

    Nores.
    gfoca+rtt*t is anotherreading.
    There are sixteen Vargas, but only teu are given herd.
    Even theseten Vargasare but seldomconsulted. Six and some-
    times sevenare usually resorted to and are known as Shadvarga
    (q<,i) aud Sapthavarga.(stE,$)respectively. Viik slokas+7 & +8
    ittta.
    4. the following from rr.t
    dd ftrq t arrfr€ifr Erfirirm: r
    r fttria*q qfist *iv egqr6e: rr
    rsrnqeqftvg1tsRm: r*g €Efrrr; I
    qgqdrrrfrsriefr rrdft irqqr tl
    Alao q.lvrao for stert
    vi frr forrmq ssiqfr mqidrfi: I
    qrq{d{Isdfutlg{: qgasffs, tl
    For the names of the 16 Vargas, r/. c({R
    Tqh *cttiTer*,r{ qut mdrcE: r
    ertt irqqqqrftifu nrrn6ft rr .
    t* alrr q tu*rortgqtn'sgsiw*':| *
    mirft q{rci{a qqh13ffi: il
    fffi'qfr eq-{r'6€irrkrfridirm<a: r
    qlqi;is{il'n: cuirt{ dirr rRq tl
    That is; (l) Rasi, (2) IJora, (3) Drekkana, (4) Chathurthamsir
    or lth (5) Sapthamsa, (6) Navamsa, (7) Dasamamsa (8) Drva-
    disamsa (9) Shodasanlsa (tO) Vimsamsa (tt) Siddhamsaor one
    twenty-fourth, (lZ) gtramsa or one twentyseventh, (13) Trim-
    samsa, (14) Khavedamsa or one fortieth (tS) etsMvedamsa or
    one forty-fifth and (16) Shashtyamsaor one sixtieth.
    For the uses of the several Vargas, c/. *<rgam
    as&ER"rfrtrrmanf{qi lrcr: r
    furuno,tn-oilEftanq qgirnEI
    ffiqni isittr{ fqrnrnqqd}..rr qI
    \ qtriqfireffi€r
    $. 8r. rr*sqnq: 19

    According to the Yavanas, the lords of the Horas and


    Drekkanas are as described in the following sloka :
    qreirg ir rrers q;tsrfirirrct&dtqr I
    sEerq*il{cnrftcni MiiWr: 6c{|qdis( tl
    so that, according to this view, the ownership of the Horas i3
    not restricted to the Sun and the Moon, but is shared by all
    the planets. But tlris view of the Yavanas is not recognised
    by Varahamihira, nor even by authorities like Satya, who has
    thus stated.
    sitlg €iltr $rr{r grAg{titrr *qr r
    ryfi: *nrt tqr sr;qfr ifi qirrrqft rr
    'r rTffitotror<qgl{ar{r.{{TTnq: Pg: I
    tqrqf*ncaq:Tzr€ie{rrir qil sft": tl
    But it may be mentioned here that this convention of the
    Yavanas has beer, accepted for Prasna (qa) purposes(Ilorary astro-
    logy) whiie the other is reco5lnisedfor purposes of horosccpy.cl.

    {{r;a( m ffqi{r sr" Gr* $?rrEI


    dttr qRssqqrin AtirqT qrr}Tqqg rl
    sTrefig srra* qiffir €ntcr {tls&fui tl
    i. asg€grrcTd Ut gd|I*igcr gTrUR'r
    q*org,rcl: Rrt tr} ilrf,* (qg Errrors€{e tl
    e*trfrrg elt:or s:ETeatfiT€IgatTtr qF4r[ |
    q*cq Sfh{rqf,frfu qn q€rngt:$€nlq: tl

    ffi(rfiqqrmq{r
    gA o? qd{rnrqfufl:trflrrrEq:
    ll 1l tl
    SIo&a31. The owners of the Sapthamamsas (qcctT)
    or the ?th portions of Lagnirand other hougasare in the
    cale of an odd sign to be countedregularlyfrom the lord
    thereof, while in the ca,eof an even sign; they'are to
    be reckonedfrom the lord of the 7th house onwards.
    This sloka gives the ril:it:' finding out the lord of the
    Saptarnamsa in the cases of odd and even si6ns;
    ilmdua Adh I
    t0
    '{''" of Thula' an'odd sign'
    Thus, for examplo, tbe Sapthamamsasi
    Mesha' while those of
    will begin with Thuia and end with
    Vrishabha (=theTth sign
    Vrischika, an even sign, will count from
    Vrischika' The magni'
    reckoned from Vrischika) and close with
    tude of each segment is 4?o.
    character or tem-
    Saptharnamsas are useful to ascortain the
    if born in a
    p"oro"na of the native, he being cruelly disposed
    if his birth happens in a
    Krura Sapthamsa, or peacefut in nature
    Saumya Saptamamsa. This division is also utilised for seeking
    information ibout one's brothers, etc't
    cf . qfur€6
    *rsmft qriwor grt eer& r$: I
    sgcitrilftq{s: crT{ qt cftfril: ll
    " Also lqa1q{dn tt
    tqrftftr5qerrsrfr cgstEqrrqrqqmdtt
    q€i1rrdiqqt{tl|'r: ll
    q-a$rss"qraqfr:
    ceqCh+cti U
    *t}S ildr: trr{Fd *tqr: t
    {lg werrr {r6crulrar3
    iTrqtqt$iartdqiad{r€gff(q: I
    w{-{rq|tr tt q qtfittt m *ftm: tr lR ll
    wqgltrqffit I iroramirn aa t
    umgF{s*{ttt s*erqrEsiq6t:ll '11ll
    slolos 32,33The Navamsasof Dhanrie,Meshaand
    Mesha
    Simharetpectiveiy belorrgto the nine signof-tqT
    Makara' to
    onwards; thoee of Vriihrbha, Kanya and
    t"t"t"t" and otherc following it' The nine signs
    tbe Navamsa!
    U"ginni"g with Thula are the ownerc of
    Navamsaeof
    oi"ttairnJo", Thula and Kurnbha' The
    Ar;ld Vriochika and Meena resPectively appertainto
    ttt" signs from KatakaonwardE'
    "in" NOTES.
    Nrvrnrsas' Each
    Thcso give the rulce for fiuding out tho
    gives the niae Navamsas
    Navamse Is 3" 2d, The subjoined table
    in their ordcr for the several signs'
    Vrishabha Mithuna Kataka
    .KanYa Thula Vrischika
    Simha I
    Kumbha Meena
    Dhanus I Makara

    ileghn ilakara Thula Ketata


    lst
    Kumbha Vrischika Simba
    2nd Vrishabha

    Meqna Dhanus Kanya


    3rd' Mithrrot
    Mesha Makara .Thula
    4th Kataka

    5th Simha Vrishabha Kumbha


    t Vrischika.
    Mithuna Meeoa Dbanus
    6th KanYa
    Kataka Mesha Makara
    7th Thula

    8th Vrischika I Simha Vrishabha

    Mithuna
    Kumbha

    Meena
    9th Dhanus Kanya

    ft qri{st iq' f* q€'{ild{6:I


    --otn+r
    ftqill qfr<qfr tqe' ll lu ll
    the best
    Sloba34 The Vargottama (<ril-<e) or
    moveable sign' the
    Navamsais the firs$ NavanEain -a
    dual cign'
    ;iJil;*t in a fixld oign' and the last in a
    Notes.
    the Vargottarna (cfi-{c) Navamsasin thd
    It will be seenthat
    as the signs themsetves' For
    several Rasis bear the samenames
    (a1d is Mesha:the first ol
    cxample, the first N;;* "f Y:.* (aEi{)
    The middlemost Navamsa
    K+taka is Kata'ka"oi 'o ou'
    and so on-of'
    J'Vrt"tt*uoa is Vrishabha
    t qffi q*frr€GT: I
    € €.&g <{dqln
    ({lil(ci{) aJe said to
    Planets sitrrated in Vargottarna-os
    - bd productive of immense good'of' Itf,silrd'd
    22 qTilffiQqrl i'
    Adh. I

    rQg q*aqqftee: gunvr m{rqtrdr: I


    "Also qiq
    trrrrftalqirTr rfu}g c"rr ft{f$g irrcrrTr:I
    qrltvcr: cQsrfrF{a wre:g;}'g<rr:
    I
    Also qrtrad
    q.rTilrTr{tqn<{rQrrt rr;rrrnt}g
    t
    q*r gvga'rrrr: il

    o'{rRqqfqtir{rrc-i+i
    W} gqG6r,r '
    erfiri{rrfrqirrTnililrt{{Irg{r:
    lt i\ il
    Slaka J5. In the caseof an orJd oign,
    the owners
    of the Dasamamsa (wwtn1 or f6th portions are
    to be
    countedfrom /he sign iteelf; in the case
    of an even
    sigq, from ite 9th onwarde. The
    ownerE oa;i"
    Dwadasamsa (arwt{| or rtsth portions ' . ,ig" .r"
    -
    tobe reckonedfrom that aign, "f

    This s10ka gives the t"il:tu::'


    the Dasamamse
    (iqgit)and Dwadasamsa(AfCri{r) "at.ulatins
    of a Rasi.
    cf. v{r{rt {h*
    !nrr{ fEnfrfl m"q}i g11rats"'r{iq r
    f: qdf{ q{r ftqc* q'{rpilrrtre'sr: tt
    .::, ead qrte!*a ggfil-aqrilr. 1
    srr€flrq r{ri}} q} sr gtnilw rr
    U
    ,i ffq{rhrq lTnr{rd-ilih"raf*€ifq r
    ' tsffishn nc{i {irlns0arqT
    fc: tl
    It will be seenfrom the above that a&ording'
    to parasara
    (cflEK) (,r) ttrelords of the'Dasamamsas
    in the case of an odd sign
    are (Indra (64), (z) Agni (ufid.), - (3) yarna (+q),
    fnl n.i.r,rl.
    (5) Varuna (+rq), (o) Maruta (qrm), (z)
    rubera ($i<),- C) ;;;;
    ({ara), (9) padrnaja (q-{r"r), and (10)
    Ananth" f"o-i,,fr"*;;;;
    counted inthdinvcrscordcrin the case of an;
    "*;;;
    8L ili r{d}srqrq:
    .a
    - - - ' t - - r - ! - ! e r
    J - - ' - - - v v - v
    r q y v ' J v t r v v Y v . ! - ' - v v - v

    (l)
    (r) the lords ,of the several Dwadasamsas of each sign are
    '{2) yama (zH)
    Ganesa (q;nrl Aswini Kumaras (et}{-'t$clt, (r)
    and (a) Ahi (efd recurring in regular order' But this view is
    not aecepted bY all.

    *fu t,'dt{n,{gt*m{ilI RftHd}ft{ftnmrrr


    grfrftofi ffi q16ffir Rdqa' ftst qmqlql:hlqll
    Sloha 36. The Shodasamsas(M'{r) or f"th
    portions of a sign ate important. Their lords in the
    caseof an odd eign are Brahma(lut), Vishnu tftqf}
    Hara (w) and Ravi (rh) recurring in regular order.
    When the lagna ie an even sign, the lorde of ths
    S[odasamoas (Qrwrhr) are to be counted in the invcrtc
    order from Bhaskara(urer) or Ravi (rft)
    . Notes.
    ('ftrt{itd
    The Shodasamsas are thus describedin the foltowiry
    works-
    wtfup
    ' qrtrtp"r sqi{rqr P{futriM: sc*s?cq| ll
    sqttiQatrcor:
    *r* @fr'ftwftRtrrir
    gri Tqrrrc*{ {rdr ... .?. t
    The Shodasamsa (ifc{i{r) division of the zodiacal sign is
    variously knovrn as Kalamsa (q-oi{), Nripamsa (qci{f), ond so on.
    'division, tbe
    By this mode of ecliptic is cut up into.lg2 cqbl
    segmentgof l' 52' 30" each in length. Thc sogmentsare named
    in regular consecution,in the order of lhe zodiacal.signs, sd thet
    the initial segmentof the sign Aries takes on the, Darne of thrt
    eigu, that of the sign Taurus assumel the name of Leo, aod ro
    fortl. Tbersegment rulers are, in the case of lbe positivc sigis
    Bra,hma(eqr), Vishn" (ftg), Rudra (t<) anil Aditya (erRFT)'i"
    rotetion. Inthecaseoftho negativesigns, lhc enumeretion of
    rlobip is rcvcr.cd. r/. Pansrrr fi<tTd
    ,l rnwfut Adh" l.
    rtffi* iw tstw: fit: rrqr I I
    ruft*1rt; qfi ii gfr rtfqcq il
    - But according to some,the count of the segments in the case
    ofan odd sign must follow the order of the zodiacal signs com.
    .mencing from Aries and be supplementediu
    thc end by the
    nlmes Brahma (rg), Vishnu (t?T), Ruara (qf) ana Aditya (srrtts)
    to makeup the number 16. If the sign is lhu order of enu-
    merationis to be reversed. Accordingto ".,urr,
    this system,the positive
    and negativesignsare distinguishedby the possessiori of a cqnmon
    disposition. of segrnents.
    There are some others whose views are also marshalled
    below for convenience of reference. J*.

    (J). If the sign under segmentation is positive, the count of


    thc
    begments must follow the order of the zodiacar. signs commencing
    from that sign (as in the case of the fffirill and be
    supplemented in the end by the names of ""g*"ot.tion),
    the planets, Saturn,
    Mercury, Mars, and the Sun, to make up the number 16. When
    the sign is negative, the order of the count is reversed.
    (Zl. tne method of allocation of the segments is the same as iu
    the previous system ; only, in place of the four planets, Satrirn,
    Mercury, Mars, and the Sun, the names of the divinities mentioned.
    with reference to the first method are put in.
    (gt. The method of allocation of the segments is in no wise
    different from that of (2) above, except for the circumstance that
    in place of the divinities we substitute the names of the 9th, l0th,
    llth and l2th signscounted from the positivesigns (under seg-
    mentation. When the sign under segmentation is negative, the
    order of qaming is, of course, as usual, reversed. This schemo
    has a certain amount of symmetry aborlt it,_ps it provideis not only
    ior rulers though not wholly plauetary, but also for zbdiacal nannes
    of all segments.
    The word lM (in the 2nd line)=6|'. These two woiils are
    use.idin astrological classics not only in the general dense of
    'Ascendant'but
    also (as here) in that of'a given sign or house' or
    t
    a sigo cr house under consideration, or from which a count bas to
    be made for a specific purpose.'
    5[ 90. r*sntr: N
    'The predictivp value of the 16s11i1r)segmentation is' as may
    be expected, involved in considerable obscurity' in the absencc
    'iuthors
    of any consensus of testimony among astrological
    and
    as to the afrnities of the several segments with the signs
    the planets. And the sad part of it is tttat reiutable authors
    like Varahamihira (e-wFntd, Kalvanavarman (tqprcd{) and Bala'
    bhadra' (qery<) have nothing to say about the Shodasamsa in
    their works.
    An ingenious iuterpretatiOn of this somewhat obscure variant
    of the verse has been oflered by Mr. T. V. Sarma of I'anjore on
    tLe authority (as he tells me) of Pandit C. Saptarshi Sastrv of
    Tanjore.
    " [n an odcl sign, the lords of the Shodasamsasor the sixteen
    sub-divisions are those of the twelve signs reckoned from tLat
    sign onward, together rvith those- of the 9th, lOth, llth and l2th
    'signs
    from the same sign. In an gven sign, the lords are to be
    countedin tlre reverse order from the l2th sign.
    Notes-In an odd sign, the lirst twelve sub'divisions are ruled
    by the lords of the twelve signs beginning from that sign and the
    rcmaining four sub'divisions are respectively ruled by the lords
    of thegth, l0th, llthand lZthsignscount6dfrom the same sign.
    ln an evon sign on the.other hand, the first four sub-divisions are
    rcspectively governed by the lords of the lZth, I lth, l0th and 9th
    signs from that sign.and the remaining sub'divisions are respecti'
    vely ruled by the lords of the twelve signs but couuted in the
    reverse order.
    It is a peculiarity of our ancient Hindu authors to denoto
    numbers by the two well'known notation known as the Kata'
    payadi (q-zcqtii), and the Arnavadi (rrol'{fR), Sankhyas. The words
    Virinchi (ftRfh), Sauri (1rlfr), lsaGtr), and Dirvakara (frqrdr), are uscd
    in accordance with the latter Spnkhya.
    Virinchi (ftRB) or Brahn',an (agq) represents 9 (the Praja-
    patis, Marichi, (qtn?), Bhrigu (W), Angiras (ffirw), Pulasthya
    (goe), PlrtFha, (gw), Kratu (n-g), otLtha (tt), Attrri (qtt) and
    Vriddhavasi rS 1a (agw{ts).
    Souri (ttrR) or Vishnu (fig) represents l0 (the lO Avataras).
    ta (fu) stands for I I ithe I I Rudras. and Diwakara (kcrfr()
    tq 12 {tne l2 Adityas)."
    4
    I ftdEqratc|r Adh I

    But this interpretation presents certain difrculties. A,part


    from syntactieal objections, tlte compound Virinchi Saurisadivaka'
    raha (Rftffinftrf?Srdqr:) will not bear alnumerical interpretation
    as neither the Phaladeepika (moatfrqit)nor the Sarwarttha Chinta'
    mani (gdqfqffftr:), nor even Parasara (C.*.'.) varies the names of
    (Tq),
    the divinities into those of any other denomination c.g. Nanda
    had the
    Dik (ftT), and the like, as thev could have done if they
    Aro*lradi Sankhya (qdrsTR€(4) in view. If numbers were in their
    mind, one or other of our ancienf authors would have ordinary
    is unfortunate
    Sankhya Vachaka Subanthaha (€<qrqrqqigE<f:). It
    respects,
    that Balabhadra (soilq), such a copious author in other
    much as even mention the Shoclasarns:r (ffe{ft?f) in his
    does not so
    Horaratna (trccq). l{ad he chosen to introduce the topic' it would
    bave put an end to all trouble'
    the slola
    The word vitagne' (frs*) in the second half of
    vilagne R-dl')
    should be read with oje ("ii) in first line also.
    'rising sign'. The verse as a rvhole considersthe
    can only mean the
    'rising
    possibility of a sign' being.lpositive' or negative' or male
    The lines
    or female, as they are termed in Western Astrology'
    quoted a.bovefrom Pararpara (c{Il.K) tend to confirm this view and
    is almost n6ar the
    the iDterpretation as given in the tianslation
    Clrintanrani
    rnark. tiut Phaladeepilia (rodft-+r) and Sarwarttha
    allocatiqn of the Shodasamsa (qrgarilr)
    (t{sftftd{tq) interpret the
    rulerships dillerently. On that accoturt, the language of Jataka-
    parijata {.iKAqntqfd) cannot be forced to bear a meaning which ifs
    ('ird'iiqfiarir) and
    author did not evidently intencl. Jdtaliapariiata
    Parasara (c{r{t( go a good. way together as regards Shodasamsa
    ('ilsqri{) rulerships.

    :I
    teirt q{kqqarsqtrdqlorl
    '"t
    tfr qqtrftft{qrrqsitw-
    Fl \i
    ffiqi{{r: ltafrqrhfttil{tql:ll ls ll
    Sloh:t37. The Thrimasmea.E(fr{rt{) or degrees,d.d'
    portions allotted in an odd sign to Kuja, STi:
    s16th
    -Cutu,
    Bt'dhaand Sukraare tegpectively6,618, 7 and 6
    sl. 87-43 gqfrs€{rq: 2l

    t*n .* Su-t" t-tt**u, Sani and Kuja


    have5r.7,8,"-,
    5 and 5 degreesrespeccively.
    Norss
    C/. gtf,tfH: tTqnrtrq qrir w q q*E lrgrratg r
    lrrFrgaeoEgrgtgnrgfiruri mtqim: tl
    q"*a qR sr& qs q qgr'r .rrmT{ag r
    wnr rrrfr+nftrgrgi cmfigifr ${rrurqI;
    I

    "' Each of the planets other than the Sun and the l{oon own
    two signs one odd and the otlter even. When a planet is in
    ,an qdd, sign, then take the odcl lhrimsanrsa Rasi (ft+rilr <rfu) of
    'the planet ln fivhoseThrirnsantsa (frqrid the first planet lies.
    Thus, a plahef in an odd sign in a Guru Tritnsamsa 15 fftdrr)
    r$rst be pleced in the Thrimsbnlsa l(undali (fr:Iirr Ws-&) in Dhanus
    (sgq) (an odd sign) andnot in I\'teppa (fta), n'hile arplanet in an
    even sign in Guru Tritrrsattrsa(Sq frrfi--r) must be placed in Meenr
    (fra).
    Trirnsamsa (fr'.trtt) divisions are greatlyl useful in femele
    horoscopes (Viac e'anyayd XVI, isfro.) Vidl a|'qo notes otr
    AdhyayaII. sloka l$ inftd.
    qs'r{rsrff[ftqR€grttrttffirqrgd{rtTrll: I
    q {;g\€Ggqrgqi{rTr milorgfr g'{qrFf,eqrE llldil
    mqiffi\ rqqt{qrfr $i€$ntftiltqn' t
    qrqhmrM$mr! ll qq ll
    Itg| S'€* rr{drF{frfr
    gnt'qRkqrrtmrqrrrf
    sffi I
    qihrffffiffi'mrll Boll
    MqFr sRm{rffi: ftilQmrcqrfiqsrfi'd{sI
    q<riqfrqtg-s(€sre ffir' ll 8t ll
    rJqrqd'tilffi ffiq' I
    -i8ffinqfifiq:
    i*or*gfrKqqwdhil{rotg ffi Tg{ttotfrllBRll
    : srorftq€rgqfttorcqt'
    rtaurqlf,fiqn
    terdr. r
    gwqfrftqriFgtt*nll 81 ll'
    g8 rrlrqrftilrt Adh. I

    Slofras3843. Demoniacaland divine portionr


    (enumeratedin thece slokas)whereofthe firrt ii Ghor,
    amoarule the Shashtyamsas or ,#th parts in an odd (rign.
    Propitious and unpropitious poriions reckoned'fr6m
    Indurekhain the inirersi order govern the parts in
    "toth of the
    an eve.njign. The following are the dcsignaiioni
    ceveral$hishtyamsao :-
    Namer of Even Odd Ntrnes ot Evs
    Slgn Shashtyameas Sign Slgq Shashtyamsae Sign

    1 Ghc'ramsa .... 60 31 Mrityukaramga ,.. 3C


    2 Rakshasamsa ..,. 59 3 2 K a l a msa ,,,.29
    3 Devamsa .... 58 33 Davagniamra .... 28
    4 Kuberamsa ... 5? 34 Ghoramsa ,..,Z7
    5 Yakshavalyamsa .... 56 35.Yarnamsaf Amayamsa26
    6 Kinnaramia ... 5d 3 6 K a n ta ka msa .,.25
    7 Bhrashtamsa ... 54 87 Sudhamsa ....L4
    8 Kulaghnama ... 53 3 8 A mru ta msa ...23
    9 Garalamsa .... 52 39 Purnachandramca ..,2L
    10 Agnyamsa ... 51 40 Vishapradigdhamsa Z1
    11 Mayamsa . ... 50 41 Kulanasamsa ... 2Q
    12 Prethapurisamsa
    '13 A p a m p a t h y a m.,. 49
    sa 4 8
    42 Vamsakshayamsa .". 19
    ... 43 Uthpathakamsa .... 18
    14 Devaganesimsa... 41 {4 Kalamsa. ,., lj
    15 Kalams& ... 46 45 Saumyamsa ... 16
    16 Sarpamsa ,,, 4E 46 Mridvamsa .... 15
    1? Amru t h n m s a .,,4 4 4? &etbalamsa .., 14
    18 Chandramsa .... 43 48 Damehtraliaralamsal3
    19 Mridwamsa ...42 49 Indumukhamsa ,.. lz
    20 Koma l a m s a . ,;.4 1 50 Pravirramsa ..; ll
    2l Padnnabhanvamsa... 40 51 Kalagniamsa ... t0
    22 Viehnuamsa ... 3e 52 Dandayudha.msa 9
    23 Brahmamsa .... 38 53 Nirrnalamsa .... 8
    24 Maheswaramsa... lj 64 Subhakaramgr ... 7
    25 Devarusa ....3O 56 Kruramsa 6
    26 Ardramsa ... 36 56 Seethalarnsa t
    2? Kalinasamsa ... B{ 67 Sudhanrsa .o. i
    28 Kshitiswaram$a....83 58 Payodhy{rmsa ... 3
    29lKarnalakaramsa... 32 59 Bhramanamsa
    80-Gulikamsa Z
    .... 3l 60 Indurekhamea .... t
    rtiltsrirq: m
    $1.+4-+e !vwvuvrwYw t!!YVVVVYVWS
    - wvvvwvvvvvvwvvv
    YYYYVvvvvvvvr

    qoftirwctilqmffifrqqrd<ltlrlwrq t
    qEF(rt88 ll
    tirqqdtinilqqElttffiim rfl{t
    Vaieer-
    Stoha, 4t, They (wiremen) say that
    commencewith
    hikamsasor partc of greatercellence
    produced by the
    Uttama (ulilc n"*t ,loit) which is
    of Moola'
    co.binotion (of the rpecialcharacteristio)
    iirito"", gwakrtntn. Swochcha' Swa Virgottama
    arising from thst€t vatgrs'
    Norns
    Swakshetra' Uccha
    lf planets be in their Moolatrikona'
    other benefic positions atising
    or Vargottarna lrcsitions and have
    and other Vaiseshikamsas
    from the f)as[ Vargas, then, fTttarrra
    slokas will result and do
    rcferred to in the next two and a half
    ia-uor" goo,Jto the otvner of the horost:ope'

    sri q frfr{t qqi{< {tgq t


    qtm{tffi ftAwftfr',qi lr li\ ll
    qW dfrili rort qnr{d{Fr!l
    qaE't Bq rt
    wri ffi4;: qr(sd q iln
    tffit q iltmi il {sqsqq I
    vargasit
    Stbkttc, 45''t6lA, The uniou of three
    r Gopura'
    caltedUttaoa. Forrrvargn combinedcons'Eitute
    DlmhaElne'
    The combination of firl? t[tgas iE called
    union of sir
    Two vargar united form Perljata' The
    il*n is la[ed Panvathamra' When a seventhvarga
    combination be'
    ir ?Ja.a to thg Paravathamla, tha
    joined to the E1v:o
    ro*.t O."alokr' A eighth varga
    ;;;; of alreadywilimake theconbination Devaloka
    is Iravatha.
    likewise. The conrbinarion of 9 Vargas
    in" .f..t. of the conbinationo lre rliltinct an'rl repente I
    .30 qftrrcrRsre Adh. I

    NoT*s.
    c/. cffiT{
    '
    €Eatsq ftr,eil qritwrarlttrr+r: |
    ',tt; qr|t{rfr rr}q e.rutrgtrf i'aFrcsqilil
    'f qqfifrrilrgrrc,i
    srst: it€tqh nqr I I
    '61Ht rrlq qqi*tadt* q €sf\: u :
    sgft{iadtorri aaiir: {Ifi{rfir( I
    itfilr: efl*rrci'rirttr{. tt
    For the eflects of planets in Vaiseshiliarnsasrefered to in
    s l o l i a 4 4 , e s si n f ' a I V - . gl , X [ ' 6 3 , X I I - 5 ' 5 3 , 3 1 , 9 2 , 9 ' r , l + 6 , X I I I
    -19, 68,82, Xl\'-I02 aud XV'62 ;
    cl. Also q;o*f'qq;t
    , sfrrhorgorrir$ra'{ftqaFs:qtftstaicl*:
    €rqri fta,rrFtfr a figor tgtr*iit fh{a: t
    M rr)grrrmrt: g}t'ctH'qhzrir lrFqi
    '{: ttTar€qri'r$;qz.Frir Tqlatgai t{p( ll
    *srryfhcsrt{rftf]'rt cr{r{ilrfbfEf,:
    qdift '{it la$rmeita} {lTossr*acq I
    aro qritft: gi;.r.€tr ittracixfura:
    qsr4 lFtst;'ig?(ftir tn flq':a663 11

    fto{rtdeirurqEttrnE{i{ril'll B\t ll
    fiqidrsq$, u,rdg qrqt r
    s6iqrfrq'q,f,W,ilsfhftth ll 8d ll
    qr*tg q t{S qBtTiruspo1{|
    Sloftns. a6l{'- aol$ The Shadvargaconsistingof
    Lagna, Hora, Drekkana, Navamsa, Dwadasamsaand
    Thrimsamsa is recommendedin regard to auspicious
    undertakings This Shadvarga when combined with
    Sapthanamsais called SapthaVarga and is a sourceof
    Itrength to the planets in all horoscopes.
    $1.de-60 dsqtq: 3I
    ^ w
    - v - - v r
    v v w v w v v v Y v v v v v v . v v r v ' v - v v v l v - - v v - v v v v

    ., Nomg.
    This is useful when the Sapthavargajabala has to be calcu'
    lated. See {. c. Adhyaya III' sl. 2 & 3.
    In the example worked'out in 41. c. it will be seen that
    his
    Jopiter, whoseposition is given'as 8 signs lo'25'-ln, occupies
    (ll Moolatrikona, (2) Swadrekkana (3) Swasapthamsa, ('l) Swa-
    '(5)
    navamsa, Swadasamams:L (6) Swadwadasamsa,and (7) Swa-
    halamsa; so that Jupiter is seid to have attained the Devalokamsa'
    Mars (ll signs 27'-57'-g) occupieshis (0 own Drekkana (2) a
    Vargottama Navamsa and (3, own Thrimsamsa, and so possesses
    lhree vargas. He is therefopesaid to have attainecl the Uttamamsa'
    3M EIFTTHTfr-
    udrqqrqileffqFfor*tr ilqdu?fiiqi€stvqri? t
    Srr{irtqq?rqtql'id{qqkqdiqr{qrrq rER tg' 11
    Stoko 49. Kalpa, Udaya (rising)"Adya (firet)'
    'fhanu (body),
    Jarima(birth), Vilagna,and Hora arethe
    namesof the Lagrraor the risingSignat the time-of
    birth ; Vak (speech),Artha (wealth) Bhukthi(food),,
    Nayana (cye), Sva (property),and Kutumba(family)
    are thc names of thc second hotrsefrom the Lagna.
    Duschikya, Vikrama(prowess), Sahodara (brother),Viryi
    ([reroism),Dhairya (firmness), and Karna(ear)arethe
    of the third housefrom Lagna.
    dr.signations
    qril6flfr€gs"Rftqrdfrqr qnt$Eg€ff$qgEr'{rft
    |
    q?t{nqfrqlqqqrsrltimi{uqqqqgftgqirtft |l\ o||
    S/ofur. 50. Pathal:r,Vriddhi, Hibuka, Kshiti,
    (land),Matri (mothcr),Vidya (learning),Yana(vehicle),
    Ambu(water),Geha(house), Sulha(happiness),'Bindhu
    (relations)and Chathushtaya ftrs the termsto denotethe
    fourth houee. Dhi (intelligence),Deva (deity)' Raja
    (kibgJ, Pitrunandana(fatheraon), andPanchakaare the
    32 urwtlM Adrr i
    namesof the fifth house. Roga (disease),Amsa (parti,
    tion), &sthra (weapon), Bhaya (danger),Shaehtr,Ripu
    (enemy)and Kshata(w runds)are rhe namesof the sixth
    houce.
    qrftTtr$rffirft u-€wr{
    $rftttrqTttrq Tq?*lqrqt,r
    .fd gt, Ifryd,irqT{rrqm?i, \t tl
    Slorie 51. Jamithra,Kamr (lovc), Gamana(coha
    bitation, travelling etc.,) Kalathrasampat(Dower),
    Dyuna, Asta arrdSapthama 1fe1sa/ thc eldcrs,the namee
    of the seventhhouse. Randhra,Ayus (tife), As'hta,
    Ran.a(battle),Mrityu (dcath),arrdVinasa erc thc rrarn:s
    of the Sth housc. Dh;rrma (virtue), Gtrru (fatlrer),
    Suibha(auspicious things), Tapas(pcnance),Nava (ninth)
    Bhagya(fortunc)are th: uarnesof the 9th ho-rsc.
    q
    "-Tqpt$otrtbqfft Ud l5fl1g{s{dil' r
    a$IEfrqtsrTqnolw:fi:qaqqulffiqisqrr?tt qq rt
    Sr,ora. 62. Vyaplra (employruenr),Meshurana,
    l{adhya (zenitlr), Manr (honoar) Gnana(knowledge ),
    Rajaspadada(sovcreignty), and Karnra (work , af,ethe
    words to indic:atethe tenth houle Ekadasa(eleventh),
    Upanthya) peuultinatc), Bhava,,{1a (incorne),Labha
    (gain)arethe expressions fo.rtheeleventhhouse.Ripha,
    Vyaya (expend i ture), D rvadasa ka(twelfthl and A nth prbha
    (lact house),arc thc namesof the twelfth hotrsc.
    Nores
    'r1qruld1fir1p1
    is another reuding,

    \giqr*ua(ilitslt? rg, *q'izuqgsqtRffi r


    oqfi:e*rqqqdqqiq{ q' qltath*rqgEqrffi{ {qFill
    sl. 5g-54 rrrlilrl!: 98

    cNqqriT|Frwq:}qfrq1,
    qurqqq*{ft crqgflgqTft t
    @qrftffi
    xqqftTSrt sgrrf*i I ll \B tt
    Slo&as53-54.Meshurana (the l0th), Udaya(the lot),
    Kalathra(the 7th), and Rasathala(the 4th) are calledby
    any oneof the designationsKendr4 Kantakaand.Chathu'
    chtaya.The 9th and the 6th hougesfrom the Lagnaare
    calledthe Thrikona houses. They (astrologere)call the
    9th from the LagnaThrithrikona. The lst, 4th, Tthand
    the 10thare calledKendrag.The 2nd, llth, 5th and the
    8th arecalledPanapara houses. The 12th,6th, 9th and
    the grd are Apoklima houses. The 8th and the 4th
    are the Chathurarraeigns.
    NorBs.
    According to some, the'biped, the quadrupedand the reptile
    signs become strong when they happen to be in Kendra,'Pana'
    phara and Apoklima houses respectively. Tbis view is not
    ' accepted by Badarayaoa (il((tcor), for he says:
    hq<flPdfttr: qtwlvr: quwfim irqr: t
    -l
    unl$rm: st ttvrm rnrq: qfutr: tl
    ^

    According to Balabhadra, the terms Kendra, Panaphara et6


    ; rrc applied only to Bhavas and not Rasis. For he says.
    ,, qia ffirfur {rlrrfu( r rtiffift qfurq r q-qqr r*
    ilffi rsr <wq*r gtftq fWr rqls: t
    ilrT r ilffi{ *rrrffiifri llrqrftdu.ccril *desl ERgrfr
    tRrl'r m(tqnttqtqir dr rr
    ln this chdpterr the Lrms used to indicate one or the other of
    thc twelve houses or a number of them may be divided into two
    clesscs, ob, (l) . thosc which are used as mere conventional
    unss . serving no other purpose than 'that of denoting the
    _ particularhouse or houges they have been spocially.electod to
    d{patc and (2) tlce which, besides serving such purpose, alsf,l
    cgptc the,fuactioc of tbc houscr they sienify.
    t
    ,91 rirrqrfirtt Adh.I
    Of the former class may be mentioned the following:-
    Hora (fr<t) for the Lagua; Duschikya (eArgl for- the 3rd house;
    Meshurana G{ryt) for the l0th; Ripha (Rrq') for the l2th; Chaturasra
    (S"g(€) for the 4th and 8th houses ; Kantaka (moa+), Kendra (*-.a)
    and Chatushtava (qgsc) for tbe lst, +th, 7th and 10th houses:
    Panaphera fquFF-{;for the ?nd, sth, 8th and llth houses; and
    Apoklima (qrmtB{) for the 3rd, 6th, 9th and l2th houses.
    The following belong to the latter class. Thanu (t'g) for the
    Legna, (meaning thereby that everything about ths lqdy-its
    grbwth or decai--h"blth, ut"., has tb bi ascertained from the
    i-edna; Kutumba'(ggq) or Swa (s) for the 2nd house, thus indi -
    crting that information regarding one's family, dayadiTs.andrvealth
    has to be predicted from the 2nd house ; Sahaja (tiq-q)orVikrama
    for the 3rd house;Bandhu (+g), Vesma (itr) or Griha (Ue), Sukha
    (gg) for the 4th house; Dhi (qi) or Buddhi (gR), Putra (3lr),
    etc., for the 5th house: and so on.

    Slota. 55. Eminent profeeiors of Artrology say


    glat the 3rd, llth, 6th and the l0thhousesare Upachaya
    (rigne of inere'aseor growth) houees. The'remaining
    houeeE, aiz. the 9th, 2nd,4th, 5th, 7th, 8th, l2th and the
    lat arehousesof suffering. Theaehousesif 'occupiedor
    aspectedby their reveral lords, or by Budha,Sukraor
    Guru, but unoccupiedand unaopdcted by the rcrt, pro'
    duceauspiciouseffectsin rt'spectto a birth, or to a per,
    Ion makinga query.
    r\otes,
    Fbst'half , In the opinion of some eminent astrologcrr li&l
    Garga,the 3rd,6th, lOthand llthbouses cease to tre Upacbrfl
    houses if they are aspected by malefic or othor inimical planct*
    Says Garga
    s. t0. rr*sqr*: grf

    rfuqtrr qrq Qut{ftsrtolq t ilrYt:rt1;lls,

    I lllll1 1grftc*.'€rfuraft: ll
    That is, the term Upachaya (sc-{c) is applied to the 3rd, 6th
    l0th, arid llth houses provided they are not aspectedby malefics
    or by planets inimical to the lords of thosehouses. But this
    view.is not accepted by Varahamihira (cwffItT)r He would
    have those houses alwaysas Upachayaones. And in this' he is
    roppoit"d by.Satyaand Yavaneswara
    c,/. sq
    qrftf,rq$csq*c*tffi q?qesrrqrq I
    EqqrqqilFf, q: tfroprqfis{aarli r
    Also qfirr<
    ct q*{ cqr* q rRr}rsrq* {tqrqdcE: I
    dwlqsrcffirtfluqr lrqrlit \utrsqsqrxrsrh I
    Lotttt hall of thc Slofu, r/. raq,
    qec"g* ti qr lsq?*t?r?r&eryit crRr: t
    tr rT{Ftqo{m rqr gdt sdtsft sr t\: tt
    Also il-.Cqqt
    utleaudQ&lctur csl.0 rrqft frfi r
    ?ftkt{r qrt4 fr}ag st{.tvt tl
    so&rTcfr std *rftdr te gw <r t
    tfi fudtfrufrugor rqiqdmrRr{ottieqr:r
    f,rilA qrrtn.{dl r{Fil wGv{t,q if8rrdfr rt \q tl
    Slofa. 56. Astrologetssay that the (lengths) nea, '
    Eurerof the six signsbeginningwith Meshaare repre'
    iented by the numbeit 10,24128,32r 36,and 40 respec'
    |ively. The sane figureetaken in the inverse order give
    ihe measuiecof the six eigns fron Thula onwards,
    c/. nqrcq- fsi{ ftqqTqc:Engor.sn lftt il aq ll
    Also {6{:itgSrtttT: qQ$hrilrrlr vttq tlrt ,
    crifr$t aI ffiimrrrct r
    Itiwill bc seen that'tho figuresgiven in tbe slokc iq tbctgt
    19.,,.-.*----, --,1*i
    -.--.-"
    --,--*,- ---..
    lggregate 360 and are the measurements in degrees of the 12 iigns
    which they subtend at the centre.
    As the whole zodiac is passed over in 24 hcqrs, each degrec
    isfinished iA 2+1360x60x 60'or 240 seconds or 240124or lO
    Vighatikas or Chashakas.
    qnnFqtnFrr AA rrnFt*T fi&qn qq{r qEft | T{f,nr rrqft
    h cr cr* crwtfr
    So that I kala or I (circular measure): I (cM) or Asu
    , (6 Pranas being:l(qcfi) Chashaka
    l.(sfrfir) Ghatika is therefore:360 (rrqr:) Pranas
    tr qftwri rrt qr qEcr cr cgqffic {rdstq gftKtrrtutr
    TqAc t Rr q ar qc i+fugrcrci qsqr qrfr.FnF<rlrT{r|IIr tlr
    ftF( | qt *crfti.cprcFr: ffrgffrilacor wq6.t r ?a qqwrqq
    Mrqfr: rcrqq r qi qtcrf@+ ntf+ ur$qfi: | "irFTet:l
    Thus it is seen that the several measurementsmentioned in
    the sloka in the text when multiplied by l0 give the Chashakas
    (200, 240, 280 &c. in time) of the several signs. These figuros
    'aro
    useful in finding out the relative lengths of the several parts
    ofa human body (see Adhyaya III, sloka 76).
    i" qnsQ tffiifrdt *ctBrfr Er rtsq* tt .rcPdrt<dfst
    tcqrtrrctt strq:
    r/. €rwdr-Taffinrffraftgilrg:{fiF€rrgqrq fi{r: I
    fltt;qrrtqffifr {tqh {t{r!{tct: tl
    qft*whrrt: *fuq*h s{q-(cfq, t
    sqnrfr; crq*r rrrctlq Uaqrhit
    61roqq-qtqlmfiil qt Rrfrsqrd{Eqqft rr
    qgr'qrttttfrqil,
    ftffi Efi gfrqrqnrgw: I
    q{t{ilqr fr ffit gR*wJqGS II(K{il: rt\erl
    SJotc.-57. If the degreeaattainedby the Moon
    in Meiha and the other signebe reopectively 8,25,22,
    tL,2L, L, 4,23,18, 20, 20, 10,they indicatedeathwhen
    I muhurta, a birt*r or, other Euchpoints are under con,
    tidprationt
    sLr? n{tsrnq: 3?

    nll in this sloka signifies the number a (ro$t:- 8


    forms) and not 6.
    In this'stokaVaidyanathaDikshita givestheMoon's Mrityubha-
    gas (gg*Ffi:) or fateful portions in the several signs. These aro
    more are less identical wlth those given in Sarwartha Chinta'
    mani (gtrtlk<mq) and Saravali (sKlqttr):

    - (l)ccfttffi
    , Url frnfunt qt"qtg qqrftcrr(: I
    qrffiqrr€ ftfr il&g rN rr
    qu& *cc'{t[ efiftirftr*sfurr: r
    rlFtrt'6ft C @rili lrTcr.F:r
    ffitH qr[: rrr{r{riqqcitts: | .,
    ffi qdil *t qrrmn(It r
    ilffirtT.l g c'lrs.l* firq: r
    t ? fumimtg lngrnn'ffitu: n
    il€ftctcfd q!$ft t t{Fr: I
    (2) <mrwi
    trl ffi rnri {rnr qq tffi r
    frtt c qt$fr lfr r ra* frirr: r
    Strt frtu9* R q acrd Q;traqq I
    r** flftfr sRft csI qt frt r
    rFqrqtnfitr {dRsun$ fr qrfu r
    frG t fiftttr c|frrrqnlr rfiFrrFt:
    tl
    t gw: trfufrqn:qqff ftlrtq arcft. r
    w{q ft qq{rqr{q(TrT?{ronq x
    But in the two works Brihat prajapatya (ftqrnrg) and
    'Phdadeepika (qo<tlltt)
    the Mrityubhagas (qlgrrrn:) of the Moon
    lp the several signs from Meshaare given as 26, l?,, l3,2|r Z+,
    11,26,.14,.13,25,5 and.l2 respectively,
    ,/. rtqrsrrq-?tr rrh.eft frl tt T{ fut Tcq I
    26 t2 BZ52+ n 26 l4
    ric crrf ci r{ $frr,t fttrcnq u
    llJlas 5 v
    I q8 4dh I
    ,f AlsonE{Ift+r
    sr"f Gt do qt Etrig* ft* rnrqv}* gcrwq t
    26 12 13 25 24 ll 26 l+ 13 25
    ti wt ggrnrr: cftcr: lsr0dt qfr€e*fr{i{itr rl
    5t2

    TJre(Cq{rn:) Mrityubhagas of the other plaqets and of tho


    Rasis in general as statedin qther works have beeucollectedand
    given in tbe following statement for e4syrefdrence;

    Mrityu bhagasor fateful drgreesof

    .t
    'Etg
    =1tr
    Ei#
    I

    Mesha n l9 l5 l9 28 l0 l{ 8 l 2 3 1|
    l+ 29 I5 + l3 ,r'lzll g
    ^l
    Vrishabha 9 28

    Mithuna.. t2 25 l3 t2 ll 7 t2 ll

    Katatca 6 23 t2 27 t7 9 ill tol t 2


    Simha 8 29 8 6 l0 l2 24 ,tl 13t2s
    Kanya 2+ a8 . 1 8 + l3 l6 23 tl t + l 2
    t'
    Thula l6 l + 20 l 3 + 3 22 231 8t4

    Vrischika. l7 2l l0 l0 6 t8 2l 24' l 8
    I 20lr8
    Dhanus .. 22 2 h l
    zl 17 27 2g IO ll I

    Makara .. 2 IJ 2C. ll lo
    t+ 20 nl t 0
    t.(urxhla... 3 ll, ,15' 29 l3 l8 ,tlI 2r 12+
    ...123
    r,cona 6 J 28 le t5 8 l 4 l 221t0
    sl.oe-e
    r nrfrsrmq: t9
    gi {gG=ryqrtft*qfrffiglt I
    qF+wqGg
    tnRt gq,trr{nitrqr duqrfl' rr\e tt
    Sloha. 58. The degreee21, 14, 18,8, 19,9,24,
    ll, 23, L4, 19, and 9 attained by the Moon b Merhr
    ,and the following signs respe*ively arE calldd Funl,
    kara and are to be taken as producingaufpl,ciousCffdltu
    . when a muhurtha,a birth or other-ruch pointa are uoder
    f consideration

    58. These Pushkarabh*T:Tt: referred to in the text in


    AdhyayaVII, Sloka 25 infta.

    qlq*(o+rgTwaqmffiqEr:n \t tl
    tl
    ffiin*m,*fifrfi: n Qols
    SIoAas. 59.60. Tlte inhabited iegione 'denoted by
    Meshaand the other eiglls are relpectively (t) paala
    ,(2) Karnata (3) Chera (a) Chola 1S)fandya 1ei f.r.t.
    (?) Kollaoa(8) lvlalava(9) Saindhava(10) North panchala
    (11) Yavanaand (12 Kosala.
    s[erFn€nqlrqq:
    m{ffi r
    ffi qRs,niftqfi
    tuuqrq'qtHfrffio: r,qt,r
    Sloha, 61. The point of the compiuowhich ir
    'auignedto the lord of a oignindicates
    the characterirtic
    of Plava or slope of the oign. The nameof the fourth
    housefron that occupiedby the $un is called Abhijit.
    In the aetrologicalwork called.hrijata,,the chajter
    definingthe "Propertieeof $igno"haebeenpropounded.
    Notrs.
    61. qrftqfrei is anotherrcading.
    t"9:,"--"--" *i9I
    --.----
    .-*------,*--Tl**--,-=.=--
    r/. qRmri
    qsilMt.cqrc rn qft qq*t lqat: oftc: t'
    ctutil Rffttr4rqltilt cmr: q( r

    .Themeaning is 'rt<l rFFr<rrri: grlHt w ftq rqt Qft e


    rrftgq*{: I qqt }qthm*: srdt trc: aq AR qftor sRr<r"
    ffi*sffi Egrqrrft tq{ cvqft r
    These are useful in locating the direction towards which a
    things
    thief may have abscondedin the case of queries regarding
    in the direction
    stolen. A Kiug that sets out on an expedition
    (c"q<tRi) will soon
    indicated bv the Plava (SE) of. his Janma Rasi
    return victorious after suMuing his enemy'

    ft{irurorqrffi
    {ffifEqfq: l!tq: ll
    Thue ends the lot Adhyaya on the Properties of
    $icns in the work JatakaParijatacomposedby Vaidya'
    oi"tt,t underthe auspicesof the nine planete'
    j

    ,i'.

    tr
    i
    tfif
    l ,

    ff
    s

    31'
    ilffiqrftqem:.
    It(Ql${pffrffi3.
    iluerff qnwnr*r;g' qFi Sq' qrffi{q(ig I
    tilqft ffirqsrrr sFIi U* grq\qr*qg!lltll
    ' A'dbYaYa ll.
    Nlrunp oF TEE Pr.,exnrgANDTsEIn Pnopnnrrsg''
    Sloka. l. The Sun ic the sou! of Kalepurucha;
    the Moon, his mind ; Kuja, his otrength ; Budha' his
    cpeech; Guru, the estencq of atl hie knowledge and
    happineso;. Venus, hie deeire or luttl and Saturn, hio
    . nirery.
    Nort s,
    In the notes to sloka 8 of Adhyaya Ir the sevcral partsof
    I(elapurusha (+rogw1 beginning with tbe head were stated to be
    counted from Mesha and those of the owner of a horoscopefrom
    the Lagna. This is so far as the external appearaDce'rtc. of the
    several parts of the body are concerne{. Now thc inherent
    qualities of tqe persou are to be ascertainedfron tho planets.
    iU"r" plauets are then known as Kara^kas(5t{fl:) ud lppcrtein
    to the owDor of the horoscopejust in thc Ea,mewey rs tbcy do to
    thc Kalapurusha.
    '?
    o/. rrqreq
    rrirrcrfrarr;cftifrru: €tt i* fr cil
    *fr artgt fu<'rrrtl glt qtrrrtrv' I
    Also €RIqd
    qnqt(R: rtrirqlsg'ta: src wrc: {rQr*sq Eroftl
    llfq gt q!tg!*q{ g*: fiFr: cfirrr(s ESsq I
    4L
    12 rrtrc|ftq|t Adult
    The several constituents of Kalapurusha (*rogw) will be
    strong og yeak in proportion to the strength of the sevoral planets
    representingthem. But Saturn is an q:rception.
    " iri ilSfi g:qTrniT:q-q+ g:qnrq.{ ' Wh.en Saturn is stronS,
    there is less of misery ; wlren he is weak, misery predominates.
    c/ rr<ndt
    qnqnrqr rFlirFfiqr{rrgq<(r3,

    S{ftffi g fu{ti nl: rru{ il


    and. the effects of thesi qualities will rcveat themselvos during
    the dasa periods of the planets concerned.
    By the wdrd st€{ used in the teit and translated as "happi'
    ness' both wealth and lrogeny are also to be understood in addi'
    tion to health and knowledge. For it is said
    |r{T lrNFGrnrfi"rt( s<|l.id q{fr trrt r g{|rtt{
    t glwqreqft*qt c qi !f(5:<i: t There is no
    gre*ltet hapoiness or misery than the birth or death of oneis
    child.
    Jupiter is therefore the giver of health, wealth, progeny ant
    that is why his arsocietion and aspect 4rc said to bo extremely '
    beneficial.
    af. qmz
    galrT
    awo:
    By the word'association' uscdabove,occulntion of the planet's
    bouse is also to bg undorstoqd. This will be explained in
    Adhyaya ll(l\. i$tt, Siturn is the, givcr of all sortsof 5:q
    (nrisery), af. g'
    q{nr g€ftt TFrdnftvrc;1
    ftfu.r.* cqr ggt e{crqrggni: tl
    ln e toroscope, lhe Sun and the Moo must-not to say of the
    La,gne-DG-strong ; other'ryise it .is aot e satisfactory one. Ot
    tf,eie, thc'Moon is the most important, For, it is said
    rlttt regui !'qrqq: ftueroretrqf' f
    ;lnwqr* e{ qutg tt$ {ftar: r
    S[ 2 fttltihsrnc: i9
    irvw vw'
    vvvvvYvvewvw
    ,vvtvvvwvvvvvvvvvw J!vvwvwvwvvvvvvvv'

    Also
    qrs*rrngt
    uytfM"atetffiu <{ RT{ft qt€Ai tqrr:
    EqIftqfr qrrr*qqftt rffiMeaqr& tt
    A"ttnrqtaqAg
    |Milqrfrfifrfr*qrttfi r
    Sqrirfr$qi im itq<rmqti ' -t ii
    Sloka.2. The Sun and the Moon are eovereigno'
    (heir
    Guru and Sukra are counsellors' Budha is the
    apparent).youog prince; Mars is the commander'in'
    chief and Saturnis the Eervant'
    Norrs.
    it must'
    In sayingthat the Sun and the Moon are Sovereigns'
    bg understoodthat the Sun is the Kins,'the Moonbeing the Queen'
    ( and Venus his wife
    Similarly, Jupiter is the Mantri {Fr{ )
    c/. (c{rrdq)
    * rrsr ctqftrtrrt iat qPrge: <tt: t
    ftrq: srrfr q?efrq gt<r{gqr €g: ll
    i"Tqtq &irtr't e<ftr trg* rr t
    . wrft tr{oil qr * ci: TrTEr:(T (rqtqt
    Ert cfiq{q
    itt stF€f I Fr*d
    stFt Frtd rrilqdqamf(: cql <ewft rfi$ra qI lF
    Tffrrfqil{T6'{: I vqr
    egrft neiQmte< €tqr: qrqetrcf
    rrgwcrir fr eu: ffiiql
    fiftrt:' tt
    six signs from Simha
    Further, the Sun is the lord of the
    the Moon is the lord of the six
    taken in the negative side while
    positive side' It is by thesc
    signs frorn Kataka counted in the
    'tJoplanets that the suprem4cy over the other l0 signs has been
    the other plahets' For example' the 2nd
    \iven to Mars aud
    been atlotted to Mercury'
    place from the Sun (negatively) has
    is the minister' Thc'
    The 3rd Rasi has Uu"" git"o to V""os'who
    or the 4th house hasr,been'givrenover
    ;il"" ,.,;"r, tlr*iqrill
    Ths"5th houseisthc
    to Mars who is the commander'in'chief"
    has been allotted to Jupiter' To thc
    house of kuolvledge, and
    thc 6S bouso os $oirso of s'n
    €crvaut Saturn has beou allotted
    44. qrtcCrnqTa Adh.II
    W ! V! V! YYY VYY v ! ! v v U lvvv vvYvw Y vY-
    YVY Y YYYVVVV!VYYUV r VWY

    vice. Similar remarks apply in the ca'seof the Moon with res-
    pect to the Rasis under her swaY.

    |:
    \fu qtcqqRru(qrgtqrQqrffi
    tfrq"t
    *:

    ll 1 ll
    firqeracaqgqrQeiqqr*;gg*
    Stofta.3. Heli, $urya, Thapana,Dinakrit, Bhanu'
    Pucha,Aruna and Arka are synonymougwords mean'
    ine the $un, $oma,Seethadyuti,Udupathi,Glou' Mri'
    g.ik", Indu and Chandra eignify the Moon' Ara,
    iVakra, Kohitija, Rudhire, Angaraka and Kruranethra
    denote Mars. Saumya, Tharathanaya,Budha' Vid'
    Bodhanaand Induputraarethe namesof Mercury'
    . Notrs'

    ior the ssveral namesfor eachof the planets, rl' g+srtt


    'i 'r qfi rrrgqrrTrffi-fh: {rtr.rl<rrn I
    "{tt$ Reqrrea*ruaarQ3t.dr Ri.a1qft'| ,
    r qftqqefcr: frft 6ftqffifu r r
    {rerRcFfr{rrarq:{nfr ggGfft: ll '
    snt s*'r qdrqg: d\ft m qtr s I
    qrrrr qR tare:Trsf Ttaarrr ll
    I ihql *se gq.ifu *Ttr itrrc*r t
    qe d"qq gqlq: grcntq qrrKlir: ll
    qd@r
    gfi:6I€q:@:t
    sFilq$ilfil-d{q' dFm?qTlifq;El
    r[Er(frqn0nq:t?dnqrn{ ll B ll
    bL 4-6 Qfnfrstqrq: {5

    Sloha4. lvlanthri, Vachaspathi, Guru, $uracharya


    Devejya and Jeeva tneanJupiter. $ukra,K"ty", Sitha,
    Bhrigusutha,Achcha, Aspujit and Danavejya are the
    nameEo{ Venug. Chaya,sunu,Tharani thanaya, Kona,
    Sani, Aarki, and Manda are ueed to express Saturn.
    Sarpa,Asura, Phanin Thamas,Saimhikeya,and Agu are
    raid to be the names,of Rahtr
    C/.-govn-+
    ge#* asq-4ft?sdrai Sfrfir-d:| ,
    ?t"q qfincqg€$cftRft TliT: rl
    grFtqgtWr qrrgfee fta<qr I
    s{rqr qsqcq$s inrq:sftfirt ei[: rt
    *tqfr qFE:qrfi: Ecor:q4g* qq<nrrI
    cU: qfirrq{: *rft: qresrqrg*sfrtT:rl
    trg<frsgfo g"= s{t'q ieggg : 1
    qsnfm *'SRfr{frfl Tqft(ffigt gfutq q|R: t
    E$IA[ lT|gg({rthn ifislEqf i['8r6o{il: q3 ll \ tl
    S|oka.6.Dhwaja,Sikhiand Ketuare,aEastrologetr
    declare,the well,known names of Ketu, The Son of
    Manda or Sani ic called Gulika. Minor planetr Kala
    and others(to be enumerated irr the coming sloka) ari
    portiona belongingto Ravi and other planeta and pro'
    ducepainful cbnsequences.
    {ffi&
    C/.-gFqKrs
    qrar q tR*q.e Uqfr gwqnqr [ , r,,,,,
    Rrs *gtffi q* $gS*sFrcqilrr I
    i[|r{:ffi:l
    silEtl
    Sloka. 6. The Upagrahas in their order are Kala,
    Paridhi,Dhuma,Ardhaprahara,Yamalantaka,Kodanda
    Mandi, Pathaand Upakethu.
    16 Tilrqf?tqfr Adh. II

    Norrs.
    There are nine Upagrahas for the nine planets.
    The Sun's Upagraha is (mro) Kata
    ,, Moon's ,, ,, (qRft) Paridhi
    ,, Mars' ,, ,,. (Tg) Dhuma
    (or*rfc) i
    ,, Mercury's ,', ,, Ardhaprahara
    ;, Jupiter's ,, ,, (qq{'rs6) Yamakantaka
    ,, Venus' ,, ,, (frrye or F(qm or r,|-gq) Kodanda ,li
    6 Saturn's ,, ,, (qTF{ or gB+) Mandi
    ,, Rahu's ,, ,, (qK or 6zrfrFrrd)Pata
    ,, Ketu's ,, t) (sf{g) Upaketu

    For finding their several positions on any particular day


    Astrologers have certain conventions which are epitomised in the
    follorving quotations:-

    (t) qrtur.
    si cdqrc'i qi fuqen qr*rt€qara: n*qr*qnnt I
    wctTtitt* aa srfr M g I
    "rt{rrnqsqqrqr:
    ftparq&fitmg: qftdi wi ttrqrqqsqrtt r
    snlqtrttq rra-{aTq(trcFftq?f<rftqq1r:tr
    irrer$riki attetttt qnit catrtgqtEruq r
    qsi sd TrffiE dilrrl[t: tgz on<-a.r11nqqI
    q$ df,irq*hntq*: qifr r*
    €r<foA rqftcra* hq&+ qnrqrnrfu( qS r
    rQiS: qftie {df'rgQurkq t* qlqq1q
    sT(rg'irTrgt
    sq *g1c a*stgef rft: I
    (r) c{t{R
    iq@ES qi Tftffi&ret:
    *fr orqt gffiiqtsqwrqqrdfir: tt
    q€Tfr qnrfi lrr* qrrrrmrrefrrqcrt
    qfi Trrr r6rfrl: rdc*f{ilcrs: tr
    11* eawm: gd,T:{-d?cril" frqE: t
    qqs.tc qdttrrt qftiq$dqFq, u
    o'
    fl. d. ftfrtsqrt: 1l

    rR*qtr*Aqqqriqq: t
    rqsd{S qi *gtd: qc}Asq n
    tif q{: tqrt1Lsqc: r
    dctrrrmrlt i$: ctccF: Ear: il
    When the leng.th of day or night is 30 ghctikns, the position t
    of Mandi ({lFE) on the week days counting from Sunday onwards
    is at the end of ghatikas 26, 22, 18, 14, 10, 6 and 2 duting davtime.
    These figures have to be proportionately increased pr diminished I
    . according as the length of'day chosen is greater or less than 30
    qhatikas. But since the lords of thefirst 7 muhurtas in the night
    are counted, not from the lord of the weelcday chosen, but from
    that of the 5th, the position of Mandi at night time will be differeut
    on. the week days, viz: et the end of ghatikas 10,6, 2,26,22,'18
    and 14 respectively

    The position of Yamakantaka during daylime on weekdays is


    at the end of ghatikas 18, 14, 10,6,2, 26, &22: of Ardhaprahara,i
    at'the end of ghatikas 14, l0 and 6, 2, 26,22-atd 18 ; of Kala, at
    thc end of ghatikas 2,26,22,18, l+, l0 and6.

    The position of Dhuma is foundbyedding4 signs, 13 degrees,


    20 minutes to the figures for the Sun. . Substract Dhuma ftom 12
    tigns, Thp result is Vyathipatha. Thts incra,sed by 6 signs,r
    becomes Parivesha or Paridhi. When Parivesha again is.subtract'
    ed from 12 sigos, we get Indrachapa. Add to this 16 degrees, 4Q
    minutes ; Kethu is obtaiued. Kethu increased by one sign will
    givc the figures for. the Sun.

    Dbauus, Karmuka and Chapa are all synonyms.


    Fqr detailed effects of the several Upagrahasoccupying one or
    the other of tpe 12 bhavas, please refor to Brihatparasarahora.

    Six of ihese (Mandi, Dhuma, Paridhi' Kodanda' Pata and


    Upaketu) however appear to ha?e been specially uoticed. Thc
    , autbor has dealt with Mandi elmost elaborately in Slokas I to 9 of
    Adhyaya IX. The remainingfive aregenerallyknown as Dhumadi
    Papchgratas (qlrficqq(:) and for their effects, see slokas 13'14
    nf Adhya:llr XIV.
    {t rnfrq|fut Adh. II
    l.@$

    qil: rqrrfdrF€ftrgqa:fueFilgil
    @riffir'sq:l
    rd ffiTr' ft.reg,gdffirr, qfr;
    qqtnu?kilqreqftr *qHReCft:ll s tl
    Sloha.7. The Sun poeserses a form with dark,red.
    rays. The Moon ia a yoirth with a white body. Budha
    (the Moon's son) haa the lovely darkgreen hue of
    Durva or bent graso. Kuja is of a palered colour.
    Jupiterhasa body of yellowish hue. Sukra haaa white
    person. Sani is dark in form. Rahu haea body black
    in appearance.Ketu-haea variegatedaopect.

    m*d {tilWnrrt ingifr: ,Tr q(RgifrEg:


    I
    irq:R6frRftffieqrgft IFrr:drfuffirq;ilnfrfl:tr
    SJoAr.8, The Moon and the Sun are lumincus.
    The five planetobeginning with Kuja are star planeto.
    Ketu and Rahu are of the nature of darkneos. The
    Moon, Mercury, Jupiterand Venua are auopiciou!. -

    $1, qKr<I qmffigfi rtN: I


    ffisrdwErtrqt
    dffieOq+dqilqtl
    Sloka, 9, Btrt the waning.Moon, $aturn,the S'trn,
    Rahu, Ketu and Mars are'malign. Budhain conjunc,
    tion with a malignplanetie nalignantalso. Of thoae
    (ctylcd benign planets),Jupiter and Venus areerceed,
    ingly awpiciouc (benefic). Saturn and Mars are ex,
    ceedingly naldie (among the malignant planar),
    1':'*"""" ""-"
    "",-"
    """"":3*y:
    """-""""
    About the iiralignity of weak tvtoon(frursq) opinionsare at
    slight variance. cf. (tt{dm) Skandahora
    rrsft rrr?4qrI
    . q33: A.rcg*ci €tuil
    w cnqr6cn<t Ssrml qt: n
    Also
    qcrcrsi agffi q|@ q q+{f
    The Moon is therefore weak only on the l4th and l5th days ot
    lher waning, The Moon is generally a bene6c.
    a/. ffiq(
    qeris*: $qq+S q crft gur: grnrn;*rt: t
    Bat cf, ffkr
    qrt *cs <t g{ernsrQ rotgat: t
    rs Sn*nrrqr$i cffi u
    rt' Sott tiltnTs<F€5(Igtqr gi: t
    rqrrcrwfr trqil|qi *c6tflfttr: ll
    iuq: qrFri rrrtg &t qlctfrKr: t
    Also 9v651
    q{crr: g*A**drcl$iFqc: crfitgd:q,rrq*' tdrq,t
    dhgqqlru*: gr*fuit g*: sgcqffiSfrsft iftrq: rt
    Also qmqd
    gqt|gErc drqr: trs,crit(g ftq|Tt:qrr3 |
    nffisgu<gs: qftotrft{rrt: ctl: n
    A very weak Moon must therefore be treated as malignant'
    Mercury is by nature a benefic planet. IJut his benefic qualities
    are so wcak that he may better bo clessed as indifferenf- g6it[s1
    benefic nor nialefic.
    + wctt t
    iffi qrrfr cdfr grqrnffic s: r
    grqtw rtrtm {{tcql r
    He bccomesreally benefic or malefic accordingto his essoci'
    rtion. If he rs associated vith weak Moon, the Sun, Mars or
    Saturn, he'is a malefic. When associatedwith the waxing Moon
    (fttf), Jupiter or Venus he is a benefic. When he is alone, he
    ia mori e bcaifc thea e ma1e6c:
    i
    50 ilttqfiqrt Adh ll
    '' cf, q{A'E(
    €hcqgffit .{nRef*foS*01:
    sgeqrftqqlft n
    (qiltg $qcgfte{*ft is another reading).
    Also Efts
    q{ftcnftrrg*dsr tr(d{qq{I: sqq?d3 | f iil

    Wtt{UtgxE-4wrr efu{g R *etq*t' ',


    g$tsq qs* {q} i! qq-
    ilm fraffisftgqrdft r
    qqrfftqqsh qs{frK
    dr,ilqofiRqlte\qR qJqq,a( n l o tl
    SloAa.10. In the first period of ten dayoof the
    lunarmonthwhich consistcof bright and darkhalves,
    the Moon is of moderatestrength. During the second
    periodof ten days,he ie very auepicious. During the
    third periodof ten dayshe hasno strength,but he will
    prove auspiciousif he posseEsesthe advantagessuchar
    beingaopected 6y benefic planeto'.
    c/. q-q-rry
    ert g gulftrtlg*<ri qrlft r{uqqaicqrrt r
    irfr'r*.tqaoqdt? .ildq rtr qqqr{ eiF r
    {6qrfirgr<r{g} ffi< r*fl r
    ' Rrr(rtrfiqqildtE{errmq+( tt ?t ll
    Sloftrr.ll. The Sun, ]vlars, Rahu and Saturnrl,
    way$ nse with the hinder part appearingin front.
    Venus,the Moon and Mercury rioe with tbe headfore,
    most. Jupitergoesboth ways.
    i Mr R€qqcql gffqflsrqgil: {t![fiF:I
    I scqT'qr{ffi ffi qg.id qtggdqqrft|l
    ll.ll
    Sloko. L7, The $un and Mercury are of the forh
    *
    sl. 18-15 &rirfr$qrc: 61

    of a bird. .The Moon has the shap: of a reptile.


    fupiter and Venus are bip:ls. Srtur,ranl Mrrs ara
    quadrupedo.
    Eortfr qqg{rR{d gqroqqwnt gdr r
    oilRmff{w{rtr{nr{F( MltqrF(: rltQll
    .Slofta.13. The Moon and Venusare reEtingin
    water (water,dwellers). Jupiter and Mercury haunt
    villageo which are the seats of learnedmen. lv{ars,
    Rahu, Saturn, Ketu and the $un hauntmountaincand
    Ioreets
    rrul qtm:I[Fttq'Sqnsft{rRe,
    ilsttEi€l'fte,t
    qml(6t f{geqqrft: trilFEdqqr:
    {frttdhil{s lrtBtt
    Sloka. t4. Mars is (indicatee)a child. Mercury
    ir a boy. Jupiter ie a p:rcon 30 y;ars old. Venus ic'
    16 yearoof age. The Sun is a parsonof 50 years.Tha
    '?J year$.
    Moon it one of Saturn,Rahuand Ketu are
    eacha hurrdred yearsold.
    '/. gA'uftrq
    TaETt* rirrt gT rN g* gtkqrq r
    gr*: ffit rfti qilqrqc'.t rt
    s.{: qff: qtdcq ?tfttrgtii: etrtt,l
    " ?st c$sc+ eE(rm6Erq$: t<c: tt
    rroqtir: qrqqmro€r6i fttqe: dqlq. r

    nrt{rfrqrqffiqn qrgqcqgqtgqrwilr
    qatrilritqRilrdd il* ffi g ftftetftgu: rr
    SIo&a. 15. Jupiter, Venua, Mars and Merury are
    lords of the four Vedas viz Rik, Yajus,SamanandAtha,
    rvani. lvlars and the $un are planetsof thi nature of
    mioeralo.Ttre Morn and Srturn rnrinly prrtakeof th:
    ;z mwffic Adh' Ir
    -..t.- -.Ji-. -

    :haracterof a root. Venus and Jupiter representthe


    rnimal kingdom.Mercury representsa mixture'
    Fitd hall, $frc1'd{'1rft4qrsAsq-{q-{rfafi{1qem
    Lattct half , Rut accordingto TfllR
    ilrw{lgq-:cfa ffiar wgkart: tt :l
    q3tc$ qh{rrnc{r ffi65t: tl

    flg: qg: rgt<e'{ffir {ti['r {fr(: I


    dt, €oql ffi trfrsEqrT q{rrqr( lltqll
    i
    rT{t[:€rer:e\t gR(' $€h r
    itqr?ffi'lEiqrTil:
    ilIRw fttqqaqttqm:{dltilgg: tsistRrqd: lllerl
    Erfu'Ft{ftqtFd'qrqtrrffiqqfrR{q r
    imK qlqnfi*ir.rrdltftS-frtMtseqn: lltdrl
    Sloha.16 Blazing,confident(self'possessed), happlt,
    :almncapable, bage,'failing and afraid
    torturedr'dejected,
    re the wordg deecribingthe ten conditionsof a planet
    ,n their order.
    Sloka, 17. A planet ia blazingwhen he io in hir
    :xaltationor Moolatrikona; he is confidentin his own
    touEe; happy in a friend's house; calm, wh:n he has
    'reached
    the var$a of a'beneficplanet. IIe is capable
    .whenhe shines bright with uncloudedsplendour'
    Sloha. 18. He is tortured when overcomeby
    another planet. He is exceedinglydejectedwhen he
    occupiesan Amea.(€mr) orlportion belongingto an ene'
    my'e cignfle is baseby union with the Varga of amale-
    fic planit. He h greltlv afrlid when he is in his de-
    presoion He is failing when he hasset or dirapqeared.
    VaidyanathaDi l<shita's

    JATAITA PARIJATA
    ( qrrq rTrRGTrf,
    )

    Witlt Att
    L.tr
    gl islr'[ rnttsln
    tiortnttd Copious
    Erptlnrntorqrrotesnrtd Ernnrpl es

    BY
    V. SultrantanyaSastri,Il.A.
    A s s t t . S c c r c t a r ' \t,( ) t l r c ( j o v t . o f M y s o r c ( l l c t d . )
    r r r t t l ' ln r n : l a t o r o l ' S r i p u t i l ' l t l d l r t i . I l r i l r l t . l a t a k a .
    I I o r a s a r a ,U t t a r k a i r m r i t a c t c .

    Vol. II

    @
    RANJAN PUBLICATIONS
    16,AnsariRoad,DaryaGanj,NewDelhi-11
    0002(lNDlA)
    CONTENTS

    Page

    Adhyaya V I Marring of Horoscope 3t9


    Adhyaya VII On Raja Yogas or Planetary
    Conjunctions; leading to kingship 372
    Adhyaya VIII On Conjunctions of two or more Planets 495
    Adhyaya IX The Effcct of Gulika, year Etc. 583
    Adhyaya x Ashtakavarga 649

    fqqqTlfi"q'
    qEnq: EG6 a'qJ6t:
    q wir.sllqTarq: 1t e. toR
    b <tq+fmqm: l\e1 tcl
    q {oan$q15qtll' vt\ Itc
    a. qret.qrfrsqrf{ tcl tRc
    to qrao-qrtsqrq: qYQ \91

    Rerultsof I &II Houses,III & iV Houses,V & VI X


    :ii H"";.t.
    - !'emal.fr
    f,fnrnonnnv
    Horoscopy, L-l^l'-L--
    Kalchakra Tl^.^
    Dasa, \7.:-.L^.--,
    Vimshottri ^^.-
    Dasa. X
    x
    Reedcrs may send thcir order tr the Publisher.
    #
    xx*xxrKiKx)Kixxsi*
    qrdftqTftqre
    qsts*{Ft:
    ll wilifi.rTs-riqH:ll
    Adhyaya VI.
    Nfennrnu op e l_loHosoopp.
    Six slokas' ziz. 5e5,. +8, '[9, 50, 52,99 and l!0 have been
    taken from Brihat Jataka.

    qffrl
    *ftrri'rqrilcnqiiqaT
    *i\iur qrqqrRE+r{rn
    t
    ffiq ioqn '* q iiqqqr€qT-
    h qTETt
    Enrrwmurtgr il t rl
    Sloka I. There are certain planecaryconjunctions
    which mar those leading to royal fortunes. There are
    others namedt+r (Reka) which produce poverty. Some
    again which are called ftt (Preshya)i.c. thcse lerding to
    dependence and servitude. And lastly, rhe:e are thlose
    called*rqq (Kemadruma). These four classesof yogas
    aboundin fortuncs marred just as they were going to
    rise.

    t\ quadG itr{t qiqnai


    fitqr
    ffrrmftqf qfl Wgi u.qtr* f{gur r
    qtq{ €ftfrqqrrmRi qril REnq+
    n q ll
    ilq\Esornfrsiiftrnqtgrqrfl{.rs
    319
    8x) lfcTclR||A Adh. VI.
    %*

    Sloka 2. When the Sun occupies in Mesha a Na,


    vamsa of Tula and is aspectedby a malefic planet, the
    person born will be money less. If Venue be in the
    sign Virgo accupying a Navamsa of Virgo, a beggar is
    born. When the Sun is in his depressionsign occupy,
    ing the extreme depreoeion point, the perdon born,
    though foremost in the greatesrof royal families, will
    soon be bereft of fortunc, sons,wife and meansof living.
    NorBs.
    Tbis Sloka is from qiiffiGT
    cl. srqcoi

    Afie qtt} {i} ftqa: fiqeqiq{: I


    rc€ rqdrnaiq$iq*free\ tt
    eAfrq'IE *f*di qrilT:FnfiEr{ |
    A^\a\\\.
    3TRilrT6aa{;fi't;r drTtrSeRIF{:t}
    sftfr qai;qe fiqiil flrTqftqn:
    r
    dqmqgo 11srialqhnt gaqrr
    Also Qkrqrrtq

    il€rqi rfif,tilq: qr{ dtqqf{d; r


    fqfuirqq]'nii {€nTqqkqqq tl
    ffi {rri dtqqr8ro:r
    aa-<r{Til:
    \^
    {{IR ftFI fff qriqTiT qErr{Er{ll
    According to Sli.anda,the mere rrosition cf the planets in
    'Ihey
    flsdx or ai?aqit is not enough. must also be in a certain
    particular. bhava to be thus capable of marring tbe fortunes of
    the horoscope otherwise accruing. y'.
    gorqiE$qqmrrflls q& fisft r
    qfqfqaiqfrfr
    eqrwilig RFefttt
    sl. t. qtrsecrg: gzt

    qflq {rrqrfq-sTi*ts.Sfi frgft


    qd qrfqa*ggo wriisaqGtqfi tl
    e€rfiflqfiierqqiq +arir gi I
    o*ei nrng$rqrnluftqfttfurr
    frt qeiri qrqqrF,{s
    qqi qi t
    SQ q+ds,
    *d, mfiftftftqta, tt
    q+t qaliqrlqrDrsftlfr g,rr r
    e{fEfaefiqrdiq: ftqgdaftqfi rr
    +-qrqtssfitii qr,ii qe,ilt t
    ,ii qn, gtn:ftq firedsEfrqft tt
    erq,{fiilfif}e .Trrrqaqi {r* t
    qra] qt grq] fiei fl ,at&r fr.ifd ll
    qqpr?t{T{i}qisq{9fr
    gh'eg}ftt
    wmrqqqlEirsftiafuoiilqrgtfrftqq t
    A C-\ \ \\ .n.A{\
    inffilerHififftt r{Erlil (tR0t (t{IIqilI
    qrdsfi {gtfi f,rqi}itfrqrtqtrS{hn{rrlrl
    Sloka 3. When Jtrpiter in conjurictiorrwith Sa,
    by Venus arrd Mercury,
    turn, Mars arid Rahu,is aspected
    the person born though in body a Sudra, will acquire
    every kind of knowledge and fortune. When the Sun
    and the Mo:,n occupyin,gtiie 7th bhavarre aspectedby
    Saturn, th,: person born will get a good living by the
    adoptionc.rfmeansprescrio.:dfor a persgnoi basebirch.
    cf. sqi,iFrartlfir
    ';latQnii:Hil{;4'igiT
    g'};frlanr rrflrqgriI
    'iQqr{iiqfi fi.ri z Rqiqftrir'-{
    qra.ll
    {dt.sfq
    322 ilctcritcrt Adb. vI.

    +-r& il fiCIilRqfirdntdrqdtreD
    qqTi,^fiFahmqq.ilqgei f,rgn)Ertti(ilsI
    -.
    urrqru0s*istqriirfi qdtt tv\ firgr: art
    qrd-e*: ds-iqsdgtrrt{r;rrlJs.rffi|arq ilBrr
    Slok,t 4. When Saturn occupies either
    a Kendra
    position or the rising sigo and is unaspected
    by benefic
    planets,a person born in the +ru*r (Kalahora)
    lartlc
    *rcftc,{fr: (SripatiPaddhati),Adhyaya B,
    Sloka t4, Nores]
    of Mars becomes a slave and a beggar. When
    tlie
    Moon in conjunction with Mars occupies\zlesha
    and is
    aspectednot by benefic planecs but by the Sun,
    the
    personborn is a mendicanr. If Saturn, thc Moon
    and
    the sun be in Kendra positions,rhe persor)born will
    be
    dull in appearance,indigent and feecling upon the
    leavings of other people.
    c/. sqirirtmq0r
    qqrt*'i er* iqG qi fto* r
    f,cstodirftqn't
    gitrt(iujrcarjr.reiq
    qrflFdf\nrmiqrfia: ;1
    *o4fF,ruq;r"fcqtfr{T+t q€Tq1'.;qraq}ilftrll
    qi *qlrt rQrl*Uatq;|snat qmqfi
    wrdrfirgr qq fffiiilo* qq) fri't rril! |
    q$qrmdtC ftrqUtt qrqqiqontr
    qriT;rTrrrrir:
    qilqffiuq fiarflalii rr\ trrrr
    Sloku 5. Whcn Saturn is in a l(endra position,
    the Moon in the rising sign and Jupiter in the 12th
    bhava,the personborn will be none otherthan a beggar
    forlor' and in exile. when the lord of the qth bhava
    occupiesthe 12th and a maleficplanet is in a Kendra
    position,the personbor. will be addictedto evil, eating
    Ijl. c7 q€IsstmTi 823

    at othar people'stable and maintained by their money


    and illiterate.
    sqi,ir?rrq?'r
    *-t qril onqt lT{nHftq uq} f\ga qa srTd:I
    dtt rqgisqil i{rft{giqfti{t q?q6(
    a?idtquqifhisrgirfifrsit g.$fi6(|
    frqtq-iliorfr naRqnftr ffti*rd]
    hr: uqgit gq{€rnrdiiryrnafktr n Qtt
    Sloka 6. When Jupiter in conjunction 'with Rahu
    or Ketu is aspectedby mrlefic planets, the person born
    will do baseacts. Wl.ren Jupiter in his depreusionis
    aspectcdby a planet which is also in his depression
    sign, even a person thar is born a Br,rhminwill commit
    wicked crimes. If the lrtloonand the lord of the risine
    sign be in conjunction with the Sun and aspected by
    Saturn, the pcrson born will be slothful. If malefic
    planets occupy the l0th bhava an.l be without benefic
    aEpect.the personbcrn will be a m:nial.
    Nor-ns.
    t*irftrnqilr
    qlE H*fr qfEqr firrd qu*ercilqrqf4ilf*e+{ |
    qniq|t f,tqqqf}qa"
    il ftr Bc}rqftdiz{t:sr( ll
    The latter half of this sloka reads thus ln :{rd (€{

    ff* q-qReefr
    qrGiriltqqotfr+
    isq:q1"gqdqlqflfa.+ itqq nf,tfia:rr
    r11rQ}s-srh
    T*{fiil qTt-,itts?irr
    gfiqt qiff wriqdt-fr qreis;q-qrqrrql
    I
    324 lrnm'Crftqr; Adh.vr.

    {t{tq{qdurrrsffi
    rstd{qrrt-
    i{aqfuwegxGa:,irqtqil \ttrq, n s tl
    Sl.oha7. When the lord of the 9th bhava is in
    the 12th and malefic planetsoccupy the 3rd bhava,and
    the lorcl of the 12th bhava occupiesthe 2nd, the person
    bcrn will eat unwholesome food, wear a trusg or other
    band and be an adukerer. When all che planets, being
    in bhavasother than thc 10th, occupy their depression
    cr inimical signs or portions of them, tlre personborn
    wrll be lackingin lcarning,intellie:nce,wife and child,
    ren, will be ill-tempcredand go about begging.
    r/. qii*ti'{drqfiI
    qir+?jifi:qqhai.ti finirrt xrqrftaw\, 1
    hai.sfhl t qtr1*ql €raigmls-qffiarrrqlll
    qiqtdfqqqeqi)r:
    *;ql-qiftg{ qq qrd:l!
    orqrflit Rrqtrg fiqfi * sq.i ct
    qrdrstiqewr S€qrJrrfiEft* qiq r
    thrwqqfr a inrragfrfl{ilHfffistt'
    TIht qR asqrtd{q}qrd: Sosisul ll < rr
    S/o&a 8. \l/hen the lord of the rising sign occu.
    piesthe 12th bhavaand Mars in conjunction with tire
    Moon is in a m.rleficsign identical with the l0th bhava.
    the personbcrn wili have to go to a foreign land wherc
    he may haveto live in i'digence sacrificingcomfortsa.d
    affiuenco, If whcn the lord of the 9th bhava is in the
    l2th, the lords of the rising sign and of that occupied
    hv the Moon are not in conjunction with beireficpla-
    nets or are eclipsadby the Sun, the per$onborn losing
    his wife and children will bring his family to extioction.
    sl, g. qgrsr|r{s tz6
    NoTES
    c/. e-sj,it?idrfor

    ai\rjt ft:nqtg qr+*nF* fiqgt {rilr* |


    crfrsfilnw:qttfliTfi fte{rnfl g:fHd6r{'t erd ll
    .irl,.rl qrosntRqri.q-frdrilrRfi
    $,os,t
    fiqes*r'ia€{qrTqn dqigd qRfift* qrtt
    By the the term *t (Krura) as applied to a house
    ln the first
    qn (prda) of the sloka, all the
    five horrsesofmalefics, aiz., Mesha,
    Simha, Vrischika, Makara and Kurnblra are not meaDt,
    but only
    l\'Iesh:i,Sirnha and Kurnbha. Here tlre difierence
    between the
    terrns r{tr4i (Paparksha) and m({{ (Krurarksha) nray
    be noted.
    The one rneans " all the hou.". ovrnedby malefics,,,
    while the
    other confinesthem to " their odclsigns."
    \\\r

    drrqrdsqgfst-xrqiFrir qlqnlf,r
    et q-fi{i{+ sfr $6widii*qnfiqql r
    *rt q}rruTri'nga* vE gofrsg\
    qft t.qqh q ffilFrilstkil!
    $'oqfrql il \ ll
    Sloha 9. When bcneficand maleficplanetsoccupy
    Kendra positio.s, and the Moon aspectedby the lord
    of
    the rising sign is in a Navamsabelongingto saturn,tlre
    personborn brings his race to an end becoming
    bereft
    of wife and children, When Mercury and Venus
    occnpy the 7th bhava,Jupiter the 5th, a malefic planet
    rbr: 4th and anothermaleficplanet the gth, all the bia.ra,
    i' this case being calculated from the Moon's prace,
    rundersuch a yoga are born those with whom theii race
    dies.
    c/. .rsirfi?drql]r
    {rrg\: }o4lt: {ril$} o*Eqonft
    fiflftn}e r
    nlttn+{r qGrignhqa:$e,is*t RaX:tr
    826 .ref'tlfuRl Adh. vI.
    qil{ili {itrP{fuilet &taq.} qorflii q r
    tl+ frohqRt*qt*ff{rrr}frf*rfrqr€+.r!
    nl ou
    Slrr[a ].0. Wh:n the Moon is ar rhe close o[ a
    moveablesign, or in the beginning of a fixed one, or in
    the middle of a dual Rasi and is without srrength, and
    when the rising sign is unoccupiedby planets,Rajayola
    come$to an end.
    4 s1ffir
    qrqrtqrfig{rqtiqErqt0T:I
    ts{:erErrrRqrt
    qt?rfqr aritqtq qgca {ft: ;1
    owdinEqrnrqsrrrqulamtiqtlqill t
    qnrrrtfrRilrs
    <$fhxqtrlq{iquftilscrilgqlu ?q ll
    SioAa 11, If, at a birth, the planer owning rhe
    rising Navamsabe the Sun,the Moon or Jupiter;and if
    it rhouldoccupyin its depression signa Navamsaowned
    by its enemy and the lord of its depressionsign, the
    personborn will be the follcwer or servantof another.
    dbft qqiqrt ilqt ilat-"\
    ;Hqqq-r{TriqTqht$uHsI
    Xlq{fNq;qt *'ilrr wqot
    ilqfr RMul(* trq$qqru tR tl
    Sloku 12. When the Moon is in the lOth bhava,
    Jupiter in the ?th and a malefic .plauet in the 9rh, the
    perEonborn becomesthe ruiner of his family. If Venug,
    Mercury and the Moon occupy Kendra positions and
    Rahu be in the rising sign, the person born will live
    like a base,bcrnwretch, lost to all s:nse of duty enjoin,
    ed in the sacredscriptures,
    gl. 13,15 qlrscrr4: 321

    Nores.
    (Fitsl half). Vrilc aks AdhyayaXIII, sloka
    zo, inltd.
    ( t. attet nh n. aJ.sql,ii?arqFr
    Hqflqcr:*'+wrgg+r *oAftqar ,ilfifi *Gq* r
    qoercq}lr:r q4qqriiqm)fiqrqrrgmiQlq: rt
    Aiso qrfr{A{

    afrrgqgmr'*=i dgmrirgngto* r
    -rosrcq,ilqqfu1arn) qr( fl
    fiq{rrfr{rfRd:
    fr U,irqq{{itt iNT
    g:qfi qrggiirriq I
    srqiWqfta*i(rTr*qm {Eh{gfu fiuq n qI tl
    Sl. Aa 13. When Venus in its depressionsign
    or
    in a Navamsa owned by Saturn occupiesa g:t,.fi;r(Dur,
    stthana (such as the 6th, the gth or the tzthLhavaj
    and
    is aspectedby Saturn; and when the Moon
    in .o";r".
    ction with the Sun occupiesthe Tth bhava,
    th" p.rron
    born will be in perpetualservitudewirh
    hi, morher.
    rti gfr {Rnqrq+qr*qlUil qrqgif{rgwrr
    H qqrtgqE&{t+ GDrgt rilFrqrft6irrtr qBtl
    Slaka 14. When Jupiter in its depression
    or the
    Sun in the sameposition occupiesa *-tr (Kendra)
    in con.
    junction with a malefic planet
    the pcrsonborn will
    commit infanticide. When a maleficphner
    is in *+
    (Kendra)and has no beneficaspsct, "
    andJupite, o..,r'i.,
    the Sth bhava,the person born will be th:
    ,tnugtrr.r"i-it
    animals of the cow and deerkinds _j.e.
    will be.on. th.
    purveyor of beef and venison.

    wrg+tr firfrqqrtrqiqifldr{rqsqFrfiq r
    atqi'urr]
    fr.qqn Rifi] qrqtgrQeitqgqlna;mIIt \r r
    328 ililrqftd Adh.vI.

    Slola 15. When the Moon and \,Iorcury in con.


    junction with a malefic planet are in the lOrh bhava
    and areaspectedlikewise by a maleficplanet and when
    the Navamsasthey occupybelong to their depression
    eignoand have no benefic aspecton them, the person
    born will be a {owler all his life.
    NoTES.

    This sloka apearsralso in qliTd(d.

    qi qrfirtat"{sqrrfuigr
    qfl-€t arf,qfr.
    qntrqts{fiaqir
    ilErdisrrrcg
    frqsfttr*n n tE tl
    Slollrr 16. If the lord of the rising sign occupy the
    5th or the 2nd bhavafrom the Moon and maleficplanets
    be in the 8th and the Sun in the 10th, rhe p:rson born
    will live by a professionvery far fron enviable.

    ffi'{tfi ugi{teft dE{+Erwnqgir


    snil (grrTsg{ER€iil6EE tftEfr qpq6ftriltetl
    Sloha I7. If the Navamsas occupied by Venus
    and Jupiter be owned bv their several depression or
    inimical signs and if Saturn also be in a Navamsasuch
    as deecribed above,the person born will suffer afflic
    tions and live in pain and unhappiness bereft of wife
    and children.
    Norns.
    Slokas l3-l7 are also quoted in qsl{r?il,uq.
    qif qmn+rdlqTR{rqr d+ttsr irqaqrft'{rtrr
    tRwdt{rqtrt o}qri rttnrftlwgtsdrq lt tc rr
    Sloft:r18. If all the maleficplanets be in Kendra
    positionsidentical with their depreesionor inimical
    eigns,andif they be at the same time aspectedby
    sl. 18, qSs,qrc: 329

    benefic planets occupying the l2th, the 8th and the 6th
    bhavas,they destroy the Rajayogaof th: horoscopeno
    less than those planets which occupy maleiic 60th
    portions in their depressionand inimical signs.
    Nores.
    It is not possible to give an example for the yoga described.in
    the text, uiz , malefrcsin Kendras being at the same time aspected
    b y b e n e f i c si n D u s s t t h a n a s( 6 t h , 8 t h o r l Z t l r ) . I f t h e f i r s t h a l f o f
    the sloka be interpreted :rs " if all male6c planets be placed in
    Kendra, depressionor ini'rical positions and be at the same time
    aspectedby benefics occupyiugthe 6th, 8th or l2th bhavas,', the
    following horoscopenray be suggestedas arr example: _-

    Mercury
    Venus

    For the same e{Iect the yoga described in qlttsdt (Saravali)


    is slightly difterent, While the two c o n d i t i o n sV t z . , ( l ) t h a t a l l t h e

    ---
    :
    lLagna
    Moon

    Sun

    Merc, II
    Venus
    I
    330 qrilEcrftfla Adh. VI.

    ,
    s i o n o r i n i m i c a l s i g ' s a n d ( 2 ) t h a t a l l b e n e f r c s h o u l db e p o s i t e di n
    D u s s t t h a r i a (s6 t h , 8 t h o r l 2 t h ) h o l d g o o d ,i t i s s t a t e dt h e r e t h a t t h e
    malefics slrould rt::.[.c as:ocitLled uith ss aslcc!ei l,y the benefics.
    c/. €t{Edr

    H1 .r,{T:fr;4 qlqlRrtdT ? fltcrig4egt: I


    gq/:t-q,tfi,Jq;)qarsfiqqli q41zqa:tt
    il-niqmffqfraffirrdrg\€sr qfaqqqrfi|
    ll qq ll
    T(ftq8q{Uf,rq{rqrEo*{gdrs;q6s1q1d1
    S/oArr19. If Saturrr,the Moon and the Sun occupy
    Kendrapositionsand are not aspectedby bencficplanets,
    the personborn will be a drunkard, If thc sam: planets
    occupymalefic6rJthpcrcions owrled by their inimical
    and depressionsigns, the person concerned will be
    wickedly inclined and commit adultery qith another's
    wife,
    Norns.
    Fitsl hdll.-Vide 71so :l6lia gl itrftu.
    Latltr half. I . ' . r r t h e s a . n r ee f f e c t , t h e f o i l o w i n g y o g a i s a l s o
    mentionert inl,tlal;h{at
    qitut{{rs 'if} nrg*, qnfF,ricq;q{.d{qTqt
    ll
    aii Uir q{qi uqr\ idqq{iltqiArTrqstI
    d g.*:*wtam& urii q EnTiq$r(qr eil( u(o11
    \ l o l r l 2 0 . I f l t V c n u si n i t s r l e p r e s s i o ns i g n a n d
    in
    conjunction with a maleficplanetoccupy the 9th bhava
    and be aspectedby a rnalefic planet, the person born
    w i l l b e a f o w l e r . l f a b e n e f i cs i g n r e p r e s e n tt h e t 2 t h
    bhavaand Venus .Jccupy thereina Navamsaowned by
    Saturn,the persouborn will be e.rcessivelyaddictedto
    $e t v a r r t , m a i d s .
    sl, 2L-22 ltgf sc{tq: 331

    Norrs.
    T h e s e : r n Ch r l f o f t h i ; s l c k r i s q r i t e d i l ' { : r e a ti n q i i q r ? t l r q f t , u i z '
    qfi;qgh qrhnt ,frqgtfhga: 11
    firdrarlfd

    ttt*drrrr tl
    ulir qorRhqR{qa{Rrft\tiqt
    rrtqt
    qfrFsqn\gr;<tgftiqrcqqirri
    r ioqigssqdi
    ffg€TFTqhgaimqfr
    ftrtiq fitriki tr qqrftnrrgim€qr il Rqtl
    S t o k a2 1 . l f a t a b i r t h t h e l o r d o f t h e r i s i n g s i g n
    has no strengtli and is aspectedby the lord of the 8th
    bhavaand if Jupiter is obscured by the Sun, there wil I
    be the planetarycortiunctioncallecli*r IReka)(emptying
    or purging). If the lrrd of the Navamsa occupiedby
    the lord of the 4th bhava be obscuredby the Sun rvhii':
    being aspectedb-vtha lord of th: L]th bhava there will
    againbe the yosa termedi+r (Reka)'
    \ \ \ - a -
    gqqdt t;{{gi6 (Itll
    AA ^A
    qBErrfr{i;rtrrr{?T
    \ \-
    qt;T{rgeq fqoqil{Ediqs( tsIIrT I
    \\ \ A n --\

    q;rrtcqq{ditil qit gw! t'qi**Ftlqnrr:


    qm ontt{rnqiq iiqb t*rf,{{rel'fiq tt<rtt
    Sloht 2). When thc lord of the 4th bhava is
    aspectedby the lord of the 6th ; when tlre lord of the
    9th in conjunction with the lord o{ tire 8th occupies
    the 5th bhava and wheo the lord of the rising sign is
    depressed,the personborn getsitr (Reka) for his lot'
    When benefic planetsare in the 8th, the 6th and the
    t2th bhavas, while mtlelic ones occupy Ken:lra and
    3 32 qr(tqrRqrt Adh.vr.
    Trikona positionsand when th: lord of the 1lth bhava
    is without strength,the person concernedsuffersinju,
    rious effectsof the iorqirr(Rekayoga).
    ilurr qutigrr imagsqnaqftilei(
    it;g€;Flqft!g\il(gttqrdrrToit*qr r
    qrqeTtTstr
    ilufrqmragiiqonrQt
    qtqtl qq\ q niq.Jatrifliq*rrir qh tt ?.i rr
    Sloha 23. If the lord of the rising sign be in
    conjunctionwith a malbficplanet; if Venus and Jupiter
    have becomeinvisible ; and if rhe planet owning the 4rh
    bhavabeing in conjunctionwich a maleficone disappear
    likewise, a i+r.irf (Reka yoga) is produced. When the
    lord oJ the 9th bhava is obscuredby the Sun'srays and
    when the lords of the rising sign arrd the 2nd bhava
    occupy their depressionsigns,there is theiqr*rr (Reka
    yoga) again.
    q?qqnqtrRt{i'stur€u?{reffii
    ar{t
    qffib frlq hqEl t
    g*qTarfrsEiTr
    -gq(qr ttoT-
    aJuiqrqqrcqil{r grTfr ffi fl
    nwgdqqrrtdrfi'oErdtqrftqr\flqil!lt 1,8 rr
    slohu 24. A iqrqjrrlR.ekayoga)is prodrrcedwhen
    there are three planetseith,:r depressedin position or
    o b s c u r e db y t h e S u n ' sr a y s , a n d w h e n t h e l o r d o f t h e
    r i s i n g s i g no c c u p i e sa b a d p o s i t i o n( s u c h a s t h e 6 t h , t h e
    Eth anC the l:th bhava) or is without strength. If
    malefic planets-- aspecte d by de1'ressed,in imical, or
    malefic planets-occupy any of the 9 bhavas,namely
    r h e l s t , t h e 2 n d , t h e 9 t h , t h e 1 0 t h ,t h e 1 l t h , t h e 4 t h , t h e
    5th, thc Tth and the llrd ; they will producethe lteka
    e{fect in respectto tire bhavasaffected.
    'lg 25,27 strstqm: 833

    fuirrurt
    q<qefimqrnr!qrdflt{ |
    qr* g qhq{qfr Tq{tRtrA
    iffiqr ftgr*orcdve$ru R\ fl
    Sloha 71. A single malefic planet,a pair of male,
    fic planetsor a triad of them occupying any one of the
    nine bhavas(menrioned in the latter half of the preced,
    ing sloka) and aspectedby depressed,inimical, malefic
    planets,will produce the effect of the Rekayogarespec,
    tively in the early,the middle or the concludingportion
    of the lives of the person concerned.

    rttu-nsqtt
    ftft* frqi.rcftqqGil
    Hsqr {Rr{s
    *{t gribilqrrfrdqwr frqr{tnr rgsI
    f\qffi qfr* fi{Gnrm}qrce{rMm}
    tqqrqq{rds{ftG* fiRq*fti}Cdf n REn
    Sloha 25. A persc''nborn under the Reka yoga has
    neither kncwledgenor wealth ; he is penurious,bostile,
    iustful and wrathful; his mind is alwaysdistreseed; he
    is disagreeable,
    having no beautyor grace; he is crafty;
    he lives on alms; he is filthy and quarrelsome;he is
    full of envy and rage: he reviles godsand Brahmanas
    and he is rated daily by his (wife and sons) whole
    family.
    (srcqr
    $rat sqrdlirfrfrqhqqJqrFqfr
    r{dlqqsn$qq6a'ilgtltQgt It
    qrilfqriT{rre Adh. VI
    g v ! ! v v l v v v ' v v v r w s
    g r v v v v !
    v v v v v v v v v e v v v v v v v
    v l a v v Y v v v !

    qiqtl {Td€+r!qrqrufrirqqq
    qr)rs'u\
    '
    idgql qlqts ll le ll
    qgHeR*rrlTrq{iwJ
    Slofra. cJ|. A peroonborn under the Rekr yoga
    will be evil'minded; he will have ugly or disersed
    be ill off ;
    nails; he witl be givento badwayl ; he wilt
    relatives;
    he will be intent on injuringand ab'rsinghis
    he mayb:
    ir" -tt be short'lived;hemry begall round;
    in mind ; he
    -*.; he may be blind, daafor insane
    "irv f.'f"ttful or wrathful; he mry b: a cripple; his
    in his eyes'
    thoughtsmay be betrayedby the clr'tnse
    n qRa{rnr:ll
    qrrtEtr(frqotiftriEi qt
    ${ii*lqiHfirtrEudR eil( t
    *.naffiafiq sfltY(fr
    olrrFrir qit i{€iffid qRKrll 1d ll
    the lord- the
    SJofta28. When Jupiter' being 9f.
    lord of the 9th bhava
    8,thor the lst bhrva' exceedsthe
    lord oi the 11th occupying a
    i"-t*"g,tt, and when the
    is s:orchedby thz Sun's
    rtriri"t .ther than a Kendra
    per$on born will b:
    l';;;';;; lt *"^r, in strengch, thr:
    iniig.nt.
    olfl fr qq;q gdrl€{fiqt{Rq*gqt
    Cixqn{til Tril rRuqlelnEl t\gul t
    qr{qtrrrilrtiqitmq I frtifrftrQe'r
    6rr({:rrftrqqi c5fr qtqirrrl} f\g*l tlR'qll
    or Mercury'
    Sloha29 If Jupiter, Marg' Saturn
    beingdepressed and otscured by the Sun's rays, occupy
    or the 5th bhava at
    ,i" irrft, the 6th, tne 12th,th: 8th
    qfr'w1q: g$5
    sl' 3&'31

    in the
    a p€rson'sbirth, he wiil be a beggar' lf Saturn
    9th bhavabe aspected by maleficplanetsand if Mercury
    bhavaa
    in conjunctionu'ith the Sun occupy in the lst
    Navamsaowned by its depression sign, therervill be a
    beggarborn.
    Srqagxrfia;Ea{Qgrl
    r;mRRrqgffi{qil qiE qr( |
    oir{(IEitqol 6qr{lllqaFil
    Eftrr11{o ll
    *qRqa\qiiqrrfqart
    Staka 30. If Jupiter,Mercury, Venus' Saturnand
    ith
    Mars occupythe Eih,the 6th, the l2th, the fFe
    "f. bha'
    and if the lord of the LZth
    lCth bhavasin any order
    by the
    va thoughdepressedin position and obscured
    Sun'oraye be nevertheless superior to the lord of the
    be a beggar'
    rioing sign in strength,the personborn will
    Nores

    atqRwm trqft
    'i*,i qqi soa(+{ qnil'Eitir q\( t
    qta'qi
    of {qq{httqrgt gi
    ll
    ort eilql a{rqqql dtqrt ltgtr ll 1l
    lRrrqft{rt Adh. vI.

    Sloka 3L. If at a person'sbirth, Venus, Jupiter,


    the Moon and Mars b: in their depression signoand
    occupyfour out of the six bhavasnamely,the lst, the
    10th;theltth, the 9th, the ?th and the 5th; that person
    will be indigent. When Venus occupiesthe lst bhava
    Jupiterthe 5th, Mars the tlth and the Moon the 3rd,
    eachoneof thesebhavasbeingidenticalwith the depres'
    sion eignof its o:cupantpltnet,thc personborn will be
    a beggar.
    Nores.

    '"-'"1
    |
    _l I**"
    |
    Juniterl
    (t l
    I
    Moon

    ut + q(fit{GsRta
    et q dqgwr qR ltUtr qq t
    wtr ftnsrrgtfitao{ilt
    dti ftWqqqtq rriqgftr!ll lR rl
    Sloha 32,. When the lagnais a moveablesign and
    the ricing Navamsa is also owned by a moveable
    Resi rnd it ie aspectedby Saturn as well ag by
    depressedJupiter, the person born will be a beggar.
    The camewill be the cacewhenJupiter occupies the 6th
    or the 12th bhavain a cign other than his own.
    sl. g3-36 qdsc{rq: 337

    sil(: ft* ulflqis qrqrtERafroilqqnq {t i


    +.ne€trnrnrdrcg frrqr i{qrurr qr.qdfqil{ nlltl
    Sloku 33. When the lagna is an immoveablesign
    and alt the malefic planets are in Kendra and Trikona
    positions while benefic ones occupyother than Kendra
    positions the person born will live upon alms and will
    owe his maintenanceto other people.

    a{rqfrI
    * ftont fritr frrqbenffirq+Ffiiqrrar
    tror€Il iFqqRftqilr{qfi'qruaftogtrR ilil lll8ll
    Sloku 34. If a moveaolesign be the Lagnaat night
    time and if benefic planetsbo in K.endraand Trikona
    placespossessingnc strength,the maleficones occupying
    positions other than Kendra,the personborn will always
    live by begging.
    qTqritq(arrdrruflq{qi frrqr qiqe{FrnrrlFqr{tI
    dt qtqr{ni sftr* dtbrirt q;ffit at* n 1\ tl
    Sloha 35. If the maleficplanetsbe in their depres
    sion sign$ at a pierson'sbirth, he will do sin.fulacts ; if
    the benefic planeusoccupy their depression signs, he
    will keep his sins concealed; if Jupiter being depressed
    occupy the 10th bhrva or Mars be in the 5th bhava
    depressedin position, the effect will be the same.

    dqirqtstrIilqqrct
    flt qoqrgqls I
    srfiraT

    frr-q qS aq\qqqrtq$$r rr lq il
    Sloka 36. Planets produce depression cffects if
    they occupy in their exaltation signsthe Navamsabeloog,
    l?
    3::""_"_""."
    " ..*:,.",*""""",""^*-y:'
    ing to their depressionsigne; they produceexaltation
    dfects if in their depreesionsigns they occupy the
    Navamsaof their exaltationsigns.
    NorBs'
    c/. ssl{ftdrqrq
    *qrQrar w;lTft } ct;{rr fftrrm {FI€{FFIrrqt: I
    srRmr tqlc aiqrrlrlr qEr ETg;iFd aSa rrFcq ll
    qrmsl{'
    The following are some moreift{ yogas mentioned by

    onl{ta} aqqeif} flRi} il fatqn: t


    frffist qat' tili'qrFfr"q}qrqt q{: ll
    gfrek;qqil: eofoqq1;Rsq(t*^qotqIliTl:gt{T:I
    flsCI{t{q{{qqf*{T: fl€sq} (s;c) ig* t+g fiQa: ll
    srrffisr gvrfttu: sqifr"I+sqv{rRqqI
    q mr fifrql: r+g{Ati ffi: ll
    "q+ftq\6r-dqtG '
    rqsft{faq|grrifqr:srufrPqfinmngai
    dgqfr4Rqrwrgd<qqrilsqq@r$git: ll
    ar*rftt Fgqt friqq< 116;mdqfaqq8: 1
    H {F qTd\q?qfif,a ll
    firfiii erE{r}Trq6Fq:
    aaqfr{qqsftgftqd: gdrlilal {'rq: flqot:trS I
    garqqG qT<gqrtr*wrfr fu"qfffiaqtqq: ll
    qflfii e.3m+s trq' fiqtqTq fre]ftna t
    66fr1: qglii fifi.it qK: sFlaqiwg fihq tt
    aqerqi {iTftfr aaqil{lsrci} qErt
    *aqqt: flat-€t; qRfr nril qi( ll
    T{t
    r
    nqtwritu "It ftfrftaq.
    q<t mngdqRM n' t
    r \-
    flqI qqqqq qq'i nkgdq r
    Sl, 86187

    qirlq'il qqrqb xglscqq* aqt t


    uqt w'r \q fihq' €$ ITT;I1:
    ll
    qgeqgq{R(t1t sa+ifrd{t
    s{i qdeasrqrfuiir ftfea:ll
    orqqgR{m,eg frtm: q6ll{tqqqils<{ra( |
    .r<'il g€fRilg enfrerqtR qfrqRft{a, 11
    qb *qlSA: flg(: q'GD: I
    sar*t] qaqnTqa
    nqtt Fqi T€i erft* t qrqfrqirre}tt
    qa,iTtHTsatauaatga:t
    q.etfr qfi+t qrRqtilq nqh ll
    vnrag$ft;|g nurqdl qi ftqa,t
    ErRqm"qrfrffi€qaq qlqT{: tl
    {iqr gftfr q-q'g}u q gdt *}q r
    *t .Bq,ifqlsqtrq',tqRfiq}n rr
    aq qfrsqqtt
    fftt i\ qil {E: ftaq-qgil q}q r
    gc#qqqrfrfi sqdt*rqftgEqtt

    ll ffi11
    fr{h* R{ffi:qmftqqrftdmfrftFd
    frqr$ ffirfr ftqrdr{frrrtd ilnr{rI
    ffihffi€dilq.sr€si
    ffi qnqtqrrffi{E* ft*rqtd Ersll ls lt
    Sloka 37. The characteristicsof a person alflicted
    with qitdirr (Daridrayoga) are such as these:-He is
    340 qrifs|T|frgrt Adb. VI.

    be defective; he is crafty; he is reproved and rated by


    his family ; he has to live by begging; he is irr difficult,
    ies ; his spcechis disagreeable ; he is addictedto lust
    and gluttony: he would earn money by foul means; he
    daily gives vent to his spiceand speakspungentwords ;
    his heart is always set on other people's wives ; he is
    mean; often times he is blind, mute and idiotic.

    ERfrqltuoailqrqr( SB?
    qt{i ttaq( Effif I
    rrqrosiqsrqtt,a?Tf Sqdtq GrTitr
    S-{Rgrfit il lc tl
    Sloka 38. A person born in a qfiefrrr (Daridra
    yoga) is fond of quarrelling; he may be a leper; he
    destroys what is beneficial to others ; he is unlraceful
    and given to boasting; he has no reverencefor Brahma,
    nas; he has a had wife and a{flicted with diseaserlugly
    nails.

    It ffiq1;11
    qh rfr q.rrEiftrtir tri rFfrmwr rrr$r
    ot q\ iqgtrqqt qreifi{rqi qrsr{E(an( ft lq tl
    S/<;ft,r39. When the Sun is in the 10thbhava,the
    Moon in the ?th, Saturnin the 4th, Mars in the 3rd,
    the Lagnain a moveablerign and Jupiter in the 2nd
    bhava,the person born in this yoga at night will be the
    servantof another.
    *Iil T,ftsnffii {.G qTqrqfr
    Rqfroqt Ert
    r;'riki qsri+E st"qiCIiikt iuq{il rrEfun Botl
    Sl.;ftrr40. When Venus occupiesthe 9th bhava,
    the Moor, the 7th, and when Jupiter is the lord of the
    sl. 41,43 qdrstqrq: 34t

    2nd or the 1st bhavaand when Mars is in the 8th and


    the Lagna reported to be an immoveableoign,per$onE
    deetined to servitudeare born.

    frftrwfuqri
    hqq+qqqfr
    k;niR qft ttogqt c enelr
    u-{;gwl+ggwr
    ftlE*'nmit
    irErailil n Bq tl
    uiiq?qarrfudioruf
    Slokrt 41. If at the birth of a personat night, the
    l o r d o f t h e m r v e a b l er i s i n g s i g n b e i n a s a n d h i a n d a
    maleficplanet eccupya Kendra,he will be a menial. If
    Saturn,the Moon, Jupiter and Venus occupying during
    the day a Kendra, or a Trikona position, be in a sandhi
    ar-rdif the rising sign be an immoveableone, the person
    born will be a menial likewise.

    tuqaii-ruir{q=frdegfrq'ldqq.tgh
    r
    hErafrrdiift awrq*g* fno*qrdfi{r ltBRtl
    Slohu 42. Whcn Jupit.:r attaining an trrftt?r
    (Iravathamst- t,itle Adhyaya L, Sl. 4'7) occuples a san,
    dhi and when the Moon possessedof an r<sqtr (Uttama
    varga - attlc Adhyaya l, S/. 45) is outside the Kendras
    arrd when Venus is in the rising sign at a birth at night
    during the dark half of a lunar montb, the person born
    is a menial.

    h* rrtEfigr*l{qE(F\rqlil
    {g1k{genq{drqslqqI
    qrqi{s {ti\ii {ri{qnftr$+
    ql+iiorqgsqrsr{iu(tn( u 81 rl
    842 qT"r'rtftld Adh, vl.
    Sloka 43. A pereonwill bea menialif at his birth
    Mars, Jupiter and the Sun oc:upy respectivelythe
    sandhisof thc 6th, the 4th and the 10th bhrvas. If the
    Moon occupyingthe Navansa of a malefic planetbe in
    a beneficsign and if Jupiterbe in conjuncrionwith th:
    lord of the rising sign,the peison born will live by
    servinganother.

    qqni& ga-(ffi;i trqil{HrsqRrs'{rfiI


    wrilo€ Rqfr ftoncqrarqdcqgtfrfto( ilBBtl
    Sloko 44. When Jupiteris in q+t (Makara)occupy,
    ing the 6th, the 8th or th: 12th bnava and when the
    Moon is in the 4th bhava from the rising sign,the person
    born has to be at another's bidding.

    rrisqimqoq rr
    qrqrflrrqwfrql sftil{rs.qi+crtt*l
    gwit*i qres{*rqrFEa
    itq FTrlqfidia rt
    fr"qr*rqRrJ(qsEw r ia$rd ttrqtI
    *\ qdeq* u B\ fl
    irr€ornierrqFtrrRqgt
    Sloka 43. These are the characteristicsof a person
    born in the yoga called cuGq+ (Parapreshyaka-beingat
    another's beck and call). Sucha person is generally
    evil-minded ; he is fond of quarrelling; he is harsh of
    speech; he is a reviler of the Brahmanacommunity; he
    has a liking for people illiterate, he is indigent and
    depraved; he is spiteful and wrathful; his pastime is
    lying; he is deceitful, lustful and intemperate; he is
    clever in gimulatins tenderness and false pride.
    sl' 46'48 qissqrq: 343

    n wg-ffifrr: tt
    qfr qrqetr
    tt zt qnqt iist iqqrqE;fr
    qrt qq*sGgisi qrqirqdisgfa{mrqqr( ttuqll
    Sloha 46. When the rising sign is ie (Mesha),
    qgu (Vrishabha) or \rgq (Dhanus) and is aspectedby a
    malefic planet, the personborn will have tooth disease;
    when Saturn occupies the ?th bhava and Mars is either
    in conjunction with Rahu or is without strength, the
    person born will be defectivein limb.
    ,.f. c'rffid
    .eti ${€eet: ttt qtaii{t{qt: I
    ciiiEsq njqrqoi ii ?r-cq;aErldu

    oTt(trqqaFEtqflqa wrg3s I
    iialqernrft qt$Sda] qiqqsI us tl
    Sloka 47. When the Moon is in the 10th bhava,
    Mars in the ?th and theSun in theZnd, the personborn
    will lose somelimb.
    ffqilq.rt Rqteqrqt-
    riq t
    gkriH-aGiAgqGEI
    qqPq{i;q Hst&fqt'
    girqaiq $tldiit iiuq ll 8d ll
    ttte 5th or fth
    Sloha 48. \l/hen Mercury occupies
    housefrom the Lagna and the other planetsare weak,
    the child will haveiwo heads,four legsand four hands'
    When the Moon occupiesVrishabhaand maleficrarein
    the Riksha sandhies,the person born will be a mute'
    If . underthe aboveconditions,the Moon beaapected by
    344 {rcrcrfT,ill Adh. VI.
    benefics, the child may get speech afterwards (after a
    long time).
    Nores
    Fhst holl--,The above result should not be predictedunless
    the characteristic combinations mentionedare complete. If the
    characteristics are incornplete, an inordinate largeness of the
    organsnamed shoulclbe foretoid, Some commentators take the
    word ie"iu (Trikona) i' tbe slolia to mean
    {oii-srur (Moolatrikoria)
    of Mercury , that is Kanya. But this has to be rejectedon the
    authority of ,itiir (Gargi) w-hoclistinctiy says:-
    qouii'i: diacsq;i gir r
    frgqrieFrdedi rrs&q;'rqrRrzn
    rl
    Sccond halJ.--gy the words " nralelics are in the Riksha
    Sandhies " it is to be understood that all the three malefics, aiz.,
    Saturn, Mars and the Sun are jointly or severally to be in the last
    portion of any one or rnore of Katakar Vrischika and lv[gsn4.
    By
    the words " afterwards (after a long time)," nothing more is meant
    '1ater
    than than the ordinary time within which a child may be
    naturally expected to speak.'

    The last quarter of the sloka leads to the inference that such
    Moon should also ]rave r'alefic aspect to make the person mute,
    1'his is supported lty Gargi who says;-

    $-dtrii,wqi;aei: vti*! gdiri r


    q+: wirQ*: i'ntDrtq orrfr irRq rr
    iqerat,i'rnt'i q-d e]r,i. qf,riqrrr rr
    unless therefore all the three rnaierrcs are thus placed and the
    I\Ioon has a malefic aspect, the predictio' should not be made.
    If
    there be o'ly two malefics thus placed, tl.renfrugality or smallness
    of speech, and if only o'e, r.vaveri'g, slow or stammerrng speech
    should be foretold. lJrrt if such Nfoon has the aspect of one or
    more benellc 1r1anets, the person will begi' to speak later than
    when he would otherwise be na.turally expected to speal<, It must
    thus be remembered that the aspect of malefics is also required to
    make the native rnute, and the aspect of benefics to counteract it.
    sl. 49 qdsrqrq:

    qr{ra-$r

    rii.larrFq.r*: trRrit g\ viciiirttite! r


    d \\o-
    qo: drrt€i e,a *r€rad} sqft !r
    uifr g;r*'i osr=iqqt$oi€i: I
    iegqrtqcrc{dt qitsfbarRd'r rrait rli: tt
    The word qii (Gavi) in the sloka in the text mav also tnean
    " in the house of speech," i.e., the second house frorrr the Lagna.
    This view is supported by tq;iir(r (Skand;r.hora) where it is laid
    lown thus:

    xrsFeri: cfoAfiinr] iltr*r: r


    iqr rrftd Er{sriicrqr}$r}qrrEr. ir
    \
    tTrF|r{Rt{Ftst€rrt{rq( tTcilrsT GtRff
    \ Q \ A\ \

    SFrfs{ {rtirfi rgt r-qrftq-ett


    rsdii qwftrs*.itilmo{{tQ
    "(r*frqrtrrRrftq srsfqrq +( qirqeslnBqtl
    Sloka 49. (1) If Saturnand Mars occu,)ythe Rasis
    or Navamsasowned by Mercury, the child will have
    .teethat birth. [This refersto the time of conception].

    (2) If the Moon be in thc Lagna identical with


    Katakaand aspectedby Saturn and Mars, the child will
    be a dwarf. [This also refersto the time of conception].
    (3) If the srrljnnoe(Adhana Lagna) be Meena and is
    aspectedby Saturn, Mars and the Moon, either singly or
    conjointly, the child will be short in stature(crippie).
    (4) If a malefic planet in conjunction wich the
    Mclon occupy a Riksha Sandhi (at the time of coocepr
    tron), the child wrll be dul[. These yogas trke cffect
    only when their authors fail lo have bencfic asi)ecron
    tbem.
    44
    346 drdtcft{Ie Adh. VI"

    Norrs.
    (l) In the case of actual birth under the dbove yop, the native
    will have often tooth trouble.
    (Z) tn tire case of a nativity, the above yoga holds good pro-
    vided the Moon is in the Lagna and in l(ataka. (See Brihat
    Jataka-XX).
    qKrqoi
    tig oi{reFqg qntr a drctFd'iteqt? srs: I
    $raar.rmati aftiirri'r lft egc: eiq tt
    trfrrid fiqi +i&OrSorffieBser<t €F6s:t
    riifrqi q eE gsrrfftftriir: SrTrdrrqft crfr:t
    s
    aqqi rreFd d'rrtr,drqq.ddifkar, qH u

    fruut*frumet qlqrsiqfi{t;t{AotI
    qtaq*qqt{ eqfrr qrqgttgqrBRnr
    ar( ll {o ll
    Slo&a 50. If the rising sign be the Iast Navamsa
    of Makara and if it be aspectedby Saturn,the Moon and
    the Sun, the child will be a dwarf. If the last Navamsa
    of Makara is rising with three malefics in the three.
    decanatesof the Lagnabhava (the 2nd, 3rd and lst
    decanates),the child will be without armsr feet or head
    as the casemay be.
    Norrs.
    eRHoi
    arqc*i qaild.g lpaqe4elfifirii r
    {rrgd'r }urork*lorofiS tg €Es: I
    ft garigc<s: qFor?tfiq"|*i6ri: rr
    A n o l h c vi n t e r p r c l a l i o n I f a l l t h e t h r e e m a l e f i c s e r ei n t h e l s t
    decanate,the issue will be born without head. . lf they are in the
    Znd decanate,it will be without shoulders; if the planets are in
    the 3rd decanate,it will be without legs.
    The worclsfrasdi{.{ii{ sqlril:qi}: have been i nterpreted tbus :
    " If lvlars occupy the lst, 2ndor 3rd Drell ana rrfthe Lagna."
    sl. 51,52 qgrsqrq: a47

    But this is opposed to the opinion of q,i (Garsa) .from whose


    works the next sloka has been quoted.

    rtrqrd{qt;g{mitf I
    oqiqrur{fr
    oqtEGrft{.il((te} rqtfnaq ll \t ll
    Sio&c 51. Mars oct'upying the Lagna Drekkana
    (eraf*rur) and aspectedby thc three planetsSaturn' the
    Sun and the \tfoon producesa headlesschild. The child
    will be born armlessif Mars o.cupy the Drekkanaof
    the 5th bhavaand is aspecced bv the s:lmethree planets
    as in the precedingcase.
    Nores.
    This sloka rs from tT,+iil {Garga llora) rvltere the reading is
    s l i g h t l y d i f i e r e r r ti v i z . , - . i l s i . M ' l t i i r q : l ' ' . I n o r d e r t o c o m '
    plete the idea given in sloka.50 above, this has to be read with the
    following first half of the next sloka in thet rvorli, z'iz ,
    itcE cacerri aff *ir):r;ir?effi: r
    Its omission from the text must only be zrccidental. The
    translalitrn shoultl thcrcfore lrc thus'
    l v l a r so c c u p f i n g t h c { r r s t ( r i s i n l l ) I ) r e l ; l i a n a o f t h e L a g n a a n d
    a s p e c t e db y t h e S u n , t h e M o o n a n r l : i i l t u r r r , p r o d u c c s : r h e a d l e s s
    child. The child rvili ire boru arrtrless if Mars occup]' the lirst
    (rising) Drekkanzr.of the 5th house and be aspected by the same
    t h r e e p l a n e t s . f ' h e c i r i l d b o r n r v i l I h r t v e u o l e g s i f N l l ; t r su n d e r
    t h e s a m e a s p e c t o c c u p y t h e l l r s t l ) r e l < l ; a n ao f t h e 1 ) t h h o u s e f r o m
    the Lagna.

    tRqrftrgiifrt oi. $qrf*fiffkf


    rqiG(: ditqr{t*i: {Tga(fiqd!| 9.
    \ a A A
    6{rq{IEqdqdl ErrI I$RFFT{ {ti{l
    sTgqrrfitrdm {ilqinq{i}a gtftatl ll \R ll
    SlcAa 52. When the rising sign is Simhaand the
    Strnand the Moon occupying it are aspectedby Saturn
    348 ftncrRwi Adh.vI.
    and Mars, the child will be born sightless;if rhe same
    Ascendant be aspectedby benefic as well as malefic
    planets,the personborn will b: blear,eyed. Tire Moon
    occupyingthe 12rh bhava from the Lagna will injure
    the ieft eye while che Sun in the same positionaffects
    the right one; rhese malefrc yogas mentionedhitherto
    can be escapedfrom in casethe authors of such yogas
    happento be aspectedby benelicplaners,
    Norrs'
    r-f. qRt{dr
    t.qrdiqarfii fiafir* fqtiift,il o* r
    .i \^
    Est Siutfirqi Eriq-'{:qqqfAar rr
    \\.ln:\\.
    eilfiqqtEqfsTrfiahiqt gqEqror gQr: r
    qqqFiar{itsftqry d,trrsgilflqqt{dt tl
    .qqqtnqda-a)qrc rgfi+rnafi
    e\\
    Qla' t
    (qRitq ?iFq€qdEl qlrqdl qq.I: ll
    Also qql*Earqior
    q;4r{€gsQ{tfqdfrrpqna}sfhfiarnug,
    r.\n

    r
    _x\e\-\c\
    grTl{iirtf,{.ztqq:qr;gqq ih: nfiaqrr{ruql{il
    I3hattotpala, the commentator, ad<ls that if the
    l.agna ftr
    (Simna) be occupied by tlrc Sun alore anrl
    b q a s p e < . t c dh v N T a r s
    antl Saturn, the chird wirl ire rrri.d rf rhe right eve.
    IIe wiil be
    blind of the left eye if trre N{oon ^1o.e should occupy
    rht (Sirnlia)
    a n d b e a s p e c t e db v M a r s a n I S a t u r n .

    See also 31el<a55, irt{rr.


    The Sun, the Moon, Mars and Saturn are the plenets that
    cause blindness. S e e y o g ; r r n e r r t i o n e dj n ( I ) t h i s s l o k a ,
    znd (Z)
    Rrihat Jataka XXIII-10 qriotecu l n d e r n o t e s t o s l o k a J g i 7 7 zf a .
    T h e S u n i n t h e 8 t h c ; r u s e s r l e f e c : t i v ee 1 . e s i g h t . ( t r r 1 a
    Brihat
    'Ihe
    .lataka XX-3). Sun ard the Moon in the 6th and
    the gth
    alsocauseblinduess. (SeeSlokalgg infua),
    s|.63-64 Wl5sqg; 34e
    Mars and saturn also causeblindnesswhen they are simirarly
    placed (i.a., when they are in the 6th and gth).
    c,f. sKlqdt
    a*r sr $rit cr er{{r} *fhh qqqrar rr

    WG* qqefufio*
    tt d+ tq.r itats* r
    tr{r+qrirfuifr{"i qr(
    sffi'qil o{t gqilqsn \l tl
    S/cr&a53. When the rising sign is iq (Mesha)
    rnd the Sun occupies ic being in his exaltation,
    the
    perEonborn will be brave, obsrinateand possessed
    of
    moderarevision: if rta (Simha) take the p1.."
    of lq
    (Mesha) in the previcus case,the pcrsonborn
    will have
    eye disease; if the iagna be gor (Thula) and
    the Sun
    occupyit, the personborn will be nighr.blindand poor;
    and lastly if *r+ (Kataka)be rhc lagnaand have the
    Sun
    in it, the personconcernedwill ha,.rcinfl.rmedeves.
    Norrs.
    This sloka appears in JRI{r(d.
    c/. gq;atd+;

    qrw;ril fs+eaqc)fi{oils} agr}


    i\ nef<fq{r{a:ftWet frnrs: I
    ff-=)s=qlse:
    aRrlfli gg{rei:va}
    \\9

    XR{;{I ZqadqaiqCIilriifrfiq tf
    .qi rqh( grrqis{qd t} Aianq{.qr.t f
    rfoqrrr{rfk Ed}f,nflf wri frfi Eftorqs{RTi
    n\B tl
    Slt,ha i4. The Sun and the Moon occupying
    the
    12th bhava whether conjointly or apart destroy
    the
    350 {rcr$frca Adb. VI.

    right and left eye respectively; malefic planets in the


    cth and the 8th bhava have the power to take arvay thc
    sight, the planet in the 6th destroyingthe left and that
    in the 8th bhava destgoying the right one.
    c/,sddftilFTrQ
    Rirrq-qi "-qqq]aqrf,tq;*qi.n'i.qEqr&e1* r
    gfurqlcqaiqfr:h Ufr qi.nl'€qrrftQlitt
    ftd*fr omelqafiqIfrt{Tgrnqgiltil}qr
    ilqer0iEi{urqrgt-qKftqqK:IgilTc {r,q{ il \\ tl
    SlcAo 55. The Sun whether in the lst or the 7ch
    bhava when in conjunction with or aspectedby Saturn
    will in no long time destroythe right eve of the person
    concerned; but if the Sun be in coojuqction with Rahu
    and Mars, other conditions being the sameas bafoJe, rt
    is the lefc cve that will suffcr in this cass.
    ftfrtq.* qft it:qqrfr q.ftrcq6ETq{rrtsutrqr
    t
    qiqrfiPi rni ft qr{ GqiUfrqfQgr}Trq+qll \q u
    Sl;,ta 56. If malefic plancts occu$ythe 6th, 8th
    and 12th bhavas,those in the last being the Sun and the
    Moon, the occupar-rtof the 6th bhava will destroy the
    left eye of the per$on born while the planet in the Srh
    bhava will dcal similariy with the eye on the right side.
    I / i d d s T o k ai l s t t ft a .

    si qlir frqi uhi: {S6qraTnnrtn$itoql


    t
    cqHruHrfrGmrk q* qfrt qft qsi',{ru\\erl
    Slofta57. If Mars be the lord of the Znd bhavs,
    if the Sth be occupiedby the Sun and the Moon, and if
    Saturn be in the 6th or the 12th bhava the person
    31.59,59 q&stqr{: s61

    born will be blind. tf the Moon occupy the 8th, the


    12th or the (rth bhava and Saturn be in conjunction
    with Mars,the personborn will b: sightiess.
    NorEs.
    This slokr is from sliTqt(({.
    The following are some more slokas frbm flir..(d leading
    to the same effect:-
    eld qrqelagb no{rriit}gF.tag* r
    ii qqrqTqi{gci+tq}q a} s g ne+d:tl
    ilarsqiuq* sqrtqnqa+d{tntq r
    tarffi qTu€rqtq qilgt engfr+rffiz}tt
    qt qtlss\ rrrfroilq;s{ts*+ r
    M qti rr{iTs'q.*qt(irq{ n \e rr
    Slofra 58. If the Moon be in the Och,the Sun in
    the 8th, Saturnin the l?.th and Mars in the 2nd, under
    sucha yoga,the personbbrn, be he Indra himself, can-
    not but be blind.
    4/. gqswa+

    tfrq;qnqqr qqr dqrJ


    fqq{rRqqaqqfiqar
    *eaqqGlq6T&dgqntqqq<qi1ilq I1
    Also sfilfiAf
    qBnqit{;qqd q qr+
    "q+ fl"} fiw,t q.i}q r
    gm*r qHgq;qr+qr 3riii qq&r qi gir qr tt

    oili{E sftt qRffi


    grOs&ilirrqrrcSrfrR"ggt
    *+& ilg.rt qRhr*r-q:
    dq gqngt i inn rffi il \q tl
    362 qtdrtl|frme Adh. vI.

    Sloha 5e, If the lord of the Znd bhava being in


    conjunction with the lord of the lst, occupy a g:rqrrt
    (Dustthana.6th,8th or 12th bhavas),it will result in loss
    of sight. If the lord of the eye, i.e. the 2nd bhava being
    in conjunction with Venus and the Moon occupy the
    1rt bhava, the person concerned will be night,blind;
    but if the lord of the eye occupy a position of exaltation
    or be in conjunction with a benefi; planet, no such
    malefic effect will happen,say the astrologers.
    NorBs.
    This and the 5 succeeding slokas are quoted in "tkTdtlt.
    The under;nentioned slokas from wkf.]i(ff give some more
    yogas leading to blindness.

    rrT-q6rqfl"qfafi,
    rGi dt+
    qrsFqdllTaftq;trg;sisft t
    R:h qrrgagt qqqR qrq
    qr{id,{raafr gigt dE;q(ll
    q;qr:f,flgffi€*ne* {FqRe}sfATfiawr6'
    1
    gqrgi{q{d}T{: el€ii *q, sRtqlqTurrqll

    1ffirn;11
    ud Ao* qols*g+sr€lqtfrqftqrgrrdrt
    qlqt Egqt wr* q'} sqld q atq Er;qq.ll Q" ll
    SJoftc 60. When Rahu, Mars and Saturn are
    together in the Lagna,the person born will have enlarg'
    ed scrotum. tf the lord of the 1st bhava be in the 8th
    and this againbe occupiedby Rahu and Mandi, the same
    effect is produced, say the wise astrologers.
    sl. 61,68

    o*,qrmrctqrrartilapq1;qnfigtatq I' qt ll
    .Slolo 61. When Rahu occupies the Lagna, Tfud
    (Gulika) a Trikona position,and Mars in conjunction
    with Saturn is in tl're8th birava, the result will be the
    same. When the lord of the Navamsa occupiedby the
    lord of the Lagnais in corrjunction with Rahu, Mars,
    Mandi and Saturn,the same evil result will follow.
    trq I
    oh dr qftgia et glun<Eruff{iGdr
    rgor: ll qRll
    *t Aol {ftqfgt qqRfrrrrf\rdr
    Slohu 62. When the Sun occupying the rising
    sign is aspectedby Mars, the persorlborn will be afflict-
    ed with colic, consumption and asthma, When Mars
    is in the Lagnaand asp:ctedby Saturnand the Sun, the
    person concernedwitl be troubled with smali'pox'
    Norss.
    Two dillerent readings are given of this sloka, t'iz',t

    t. eh rfi,ifigia es' atflqrqfaafigetrtaqt


    ,ili AolrafiqdqD {lRatuRsr( ll
    efrrfifir.
    1,. e* ra} ilflgtr eDqisqn4's{qogaq[dl( I
    qrq tl
    fit ae* rfnqiebat{if}: {tGnqEqrt
    qRftt dist qttntgk
    qlqrFqigtrsfifrgtieqdr t
    (IsFF{rE(frt
    ta6s*;
    etsqt glmiTtftgtfrGIkItll ql ll
    S/ofta 63. When Saturn in conjunction: with a
    male{ic planet aspectedaleoby a malefic planet occupies
    46
    gi l |tdfcrftrri Adh. vl"
    the 2nd bhava, the person has to dread dangerfrom a
    dog. When Saturn il in conjunction with or aspected
    by the lord of the Znd bhava,rhe same result follows.

    *qtF"i ugulcqrflffirqrFEt
    ilgst i*o} r
    wts{i fuwrRrntStr gt qoirq}frnQurr
    Sloha 64. When Rahu is in the Lagna and when
    the sign occupiedby the lord of the Lagni has srrength,
    there is danger from a snake. When the lord of ihe
    3rd bhava is in conjunction with Mercurlrr the peroon
    born will be liable ro throat drsease.
    Norns.
    stcilEt is another reading for dtqllhi. Vite ales Adhyaya
    XII, Slolc 42 infta.

    fi w?tsfutR$ vrtftrta6uthqr{qq I
    hqTfrm?wrqrarinTr'Tasdlffir rrdr rr
    Sloha 6i. When a depressedplanet occupying an
    ini mical sign and overpoweredby rhe Sun'er"yr-h.pplo,
    to be in the 3rd bhava and aspectedby a m"rleficpi".ret,
    tlre personconcernedwill get diseaseof tlre thioat in
    consequence of the applicationof poison or of the swal,
    lowing thereof. In the absenceof these causes,the
    diseaseif it eets in is intendedto drain off moneyfrom
    the sufferer-a result in which the purpcse of the
    particular yoga will be fulfilled.
    qR Edit .roirnrqz
    Eqi:nffiqGg( fiiqrd r
    fiqdlqA'qilgfuq,ii
    qafrqodiqR srttr{} qq r,
    Sloha 66. When a malefic planet in conjunction
    rvith Mandi or gome such other planet occupiesthe 3rd
    bhava,astrologerspredict the diseaeeof the ih.o.t; but
    ll. 6?.69 qa3cqr{: 866

    when Mandi in conjunction with Mars is in th: 3rd


    bhava, astrologersspecificallyascribe the diseaseof the
    ear to the yoga.
    Norr's.
    Vidc also Adhyaya XII, sloka, 43 inftd.

    qrtf\t ftEtt {qrt sdfs{'tqstft Eil(sI


    trt qqqFeirc{ts llqql
    TtrRqg?i{giil{rt sqfr€{
    ''SloAu
    07. When the'?rd bhavais oc;.rpied by a
    maleficplanet arrdaspectedalso by anothermaleficpla'
    net, the person bcrn rvill becomeliable to the diseaseof
    the ear. When the lord of the 3rd bhava occupies
    malefic 60th portions of a sign, then also do astrologers
    &clare diseaseof the ear to be the result.
    tfu qrfr{fi frgOqrtikt qlq{qfti q I
    rna]qrrt Rqbqui qrt T{& g efu Er€qq.
    tl Edtl
    S/ofta 68. When the Sun in conjunctionwith a
    malefic planet and aspectedalso by a malefic planet
    occupiesthe 6th bhava,the personborn will suffer from
    excessof bile. When the Sun occupiesthe 8th bhrva,
    Mars is wichcut screngthand a malefic plan:t is in the
    2nd bhava,the sameis to be predicted.
    cJ. rei'ir?arqlq
    iirrFqraqhqq nqri qrqsghr
    arrltfirrqalnRif rr
    crqeGgh
    ,bqrq.igqgisdi+FgO
    61i{r+q8ftt-gsitktvr
    *tfot'qftd ftqfrqqft
    *il qarw.rtawin16n qq tl
    866 {rCTCTftiliI Adh. VI.

    Sloka 69. When Mars in conjunction with Mer-


    cury occupiesin the 6th bhavathe Nav.rmsaof a malefic
    planetand is aspectedby the Moon and Venus, the
    personborn will sufferfrom an ailment due to a morbid
    stateof the phlegm. When Mars aspectedby a malefic
    planet occupiesthe 8th bhava and Ketu is in the 2nd or
    the 8th, an ulcer will be produced.
    cf. u*irfqorqfrr
    qd gfr g'rgt TgqF4gftfhi I
    lria*nurgfu $qfrrr?qt;(R tl
    qtqi qTqgtfrot r-brfbi ErituTgR{rf{r
    I
    q.dfui ff€{rt*t aoTrRtlaTr;giT€fi{Etiu eo tl
    Sloha 70. When the lord of the 6th bhava in
    conjunctionwith a malefic planet occupiesthe 1st or
    the 8th bhava,the person bor' will havc ulcersin his
    body. When the planetdescribedbefore (i.e., the lord
    of the 6th bhavain conjunction wich a rnaleficplanet)
    occupiesthe 10th bhava and is without beneficaspect,
    the personconcernedwill haveulcer scars.
    'l'his'and
    the next ,,r .',r,).tl.u"t,1uot"a irr ,.isirr!crqiq.

    otnqgzr{rrsgrr!
    udMrt frrqau.q{HnI
    €qErsqR{qrqi}il qg gqqi qdh il sq 11
    sTqmtiTi
    Sloha '71. If the lord trf the Lagna,Mrrs anrl Mer.
    cury being in conjunctiorr,occupya very unlrropitioug
    bhavaand aspect the 6th, they will produce, say the
    sages,a diseascof the anusor somenasty diseasesuch
    as piles.
    Nores.
    In the secondrqtt (pada)of this sloka, q{ i€{tt: dic+Ud uq}
    sr i.
    another reading.
    sI,72-76 qErscqrq: 35?

    ffit Rt{rgd cqtq'ffiqffi t( r


    qb rqrEfkfrqgrd gtr qrrfrewitrftqi rrur rr
    Sloha ie. The lords of the 1srand the 6th bhavas
    when in conjunction with the Sun producefever ; if in
    conjunction with the Moon, they lead to an accident in
    water; if with Mars, they occasion some mishap in
    war or dangerby an outbreakof hot boils.

    ftqTilqrqqR dT.qgdFr"qiesrqRsqF*fttq I
    E(fr qtq frqrfrotqqrgsn u1 11
    d{q ,TrqtiQsi
    Sloha 73. If the lords of the 1st and the 6th
    bhavasbe in conjunctionwith Mercury, they will cause
    somemishapdue to bilc; if they be in conjunctiorr
    with Jupiter, the personwill be immuncfrom diseases;
    if in conjunction rvitlr Venus, they may be the caueeof
    Eomedangerto the wife ; if in conjunctionwith depres,
    sed Saturn, they will, say the astrologers,tend to
    engendera wind complaint.

    {rS+(qR {,fiqHinritfqftftgtft arrr I


    *.frft*t qR qG+(qd:t aeil fiqs aqrntq.
    neBtl
    Sloka 74. If the lords of the lst and the 6rh
    bhavasbe in conjunction with Rahu or Ketu, the pereon
    born becomesliable to danger from snakes,thieves and
    other such evil.doers. If they occupy a Kendra or
    Trikona position in conjunction wirh Rahu or Ketu,
    the personconcernedwill suffer imprisonment say the
    astrologersacquaintedwith the subiect.
    qbE(q-"rciq
    gfrf flgtilo+ qxrrrTiuaq r
    ffi rfr.ceqr
    Rrt{rT.{ftu-,it
    dt fW.n nn\ u
    35s crf,rqrftqre Adh.vr.

    conjunction with Mercury and Ra.hr,occupy the rising


    sign, the personborn will of his ou/n accord cut off his
    ,nembrum aerile. lf the lord of the 6th bhava be in
    conjunctionwith Mrrs and:have no bene[i: aspect,the
    person concernedwill become liable to a diseaseaffect.
    ing the organ of generation.
    urlEl Af{gt ftgO$gxqosiEffif< r
    Strueriqqduqd *-'ffi'{tr qR q;qt arq n \eqtl
    Sloka 76. If the lord of the Trh occupy the 6th in
    conjunction with Venus, the personborn, saythe astro.
    logers,will be too weak to matchhis wife. If the lords
    of the 6th ani the lst bhavasbe in a Kendra or Trikona
    position along with Saturn,the person concernedwill
    suffer captivity.

    qi it€) ftganrau
    eil q or\ led q qUI
    a-tsttnqilqfrqwri ffi Rwt Eilqrftqrr{n \estl
    Sloho 77. When a moveablesign is the lagnaand
    it is aspectedby the lord of rhe 6th bhava; when Mars
    i s i n t h e l l t h b h a v a ; w h : n t h e 9 t h i s r e p r e s e n t e db y
    an immoveablesign and wheo the Tth bhava is a dual
    Rasi; under this yoga, peoplebecomeIiableto the fever
    inducedby the incantrtionsof their enemies.

    St qqt q{rtstfft tffirq* fhfts qo} r


    |M dkfffi q-qefqlil qfafiqoiqr(tr\edtl
    Sloha 78. l{ Jupiterbe in conjuncticn wirh Saturn,
    if the N{oon in qtradratureoccupythe l0rh bhavaand if
    Mars be in the 7ch,the result will be a defecrof limb in
    the person born. If the Sun and theMoon occupy
    5r, ?9.80 369

    either Simha or Kataka, the personconcernedwill have


    consumptionas the conseguence

    ot raitqfugt {o} q.qrqrrqirr r{i R q|ir I


    wqrEiilq{gifr o} rr* q,o}ssQffiA n eq tl
    Sloha 79. When the Sun is in the lsr and Mars
    in the ?th bhava,the person born will become insane.
    When Saturn is in the LaSnaand Mars occupiesthe 7th
    houseor a Trikona position, the per$onconcernedwill
    be a lunatic.
    NorBs.
    cl. ceqt,l

    €ffF;rf\qDtftarargdtfirls,tqrqrt
    qot oaqhrr{rFrrn4{:rtrt q8a.ai t
    1fr narrrhgelUrrarfrq-qalft'n frTnot
    qlqlqds{lT€aigc4lg:
    eFsqlilqrl: ll
    elrt qrqgd\qrFqfiFqereqr;erq: I
    g;qlEqlfAi\,itqrqaqe}ndiRar:tt
    -i Ui is the reading adopted in sonre books for ad rel and
    a p p e a r st o b e t h e c o r r e c t o n e .

    o{friir Rrnr?rff* dt gt *-ffiqiat il t


    qlqKglqsq qAa(rdtnqrqqrdqr?q=qoi ll co tt
    .S/oft,r8C. lf the initial portion of ugn (Dhanus)be
    the Lagna,if the Eun and the Moon occupy the Lagna
    or a Trikona, and if Jupiter,be in the 3rd bhavaor in a
    Kendra po sition, the person born under this yoga will
    becomeinsane.
    Norus,
    The last quarterreadsascl-crgit cfi s;qmftin rqlrltil-cfi.
    360 qtirsrrRilt AdL VI.

    Also c./. snrfira{r


    aaqlqqrqat*Gq=* urq};qftfitr ,
    gt afrgqqt\ qm: dl-qrs{q qr€r <tr( tl
    Some books read qslil r?+.ii-for e*iltri.
    f'he translation will then be "If any of the 4 signs from
    Dhanus happen to be the Lagna and if the Sun and the Moon be
    in Trikona position (r. a occupy 5th or 9th places) and if Jupiter
    be in the 3rd house or in a kendra position,thel person born, etc.'

    t-(fuf, drqtinmfrqrd.qt{flfi qq{igar


    qq I
    *.qfum $qfftrrrffif il& qtEe qqq*ilr n dt n
    Sloha 81. If Mercurj, and the Mclon be in a K.en,
    dra positiorr or fail to occ$py benefic Navamsas, the
    person born will have aberrationof the mind. If Saturn,
    the Moon and the Sun be in Kendra position, the person
    concernedwill be idiotic and addictedto wine.
    cl. qkffiri{I

    gua-fl*-qrrf,]{rFqqEdffin}
    zqfrd r
    *,iis{ \wq<+ma: fl fif;qffi 11
    $'otdqdlrqiggk q-i qqt qR gqt fl t
    qA gA asffiiqgfunqrilEfqrqft s'dirrft tt 6Rtf
    Sloha 87. If the Moon occupy the Navamsa
    belongingto Cancer, Aquarius or Scorpio and be in
    conjunction with Saturn, the person born will suffer
    from a diseaseaffccting the privities. tf the Moon
    occupy in the 4th bhava a Navamsa belonging thereto
    and be in conjunction with a malefic planet,the person
    concernedwill have disease of the throat.
    Noras.
    'fhe
    Zod qrt (paaa) reads as s't sqrtir qfi geqir.fl in ilcft-
    i+<rqft.
    El. &3€6 q&sqrq: 861
    . v w v v v v v v v t 9 v 9 Y ! ! v !

    Ta qqfr qftrilqgh Rr* gt r+ntselilsft|


    g;qrqrtrqerqtlsgd wilc iiei wqfrq! qq tlelll
    SIo&a 81. When the Moon in conjunction with
    a maldic planet and Rahu occupies the 12th, the 5th or
    the 8th bhava from the Lagna, the person born will be
    liable to inranity and that of a raging kind and will
    develop a tendency to quarrel.
    Norps.
    g\ i" another reading for gi in the 2nd cr( (Pada) of the
    Sloka.

    qe qfr qrsdirqt ffiift urcwi* tl


    "& il q+qilfi qtqrftqrqintrrdr€tE tl eB ll
    c-atffitlt t
    Stoka 84. When the Moon or Rahu occupieothe
    12th bhava; Saturn, a Trikona position ; and the Sun,
    the ?th or the 8th bhava; the person born will have
    ailmentsaffecting teeth and eyes. The sameeffect hap'
    penowhen the planets mentioned above occupy Navam'
    sas owned by depressedinimical malefic planets.

    sdt$frnq€tfrfttqM:qrRqi$T{I atq I
    @qr-*qq+{g+iE}qt ll d\ ll
    Slola 85. If the 5tb and the 4th bhavasbe occu-
    pied by malefic planetsand if the Moon in particular be
    in tbe 8th, the 12th or the 6th bhava, blindnesswould
    follow as a result of the yoga. The persottborn in this
    yoga mu$t of coursebe blind when there is no benefic
    aspect uPon the planets concerned. There will be no
    evil effect when benefic planets occupy the bhavas
    referred to above.
    46
    362 qrilE'Ttftila Adh.vr"

    frffi oqqfrftoq{R+"{"ng
    sdEt-
    -qq n-ggtg w-<frrirrt ftri qftt r
    qoiqfkfrfu il qfqri q*'i-gqrfal*
    qoi qfr{qqjqgisriti
    sd qifur{ n cQrr
    S/ola 86. Whcn (malefic) planetsother than
    thc
    lord of the Lagna occupy the Lagna, the astrologermay
    predict leprosy; it will be black leprcsy when Sarurn
    occupies the Lagn:r as described above; ir \r.ill be red
    leprosywhen the Sun so occupiesthe rising sign; white
    leprosy if the occlrparlrbe Mars. when the Moo' in
    conjunction with Saturn or Mars occupies a Navamsa
    belongingto qrs6(Kat,rka),dit (Meena) or r*r (Makara)
    and is unaspectedby, or unassociatedwith benefic
    planets,thc astrologermay declare the yogato be pro,
    ductive of lcprosy to the peopleaffected.
    qrqrilqt{rftrfrrqqowrfr
    qtiqi fr'rqt qRgqfrrfir
    ai qgiirnqqrqgi rtq
    frrqqior{ttt rR frq*qr n es 11
    SIoho BT. When the Moon in conjunctionwith a
    malefic planet occupiesthe sign occupiedby the lord of
    the 8th bliavaand wire. the last.mentio'ed planet is
    aspected[,y Rahu, the person born will suffer from a
    diseaseaffectingthc privities: thc sameresult happens
    when the 8th bhave is occupiedby four or three niiefic
    planets; but if a benefic planet bc in the Bth bhava, the
    personconccrnedwill be exemptfrom the disease.
    cnoqQei;fietqfiqgcrri
    qoqu{redtriitiq{E-de{
    |
    sL 88,90 cglsqrq: 383

    qfur*Rglri{tilfr ,I}qE}
    tf?wWolidflrd ftqtfr tt cc tl
    S/o&rr88. When tlte Mor;rt is in a w iter'resorting
    sign anCthe lord thereofoccr.tpicsthc 6th bhava and is
    aspectedby planetsoccupyinq watery signs, the person
    born will sulfer from strangtrry; wlten the M )on occu'
    pying the (rth or thc 8th l,hav.tis aspcctedby lv{arsand
    when Saturnis in the Lagnr, th: pcrsonconcerr-red will
    l ischarges les).
    r u f f e rf r o m a n a i l m c n tl e a d i n gt o b l , r o . d ( p i
    ef . ,:ri,-li.'ratqiit
    czilRrqi q=| rb dq{nrf}qI
    ea&r,tfiqr* a*1.;rrflt qqqtt
    qtil r;qufid frq{t qrq{-erffi
    s{{T( gaqGirri+\q t
    r.Hrtr|d{risqiTr
    qt qrqilqi{tr;arrriq-t q{qnt
    qrnittdtwq{iqqRf; noaRiai iriq tt zq tr
    S/,rA'rr39. When the rvaninq)loon in conjurtction
    w i t h m a l cifc p l ; r r r , : tiss i n t h c r i s i r r r ;s i g n b c l o n g i n gt o
    Sa(urttor in thc Bth or tlrc 6th hhav,i, thc astrologer
    m a y p r c c l i c cf l l r t r r i e r l c cs,p i e e u( ) r s o m e s t r c l ta i l m e n t a s
    the result of this perticulary.:ga. Wlren the Moon is
    betweentwo m;il:fic plaitclsand S,tturnocctrpi':s the 7th
    b h a v a ,t h c p er s r n b o r n r v i l l i r a v : m u t : hb o d i l y s u ffering
    from the combin:d .'[fc.:tsof ;ilrsc':ss,slllt'tn and con'
    surnption.
    si floh frqi;ftarirt
    qdiftgaqrqqqsqfa
    of wri uFrarqhil q"iss\ ufhtrrfia:ail( ll \o ll
    Sloho 9). {A/hen Mars is in tb,e rising sign and
    rhe lord of the 6th bhava is weak, che persolrborn will
    CtqTCTfrETI Adh.vr.
    have indigestion, a diseasedspleen and colic. When
    Rahu or some malefic planet occtrpies the I.agnaand
    Saturn is in the 8th bhava,the personconcernedwill be
    afilicted with a stomach complaint.
    ef. ssl'lr?-drtrrbr
    qeflisftqrt qrowt qrq{rgt I
    (qtfittqt,il qTgeqfaqfqqrrqi(
    ll
    q=puft.rgq*rffi
    gfr srfit
    ntftt qe*isqfroqqrtt
    qrorq{tgqft Rsdiqtrd
    qli s& fqgi qRqrq€E nqt tt
    Siolc 91. When Rahu occupies the 4th bhava
    and the lord of the Lagna is without strength and
    aspectedby a malefic planet,the person born will suffer
    from acute pain in the chest. When the lord of the
    Lagna is depressed and in an inimical houae,Mars
    occupies the 4th bhava. and Saturn is asp:ctedby a
    maleficplanet,colic will be the result.
    qmluffit'ntrrffi {'},{i gfr
    o)'qrqfrfif\f qiiqqqrtwtftt t
    qdlnqrfrqnsifrrc+ se i{ggrqir
    crRr!{&oftw\fr Rruqiffigt T(r ll ql il
    Sloha 92. When the lord of the 8rh bhavais weak
    and the rising sign is aspectedby a malefic planet and
    the 8th bhava is occupiedor aspecred by Saturn, the
    personborn will be smitten with a diseasethat will
    prevent the taking in of food. When the Moon in
    conjunction with Mars occupiesthe 6th b\ava, jaundice
    due to vomitting and deliriun will afflict tbe lrrson
    sl. gsg4 qdsqrq: 865

    concerned. And when the Sun, the Moon and Mars


    are together in the 6th bhava,the effectof the yoga may
    be colic and erysipelas.
    cf . cElqt,t
    qrrqtlsdo* r;q dlq{tf*nq r
    r-hqilfqqa\qlq qqffiilqat rr
    qrfffi qGfio{Ttsftqrt
    qtsqnsnegt uffirftuq t
    qRisqiiQ fioi
    oqrfUQq
    dssnr figqft agi ilfi Rtr( n jl tt
    Slofto 93. When the rising sign is aspectedby
    Mar$, and the lord of the 6th bhava occupiesthe 10th,
    the 7th, or the 1st bhava, the personborn will suffer
    from the effects of magic employed against him by his
    enemres. When ]r{ars in conjunction with the lord of
    the Lagna occupiesthe Lagnaor any other Kendra and
    the lord of the 6th ie in the Lagna,the samewill happen.
    qrfrfrdqEdhqftii foi sr+q{nt
    *-.i qwqrcqilr
    qri ofirdserqtsqrgfr
    qtsfr qrofi qr?gt wiiki {rffi
    wift brE{n qB 1l
    Sloha 94. When Jupiter occupies the 4th, the
    lOth or the lst bhava and a Kendra is occupied by utFq
    (Mandi), the personborn will suffer from an illnessdue
    to the effect of his having comefaceto face with an
    immortal. When Saturn is in the 7th bhava and a
    benefic planet occupiesa moveablerieing sign, and the
    Moon io aspectedby a malefic planet, the person concern'
    366 srif{$wRqfi Adh.vr.

    ed will undoubtedlysuffer from a diseasedue to his


    havingmet goblins,ghostsandf iends.
    Norrs.
    This sloka is fronr qTd.[{<f. The reading in the 3rd pada of
    rhis sloka is q;rdi instead of qis€.

    q-t qrqfrtfhi ftgqt qsdlqt qm


    qr(sfiFmfQqtitEgqlglilflsfr cfr t
    uggtqorftwiaur
    *rt Emssrqri
    qt $qstR rcfirfr*{irttrqtd qq( rlq\rr
    . Slofa 95. If the Moon in conjunction with a
    malefic planet and aspccted by anotlrer malefic planet
    occupy th: (rrh bhava, the person born will become
    liable to wind disease; if Mars occupy the ?th bhava
    under the samccircumstances, thc diseascprlduced will
    be hcroorrhage duc to a currupt state of blood and bile ;
    if the planetoccupyinuthe 7th bhavaunder such condi,
    tions bc Mercury, the diseascwill arise from a bad
    condition o{ wind and phlegm; if Venus, it will be
    dysentery; if Saturn,colic ; and lastly if llahu or Ketu,
    t h e a i l m e n cw i l l b e p r o d u c e db y d e m o n i a c a p
    l osscssion.
    Notns.
    'I'his
    is also fronr tlif4-,{.{.

    qrrqfirsi qrgs{ iie}


    inT{T4rF{
    qBfii gib*aiti *.qeoqiqaiit
    ftrh qrt {firft ftgt {rg} r'qqrt
    qrqiu0agU{qfiqtil{ tqift tt q,qtt
    Sloku 96. When Saturn occupying the 6th bhava
    in conjunction with ndiq (Mandi) is aspeced by the
    Sun, Mars and Rahu but is unlspectcdby or unassocia-
    ': """*,iuu
    "1- "--------","9-':::,--,-*",,"
    ted with benefic planets, thc person[:orn wiii suffer
    {rom atr illncss caused by a complication of cough.
    asthmaand consumption. Whcir a malefic planetis irr
    the 12th bhava,tire Mootr in thc (rth, Saturn in the 8th
    and when rirc lord of thc Lagna occupies a Navamsa
    owned by a malign planet,the pcrsonborn under such
    r yoga wilt be liablc to drynessof the nosc resuitingin
    loss of smell.
    cf q'ithflr.trqltr
    qt z"i {q} r=i ;q4 qn fqert t
    qrqi{r,,Frqr
    g.r {tqii irqqrfqila | |
    qE*ai ngfa+(6rr{sFr{tfht
    I
    $.i ze gh er{Ilgnrgflqrfign
    tt
    q;i gdtq{r; vqt 'JqF,i
    q* qdr(ed qgtft qrili I
    mi q* ftgnttr?trget
    oqdtt q fiqb dt {i&}rft n qe tr
    5/o/irr 1i7. \When liatunt is in+at tKatakii)and the
    N{oorrin rr+r lM.rkara),the persoirborn will iravcdropsy"
    W h e n S u t u r r ri n c o n j ' . t n c t i r r nw i t h M a r s o c c u p i e s t l r e
    6th bhava, and is aspccted by the Sun and Rahu; anci
    whcn thc lord of thc L:rgna is wichout strrngth, the
    r e s u l tw i l l b e a l i n g c r i n gi l l n ' : s s .
    eJ- qqi'if'rtrqfr
    il;ql{fl|$ lb ifirigia,li{d I
    al-rt qlqqt il{ir'ft qqar: tt
    qsf $+ tieut g€Rnqar
    qiiliqq Gg( qr? oaq qq I
    868 {TqTt|tfrfl'i Adh. VI.

    qd s+ g€qtrflir(qfr
    dflfqt qrRgt g ilstt qEFen gd tl
    Slofto 98. When Mars is in his own house,Mer,
    cury in the 4rh or the l:lrd bhava and Saturn in the lst,
    the personbr:rn will be a dwarf. The result is the same
    when, other conditions being identical, Saturn is in
    conjunction with thc lord of the Lagna.
    s{rFqqfi rreqiI ttRrfrrqrrctr
    I
    qFqr qtsqqaq rqFc cT-qI
    \C r \ C
    R;IAr{rHqrtqeqttaFnin
    Gilit{n qq tl
    gnF$dtHq,'sErtgqrlt
    Sloka. 99. When the Sun and the Moon occupy,
    one of them the 12th, and the other the 6th housefrom
    the Lagna,the personborn will be one.eyedand will have
    the unique fortune of possessingan one,eyed wife as
    well. When Venus and the Sun conjointly occupy the
    7th, thc 9th or the 5th bhava,the person born under
    this yoga will havea wife defectivein somelimb.
    Norss.

    I'he Sun is in the l2th house fronr the Lagna in I and lZth
    from the 7th in Ir
    sl. 100 q*ssqrq; 369
    .+

    The Moon is in the t2th from the 7th in I and l2th from the
    Lagna in II.

    The principle is clear from the above.


    The left eve will be aftected by the above yoga. In the other
    case the Sun in the 2ncl arrtl :he l\lloon in 1he Sth (the 2nd frorn
    the 7th) will aflect the rieht eye.
    If Venus be in conjunction rvith the Sun in the 5tlr, 7th or
    9th house fronr the Lagna, the wife rvill alniry:; hc ailing' ic-do
    (Vikala:suflering).

    cl. rnfii
    qaq qqrtqq
    e\
    gq* flraqrc+,r}t
    qs qldt qrqrql dsilsftfidl ll
    Also {l-{tqdl
    sfflqqfig{d+: {r{T$qF+{a.Fdgtqs I
    qqEflrTKgaq:siol qFqr {Itdqqns ll
    _ n i 'F

    gtqt qqE+,aqT(:I
    . c

    ?q sqqtrr1{If,lil:
    '{tqifiqaqtqtqtt+e:qqlsedt?{ll
    ^ r t
    C^ . a i"\

    dirrtq{dtqqlgmi q dr+rgil frflfrflr: I


    fivn"ipufrqqrfl{ Tdffifitq uttit ll ?"" ll
    Stoha iC;). If the malelic planetsoccupy tl're9tlr,
    the llth, ttre 3rd and the 5th housesin any crder accord'
    ing to circurnstancesand be not aspectcdby bcnefic
    plancts,they conspir,:accordingto their strength to do
    dnmageto the organof hearing tlf the pcrson borl ; if
    they occupy the Ttir house arld be without bcnefic
    aspect,they makethe teeth unsightlv.
    Norls.
    'l'he
    t n a n r v i l l s u { l e r f r o t t t e a r - c , - r n r p l : r i n rt v i t h c e r t a i u t y ' T h e
    3 r d a n d t l r e I l t h h o u s e ss t a n d f o r c ; t r s - 3 r d f o r t h c r i g h t e a r a n d
    tlre llth for the 1e[t. 1C/' also \\'estern astrologl'). Varaharnibira'
    47
    ,'l7O {|rilsqmtsnc Adb. V I.

    seems to extend the prinr;iple to the 5ttr and the 9th housesalso.
    D i s e a s e s c . r f t e e t h a n , l t ( ) n g u e : l r e r n t l r , ' i t t e db 1 ' t h e 7 t h h o u s e
    ( C h . l l l - 7 7 F r g . l ) . T l r i s r : ;i r l s o t h e p l r n r - r p l eo f \ \ ' c s t e r n . r s t r o l o -
    tsy. C/. i\lan Lt.u.

    " M a l c , f i , : , , r r n : t - c p e c t r cbly i r e n e l r ts , ( l c c u p \ . r n g t h e T t i r i r o u s e
    w r 1 1 l r r i r r g a l r r t u t t o o t h d i s , e a s e (s, i e i o r n r i t v o r o t h c r n ' i s e ) . "

    1 | r l l 4 , ru o u l r l r n c l u r l c t h r ' l \ l o o n ; l : . o i n t i r c 1 - o g ac a u s i n 1 . 1
    d a m a g e t u t l t , r . r r, ( ' - l .

    qk &ar.rrrfnqig qr{r : iri"qq{rdl+nef-ia


    ra | (wr,;gq-dqq;qr
    :)
    +oilqqraqnqf;dtffiqas{rrrrafirfn iqrarqNl
    ,\1s() ,ll/ii.'.1
    i A \ .i r.
    E{I{fl(r$n{I: TT'IT:flIEzli qTn{il q:il: I
    z,raqfaqri
    $E: fiFrTqFglaa.-dlarql!
    Also nt+fat.t,
    'ftanieqdtlFql:
    qTqr:
    n]'qrr{tfhar,
    t
    fiq'{lnT,{iFaI T*llT 4;n{fqol:ll

    {riiqqnEgqq{gtsqic}
    ot wmorrtqGqrqord r
    iqqrqek"JAlrgfE'{-{tg
    uniiirq{ogq gqdih rnr: il lo( il
    ;'loku t0l. W h e n . l i r p i t c r o c i - , r p r ( ' sb e n c f i c v a r g a s
    such as arrr-iiqi{r
    1 Vargottuinamsa) rn tlie Lagna or the
    4th bhava ; or rs elsewhercpossessingabundarrtstrength;
    wh,:n tlrc oth,:r planets arc in tirc 2nd, the ll th and
    other bh,avasconrrcctct-l
    lvith well.beirrg and prgsperity ;
    and rvhen the lord of ,r.,. risrnq sign is powerful, che
    [']ctstJnborn gets on !,.r^:ll.ind is,h;rpp1r,
    sl. 102 cfrsrcrq: 371

    i ile{w tqq}Hwr }cqrqfrnrwr?ftaiw t


    t tlnriil: qfttlffcrfrqqlfrq{gqu{Kr(n t"Rll
    qft lltq-T{6-Eqniqanri}tftt qrdrqriiqri
    qgf ll
    sftiTifirTfftrllTqt
    Sl"hu 102. By the graceof the Sirnlnd all the other
    planets,what are called qrilslTFr:tlataka bharrgaha)con,
    sisting of rrqdr{rrs: (Rajayogabhangaha),irrfrrrrr (Pre-
    shya yogaha), qRefrm' (D.rridra yogaha), s{Fdafrrrr:
    (Angaheenayogaha), ianqirlr' (Reka yogaha)and rtfldtmr
    (Roga yogaha)have beenfully treatedof in this chapter.
    T h u ' ; e n d s t h e l - r t h' \ d h 1 a t ' a c - r u 'w h a t r r ) a r se h o r , t s < : o [ r ei "n t h e
    w o r k J A t r r k a l r A r i j i r t ac o n r p i l e d b 1 ' \ ' ' a i d y a n l t h a u n d e r l t h e a u s p i c e s
    of the nine planetS.

    -----vqf,&r+{y\\-- --- -
    ffiqaqlswrt:
    u u-wfrrntqrq:
    tt
    Adhyaya VlI.
    ON R.e,re yocAs oR plaNET.r.Ry coNJUNctI()Ns
    LEADTNGro KrNcssrp.

    6-qrfi-+tglqrffiqglirqfuil ffi I
    *ilqr{ffi{reffSoi wn qtqt rriq tt
    iltftt=srrr?qnsrr.ratqfrisfr{osqrqR-
    rilqrqFs{*'qtr ggqfl: guflEftqrqt n t tl
    Slohu 7, When the planetsoccupy Kanya,Meena,
    Mithuna, Vrishabha, Simha, Dhanus and Kumbha, the
    peroonborn will he a famous king, great in possessing
    an army, mightv elephantsand horses; if the planetsbe
    in Thula, Mesha, Vrishaba and Meena, an enperor
    comesinto the world in this yoga ; if the planetsbe in
    Vrishaba, Dhanus, Meena and the Kendras, a person
    destinedto rule over the earth and acquire wide fame
    seesthe light.
    NotRs.
    In this as well ns in the next slol<a,the author has described
    i n a v e r l ' " c n < l e n s e dr n a n n c r t h e f t r t H { ( ' i r n h a s a n a ) a n d o t h e r
    yogas. Wrth a vrew to rtral<ethern clearer, thu followirrg are
    extractedtrorn other works and appendedbelow:-
    37L
    SI, 1 qtfrsrqFrl 3?3

    (l) lrewrir.n: trqqnh


    w frerqil it.r, *oqralgq* a\ I
    qrt q\ <.1g't qt&qqi\ qc' tl
    E;ft ctsgm]q)+TA$ goft+ra: I
    zqsRq)qqft zqi frt ftusi qrir:tl
    rrn5qri
    +-qrfrqt$frir qG tqfi: fhil${: frfia:
    fih qt qnZgrq*qdiit e R fpqsq: t
    q, fr€reqqlqdift qgq) {qrftrrit qd
    q*$stqrfqufqqgarrdfqnqn's+tt
    (Z)'lgam,ii.r:'itqetart

    il] feqrqe)qrsftqi qli si il r


    qtd,* q.iritsq agai,tsfiitflntrr
    q*,qfi q€r{t{i:flil: q{f,tqq',
    urrf,rq* qilt{r qrnrit z,i\ req 11
    -*TI{gil(}

    1t ftt +,=qr+,eq
    figarurfetrril
    firfrd: Qaqrfqeqqfi q-s-qR at, t
    aqa* ,iiil e*egeqlilafrfiii}
    r{twamr.rXggar{hvre,}
    fiqqi tr
    (l) qa+to-gqiq: {HardEi

    fti t\ g\ h qor+iq Fqt qt r


    {ft: ;rardoercoi}
    hrgq{eq' il
    (4) eqt+im: dtqstilA
    g\ q fqgi qrq dit eqar] qa: r
    e{qilgqfrftt +{ ffq e{rar:g1
    t74 qRroqrRqr+ Adb" VII

    qrfrteq* frt RqrFeqffiqftftqr{


    r
    qilqnrftqtnrq adt€...qqsq:
    tl
    (5) uqnfrq: ftrrerila
    l\ g\ a\ qrsfittqa:tqrt qdtqQ r
    *orseqif .itt ilq,iltrsqilaq:u
    .it qri| 'rqnoi'ft
    s {EfAfi*sfa {rgqrU$: I
    eT',itqqfAfQsfi* zqir ,{qftTfr q sotq:rr
    (o) errsdr iirqqnd
    n**qciriq qlt*rqol gqr I
    oa RqTglatsfErr cdr+.qft'qi rr
    qrar*mr ryrge,itaifiqhi fiqrq-
    qilqeqiqqfi sfrq:siqr;qzfQ"qqtt
    rngqg*
    qttq €tq n'qsqt"hnqd qiifftnr
    gtnrd+frrT{n{qg5zrcgrtgerffi:1
    nwrfi ftg*qqsa+,{t
    {'q{Ruqtf,{r-
    q-qta-qtiignnadt fiqr+il rTrnq:
    ll
    (z) rtcr€.+rq:{tq"rmft
    + Aqat qrt gomifrqil qt r
    flqt{it {iq},il il'.qs R g€qq: ll
    (8)'rg:srqcitq: clq,rril+
    gorwG\g,nf,til fumqt r
    tg,nrtrt*niis.i n"qq] qqE)qar t
    t*,qrfq=qg{t€:{IHf,: Fqliifirr{:,
    qsfriqo€q]
    il {i!:spqq}rq:11
    sl. 2 (r8*$qrq: 315

    wr5q6a
    qG gorqr.rmtelqttFgt+t:fldol fiCIflfla*t r
    \r
    K qgcfrq(Iqtqnflfr:S{{t: qqai ath z{Iq. tl
    (s) T(qgF-.rctq:'iqara.i

    €t dtt {4cg;s;{;qr* tq}r rrt I


    tqg;El tltl€lT{*1f,:tllq{f,:aq: ll
    ( I 0) fr;Es=vil.I: siqatil-+'
    qil +ffift fit q qfi qt fqgi '* t
    *tlrqrgq,il *,ir fi--tg"a] qilqa, tt
    (l l) cqoz{iq: .{ls*fil5}

    gdR rqrqrqftfqqqtdrq{qt
    ag, mU qq q{qfaq,i,,ii rfige, I
    qqueliigsq{ofrgffdT
    frfrqfa:
    gq-flrqrfq{ri qq{i qqqrqnrTQflrqlt
    (12) Tfdrqlrr: .rt{5itt}
    gfa+rt qfi n'id<E6qqlql'4rJ(ftqliAo
    r

    qdqrodr
    q-'qrtqsarrqt'qqztqlfr
    q, r
    gtlrrq{frqn{rdorlefratitarft
    dzr ftaqfiggrrlrrrr a] liil{dikdl
    {Fnr$qrfiql rrr rr
    ifr o*qsrtrfrKiefr
    Slohu 2. When the planetsoccupy Kanya, Meeha,
    'fhula,
    Simha and Kumbh;r, thc person born is a king.
    When the planets arc in thc 3rd, the 5th and the 4th
    bhavae, the person born becomcs ruler o{ countriec
    abounding in great wealth. If the 3rd, the 4th. the 5th
    fiircrltf|t Adh. VII

    the 2nd, the 9th, the lst and the 7th be occupiedeach
    by a planet,the person born will becomea just king.

    ilt{*fisRil q*Trr qrdi q{rdl Klqrfwr arq I


    frqraqiouUirrqrm:qrfi ftg.qiqqtr*u tt I tt
    Sl<,ka3. If the planets are associated with the
    Moon's hora, the pcrson born will be a famousking. If
    the benefic planetsbe irr thc gch and the llth bhavas,
    and the malefic ones in the 6th and the 10th, a king is
    born.

    irnftqry{suuqqrcrqorF{il dt{itqi-fl ; I
    $-dr*Sfrr{qrq{d Zq}qMgqTnmqr ll I ll
    Sloka 4. If benefic planeta be strong occupying
    the tst, the 10th, thc 7th and the 4th bhavasand if Mars
    and Saturn be in the 9th and theltth bhavas,the person
    born will be a king possessed of every amiablc virtue.

    Norns.
    The number of yogas satisfying all the conditions described in
    this sloha will, if carefully analysetl, be fcrund to be very lirnitec.

    The following horoscope is suggestetl as an e.rirrrrple for tlris


    sloka.
    sL6 tt*sqlqr t'l7

    But sce the following sloke from €Kn"Sl (Saravali).


    g(nHfirr: {{T: {Trffir:Sa{frtRarftq{ilqdffi: t
    qfq q{R r{rqR: qflrFiilqqaqftait qq s$q.i\q, it

    rrMffi ffi qtsqqrq;r.frgtrttr r


    @HafttqFlitrFrirr aflqll \ lt
    Sloh.a5. When the Moon or tlte Lagna occupying
    a (Vargottamamsa)cfitci{r is aspectedby the other pla'
    nete placed in the 4th, the l0th and the 7th bhavas, the
    perEonborn ir a leader of men.
    Norrs.
    According to if€inltmg (Brihatprajapatya), €i(rc.oJ (Saravali)
    and other works, and as per Yavanas' vierv quoted in {EwTil;E
    (Brihatjatata), four or more planets (other than the Moon) aspect-
    ing a Vargottama Lagna or Moon will make the person born at
    that time a King.
    cJ. IEsdrc{
    qrfif,qqtu* q-i qr q;q1ffit:t
    TflitrqREiJvrarf{lfr: F€f,I:u
    Also WrR-d
    qfrni sffqqi{4ilfra}firrrnarft qu}tqsqqrr
    qfta-afiqffii<qrftfrfka'qq'rqlqitzq:tl
    Also sle{Frul
    qikiseil+\ qR il {rii\ F{tfth q qsilBfqftqrli: r
    erffiqftf,q: wg riqqFa*qt: flgqqeqftfiqlodliRil
    Also t{lusq
    ffsff{qn -ra qvgi q qit{t
    qd'qrfaftiR:{rfhftqrnqra}fthr
    s nqqft flfiq: qg Eqrqqtoii{uf
    {qrFrqftfrqrt Rgdi i q€nq{ tl
    48
    3?8 irrlcrRrlt Adh. VrI.

    But our author has .gonefurther by restricting tho position of


    the planets. According to slokas 30-31of the 2nd Adhyaya,Saturn
    i n t h e 4 t h o r t h e l l t h h o u s e ,M a r s i n t h e 6 t h o r t h e l O t h h o u s e
    a n d J u p i t e ri n t h e 5 t h o r t h e 9 t h h o u s e a, l l c o u n t e df r o m t h e L a g n a
    or the l\Ioon, are also capable of aspecting either of them respoc-
    tively as all planets are while they are in the 7th house. Our
    author has rejected the aspectsof Saturn from the llth house, of
    I\{ars from the (rth houseantl of lulriter from the 5th and 9th
    houses. I{e only accepts the aspectsof Saturn from the 4th house,
    of l\{ars fronr the lOth houseand of lupiter and other planetsfrom
    the 7th house. llis object would appear to be to place all the
    planets in the three Kendras, +th, 7th and l0th and in such a
    manner as to be "capable of bestowing their full aspect on the
    Lagna or the liloon ls the .case May be. The least number of
    p l a n e t s t h u s s i t u a t e d a n d c a p a b l eo f : r s p e c t i n gt h e V a r g o t t a m a
    Lagna or the \'{oon is four. "r-di{gmfri: i.e., "by planets other
    than the Moon " has reference only so far as I4na yogasaro
    concerncd,for the Moon cannot aspect itself. But the question is
    " Will the aspert of the Moon on the l.agna nullify the yoga if it
    'Ihe
    i s o t h e r w i s ec o n r p r l e t"e? a r r s w e ri s i n t h e n e g a t i v e . I n t h i s
    case, the Moon's aspect does not count, beinq productiveof neither
    good nor evil antl the l\{oon cannot be one of the planets making
    up the least nunrber of four above stated. Cf. g{.sitFldT.

    e* q,ikqtqrcqatqqti a,{*r\' t
    {gft: qafri:qfq{fq?fi &finfr: tt
    ffe c drail +'i ilqd'trrl{.flrtTfr;r;I
    qrdtRril' fu qga.ilfi{rfat
    r t tt
    \\
    qq'{rfq erqttg Hflq: qrf,llFqqr I
    q;q: qr.qd{Iq H ftrqq i rruqefl

    There will l:e 22 1'ogasz'i:.-


    66(i
    C* C*C:15+6+ I for each of the Lagnaand the Moon,or
    .l;li

    yogasin a1l.
    sl. 6 qEfrss{rq; 879
    v v ! vv Y v v Y v v vv s Ylv v v
    vv r vvvvv Y-v E t v vvvvv vvvvv ! v v Y v ! v v v
    rv

    qf&qrsfltunugste+{tttfkt
    qrfrwgorqfrftguosisir$dttarI
    F€r ffiuq{r*tqA I qqtrrrfrt-
    id ur.rfr qR ltftqitr qsdihfftEl{ ll q ll
    Slcla 6. When Venus occupiesthe asterism As'
    wini in the Lagna and is aspectedby all the other
    planets,the person born will be the senior in family
    destinedto destroy the whole host of his enemiesand
    to sport with many women. When there are three or
    more planetsoccupyingnot the Navamsaof their depres'
    rion sign but one owned by themseives and one such
    planetis in th: Lagoa, tlre p:rson brrn will be a king
    arrd a v;ry wealthy one too, when there are 5 or more
    ruch planets.
    (Fbil hill). C/. ara+,riir
    ar&;qi on{: gfi: niqtfaftfen:r
    fiffianlftqiEe'q.
    a]fr giqdiqro ll
    Also q.oitifdl

    ugitifo'frqqqfirpfi fiarftt lt
    erf}=qrgenn,
    ,fhe
    following from gt{qdt (Saravali) rnentioning the several
    will
    a s t e r i s r t t sw h i c l r , w h e n o c c u p i e d b y \ / e n u s , c o n f e r k i n g s h i p
    also ire of interest:

    qrii: grl: I
    aRr;Rffier,rlgsqrqr{t
    *ilft tg*i q1l{fu;qlqRHfrqd:ll
    Louu holf. C/. aramta

    flqiffirt qfierq =qrR&+lqgFqot,


    I
    ffi tt
    Seqrq:sqflnsfqfiqRq.
    380 lrce\tfur* Adh. vU.

    According to U€tqTqlTetrifesilil{ and other works, threo or


    four planets in their exaltation r*q (Srvochcha), or in their own
    signs eki (Swakshetra)and are at the same time trine to one an-
    other, make a person botn in thc tolal famitlt, a King. Five or more
    such planets will make (nv lers0tt a King. But two such planets
    in the first case or four such in the second case will only make
    the person rich. Cl. gqerretqaT.

    deqfu' egqrt: n?:e*atnaI


    *CA\\o
    $iqi ef{filaF}11: sT{zq{{rq: ll
    L

    qerRfli<qr,ftiRtqlsfQqranTI
    6ru<ieqftit rgoqilqfia: qr{ lr
    .It has also to be noted here that it is only when the 5 or 6
    planets in <&f-l (Swalisheira) are s:tong that the person born be-
    comes a King. If they or any of thern be weak, he only becomes
    rich. But sevenplanets in q-'{g will, irrespective of their
    strength, make the person a King. C/, gttryt-r,qe+.
    qeGfl+dtt:ar56pttqd't
    erfggr;fiqfA'
    erlgogfudr<t:1g
    qgfrKr€*:Q)jl} wft fiavrq r
    t-€sqm6
    S-€Hq$eg€qffgFqr ufigf i}frr{{: e}ryq1 '
    rGrragace+gql'qrqqqqAitzqra flaqg tt
    g*ffiqqq€Tq sg{t&
    old {osi sf*itqfR.qkr I
    qtsRMrqlrrrrrt frrrqi
    s{i\iryrtt"rffisdiiuus1
    Sloka 7. When Venus is in the Znd bhavawhich
    is neither the planet'sdepressionnor owned by an enemy
    q,nd wlren the lord of the Lagna iE strong, the percon
    sl. g qg*stqrq: 38r
    born will becomca kinq. When the Moon- occupieEat
    night its own Navrmsa or one belongingto a very
    friendly planet and is aspectedby Venus alone, a king
    comesinto the ',vorld.
    Norrs.
    :f. soiiii{r
    dtarftgqwtrqfinserire*n: qQdiqr qdt q
    {rq, tt
    Also en+riir
    nfiarJq ettqT SHETTq:
    fllrriq: t
    d*+rii qcdtqr H rr: gft{1qfa:tl
    Frorn the two p:rnllel lrassrges above given,
    it will be seen
    that Venus a'tl trre r.rrl of the Lagna srrourd
    both be in the 2nd
    'I'he
    bhava- text rerds itserf arso to the above interpretation
    and
    i t r n a y l r r e f e r a b l l ' b e r e n c l e r c dt l r u s : " \ \ / 6 e n
    V e n u s t o g e t 5 e r _w i t h
    the lord of tlre Legna, who is :rlso strong, is
    in the 2nclbtrava,
    rvhiclr is neither the planet's (\'enus') dep165;s1611
    s l f J n ,n o r i s o w n e d
    b y ; r n e n e r n l ' , t h c p c r s o n l r o r r r r v i l l b e c o r n ea K i n s . , ,
    cl. qtitqo.i

    eilifiairrqa;* ze] qri.{rTf:aql I


    erfi{r $eh zryflqrfi;i rlrfi qtq.tl
    Also ,lladlq{ql
    qflrqrilscqfifqar{rit
    g};oreril aqfi *i}fi t
    qpftiq ?e:$rt iqrdq tl
    eirrrfifqeiflrld'ts,tar
    qti qlffi{irrt uggesnfui qqfrr
    elq 6{u€riqtqwi ilctr{{r*iQh r
    s{wftft esqi}qui atqrRqm
    frar
    *'qqaqi qqiqfrgt qril q{tqrdffiln c tl
    S/oAa E. Whcn Venus occupyingthe Lagnais
    in
    Meena and in a Navamsabelongingto Meena,th-eperson
    born is a king; (2) when the lord of the rising sign is
    fi€TCritqri Adh.vlr.

    strong in its exaltation and aspected by the Moon, a


    royal personageseesthe light ; (3) when the lord of the
    Lagnaoccupiesin the exaltationhousea Navamsabelong'
    ing neither to the depression sign nor to an enemy and
    :hat exaltationsign turns out to be a Kendra and has no
    other planet, a ruler of the earth is born under this Yoga.
    cl, qa*kr
    ftt dtqi{t gfr ardfyt rriqtt
    Also gtttqofi "}
    oflfiqfA: dli q{q.€tr€r-il;l I,i Od r
    rT€fqqqqll
    {grrdd€rq*a:qrfiofaqfl
    (Laltu halJ). c/. Stoka 48, infra.

    {rq& f{qgffu{q{i €totrrrififr


    oqw€EM$refrr qr;qrtqj{qfilt
    d ttqoFqt qCISo* iffi *.qi
    et qnqqFffi q Wontrqr rr{kli6q ll q ll
    Slokl 9. When the full Moon is in the gth bhava
    occupyingits own, exaltation.ora friendly house and
    when Saturn and Mars occupy the lOth atrd the 2nd
    bhavas from the Lagnr, a lord of the earth is born,
    When the Moon is full and strong occupyinga Kendra
    other than the Lrgua and is aspectedby both Venus and
    Jupiter, under such a Yoga is born a sovereignwho will
    generou:ly make gifts of land.
    Norns.
    (Fhst hrlll. According to €t{t{oi (Saravali), any planet in
    the 9th bhava identical with its exaltation sign will bestow King-
    ship if the lord of that bhava occupiesor aspectsit anl two other
    planets are in tlreir exaltation signs as trell. cf.
    iltr.56ae ringvi qtq tqrqgn ftfrftat r
    BL 10 qq*sqnq: 883

    (Srcond,half). c7. sloka 47, infra.


    Also 't-{atadr
    on fterq*t sto*ergtia)fiuaPt, I
    qr.iqtqgwqirrit nqr r{liilqaq tt
    Also esifi?ilqft
    qfi fiqaL I
    ftar+.\ftqqi iqefrsrrr famrur
    g*q euqe,dgb qrit qil nlftwrugeu:tt
    This yoga 6nds an exception when Tauttts happens to be the
    Lagna with the Moon there. c/. ilrr:wdi.
    q\ n{ii owtd:gg{' frtr efr qfqfqft'riq I
    qf? stairqqtd] qqfAfkdt{r: tt
    gqlsfi qTflIerki}
    For a person born in a royal family no aspectsare required-to
    place him on the throne. c,f. qRtsdt.
    frnnn: I
    es fiqrq*d nmererXRn)
    frqqrfrqQlqro
    fimqqqqKiloq.
    tt
    q{lt{ qrq}qisfrggfl€n qG fiKli'
    €deil Uga;-qt{6gi uirsqn R:nt t
    Awwftq-* sfi fut
    ftF{-q:rqqis
    si q4qqrrhqnqitr +ir Xstrxiq ll I o ll
    S/o&a 10. When a planet is in the highest exalta,
    tion point and is aspectcdby a very frier:dly planet, a
    king is rrshered into the world. A king's peer takes
    b i r t h w h e n V e n u s i s s t r o n g o c c u p y i r r tgh e 1 l t h o r t h e
    12th bhava. When 2 or 3 planetsare in their cxaltation
    s i g n s ,t h e M o o n i s i n K a t a k aa n d t h e r i s i n gs i g n p o s s e s s ,
    ed of strengtl'r,thc personborn will be a king honored
    everYwhere'
    NorES.
    (Fi,st quarter). ,f. noaTii+t
    fqeee,gqlq,i;qldfqrqar@{
    nfr5egafra,i| |
    884 .r{t5qrftil* Adb. VII.

    Also gnrS-d
    qfi qq r$r: di* qffnqqi) qfa r
    {€qRfr*des:+itfi sfq{iqfi(rr
    (Lattn halJ.)
    See notes under sloka 6, sultra. According to
    Yavana's vievr quol.edin lirihat jat:rlia, one or two planets in thcir.
    exaltation, one of them being in the Lagna and the Mclon in .dzqi
    (Krtakr) will create Rajayoga. l6 such Rajayogas are possible
    under the above co;nbination. cf . yalatl.n
    -\--^r \ \ ^ \ \ \ A \ ^
    qfll8riTg ?l,{TdqHerT €Ql5r{ {liltr qrsil tlqr{I: Fg: 1l
    Ordinarily 3 cir four planets in their ex?iltationwi11,it is said,
    make a personborn in a Royal family a King. F'ive or more pla-
    nets in exaltation will make any persona King. r../.ga-.nwfqg.
    n n C:\ ^f' C \ \n
    Hrqq(agr'{qt€lqF,tlq{{n: I
    Jq' eFq*r;qiaqritsfQ qnq' tl
    But there are other special combinations under which 3, 4, 5
    or more planets may not be in their e.raltation signs and yet the
    person born attains royalty. .lhe iruthor deals with several such
    exceptions to the said orrlinary yogas handed down by tradition
    which are difilcult to be observed except by nren of extraordinary
    talents.

    t{ +qqqttilf g{wni 'ra iisafker


    qrren,rR il fimRflqqr sfr qdqrds:I
    qrqJsflqi fr{rwgi gsrifi'ti}rt
    ffirqFrtf\isftqqoi ilsrrsenril{rqi u qt tl
    Sloha 11. If all the beneficplanets be in the scqq
    (Upachaya) (3rd, dth, 10th and l1th) placesand the
    malefic one$in rhe lst or the 10th bhava, the person
    born will be a cruel king quelling his numerousfoes.
    If the Sun in conjunction with the Moon and in the Tth
    bhava occupy the exaltation and other Varga positionE
    while benefic and malefic planetsaspect themr a king or
    SI, 12 eg*sqrqr 386

    a king's equal of a very fickle disposition, will come


    into the world
    Notrs,
    A manuscriptcopyreadsthe first quarteras follows:
    g{ q}qlqft,:titr:6i4qqry:*rqr ftowfFqar,t
    Probably this is the correct reading. The translation will
    then be, " If all the n.ralefic planets be in the irq--rf (Upachaya)
    housesa'd the beneficones in the lst or the lOth bhava, the person
    born will be a cruel king quelling his numerousfoes."
    'fhe
    author desiresthat malefics should be in the e{"< (Upa-
    chaya places e.tce tili'ng !hc l0tl: :rs the undermentionedquotation
    from ql'oFq-ilil;[ rnal<esit clear.

    Hfiofrrqwra fiqJeqt<gqqrcrrqfrpqrramor,
    t
    eTRqilTqau{irT: rqil fqqqi qq{t q{qrgq: tl
    (Lattct half). ol. HRFT6T

    drqcaelqQqaqumfr{flQa:
    Fqacexai {FfiGFrt.tt't;Eqtrn:
    I
    qg3T-{
    F€.qrqqnqafRdrsfi
    ma
    figel'i*rfn',ieft eq+siilq
    gn{r{ tl
    " " I f p l a c e d i n a s i m i l a r p o s i r i o n , a . r .i n t h e T t h h o u s e , . ' h a s
    to be understood from .{';'Ri i.r the slolia previous to this in
    sRrs-dl
    (Saravali).
    qrflqftaqqalqqi qrrt
    fr+fhtfiwqs6u*maf r
    gfMgiln Gq;rfrqr
    {tqt?qilqfr gkufr wrorn lR tl
    Sloha L2. If, at the bir.h of a person,Mars occupy
    Dhanus,Mesha or Simha identical with the Lagna, and
    be aspected by a friendly planet, he will rule over a
    kingdom won by his own nrowess. If the Sun, the
    49
    mnwREt* Adh.vII.

    Moon and Jupiter be in the 3rd, the 9th and the 5th
    bhavas and have strength, the person born will be a
    king comparablewith the God Kubera in respectto his
    rvealth'
    NorBs.
    (First hatf). c/. q-d{k*,r
    qlwAqq$qlq€ffflF,it,Iufit qsqfr fiqfoee, rr
    (Latlct half .) ef . Slaka 49 inf ra. Also €rrr4df
    fiafrrr+qnl' qaqqqqqfrwtrnq r
    qG qqfAdqT{IqTsirc"q} qtqfd u

    il{ qfi wqfr rfrr56rar(


    qgqnqrt
    enrfrarqisft
    ( tro.o{Erqt.qrd
    trnqAqrMll tl ll
    Slofrrr1-1. If at a birth, a planet be in its depression
    and if the lord of the sign occupiedby the planet or the
    lord of its exaltation sign be in a Kendra position in
    respectto the Moon's place or the Lagna, the person
    born will be a king and a just ruler.
    cf. q-o.f,.rfrr+r
    qi+,] dtqrln<4rTqfqq<gal:t"| 1
    qq fl g q{Eiii flI{K}$Toq;qifa:
    tt
    alq fiefA q<qTf}{du(rqlqt fresrqqr
    1;(Tfriqfc.{iqqs fiilrslaarqritsrqrt
    *-t fisft i.rqffiqq, iqrq*,qiif
    zil
    qftrits'qqatqrqf:(d,iq<qlqriiqrrqq
    t( II
    .iii q<s 'ii*qtrT] AGaqq il r
    *"qrq$e+;rriTgv: uirr{<Fqn;ti
    $1.t4-t6 qgqlsqrq: 387

    Also qRffilrfisr

    tq Qqt flq'lq qqrd<frq(adiagaarr: 1


    +--dftqilil qqa'xgnl1ffiil .pftnrnn rr
    Also nqlrlfsarq0r
    +Tt r-qqrqrtRitqfleiusgtr
    qrrrqiliil*qrsfqttqtrfr qiat: tt
    ffiertaqturfi ffit
    *ttqqr flUt qQ q'qo* r
    ffiHt qcl€t{r€qPqt
    qr
    wrdqatqRrRqrsisEEr
    qrq u tB tl
    Sloho 14. If the lord of the Navamsaoccupied by
    a depresaedplanet at a birth be in a Kendra or Trikona
    position and if the e-sos (Janmalagna)be a moveable
    sign or if the lord of gbs cTelroa(Janmalagna),i.e. the lst
    bhava be in a Navamsa owned by a moveablesign, the
    peroon born will be a king or possessgreat power.
    aI. eeliftqdrqft
    f,tqftqaiaql{FE
    fra:};qffiqq; 1
    q{o} nqlt A qrkrq} Til rri{ '1
    qnqnrfr q(nHG qrtrqilitsqil
    dqe*gEqEfrrsqttrqrifirqi rrt( r
    oil dqut Wqtgft r-* qnq{t
    Grt'fffiqFEt q{t qfl uqrilnrfr rr+{ ll t\ ll
    Bloha L5. When the lord of the lOth bhavais in
    the 8th, occupyinga Navamsaownedby its exaltation
    sign, its own uftr (Rasi) or a friendly rrr?r(Rasi),or has
    attaineda cnrrain (Paravathamsa), the personborn will
    be a king of kings. If Jupiterbe depressed in the Lagna
    crcs-riftlte A&. VII.

    ",.j!.att
    the Navamsa of the 8rh bhava (64th frum ihe Lagna)bc
    that of a rriir (Rasi) owned by the
    marefic orr"ner in
    question, under this yoga also will be
    born a king of
    kings.

    dqe 6qq\ ai'r sat'qofisEErirrcst


    iirt oaqfi a ft"fqilg{iutrqi q+( |
    qrrtaaTnqitiffiqt {-gR{t {r
    ?qi
    et Er{rfti g}-qgrun gh r nqiiqr n I q fl
    St.oka16. \l/iren Jupiter, being rhe lord of
    the
    rising sign, occupiesthe r2rh bhava and when saturn,
    the lord of thc 3rd bhavais in thc r2th prace in respecr
    to Jupiter or when the Sun occupiesthe ltth bhava
    from th,: Lagna, the personborn will be a king of
    kings.
    If the iord of the Navamsaoccupied by cherord
    of the
    9rh bhavabe in the 5th or the tih bhava,a king
    into the world. If Mercury be in conjunction ""r.,
    with or
    aspecrei by ,iupiter, the person born will be
    a king.s
    favorite.
    Nores'
    r/.- qqi{f-{or,{r?r
    gil "r4 rql art nal qrfinqrfqqr
    gii uq} fiard {rq{l;irq4ar:rr
    irrrqlfitqlrqrgsi{iilfqna} g& r
    gzruraqt qrsRZqhts)qqat, rt
    qT-t ( D l r ^ r , u r .l a g n a ) s a l j s f i c s t l r e c o r r t l i t i o n s
    of llre above
    Sloka.

    rrFitqfttfkt {rffi *.{rQ+{W


    SERiildfr qreqqfr ar.dfut
    nmq,il
    r
    sl. t7-I8 €8*rs4rq: 389

    *.i n qfaffi GSt {urffioffi


    oriri'qilttfti qogt{qrswflq+(n ?stl
    Sloko 17. If Iupiter be in the rising sign and
    Mercurv occupyinga Kcndre bc aspected by thelord of
    the 9th bhava, rhe person born will be on a footing of
    eilualirywith kings. when sarurnin stre*gth o..uf,i.,
    the {sfrq'rsr (lr4oolatrik''a) or exaltation ,ign h"pp.ning
    to be identical with l Kcndra .r Trikona
    anti is urp..r,
    ed by rhe lord of the llrh bhava; rr.der this yoga also,
    will the personborn be on a par with sover"igns-of
    the
    earth.
    ef. e-{i'i?rorqft
    o* gil gt h"| {FqiT+rflf6t r
    sH -{rfE€e} zqge*q+at,tr
    o* ffi gt s€.r+sffd qFii
    Ssq{rrt ftmwst ilqTsQrEr
    ilirrqrI

    ftr"tqqls {qft€lii {wrfttrq&q:ft f c tl


    Sloka 18. When the Moon is in the rising
    sign,
    Jtrpiter in the 4th, venus in the 10th, and satu.r"in lhe
    exaltation or sRq (swakshetra), the person born
    will
    be eithcr a king or equalto a king. When
    benefic
    planetsare in the l2th, the llth, the lst, the
    Znd,the
    3rd and the lOth bhavas,rhe person born wiil be
    like a
    sovereignand in great favor with kings of kings.
    '
    cl. qqifilr-arqiir
    a* q-esil nie+ttr\ TuffEiI
    qt ?qged|qqa{:tl
    Filqga+Rqt
    390 ltlrclRr|t Adh. VIL

    qqrinrei fi:qoaFffi€reqqr
    qerRgFn?.n}*qrzqgeq]r{qat' u
    qt *qqq.trrr€Sililqtqr{c{gfr
    {ri drtr€e{rqffit tteftq6sq3 1
    trfr {dFrorrrttRst qrqrftiiltfr
    iltt qfr dffii'sqhraaq) qaqtt?qll
    Sloha L9. When Saturn is in strengtb and has
    attainedsqsEd (Uttamavarga, when Jupiter occupiesa
    Navamsaother than a depressionone,and when the Sun
    is in a benefic Navamsa and is aspectedby benefic pla,
    nets, the person born will be in the good gracesof a
    king and equalto him If Rahu be in the 10th bhava,
    if Saturn occupying the llth be aspected by the lord of
    the 9th bhava, and if the lord of the rising sign be un,
    associated with a depressed planet, the person boro
    under this yoga will be like a lord of the earrh.
    cf. ssirft?'ilft
    wi rrd '{A=qtqlTqqltnfligt r
    elt fiqQt qrghzgr+itqi( ll
    {qsil ftfrqAftqn wi{t qilq?nqgilr t
    sdffirr{TwFEil qr qnqfrqtfM ll Ro lr
    Sloha 20. If two, three or four planetsin deprec-
    sion occupy benefic shahtyamsa(eu.in) or 60th portions
    or Navamsasof their severalexaltation signsat the time
    of birth of a person, he wiil be a lord of the earth
    eminently just and virtuous.
    cl. ssl{fr-mqft
    a* qr * eq] qrsftqFqliiflqflTdt: r
    {ltluritsgtr: Qfi il q{rqft: ll
    sl. 21 sFrilstqrq: 891

    onis$gilftfi graErqrqrt=frqt
    qr{r{N|ETurrqfr= *qqs;ffitfuel t
    q'ffiqqil"rrft qdqtrffiqfiffi
    qril qnqwtihtgft q-6dqr{rf!rq!
    tt Rt tl
    -fhe
    Sloka 27. following are the three yogasunder
    any one of which a person born becomeawealthy. In
    the first yogar the lords of the 10th and the 9th bhavas
    counted from the Lagna are in conjunction and aseocia
    ted with the lord of the 2nd bhava; in the 2nd yoga,
    the lords of the 10th and the 9th, reckoned from grr
    (Subha), i e. the lords of the 6th and the 5th bhavas from
    the Lagna occupy each a sign owned by the other and
    are asgociatedwith traqfh(Dhanapathij i.e. the lord of
    the 2nd bhava; in the 3rd yoga, tbe lords of the 10th,
    and the 9th bhava calculatedfrom the 10th, i.e. the lords
    of the ?th and the 6th bhavas from the Lagna occupy
    mutuallyaspectingKendrasand are associatedwith qtcft
    (Dhanapati). If the severalpairs of planets mentioned
    above be aspected or associatedwith the lord or the
    karaka(orro) of the 4th bhava, the person born under
    each of the several resulting yogas will have at his
    command much wealth and many vehicles.
    Norrs.
    The first 3 quartersof thrs sloka are also capable of beine
    i n t e r p r e t e dt h u s : -
    " I f t h e l o r d s o f ( t ) t f r e l 0 a n d 9 t h h o u s e sc o u n t e d f r o m t h e
    Lagrn, (Z) the lOth and 9th houses counted fronr the 9th house
    and (3) the l0 and 9th houses reckoned from the lOth housebe in
    conjunction, occupy each a sign orvnedby the other, or occupy
    mutually aspecting Kendras, or be associated(at the same time)
    ithw the lord of the secondhouse, the personborn will be wealthy."
    39rl {tcTniilti Adh. VII.

    af. qoqtft+r

    +iril qq{trdqqrrfir* q"qe'i}uafR1ft a}: ry1q1',,


    Out of the I 2 yogas causedby the relationship of the lords of
    any two successivehousesout of the l2 ones, our author describes
    here the 3 Raiayogas.

    The 12 yogirsarc :
    ( t ) o t . Tb y t h c r e l a t i o n s h r po f t h e l o r d s o f t h e l s t & Z n d h o u s e s
    (z) r1q.1eT do 2 n d& 3 r d , ,
    (3)-r'nr+, do 3rd & 4th ,,
    (+) 3rqro{ do ,lth & 5th ,,
    (5) <mor a* do 5tr&6th ,,
    {o) <rcf,.I do 6th & 7th t,
    (7) icqrzla: do 7th & Sth ,r
    (g) ..Trq-qql do 8th & 9th ,,
    {o) .6o1n do ( ) t hc t l O t h
    ,,
    (lo) {iirr"r{ dcr l O t h& l l t h , ,
    (l l)'dur;Tq{ do I lth & I2th ,,
    (tz) firrnt do l2th .t I st ,)
    cl. qlat{

    aMB+egflr+n}fegdT
    qdqa,ilr
    BqI.q* qEqr+dtd tfrqrrqr)rr
    qfdi tqoril q ft',qorfi dgaqqtr
    g6fi'6rr
    orqqlrrrdilqi]_cq1{qfiq ll
    s{qTsqrcq .fii rrq,iiq fqqrzfe{ r
    rTlrqr'{{ il{q}rt ilfii;wqaq'{{ ll
    fqnqrfialqlt qlqr q s,i,arFTdr:tl
    T h e r e l a t i o n s h i pb e t r v e e np l a n e t si s o f f o r - rkr i n d s :
    l. E A t : hc , n co c c u p y i n gt h e o t h e r ' sh , r g 5 s, , K e n c l r ao r K o n a
    2. .l3oth1;iauetsaspectingeach other.
    3. Any one <-rfthe two planetsaspectingthe other.
    4. Both planets occupying the sarnehouseor Varga, etc.
    sl, 2I €uqtsnlr.l3 393

    ,f . rRtlr(
    sqq: PeT;ffpq=q]
    elsq6 fd,ftq*' t
    U,itqd+ii aG:frqil*a =qtt: tt
    ..1-qtq*aw rl t,t ngare-aif ftq.t r
    qmfhilfl*il qrsfti*,qfiqn]qErrl
    The association of the lords of the Kendra and Kona olaces
    is capable of producing Rajayogas.

    cl. onat-qi:{di
    taR+)qqna: sfih q{Fq{qI
    $twordfeirqnzqrq{d: II
    Also
    frft}"rfrqdt{"}sq-* }q *qEq.r
    +qrf iisfrqfuq]qqqGs iilqa( tt
    Also KT{I?
    ennd: gqqtqTfhrqq'tqrfim qrq t
    qqrurt
    purattr rrfirr&qnrcsoq
    tt
    d{:pq141q,i} q.e1c;elqhii fq{qa' t
    wn4;qiieel qrndGt il-qqE tl
    q:r $-dtft ffgd il qrsRflqflsq} |
    {rqifiq'it qrd uq qqfafqPrnqrr
    qldtt<qT qri qriv} a6{ fF,rn:t
    gRuvf{vn'qiGeriiqeq {r;qurt tl
    gtrrfirrgQilofrqlqT qqTqdqflgdrir( |
    Z,iitariRE qiiun@:ertqgi aqtfifilr-euo:rr
    g€nqlfqql*q qfleqrtq ngil |
    qiiaprqTgml arnllR( {rFqrrtqll
    gia') q{qnga*e*qi.qrfQ
    gil fie'q r
    ryJ
    il1_""",_,_
    "___"__ "",""",_jg: J_l'
    _:yg: """__
    gQsrerqntJtseat qfr u-*qcn:
    erqr-*qrftfrs] tt
    q{rqrige++Eqt uungtr
    qeqtfEqfighqrnlrftqilFrtrnqu
    finrqlq Eqiqtqqt sriiBilfrn r
    gql dgq+ rmr qdt qr aFflqlsREr rt
    ' ffq: qfi +fia-d qrqsfQqfrq.r,t
    {*m;} aa:gh 6,i1}arqrrt+r1
    rt
    qdt goqqrii qnqqaalfrqrqq{
    aqrqr'qprrt,{qftqntilsfl rfirq t
    ail rdq-61qofiflquaqqqt-
    fiq.ii fia<rfiqqqqqqwftrrq:tt
    q{r guqqnl qnqqqi goq{*
    q-qii+qlqhil qqfAt{GqTiqqit r
    sgqrn +'iftf{qqrrq}tRqad
    qgrqlasR\qft qtnnr.itfrqifq 11
    qil il-q€irl aawga*ris{,rai
    qorrrdt qs qqqfts frt nG{: I
    flqr inr-qrerfiqaqfll{orfregffi
    grsrctqonrq€{oqrcil qqqfr' lt
    In these cases it is not very nccessary tbat the lords of the
    Kendras and Kcnas should be two difierent planets. One planet
    may be the 1orclof two Kendras or a Kendra and a Kona and yet
    a good result will
    be produced though not to the same extent as
    when they are owned by two separate planets.

    cf. sta-Tqr?4+r
    *oqflr,TqrfEq'irt+l
    *,iiq+lr*t,r
    q-qfimrqqfiil{iq=q}
    qfi frgn: tt
    sl" 22 sffi5sqzt: 395

    r*g qRq1&futgrrqrfq{rq}sfho6ft!Rn(|
    s+iqt:qei\frqffir srm qiqd'rqqt{r
    n qRtl
    SIcha 77. Vhen six planctsarc in their exaltation,
    the person born will be a liing of kinqs ruling over the
    whoie earth. When five planetsoccuDytheir exaltation
    signs anciJupiter is in the Lagna, the personborn will
    rule all rnenand all lands.
    Norps'
    c/. qdrtfi,rrcrft
    q"^luiinaqqf"s\:qi4tqrf;tirit qfq'rqd t
    sqfFqt: qafq{a{rnr flrqtftqlt qi{ii i.rail-n
    Also nlfl{lil{ol

    ;r{a(r: qa fiitqqr,tr qs qq+ q qri,*q: tt


    E
    The authr.,r suggests tlrc infercrr,:i. 1l'tt, rn tht: c.se c,i Ilve
    p l a n e t s i n e x a l t a t i o ' , c r n eo f t h e r ' * ' s r irc irr the L;rgna, and tliat
    preferably Jupiter. In the r:asr:of :,i:.:
    | 1 ; L l r r r : ;r n e r : l l t a t r , n , i t i s
    n o t n e c e s s i l r y t h a t o n e o [ t h e r r rs h o u l t l i r r : r i r t ] r e L a q n a . O n e , t w o ,
    t h r e e o r f o u r p l a n e t s i n e x a l t a t i o n r r l , , : , , l _ .nr , . r tr r r l l i e a p e r s o l r f
    ordirrary biri.lr zi liing. cf. .!i1r.t:

    SfGq,cFe{Tqt{rE,lfia.{T,t*t
    {i-ltq':I
    FdaFqoftqlq-isr' ei fiaq1;11
    Also 1 4 q q 11 1 q a { .

    iafqkauftEt"jrqi-;ifciir'' I
    ?q:q.qelrqitqtrisfi wrar'11
    All the works on astrclogy are unaniri.rous in the al;ove view"
    According to Yavana and others, three or four rnelefic planets
    in their exait:rtion makes the Iirng cruel. t'1.

    6: {{tllkl glq: m{Iiq'[;qKqrs--qqlI


    sTn+{iifi+r, g}'q +&qrqrgdqn:
    tt
    3 r/6 |IirucrRilt Adb"vrr.
    Also qttrq
    qt\: qtqqfi:FTl(ela'rt'i'iqicqidd: r
    ;qrfir}f{aqfi: gr:fiiiyar*i rga: 11
    {dsnliTd
    o
    erg,{l{i:qgn.i:
    \ \ ^c
    xt: firqfii{tqR: t
    .\
    dlg o qlqndq'qd freftq: qqTqtll
    From the above, it is also clear that benefic plauets in eralta_
    tion make the king virtuous and that if the planets in exaltation
    which go to raise him to kingship be both malefic and
    benefic. he
    will be of a mixed nature.

    And (Jeevasarrna) adds that malefics


    {iqaqi in exaltation do
    noi- bestow royalty on the persor) born under their auspices;
    he
    will be wealthy and at the same time cruel, angry and quarrel-
    sorne. r {.
    qr\aqrrlelarq qqf:i .Z{i {tT: r
    1fuqfa-rrf:ffiiFiFg:frfiq, fio(fiql: tl
    I t s h o u l d h e r e b e n o t e d - t r r a tt h e s ea r e n o t h o w e v e r a c c e p t e d
    as
    Rajayogas by Varahar'rihira. Accorcling to hinr, if three o.nore
    planets occup).' their exaltation or their own signs
    and area! thc
    sarnt lt,ne I t ite ltt one a.n,theyt the persons born
    become kin,{s if
    tlrel' b.long to a royal f:rrnill'. If there are 5 or nrore such planets,
    perso.s th.,ugh born i' ordinarl, famiries (other than
    royal) becorne
    i r r n g s . T h o s e i n r v h r ; s en a t i v i t i e s s u c h p l a n e t s a r e l e s s
    than 5 will
    be possessedwith wealth, but will not be kings. ,/. g{-qfild

    seeil.rr,ri'rlarqr;'{r}iidlinar tFar: I
    eqrQfilrqirqi6r Siffagar a 1frlw: 11
    Also og;rRT{
    Bqqftffijr,ia.rei qqFd{rnn; I
    qqrfrfiit;s$olqera
    aa{ilrqrff : n
    Vidc also E{.rnRFfi'VII-8 and XI-13 and my notes thercon.
    sl. 23-24 sErTr$qr|t: 397

    qr( |
    u$rqq&tfti qafitrdr+iqtrq{qdtqfrr
    hiiEqAqR q-qgi dr{'ri iqgft Tqro!n Rl tl
    Stoha 23. When Saturnis in *c (Kunbha) iden,
    tical with the Laqnaand whcn four planetsoccupy their
    exaltationsigns,an emperoris born. When *e (Mesha)
    occupiedby Mercury is the rising sign and Jupiter is in
    the exaltationsign, a ruler o[ men comesinto existence.
    q* sqiqqGqR qqfh't-
    {tsftErcq{qftfhfrarqurqr( |
    a\ \ A A \
    gsrat(ffi(t{( F{sttqTrTtiT-
    \ \A
    {"rtssg1-6
    ilqru(wrqrlqq ll R8 ll
    Sloka 74. If the Moon occupying the rising sign
    qeir (Vrishabha)be aspecredby the remaining six pla.
    nets,the personborn will bocome king at an early age.
    If one planet be in the exaltationsign while the rest are
    in their own or friendly signs,thc yoga will secureto
    the personborn irnder it, a portion o[ thc gooJ thinga
    of life such as it is the good fortune of kings to have.
    Nores.
    (First half ). c ' f . t h e l a t t e r h a l f o f s l o l ; a6 2 i n A < l h 1 ' a y aI l ,
    supru.
    Also +11{l{,4

    Sg{wae;g ieqd qq-d


    qG qasttd: q{qfi aq}qqrfir
    qrqFfl]n \q
    gqqqqqftP:r:
    rqfd qgqqtq:mri*q: gtq, tt
    Also toiiitqt
    frqrqqftqrmqqqqdt-$€q{-
    ftqnqEfifrftilqqofirFnqre);qo:
    I
    398 cntscrftcrt Adh.vrr.
    G€rqag*i+ertgRltniuFa:afi
    z,i qqqftfiqralFqaqrr
    egeaudr
    Erffi ErqR g.fi,riirqftgii-(gfr Wrorr
    nCtUitriuneitghrtolqr} rrfirfi fkdirr p R\ tl
    Sloht 25. When Jupiter in conjunction with
    Mars and the Moon occupiesa eritrq IVargottama,aiee
    I,34) or a gcai:tr(Pushkaramsa,z,idc Adhyaya1 Sl 38)
    the person born is a king. Wtren thc full Moon
    aspectedby benefic planetsis in tlie l0th bhava, a ruler
    of the e.rrthhashis birch under the yoga.
    g€fm${q;i vtrr q;(qfr
    qit (g'J{qri qi\i irrTfirrrT{|
    qqg€qffiQ rrrggi il: <IT(
    etftrrwogilf €{i{qrsq;rrf il lq ll
    S l o h o 2 6 . W h e n t h e M o r n i n c o n . ; u n c t i ow n rth
    |upiter and Vcnus occupiesugu (Dhanus.), Mercury is in
    the Lagna, Mars in e;;rr (Kanya) and Saturnoccupying
    the 4th bhava rs in Tr+{lN4akara),chep.rson born will
    b e a m i g h t y k i n g h e l d i n h i g h r e g a r db y a l l o t h c r k i n g s .
    ifi;qilTrTFlS{qHqqrfia{:
    \ \ * \C
    fl rff glTrrrgtflgg(trTro! |
    diqifi q'ftrfi
    '
    qqtn+t
    {or&
    \"\n \ \
    \
    €|F{ sq {rifgif EIaTT
    ;ftql: ll Re ll
    Slokt 27 Tir,: pcrst-rnat whose birth lr.4ercury,
    the Mocn, Mars, jupiterand Saturnoccupywn(Kanya),
    fra (Meenr), icEa (Mithuna), ugc (Dhanus) and rr.D'
    (Makrra,lrespe:tivelywill bccomeking" Arrotheryoga
    leadirr;im kingly iortune is wh:n .the full Moon wirh
    sl. 28 e8frsEqrq: 999

    abundant strength occupieswir (Meena) identical with


    the rising aign and when Mars and Saturn are in qlt
    (Makara) and 6q (Kumbha) respectively.
    Norrs.
    (First half ). In this yoga, the rising sign must be q{( (Ma-
    kara). c/. gqsna-+
    €t qt o* ntqftgqd-qqqt,
    \
    {I{Ir$Tq: (atrif: gggEqil: g{orilii: I
    Also emildl
    qt qt ui gg'.qaqFgar
    frflq-
    <qI ffqt flffir gqiH;fttFt: $dqq: I
    fFqitarqi*'q] qgfr g(F{t il< rtq
    f,qrqrd) {q: gufrHr{: ql8rrfRqrll

    (Second l*tf ). c/. tRta.li


    3a.qf),fii ilfflfc qi-q: sao+era: firf?1gd
    si I
    qqqfi{irrl E{l{td(Qf,qeqr} erfqqfi{gi rt
    $I'iEqt qGWqri $aftrtq-fift ftftrn r
    tt{re{Trrffi;Erqrar
    qr{rrErffrwrer
    rtttl ll Rdll
    Sloha 28. The person at whose birth the rising
    sign wct (Makara) is cccupied by Mars and czr (Kataka
    crdr|rtlitr Adh.vrl.
    by the Moon becomesa king. Again when Maru, the
    $un, and Jupiter occupy iespectively wor (Makara), *l
    (Mesha) and iirr (Kumbha),the person born is a krng.
    (First hqlf ). c/. qr,r{6.
    Oi Ael q q|?itqqrskFWiusqrrf{flfqom,r
    ttcr dEIa3flrrytri1 iqrtfabq{rdtgqrt:
    tl
    onrf{\6qgi qR Krfqd
    gs{e{W€ffi g nsil|
    qritqqirr€Gilr
    Wgnqhr:
    qrfl r hrqqqilq.rilTqt{r tt Rq tl
    Sloku 29. If the full Moon in conjunction with a
    planet other than the lord of the Lagna be aspected by
    Venue, Mercury and Jupiter, the person born will be a
    king. Again, if Jupiter, Venus and Mars occupy ctrv-
    Itn (Vargottamamsa)and malefic planets be
    not in
    Kendra houses,the personborn uncrerthis yoga becomes
    a ruler of men.
    c/. €racor
    flilti fivuf@t{r: };qftqnr a} grlwgarar
    freerqirnGq,fitil,${l-d trfl: qs{ straT:tl
    frif{is AAogw qt
    dFqdqurgirs,'c+qEtq:I
    orrftt q{{i ftrqRri Er
    urr gqrsrgf gtqfiq6; ar( il Qo11
    S/oAa SrJ. When all the planers occupy ftTqo
    (Seerehodaya) cigna and when the Moon
    o..rrpyirg
    eao (Kataka) is aspectedby benefic planets,
    th" p"i*on
    born is a king. Again when the lori of the risiig
    oign
    s, 31 s$*$rtrq; 401

    occupiesthe 9th or the 10th bhava and when the Moon


    is in the Lagna, the person born will be a ruler of the
    earth.
    c/. qnrs.€R
    qiifrqqFgq{I; RqRI q'tqfiqq aqf qlTng:t
    nl.tftiiis{ir* Fo} qq1-qql
    raqaraxnrh.
    n
    qrnd rrrEt{ ffiqfrwr€*q il{rFtq\
    oi rrggisiaqt{qfa(<ili q \f,;r;ffuI
    q*eiw{t fkirfMtr {rrwq qr},iqqr{
    ilTaqqqF( nq RqEiqlqn q'drm?rrn lt tl
    Stoka 37. The Sun has traversedthe first hali of
    egt (Dhanus),the Moon is just tirerd; Saturn possesied
    of much power is in the Lagnaand Mars is in the exal,
    tation sign : If this be the planetary position ar a
    person's birth, he will grow into sucha mighty king
    that his enemies,overwheimed by his fiery valour will
    do homage to him from afar, regarding him rvith awe
    and giving up all idea of measuringtheir strengthwith
    him in battle.
    Nores.
    This as well as the two succeeding slokas are from tn<f+&.
    cf. gt-drtrf

    of g*s}'dtfidqqqolrq rgfr:
    c/. Also rm<{Rr
    orFt qlqq:d W-alhlie.it: t
    {{{Fq: sq: SqlaqFqfa+rq{
    1l
    Q{rqlsrrc-q
    qgQrqt q{ wd ;TftTI:$n: I
    qftitq nqrrasqlvr.ri n* rr
    51
    4ry1 qrtrt$Rqa Adh.vn.

    in a quadruped sign. His own as well as his exaltation signs are


    quadruped 'l'he
    both ones. second half of qgi{ (Dhanus) is also a
    quadruped sign and the Sun is stronger there than in the first
    half.
    sqqqw{d q-qq}rrel q;(r(
    gqr&iqqiir hqqrilq drqu t
    esoiroRgfir t q qrni\rildrr
    € qEfr;rtrnQrt
    qrrfgeiq$r il it ll
    Sloku 32. When the lord of the Lagna occupies
    an sqszr(Upachaya)placein respectto the Moon, when
    the benelic pldnetr occupying Kendra positions are in
    beneficNavamsas, and when the malefic planetshave
    no strength at all, the person born will be a kirrg equal
    in might to Indra (the ruler of the immortals).
    sqrfrsdirfrar fi*\ir q{ mftw{fr qq q.frr I
    ( qtrfrUu{itgaqurlqfiqftru*e*tq{r\ rril rr
    SloA,r 3il. If, at the birth of a person, the Sun be
    about to go to the exaltationpoint, the Moon be in s&e
    (Swakshetra)and Jupiteroccupy oao (Kataka),the person
    born will hold sway over a region teeming with many
    gemsand precious$tones.
    qq frshi rGwq]fi Er
    eqt{saTrGgnrtrrqTtr
    fr{HftI
    Eatqqg|gqrrr
    $iF( ftnofqElueiarq n iB fl
    Sloka 34. If, at a person'sbirth, the Sun in a Tri,
    kona poaition be in the qgH.rur (Moola Trikona) qr
    exaltation sign and if the Sun, Venus and N{ercury,
    being respectivelyin the 3rd, the 6th and tbe gth bhavas
    from the M<.ron,occupy Navamsas belonging to them
    El. 86-86 sa*srqrq: 408

    severally,they makethe per$on born a king who wilf


    guardhia kingdomjust as a cowherdguardshis kine.
    Nores.
    The following is the yoga given in qltt+ii for the same effe:l
    qfiiqeq:eRfrqrtsfiqrwifrrsrqr:ftrfi1q-{r: I
    q-dq uif:c qlrrofrqfhdtnt tt
    eftqqgrqrrdrq
    tffirgqshqTfr fr*i{rs0.-
    * q ftg.rrrfufi,'Trttf
    dtir t
    q rr{FdTrg{i {qftr qr( {{rt
    qqqqqofr*!iiptr te tgr n 1\ tl
    SloAa 35. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and
    Venus be in the 10th bhava occupying friendly Navam,
    aasin a sign which is not owned by an enemy and
    where they neither becomeinvisible nor depressed,the
    persol)born under this yoga develops into a great king
    in whose royal progresa,the dust is laiJ by the ruttish
    flow exuding from elepharrtscomposinghis train.
    Norss.
    This as well as the next four slokasare taken from grn4d.
    The yoga menbionedin this stoka is applicable only to persons
    born in the royal family.
    qefi
    {qRfdI e1r'qUqrCxir
    qfr'gq1qqrfrf\ftftQql
    I
    {+*-* qR wReteil
    wffIrqtqfrtqur{qt I lE tl
    Slotrr 36. If, at the birth of a person,Mars occupy
    in strength the exaltationsign and be aspectedby the
    Sun, the Moon and Jupiter, that personthough low,born
    will become an illustrious ruler of men, capable of
    protecting the whole earth.
    404 fiftnftflt Adh. VII

    gqiqtwqt e{wil qt w-drt


    s€diftsqer
    fiqrt {rnf*r.qitt q{rrifrg"{hrr* iitrsur nlrgtl
    Sloha 37. The person at whose birth
    Mercury is
    in tht: rising sign, Jupiter in the Tth bhava,
    the Moon
    with unclouded radia'ce in +'a+(Kataka) represe:nting
    the 4th bhavaand che planet Venus occupies
    the 10th
    bhava,this person is destinedto rule the earth
    in health
    and without any disturbance.
    Norps"
    In {{Gwfil*, g{aCtTtqq anri other worl<s, the yoga
    is declared
    to result from the following combination.
    Mercury in Kanya
    identical with the Lagna, Jupiter and the
    l\{oon in the 7th house
    therefrom (d.e.I\[eena),Venus in the lOth (i.e,
    Mithuna) and Mars
    and Saturn in the 5th (i.e.;n Makara). c/. gasila+.

    diqffr'r g) o), q,il lTiurrfhhr


    sqtisit fimarq {rql q;qrH}:gt tl
    Alsoq6enrqm€
    gq: mqrqdmTqri ffuqir n} I
    q;i nqli ftrt figart r qrJii
    rr
    qmtqnrifrilqrFqdi:
    sfq{iqfAq
    r
    gqlqeilq *'q gqq.d n1f|ryq
    11
    +dri gr"{(i{r'iisqiin the text arrpearstherefore
    to be an error.

    iu""o.
    sL 88-42 g8*sscr'{: 408

    {qHTo{tgtl srqgtlffirol5stsI
    qEirsftgtt qni qnftqqitEqq.ll lc ll
    -S/ofa 38. The full lr,{oonpredorninantin strength
    is singly capableof making the person born under its
    i n f l u e n c ea v i c t o r i o u sk i n g .

    t{qr{i Fw{aiiqrdiur(qf}{drI
    fiikmrfiq'soq.ll lq tl
    sftft EgrrriTrt
    Sloha 39. Jupiter occupying the 2nd bhava in
    conjunction with Venus at the birth of a person will
    makchim a lord of the earth cap,rbleof conqueringall
    e n e m ise.
    olir *;rtrfir0 qth efqqri{rt
    t
    rrrrthonr\ il(i{isft{r qf,rqftrtt Bo tl
    Slr,ka 40. The personat whose birth the lord of
    the lst bhavais in a Kendra, thc lord of thc ttlth in the
    4th, the lord of the 9th bhava in the llth, sucha person
    will becomea king and be blessedwith long life.
    Gggwratq! e& qofr'frq.rrt
    u{ftqfUrir ilcTrtaiqi sqiltqq il Bl tl
    S/,,4'.r41. lf Mercury with its rays obscuredby
    the Sun occupv its ao?adror(Moola Trikona) and be in
    the qer (Swastha) $tate ( ritle Adhyaya 2 S/. 16), the
    personborn will b,: a king excellingin his knowledge
    of every kind of learning. Other planets similarly
    placeddo not produccthis effect.
    q.tq.qtrqm t
    sltfr gwrftrafr
    o*rEtq tqrir qR nqTq t{qr u 81 tl
    Slok,t 47. If, at a person'sbirth, the Sun and lv{er,
    cury occupy the 4th bhava, Saturn and the Moon, the
    ilruTlTrftqe Adh.vrl
    10th and Marsthe lst, the personborn will undoubtedly
    becomea king
    ftt silirrsfrEGtr
    RErsirEt
    sqrqt gt qrd il*sft sf}rfiqft.u Bl tl
    Sloka 43. Even a baseborn man becomes a king
    if at his birth the Sun occupy in the rising sign lfr€
    (Sinha) a Navamsa other tlran what belongsto Venus,
    and if Mercury be in *qr tKanya).
    qngM {r qqr{frgdrqft r
    dttd ge-dirQqTni(rwrrit'qit u BBtl
    Sloha 44. If Saturn and Mars be in the l0th, the
    5th or the lst bhava and the full Moon be in a sign
    owned by Jupiter, the person born is to becomea kinq.
    rd Roaftqfrq ffi qqt"qit Sai rfltrrr{|
    tt.qr€t qG f,rq{t qrfrsftilsil {rqFqil}{r ft B\ tl
    S/oAa 45. The lord of the rising aign occupying a
    Kendra in strength securesroyal fortune to the person
    bcrn under the yoga. If the lord of the Lagnabe aspect,
    ed by a friendly planet, the person concerned even if
    low born will either be a king or a higher personage
    worshipped and veneratedby kings.
    cf , €Klq-di
    hoi liorqpr: g€ft{\?ifhiii fir}' r
    uwfFqtq *+ rlqfifi( qrqhsrq: rl
    qatr&qrq'rqqt
    TG $Fr€r.r1{
    ffi qftmu f
    {flr! il eq tl
    SloAa .t6. Ir the lord of the rising sign occupying
    the exaltation sign aspectthe Moon, the person-bori
    s\.41-4s sEc}ssrrq: $

    under the yoga cannot but becomea leadingking in the


    world subduing millions of his foes by means of hie
    armedforcesconsistingof elephanto,tnfantry and cavalry.
    cf . srnoJ
    oailtqfi: qJi qrq-gqorcan
    14g,r( r
    qgrlqo(qqeN: qQrfi'{q{ll
    qrfqafaqqr
    or frilq *-qSq'i qolwrfutr
    guqrqhdetqrdTflcTrqaEKfll 8e ll
    Sloku 47. When the Mobn in full strengthoccu,
    pies a Kendra other than the Lagna and is aspectedby
    Jupiter and Venus, the personborn will be a king.
    Norss.
    See notes on sloka I sultro,

    otir t;qqnrt fr{qFtti frat t


    qr;qftgi (rqrqr{frfr {i"qft ll 8z ll
    \loho 48. When the lord of the rising sign occu-
    pying a *-qrna (Kendra bhava) is not depressed,nor
    obscuredby the Sun, nor in an inimicalhouse, nor in
    conjunction with another planet ; the person born will
    be an emperor'
    cf . irF{fqFo
    qgfQerqdi qE erq) {dgd: fto +.oz*rilsRil t
    eTfardqfrilft dqr qq qqqiq q fiqfifrewq. tl
    grq;(Rililer! gf,itfiq{qn t
    iltr qG {{tqtorgiwqfiffirt ll Bq lt
    Sloha 49. If, at the time of a perlon's birth, Jupi-
    ter, the Moon and the Sun occupy the 5th, the 3rd and
    the fth bhavae,the person born will be a king as rich ac
    Kubera"
    408 ltiNrfrlte Adh.vrr.
    Nores
    Cf , the latter balf of sloka 12,supra.

    ilqW {Fdft{qrst
    q€igi q{qi u{tdfi |
    s'{ri{t {r Ugt aqqfut
    g\qgd'tqftl {srqt ll \o ll
    S/oAo 5Ll. Whe n the Sun occupiesin strengththc
    rising sign Dhanus; when Mars in conjunction with
    the Moon is in the l0th bhava and whcn Venus is in
    the l lth or the 12th ; a king comparableto the lord of
    the immortalscomes into the world.
    tiaqsrRqrf flqr wqqsgqEtfkolt
    ilsil iriNitfqei sq€qqqF(al il \l tl
    S/oftrl 51. When malefic planets occupythe ,3rd,
    the llth and the 6th bhav.rsand the lord of the Lagnais
    aspectedby benefic planets; the person born will be a
    strong energeticking extolled by all people.
    cf snr4dl
    orq qnlqqt qfi qnt q;qsFr U{dEr:I
    qqfi nErq{fr{r, flq<ZqqFEd:flrg: il

    €rt{qt qftrfrqrqrgi
    ufr eqlqmqisqqr-s.i
    r
    Rqrd\wqt q{tnil
    qtiqinqe-dqra$r
    uiq n \R tl
    'When
    Sloha t2. Mars occupies in stregrgththe
    rieing sign Makara, Saturn is in the gth or the lith
    bhavaand the Sun in conjunction with the Moon is in
    tbe 7th bhava,the person born will be a fickle,minded
    sovereign.
    -""""""--""-S::: """""""-"",,""""--1'"'
    li:i3:3"
    ,./ ff<r{6
    qtqt aq(ql) qfFqtt
    fmd xftgt gftit nia\
    Rqrfttqsqt ulgar (q) qo€qril zqfi, qqrqt ll
    ur\ gt EIflt (qqq;(qr qif I
    qrfr tqgdr rtqt ftqfr qr *ralrriq tt \1 ll
    S/oftc 53. If the Moon in conjunction with Saturn
    be in the llth, the 4th or the 10th bhava, the person
    born, if of a royai family, will becorne a king or a
    wealthy man equal in rank to a king.

    qrddqqqm cgqfi q;i mrqrat


    *-rqr guq{rnqti grrrfiqifrqil qrftr t
    w?iquqrfudt{sgitrm'torRqe}olq'
    qiq ll \? ll
    qR q-<rqrii'rsqf,rdl
    q--'{ftqorqfirit
    Sloha 54. If, at a person's birth, the lord of the
    Lagna occupy an stTilq(Upachaya) place, the Moon the
    9th bhava and the benefic planets occupying benefic
    Vargasin Kendra positions have sttength, the person
    born will be a king. If Jupiter and the M<;on be in
    Vrishabha, and the lord of the rising sign occupying a
    dror(Kona) be exempt from the aspect of Saturn and
    Mars, the personat whose birth this yoga obtains will
    becomea ruler of the earth.
    ( Lutter half). ct. sl(Fdi
    $qftg3'fugSfrs\ sqqfi'qdt
    qR qegit olt*t fialqq6 rra:I
    itfqrdf
    tMisifl mR,igtnfr
    r*ft g z5' rttfll g$] enrfe$iruefi:
    h
    62
    410 crfifcrftrt Adh.vII.

    ffi fiqwffi$ffirrfrrftffirr r
    qrftfiqflaertguTqlroini a ffi d tt \\ tl
    SloAc 55. If, at a person's birth, the Sun be in
    Meenaand the Moon in Kataka,the personborn becomes
    a king. The planets one and all fail to bestow the royal
    fortune when aspectedby inimical or depressedplanete.
    EnaqfigHsugwri iiT€es
    {grrlruiti Mrrrq iirqq t
    q-qafr
    RuaRg€{a"qrfqfr
    aug?rau\(f
    {txiflqdigtr \Q tr
    Sloha 66. A single planet occupying his highert
    exaltationpoint and aspectedby friendly planetsprodu,
    ces a king (or a leader of men), Such a planet though
    single wilI makethe personimmensely wealthy if lre be
    also associatedwith another friendly planet. But when
    planeteare in inimical or depression signs, the persons
    born under the inauspiciousyoga, are (t) without
    wealth, (2) without comfort, (3) without intellect, (4)
    sickly, (5) a{flicted with captivity, (6) involved in
    murdersand 1?) other equally wicked crimes (succes,
    sively as the number of the badly placed planets rise
    graduallyfrom 1 to 7).
    Norts.
    This sloha is frorn F3rihatJataka. By the word fdz (Uitra)
    in fd+qiqtq (It{itrat,ogat), it is natural friendship iis.iq"T€ (Nisarga
    maitratva) that is meant and not the dt({Ifu{ (tatlatika).
    First half . The interpretation given above is what has been
    given by Bhattotpala, and in the face of it appearsas most unlikely.
    For, from a reference to Ilrihat Jataka XlX.I, it will be seenthat
    the Moon in Taurus aspectedby the Sun, Mars and Mercury pro-
    duces no good eflects ; aide alsa XIII-I of the same work.
    s|.67 qEgTSt"TTq: +rl
    The word gq'q: (Uchchagaha) haS been translated in the text
    as "occupying his highest exaltalion point." C/. ern-+rrftsn-
    qqrk{ c(dlqisfrg€il e} qR qqrqfr: VII-tt Supra.
    May not the word iqa (Ivlitra) in fltse: (Mitradrishtaha) mean
    the Sun ?
    By the word rgq: (Uchchagaha) Varahamihira appears to
    imply Jupiter, Mars and Saturn. Mercury and Venus are not
    taken into considerationas these can never come in opposition to
    be aspectedby the Sun. This yoga is possible in the following
    way :-
    (l) Mars in Makara and the Sun in Kataka.
    Q) Jupiter in Kataka and the Sun in Makara.
    (3) Saturnin Tula and the Sun in Mesha.
    The Sun thus in opposition to any one of these three planets
    i n e x a l t a t i o n t o g e t h e r w i t h a f r i e n d l y p l a n e t n r a k e st h e n a t i v e
    wealthy as well besidesa {r (Nripa a king or leader of men). It
    is only such rich people that suffer from very longstandingdiseases
    s u c ha s d i a b e t e s p , l e u r i s y ,e t c . , ( l , l r i h a t . i a t a k a X
    , XIII-Z-9)
    qs{@q€q$*E+ tr* r
    qris z{ftii(rq gurqnrqtri\rr\s tl
    Sloko 57. When Saturn is in the rising sign iden,
    tical with Dhanus, Meena, Thula, Mesha, Makara,or
    Kumbha, the person born will bc a lord of men, hand,
    some, intelligent and wise, and will lead a town or a
    village.
    Nortls.
    (iarga, as already pointed in ll-67 (p:rgc B2) srq)ra, has stated
    that Saturn in Thula, l)hanus or l\lleen:r identir:al rvith the Lagna
    'I'he
    is capable of producing kingship. :ruthor says thaI Saturn in
    Mesha (though his depressi,rn sign) iclentical u'ith the risrng sign
    w i l l b e s t o w k i n g s h i p , ( n r a l e f l c i n d e p r c s s i o ni s n o t b a d ) . A s r e g a r d s
    Makara, .{til.tl{{q (.lataliabharana) say's:-
    qtqiftqfriqdialafigt qqilftrqtqr: r
    \c
    er{ltrllgddrnrail qei: qt+q,tl
    (qrflqt)fiqeqrqeqr
    4t2 r|dftTlRqt Adh. VIL
    Saturn in Makara is therefore capable of conferring the appearance
    of royalty. As for Kumbha, Satyacharya has declared that sign
    Kumbha as ascendant is not auspicious, 'Ihe yavanas did not
    agree with the above view, but were of opinion that it is only the
    Kurnbha f)wadasarrrsas (in all lagnas) that are bad. This view
    has been supported bv (Srutakirti) but again opposed by
    ?afiiiil
    Vishnugupta iiqSt
    "/.
    €g

    tlqr q qiRerGqtGqq6qq"uifR r
    bqfio* qrdtqqftar)g:€{r}6sns'll
    Also rra+lfr
    =
    HiRfteqi gqBrsiqn] qil qdA I
    trrrl q rqr gfba: qffirilfi qkgw: tl
    fiuolgs
    O,rqrquqrtiloffqd) q qtre* qqt: t
    qlq s{qi onqdFurTfissodr srd ll
    qzqlqretrfrqiq qd d.fr{{rreilil0tT{ |
    \r

    flqF$qfion) q;q;qil,it q aqrq, tt


    srtqrqfir
    q $r{eff
    . \\
    {t{qR ge} q {FrtqTqqil q-{Fat
    *qiaqq} q dqrsk rtifiqsqfteqfi fisggs:rr
    Varaharnihira, cloes not agree with Satyacharya's views. Nor
    does he al)pear to agree with Vi ;hnugupta in thinkin,{ that the
    above views of Yavana are incorrect and that it is only the Kum-
    bha lagna in a birth that is bad and not the Kumbha dwadasamsa.
    For Aquarius as Ascendant is one among the several ascendants
    for Rajayogas and leaders of rnen according to Varahamihira.
    The acceptance of Kurnbha in the present case seerns there-
    fore reasonable.

    oi v.qtfqrfraEoirErcqffqu{
    u \c tl
    sl. 68 g8r{rsEqr|t: 413

    Sloka 58. The good influenceof planets is at its


    r o a x i m u mt,h r e eq u , r r t e r sh, r l f , a g u t r t e r , a t i t s m i n i r n u m
    or nil accordingas th- planetsare in th: exaltationsign,
    qorQt'rur (Moolatrikona), sta (Swakshetra), fra&n
    :
    (Mitrakshetra friendly sign), rafrz (Satrukshetra =ini,
    mical sign), depressionsign or (cJmbustion)conjunction
    with the Sun.
    NorEs'
    I n t h e c a s er . , fb e n e f i c s ,
    := (Ll.h.ha) Ful l eflect
    {zie+irq ( \,Ioo1a.t r i kona) .i!

    r.+gt (Swakshetra) I' j


    rr
    fqeq{x(ntitrakshetra) 1.
    'l
    tt

    azta (Satrukshetra.) +
    aiq (Neecha)
    e 1 d {( A r k a g a . C o r r r b ui so tn ) j
    1
    j
    t ,

    'fhis
    order should lte reverserl for the nralellcs.
    g+ro (Subhaplrala) will inr:rclse if in :,i (li, hcha). -{{qiTl{_
    c;4 ( :\subhabhevaphala ) rvill inr.reasc onl5. in qj'{ (Neecha).
    B e . e f i c s a r e g o o d i r e x a l t a t i o . , N l a l c f l r : sa r e g o o t l i n d e l r r e s s i o n .
    I\falelicsare bad in v*1 (l1c1'.h',1.
    'fhe
    proportions given above are rvith respcct to benelrcs. In
    t h e c a s e o f r n z r l e f i c sw e r l t u s t r e v e r . s e t h c r : f l e r : t s; e . O . a b e n e f i c
    in eraltatio'gi'es'ery g o r r l r . s u 1 t ; ( i . e . f u l l . ) ; i n r l e l ; r e s s i < t .l l l 6
    e f l e c t . A r n a l e l l c : i n i ' l - t ( N t , e rh : r ' rr ; r r s t g i v e ' j g o o d e f l e c t a n d i n
    ea (Llch,:ha) I /.32good eftect. f'his rvill be founcl to hold sood
    for frnance.
    jIrJldr:-

    qfi' dti q{q(ft( qftr}ur fFqter-


    q*i eS dqgqr{'ft
    f{*ir rrg}rq r
    eirnqrt ftqft r U'i Aq\ f,tqlsfi
    q)ffi n*rr€qfA&"dsqlFqlqq fl q II
    414
    i \

    {tfirFtfttcRt Adh. vll.

    ffi sqilqfr'qat eq:qo gelq Rtqrfi t


    alqdftg6e,i|ft'rano'trrftiit gftfq: tl
    S e ea l s o V I I I ' l 1 6 i n f r a '

    n qsrr{gw*rrr; ll
    q6ftqtqttqg$ufrqqrnr
    "
    Sq{etqimqEgrrEfUgt!|
    hrrRqcr qfq qil €qurdq-
    qrs6rrqrcmrqiqqnqE{i( ll \q ll
    Sloha 59. Accordiilg ag Mars, Mercutv, .lupiter'
    Venus or Saturn possessingthc greateststrength and oc-
    cupying a Kendra is in the qoB+ior (Moolatrikona),
    .t-u (S*^kshetra) or srq (Swochcha),will the result'
    rra (Bhadra),i'e
    ing Rajayogabe namedta+ (Ruchaka),
    (Hansa), croac (Malavya) or r{{t (Sasa)the beautiful'
    "r',
    cf tttrl4"i
    qi) q qoe+q qfift: elqFqtql qt'
    {nls IwFaE"tsafi'}iid'lrct qq t
    qtz"ditqn: {ri'ts'lt,f}ii tq*r qqwqlll
    Al so al4q,l {il t{
    ,qif66s rr+rt-eqt\ r+itqiqlsa
    fa(ogc;l: t
    *,qq iitqr eq+r."qqeQqlpqqTa6q{afiiflil:ll

    GrK:{iw+ vorFm+gr'{iutftttofiml
    qoeeqrrtqngqroi
    111€1 6gqt I
    ilsrrsrFrr
    gwrlt ft mftffi
    onoqrc.Eird:qtiqoa
    wnuladtilgql ffi gtql t{rg{Slfrql ll Ro ll
    81. 61 qgfr5qnr: 416

    Sloha 60 The person born under the auspicious


    tao (Ruchaka) yoga will possess physical strengtn,
    fotrune, fame and iine qualities. He will have a know'
    ledgeof sciences; he will be versedin the sacredhymnc,
    the method of praying with themand the art of producing
    magicspells, He will becomea king or a king's compeer'
    t{e will have a lovely attractive person; he will be
    libzral, victorious and wealthy. He will live 70 yearE
    in comfort and happiness,commarrdingan army with a
    good supply of fleet horses.
    Nores.
    ln the following 3 slokas from (I(4o1 the eflect of binh in
    the ts;h.{'}qis given in more detall :

    {tqle' q;omFn{gdino: Fr{Frqrg{ri-


    q'efi+wq: t
    arrS.dfe*rr{{ot(q(dl
    {s{qlftsfi{i Rgqeqqq:4qino-6:ssFl:
    rr<l qwi Gcgtftnir:qrTI{HsrEqE:
    tl
    1t
    €rs€Rq(Ura
    €ilsqHrtrT+r$*ae<1qft {tf,rw*r I
    HA€q'i s dq +tti $d'-{qeqq.tt
    q"qrftqngq|€Fqoql
    unfu qsfAsqlErr{tfl{ r
    fl;uq1qoflaft{t(
    dreTnoEilffg: qqlft tqRtq Q?fi:11
    Also $.s-{iftqr.ch. vI-sl. 2.

    qtqort aqi,fi rurriqislinlcgi?rhaqd


    I
    q
    wi oulfrq{ilittqq'qwqr'qqtffiR ll Et ll
    Sloha 67. If, out of thc lords of the 9th, the l lth
    and the 2nd bhavas,there be but one that occupies a
    Kendra position in respectto the Moon and if Jupiter
    be the lord of the 1lth bhava, the person born under
    the yc-rgawill becomethe ruler of a full,blown empire.
    4t6 qerqtftile Adh.vrl.
    Norrs.
    I t i s n c t c l e a r w h y t h i s s l o k a i r a s b e e nb r o u g h t i n h e r e . T h e
    r e a d i n gi s s l i g h t l y d i f l e r e n t i n n ' . 2 ' r f t d tc l a . .

    erirqqiwi+ruqitmisfQ q'qqE*{qff r
    € grolqtfqdi{tiit+usqlq;qqfa-cqift
    rt
    The following slokas frcm qi,lsrTtiTd describing in detail
    t h e y o g a s c a u s e d b y t h e l o r d s o f t h e s e v e r a l h o u s e se a c h o c c u p y i n g
    a Kendra position with respect to the J;qo{ will be found to be
    useful in this connectron:

    sSaiq€qqtq*-qq q;qdfl(
    qTdA qg iih: sr{rr}qrfi{qrq:t
    .f-A\
    qgd(gulf,ullglqqFqlnffi€I
    qqfi zqfrqqJqrfiqirTqtq: ll
    gfhwart ag *;qqft F{ri{aq{dlzq*{gpq: r
    qrn] {iqq q\-q1t,it qqrqqTflftrg+rar{tll
    Hnrftq:$;qra: +iifi frqcsqlrtqfrdis fit r
    Hif;aa: erGqq] fiani g*d*al dqqflrqgr,itl
    oetfqq:ft;qrn: +ilfi q.},rrfi{l;I
    $o5qqrcq{I
    qa{il;qrqftmqmfiqqfiq\if €g dr qrd:tl
    g?tftt ft;qqt q.*q: qlFqq{ITiI 1lu}rr+iirr
    qdlsd .iltsfboqreFdrqtr{igr} zqfiqfhq,rr
    guqrfqtgoqfiqraErt rarwfb,gr?q qq *l' 1
    ulfqq.rg* agurrqgnit a\'qw* qqqrfqgr,tt
    {I-qtdit trqt n}*qe}{fi;4: ql.glrf,TqrFtqn: I
    qrdi fiRi *(fiq, ieil,ii ,i\qrRm,qqdrqlqftflq' rr
    orqTqlt$-qt +rrtg: Fflr qJ,iiqrqt'd:T;rR: I
    tflqr$, tfiir q-qg6)S6ara, nq-Sg|qgu, ll
    sI. 62-6ff Gtsrttssrq: 417

    {rmqrrq} qqqftI qtrlwqlerd


    II
    urqnlagqRdrggrlomT{qqfiPql
    nd rguiqqrd?gorrdlq+rrilfr+r
    { qrs{tfriqilrgifiiigoryrqdiGqqrqlt qRll
    Sloha 62. With the faceof thetiger, with the ma'
    jestic gait of the elephant, with a broad massivechest,
    with lcng brawny rounded arms and of a commanding
    stature, the man born under the Bhadra (rrq; yoga will
    be a king high'spirited and diligently devoted to the
    befriendingof kinsmenand well'wishers. He will reach
    the ageof 80 displaying commrnding genius and enjoy'
    ing vast fame and extensive wealth.
    NorBs.
    This slolra is talren 6.o- q1114d' Three nrore slokas from
    that work on the sanle yoga are extracted below:

    TSTfRSa irrarggi g*qqdldq€lsoFfi Raq fdl{t(: 1


    trglti6r15g,qqfrq'F'{dE:gqlill: ||
    q HrgelaqrTqqqlT
    nrqdfi(qfrgd: flqflHda3lfrwiiqqfi qpt flrgrga: I
    €.s{hq{fi{(: ga-na{g}qt{, fFqncqlfrnsEnhut{n:
    tt
    €it;QT:r{*r{g qnqftuFlElql I
    UFqi Rqqarc fqeiqfla*. ft: tl
    fifildTqffiftql grtqot E{|ttc *"qEi'
    qkrg: g$IIITfi€Gar mq{gaq!gdi I
    qoiltffi gor!qtdfffri gurt
    rrrttqr?qtt
    qrfrsalfr*ql*ii qg{ ilgFr'{lr{RERll ql ll
    Stoha 63. The personwhose good fortune it is to
    be born under the teq?rthas these characteristics: He
    has ared mouth and a prominent nose; hi6 legs are
    63
    418 rrcrc|ft!rt Adh. vtl.
    well,formed; he has the voice and the phlegm of the
    Bwan; he is fair,linbed; he is blessed with a beautiful
    wife; he is himself lovely like the God of love ; he has
    every comfort at his ccmmand; he is intent on acqui.
    ring a knowledgeof the sacred scriptures; he is acute;
    has great merits ; his life is 82 years; he is beneficient
    and devotedto virtue.
    Notos.
    Tbe following slokas from (rtlsd give more information
    about this yoga.

    ror<ifanqrfrr:gxui)QR:qnaFqq]
    ilr, {tqrq}o{sfrrq}
    $er' *uqo, I
    tqr ;qisaqrw.e grr0fifr nqrorqt.
    s
    Ia6: qrq{'rlgltrght ilr q m ftrt, tt
    ^ a \ . \ \\

    ufreralg rut dg i qfr qqlfii{tqri: I


    ,ifearrarfiOk..rlsgerfr
    t"dq qootqfi:
    tl
    qrfR tnrt wg
    Ttqq rrTFsl{rtqlqgiFi1r€lq
    I
    qaTaa;t ru\ld ilfr{ u
    ;iiiaqqi a.{rq{{T€qt
    See also q-o(ifcar ch. 6 St. 3.

    qiisrofrilrg.sFqaqar
    fi;q{uro?guri
    iqdi gaqRElfiqatqrrqleifrtqfie{|t
    sifl aruqriill{;xq<lftFlrqlq(qt(( I
    {Hv6EgqiiqnuiaiiqrdEqqjrirm{r
    u qB tl
    \a^

    Sloka 61. The person born under the wrsaqqtq


    has the gestures,the gracefulbodily $tructure and the
    eyes o{ a female; he is handsome, meritorious and
    powerlul ; he is blcsscd with children, wife, vehicles
    and '* ealth ; he knows the meaningof the sacredecrip,
    tureE ; he rs learnecl
    : he rs clever in the applicationof
    sl. 65 ef,dhlqf{: 119

    the three regal powers-energy, capacityand counseli


    he is liberal ; he is fondly addictedto other women and
    he wili attain to the ageof 77.
    cf. strtrdl
    q FTfrfr q ftqqqgalftntrr$HFq-
    t'i fl1q' flilqftfi€f6ilq: grr;q: I
    w iisrlr: sqfAfiq]qrghrTgqrft -
    qte",iisqfresfhTq:Hsfii:q{rutT{ tl
    q+r 1frqn flnrfi qflrsorfi)."1q mqnatqn ftrdq I
    rTra--qflflqga:
    n Uqfhiq orZRHrTr€ilfh;gqqrRqnT1 tl
    qfr qr difi irilqoril! tqrqiir s(lft-
    qidiqlqr?ak{sTqt qTilrsttforr r
    tqdt iiqqruqfuittnrqlfrsitilsfgrfi
    qftrfrTflrtqqit?
    mt qni{lruio*rqil E\ tl
    Sloha 65. The person born in the nildtrr (Sasayoga)
    may be a king, a minister, or a ^,eneralhauntingwoods
    and mountains; he is cruel hearted,and would even de,
    ceive in his easerpursrritof metallurgy;he is bountiful;
    he hrs wrathful eyes;he is spirited;he is lovingly devo.
    ted to his moth:r, he is brave; he hasa dark form; he
    lives for 70 years. He is a voluptuary and inclined to
    play the paramourwith the objectsof his guilty love.
    cf. eRHfi
    aEQrrnlqqft, wlsi nfrsfnqlitfrErqqn: I
    aarflgijgqiig wr' qr,i.qql
    qrfAegqRe:
    lr
    qqlarjt qafifqrn\a'grarRf*fi-
    qrit.it qqft firnaaa: +He: r
    4n rr"r'rlRqt Adh. vII.

    dsW: ru-dtJnrTero:gfrif
    qs} flrq] *gfixrdt r-q1..1q\fl{ rr
    q{nrie{wre€qglTloT,ftfrqqrqR +t qdf q \w r
    qqtfhseftflnrfi*tfi nsqqmfld+:fHfrqfr:
    *8fr q++:tl
    C/. no{ifr+r ch. 6 sloka 4.
    qq qiqq qt sili qo{r{ ifawgal t
    srfuqlrrrffiilgqE{rrd$'urr{rn qq tl
    Sloha 66. [n such planetary conjunctions as ql*'i'r.r
    (Adhi.yoga, airie slokas 113 115 infra.) the powerful
    planetto which the yoga is due and which has the aspect
    on itself of lesspowerful planetswill producethe effect
    of the yoga in its (nr (dasa)period.
    Nores.
    This is a quotation from q,i€rq. The time when a yoga
    takes effect is as describedin this sloka in the case of all yogas
    except those which are effectiveall through life and the Rajayogas
    where the 4{ri (dasa)and q;dt{t (Antardasa)periodsof^thelord or
    the occupant of the Lagna or the l0th bhava will bring about
    kingship.
    cf. {{cskrd
    C
    il;qof.-q{wr qq€q I
    mqungdqr.fiE{rHi
    f}qgqq{qlrqfrm€cqr
    n3f,taqe<rilq{nqi rl
    ll rrrfiqTq+rr:ll
    qrdhtlqt gt rrftrgdrgrqfbeq.ffir
    r
    q;(ksTuTrrilt
    gFE{lIt'itTr€ErTKStrI
    qt qpfidTrrsrf{uqqr flqr{ftr.qilt
    rrr;q{aftf{qqr{Trftilfqdir!fq?iirriq rrQutr
    Sloha 67. If Mercury be in the Znd bhavawith
    respect to the Sun, if the Moon be in the llth with
    sl. 68-69 qafr5tzlrT: 421

    respectto Mercury and if Iupiter be in a +fu (Kona)


    with referenceto the h.4oon,the yoga is calledBhaskara
    (rrrt+t). Thc personborn in the qR.{q'trr(Bhaskarayoga)
    is brave,lord like, versed in the interpretation of the
    scriptures,handsome,wit[i a rvealth of musical tones,
    good at reckoning, resoluteand comperent.
    q;(ri}sqrrt $qi qfrgar(a qrfirqq'qr(
    '3TR
    Esge! i{tf,t;IlE;T.irqiej q{roil€;ql I
    rFlTr(Rr{ql:g{t$gq{tt $irq qr iii0qi
    qriii ilrf?frrqroprrhsqqmqrf.qq:
    il qc tt
    .S/oio ti8. If Mars be in thc 3rd bhava from the
    Moon, Slturn in thc Trh frc:n Mars, Venus in the 7th
    from Saturn,and Jupit.-r irr thc ?th from Venus, the
    yoga is styled Indr,t. fh: pcrson born in this yoga
    wili bc cclcbratcdramiable, r.rorthy of r,lyal rank or in
    s o m es i m i l a r p o s i t i o n ,e l o q u e n ta n Cp o s s e s sIeo f w e a l t h ,
    liverse ornamelrts,fame,bcaut) and prowess

    gsq qlurqfiger g{gii: gi {rfi qriilri:


    fi;qqmqqnh&Rqnii 'ipit qrda*r t
    qtrTiiE{tgiTfr
    ft{roUqqfr{ui(it ilrqia(
    wql mqiimqgS{d {FilsrIEIdi{Tqlll qq ll
    Slofra 69. If Jupitrr occupy a Kona from Venus,
    the Mocn the 5th bhavafrom Jupiter, the Sun a Kendra
    from the Moon, the rcsulting yoga is termed cedFr
    (Maruthyoga),i e. wind yoga The personwho has his
    birth in the arg,i'rn(Vayuyoga) wili be eloquent,broad-
    br.-asted,big,beliied,conversant with the tcriptures,
    thriving, clever in striking bargains,and of royal rank
    or in some position approachingthereto.
    4m qril5qffi.rIe Adh. VII.

    qrffdefiTrrr
    o*6il W*'rfi GqsT
    d'hrnnffi q qrwirrfrqf ir gqrqf,iifmt
    n0 \ \
    ilcil{rgrt{TlrtsTrsgstotrqrfiilarrr
    ftg I
    ilWF TTTHTruqCil gFrrTqtr-q lt s" 11
    ,\\\A3\

    Sloha 70. When Jupirer is in the Lagna, the


    Moon in a Kendrr from Jupiter, Rahu in the gnd bhava
    from the Moon, the Sun and Mars in the 3rd bhava from
    the same,the resulting yoga is designatedgsirTr (Budha
    yoga'). The person born in the gqi^m (Budhayogarhas
    the majestvof a king. His strength will be matchless
    and his name celebr.rted;he will be conversantwith
    the scriptures. He will be skilled in traffic, talented
    and without enemies.

    rtMq:rt
    onrQftRqtt qfq qr r{(er
    *qffi) q{fr qt{€urfrait r
    3rffiqii;gsfim.riatqi.ilr
    ffiqqsil Aqor{qt n c( tr
    Slohn 71. When the Moon occupying the lst or
    the 7th bhava is without the benefic aspe.t cf Jupiter
    upon it, the result is *rrqc'rirr (Kemadrumayoga) If the
    number of dots in the [h..s occupiedby planets(aide
    Adhyaya l0) be very d:ficient, theseaswellas all weak
    planetsproduce the effect of hcacqlq (Kemadrumayoga).

    fad+arEi'qrtat tqntgt t
    irrsqiiiteru sl tl
    $ahilr gqwdr{rq€a$T
    $1.?3-76 €8qlss{rq: 423

    rinii gtuureq,qtGat q{a rrnir(qI


    qodrntrqtilr}6qEqq(i qiq ll \el ll
    \9

    SloA,rsiz 73. lf the 2nd. the 12th and both the


    houses from the Moon be occupicd by planecsother
    than the Sun, the yogasare termed g<nr (Sunapha)wtnt
    (Anapha) and gtstr (Dhuradhara) rcspectively. In the
    absenceof thesethree yogas,the artrologermay declare
    the effectof *qqsr{m (Kemadrumayoga).
    NorBs.
    cl. .Fo{Tfq-{r
    .\
    li{'{iFg gqslsnsK{g{r€i( :sit{q
    g *ngr: tt
    ftqtfiifqf,iiRfiarqr
    Vide also sloka 83, infro.

    wi qqr* qR alqe} qnt{r+qrfi qftaqlrrqI


    qii;go{Iih*ri iiqrrqiqmihi qngf (qI <rq ll \eull
    5hku 74. When chc Moon in conjunccion with
    the Sun occupiesa male{ic Navamsa and is aspectedby
    a depressedplauet, the person born experiencesthe
    effect of ti.re qftqq'rn(Daridrayoga). The very 6ame
    e f f e c tf o l l o w s a l s oi n t h ( ' c n s eo f t h e p e r s o nw h c s e b i r t h
    takcsplaceat nighc tim': wlren the 8th bhava from the
    waning Moon is eithcr aspcctcdor occupiedby a malefic
    planet.

    iiWsqri(qt{iGt;*qftiqi qrsqfrrtli t
    qfr aaqGell \e\ ll
    qqrtfaru+qret
    €emgtfr-qui
    Sloku 75. When the Moon seized by Rahu or
    Ketu is aspectedby a malefic planet, the personborn
    soon gets into poverty. When the houge representing
    424 crf,lFrrrfr.ire Adh. VII.

    ,
    by a malefic planet, the samee{fec follows. say-the
    astrologers
    qt qrntqgiTqwitshqraftqiftmd'r
    C<ftqqq r
    qhrr?qtqurrf
    figin?qdq* gorr.rufg nqTqqFiTtl
    Slctka'7(t, When the Moon aspectedby a l-.cnefic
    p l a n e tw o r s t e di n p l a n e t a r yf i q h t i s s l i z e db y R a h u o r
    Ketu in an cclipsc, the person born is indigent. The
    sameis the effect when the Moon occtrniesin the aigrr
    Thula the qri (Varga) owned by an ininrical sign and is
    a s p e c t ebdy a d e p r e s s c od r i n i m i c a lp l l u . . t
    ;i +tqi?drqirRq+iqiqri'qrifui
    q;ilq"€qftTr;blTtiqii qfifr uiq r
    n r!1. \
    qqt{ KgqlTq(iq{UQq( qildlsEqr
    !\' \ \ .\

    qraiqrr?qiia'rlqqgd'iiaqerqiHi
    tr \e\etl
    S l o k u 7 7 . W h e n t h e M o o n o c c u p y i n ga K e n d r a
    o r a K o n a i s i n t h e e f l V a r g a ) o f i t s d e p r e s s i o no r
    i n i m i c a ls i q n a n d w h e n J u p i t e r i s i n t h e 1 2 t h , t h e ( r t h
    or the tirh bhava from tlie Moon, the person born will
    b e i n d i g e n t . A g a i n , i f t h e M o r ; n o c c u p y i n ga m a l e f i c
    * { r ( A m s a )a n d a s p e c t e b d y a n i n i m i c a l p l a n e tb e i n a
    m o v e a b l cs i g n o r i f t h e m ; r l e f i ca m s a o c c u p i e db y t h e
    Moon thus aspectedbelongto a moveable sign and if
    the Moon h;rvc riot the aspcct of Jupiter u1,.on it, the
    p o v e r t y o f t h e p e r s o nb o r n i n t h i s y o g a w i l l b e u n p a r a l ,
    leled
    q;'i;qEd qrftqraie* aiqdiqrqqaqfiqrft
    t
    q*e{{jiErqit rmi,i' qrdrsf'{
    *ugnri.rar?tt ue tt
    S l o k a 7 8 . I f S a t u r na n d V e n u s o c c u p y i n gt h e V a r ,
    gaso[ depressed or inimical malefic planetsbe aspected
    sl. 7g-& sg*sqrq: 426

    eachby the other or occupy one and the same sign, the
    personborn under this yoga, though of a princely family
    will experiencethe effectsof hcqq+rrt(Kemadrumayoga).
    qi qrqgi g qTqqqtqTqiqr+
    {r frftr
    'frtin ffitiki rr(qa*qafr.t qi( t
    rrrqqnqfiibt €oS diqh*s.t ileTI
    q* ftqgi fttrr $rtfr sililaT*qur ll \eqll
    Stoha 79. When the Moon in conjunction with a
    malefic planet and occupyingat night a malefichouseor
    maleficNavamsa, is aspected by the lord of the 10th
    bhava and is void of strength, the result is +ffacch
    (Kenadrumayoga). Again *h.n the Moon in' the
    depressionNavamsais associatedwith a planet in the
    eo (Khala) state (aide Adhyaya 2, slohas16-18) and
    aspectedby the lord of the 9th bhava, there is the yoga
    *cqc (Kemadruma). Thirdly when the Moon is on
    the'waneand occupiesthe depressionsign, the person
    born at night has to experiencethe effect of *rTrcfrrr
    (Kemadrumayoga).

    11ftqffiqffiq:
    \3
    ll
    ft{ndt t-aqt Uqjqrqiifht tq qt'taqi.tt
    gqftqi in gqq€qir* qtii*i tq qfiaqinrll do ll
    Slolc 80. There is no yoga producing poverty
    when the Moon or Venus occupyinga Kendra is aspect'
    eclby Jupiter. Again when rl," Moon associatedwith
    a benefic planet or belwe:entwo benefic planets is
    aspectedby Jupiter, the qilari'ru (Daridrayoga) does not
    exict.
    64
    426 q{dtqrRulil Adh. vil.

    qfsftiqriqqgwlai{rqa{
    GfiEi{fqR qfteaqriqdiqrt
    xd a* g'{gt Gii gqqri
    di+ihifiqqt q qiqiin:ri dq tl
    S / o l r r r8 1 . I f t h e M o u n o c c u p y i r r gt h c N a v a m s ao f
    a s i g n o f a v e r y f r i e n d l y p l a n e t o r o f i t s e x r r l t a t i o nr r r t r
    ( R a s i )a n d i s a s p e c t c db y J u p i t e r , t h e p e r s o nb o r n w i l l
    bc exempt frorn poverty. Again, wiren tha full Moon
    occupiesthc Lagrrain conjunction'with a benefic planet,
    or when the Moon occupying thc 1r.lth bhavais in its
    exaltationand aspectcdby Jupiter,the personborn will
    not be poor-

    qit hqrt qrt qfkq uikq .qftrhI


    o^.
    ^
    {rwir{il iqqr{f}aait eqrqEriaqtfil cR tl
    Slohu 82. )f in any iroroscopc*cEn.frrr(Kerna:lru-
    m a y o g ac) o m c si n , t h e R r j a y o g a d
    s i s a p p c i rl i k e e l c p h a n t s
    o n s e i n ga l i o n .
    A Q \ iC-\
    T€€li[ $Trfits;tr6tgtgfl q1;s1gq-Q{![{i
    utatrfuqi)1frs-q"w
    g qgrtr hqnqitotwfi t
    '
    t'i qtnqise{{IqE'jer,qili iuqi
    hfirh'qqqinhsq qqirgffiqf(qr q i tr dRtl
    S/o/a,zri-1. When plarrets otlrerthlrr th': Sunoccupy
    the 2nd, thc 12th,or both the 2nd and thc l2th houses
    from the N{oorr,thc rcsulting3 yo,1as arer,:spcctivciy styl,
    ed ganr (Sunapha\, wanr(Anapl-rr) and gtrrr (I)hurudhar;r).
    I r i s d e c l a r c db v t h e m a j o r i t yo f a s t r o l o g c r st b a t i n t h c
    abscnceof the 3 yog;rsdcfinedabove, there is the *c4c-
    drrr (Kemadrumayoga).Rutthereare otherswho wou-ld
    sl. g3 qg*sqrq: 427

    not allow the *lrecqtrr (Kemadrumayoga)where the *;{


    (Kendra) (calculJtedfrom the Lrgna or tira Moon) is
    associatedwith a planet. Scme there are who declare
    that the 3 yogasganr (Sunapha),uanr (Anapha) and gturrr
    (Dhurudhara) are to be reckon:d from the presenceof
    planetsother than the Sun in the 4th and the 10rh Ken,
    dra from the Moon insteadof f rom rhe 2nd and the l2rh
    housesfrom the Moon; and the absenceof any of th:se
    3 yogas indicates the presenceof ilcac (Kernadruma).
    Another classwould declarethe three |ogm in ref erence
    to the.Navamsaoccupiedby the Moon, i.c. f ind the Rrsi
    owrring the Navemsa which the lr{oon occupies; if
    reckoningfrom this Rasi,thc 2nd or the l2th R;rsi or
    both be occupied by planets oth.:r than the Sun, these
    three yogasexist. *cec (Kemadrurnr)is the abserrceof
    any of these3 yogas. But rhe holdersof theselasr two
    viewsn are not recogoised as authorities in the scicnce
    of astrology.
    NorBs.
    l'his and tlre next trvo slol<as are taken frorn grsll"Td.
    Nole.--In, the yogas ytropctttn,lc,l lty lhis sl.oku, tlrc Sun is
    rtlutoy:; l;.ept ottt ttf consi,,lerrttiott..
    (ltirst hqlf ). Thi: authoritics rclied on l;y qrt{tqt?r with
    regirrd to this half of tlrc slolil a[)peirr to be {ri(i{t, rll;itr{i{
    and {ra!ll{r{€ an<l srrch otlrer n'orlrs, rvlrerc. in the absencc of the
    8 yogas Qtiz.) ('1.rq, s;f[t and -.o'1rr), 'L-q4{ is rieclarcd as positive.
    cf . r,i< e'i<r.
    Bi+RdEg 1r qr qr fFqts'qfFqaqqi(
    r
    3iil ,j}{rRfq'Sfiodr: qFRirqqfiq'}:tl
    gn$TqrqsrqrEqiEgrg{rsfq qI
    eT;q,lrqf,qfift,ilrT:
    tqdq: F€d:ll
    x But parasara
    has recognisedthe last two views.
    428 lrurrcrftlla Adh. vII.
    Also qr-qtqq
    eriq s€ qrt{ fiat il gftaf}qq:r
    erodqqfrQiqrtel-itqr1 n1*+qTFrtl
    faR FqgaurrraiRfrqrqqhfrq r
    ca fifk qalqt.qlq Wg\efEtt
    {-fraqqa:lF} q}qr*raq, FEa:1
    HaEqHaE*Tsa
    {flFqf,rdq€fall
    (Thir:d guarter), En riit< (Varahamihira)relies on trt(Garga),
    for the principle laid down in this qra(pa,ia)of the sloka, who says
    that, in the absenceof any of the 3 yogasabove stated,theiqqqqlT
    ( K e m a d r u m a )w i l l b e n r i t i g a t e do r n u l l i f i e d b y t h e p r e s e n c eo f
    any of the five planets lMars, I\fercury, Jupiter Venus and Saturn
    i n a K e n d r ao r b y t l r e M o o n ' s a s s o c i a t i o nl v i t h a n y o n e o f t h e m .

    The words "*i aTn+isqatlQfa" are also capable of being


    interpreted "+t qitm+iqtitli tiqet q{gh" that is, if the Mooo
    occupy a Kendra (calculated frorn the Lagna) or be associated
    w i t h a p l a n e t ( o n eo f t h e f i v e a b o v e n a n r e d ) . I l u t r h i s h a s t o b e
    rejected on the authority of srr€0iiir rvho says c&4 {ri{rqrqsiA:
    h.hi sfi-dlagtft-(gassrd{ Ch. VL Slolia l) and on the authority
    of sloka 77 supra. The above interpretati 'n is also opposed to
    tlie principle laid dorvn by Garga who hzrssaid:
    t\ ^ . \
    oqqlq{;qqaFqTldnr qrg q {dQ: I
    +flrsdlar q:i offrit-qqftsqET
    tl
    .ilq' *saq] nTrT
    dEr€ndr qRa: t
    qqf;dfiflqnrqruqrfiqrqftngdt:tl
    That is, if the 2nd or the l2th house counted from the lvloon
    or any of the Iiendras-whether reckonedfrom the Moon or thJ
    I-agna-be not be occupied by any one of the five planets, Mars,
    Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, the resulting yoga is Kema-
    druma, &c.
    SI. 83 SgrIIStzrq! 429

    cl. Also gqr+<


    rrqFdgqsnslgtUg qqr;elqi:
    *ffirAftn*fiGaq hraq' t
    q +,rc+qtqt qrftgt a hegfr
    fiu)' ogelrR, nftrqri{+rcq;s\: ll
    The correct interpretation of the words therefore are (l) +ti
    arq cftad( at eagt Efo - That is, " if one of the Kendras or
    the Moon be associatecl with a planet " ("nl' one of the five abovr-'
    named) ; ( 2 ) t4;r[io+,rsqat et{'a - " If I(endra be devoid of
    the l\{oon or be occupied by a planet " (^ny one of the five above
    n a m e d ) . T h i s i n t e r p r e t a t i o n w i l l c o r r e s p o n c lw i t h t h e a b o v e q u o t e d
    Garga's principle as aiso that of Kalyanavarman who says :

    gqsrqsrgtg{I:tf,iq q}'lt qaf}aqfqrRi: t


    qqflF\, tfi rqqt--qzrf4$: 11
    fr-tr=eft
    qt n qil.iiqr: h=aqdqfil:il{i$a I
    *rgriisfi+e:{rf{fi q qiqqrr} tt
    Iironr the above, it will be seen that, according to Garga
    t h o u g h t h e p o s i t i o no f a n y o n e o f t h e f i r ' e p l a n e t s i n a n y o n e o f t h e
    l i e n d r a s w i l l a n n u l o r a n n i h i l a t e t h e e f l e c t so f t h e K e r t r a d r u m a -
    yoga, it cloesnot produceany of the 3 yogasSunapha, Anapha and
    -'hurudhura.

    ll'{ote.-The llfoon in a Kenrlra ossociated rcith one of the


    fiue ytlanets does not,f estroll the.e.ffect,
    ttf the Kenndrunruyoga].

    ( Ftnrth quarter). flut the Yavanls went further. Sruta'


    kirti, one of the Yavanasdeclaredthat the presence of any of the
    planets(l) in the 4th house from the Moon is Sunapha (Z) in
    t h e l O t h h o u s eA n a p h a a n d ( l ) i n t t r e 4 t h a n d l O t h h o u s e si s D h u -
    rudhura. c/.
    q;iqgii: gqsrEnqFt:+lfrorsqqr
    ftti: t
    s{qFqikgn *qqqflfnils-qqrq}r: ll
    d80 {rcwrRsri Adb. VII.

    Devasarman went still further than Srutakirti and declared


    theyogas with refereuce to the Nav4msaof the Nfoon. c/.
    qqlfhfli riirig,{{t ffqfi ft'lo: I
    n{aft+fF*.it'r,ganreqqdtffrar
    tt
    t
    ft'nr\rqqriiqrfrdarqqrftqt:
    frd gugrriitrts'q,rr
    tqqq: Fqd:tl
    f'lre above tno views, uiz,, Lhoseif Srutakirti and Devasar'
    man are not acceptedby Varahamihira or other old astrologers'
    B u t K a l y a n n \ / a r m a ns e e m st o a t t a c h s o r n ew e i g h t t o t h e v i e r v so f
    Srutakirti' cf , sKt{€i

    gnsri{a *;qfi,qt'ifiqif}aq asxq'lrlr:I


    q;qretiiqfidr:
    q(rg qrilr?ittgfrgwgi+rtnt
    fia'qrrftq$Ug o+t tt
    But V:trahamihira as also Satyacharya would appear to be
    strict followers of Skanda and Prajapathi. c/. eolwm'l
    +arei};iiq\:gnst I
    ffiqF{ Hrqariiqnt
    :rrfi,ft{rgil *rqqW+,i*s;+: tl
    And uet
    g{w.qnsr?i1,ili}tg.ur-4nfFqa:
    fren t
    IiI{ zsil qt-tnqq,fifr5
    {ai;&t tt
    +qeilsa ,iirits;q,llqlaa nf{n l-r t
    P a r l s ; t r : rl r . o r ^ r , t h a t t h e a b s e n c er - ' f p l a n e t si n t h e 2 n < la n d
    l 2 t h h o u s c :f,r o r n t l r c X I o , r nc a u s c s K c r r r a d r u r r i a ' c / .

    cfiairilifaq gani frriisisr;sft'{-i


    fF'iHa :
    Fir;sF\:cqti\egrguq*€rr\trairr
    iQaurut a tQhetr: hq4q:skl{I
    iriqlitftf{: F€flI:,3frf}arfr,ri' nm$}Ril: 11
    T h e p r e s e n c eo f t h e p l a n e t s i n i h e K e n d r a s , t h e M o o n ' s a s s o -
    ciation with any of thet.r.r,the aspect of all the planets over the
    5t 83 q8fisqrq: 431

    ere Iiemadruma does


    not c-rperate. For ParasarasaYS:

    rrtuig: t{f,nr} qil qr s?' q)'iitqrTlul:


    sitfi I
    italg"q rre'il qgsqqcmtt'raq AFahqAi q tt
    qHQar:hoqqdgtrui grii .ittrafqhre.,i\seqt
    . -c .^ \ ,on
    gE Fa € qe FlqQlq$gr gql Hise q lelq{q ll
    - ! :--'

    \ \ \ . A ^

    €q5 q;qqlTlg qq qdTEtffdq( |


    nqqsqeu ug: 11
    *wgnfr.+r,ilqr,
    See also the follorving sloka frorn {t(I{dl'

    suqnQqqe*flqqqrotqqft:
    rrqirIQfiqTi{qqH q{: qtd l,
    .\ \ \
    norgqgu-q qq ifiTTgql?q
    qqfi qgqql'I:nli+i\ fqilf{: tt
    T h e r e a r e 3 l v a r i e t i e so f S u n a p h a ,3 1 o f A n a p h aa n d 1 8 0 o f
    Dhurudhara. c/. gnmr

    gnwqs,itqri+frnaqFafi t
    qRftilnq.tt
    olt goi daqqfrsr
    'fhe
    Tal<e for exanrple the Sunapha yoga. second hottse from
    the l\loon nriry contain one, t w o , t h r c e , f o u r o r a l l the fir'e planets
    l o i e . \ T a r s , M e r c u r y , l u p i t e r , V e n u s a n d - S a t u r r t ) . _T h i s w i l l b e i n

    5 , 1 0 ,1 0 , 5 a n d I o r 3 l r v a r s - f C + ' b + b + c + c l . S i m i l a r l y
    I J ;i l. ;
    with tlre Anapha yoga

    Norv take the case of a Strnapha yoga where the srcond house
    from tht: Moon is occupied by only one planet' In order to make
    lhis a Dhurudlttro yog;r tlre l2th house from tlre Moon rnay con-
    tain one, trvo, three or f,.,ur planets. This can be in 4f 6+4+l
    1.l.l.t
    [C+C+C*C] or 15 ways. So, for one Sunapha yoga where the
    l23t
    2nd house is occupied by one planet, there are l5 varieties of
    4gZ qtwrfrcrt Adh.VII.

    Dhurudhura yoga possible. Therefore, for the 5 varieties of


    Sunaphayoga with I planet in the 2nd house there are 5 x I 5 or 75
    varieties of Dhurudhura yoga.
    Next, in the case of a Sunaphayoga with 2 planets in the 2nd
    house, to make this a Dhurudltqre yaga, the l2th house may
    contain ooe, two or three planets. This can be in 3*3J-l
    333
    [C+C+C] or 7 ways. Therefore for the l0 such varieties of
    t2;]
    Sunaphayoga with 2 planets in the 2nd house, l0 x 7 or 70 varieties
    of Dhurudhura yagas are possible. Similarly in the case of a
    S u n a p h ay o g a w i t h 3 p l a n e t si n t h e Z n d h o u s ei n o r d e rt o c o n v e r t i t
    intoa Dhurudhura yoga, the l2th house may contain one or tvvo
    planets. This will be in 2* I or 3 ways. For the l0 such riarie-
    ties of Sunaphayoga with 3 planets in the ,nd house,we have
    l 0 x 3 o r 3 0 v a r i e t i e so f D h u r u d h u r a .

    In the same way, for the 5 varieties of Sunapha yoga wi th 4


    planets in the Znd housewe have 5 varieties af Dhururl,huro.

    In the case of the Sunaphayoga which has all the 5 planets in


    the 2nd house,no Dhurudhuru yoga is possible.

    The total number of varieties of Dhurud,hura yoga is thus


    7 5 + 7 0 + 3 0 5+: 1 8 0 .
    q{qitqilfaq I qfq-{Ri(q} qr
    {Efr R gaqrqi qiqaqqdtqiqt
    {uuEtrtt s dtoin{ Fqrilstfd-
    fiqqgtlgifr ft{atriurqr{ il dB tl
    84. The personwho has had his birth in the
    S/r.rftrr
    g{qlq'lrl (Sunaphayoga)will be a king or his equrl with
    oelf,acquiredproperty, and renowned for his wisdcm
    and wealth. The man born under the qrqr (Anapha) will
    be etrong, healthy, with amiable manners, known to
    fame,blessedwith materialcomforts, well,dressed,con,
    tented and happy.
    51. 86 eqfrsqrq: 433

    NorBs.
    The prhciple here is that planets in the Znd (from the Moon)
    give rise to accumulation of wealth and planets in the l?th (from
    the Moon) give rise to enjoyrnent without c:rring for accumulation'
    The position of planets is with respect to Rasi positions instead of
    bhavas.
    cf . gctld(
    d A . - a. .\a{ c c

    €gnEtndflqcfl1ql{rtaqKgtqitlqilfirr{qqgq" gtr ? I
    q16lrq. ll
    Zqfigqq{'i qlfid qlfngo qqqfA gnstoltqerEq'
    ftqqnleqgilfigih{r: qf\n+tfHtq€qu0i}qq:
    t
    fiqoqitega\fiqq<,iTfiqqqi nqiEqqrqq:ll
    tRqElrilTtgtnil{ tFftnEila 3
    srqli?{fr gtg{r${Ef grIFTlI
    *urt ribagsfiq(qiqfttulr
    a9
    dsqtl q6tq {qilt qqqnnl ll c\ ll
    Sl".fta 85. Taking fteely to the joys of life as they
    crop up and blessedwith abundanceof wealth and vehi'
    cles. the person born under the gtgtr (Dhurudhura)
    yogais bounti{uland waited uponby faithful attendants.
    But thoseborn under the *q{c (Kemadruma)yoga,though
    they may be of a princ*:ly dce, become obecure,miser'
    able,given to baseways, peuurious,drudgingas menials
    and wickedly inclined.
    Norss
    Personsborn under 5+,3tt(Durudhura) yoga earn (becauseof
    planets in the 2nd) and at tlte sarnetime enjoy or spend(becauseof
    planets in the l2th). In the case of trrqq (Kemadruma), the
    yoga should be predicted only rf, as stated above, there are no pla'
    nets in any of the Lagna Kendras or with the Moon in any one
    Lagna Kendra.
    lJotFfi'(:-
    gRsRqe,r
    qtiqqrogRggtmuagEE+lfr
    66
    tr,:-._*^- rrurwf{ile Adh. VII

    fifrv<).rgd-
    i'q: so) dtrBrqgfil' qrfiqag,€Fqdgq(r
    I
    mrclg€qe'$fi610'*qaqq]zqirqlsR rr
    Also utqlq-di
    qFgftfqmqgfr'
    rftn' gfii;qi
    q rnoaq$,.qqqqRa,ilq,it.itr
    {il ggrqqq,itqq<zrqtq'
    Fdf,TFgegqtqqitsReq, tt
    iil;f,tasT(rJ$qg€BRl+
    qtftaag:qrrqtoqqt$a,
    I
    iuq: €o, gtooldqta{fi:
    *gi qqfi qrftiqrrqlsflrr

    || s.-qrEqagdgrqrirrr:
    ||
    ffi qr{t gftrqfi:t
    wit{ qwfrao-ei
    wrftnqqr{qilfr ffffffTrrt gt tt uq tl
    S/ofra86, The person at whosc lrirth Mars is in
    the Znd bhavafr im the Moon rvill become;r king a'd
    in that capacity he will trefiercc, crue!, hypocritical,
    stroltg minded,wealthy, v;rliantai:d irritable.
    N<lt'rrs.
    V a r a i r a r n i h i r a t l o t - - s, o t < l i l ] e r e . t i a t c t h c r . 1 1 e r ; t . ft l r e p l a n e t s
    b y t h e i r p o s i t i o . s i r r t h e r l r r r lo r i . t l r e I l t r r I r o , . c s o f a r a s t h e
    y o g a s n t e n t i t - r n e di u s l o l i l s \ / j . I 0 5 ; r r c c : r - r r r r . e r n e dI. I e a t t r i b u t e s
    the efiects to the yrlarrcts clLusi.g the loga without referenceto
    t h e i r L r e i n gi n t h e 2 n d o r t l r c I _ l t h h c . r u s c
    cf. {{GikTd
    scfllFqilqq;1q rQHql-qQlq :
    nlq' qg' gqq+ f-rgq:morgt
    sl. g7-90 qF{frstqrq:

    fiilsdvigortrqzqq{qda
    aft W.$gq-ifrq,i}q,}$rrr
    nfiqrqR.ailqfrurdlaqq)agnr{orilrr:n
    tq{nq{-dfrootrr g{fuEr{|
    ${dt frcqrqq{f q;nr?rqi St u crgtl
    Sl,:.kr 8'1. ('onversantwith vedic orJinances,
    fine
    arts and rnusic,well.shaped, highly intelligent,of ,gree.
    able speechand pious will the p.rron be at
    whos" iirrh
    Mercury occupiesthc Znd hous. from the ]r4oon.
    t{iiqri\sr rytqr{w.gdits{€qf I
    ilqgqqrqt q q;qrftvqi gt ff dc tl
    S/ofrl 88. The person born in the gml (Sunapha)
    with Jupiter in the 2nJ house from the Moon'"*..r,
    in
    e\rery branch of knowledge, is prospcrous,
    has a good
    family, gets into the gooCgraces of his
    sovereign-and
    becomeslordly and famous.
    ct-rqqiqrteqdqrqrgRwq I
    qgeq-{rdt{rqfil ftfr qo(n$gqi ft aq
    11
    Slolo 89. In the gaml($unapha) in
    which Venue
    occupiesthc Znd housefrom the Moon, the person
    born
    will be valiant, mlrried, wc.rlchy,possessed
    of agricul,
    tural lands,engagedin worlr, with much propert|,
    rich
    in cattleand horses (<1u,rdrupedland *iit ti,r" in'regal
    splendour.
    gurqRr{rtt:tfW qr*R gqhI
    ftgonu{il{g qFil€s{i {rfi 1 3o rf
    Sloka g-. When Saturn is in ,the
    2nd bhava in
    respectto the Moon, the personborn
    will get the esteem
    |Irfcri?{lt0 Adh.vrr.
    of all people in towns and villages,and will be wealthy,
    talentedand versedin every kind of business.

    llfll
    qrfr Tuil.gdffirfr gsqirsrqgl I
    uttl s6961*1 sil il qq tl
    e{r=r.{K;Fmt
    Sloka 91. When Mars occupies the 12th house
    from the Moon, the personborn will be arrogant,eager
    for war, wrathful hold, at the head of a band of
    marauders,rescluteand of an alluring presence.
    qr.q{teqqgn{qfr{ur Gaqrqt
    q{d {rGTr[Fs
    qtiFqralqtr gt il ql tl
    Sloka 92. When Mercury occupiestbe 12th bha.
    va from the Moon, the person born will be capableof
    discoursing cleverly on musicand drawing, learned,
    eloquent, handsome, of great renown and held in
    venerationby kings
    ilqqyfisRlqrqtqrrfr{gpmr*nqt
    gftt vrar{Gri arq ffirqilErrt gt n ql tl
    Sloka 93. The personat whose birth
    Jupiter is in
    the 12th bhavain respecrto the Moon will be highly
    honoured by kings, very intelligent, endued *itt
    earnestneEs and energy.upright and poasessed
    of a great
    deal of statusand wealth.
    g*frqquq{r qErftqqEqgEif I
    lt qB tl
    $TrrFqrft6qqrq:;sQtlT.ri,:r,fr
    Sloka 94. A charmerof young women, owning
    numerous cattleand similar possessions,highly intel,
    ligent, rich in money and grain, will the person be at
    sI. 96-98 aE*ssqg3 487

    whose nativity, Venus is in the l2th bhava from the


    Moon.
    f*tr fqetorEr{tm qEnRRd*u
    I
    Udaqrtfrgrqt{ry;(q;tqrriqrfttt q\ ll
    Sloha 95. When Sarurn occupiesthe l2th bhava
    from the Moon, the person born is long armed,merito.
    rious, possessed of numerous cattleand similar posse$,
    sions : he is a leader and his words carry weight and
    are accepted; he is yoked to a bad woman.

    ll gautirt: tl
    sRRqErEl
    g'rrEr{frSE}sftrra1
    gorit
    wqi gqruntruq;idrrqnq.qtn qE tt
    'Ihe
    Bloha 96. person ar whose birrh the Moon
    is between Mercury and Mars is untruthful though
    possessed of merits,clever but very dt:praved,censcrious
    and avaricious,and addicted to unchastewomen paEt
    their prime.
    q*fi}lTNr rrdrqlfrg{iiearr
    q.Ti gqqt{in n qe tl
    €lru{ft-€Eq;t
    Slohu 97. When rhe Moon is betwixt Mars and
    Jupiter, the personborn will be a renownedindividual,
    owing his fortune to his own mighty exertion,but
    harassed by foes. The moral tone of his house,hold
    would wholly be due to his powerful example.
    aqrqruftgrtqt nt Esl ffiwqftwR t
    rqrfiftol qfiilffi rl$qt $qgnfrl ll qz ll
    Sloha 98. If at a person'sbirth, the Moon be
    between Mars and Venus, he will be athletic, handsome,
    qrilTqrftcre Adh. VIL

    cruel,cheerful,virtuously inclined and wealthy, but


    liableto swervefrom morality underthe influenceof
    fear.
    $Piqffi{il *di qqqq ftgtrsiiqlq t
    oTwffi]frqrnrt qtqt sqwfi\r n qq tl
    Sloka 99. The individual ar whose birth the
    Moon is between Mars and Saturn will be addiccedto
    vile women, wrathful, rich, treacherous,contending
    with numerousenemiesbut unscathedand uncontrite.
    qqhqrqrrqk{rr$ wm,frlqsilrf*{il1t
    qqrd q ftwtrt qw{t gqqiqq}tlt {oo fl
    Sloka 100. When the Moon is rn the rnidstof the
    two planetsMercury and Jupiter at a person'sbirth he
    will be pious, conversant with the sacred scriptures,
    eloquent, facile in compositicn, associated with good
    men and of great fame,
    rr€rltFrtr!$r;(Ii&qqrqgwr gdt I
    {uuf,ffiq* qrq\ :XrtUT'inil l. t tl
    Sloha t01. The person ar whose birth the Moon
    is betweenMercury and Venus, will be an amateurin
    dancingand music, beloved, of agreeable speech,hand-
    some,highly intelligent and of a heroic temperament.

    tnrrtqtqilsFq] aftRqprmFmrr
    Rrtgqnliifr q-i q'ffiqtqt tt t "R tl
    Sloho 101. When the Moon isbetweenSaturnand
    Mercury, cl'reperson bcrn may have to go from one
    country to another ; he will be revered, have moderate
    learning and wealth but evince great aversion to his
    kith and kin.
    sl. 103-106 cFc}surnt: 499

    :n$q$(f eturqalfiil fttqf qel t


    wrfrsguritr.iq.qt gwni'n tt tol ll
    Sloka 103. Acting in a princely fashion,pro$pe'
    rous, politic, valiant, celebratedand guilulessin thought
    will the person be at whose nativity the Mocn holda a
    placebetween Jupiter and Venus.
    grd iiaqlQuaGqsqgqil:qa:I
    qil nrFeswA qqir rriieiqql'll loB ll
    Stoka lO4. The person at whose birth ttre Moon
    has got between Saturn and Jupiter will be comfortable;
    possessed of humility, knowledgg learning, beauty and
    worth; owning much wealth and ol a conciliatory
    conduct.

    swqrqgoraqii$rdqaqur I
    mt uidqxi ftartii{gitt;(ill t.\ ll
    Slohu 105. If at a birth, tlre Moon be between
    Venue and Saturn in a gtgrtqin (Dhurudhura yoga), the
    pereonborn will be an important pcrsonagein a tribe
    weddedto ancient customs and the lord of a band of
    worthless females; he will have much wealth and enjoy
    royal favour.

    dqqfteqqqiqqis q{
    iiqii qg-s( I
    ns)fr snfirqgqi
    eirrs qI iiqgQradgqs
    ngnta qqqfh q{Rflan ll loQ ll
    Sloha 106. The whole effect of any yoga ouchas
    haebeendescribedis invariably realisedby the perEon
    born under the yoga, when the yoga'maLing planeto
    440 {nifqrTrt! Adh. VII.

    occupy their exaltation, their own or friendly housee.


    The sameis equally true, say Parasaraand other autho,
    rities, when the Navamsasoccupiedby the yoga,making
    planetsrelateto their own or friendly houses.

    trql qflgdft qr t*gaaarcftqiqR Rlqq6r t


    fltqrcTiiqrqfaqlqwt qmq ii'{ qoqrswi: I os
    Sloka 107. If the Moon be in conjunctioir with
    Rahu or Ketu or if Rahu occupy the llth bhava from
    the Moon, or if the planetproducingthe yoga be depres,
    sed or obscuredby the Sun's rays, the effect of the yoga
    will be mixed to the personhorn therein.
    NorBs.
    \ V i t h r e g a r d t o t h e M o o n ' s c a p a ci l y o f d < r i n g o o do r e v i l
    with referenceto these three yogas,Varaharnihirasays.

    s{g'lsgg,iisf6zelf.n.ift aagagdTs;<nrs;liqq.
    II
    That is, for persons born in the day tirne, the Moon in any of
    the 6rst 6 housesis auspiciousand in any of tlre other C housesis
    inauspicious. The rever:;e eflect is to be understood in the case
    o f p e r s o n sb o r n i n t h e n i g h t t i r n e .

    Skanda and I'rajapati and others also say so with reference to


    'l'hese
    these yogas. therefore deserve consideration.

    il eTer
    ffiermrr: tl
    qEuqrT(ffarig(trcfgtRnI
    t
    karq;qqa]oqrqirrrqrse{R(stt I oc tl
    Slofur108. If Jupiter occupying the 6th or the 8th
    bhava from the Moon be else.wherethan in the Kendra
    in respect to the Lagna, the resulting yoga is termed
    r*z (Sakata).
    Sl. 100-110 s(*srqrq: 441

    Norrs.
    Cl. qid-dfq-dr
    " frqnetRsttrrRrfrG{tz: *q+ ilfuerr("
    But Parasara says
    rt oarcdFt {{,e: flq*:
    "
    If all the planets be in the lst and the 7th bhavas, the result-
    ing yoga is called {+,a (Sakata). Atso s(lEfrR( (Varahamihira) rn
    his EqqqfA*(Brihat Jataka) ch. 12, Sl. 3 gives the following defii-
    nition of -<r+a(Sakata) identical with Parasara's:
    'r Fq€t5 il'fieq."
    The {trnaqiq (Sakata yoga) mentioned in sloka 168 infra is
    difterent from this. The yoga referred to in tlris sloka is devoid of
    its bad effectsif Jupiter, while being in the 6th or the 8th house
    from the Moon, is in a J(endrafronr the Lagna'

    srft w$ qrai filel dlsedi{tq:I


    bflqtsqiliqei q.a[.itqfi&q, il tol tl
    Sloha 109. The person born in the r+zd'm (Sakata
    ycga) be he of a royal family, becomes indigent and in
    consequence of the trouble and f"rtiguefalling to his lot,
    he is always distressed and becomesan object of
    aversionto the king.
    cf , Fd2iiq{r
    aRt afifrrqqR;gd:flt gn: gn:ni$n iilrqq.I
    neqqqq:rr*)sfiq:di 11
    *h qfkq)qfiQt,iq-m'
    qrRqrarie*'fr:
    u srQr ll
    qqTRwagfl:gGIIfr;iiirqmgqqEdltc:I
    wilgrifi.G qlqqrr?
    itarqaq,$tf iiqFq llll"ll
    Sloka 110. To the personborn under its influence,
    (Parijatamsa),
    aplanet Becurescomtorts if in the crRqrdtTr
    66
    442 rrcTc|ftrif Adb. vll.

    ,,
    cattle if in the aigria (()opuramsa);and dominion if in
    the fttrscir (Simhasanamsa, uide Adhyaya1, St.45,46).

    stti $ilirilrnrrgff] flqrq{r:ffigt Trron{|


    G{(il* {gqrTtrrftrmdqR WRq{ n t t t tl
    Slokt tt l. A planetthat attainsthe qnrEaart(Para.
    vatha Varga) brings to the men born under its auspicee,
    learning and renown accompaniedby gre;rtprosperity.
    If the planet reach the higber Qa*+wq (Devalokabhaga),
    the lucky person coming into the world under the
    hrppy yoga comesto possess an army containinga large
    numberof cars, horsesand elephants. lf the planet in
    power at the time of birth be in the highest trrq(kT
    (Iravathamsa),it securesa kingship to the personborn.
    Norss.
    These are the effectsof the yogas mentionedin slokas +5-46*
    of Adhyaya I and zrretaken from q<iatFtq.

    eftT{nfr+rr:
    q€qiTfi gr;Tt*n ft dd
    sTrr
    {ri{fr fiqqfta-il?*tg'rrfrr
    sT€frihftrq q"i qrftimin* qr
    Sedtaet fiqqrt qr( g(fi q ft t t1 tl
    Sloha llZ. According as the Moon occupies
    a
    Kendra, a Panaparaor an Apoklima in respect
    to the
    Sun, will the moral training, the wealtlr, theinowledge
    and the intellectual precisionof the person born,
    be tf,e
    lowest, middling or irighest. If th; Moon
    be in ite
    own Navamsaor in thartof a very friendly
    planet and
    $1.112 tKdssqr{r: 44.3

    if it be aspected by Jupiter, rhe person born will be


    wealthy, if it be aspectedby Venus, he will be happy-
    in both casea without regard to when the birth takee
    place-which may be by day as well as by night.
    NorBs.
    This and the next sloka are taken from Rrihat Jataka.
    F r o m t h e e f f e c t sm e n t i o n e d i,t w i l l b e s e e nt h a t t h e M o o n i n
    a Kendra from the Sun is bad whether in the conjunction (lst), in
    a square(+th or l0th) or in opposition(7th). I{ere Varahamihira
    differs from Parasara with regard to giftatz;r (Purnima Chandra).
    The Moon situated in the 2nd, 5th, 8th and llth frorn the
    S u n i s m i d d l i n g ;5 t h i s a n e g a t i v e t r i n e a n d 9 t h i s a p o s i t i v eo n e .
    T h e M o o n s i t u a t e di n t h e 3 r d , 6 t h , 9 t h a n d l 2 t h f r o m t h e
    Sun is good in result. Here Parasara also agrees. Cf .

    HQarftqda-) +oe*rQqf sfi r


    Ft{qEqEfigrftqq{t}gurTfiq tl
    eiisftsfrqeiitqrfFqi qrF",ag
    vrft r
    geql flqi dr qdi lqnqerflan:ll
    qrfiftei11qa.q}edr qrcEqFqqT tl
    fiarg $td oq'qtill''qqF{q1$alq I
    fiqiqet alaifr qlq;iseqqrl n{I: lt
    Also qqt,qr

    *qR qftaiaqarflqqilai*t;r
    0n.^4.\C
    : qges"iqqsqFq :I
    uqlEfrdtqufaairqficr,ilirqrir ranrqqnrqtl
    qFlsrI
    iqii {Ffr vrfiieenfifi{ft"rirFrfir,{:
    dgil]Sfr{,{: n C lat{ e* fiqr iegiTfaiqn
    T h c s l c , k a i n t h e t e x t c a r rA l . r , l r e a r t l r r f n l l , , $ i n s t w o i n t e r -
    pretations:-
    (l) If the birth be in tla1, tinre anri thc N{oon be aspected
    by Jupiter, the person becornes rvealtbl'. lf the birth be at night
    444 ltrnqtftqrt Adh.vrr.
    time and the Moon be aspected by Venus, the person born becomes
    happy. If the Moon be in his own Navarnsa and aspected by
    Jupiter, the native will be wealthy. If the Moon should be in the
    Navamsa of a very friendly planet and aspectedby Venus, then
    the person born wiil be happy.
    (2) Wtteth"r the birth be at night or day, if the Moon be
    aspectedby Jupiter and Venus together, the native is sure to be
    rich and happy. The amount of wealth will be in a less degree
    if the Moon at birth be in his own or in a friend's Navamsa and
    be aspected by Jupiter. In the same qr'aythe happinesswill be
    slightly less if at birth the Moon being in his own or in a friend's
    Navamsa be aspectedby Venus.
    cf, wfl{d
    C\ n \ a
    (qra.drfqrrdTfq{rfi(; q?qqEqUqgRI
    Sql.mlq qq$lgqf+rrqfaqqiq rr
    qqf*q,
    st tr qrrRitqh{fil,irrrFdr
    afurqtrftEltftqruffq I
    wqfr{ftr€qfrrrEre{{T{q
    *qrgqTftqnir{qqrq qtil! n ttl tl
    S/olu 113. With the benefic planets occupying
    the 6th, the 7ch and the 8th houses from the Moon
    there results what is called the Moon's aTffi{r (Adhi,
    yoga) wherein takes place the birth of a commander
    (PoliceSuperintendentor head), a minister or a ruler
    (of a district or Province). Those rhat are born in the
    Moon's w&e'lrr(Adhiyoga) are ar the height of prosperity
    and pleasure, overcometheir foesand live a long life,
    being exempt from diseasesand dangers.
    NorBs.
    The yoga,will be lowered a little in effect if he Sun should
    sl. 113 a8*silqr{: 446

    be in opposition to the Moon. The efiects described in the third


    quarter of the sloka will take place if only two benefics instead of
    three as above be in the above places from the Moon, and those
    mentioned in the last quarter result if only one benefic is present
    in one of the above places from the Moon. The benefic planets
    referred to are Mercury, Jupiter and Venus.
    Bhattotpala saysthat the interpretation put by some that all
    the three places,uiz., 6th, 7th and 8th housesfrom the Moon,
    should he occupied each by one of the three to constitute an
    entrqirr (Rahiyoga) is not correct, and quotes in support thereof
    the following from tdEfifr (Srutakeerti) who recognises 7 sorts of
    qflcl.r (Adhiyoga).

    ffiq Ti qd q;qglqrqEr U\gmq r


    erMq: fl litd dqrgsilwqr ff: 11
    The seven sorts are causedaccording as the three benefic pla-
    nets occupy one or more of the three houses, 6th, 7th and 8th
    places from the Moon. That is, they might occupy (l) all the 3
    h o u s e s , 6 t h ,T t h a n d 8 t h ; ( 2 ) 6 t h a n d 7 t h ; ( 3 ) 6 t h a n d 8 t h ; ( 4 )
    7th and 8th; (5) 6th only ; (6) 7th only and (7) 8th only. He
    also adds
    qqflHrrreflda.n.frd:gqlsRiitTr:
    gI( I
    qTq:qft\efilf{q<\d}o, rr
    Badarayana (nc(tqq) and Parasara are of opinion that accord-
    ing as all the beneficplanets happento possesssuperior, medium
    or ordinary strenglh, a person born under the yoga will becomea
    king, a minister or a commander.
    {tftq: nl*qr' qtsd qt ftqqn*qdTqTFIJ:I
    qm) zqfrilq)q;{t qrt-qqrq* qTsRtl
    qrqfE*+qTd:nF.{:s**afrn' r
    mqqtf-fr sr{qrr*: bqas*' gr( |
    Also q-s<tfrmr
    <rewniffi5ftrilq: I
    n}+ftQfuF-tlnfr
    iar qd WR: enmilqGqK:frqrt {iq*{t qidlt
    446 qtofqrR||t Adh. VII.

    But {sqMili{ (Kalyanavarman) classes the q;ilk{rq (Chan-


    dradhiyoga)with Raja yoga when the planets Mercury, Jupiter
    and Venus are not eclipsed nor aspected by malefics. gf. €Rl{dl

    qi wwureqfhRrqri|'{fttr: gqsr: g{r:


    Twi qR,ii* n qfiar:g3levqn:r
    {.qro:qrtAFF
    qq qotHonqr-ilq$,
    .z*dg,{tqt rr
    tarqqrfr-qqTi€fAi
    Mandavya is also of the sameopinion. cf .
    s{ftp qrfr* fqqqqqilfircfidi
    rlc:RHfr'qrqfle qq+girqfAq
    r
    gtiqri*r rrcifafiqrqlaqqtr
    TflqTfrtqsEofae'"t qg €{r{. tt
    ll oerfuirrrrtl
    oqqR{rt€rsqdrg$d qTqqrirr&rt
    oqrfffirilT{fr qfuqrnrtrguunRqffieq
    n ttB ll
    Sloha 114. When beneficplanetsoccupythe 6th,
    the 7th and the 8th bhava from the Lagna and are nei.
    ther in conjunction with nor aspectedby malefic planets
    which are in positions other than the 4th bhava,the
    celebratedosrfrrqJil(Lagnadhiyoga)is produced.
    Norss.
    This and the next six slokas are f rom Parasara. From the
    quotation from Phaladeepilia quoted under the previOussloka, it
    will be seenthat Mantreswara recognisesChandradhiyogaand
    Lagnadhiyogaalike'
    of. qn+rirr

    enfrqlrrif,(qft:gqqfriit{qft il
    st, 116-117 .RFTIISInIFT: 447

    qodtrrrl t
    o{ri\fTt Tgtrrq{iliRqrftCieq
    gaqK frqrqF* qtkrrro'i* qrfriqrguniarrqq tl
    Sloha 115. The person born in the qnrRrira(Lag,
    nadhiyoga)will producemany scientific works, posses$
    philosophical training, hold a chief command in the
    army, will be unsophisticatedand generous,cnjoying
    the eminent advantages which f.rme and fortunc give in
    the world.
    Norris'
    cl. qaqtitr
    srtGqlqqrfrq-ft snqrqfAdilerql r
    qgql{qlfiqf,tir.ii'lfgdtiqlr{3rtut:
    ||
    For the o:rrt?.ilq (I-agnaclhiyoga)th: followirrg efiects are
    given in et(fqol-
    orTlrqBq{rei q& dlqr:qddghfhnr:
    q;{tqusqfd:f*hrftqfi: dqi {qai rfh: r
    qlqlgieqfititqoq,ilerrfBqlitqqo.
    fl;dtd rTqnrfstrqfifliiqra' 9{rr. *laq,{e tl
    Ir rrq+q{tiiTT:tl
    *-nffi i+gtr €{rgq *qruqlg{qqqiifrr
    et thtd'(gtr qr{rTq
    f,rqre{iiriq*qfiaTr(1 ttE tl
    S l c h u .1 i 6 . W h e n J u p i r e r o c c u p i e sa k e n d r af r o m
    the Moon, the yoga produccd is calledqw.ie(t (()ajake_
    sari). Again if the Moon bc aspectedby planets,
    Venus, Jupiter and Mercury without being depressed
    or obscured by the Sun, thc yoga produced is rrsr+s0
    (Gajakesari).
    rrffi{'qradqd s;rsFqEr{ |
    t*il{t gqffi uqi'{qfit q+{,rr I le tl
    -::""""","""""""

    Sloka ll7. The person born in ghs Tqffifr{r


    (Gajakesariyoga) ie energetic;has much money and
    grain; ie inteiligentandmeritoriousand doeswhat will
    pleasehis king.
    cJ. urnqdcr
    tfln q{qilfte q"q*-qq(nfr: I
    qqrffrtr{erfdr
    fiee}frsRtsfr tt
    hsfidt qdi qqqq€$arfril 'rtrqr{:I
    uaeqrtgfrRf, fiqta tt
    rTrrTgGrr{frnl

    il stT€t*rTr ll
    qq wqaqt uRrosqffiaI qR q s{iir tqr t
    eq Eitfi{qotufr lt}qrg,iltilqfttnuqdq(ll I ld ll
    Stoka118.If at the birth of any person,a benefic
    planetbe in the 10thhousereckonedfrom the Moon or
    ih" Lrgn", the fameof that personwill remainunclouded
    in theiountry and his prosperity will be unfailingtill
    the end of his life.
    oflil qqlr.{rerqqft glTdgi t
    ffiqqqor ilq {tffu;qerdl ll ttq ll
    Sloha lL9. When the 10th bhava from the rising
    sign or the Moon is occupied by a benefic planet, the
    yoga is styled uror (Amala - spotless) and the fame of
    the pereon born in the yoga lasts' as long as the Moon
    and stars endure,
    tf. q,-dt-{iq-dt
    q;4la,#;qqol6q:
    Ut{€ifrtilfierrefr tt
    ru5"fr qanlt{rtilil $lfqafqlt t
    qM gq{taqorQqdqqlll tl" ll
    st. 121-122 qn*sqrq: 44s

    Stofu L}O. The person born in the qcqriirl (Ama'


    layoga) is highly reveredby his sovereign, has great
    enjoyments,is liberal, kind to his rel-tiveu, benevolent
    and worthy.
    Notns.
    The effect of birth in an 3{qoT{iq(Amalayoga) is thus describ-
    ed in q.oth?fir (Phaladeepika).

    tta: qTilTilqal gdqfl:F*lga]dtfiqrt r


    rr
    ut{frfrrnR
    arrqqasneffitqrt
    Gtil-
    gqqqiisfrqqiqrqrid&3 1
    ftq.I6g6gqqn{tq qrar
    qgqilg€gifi't{IcTgaqt
    wik ll tRq ll
    Sloha 121. If planetsoccupy the l2th, the Znd or
    both the bhavas from the Sun, the resulting yogasarc
    respectively named tlt lVesi), A,?r(Vesi) and srrqqrt
    (Ubryachari). When the pianets concerned occupy
    their own, friendly or exaltationsigns, the personsborn
    in the resulting yogaswill be on a par with kings in
    regard to the vast wealth and comforts they c.rn
    command.
    il(s g{atsrgqtftq'ii qpqtqdi {kqfr fuarftrI
    qr{{i gsn{Tgttr!qlqFqifiiiweti(*ar tt llR ll
    S t , t k o1 2 2 . T h e p 3 r s o n b o r n i n a n a u e p i c i o u s
    iitrdirr (\resiyoea)is amiable,eloquent,wealthy, intrepid
    and triumphant over his foes while the one born in a
    aRrirrr(Vesiyoga) with atr ittauspiciousplanet is fond
    of bad company, evil'rninded and bereft of riches and
    comfort.
    61
    450 {fq6crftil} Adh. VTI

    tfr gqrusiligon{Elil
    iiqffiqqriiqorar I
    qmrFqiqit fiiurrfrtftqdt
    urqrgt qwfqfrEdFtlfan( ll 111ll
    Stohu 123. The person whose birth takesplacein
    a ifu.iirr (Vesiyoga) wich a beneficplanet is intelligent,
    liberal,delightingin scientific pursuits, and possessed
    of com{ort, wealth, fame and strength ; but the man
    born in a iis'irrl (Vesiyoga) with a malefic planet will
    be very stupid,afflictedwith lust, delighting in murder,
    and ugly,facedand he may haveto go into exile.
    drqrF*il{qqfirrqil qiqr
    nwl?ergu{ioqtt$ifilt I
    qrqrtlhrqqqtqit qrquen
    rinritwum{rcr
    trt ll tqu ll
    Sloha 12.1.Those that have their birth in the
    srrqq?qt{r (Ubhayachariyoga)produced by benefic pla,
    nets are princely individualspossessed ol corresponding
    wealth and comforts and beloved for their amiability
    and compassiorrate lratrrrc. But those that are born in
    the slrqqfi lUbliayachari) with malignant planetsare
    w i c k e d ,a f f i i c t e dw i t h d i s r a s c s ,c n g a g e d
    i n s , : r v i c ef o r
    other pe,:lple aud irr indirgcntcircumstances,
    cl. slnati:l
    onaifhfi+na-qqiqaifrr
    qui6a r
    eqqRqiiqattqqqit qtqil qirtt:ll
    r=e.'rfifgarariiqrqi ffgr.qi-I Tfiqrt r
    3{rq;qrjEaq+;ilqn : errifh'irisfR+ttt
    "Eeiaqaqrf-+r
    qrqqfafir..ryrfr.i qIfr |
    sl. 126 egdtstqrq: 161

    qft\,i*Q{u&: s{fuqq; 11
    gt+t ilfr q€qT{qtgqFi} q\=a{Ra,sR t
    fislesr{tErrft+t wd: qrifqqqhrqrr
    Also {rlit(
    |fbar.s'fr
    itinq\Aft' nnr*fiat,
    ,rriir(qrtciqq?ft ,ilq, rfi, qnri, r
    f*&aaqigtq fiqq) fiq qrarzdl
    eot m:mtiira €g€qqrifRqJ'ilqq, tr
    fRilafd:qlqgslgur{lqeilsstfri+r'ilsesar
    EIfi qorsrfq{rdltt
    qR o* <lraEI i ftr,itw.q€qz,raqJ
    qs qmqq fteilqqqitq]qqtFsqq:
    qlss< sqqrqqtqftnErqeil qirgqlr: I
    ;trF!*r:qqorcotsFqdnqtgs:fl€e: REr
    ure'l fhrqns: fl{a€Rn{ g(, Fqfd: tl
    Also qo-dik+r
    ffi -g arlfharrgqqqqhFqrc R'qitrq-
    rqnti, ufiq: g\: egrgld el{sflr:F€4I:I
    stqrdq'r#fi'gxat w\equlr6{i
    aatknlt, g\oq gq'ii q.i,iiq qrqfhi'tt
    gg,t grdq'l ieiii gaqrfiq(t
    $: n{rine ii{ fAqfiaur6Q, 11

    ll eIEgrrffi 11
    girrgqrd qfr q-rot gilgiilFfr qEffi(rft{ t
    aurqsilnqtf*onq vnrcrdruq'ftsdtq p11q1 1g
    Sloha 115.Accordirrg a st h e r i s i n g s i g ni d o c c u p i e d
    by benefic or maleficplanets, the yogas producedare
    llt;tllfrltt Adh.vrr.
    termed gH (Subha) and cglr (Asubha) respectively.
    When the 12th and the 2nd bhavaefrom the Lagna are
    occupiedby malefic or benefic planete, the yogaEare
    called qrqo-dR
    (Papakarthari)and *'$t.*d'ft (Soumyakarrha-
    ri) respectively.
    gq+{rq* ilrqt uqdrugurrF{ilr
    I
    nqq],ifr{s{rqt qrqsqiqtrtv{ tf tRqtl
    Sloka 126. The peroon born in the grrala (Subha
    yoga) is eloquent,handsome,amiable and worthy while
    the one born in the wgvfrrr (Asubha yoga) is lustful,
    wicked and feeding on what is not his own but
    another's.

    qrqlf\wrqlqibfr r+{ tt tls rr


    qrqs{R+
    Sloha 127. The person born in a grroifrqlrr (Subha
    karthari yoga) will have superior lustre, wealth and
    strength while the one born in a src6'*fi (Papakarthari)
    will be criminal, eatingbeggedfood and impure.
    Norrs.
    In the 3 yogasgrT (Subha), ergrr (Asubha) and cidii (Karthari)
    mentioned in slokas 125-127 the Sun and ihe Moon are not
    reckoned.
    cf. qra-+rir
    : ggrr( I
    sreBdfqert6-gfiriitfiQ
    e{gqreq}Eqqg&Fqqat: +{ft HrTrpqldrtl
    ggqtfri qtdt qqqR qfiareiit
    fqqrnito:r
    fieitgrar€: gqqTqlrnFqa:g(rqn: 1
    eruqlq]ilqrdl qrqr{tqlry}ftH;f,r{iI
    qrlqrgrcqgRqaqqrq\sfifi+,orq : 1,
    sl. 128-129 ss*$qrq: +6j

    +iifiitt qr\:rGnqil fiqlf}r{rea(:


    ll

    ll qmq3 11
    *sig *-rqfig uqdt*
    {ksqqrg{gi qft qier ail( |
    on-tryftqR qnqGtnqtft
    inifhfr ,rrit q{eqnqiqrn tRd ll
    Slolc 128. If benefic planets be in Kendra houses
    and if the 6th and the Sth bhavasbe either unoccupied
    or occupied by benefic planets, the resulting yoga is
    cda (Parvatha). Again, if the lords of the Lagnaahd
    the 12th bhav.rsbe in Kendra positions with respectto
    eachother and aspectedby friends,there is the c{e*rr
    (Parvatha yoga).
    cf. q{4
    lt{t<T:qT ef;qr $QiEqtqi:t
    art<hgrotrTt:
    n qia ftk qorfqtrqiq{tqdtqiqsqtqq}t tr
    Also 3rddtail
    eqgtofi;nivi gt r
    e<wta#fQg*
    q: +faarqqa]'ir,ils,iqidi arfi tt
    qprrrf:in!q+a,ilTrqrfiiiqrRffttds r(ttrt I
    qrql qwtq.{kfhirfli'q'iqqtd gFIIqsf qr{ ll lR\ rt
    Sloka 129. The person who has his birth in the
    c,iafrrr (Parvatha yoga) will be prosperous, engagedin
    literary pursuits,Iiberal,libidinous and fond of sporting
    with women not his own, full of energy, famous and at
    the head of a city.
    454 {Rrr\IIFile Adh.vrr.
    cf . sril*rtrr
    e
    q{Grrq
    \\
    qril\ \ a0^

    {qrdl qqql{ rqdhq t


    qHg{nq{frf,l?iH adqTagqr;itr1ft:sr( tr
    \
    $t-{o{T{:
    -qh-(u{n\gtrg arrir
    sTofr
    oqrft\ {€si qii uruorw( |
    qfti g ftoifilt Er
    mt"rtur
    dqq* gt*qfi qR ilr€{r {tq tt li" tl
    Sloka 130. If the lords of the 9rh and the 4th bha,
    vas be in Kendra positions with respect to eachother
    and if the lord of the Lagna have strength, the yoga
    produced is 6r€0 (Kahala). If the lord of the 4th
    bhava occupying its exaltrtion or its own sign be as,
    pectedby or in conjunction with the lord of the lOch
    bhavr, the yoga will be suchas the foregoing.

    *rqqt il€{t qrdryc*e$dcr I


    qf,fiiiaffirrrrqlsnrdf
    qr( srEe;Rril llt tr
    Slota 131. The personborn in the CIrao,irrr (Kaha,
    la yoga) is vigorous, daring, ignorant, possessed of an
    army completein its partsand ruling over a few villages.
    NorBs'
    cf. iln*.o{r
    q;gt(ul)fiT{rfr{iqo.il-q
    ft=qd}a} r
    offl{t{ii qe.qfi,ilrr' qEonfl{: 11
    iqqrfaqqnqai qqqrqGfitflqq: r
    sitf,tqii qarqlTitult er.+rqt qt: tt
    qfesirq (Kahalayoga) and its eflect are thus stated in qo(tqfi.
    sl. 132-133 trg*scqfrt: 456

    ognftqruqqftftqailfhqruelaelgqfd*qqqeqFq: I
    ,i)tr' q +,rqoqfi qfia: tr
    sfgrotr&,gqfa,qsa, &q.lr,+Eoa}zqrqr I

    qrfbqrq]rr,
    qR qtta
    o{rG{rHUErrI
    qrd'rqaiqftrim.rerarjrrss
    I
    RqGqtfritqrtr iiuqfhgini
    *{itrsqgorqR ilqri{€t rt t 11 tr
    Sloka 132. If the 7 planetsbe in ? housesfrom the
    Lagna,the personborn in the yoga is a king in command
    of many elephantsand horses. If the rror (N1ala-the
    wrt-athof planecs)be from the 2nd bhava, the person
    b o r t t i n t h i s 2 n d y o g aw i l l b e a k i n g o w n i n g h o a r d so f
    'q7calth, dutifully reverenutowards parents, resolute,of
    stern aspectand possesscd of eminent virtues.
    qrfr qErlirqqdbuni
    qqr € uil qiiqq r'irrit
    gffirr tegcrrrnw-
    q)riiqrrEnqtq{tq:u 111tl
    S l o k u 1 3 3 . I f t h e q r f b + t( M a l i k a ) c o m m e n c ef r o m
    the 3rd bhava,the personborn in it will be heroic and
    wealthy but sickly. If the starting point of the qrfuEr
    (Malika) be the 4th L,hava, the personwho has his birth
    therein will be a very liberal sovereign enjoying the
    good fortune due to his governing many countries.
    qfr qriOqrarqft&Erar{r
    gTIEn {ifitqt{
    qrp qErIEqafiaag<+qm]E{til {}q. I
    458 Crurtilftqlt Adh. vII.

    qnGq€qrftqrqR qgdqefr .{qR-


    rrqrr dlhrqaqtsqqll tls ll
    {tqtg*q{ffidl
    Sloka 134. If the qrfbEr(Malika) begin with the
    6th bhrva, the person born in the yoga will be a king
    performingsacrificesaccordingto ritual or getting fame
    otherwise. If the eret (Mala) be {rom the 6th bhava,
    the person taking his birth in the yoga will be needy
    but getting wealth and comforts occasionally at some
    stages of his life The person born in a wreath of
    planetsstartingwith the 7th bhavawill be a king dearly
    loved by a large number of wives. If the Sth bhava ba
    the'commencement of a ctis*r (Malika),the personwho
    comesinto the world under such a planetary conjunc
    tion will be a distinguisheC personage,blessedwith
    long life but poor and henpecked.
    qdiffisr gurfriuFfisil
    ilqqt ftus
    qqfqrqR q{ilifi6: {qiil{: qcq*: I
    orurilqqwatqftqftI u*fuqrqq*
    qrfr ft'q'&rdgafii61:
    {+{ Wq}r}q rrtl\ ll
    Sloia 135. If the mfu{rq}rr (Malika yoga) begin
    with the 9th bhava, the person born in it will be
    endowedwith all good qualities,will devoutly perform
    sacrificerand will be rnighty. When the yoga haa its
    inception in the lOth bhava,the personagetaking birth
    in it will be engagedin good acts and held in high
    eEte€mby the virtuous. If the yoga should proceed
    from the llth bhava the personborn will be the lord of
    lovely women, princely in birth and prragonsof their
    sex and he will be competent to engage in every kind
    of activity. lf the qror (Mala) originate in the llth
    \.
    Sl. 136-13? TlS{lSsmlr 457

    bhava,tlrc personwill be lavish in his expenditureand


    honouredeverywhere.
    \
    ll ll
    "lrRqTF:
    aild s-flfr €g?rdit\h qrnarqqlqs
    I
    d.ffit usqRuoi aqrcqiqrqq qTruqr( tltlElt
    Stoha 136. If the lord of the Lagna occupying the
    exaltationsign and aspectedbv Jupiter be in a Kendra,
    the resulting yoga is calledrrw (Chamara). If two bene'
    fic planetsbe in the Lagna,the 7th, th': 9th or the 10th
    bhava,there will be the yoga crlled Erm (Chamara).
    Norrs.
    qm€tq (Chamarayoga)is thus diflerentlv stated in qrtrflt{r.

    wq& fEqrffq olt dtq,i {t r


    uq*q{t ffi q}trarqrnfl+:ll
    lf the planets occupying each of the Lagna and the other
    bhavas in order be either in conjunction with or aspectedby bene'
    fic planets, or the lortls thereof be in beneficpositions, uneclipsed
    b y t h e S u n ' s r a y s o r i n t h e i r o w n h o u s e s ,t h e t r t l t e 1 2 r e s u l t i n g
    yogasare respectively terrned -rtq( (Chamara), irg (Dh"tu), cni
    (saurya), (Jataali), it{ (chathra), ue (Asthra), +,tq(Kama),
    "roft
    qrgr (Aasura), urq (I]hagya), <qrfr (Khvati), crltqtt (Parijata),
    and gto (Musala).

    ril' *'agirfhiczfq!: grnnirlet:


    elqeqirftf+ofiqfildlit: sqt{ilqqr I
    Te{TITIg{t
    €nrarqrtgd{qefqtan
    qpqeqlfrgqtfiqmgnor<1idur
    +1Rnr,tt
    fii qrcqTqiilq(cdl frar{ ilql qibcfi{r qdqst
    (fur qrtqrrrwffi ql+d ffitfrtrnun{ll tl\e ll
    5B
    468 qffiscrfrrn Adh. VII.

    Sloku 137. The person born in the qrrrtqJrr(Cha,


    marayoga) wili be either a philosopher,wise, eloquent
    and hcld in high esteem by kings, or a king who being
    comprtent by birth &c.,to enter on the study of the
    sacred scriptures, has urasteredeverything connected
    tberewitli. This personagewiiI live a year a{terthe
    t a l eo f 7 0 y e a r si s c o m p l e t e ;d i . e . 7 1 y e a r s .
    cJ, .iK+t{{r
    qlitsfutqrqt qrfr{taigiaarlgdt r
    egtrrrftan:erqfidi qqqKrnn
    \
    ll {t$qftq: lt
    er;qJ;q*;(rJErfr
    ga6rqr?i
    A\ \ a9 \
    il{rrqq i{Ugd rtr( {HiItTTtI
    oeftri q q{t?rrqqfr
    qt&
    wrqrfqt qogt g iTqrqqila n t ld tl
    Sioia 138. When the lords of the Eth and the 6th
    bhavasare in Kendra positions wirh respect to each
    other and rvhen the lord of the Lagnais strong, the yoga
    ig calledttg (Sankha). Thc srmc yoga is said to e:<ist
    when the lord of the Lagna,as well as the lord of the
    10th bhava, occupy a moveablc sign and the lord of
    9th bhava is strong.
    ut qla\ q'rrrrrloiErTtgt
    etgrrtlft**r{ grqqqfI
    iltr{t;ttqlrurgthqt{rqqt}e{ aiqrwrrq{'iiril llq tt
    Slotc 139. The person born in the Sankhayoga
    will havea life of enjoyment,be compassionate, blessed
    with a wife, sons, wealth and lands, engagedin the
    p r a c t i c eo f v i r t u e , w i l l p o s s e s sa k n o w l e d g c o f t h e
    oacredscriptures, will be well,conducted,beneficent,
    Sl. 140-141 qs*sqrq: 459

    end may live 8l years(one year after the tale of eighty


    ia completed).
    cf. smfli{r
    t-.qftfrqqr:sH,figfldqR Gq{: t
    q: dlrdq{lflreit ,i}q' qt-aE iRa, tt
    ttgq},ilq+ qeJ {rdr {r diflq}sRqI I
    t+arqilqgo]sfi zqffd\{ln tt
    aq{rr (Sankhayoga)and its efiect are thus stated in qodft+t'

    *-q*iqqgfi,iRqIS' tt
    {Iqr qFr€,i}} egarafiilqiqsrqfif,d:l!
    n+mq:ll
    qr;drqqrar{lg frq{tg
    sqrGft{dgdqfr tRrirqrt
    \.\\A\
    fi,T trdr gtgill RT(IolTilt|lr
    lTIr}Eiqsgt g afu {r={q.ll t8" ll
    S / . 4 r 1 . 1 0 .W h e n t h e r ea r c p l a n e t si n t h e Z n d , t h e
    l 2 t h , t i r e l s c a n J t h e ? t h b h a v . r sa n d w h e n t h e l c r d o f
    tlre lCtir bhava is strong, the ycga is lffr (Bheri)'
    \X/her-rVenr:s and the lord of the lst bhava occupy
    K e n d r a p o s i t i o n s i n r e s p t c tt o J r r p i t e ra n d w h e n t h e
    lord of the t)th bhava is strong, the eameyoga shouldbe
    s a i dt o e x i s t .
    dqtgfrfiqairqqqrfr;il
    qariqfigrcRgdlr{itrfl! |
    3rrqRqiigedi{ q€rgq
    rqr
    \itqilnqgsil iigoTltgdtfll ll tgt ll
    Sloku t4l, Those that are born iu the lft (Bheri
    460 qrilFqft{re Adh.vn.
    yoga)are lordly men, of gord birth, long-lived,exempt
    from diseasesand danger, poss:ssed of much wealth,
    lands,sonsand wives, of greatrenown, enjoying much
    happinesson accountof their virtuous lives, eminently
    heroic and of grcat experiencein the affrirs of the world.

    TtaGFTrrts
    qRqffii
    sqq€ftrrdrft
    {6rd t
    Csfqfrqrrqaiq.ri
    o{riqt qogfe €ffifrqr
    qrq, ll tBl ll
    $e,qrq6qzTgarr{T{r{il
    S / . f r a 1 4 2 . l f t h e l o r d o f t h c N a v a m s aw h i c h a
    planecin its exaltationoccupiesbc in a Kona or Kendra
    position; if the occupant of the Kona or Kendraposi,
    tion in qucstionbe in its exaltation or own houseaod
    have abundrnceof strengrh and if the lord of the Lagna
    be powerful at the sametime; the yoga producedis €Ts
    (Mrudanga)and confers on the personborn nobility of
    mien and fame suchas it is the good fortune of sove,
    r e i g n st o l r a v e .
    n\
    |fpffitffig
    ilt,rt st.rt qG sqftti {Fqqdgtq I
    *qrqfrq: Uqqgffii qtr];R! {rfitrir Tqrosutultl
    S/oArr143. When thc lord of the Tth bhava is in
    the ltlth bhavaand when the lord of the 10rh is in rhe
    exaltationsi n and also in conjunctionwith the lord of
    the 9th, the auspiciousy,ogacalled "frqrq(Srinatha lord
    'fhe
    of Fcrrtur.e)is produced. personborn therein will
    be like Indra, the king of the celestials.
    sl. 144-146 sglrsqtq: 461

    But seeq-€dfr{t
    e,firfi ,{fiqlFstt€lfitl: trrqRdq rfatnr,
    elqqaigee{rgqq11; ff5o-5frtt q}a t
    aaqrfiq{rqaslfldatralqtq,ittl<'{Ill
    €tfr qrt gtfrft qrgftgoi\qruqqr :
    gTf$n
    g*'lf,qarrsia:I
    nmqrf*.il€qqqqfr{r
    dqsffi+ qgai(n: Hcgr(Rlfiqd:
    dei qqafqfrsfrgxtr:
    frrrqfrtill<q'il
    \
    {TlTfl{Istr
    .irqrrnqtetr gil{i {qlft\ ff[t
    *F(e frFnrqhftq.rutsftritqilhi t
    q;ffi*rurqtgr'flgfr fr.qffiil o*
    ort qrqfr i{qfurq gqFr;dnild{$rll tue ll
    Sloha 144. When the lord of the 10th hhava is in
    tlre 5th, when Mercury is in a Kendra ; when the Sun
    is in its own sign and exceedinglypowerful ; when
    Jupiter is in a Kona in respect to the Mocn and when
    Mars occupiesa Trikona position with regardto Mer'
    cury; the resultingyoga is callednrrqr(Sarada).When
    Iupiter is in the t lth bhrva from Mercury and other
    conditions metttiottedbefore obtain, the sameyoga is
    saidto exist.
    digru;ggt*sqgq$il
    qti?rr Wq*$fE{fr'r I
    ftqTffiflfutoe trqorar
    crrili eqliftrdruft urrqrrettt t8\ ll
    Sloka 143. Those that are born in the mrqrfrrt
    (Saradayoga) take particular care of their wi'ree, their
    462 ctf,iqtR'rfld Adh. vII.

    !ons, their relatives,their personalappearanceand their


    virtues; they are in favor with their sovereignsi they
    show revereilceto their preceptors, an I Gods ;
    IJrahmans
    they take delight in literary pursuics and have a good
    dealof amiability, religious meric and strengthi they
    are attentiveto their duties in this world.

    ureq+q:
    ardrrmqri qet qE€giI
    qgqd,rrt qrt frqlst IR<I{f,6fll qBEll
    S l o k a 1 4 6 .W h e n a m a l e f i cp l a o e t i s i n t h e 9 t h
    bhava from the Lagna,when the 5th bhava is occupred
    by beneficas welt as malefic planets, and when the
    egce (Chathurasra)i.c, the 4th, or the 8th bhava from
    the Lagnahasa malefic planet, the yoqa is termed rtiel
    (Mathsya).
    i6'ro{s Wunft;gdor*IlEo$q{R
    I
    qrfti{qraqqiq qiqqirr{T!ffi3ll lue ll
    Sloha 147. The personborn in the qit'{ (Mathsya)
    yoga will be an astrologer: he will be very compas'
    s i o n a t e; h e w i l l h a v e v i r t u e , i n t e l l i g e n c e ,s t r e n g t h ,
    b e a u t y ,f a m e ,l e a r n i n ga n d r e l i g i o u sm c r i r ,
    c\
    ETTqtq,
    sarr$Titgigfrrqr:essfizt{rsdtqril |
    itr'rq{qr qft t&frrrrllqBcll
    qffwrrricwrrt"qfrrqr
    S l - t a 1 a S . I f t l : e b e n eifc a m o n g t h e p l a n e t sb e i n
    t h e ? t h , t h e : t h a n d t h e 6 t h b h a v a s a n d t h e m a l e l i ci r r
    t h e 3 r d ,t h e 1 l t h a n d t h e l s t b h a v a s ; a n d i f t h e A m s a s
    or Rasisoccupiedby the planetsbe invariably those oi
    sl. 149-l5r €Eqrss{rr{t: 46tf

    their own, exaltationor their friends,the yoga produced


    is termed qi lKurma).
    fi<"qnffi$fi rmq'rnrt qqtf{ur rTFrIIqqqFrsI
    qhr grqtErllq$rrfirftqigfr qninrqftl {r tt lBq ll
    Sloha 149. The person boru in the qific (Kurma
    yoga)will have wide fame, royal luxuries, and will be
    eminently virtuous, the quality of goodnessgiit (Satva)
    predominatingin his nature ; he will be staid,comfort,
    able,and disposed to befriend other people by putting
    in a kind word on their behalf with the sovereignor
    he may even be that oovereign.

    qqlr*rr'
    qp+t qqqrr& q*t ilq{ffirt I
    olt *-.n** RtReru l\" tl
    "f,irn
    Sloha 150. When the lords ol the 9th and the Znd
    bhavasare respectively in the 2nd and the 9th bhavac
    and when the lord of the lst bhava is in a Kendra or a
    Kona, the yoga called wg (Khadga.)is produced.
    iqrtt{ rqfi ft*orrqatqgfr -
    glilnrqqu{i{gtqr$ilr t
    frftutrq ft-dqidqilgwqts
    Gr l qEFqSeqtgrrorrE(ilr l q\q tl
    S l o k u l 5 l . M e n b o r n i n t h e t q s { l K h a d g a )y o g a
    devotethemselvesto the study of the Vedas,the Science
    o f p o l i t y a n d a l l t r a d i t i o n s ,t o t h e a s c e r t a i n m e ror fr t h e
    t r u t h s c o n t a i n e dt h c r e i na s w e l l a s t h e i r a p p l i c . r t i o n
    to
    practice, and to the maintenance of their ratrk,power,
    dignity and happinees. They are free from envy or
    1A ctf,tqrnqte Adh. vil.

    n tht" too'"*"
    "'J
    prowess; they are cleverand gratefully rememberthe
    kindnesseedoneto them.
    Notes.
    F-flt!fl:is another reading in the fourth quarter of the sloka;
    wbich means their orders are readily obeyed.

    ll alqfi+qr ll
    t-Kqaftfiurt qpi't qdrqt t
    q.€rdq oqqtfrq{dRerll t\Rll
    onTfEt
    Stoka 152. When the lord of the 9th bhava is in a
    Kendra identical with the planec'sMoolatrikona and
    when the lord of the Lagna occupieothe exaltation sign
    and is poeseseedof abundant strength, the resulting
    yoga is declaredto be oqCl'ih (Lakshmi yoga).
    gqrffi qgiqqrfrflqntffifttatwf I
    mltr,etqrur* wdffi qgqngrs n t\l tl
    Sloka 153. The pcrson born in the qqc?sirl(Laksh'
    mi yoga will be a king of kings amiable for his many
    virtueE,ruling over many lands,widely krtown for his
    learning, lovely as cupid, bowed to by kings from the
    farthest regions of the earth and having numerous wives
    and sons.
    Notgs.
    This yoga and its effect is thus described in qiriifQ-{I'
    €q+i qG arq+oafigiiqrrqtgtgtil w'qrrq: I
    frei qqq{ifdqTqftdqlffi'ft'Efr
    tqd F{i;ft( g{,flfr qilffiqmErsrr: I
    Aerrifr*qTqqrfrtrwr<irrrarF,ral
    elqrq-q{i} q0qfr{i} qKTq atdtrn: P
    sl. 154-166 cS*sglc: {05
    cf. qrrarttr
    qrqJq{t};} rrruartgtftt r
    CInfrtqordq eqfifr{ $Ra: rr
    q.iinqntgli ,rrrt afut Uqqtr
    sqqt qdlwt er{iq}qqfrfic:tt
    It SgqQPr 11
    ftrcdilu,fr*t ii*aFd sffi r
    qFTqHrri
    irt Afts{ sg{ruiq rrt\B tl
    Sloka 154. When Venus occupiesa Kendra rcpte.
    eentedby an immoveable sign, and the Moon in a
    Trikona position is other than beneficand when Saturn
    holds a place in the 10th bhava, the resulting yoga io
    g,gu (Kusuma).

    ERr qdqucfifftrqfiEririiqt qU.incqNn{f€'{n


    I
    o'i* qarutftfs<t!
    mrqlarri ruqt ugqigqrafq t\\
    Sloha 155. The person born in tbe gge*rr (Kusu,
    ma yoga)will be a powerful sovereignof wide celebrity
    in the world, foremost 3mong kingc who trace their
    deecent from illustrious royal houses,of great enjoy-
    ments, bowed to by rulers of the earth and bourtifully
    bertowing gifts.
    qffiqr
    RoqarEiUilufrratqqrtr{iilft ilfirtTEr t
    qRan(qgs{ir{r qq qrRqtilrt\t
    il=qfrs]uftqqfr
    Sloha 156. Find first tLe zodiacalsignoccupiedby
    the lord of the Lagna; ascerrainnext in what Rasi the
    lord of the zodiacal sign firot found is. If the iord of
    69
    rtcrt5qrft.|e Adh.vlr.

    the 2nd Rasi thus ascertainedor the lord of the Navarn,


    sa occupiedby the lord. of the secondly found Rasi be
    in a Kendra or Trikona or in its exaltation, the yoga
    produced is crftqra (Parijatha).
    qqr.atfrqr fl{ftqroqd gqfr* Er{0r{rtigifi!
    |
    qqrgfr.ililr qrqiA qrRq|nru q\s ll
    qilrf,qqifirnir
    Sloha 757. ilhe personwhose birth is in thecdiqra
    du (Parijatha yoga) will be a sovereign destinedto be
    hrppy in the middle and latter portion of hie life, res.
    pected and obeyed by other kings, fond of war,
    posoeesing elephantsand horees, attentive to his duty
    and engagements and of a compassionate disposition.

    tgtftMq,
    iadq qeqfi gqgrstiq( |
    \\ \ c \ \
    q* qdqi qrqlEfrqr w( ( sorfdfn ll t\c tl
    Sloka l5li. When Jupiter occupying the 2nd or
    the 5th bhava is aspcctedby or in conjunction with
    Mercury andVcnus or is in a house owned by (either
    of) them,the yoga is calledqrsrfrFr(Kalanidihi).

    un'i qorftiqqql ggurT{\ffiI


    frqqqtqqrstarqrcuc-tlt
    \ nn
    {FII$ HqEi{l{uldl
    Hrl{F
    qrgrrf:qdr il l\q tl
    ii.iqrjqrtqrRqFt
    Slohu 169. The perscn born in the aorfriq<ia (Ka,
    l a n i d h i y c g a ) w i l l b e g a l l a n t .a m i a b l e{ o r h i s m a n y
    virturs, waited upcn and loyally greetedby many great
    k i n g s . H i s r e t i r , u c r v i l l c o n s i s t o f a n a r m y ,h o r s e s ,
    s t I O n gc l c p h a n t sc,c , n c hd, r u m a n d o t h e r i n s t r u m e n t so f
    st. 160-162 (cfrsqrq: 467

    martialmusic: he will be exemptfrom diseaaes,


    dangere
    and foesof everykind.

    +-ilft fkniiaftdri tnqil'*i t


    qtoi sil wq qlftsqqrilRsnr
    n tQo ll
    S/ofro 160. If Venus and Jupiter be in Kendras
    and if Saturn in exaltrtion occupies also a Kendra and
    if the rising sign at the time of birth be a moveableone,
    the resulting yoga is called "r€KilGn (Avatharaja).
    goqrslsmitiqrii$uHr i[tIIRTi['t6rord itarcm t
    til;ct\ iq{rrqritsniqrditrqatrqts{nEilllt tqt'll
    Stoka 16l. The person born in the 3fu1q61qqtr
    (Amsavatharayoga) will have the majesty of a king;
    he will be of good reputation; he will go to holy
    shrines; he will be conversantwith fine arts; he will
    be devotedto gallantry; he will shapethe characterof
    the agein which he lives; he will be void of passion.
    He will be acquaintedwith the Vedanta Philosophy
    and qualifiedby birth to study and interpret the eacred
    scriptures.
    n\
    {t{Q$tflpffi:
    iiitrqqft i$Fqqinnm{ flrqqalI
    qftqrrgt+qrrrR;trqpql qf ql6qq;fl-(rlstls I
    itqrrqRi{;g{rrrirErrl
    r whsfrsrtqr
    fiwnr gilei€fiaw{raqqirn {h n tqR tl
    Sloka 162. The following are the three yogascalled
    altarqa (Harihar,rbrahma) by the ancients. The first
    408 .IiT|tft|tt Adb. VII.

    ftTreu ( Hariharabrahma ) yoga is produced wheh


    the benefic planetsare in the 2nd, the lZth and the gth
    bhavas in respect to the lord of the 2nd bhava. The
    2nd yoga exists when Jupiter, the Moon and Mercury
    are in the 4th, the 9th and the 8th bhavas with reference
    to the lord of the ?th blrava; the 3rd yoga is present
    when the Sun, Venus and Mars occupy the 4th, the
    10th aod the llth from the l,rrd of the Lagna.

    frfroft rrqfrqrqnq
    s{rf,T{rfr
    wsolf€Fidqrcqr{rq{rto
    II
    teRgsoqs:q+**q{Ri
    {rs{irUoqmql
    aftatPqiq*rr n tql tl
    Sloha 163. The person who has his birth in the
    rttrru (Hariharabrahma) yoga will be thoroughly
    conversantwith the entire body of sacredlore, truthful
    in his speech, possessed of every comfort, of pleasing
    addresa,gallant,victorious over his foes, beneficentto
    every living creature and virtuous.

    ll ;ilrffitffipr: tl

    Tgr*il{ frfrqraitf{ufutgr il tQsrr


    Sloka 164. There are 20 yogas named after the
    different figures they represent and coming under the
    generaldesignationof qrAf*qtu (Akriti yoga). They are
    (1) qF (Yupa), a sacrificial posr; (2) qg (Ishu), ao arrow ;
    (3) nft (Sakti), ia spear; (a) qc (Yava), a barleycrrn
    ;
    sL 165 qgdtsqrq: $e
    (5) qss (Danda),a stick ; (6) rE (Gada),a mece; (?) egt
    (Samudra),the sea; (8) oz (Chathrat, an umbrella; (9)
    q*=ir (Ardhachandra),a half Moon ; ( t0) te (Sakata),
    a waggon: (11)wgr (Ambuia),a lotus; (12) cftt (Pak,
    shin),a bird; (13)ii lNau),a bcri; (t4) ar Chakra,a
    wheel; (15) +s (Vajra), Indra's weapon, thunderbolt
    shapedlike the letter X ; ( t6) as (Hala),a plough; ( t7)
    +r$o (Karmuka),a bow ; (18) q: (Kuta), a trap (for
    catching deer); (19) arfi (Vapee), a well ; and (20)
    ruFtu:F
    (Sringataka),a placewhere4 roadsmeet.
    Norns.
    The Nabhasa(heavenly)y )gas are said to consist of 4 divi-
    sions,ardz.(i) g{r$fi,ir.il:(.qtriti yoga) which has 20 sub-divisions;
    (ii) eeqrfirn:(Sankhyayoga)which has 7 sub-divisions;(ili) ertarqq}rt:
    (Asrayayoga) having 3 sub-divisions and {lv)to,iii (Data yoga)
    having only 2 sub-divisions-Total 32 in a71.

    Yavanacharya is said to recognise 1800 varieties of these


    Nabhasayogas,which, when properly analysed,will be found to
    have been included in the above 32.

    ln this sloka mere namesof the 20 qrz;fi (elriti) yogas have


    been mentioned, while the yogas themselveshave been described
    in detail in slokas 168-172.
    c
    rcgqoqUsslqilqrrlqt€IrTs
    HI{iFrSra qo'nrr{qiq+dr{|
    qturrflq mf\mE(qrr{rTrdr-
    +Erl1og.r.rrouq6*q{m
    fl lE\ ll
    S/ofra 165. tsg (Rajju, a ropel, ro (Nala, a reed),
    and geo (Musala, a pestle)are the names of the three
    wtxl (Asraya) yogas (named from the general charac,
    teristic of the signs which the 7 planets occupy): eo
    (Srak a wreath), lftfir{ (Bhogin, a snake)are the two {q
    170 |lUr\|ftil* Adb"vlr.

    @ala) yogaE(q€-Dala meansone of the two halves into


    which a bamboo or a like substanceis split): *qr (Vee,
    na, a harp), E{qtq (Varadama,a good string), vnr (Pasa
    a noose), *m (Kedara a field), qo (Sula, a pike), g.r
    (Yuga, a yoke) and riio (Gola, a globe) are declrred to
    be the seven tcqr (Sankhya) yogas so nrm:d from the
    number of housesin which the ? plaoetsare group:d.
    NorBs.
    The names of the 7 Sankhya yogas, the 3 Asraya yogas and
    the 2 DaIa yogas have been mentionedin this sloka.

    qiqq t
    Eug*{daoqril {rcTtt{r{q.nrsrrK
    **t qE(fr4*eflq{{fi ni\fi qrrrrtqn tqq tl
    Sloka 166 rq (R.ajju), II€a' (Musala) and i-o,(Nah)
    are the three wx+ (Asraya) yogas declared to arise by
    Satyacharyawhen the planets are exclusively in the
    moveable,the immoveable and tlie dual signs respec,
    tively. eq (Srak,t and qt (Sarpa) are the two Ts (Dala)
    yogasmentioned by wrnt (Parasara) due to the Kendras
    being exclusively occupied by benefic and malefic
    planetsrespectively (the Moon being left out o[ account.
    benefic and malefic planets are three each).
    NorBs.
    This and the next eleven slokas have been taken from gqsqrtrd
    sTt{cfrfi: (Asraya yogas) 3.
    (l) sg(Rajiu). All planets should be in qr (Chara_
    m.veable) signs. Planets posited in cardinal signs will make the
    native ambitious by prcceeding to foreign places in search of
    Dame, fame, wealth, etc.
    (2) geo (Musala). All planets should be in fb< (Stthira_
    immoveable) signs. The native will be of fixed determination,
    good status, etc.
    sl. 166 gsfrsqrq: 4ll

    i3) rc (Nata). Al1 planets should be in slrq (Ubhaya-


    dual) signs. The native will be dejected, depressedand disap-
    pointed.
    {oftfr (Dala yogas) 2.
    (l)tt{ (Srak). Al1 beneficsshould be in Kendras.
    Q) sd (Sarpa). A1l malefics should be in Kendras.
    Satyacharya has described the three qrr{q (Asraya) and the
    two ei-o(nata) yogas thus :

    sd q\g ilfitg qil fFcrdr


    ,ilrrrrq a rEq r
    e{qqfqqq RnnfiauqrflT?igssll
    d frrtg ffirg qErfuil U{rorqa frq{ r
    Ao.C
    wqFf fiqft{IqT giilnrrTqrflilrqT{ ll
    finfts qoqfr*.il ahrfifitntoar{rr
    frgqrqi geqrqiqqnqqq)fiqiqqfr tl
    Also
    qrufiftit't iE, frqwfiri<{ s.'uq,I
    Gn{k{tqJ'ir aenfigfifqtfqe:rr
    From the words gfrlufqe: (Munibhiruddishtaha)in the above
    quotation, it will be seen that Satyacharya was not the original
    discovererof the yoga, but the earlier sages.
    Some commentators are of opinion that the 3 et{q (Asraya)
    yogas{Fg (najju), gso (Musala) and qo (Nala) are causedwhen
    the planets occupy all the four of the moveable, immoveable or
    dual signs respectively. But this view is gpposed by Garga who
    says ;

    qd e} qrxq:ni utior qil Q: r


    qr+rrcqrrgi:frwwr{1qi( tt
    fiqrrA.gniarqqrfrai{'rTg?qr{|
    (flfict 6-+d"nt is another reading,)

    Beqr* qort'rFgqfr{i qft+tRa:tt


    172 filrqrn:|d Adh.vu.
    #

    Regarding the two 4o (oala) yogas w{ (Srak) and q{ (Sar'


    pa), the commentator adds that srak yoga is caused if tbe benefic
    planets occupy three of the four Kendras while there are no
    malefic planets in any of the Kendra places; and that when
    malefic planets occupy three of the Kendras while there are no
    benefic planets in any of the Kendra houses, the yoga is known as
    s,t (Sarpa), and that the Nloon should be left out of consideration
    and not classed as benefic or malefic. He also quotes in support
    tbereof the following two quotations: viz',
    (l) Garsa
    R*-dr,iqrrrt:s,ii€:fhaffqE:(g:rftagq<:)
    1
    ,itfqq--qqSr
    fi€I ad;fiqfrfragi:ll
    "(2) Badarayana

    k"i"qqr\ ffioffi$, t-qHflr\' {qqf:ir {rerq.I


    * sfq* qsret}tl
    s{trq€}ftar<rrrqtrilrnrfA*
    The a-o Dala yogas are thus described in A-Erqf<H€Kr.
    t-qat fr'qeifd ITioIq€qR"qivnqrqq: €{tl I
    qqg qhGnri qqre{ gdt+ftqqfAqrfiiifR u
    The commentator adds that these two yogashave been men-
    tioned not only by Parasara but also by others and quotes the
    following fronr qiQrq (Manittha).

    *-qaq.tt'w\: ffi1 qenfiil r


    rt
    * fi,tl s{qrcK.qlqfitiesoq+
    qFu qwi4r{q-913wrr
    \\
    qEFstqqoswilosrqr I
    hriqtr frffid Eor(""il-
    fiergr'tr sq{sdfr rrtE'stl
    Sloha Io7. According to some astrologers, the
    Asraya yogasare the same as the qq (Yava , *ro (Ka'
    mala), es (Varja), nfr{ (Pakshin), ri}c+ (Golaka), and
    'il. 167 gtlqrs€4rq: 473

    otbers* of the srrafr( Akriti ) and cear ( Sankhya)


    yogasI and the two go iDala) yogas are only similar to
    the yogascaused by the plancts restricting themselves
    to Kendrasand consequentlyhave the same effects as
    have already been described for these. Tbat is why
    theseyogasand thcir effects have not been separately
    described.
    Norrs
    Varahamihira has explained in this slolia the reason why some
    of the astrologers (meaning thereby the Yavanas) have omitted to
    treat in their works separately of the 3 qtqq (Asraya) and the 2
    es (Dala) yosas.
    It will be seen that the three eTtrfq (Asra1,a)and the two 40
    (Oata) yogas some times (but not always) happen to be identical
    with some of the 3{EiA (Akriti) and the q<qr (Sankhya) yogas.
    The cardinal signs where planets are posited need not necessarily
    v<i angular at the same time in any horoscope.
    For instance, suppose all the plarets in a certain horoscoDe
    happen to be in \q (Mesha) and {z{ (Kataka}. As these two signs
    are moveable ones, the yoga caused is fs{ {Itajju) and will be
    indentical llith rr{t (Gada) if the I-agna happens to be either\q
    (Mesha) or
    "riZ;[ (Kataka). l]ut if any other rtrii (Rasi] (other
    than {q-Mesha or Eaq-Kataka) be the l-agna, and all the planets
    are as described in the above, there is no {{t (Gada) yoga tbough
    it may still be called 1;g (Rajju).

    Again, if :r1l the planets be in tc (Mesha) and got (Tula)


    and if oue of these llasis be the Lagna, then too the yoga is (;g
    (lt.jju) since botlr the sigrr:; arc rrro'eable ones. As
    tq f I\Iesha)
    and d-ot (Tula) happen to be the lst and 7th houses and all the
    planets are said to be in these 2 houses, the yoga is
    {ISz Sakata..
    Suppose all the planets to occupy +t{t- (Kanya) and qriq
    (Meena), two of the dual signs; the yoga is ;ro (Nala).
    If one of
    * r;a1(Gada),
    {r+z (sakata) among the qlafr (Akriti) yogas
    and gn (Yuga), 1Xo (Sula) and httt (Kedara) arnong the R(.{t
    (Sankhya) yogas.
    6C
    474 qRnSqn'iqri? Adh. VII.

    these two Rasis be also the Lagna, the yoga is known both as

    ar+a (Sakata) and ao (Nala). Rut if iiga {uithuna) or {3q


    (Dhanus) be the Lagna, it will be both qiqq (Pakshin) and c-ct
    (Nala). If any other Rasi be the l.agna, it will only be a a-oa-4'm
    (Nala yoga). Examples iike these can be nrultiplied'

    The question now arises as to why then Varahamihira makes


    (Asraya) and 4o lDala) yogas in
    special mention of these 3{It{-q
    his work. The ar,swer is, al I the possible irrstances of these
    (Akfllthr) ar,d (-rcqt Sanl<hya)
    yogas are not included in the 3{t5f}
    yogas. The qlfi lAsraya) and {o.Dala) yogas may be these and
    deemed it
    may not be these. It is therefore that the author has
    fit to treat them seParatelY'
    Again, it is said of the two 4a (Daia) yogas that other authors
    planets occupying
    have described the eflects of benefic and nralefic
    (Dala)
    t h e K e n d r a s a n < la s t h e s e a r e a l s o t h e e f l e c t s o f t h e t w o { o
    yogas, they have omrtted to treat of them separately' Varahami'
    the
    hira treats of these separately in order to make it known that
    two are nli{q ( N a b h a s r t ) y o g a s a n c l a s s u c h t h e i r e f l e c t s a r e f elt

    throughout life, and not like t h c o t h e r y o g a s w h o s e e f l e c t s a re

    felt only during therr Dasa or ,\ntardasa l'eriod and not after-
    wards. cf ,
    q{i fqqRnt,i}m:nrii q.tfiq alqgl
    firnqoa^tfa;elafr Rc<qill€fE ll
    Also sttEdl
    flr,olqe gtfa-sr: 11
    s{qnrefi$?.qT:
    eil{qfto.qaeqtriilFq-
    R-qRig nqd fius €iFEftt I
    Tffle* qqqqeilqstswtl
    o{Fqfi{uft{i ffi$( il'{tt ll qqd ll
    S/ofra 168. Astrologers say that the yoga rrqr
    (Gada)is prcduced when tire plarretsoccupytwo suc'
    cessive Kendras; a.r.z(Sakata) when all the Eeven
    planetsare in the 1ct and the 7th houses; cfhd (Pakshin)
    sl. 169 qf,frss{rq: 476

    when they are in the 4th and the 10th houseE; crrrei
    (Srungataka)when the sevenplaneta are in the Lagna,
    tlte Sth and the 9th houses; and eo (Dala) when they
    are confined to a group of triangular houseeother than
    the one containing the Lagna.
    Norps.
    In this stanza Varahamihira describes 5 out of ttre Z0 eTr5fr
    (Alriri) yogas.
    l. {r1r (Gada).A1l the planets should occupy adjacent Keu'
    dras. There are thus { varieties, triz,, all the planets may occupy
    (l) lst and 4th houses; (Z) +ttt ancl 7th houses (3) 7th and l0th
    houses and (4) l0th and I s: hou-'es. The Yavanas recognise
    these as 4 distinct yogas and cAll thenr respectively as ffit
    (Gacla), ir6 (sankha), isg* (Vit)huka) and u{q (Dhvaja ' The
    effect is somewhat good and sortrewhrrt bad. They will be in

    squares.
    2. t+a ntt planets shoultl be rn the lst and the
    (Sakata).
    7th houses. The effect must be bad as planets are in opposition.
    3. fts.r (Vihagat. Al1 planets should be in the 4th and tne
    'lhe
    lOth houses. p l a n e t s l > e i n gi n o p p o s i t i o n , t h e e f f e c t r n u s t b e
    bad.
    4. (Sringataka). All plarrets should be in the l:t,
    "gq1zl,
    5th and ( l t h houses, Effect good.
    5. aa (llala). All planetsshould bc In'-.'
    (u) 2ttd,5th and l0th houses:
    (b) 3rd,7th and'l lth houses;
    ( c ) 4 t b , 8 t h a n d I l l t h h o u s e s;
    that is, rn trines begirtning with arrl' hciuse other thirn the Lagna.
    cf. fll.lg+,t4ol
    \n\C-\o].
    : I
    oTlI;rrl{FJ{qtF,ldql FHtEqT(+q{afrqf,q
    " "^\ \
    , o \ \ t
    qq qcql filttdl rlirFq: gql{t{: r{q{{,Fq t11: ll
    urr<iro nni fiqq:Us'n&t:
    r
    ofiqerrq<&:e\: rysu-i rgilq rt

    n;glraRmrtfbqrE
    418 srdfcrRflri Adh.vII.

    ,*t-t €"-t{q,.4-{etfqr t
    qmi g frft{r{fucqiqtaqiqq-(qrq(: ll tEqll
    Stoka 169. qs (Vajra) is produced when all the
    beneficand all the malefic planets are ranged as in the
    tro'a (Sakata)and c&q (Pakshin),i.e. when all the bene'
    fic planetsoccupy the lst and the ?th housesexclusively
    and all the malefic planets are in the 4th and the 10th
    houses exclusively. This order when reversedgives
    the qqdtrr (Yava yoga), i.c. when the malefic planetsare
    as in {rd'd (Sakata)and beneficones as in crQ{ (Pakshin)'
    The yoga becomes+no (Kamala)when the good and evil
    planeteare ranged promiscuouslyin the 4 housesindi'
    cated (tet, 4th, ?th and lCth)' erfrdq (Vapee yoga)
    would result when the 7 planets occupy the 4 tTurrt
    (Panapara)or the 4 qrfrbq (Apoklima)houses.
    Notrs.
    Four more arrafr (ALriti) yogas are described in this sloka.
    6. sq (Vajra). All benefics should be in the lst and the
    7 t h h o u s e s ,a n d a l l m a l e f i c s i n t h e ' l t h a n d t t r e l 0 t h . T h e s p i r i t
    is good; trecause bad planets are in opposition to bad ones and
    air:e aersq.
    7. qq (Yava). 611 62,1;:fics should be in the lst and 7t11
    houses aud benelics in the 4th and l0th.
    sl. 169 rrgrftsqr{tr 4n

    8. {{o (Kamala).-All the planets should be posited in tho


    4 Kendras PromiscuouslY.

    Saturn

    The ellect wilt be that the perscn rises with the maxittturtr
    labour and lrardship.' For example, Sri Rama's hcroscope'
    9. qrrii (Vapee)-All the planets shouldoccupy
    (a) the 2nd, 5th, 8tlr and llth houses'
    or b) the 3rd, 6th, gthand l2th houses.
    In the iq (Vajra) yoga, the man enjoyswell in early and
    latter life, because,benefics in the lst and the 7th must mean
    (7th house)'
    good in the beginning (,st house)and good in the end
    planets are in the mid'heaven.
    and bad in.he middle, because,bad
    Sirnilarly for 4a (Yava\'
    In the:h{,{ (Kamala) yoga, it should be noted that woalth is
    not indicated.
    In the al{i (Vapee)yoga, wealth is indicatedwithout charlcter
    or nlrn--e-a mere money' makiug ma:bine'
    gsll{(:-
    . g,reidrrcri|:€rcqfr:
    +i{eqsat: q6gtilt: qqFr;f:g}: | -
    er*trrg qqrflq:gtfflndq ftqtr{*
    qr{tqrnqi+: qsl$t6qlitR}g ftfr' tt
    Also sKl{di
    oar<fi, ftA' qii: gentirlefdqqqI
    Rqttffit ft*r qsiqQ:ft{tqift tt
    478 mruffilre Adh" VII.
    ,re---v----
    ---,-J- --_,_ --__ -__-_____vvv_-_v_

    Also vl-qlrs'rridi
    fiogrri gqT:HA€$q} qlqQq(: I
    qd qrq fiqrf,tqrqq*dq€ffi, tt
    frry: qmr:UqT:d eff: *i5q qrrfi. I
    t\ilitfbqFtql sqftsfrq qTftnT
    tl
    Also {q{qa for 4q
    fifi€dl$rfrq ffi; qrtiq:deqrftad, r
    qqtpqfrrfrs{qq-q3nq}
    qfrqfr: qrTSqFf,fiTfi
    tl
    For the +{o(Kamala) and ct{i (\/apeet yogas herein nrention_
    ed, four malefics are required. Rahu is to make up the 4th
    malefic planet. c./. *iirr*eirr

    6sssq\:n1'irtt{-gq,}qt;t
    qd ilq qi+'il fqnild'ir qa: tl
    e*srt Q qg{ q gq sn: qi}sg{: I
    qt *nqd fiqrarfrfuq6ftpqnqu
    qtg qh s qFqi n qrhr*;aqgrrq,I
    ngtt: ;[aqsd:flitgruq]qdq.tt
    varahamihira has another verse after this sroka in which he
    states that he has simply described the Eer (vajra) and other yogas
    (that is qE Yava and the yoga mentioned
    in Brihat Jataka,
    ch. xI-20) adopting the 'iew of the former writers, such as rrzt
    (Maya), q+q (Yavana) and others, meaning thereby
    that he per-
    sonally does not recognise them; for, he asks " FIow can Mercury
    and Venus occupy the 4th house from the Sun ?" This sloka
    which has been left out by Vaidyanatha for reasons best known to
    himself is reproduced below :

    TqflTqTgflllqqqr {erqq' Fdr: 1


    rgtrrai (qf"{fri} {qd: ir.q{ 1
    The same doubt is expressedby g'rn-+<(Gunakara), a later
    writer, for he says :
    sl, 170 qg*ssqFi: 4t(,

    sfiq"ifdrRftgPsqrelq,ifG*{q4+ ft ifr r
    qalag{rei f}ra$*'i qinfifi Uqfkdqrr
    But readerswho are familiar with the working of the Bhava"
    spbuta process (qn$z) des-^ribed in detail in zicrtc.eia (Sripati
    Paddhati , Adhyaya I and in the notes tbereto will easily see that
    it is not impossible as we go to higher latitudes to have some of
    the bhavas uncommonly short and others extraordinarily long, so
    that Mercury and Venus may happen to be in the 4th bhava with
    respect to tbe Sun, though not in the 4th afu (Rasi) as interpreted
    by Varahamihira.
    It will therefore be seen that rI{ (Maya), e;frt (Yavana), .Ff
    (Garga) and others have not erred in treating of these yogas
    as
    possible ones, if the yogas in question are meant to refer to tho
    positions of the planets in the nrs5osdl (Bhavakundali) aud not
    to the (Rr=rfi (Rasi chakral.

    sqfirRru+{ qg.lqrftl* r
    Sgililqqsr€ql ffir uoeh Tqr( n leo tl
    Sloha IT0. If rhe sevenplanetsexclusivelyoccupy
    four contiguous bhavas reckonedfrom the Lagna and
    the other Kendrasin order, the four resultingyogasare
    Xv (Yupa),1g (Ishu) or lr( lSara),riu lSakti) and qq
    (Darrda)reapectively.
    NorBs.
    Four more 3{rdit (Aknti) yogas are described in this verse :
    10. {rT (Yupal.-Al1 the planets should occupy the lst, 2nd,
    3rd and 4th houses. The planets are rising or are about to rise.
    I l. tg (Ishu) or {( (S:rra).-All tlre planets shoulclbe posited
    in the 4th, 5th, 6th and 7th houses. The planets are culminatiug
    or are about to culminate.
    12. qritF (Sakti).-:-A11 the planets should be in the Zr.h, 8th,
    9th and l0th houses. The planets are setting or about.to set.
    13. <u-e(Danda).-All the planets are in the l0th, llth,
    l2th and lst houses. The planets are elevating or ascending
    mid-heaven,
    """"""-"---,",-"-TITI:*""* """"",i*: "Yl'
    11?
    (Yuna) must be good, because planets are rising' Th"
    Xl
    or
    next best is (o-g (Danfla), lecause the planets are elevating
    (Ishu) and {tfm (Sakti) are bad'
    ascending. The other tu'o, ttiz,, <5
    are
    The eftects of these yogas are described in sloka l5 infra and
    consisteut with the above principles.
    gull€6(:--
    r \ e \. n
    ft;aq{-iireaqr5tt'ief"dWTgqllfsqoet:ll
    Also vrtgarqsti
    qdafiqq&d,q{S-FdW{'q I
    gqfRssqmrttq qrq, qqiqf, ll
    e}: {tfuRfrF€d:I
    HETsnFE{firt:
    flTRefiqiQ: Si.uerflqn{: lt
    Also €Rr.rd
    t
    eEnfitoz*uqaO{Erefrtritfr{r'
    tq{rftrftquqr:flslqlE&qr fqsq tt
    t
    f,KrexqntficaruR{rifutr
    q{Tqtc qrqdr iffi.T-qddikil tt tsl tt
    Sloku 171. lf the seven planets be in the seven
    contiguoushouses reckcned from the Lagnaand other
    Kendiaein order, the fcur ,ogas producedaraf,t.(Nau),
    qz (Kuta), oa (Chattra) and au (Chapa)' If the severr
    eucceEsivehouses occupied by planetsdo not begin
    with a Kendra as in the lour yogasir lNau), etc', but
    qr{rlbc (Apoklima)
    begin with a nornr (Panapara)or
    bhiva, the yt'ga prcduced is declared to be artlq-{ (Ard-
    dha Chandra).
    Norrs
    Five more qA,t (Akriti) yogas are describedin this Slcka'
    (14) f,I (Nau).-All the planets should be in the seven
    housesfrom the Lagna (i.e,, in the invisible half) in any order,
    culminatiog and rising.
    sl. 17t (dstlr : 48t

    to be in the T houses
    from the 4th in any order (i,e., on the occidental side, setting and
    culminating).
    (16) ffi (Chhathra).-ett the planets are placed in the 7
    housesfrbm the 7th bhava d'e., elevating and setting-al1 in the
    visible half).
    (f Z) qrq (Chapa).-All the planets are to be in the 7 houses
    from the lOth (a'.e.,on the oriental side,rising and elevating)'
    (18) .r{qq (Ardtta Chandra).-All the planets are in the 7
    housesbeginning fronr the 4 qgl6{ (Panaphara) or the 4 3Tfq}lBq
    (Apoklima) houses.
    Consistently, Varahamihira gives the several effects for +
    (Nau) and other tbree yogas-gcod effects for Fa (Chattra) and
    q-lc (Chapa) because in the one case' planets are in the visible
    half and in the other, they are rising and elevating-in both the
    cases, they must be good. Vide sloka from Brihat Jataka quoted
    under notes to sloka 178 infra,
    -- ,
    cf q{rtrr
    o (\\.,
    €r{rEoql( el{fl: F{cEqI( q8srHi{q {urfl: t
    sa qgat-qTqftii1+qh {trtq-{, tt
    sqm(:
    *,-nfqrrnfut:iT,tq#teaarpqqtfEraq r
    qqnlsit+ 5fpq: lf
    qrqrcr*{;rrT(qdfr,il
    Also ttt;t5sFrdt
    ({l&Fgltt'nrt: s{Sztuq'tfinr
    gqlfrq{qrdrt:6a{sfifrqt u
    saq+*: 1
    ssqrRfqof;t*raa:
    qqq{nRgqhtarq{eWqt3t: ll
    q(FqGqlqdqitlmerrFf,mq, I
    qdttqt: qsl( alq{rFqsI{T
    udt ti
    Also qrwo'l
    Tiut dm' rg' t
    saqlrR:
    €lrtR+ue+uq:
    6t
    182 .'l|trTft{T Adh. VII.

    qfufi.}; 11
    iaa6aor{+Ffrnr:
    ssqriqt'a:*=flq'qa+t6ilsiirrdtr
    qsFilwrt{qtwgfrqsg{rnqtrt
    froufifutqrfqiqrufdwqrcrl teRtf
    Slaha l7?. If the planetsbe rangedin the 6 houses
    beginning with the 2nd houseand separatedfrom one
    another by an intervening (planetleas)house,the result,
    ing yoga is called <gq lSamudra) and if the planeta
    occupy the 6 odd bbav,rsreckoned from the Lagna, the.
    yoga prcducedie er (Chakra). Thus an epitome of the
    ,ilUli (Akriti:figure) yogashas been
    given.
    Norrs.
    The remaining two uttz;ft (Ak.i,i) yogas are described here.
    (le) vgq (Samudra).-Att the planets should be
    in the 6
    even bhavas,r'.e., the 2nd,4th,6th, gth, lOth and l2th.
    (ZO1 qm (Chakra).-Att the planels should be posited
    in the
    6 odd bhavas,i.e., the lst, 3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th and I lth houses.
    The western principles of sextilesand trines impried in
    the
    above two yogas may be profitably compared in this conneetion.
    goffi(:
    q+r.a\s"qtwcHgqqe.gEqr;Et-g{tFa
    F a: ll
    Also ilagrrq-d
    rrrfxqangqhqt+K+
    frfi, r
    qh: sgffi: lr
    stai*;Gdtqrcri,i
    Also gnrSrfl
    qq{qqqt{lqrq.r
    rrlq;afifr<isr(
    e{qldqqrt.amrmit qieeR: tl
    Also qilfrtrT(ot
    ni)frq&ffJ€l;alqFg: Fqtqqz.*'
    mhba: t
    qslfi{qlna Hgqilrn ll
    g[ 1?8 ctgfr${r|t: {88

    {<eqrrirrns
    Wqqi{d-
    I
    hrqrqr{gfttErr1Tpns
    tqnrcqr qeftft $te
    qromqr-tEbmi{arq tr tsl tl
    Slol,r 173. w* (Vallaki) s1 ftIt (Veena), qrlT
    (Dama), cnr (Pasa),*qrr (Kedara), qo (Sula), gl (Yuga)
    and fro (Clola) are the seven *eer (Sankhya- numerical)
    yogasrespectivelyproduced by the seven planeto occu,
    pying aBmany Rasis as are denotedby the seven figurec
    commencing from 7 and diminishing successivelyby
    o n e , i . r . , b y t h e n u m b e r s7 , 6 , 5 , 4 , 3 , 2 a n d l . T h e a e
    €<ar (Sankhya) yogas are to be reckoned when those
    mentioned previously are absent.
    Nores'
    c/. r<rtrt
    t qltrr,+ftm: gfi {gf,{rRrilrwi q}q
    ,fre&+,.ftiq
    G-Id'qgfblqlq\'r
    *qna ag:6qs{qq}:qarfiIqeFqt:
    w5\<lrftr,rq qntfi{fQn nc.qr
    {i rt
    fraqrdiTr: (Sankhya Yogaha) 7.
    (l) q-g.t'l(Vallaki) or {iun (Veena).-Al1 the seven planets
    should be in 7 Rasis or signs (in contradistinction to bhavas or
    houses).
    (d zrfrf,r (Damini).-All the seven planets should be in any
    6 Rasis.
    (:) cRr (Pasa).-All the seven planets should occupy any 5
    signs.
    (+) hrrt (Kedara).-All the seven planets are in 4 signs,
    (5) {fd (Sulat.-All tbe seven planets are in three signs.
    (0; g.r (Yuga).-All the seven planets are situated iu 2 sijae.
    (7) nfd (Gola) or {'lorq (Golaka).-All tbe sevcn plenets
    should be in one sinrle sign,
    #1 r|fiq|ftd Adb.vII.
    This is a proof that all conjunctions are bad. That is why
    s1tfr1(Vallaki) yoga is the best. For eflects, see sloka 179 infra.
    Yogasother than {t;( (Chandra) yogas are TtiTq(Nabhasa)
    yogasand they take efiect at all times and periods irrespectiveof
    a n y d a s ao r b h u k t i r u l i n g a t t h e t i r r r e . 1 ' h e s ey o g a sa r e o f p e r m a -
    nent effect on the life, character and fcrtune of the person
    concernod. q,qE{1qr: (Karaka yoga) and other yogas also come
    under ;IIrT( (Nabhasa) yogas.
    The €<qt (Sanl<hya) coincide(or become
    yogasmay sorJ-retimes
    identical) with the (Akriti)
    B{rT,fr yogas.
    For instance,rKI (Gada), cien (Pakshin) and {da (Sakata)
    yoge$are particular casesof gtdrr (Yu.ra yoga) mentionedin this
    sloka. rrfl-aq (Sringataka) and qo ( Hala) yogas are only varieties
    of qfrdlq (Sula yoga). The yogas qit (Vajra), ++ (Yaya), +ro
    (Kamala), qr{i (Vapee), 1u (Yupa), q (ltitu), i,iq (Sakti), and
    <',-s (Danda) are only special instances of the €<w (Sankhya)
    yoga *<r< (Kedara). The yoga.scJ (N.u), 5z (Kuta), se (Chattra),
    qq (Chapa) and s+'iq;( (Arana Chandra) are particular examples
    of slqt (Veena) yoga. The ggtr (Samudra) and qfr (Chakra) vogas
    are special cases of (l{{Ff (Dama yoga). ln thes: cases it must
    be understood they ceaseto be trqt (Sart trva) yogas,i,.e., the ncqt
    (sankhya) yogas are not then to be taken into account.
    cf. gqld(
    gorftarnsg flflqgqaflnitnqtlq {'lrn: t
    {fqpqqlq;qqqT{nlqttarqfi q gfl€qrrr+ ll
    i"tftitrtffisqeRq tecqi
    qrit qrt q gue qguer{tilsI
    aqsfrtaftWri qoq!qstii
    *qrF'qfrifq{rfi {g(r€rrr{qr( ll t\eulf
    Stoha 174. The personborn in the rsg lRajju) yoga
    witl be envious, delighting in visrts to foreign lands and
    fond of travel ; the man whose birth is in the gero
    (Munla) yoga will be proud, wealthy and engagedin
    ll. 1?6 qg&stctc: 1p6

    -end
    yoga will be defective in $ome limb, reEolute
    rlt€t (Mala)
    ehrewd ; the man born in the eq (Srak) or
    in
    yoga will have many enjoymants; h: whose birth is
    the et (Sarpa)yoga witl euffer many miseries'
    er(I{dl
    eqzqfiqt: rgar' t
    gg{t: rr}frrqd}Trfdfr
    qqa'*tl{l: $gsqil: fl{ mfirat:ll
    {{r:
    rTl4g;rfltqgar:{{lgffiI U{f}ql: €ifktt: I
    fF,rqRnrgqdcqt q{f:d {tt: R{l geqt: ll
    sqifnftmtil q{iqqqrfirilsftfigqtalt
    q;gQmagaqt d€qlt wrgu-i tt
    fH gexent qEq{et'}q}qstqat: I
    zfiFf,I:gEgdfir qlotqt flce{4t: Fg: ll
    ftqqt, qtr fi:et fie g:t+rfidt:gfrila I
    q(gsT: qFI{clT:qT qrilr l{Ef}a 4{t: ll
    Also goraq:

    qil fttnfanfts"q{d<h:erqgi g{loi} r;r{rT(i![fr:I


    qrlr@:lt
    &,0' fir,irGfngai<grxueil{tqrftttqfigoilqe*
    ,it,ftgdt qqr(€fq ,1Ru-ii\g,rdtg'r* iqqfi5ft{fa:I
    q-'Ertqruueaq'hfi lErqtq.
    d(EfrtI{ {rifieqftttilr Sil{! I
    {Rsf
    (frruqts-d€Enaat
    ,rwe+fqrgdtui\aqorqitt ttg\ ll
    Slokal?5.Thepersonbornintherlqr(Gada)yoga
    of
    will be a performerof srcrifices, have accession
    The man
    wealth and be ever hankering after the raoe'
    498 rrdnut Adh. vII.

    livelihoodby driving a cart, will be aickly and cursed


    with a badwife; in the cfr (Pakshi)yoga, the person
    born will be a mesaage bearer,of vagrant habits and
    quarrelsoma The man that heethe €rrErr (Sringataka)
    yogawill be happy in his latrerdays; and the perEon
    whosebirtb is in the to (Hala)yogawill be engagedin
    agriculture.
    NotBs.
    From the eflectsgiven above, the principle to be deducedrs
    tbat planets in square or in opposition to one another give bad
    results, while planets in trine to one another producegood results
    and the same is brought out beautifully. And this is our old
    tbeory and not the theory of others. Varahamihira does not agree
    rpith Parasara aud others who think that some Kendras do good.
    E g., *tft (Kesari yosa). Varahamihira is consistent throughout
    as regards the eflect of squares,oppositions and trines.
    The word fucS<fi (Chira sukhee) has been interpreted as
    FS\qCqfr (Chirena Sukhee), i,e., " h"ppy in the latter days,"
    according to the commentator Bhattotpala. The interpretation
    " h"ppy for a long time " given by some is not accepted by the
    commeutator as it is opposed to the following quotation from
    Garga: tiz,,--
    df,qeqqht,ih, rySrer)qa, r
    q+i glaqt ffq ilx stF€NrgqTftqr{
    tl
    For the effects described in this sloka, c/. tK[{dr.
    gaii qrqriq(Tq;qn: {teq}r${rilar I
    g?fi;fT{crflrq(sgrr sTiqr,qqqi q ll
    tlqml:gi+€n1
    nql vazrgfiRi|fi:q: I
    eaift*€fqr: qrt qtdr{qFd qil: tl
    H{qeq{}fqAsr{<rT:g{dl{frni} !Er: 1
    +a(&qrafiei fid frt wr qrdr:u
    sl. 1?6 smtsqrrt 8l

    fuwesqwrqtgffi ?qt' fqqr gqrrfi;ift: I


    sTlat gqftanqr:ryflefitqrtl{gir1:ll
    *6rRr.iiqfiqr:gfrqerB:fbaran)ilql' r
    iFgg€rfl-ernr'i'qr EenfirtgttTr:il

    ffieqfgfi{ilr grrfisft{{i
    + gi€ir qir.e,I
    dtqtFrfrsvqq
    Rtqrffitdtqrdwgow q+
    {rcqtcgfurg€}filquq ilrr u tsQ rt
    Sloha 1?6. The personborn in the eq (Vajra) yoga
    will be hrppy in the early and concludingportion, lt
    hig life. He will be lovely and vzry biave. In the
    ltl(Yava) yo3a,the man born will be valiant and happy
    in hig middle life. In the owo (Kamala)yoga, the person
    will be of wide fame, his enjoyment will be immenre
    and his virtueg numerous. The man born in the rrt
    (Vapee)yogawillenjoy somesmallthoughlong.enduring
    comforts,he will hoard his money underground and
    will not give.
    Also Frcttldr

    aflq:flqqft g&m: {ffl: gwT fiffi6rq I


    qrrqfi.€FTT
    q* qrar:e*fitara tt
    edfrqqrrsaqilqqff}q"+ g({tthgrtr: I
    Eriu(:Fqqfiqrqqdlqmr:wit gtfl: ll
    rqlaqrfrlprer: frqrrgfrfiwffdq: fl;irT:I
    {Irn{Tff:E&{tilr' flroqqt qpqr Rp{q ll
    fiftt,,{t frgqftq: ft,lrdgqqrgiil:gg{1q 1
    ilng(qtrq@r Erftq]ilqil qrin: ll
    188 qRltcrfrqfi Adb.vII.

    Rnrrrqfl{a'gqt{qtt qn
    ftdtq gwitue' urweurett
    a'lq\sou,ggqilHg(q{*i
    qG fiiitqlk' gt'iis;egiir 11luu ll
    'the person
    Siofra 1??. .born in the qrim lYupa)
    yoga wiil be liberaland self pcssessed and will per{orm
    (sara)
    .orin.nt sacri{ices. He who is born in the mfit
    yoga will be of a cruel disposition and in chargeof a
    prison. He will be the artificer of arrows. The man
    who hashis nativity in the {ik'iirr (Sakti yoga) will be
    base,slothful and bereft of easeand we;lth' while the
    pefEonborn in the qocirq (Danda yoqa) will lead a life
    (wife
    of ,..rritude without those that he could hold dear
    and children).
    c/. sKtqol
    eTT.qfi(flIfi{f,FelTrga} fiq*€qflsqa: I
    aafiqqsefqriiXt qldl Rftea ll
    {g{lqqFgq;s;?q{qntu16{i;q6r:I
    Rer: sfieqfirct:{l{q}ilflEqKT:F3: ll
    ftadttenQoegv:gtrTl:t
    qq(Rdfa{.eg:
    sgrqgefrgofl:{lsli qm: Rqwrgq{T:ll
    QdsqQrrfi:qr: g{q};dtsnr: Fln{qlqt: I
    g:ftadtat: iqt qssqqilq{t: mtdqll

    e* qrcrefieqrgpq:IqoEmlqqnfrqqiqt
    q* ilil qq<fl qsi\r1i{it{nhilt, fRiln' t
    er{-fl qhqral ititr?ltaqq:irq$qiq Kt
    qrQqm qif{n qR qaerqilqtle$frugl' ll t\16ll
    sl. 1?8 eedtsrqtl: c80

    Sloha 178. The p?rson born in the sqi'm (Chhattra


    yoga) will be happy in the beginning and the end of his
    life with matchless riches and strength. The man at
    whose birth the ,i\irn (Nau yoga) occurs will live on
    the surfaceof water and get his living there, In the
    c**q (Chakra yoga), the pereon born will be a famous
    king. The man who has had his birth in the qg4qlrr
    (Samudrayoga' will find his living in wrter and will
    be a ruler of the earth. Hc who is born in the ert=iaqrq
    (Ardha Chandra yoga) will lead a life oi pleasure. The
    personwho has had the qzfrn (Kuta yoga) in his nati,
    vity will frequent mountainsand forestsand be addicted
    to cruel deeds, If men be bcrn in tlie uEtTa (Dhanur
    yoga)they will adoptthe professionof thieveshaunting
    inaccessible placesand bc despis,'doutcasts.
    NorBs.
    The effects of these yogas are thus described in EEFiTilS'.

    +tet ga*rog€: ziqut4tela, frslagi;tit;T{sq qkt: I


    a-itqq:qrq+pqdFs,iiraq:qi4r firt1q{:s,rsl;sfuq' tt
    qfr;gnr g{rt{FcEg:q{tn<illra} qtqftqfiqcg.ilft I
    q*i 11oqggag{irkrrfs:tt
    Also €t{li{(i.
    €qilar+ qrlqrililz{{gq: qs?rf[d:r
    q'la;e* sqfh r{: grailt'*tqtgilnq} €r1qll
    nfte,'iqqlfifirrre6lr: Fqro*1fii|(Er: 1
    SquTI qflql Q;fl *riqrnrt €oT:g6fl: ll
    quralffiTirfqqfl*ftzra :I
    cqTFbfidqrq
    qqftabi rTsq*rtq) qrqt q'tilrr
    qg(cnqnH€$
    rl)rignrqqqnfiqr: HgitT;I
    62
    ln r.TTTftr't Adb.vu.

    eSftFg.qr'geqr:ftGrffi: wgqfuraf,It
    *qqaq' qH+,FattftilzqfsrqT
    qfu{: I
    rFrfiqs{qqgmrnfiir fr}s€q'n(A rt
    a{dd*eliqe$tqtqtfrfdtqil: {E:t: T(t: I
    ffi t{qFaftfig,iarfhil q${r: tl
    Uz-flqrqr
    +rai ftrm: r
    ft-qEr*r
    +rtw)il qril qrrqlil qqfHwwi gqrx, 11
    ffi'(wi*qru ftgq:WteEer|xm
    4tfu{rgrsn6irrsqft: qrqrilffqrrffitI
    fli do'qq6frsf{qgiriilinog: Sf,{r{
    qeq,tt tsq tl
    ffi Uiqiqqi{Fr€rrdi*;qlur{
    Slohu 179. The personborn in shs *qre}n (Veena
    yoga)will be skilled in every kind of work and fond of
    musi'eand dancing; the man born in the qrcah (Dama
    yoga) will be obliging, with a clear intellect and famed
    Ior his learoingand wealth. The person whose birth
    takes place in the crtrfirl (Pasayoga) will be very clever
    rn the acquisitionof virtue and wealth, will be talkative
    and have sons. The man who has ihs @q (Kedara
    yoga)in his nativity will pursu? agriculture, acquire
    wealth, be slow of comprehension.andkind to his
    relatives.
    c/. qo<itt+r
    qft erfi qrftdwr{t t
    frqrfrt Zeqrftr&qpif
    qft frft Hrqg=df€q-g:
    tqrrrcilalafr*qgo' rt
    c/. g{sqrfrd.
    {tqJqq{ftgq: fiq'ftn1s,tt
    qKFqfi$+fi(d:qgqalEffl qri wrffinwEeiFg: I
    gl. lgl (tldtsqrr: f91

    *qro: iDRa:gaqqfrsq:gg
    Also wtr+efl.
    frTrF{dT:gqrTgrfla$I{Tilqqrqfrfilq t
    geft+ rg€eTl{t'trrqidftm qgiTT:ll
    qrfi-qrgq+rfiqgqurgdviuil qr: 1
    qq tl
    {g${cdH€**it fraraF'Trq:
    \.0
    flIl iranqlq; e[pl-€Ir6t: strl*lilTlaT I
    {gqrR"}f*rftor{g[er: TTreqrt:
    FU:tt
    U+{ruqd"ql:Fftqot:$salQq:gfrm' t
    hqft fl,Inqo€qnrqldt.r: rt
    qArM;Efr mtii, qtrt,nfr ii'idl
    ftqr{t Sqfririirsiiqqo' flqos* qqq: t
    qq(!r{H{t:
    fio lh{ft*sod'rszaqr:
    qfitliufircr qafiRuqr{q drnnqt il tdo tl
    Sloka 180. The person born in the qo.iin (Sula
    yoga) is full of rage, fond of money, brave, with the
    marks of wounds received in f ight, and without wealth,
    The marr whose birth is in th: gn'irrr (Yuga yoga) eata
    beggedfood and is exceedingly fickle, hereticrl and ad-
    dicted to the drinking of soirituous liquors. He who
    is born in the {r'r€irrr (Gola yoga) is without wealth,
    indolent,of vagrant habits,shoit'livad and ignorant.
    These 32 yogas havc been rnentioned by srrafuQrt
    (Varahamihira).
    :f. m-d'.lftrr
    qU Ga, *iqdtd qftq:wnudtqrE"-q{t?-l
    grTrc+|
    8e: qdt't"ogr' gfflE{t,il} qld{rodtseqrgtq
    r
    492 ltdrcrftilt Adh.vn
    ct T6nRFf.
    {fr: qri\ qqdifAqaqq} rr
    qqfirRa: qrcofr qr grTeqq'ia{
    r
    Rqqq|oitnritn: sfl{e"qefrsziri
    Also ertt{dT.
    rTil{Lfl:t
    fiwttesqqftarRet: SqfR"sar
    TIAitil, q-drq-tll
    trglrearqnqT:
    qrqueqffi qr qaQil il .Go6m e)* f
    Q n \\
    gdrT[n{qil€drg{qFr rTl4itrqlili: ll
    erRqretrgilfiqtflntq{fi,lr qfu;rr:I
    .rlU*il qqf:an{r: tl
    fte g:fl€atlqr
    The following additional information regarding the <Irrqf
    (Nabhasa) yogas will be found useful :-
    The 3 3ilar{T(Asraya) yogas produce the eflec,s describedfor
    them only when they do not partake at the same tirne of the nature
    of other yogas. Otherwise, the other yogas become eflectrveand
    bear fruits. t'f . g(snkTd.
    ertarfislFgfiqor qqos*ftfif{ar: I
    frar trt so qqfqs{r:qsaffi' n
    Also tttredl.
    alrarqqltErilTefqfhh frenor.rgn5fl: I
    er*il-qfqfhrAfdqaqon FgRtT,it'n,11
    Also gu6qq'.
    ftzn q qg: s€qrqqliqr\fiaarct sd{Tq{T:Fg: tl
    The two Dala yogas will coinci,le neither with the srtrT{
    (Asraya) yogasnor with the gTrdfr(ekriti) yogas.
    They might
    coincide with ireqt (Sankhya) yogas**on (Veena), <rffil (Darrini)
    qpr (pasa) or *<( (Kedara)-in which case the yogas
    are to be
    treated as only <o (Oata) yogas anJ not as €FCf (Sankhya) yogas
    (Vide Sloka l?3 and tho notes tbereto
    cupra),
    gl. tgo sttfrsqnrc 493

    Again, it has already been stated [%da slokas from lFcftr{


    (Brihatjataka), uttrldl (Srravali) and grrr-a{ (Gunakara) quoted
    above] that where the eTr2{4(Asraya) yogas coincide with other
    yogas, they cease to be 3{trtiT (Asraya) yogas. So that the €RrTI
    (Sankhya) and snrT{ (Asraya) yogasbecome null and void (eclipsed
    or inoperative) when they coincide with any of the qt5fi (A.t<riti)
    yogas. But supposethe g{rlr{ (Asraya) and gFtr (Srnkhya) yogas
    to coincide with each other. How are tlrey to be then treated ?
    According to the commentator, if the coincidence relates to the
    d<R (Kedara), lld (Sula) and g,r (yuga) yogas, the yogas are to be
    treated as srirlq (Asraya) yogas only, but if it refers to the rita
    (Gola) yoga, it is to be treated as such and nct as elffi (Asraya)
    one-otherwise there will be no scop6 for the q'Io (Gola) yoga
    at all.
    According to Yavanacharya,there are 1,800 sub.divisions.of
    afrre (Nabhasa) yogas: qf. EAsilar.
    qqifugqr fe qe{tfrHI fifill f}<tfisr diFl{r:FII: U
    \n

    Also urcrq-ei.
    q-q-{rilfrKm:
    6&dI u}rrrcg{Hff ;tTHrI
    eTerE{r{dg0rrrrtqi
    erfinGtqr} rr
    It will now be explained how the Yavanas recognise 1,g00
    sub-divisions. Takingrlny one of the l2 Rasis as the Lagna,
    there are 150 yogasof which 23 are s{r5fi (ntriti) and 127 V€tr
    (SanLhya) yogas. The oi'rr{{ (Asraya) and
    {o (Dala) yog.as are
    not taken by thern into account. (T;ae sloka 167).

    As already explained in the notes to Sloka l6g, the.rrn (Caaa)


    yoga has been treated of by the Yavanas as 4 distinct yogas.
    Adding these to the remaining l9 srmfr (Akriti) yogas, we get 23

    Again the 7 $€Cr (Sankhya) yogas are split into 127 €qr
    (Sankhya) yogas for each Lagna by the yavanas thus:-

    The yoga {rqt which is caused by the 7 planets occupying any


    seven signs has 7 sub.divisions, as each of the 7 planets may
    occupy the Lagna. The 2nd n-<tr (Sankbya) yoga is qg (Drmc)
    rccordlng to which a1l planets should be in any 6 housGq Tlc
    .rirmfurl Adb. vn.
    Yavanas rccognise 2l varieties of this yoga (number of yogas
    caused by 5 out of the 7 planets being in 5 housesand the remain'
    ing 2 occupying the Lagna). The next yoga is ntr (Pasa). This
    hl,s 35 varieties (+ of ttre 7 planets occupying 4 houses and the
    remdining 3 being in the Lagna). The next yoga urla.ht< (Xeda'
    ra) has also got 35 varieties for the same reason. Similarly tfo
    (Sula) has got 2l sub-divisions and grr (Yuga) 7 sub-divisions.
    Lastly ri'ro (Gola) has only one, vil. the case in which all the
    planets are placed in the Lagna.

    So that the seven tc4t (Sankhya) yogas are sub-dividedinto


    7+21+-"5+35+21+7+l o r 1 2 7 d i v i s i o n s . T h e s e a d d e dt o t h e
    23 err6ii (Akriti) yogas mentioned aboie give us 150 yogas for
    each lagna or 1,800 yogas for the 12 lagnas.

    wtRt{6q{rqftstftt(nil
    tt (ct tt
    tqnqmi qwsqrfrqrt
    qfrdtrEqtuqqr
    WIf: ll
    11qif{Tl€q1rT;
    Sloka 181. Raja yogas(t'57), the 5 yogasRuchaka
    and others (59,65),q66q (Bhaskara)and othera (67'70),
    *qrc (Kemadruma)(7i-?9), the yogasww (Adhama)ee
    (Safra) (1i2) and tt{ctiodr (Grahamalika)(132-136),
    o6flrfr{r (Lakshmi yogi) (tSZ-:11,eitflq-sfm flarihara'
    bramhayoga (16)-3), or€oirn ' Kahalayoga (130),ilR
    (Nabhasa)and other yogas ( 161-180)have beentreated
    of by the favor of the Sun and other deities.

    Thus ends the ?th Adhyaye &c.


    -*-- ! 0ofi;itr'++
    ffisu*sunq:
    ll qET2ilqT5aFrilq:
    ll
    AdhYaYa VIII.
    oF Two ori MoREPrrANETs.
    ON Con.ruNcrroNs

    il eTqr
    Erq+qr rr
    Combination of 2 olanets in one bhava. There are 2l such
    combinations.

    cnRsdT{Trrlfrqrg ftgurq-'ilF* TRsq


    M irfiT€qnilffit{.qrqt qqii tft t
    MA
    R?rr€qqolFEd]'futqiir WFr
    rqrs{qiTwftqst rrfr q-dliqd ll I tl
    Sloha l. If, at the birth of any person,the Sun be
    in conjunction with the Moon, he willbe submissiveto
    hie wife and clever in every work he undertakes; ii
    the Sun be in conjunction with Mars, the person born
    will be illustrious, posseasedof strength and energy but
    untruthful and wicked; If the Sun be associatedwith
    Mercury at any person's birth he wili have learning,
    beautyand Btrength,but will be fickle'minded; if the
    Sun be in conjunction with Jupiter the person born in
    the yoga will be full of faith, active, pleating the King
    with hie works and wealthy.
    496
    496 rldrYrftilf Adh VIII.

    cf. €Tff{Rfr
    gqftri qlFI: qrqFdta:6ft-egefin' t
    enuqftsq$td pggqd: ffigq: tt
    +qd nr(Rfr qil oom<ng{}s6aaq
    t
    qrqqfi{'+h6 1@: qlrFqqo-sa
    tl
    erq t
    tqraqftqwirfin*, firqeqrqd\t:
    e{r{,ffiqftqfta' satq {gcqRrfurqrq.
    tl
    +gqfrilH{iq: reftwl ftasqqrsnl:t
    q.{ q<rqfrgt,rignuarqwatt
    *Wtfteq-gwatkas{t{r qgfutet
    qqrqqft! $ftrE{q} qta g+ tqi t
    qrs{rrrowfiRWrffi wrqrFEt
    qff fleqt ftfqgorer1q+ qilRKt ll I ll
    Sloka2. A pereonvrill be intelligent and atten,
    tively honor the relationsacquiredthroughhir wife if
    at his birth the Sun be in conjrlnggisnwith Venus; if
    the Sunbe associated with Saturn,tbe oersonborn will
    be somewbat dull,witted and in the power of his
    enemies. If the Moon be in conjunction with l"{aru,
    the personborn will be brave,of high birth, virtuour,
    rich aod worthy ; if the Moon be agsociatedwith
    Mercury, the man boro in the yoga will be pious
    devotedto Eciences and will havediversemerits.
    af, st<rs-d
    rlqr€(u|fiil {ftg,if iagieao r
    tgfr Gfrnfr: dsqreqq'gqq:11
    qrEfrqtqq:e'dft{q:megflEn: I
    ffi{rgil: g-q:{rfrGdneq{itaq tr
    sl. 3 qudsqrq: Asl

    qt rq*tff rfrw+fi196q',
    wry*l-qsq*} tt
    e"qqrEft-c{t
    +raqrqreftfqgq'g'fi: rftgqa' ggqa I
    fueqqq:qrRrgqit,id\'qrflfirg{lgt:lt
    cnrilqrgwnafriffiqnr{vr gh ti*
    'nqrnrffit*g $'ttusg* ffiftilgfr |
    Eqtsrnctqufrqffiq€rilqqtwSi
    ErCtdrqqittqilqstruffr.qrFqiqgt tt l tt
    Slut.r 3. When the Moon is in conjunction with
    Jupiter, the person born will be very intelligent and
    protect good people. When Venut is associatedwith
    the Moon, the effect of the yoga on tbe person born
    will be that he will be evil'minded and clever in
    making bargains. If the Moon be in conjunction with
    Saturn. the pereon born will have a bad wife, abuse hie
    parents and will be without wealth. If Mars and
    Mercury be together, the person born in the yoga will
    be eloquentand clever in mediciue and fine arts.
    cf. €Kr"R{
    Ec*€A frfia' tfiFgqqlaatila t
    gfm: grrto: g{fa+s,ifrif qqeg€q: tl
    a.fi61oEqgm: gof*fr:ero{:t
    flmqrftf\tr'
    mrR*tg gtro:{tfiqrfnfr' HqId\} ll
    alfialaarrd {qr'{sqrqfrfirnqto: t
    qr.ilRfi' g€q:qilFd sFt{lT$.{fr.i1} *r
    dg&,ifs"=nRe: gadrduil{t: FqqR:I
    gedfiwrat gog*dilsqf*qrFsq: ll
    6tl
    A\
    498 ElRti6lTtr{qlt Adh. VIII.

    urqtWqgqrFqfr.rfrRf*(xit €ffii
    qnilqi(rer
    qqsqfrsi{dr ufi} ,r,ftt
    Erfrrrrdfr*qii'qqqfr:diur gt tt
    qrnqtsqgq1ffisftq*Tqiqrqwfr kgi n B tl
    Slt,ka 4. Loving, revered,worthl', and acquainted
    with the scienceof computatiouwill the personbe that
    is born when Mars is in conjtrnction with Jupiter.
    The effectof Venus and Mars being togetherat a birth
    wiil be that the personborn will be fond of metallurgy,
    delight in tricks and be cunning. If Mars be in con,
    iunction with Saturnat the birth of a person,he will
    be Sisputatious, indulging in the pursuit of music and
    dull-witted. When Mercury and Jupiter are in
    conjunction,the personborn will be eloquent,handsome,
    amiableand exceedinglywealthy.
    cf, eruqoi
    firerSfiniefriqrfr qrfiq{rnq}
    qftqr{ r
    erafiqqqr{:g{ge$qri}: gqr{ilfr:tl
    Fft rrqqqd)qfhafl:q{gqfAfi d {o' ,
    {irZd{laral fqzafrid\rsq}t rt
    gdiq;qir?,${o:qqerFkqr.frgilea t
    gqgt{q}fiq$'aqfiqa: mftdi: €t( tt
    zaiqtfilrnr qrilsfqtqnafA-qgq'r
    gugnrlt qfiq'i{ Srqg'ir qiqisr{q{ tl
    rrrqiqrailaiqarr{rftilg} {Tff(Rrr+
    kqrin-{fiftuuCgoi+Hd,qiir;griI
    +qqtzqfrii*sfaqinqrq urr ugi6gt
    ikqt qFrii'rn*i qgqfr{srfrt qrftrin \ tl
    rL6 srgqlscrll4: 499

    unction with Mer'


    cury, the persrn born will be versed in the sacredbooks'
    and fond of music, play and mirth. If Saturn be
    associatedwith Mercury, the person born will be
    learned,wealthy and distinguishedfor his moral worth'
    The man at whose birth Jupiter and Venus occupy one
    sign will be enerqetic,in favor with the king and
    exceedingly intelligent' If Jupiter ba in conittnction
    with S.rturn.the effect of the yoga will be that the
    person born in it will be an artist. If Venus and
    Saturnbe togethcrat a bitth the personaffect€dby the
    vgga will own largeherdsof cattle and be an athlete'
    NorBs.
    cf . qtrtqdt

    eifd{qqi}qqil qgfte'iiiafi.galrq:€il1 |
    -qqrcqtfq
    'ftaf,talq(fA{'Efga'iifi : !|
    TqqI{ sEqslq: nq?I: nctfifrqq{ftor t
    figq' ritqaqt+q] g'{ilfiii+ gql( qlfA ll
    qJafifiqrqDfinredit'rir:sqplgd:I
    alifFra,irirs*fifireilit ql;qftqt( tt
    q{ failzr,} q'lnftqfndsJdt qr
    nfi'ftq,il:qflq' lfqfi{TqrTfl'{tlm. ll
    : €{qaturfq+tf{taclq r
    qrrhe.T{ulqfl
    qs),aq:egfi: n{iftaq}t gqll {qfi ll
    The eflei:ts above described are only very general being appli'
    cable to tbe several combinations forrned in any of the l2 bhavas'
    The effects irr each of the l2 bhavas haVe been described in detail
    by qqatsri (\'avanacharya) aud quotecl in ?{itr.o (Horaratna)'

    The author of Saravali adds


    500 qnwrftqR Adh. vlil.

    g+ qd Trr;FIr:qq.frrqrrqftqm,t
    srqnft fr*eiq g{Fa frufi aqTil

    tt frqafrq:tr
    Combinations of 3 planets in one bhava. There may be 35
    such combinations.

    qWffitRsosisl trfi frftqrr


    qq{r(rqtFg+iqnqi
    fqurq{etrr+q,l
    _
    mqrstmqFxnrdqfr
    iirfiart ?qnrf
    iq r
    grfrFgitcr(rtfimrrtsR{rft rratrrErr
    Sloka 6. If the Aqd{'rrr (Thrigraha yoga) or the
    combinationof 3 planetsin one bhava'consist of the
    sun, the Moon and Mars, the personborn wilr extiroate
    the whole brood of his enemies,and be wealthy and
    politic. If the combination contain the Moo., the Sun
    and Mercury, the person that has his birth in the
    BcEfrq (Thrigraha yoga)will be a king's compeerfamed
    for his learning. If the Sun, the Moon and
    Jupiter be
    the trio planets influencinga birrh, the effecl of the
    yoga on the person born will be to makehim a mine
    of
    virtuea, learned and much liked by tris sovereign. If
    the Sun, the Moon and Venue be together in one bhava
    the pe*on born will be addictedto other people'swives,
    cruel, in dread of enemiesand rich.
    cf. €TttTd
    fqdq, qptit rr;ilfl: {rgrKfrqr: 1
    ertcft,qEUro:qfuft, Rirftrqli, rr
    tq€l frgqqfr, ilre{sr{)frqTqkT:
    I
    {qastt frt GnRrqfti:st*r\: rr
    sl. 7 qudtse{q: 601

    saqrqrfigut:t{r5{d Gt{qFqG:t
    iqrfi ?{€{fr:rcRqt*rrffit, tt
    q{T{ilQ ftgqt q{{T(ir*I {rmfig'rlE I
    .nq-qtst$\*dqlqt rIsE:tl
    q;d{nqt €oqftqt{tRirrftfr
    lllssgilfrrtrteg({| grrdqRrihart
    d"*rqf,qfrftfrffi *q1 q{ftsr{r
    *qluigt{Fqtdqftt ,r}.fiodr+rttEr{,
    ll e ll
    Sloka 7. If Satum,the Moon and the Sun combine
    in one bhava, the personborn will be wickedly ioclined,
    deceitful and fond of foreign countries. If the Sun,
    Mars and Mercury be together, the person whose birth
    is influencedby them will be bereft of comforts though
    posseesedof sons, riches, and wives. If Jupiter, the
    Sun and Mars be in conjunction, the person born in the
    yoga will be a patriotic premier or commander,in,chief.
    If Mars, the Sun and Venus be together in a itca*tf
    (Trigraha yoga), the p:rson born will suffer from dis,
    eaeesof the eye, will be a voluptuary, of gentle birth
    and of great wealth.
    cf. srtr+dt
    +rt fiqrqsrfr gi: q{ir$il sRqqt
    qqfiar+tfrih.&qfqt qsq: tt
    qqft€qrfrqs: HTdRdfrEt frqnw: t
    tf{gdwerRd: rr
    €€ftqt{+,sqilA,
    qqfRfis'il rtr{' frfArfiq-d qqqfrqfsR
    t
    sq{rs:edFut{iqd, rt
    TtFtitrtr:
    nqqTq{:g;dq, gt{fi qrflieqtiga} ITAq:I
    z$*qRffiqrt'n-Enft:qrlerEgt:tt
    502 Gilirif,'rlrtsTril Adh. VIII.

    T<rsfqfrilergtffi {rd T{t forxrq


    trrrvrfuirg$rrgrfrr?krqqiiiffiqt
    qrg{r${Rt{gtgiilqrq{dt g€t
    ifi gtrw€rtll d lf
    frrrttr'sgti{q'gufr
    S/oftc 8. If Saturn, the Sun and Mars form the
    hcafrq (Trigraha yog") the person affected by it will
    be bereft oI kindred, ignorant, weaithy but suffering
    from diseases. If Jupiter, the Strn and Mercury be in
    conjunction, the person born be sharpwitted,
    "vill
    famedfor his learningand wcalthy. If the Sun,Mercury
    and Venus be togetherin onc bhav.r, the person whose
    birth takes place in tire yoga will be soft'skinned,
    renowned for his learning and hlppy. If Saturn,the
    Sun and Mercury be associ:ltedtogether, the effect of
    the planetary combinrtion on the personborn will be
    to makehim friendless,poor, mrli:1nancand wicked'
    cl. qi(sdi
    qn{ft+riqs iiqrf}qitrga' 1
    G+,ers\
    eqq{Ad}sfind:ftrfiar&q'{rgfil,sRi' tt
    I
    iargitsfiqaarlari, TllerfEfi€q;nl'-q{il:
    ErqFqfagEfittftfafin, gtq: ll
    srftafrqrqr2) qqqtfq:qlfqil gtf\: t
    <ilRit'fl;its:nftgorfiwfit,qftt, tt
    fiqrqriltuq' sifril Fgfit: qfieo: r
    fr{rF.e}'gg11+&qfqR uttt: 11
    dnftFitfu qqrlil{'{sn{isiheF{-{{r1
    q-t;arR(qrgiq.k{* ttqiiqs €IftirsrI
    si.I slgqlsc-qFl: 603

    snfrlngikdritf, ouiiiil qdi,rnatFqaJ


    qrqrt-ggtrrEruaqtg.*{owrs tt q ll
    Sloka9. If Jupiter,the Sun a;rdVcnus be togetherin
    on.: bhava, the personwill have wife and children, will
    be intelligent, su{feringfrom ophthalmia,but wealthy.
    If Saturn,Jupiter and the -surl combine and form the
    iaqa{rrr(Trigraha ycga), the personwho has his birth
    in the yoga will be fearless,a r,oyal favorite and very
    pure minded. lf the Sun, Venus and Saturn produce
    the f*qafrrr (Trigraha yoga), the person born under
    tbcir influenceehouldbe wicked,proudand self,opinion,
    ated, If the trio pla,',ets forrning tl'rei'ogabe the Moon.
    h4arsand Mercur;', tlre person born will be addicted to
    g l r r t t o n y ,w i c k e d a n d o f f e n d i n g .
    cf . ;tti t{idt

    gioag:q(: qr*]fi'sa Wa:sflql 1


    qr+rdritfiei .ir,iagtqrcm\:
    sfqi: ll
    e1fie{Tfrl{:L;q' qrqi6q: LJlr{gdfra: 1
    qqfteifiqn.r.irdtqrftqQq+i:
    nfqt: tr
    qn*eta6qqfiilI{gE:I
    {-Sqqrcfraril
    sfisnqfin:udl fRnrfinfqngt,iifo
    rr
    qlqd(rqTq;ilqlqrqg, U€.F{nrc1rr: .t
    eilfiftqa gFqI:dtnT$gu{i}: qfi'i: tt
    qt|;gihfr*l ufrqEqi!$rqK{iGxli{r{
    qff{{ftoi qiq t
    q;gqqrqiq'titrrlotaqf
    mirrr*uqgiqoqfi isFqifi\tr il{t
    qi|;gwtiqh {g$trcqm^tsqfrti}qlll t " ll
    S/clrr 10. lf Jupiter, tire Moon and Mars be in
    604 qn+qRqri Adh. VIII.

    conjunction at a birth, the person born will betray


    impatiencein his speech,be love'sick and handsome.
    If the Moon, Mars and Venus be together and form the
    tsqeiln Trigraha yoga), the person affectedby it will
    have ill'manneredsonsand be of wandering habits. If
    the Mocn, Saturn and Mare combine and produce th:
    ]oga, the person born in it will be fickle minded and
    so wicked as to perpetratethe unnatural crime cf
    matricide. If there be a conjuncrion of Jupiter, the
    Moon and Mercury, the person who has his birth in
    the yoga will be very rich and renowned and will
    becomea king's favorite,
    cf, fl<r{d
    Rqatg: ddie*itr, flFflaIRwa,p4"tu ,
    drr,nrgg\Q\+rtaoeiqatI
    g:fiorqr:gr: qfAadsl: fltq fifie' t
    $qqg{ftfit: qQH'Sqq€ft: rta,ftnq tt
    {e} €nqqal+,ga} Gqqaei+fi&e, r
    qrla aii q]il ,fgd{ftqrFfi{gdril"q
    ll
    qnqtt*eq] {rrdt iqd €qrfrqf}sgo+1ft: t
    ergs'rutqgd\
    glqgrfit$*' tr
    diqq{ftw kqr ffigfur
    Rqrqrnft
    srrt qrftq?qe{gqffi;ggfuuigil t
    qr{r wggilsiroRl ftguil ghgtqrfttr
    {nd zqqqrfrilrfr q1qffi.ffit ll qt ll
    Sloha ll. I{ Venus,Mercury and the Moon com'
    bine and form a r?qaqirr(Trigraha yoga), the person
    born in it will be learned but dev.rted to mean acts
    and yct honorable. If the combination be of the Moon,
    """"*"- ","",-"y::T',-"*""",""-"--"--,i::
    i 1"1
    Mercury and Saturn,as a result of it, the person born
    will be liberal, honored by the sovereignand worthy.
    If the three plaoets producing the yoga be Venus, the
    Moon and Jupiter,the personwho has his birth in the
    yogawill be wise, have virtuous sons,and be proficient
    in the arts. lf Jupiter' the Monn and Saturn be in
    combination, the influence of ths yoga on the person
    born under it is that he will be versedin the sacred
    sciences,addicted to women past their prime, and
    kingly in his life.
    cf. qKgdl

    ftelnF6dqfdrfidtqrqT(:gqr{ q};an: I
    nloii vary'* gqqriq*q{i+t ll
    nn] arft g\iid: fsfiq' t
    sTspiffi+,<ars:
    qqfrqr: q*t *\-g1lrsgnlqrq tl
    srfl: +Qlqf,rf,tqgSd:fllg: I
    qrE{tf,qq:
    .Tlfugt{f{.itil qro: g+il rri*w: tt
    nrertarqgks:qqlqqi|firnil'! : t
    qrfir{qrqftdl\*t\elq-qqR : ll

    *dt nqgiritdsftgwtrghgq'stg*r
    sfiqqga;qtl I
    Tn;qd{ftdraqqrd-sqt
    {targl eri*{qqofnr gatqoqrq}r
    iuql qtqr&qitseawnrnqfiqri€if ll lR ll
    Stohu 12. If Venus, the Moorl and Saturn be
    together in a bhava,the person bortr in the voga will
    becomea learned Brahmana teacher, a king's chaplain
    and will be much hked. If the yoga be due to the
    combinationof Jupiter, Mercury and Mars in one bhava
    b+
    qrceqrftwrl Adh. VIII.

    the personwhose birth is in it will be devotedto music,


    poetry and the dramas, If Venus, Mars and Mercury be
    in conjunction, the eifect of the ffcaqi{ (Irigraha yoga)
    is that the person affectedby it will be defective in
    some limb, base.bornand fickle,minded. If the three
    planetscornbiningto producea iaq{qirr (Trigraha yoga)
    be Mercury, Mars and Saturn, the person born will be
    a menialservant,with diseased eyes and vrgrant habits.
    cf , st(qdi
    rrqfrq;q Uata r
    fdfi+,qgw+,ilqmgiiqfli
    ?qGqtsQqrqi afirqrfiqflYisqlt
    rt
    grfi: qitoftarq' qrd
    Hgrfdnfi: *rr: r
    qFqiaqsflo: argqtl€gg|:rftt: tl
    gs*r qtqt Qct: I
    eTSdti)Q*,orq.aqe)
    geiTfiil)egl{tgngqsg6fr:sRi: tt
    inq: qqrqoh: qqrfldtAqkqilil{t r
    rqir qwq{iiAiiqrftnf*,R+$' tt
    ggrsg(fi
    g$rt.'qgtRfdrqtfter
    qtqrn*gtr btilsg(ddgri{igflqnn{ |
    qtrrqrgqiqis$iltd'rtiei rflsrF{dr
    gaanrqfilti*aRgr qititrnqrpqilrll ll ll
    13. ll Venus,M,rrs and Jupiter be together
    .Sl,.,Arr
    in one bhava,tlre personborn in the yogawill be liked
    by his sovereign, will have good sonsand be happy.
    If Jupiter, Mars and Saturnjointly producethe ffrtfrrr
    (Trigraha yoga),the pcrson affectedby it will be lean,
    sufferingphysical pain, full of self'conceitand ill'man'
    nered. If Saturn,Mars and Venus be in conjunction,
    the effect of the yoga on the person born is that he
    st. 14 qeitsqn: 607

    -ttt -- t"a -t** t. *tiged ,o live abroad' .If


    Venus, Mercury and Jupiter be associatedin one bhava,
    the person born will be triumphant over his enenier
    and attain to fame and Power.
    cf, u<t+dt
    sqrRqg*Fq:I
    {qfttr: ttrginrf}qsttRf,tsq:
    Hreenrmqaftqri{gt{fqi: mRt: tt
    ;z'tdTrd:
    Hilq\ fiqrqrfrfaqf€frft), I
    qqfrrt ftnagn:g\'qgilft€qlt rr
    qrfidfl{t{rql g* rralrriegefrsq:t
    fqeiqqrs{ite'
    ng*' frftoqg*' rt
    Sa{: nfimflqoilZqfi: grfrt<{Tsg€dltr: r
    gegqft: sfRi.iqftat: Hsqq{{ ll
    ffi'Tewgftfrg€ftr €q*irfr
    q<SrgrEFdr{qqrqfrs;wtwd
    ||
    qrd] qi{ffitrqor{iiit qnfrqqrf}re-
    qrfr ftgtilet( rt tB fl
    ry* qrrs {rffiqgtrqT{
    Stoka 14. The person that is born when Jupiter,
    Mercury and Saturn are in conjunction will enjoy
    exceedingcomfort and prosperity and will ba attachecl
    to his wife. When Saturn, Mercury and Venus are
    together and produce a flcaoi'rrr(Trigraha yoga), the
    personborn in it wrll be untruthful, vicious and acidict'
    ed to other people's wives. lf Jupiter, Venus and
    Saturn be together in a bhava, the person whose birth
    is in this yoga will possessa clear intellect and be
    famousaud happy. When the Moon is in conjunction
    with malignant planete,the person concerned alwaye
    has his comfort and happinest diminished. When the
    qrf,scrrtqre Adh. VIII.

    Sun is associatedwith evil planets, the astrologer may


    divine that the father of the person concernedwill be
    sinilarly affected.
    Norrs
    r.f. sr(r4d
    raravtu{gaqrflqgq}firGNqr{{il{ |
    gfrnleawgrrriwanflagqr&fiEr€qr: tt
    q{gqfrrfr
    5€it qdfsTffir1 q}Gqqate' t
    gvgtqdnat:mal€firfl:qttm: rr
    ;Xi sUsfiqrdiqqfiat ryfHf{so+tffi: r
    rfietqa'tl
    UarrrfiaQq.rrlt+st,
    qftSftq;i q6utq' q+lftnq*:I
    gf fQqwqr*,g,i qtf:qP,fiffr,iq,
    tl
    The author of gtc+di adds
    qrqrql{r: u}nrlarlfrqnlFqf, rr
    Zqfr?eq
    g.qqqfld qgq Tl{osoqosq*gq tl
    qrqrcq)sfr
    fiflar, U{,f}oat gg,ine}h r
    (lftqg:qruqftroi fiaqQlqq. tt
    For the eflects of the above combinations of thre" planets in
    oach of the l2 bhavas, see Horaratna-

    ll qg*airtr, n
    Combinations of 4 pianets in one bbava, Tirere may be 35
    such combinations.

    qtqtqqqs{oiftfttq tqt r
    9;ilr{lgg5ft*imr{ q{dt
    {qr{ffirrffirrn t\ti
    Sl. ro sTggts€qrq: 6C/9

    Sloka 15. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Mer.


    cury be all in one bh,rvathe p3rson born will be a
    c o n j u r e rs k i l l e di n t h e p r o d u c t i o no f i l l u s i o a s a
    , scribe
    aud sickly. If the Sun,the Mocn, Mars and Jupiter be
    togecherin one bhava,the person affecced by the yoga
    rvill be rich, famous,talented,loyal to his sovereignand
    free from sorrow an<lsickness.
    cf. qr{r{di
    ftRttneryg€il ilrrl qrquqe$iloaI
    gtrftrrlmnr-+il#rrr:gql{ q4fall
    sn{Fqfidrfi;qriaqJ'il{iqrf}qqaril'r'
    1
    +dqq'ilfigq, nfhqqftqrpd: qfti, rr
    c\
    3TRrififf(Ugqt gGt({Trqq.
    iiatq iqnrffig€t figun FqrgfI
    rggtgrtgatm;a-
    a,{-'g,r
    Ursaqq$seniir?id]qrrr (Q rr
    S l o A a 1 t l . l f t h e S u n ,t h e M o o n , M a r s a n d V e n u s
    b e i n c o n j u n c t i o n ,t h e p e r s o nb o r n i n t h e y o g a w i l l b e
    b l e s s e dr - ; i t ha w i f e a n d s o n s ,i e a r n e d ,t e m p e r a t e ,c o m ,
    fortabia, shrewd and tender-hearted, If thc Sun, the
    Moon, Mars arrdSaturnb: ,rssocirtei.l in one bhavr, the
    personaffectedby the voga will have wild (restleus)
    eyes,and be a wander?r,a cuckold and a pauper.
    cf. smqdl
    s{dlfqdqlr{fd:g€rtre;fiwiis,iegQq$o: t
    fiqq.r{rrga:ufisqqgqrcd: nfii: tl
    fiqqarlfrRe]qqrRilqrfrrnrrilar{: I
    qrq: fli<l dqr{i{rf;il$qftRflq}rtu
    610 qtaSrtTRilTT Adh. VIII.

    qnrtqr{ gurqdqo{tgEns I
    g*qwgrrfufti{ffiq qpql
    qQ;5RBa*tt'{ql6ltfl! 11lu ll
    Sloka t|. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and
    producea qgiaftr
    Jupiter combine in one bhava, and
    therein will b€
    iOirrurgr.ha yoga), the person born
    fond of his wife and children, w:althy, virtuous'
    famous,strong and generous. If the Sun, the Moon'
    Mercury and Venus be together in a bhava,the person
    but
    affectedby the yoga.will be defectivein somelimb
    eloquent. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and Saturn
    on the
    be associatedin one bhava,the effect of the yoga
    personborn will be that he will be destituteof wealth
    and ungrateful.
    - qtrtsdi
    ci.
    Rlqffi*:sf,IQ{:firaq'ai}Erqilqi} {tr' t
    qrd:qrdtndg:ilfif,UtqrF*: qQt: tl
    fi+o: g,r,iiqtrq"tqg] uqnqniqgq:I
    qlil: qltr,F;)tfinfngu'rlfii,tftt' tt
    qlqftqfiqgd{qq+€qfrafiiirucq{fto:t
    nits"qz{1lt 6pgn}'urftfifiqaq.tt
    firqir
    diqrefiiqitq risqii qto{.d'I
    $rrftiituoRagitotEg*!|
    qrdifiiloaq* ngiiqr\
    lt {c ll
    Enlgalqitiii.gdtsqqdr
    Sl.An 18. If the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter and
    qqigim (Chaturgraha
    Venus ccmbine to produce a
    s. 19 ulglttstrlTltl dll

    yoga),the person born will be moving about in water


    or in some forest region, be held in great esteemby his
    sovereign and have many enjoyments. If the planeto
    forming the yoga be the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter and
    Saturn,the person whose birth is influenced by the
    yoga will be broad,eyed, with much wealth and many
    sons and will have for his wife a courtezan'
    cl. snF{dl
    Hlts€qnoqtqiqrqt stFfrFqqT{qqfi Fq: I
    gmrdge{nri\*qilt' tl
    sqrfasq:
    drqflifldtqrif qggdRe]qqlwlgqrT:I
    q{=uaoan}l\+rtqlqt
    sw: ll
    ufugrrgugit{*ilsfrSrr
    i[-dqrsFll }lqgl{fll.t(I rq ( q
    smrcqilNf\r q{A iiqdt
    qKrtERaqqt{rgfrsant
    a{q ll ?q ll
    Sloha 19. If the Sun, the Moon, Venus and Saturn
    be associatedin one bhava, the person born in the yoga
    will be weak, exceedingly cowardly, with his wealth
    dependingon his unmarried daughters and given to
    gluttonouEhabits. If the quatlruple planetary yoga be
    producedby the Sun, Mars, Mercury and Jupiter, the
    person whose birth is affecced by the yoga in quertion
    will be etrong but afflicted with misfortuseo, pcuoelred
    of wives and riches, suffering from ophthalmia and of
    vagrant habits.
    cf. eras-dt
    qfqn1geillr{:gr: qilss-ag{€nft{:t
    {r: q& niefr;gfRarltr:
    sffi: tt
    6t8 srrdscrRqrt Adh.vln.
    \\
    qdsq R{dTtlttrqit qr fiqa{Kqq: t
    g'crfi*seaw,
    guqi*ritqgq,rD'tt
    rftgqgqq*cqEREG6]
    frqqarihqJqEt{leq€r
    t
    fqrw$qarnqgq;iq{qi
    a1qft€i$ Er.ftq6ffiol il Ro tl
    !,loha 20. I[ the Sun, Mars, Mercury and Venus
    combinein one bhava, the person that hashis birth in
    the qgra'ila (Chaturgrahayoga) will be addictedto other
    men'Ewives, of odd looksand dress,thievishly inclined
    and devoid of all goodness, If the Sun, Mars, Mercury
    and Saturn be in conjunction, the personborn will be
    a commanderof an army or a king's minister, stooping
    to baseacts and inclined to pleasure"
    cf . sra+dl
    qurffiali| ftqqrstgfit fiqascq:
    r
    {qfaqni grfr Gfra.}i1-gi:sfit, p
    ,iiqr qrndltoii f,tqrqr(:+faqqTq*r
    I
    r{t Eryfialgrli6a*neir+rr
    wffifrif{rqft sq: wnisltneqiqql
    qtnffiiiqrstridqfr Hr<rigud;gqEI
    {Sdr*fuilrifr r qfiqqqrui
    ifdqi{uiir
    ffikgqqfi{*hnilrgqqrrqrqi q.iEn lt tl
    Sloha 2L If the Sun,Mars, Jupiter and Venus be
    togetherin a bhava,the person born will havea status
    equal to that of a sovereign, be renowned, h ighly
    ecteemed and wealtby. If tbe Sun, Mars, Jupiter and
    Saturn combine to produce a egia,im (Chaturgraha
    SI. 98 qq*5qlq: 618

    yoga), the person whose birth is affected by it will be


    poor, wandering, with good friends and relativec. lf
    the Sun, Marg, Venus and Saturn be associated in a
    bha,va,the effect of the yoga on the petson born will be
    that he will be in disgrrce and becometht foremostof
    miodemeanants.If the Sun, Mercury, Jupiter and Venur
    be in one bhava,the person born under their influence
    will carechiefly for wealth and fame,and will becone
    an important personagein the community to which he
    may belong.
    cf, qTilq-d
    girq: gFfr dh qqqrtzqeqi| gR cqrc, r
    rfi,*qqte$rt+F\dfRm1g6v:
    u
    ft-qr* rq{ra{: fHqrifrygft*Rr+:I
    {rgUq{q*t, sg*ql ZqIfitITd:ll
    qogfrfde,
    ft*ril f,tqrqdtGqqrer) r
    qduqgmilt:qilqqn*fr qrft tt
    qqqFgqqfl?, fHqrql q'gn;I. qFga
    qqg{fteg*,isfrgqri+tfhrri:tt
    mqffi qntr s'c€Fqnt$rqrcfl-{
    qai{Fur{Tr\t! gE(ar tttqqilqr€r{ |
    qufrtftfufuuorgftgoirqtqqurw{fr
    *t-geg*tqfrqsftu.fl uRrfirqftr tt RRtl
    Slohu 22. If the Sun, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn
    form the yoga, the personborn in it will be qu,rrrelsone,
    self,conceited and ill-mannered. If the Sun, Mt",rcury,
    Venus and Saturn be together in a bhava, the peroon
    affectedby the yoga will be beauti{ul, wedded to truth,
    and virtuous. If the four planets combining to form a
    65
    614 qriwrQqre Adb. VIII.

    Cbaturgrahayoga be the .Sun, Jupiter, Venue and


    $aturn,the person born in it will be proficientin the
    artr, in commandof the vulgar people and daring, If
    the Moon,Mars,MercuryandJupiterbe in conjunction,
    the personwho has his birth in the yogr will be devo,
    ted to the goodof his sovereign, becomea wise minister
    and findly a ruler of the earth,
    cf, srmafr
    fqrqri| wit nda€fq:fl€qqr{ iitrw6: I
    snq'rr
    "+tffigEg;q\5ptqht
    gtK: gqrl: qril eg€'ieq:qeq{}qdq-dr
    I
    u
    *t ftaeqrq)tRgqfrd€YRn+Tt
    ;iiqnr{ I
    gv: +R: eHI;t:ftredirq-lsfEq2q
    urGsrttRor{wi qrd}qlP.e:rr
    trregnA q\;q: grflqr*sqfl rqrgfr: I
    qrftoqfrqqqlehfr{l
    gqrwm:
    ll
    qqn{frts (Krtltnrrfid Ruqrg€l
    q<rt-g*Bqr{fuffi {t qg$$il t
    ffiln ifufuq,iwGirfrngrqnir
    qffiFrqffit futqftr {Kr gttt qFqilrnRQtt
    Sloha 23. If the Moon, Mars, Mercury and
    Venus be together, the person born in the yoga will
    havegoodwives and sons, will be wise, deformedand
    h.ppy. If the Mpon, Mars,Mercury and Saturnbe the
    iour planeta forming the sgmm (Chaturgrahayoga)
    the person affected by it will have two motherc and
    hthero, will be brave, with manywiver and sonr. If
    tbc Moon, Mars, Jupiterand Veouscombineto produce
    tbe yoga,the perEon whose birth ia influeoced by it
    Sl. ge ctfrscqtq: 6r5

    will be clever in iniquity, tleepy and itching for wealtfi.


    The person who has his birth in the yoga formedby
    the combinationof the Moon, Mars, Jupiterand $aturn
    will be firm,minded,brave,comfortableand learned.
    Norrs.
    cl, eru{tt
    +o$Rf{qrgffq: qu{dtqfi: grtq:I
    qQi: tl
    q-glsrq gqfi{Rruqgqw$ff;
    qg+o*fragn:
    {il Anuftqfrgu5.€+ I
    qqRgmqlFnn, nftsqgq*Rnqlt ll
    flqtTgs:I
    frtors: Ufioa:u+-erqlsiitq
    lrS qfiegq: flRlssrUtqrtt;Hfiil: ll
    qftil qqEraqt'dl-rri qmrg:frnq5ftt t
    rfttrsqntu+*}€tflaw\'\: tl
    The combination of the Moon, Mars, Venus and Saturn has
    been left out in the text. Its effect is thus described in et(I{dl
    (Seravali).

    $6clqR: qq?q:flqhil mq q}}q' t


    qn:grofrsqlq
    g+Eqqqrfi+lqfitt
    Algo cT{€r{rMil:
    ff-qKg;hFqrqiqfua:$?+tqfr:I
    n]iq' e{geqlfl:Inei} qlf,d qid. tt
    g{tTgtrfttt F{ftt ft{r{ q{qt qat
    ffiq;gmqrfrwt
    ffirtdqfr-
    tri-srdq{rrHrfilg€rqqrfirqRils ll 18 ll
    Stoka 21. The pereon born in a yoga formed by
    the combinationin one bhava, of the Moon, Mercury,
    Jupiter and Venus will be deaf,but learned,famousand
    616 qrarcrRqre Adh. vIH.

    wcalthy. If the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Eaturn be


    together and produce a agiqflu (Chrturgraha yoga), the
    person influencedby it will be exceedingly wealthy,
    kind to his relativeeand charitable. The person whoee
    birth is in the yoga formed by the conjunction of the
    Moon, Mercury, Venus and Saturn, will becomehostile
    to a large number of personsand have. intrigues with
    the wives of other people. If the Moon, Jupiter, Venus
    and Saturn combine in a bhava,the person who hag his
    nativity in the yoga will be devoid of ease, Eceprical
    and unfeeling.
    cf. €ras-d
    ftaF<rrqfQqfi:
    qq) vagnlsfrgqqq
    I
    rrqR{fr fq'rmftiqgFrrfirqrfit,
    sRt: rr
    sdq&frlfi(tqttqdt q.gqsif qfrqq r
    ?qgfrq:s{fifi' qrftrgq-frqlfrF{:
    sRt: rr
    qrqTrrrq{rfrd
    fifio,{r,il ftna+ga t
    qra)dfiGe; erf*ggtfrituggi,rr
    {TrI{Qa:gqftrqrdfr g'fbdt qqEdto:I
    {gqffi ffsw: qrf}rgnuU*Rf}:sQfi, 11
    Sqgq$gffiqrfrFEil: qq
    gtlgt{fir}tr wrrri fMar I
    tr€frd{fr*drtEtdqqlt-
    ftnqr{"frqr{ffift {qrr! n R\ tl
    Sloka 25. The personborn when Mars,Mercury,
    Jupiterand Venus arein conjunctionwill be rich and
    reviled. If Mars, Mercury,Jupiter and Saturnbe the
    planeteformingthe yoga,rhe personwhosebirth is in
    it will be sickly and destituteof wealth. If Mercury,
    u, 96 STEITTS€qr|I: 5t?

    Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be together in one bhava,


    the person born in the yoga will have exceedingwealth,
    learningand amiability.
    Norss'
    cf, sr{lild
    dmttfnQqwFfr d* q qftdflqa,
    r
    qqfAgqrfrFdns{vngtwfit'
    sRt' tt
    Ufr An-qrrq1
    rd(Ra:ssftqnqa:t
    m4le.asR"gfrfiqrtwftifwrgrilt,
    rr
    ffii qrmra)ilqrFTfrtfttqusa r
    gqfrqgmftt\{ddtenq}}
    lr
    The following two combinations do not find a piace in tbe
    Text: Yiz,, (l) itlars, Mercury, venus and Saturn and (2) Mars,
    Jupiter, Venus and Saturn. I,'or their effects,aide the following
    slokas from €I(4di.
    erFqg: Kge: fiftar* gqgdq:Qqmr:I
    Trrtq flrfi+iqriqqqri'i:sRi: rr
    aqdt Ragn:ddq' sqs&qarqe: r
    qlqgtgmglll+,t\qtqiftnq: rl
    Also qrdqFrtqqft:
    fleiq gEdqr q gqqqq{rffi:t
    €qnite)* rarqaHT(i+ofifrtqrr
    *trqnfiufiT,Tiqli €rfrrsfe{;I
    qrqr(tfrqrdit+a* qTqtTt: u
    For the effects of the above combinations in each of the lz
    bhavas, vide Horaratna.

    il {Qr{qQql 11
    Combinations of 5 planets in one bhava; thereare 2l such
    combinations.
    618 qrdrcrRsrrt Adh.vrn.
    qsdtftqertuffii+-
    qiwg tffi$rot ftgar rq{r t
    grn{rggqqfn*tf{qrfr-
    rrdrg('Tq{6r{qtirq€r ll tq ll
    Sloka 26. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury
    and Jupiter be in one bhava,the person born in the
    yoga will be a good combatant and a clever informer.
    If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury and Venus corn,
    bine and produce a ,iec(*rl (Panclragrahayoga) the
    person whose birth is affectedby it may be faithful to
    his various f unctions, attentive to other people's
    concerneand friendless.
    cf. qrrq-d
    g,tff egrd qlqrRsqar&anfl:t:
    I
    qq6gqrlrd r{:gwfiaq'qgt: tt
    qttq{d'tfrFi q'gg€R: Fa} Rrnsrq: I
    dtqtfr q flei r{hgsqu*,*Qarr

    urrgMMirqar t
    q-fi{rgtfrrqgRir{rgi-
    cqr$ffi frqoegerlr Rell
    Sloka 27, If the Sun,the Moon, Mars, Jupiter and
    Saturn form the {sqrqtq (lanchagraha yoga), the person
    born will be hopeful and have to suffer separationfrom
    the woman he loves. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars,
    Mercury and Saturn be the five planetsin conjunction,
    the person whose birth is affected by their influence
    will be short,lived, bent on earning money, but without
    wife and sons.
    $L 2S-2e llElftrtr|rq! 6t9

    cf. srtr+d
    qqdt€
    srcqrg+sq'rrfrfr sig€Qia:
    r
    eTfi€+Isgafis,
    frrRqr+rgt'ggi,g1
    gq6qte: sq&: qtf+fl6q:vilvndt t t
    frgaaeagrq:qlft{IRgqfrqFtt: rt

    Frffsqtrrqftqq;gqfr{t*t

    {iqq{rq${dr qliq\s;TEl{t ll Rc ll
    Sloka 28. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter
    and Venue be together in one bhava, the effect of the
    yoga on the person born is that he will be an aesassin,
    cast out by his father, mother and other relations and
    will becomesightlesa, If the Sun, the Moon, Marc,
    Venue and Saturn form a tqcaim (Panchagraba yoga),
    the person, who has his birth therein will cleverly turn
    to accountthe humility, the wealth and power at his
    commandand will be depravedand have intrigueswith
    other people's wives.
    cf . *lRrsdl
    qftq;{Iqgg,dt{eftquqi stq s;so; r
    qeft qit iqdi: gi'ggtrrriEr+ar
    tl
    qrardGqqflit qfhanr(:q{r$arfrK:I
    qsfiRaS:
    erQ{rrrftru*{fi.*t:rr

    {di Tfi fiqq{frqoEqilqr r


    I IRTEI.
    ffu gffnfiqwrtrrsPdr
    n Rqtl
    qrdTqrRsnt Adh. VIII.

    and Venuscombineand producea ,iacr*{ (Pauchagraha


    yoga),the personwhosebirth is influencedtherebywill
    be a wealthyminister,with a fame,powerandauthority
    to punish offenders,quite his own. If the five planets
    jointly formingtheyogabetheSun,the Moon,Mercury,
    Jupiterand Saturn,the personborn in the yogawill be
    indebtedto anotherfor his food, very cowardly, very
    wickedly inclinedand practisingcruelty.
    cf. qt<r+d
    u;eil qgfaqq]
    zq€fi+ qug{rqn\qr er( I
    (arir:Wqitffgfrgh€Gdiqul*ur
    rr
    ,frt: &qqreo: fr;q1ilaaa"rg
    fqgqat
    sq:vua*fr ghgg€qdrfig*:
    rr

    dqtuittaw qgir.r.rnr
    r
    ((Tt
    efrt;ggrtFqrnegtr
    qrn*Tqrcqgfrfr,Tqlwl:n il lo fl
    S/rrAc 30. If the Sun,the Moon, i,{.r.urr, Venus
    and Saturnbe togetherin a bhava, the personborn will
    be without wealth, tall in stature, bercft of .children
    and his body will be afflicted with many diseasee"If
    the Sun,the Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be the 5
    planetsjointly producing a {qqa+rr (Panchagraha yoga),
    the person who has his birth therein will have a
    wedded wife, be eloquent, clever in juggling, fearless,
    but haveenemiesto contend with.
    cf . rnrq-di
    {i'il irqnqrq}qruii.srt'igqr{gil{tq:r
    relrcrffiqF\Gq-qgqrf+,ugg+, rt
    sl. 8l-92 s{gqtsEqr{t tr}1

    ilnfl;q-{roftraqofin:69 qsfr qfrqrdr


    lgqHla,r* rflqEg*rrggi' 11
    gilRninreEqdffidffir

    S/oAn 3I. If the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and


    Venus be in conjunction, the p€rsonwho has hia birth
    in the yoga will be free from every care or sorrow, will
    commandan army and horses,and be restlesslymoving
    aboutafter women not his own. If tlrc planetsassocia,
    ted in the ,iqcfqlrr (Panch.rgraha
    yoga)be the Sun, Mars,
    Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn, the effect of the yoga on
    the personborn ie that he will have.to eat beggedfood
    and wear dirty and tattered clothes.
    cf . qnrs'd
    +tft <-gErmr: dlOnfrarqfiHqnqilr:
    r
    il.rfq*fdgrrrirgenr&frqU*, ltqr(
    ftdfi'ii ir,'friq6i gk ,I(rfi6 rcr r
    *uhitqsqrgr tfqgEge{sdig'} : tr
    qw! isilg iig'fr il{q;t1-fl:a\
    trft frnrfraUr,Tqruqrir
    r
    iu)tiegru ireimga: ugrdr
    FqrcirqaiiqdqErqhtr rriq rr
    Sloha 3L" The person wlrosebirth is in thc yoga
    formedby Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Satuin
    b e i n g i n o n e b h a v aw i l l b c h o n o r , r b l ep, r o f i c i e n t r n t h e
    arts, have to do greatly wirh the infliction or purrish,
    66
    ffiz qrasrmtdre Adh. VIII.

    ment in the form of deathand captivity and will be


    sickly. If the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Venuaand Saturn
    be associatedin a ,iqc€*{r (Panchagraha
    yoga), the effect
    upon the personborn is that he will be of the highest
    rank, but have much misery, danger and disease to
    endureand be famished.
    cf . stttsol
    Esffqqil{rfrfiar-e}*gffi r{qfhI
    ft,ri| Q*enift:gwgvUr{I*rt:<rr( tl
    aqrfrfirrRfiri<'
    rqnufrsfr{'eg.ag:t
    uefi gfirarg6t:Sqif{ffigmrrfrrmi: ll
    h'i1s*IfrqftaiqSiltfr{g-
    *nr s*gwv*ftfrv$rr
    w{ihqrgwqrgq-fltqq-
    qql gwqfq{rilEsrnrtrtt 11 tr
    Slofra 3..t. If the five planets, the Moon, Marc,
    Jupiter, Venus and Saturn combineand producea yoga,
    the perron born in it will be a menial servant, without
    wealttr" shabbily dressed,very ignorant and thievirh.
    The person at whose birth, the $un, Mara, Mercury,
    Jupiter and Saturn are in conjunction, will be famed for
    hie featsof physical energyin the enjoyment of plearure
    in toyings in the form of a lock q;z (Yanthra).
    cf. vRli{ot
    hfr nt{'*it qftqrqR}sfrdfr
    firru:;
    qqftat qqrRfi:nft6q6gr,rfrnd: tl
    q?.qqqqql(flHrqi6qftqg:ggrE.qqfr |
    qFr:rfrwql lhfrgarfiftfrnftt:
    u
    sl" 34-36 eu*sccrq; 528

    In the latter half of this s1oka,the planets forming the com.


    bination should be the Sun, Illars, lupiter, Venus and Saturn
    insteadof the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn which has
    a l r e a d yb e e n d e a l t w i t h i n s i o k a 3 l s u p r a , F u r t h e r , t h e e f t e c t
    g i v e n f o r t h i s c o m t r i n a t i o nm o r e o r l e s s t a l l i e s w i t h t h a t g i v e n i n
    the 2nd of the two slokas from qrtqdi (Saravali)quoted above.
    A\Cn

    {ffi (Tqqge{rIq{gq{Irf,'3
    utu1frlugogxtf,r;ggtr
    t
    srgi gtrr Egq;Tlqquq Hff{,
    q;g-{e{gailqqi}iltf ll lts tl
    5 / o { , r l l . i . T i r c i ) e r s o n w h o h a sh i s b i r t l i i n t h e
    'i-ry
    yoga i':rmc,i the five planet3 ti)j Sun, Vlttfcutf,
    .lurrtlei-,nu'enrrs arnd Saturn, will h: rr,'i5e,v.,rs,":"1 in
    sacred b';oks ,ind of a virtuous characler end c<-rnduct
    suclras e.odsand reverend seniors always fpprtrve o[.
    If the Moon, Mars, ln4ercury.Junitt'r and Venus be
    tog3ther in a bhava, the pctsr;ri born under such
    influence will be virtuous. h rirpy, vel y rxrealthy,
    p o w c r f u la n d t . a r n e d .
    cf. l{ril.{'7.1

    qgflI€flInqqftaft,r'ccir rlaqi q t
    qdqr:{rcfurT;:
    giifqary{{+-{r"s : ll
    qlg: {€qnrlit flaiqqqrqtiirgqqqa:. I
    r\\.r.'
    E;.It(flTEgtqtI ErI;gi,nnT-.{€[-ga;
    ii
    qsilil*galqqiiqttr{ f,rqrgrq;qq;fI I
    w&*qs{rf}qbqqqn$vgolrqiq+rs'rqr
    <Tr(ll 1\ ll
    Slofru i't5. lf the five planets,the Moon, Mercury,
    Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be together in one bhava,
    the person born under their iniluence will be hcnoured
    every wkre. He will have defective vieion and have
    clatilnftcrl Adh" VIIL

    a Etatus equal to that of a sovereign or he may be a


    kinq's minister.
    cf' fltrcd
    qqlT'fr?qftHfrwilct: ntoltqqq I
    qm T{fr q1q-};gafrq1rftg}:
    rr
    The underrnentionedtwo combinations appear to have been
    left out, uiz., (l) The Moon, Mars, I\.fercury, Venus and Saturn
    and (Z) the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn. Their
    eflects are thus described in fffn*dr.

    ftfrnr4 qftq: qilaqfqqrqtHil {ta: r


    qftdqfrffgtTrsqrf+gqfrqRqftft:rr
    qg{qfiilq{: q{rEQd5fi{qfro:I
    q*&rfAqr'itghggqgilfsgi: rr

    II gTgT
    qEgEfrTT:
    II
    Combinations of 6 planets in one bhava; there are 7 such
    combinations.

    q.ioRrgqrqtcrlGlqdtwtrfuq
    qrilquqfufiriffioqrqig{tttfiqilr r
    Uirreusqr*'qflEasg*: Rr{rfirwr{
    s;qq{u'lilq fidqqnErfiCftd rrdsn RQtr
    S/'rfra 36. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury,
    Jupiter and Venus be all in one bhava, the person born
    under the yoga will be a holy man calledaHg( (Tir,
    thankara)dwelling in forestsand hills and having wife,
    children and wealth. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury,
    Jupiter, Venus lnd Saturn combine and produce a
    wlnazlq (Shadgrahayoga) the effect thereof upon the
    personborn is that he will suffer from headache,
    have a
    sr. 37-38 stgrfts€qrq! 626

    constitutionrl disposition to madness,


    dwell in solitudes
    and that in a foreign country.
    cf . qtcqr.riliqqia
    fiqrqt*do) <gir''r1q {TrqqrdI
    qlfa qs3Ji1
    qnti: {*rrh}: r."qrd}
    qt.Tqrcq
    {iqqrrtai{t r qerr{rts! grft|
    fg{Rfh{rr$qqWfudrqieqr <rleair
    qtiirc
    wiafr"$qkgqrcurgtdrtr
    5$ ffqq(ffi rldgfi qgt frid Trir u qetl
    S / o l ' , r3 7 . I f t h e S u n , M a r s , M e r c u r y ,
    JLrpiter,
    V e n u s a n d S a t u r nb e i n c o n j u n : t i o n ,t h e p e r s o nb o r n i n
    the yoga will be of wandering habirs and very wise.
    lf the Moon, Mars, Mercurv, jupiter, Venus and Saturn
    bc togetherin a bhava,thc personwhosebirch is influ,
    enced by the conjunction of tl-rescplanets will be a
    pilgrim to holy shrines and an asceric. If the six
    planets combining and producingthe yoga be the Sun,
    the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Iupiter and Saturn,th: effect
    on the personborn is thrt he will be a robber,addicced
    to women not his own, leprous, reviled by relatives,
    bereft of children, ignoranLand in exile.
    Nores.
    tf "qrC.ir " be the reading., the translation ir "shall own
    great wealtlr."

    #rs;q*dfiwr qqqiTsrdf
    fi-etrq{rgntfi;gitarrQnqr
    r
    q;fqorqqa;qqqi(dia:
    {T;rr frariqeuqrwr,ilt{ffitil lc tl
    B/oArz 38. The person brrn in a wgealrr (Shad,
    graha yoga) formed of the Sun, the Moon, Mara,
    626 wreocrRad Adh. VIII.

    be insignificant,
    engagedin works not his own, afflicted with consump'
    ""t.-
    tion and drynessof the nose and despicable. If the
    $un, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be the
    six planetsjointiy producing the yoga, the personwhose
    birth is influencedby it will be a king's councillor,
    bereftof the joys whi:h rvife, childrcn rnd wealth gir':,
    but calmand contented.

    utq{titftrRr*ruqroqtt
    qtr; Q?rT{aKrll;rdh'r'ifiqrqq$qdi-
    €: q{isonq{q${i itoqm,{I6t{i I
    {r{sqi gqiurt fh'rrg $dtofgrtRutrwgtl
    d'rquitilqGi.{ftitqriqrftibt lr li ll
    ,dtqrq
    Sloka 39. Whe u the Sun is in the several signs
    beginningwith Mesira,the effect on the personborn is
    i n o r d e r( l ) t h a t h e w i l l h a v es m a l l w e a l t h ; ( 2 ) h e w i l l
    d e l i g h ti n m u s i c; 1 3 ) h i s m i n d w i l l b e f u l l o f c a r e
    ,.g"i,iing thc acquisitionoi learningand wcalth ; (1) he
    will be ignoraur: (rr) he will be versedirr the several
    the acqui-
    arts and be clever; (fl) he will be devotedto
    s i t i o n o i m o n e y, ( ? ) h e w i l i b e d a r i n g ;
    ( 8 ) h e will be
    ( be
    esteemed ; (t)) he will be a petty trader; t0) he will
    lacking
    c l e v e ri n e v e r y k i n d o f e x e r c i s e ;( 1 1 ) h e w i l l b e
    give;
    i n s u c hj o y s a s c h i l d r e n a n d c h i l d r e n ' s c h i l d r e n
    agricul'
    a n d ( l z i h e w i l l p r o s p : r b y s u c h i n d t t s t r i e sa s
    tural operationscarriedon by irrigation'
    NorBs.
    c/. ga;nna XVIIl-slokas l-4.
    q{ .{quiEimqreqqar gtqft ifiIqqtr
    qi.qd qfiEiffirqsest {rqiqqi ftqqr{ t
    40-41 qgfrs.qrq: 627

    ft qfqsi s frfqq* fii i"-air gtft


    grrt gdatfrfr qrr.rtqrisunilftrqrll Boll
    Sloko 4Q. If Mars occupy hrs own sign at a
    persons birth, the latter will get wealth from a king,
    from agriculture and from his wandering about in
    pursuit of other such occupation. If Mrrs be in a Rasi
    owned by Venus, the persotrborn will set his mind on
    sensualenjoyment; the effect of Mars' presencein a
    sign belonging to Mercury is that the person under
    such i'nfluence will speak in a dejected tone ; if the
    planetbe in Kataka, the person born will becomea
    king's favourite and havc much wealth. If Marg'
    position be in Simha,at a person'sbirth, the latter.will
    be in posscssionof securewealth. In a Rasi belonging
    to Jupiter, Mars makes the person born triumphant
    over his foes and possessedof comfort and happinese.
    In Kumbha, the pre$enceof Mars l:as the effect of
    making the person concerned served by bad people.
    And lastly when Mars is in lr{rkara,the personborn is
    e i t h e ra k i n g o r h i s e q u a l .
    Norps.
    cf. g€siTfffi XVII l-slokas 5-7,
    q;EgtsqafftilIi
    iS,TET fter'qgrt g€i
    sffiA frqiqqqrar?qa-rri +giaRnrt
    ffiqTA{gqffi'ft qilrqqft Uqrofrq)
    qia& iq(*qil {iiG tteqt qduqsrn ut tl
    Sloku 41. A person will be poor if at hrs birth
    Mercury be in a houseof Mars; learned if in a house
    of Venus; happyif Mercury be in Mithuna; will dissi,
    pate w his ealth if the planet be in Kataka ; wrll be
    lr28 oreoqrfffi Adh. VIII.

    henpecked if Mercury be in Simha; will have virtueg


    in abundance and be exempt from dangers if Mercury
    occupy Kanya; a king's favourite if in Dhanus; a
    suMued Eervantif in Meena; an artisan and a menia!
    ter\nnt of another if in a houseof Saturn.
    NorBs.
    If g:q{fl be the reading insteadof [it{t, the translatiorr will
    be "will get rid of all his troubles."
    c/. {(swcq XVIII-slokas 8-l l.

    tnfrwariqsr gtlq41qqrdr$q{ Uft


    ffi1 ftilt qRrcsfitqtnrceq qt I
    rr{f gffid{ sfrfr qt ffi qret tn
    {rq| {|q(rfrsl{r furii fiiszqr b'qrq}n BRtl
    Sloha 42. If Jupiter h'e in a aign of Mars at the
    birth of a pereon, the latter will be superior to others
    in his army, wealth and ooru, highly virtuous and
    bountiful ; if in a rign of Venua, the person concerned
    will be energetic; if in a oign of Mercury, be will have
    a large following of friendc ; if Jupiter be in Kataka,
    the pereonborn will be wise and rich in sons; if in
    Kumbha,the person concernedwill enjoy pleasures; if
    the planet be in Simha,the peroonaffectedwill bccome
    famous; if Jupiter occupy a qe" (Swakshetra),the
    personborn will be a king or on a par with a king. If
    in the depression sign Makara the person concerned
    will be a wanderer and bave a careworn mind,
    Nores.
    c/. gwn:q XVIIT-slokas l2-13.
    qnr aitritffgR{* itqrrwaqr{
    ,iid.qwiftaffiRilrqn]:flrdfiq: I
    st. 43-44 q?istqrc: 629

    gffiAni qnqRqlrfrgnther
    lfritqefurrftoqr{
    uggt tqrffifr{t n Bt tl
    S/oAn 43, According to rhe posiciouof Venus in
    the several cigns from Mesha onwards, the per;on born
    will be respectively (') a gallant ; (, ) wielding large
    influence due to the poeaessionof fortune, geniue,
    friendsand kindred; (') learned, wealthy and wise;
    ( t ) c o w a r d l v ; ( u ) w i l l h a v e d u l l $ o n s ;( 6 ) w i l l f o l l o w
    courEesof conduct preecribed for people lowest in the
    socialscale; (') will be a king,s favourite; (s) will be
    served by a set of bad women; (') will becomea lord
    o f m e n ; ( * ) w i l l h a v e e n j o y m e n t s ;( t ' ) w i l l b e c o m e
    addictedto unmarried girls; ('1) will be posseosed. of
    fortune, learning, worth and amiable manners.
    NorBs.
    c/. 1qs*n+ XVIII-slokas 14-16.

    {€lrr?ilrtrqilqg(dc{Tgrfl "Sd}
    mt: qtqqnrq* rMgr{rfllrur?eqqtl t
    cudsgru'olRrR{qi ilq&q} ftv+rt
    ilq'inqg'nfrqil{iEgi tqrqilftrfui , BB tl
    Sloka 44. If Saturn occupy Mesha or any of the
    other aigns taken in order, the personborn will reEpec,
    tively be (') stupid (!) will not have much -".lrh
    ( t ) w i l l b e b e r e f to f m o n e y , s o n sa n d i n t e l l i g e n c e( o )
    will be banishedfrom the joys derivable irom the kind
    careof a mother (' ) will be disreputable( n wilt havc
    )
    very little wcalth and very few children (') will be
    the leaderof a community, town or village ( s will
    )
    have a cruel heart (', ) will enjoy the dignity aftaching
    to the poosessionof children, wife and riches (
    " ) will
    67
    ililsfiR-sfi Adh, VIII.
    %

    be liked by his sovereign( 11)will have wealth ( u ) will


    Burpao$in energyand other kingly virtues.
    Noras.
    c/. grsara+ XVIII-slokas l7-19.

    llgifiUgilqq sri tqrftRrfirgt


    aqar'fi,o{HqRii"s +iaqr il B\ tl
    Sloh,t,43. An intelligent astrologer shculd weigh
    well in his mind the effect of the lr4oon's presencein
    the severalzodiacalsignsbeginningwith Meshras well
    as in the Amsas (drr) belongingtirereto and then declare
    the result of his deliberations.
    qftibi rmaqd\ii gxirtt
    GrKs €qdgqMitdiar r
    qmrilqig qGqEqfdror
    qpefif{ sqegk{d'i:{rss
    qrE il 8E tl
    Slokr 46. When a planetis aspectedby a malign
    one, the persor)born under its influence ruffers from
    bad ailments and is without the virtues, worth, wealth
    and famewhich a personof his birth and socialEtatus
    ought to bave. If a pl.rnet be associatedwith a malign
    one, the effeccis that thc personborn under such in{lu,
    ence has a hankerirrgafterother pcople'swe,ritl.rand
    women, is i-rarshof speech,fraudulently mindedand
    slothful.
    .\\\c
    rnE grti5(sg ({q( silKlrt'r{r:
    gilqdilili'Iqi g;qfr {FtWrT! |
    A \ \\ \
    ril{{ i{trEdf qr( gtrrl(reFTrnil
    fhaRgftaqqiqrrqrfrFatru Bs tl
    sl. 4?-{g cllgrscqr|I: 681

    tr-"t-t.r**-
    planet aspectedby a propitious one will have children,
    richec and enjoyments, will be handsome,honored by
    his sovereign and exempt from humiliation or disgrace"
    If the planet influencing a birth be associatedwith a
    benignantone, the person born will be triumphant over
    his foeein this world, conform to the dutiee and practi,
    ceoappertainingto his birth and sccial position, and be
    ahrewd enoughto understand(ascertain)the unexpreesed
    wishes of others by their outwartl indications.
    q;i tqrri $qrR€*dtisil {qfrr
    qqmgEil{*t di(i (t) q}q r
    frerq{rsnTqr
    ft e&qtqr;T{qqii*uqi gvt aqr
    grq&inddrTq!gqftqq *rr €A ii+{i Bd
    S/oA,r 48. When the Moon occupying Megha is
    aopectedby the several planets beginning with Marr
    and ending wrth the Sun, the perron born under such
    influencewill respectively be a king, a man of learning,
    a personequalin Etatusto a king, one endowed with
    every amiable quality, a thief, and a beggar. If the
    Moon be in Vrishabha,and Mars aEpectit, the person
    I orn will be one bereft of propercy; it \{ercury be the
    aspecting planec, the perscn born will be a judge; if
    Jupiter, an honorable person; if Venus, a king; if
    Saturn,a monied person; if the Sun, one of a servant,
    class. If the Moon be in Mithuna and the several
    aspectingplanets be taken in the slme order as before,
    the persor born in theieveral ceseswill rcspeccivelybe,
    one defective in som: limb, a king an intelligent and
    aagaciouoperson, a brave person, a villainous wretch
    and a poor man.
    632 qnactRwril Adh. VIII.

    Norrs.
    []:g: fr41q1;z[ seems to be the correct reading in the 3rd pada
    of the sloka. c/. Brihatjataka XIX-1. The translation will then
    be " If the Moon be in Vrishabha, and ilIercury be the aspecting
    planet, the person born will be a thief &c. ,'
    cf . €rrrsot
    sTFgq{ilZqft' qqcrit qT{qqqft qrr: r
    fr1:ffirrTr{tGqr e} altrft t\ u
    Frorn this, it would seernthat ,,.daq " in place of ,,{R(,,
    was the original reading.
    qedrfirfrrrdg:
    frRqTdrfqqlcqftr:
    r
    {pefb+: sFiq $qe! {rf{ft llilrd: lt
    anrfiqmrt:flerqq:qFqiidte: r
    gue}ivrt frrrr+tne+ffigo+tft:
    rl
    {grzsqn{r€qt
    zqt,nfilanvfratfQ
    r
    tqG Rqeql Ei utqr gqrcrrd: tl
    wfrmqfirflil WrqRuqtra.d) rTilfiqq:I
    rqf,tfisqnrtglq ftitfflfr {qfh tl
    oU6qgFq) nr{: wra.iir'ftRqnafqnar
    tqpt Rqrtfi nfiqret qEwm,tl lllll
    +{mqfidr,t f}qqqgnqt: fl€d q I
    qr+fq+;$Sd Wir rfi{tfhna;q:tr
    qfrtrq $d?81gqfrut qsqilfrlqqq1
    €qqd qritqi rrqi grr rrrftt\ Srt rr
    qrflqr+qfaftlqgfqnftrisq<{mar{r
    qrqfr gla ae:arit Z\sgqqufid.nq r
    fr rueqrwE(ndrfrryfi6q;dqfifi gotq.
    I
    '{ffinqfdfiFqnqfi
    UGE:ilqftsd rr
    gr. 4e qgdfscqrrr 633

    lf,qqqnrl€rqi $q qTnqrt;${ailil?qnrq. t
    qRqrrftgrt rr
    {rfiqgq+tr'rtfHiteTa}
    qq(tqsiied gqt i"q sqr q gqrfrqqr
    grRe+glfta Ggnee, {nl grt u n 1 ll
    qflrqnqmnifrg{ oqrfqdgqfieq r
    ,uftg:ftaeeqrt
    *frfr {Iftaao4:11
    wfiggfrxrii g€arqilfqqqoqF{rqrq I
    soh figq ffil qlq fiftffisqqqq rr
    urqlnrqasqrogtt aqrrfiaq frt q r
    qftqqeos{riftgq g{{tRna;q; 11
    Rqrilerqr+ftpqriiqsqrqqfRoq{ r
    qrF{slfiqafiq: s.iffr gaitffi figt rr
    qrgqfaqrcqqdinrfiqrq.lqftiFrft' r
    frut sut gtfrqggunftrfiftgaetrr
    greim-varftagefigeRrfdafia qrflqI
    urqi o)*d*i figt rfi-ifhaa=q:rl il1tl
    qit€ qrRrl?
    qqrgruAnoffittrt{qq
    3Trdiusfiddqftrffiqtsinqqr r
    qrr nlkan{ qfr initr qT{ifr$ frair
    u;qrd qfH Ru: quffdrftarf-ffior get Bq
    Sloha 49. If the Moon in Kataka be aspected
    severallyby the six planets from Mars taken in order,
    the persons born in the six caseswill respectivelybe
    valiant, honorable,endowed with the highest poetical
    talent, of royal rank, working in iron, and suffering
    from ophthalmia. If the Moon be in Simhaunder the
    rame aEpects, the person born will respectively be a
    634 waEc]Qsril Adh. VIII.

    king, one speakinglearnedly, a wealthy man, a king, a


    wicked personand one that is mighty. If rhe Moon be
    in Kanya and be aspectedby the severaiplanets taken
    in the sameorder, the person born in the several.cages
    will be respectively wealthy, mighry, lordly, learned,
    badly behavedand in easycomfortablecircumstances.
    cf " mrrqdt
    qufrgoi'rq qqrRiiilqqumqfi |
    Ott erJt q--* rfqe* gi{rrear tr
    qt fi+en{ttqrctqqlatfi{,i (Erqr
    +ii at ezt rr
    frftaqqfrfrnngsiaqft
    eTfa{ilqftq+t qqqftgq{tfha:qrqiterlt r
    qafig1q-i Zqfllit fteqqtd q rr
    Zsffi Zqgqg* aa+fr q-q: g};q$€s: I
    qrlt glqagrrrdadiaqqilisrTlmr;f,{tl
    q?firfi1€r+RqcqrqiqTqiilfi grt r
    +iah flFedieqrqqqrq,fr {F.rq tl
    s{anrTgriqRqqrgrfiefqqrf}Edqrq{ I
    nfqil es: €rJt +q]ft q;q] qt dtq{ n lt 8 ll
    ZqfiqgeWfr q].AeuqiqtrFql {ttq t
    {iqt Ee:1frfvrnn flzld q-q: tt
    tqrqfr qqu€q(g{figartireiltnq r
    ;rqlcgwqg{OifhnaGnr:fftf 1s
    {rqrfl+ ftd <{in.igafiila:rftt r
    sd gtq ed vagt+ulrrrflqa
    e-d: tt
    qftqrd goga qggit gqn?q q I
    gnfoa\-qqEa{
    g€eea:qqr'
    fii rt
    5r. 60 qErll5€qlrtl 636

    qqilfaqtdtri{irqqiqgqfntqqi 9,ft r
    g{nfi{Eflqln dt{itEt gxn.ee,tt
    E{+qqiottszaqrig,ino,i;fnt r
    Gta n,r Edtgefrgt{fqqaq'fr q nrit tt ll q ll
    zq+)aatrrqraq$ailfl liftretqfqqr
    wqrqiqfiafrqrqt8qndt gtt tt
    pqmsaq"dftfha gult a t
    frreqrqr{
    *-qrqigae* qrqrfari aqiigtt tt
    'qlfiq*pqfifh$ {iqrqrc{g Gaf+i gflilq. I
    srfn{,i m-qrqiqqqfrfqgutgtfhdsFq:ll
    q;gaira g{ta yaa*t gfraaw{q t
    *oqtqi gteril qqqla fiqqdiqf, q;q: ll
    t
    *'qqi ngot ftfqqriiar.iifrrqqqr@{
    nnaft*fiagP.d gnt uUw ftiifhaa;(: ll
    qeg€fiqfiqgqrfaawrg+i gaftauqt
    r,-qiqi w€E: e'tqirqqi {fi ge'dll ll q ll
    dits itq.itgeriisutrrdfttw{qq
    qtl uoi*ti qitqgq{Acsrqrstl qoqgfI
    ule€ {rirrft fiqra$sri rrqfrq'ialqgq
    irql fh'ift+.itnoqitq\ st gqftqtr tt \o tl
    S/oAa 50. When the Moon in Thula is aspected
    severallyby the benefic planets, N,Iercury, Jupiter and
    Veoue, the persons born in the several cases will be
    respectively a king, a mint-master and a merchant. If
    the Moon in Thula be aspectedseverally by Mara, the
    Sun and Saturn, the person born in each case witl be
    impotent. If the Moon occupy the rign Scorpio and be
    636 ila{qrftEre Adh. Vm.

    reverally aspected by the planetstaken in order from


    Mercury, the person born in the severalcaseswill be
    (t) a man with two fathers and two mothers(n) a
    favorite o{ the king, (3) a mean-wretch,(o) a sickly
    p e t E o n ,( u ) a p o o r m a n ,( u ) a n d a m i n i s t e ro f a k i n g .
    Nores.
    4qq: (Vanchakaha) is another reading for qoe+: (pandakaha)
    in the 2nd pada of the sloka.

    cf. {Tr<t{dr
    s{qqaqr&nraalftqi *rrfiry.n a t
    sTgiTqiltgo* walfarfiffi11a;q: 11
    .

    dTqqqR gq T{qllqFqqr€.Tflgs'{ |
    ^-: \. \A

    rftraaaqrr smqfA q*frf,a;q: u


    r* gta q;q: ,5s1ffi sr{d${qrq{|
    gqqw{fiein trcqrd gorq\Wt rr
    frtfharOosiqaqfiflqx{fti f6rg, r
    aafr*?g gad rarRgqTqn$et rr
    afi-{qiii grrrigeafidlflrq{rfrf,
    qrilq,I
    fifiqlqrqfifEfl
    s€euUfilhn:{{t go;*rr
    ott qt{itwr6i f}qqmi qqi$ii d* |
    Bqq{fi g€Gii qr*rfte* fRong' u ll rgll
    5th e)*ic,i gqqzi\q fi-{q.d q r
    g€qfid ueq(tt
    Ga+qeriisfUq.ra-q:
    e{sqqq{Stil yfinq Tft+ Erlftgeq r
    qFq+q sq\ qqq1q
    tfriq fl?E: 11
    eTqg{rT€e4r+q
    qqoFil ? gfur;fr q 1
    qqqfr gta ee: {'-qt dh* q ftilfl{ ll
    $r. 6t qc*sqrq: 68?

    {qksatffidqfttqFiiqr
    $ff edsftTrdt ftflfirt {ilqd q n
    qqq|dqff}E
    e{FtqqrfrEgr.rri +Tar
    gqfilffirnsni wqqft{g{tfrel;E: 6
    frqn-s Fqqaqiltcraqq Rs{i q t
    qqqra-ffiEs)qtqqi q;4sr: # rr ll ( ll
    q;i qgQg{dtg+ Rrqnwnqdqora:t
    qt sqrffihrg*r twuur qqttwt erq tt\t ll
    Sloftc 51. When the Moon occupieeDhanus and
    has the aspect of benefic planets upon it, the person
    born will have plenty of learning,wealth,wiedom, fane
    and strength. When the Moon in Dhanur ia aspected
    by Mars, the Sua or Srturn, the peroonborn under guch
    influence witl be an arbitrator in a court and addicted
    to courtezan$.
    cf. €nrc-d
    yfrrara $th qI fieqraqtt'iqrt r
    qrFsr€saiqFf qgqqgwrrtfrtaqtt
    tqrqffrF€q g'ii tleqra+atgaq{|
    sFqFlgqqT.s nrit qgfr tt
    ftfnga-eu,
    qgr:eiqrqili ;q]frqftFqftqrfifigq q t
    d,sft rt
    gEd fRqrRriwrqr{
    o{gqqt(gd :"ftss qFaq qrt t
    eq{r{rcsqfe*{qtgsrFqc qq: tt
    gMr fe qf,i'iigwr sxr"ittqson
    s I
    qrtEfqrqrdqrir*ee, dftq, tt
    68
    638 arnwfiwe Adh.vlu.

    frffi{R,i gqrr,i qg3Tf,


    asqtQqd.qq r
    arftqrf,yUei qqqftfr\frn, {rfl qgli u uq tl
    trw qttq?ofrqq
    qdtfi{tH frur I
    gqft*awqt qfit fttrmt u \i tl
    Sloha 52. When the Moon in Makara ir severally
    aapectedby the planete taken in order from Mercury,
    the personsborn in the severalcaseswill be respectively
    ( 1 ) a k i n g ( o ) a r u l e r o f t h e e a r t h ( t ) a l e a r n e dm a n
    (') a rich person(') a beggarand (6) a lord.
    cf. fl-ff{dl
    ewi g:fraqe'iqffifr{ilqdtqd gd r
    qft\ S{€qqlrr:ft1qo*6{tfhiii rgqr tt
    erfrfiqqqfAg({t gqi qaHgdet g{qq.r
    aeagqq-qo€+iift q*,fhaa;q:n
    a€ wrefiA et nTItdlq,qrfti e r
    qmfhqin Ee'g€rR,ifid.i geqqrr
    rlqfrqgqftizqftgil,sgawt qrdqI
    qgqngqfr{qrqft gnflfhaa;4:rt
    qrgsftqqfi{qqqrq?qrorfhiiqt {ft1 t
    frqqlaqgr qlqft qg{ffhaa.q:ll
    ewdqfti <ra frgevi qrtqrfr{qgqq.
    I
    +illi
    RqFr+,{g{ds: q-fr at qfrt il lt I " tl
    srrffi frtrqrt lfqEtqfrqq:I
    wrrilwq*or qrrfffttft?3 il \1 ti
    Sloka 53. The effect on the person born of tlrc
    Moon in Kumbhabeing acpectedby benelic planetoio
    that he will be rich in fame. The Moon in Kumbha,
    sl. &r qlrTtss{rrt: 680

    aEpectedby maleficplanets makes the peroon that har


    his birth under the influencea libertine.
    cf. vrn+d
    qftqfrq{R q qt 1r6'i qTft*aftrt q r
    o€ qffi€* ttztrffir'f: Q{$HI{:tl
    SlsRfldnnrimqg€frfuerosq. I
    ftqi qtortsimilftSffiqa;q: tl
    wrnqqrT${rA lftdFftf, &q q g{fi-{r{ 1
    dsffqqgtq $q tfrft gq{tf+ra:tr$ gt rr
    qrqfr*aeqiT{nq-q{T{Etq t
    gtt iFraqlai sr\i gffiftn: ffift $t n
    4qqg*tfti *Krqrqr&frflqa qrq{r
    sat urit sgqtfrfRaftil qcq\seqgsq rr
    qqtqqt qfAi KErRnni fiqqlqt r
    wnrrnftqqrainrit qt frwee,lt n I t tl
    ftrU sr{ttki ffi ardi* qqfrr
    Rflt qrqftftftt q€q-fl{qrqtrs} qrqt I
    flqit tq6*fki {aqftqffr $q;il-{nftr
    i
    fuir gr{tiht Rq*tqrdrq{rdtrr+(n\B tl
    Sloka 54. When the Moon in Meena is aspected
    by beneficplanets, the person born wili be a learned
    king, fond of mirth. If the Moon in the sameRasi be
    aspected by malefic planets, the effect of this on the
    peroonborn is that he will be foui-mouthed and evil-
    minded. When the Moon occupyinga malefic Amsa is
    arpected by malefic planets, the person born will be
    wicked and licentious. If the Amsa occupied by the
    640 qTnsrRcre Adh.vln

    Moon be bendic and the aspectingplanetsbe alsobeoe'


    fanous.
    fic, the peruonborn becomes
    NorBs'
    cf. sRts-odi
    fti qqrtdnhglta tiTqfi qqn€aq. t
    qflft RffiGE' sgfraqrrqvqftfri rt
    qfr{d gqQf, s@rgaq qrlfrK q I
    qqqft aq{erqft: a\ qtq, rr
    Rrftgnee}
    q?qfr g}t afr ftrrqa-qqT: gFtI{|
    qqfrqilq Sfui {twfrsqrqd fiqII ll
    U€mfiiFil ofui qFisqruqfu+tr
    g$qt +gft: df}id qn}q tl
    "reql{
    sd {Fftgrfterfuai aerra}wrqt
    g*ffi flqFil qqqd nftfrqi q rt
    ff+aqRdEFFrrr:
    mqrfrg{Ertqfr{fd{ |
    gd lftcafr *qfrcqrsnrrffrlu u tltf
    What has been said in slokas 48-54 above may be rearrangetl
    and sumrnarisedthus:
    (l) Mars aspecting the Moon in
    Aries will make the person born a King
    Taurus one bereft of proporty
    Gemini defective in some limb
    Cancer valiant
    I-eo a king
    Virgo wealthy
    Libra
    Scorpio minister of a king
    Segitterius arbitrator in a court and onc
    addicted to courtezans
    Capricorn a lord
    Aquerius a libertine
    Pirccg foul'mouthed and evil'minded
    sr.51 qg5ifss4s: 641

    Thus, Moon square or opposition Mars is bad except when the


    Moon is i' .\ries, Leo, Scorpio a'd Capricorn' Three of these
    q&-e (Swakshetra) and g_qba (Uchchakshetra)
    lrappen to be the
    of Mars, and f 'r the Moon in Leo, Mars happens to be the ruler
    of the 9th from it. That is wl.ry Mars is gooti in these four signs' '
    (2) Mercury aspecting the l\tloon in

    Aries will n.ral<ethe person born a man of learning


    Taurus a thief
    Gemini a king
    Cancer honoriable
    Leo one speaking learnedlY
    Virgo mightY
    Libra a liing
    Scorpio father of twins
    Sagittarius learned, wealthy and wise
    Capricorn a king
    Aquarius rich and famous
    Pisces a learned king, fond of mirth
    The Moon in opposition to Mercury in any place is good
    except Vrishabha. It is however not so good as the Moon in
    opposition to Jupiter for finance. The intellectual side is good.
    (3) Jupiter aspecting the Moon in
    Aries will make the person born equal in status to a king
    Taurus honorable person
    Genrini intelligent and sagacious
    Cancer endowedwith the highest
    poetical talent
    Leo wealthy
    Virgo lordlY
    Libra a mrnt master
    Scorpio favourite of a king
    Sagittarius wealthy, famous and learned
    Capricorn a king
    Aquarius rich and famous
    Pisces a king

    The Moou can be aspected by Jupiter ouly when she is in


    u.l.*""".,-----
    "","1*", ""-".
    "-""113:5
    trine or in opposition to Jupiter and not when in conjunction
    with Jupiter.
    Politicians or statesmenare born if the Moon trine Jupiter or
    Moon opposition Jupiter takes place when the Moon is in Taurus,
    Virgo or Capricorn.
    It therefore follows that all leaders in any walk of life must
    have Moon-trine Jupiter or Moon.opposition -Jupiter.
    (4) Venus aspecting the Moon in
    Aries will make one endowedwith every amiable quality
    Taurus a l(ing
    Gemini a fearlessperson
    Cancer a person of royal rarrk
    Leo a King
    Virgo learned
    Libra a merchant
    Scorpio one engagedin a base occupation
    Sagitt'arius wealthy and fanrous
    Capricorn a learned man
    Aquarius farlous
    Pisces a learned man
    Venus opposition Moon is thus not generally bad.
    (5) Saturn aspectingthe Moon in
    Aries will make the person born a thief
    Taurus wealthy
    Gemini a villain
    Cancer a person working in iron
    I-eo a wicked person
    Virgo badly behaved
    Libra impotent
    Scorpio a sickly person
    Sagittarius addicted to courrezans
    Capricorn a rich person
    Aqrrarius a libertine
    Pisces foul-mouthel and evil-minded
    All aspects(whether 3rd, lOth or 7th) of Saturn to the Moon
    are bad except when the Moon is in Taurus aod Capricorn. We
    Sl. 66 qgdscqrq: 643

    have already stated in sloka 3 supra that I\{oon-conjunction-Saturn


    is bad.
    (6) The Sun aspecting the Moon in
    A r i e s w i l l m a k e t h e p e r s o nborn a beggar
    Taurus one of a servaut class
    Gernini a poor Inan
    Cancer sufiering from ophthalmia
    Leo mighty
    Virgo one in corn forlable circum-
    s t a u ce s
    Libra rmpotent
    Scorpio a poor n)an
    Sagittarius an arbitrator in court and
    addicted to courtezans
    Capricorn a beggar
    Aquarius a libertine
    Pisces f o u l - m o u t h e d r ,n d e v i l . m i n d e d .
    A1l oppositionof the Sun to the Nloon is bad e\cepr when
    the Moon is in Leo. The Suu will then be in Aquarius and
    aspectinghis own house.
    What is true of the l\Ioon is also true of the Lagna. So says
    V a r a h a m i h i r ai n h i s B r i h a t j a t a k a( X V l l l - 2 0 ) .
    A11 squaresor oppositionsbetweel the Moon anrl any malefic
    is bad. Similarly, all squaresand oppositions betrveenthe Lagna
    and any ma1efic is bad. So also conjunctionsof malellcs with the
    Moon or the Lagna is bad except Sun-conjunction.l\{oon.
    A l l c o n j u n c t i o n sb e t w e e nr n : r l e f i c sa r e b a d ( c / . s l o l i a s 1 , 2 , 4 ,
    8 e u p r a a s a l s o W e s t e r na s t r o l o g e r s ) .

    q=rttr+sq ffi(
    {ftterQsei |
    qEft gqElt t{ g{erq}q*gar n \\ ff
    SiorAa55 The effect of an aspect upon a Raei
    must be held tc apply likewige to its Amsa. The Rasis
    as well as their Amsas when aspectedby or associated
    with benefic planetsbecomebenefic or auspicious.
    644 sriila;cfiErrfi Adh. VIII'
    -##

    cf.
    rrfirqd\q€g+ .rn] q qerflqt dql q"a I
    ilfiqo qTFftifioql*qfqfqar q nfq-s{ lt
    ||
    Il oerfqqrqftTer€5-dq
    qr{'d qR omlseqffiq\ qrd; gtqi f inrr
    qeqnriiiuiqutr qqilsntd gqffi;rer I
    il;ilqn{in gdmat{lqffi.qsttr{t
    qii dwakii ^ ERrriwq;rrtt tii{qrq ll \q ll
    S/o&a 56. If the Sun be in the Lagnabhava,the
    personborn will have few sons, lead a iife of ease,be
    .ruel, eat sparingly, with defectivevision, be given to
    bo".iing in the battte-field, well-bred and acquainted
    with the histrionic art. But if the sun be in the exal
    tation sign also, tbe effect of it on the person born is
    that he *itt a.tigrrt in the acquisition of knowledge and
    virtue, be possessed of good vision, f ame and indepen-
    dence. lf the Sun occupyingthe Lagna be in Meena
    the perron born wilt be waited upon and served by
    f"miler; but if thc Lagna in which the Sun is be
    identicalwith simha, thc effectof it on the personbort)
    i s t h a t h e w i l l b c n i g l r t r r l i n d b u t p o s s e s s i n gg o o d
    strength'
    Norrs
    cf. €6nFI{' \ _. \ ^c \ \i _
    df:qr;ti fqtqrqqt tqqulls{ laFq
    '[qljt-q: I
    iq qefioft{i{{r fhtqet
    qaq tt
    dlts-*sq' {fttt-(qh g€e,.IE{:
    Also 'nottitq;t
    elsfrseq+q'f*,qtosaq,*){t qqr*ait
    5t. 57-58 qg*serrq: 616

    qrRq-ilqo)fiaelq,it qnFil€rqiqia tt
    The Sun in Leo causes blindness at night. In Cancer, the
    Sun causescataract in the eyes. The Sun in Libra causesblind-
    ness. The Sun in the Lagna causessome defect in eyes.
    qfttrrfu.gq.riqfttrydirl
    hqq qrq{iei g rrilgt{ I
    drqq+i q{qdi{gsqilot
    Kililfi qii i\rrgFtfriinq tt \e ll
    S l o h a 3 7 . W h : n t h e w . r n i n g M o o n o c c u p i e st h e
    Lagnathe p:rsrn born will be deaf, defective,in some
    limb and a menial servanL. lf the Moon in the above
    position be also in conjunction with a malefic planet,
    there will be no vitality in the person born and he will
    soon be dead If the Moon in the Lagna be in its exal-
    tation or own house,the effecc of it rs that the person
    born will have abundrnce of wealth, f,rrne and much
    beauty. If the Mcon in the L-rsnabe full, the person
    born will attain long life and becomelearned.
    c/. gaslnq

    {mi;qililst;'t{trqf\(: inq, nru*a}


    erliq,ri qf,tll
    Also na{itt.nr
    fht q-i €h €art(,iqig{q+
    qftb erqtn{.qiR fiqiin qrqqtu

    - {ilEit*saftsfrqqdt'ri gi swt
    fis
    6

    frmfttreqrqqdfrdi oefet q'rqtt


    qli o{rrt frrguotrdt qdi 6q.{r{
    qrqtw;mgrqErrci{rf}erihotUrfrrr\c tl
    69
    646 crfitcrftqrfr Adh. VIII
    'The
    Sloka 58. personborn with Mars in the first
    bhava will be cruel, daring, given to wandering, very
    fickle and sickly ; if the planet in the first bhrva be
    Mercury, the effecton the pcrson born will be that he
    will be devoted to the acquisition of learning, wealch,
    virtue and religion ; if Jupiter occupy the Lagnathe
    person bcrn will be long-lived, and have knowledge
    untainted, wealth and beauty: if Venus should be in
    the first bhava, the influence on the person born will
    be that he will b: libidinous, lovely in mien, blessed'
    with a wife and children, and learned.
    c/. gqsqrcr
    e* gi R{dilg:rt gt {?aqu riti fqar{tt
    tr(fisq: gfrna fi-h Wgt lt
    Also..qo{nq+t
    qqwq{tsi rr
    Hildg{ftr{i}seqrgR+
    frqlg.ioqfi$ rgtegttrTfl{qnw{qJq'tt
    aitwaqSs-,itfingfifr ort g* ffeqo,tt
    n* gagEtfq{gfqqiqqtqlgn+tfr +fl: tt
    galfrqftsqfrffirffi qt fiofrqIftssdart
    q*qgaqrggonitrrrqiq6s qtsfrqrri fEWs ll \q ll
    Sloha 59. The effect of Saturnoccupyingthe first
    bhava at a person'sbirth is that he will have stinking
    nostrils, sufferfrom fistula of an advanced type and
    have a defectivc limb ; but if the f irst bhava occupied
    by $aturn be the planet's exaltation sign, the person
    born will be a king's peer, amiable for his special
    virtues, and endowed with long life.
    cf. g€-{iT{
    si€Erili)fr qqmrritssoacfu{:
    sl. 60-61 glg{}ss{r{: il1

    Rtgd fter*' sfrCgn-ortss€Hqtt


    I
    gteqltqrtzqftseir]
    il{sre: gFreiar{w:
    rt
    Also q.o{ir?ar
    elb efiqqqi frfAqret€fr
    arisf;i qqfrt{gilftqrq: I
    qqqre}
    fr\g g,rarR{tfBa
    qdieai:errr,it
    qfriisogatl
    il* i}u{iqqt g tnfi t
    1t rrruriinat{{rliir
    +1*Aot wqi{igEqrftrifht wfiqnfr.ft rrQotl
    Sloha 60, When Rahu occupiesthe Lagna,,the
    personbcrn wili be cruel, without compassionor moral
    virtue in his natureand sufferingfrom ailments; when
    Ketu occupiesthe Lrgna, the personborn will be sickly
    and very avaricious, but if the R rlru or Ketu in the
    Lagna be aspected by a benefic planet, the person
    concernedwill hrve princely enjoymencs.
    c/. mo{i{t-rr
    oriseqf+n$qqoqrq"qtqiltniiqn'
    tt
    ori aasqgrifiui fiqot
    Hrn;gii findtqmgqpr{ I qyq:gret il

    1i}ffi flsrrilrnqqr{it t
    11E
    turdgilq $et q'Etriqi itrGfinEt tl
    S/oAc 61. Rahu occupying the Lagnain the sign
    owned by the Sun, promotesprincely enioyment in the
    midst of affluence; Ketu produces longstandingwealth
    and offspring when occupying the Lagna in a house
    belongingto Saturn.
    il8 crd6crftqra Adh. VIII.

    il &frqtl
    sFft qrcl"qErfisqtrqrtqt
    Rdqrit Rrqrfr t
    urqturaqr€{rfirR&i
    AmrfrafrT{rqffit Qq
    Sloha 62, When the Sun is in the Znd bhava,
    the person born will be liberal, possessedof property
    in minerals, cherish even ill-wishers and will be
    eloquent. Il the Moon be in the Znd bhava,the effect
    is that the person born will b: fond of women, beloved,
    of agreeablespgech, shrewd at guessing the covert
    purposerof others, fond of study and possessed
    of richee.

    ,ilrfrEiffiitqreqqtt t]fl gi fffi


    rrqr ge* st t
    eqdtqrifuiqqfloWrqq
    qFfr*cnMqfigowrd -rtQgft
    filqrqrq$urfianwnqffiqdktqFl} ll El ll
    S/otc 63. tf Mars b: in the Znd bhava,the person
    born will engagein much wandering in the pureuit of
    metallurgy and agticulture, and will be hot-tempered;
    if Mercury be in that bhava, the person bbrn will be
    virtuous and have much wealth and moral worth discer-
    ningly acquired; if the planet in the 2nd bhavabe
    Jupiter, the person born under euch influencewill be
    eloquent,command comfortablemeals,have vast wealth
    and bestow liberal gifts. If Venue occupy the same
    bhava, the person born will have learning, gallantry,
    personalgracesand much weaith.
    sru(q{rElqrsisfi}sq.Tf{* ggrfiqqt g Err{s I
    fi$qt cn?rqtrd
    ftfrq{rFqdqt tiftdt iaaiqtuqBtl
    Sloha 61, But i[ Saturnbe in the Znd bhava,the
    El. 65 srEt{fsrqlrt:

    t"* -t. *t - tt--""tat htless,vagrant, in'


    digent and deceitful ; if Rahu be in that bhava, the
    peroonborn will be quarrelsorne; if the occupant of the
    Znd bhava be Ketu, the person born wrll be a public
    enem''
    Nores
    According to Varalrarrrihira, the Sun or Saturn in tbe 2nd
    housewill make the person immensely rich, but will cause some
    defect or other in the face or teeth, while the Moon in the same
    p o s i t i o nw i l l g i v e h i m a l a r g e f a m i l y . M a r s i n t h a t b h a v a w i l l
    rneke him eat bad foori, I,iercu'y in the Znd bhava will rnake the
    n a t i v e r i c h w h i l e V e n u s o r J u p i t e r w i l l m a k e h i m e l o q u e n to r
    sweet-tongued.
    roiiiQ6r
    fiqnGqrfaaqfin KqfArqtiqqrra:((d') tt
    qil6ils;nqlftrffurgciT;qrfq
    (q;e)fiffa: tl
    qqfRfaeq){qfiqrq,$i gqqtP,{a: tt
    +frrqoaqrqrR tf,) fqeraqiil lt
    qrit lirqqgr({tagtq} tiir tgi}) qrt frfiq: u
    milfr+firtrl: r,faqA{Gnrf:qr{
    tt
    ftgrqqqqqE(a*) s;qrqffi q qar-
    &aqqqqqt4qn*{T'igs{ tl
    ;iitfmtetr;:ft zq'{dtfii tqt}l rriit: gt4ttt
    fiqrfi{tqqqirfbgn$efFqm:q(rafnrn
    $tt q{Fq:ll
    ilu@rr
    qt gdatf+aisftqaqiftnrlt
    Edntfi
    q;i frqrili{frstquitr'tq-gfrqrqtft:tins
    I
    qqrfrsqnqilTq'TEr6rit{f\
    *lqri si
    qrqrddqtsa{isitqqdqtqisgq0St ll E\ ll
    5sc qrd{crRsrh Adh. VIII.

    S/c,ftrl65. When the Sun is in the 3rd bhava. the


    personborn will be brave, served by bad men, vqry
    wealthy and liberal; when tire Moon occupies the
    bhavarepresentingyoungerbrothers, the person born
    w i l l h a v ei n s i g n i f i c , r n tw e a l t h ,b e k i n d t o r e l a t i v e sa n d
    virtuous. With Mrrs in tire ilrd bhrva, the person
    born beccmesfamous,ol immense prowess,and of up-
    right (uncrooked)view:; but when M:rclrry occupies
    the Jrd bhava, the personborn is bent on the practice
    of deception, of vagrant h.rbirs, exccssivelyvacillating
    and misereble.
    HI[a6q] gfr rroqqrqiiiRtt rTltt6(
    g* dtEtt qtq{qqrqrqiq{fritar t
    qffito{rrgqil{ qrilRTiurgi
    sTeqr{rt
    trd iiiltsftqtd'{ft{r *di gurtiirnr{ n qq tl
    Slokt 66. The person born wirh Jupiter in the
    3rd bhavabecomesindigent,henpeckedand addicted to
    evil ; if Venus bc in tlre 3rd blrav,r the person born
    speaksfretfully, is vicior:s and controlled by his wife.
    The person taking birth when Satrrrn occ\rpies the
    crqrtrE (Bhratrubtrava) eats sparingly and possesses
    wealth, moral worth and excellentfamily traits; when
    Rahu is in the placcof v;rlour(3rd bhava), the person
    b o r n b e c o m c sv e r y v ; r l i a n t a n d r i c h ; a n d i f K e t u b e i n
    that position,thc pcrson concerned becorn:s virtuous
    and wealthv.
    g{r diqirq{qx(! |
    drqnrrltutf
    tiq gqqrit erq g(drqft lTnisrqn qe tl
    Slcku 67. Ve nus in the 3rd and rhe i th bhavas
    cau6essorrow, diseases 'fhe
    and danger. same lrlanrt
    SI. 68 ergifsurrrq: 551

    in the same position mly become benefic when in


    e f t h e S u n( w h e n a p p e a r i na
    arjvanco e sa n E v e n i n gS t a r ) .
    Norss.
    T h e e f f e c t s s t a t e d i l I l r i h a t . | a t a l < af o r t b e S u n , M a r s a n d
    S a , t u r n i n t h e 3 r c l b h a v a a r e g o o d a s t h e y m a l < et h e n a t i v e i n t e l l i -
    gent and strong. Tlre lVloonin the 3rd housewill make one cruel
    ,
    ' r v h i l e 1 \ l l e r c u r yi n t l r a t p o s i t i o n w i l l t u r n
    hinr a consurnmate rogue.
    J u p i t e r u r n dV e n u s w h e n i n t h a t b l r a v a r n a l r e i r i n r s t i n g l ' .
    soiiT?{r
    Hq€dil&fiqgErt eaqdrl fl€nil: (qq:) ll
    nE].ii flqroqqqq€*,iisfiaqq:(q;e) tl
    ggqqqqrttilslcq: gdt ;qgqlsg+(gi) tt
    \v
    fii ql: H{I{; gq({HfQa: qzrqJsi;qgm: (gt) ll
    \ \ \-

    ill(fl: 5qq: qdlifl€q:fiUsqT,:.ufi'(gil) t,


    fiqTrgesq{ Fq,'lqf}{f}+t (gx) rr
    figeqfagq(a-,qftrea q t*4 qi'tfi iflgqapn fiei q tl
    wrdtur.2firlq+"i zacfi, riit fergra't(el*i g1
    airgio qqqir:qq{rqn}€q *n} q{iqqqtsQqqqraqtt
    c
    ll qqerq ll
    afrritq?rqr;qgr?diar
    mr gtq&qir
    fiqrtftogffiFqtr
    wr'1dro+At fi-i r
    *i *'g.ti g +grkar diiiiHnrqil{qrt
    ff90 {ih} frq;grrotrFfiqqlqiigaru qd tl
    5/oArr(r8. Whcn the Srrn is iu th.: g< (Sukha
    4tlr) blr.rva, the personborn rvill sLrf fcr f ron lieart disease,
    w i l l l a c k m o n e y , c o r n a n d c , l r n m q ns . ' i r s ei r n d w i l l b e
    Jrard,hlarted. If the Moon be iir tlrrt blrava,thc effect
    thereof is that the p,rrsol)b,rrn 'will posscsslearning,
    552
    A\
    sttiTfirrtqrit Adh. VIII.

    good nature and prosperity, but will hanker after other


    paople'swives. The personborn with Mare in the
    a;g (Bandhu4th) bhava will be bereft of relations, and
    hen-pecked, though valiant. If Mercury be in that bha-
    va, the persrn born will be a fcrlorn crealure without
    friends or relatives, while growing up to be a pandit
    distinguishedfor sterlinqkrowleJge and a{fluence,

    Errlrtqdt g€q*qosqtrrd
    qr(f {Tqalqiirngft
    g€a I
    tfrirffiaI gr+qqirqas&ffqt
    inqrsfi'rUggi qia E;gqrttt qq tt
    Sloftc 69. When Jupiter occupiesthe 4th bhava,
    the personborn will be eloquent,wealthy and possessed
    of comfort, fame,strengthand personalbeauty,but of a
    crafty dispc,sicion. When Venus is irr that bhava the
    personborn will be over ruled by his wife though
    makingmuch (boasting) of bis comforts, fame,wealth,
    intelligenceand lcarning.
    qrqrcdqlsqdtq qlil {tiiEfr rrrggt g€& |
    u* q-ozrRqirqriqi*ii\ ge& q q{FTfldllrro 11
    Slofta i 0. When Saturn is in the 'lth bhava,the
    personborn will b'e lacking in the observancls pre'
    scribedfor his caste,will be crafty and causingtrouble
    to his mother. Wlren Rahu is in that position the
    personborn will keep in the seclusionof a seragliohis
    wives and such othersas stand in a similar relation to
    him; and when Kcttr is in the gra (Sukha4th) bhava,
    the personborn will be a reviler of ottrerpeople(scandal'
    monger).
    sI. ?1 qgilstrrfqr

    NorBs'
    Brihat Jataka.
    If the Sun, Mars or Saturn occupy the 4th house,the person
    born will have no happinessand will be troubled in mind. If the
    Moon, Jupiter or Venus should be positedin that house, the person
    will be happy. Mercury in that position will make the native
    learned.
    q-o.4lffdr
    qqqflqg€faqqTfigorgftfig6q
    qqqgs zqfttqr qlrflqiiqq{(q. tt
    g€1,it,fi sr.ft g€A 1=d) FgQfrr('H{rr:
    tl
    geQ (gi) fig6-rrqn)oitg€roqqrfl! u
    Rreql{l{qTgqFrq : gER(gt) glqg€(fr{qFqtE{}ftil
    q'* (gil; qlqgeFqR;aagnal$raqr;rTrFqd: ll
    gqrqqgqflq{Hwrqqq=t g& (+i}) rr
    g:dtq(rt-(qTiqrqBgil +re}qtrlogt (ni}) rr
    aeTiufi (q+) g:€6rgg€1e{rg:
    6qftFgdttl
    ,irfr*qrqaqa'tgr+r'rgjharq
    gQthnl;nuefkfriqqt rr

    ll qQlqq.tt
    qm&qqeugftfmr
    *nqutofgri iitil t
    qqd a'rt qdid u uq 1i
    q;eftqttrmqqrErTgdafi
    Sloka 7l. A personborn with the Sun in the 5th
    bhavawill be a courtier with an unsteady mind and
    will sojourrr abroad. When the Moon occupiesthe
    g"rttir (Puthra bhava, 5th|, the peroon born will be
    high,minded,rich, ccmpassionatc and diligently bent on
    doing what has been determined upon after deep
    deliberation.
    70
    \
    qriFsqfi(crtir
    664 Adh. VIII,
    \A\AC
    ims?nqgc{{tEl{ti6l I;TIITII
    $rdt q;ii q qR qenqiqili I
    ffTfqqn${ol gilEtdit-
    iiqrqrirEognrgai q{t i lt sq ll
    Sloka 72. If at a pcrson'sl-rirtli, M.rrgoccupy the
    5th bhava, the person b:,rrnrvill be cruel,of wandering
    h a b i t s , r e s t l e s s ,d a r i n g u n r i g h t e o u s ,v o l u p t u c u s a n d
    wealthy; if Mcrcury bc iir tlre ga (lutra, 5th) bhava,
    the personborn will b: prolicicrrt in sacredtexte and
    in the art of ovcrccning focs by magicspellsand will
    be blessedwith a family cf wife and children, wealth,
    learning, fam,:and st.rengtir,
    qd guirit{q€Ksqf}mrvq
    qiq16ffii g(gt gmriiqri t
    qqriirqqErarfoq{tot
    tqr$wqitttqqt q g* u u1 11
    Sloku 73. Clever in counsel, virtuous, possessed
    of choice riches br:t with a paucity of sons, will the
    person be at wh,rs: birth Jupiter occupies the sth
    if Venus be in that bbava, the personborn will
    h<-ruse;
    have good sons, friends, wealth, much beautyand (be
    the masterof) commandan arrny and horses.
    qdifirg{gr*t qqoq q{t
    qriiriieriifiqqr gilrsigr r
    {idqrgtqqs g(t fiofit'
    *d narqrtofiutd{ ilrfr tt sB tl
    s[|;kui 4 . The personborn with Sacurnin the 5th
    b h a v aw i l l be iusane, Iong,lived, unhappy and f ickle,
    sl, ?5 elgqlsEqIzT: 665

    but virtuous and victorious over his enemies; when


    Rahu is in the 5th house, the person born will be
    cowardly, compassionateartd poor ; when Ketu is in
    that bhava,tl'rceffecton thc personbrrn is thrt he will
    b: cra{ty,dreadinqwatcr and ailing very much.
    Norps'
    Itrihat Tatlriia.
    If any orle of- the ( . u i z " L l t eS u r l , I \ [ ' r r s o r S a t u r n )
    "t'113iir:s,
    s l r o u l r lo c c u l ) \ . t l r . t . 5 l l rh c u s c . t l t r : l ) r t r s L r nc o r r c c r r t c dw i l l b e c h i l d -
    less antl without rvceltlr. li' tl r, lloorr lre in the 5tlr lrou-ceh , e rvi1l
    h a v e c h i l < l r e n . ] V [ e r t u r " r ' i rt ti r : l t l r c l s i t i o lut ' i l i t r r . r l i cl r i r l ra t l r i n i s t e r .
    J u p i t c r a n d V e n u s i n t l t r : - i t l r i l l r t r s t '$ ' i i 1 i n r i l i e t l r e n : r t i r . e i n t e l l i -
    g e t t t a t t I l t ; r 1 ' 1 I' re' s l ' , ' c t I i \ '
    "
    nofiiqqr
    gqqqlg<{lAiaguflriirq;{lzfiqq. (ri}1 ll
    ggii qqr{i zgrfiiam g'iriir (e-4) 11
    ga ('ri; fEqiTsal{t:
    frgen+ilsatxm, ll
    tr;J(i{agit.i;{'an'qar{F;{
    fiarfilpqqatg: (i) tt
    ga: bagir r{a,ri'rir !fi.Tra.
    it-itqgii rr
    efqfoeAqq{'r gi{idtfi.q..i ;;1;i1j tUX) ft
    *";l l.rii nir i'ifi: tt
    Hr;iI flqg{i,!q";'fsi1
    qtniq4qii{l: r,"zlai.riigl :gfirrriil
    q qiq, ll
    g-rflq qetilltfi{rrdtgi Sii:i,rl,'q,;T(+;il) ra"'-r;n[.t

    nqgqu
    flqt E[ir{rqqsqi;iEqT*a'Trirffrqiq.{Hqrt Rih t
    qr( qiryrq*rti{T*qd u'frsn?qiir"ft iqqTgltt
    3T"rrrgt
    .Sir;Air75. i f ;rt th : lrir tir c'f a nersLin the Sun
    o c c u F ) /t h . : C t b b h l v a , t h e p t r s o n h o r , i b: ltrstful,
    "rzill
    b r a v e , h o n o r i r J b y k i ; - i - s .f u l i c f s c i f . c s t c . m ,r e n o w n e d
    668 crfrscrFdre Adh. VII I.

    " , personborn will ba short lived if it be full Moon,


    the ;
    the personborn will be very voluptuous and long'lived.

    mdt ftgqffit: qq-dilllr


    ftgOt
    {iqr.q{rt{osilsEfti

    ffqrsmfr(: tri{rtsftqtttt tsEtt


    Sloka Ttj. When Mars is in the 6th bhava, the
    personborn will own prop:rty, exterminatefoes, have
    a powerful appetite, b: opulent and enjoy fame and
    strength; when lr4ercury occupies that bhava, the
    personborn will b: instructive, amusing, quarrelsome,
    but friendly, void o[ morality and abstainingtrom all
    beneficenceto his relatives.

    ilqi fffi€olsft{rtsqtct
    fimqilffilidi ugh ftgQ I
    qarrrrtRqftrioqqadtar
    {rqt mr dtst tft {eqft ll \esll
    Stoht 77. Th: person bor,r *]th Iupiter in the
    6 t h b h a v aw i l l b e l u s t f u l ,v i c t o r i r u so v e r f o e sb u r w ; e k ;
    w h e n V e n u s i s i n t h a t b h a v a , t h e p e r s o nb c r n w i l l
    s u ff e r f r o m s o r r o w a n d c a l u m n y ; w h e n S a t u r no c c u p i e s
    t h e ( t h b h a v r , t h e p e r s o nb c r n w i l l b : g l u t t o n o r r s ,
    afraid of troublesomeopponents,lecherousand we,ilthy.

    n* figerqG fHmftr?trW,q;(g€t$drart
    q;gfffiqnlfur{rtqr?qq{qi
    ftg} v tfr rr\edll
    Slrrftzr78. If Rahu be in the 6th Lhava,the person
    born will b: of good birth, subdue his foes,enjoy long
    sl" 79 qcfrs€qrc: 567

    life, and be very hrppy; If Ketu occupythat bhava, the


    personborn will be kind to his relativesand renowned
    for his generousvirtues and illustriouserudition.
    Norns'
    llrihat Jataka.
    If the Sun, Mars or Saturn occupy the 6th bhava, the person
    c o n c e r n e d w i l l b e p o w e r f u l , b u t w i l l b e o v e r p o w e r e db y h i s
    enemies. If the Moon be in that house, he rvill have many
    e n e r n i e sw, i l l b e o f a d e l i c a t ec o n s t i t u t i o r a
    r nd w;ll have a dyspep-
    t i c a p p e t i t e . H i s s e x u a l p a s s i o nw i l l b e w e a k; a n d h e w i l l b e
    h a r s l r i n t e r n [ ) e r a l n e nat n d i n d o l e n t i n h i s w o r k . l f M e r c u r y ,
    J u p i t e ro r V e n u s b e i n t h e 6 t h b h a v a t h e n a t i v e w i l l b e w i t h o u t
    enetnies.
    saeift.nl
    qf'lag{fqfaqReq
    : (qri:) ng{rqfiqqrT{ll
    ntserga;isqft€rit'frqRq{t rt
    $mrT(n: a1rr1€qrir fiil iuil fiqqlZq:tl
    qrdr.)irfiqiififq1gt,fturocdruFlfigilft, s1
    .\
    (gr);wDerqe,isfier qft{'iiFnfqqit ,rU:u
    fia3wa flil ({ml gafhqfrrfierq rr
    q€r{iiqfiqrFqi}fiw.} qra qrdtR* 1'6tr1',
    f}'5lredifBd;Fgqi,{*qifilg: alh1r$1 ,'
    eaniqfhfet*iill qbcg.aqftqdqfiefRfiq
    o}tr&qnqgoi rr
    ll {THTTt{Teru
    ll
    dafl qEifut Rqqttatqqs'r,fieor
    fffr slqqf ({ng€Erfdtqrqqj ,irnrqr{t
    ulqorftundrsrdir fiHiqi r1iqi'
    6qssitrrqqoriidiqqgrerWixiqfn uq pl
    Sloka 19. When the Sun occupiesthe 7ch bhava
    658 cm*critsri Adh. VIII.

    at a person's birth, he will hate womankind and be


    exceedinglywr athful and wicked ; whcn the Moon is
    in that bhava, the effect otl th: person born is that l're
    will be compassiotrate, of wanderinghabits, yielding to
    women and voluptuous; the person ac wilose birth
    Mars occupies the 7th bhava will b: querulous
    a b o u tw o m e na n d f o n Co f w a r ; i I t h c p l : n ' . t o c c u p y i n g
    t h i s b h a v ab : M e r c u r y ,t h e p . r s o n b l r n r v i l l b e m a i m e d
    b u t c a p a b l eo f a m u s i n gr v r t h i r i ss k i l i i : r t h c ; r r t s '
    {ttqrcnorEl{Rawt{i qd uti
    trqrdiq-qqgw g{ril EqHri{t Tnqt I
    rlt(Et{Inntiirqiqqir qi( qryflqri
    ilrfi qnf{qqiirl qiqqfi qlqiui irml lldoll
    S / o f t , 28 0 . I f J u p i t e r o c c u p y t h : 7 t l - rb h a v ' r . t h e
    p e r s o nb o r n w i l l b e r e s o l u t ea t l dh a v e a l o v e I y w i f c b u t
    w i l l v i e w w i t h a r r t i p a r h yh i s p i i ' en t s a n d s p i r i t u a lp r e '
    ceptors; if Vcnus b: in that bhav,t, thc c[fc,L on the
    p e r s o nb o r n i s t h a t h e w i l l b e a f a ' r o ' r r i t e w i c b t n e
    courtezan c l a s s ,c h a r m i n l l y l o v c l ' , ' b r t t l a m c ; i f S a t r r r n
    'at
    o c c u p yt h r ? t h b h : r v a r t p c r s ' J r i ' sb i r t h , l : e w i l l b a
    i n d i g e n ta n d d i s t r es s c di n t n i n d f r ' ; r n t h : t o i l i r c h a st o
    u n d e r g ob e a r i r r ga h : l v y b r l r t l e n( ) V c r.rl i o n i l d i s t a n c e;
    t h e p e r s o n b o r n r v i t l t l { l h t l i n t h c 7 t h b i r a v , rw i l l b e
    p r o u d , f o r e m o s t a i n o r l g g a i i a n t sa n J s : r f er i n g f l o m
    disease.
    g hiii gqrqdr"{tfiffiaq\qr I
    sr;THrrrdtqqt
    frnt firriol qtiqiqql{{Tr
    (Eleaiqdwarm'qi4l
    . S i o A r8r 1 . W h c n K e t u i s i n t h e T t i r b l r a v a , t h e
    p e r s o nb o r r r w i i l ei t h e r h a v ea b a d w i f e o r d e r i v e n o
    pleasure from a wif:, will be sleepy, indecorous,deject-
    ed in speech, constantlyroving and a vet rt.rbleblockhead.
    sl. s2-8s srECIScqr{t: 669

    Norrs'
    Brihat Jataka.
    T h e S u n , M a r s o r S a t u r n o c c u 1 . ' y i ntgh e 7 t h h o u s e ,w i l l m a k e
    t h e p e r s o ns u f f e r h u n r i l i i i t i o na t t h e h a u d : o f l ' e l r e n . T h e I \ t o o n i n
    t h a t p o s i t i o n w i l l n r a l t e l r i r n e r r v i o u si l n d e - . i c e e d i n g loyv e r h e a d
    a n d e a r s i n 1 o v e . l f N l e r c u r l , b e i n t i r c 7 t | h o u : . . et ,h e p e r s o nc o n -
    cerned rvill possessa knowledge c,f the lir.ws and rules of the
    c o u n t r y . J u p i t e r i n t h e 7 t I b h a v a r v i l l u r a l i et h e n a t i v e e x c e l h i s
    f a t h e r i n h i s q u a l i t i e s . I f V e n u s b e p o s i t c d i n t h e 7 t h h o u s e ,t h e
    person born will plomoie quarrels and rvill be forrci of sexual
    union.
    s'oitk{r
    zqfaeqsf,tqFh(r<i) s"z'rrqrtqqqd{ tl
    et (a-11eu:qirdiq{gqfadl;iisfiqqrr: ll
    e+sfiadt irlrilsrt 1si) sa,il €dil€td tl
    qrslsrfr(n) qrtqq,flF{nqfRqrqrfiqrqf€fanr{tl
    fi.q.f,tgi{I;qE(Uii sf?rgqq6ldlg{Itsf}t: l,
    ! n \ \r
    frrllqqfril{d zd+.4qqt61qq(gfi) ll
    .nIrTFt
    dqt g{Trfrdlfi:dls':qiifi6e: rt
    elnsnqq]qq irril) sqfigits?'ii:
    qn;alseq{t:
    ll
    qt (h.itt slqrlqqdl{fiqr-aii.rqH:q{Kfagfrtqqqrgilfi{l
    \ z \ {

    il srgT{qtl
    q*i{{rql $ou{iutr q{qqe{ q {fi q Eflr I
    1 A

    wir.g*€srqtiaiqiiqnrlor
    {r{rk ult raqft ttdRtl
    Sloka B!. Thc person born with the Sunin the
    8 t h b h a v aw i l l b e h e a r ! ' w i n n i n g s, k i l l e di n d i s p u t e sa n d
    discontented; if th: Moon be in the sreqrrra(Ashtama
    bhava),the in{luenceon the person born is that he will
    be eagerfor war, liberal,fond of amusement and learning.
    ffiaq,ii q;rqq qq{r'rqflgil GtTrK(! srrttsI
    Rfrfrnwqw{R* qalgqnftqgissq0
    n cl tt
    560 qrdscdtqrt Adh. VIII.

    Slyfa 83. The pereon at whose birth Mars occu-


    pies the 8th bhava will be plain in attire, rich and
    possessedof authcrity over a multitude ; if the planet
    in the stsqlrrEf(Ashtama bhava) at a person'$ birch be
    Mercury, the person born will be renowned for his
    many good gualities, the most notableof them being
    good breedingand will have much wealth.
    t*lrqtatqrqi qR Rr?qgfrFrrqftirugr
    qiqfgrq{fie{rgoquqfrqft
    rrrtt qrEq{&
    |
    qft ft.qrnrofrRrnquwirrtrg} t;qqft
    {d b-{nqqqi qftT{lrtt qi,iffiq frnfttr dB ll
    Sloka 84. If Jupiter occupy the 8rh bhava at a
    person's birth, he wiil be long-livedand sagacious but
    of ignoble deeds; if Venus be in that bhava the person
    born will be blessedwith long life, have every comfort,
    be endowedwith matchlessstrengthanJ prssessgreat
    wealth; if Saturn be in the ets{IrTrcr(Ashtamr bhava),
    the peraon born will be a hero, the foremost oi fiery
    men but will becomebereft both of strength and riches ;
    if Rahu occupy the 8th bhava,the person born will have
    to enduretrouble and public censure, be dilatory in
    action and will sufferfrom many ailments.
    *fr qqrrtq.r*wR qrdrqrffqrilfugt I
    frAfuts-dt{qqtfq6grc\
    ftrrigflqrrfrsRgper
    S/ofra85. When Ketu occupies the 8th bhava,
    the person born will deeire to possess the wealth of
    others and to enjoy their women; he will sufferfrom
    dieeaees,being given up to profligacy; he will be
    exceedingly avaticious. When Ketu in the 8th bhava
    ic aspectedby a benefic planet, the influenceof this on
    the personborn is that he will become very wealthy
    and long,lived,
    sl. g6 cgclsqrq. 661

    Nores.
    Brihat Jataka.
    If the Sun, Mars or Saturn should occupy the 8th house,the
    person will have a limited number of issues and will have a
    defective eyesrght. If the Moon be in that position, the nativc
    will have a fickle mind and will sufier from diseases. Mercury in
    the Sth housewill causethe native to be widely known for his
    good qualities. Jupiter or Venus in the 8th bhava will make him
    base.
    r6-6?.1fr{r
    {dtlntg:gqqq+}fiqnEEfiqqrr: ll
    \ z \\ \
    €at (q-4) {Fqefig: ll
    gmnnfrFqa:rr
    Sds{q;rseqEfr'rq
    fipflilrcqf)rug: gierF&qftilsetqueiartt
    frit qlqiitew +gx.rr{tqlgfi+set
    ll
    fragqfqorfEiqfinqet nfrqr:(+fi:) ll
    trtq\ zftftqi qfrqrits$rfl}st€: :
    Hetr;ilqqrfrfl
    m,,qr€qligftc'
    rlwrglgflaq ffi ErilTq+seqrqq: (tr*)
    s€qrgftEfiG{,sEq r;}r (til) tr€q{ii6aq61{f{6q}q11

    il lrt{Ts-qll
    A\A\A.l-rrn--Ca
    smERI ;HqRQIIITq{geffiT F{tIITtT?til!
    H{6{ftrdqspft gep}iIEII
    ";t qtt ftxfts(ftqr<<raf
    Wfr g{amt
    dr+} qffi g qfiqiiqs ildt gflrrrtrrr dq
    Sloku 86. When the Sun is in the 9th bhava, the
    perEonborn betraysantipathy to his parente and cpiri,
    trnl preceptorsand betakeshimself to a religion differe.nt
    from theirs; when the Moon occupierthat bhava, tk
    person born will be devoted to his duties towards the
    7l
    w qfdTcrQqre Adh.vI[.
    Manesand the Godsand bestowliberalgifts ; the pereon
    at whose birth Mars is in the gth bhava, will be
    associatedwith somethingwrongand untowardtowards
    hie parentswhile enjoying renown in otherrespects ;
    whenMercury occupiesthe lrfrsra (Dharmastthana,the
    fth bhava), the personborn will be in possession of
    wealth righteously acquiredand will be learnedand
    virtuous.
    {Trtqfrt {no(ffi *? eqrtqn}
    ffimorgeftqqr gh grtt qfr t
    qt nnq'JaltdwrdCIFqrdffi qd
    rrrq* Uqi g uffi6q1 qdfiwt ilcatt
    Sloha 87. If Jupiter be in the 9th bhava, the
    penon born will be wise, devoted to his duties and
    will eerveao a king's minister ; if Venus be in that bha-
    va, the person born will be conspicuouE a! a posEeolor
    of learning, wealth and a family of wife and children ;
    if Saturn be in the Bhagya (9th), the pereon born will
    becomecelebrated in the battle.field and will he rich
    but without a helpmatein life; if Rahu occupy the 9th
    bhava,the person born will hate his lawful father while
    pocsesoingfameand wealth.

    tfi gwumqtg *{i qrrfi Rqqiqqftfti-sr


    qq I
    Wt ft{aqqtsiiqrqtqrt frc€r{rd}stM n cc tl
    Sloho88. When Ketu occupiesthe Guru (9th) bha,
    va, the perEonborn will be short tempered,eloquent,
    void of virtue and reviling others; he will be brave,
    hortile to his parents,ostentatiousin his behaviour,
    delighting in the society of the indolentand full of
    arrogaoce.
    sI.89 qgfr5tq7q: 608

    NotBs
    Brihat Jataka.
    Varahamihira unlike some Astrologers gives good efiects for
    the Sun being posited in the 9th house. The person will be
    endowed with children, werlth and happiness. The effect of
    Mercrlry in that bhava is similar to that of the Sun. The Moon
    is very good in the 9th as the native will possesssons, friends,
    relations and wealth. Mars in the 9th housewill causethe persn
    to commit sinful actions. Jupiter or Venus in that position will
    make him devout aud philosophical.
    q'cdft-dr

    Rqqds} flHflfig{ilqfgtqGqqat: tt
    qfr fHqrt'{:tt
    nrfir(rrfirft)g,{qqleqgrEq
    Zqg€Ef\Fqlsild:gt ffrqTf,fi:(gi; rr
    fiqrqtqrtfi: R-6d{ft{gt vr.n{toiisfiqpCt
    tt
    Fqrd:fl?Hfiq: gt (g(})siearqeru{afrqr: 11
    flqRg€Tr.qi fhftqoqqrrqgt (g*) ll
    {Fqrqliqqilrdq&dRilrQ gt Bt.' t
    qfirt (trdl qnX€{trrlotg1qtflf
    ilsg,rq{Ru
    qlqdiqg,rfrqrrnuetr
    qrfiqqqrdqn{qErTr(
    vT thilt rr
    ll EdFTqrl
    qmRqtffi fffiddo-
    ftqrqqiFugeisEftqroaeq
    !|
    qi co firqt qElffiqEq-
    qvnqeaftumwrffi'osll cq ll
    Slola 89. When the Sun is in the l0th bhava,
    the person born will have hereditary wealtb, vittrre,
    learning,fame and strength and will be a king's peer;
    when the Moon is in that bhava, the person born will
    684 qrdlFtrRil* Adh.vrn.
    eageilyseekand obtain wealth, corn, apprrel, ornaments,
    dalliancewith women and skiil in the arts.

    \tutts*frt g silil! roqRiltoqftqn t


    -qrTrdq;tgt wwi{qrq{fritr{ii{iErftglu 1o ll
    Sloka 90. Those at whose birth Mars occupies
    the 10th bhava, will be predominant in valour and
    wealth and will become famous; when Mercury is in
    that bhava, the person born will engagein pursuits
    promoting the advancementof all kinds of knowledge,
    fame and wealth.
    ftrqra{r mg'Fnq"rft iiana} qmi qrqki t
    g* ufirqrit s{srautqowCIcqit{iftgr qr( 3t
    Sloka 91. When Jupiteroccupiesthe 10rh bhava
    at a person'sbirth, he will succeedin his undertakings,
    be of virtuous conduct and steadfastly adhering to his
    own religion and also possessed of wisdom and wealth ;
    when Venus is in that bhava, he will get wealth
    through a tenant of his land, or through some women
    and will be powerful.
    rQ u.o'qdr{tqREssd
    qrfr qfl frq'$orr{q {RrsI
    ffiqrfrgqg{qtir it{ftd
    qr=tqt siffi g wrksurqq ll 11 ll
    Sloka 97, The personrt whose birth Saturnoccu-
    pies the l0th bhava will chastise offenders in the
    capacity of a magistrate, will be proud, wealthy,
    promineot in his own frmily and of a heroic tempera-
    ment. When Rahu is in tha Dasama(lOth) bhava, the
    person born will have a genius for thefc and will
    accordingly be void of virtue and eagerfor combat.
    st. 93-94 BTgfrss{r{t: 665

    gdtful tircqtiqrrqit{tffie(rfl q fttqEf{r t


    r(r"F[r m{qt q *dr lt qQ tl
    ir$Kqifii{RrsT;Trqrl'qr
    S/oArr93. When Kctu is in the 10th bhava, the
    personborn will be wise, strong, skilled irr the arto,
    self-knowing,loving the peoplebut acting in a contrary
    wise, phlegmatic, foremost among brave men and
    continually wandering.
    NorBs.
    Rrihat latalia.
    If the Sun occupies the lOth house, the person born
    will be happy and powertul. if Nlars, Mercury or Saturn be in
    the same position, the effect is simil,Lr. The Sun in the lOth
    I r o u s cg i v e s r n r . x i r n u r nl a b o r a n d m i n i r n u r n i u c o m e . I t i s b a d f o r
    financc, lrccause the Sun there is s,luare to the Lagna, If the
    X'Ioon should occupy the l0th hcuse, the person concerned will
    r : o n r p l c : t et o p e r f e c t i o n a n - v t h i n g h e u n d e r t a k e s a n d w i l l b e e n d o w '
    ed n'ith virtue, wealth, intellect and valour. Jupiter or Venus in
    the l0th house makes the man wealthy.
    ,norrftarflgdqrqFcfiqfi,.ftqoql,Q
    1r*; fl{ftqfR: il
    n{fR(q;e)gqansfrqq+r:tt
    q,rfH(Fi) q,ifi: *,il qrdrqsr{nqFgd:ll
    ffiqqrq:gfiatearfag€q=rqqqrflla: Q ti) rr
    €TqI(:gqilTqqsfn{a"tfi1 qQlni}q:tt
    n{qf|r1{f:U€'gfbaZfrgtrqg{ tl
    qdi {r zqfilq;ftsfiqr: ry: dhdtso+\1wa};rr
    Frrrfl:e tnti) seqgdls;qflifira: nc+i{lilsqq:tt
    ne*fifiawgfq.qqqqus tqfH ilfH (*n]) rriiqfiqfRqq rt
    il or}tuilETq
    tl
    {rii or{qa g rEdgotiigrqrtd}rar
    ffgsq fiqq{itsqitdr olqft?rtdtuir t
    @ wrq|ftqrl Adh. VIII.

    qfq* qwlffi q$Ernrdlqtl frtqr{


    qfr n qBtl
    dA orqqt.rt ftgrrqli{qrq{r€t
    Sloka 94. The personat whose birth the Sun is
    in the llth bhava, will hrve exrensive weaitb, wife,
    children and slavesand will be hrppy ; when the Moon
    ic in that bhava,th: p:rson born will be of a pensive
    disposition and waalthy; when Mars occupieethe qrq
    (Aya, llth) bhava ar a person'$birrb, he will be clever
    in speech,lustful, wealthy and valiant; when the occu,
    pant of ttre llth bhava is Mercury, thc perron born
    will poesessan acute intellecr,be famed for his learning
    and in posseasionof wealth.
    qrqeisqrqftfr mo{iHaqnnrrilqil
    6mat Ugi AStr{{qdroisdrilr
    ftqn{ t
    *.n Wno-qftqit$of{rft rrt }Trgi
    qr* *rRrnrdi {ofiro€Frt
    qfr qfker n q\ tf
    Sloha 95. The person ar whose binh Jupirer
    occupiesthe llth bhavawili hrve a srrong intellect;
    his name will be celebraredand he will be wealthy
    When Venus is in the labha(llth) bhava, the person
    born will liva in comfort, longing for women other
    tharrhis own, with wanderingpropensitiesand p.ssess.
    ed of wealth. When Saturn occupies that bhava, the
    perscn born will be voluptuous with large wealth got
    in a king'c service. With Rrhu in the llth bhava,the
    p€rrn born will loee his senseof hearing, win fame in
    the battle-fieldand become wealthy and distinguished
    for learning.
    sqr;elqttfrrR{l?rdr{t qfrqqr;smilf\Fqr I
    tqnsftqr{u(arq\qtgftq-{rm: {ilqr I qq tl
    sl. 96-9? qu*strnq:

    Sloha 96. When Ketu is in the penultimatebhava


    the personborn will be valiant, [,ind to other people
    and honored b)' them, he will be of a contentedframe
    of mind, possessedof power, with lirnited enjoymente,
    delighting in works of beneficenceand the practiceof
    virtue.
    Norrs'
    Brihat Jataka.
    The Sun, Mars, Mercury or Saturn in the I lth house will
    make the person born wealthy. If the Moon be in the llth, the
    personwill become famous and will acquire wealth and the like.
    Jupiter or Venus in the I lth will make him prosperous.
    qa{flc-dr
    qqqtsfrqgqqgffqdaifrr qrqfA:rr
    qnql {6rg{n?rnq{*: sq {t (rrfirfi) n
    qqgqgfrsfit:qii irr g{d: gfr 11
    q6E: HilFn+Rsouagrfi orq+(i) €ilSr: rl
    eTT'{Ft(fri) qfr*sqdtseqnqri} rTT;r{:
    }qrq.r,} 1g
    rnrffi6nsqr{dqi{H}€u.ri ugirqfr tl
    q6rg:ftqrsqqrqsQn; (afr:){i} fihr} qfl tl
    aftrrarftgofhrrgrg\
    ofi snqlqq:rr
    €rq (hfi) sEdqqqingq gqlriqqtqfrqrqHn€rQfr&q tl
    I e{eT6rr{FT
    U
    Eqqfrqi{yfr S{ildi q5r g{tq:qlt*sqs trr{ |
    qrtsvni GRiqEr{t qh Rt{ tnffi{rrr n qe fl
    Sloha 97. When the Sun ie in the tZth bhava.
    the personborn will possesssons, will be maimed,but
    very energetic, and will blecomean apostateand a
    vagrant. When the Moon occupies the last bhava, the
    568 qrfiqrRwt Adh.vln.
    personborn will live in a foreign country. When
    Mars is in that bhava, the effect on the person born ie
    that he will be:ome odious and be without wealth and
    without a wife
    q-'gAqstsmi
    Rqwtwrflgi Rrqt
    qrEtsiqqoiszqltq(rqfrSltqqr;Biqi t
    g* u;gRir{ru\s;s{dqrfrqqrft
    sqil
    q't itlqUt rri ftqq{tdtott it{$r ll qd ll
    Sloha 98. The person at whose birth Mercury
    occupies the tZth bhava will be odious to reiatives,
    poor and senseless ; if Jupiter be in the last bhava, the
    personborn will be scepticalin regard to religioo, irre,
    solute,of wandering habitg and evil-minded. When
    Venus occupiesthe last bhava, the effect on the perEon
    born is that he will losehis relations,becomea professed
    rake and grow penurious; if the planet occupying the
    .rs (Vyaya, llth) bhava be $aturn, the person born
    will be deficient in intellect and turn out a dolt, a
    pauperand a cheat.
    ftSst iirqnriftrier wqfu{neft
    l?qoqngf I
    gilqitr{Rqiinr*r qq qA Rdor iifrr? aqqrt tr
    Sloka 99. When Rahu is in the 12th bhava, rhe
    personborn will be immoral,but prosperous,defective
    in iimb and dispssed to help orl.lers. The peruon at
    w h o s eb i r t h K e t u i s i n t h e a a f V y a y a , 1 2 t h )b h a v a w i l l
    be fickle and immoraland will lose what ancientwearth
    and statushe may be possessed of.
    NorEs'
    Brihat Jataka.
    The eliectof any oneof the planets, the Sun, Mars,Mercury
    o r S a t u r n ,b e i n g p o s i t e di n t h e l Z t h h o u s ei s t h a t t h e p e r s o nb o r n
    $. rm {tTlstqr{tt 669

    will suffer degradation. The l{oon iu the l2th is also bad. The
    native will be wickedly disposed and defective in some limb.
    Jupiter in the l2th makes the person a villain while Venus iu that
    position urakes him rich.
    q-dElftdr
    fr'dt|qrifi{,o}a} fiqqgi 6qqqt(s}) rr
    aqt iluri|g:dt{ftrfr rRndiwe-ar,
    tt
    gi auafiAf,:Ehifsqli) ftgalsqrr:11
    "et
    {ti} frqrfiqla:rfiuenRils<}
    tgU ztfrwga tl
    ttq] fr+uasrr6q+
    licaq:mfrsog:tat, 11
    qgqrqfa6q+flrfiMngrfrt rr
    fr.iwrtgfr"q+({+) sqfr*e}
    Kil fixqrft'n'
    rr
    q€sarEndf
    qE6qq+ii
    ft:hsgt+frRa:u (rr$)
    fi'h Gtq{frqfqftq q qtd:tl
    q;dasrqqqq-"qqqE{Tqi

    wd Rqarq*q1Quatrnqiil dt(ft
    frsqrrEt{qE!sffidTq3rEttilrd+rrt
    gqt
    f i {rrfrqtia}wqfr'ff'qrlwerfu
    qti iitr{q! glrro'qgtfter{ {qnlfrql tl to" ll
    Sloht 100 When the Sun is in exaltation, tbe
    perEonborn will possesswealth and commandan army;
    if the Moon be in the position of exaltation,the perEon
    born will have rich food, clcthing and ornamentB in
    abundancebut will be cursed with bad sons. When
    Mars occupies the exaltation sign at the birth of a
    per6on,the latter will be valiant. lf Mercury occupy
    the position of exalration,the personborn will raise the
    Etatusof (advance)hisfamily, will rule over men, willbe
    talented,victorious over hi*foes and live in happinecc.
    7L
    6?o ilrrTdtq€ Adh"v[t.
    If the planetin exaltation be Jupiter, titrepersonborn
    will be the founderof a long enduring family, will
    pooEeEs moral worth, will be clever, learnedand in
    royallfavor.
    gh ffi furq{frilrqf,{ilUsffq}
    qti mq$ndqtRfrqftqfin:Uqrftrillt
    qrtl qhqiilqqs Sffin! qKs$6ff q*
    *ft qlmq atqlrrqffiq] qrqt n lot tl
    Sloka 101. If the planet in exaltation be Venut,
    the perron born will be fond of the compaoy of gay
    women, mugic and dancing; if Saturn, the personborn
    will have jurisdiction over a village, town or Eome
    forest region and will be addicted to unmarried girls ;
    if Rahu, the person born will be a robber chief, the
    chosenman of his tribe, heroic, addicted to evil deedr
    and possessed.of wealth; if Ketu, the pereonborn will
    associatewith thieves and enjoy the lavor of Eorne
    petty king.
    cf. *rorr+tr?r+t
    U{ dqrrt qra: frrn-ssqtlqq I
    Rt dq.rt qrdl qqq;qr&q\qiq rr
    qli dq,Th qril qi ilqT rrficqfAI
    n]* drqqirqrii {i;qf}rqqqlnqr( rr
    gil ellqnt qril qfi il;qrGilqi( r
    gh e'lqlt qrii rrqfhqqqrnqr( tl
    n* elqqt ildl wqftqed qqs rr
    qo<hQ*r
    qt sft ftq'lail qqftraqqlfqfr
    '
    qRhftsnraftqRnnq-qrqr€{r :I
    sl. 102 qtdfsrnrrq: 671

    sqKgulegilqqf1fimqrfrqqr
    q+ qilfRff** fiorq gnl*trt rr
    Also qf;rsfrrdmr?:
    {f1:qqusg;{d,ilr, {F: motf}fE4rq{: I
    soscftqTgc, sqFq)rrrFi[.(:
    grt rt
    froqqqgifr qrqrf+iq *rfqfiR€t r
    q$ffdr sm+gq sqF,ilRqrrr uti rr
    sqearqrt$ ae nawgfrElqr
    ZrSoa-ergieqrq)qga,greirr
    frq] gRqfrd qaRq{: fr,qro*R}.,r
    eTftqfrfrt{i*^;i qlrfagoarts€rr:flftq: tt
    Ftl{I{: U,r3tn:W{{q{{a qo-sdgRa: t
    €.q-d 11g{taia gu{t sq,il qq tt
    hilri srd q{t ffi q rrrq;n:+fin: r
    qqilfr-orrrflfrfug€Fqrr:
    {€i tl
    g€srtfigRf{pqnsmar$ {f, r
    lfr urq*d qrqrqlvari: fifi 11
    1ir gwfru: uqwfiiarqqfhqiU€r; r
    wq+orqfllqfreaeqfg€q: gpi 11
    wf+r: F,{ffi atqrilit fq"qrqiqqwi} a: 1
    qmqftarqo]'qrmgqn{: f}fra. 11
    qs: RrgS{'tei ftrrtr?ttiq(,r
    t rFd{d gETdq
    ff to? ff
    SloAa l0Z. Even one planetoccupyingits exaitation
    aod aspectedby friendly planets can makethc
    *rr*,
    born uader its influence a lord of the carth, eaioent
    and honorable,and secureto hirn alliee.
    672 qffifiilrt Adh. vlil.

    Norrs'
    qrF.vII-56 1upra.
    qugt srlil:qqr;ft udt
    qrt<il rn(ai ftS qqrqrfrs-rfidlqtq t
    sq{tg rsftg qoqr{Hg qlrdrrt
    waqiqqig gfrrnflrtg dhryt, tt 1"1 ll
    Sloha f03. When a single planet occupiesits etal-
    tation in strength, the person born wiil possessplenty
    of conr and wealth. When two planets are in their
    exaltationand possessstrength,the person born will be
    a feudatoryor tributary princc, When there are three
    suchplanets,the pelsonborn will be a king; whert four
    such planetsoccupy Kendra positions, the personborn
    will become a pou'erful king of kings. When five
    planetsoccupy their exaltation signs in power, the
    person born will becomethe lord of the whole world.
    cf. floc-df{r*r
    q{qdi iln<r flqlfrdfiqrqfr t
    Ad+ q fltq"dfqrri! rq'iqft:tl
    c \\ \\ n
    qdqilq flqrz^gI( qelq e,Ifiqlq;fi: ll

    ll {uffiqq6so{ 11
    ilte qfr Wsiqrtt qr,iitrfr qflrqr
    q* iq-dgr{rFqeq
    eR fr{i flI{tidf I
    ilrrri qffi q{i g{gt rir.ii ilrcftqr
    gh rrqgfli\qurftt q[t{gufr qal ll I "8 ll
    SloAc 104. lf the planet in the qsB*lo (Moola
    Trikona) be the Sun, tha personborn will be wealtby
    andreveredby the people; if it be the Moon, the perton
    sl. r05 qfr3qs: 673

    born will be rich and happy; if Mars, wrathful and


    ruthless; if Mercury, rich and devoted to religious
    prayers;if Jupiter,voluptuousand liked by kings; if
    Venus,ruling villagesand towns ; if Saturn,brave; if
    Rahu,the personborn will ba poss:ssedof wealth.
    cf. qr(sh
    qtgft frqgF.il qq+qir6qf}figorq t
    q'rfr'riqnq;dfiqqrfi {rdt Rdurrr:grq( ll
    Er,)sRdFnqfHq( t+gfr{q qrRr
    qH frnq{iFwRrggfi+,}qq'
    od rr
    ffq' gq€o*tq<ntqqfaigqltaq.r
    qTil{g€{ftqqaq qrsg{}Tu{rqqfigqqq1
    gTr.qRfrq enffi: '{q{FdS€gd q{q ll
    Also flasr.riiqaitr
    vfr gc1firiffislqret fqqr+tr
    qd qii q *il q ,ili qtqq, eo: 1;
    gt frdqt ftil ft+{t flqfr qr:r
    Ur] qrqg{r{tqtqasfqqfl: g{t: ll
    g* B+iqi gn, gwgritqttqfi: r
    q-t qii *: aif qil{F: geier:rl
    \
    qffiE${
    11 tl
    €{ qTqf{qrrqtkqu-qrMt frqt
    ffisqq-riioi uf\qoqd st qiisnrr
    qlt il.qssiTrqsrftqti gh qqqi $ft
    u-i qosrtsfrqrctir nir qqlRr{rqn ( o\ tl
    Sl.ka 1t15.If the Sun be in sRs (Swakshetra),
    thc person born will own a fine mansion, leada de-
    674 qrir|rti?Et Adh, vI[.

    it**
    Moon that is in qte (Swakshetra), the person born
    will have power, beauty and wealth; if Mars, he will
    be famed lor his agricultural strength; if Mercury, he
    will be learned; if Jupiter be the planet occupying
    eba (Swakshetra),the person born wili be devoted to
    poetry, the arts, traditional doctrines and the sacred
    Ecripturesl if Venus,he wilt b: intellectu'rland wealthy;
    if Saturn,the person born rvill b: distinguished by
    fierce prowessbut bereft of happine. ; if Rahu be the
    planet in q*a (Swakshetra), the person born will
    possessfame and wealth.
    'flaqTq{qqit:
    c/.
    qrIE5\ {q} c}h qtlqq sqlqfi t
    ll
    ff| sqrn:rrg&q€tGqEInfr
    ewrt g+........qqd q{qrfi |
    gt an*urfi1' frfeil qaanft11
    qfi 61;tr:grffia.qu' qTt gil r
    eq,td;afi{€, g* nfl fi-q: gAqa: tt
    qqrRqraflftrqtsqffi qrrfuqirtrlrqftger{qt I
    qqGfh q&drtrAqkffiltfuutuguurll l"Q ll
    Sloko 106. It is exactlyas a net grows with the
    growth of iis meshesthat a man attains a position of
    equality with his tribesmen,a position of superiority,
    an honoredplaceon account of comparatively higher
    wealth, pre-eminencefor vast riches, e status equalto a
    king s or a kiogship itself according as the number of
    planeu occupying eha (Swakshetra),at his birth hap-
    peneto be one, two, three, four, five or eix rc*pt:ctiu+fry*
    sL l0T rrl$slap; n6
    NorBs,
    cf, g{sckT6

    SoHITgogFqqogKqT
    {igthrr)fiZq: d{tqar U

    l_l_r_l
    planets **"
    ,Seven | I
    I occupylng | |

    i-':"::_!'""I
    , their own l-l
    rt.

    u piter
    I'.,,l":,.i-",-
    |
    u fhetrqoqrr
    wqt q+{
    ffiTqn r* esg€grilr
    mtt rgqrnftreqqiHcrfr mr<+ |
    qrfirgiqrgfurerwn-
    Rrr{rng{ftrqr
    ftfr gtgtqtqt Ttrdrsrrtrr I oefl
    ffi frETds
    Sloku 107. When the Sun' is in the house of a
    friendly planet, the peraon born wiil have firm. friends
    and will be liberal and famous; when the Moon is in
    such a porition, the peraon born wiil be esteemed,live
    in comfort and have wealth ; when Mars is in a friendly
    houce the person born wifl enjoy the favor of
    ricb
    friends; when Mercury is in that position, the person
    born will be most witty ard jovial; when jupiter
    occupiestbe house of a fricndly planet,the person borc
    will delight in the society of the learned aad the virtu.
    ouo ; when Venus occupiessuch a position the erfect
    ir
    that tbe perron will be h"ppv in the society
    of hra
    r?6 ql-drqrRqrt Adh.vln.

    birth, the latter will be fed by another as he will have


    no wealth.
    cf. rntsrrffi
    tlruf,: qFqfr€q:I
    df fnflt r"{TId:
    q;A qft qrqgtragii qtqrqfr tt
    q}} mdq{{t a gt 6eq{Tfh6:1
    gFfr{qtF: HiTt ll
    s6a;frfign:
    g* fta'lt dh qfr sgarfxn:I
    trq}tqrs(ittt s6qfi(frqi( tt
    Also tms-dl
    fleqtst: eqmftqdez.q{qril(qI
    frafrtr,rrufr q((d\ e.'{H}€qqgqnq
    ll
    effirqfrsfqg€{ gEqqr{q{ullflftq
    I
    {ftrq: gq(€{a: +iffn qrgdQlsqrfif,{ u
    qqerqftq:kq s,rt e gfifte+nlut r
    u
    fqxqt €Ucqq:geFx,icftnl?nqfAq{q.
    rrrtis{gg:
    gretwra,i\f}aqqd6fi16q
    11
    q{mt gd gE-tfi(!qrg+gurflqgqtsI
    ffi qilq*sr q furrftrwi ffir( 11{od ll
    Sloka 108. A personis famous,h"ppy, pleasedwith
    by
    hir lriend, witty and jovial, wise, voluptuous or fed
    the bounty ol another accordingas the planet in a friend
    ly house at his birth is the Sun, the Moon, Mars,
    Mercury, Jupiter, Venus or Saturn respectively'
    qtr*qlilfrr qTafrfud.fr lr€sI
    * gdAqxttt<{qfl3 eTffiffiqu{,ll t"q ll
    sl.109-110 qg*sgtlr{r: dI7
    . v w v v v v y v - - . - - -

    g€qgst qfiil tMql qs Aq(rt I


    qqF! qq.mti qtHT{ls<t|qwrkfrtll llo ll
    Slokas109and 110.If at a person'Ebirth, the
    numberof planetsoccupying lcetr (Mitraksheua) be
    one,the personborn will live on another'saubetance;
    if two, he will be enjoying the wealth of friends; if
    three,he will live upon self-acquired property; if four,
    he will bestowliberalgifts; if f ive, he will rule over
    a communityor tribe ; if the numberof planetsoccupy'
    ing friendlyhousesbe six, the person born will be in
    commandof an army; when suchplanetsnumberseven,
    the personborn is a king.
    Norrs'
    cf, z.s{rilfi
    q{fiqEg€c€qog,i}nu
    qqqqe{zqra{tatg tt
    If seven planets are in friendly houses [or+ri]+ (Tatt atika)
    and rtq,i (Nisarga) combined], the native will becornea King.
    The following chart seemsto be the only possibility.

    c/, nrcre-di
    flarq.igtn il fh*'I$qr&il Ow,rr
    qrqqg€iqml Efirfifrrdt,li6o),FztTit:I
    qrqoftErwiq{agfrfit-q1,
    fr16,11
    73
    678 qrilfqrRtf|i
    Adh. vIIl.
    \\
    wilqf,q+:sriqefrnd fr'rry'fidl r
    qefti\oqg€q:<rR ll
    R<fiuiqiqqrEqqgqR
    sHfr*i'ft{gqr€qTs
    srqi}TrqrI
    wrftrtrt
    Trt$qrti ltt tl
    Sloha | 11. If there be three planetsin their exal,
    tation eignsat a birch, the person born will be a king.
    If three planets occupy eha (Swakshetra), it is "a
    minister that is born then. If three be eclipsedat a
    lrrson's birth, he will be a glave. If three be in depres,
    uion eigns,the person born is an idior.
    c/. srwd
    aEqil qiqiii qfi,i +lslFqdHEr$q( I
    ilrawTrTldiqwft q trq: qfril{ ll
    a} *TQro}$edrgp,66 q;gxfid q-qq I
    q{r6{TEeRo rqrqqil}Fre*fiqrn: rr
    fffu1p
    {rmr.itftd€i{rrftq\qTKr
    \9

    {tdtd rt mEgrr*ftqfr
    tM rr\ ' I
    qt + gr*l qrqdr
    {qfr R*oisUeq,qftqr
    qti ql-qr(sldt g Ud* q;tssE:frsr$CIt
    f t1
    Sloha 112. When the Sun is in an inimical
    houee,
    the pereon born will sacrifice the convenience
    of his
    father and engage in the serviceof others
    ; when the
    Moon is in eucha position, the person born will
    studi,
    ously causeaffliction ro his mother and will suffer from
    heart dieease; if Maro be in a houseowned by an eoemy,
    sl. 113 qgltsrqrq: 679

    the person born will be defective in somelimb, ungrate,


    ful and unclean; if it be Mercury that occupiesa hostile
    house,the person born will be mrserableand inclined
    to evil; if it be Jupiter, the person born will be specu-
    lating about the future; if Venur, he will be a hired
    laborer; if Saturn be in a house owned by an enemy at
    a person's birth, the latter will have to b: way-faring
    and suffer sorrows therein.
    d. qrail.Rtc-qk
    q{ ftu€ dt* f?q\,ftGdirt, r
    q* eqqii.ftq +h iar qe] Hn:11
    gt fisG gtil ar<srit{:qftGa:
    t
    frl q qrqtFJ+?Rrdtdufr1: n
    gh {3G qs: qt'
    sgf}t,fqdi r
    n* "qruqirirtqfldfrqfAiiqlq rr
    .A,lsosr(rqdl
    5tt agqtrsdft:€i fiqqq'itRdqffEI
    gftarqi+:gft eirfiqqfi'It qt ffird{tl
    qFqlfiqs{Tn fri fi*b q g,i,i,iiq: r
    sTanqfrfrala g*sfit i'rg,cnfd{taqrr
    fri unffiqilrq{ti qqfrSnq r
    gslsR$ {d{ sff1qfrg:fhnqah tl
    qrptrgdisR gd qfri ;qiEqffedlrff.rTa{
    I
    ftq-qr ftgtttl tT{ trs.qilalqfT€qErlt
    e4grwnf€H{dr 5-$ftqtrr{{n t?1 rr
    Sloka LL3 If there be five planetsoccupyinghostile
    houses,they will be productivc of mixed effects(good
    and evil). If there be six such, comforr will diminish
    and misery will preponderate. If there be eeven of
    580 qrilTqfiilt Adh. VIII.

    them in inimicrl houses their effect will be misery and


    that wholly. If the planets in these positions be
    eclipoedalso,they work evil.

    c/. VII-56 (latterh^rfl:;?.


    Also srcr+dr
    arqftqq{fl}*}aEolfisfiq$qhr{ r
    wffuft.pnnfi gfi qFqq+*ftal lr
    fiRquqqg'qgai it: afrcqaqefanFTr{
    |
    qFEr{{eq}fr.grrEfaqmqrfqdgrqr{
    ll
    qeffiqtfiernqe-waf{rnnanqI
    n$qrQaagqig:crai \q qoqflt, n
    flElftt qkqr {tqrsgt qKliqr{ I
    rfcsFaEq*qqq{aoflai qrfoc RErll

    u ftRrftso{ rl
    flTA ffi g qftirwgt {ilt tes
    rftdfi wfrftqguqqrEr{Si 5dH}q* t
    gfr e;gi*tqaEsRrgf
    fr*sqqrqt
    eur
    U* grcrer{ft lril{qdts}frqqrqor llttsll
    Sloha IL4. If the depressedplanet be the Sun at a
    person'sbirth, che latrer will be an abandonedperson
    without friends or relations and bent on going into
    exile; if it be the Moon, the personborn will be ailing,
    with little religious merit or wealth to help hin; if
    Mars, the person born will be ungrateful and indigent;
    if Mercury be the depressedplanet, the person boro
    will be base and hostile to his relatives; if Jupiter, he
    will be under censureand disgraceand turn out to be
    wicked; if Venus, the person born will be intent on
    sl. 115-116 qg*sqrlr frl

    what leads him to sorrow; if Saturnbe the depresred


    planet,the personborn underits influencewill b: wich-
    out wealth,without wife, unfortunate and mischievous.
    -
    cf. qr<r+Sr
    frq qfralgaf hq qt-srqnn{dq tl
    RrrRrreqgoq ilfiqqfQg'rit olh r
    dtqrq:fl{fraq]sat-qrilqdgqfrdtqq ll
    get Rq*tge:g4 qtrfrq'St q t
    ,iti go: rysrhqfAi qrsrqr{rq'Tfd{taq,
    tt
    qqeErtfiqqrfto{t
    ergr<ftilsen=e
    +)q] fiqadte fi{f€arqT(qq{f*iq ll
    dfqqT+gqo wi frfrq*qris6{{r*g I
    qtrfuget$eqGgdt+Rta.rftuftrgEq{
    n t t\ ll
    Sloka 115. Full effectis producedby planetswhen
    in their exaltation states; their effecr in their own
    Navamsas(<ait) is the s rme as when they are in their
    Moolatrikonas (qoH*or). Their cffects in friendly Na-
    vamsas(S€fir-S"tridamsa) is the same as when they
    are in e&z lSwakshecra),thcir effccts in depressedor
    eclipaedstatesis the sameas when they are in inimical
    houges.
    Norns.
    This sloka appears in qlil4ctl with a slightly different reading,
    utz..
    drgqrtg sd ffrq e&eqeqqqni{+g I
    'itaft,rrtg qEr:qtqqEds€ fleqqtn*g tt

    U{ qr{M{Eatqrff€{frs5oqll ttE ll
    oCaS

    S'oha 116. The good influenccof planetsis at its


    maximum, three quarterc,half , a quarter,at its minimum
    qTdTctRilre Adh. VIII.

    or nil accordingas the planetsare in the exaltationsign,


    Moolatrikona (toh+br), Swakshetra (e&a), Mitrak,
    shetra(fuTte = friendly sign), Satrukshetra(aa*l :
    inimicalsign), depression sign, or (combustiooi
    junction with the Sun. "oo,
    NorE,s.
    This sloka is the same as VII-58 sunra.

    tqfr*urm; €Tgrfl qfutrgrnrI


    qffi qit fi,rqn tt t tn tt
    llqqrqrrilrrTr{Tr
    Sloka 117. Bene{icplanetsyield good resuitswhen
    they occupyin strengththc Kendra or Trikona bhavas.
    Malefic planetsproduce good results when they are in
    Btrengthin the 3rd, the 6th. or in the llth bhava.
    T{qsufrqgdhfiq*;nwq*qqqr{r{ wrft qrft r
    UfGsrtsorft q *'tftarii qfril{qgr*a'6q{al{nff(
    ti
    'Ihe
    Sluku 118. severaleffects due to the coming
    togetherof six, five, four, three or two planets and to
    their being in their exaltation, qoilolor (Moolatrikona),
    <&e (Swakshetra),i*e*a (Mithrakshetra), ng'fia (Satru-
    ksheira) or fts (Neecha) have been treated of in this
    chapter, under the benign influence of the blessings
    obtained from the Sun and other deities presiding over
    the nine planets.
    tqnrE&dlt qril{-
    s,frufrrqqe*qqr
    qrfiilt qil{qsqrr;qrqissqlll
    Thus ends the eighth chaprerbearing on the effects
    due to planets occupyirrg various positions under
    various formations in the work JatakaParijata compiled
    by VaidyanathaDikshita under the auspicesof the nine
    planets.
    ffiqrqtsqrq:
    uqffirr
    Adhyaya IX.
    T l t r - u r r p c r o F GU L IK TY\,e e n ,E rc.

    qr;qaEGsorfiqitq Ufu* uqitaftF(dtr


    trft qTqgtg i{gililK!ri* grrrruq r
    f+{Rifrq.ngilsarr{:
    aiutgtrorr*q
    qrrrilqqdlqt nnqirftqrftd*srrEru I tl
    Sloka l. I am ro cJescribe the infiuencesof the
    time of gfuo (Gulika), of the yerr, the month, the day,
    the hour of birth, upon the person born. If gfuo (Gu,
    lika), be in the lst bhlva, the person born will be dull
    and sickly; if gib* (Oulika) in the Lagnabe associated
    with malefic planets,thc persori born will be deceitful,
    lustful and depraved; ii .gi}-€({Julika) be in the Znd
    bhava,the person born will have a craving for sensual
    enjoyment,be o[ wanderinghabits and indulge in scur-
    rilous language; if gfuo (Gulika) be aseociatedwith
    maleficplanets in the 2nd bhava, the effect on the
    person born is that he will have no wealth and at all
    eventswiil be destituteof knowledge.
    Nores.
    The merhod for finding the position of iJb{ (Gulika) and
    other Upagrahashas already been describedin detail (rzde notes
    to II-6 and V-57 supra).
    583
    ffi4 fftrTttlfrqrf Adh.rx.
    In this and in the next five slokas, the author gives briefly the
    effectsof Gulika occupying any one of the l2 housesin a nativity.
    As these are given in greater detail in r-o41i*t (Phaladeepikar,
    relevant passagesfrom that work have been extracted in their
    appropriate places for the information of the reader. Ilesides a
    full aspectcast on the seventh houselike other ordinary planets,
    Gulika has a futl glance over the 2nd and the l2th houses
    reckonedfrom it.

    *r' $i fiqqifRiiqqflrerqHtai
    arfrr,1oiqqifaaiTqrfAqlqlfAga:
    r
    ireqlilil gt+f+tfia)esq|1crft+.{t
    1n) aer<fQqeqfi: f,rqqiqrf'-qd*tt
    n qrgqrrqftd(rqrTrn} q farqlai qrtnqrfi t
    n qEi(fqTd&qrflr+q]Ranqii 'qn{rffl{iFttl
    fuaq{qEGfiar qgrd}qqmr*qs.Hqr
    t
    ftqefiuqqq Rrirfir fftqqrqft q=rci qil n i tl
    Sloha 2. When gfu+ (Gulika) is in the Brd
    bhava,the personborn will be distinguished by aloof,
    nesr,pride,drunkennesp andsuchqualities, will dieplay
    an abundance of ill te mper and burtling activity in
    regardto the acquisitionof wealth,will be exemptfrom
    distreusand danger and will be without brothersor
    sigters'
    NorES.
    This sloka appearsin q6<tq+r.

    fuur*-*td q-d {tilftqr


    q.rrlagqq;gQfqrfrsaar
    aTqI
    inqrfiqrt rdffifi futol
    qsqRrqffifcr-<g{iftrqt{ft
    uI u
    sl. 3'6 qqfrssqrqr

    Sloka 3. When Gulika is in the 4th bhava' the


    person born will be devoid of learning,wealth' houses,
    happiness, lands and vehicles and will become a
    *rrrd.t.t. When Gulika is in the 5th bhava, the
    personborn will be immoral, irreeolute, evil-minded,
    have few sons and will be short-lived'
    nodfr+r
    q s+ rr
    gufenftgi q6;g{rqliflaaoqfai+gfealeq;itft
    qgiorft
    ga;nr5ia wiiai<t
    qft ftg'&qti ffEgi g wr I
    usauRqfiifiIq{i irqrtl
    {soqaiaftdiq;qgRt6ff{f ll I ll
    SloA,r 4. Wh:n Gulika is in the 6th bhava, the
    personborn will destroy hosts of foes, will dabble in
    i"monology and will be brave; when Gulika <-rccupies
    the ?th bhrrrr, the personborn will be quarrelsome,be
    cursedwith a bad wife, will prove a public enemy,and
    will be scupidand ungrateful'
    q-o{fc+r
    laGarfiai{t figqagfU*s"i^Bge:Hfl(: ll
    egfiurrnq;ar
    6-{.aFFtgfth *odt qgqTq{:I
    e.]mifiEnqar€€efl:eeqdtql:ll
    fusrqr*q{f qeqtilss{O
    gtwattffi<I qW WO t
    slgrl{-ffi\af q,dt qq*ft
    nq$offifrfrqrqr ll \ ll
    S/ofra 5. Wfien Clulika is in the 8th bhava,the
    personborn will be deformedin his face with weak
    74
    iltnfifiqe Adh.rx.
    impairedeyee and will have a slight body. When
    Gulika is in the 9th bhava,the person born will engage
    in vile deedsto such an extent as ultimately to become
    the murdercr of his parents and preceptors. When
    Gulika is in the l0th bhava,the person born will aban-
    don all reiigiousduties and observancesprescribedfor
    his caeteand beingassociated with hundredsof shameful
    deeds,will become deadto all senseof honor or self-
    reEpect.
    ,re-alfta1
    pqlalser$
    fr+.erqqq+q)
    0 o. -
    T{,iqr€E+qi
    +tnrt fqilq, tt
    wftgqqii.risrqrt (rnqfr
    ftq*tg.dg*qrqciaFoqmr I
    frqqGq+it qtq.{rqqq{'tsr}
    ftrtqqqru{:q1;q;qfrRrqqrt il q il
    Sloka 6. When Gulika is in the l tth bhava,the
    personborn will have much happiness,wealtb, power
    and beauty, but will occasion the demiee of an elder
    born person. When Gulika is in the ltth bhava,the
    peraon will have the appearance<_rf an as:etic and by
    cleverly employing the languageof the distressadwill
    get money from every quarter.
    ro<ttqr
    Uqgilqftfq: ryFaqi SrrrflFilll
    fiqqfirRit ,iiit rg.uu:qrEq+gfbr,@ lt
    qri)ffiufrr{rd{+ofq(eq{tt qfqfi r*iir r
    qr;qiiqeiqft(gr{arEs{il €Ersiis$ilrri{Fittpt!
    SJofta 7. 'Fhe Lagna occupying a Trikona poei-
    sL g,-g qr*sqs:

    tion in respectto Gulika, and aleo in the sameNavamga


    or Dwadasamsaas that cccupied by Mandi, and the
    planetassociatedwith Gulika anC the lord of the sign
    occupiedby Gulika,all tend to b:cone always malefic,
    q,qtftor
    gfa+&{,}'{\ qi q=qnqTa{ir.t
    ql tl
    .

    {gil rTRrltTfi{q grsifi qK: Heaqsl


    \ \ A\ A \ \

    qr{bumagfrau?rr iii{q {iargwrt


    \nA\\.

    ff;rtKf {n{il;T ({gtott gFtros$r


    \ A\ \ \
    (q{ r
    ghtr {qErfilrqqadidtqrw'{t.IgiTi ll c ll
    Sloku 8. lf Gulikr be associateCwirir" ti:i: Sun,
    the personborn will hate his father; if witir tlre i'.{oo.t,
    the perscn born will cariscdistress to l-ir,;rnothcr, if
    w i t h M a r s , h e w i l l h a v en o y o u n g . r b r o t h e r ; i f w i t h
    Mercury, he will ba insane: if with Ji:piter, he will be
    a blasphemous heretic; if with \/enus, the personborn
    will be afflicted witir vert.:r.:rldisi:rsrs :rntl '.vill b,: the
    f a v o u r i t eo f b r s e w ( ) m en .
    q-oaii+r
    qfigdi ftT{-otcq}iii finirug.ni
    ur{fidfr: qbE Tqgrf,q;fi q dpqr* 1
    g€gfoqnuel {*gd qlqfliqdTqq'rt
    \\\\
    STKTI{T€"TGTKJqF(ililI I{;(q gfi ITil
    utfu ilqr{€Uiuiimr qi}aqE}qrrt r
    itgr urftirrGgil'&i qqru-*fi yi
    qrddrqqrrrFqm qrT;rrrr:
    $fi,sfrf Eo{ il q ll
    S l o k u I . W h e n G u l i k r i s a s s o c i r t e dw i r h S a t u r n ,
    the person born wi.ll be devoted to pleaaureand enjor,"
    588 srdr$Rqre Adh. Ix.

    tr"t *r-" -* Rahu, the person


    a poisoner; when Gulika is associated
    "tt**ttoc*,
    born will become
    with Ketu, the person born will bacone an incendiary.
    When Gulika is in a houseaffected by Vishanadi, the
    person born, even if he be a ruler of the earth will
    undoubtedly become a beggar. In fact, the major pla'
    nets united with minor ones (Upagr,rhas)proCuce a
    maleficeffect.
    NorBs.
    q-t-{itw
    qrfigh {rftg} Ug'qruqEaa
    frwrg: tt
    fisil'fr u€gt frrfrgh qFdtRn]qroeit
    gfo+cfqr;qgaiqfusril
    zilsGfirqndtil
    gF.c,qE nii irqRs{x fifft-q t
    qrwu-er€*isi* *ql€qq tt
    q'lqqqrigfr+ qdtqq g{qqfi wer,u&fi:
    Fll( |
    u{+ q sTaqnaq-qrt
    nge{HhhorFrat:Fg:ll
    For fisqrf} (Vishanadi) see Adhyava 5, Sloka ll2 supra.

    n eTqqffiq ll
    The narnesof the 60 yearscan easily be retnemberedby com'
    mittiog to memory the following slokas'
    q{AI ftq1: gg: qq}'}s'l qqlqfi: I
    eiftn: 'itgqi rrril gri qIdTdt1 q tt
    $+rt ag*"qa qfl"ft f]+q] w, t
    fraur1:H,iISat ilqnr qrfti arq: ll
    Hifr( qiqrfrq fail{tfiafr: GR:I
    a-qi ftqq& q+ q-cqgielrr
    tqaft Rtql q Rtrft {rdfrsq: t
    st. 10-11 qqqlstrrFr! 689

    gqa( alqaa +,)'frfiqrqgrn,r* tt


    grs' fior' q}'q, grfltnrfitq-5( t
    qftqrfrqqdtq qq=q]ntdtsro' tl
    fiso: ifiIdgsa fkqpff rlqg,iiit r
    g:gfrtftilerfr rcrqfr*l{q' qrq:tl
    {T{T{R silKriltfr tti{ilqt
    rsuyr€itr wrufrq$rn*t
    fim{rft qrqtfi{d frsgsr
    q{oqqst* q;gRumrditt I o u
    Sloha 10. The person bcrn in the year Prabhava
    will be daring, truthful, pcssessedof every virtue,
    proficient in astrology and pious. The person born in
    the year Vibhava will be lustful, pure, constartly cheer-
    ful and will have prodigiouewealth, relatives,learning
    and fame.
    cf, ffiqqrtrfi

    ryfr: siqq4 grthf*r q t


    qqt qni at: tl
    frqtgqJtrflq-d:
    siqagsfi.it erq Enqarctr&qn,
    I
    qfieil {r-qgSqafiqqrQqfr r{i( rr
    gsr6t qtqrwiiraqu'qerrfi
    qqd rr+(
    qdt qr{qirsfrqrqqqgqkr nirErhr
    q{t ilrqtFmf g$FT!il;il! rffi
    *fr{i ftgor,Eqrgrfr{iqrfrrurEqff rt t t tl
    Sloha Il. The personbcrn in the year:Suklawill
    be an adulterer,effere,but liberal and intelligent; the
    perron boro in the year Pramodutawill be clever in
    590 ilrd.€qrPqre Adh" IX.

    a
    whose birth is in the year Prajotp;r"tti will be virtuous,
    bounteous,rich in sons and of a tranquil rJisposition;
    the perscnwhose yearof birth is Angirasawrll be rich,
    sagacious,experietrced and ever compassionate.
    cf . {{ditd+
    g{rT: lilf:f,qr{ }r\ft gaelrnrTf}q.t:I
    fiarq.niguitva,Usqqtniqqq.tt
    t qf*l'i'tqq' t
    r{qlf;lliil Rfqqldi
    tqoirrfln:gr{t ndt qiiE qrqd fu{, ,l
    qcrqiqtzit qrif aqnernqilqri:t
    tqqlqqq.fial mtlfarlg'qq: ll
    +,rr1gc{ts qt;itI riinrra.ii'{ee?q:t
    qqatt
    ',llqlgiqgeacaflsilarq?

    qRI! qlurqq.qt qqqqdrolgiqi{iqtq


    q\ql nsmfi qil'Iqqoq"{tr qqlt qE: I
    Sdqqg.dqi!E{tqqilg: drui gqlaef}qq
    qrdi qrgiTqls;qqnfirf,:
    {I'{riqKt {61 ll tR ll
    S / o A r rl l . T i r e p , : r s o nb o r n i n c h c y e a rS r e e m u k h a
    l o n g sf o r w o m . - nr r o t l r i s o w n . i s h o n e s t a n d w e a i t h y ;
    the personwhosc birth is in the vear Bhavawill be an
    a s c c t i ca, k i n g ' m a k e r ,a n d r e n o w n e df o r h i s v a s t w e a l t h
    and strength; the personborn in thc year Yuva will b:
    c o v e t o u sf,i c k l e ' m i n d c d ,i l l ' t e m p e r e d p , o s s e s s i nagc o n '
    s t i t u t i o n ,l i t t l e l i a b l et o i l l n c s sa n d a c q u a i n t e w
    d it[ tire
    healing art ; the personwhose year of birth is Dhatru
    will be addicted to other people'owives and a crafty
    lawyer.
    sl. 13 |ltFfrsqFT! 691

    cf" {fiflird
    *qra. ggrft: m<: g:lqtl: g,tiit: t
    "lqtgqggaa dieQs4qlar: u
    qrqqqFgiqrniqir .u6 slqqqrTt
    qrcit qnfin: nfroernugn, tt
    *tffimig'iltiirflqlg.iqd?s(:
    I
    g{eft: qilc}ger"tgr,q}qiq rr
    111;tr:
    nf\\-
    e.Iqlg: flr{nT qQlI qalEqqndFT{:I
    ss,itqrqfwit xrqdanrt q&rr
    dtqrff,fl qrttsqoqtS
    utfr gourarr
    ffisff ifgqr-qqiqrq* lilqt {Frq Ri,4q 1
    T{t rTpTrdf
    c'\A
    {rldtfifi dqi ir*-gl gr*t
    w(i Rirr{EiqtqR qatkdTrfrrffi1q u ll tl
    Sloha 13, The person born in the year Easwan
    will be prosperous, steady.mindedand a good judge of
    merit; the person whose year of birth is Bahudhanya
    will be a rich merchant,beneficentand voluptuous; the
    person born in the year Pramadhi will be cruel, addicted
    to evil, hot tempered,friendless but living in comfort;
    the person whose birth is in the year Vikrama will tte
    wealthy and valiant and commandan army.
    cf , qEilcr-qi

    fl{flr sinTt gerdsfrg<r:r


    f& qrqt qei:HflsM qit u
    {r{lqqdsTrtrfQ
    mgqdsqfbe.i
    a.rdrrtrfl€w lgvpQ q-{rqhtt
    t{rdteq{i* q q{@{fi{r.{e* r
    6VL ErrcTcdtEre Adh.rx.

    {rertr: flq{t +q qqritqffft q*q. tt


    gqqnrq{itaa qttrsqfiq{*'t
    qrq+rlqa' qi\ fi*nr.t qlar: tl
    r?s{qRErt* qtao*Rqqi
    fiamsqidiqqn{ iieql* t
    qR itqsoitflqnq{r gvr*
    rgqato{rotqtwrt R+stll tB ll
    Sloha I'1. The person born in the year Vishu
    will be a paupcr,lost to all senseof shame and engaged
    in doing what is wrong. The person whose birth is in
    the year Chittrabhanu will have the energy and the
    beauty of the lord of day. The person whose year of
    birth is Subhanuwill have the learning, conduct, and
    virtue characteristic of his tribe or race. The person
    born in the year Tharanawill possessexceedingwealth
    and etrength and will be a philosopher.
    cf. qqirqrtr{
    q-{lsed'iqfln€J ,ine61q *re,{ t
    qr+r{t,i aTil Egt;l qredtqio. tt
    di fiqrnfEfiio.
    Ra.nrngqd\ r
    .rlfiqrt gfrril attf|q€]fiqo: fitinq:11
    fir' unliagft' 1
    fim+1fi.rtaa
    Hqlgqi€\qiei +tFaqraftg.it.tt
    qnlvnrn'd ..nr)frS' qu' t
    q5€aqal qEKr{qraqn{Tqq( ll
    1 \ q q

    En(:qnqi{q<qi
    arqrRfeftila$qt gdt
    nql {ie'(droiimqqq qrql6q{q qR I
    s. 16-16 iadtsil|r' ts
    {rr{t t{fltqqtsRrwr{ dr$ gdtiF{tr(
    {rrqi qR u{qrRqfocrfreqt{qrcrftqlll t\ ll
    Sloha L5. The person boro in the ycar Parthirn
    will be a king unequalledfor his prosperityand happi.
    ners; the personwhosebirth is in the yar Yyaye will
    be lurtful, cowardly, immoral, staking his property in
    gambling, and addicted to wickedoesE; the perron
    whose year of birth is Sarvajit will be eloquent,
    posseased of great physicalstrength, versed io cacred
    ecriptures,virtuous,and conversantwith tbe real oature
    of all things. The person born in the year Sarvadhari
    will be well,todo, versedin the artsandliked by kings.
    cf . tF{{-IliF[

    TEqrfi{qqr.fr {rqfl:g{oHul:I
    figiauzea qrfti qFritq(: u
    qTqq(fl: dqf "qni tnqffrd: t
    arrqflqrrtilaa\qrqrftlh rr
    q+ffita: {RqrqftrrFqq{ut:I
    FFf; FTdif{: T{Irl: g{fq:g{il q{: lt
    qgiJs]q{t +rrr1q}rit iqHag+ eg: I
    siqiRft il qR: sqlqrqitqi( tr
    u:r+tggdT:frqnfrrer
    nt frt"q-q+
    qmfi qEirsrifilditqi q;aftqrd;{qtrI
    qrfrwr-t w€r
    iidkt RgoilsitdmffIs
    qEii'qqir ?qiMr q;{dfuffEt u tq n
    Slokn 16. The person born in the year Virodhi
    will be afflicted, delighting in the company of the
    wicked and addicted to sinful deedsand cruel. The
    7s
    604 ltcrrrRtlrt Adh. Ix.

    perEonwhose year of birth is Vikriti wiil be full of


    guile, love,eick,and devotinghis mind to magicformu'
    laries and their practical application in ceremonies.
    The personborn in the yearKharawill be unattractive,
    worthlecs,depressed sinful and mischievour.
    in speech,
    The personwhoseyear of birth is Nandanawill delight
    every body, enjoy the favor of kings and wilt be
    converEant with the meaningof the sacredhymns in
    ocripture.
    d. qqiTsTRrd

    Fgqso€+afq(qrnn:[rqrI
    q
    H{anRil{t ftitsq&fiqq:
    ll
    gso1qd6g.
    tqTq: {oT#dFEft{q: 1
    fqaeqqkq{a{ qil frtfia'ir, 11
    qfr.fqrudtil {tqtg' qTflsft I
    oriatar ftdqr t+{flqR ;R: tl
    Hqrqti nEe:wt6rilsrqE( |
    ordqtdtgrite*r qi} fiqnq'{q:t
    ffiqffrsdqffi
    qR qq{G qrflqwfr Zfr Ert
    rc+tftffiilq;qnqffi-
    dupf{deilvrqt€16tfifior il ts tt
    Sloka 17. If a person have his birth in the year
    Vijaya, he will be virtuous, and will aboundin real
    excellences. If the year of birth of a personbe Jaya,he
    will be either a king or like a king. When a peroon
    has his birth in the year Manmatha, he will have a
    craving for seneual enjoyment and will be victorious
    over his foes. The perEon who ie born in the year
    gl. 18 mqlsrqrq: 696

    Durmukhi witl be void of virtue and wealtl and will


    be immoral.
    cf, rFriq|ilfi
    |
    q(: Hrrrgqq: t
    €qlirfrffiq'ri\F+c:
    sr*qmi+t*'ft fi'rqpt qt qiq tt
    ftmn*t d+qrfrrr{rnafrnrq:I
    qsrqrfrfflsir qqqtsqrqt tt
    gcrdil$il:fl q firfi q mq: t
    gurwrrh,rrct:rTaTtqi€\ qt( ll
    na:aqqft&)
    1
    fi6d qqdqh:t
    4rdrqqqqrq)gWr.t qiar: tt
    qG tqufrqfftr ScqrRsrcf
    gsrclfi
    -
    *qrFilwqrf*t: qiuqftsrrftfror-qtq* t
    ir{frrffidqrt qoqft-ff* furftE*
    flffqft{t{q}Wrrrt (sirflilrcrr{ ll qd li
    Sloha 18. If a person havehis birth in the year
    Hemalambi,he will be ill'natured and will ardently
    pursueagricultural and other operations. The perEoo
    Lorn in the year Vilambi will be prosperouE,recorted
    to by the Brahmanacommunity and diainterestedly
    benevolent. The personwho hashis birth in the year
    Vikari will be sickly, cowardly, indigent, irresolute
    and of an ignoblenature; if a personhavehis birtb in
    the year Sarvari, he will have exceedingwealth and
    enjoymentand will be cbeerful,honestandwell'behrved'
    cf. q"Frflff
    t
    grdxavrarRrgeaetRrR
    effilnilg({r@a tqvqggEq: tt
    696 qr6{rRca Adh. I)L

    rr.i lp*safr g:tft*"q€4n i{efi:I


    ewqfftro'n{t M +.g\fug, rr
    qRtfr q€Fr{Frfte:!s{ro:$o. I
    q-4:noltq{R qem:r
    fimrREitit
    <Fqq1:ge*fr frfr,avascqrr
    fiqrEffin€arri&qsgaq:rr
    u=+qnuqffi(tsqw trr qeqhTfr
    qrdrmel $ruft llls grrtl g{ll t
    {rd *{aft ffitqgq*rt RqrRirqi{t
    g,ikft'TrErr{rTsqltr*"q.cqr iliqT{ n lq tl
    Sloka L9. The person who is born in the ye r
    Plavawill be tranquil, generous,compassionate,brave
    and devotedto his own duties, The person who has
    his birth in the year Subhakrit will be the dupe of
    women, but learned, handsome and intelligent i the
    perEotrwhosebirrh is in the yrrrrrSobhakrit will be
    vrise, pouessed of royal virtues and fo4d of learned
    purruits. The perron born in the yrar Krodhi will be
    an adulterer, addicted to evil ways, crafty and of an
    angry temperament.
    cf. qrrmkrn,
    qaoqqQf: 6rfr Tft{Rd:w I
    wxrdr qeilgqtfrqqgqT€q+ rt
    gry1:gqffi q ftqrqicilqq: r
    flqtghg{T,ifUqua'$riqq' rr
    qh fiqfi *t qI€€frgwFqa:r
    Z'lrrg:n]t{SAqqrfr T{ft q'q: ll
    11.20 qa!6r{Ftr 8l
    @ v t r r Y v

    nq*rrq q-Errftdtg:
    fr-srq+ t
    natft-m q *,fiflkfl\ itr tt
    llsrrd"$rdlq ftqtEd
    qrd Erqt€FJFfr,
    ggFIRtRsqttqqficsrlr $ot{llfit I
    urft q;grdrg{rilft,il\dr€frfrq;Edr
    trqnqm.rtttfig{-udqtt}Eer sto* ll Roll
    Slaha 70. The percon who ic born in the year
    Viswavasu will have a high senseof honor, wilt be
    fond of the comic and will evlnce admiracion for those
    who are rich in mcral worth. The peiscn whose binh
    is in the year Parabhtva, will be engagedin wickednesr
    and will prove the ruiner of his family. The person
    who has his birth in the year Plavangawill be lustful,
    fond of relatives, evincing a partiality fur children and
    rlow witted. The person whose yea.r of birth is
    Keelaka,will devotehimself to divine worship and will
    be exceedingly fortunate end valiant.
    cf. ?FFrqRTfi
    rgnia grfrqta.t
    fturEgegqa:
    {rFd:fl+goitti}EIdrfisraS{ gft: 11
    \
    KERKAq {lB: Qtffipq-q; 1
    q{rqqFgqd:qqqFqftqFn, tt
    sqfqift qrfr rt qqftfrfrffi 1
    tto: 'ilKfr gu:q5ryq6\sgft: 11
    fidt gftqTflffn] qr, t
    qErGqrR:
    ffi qfr(+d rKoqEs'qq,tt
    {tnr:ffisffiq+{rt
    il{nnq6{rdsft{ofr3 qrqqonqTo I
    5e8 srdrqrRqri Adh. Ix.

    srrurg{ *fr qRE}setr


    ftft.rugEmr
    grrfiol qRqrR{tr(qifl rnt6{T{rF{T{r{ll Rl ll
    Sloha 21. The person whose year of birth io
    Soumyawill be tranquil,universallypopular,exceeding-
    ly wealthyand firm,minded. The person born in the
    yearSadharana will b: versedin the variousbranchesof
    learningrnd will possess a soundunderstanding.The
    personli rsebirth is in the year Virodhikrit will be
    credulous,^ll,tempered, indigentandgivento wandering.
    The manwhosebirth is in the year Paridhavi will be
    ill,behaved,harshin speech, and possessedof wealth.
    cf , ?FFTGnirn
    qFsil '{q'frqlq {qflftfif,nfi: I
    ilrqH:6{Fed il' n}'} qqrqt tt
    flqgR, {fr: {,Ir{{Ra:qttntr: t
    tqre*fit' *,)fr ntqrtorggql:ll
    fat{t qffiarqificqfoR*fia:t
    ^
    fdrlftawrn qrfifrrdi lrln rr
    faarl.6rcrfH a{HRgrr€; grit:r
    {Tq{r.itqrufto: qftffiegqq: 11
    qrfi l;gfrrrrrf( qr{qdorq{rffqtr
    *Eriut ftft.t toltftnqnFqeril€ft( t
    qrfi wmtft qfr Eiodtqsdt qilt
    qErqrrrr{llRRll
    (|-il qFgETFrfr|IoqqsE[I<rs
    Sloka 22. Th: personborn in the year Pramadee-
    ';'..ives,
    cba will eEtrangehis - and will long for women
    not his own. The person whose year of birth ic
    Ananda will be of a joyous temperament, will be devo,
    gt, 2f) arr*sqrql 699

    ted to the study of traditional dirctrines and gacred


    scriptures and will be acquainted with the real nature
    of all things' The qan whose birth is in the year Rak'
    shaea will be sinful, indulge in vain talk, and will
    injure the virtuous. Ihe person born in the year Nala
    will be a donor endowed with many liberal virtues,
    tranquil and well.behaved.
    cf, ffidqrtr{
    qqrRqd qrfr qil q'gGilqaqr
    $grq{iit g.''lq fl{tdm: g{t: ll
    'frCn
    EfErTlqlstdqg{:
    frqlneqfr{:qlql 1
    qla: gafteflr{frd: tl
    sTln;aq.fl\
    F+qqitEidsaqqlqdfiqfrd:r
    RRs)ngnnr{iileifl}st qiar: tt
    \rlzfr{q1 ie 5g'ngo: {lfi: I
    qe.g?q(I) {1I qrdl ne,flqcfl(n{: ll
    i\\\

    ftaq;rrEtRRqet
    frd fqf,oq?qi rriq
    6rcfr qGqrog{htqlteisqr.mdqrq
    t
    ftarrii gtiqqfrftwr ftqritilar gqt!
    qft tRquf,qr gQoqiqfat
    g(lqni{l{ll 11 ll
    Sloka 73. The person born in the year Pingala
    will be a raint with his mind under controi and will
    enqagein the practice of penances. The man whose
    year of birth is Kalayukti will become an astrologer
    and will have fortune, enjoymentand works of benefi'
    cence. Tbe peraonwhose birth is in the year Siddharti
    will be succeas{ulin his undertakings,will be reverent
    tcwardc epiritual preceptorsand Goda and will be intel-
    6m q|lffiAca Adh.rx"
    Iigent. The p:rson who has his birth in the year
    Roudri will be a rake,p€rverse,proud and wicked.
    cf . ?FrTnffrm
    Fe: +,+flilqiq]qq)qqtii{+( :
    so{rcqRilrftfQqo;).qlat: tt
    olmtq+nt:aril qtqrqqqa nsi( t
    negsFg{il qi} ,r+ftr}tpn rr
    ERfd&gil fid q].ftfinFnnq:t
    q'* fr1ffi qrdrfrqreifqqdrrq:n
    r,iraq w{i fQga:qnaq}( |
    ilqqr.rt qrfr rq: €eqrgfrt{+( lt
    wmg{iffiqsqfr: ffiwrqsr
    qdsffieq€o-(Is qrqFgfrtrrr*rqt
    g(dlq efttdffi furq
    rr6su'€r(ils
    il<i r;gw{&*ftgwlr rinTltqsdufl{ ltlull
    Sloka 24. The person born in the yearDuro.rti
    will be lustful,dull-witted,distreesed
    by afflictioneand
    base-minded.The person whose birth is in the year
    Dundubhiwill havea bodily frame distinguified by
    big thigho,belly, arm!, and head, and will be h"ppy.
    The personwhoseyear of birth is Rudhirodgariwill be
    wise,truthful, happyand rich; the pereonwho ic born
    in Raktakshiwill be of a tranquil mind, fond of rcla-
    tives, exceedinglyfortunateand amiable.
    cf , ?FTiTstkTfi
    qd' *qn, +,rfiqdqqqqfrq:I
    €rqrdrqaqiAqg&il aee}qq: rl
    fieilcnnlfrfrqfndqraqtfta:
    r
    sI. 76-|26 rdlsrrr 6r

    ,,
    tnd.ft rcr*q: trqmtRn: t
    gqiqlsqdtqrfr €Rtilftmrt rr
    irilfi HErq=€ei'rtifi,(: flErI
    gfia'mrr+g*rtl$+ifr ?R:Il
    qrfr qnr fmqt;t ${Fff FgAfi *qfrgrtil <n( |
    gruqr{t€d qrfrffitnrqqFt
    fUsrqru ll 1\ ll
    Sloka 26. The person whose birth is in the year
    way6' a hater
    $rodhanawill be a rake addictetlto evil
    of lir relatives and devotedto brigandage. The perron
    born in tbe year Akrhaya will be vittuouo, cheerful,
    handsome,endowed with a high seose of honor and
    o(emptfrom foes and ailments.
    ct. *FTqfirr
    qt+t: t
    ilrqfr fidq' At qrCqrE]
    +fir4 {t qr* qa{: qngfrirTR ll
    36tr[6qq v1tqrfiT: w I
    arqfrqdtqril qt qfRqftt: rt
    n sFFt$gII U
    sq{rqqug${sgqr{{T{trrforilq+ftGst
    qftonfiws {qtrtqF*€RdtqFlffitt(s ll tE ll
    Sloha 26, The personborn in the Uttarayanawill
    be devotedto knowledge and contemplationand u/ill
    leada chastelife. The personborn in the Dakotrinayana
    wilt be confident in hic speech mainaininga distinc-
    tion between rpirit and matter and will be full of
    eelf,conceit.
    78
    WA fitcwrftnri Adb. IlL
    cf, qfirqkFh

    &wgn: Sr"qgqrftaa d.irfwql(qfi: qfiq: I


    fr'qtqi qrdiit q{Gfi tl
    tqfarrrqr{qeE(tn:
    qrqrrqtuil{K:
    qt: r& r'lngaalq, 6q* '
    daeruqtrft: f|1ga{erqRulreaqqqaft;q:
    ll
    il Tgs-dq tl
    qlqfg{fud}wailTrrt qrdr grt;qfr{il
    ffimffiqqgtffiu'{n*rgrffr t
    qndffieirqt gEqfr qrdqr etorrtr
    gqgl g€t qR qrcwutggtsrgfis Rrr
    gu{TRrtr
    S|oho 77. If a person be born in spring, he will
    be long-lived,wealthy and fond of fine scenls: if in
    Eummer,he will seek reliei in the use of ice, will be
    clever, voluptuous, lean,bodiedand inteiligent; if in
    the rainy seaoon,he will b: fond of milk, salt aud
    pungentflavours, cloquent in speechand possersedof a
    clear intellect; if in autumn, he will be pure-minded,
    bandsome,faced, hrppy and lustful.

    *rfi UmW:UfrEqffi t*.*t*rTEs {rdr I


    €riihqrflilil sqfr nd q{€t fritniqr qrq
    Sloha 28. The personborn in the winter season,
    will be a contemplativesaint, of a opareform, following
    tbe buainess of agriculture, possecsingthe means ot
    enjoyme't and capable, The person whose birth ig in
    the cool dewy season,will be devoted to ablutions and
    gifte, of great capabality, with a high rcnae of honor
    and of great frime.
    gr 29-30 rqcl$crcr ffi

    lr qRTsoqrl
    ** duurqqqi?qtffiqqr ffi
    t{re qR;ftrrq$ilurqTq'fudt
    qrRrt
    att qrfutttr$tdrfr u;rilnqr$rfrcr
    qrvd.ftq* uqtgft{i q}.ft(taqsstt Rqtl
    Sloko 29. The perEon born in the month of
    Chaitra will devote himself to tl1e study of every art,
    science and the scriptrrres and will be perpetually
    engagedin merry.makingand delightingin the company
    of women; if in the month of Vaisaka,he will be con'
    versantwith every science,independentand hold eway
    over Eomeregion; if in Jyeshta,he will be blessedwith
    long enduring wealth and sons and versedin magicfor'
    mulariesand their practical applicuion to ceremonies;
    if in Aehada,he will be very wealthy, compassionate,
    perpetually h"ppy but betraying an aversion to other
    people.
    NorBs.
    fu (Chaitra), tcrrt{ (vaisakha), etc., are the names of lunar
    mouths (qrqqtn-Chaandra masa), and are sotnamedafter the star
    occupiedby the Moon at FullrMoon (qjoidl-pou.tami), d.e., the
    end of the bright balf. Each lunar month consistsof thirty tithis
    (ffi) commencing from S5c$trqq-r (Suklapaksha pratbarna the
    first day after the New Moon) and ending rvith the following
    qqr4rgr (An.ravasya'New Moon).

    stt(l silEUFmQ
    i+nqftiqdi ilirfr
    arErtqneqqKq{qRd n*mcu-qq 1
    qrt qwgfr qstqwiitqt ERfrrrqor
    gsrsr5R* |MI ffirtr {Tft*ll lo ll
    Sloka 3A. lf a pereonbe born in the montbof
    qrilsil$ilu Adh"rx.
    Sravanahe will devote himrelf to the worship of Gods
    and Brahmins; if in Bhadrapada, he will take delight
    in visiting several countries,be full of tbeorier and
    inaginative;if in Aswija, he will be hostile to his
    own people,indigentand base-minded ; if in Karthika,
    devotedto agriculture
    h,ewill be f rt.limb:d, broad,eyed,
    and surgaesing in wealth.
    gTgefrdmirqr{Hldq q{i
    figqqotrrd ggarmus\ |
    €enPinP{qqlqnfl{qrrqlit
    qRfr{gqriliq,regi{mo}o:ll lt ll
    S/o/r4 31. If a person b: born in the month of
    Margaseeruhahe will show reverence'to Gods, hi!
    elders and his parents and will be virtuous ; if in
    Puohya,he will be possessedof wealth, virtue and
    strength and will havea prominentnose; if in the
    month of Magha, he will be mischievoualy inclined,
    though very attentive to his duties and well'behaved;
    if in Phalguna,he will practisedaily beneficenceand be
    fond of music.
    il qqrssTltl
    Eiltilqtqfi geft*qilftfr q{wr EqrgfI
    s{ri{rfi ftqqr{qrs€{;gtfi qft worqtttlq u
    Slol;a 3?., If a personbe born in the bright half
    of a month, hc will b: distinguished above others by
    the fact of his being blessed with sons, grandsone and
    richesand will be virtuous and compassionate ; if a
    person be born in the dark half of a month, he will be
    urging his own interest8, reverent towarde his mother
    but inimical to his relatives.
    sL &3-84 q-Rsqtc! 606

    il $Toqeq tl
    {i$tft cq{ftq(r qisfrfifl g(ft
    crftrs
    qtqrt qR uwgFquonr1 qrdiTG qff t
    ct{qrow*rgnamiiarcJu: tlorqrs?fr
    rr* arqsiqdwrgor qmd qrqtn li tl
    Sloka 33. Tbe person born in the early morning
    ic attentive to his duties, leadsa life of benelicenceand
    is happy; the personborn at mid d"y will have princely
    virtues ; the person born in the after-noon will be
    wealthy ; the personbcrn in the evening will be fond
    of fine scents and lovely women, base,mindedand of
    wandering habitg; the person born at rright will have
    the samecharacteristic as tir. on" bcrn in the evening.
    The. person born at sunrisc will enjoy abundant
    comtorts.
    n ftftrq,€q tl
    qAtdrftwdr{itqR ft'fi i'qqftot
    ffiqrqi tqrqgqoqatftrq€orI
    Aelqrqtgoqxq6qqrior{qg{r{
    qguqiql{E1iqeTqgriq;er?goTf
    il iB tl
    Sloka 34. If a personbe born in lfrrq (Pratipada)
    or tbe first d"y of rhe Moon, he will be very indus-
    trious and lead a virruous life; if in frf,rqr (Dwitiya) or
    in the 2nd day of the Moon, he will have abundanceof
    splendour, cattle, strength, fame and wealth: if in
    qaier (T'riteeya), he will be virtuous and very timid
    and will have a sharp clear voice; if in aguT(Chaturthi),
    he will be credulous, accustomed to wandering and
    conversant with sacredtexts.
    606 qrffiqrRid Adh. Ix.

    qsrqrqR{orrrqxftft
    I qn{l arnFercl
    qwrqeqqot
    ittoiooq,qr{itmflf}mr t
    qwqi qftqi€ils qaqfdrtuqqqraiqdi
    qwqrqRsRls!gaqtror ifiq'Rrrrrr\ lr
    Slofto i5. If a person b: born in cqq.t(Pan:hami)
    or the Sth day of the Moon, he will devote himself to
    the study of all sciencesand the sacred scriptures,will
    be lustful, lean and restless; if in vfr (shashti) or the
    6th day of the Moon, he will have smallotrength,will
    be equal in status to a sovereign, wise and of a very
    angry temperament; if in qsit (Saptami),he will have
    a stiff extendedvoice, lording over people, phlegmatic
    and powerful; if in eredt(Ashtami),he will be exceed,
    ingly lecherous,fond of his wife and children, and
    phlegmaticin temperament.
    cqdr fti"qaglg(t{il;trtfilfr q{sqi tteft
    rrr{RrrrqgflqsoT<FTql
    qlqq firrqi qdt t
    aftAfi nurFqilifuEr{
    t+*ruorqy{si
    qdi qfteerll 1E ll
    er{tqrqftgoT{ffr16rsrrfi
    Siofra 36 If a personbe born in qEn?(Navami) or
    the 9th day of the Moon, he will b: known ro fame,
    have a charming person,but a bad wife and bad sons
    and will b: iustful; if born in gttdt (Dasami),he will
    be virtuous, with a clear,voicedwife and sons, pros-
    perous and wealthy; if born in {rrfift (Ekadasi), he
    will revere Gods and Brahminsand will have many
    servitors and wealth; if brrn in Er{rit (i)wadasi), he
    will be engaged in very beneficent works, will be
    liberal, wealthy and leprned.
    TmqrqtgFqquffifr{rqtq rfl{rt
    sl.3i-39 qc*sqrq:

    qdtlt *fr qq*rffigduwatt


    srrTrqrlrl{ng
    I ft il$qqI{FFItTt\
    qdt rurq;i qG goqurefi
    q (I{aI, 11{s ll
    Stoka 37. If a personbe born in afrqdl (frayodasi)
    he will be covetous, very libidinous and possessed of
    much wealth ; if in sgt{ir (Chaturdasi), he will be of a
    fiery temperand he will b: ever wishing in his heart
    to becomepossessed of other people'swealth and women;
    if born in sTffarqr(Amavasya), he will be credulous
    and devoted to the worship of the Manes and the Gods ;
    if in g$er (Poornima), h" rvill sustain the reputation
    of his family and will b: weahhy and cheerful.

    II EITTfi'OTTII
    qnt ft gafu{roi{qilgqlReqrt
    frur
    mrdtqrnqgfugrtfii diqigqrtqqrt
    iF't3qE(qrEsrdfi(fi qqgqrt qET
    iqqrsurqFsr(f,{qarfr.qe ErirEttt ld tl
    S/oAa 38. If a person be born on the day of the
    week sacred to the Sun, he will have a lofty senseof
    honor, with brown hair, eyes and figure and will be
    lordly; if on thc day of the lr4oon,he will bc a gallant,
    with a lovely form and will cver be tender-hearted;if
    on the day of Mars, hc will be cruel and concerned
    with daring words and deeds; if on the day of Mercury,
    he will honor Gods and Brahmins and will speak
    -
    politely.
    r"ETqlft+errqWrqr{aqrfi lftdfr
    qqt{qiriryc frft+ riiiqr irTqdsI
    qqqrqqfu {trqrlqg{ltr('|qEilF{ril'
    608 qrdrwRqrt Adh.rx.
    tfr wgwr*tq${rd q;qarqrtrgqlu iq tl
    Sloka 39. If a personbe born on the week day
    dedicated to Jupirer, he will perform sacrifices, be
    popular with kings, have noble qualities and become
    celebrated; if on the day sacredto Venus, he will have
    corn, lands and wealth and be universally popular and
    devoted to gallantry; if on the day of Saturn, he will
    be for the most part dull-witted, living on food and
    money supplied by others, indulging in inconsiderate
    utterances,assumingan attitude of hostility and cleverly
    boycotting the whole body of his relatives.

    $s(qr'{gqfefi€rTl qql 6ill;qi qprt q rTF{TtttI


    q aiqmfrftft|i:er{rd'dq ftiM rr
    gcwfrsfr{gor
    ft rqqr-nq€rq'$gqqqftraorcqrtr.qrd
    qTPfifdign*ikfr grqqdl itrqgsqritqn r
    qrM$Wr itEqqin'qErrf q€gdiqrnq,ieF
    efr-wqlqtre"iT{rfriil fiffti Wqerrurmtl tt
    €$ q frn$Erd*t g untrmarnrrrtrurrtrqrf I
    rilgf{qks qrd'riqqrrrqrftt*rnrtt+*{urRn BRlt
    qqtHr \qT
    r
    FTet$rodRrRrudqt{s
    g{qriqst$qug{{or6ggq | |
    w; q+ivarniboqsa'r'+rfi
    qtgt
    ililqrn fi''f qtqfirercffrt1urptt Bi tl
    qiurrf
    Augqfrrii rq urqFrngI qii gr{g-
    qrEarlrriril{ifirEeuriiqr*rqKjsq{r( |
    \o

    tiqisqqd,fiqtqitt.-'iiil rlrsn(
    W iqftfi.onile Uftrtr q*lffiilft ilq BB
    Sloias 't0-44. p
    +
    o
    T
    rTwrq
    -tz nrlrnir. ^ 4U1
    Presiding
    q?nq{Ir{T: qITiT Specialmarks The name
    of identifi- in English
    t
    \r
    lJefty Synonyms Caste
    cation Astronomy

    l qiH qllFiT
    ${F: Turanga. {n! Vaisya 3 Spots in
    As w i n i The 2 Aswins Dasra,urga fr.*ayuk, F Arietis
    Horse's face
    6rr Haya
    2 wo?r qq3 Yama zr{r:!46x. ZttilrR: Lowest 3 Stars in a 35 Arietis *
    Bharani (God o{ death) Kritanta, qrlrrq
    Yamyabham
    caEte triansle east of
    ariH (Aswini)
    & Musce
    I
    3 aR+r erlii: Agni ERrfli Hutasana, wFr: Brahmin 6 Spots Kshura- 'r Tauri
    Krittika (God of fire) Agni, cgor Bahula like. General of Pleiades
    the celestial
    armies
    4 ftAoft rqrcft: ft&: Vidhi, AftE Sudra Five stars like o Tauri,
    Rohini Prajapati Virincha,trda Sakata a car Aldebaian
    (The creator)
    o)
    I
    o:
    F
    qrft Specialmarka The name o
    o d{Tq ^t';'.11f*
    ry q{rqaaqr:
    z N"tli"'r'" Synonyraa Caste of cation
    identifi- in Englioh
    Aetronomy

    qq{tt{ dq: *la 5ou.ya, qFqChandra &rving tr Orionic


    Mriga- (The Moon) enltrroft Agrahayani E:gc caEte
    sirsha Udupa, q{n?r{qMrigasiras
    -Tr4t QAI arrq Taraka, *{q, Butcher Coral'like red o Orionis
    Ardra (Rudra) Roudram caste

    s{+g Gfr' snRq Aditya, Vaicya Five stars like B Gemi,


    Punarvaru(The mother gcdqdt Surajananee a house norum
    of the
    Adityas)

    sc iftTrft: Riq Tishya, Kehatriya ThreeStars d Cancri


    Pushya (The tutor of qcfrr Amaredya like au arrow
    the Devac)
    Cl.
    cnBc sct: wft: Ahi, gw: Bhujanga Lowest Six Starslike , Hydrae V
    Aslesha (Serpents
    ) CaEte a serpeDt ;
    ?4
    l0 cs ftm: ftq Pitru, qqr Janaka Sudra Five Stars. Rod o Leonir, CA
    Magha (The Pitria) of the Patki Regulur
    D

    +
    ft qdsqdt tr{wr: Aryamna, {r{rirq Brahmin Two in each
    ?
    d Leonig $
    "i*
    Pu.rv.a (Aryaman) Bhagyabham joined form A

    phalguni a square
    12 a<r,qii rrrT
    Uttara (Bhag") sii Uttaram, rrrrq Bhagam Kshatriya F Leonig
    phaiguni

    13 !F eft"r^ rrg Bhanu,srwt Aruna, Vaieya d Corvi


    Haeta The Sun rr*' Arka {
    e
    gt
    6
    fa !-er 3E qer Thwaohta, gnrift: Serving A pearl-liLe c Virginis, !
    Chitra Tiashta, (the Suravardliak-i caEre Star $pica e
    architect)

    15 qnir qcq Marut, ?riT:\,/313, Butcher " Boctia;


    1€ Red like a coral
    Swati Vayu, the sqtwt:Samlerana. s,g,' casre Arcturuo
    wind Vayu, n*t, Sameeri
    16 fr_ar<sr q-q & oriir fr?qa Dwidaivata Lowest Five Stars like o Librae
    Visakha Indra and brrft+ Aindraenika. caSte a potter's wbeel
    urpab"ba o
    o
    o Aqr:FI . ESTT qqfcq6qr: sft SpecialmTkE Tbe name F)

    z Presiding of identifi
    N.irlir" lJefty
    Synonyms i;;;. in English
    catlon AEtronomy

    17 wdrrsr fr" iaq, Maitram Sudra Three Stars re- d Scorpio,


    Anuradha (One of the sembling a lotus ntE
    Adityas)
    18 eisr EE gft*anr Kulisatara,fimq: Serving Three red Stars Scorpionis
    Jyeshta Indra Satamakha,grffi Suraswa, caste resemblingan " Antares.
    umbrella
    mee
    1 9 qnsf ft*ft ugr Asura, Brlggq Akratu, Butcher Six Stars like an tr $corpio, ol,
    Mula Nirrity bhuj caste elephant'sgoad nlE

    z0 qltqrcr qir
    'Water v<: Payal, eftaq Salilam, Brahmin Two Stars like ( Sagittari
    Purvasha, woq Jalam,diqr(Thoyam a danda
    dha

    zl irnRmitT R*irr: Rrq Vls\r.t Krhatriya Bed red 3 $agitari


    Uttara- Vigvedevae A
    sh adha
    x
    't',
    qftk{ ilTr Vaiaya a Lyne cl2
    F
    Abhijit Brahma r5
    0
    I
    z3 rTEror Rog *un Srona,Rog,Vishnu Lowest 33 Stars like o Aquilae I
    +
    Sravana Visbnu 6ft: Hari, xlt Sruti caSte a,n ear
    ?rqorqq,Siavinabham

    z4 xiqw qfr age; siigr Dhanishta, ag Vasu Serving White drum.like F Delphini
    Sravishta The 8 Vaaue caste
    t<
    Taf*q. 33tr cr+di: Prachctas, {lainFFq Butcher Red. A hundred \ Aquarii 4
    {
    Sata- Varuna Satatarakam,atorrq Varu, caEte Stars 7,
    a^
    bhighak nabham {
    3
    7 6 q*urgrqr rqqsqrE q+*qrE: Ajaikapada,irTsrqr(Brahmin Two Stars like o Pegaai
    Purvabha, Aja,Eka,pat Ajapat, gFi'idcErPurva, a sword
    drapada proshtapada

    z7 snRrlrr{Tqtci}d."q: s1trciCCEr
    Uttaraproshta- Kshatriya . Of the4 Stars y Pegasi
    Uttarabha Ahirbudbnya pada, uft{u;<: rD a square two
    drapada Ahiibudhnya in tbe east

    z8isar qq qlr Pushan,ft.orrq paushna- Sudra Likeafish (Pisciun


    o!
    Revati Rrshan bham cp
    614 ilrtf,qrRqre Adh. Ix.

    {oHrfi{+dfluqrrqirfr*nEq}rf.qt
    qoqr<i{flTmqqffi qrfu{r{ t
    ctgqmqilRsflqqftur vuudar uiq
    aqrctqqqrwrgffiglwngo,;rsiilsll B\ ll
    Sloka 45. rtr-sr;rr(Gandanta), which consisrs of a
    period oI Tl$ ghatis at the junction of eachof the three
    pairs of stars qgt (Moola) 3nd slur (Jyeshta),ner (Magha)
    and wtret(Aslesha),andiqat (Revati) and qfb* (Aswini),
    is productive of much evil to living beings. The qftar
    (Ghatika) at the junction of s?gr(Jyeshta)and qor (Moo-
    la) is termed ugm (Abhukta). A.y girl, boy, beasror
    slave born in the ghatikr in question causethe ruin of
    the family owning them.
    Notrs.
    af. afrqfr:
    q}'qr&=+,srQfQqqi+a
    qa *er(o'i(Fd{ra{ |
    ilfr rroseragalfiii R qnrq-rildr{mraEqfis{
    ll
    The term srgsrfd (Abhuktamoola)is thus defined:

    M qfim inr qgTq]qEnaq{ r


    s{gs(sfqsEs{ ilii e}Fagq rt
    A child born in Brgs{s (Abhuktamoola) should be abandoned.
    If this be n.;t possible, the father should not see the child for 8
    years; after performing some religiousJapasand Shantis, he may
    see the child in the 9th year. c/. rfi=<t
    s{gs{€qTaniqfterq}fitqt r
    s{qd} arfQfQg:s C frksqre{{ ll
    qqt qFfl\ mfin q;q$ fie flrlq r
    st. 46-48 q'+qlstqrq: 616

    a#a qnrqr
    gd r$Fqalgas ftaqr( lt ar+sft
    e{gsxrq ga g*qfq qRsiq r
    qqil='qie* f,rdR-g{{q faor+iq tt

    {twn Eqrf\frgr:rq*rffiwl I
    widtflil kdtt qqiifrfl il Bq tl
    sTrArir
    cntt qi*qril qR qffi qgrib t
    q{t qrd(qqfqUrriRraruutn Bs ll
    qflt {tTq$o-tqsi .innuqq I
    ffii qgt EF(€{' aFaqrri{h rt uc tt
    The verses are elliptical ; we have to piece together the
    various portions as we best can to get at the sense they are
    intended to convey.
    Slokas 46-48. Make ten equal divisions of the
    ghatiLas which the Moon takes to pass through the
    asterism slur (Jyeshta). If there be a child,birth in the
    lgt tenth of the star, it will cause the death of tbe
    mother'smother; if in the Znd tenth, of the mother'e
    father ; if in the 3rd tenth, of the mother's brother ; if
    in the 4th tenth, of the mother herself; if in the 5th
    tentb, of the child born; if in the 6th tenth, of cattle
    and wealth ; if in the 7th tenth, of both the families;
    if in the 8th tenth, of the whole race; if in the 9th
    tenth, of the father,in,law (in prospect); if in the lftb
    tenth, of every tbing.
    cf . T((r{d
    +sr* qrilqqit qIdFrEfiftqh r
    qfit qrgeqFaqg{ qqdtdqrlt
    ailFrfldqqt {Ff, qtsfieqr,itqt( r
    616 ||'F TTRilfr Adh Ix.

    wi gil{rfl: srqet sffiqt{ 11


    rai algt Efu s,i<ignt nqrr
    Qgi RqFqqoqrq,€*ifiR.ch rr
    sT{Rr(iriTdewsi8*atqr
    ilg{r(Rfrta qgwrEsr ET(il 8q tl
    Sloka 49. A girl born in eisr(Jyeshta)coupled
    with a Tuesday will causethe removal of her eldest
    brother from the world, while the girl geln irr lf,€r
    (Moola)happeningon a Sundaywill cauteher father,in,
    law to depart.
    *$qqR"{q{e q;qrqftetqqTa qrQeffiiig{ |
    Eftqni fH litfk qt qgt €ft\it silRrf
    n \o tl
    Sloha 50. The personborn in the first quarterof
    tbe star Jyeshtawill soon causethe death of hie eldest
    brother; if a personbe born in the Znd quarterof the
    star,he will occasionthe death of the youngestamong
    hrs elder brothers; if in the 3rd quarter, he will
    lausethe deathol his father; if in the 4th quarter,the
    perEonborn may himselfdie.
    Norrs.
    The following ve{ses contain similar and some more details
    about the bad effects of being born with the Moon in Aslesha,
    Visakha, Jyeshta and Moola.
    rortt
    qgftqmrEK,{Uta-cqFfr
    frqFanqr-
    qisTA&ffgqqrGq qHelqr dumqr
    {-flfrqwr frilEsqt qa&qw tqt
    fi"it"gqtg qrng€fr
    ffffi h.fiwg,11
    xrqr qgt qFnwow q dEsqrqI
    gl. 5l-66 qq*$qt{It 6r{
    +snr qt${)
    # tt
    ** hi ERtqar
    f
    da ";"
    qn€nfitrqrg flt-t *qq, gqq I
    q *quBqrt e fa<Atgqffiarrr
    EsrghfHtqHqlilr atft r *qqr{ t
    dffgh GiqF qrnr(Fa ntqq u
    sfucsrd*
    &tilKrqrfr qqtqi'fldiqmrrqil.ii
    E i{q. r
    t*sfrnngd: gdriT nErqqtagt ftEfh rr
    effisq1|qfiar a qFa aetmlqrRqqTfi(?q tl
    Wqrfr ftet ftttqK i?itt,r+qnrailgaFr t
    Edqtrffirnruf a{qqgtqfiwtfr frc"qtf\ltl
    SIofta 51. If a person be born iir the lst quarter
    of the atrr Moola, he will occasion the death of the
    father; if in the 2nd quarter, the death of the mother
    very soon ; if in the 3rd quarter, he will occasion the
    loss of wealth ; if in the 4th quarter, he will be happy.

    Wdftftrdr ;ilEn itiqqs:Sqtfrutfuatrt


    qr} fril f\U'{rdrqatt qititqftr ll \R lf
    ftarqaqg{g qnr qrqlt qat t
    qBg qriltTirrat
    unt uqoRaIIll \1 ll
    qsqiirireqqt fttt{aig qEi{+|
    q{i qg{hrt'l Uer(+isrfitt{+ll \8 ll
    erqt g €,i Grrit!ircctgrge?iiEtt
    qgtt ilst\{ ffiA IililrIEKqTlt \\ ll
    Slotas 5l-55. Make 15 equal divisions of the
    ?8
    618 arf,{cTftqre Adh. Ix.
    ghatikas which the Moon takes to paasthrough the
    aeterism Moola. If a person be born in the lst l5th
    portion of the star, he will causethe death of his father;
    if in the 2nd t5th, of the father'sbrother; if in the 3rd
    1Sth,cf the sister'shusband; if in the 4th l5th, of the
    paternalgrand-father;if in the 5th 1sth,of the morher;
    if in the {rth 15th,of the mother's Bi$ter; if in the 7th
    l5th, of the mother's brother; if io the 8th 15th,of a
    paternaluncle'swife; if in the gth l5th, of everything;
    if in the 10th 15th, of all the catrle in the house; if in
    the 11th 15th, of the servants; if in the l2th 15th,the
    person born will die; if in the l3th 15th, his eldest
    bpother will die; if in the l4th l5rh, his sister will
    die; if in the last 15th,his morher'sfather will die.

    sTpdqriT rro€ail( $Frus&ffi |


    fittt qrqrloqiJ iiEqo€qW* ll \E ll
    S/oftc 56. If a personbe born in the lirst quarter
    ol the star Aslesha,there is no drnger to any perEon;
    if in the 2nd quarter,there is the risk of losing money ;
    if in thc 3rd quarter, his mother runs the risk of losiog
    her life; if in the 4th quarrer the father runs a similar
    risk.
    A'\
    qorqEnrEq1oT ryi Tqgq
    qflIEq{07 nTrtftSq
    ,irqror:irqsfluraKqCfrqrir
    qKt irgr qqgqjfi qttR qrt
    qril qErfqiir iqts.rTqwt.rfr{ n \e tt
    Slotrr 57. The person born in the first quarter of
    Moola, Magha or Aswini will lose his father, but if the
    birth be in the last quarter of Revati, Jyeohta or
    Asleoha,there will be loss of the mother,the father and
    sl. 6&60 lqqlssryq; 619

    the child, it being immaterial when the birth happens,


    whether during the day, in the nighr or at the two
    junctions of day and night.

    This slokai,.;alsoquoted
    *"51i,"*.
    i'fir orfig fqatui*silrqr# ilcil |
    srrfl;t ffisqfrfi)( qrfr qosf{q$qltt \d tl
    S/ois Sil. The person born in a Ganda losegthe
    father if the time be day, and the motherif the time of
    birth be night; and if rhe time of birth be in the junc-
    tiorrs betwecn.da1' nighc, the personborn wilt
    "n6
    himselfdie, so that Ganda fails not of effect.
    qR tz.kfffi |
    {'qqr* rr+ilrrr*rd
    .\\
    {T;€rngEStrtFrttG il{ilRocaiqrrTq
    ll \q El
    Slofra 59. There is G;rnda at the conclusionof a
    Gandatarasuch as Revati, Asleshr or Jyeshtaat night
    and at the commencement of a Gandatar.r such as Aswi,
    ni, Magha or Moola during the day ancl,at the junctron
    of a pair of (landararas in tfre junctions betrveen d.y
    a n d n i g h t . T h i s i s t h e d i s t i n g r r i s h i nm
    g a r ko f a G a n d a
    period.
    qrfiwiqg$i qrilrftuf*n{r$rI
    g6tsffi oil ftuqrgsrrrrtqtrQ"tl
    S/oAc60 The person born in the Dhanur Lagna
    when the Mccn is in the asterism Poorvashadawill
    lose his father ; again the person born in the Karkata
    Lagnaand when the Moon is in the star pushya will
    likewise cccasionhis father'sdemise.
    q{m s gq q ftdi {rsi gq I
    qtf€{ tWqtq ryqt{rsilrrqr{ n iq lr
    qr€QtrRctt Adh.rx.

    Sloha 61. The child born when the Moon ia in


    the star Poorvashadaor Pushya as describ?d in the
    preceding sloka will cause the loss of the father, the
    Loth"r, the of fspring generatedtill then or the mother's
    brother, accordingas the Moon rt tbe birth in que$tion,
    occupiesthe first, se:ond, third or fourth quarterof the
    lateful star referred to.

    rfisrqll dRIqertEwi qit t


    ftEqrffiq'qsqlEirelrqiffall hRll
    qlt ildit ftrrqtr Ktd qq,Tqq t
    ilffiirs*ilRlql{gqi}1rewr q ll El ll
    qrdql ffi aila snKI+Iflai aw I
    Slolas 62-63*. If when theMoon passes through
    the 1et quarter of the star Uttaraphrlguni or the two
    middle quarters of the star Pushya, or through the 3rd
    quarter of the star Chittra or through the first half of
    Bharani or through the 3rd quarter of Hasta or through
    the fourth quarter of Revati, therc is a birth, the father
    or the motherof the child born will die accordingas it
    is or the male or female sex.

    ll rIUgifiTO:ll
    qqril qTgitruttlI
    frsqrr.qrcg{sr}
    affi8 rilrfaRHt n(q l(t(qlg,taq l. h Q B l l
    qfr q{r'i iq iqsriinEi{rrI
    * ,nfi qlmrirqrw{ g i{qr{s{ ll q\ ll
    rqt qlft ttat qqtqrimq}tq t
    ll qE ll
    6d qii qrdqlftqt arq{r-6E*
    sl. 6,+-69 qirqtsErrTs 62l

    sruirqosnf
    g{sftnt aFein{on(|
    sruifiqsqfid qA df*|il qni{sI
    itq,t{rw dtqr{qgtqrfudtsq{r
    tl Qutt
    Slokas 64-67. The Ganda period (r.e. period of
    risk) is 16 years when the birth is in the lst quarter of
    Aswini ; it is 8 years in regard to the lst quarter of
    Magha ; one year with referenceto Jyeshta; 4 years in
    the caseof Chittra and Moola I l years in the case of
    Aslesha; one year in regard to Revati; 2 months is
    the limit of the risky period in connection with lJttara-
    phalguni; 3 months with respectto the star Pushya;
    the child born in Poorvashadawill bring about the
    removal of the father from this world in the 9th month.
    If a per son be born in Hasta he will cause his father's
    death within 12 years, The personborn in Abhukta,
    moola (see sloka 45, latter half) will causethe death of
    the father at the very moment of his birth. If the
    person born in Abhuktamoola should live, he will be
    the cause of his family's pre,eminence,raiseits statug
    and will be prosperous; he may perhapscommand an
    arm''
    n n \
    ll TFiletqtq'll
    u6qqt qg{rqi rei, qq} g{q. I
    fldtn fiet afla iliitt qldr dailll qc ll
    qgt qrgd tFt qst Hr{:TIIFI{|
    qbqfr ftrgaiic.rosE\q
    qdftarll Eqll
    S io A a s6 8 - 5 9 . l f t h e r eb e a b i r t h o n t h e l 4 t h
    day o{ the Moon in the dark half of a lunar month and
    that in the first sixth portion thereof,it will prove aus
    822 aril{qrrfqra Adh.rx.

    piciouo; if it be in the 2nd 6th, there will be loss oJ


    the father; if in the 3rd 6th, there will be loss of the
    morher; if in the 4th 6th, it will causethe deathof the
    mother'sbrother; if in the 5th 6th, it will remove the
    brothers from the world; if in the last sixth, it will
    causethe death of the child born. Tl'rus the :vil of
    Gandahagbeen mentioned
    af, +ilox-+t|n{t.
    asqqfl qqi{qi qqo} rdg;qt t
    qci{qtq q$frqqt i g {fw':rqtl
    Adi+'fintdla qfit rrqaruiqI
    +gi wrEedln qet qgqpl{q.ll
    qbq aqqtFc qEtrqinii fig: 1
    3r{r'{r;g {E[IiIr;TtqsrTntiliitt ilil |
    qd q qiaqlEt{iqrqprt fqirqill ll reoll
    ftdtqreiiqqnritFrtqq{ it q{qr r
    frtqrq $Rtqratqr(h gqlflfiqrr{:t
    qrii itamtqrqiqRsrftfiqtqhil et ll
    'the
    SltrAas1O-7I. The abandonmen[of young of
    elephants,horses,cows, buffaloes and more especially
    oi the human kind, if brought forch on the day of the
    new,moonwhen a <iigit thereofis faintly visible in the
    morning-the abandonmentof the young of theseani'
    mals is laid down as a rule. lf they be brouglrt forth
    on the neq' moon day when no vestige of the Moon
    becomesvisible, expiatory rites should b: gonethrough
    in accordlnce with the prescrib:d rules to avert the
    evil of such births ; the rule of abandonmentis absolute
    except when the creature born is a specimen of
    womankind.
    gl. 72-73 qtclsqtcr 6n9
    Norr,s.
    ffiqr;ii " The real meaning may be, the day on which the
    Moon rises with a thin crescent of light scarcely visible."
    Monier Williams. The term appears to apply to the first 6th
    portion of the New Moon, while the period covered between the
    second tth to the sixth Attr is designated .rd (Darsa). The
    seventh and eighth $th portions are termed 5R (Kuhu). Accord-
    ing to qrocflF<rfl (Kalaprakasika), $R (Xutru) occurs when the
    Janmanakshatra or either of its l'rikona ones synchronises with
    'fhyaj-
    the New Moon, the ending moments of which coincide rvith
    yam. Kuhu signifiesan evil yoga. Various expiatory rites are
    ordained to ward off the evil arising from births during these
    periods.
    \\
    ll qtqilt1! ll
    fltcE.qdm&rtwilr
    fteRnqrsrt
    q;qqidmdg{silitfr* qftr<f lt el tl
    Sl,tka 7?.. The child born under the samestar a$
    the father or under the 10th star from the father'a (oee
    sloka 78 for the meaningof Janmarkeha and Karmarkehai
    will occasion the loss of the father; the child born in
    the sameJanmala;naand the sameNakslratraNavamsa
    aEthe father will causethe father's death on the very
    day of its birth.
    cf , <fts
    fiit*r ffr{;rrr+qtitFgfQgrrqqrt
    ffqqlTt q ds* qTd:fl+ €ftrq: 11
    g{t URfit qnr *wtnrrq t
    fterqiEfirqqntgit*swR*anqn'sa tl
    Sloka 73. 'I'hechild born under the M"rsalaor
    Mudgarayoga will bring about the lossof what is good
    or auspicious. Birth under the Vishtikaranabetokenc
    irr(tsqrRqTt Adh. IX.

    a
    day, the personborn will have a defective limb.

    Rurqf qositiqrft qsl ttreruqrg+1


    qnt tq=nfimrn \eBtl
    raqtGaaqi
    Sloha 14, The personborn in a Riktha thithi be_
    comes barren; he who is born in the yamakantaka
    period of the day will be a cripple; he who is born
    under a srar assailedby a bad planer wilr be afflicted
    with ailments.
    Nores.
    iirr r?rt(nitttr. thithi):q-g{f (Chaturthi),a+{ (Navami)or
    v-g*a'i (Chaturda.i).

    ftgfo qifhedqdg+rutq gcrr


    aqilqrtsg.dar
    urqqRttgqyqrqn e\ tl
    Sloho 75. When the Lagnais free from any planet
    but about to be occupied by one, the son born will be
    given for adoption to anotherperson. when a birth
    takes place in a Vyatipatayoga,the person born will
    have a defective limb. The child born ina parighayoga
    will die.
    \\
    tsdt Rd aflefr"*rt qrtarftmr
    \\
    {o q {fsrmt qq qot qosqflrril( il uQ g1
    Sloku 76. If a personbe born in a Vaidhruriyoga,
    he will causethe loss of the father; if in Vishkambf,a
    he will cauoethe loss of wealth ; if in the Sulayoga,
    hJ
    will suffer from colic ; if in Gandahe will get a goitre.

    {rqrrcrrirf
    su{rtllfRifl*ftqqrsriiqgsqr-tr
    q.dsql €i gr.(fRgrerqqUR,dliiqlitfgri erq tt
    31. 77-81 eqrtlsrqrq:

    Stoka '17. The child born with teeth will caute


    damageto the family from the commencementof the
    secondto the conclusion of its fourth month ; the rie ing
    of teeth at the time of birch may cause tbe death of the
    father in the 6th month of tire child. When thir
    critical period is over, all may go well.

    rl vf*ldlt|{{l fl
    ffq{{rd ffi{ g q{ tqrfr't i'tgtri lffi I
    qg|(draniwErqtiEi
    srrqnt*rit(fitrfr! (rq ll
    erfrfiqfuar*tilfitsftfr traq.I
    wRttiltqrqrTts qefi{tR mrun ll eq ll
    cr;{ril{r(mqq ftarl qHftq*t I
    Uril'q:.TSilwVgil grrqr6{il1ll co ll
    S/oAas78-80, Thc star in whiclt the Moon is at
    the time of birth of a person is to be reckoned as the
    firet and is calledwwd (Janmarksha); the tenth there-
    from is calledor*ai(Karmarksha); the 16th, they say, is
    styled ffit-{ (Sanghathika); the t8th is named €gErq
    (Samudaya);the 19th is called umr (Adhana); the 23rd
    is known as tqrfuo (Vainasika); the 25th, the 26th and
    the 27th stars are called rerpectively wrft (Jati), tqr
    (Desa)and qf.r\+ (Abhisheka). If the ffcfl (Janmarksha)
    and other stars aboveenumeratedbe occultedby malefic
    planetsat the birth of any person,they will causedeath
    on the very day of birth ; if occulted by benefic pla,
    nets, they will produce benefic effects.

    lt 51oqgpffif{r tl
    tnn* lTrqtqR spg1qi'"irm{wq t
    ermagrqdrfuAt qrfhq flilqq.ll dt ll
    wisqrRqft Adh.rx.
    qqgq,**urfrrqrfrsfu"rrEqr
    qr{ q-.g.io-crdrql
    qrflb ilk g.* 1 dR tl
    ,Slokas81-82. The Ganda in the months of Vai,
    sakha,Sravanaand Phalgunais such as relatesto the sky;
    in the months of Ashadha, Pushya, Margasirahaand
    Jyeshgha,the Gandais suchas affectsmen; in Aswija,
    Kartika, Chaitra anclBhadrapada,the Ganda is such as
    relates to the P.rthaia or the nether world ; in the
    month of Magha,thc Gandaor risk to b: run is death"
    The evil of G'andawhich relategto pathalaand the sky
    Pusbkaradoesnot conccrnthis world and so does not
    reallv exist for us.
    Enrffiri$qrcarg€qT#dhfrm r
    E*q { frg+il grq gr*E{f{qu eQrr
    Slofa 83. Thc father should behold the fase of a
    Eon as soon as born ; by seeing the son'g face, the
    father is releasedfrom his debt to the Manes.

    il qq TqIT60TI tl
    qtq;qmitgtqiiffi mq{rq1rds({t
    qrqfr Rrdrs;qEnfnar fil uarirqdl I
    +qdtagdreqlqurfrs{d{ hqrfii
    frfioqiqrcHlqiladirgfi{t qrdwr l dB tl
    Slcla 84. The person born under the star qfffi
    (Arwini) wrll have a greardeal of intelligence, wealth,
    mcdesty, saeae rt! and fameand will be h"ppy ; if at a
    perscn'$birth, the Moon be in thc star rtqit (Bharani),
    he will hiivc a clefectivelimb, be addicted to another's
    wife, cruel, ungrate{uland will posseEswealth; if in g6s
    st, 85-86 qrriisqrqr

    Etar $Rsr (Krittika), he will be energetic, lord-like in


    statuE,not dull but with some valuablelearning; if in
    iiltqft (Rohini), he will know the weak points of others,
    be lean, enlightened but addicted to women not his
    own'
    NorBs.
    Compare the etlects given here in slokas 84-90 with those
    given in Brihatjataka ch. XVI.
    qr;i firqrr;inn: Srrdsqin,rqEntnr*rq
    sTKtqrqqaryo\siqmo I Ud)6qrqfto{r{r
    Wrflr q gdfr qqqssr6{tt(:*Rl mgml
    ft.\ Rrgfrqr {q{dt flqfm $gqr{ n c\ tl
    Sloha 8l't. If a person be born in q.r{ir,i (Mriga,
    siraha),he will be soft-hearted,wandering, squint,eyed,
    lovrsick aud ailing ; if in ar4i (Ardra), he will be des,
    titute of wealth, f ickle, with much physical strength
    and addicted to baseactions ; if in gaafg(Punarvasu)he
    will be dull.witted, strong in wealth, lamed, learned,
    and lustirrg for women ; if in (gca;Pushyahe will love
    Gods and Brahmins. possesswealth and intellieence,
    enjoy royal favor, and lrave a large circle ol relations.
    efi qariis 6ttg{qtf *df gflqnqr{
    wut gzrmsifarrrrrrfiqni qqrqtqdi I
    sq-qt TIof $sfrqftilwFti earstgfii
    q'r{fr+rqtncU{iqqftftqrfr E({sgfrs il dEtt
    Slcfta 86. If a person b: born under the star qttcr
    (Asleoha-i.e. when the Moon is in th:t asterism), he
    will be silly; betraying ingracitude by his speech,of
    haety temper and depraved; if in the srar rTEtrlMagha),
    hc will be lustful but devoted tc virtue, indulgent to
    628 qrCrqtftcri Adh. Ix.
    @ v v r v v v v v u v v v

    hir wife, proud and wealthy; if in


    t{qeg* (poorva,
    phalguni),he will be restleas,practisingevil,
    liberal
    t:r:og and longing for women; if in vrmegdt (Urtara,
    pbalguni)he will be voluptuouc,with a
    lofcys"nseof
    honor,gratefuland intelligent.
    mff qfr qrqq{iimfrrsrqsiriTft
    RnqrqftUfiffi qrf,rq(dkilrr
    qrst t?Tdgtfrqdr frqt qdtqq{r
    rft EnEfifurrRtfrffilqt R{n€}ffisn de tl
    Sloha87. lf a person be born under
    the star itr€
    (Hasta),he will be devotedto love
    and to virtue, be,
    friendthe learnedand rivein opulence;if in ftlr (chittra),
    he will be very wary, goodnatured,and endowed
    with
    e high Eenseof honor, thoughlooging for
    othermen.r
    wiver; if in <rtr (Swati), he wili try
    to pleareGods
    and Brahmins,devotehimself to enjoyments
    and will
    havemuch wealth but little intelligence;
    if in itqrrrr
    (Visakha),he will be proud,but uxoriouo,
    overcome his
    enemies and betraymuchirritability.
    t* gft*f rft gwilsFfr quqtRur
    etsrqnfr
    *r*rq qr*{€* fiuq|f{T:,
    qo$pmP*qil$roi'di 6il* q*
    ntwaffisfffiil qrfrgrmu<dl ft cc tr
    Slofrc 88. If a personbe born in the
    star qgrtwr
    (Anuradha),he will be very affable
    in epeech,opuient,
    ease,loving,honor.rble,famouE, and powerful; if jo ,fui
    flyeshtha),he will be very ill.tempeied,addicted;; _;,
    men not hir own, Iordly and juet; if in qF, (M;L;,
    hewill beeloqueni,fot diaton"i,- with niJ
    Uppii.r,J
    sl.89-90 q{TlssqFr: 689

    marred, ungrareful and iudigent; if in glercr (Poorvx,


    shadha)he will be uniformly well,behaved,endowed
    with a high senreof lronor, well off and calmminded.

    qt;qs{rFdIIq! gdt q tr'f{I{ ftqafw qfrsil:


    AqtE'.rffiiirfr {ffi qfr q{qr{ r
    airorrqt
    snarg{gqr{fiNqfter fr*rwul grdt
    firo{r {rfirrr{idir;R3trr-djs€{llt{Edt ll eq ll
    Sloha 89. If a person be born in the star silrlfdr
    ('tJttarashadha),he will be honorable, cf a tranquil
    nature, happy, possessedof wealth, and learned; if in
    the star acor(Sravana),he will have revercnce{or Brah,
    manasand the Gods, be of the governingclass,opulent
    and pious ; if under alew lSravishtha),he will be credu,
    loue, wealthy, plump in the thighs and the neck and
    joyful ; if in the star unfirq (Satabhishak),he wilt
    be an aatrologer,tranquil, sparing in diet anJ daring

    {ffrgqRrrreqq-q*
    gfr wrfi ugr
    qrR*rq.qqrq*€ggorqf,rrrlt
    rrfl qFsert
    lqiqtgeoFwhrrdgs TptKRtgfqir
    q;:rigrsorfrT{frfr qrilsftKft{tr1l \o tl
    .S/oArr90. If a person be born in qinruvqr (purva_
    proshthapada),he will be bold in his speech,mischievous.
    cowardly and weak; if in the star sntcigcrqT(Uttara-
    proshthapada), he will be gentle in his nature, liberal,
    opulent and learned; if in ien't (kevati), he will have a
    broad mark in his person,rvill be love_sick,lovely, clever
    in counsel,will have sons, family and friends and will
    enjoy steady continuous prosperity.
    630 ErawrRcri Adh. IX.

    rrtrRruoqri
    tqQ qR dil,fr q qlu.{ mrql(sl) qft'rrq,iil'
    ilar qir;(qirqir€'qwruornqi q\.ri t
    qlqflgrgtilqqngndr uel]{i gnq*
    gtqqa;} sdRrQin qt n
    u'nqrufi'f,{-tea:
    Sloka 91. If at the birth of a per-son,the Moon be
    in Mesha, he will eat sparingil', long for rvornen and have
    enterprising elder brothers; if in Vrishabha, the person
    born will be liberal, lovely, rich in fame, of excellent
    behaviour, and have his chilclren all daughters ; if in
    Mithuna, he r,vill be blesseci with iong life and skilful in
    ministering to love during amorous pleasuresand evincing
    a fondness for jest and merrirnent; if the Moon be in
    Kataka at a person's birth, the latter's heart will be im-
    passionedwith love; he wiJl lead a rvandering life and
    will speak eloquently.
    Nores.
    c/. gqeqra+XVII-I to 4.

    @ sgdq?rgrr{i qrfie&r gr{r


    {FqrftRrqrCfroitaqrFqqrft*ift.rqr{t
    fr ib&sqdiqrriil{rfi ff gd}qif*wrI
    d6A {ftrii {qr€c'ir iirrt q gafrvar n qRtl
    Sl tk s 9?. If a person be born when the Moon is
    in Simha, he will have broad eyes,a beautiful face,grave
    looks and wiil bc h.ppy; if the Moon be in Kanya at a
    person'sbirth, the latter ivill be afflicted with a craving
    ior sensual enjoyment, of graceful address, eminent in
    learning and prosperous; if in Tula, the pgrsonwill view
    with reverence Gods and Brahrnanas, shorv affection
    it. 93-94 qqglstrtFt: 68.r

    torvardshis relatives and will be opulent: the personborn


    when the Nloon is in Vrischika will be heedless.ailing,
    avariciousand given to wandering.
    NorBs.
    c/. Eqswaq XVII-5 to 8.

    tfoqmitR\qqr $oirt!fed'$rgst fr*


    rrld{! EUqREiiTqrri ard nefttr t
    w{* rtil$loqr{ gqqqe{iq ileniirair
    {hQ €rrarr6+qrcgffier{qgdqfutt ql tl
    Slukit 93. When the \,{oon occupies Dhanus, the
    person born will have handsome limbs and bright eyes;
    he will be the choicest specimen of his family and con-
    versant rvith ttle arts; if the Nloon be in Makara at a
    person's birth, the latter will be acquainted rvith music,
    broad-headed and addicted to u'omen not his own; the
    person born when the Moon is in Kumbha will be without
    virtue or morality and inimical to Jearned men while
    surpassing in knorvledge; if the Moon be in Meena at a"
    person's birth, he will have :r handsome person. be learn-
    ed and become the lord o[ m:rny rvives.
    Norrs'
    c/. .Jticwrc+
    XVII-9 to 12.

    il {r{qil$so( ll
    tarddqqr{itarrqa{i€ iqi{rt
    e$t frfr t
    fras;*rg€tq*sfm{gql*
    qr{st {Ilkrd fuMr glqiqhqffsdr
    nrrn$f itEgrqlq.nfieqri$dkt{t il qBtl
    5/ol.r 94. The person born when the Moon is in a
    Navamsa owncd by l\{esha will be a commander of an
    8t2 silgtslllTllE Adh. IX.

    army, opulent and distinguished by reddish eyes and


    destined to become a freebooter; if the Moon be in a
    Navamsa orvnerl by Vrishabha, the person born will have
    his body, the face and.the shoulders fat, but his frane
    will not be cornpact or rvell knit ; rvhen the Moon occru-
    pies a Navamsa of Mithuna, the person born rvill have a
    lovely form, rvill serve under a master as a scribe and will
    be learned; if the Navamsa occupied by the N{oon
    belong to Kataka at the birth of any perscn, he rvill be
    black and rvill be withou.t the joys of having a father or
    a son.
    $no€qkrqlfrriu*
    mnrlfrffinrftrd
    m;qit Egrilqurs
    fi6gfufrqr*lfiqr I
    md qlitkqrr gari{A ardi{fut
    +teiirit*dsqd! i5{1fl!Ir
    frqtsaq}
    ftqqrqllq\ll
    Sloka 95. When the-Moon is in a Sirnita N:n'artsa,
    the person born iviil have a fat body and a lolty nose,
    and will be famed for his wealtir and strcngth ; if the
    aain (Navarnsa occupied by thc Nloon bclong) to if;at
    (Kanya), thc person born rvill be distinguishcrl for his
    sweet words, leatr itr l)crson and clever at clice; whcn the
    Moon is in a rein (Nar':rmsa) of qvr (Tula), the person
    born will be a g:rllant, in the service of a king ancl rvith
    lovely eyes ; the person born whcn the Moon is in a qfbo
    aniu (Vrischika n;rvamsa), r.r'ill h:rve a defective limb,
    will be poor, lean, rvandering in quest o[ service and
    diseased.
    aqdiqil
    qrqit umlfrtrgngt,€tnr{fi
    trEfrirTqq;tqrriirqR r
    g6rrs56q(Igs
    fl{o;qrqmas
    ttEnirtrq!$rqitrt {ft-drfr
    gnilt ft qq tl
    ffrtt qrg{mEinqqadfqhqr
    g, 9?-99 qcrlsrqrqr

    Sloka 96. If the Moon be in a cst{r (Navamsa)


    owned by qq (Dhanus),the personborn will be lean and
    long-arrned,liberal, devout and wealthy; if in :r trqiv
    (Navarnsa) of rrnt (Makara), the person born will be
    covetous, black in personal appearanceand rvill have a
    wife arndsons; if in a i$rrreit (Iiumbha navamsa), the
    personborn will be hypocritical ;rnd henpecked; and if
    the Moon be in a ri}rqeiTr(N{een:r nav:rmsa), the person
    born wi,ll have a soft voice, but speakspiritedly,will visit
    holy placesand be blessedwith sons.

    ll qrq$'orT tl
    R.t$t fuurcfqgqq qifr qr*r{Tr
    qrgsqr{$r;rqttgrlrqlfinrqqrilr gd I
    ffi fiqnqhrfr qqei\qirlsitqutqal
    qqiqrcetg{{qffi Eet qil*q(r n q\etl
    Sloha 97. A person will be victorious over nrs
    enemiesand possessed of rvealth and cattle if born in the
    ffiq (Vishkambha yoga); subject to the will of
    other people'swives if born in frit (Preeti); long-lived and
    healthy, if born in tnlfnq (Ayushrnan); happy, if born
    in the Srt"q (Sowbhagya)yoga; voluptuous if born in
    drrr (Sobhana); murderously inclined if born in qrtqqs
    (Atiganda); wealthy and devotedto the practiceof virtue
    if born in gn$ (Sukarma); and taking away other people's
    wife and money if born in sfh (I)hruti).

    dt iirwuuqs TariluRQ
    $tqr€r{
    Efl qeil{rq *sftrqffir{ 5qTqTil-fr
    Errgss
    I
    ilil E{qnrqqssdqil r.ir qff fitgss
    u q6 ll
    ftS frfuilt)ftr xurtr ffi aqilqrilsilf
    834 qtlw|Rcri Adh. Ix.

    SloAa 98. If a personbe born in the {Ffr.t. iSula


    yoga), he is wrathful and quarrelsome; if in ws (Ganda).
    he is addicted to evil practices; if in Utt (VriddhD, he
    is able to discoursewisely; if in n< (Dhruva), he will be
    exceedinglywealthy; if in .qtqt? (Vyaghatha), he will be
    ferocious; if in 6iur (Harshana), he will be wise and far-
    famed; if in rs (Vajra), he will be wealthy and lustful ;
    if in ftFq (Siddhi), he will be the refuge of all and lord
    like ; if in scdcre (Vyathipatha), he will be deceitful.

    gcfir*q {ftqqqcqRt Raq*rfrwr{


    ttrq{s it{itqqq ffiEr{ qnds*ffiqr t
    fhil q{q{rqors irgnf flst g{rq|qqT
    qr{Sl gqir{rqq q{EIt urliliKt i5trol ll 1q ll
    Sloka 99 If a person be born in the lttqrittt (Va-
    riyayoga), he will be lustful to a culpable extent : if in
    qRs (Parigha), he will be inrmical but wealthy: if in ftq
    (Siva), he will be well-versed in sciencesand scriptures,
    rvealthy, quiet and liked by kings ; if in fuq (Siddha),he
    will be devoted to virtue and engage in.the performance
    of sacrifices;if in env (Sadhya)he will be virtuous: if in
    trtrrt(Subha)he will be beautilully formed, wealthy, love-
    sick and affected with phlegrn-

    & q*resqg€ET{f*ft Tsr qFsit


    qr* qurfrsRwqftstsrrfrfttrrgr t
    effirtwrt
    B dwrlqErtqRar
    qmEtqftruq roEttt{r{rtq* ffi ltt "otl
    Slofra 100. If a perEonbe born in ttre f,ui (Sukla
    Ioga), he will be virtuouc, eloquentio epech, wrathful,
    fichleninded and learned; if in rtr (Bnhna), he witl
    sl. 101-1@ q6fr5tqf{r 636

    *". t. retlY kePt wealth'


    " of forming soundjudgments;if
    be liberal, and capable
    in i=-t (Aindra), his life will be universallybaneficent;
    t,i, inr"tt..t wiit be all comprehensive; and ha will
    possess muchweaith; if in tuR (Vaidhruti), he will be
    .rrnning, sa[umniating othere, powerful, liberal and
    opulent.
    ll
    iFFFtqmranflo6'Ftt *Itfr
    ffifr qr€\ flsrt€qrI
    q-qiFrrutil *o\ qftmqt
    €gq-gqq{s {{r(tt(I} squlor ll tot ll
    S/ofrrz101. If a perEoobe botn in ea+{q (Bavakara'
    na), he will engage in juvenile worke and wilt be
    valiant; in rrq.l (Balava) he will be modest in his dress
    and deportment and will be honored by kings ; if in
    *sc (Kaulava), be will have elephants and horses
    with him anrl will do all that he doesin a handsome
    way; if intRo (Thaitila),he will speaksoftiy and impres'
    aively and will be virtuoue.
    frffirT rdrfr
    rrt:{frqrdrril
    t
    EFriEftgurfiil-qR$rnltRolor
    Rffiir* qrquqlq{rqt
    qffirfrftemlttffi:rl ll 1.1 ll
    Sloha 102. It a perEonbe born in q{wrwl (Garaja-
    karana),he will be without foes and powerful; if in
    <&q (Vanij) or qftwotq (Vanijakarana), he will be a
    a
    .l".rL, speakerand intrigue with mistressesindulging
    guilty paasion for him; if in ftfuowr (Vishtikarana),
    686 *rlqfnd Adh. Ix.
    he will be hostile ro every body, addicted to sin{uf
    deeda, under public censure, but honored by his
    attendantsand self-reliant.

    srill[su$*gql frKgd qrmqfrsrwr


    qWqisftofteq{rq*ftTqqI
    _ *daq
    M wqraiitEqc{r{ flqrofii nr.r+
    ftKi q{sr{uqqd*{heqi Erqtn t.i tl
    Sloha 103. The person born in fiSqewr (Sakuna
    karana) will be an astrologer aod enjoy oteadypros,
    perity ; the personwho hashis binh in the urq (Karana)
    called sq6q{(Chatushpada),will have a multitude
    of
    miafortunes, will be acquainted with every b'sinese,
    very gentle,intelligent, famousand wealthy if a person
    ;
    be born in amao.or(Nagavakarana),he will be dignified,
    rich, exceedinglystrong and boastful ; in etgsq*"r (fim_
    otughnakarana)is born a person who works for othera
    and is fickle,mindedand fond of mirth.

    lt uflrsoq ll
    rglwrlszrTr 6{agf Tld RqKffi
    unt g&owgrfuwqr
    qt€ *frqt r
    ,iiqrt iqWitmr&{dreqrqq: ur<dir
    ftqwrqnlssEq srril qJuqql ir,r{iuflf ?oB fl
    Sloha 104. The person born in the lqorc (Meaha
    lagna)will be hostile to his rerarives,or *"od.ring
    habits, lean in peroon, hot-tempered,q*rrtuor"]
    proud, weak.kneed,poesesaed of unceftainwealthai
    heroic. The person at whose birth the riaiog,ig"
    i,
    gw (Vrithabha) will owrr many cor.r, pay
    dilig€nt
    sl, 106-106 qrrqlstllfi4:

    homageto eldere and to the Brahmanas,will be fond of


    iearneddisputations,inclined to wanderirtg,fortunate,
    lustful.calm.mindedand with but fcrv sot'ts.
    *rft q;grfr qqrgifquetiqtq
    WnawAq
    frqnqr gffir?qlsfdgqftirrft q grqiEt I
    fruqrrnwfr ofril{rEmrqaqlddErq
    qrilqcse{trqwaCitt;W'fiirEtu t o\ ll
    SJoAa 105. lf ftga (Mithuna) be the rising rign
    at the birth of any person,he will be voluptuous,fond
    of relatives, compassionate,exceedingly prosperou6,
    worthy, acquaintedwith the real nrture of the world
    and the spirit, contemplative,liked by the virtuousr
    very beautiful, but ailing. The person born in the
    .Fero{rr(Kataka lagna)will have sumptuousmeals,cloth,
    ing and jewels, a soft voice, and a mind inclined to
    {raud,but will be virtuous, bulky and takirrgdelight in
    dwelling in the mansiousof other people.
    qrnlfraiMserfiTqs wguffimr
    ''stdiiqht nnr t
    ut qrqq{rttti}ofigr
    i6;rTTotTiFr!
    f*qTgfrgurldtqrqgdtrffiefr
    iqrqlqiimiEoTqift*i q.gilqrwr?{ssut,Etl
    Sloku lil6. Tire pcrson born in the fiiasrt (Simha
    Iagna)has but few sons,is hostile to people contented
    w i t h w h a t t h e y h a v e ( b u t w o u l d n o t b e t t er t h e m s e l v e s ) ,
    brave,will charm kings, overcomefoes,iong for women
    and repair to a foreign place; the personat whose birth
    the rising sign is o;qr (Kanya) witl be skilled in varioua
    works, prosperous,talented,of soundjudgment,taking
    pleasurein the blandishmentsof loveiy women, fond of
    relations and sincere.
    638 lnittFlrnEltf Adh. Ix.
    t v v g ! ! r v v v v v v w

    ofueqEqi*rtrqwq{ fuflq
    qEqrftiadil etqqtr{rd t
    ffioqtrrgaur{n;€ffird
    qoqftdt{iwlqi frfuai 11lou tl
    Slokr,1i-7. The pcrson botn in the gorcrt ( tula
    he
    lagna)wilt lrave a lovely face and charming eyes;
    *ilt U. honored l>y kings, learned, fond of the pleasures
    of love, possesoing women, wealth and lands; his prin-
    calm,
    cipal teeth will not be closebut apart; he will be
    pensive,btrt irresoluteand exceedinglytimid'
    qrdi
    1t{r gfidrqq}sftqqd tiru&fi
    Retqsittoqq{ gqdafiiiqr(frqrt
    3 $oin I qiqr{ qdhftqqR
    qT$qniqr€{Gt
    wfidof {fr flaqm 11{ od ll
    qf{-'forqggqq
    Sjo,fra108. The person born in the {|**vn lVriy
    chika lagnawill be silly with cruel looks, exceedingly
    learned'
    f ickle'mlnded, proud, long'lived, wealthy,
    (pensive).
    hostile to good men and nuroing sorrow
    is 'r-gs
    The person whose Lagna at the time of birth
    (Dhanus)will bc wise, the best of his family, prosperous
    porrrrsing famcand wealth; the man born in the
    "nd (Makara lagna) will be fond of lovely women'
    rr6{as
    perfidiousand will speakdejectedly'
    Norrs.
    I3eingsillyisnotinconsistentwithbeinglearnediJameslo
    Englandwasdeclaredbysomehistoriantohavebeenthemos
    learnedfool in Christendom'
    sr-(!tr61qewfikffiol
    wioqdi6rryaqqqzoqqTils
    I
    51.109-111 qqrnstqrq:
    - - v - - - v v ' - - - - v v v

    frqlqwgrsrqqa{ fiff{ ll t "1 ll


    .Slcla 109. The person born in the 6qcs (Kumbhe
    lagna)rvill be crafty'minded, fond of dalliance with
    women not his own, of miserly habits anl master of
    much wealth. When *a (Meena) is the rising sign at
    a person'$birth, he will be learned,sparingin his enjoy'
    mento,kind to his friends rnd endowedwith. spirit and
    strength,while posseesingmuch corn and wealth.

    tt ilnq,eq tt
    rt qrit frq{r{ rrwq;qs
    s*qrrfr rrcinnrqms 1
    ilrCtqrm qndn qqeqfuffsqqi{rqR erq tt.
    S'oka 110. lf the Lagnabe an odd sign, and the
    tn (Hora) be owned by the Sun, the person born will
    be of a cruel disposition,lustful, rich and honoredby
    kings. But if, the Lagna being an odd sign,. the da
    (Hora) be that of the Moon, the person born will be
    eloquent,.liberal, ltandsome,compasoionate, but will
    havean intriguingwife.

    qrilfrq*ilqftal qq{ Tr;et5ilffiqdsftStr t


    qqq tnn,rEl mtrr*rtfrsfiTs$H{ttrs Rrq t t t
    Stoha 111. If a person be born in the Sun's dlt
    (Horr) in an even rising sign, he will b: clever in coun-
    eel, sensible of frvors received, but irresolute and
    exceedingly timid, If a person be born in the r?n
    (Hora) b:longing to ther Moon in an even Rasi, he will
    be fearleroin rpeech,laeyand fond of a virtuouo wife.
    640 ffiarcdtqift AdS; IX.

    il {spr6o( lr
    *qTfbiWrrFellrilI €qHIf I
    w q{fr ru?ffiat
    dtqrv
    ^
    qrqffo6{qgrr mEF( wd! n { tq il
    'l'he first Drekkarraof fta (Simha), lc
    SJota 112.
    (Mesha) ilu (Kumbha), qfbt (Vrischika) and r+t (Ma'
    -1t"
    kara); the last Drekkanaof ira (Meena), Zfh-+1yt;t
    ka), fea (Simha), ger (Tula) and the middle Drekkana
    of *ze rKataka)and ?ib+ iVriscirika) are, for the u:ost
    part declaredby the sagestc be malefic.

    *dffiqfr eqroti*argarqflEtq"qfiq t
    qjgqqiG€qaHqrfi {qi}d w-Sqq{rEqlo'rtft 11
    Slola 113. The first Drekkanasof ero(Kataka)
    and dtq (Meena), the middlemost of diq (Meena) and
    il"qt (Kanya) a.nd the last of q'rrr (Vrishabhr) and
    frgq (Mithuna) are the six water-bearing Drekkanae.

    aglq{frgrKiqrff| |
    tqrFEiritquqfratqr
    EqTurdil!qlTEfh dtfl lt It t 8ll
    qrqr$ililJqlTwerul?Tl
    Sloha 1I4. The secondof *q (\4esha), w-g<lDha-
    nuo), qcrr (\/rishabha), iirc (Kumbha) and ru't (Maka-
    ra) and the first of gat (Thula), o;qt (Kanya) and figl
    (Mithuna) and che last of vg{ DhanLrs',+;<r (Kanya)
    and ii;e (Kumhha)are termedbenefic Drekkanas.
    iFat qnaT q K{qril |
    ErItutT
    qrlT-srffi+'FTqil
    frRqtmr{fi s{dk tr t t\ H
    {qffft-dilirrharqRfr
    Sloln 115. The last of q+t rMaka ra)}l (Mesha),
    sl. 116-11? itE$tsrqFt: 84L

    and *ao (Kataka), the first of qtrr (Vrishabha) and


    qgq (Dbanus) and the middlemost of frga (Mithunal,
    gvr (Thula) and ika (Simha)are termed mixed Drekka'
    nas, say the astrologerswith one accord.
    rqsqftTeis qnqqisvffi
    adqrurqrdt
    ^
    (ru, qlTriqqrgruRcfuoqtrniqrliidto: I
    \\\\
    {TFq(qMcTrq! gc{qTiffiq{FF6ql Eqrgs
    ilil ft* sdor rngqfrtunre&qoriffllqtqll
    Sioko 116. The personborn iria maleficDrekkana
    will b: evii-minded,of wandering habits, addicted to
    e v i l d e e d sa n d i n b r d r e p u t e ; t h e p ? r s o n b o r n i n a
    frqwi*rq (Thoyadharadrekkana)will be libcral, volup,
    tuou$,conpessionate, b;nt on agriculcure and irrigation,
    a n d v o i d o f m o r a l i t y ; t h e p c r s o nb o r n i n a n a u s p i c i o u s
    D r . k k a n a w i l l h a v er i c h a n d h . p p y s o n s ,a l o v e l y f o r m ,
    w i l l b e t e n d e r - h e a r t : d ;t h e p e r s o n b c r n i r a m i x e d
    Drekkarrawill be ill,behaved,addictecito young women
    not his owo, of cruel aspectand fickle'mind:d.

    ]t ilqErfioTTtl
    qnirstiT rFiltiql dogntni{t{ frFsttilq firft
    tril{r SrqurslqQ{ftttl qiHr nirqqra:I
    qlqit Tqsqi qoqfitail fq{irft q gps:
    irrrft dft g'lih ofuregqq€qrilfidrqltql 11{ lu ll
    Sloktt 1t?. tf a p.rson beborn in a qiaait (Sutya-
    navamsa), he will be evil'minded,strong, prolific, rich,
    and lustful ; if in a Navansa owrit'J by the
    tars.rny,eyed
    Moon, he will be voluptuous,addictedto youngv"Jmen
    not his own, learuedand rich in cows ; i{ in a Na'ramsa
    of Mars, he wrll be addicted to cruel deeds, fickle'
    81
    6+2 witrSqrGrre Adh.rx.
    ninded, of wanderinghabits,afflictedwith bilioullcom,
    plaints and avaricious; if in a Navamsa belongingto
    Mercury,he will be liberal,impassioned, handsome and
    well.knownfor his learningand goodname.
    da<c
    {idrg&rqdfr enagrilir rrrtrrrnq:
    tqdt grfircqr€ns: qrqrllrin;qEr I
    R-q. qrEfdrRqsus-it r*.rqqd; gdf
    6{: atqntq{irswdi{i'rwiriai* ct: u
    rrai* +qs'srFaatftqtfnwi : tit roag{trqril€i q: gr& r r
    q$*ricRwilqdfrdr gwtr;itvagt*glr: cftdui*sth u
    *v& +fro; lps.lzlr! gtaftRn-d.1
    rilrr*: g;rd ssn{kilhn 6rc?sd cieit I
    Xti; *uairisfigro: rri'rseeu{: gdf
    a't: flsficdq'rsfiscq, qrrfcaiir cr: u
    , orirrJd=a : <eagHdrou!*d,
    fl eielbaq*irii qmziloiifirrrdftr: r
    rr?orig:xafrrlg gnroiu?il una: g<ft
    G.qqqrq-tql€q{qoKit: vrvaqoii m: l
    qtqiirqR tqhffigru *g: grfi uqnq
    q;dt qio-wqru {qqq(fr trqdWdql I
    ffii't qqilfifiqatawr{ft Sdr qfisfi
    qqtt qfr nqgRrffif({ofA* ftril{ ut te rf
    Slola 118. If a person be born in a Navamraof
    Jupiter,he will havegoldenhair in his person, and will
    be eminent,talented,beautiful,clever in counsel,speak,
    ing learnedly,of a cheerfulmien,and liked by emperora;
    if in a Navamsaowned by Venue,he will delightin the
    society of womennot his own, be liberal, comfortably
    phcedand learned;if in a Navamsabelongingto Saturn,
    sf. 119-120 ififtsqFr: 6f8

    he will be evil,minded,.indigent, with large teeth, and


    afflicted with ailments.
    ur.r<a
    { rtclT: ltrrail{r: gcq3i {rs}rqor}qqr:
    ctg: qfr{c{tifisfifrqo; cld'r gi<rkd; r
    g"t{it rRfq&fr {grra:qitrncs*
    &nrufi cg{€(r gtgiri* q}rqrtcr tl
    rdrqr.dtqftnc{i Tw*r: gq*:
    +rg*ir rrqid Rrul {qtd: tnf}r r
    l[r: rffcrq t'etftqfr qr{d}* gq*
    ?nilq*rriF.$qftr* qrtir rrrteit I
    cftrstgrirrtr cx*tt: S{nF:rrqR orffia: fircqol: etiltt: I
    rg[urvftgl: cidfta] f*qd,cftrtasrRTrrftnm* rrg<iir rr
    nst{rqf,rqgava drra, grrrg+$sRo}i}d'rer t
    g*: gm: ql: cg{rrnarfiqi, grg€ € a q1q 1

    ll er{{EI$qII ll
    ilil lqalEqtt trfltqr *tr qtqnnwlgmr r
    ilfrtr|aft ftqngq{itrg.qit g q(ERTt
    gdot tl\
    Slola 119. If a person be born in a ilqdn (Dwede'
    aamsa)owned bv *s (Mesha), he will be a mischievcur
    robber and take to the evil ways and practicesof a\rch
    a vicious class of people; if in a twelfth portion of a
    rign owned by wrr (Vrishabha), he will haw plenty of
    women and wealth and will su{fer from diseases; If in
    a flq{rin (Dwadaramsa) belonging to fug{ {Mi$unr),
    he will be a gambler but well'conducted.

    cvdl ftt Tnt{rqlrnrs(Utl I


    g$imt u,,{-sth
    trnqns*m FTdn 6qlqr{qrfifuqtt T{rat ll
    qnsqrRqre Adh.rx.

    samsa)of u*z (Karkata), he will be addicted to bad


    practicer; if in a erqtritr lDwadasamsa) owned by {ka
    (Simha),he will b: virtuous,engagedin rhe businessof
    a king and will be attendedby brave men; if iu a eF{r
    Arq{ri?r(Kanyadwadasamsa),he wiil be a gamblerand
    addictedto wom3n; if in a Thula dwadaramsa,hc will
    be engagedin trade and have abundanceof money.

    sizi{rh qqdiidaqiur?I-
    {Hi{h iiilTtlg{firti6'! |
    {qrGTqiEquqhrrT{s rTUeT!
    lnt qoftqiifli [TfiT{frer{ il tlt tl
    Sloku l2l. If a perso:l bc born rn a frT{rtfl (Dwa,
    daramsa)owned by qilr (Vrischika), he will be a
    murder-loving master of roguesand robbers; if in a
    gtqcrtT(Dwadrsamsa)belongingto qlt (Dhanus),he will
    diligentlv pay homage to the Manel, Brahminsand the
    Gods; if r'n the rr{{rirt (Dwadasrmsa)of rlt (Makara),
    he will be the lord of growing corn and wilf have
    rcrvants ; if in a grrr 6rqtitr (Kumbha dwadasamsa),
    he will be a mischief maker; if in a qt{6rqqin (Meena
    dwadasamra),he will be rich and learned.

    lt R{ri{fsuqtl
    f{qtt vtdigeq qqorffi;qE1q {t{r
    qibaqtfrqiq*
    rr;Ea{rarftqfr drr{ r
    fut g€tq{fhfrwr{rgi}q}q;gnE
    qr{i fir;t{g! g€l q Ugqfl{itr* qrqt ntRvl
    Sloka tL?.. If a person be born jn a thirrieth
    Sr.tzr-rz4 mrtssqf43

    portion owned by Mars in eny sign, he w ill be ficklq


    stiff,voiced and cruel,minded; if in one belonging to
    Saturn in any aign, he will be addicted to wandering
    and of a depraved nnind; if in a fl*cria(Trimsamsa) of
    Jupiter in any sign, he will be wealthy ; if in a thirtieth
    portion owned by Mercury in any sign, he rvill have
    greatrespectfor his preceptorsand the Gods, delight in
    the societyof virtuouu men and be attendedby relativee;
    if in a &qrt{ (Trimsamsa)of Venuo in any sign, he wil_
    be loving, lovely and happy.

    u ir€T$€r{tl
    {rdi ftrsrqr€{€qqifrd6*t6 iidoi ffTnlor r
    t*fqilsqil{ ffiq'{rEi{tmrfir q€eorqqmrntRltl
    Sloka LZl. The person who is born in the €i{tar
    (Satvavela)is eloquent, conforming to the duties and
    practicesof the .riEe, devour, constantly persevering,
    pure, bountiful, possessedof lustre,learningand beauty,
    truthful anrl without enemies.
    qqltsrqmgr*qrqdsq{oErE
    ftenrr?rilqrgrqfuq;gfrTrnlfI
    etr|ilqnt ltvfiqti rrc1rctl
    {a*il{irgffitqt qqo}firil tRBtl
    Sluku 174, T'heperson brrn in the dttor (Rajo-
    vela) will have happiness,weakh, flme, beauty and
    strength; he will overcomehis foesand will be love-
    eick at heartI his mind will not be kindly disposed
    towards his relations. The person born in the a*tor
    (Tamovela)will try to securethe wealthand women
    belongingto others and will losehie happinessthereby.
    846 ilATctfrfi* Adh.rx.

    tle will be a master rogue,at variancewith his relationr


    and venerablesuperiors and fickle.minded.
    ilqtsiirtqJ+or(Iqf€Ff Gffiqs I
    u tR\ ll
    v*ftq*flEqrdilq{ffiqgnqrE
    Sloha 125. The times pervadedby the qualitiesot
    fn< (Thamas - darkness),eea (Satva- purity) and tqq
    (Rajas-passion)are to ba reckonedby semi,yamas(half,
    yama:an hour and a half or lslGhatikas) regularly in
    the order eru (Thamas), ert (Satva), {at( (Rajas), wr<
    (Thamas), eea(Satva), rart (Rajar), &c. from Sunday
    forward through the other days of the week.
    Norns,
    According to this sloka, edch day is divided into 16 half-
    yamas; the first er*crq (Ardhayama) as well as the last of a
    Sunday is a nitiot (Thamovela); the first and the last of a
    Monday are Satvika ; of a Tuesday, Rajasa; of a Wednesday,
    Thamasa; of a Thursday, Satvika ; of a Friday, Rajasa; of r
    Saturday, Thamasa.
    \
    il rFtuERtqo{ ll
    Cr\
    ril-rrrtwnerc:gilfl;gffTq(rs
    I
    srRrrT {Ril em {r* rTtIHrGr!il lRq tl
    Sloka 126.Jupiter,Mars,the Sun,Venus,Mercury,
    theMoon,Saturn-thisis theorderin which the lordsof
    the lloras follow in auccession.The Hora in any day
    of the weekis reckonedbeginningwith that day i e. ics
    lord. The Hora on the night of the week,daychoren
    ic reckonedftom the 5th week-daytherefrom.
    NorBs.
    For example,the first Hora of Mondayis the Moon's; thr
    noxt, Saturn's; the one after that, Jupiter's; and soon till the be'
    sl. 12?-129 qr*stqtq:

    Einniug of tbe aight. The first Flora on Mqnday nighl is to bo


    reckoned from the 5th day.from Monday d.e. Friday. The lord of
    the lst Hora on Morrday night is Venus; the 2nd belongsto Mer'
    cury, the third to the Moon, the 4th to Saturn, the 5th to Jupiter,
    tho 6th to Mars, the 7th to the Sun, and so on.

    bmqrsrwqqr{irsrtr,ifrqrfrd q*wqiqu€{ I
    qroalmii qq t|
    qrqTda.titqqrq\ ftfrurqwradnrq
    Sloka 127. The effect of a peroon's birth in the
    Sun'8cT€drr (Kalahora) is pain and fatigue ; in the
    Moen's, pro$perity; in that of Mars, sorrow and sick'
    nees; in Mercury's, learning and wealth ; in Jupiter'a,
    possessionof every kind of blesaing, in that of Venus.
    conjugal bliss ; in Saturn's, the loss of property.
    |
    nafreqw{qwqrlrqrft tqrutrqqgtqnrrElftdsTfr
    ?nrtis,ffirorfr qrfru*titarfrtRueqqu{Kr(
    tqarqfffii qTils$ft
    E{tafi?Er&qqt snfta*Js.qrqr
    Stoka 128. ;The variouseffectsupona person'alife
    due to hir birth beingconnected(1) with tbe preeeoce
    of Gulika in a certainbhava,(2) with a particularcyclic
    year,(3) with the formeror latterhalfof the came; (l)
    with a particularseasonof the year; (5) with a particu'
    lar month thereof; (6) with a particularhalf-month;(?)
    with a particularday of the Moon in the half,month;(8)
    with a prrticular ctar in coojunctionwith the Mcon on
    that day ; (9) with the particular cign occupied by thc
    Moon than; (10) with the particularyoga prevallingat
    the time; (11) with the Karanaspecialfor the day ia
    question;(12) with the half (Hora),3rd (Drekkanalgth
    (NavJmsa),l?th (Dwadaeamsa), or 30th (Trinsusa)
    portioo of a partkular rign; (13) with a Thamasa,Sstvr
    or Rajovela, and (1a) with a certain Kalahora-tlrc lev€"
    d48 qriltrq,Rqrt Adh.rx.
    ral effectsdue to the birth bcing viewed from various
    atand,points have been treated of effectively by the
    blessingand graceof the Sun and other planets.
    Thus endc the 9th Adhyaya in the vrork weuqli{ct"
    (Jatakaparijata)
    compiled by Vaidyanathaunder the auo.
    picesof the nine planets.
    Norss.
    It is worth while to know when and how the various ellec ts
    treated of in this Chapter will come to pass in the life of any per'
    son. In this connection, the foltowins slokas of sta{trl(q lfaraka'
    bharana) will be found interesting:-
    csrft t{€rqiorqi qsrft atcrfdftft csa"qr r
    qiqrsi €rrrq'{q'lervrisn{*rri'qdclr: n r I
    crstf;i qr€ce€H: udqqao*{ v <q vrq r
    frfirrqn fi(uirrt q q-qltais*a qmiau,i ,, a ,,
    ar{t{4 srr& *fiis'd q-mitqi{ee*qorF{ilq I
    osl-di orqc*iarqi €rlrr{gqrfirq}{qlsq rr 1 11
    The eflects of the year and other division:; of tirne wherein a
    b i r t h t a l < e sp l a c e h a r - e l ; e e n d e s , : r r b e d . T h e o c , , u rr r : u c e o f t h o s e
    c f l e c t s s h o u l , l b c s r , t l l e d e s f o l l , . r w : i ;\ \ ' l r , r th ' r s b e e r r s t a t e d f o r t h e
    U e o r , w i l l t a l i e J r l : r c ed u r i n g t h e r i l r e r r i n go f t l r * i d a s a o f t h e l o r d o f
    t h e € I . r a ( S ; t v a r r i r )s , e a r( i . e . a y e ; r r c , f 3 f r 0 . l a l s ) ; t l r e e f i e c t f o r t h e
    h a l f - y e a r a n c l t h e S t o s o r r ,d u r i n g t h e d a s a o f t h e S u n : t h a t f o r t h e
    m,onth, during the dasa oi the lord of the rnonth; that for the
    h a l f - m o n t . hq { ( l ' a k s h a ) : r s r . , , e l i a s f o r t h e o s t e r i s m , d u r i n g t h e
    dasa of the l\Ioon ; tliat for the feiir (.|l,ittri) and the :+,r.q(lia-
    ranrt),in the sub-lieriotlof the }{oon rn the Sur:'s tlasr ; that for
    lhe uteek tlq!! EI{ (Vara), during the dasa of tlre lord oi the week.
    q)q iYoga), shoukl be <:onsiclered lvith reference
    ,1ry; that for. the
    t o a h o r o s c o p en ' h e r e i n t h e S u n l n c l t h e M o o n a r e s t r o n g ; t h a t f o r
    the Lagna, during thc dasa period of the lord of the l.agna ; thal
    for the Rasi rvhich has a planetary aspect on it or is the seat of a
    bhava should be deduced in this wa1'-f. e. as iikely to occur
    during the dasa of the lorcl of that'Rasi.
    cTrilffirfr q{rfrsrryqt
    n stEl?FTrtf€qrqf
    tl
    Adhyaya X.
    AsnrexevARGA.
    The following eleven slokrr frorn dtttqq1;1(Horamakararda)
    are rnrertodhore, because they form.an appropriateintroduction
    to this Chapter.
    q*si wqu{q qudi gqq qd. *qrrrRrTEs,I
    wt atcaigEt q{rq tqr*Tmaogsqr*: u ! tl
    Each planet moving from tho place it occupiedat the birth of
    a perlon admittedly producesits own peculiar eflect varyiog with
    its progressthrough the l2 Rasrs. Owing to the admjtted varia-
    tion in this efioct, theencier:ts say tbat it.cannot be laid down as
    absolutely identical (evon) in lhe case of personsborn uudcr tlir,o
    s3me star.
    rrlt Rra: r*cqri {(tgri grq€r{rfnr ag?rerf}a t
    qrff aqr \ lqr, trwifr: lser c t egoir 11apen r u
    Astrologers declare that to be the :r.ri-nttt (Janmarasi) of a
    p€rson rvherein the Moon was at the time of his birth, The severai
    places in which the planets and the Lagna rnal, be in all possible
    NBtt cannot consist ol seven.

    rtisurrRrdg'iise qii: ffise irra gvtgrrlfr |


    sorfr tqi s fit'rqfrrrr qqrss{rr'ii?rt6d
    qFi qr( u 1 fr
    Hence every person is decla,red to have eight signs as the
    seats of the seven planets and the Lagna and it is with reference
    to these eight places that ali thc good antl evil eflects of a person's
    life due to the drsjoined or conjoined states of the planets and the
    I-agna are calculated-a process which when completod, the
    qtr{-{.i (Ashtakavarga) result as it is called will become revcalcd.

    82 649
    650 qrF.clftEft Adh. x

    gfirqcrftfi r*tsRcaqafrqnrcdtgicerq r
    qtargrrrrR+.diag rrRrw'{nsrqqqkqig
    i*t orrrq 6{qtrrFqqT(Ira:gmrdt'ucrt}qtt u rt
    With referenceto its e{Eei'itl (Ashtakauarga) the Sun is de-
    c l a r e d e x c e e d i u g l ya u s p i c i o u si n t h e l s t , 2 n d , 4 t h , 7 t h , 8 t h , 9 t h '
    7th
    lOth and I lth places from itself, Iilars altd Saturn ; in the 6th
    i n t h e 5 t b , 6 t h , 9 r h a n d l l t h p l a ces
    e n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o m V e r r u s ;
    from Jupiter; in the 3rdr 6th, lOth and Llth p l a c c s f r o m t hc
    I t { o o n ; i n t h e 3 r r , l ,5 t h , 6 t h , 9 t h , l O t h , l l t h a u d l 2 t h f r o m M e r-
    p l a c e e
    cury ; and lastly in tlre3rd, 4th, 6th, l0tb, llthand l2th
    from thr Lagna.

    qrqgdrrrqqcmlbltru ifgdtE nsqqftTeg


    qe$q' t
    lrrq {nrrritg qck qcEnqfog ;<reu?lq1X
    !q trnrqriqqrsDg frgtrgilt o;qtxrcsor*
    gsr$qiqtgqtqf,q;ririlrrTrr m<t: tl rr ll
    placer
    Tho Moon is euspicious in the 3rd, 6th, 10th and llth
    9 t h ' l 0 t h a n d llth
    from thcLagna; inthe 2nd,3rd"5th,6th'
    l O t h a n d I l t h p l a ces
    p l a c e sf r o m M a r s ; i n t h e l s t , 3 r d , 6 t h , 7 t h ,
    fromitsclf; inthc3rd, 6th, 7th,8th' lOth andltthpiacosfrom
    in tho
    t h e S u n ; i n t h o 3 r d , 5 t h , 6 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e s f r o mS a t u r n ;
    l O t h a n d l l t h p l a c o rf r o m l t e r curv;
    l s t , 3 r d , 4 t h ,5 t h , 7 t h , 8 t h ,
    p l a c e s f r o r n J u p i t o r *;
    in the ltt, 4th, 7th, :th, l0th, I lth and l2th
    gth, loth rnd llth placrs
    and lastly, in the 3rd, 4'h, 5th, 7th,
    frorn Vcnus-
    qafisti
    *rlr rcnfrt: qt€qdr{a*q*l:
    :n*rririi: qlil€: rrrrq(qqsqufqrt$'tg irrrttt[ |
    detr gron
    !r( tqrarerelg aqqiig{{rrTrag
    rqtrurwrels ftfta tdgnrE #n+nqsif u e I
    IUersisaucpiciousinthelst,2nd,4th,Tth,8th'lothendlltb
    placesfron
    places from itself; iu the 3rd, 5th, 6th, lOth and I lth

    + t h , 7 t b ' 8 t h lOth and llth placo from


    "In the let, Znd,
    Jupitrr, eccording to some'
    qtrslsqnr 061

    thc Sun; in tho 3rd,6th and llih places'from thr Moon; in thc
    f st, 3rd, 6th, l0th and llth places frorn the Lagna; in the 3rd'
    s t h , 6 t h a n d I t t h p l a c e sf r o m M e r c u r y i i n t h e 6 t h , l 0 t h , I l t h a n d
    l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o m J u p i t c r ; i e t h e 6 t h , 8 t h , I l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e s
    from Venus; and lastly, irr the lst, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, lOth and
    I lth places from Saturn.

    u: gfF( {rsvr}ttsn;Is{ga c&g} gmrrlT:


    qr{r{ttsq dtarqtaqfigfavarig trdr ft+{flq t
    {tqql'uiRur* &ngq{rgi qarq€q{rrftt'rt-
    eircrruftr![tr]sRtrgeelilag6il{CIrig €rtllF( ll e ll

    M e r c u r y i s a u r p i c i o u si n t h e l s t , 2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h , 5 t b , 8 t h ' 9 t h
    gth'
    a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o n r V e n u s : i r r t h e l s t , 2 r r d , 4 t h , 7 1 h , 8 t l r ,
    l 0 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o r n \ { n r s a n d S a t u r n ; r n t h e 6 t h , 8 t h , l l t h
    a n d I 2 t h p l a c e s f r o r n J u p i t e ri ;n t h e 5 t h , f i t h , 9 t h ,I i t h a n d l 2 t h
    p l e c e sf r o m t h e S u r ti i n t h e l s t , 3 r d , 5 t h , 6 t h , 9 t h , l 0 t l t I l t h , a n d
    l l t h p l a c e sf r o r n i t s e l f ; i n t h e ? n d , 4 t h , 6 t h , 8 t h , l O t h a n l l l t h
    D l r c e sf r o m t h , M o o n ; i n t h e l s t , 2 n d , 4 t h , 6 t h , t j t h ' l 0 t h a n d
    I lth places from the Lagna.

    diEi trq,q q$*ryrrregRg t*: qftlriltqq qrq


    (rrqfugstq vs.€tlagtlaga'iiqqqitlt,
    sr,, r( trI*S EFfl?t€tlfQr'laqfiqrfdita'i gqr{.
    tfrva3reE grtir. qr1lagirq*cmftA&tg ua u

    Jupiter is benefic in the lst, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, l0th and
    I lth places from Mars; irr the lst, Znd, 3rd. {th, l7th, 8th, 9th,
    lQth and llth placesfrorn the Sun; in the lst, 2nd, 3rd, {th,7th'
    8th, lOth and llth places from itself; in th,: lst,2nd, 4th, 5th,
    6 t h , 9 t h , l O t h a n d l l t h p l a c e s f r o r n l v l e t ' c t r r y ;i n t h e l s t , Z n d , 4 t h ,
    5th,6th,7th,9th, lOth aod llth places fro'n the l-agna; in tlre
    2nd,5th,7th,9th and llth places fronr the Moon; in the 3rd,5th
    6th, and l2th, places from S'tturn; and lastly, in the Znd, 5th,
    6 t h , 9 t h . l 0 t h a n d I I t h p l a c e s f r < - r r tV
    t enus.

    'pfrslcr Rtg aqiiq{d{}i, ;&g orarq rtrdr


    j3srrilrffig Fnq rlqiaqqr{ffifi itr*dt t
    a6r, {nfi'ltft||| Adh.x.
    Strutqre{.g&{{rg TftqR(riftoq:lrtur*
    c?sr{ urq dtfrqr}Tqrilmggrr{irrrft&is I qu
    Venus is auspicious in the lst, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th,
    9th, I lth and l2th places frorn the Moon; in the lst, Znd, 3rd,
    4 t h , 5 t h , 8 t h , 9 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o m t h e L a g n a ; i n t h e l s t ,
    2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h ,5 t h , S t h , 9 t h , I O t h a n d I t t h p l a c e s f r o r n i t s e l f ; i n
    t h e 8 t h , l l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o m t h e S u n ; i n t h e 3 r d , 4 t h , 5 t h ,
    8 t h , 9 t h , l O t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o m S a t u r n ; i n t h e 5 t h , 8 t h , 9 t h ,
    l O t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o m J u p i t e r ; i n t h e 3 r d , 5 t h . 6 t h , 9 t h a n d
    I l t h p l a c e sf r o r n M e r c u r y ; a n d l a s t l y r r r t h e 3 r d , 5 t h , 6 t h , 9 t h ,
    I l t h a n d 1 2 t h p l a c e sf r o r n l { a r s . t '

    €rq difrrTqr?gerfigwihgcir{ €6{qrig qqi{


    |;4eruzg rrg aaqgf;<rtTqr{rRqdg sr4r{ |
    .q{rqrq€ir fiorcrgcqqfig+r*g qcrii ft :*
    gsr{rq$Tezr6{qa;tqr{irr{r{tgqri{flR: il Io tl
    Saturn is beneflc in the 3rd, 5tb, 6th and llth places
    f r o n i t s e l f ; i n t h e 3 r d , 5 t h , 6 t h ,l O t h a n d l l t h a n c l l 2 t h p l a c e s
    f r o m M a r s ;i n t h e l s t , 2 n d , 4 t h , 7 t h , 8 t h , l O t ah n d l l t h p l a c e s f r o m
    t h e S u n ; i n t h e 6 t h , 8 t h , 9 t h . l O t h , l l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o m
    M e r c u r y ; i n t h e 3 r d , 6 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o m t h e M o o n ; i n t h e
    l s t , 3 r d , 4 t h , a ) t h ,l 0 t h a n d l l t r r p l a c e s f r o m t h e L a g n a : i n t h e
    6 t h , l l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o r n V e n u s ; a n d l a s t l y i . t h e 5 t h , { r t h ,
    I l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o r n J u t ' r t n r .
    ant?Trfis'fi'ocErft
    +ftrar;q:qrii Tsr;.ld:
    Eri aiaqi aiirsiq+nd {q: €ffif,€r: I
    ft*drcqqfteftr gr$rfr WrFd il{riln.i
    iirae{icsqi}rq6rrdr: l1r{: %q .ir g'.{q. M 1 (gorrfi:)
    The benefic positions have hccn cnurner:rtcd; the rest
    'I'lrc
    are to be understood as 'ralellc. i \ ! ' , r . f o 1 ( l c l i s t i n c t i o n st i z .
    of benefic and malefic should be clearly s,,.t forth. T'hc r;lanets
    produce the effect of whichever of these tw-o preponderate in the

    ' B u t a c c o r d i n gt o P a r a s a r a ,
    t h e 3 r d , 4 t h , t 1 t h ,9 t h , l l t h and
    l2tb places from Mars,
    qqt*gqrqr 668

    Ashtakavarga calculations made from the Rasi they occupy at the


    time of birth (vide previous Slokas). In their own, friendly or
    sqqq (Upachaya) places, the planets invariably advance the
    beneficeffect revealed by Ashtakavarga. In their depression,ini.
    inimical or srqqq (Apachaya) places, thr y generally fail to sustain
    whatever good effect may appear from the Ashtakavarga process.
    sr-rrFraqil q? itrumtqrr*sgiq r
    x tqrR;ia aed qrtnr€&sd.T{:
    n (<war{;)
    From where the planets are at the time of birth, the benefic
    and malefic dots should be marked. A planet in its progress
    through a Rasi producesthe effect of the malefic or benefic dots
    app:aring therein (as ascertainedfrom its Ashtakavarga).
    * In other books
    i<qr(Rekha) is used to denote what fr€
    (Binau) signifies here uiz. a benefic dot i the term i|;g (nindu)
    in other books is employed in the sense of a rnalefic dot. This
    has to be kept in mind in rnaking out quotations from other
    euthors.
    6E*gst {riEr aqFd{q?rrilnaq I
    sr{shEr<fsil crEodtftugiiw: n (Qe*ftt:)

    The several places detailed above are to be reckoned with


    respect to the Rasi (and not the Bhava) occupied by each of the
    7 planets and the Lagna at the time of birth. These pracesshould
    be understood as benefic and the rest marefi,:, As each Rasi
    happensto be counted 8 times (once for each of the 7 planets and
    the Lagna) for ascertaining the bonefic as well as the malefic
    places, the: maximum number of countings cannot in any case
    exceed8. If after computation of a planet's 3red{i (Ashtahavarga)
    it is found that a particular Rasi has more countingson the bene-
    fiic side than on the malefic, it means that the net result is bene-
    ficial to the native.
    If we should denote a beneficplace by a <lot(.) and a malefic
    one by a vertical stroke (l), we can at a glance understand tho
    difierenee between these two kinds of countings in any sfE{T{
    664 ilrflTqriisri Adh. x.
    (qFr)
    (Ashtakavarga). The eftect of a planet's arrivat in any bhava
    (Goch:lrr,), i. bene6c, rnixed
    in its progress throrrgh the orbit ftet
    or malefic accordinq as the nurrrber of benefic dots in ,the ttasi
    the fr{afSq;qfi (ghinnashtaka'arga) of
    representing the bhava in
    of
    t h e p l a n e t i s g r e l t ' ) r t l t l n , e q r t ; r ll o o r l e s s t i t a n 4 ' D o t s s h o r t
    theprescribednrinirrturnindicateuntowardeflectproducedbya
    planet belying any favourable position it may occupy; while dots
    in of the prescr rbed mininru:tr betol<en good' notwith-
    "*."r. planet concerDed. For
    standing the unfavolrreble position of the
    result
    exanrple, if all the 8 hairpen to be benefic it maans that the
    is fully beneficial. lt only 7 of the 'n are bcnefic ancl I malfic,
    the result tt *ths beneficial. If in any' Rasi the number of
    ?r*
    b e n e f i c d o t s b e 6 a n d t h a t o f r n a l e h i c s t r o l < e sb e 2 , t h e ' " ' u 1 t i t C ?

    or * beneficial. If the nuurber of benehc dots be 5, we should say


    5;! lf it s5ou1dbe 4,
    that the effect will U" or lth bcneficial,

    ror
    t4 - 4 0; that is neither good nor evil, lrut neutral
    the result is
    o
    and so on.

    qic c: grT: grrrlrg: tqrn: 'i crcer rrcit I


    q({ cqifTds:ntqi tilInlcaqq u (at(I{a:)

    in llrihat Jataka,
    f . a l e f o r e x a n r p l e t h c h o r o s c o p en r e n i i o n e d
    6 , a n d r e p r o d u c e d b e l o w :
    Chapter VII, Sloka

    f,ffitL
    l:r{
    i ^'::'*r:,r
    l.i I;; I
    1u"""$:,1;';-
    strores_ssrr r
    l,,rl I 1 l

    ldl,r l- iu,l
    l-r-.-l
    i', l',,,f
    'Ihe
    strokes. 3 benefic dots neutralise with 3 of the nralefic
    strokes. The net result is 2 malefic strokes which means that
    l\fars when passingthrough tbis sign will be productive of ] or tth
    e v i l . S i m i i a r l y f o r t h e o t h e r s i g n s , t h e r ei s o n e p e c u l : t r i t y t o
    be noticed in the qc{'{ri (Ashtakavarga)of lt{ars. In sign Kumbha
    i n t h e e x a m p l e t h e r e a r e 3 d o t s a n d o n l y 4 s t r o k e r si n s t e a d o f 5 .
    T h i s i s b e c a u s et h e l 0 t h p l a c e f r o r n t h e N { o o n h a s b e e n d e c i a r e d
    to be inefiective,that is, neither beneltc nor malefic---a;4liqrEqtg
    Chandraddigviphaleshu-for the qs{iri (Ashtaliavarga)of Mars.
    T h a t p l a c e h a s t h e r e f o r en o t b e e n t r k e n f ; ' t h e c a l c u l a t i o n ' T h e
    4 3o,
    net evil arising there is thusonly *th'
    .'
    In the case of a planet n'ith more benefic tlots, the benefic
    i n f l u e n c ew i l l b e a l l t h e g r e a t e r a n d m , o r e n r a r h e di f t h e p l a n e t
    concernedshould also be posited ilr an sq;{'-{(Upachaya) house
    ( w i t h r e s p e c tt o t h e L a g n a o r t h e l \ { o o u ) , o r o : c u p y a f r i e r r d ' s
    h o u s e ,o r h i s o w n s i g n o r h i s e x a l t a t i o n l i a s i .
    osrgqdrcTttqai4r6t eq6qosif tE: t
    fl{aiiauii, qr sosftd}ir: gri EqtE rl (?srtFfr)
    If on the other hand the planet though getting more benefic
    dots should happen to be in an 3Ir4r[ (Ai;aclruya) hou''e (reckoned
    either fronr the Lagna or the Moon), or in his depressiou sipn or
    inimical sign, the good eflect will be considerably reduced. If in
    the above case there be more malefic stroires instead of benefic
    dot:;, it will worsen the bad ef{ect.
    sfqqq(di aiti a3&i s GFTITT$ qrq t
    q{g € qqftrllti qocfr{rftai qq[iFtoq tt
    -ALB.-The sr{-t.f (Up^chaya) or siqq'{ (ApacLal'a) places
    have to be reckoned rvith respect tolhe Lagna or the Moon at the
    time of birth and not by the position of the planets at the time of
    q'lqt {Goclrara).
    cf. qqiqt
    qqg sdiq rRgEiqrfutfi ilrii girsica$eili: r
    qilra{Fnq-ir su(t q s;cfr qru{sdi fitu: tt
    666 |rlrrrfrt|i Adh, X.

    * wn*sqe g aardtr&Eqr'"gria cgStrvrtuq I


    Also tret
    q"c€qqqltqi nd'cn uwtg gE6ar:I
    ircscq{*tilr: c?Er€rii &qcrq n
    These autbors have in their turn specifically stated, by the
    words srqfitA /Janmakale), qft (Sutau), wm? (Jaumani)r that
    good and bad places havo to be determihed with respect to the
    positions of planets at birth-timc only. But at the time of produ-
    cing the ef,ects,all pl4,pets excepting the Moon will cause their
    full good or lrad efiect to come to pass provided they are strong
    and not otherwise. In the case of the Moonr even if she is benefic
    (r'.e., placed in places such as gq-{q (Upachaya), etc.r and the Rasi
    cbntaining the Moon happeningto be associatedwith bencficdots)
    if she does not possessstrengthr she produces only evil effects ;
    for icffi (Devakirti) says -
    gengEst[,v qqftRc-&{}{ triqg I
    nf q{ edd6; rss* rofltE?qt rr
    Varahamihira too has said in his work qret (Yatra) about thc
    inability (to produce eflects) on the part of planets devoid of
    strength owing to their being in depression, defeat in plenetary
    war, or combustionretc.

    frrlTr cEfrii-dr (r{irT{dr ftaqri"r 6qr: I


    gqrr {{ cedar *ifr orqtQlcr ol rr
    Thus it will be seen tbat whatever eflects-,good or bad-
    have been ascribedowing to the planet being placed in a sign of
    exaltation, SwakshetrarUpachaya, etc., it always refors to the
    position of the planet at the time of birth; and whatever effects,
    good or bad, that have been ascribedto the planet itself generally
    wifhout referencein any way to the particular place of occupation
    should be construed as indicating the result of the planet's transit
    to tbe concernedplace.
    It may be mentionedhere that in several Panchangams the
    beneficqtq< (Gochara) pbalas of planets are mentioned; j.e.. if
    qqrfrsqrq: 66?

    particular planets in their orbit in the zodiacpass through parti-


    cular places from the Moon, they become auspicious and so on.
    It will be seenthat theseare sirnply the benefic positions of that
    particular planet with respectto the Moon in that planet's Ashtaka-
    varga and do not cornpletely representthe entire benefic results of
    that plariet

    The Ashtakavargasare usedin connectionwith transits. For


    e x a m p l e S a t r r r nt r a n s i t t i n gt h e 3 r d 6 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o m t h e
    Moon is good provided the benelic dots in those places are above
    4. Supposehe is transitting the 3rd house from the Moon in a
    n a t i v i t y w h e r c t h e b e n e f i cd o t s a r e b e l o i v 4 . H e w i l l n o t b e v e r y
    g o o d . H i s c o m i n g i n t h e 3 r d h o u s ei s n o d o u b t g o o d ; b u t m u c h
    c a n n o t b e e x p e c t e do f l r i m b e c a u s eo f t h e s r n a t l n u m b e r o f b e n e f i c
    dots, The oosition in the 3rd housethough good, the smal1 num.
    b e r o f b e n e l i , :d o t s t h e r e i nd i s q r r a l i l t e sh i n r t o d o g o c d .

    I t i s a f a c t i n d i s p u t a b l et h a t p l a n e t sw i e l d a c e r t a i n a m o u n t
    o f i o f l u e n c e ,w h e t h e rf o r g o o d o r e v i l r d u r i n g t h e i r t r a n s i t s a t t h c
    t i m e o f c o n s i d e r a t i o ni n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e n u m b e r o f b e n c f i c
    dots which the planets gain to their credit in their respectivo
    Ashtakavargasbasodon the oosition each of the planets occupy et
    the time of birth.

    . h - oe
    r x a r n p i e ,l e t u s c o n s i d e rt h e i n { l u e n c cw h i c h t h e p l a n e t s
    nrey proJr-rceon the sample horoscopegiven under, say, about thc
    f i r s t w e e k o f l ) e c e m b e r1 9 3 2 .

    Rahu
    Moon

    lladix
    Horoscope

    -83
    668 qRFFqmqrc Adh. x.

    It will be seenin the abovethat the Sun is occupyingVrischi-


    ka end the Sun's Ashtakavargafigure in Vrischika is 5. Mars is
    in Simha and the number of beoefic dots iu Kujas takavargais 6,
    Morcury is posited in Vrischika and the number of beneficdots
    undcr Builha's Ashtakavarga is 5. Jupiter is in Simhr and the
    number of benefic points in Jupiter's Ashtakavarga is 3. The
    planct Venus occupies Tula and the number of benefic dots there
    in the Ashtakavargaof Venus is 6. Saturn is in Makara; and in
    Sani's Ashtakavarga; the number of benefic dots in Makara is 4.
    Thus, the sum total of benefic dots for the said week for all the
    sir planets taken together comes to 29.
    Norv 48 beneficdots are the maximum fixed to pass a nativity
    for good in all rtispects. It rnay however be safely predictedthat
    !.he native will be free from worry loss, etc., and his situation
    will only be of a normal nature if the sum total of the bene6cdots
    of all the six planets taken together come6 to 24. In this speci
    mcn horoecope,as the number of benefic dots comes to 29, it can
    safoly be said that the native will bo free fron, anxiety and worry
    in the said period. The less the number oF beneficdots. the worse
    will be the eftectsto be experiencedby the nativc.
    Bhattotpala adds :
    Varahamihirahas stated (Brihat Jataka, Chapter VIII, Sloka
    23) that when two similar effectsbut contrary in naturc are
    producedby one and the sarne planet (owing to its owncrship of
    two houses,or ownership of one houseand occupationof another
    house), the result will be nil when the two effects referred to are
    equrl in degreeand that it will partake of the nature of the
    preponderatingeffect in case they are not of equal degree.
    grrc(<r csfr s-sqiitrii ard qffist rrivsli rq tr
    A questionmay now be asked whot the author's objcct was
    by making a similar doclaration again through the words " dR
    ffidtuq;qkt{Ki}q$-oRcffi qqqRrr {q:." Thc rnswer is-
    " No, it is no repetition at r,ll. What was* statadbrforo without
    thc aid of Ashtakavarga Table relates to the canccllation of two
    tdsilar effects but of a contrrry charactr. For cxample, a
    plemt in one capacity msy be a giver of woalth ; the rrrno planet
    ,
    both the effectsare similar in character and become neutralised
    with the consequencethat the native neither acquires wealth nor
    incurs cny losses; But if the planet's capacity to give wealth be
    in any way stronger for more realons than one, the same will of
    course predominateover the opposite current (of ttre other effect)
    and thc result will be an influx of some money. In the present
    verse it has beer.rstated that there is cancellation in the caseof
    good and bad effectseven if they are not similar in nature. This
    view is further supported by ql(qqq (Badarayana) and ffii
    (Yavana) as they ha'r'e admitted this principle while speakiug
    about Ashtakavargasantl their severaleffects' Thus, for example'
    a certain planet may be the giver of gold on account of a certain
    reason, The same planet may on account of some otber reasoo
    causeloss in silver- Though the effects in these two casesare
    n o t s i m i l a r ( b e c a u s eb o t h a r e n o t i n r e s p e : t t o g o l d , n o r t o s i l v e f ) ,
    (one
    m e r e l 1 ' o n a c c o u n to f t h e e f f e c t s b e i n g o p p o s i t ei n n a t u r e
    givingand the other tal<ing away), t h e r e s u l t i s n e i t h e r b e n efic'
    n o r m a l e 6 c , A f t e r s u c h c c n s i d e r a t i o n so f e a c h R a s i o u a c c c unt
    of its 8 countingsrif it is found that benefic points outnumber tho
    malefic, the eflect of the planet on that Rasi should be declared
    as beneficto the extent of the excessbeneficdots as already stated.

    Now the following qrestion may be asked: lVell, if Ashtakr'


    varga then is so important for ascertainingthe natureof the effects,
    wbat was the necessityfor Varahamihira treating separately iu
    his Brihat Samhita the i'rstrq-s (Gocharaphala) of planets with
    inten-
    respect to tbe Moon's place at birth ? The answer is, tbe
    which have not
    tion of Varahamihira is that such of the effects
    been stated in connection with the Ashtakavarga should be stated
    in the rilsK (Gochara). Further, as ftqK (Gochera)is wide-known
    to all, and as it has been treated of by many authors in thoir
    works, it has to be inferred that Varahamihira too has adopted tho
    in his
    same course followed by his predecessors. For he has said
    work qtTI (Yatra),
    qq dl=sffiu{qtgtdt eq iqssleqqf 'r qr I

    sr{{t a sgsl.i'ft<ii cqcrrrtnci lt rfrst: n


    660 qrffi{rRcrt Adh.x.

    Yavaneswaratoo, after describingthe offectsseprrately, ha6


    acceptedthis Ashtakavarga systemalone as of prinrary import-
    ance ; for lre has said

    s.ore{dgrrc{wq} swi{aqr{sd cQd r


    vrr{rltqrcrer sd itsr;l qrilfit{ri s sggi q rr
    Badarayana also has said

    rsii nFqda? c,S iq qrdi ardTr$ata(lT qr€t: r


    sIE{r cf*qTsftfiucir: qrE tqri tqr} otrii saer rt
    and has thus accepted only the Ashtakavarga method.

    THE ASHTAKAVARGA PLATII.

    The processof 6nding the benefi: dots irr the Ashtakrvargas


    o f t h e s e v e r a l p l a n e t s i n a c c o r d a n c ew i t h t h e r n e t h o dg i v e n i n
    p a g e s6 5 0 - 6 5 2t u p r a i n v o l v e s h e a v yl a b o u r a n d c o n s i d e r a b l et i m e
    cspecially when it iras to be done for several hbroscopes. Some
    methodsof simplifying this work have been suggestedin the past,
    but a new contrivance has now been devisedwhich has several
    n c r i t s . I t n o t o n l y d o e sa w a y w i t h t h e p a t i e n t l a b o r i r v o l v e d i n
    the dull and routine process, but also shows the results in such a
    way that one can see at a glance how the benefic dots irl any
    particular househave been contributed. The sqieqad (Sarvashta'
    ka varga) figurescan also be very easily read from the plates at a
    glance. The Dractical uses to which the results cao be put are,
    as is known to astrologers,several. The more important of these
    useshave been explained in this Adliyaya in tbeir appropriate
    pleces.
    The construction of the Ashtakavarga plate and the metlod
    of readingthe results from the same will now be explained.

    The contri vance consists of nine circular plates (discsof


    zinc, copper or brass), of successively larger radii placed one
    ever the other in the order of their size, the largest being placcd
    at the bottom and tlre srnallest at the top. A radius of one inch
    q{tq'lstqr{r 661
    for the smallest and three inches for the largest, the diftereace
    betweenthe radii of successiveplates being *th of an inch will
    be
    fou'd suitable. The bottom-most plate has an axle with screw
    a r r a n g e r n e n tf i x e d t o i t s c e n t r e a b o u t w h i c h t h e o t h e r p l a t e s
    revolve. By rightening the screwat the top, the plates can be
    fixed up in any desired position. Each prate covers the central
    portion of the next bigger plate, exposing to view
    only a circular
    strip or rim. The top plate is of course fully exposeC.

    The top plate and the narrow strips of other plates are each
    d i v i d e d i u t o 1 z e q u a r p a r t s . T h e d i v i d i n g r i n e sa r e s o d r a w n
    that
    thev fornr a straight 1i': when the plates are-adjusted
    for any
    horoscope. f-'he twelve divisions of the top prate are
    assignecrto
    t h e t w e l v e s i g n so f t h e z o d i a c . I n t h d v i s i b l e r i r n o f
    the next
    bigger plate are arranged the figures inrlicating the benefic
    dots
    counted from trre Sun in the severar Ashtakavargas.
    r.'he next
    plate contains figures of beneficdots counted from
    the Moon; and
    t h e n e x t o n e ,f r o m M a r s ; a n d s o o n i ' t h e o r d e r o f
    the Sun, the
    Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn and
    the Lagna.
    one of the divisions of eachof these plates contains
    a dot denoting
    the position of the planet to which the plate relates.
    Thus the
    dot in the largest plate indicates the position of the Lagna.

    T o a d j u s t t h e p l a t e sf o r a n y h o r o s c o p e k, e e p t h e b o t t o m - m o s r
    plate in position aud rotate the 'ext pl:rte (relating
    to Saturn)
    until the drvision containing the i|ot is as rnanydivisions removecl
    from the dot in the Lagna plate as Saturr is removed from
    the
    Lagna in the horoscope under consideration. For example,
    if
    Saturn occupies the 8th bouse from the Lagna, move the prate
    relating to Saturn till its dot comes to the gth divisionfrom
    the
    dot in the Lagna plate. Then hold the two platesin position
    firmly
    and proceecisimilarly with the third plate. Then hord the
    three
    plates in position and proceedwith the fourth and so on. when
    the
    Sun's plate also has been thus frxed,rotate the topmost plate
    untir
    the name of the particular Rasi representingthe Lagna in the
    horoscopeunder consideratio:-:is brought directry above the divi-
    sion containing the dot in the Lagna prate. lt will now be found
    that the divisions containing the dots in the several plates are
    662 cril6crRqrl Adh. x.

    by the
    directly below the signs of the zodiac respectively occupied
    planets in the radix
    planets at birth, so that the positionsof the
    plate itself. Fix up
    of the native can now be rea<l out from the
    the plates by tightening the screw at the top' Tltey are now
    ' 's
    I indicate benefic dots
    ready for reading the results' The '2's
    r g a ;t h e i n d i c a t et h o s er e l a '
    relating to the Sun's Ashtakava 'fhe ' 's
    number of I in the several
    ting to the Moon's, and so on'
    ' dots in the
    pt"1". in the Mesha' division representstl're benefic ' 's
    the nurnber of I in
    i.httk"uorga of the S:u in that division;
    'Vrishabha' representingthe benefic
    tbe several plates oppositeto
    Similarly,
    dots in the Sun's Ashtakavargain vrishabha an<lso on'
    ' plates opposite to
    the number of 2's in the divisions of the
    ' M e s h a ' r e p r e s e n t st h e b e n e f i c d o t s i n r h e A s h t a k a v a r g ao f t h e
    ' ' ' partsof the plates
    M o o n i n M e s h a; t h e n u m b e r o f 2 ' s i n t h e
    'Vrishabhr,' the benefic dots in the Ashtakavargaof
    oppositeto 'fhe ' 's
    ' ' number of 3 will
    tie Moon in Vrishabha; and so on' ' 's '
    4 for Mercury' 5's for
    similarly yield the results for ' Mers' 'f
    ' 's he figure in the
    i"oi,"t, 6 for Venus and 7's for Saturn'
    for the positions of
    next page shows the plate properly arranged
    given below:-
    the planets in the sarnple horoscope

    i sun
    M
    I ercur)'
    I
    t----
    l l -uM
    p "i t .e r
    |
    I I

    of the plate relating


    It will be seen that the dotted division
    Kataka as the Sun occupies
    to the Sun has been brought against
    (W=dl): the dotted p:rrt o[ the plate
    Kataka iu the Kunrlali
    Qtrqtsrrrr{r: 663

    7/"r, er;\-
    -l.-:-. ( /

    Lo\t
    . \ c
    1 \

    ,gv o\
    \J\
    \e

    i\\t -1^\
    r 1[r"'
    --<-^ 6 - w
    s
    Y)2'1
    tt *?)

    \) |
    Lt t,1
    :/1*s))

    the
    relating to the Moon has been arrangedagainst lvlithuna as
    M o o n o c c u p i e s M i t h u n a ; t h e d o t t e d p a r t o f t h e p l a t e r e l a t i n gt o
    Mars has been brought against Simha as he occupies Simha; and
    ' 's
    so uD. It will further be observed that there are six I in the
    divisions against Mesha, four in the divisions against Vrishabha'
    '2's '
    and so on, Similarly, there are five against Mesha, four 2's
    'fhese
    against vrishabha, and so on. representbenefic dcts in the
    Ashtakavargasof the Sun, the Moon, etc', in the several houses'
    The numbei of figures (irrespective of what planet they relate to)
    in the ssveral divisions against a particular house indicates the
    Samudaya Ashtakavarga (q1541qlgq1fl}) in that house. For exatDple,
    it will be found that there are 31 figures in the divisions against
    Mesha. 34 is therefore the number of benefic dots in Mesha in
    the Samudaya Ashtakvarga. Similarly for other houses'
    6M drffscrftqre Adh. x.
    q* frfuaqr{ orfrilstrir
    Wifiwrt;$tffIfirrimon{ |
    qrEqr
    gsiqqaquififr
    tiert-
    ihqreq,iqiiari€oiq;E*tgr u I tl
    iq) qqi*iiqqmrinurgr?rrrrTg'0r$(rftfrrc*r
    t
    tt*odet qs{tqRtE* sElerr|lqgErqi{mr1 R tt
    S/ortirsI and Z If a diagram of the zodiac with
    the rising sign and the positionsof rhe Sun and other
    p l a n c t s( a t t h e t i m e o f a n y p e r s c n ' sb i r t h ) & c . b e d r a w n ,
    and if all the benefic dots produced by the separare
    'Ashtakavargas
    (8 fold groupsof figures) be set down
    according to the directions co^tainedi. the Ashmka.
    vargaformulaseachcontainingeight divisions in respect
    of the eighr sky,rangers beginning with the Sun and
    ending wirh the Lag.a or rhe rising sign we should
    then obtai' the figures48, 49, 39, 54, 56, 5: and 39 to
    representth: bcneficdots of the Sun and other planets.
    fhe tigure 337 wiil representrhe aggregate beneiicdotc
    of the planets. sale+ari (sarvashtakavarga)or the sum
    of all the Ashrakavargasis called s{1qrc ("samudaya) r.r.
    aggregate.

    tqrftqeaqil {gdqqilqr-
    d

    ffisT{gk{osiimuwF( r
    qeiTe{Htrfiufr
    gwEft
    aidt;ggirqTti r ulinrfi il I rl
    Sloka 3. ln wharcver bhava(eprcsented
    by Mesha
    and orher signs occur eighr beneficdots given
    Uy pf",
    nets, that bhava,they sr,rVeto support,streogthen
    ind
    sl.4-5 {rrfrsqftll 665

    prosper. Houses containing 5, 6 and 7 dots become


    beneficent. Those that have 3 , 2 o r I dot are not
    auspicious.
    ftli sd {Eft qrq{P{Fgfrt
    trnq{rqqqil.G qiq{r*rr t

    ft-q|sEriqftTffi ffiltq n I fl
    Sloha 4, When a house has 4 dots, it produceo
    mixed effects. Those houses that have no figure in
    them are productive of disease,infamy and danger. I
    now proceed to explain the full effectsof the Sun and
    other planetsbeing associatedwith dots l, Z, ete, as a
    result of the separateAshtakavargas.
    stflt qmrfiqtqgrswrdilrqtft
    q frrRegrr
    fr* qqwrqwroqiuf,rnTilfffirffirfr
    n \ tl
    Sloha 5, A planetassociated with one dot pro,
    ducesvarious kinds of diseases,miseries,dangerr,
    wanderinge and similar hardships,while *ith t.Jo, it
    leadsto mentalanguish,condemnation by one.sking
    (censureby the sovereign)and deprivationof food bi
    robbers.
    Norns.
    1'he excessof benehc over malefic dots may be 2, 4,
    6 or g
    which when put in ordinary languagemean i o. i, I or
    *. S or, t,
    $ or full. IIence the followingslokas:-

    \erR-.g+*rg{ilfqaqtqrrk \qrfEfir
    il tQ qqt qd€ sqqflrl€u{rgu-q: I
    nfgrligordrwq{iifAw rfi fi qEr
    :
    \qT s{sG-tqfreqq$i
    sqFil flirgfi: 11
    84
    ffi6 qmecrRare Adh. X.

    +ri qrt+terqi Apqt{qqrq} qA(|


    fift: $i fiqr{tqt(eqft' flI{dTrTf,IU
    qef\: q{qn;q:vEruitr,i}.ritr t
    qsfq: q{qln<Frqs{l:g{n'qq: tl
    g*q q' {q: qK nQ' sufi'.s flqq] qqn t
    ue agfi: tt RIt:qiqU*,edt qK ll
    I
    k{K tqngqnEdq-*tqr-qTsa{iqfd
    gt*rgfi&qqtqdolq$or(s qrrnilFgssqq ||
    '
    Sloka 6. When the number of dote are three, it
    caucesmany bodily privations and discomfortsdue to a
    wandering lrfe as well as much mental uneasiness' The
    planet with four dots yields a mixed kind of fruit con-
    sisting of pleasureand pain, expenditureof money and
    accessionof wealth.
    (eqerrrTgito
    tGt€1gqrT-
    RqHiTftoft n$qqftgr I
    q{i.gutg qqdifisqntit-
    frfiq{iqqqtiiEaqmiTftll s ll
    Sloka 7. Where the dots happen to be five, it
    leadsto the attainment of good apparel,fondling of
    children, association wich the good, acquisition of
    learningand wearuh. A planet that has6 dots securec
    a form fresh and fascinating, excellenceof character,
    victory in war, wealth, {ame strength and fine vehicles,
    wdtqrgtrrlftqnt qtq;t{TitEtitqqTfi
    |
    qsdlqtfr ll d ll
    ff;as*r wgqrfl{qq{tstttilili
    Sloha 8. When the number of dots go up to 7,
    sl. 9-11 q1tfrlst:qr{rt 667

    sessionof horsesand other meansof transport' ln arny


    and ouperiurriches. When the maximum of eight dotu
    is reached, it opens out a prospect of kingly glory
    gracedwith its seven-foldadjuncts(errlerug6toiatr(gti'
    roft).
    Nores.
    Some books read aiglriu'l{ n'hich would nrean kingly glory
    g r a c e d w i t h e v c r y o n e o f i t s a d j u n et s .

    urGfucfkdilrtqkrr qqitqqilg{fig frtqq t


    erfrs;qqti<qo{ilil rilqnal {Fqse qqld ll q ll
    S t o k c 9 . A p l a n e ti s i n v a r i a b l y b e n e f i c i n . h i s
    own vargain any sign which has f ive or more dots. If
    otherwise, it yields no good effect. In its rangein a
    sign which is without dots, it becomes positively
    hurtful.
    !|
    r *qrRqot$dr
    dmfuerft*.ter
    qiqssoEtlqt qeqfuggil qR tt lo ll
    Slofra 10. All planets without exccption, stand-
    i n g , i t m a y b e , i n t h e i r e x a l t r t i o ns i g n s , i n a f r i e n d l y
    sign or other b:nefic places and possessedI'lso of the
    strength which a Kendra or similar position gives,
    produceuntoward e{fectrif thcy happcnto b: associated
    ,vith dots short of the required minimum-

    gsanqffi t q t q atqriiqi{TtlfI
    i qt grqr frsqttk'Egdr qR ll t t ll
    Stoka lL. But planetson the other hand which
    may be in bad positions and have evertreachedtheir
    depressionpoint, or an inimical sign or portions of the
    qr(ffqrRqrt Adh. x.

    samewill invariably yield good if associatedwith dots


    which are in excessof the prescribedminimum.
    qil {ftr {R;{qi {qKI! |
    Rtugeqqaqri+g
    sfrfr tbnGurnqqnrqatq
    tqrft{qroorfi u tR tl
    Sloka 12. When Saturn passesthrough an empty
    (void o{ figures) house in the Ashtakavargasof rhe Sun
    and other planets,he occasionson a largescalediseases,
    dangerefrom enemiesand other troublee to father and
    other relationswhom the severalplanetsrepresent.
    c
    il qSsoq tl
    on ft fffi ftgfflini
    qRr 6{rri$Irfr;ggaq ftrt I
    nonRf{-'gqm{{iRin
    *isqqt ftqG zqftfrwf n ltr tl
    Sloha 13. When the Sun is in the rising sign and
    in that part of it which either belongsto an €nemy or
    forms his depressionpoint and when he happensto be
    aasociated with 3 or 2 dots, the person born is sickly.
    But if the sameSun should be in . thc rising sign in
    which 5 or more dots appearand which happensto be
    his exaltation sign or his own house,the personborn
    becomesa king and'is endowedwith long life.
    Nores'
    Parasara adds
    eilfiilenqii q fifrcqr{raqlfig I
    qffi6q qqq)trRr:fie'It Fud{ tl
    6ffi q66eqTf i{{f}"a}':q ftos{,{ |
    wHa)qii ii qqr{{ili {rgq: ll
    nfut ryUaq de {HerrftGfif€tr r
    sl. 13 {Tl*stqrq:

    dfu{ ilt ftqb{ilqqiiiRq fl{rqrrr


    rFxrlqqt qrfrftil fiqrrlsfQer r
    nq ilq wfrmqu ftqg neqlqrt
    u{nk ga} rrS qt qr qfiq-qt r
    gqlnwet ftoqrqnil qr, tl
    onr=l:qrfrGqriqrt q{gt +t r
    ftahltr i{r +tAfifht qrqsgtrr
    8{ltg6666o,i}q}errEfitq: t
    orrigtttrqltnEnrqia fiqru, rr
    gqil,rEilrqig <6grnastq' r
    finq-qpi qnrrqlt oatsfQqr tr
    ilfu fQEmlflrmntar?F{r{: I
    gQi qr,larrt qoqarffrGfrq-a.
    rr
    nwgb qra,frqrilErl:I
    frq1-.;q
    iri< Rgaulqimfiii qqrqlqrr
    ftnqoqndtqiiqK' fQg+arfla:
    r
    fign*'Jtf,rd:fiqgpquqrFqnr
    tl
    n*it oesrusfr
    faghirue.ga:
    r
    grlefr l-*q qrnsq.Riqfi n
    qrilsfu1a.i}roerr
    fi<rq-qqqr{rft
    *et] qrqg:erfiqlqqR qqFdq rr
    $rft fio flr.qrqrtrqf?rsqrq\t r
    sn)"qfire q,ie Fqqna qtlq rr
    etqttGenr"ilitqrfaqq4.gq' r
    dfr-.qrfrqfi fr.qrnfrElqqfrsfQ
    qr tt
    qrii qrw\ eft, r
    WtRs?qAr++
    670 qrd6crliine Adh. x.

    qrrtiElrt w..qe{ilsslt
    *=rffi-*rofr t{il |
    eqrqorfioqil6trg ETI(IAT qig! lltEll
    il dGq{i[,'QI
    S l o & 4 .1 4 . W h e n t h e S u n o c c u p y i n ga K e n l r a o r
    T r i k o n a p o s i u i o n i s a s s c c i r t e Jt h c r e w i c h 6 , 5 , 7 o r I
    beneficdots,the personb.rrn or his father will have his
    deathin his 22nd, 35th, 'J0thor i6th yelr r'$pectively'
    t
    gni ilnniui Qpgrrdt.ga*
    lrrfr qqta(Rqtdf {€qi cI{QI ttcrli{rrl{lE{lrTi!ll
    S l o A c 1 5 . I f , a t a p e r s o n ' sb i r t h , t ' ' : S u n o c c l r p y -
    i o g a K e n d r ap o s i t i o ni n c o n j u n c r i o nw i c h t h e M o o n ,
    Saiurnand Mercury shouidhave in thrt position 2 net
    beneficdots after the necessaryredr-rctions are mrde,
    (f*iqaiqar .t q+riirqqdiqarTrikcnasodbana & Eakadi-
    patyasodhana), the father of ths p3rsot)'say the rvise
    ,rtiolog.r., wiil havc a leaseof abundrnt administrative
    power sctting in aftcr the completion of the first ten
    y e a r s( o { t h e P e r s o nb c r n ) '

    utrdc6'oTlll
    Elirilqdatilmi{ir€{d di'i
    I
    qr.i iriir ffiogqi s{ih eilGqr{rgl
    qsqrc€i{ri{ri{ agirtfiojrslf\R-<i
    qufrdr"stRqqoii}Hterilqt q tt tR tt
    S/olir: 16. If, in the Ashtakavarga-whether of the
    of benefic
    sun or of the Moon-there be a housevoid
    and the
    dots, the (sol,rr)month corresponding thereto
    purposeof every
    rign i$elf are to b: avoided for the
    person's life' If the
    ,u-rpi.io". undertaking in the
    or 3
    M;t occupyingthe Lagna be associatedwith l' 2
    sl. 17 qltrcistqtq: 671

    and debility. If the Moon in the above position be


    aleoin conjunction with 2 ot 3 planets,the person will
    meet with his death in his 37tb year'
    Norrs
    Parasara adds
    l;qmgtil qTq:qlfllqqllTfr.dn{|
    ?;ilsq{ llii q {Fqtrhqfr f?ql rr
    f,aQrrqfis;q ulr'nqifulfi(q( |
    q'qut{qtaRn}5 Gqqa'tt
    eqi qie nlu' 1
    erTqlfl€qlfEl:eriq
    ffel.g€s€diqo€ qd*"iit;q d.t ti
    iqfr q qtq]qrh riqqrfi fifq€.iq t
    artfiqrrr{a}g+er}qtt
    nfixd.rurg
    q;flsfflFg.lFqlq fit qr qlffiit.ITi I
    erqt il n*: tqd lilh +ieutrt tt
    ?Tqqr+q.i z.gdqrl;dirffiq ql I
    l.qirgQen ilifbtlol f)..qqi{qb tt
    qnr Rii'rrrqctfi
    fqfeiewa,fig' t
    fioql qrofi;dlqi qlF{rrih q+eqh tt
    *-.afiqionqqtqrurkfiqfiit ziffioriidi t
    fuGt {r qft t &ii;* (sIE;IIdistlqr?das{If ttr
    Sloka L7. When the Moon occupyinga Kendra,
    Trikona or the llth bhava is also in its depressionor
    inimical sign and is not waxing and when the benefic
    dots associated with the bhava occupied by the Moon
    happento be 2 or 3, the bhava in question,say the astro'
    logers acquaintedwith the subject, is extiuct'
    672 qffiilt Adh. X.

    qilTEFr,S$dilqqggri
    \- aa \ \
    {r
    ort ltql qogtqft rrr€Grr
    ifuas+{ftrii *rq.rtg wil
    fqqrrdr*la{arqirfl
    trqrr il ld ll
    Slufta 18. If the Moon posseesedof strengthbe
    in a Trikona, Kendra, or the l lth bh:rvaand if the
    number of benefic dots in the bhava in question be 4
    or more than 4, the bhava becomesadvanced, Jf the
    Moon in a Kendra position becomesassociatedwitb g
    benefic dots, the personsborn under this yoga will be
    eminent for their learning, fame, wealth and etrength
    and will becomemastersof men.

    ll gNTssqll
    dfqq* wg€tiqqnqtt
    it=ee+q qR siftqilw eil( |

    St qceqs*qGq usilu lq tl
    Sloha 19. When Mars in exaltation or in s&e
    (Swakshetra)occupies the 9th, the 4th, the tst or the
    lOth bhava, and is associatedwith 8 beneficdote. the
    person born will be lord of wealth to be counted by the
    million. If Dhanua,Mesha,Simha,Makaraor Vrischika
    be the rising sign, and Mar-soccupy it and be associated
    with + beneficdors, the personborn will be a king.
    NotBs.
    Parasara adds
    qlneqi nfi-e qrqfrmq\d+{r
    *qfriae flefr ilftrqiq'IE
    r€nqrr
    sI.20 {trfrssqrq: 6?3

    frfrqrrlqqsnr we\ qe\frtt: t


    aa ,fi{ q .Trqfq qq }€ frfo6}q 11
    MA e alq qe$f*fifrfiiltr
    q+lf{qs n*'q qo qx q v"-qt tl
    ffir y:qrftaru:rettaqm€:
    Hr{IqtI
    qofi ae rpifH drq<* ffi q tl
    fifr qefi-{trdfl'rfgutu*}
    qh r
    nsrf<qa q{tq-tar iftan: F€ITI:lt
    nqrfdqogda qqiqi"q €qa t
    iqqqrqr+qrt urqcrfififrfiilq rr
    Also
    *qr-n f,gq:gqlnw,i *t qdni il{T
    arcq nGlq *eqfi{r {arqo}iq qqq.I
    qoqrqrgfr,
    n}+q+l{tft"ilFflt ue.ft-
    &-+t+qfltqoqTfaqq
    u{t: geraiqrft:tt
    ft-ee*wNsftogfhfiril
    qfitqr egqf q qdqftl qq I
    qfr tmrql
    qrdrs{a?dr$oqr
    tirqqrTiimiitzwaEdill 1" ll
    Sloha 20. If Mars be associatedwith I benefic
    dots the person born wiil become a petty prince ; if
    the above be in the 10th or in the tst bhava,the percon
    born will be a king. If he be alreadya scion of a royal
    Iamily, he will become lord of the whole country. If
    Mars be in exaltation or in s*a (Swakshetra)in addi-
    tion to the above, the person born will be an emperor.
    85
    874 qKrTqrR!rt Adh. x

    il $u5sq 1,
    *Fffi*ir rgffi i qrdH{qrfrr'frrnrrd
    t
    il-{HER* q vrq{rft! llRlll
    Sloha 21. When Mercury in a Kendra or Trikona
    becomesassociatedwith 8 benefic dots, the person born
    will be pre-eminentin the learning peculiarto his caste
    and will have great enjoyment. If Mercury in exalta,
    tion be associatedwith but one, two or three benefic
    dota, the bhava occupiedby the planet is advanced.and
    not impaired.
    NorBs'
    cf, parasara"
    gqm{ ggrl q figalR{Eor: I
    d*n q;rftqTfrfi$qsrR fi-alq tt
    gqreqfr
    fril"q ilqflftqt {* r
    rygftaftilfiqlffi ire F{q: tl
    ffi Tirffrrurt frqrwqrq*Rqrfir arq I
    rilqftqr{q *qrdqQ qt ffg{rfrdqkdr{! u RRtl
    Sloha.27. Find in which house there ic the
    greatestnumberof benefic dots in the Aehtakavarga of
    Mercury. In the month correspondingto that house
    the csnmencement of any seriousstudy wi'l culminate
    in the acquiritionof every branch of learning. Mark
    the housewhich is void of beneficdots in the Ashaka
    vargaof Mercury; when Saturn pa$seEthrough that
    houe in the courEeof its progreEsthrough its orbit,
    corneaS (Bandhu) or vfr Jnati, a near paternalrela,
    tioo) will die; Eolnebenelit or advanrageenjoyedtill
    cbeo will be lort.
    sl. g{} qqtcl$qtrt 616

    ll {re$'ss(ll
    oil fttur gd g.nft,
    +t*rr+rrttffi-,gtrfi
    eilRrfrFqrq.ltffi fiRrffirfr rAF q tgslllltl
    Sloka 23. Note the house that has the greatest
    numberof beneficdots, in the Ashtakavargaof Jupiter.
    In the lagnacorreeponding to the housefound, impreg,
    nationwill answer its purpo$e rasultingin an offspring.
    Cattlg wealth and vehiclec located in the direction
    indicatedby the siSnin questionwill beginto multiply.
    Norns'
    Parasara adds
    ffqriqacfrvrr gaqtqnfi+( r
    gil{efiil5 Hirrirqftmeq}qrr
    Uoftnngawfiqtqqfieil qo{ r
    Bala'bhadra reads gr1gl| instead of gte{f}.
    n3;itaeqsqr{r ilrffflar Vdr: pg61','
    also {or(
    gwqrrgilFtrtqR qrfixgut f,qrI
    e*toFdil qrqfEeeGgq deirn
    g,reb q il+qgk: qrfif\ilrtR I
    qr{q}qq+qtma dHF?t: $qT qiTr:ll
    ctl;il lpurrnat ila;g€tr irrril: I
    uire+6g gf,ilfi &,i;nsq.rr
    qqFqd;Trr: fl gqfifl€: qqrqt t
    frFqrfii{rd?qril il{lTrqrqqr${: I
    gekraita flrrFTrql& wqta. rt
    uMg d"q ilmuft q r
    616 qrfficrftqti Adh.x.

    Tilftds"€ ffiriqr tgrcq.qqr: FuiTr:ll


    qft'erqSurafi:r
    <rrtgaesra
    gilre-*rrig
    ganlnfFqn
    Hqq.rr
    e fqiq) U* qaqilsfi qr r
    eTeqr.qq:
    qr de.rg*rl wrrfcid tt
    mitnq).re}
    $igmrta *efi.mrofinq:I
    *gorrorniiinqrafe( Hqrfai(rr

    qr* silrftrsgrrrfr
    frirftmii r
    Enrrf\flsrfifrqfieiitrr qfiI n RBtl
    Sloku 74, If, at a person'$birth, the Sun occupiea
    a houre which in the Aehtakavargaof Jupiter gers the
    least number of benefic dots, the personborn wili be
    lucklesgin that every undertakingfor his benefit will
    fail. If Jupiter occupyingthe 6th, the 12th or the 8th
    bhavabe associatedwith 5 or more beueficdots, the
    petsonborn will be long-lived,very opulent and victo,
    rious over his enemies.
    **ssgr fiq.Jt +gfr-ggt
    h'rtUt $gfr g€ilqt {r I
    dqrRqrqqqqFr
    iiWtrfr
    silil qsirTqdr{Tr
    gh{iqitr arq il 1\ tl
    Sloka 25, If Jupirer, whether in exaltation, in
    eQe (Swakshetra\, in a Kerrdra, in the 9th bhavaor in
    a portion of somerrih (Rasi) unconnected with the
    planeta depressionor inimical house and not in eclipc-
    ing proximity to the Sun-if Jupiter in any one cf the
    sl. 26-28 (ffirsq1g3 617

    positions above namedbe asecciatedwith 8 benefic


    dots,the personborn will becomea king by virtue of
    hig own fameand glory.
    qil qfr{so$nqreqftrqtt .R{rCIgq13
    I
    ll Rqll
    umfrgoqrqqqftqgR{ilqrRwrdtilqr
    Sloha 76. When personsof Brahmanicalextrac
    tion come under such a yoga of Jupiter as has been
    describedin the precedingsloka,they becomelords of
    great beneficcnceequal in status to kings and admired
    for their conspicuous intelligence, energy and other
    great qualities.

    wdkq] sa(nrrt)otqtq wit qdtuagxir<s


    I
    T{hg+ Erariisr;ttr{qeilit;d wqutsir<Is
    lt i\e'll
    Sloka 77. If Jupiter in conjunction with the
    Moon becomeg associatedwith 7 benefic dots in the
    positions referred to in sloka 25, the personsborn under
    the yoga will have women, wealth and sons in abund,
    ance; if with 6 benefic dote, the person$ concerned
    will have much wealth and many vehicles; if with 5
    benefic dots, they will have victory and virtue.

    ll Uiffi(aq tt
    qffi€soultr*qt qldil g irsi{Eilftqs I
    qqrdqftilrr*{rqr{ ftdmR{rfiF{rgh ll le lt
    Sloku 78. When Venus occupyinga Trikona or
    Kendrapcsition is associatedwith 8 benefic dote,the
    personborn will be at the headot anarmyandtransport
    animale;if Venuc in the above position be associated
    with 7 benefic dota, the person boro will be lord of
    6?8 qtllTqrft{tt Adh.x.

    --t" * tt..**r*t .", *" unfailingenjoy-


    ment up to the end of hig life'
    Norrs'
    Parasara adds
    .z.il{emfiq ftlh'qrtr{qTfig I
    Bfron:tqqE qrqaRafiqem{ tt
    tg tg ssrfeFg.fqiftflo ae g t
    {ft me*fl< q aR fif{*zqTq tt
    gstalfqffil oFqqRarFqn&rqil t
    srtrftqfr{dde {ilq-qd+ Rg' 11
    ndqdtqtrqr\qr hfrfE.of}anBq' t
    neinqFdt qrqrqtqrq'q sqt( u
    oir.ilqttqt qa{rqqFdgfrRnn: t
    eftsfitrqtilul qrqtqrffqaffTt{ tl
    cfr: q{ffiqfr q {Fqqffi gBqr{ t
    qrtt
    efraffi qrRqfraEi'rfrsR
    eftqhprfr qrftqs"q qqCIq{ufq l
    gdiilfr{il e'F+RdorluRt fqq: ll
    ffitfu ERrEr;q{srfr<Er r
    eruffirRffiffiqmR: ll
    .rrJqli{gofrq€ffFqrffi ftg' I
    hffi m*q{qs Gguiaat rr
    FEii q-qflfir q'qfrlsqqrufi t
    ffii qrqng+ftqd{ffi tt
    tRfieqq{Frfr{rfr}RfrqqfEr€qgs:t
    qt$nqga: frc<rElssng;qfiilffnrc1: ll
    *qiqtnt gh frqMsR il r
    sI.29 {Ttfrsrqrq: 8Is

    dt" gdElq r{d+rfusft ll


    ql{rqftq;efit $qifr r-q(Iuqiflfri qq $s: r
    srndRrqrftufrsqoril hqr qrdterfrsdtqFdtrt
    qrf,{}qrq,r}qiila.ii'i qrS$q} r
    tflr il qrRrftedqns ,{rqlq nwr tl
    qnroaintqt qrfqx qr
    "qqisft t
    vrvaqrhat gh dtil: gqqrqt(rr
    g*in*uurard aoiolgurf:<cr t
    .ri"sar$.oen qrqitrts guil}<artt
    sqnqnt fi* "qlqarqtsfttt
    gqrqqr,iaswnrftf{na: UqtqEqt
    ffraifl*qqrft+r'lcdl qqFaRfrqr:
    {q{i{fliqitT: FrnrrtQ?irH(qr:
    ll=
    gmret ffiqr\ id fti g€qE(|
    tqi qorqodqqrqtqrewi qtt r
    qarrGn'onrrqrfEfii=g*q,in:tl
    ffitlqftqffigsr"i
    wTfffiiffiqndeqt
    gnlaqiE;ggdqFE{ffiili
    dqqtgwr{lq'ri q{r€( ll Rg ll
    Sloka 79" But if Venus be in depressionor occupy
    the 7th, the t2th or the 8rh bhava, the aforesaidrrq{Fr
    (Rajayoga)will be destroyed; in the direction indicated
    by the house with the least nurnber of benefic dotg in
    ghsgtrEta* (Sukraehtakavarga), it is best to have the
    chamberwhich is to contain the bed by means whereof
    women are to be won and kept in willing bondaga
    680 qRrFnrrqra Adh.x.

    g qt
    uloredl.rrfiilRrnfr
    qqqt Ert
    wiraTEgr,arqTg
    q *-t
    qsfAdrrgrrn'gst
    $trs€(IsfqEiGisaqqrurtt l,o tl
    Sloha t0. If in the qeret (Aohtakavarga)ofSaturn,
    there be a sign thoroughly voiC of b:nefic dots, the
    p e r s o nb o r n w i l l m e e t w i r h d : a t h o r s u s r a i n l o s s o f
    wealth when the planet passesthrough the sign in
    question; if the planetoccupyinga Kendrabe associated
    with one,two, three or four benefic dots and if the
    Kendrabe the planet's exaltrtion sign, any chitd deli.
    vered from the womb at such a time will be short-lived.
    Nores'
    Parasaraadds
    \
    {qaliftqnfqrqKsli ffrttqt r
    qrire*il 1 <ege{ ftfifiin rr
    €nFqqffq;qi;antr;}.nl +r{}t I
    effrEsel?qiat uqrfqttgqrf*{ tt
    s;arfa;Td.n qar-*{a flgfl( |
    q;qrP..sdil€qr;t
    ;qif\ nq nqrR*( tt
    airihsqr-t { €cgritr:qq$t r
    qil';qfqgrr;ia.qr fqu€flFqtq qad: ll
    ureqrqqt{cqrEgfiilfAqrfiil{ |
    qroiqsiqr: tt
    {l?ll{';i q af}qo-s
    e{tg:f}ofg qrilqr( srq}oi g +en}a t
    ft+ii+,rfiqsfr{ilqn
    Rrq.qs tl
    SI. El qr*srrrcr 6g1

    ffi tFryrcqgqiemqeqi:sil |
    wHaftE.il T€+ni ut*u, tt
    cpred q qr1qtfu rs qt r
    dr ;ilfr w aq {rErqrfr qilqr, tt
    r*t GF* *a.qerfl"de
    qft tq r
    qirtAasqrfin
    sng\qq H{rq:tr
    q-qudrnffim} Hfrqaq.r
    qt *tat qt atut.rUgftqt( rr
    REifi gerfi *lF fiqrqFn I
    Efrntr{ilqqilR gq fiu€gfiqrf}qftfosq{F{11
    errn Fqr;Hq{qcrrr+{q tt?dsgqr-stqr
    il+ftd wfiq qrU"qrft yft ErqG{rqrqq rr
    q-{HrinrrfiEer<tn*qiTr-Eqt u seq.I
    srq'ddqlr(qrm*rtfll cqrfiry{fr rft: erq rr
    vqgrfuSgGt
    ftIrr {uril
    wqrQ5:ttRgs$nnrift I
    rt firfffilq€qiln+
    qnfffiqqnihd n lt tl
    Slola 31. When Saturn with abundanrEtrength
    occupiesthe lrt, bbava and is asgociatedwith 6 or 5
    beneficdots,the perronborn will suctainlosaof wealth
    accompanied by mucheufferingfrom his very birth. lf
    tbe planetin depressionor in an inimical house be
    arcociatedwith 5 or more beneficdots and if the Mcon
    occupieaan auspiciousVarga, the perronn ill have loog
    life.
    86
    082 rceqffi Adh.x.

    qdrftilquatrrffr*
    ql(gqftqqQnftilit a-gQt
    Srirei'q€qfire
    w;rffr-
    qrqTftqrt.g
    fifii+96 qnrasn lR tl
    Sloha \2. When Saturn occupying the 5th or the
    lst bhava ie in an eclipsed stateor in the house of an
    enemyor in depressionand is associatedwith 5 or 4
    benefic dots, the persons born under the above y.rga
    will be possessed of female slaves,camelsand property.
    If Saturn in the same position be associatedwith I
    benefic dots, the personsborn will be lords of townohips,
    pooseseed of administrative machinery characteristicof
    cities ; if the number of benefic dots be 7, the peraons
    affectedby the yoga will possessabundant wealth.

    n qRfRtEqqri: tl
    snP{aqq* q{KiiT{rqrrimqar ETq Rcn t
    q6rdi qourEftqsld
    qqfqgusrs{qrl*qr( ff il tl
    S/o[a 33. If you draw up a diagramconoistingof
    9 parallel lines at equal intervals from East to West
    croaeedby 13 parallel lines from North to Soutb with
    the cameintermediate spaceas before,there will arice a
    table containing 96 squaresin I rowE compricing tbe
    results of each of the severalAshtakavargao.
    qnfuilRdqrggrrr
    dnudtqlqrusq{ft r
    qFqrfEqs{qsqffirRrqpilt
    fi}q efil€qilffi(rr rgl tl
    Sloka 34. The Lagna,theMoon, Mercury,Venur,
    the Sun,Maro, Jupiter and Saturn are the lords of the
    diviaionsindicatedin the 8 rows extendingfrom South
    sr 84 qqlfrsrqrq: 688

    y one of theo, the


    bcnefic dote appearingin the 12 housasof its row.
    Nores.
    Note tbat the planets here have been mentioned in the order
    of their orbits round tr.e Zadiac.
    Let us now draw the rrKr(tSi6ili (Prastharashtaka Varga)
    Table and set therein the benefic dots for the Sun's Ashtakavarga
    in the sample horoscopereferred to in page 657 supra,
    The 48 benefic dots will be distributed as shown below :
    There are three benefic dots in Mesha, and it will be ssen
    that thesehave been contributed by tle Sun, Mercury and the
    Lagna. While the other {ive planets have each contributed a
    malefic one.
    'When
    the Sun transits through the sign Mesha, he will give a
    benefic results only during three periods uda., the 4th, the 6th and 1
    the 8th portions, that is when he is passing f r o m ( l ) l l + " t o 1 5 ' )
    (2) lsl" to 221" and (3) 261' to 30o of that sign ; the remaining I
    five periodswill prove malefic. Similarly in the case of the restJ

    c
    ! q
    F
    E P V6 3

    8at- I I
    urn

    Jupi-
    t€r
    _1,_
    rll I

    ttl

    =J :l
    6d+ qnrecrM Adh.x.

    "t ""*- qRtssqtr|


    Rd ft'lt flFsefrR+,rdRfr'lqrq
    {r;qsfl € ft'lq mflrmilqtsi nerqp} 11
    ilTTsrTrrrqqqiufire
    {rfifffr} GUr: s€FrI
    qHrfitfiqf{€re$qqrqfl}
    fied nzq qfigq rt
    flqreMirRtsEqnn mronftrftqaRgdt
    r
    sTgrft{i€qrftffi-elfiug*
    c$ -qrq m}q tt
    ffi-qur s{qorqr qTffi€d qqs€qilil |
    qqrft{tqadr a*qr Rfrd*sft qM n l\ ll
    SIofra35. If a planetbe associatedwith benefic
    dotc, it producesits full beneficialeffect; if it be oot
    ;onnected with benefic spots, there ir no beneficial
    effectproduced; a planetin its depreasionor inimical
    sign or in an eclipsedstate causessorrow evenif it be
    arcociated with benefic dots,

    11ffiqa1 11
    qrrr{ilRrtarq{Fqrmr*r Effinr;eqgqrr t
    rrnqt{ilfi6+wrfrr vq'fftraerftftWwfl il iq tl
    S/ofa 36. Draw five parallel otraight lines at
    rqual intervals from East to Wert ; and acroErtfiese
    linee draw five others with the sameintermediateEpace,
    in ruch a manner that the four inner squares(out of the
    16 resulting ones) should appearomitted. You have in
    the diagram the 12 celestial signo that rule over the
    EautandLotherlquartersand are the owners (jointly) of
    the etarry zod6ac. .a
    qq{rtcqqt${qffi qrqltr€-
    {qqeqdctr-€ffir I
    st 97-88 (ct*sqrqr 685

    ft151gffieffiuilqflilr
    ollnwr{Fr fr;({r qjitiln tgsn le tl
    Sloha 17. In the Ashtakavargaof any one
    of the
    Sun and other plan-ets,
    take the sig-nsby th. tri.nguiar
    gloypr (l) Meeha,Simha,Dhanus(Z) Vriahabha,Kiya,
    Makara(3) Mithuna, fula, Kumbha(4) Kataka,Vriscii,
    ka,lvleenr; and examinerhebeneficjot, in the 3
    eignr
    composingany group. if in one sign of a group,
    the numberof benefic dots be"nyreasthan that in .ior, ot
    the remainingtwo, or equalto that in eachof
    the other
    two, or !s 4ero, the samewill have to be subtracted
    from the numberof beneficdots in each of
    the three
    signr of the group chosen.

    Aqqn+gq,Fqfr,gs€{ffi( wilK mgfi r


    n fr{+rqtsr uYRilft ,iit.i+rq*q,n
    Slola 38. If a sign in a triangular group haa
    the
    leaetnumber of benefic dots, the other two signs
    muat
    have their beneficdots altered into this least number.
    If a sign have no benefic dots, the remaining
    aigne of
    the samegroup will keep their figures unalrcred.
    If all
    the signs of a triangular group have the same
    number
    of benefic dotr, they must all be removed (i.e.
    replaced
    by aeros).
    Norps.
    cf . c({K
    BfrQgq Fti dseqftg rilqtq r
    q6frt,rqi qA aF*doiq fiq+qrr
    H*uts{}fu r{ drfu}il{rr
    To this q-!qq s64s in his q-c*frmT
    qqrffi{f+ g fiq}q-qqFE{q.
    ll
    686 qrdiqrftrfi Adh.x.

    " " t w The conflicting views rest on two distinct interpretations


    $bools.
    (Trikona'
    put upon the sloka euunciating the rule for kq'rqiFTil
    ,oaU*"). "i?-itnrg r{ c"{d' il1vq frS airqid' which when translated
    will stand thus:-when one of three triangular houses contains
    subtracted trom
    tbe least number of benenc dots the same is to be
    group' This rcndering is not
    the figure in each of the triangular
    "a-t"i fi5 cir*T+(' means that
    accepted by some who maintain that
    group are to be altered
    tho figures in the three sigos of a lriangular
    The latter view is advanced by
    so as to equal the least number.
    irorq (Balabhadra) and appearsto be curreut in Southern India'
    the subjoined
    For the example referred to in sloka 34 above'
    and aftgr Trikona
    charts show the SuryashtakavarAafigures before
    reduction :

    +\
    rl
    lrl
    ll
    a ,_|

    n@ll
    {.rfti s6[ri q ftfl $qG-
    srq@{lF{Tlsl
    ffi qiiqq u{wEIqI-
    ifd-qrl
    'r+qrltqeqRffintftitTs (gsll 11 ll
    Sloka 39. Leave out the signs Simhaand Kataka'
    Tbe figuresin the five pairs of the remaining eigno
    belonging to tbe five 'planets reckoned from Mrro,
    sl. 40-41 qqrdtsqtrr 68?

    whether alike or unlike, representedby 2,erc,-aseociated


    with planetsor not assoiiated with them, have to be sub
    jected to the pro3essof the reduction otyled qsriWrrir
    (Ekadhipatyasodhana), and their net value obtained.
    cf. q(ta(
    q{ ffiq fl{ii'rqqart+rftqflilrr
    *ee,i sorti FgKqT srilq**q: rr
    qftAqsq qr;qfu;tnlqlsdffit r
    qwt sa Rlt qfl'{Ii sorfr+ ll
    eTias€ ?rFqfkt*qtawffi* r
    sorfE*qtti+ qw{k( m{g.q$(rr
    g'Fildqgh n flfrEq: {qrqi I
    s.rqlk{tqrr-qisqF}r+e siq tt
    flqflqqleq.qK.s4 mil"qq{trq I
    sftffrqm rnril:sqTq+iEqts-d{ll
    ilfte{ qqrt q dqtt{i a+ q'ryq.qr?nftqt
    sorR i*gi n sA( S€qrilfr{rfiil{ qffi( Bo
    Sloha 40. lf the two Rasis having a common lord
    be both occupiedby planets,no reduction need he made.
    If one of the two Rasis (whether occupied or uooccu,
    pied) have no benefic dots, then also there ie no
    reduction. If one of the two Rasis be occupiedand
    contain more benefic dots than the other, remove the
    figure in the latter, If both the Rasis be unoccupied
    and have the samenumber of beneficdots, remove both.
    qtwffi.Tspt qdqAE{affi€qrq r
    ffireqR-d t qrnQurqfirsqrfttqr et
    Sloko 41, When one of the rwo Raris ie occupied
    088 ltRtTTrRtri Adh. x.

    tt"t
    numberof beneficdots, remove'the figure in the unoc,
    cupiedRasi. If both the Rasisbe unoccupiedand have
    an unequalnumberof benefic dots, the greaterfigure is
    to be replaiedby the lesc.
    frM vgR€ilfr ilftqrn.nFeeqerffcqni
    ti ffid qRuicqqqfuqsq imrs6q1r 81
    Sloka 42. When only one of the two Rasiewith
    a commonlord ir occupiedby a planetand haga amaller
    numberof banefic dotatban the unoccupied Raai, the
    figure in the latter ie to be madeequal to the former.
    The Trikona reductionis to be madefirst of all ; the
    net figures are then to be subjected to the qerfuqq
    (Ekadhipatya)reduction.
    frqqftsTftwffi Mqrid'r* R qrn( r
    wtRflfr gfrrcrsqfrqt ffiMtgrFiqEFiln Bl tl
    Sloka 43. The net figures after the two reductiooc
    in the several signs are to be multiplied eachinto.in
    ilRtqn (Rasimana), r.e. Rasi factor ; and the producB
    made into a total is calledrn?rgvro(Rasigunaka)i.e. the
    sum of the Raei,products. The net figuree aasociated
    with the Sun and other planets in the eeveralsignr are
    to be multiplied each into its appropriate planetary
    factor or ftcr;T (Grahamana). The total of there pro,
    ducts is calledrrEgsr€(Grahagunaka),i e. total of Graha
    products.
    I torltrM-
    tomr*wr{rwn{ft
    thrffitrft{ ai\gq*dnfiqr?t ilqr( |
    nfrr qqMf trtrqftUgftdttu-
    q{ "tqilni\nqgqfu(r$qrftRtsn uBtl
    S1.44-f6 Ft'qnr 680
    @vvvvvvvvvvv vvvvvvvvw%

    ffiwr
    ffisqrl
    qfr rffi-
    r(ercqr&{qql
    Trs iliwrdqrsg*ir(g ll 8\ rl
    Slokas44 & 45. Ascercainthe tum,total of .tlre
    Raeiproducts obtainedby multiplying the figures in
    the eeveralrigns from Mesha onwardsby their appro,
    prlateRasi,multipliers.'fhese for the 12 signs ftom
    Meehaonwards ate 7, 10,8, 4, 10,5, T, 8, 9, 5, 11 and
    l2r Ascertainalsothe eum.totalof the Grahaprodgctr
    obtainedby nultiplying the figures in the signsoccu,
    pied by the severalplanetsinto their appropriateGraha
    multipliero. Theee for the 7 Grahao fro.m the Sun
    onwardsare6,6, 8, 5, 10,T and 5. Add the aggregete
    of Rnai prductt to the aggregateof Graha prodo"tr.
    Divide thc grand total by .30. If tbe quotient ohould
    exceed12 years,divide it by 1? and what is left exhibig
    tbc Ayur or perlod oil life giveo by the planet.
    Nores.
    cf. cflfi

    i swr"qtrftrqfiqq'ilt r
    aJ*,qrqf
    {€gssffflqrrilqur+?qgfuH
    q{ufrrilqgftf$gnft*r
    "Yt*
    q&rlq] il Uftfl: to.rfiTrTfi*
    nt: rt
    fu: dqrqgflratilRtrTFiltl *qrt I
    t'trlrg*il'uraiqrraggfiFqt:
    mnfrqw:r
    gqq npq{iqrqi qAgildq}(sr{;{t ,
    fiTqf
    fiftr"qrs{-{fr
    E nRrq*u r+qdI
    87
    690 qftrsclftfrr Adh. x.

    Ffrfr*qgfrq eiFEr
    u ualgil' rr
    €rp6.ffiqdqrur:fi.fl Rateqiil, t

    -t-
    l6
    I
    I

    Ii
    Sun'sA. V. S""t e-t/.
    a

    Af ter
    L After Rasi- 8
    Eliadhipatya Gunaliara I
    ( s l . 4 4 - 4 s ,I)-
    reduction
    Slokas39-42 Rasi Gunaka
    :162.

    ,6I '*i
    30

    0
    .l
    I
    S i m i l a r l y t h e G r a h a G u n a k aw i l l b e 9 0 , [ c o r n p o s eodf l 0 + l 4
    for Mercury and Venusin Mithuna, l0 forthe Sun in Kataka.
    20 for Jupiter in Tula, l6 for Nlars in Vrischika, l0 for Saturn
    in Kumbha and l0 for the Moon in Meerra.l
    The sum of Rasi Gunaka and Graha Gunaka is 162*90 or 252.
    The Ayus contributed by the Sun is ,"t# or 8l years. Simi-
    larly for the other planets.
    tsut both sor+( (Balabha,dra)and q;Qq1 (Manthreswara)pres-
    cribe a methoddifierent from this for calculating the ftafr++.rigeiu
    (Bhi nnashtakavargayurdaya).

    S gFr.qrni;q nsf\dq*qgq:r
    ggfiafietrEFgqqluq?
    qqf;-cs lt
    : srrr( |
    dTqilfrq+g;qqrm€qfi-fl
    ssfinfuql&co-eo
    ffipgq: 11
    Multiply the sum total of the two products (r22,, those for
    Rasi and Graha) by 7 and divirle the prociuctby 27. The quotient
    will be in years,monrhs, etc. When the number of years thus
    obtainedexceeds27, subtract from it 27 or multiples of 27. The
    r e s u l t w r 1 1b e t h e A y u s g i v e n b v t h e p l a n e t w h e n n o t l i a b l e t o t h e
    reductionsto be mentionedat the foct-note to the next sloka.
    sI.46 qrfclstumr 69r

    qrd{ t
    v* rns irgtt dEt4*ri rmarrftrrrirar
    qelsffrri trgqrilqrgffiar
    ir+ Agrfifii qr( tl 8q ll
    Slttkn 46. If a planet be in its enltation, double
    the number o{ yearsobtained for it by the Ashtakavarga
    process. If it b: depressedor eclipsed, the number of
    years in its caseis to be halved. Obtain by proportion
    the Ayus when the planet occupies an intermediate
    position In the case of Mars when retrograde, the
    Ayus obtained is to be doubled.
    Nores.
    Corr,parewhat q;}q( & qd.t4 say on the subject :
    ur.q)"qrq6ruiqeg* g {R+;1|
    'it?sdq<il5"q{quig nr}a rr
    qd*firrrrilr erlrfu nrrrt
    qqotrq{ilqq}Gt: qrdflr{qqrqfE
    ll
    qgci qrfr qrt +rtt(effi{q I
    qaRrd H{qr{ 5.qr qfl*i f{qfanq,tt
    rndsoerigqtg,iq-ffi q n{tq: I
    ta

    KqlqqqrFr-qsFErds qt|t rtE( ll


    Ei rqruridqt qrriOdr 1q :qt I
    ('c\\
    qgilE111rfiq:fl?rilgiqFrr: 11
    The Ayus obtained is to be halved when the planet yiclding
    the Ayurdaya has another planet associated with it in tbe ssmc
    bhava. The same reduction is to be made when a planet is dep-
    ressedor obscured by the Sun's reys. If the planet occupy an
    inimical houseor be in the visible hemrsphere,the reduction is by
    t. When tbe Sun and the Moon being in the nodessuffer eclipse,
    the reduction is also 5y *. Where several reductionscrop up, it
    will be enough if the greatest of them be made. The net years,
    nronths,&c. thus obtained is to be multiplied by 3'z+ end divided
    691 FrirFl|r{ilftr Adh x,
    by 36S. 'I'heLfe.prriqdwill be obtainedin yaars(of
    IOSaarsl
    monthsretc. In this way, s,scertain
    severallythe DasaperioJsof
    all the planets. l'he Ashtakavarga
    processls the bestof all.

    g$Tffig{qffitf*ffi* |
    qrqrftfl$ffieqfrqreqrgru u\etl
    Slofu 47. In the caseof planetrthat haveattrined
    their qu&+lqr,qte (Moolatrikonr, Swakahetra)or a
    friendlyhouseor occupy such benefic vargasas their
    exaltation,
    andarein conjunctionwith benefteplaneto
    or arc aspectedby them,the Ayus ir to be calculatedin
    the mannerprescribedabove. When E pleoeris in the
    vargaof a maleficor inimical planet the Ayuo arrived
    at mustundergoreduction.
    tftq€qiqiq(vdqqri qurgi rtrffil qnqnr{ |
    qfuowqrq
    +f\ErEfrwr(
    €utfrirdqws
    riscrr
    Sloha 48" The oumberof yearcrepreeeoting the
    maximumperiod of life in the caseof men obtained
    ir
    by putting togetherthe figurer denotingthe yearegiven
    by thd Sun and other plineta. Theaetatt.r, ,o.-"
    ,.y
    upoothe authority of greatteachers(like rcrn-pararara)
    ghouldbe supplementedby the number
    of yearsfor the
    Lagna (deducedlrom the Lagnaashtakavaiga) in order
    to get the Ayua conformablywith the conditionrof
    any horoscopothat may be underexamination.
    Norrs.
    Tbe fcllowing slokas from rRlir1 (parasara) give tho deteils
    of the orfcfi+tl (Lagnastrtakavarga).
    sTqFqri 5qaqln€re faflsf,qI
    sl.4t| qcr*$il: 000

    En€ng*g{tnr drqttrrrnfr*r:tt
    trst sl*qgeilqt:qirtnpsar, r
    oqr*qry(gd s{ gifrfirr nfrrr
    {< g*mw$ {* il'c.1'4a,nr
    qt wfHilfr fr art g*mm tl
    dq-* on R,hffi ssq ftRoq.r
    il o*tretlE|ifiq tl
    T , AG N A R E K H A C H AKRAM.

    4
    5
    6
    7
    8
    9
    l0
    1l

    In the I-agna Ashtakavarga, the bencfic placos of the Lagna


    are the 3rd, 4th, 6th lOtb, llth and l2th housesfrom the Sun
    t h e 3 - d , 6 t h , i O t h , l l r h a n d l 2 t h h o u s e sf r o m t h e M o o n ; t h e l s t ,
    3 r d , 6 t h , l O t h a n d l l t b h o u s e sf r o m M a r s ; t h c l s t , z n d , 4 t h , 6 t h ,
    694 Enrcftcte Adh.x.

    8th, l0th and llth)houses from Mercury; the lst, ?nd, +th, 5th'
    6th, 7th, 9th, l0th'and I lth housesfro:n Jupiter; the lst, 2nd, 3rd,
    4th,5th,8thand 9thplaces flom Venus; the lst, 3rd' 4th,6th,
    , e 3rd, 6th' lOth
    l O t h a n d l l t h p l a c c sf r o m S a t u r n : a n d 1 a s t 1 5t' h
    and I lth places from itself.

    ffiqAqttqrsEllq{r
    qrgt{ ir{ran} Sqqrqgisqil ll 8q ll
    5loh.t 49. Wben the Moon occupies any bhava
    other than a Kendra and is in conjunctionwith another
    planet, it is the Ashtakavargayurdayathat should be
    calculated. The same Ayurdaya is appropriate when
    the 10th bhava is occupied by benefic and malefic
    planets..

    eqrRffieqfirqrm I eqitqqrifr{rfugtcurl
    t
    hilrfltqqilg(6El rt{tk q{ awrftqt{ ll \o ll
    Stoka 50. The figures indicating beneficdots that
    appearin the rigns occupiedby the Sun and other planeta
    in any fqqre*qrt(Bhinnashtakavarga) whe n put together
    representthe number of yearsof Ayurdaya arising from
    tbat Bhinnaehtakavarga subject to the reductions men'
    tioned already.
    Norrs.
    The total of the net Ayurdayas in the 7 Bhinnashtakavargas
    i s t h e l e n g t h o f l i f " , a c c o r d i n gt o t h e v i e v e x p o u n d e di n t h i s s l o k a .

    llll
    ((csrfsr{rEfi;ggfui sd
    uJEqr*iirs
    fioffiqasnf\qftqdadrffitfr t
    ililGqifr qAlnq* ffqi gttf d e'i
    ftoli {qd}( ftW{awtgq qr ll \t ll
    drile{n
    sl.61-5tl qrrriswtrr 606

    the two reductionsand multiply the total of the reoeio'


    (beforc
    ing beneficdots into the numberof beneficdoto
    planct ir
    reiuction) in the particularbhdvawhereofthe
    *to tX.rttka,) reckonedfrom the place occupiedby tbe
    planet. Divide the product by Z? and ascertrin the
    asterismcorrecpondinq to the remainder'When Saturn
    deathwill take placeof the
    frr.., throughihis asterism, (Karakr)'
    p*ron indicated by the bhava and its ryto
    it,l," Sun be the qrErm$(bhavakaraka),it is the father
    that will die; if the Moon, the mother; if Mars, a bro'
    ther ; if Mercury, a reiation; if Jupiter, a eoo: if
    Venus,a wife; if Saturn, it is the owner of the boro&
    copethat wilt die; if at the time mentioned,the perooor
    nameddo not die, someothetson a par with then will
    die or much wealthand prosperitywill be lort'
    Norrs.
    l-hus,intbeexampleinp.65T,thegthhousecouqtcdfrom
    the sun's Ashtakavarge b
    the sun is Meena. The figure there in
    total of the bonefic dots rc'
    5 biile chart in p. 636)' The sum
    is l9 (seep' 690)' Multiplyiqg
    maining after tbe two reductions
    get l4' The l4th star countcd
    5 by t9 and dividiug bv 27 we
    passesthrough thil
    fro- A.*ioi is R:n (Chithra). When Saturn
    of tho native or somc
    asterism, we have to say that the {ather
    may die or much wealth and prospcrity
    others on a par with him
    may bo lost.
    c
    ll sFr €gEFtlgdn:ll
    ffil sqrfueqr{rtetqiiqqrcftdFtrffidE{ t
    {6qG6trrqq{+srqt furywrtw qErftlf \R ll
    Sloha 57. Draw up a diagramof the zodiacexhi
    biting in itc severalhousesthe aggregatebenefic dot!
    096 I'liTcrntlli Adh.x.
    given by the Eunand other plane$ dnd arrangedeppro,
    priately in Mesha and the other Reriu. I shell now
    ptoeeedto treat of the effect upon eachbhevsof the
    beneficdots groupedin lt.
    NoTEs.
    The following 2 mnemobic slokas from (qiqt) Manthres-
    wafe'b q,otfr+t (Phaiadeepika) give the aggregate of the benefic
    dots appearingin the l2 places with referenceto the sevenplanets
    and the lagna in the several Ashtakavargas; The order of the
    planets is from the Sun onwards,and Lagna appearsas the 8th.
    The figuresate indicated by the convention commonly called
    *zccdtq(qt (Katapayadhisankhya) given below.: (l) drk{s (Ka-
    dinava), (z) afra* (Tadinava), (:) qrftcs (Padipancha), (+) qrqfr
    (tadyashtow)
    3 t 3 3 | 34 53 51-r 9 t 5 9t 5 9' '31 |
    rnir TR* ar-{qn{rqtgtrrrfrgrr{t fir*@rrrrqi r
    4-5 35 I 3l {167? 3 15t6 6 1t55?S
    ff rrH qgrrrs-digri.i+ohurg ffflii n
    9' t2 3 4r!21 7 3 | 3 3 A 4 42 J 4 :l 6 3
    eif: ct rtt{*rTffi {rrft q-jt rnrnrfhfurGr, r
    -a.l _4 4 { 33{ 44 6r 5 3 56 2 6 I 9t 6?l
    ftfr lessFrccfreqrcr qil {c ctftott ihiEE tl
    The figuresin the l2 placesfrornthe Sun are respectively 3,
    3, 3, 3, 2, 3, +, 5, 3, 5, 7, 2; from the Moon,2, 3. 5,2, 2, 5, 2, 2,
    2 , 3 , 7 , 1 ; f r o r nM a r s , 1+ ', s , 3 , 5 , 2 , 3 , + , + , + , 6 , 7 , 2 ; f r o mM e r -
    cury 3, l, 5, 2, 6, 6, I , 2, 5, 5, 7, 3; from JupiterS2, 2, | , 2, 3, +,
    2 , 4 , 2 , + , 7 , 3 I f r o r nV e n u s2, , 3 , 3 , 3 , + , + , Z , 3 , + , 3 , 6 , 3 ; f r o m
    Saturn 3, 2, 4, 4, +, 3, 3, +, 4, 4, 6, l; from Lagna,5, 3, S, 5, 2,
    6, l, 2,2,6,7,l,
    The statementin the next pageshows in a tabulal form the
    figuresof beneficdots for the esfumcf(SarvashtakaNarga)accord-
    * The figuresfrom
    Mars ought to be 4, s, 3, +, 3, 3, +, 4, 4,
    6,7, 2. But see foot-note to gfiE{ari,(Strkrashtakavarga)p. 652,
    S T h e f i g u r e sf r o m J u p i t e ro u g h t t a b e 2 , l , 1 , 2 , 3 , + , 2 , 4 , 2 ,
    4,7r 4. But see foot-note 1e aqtE+-qii(Chandrashtakavarga) p.
    650.
    $L 6rF63 qqrdls$rm: 69?
    -v.

    ing to the above slokas for the sample horoscope reforred to in


    page 657. It enables one to find out from a glance how
    mrny
    beneficdots bave been cortributed by the severalplanets in oech
    of the 12 Rasis.

    .l
    :.!)

    4 a 37
    4 3l
    llithuirr 2 'I
    4 5 zit
    l(uhLa 2 I 3 .:) z.l
    ;';;.; r) () 3 5 37
    Kruye 2 I J 4 t') 3C
    Tula (a ) ,| 'tb
    t) i,

    ;;,";,,;; 2 ,l 6 4 () 29
    ..'
    D
    Dhanus
    5 I il I 22
    ;;;""" o ')
    I r) .1 I 2 2+
    r
    a 9m bhe
    1 I 4 3 2 27
    lf,eena 3lz
    '6 49
    o t
    6 ;n
    .:137

    qrqefit{ftsil;q$or',3 ftq-
    qrfraEa(Rmfrq qrr{qn?|
    fr{rffirfrr gt*fr-{q{€i{nq
    q er${rtn \l n
    ilgr+dAsuqrfr
    S/trft,r 53. In the trsiu+sf lSarvashtakavarga),the
    8b
    @B qrisrfuft Adh. x.

    -r"r.t -*" doo


    "t 25 to 30 beneficdots in a
    arevoid of effect. From
    bhava produce medium effect. More than 30 benefic
    dots in any bhava produce happineso, wealth and fame
    while eerving to advancethe bhava wherein they appear.
    NorBs.
    Statement showing the several i.lers'l{,i (Bhinnashtaka Var-
    ga) figures for the same horoscope.

    o la IFI
    lp lSarvasbta-
    lq) ka Varsa
    a t> tu) I

    Mesba ,l 7 + 7 'l'i 37 6

    Vrishabhe 7||,3 ( 3 -i -l 3r 3

    IlIithuna zl2 6 T
    I
    'l 'l 2+ +
    Kat'aka 2l 3 3 7 sl2l ?3 +
    Simhe 7l6 ti 3 +i J 37 5

    Kanya Jl o 5 5 30 +
    Tula 3t3 + 5 6 25 3

    Vrischika sl I 5 6 3 29 5

    Dhanus +t 6 + 3 I I c2 3

    Nlakara 2l s ? .{ .1
    T /+ 5

    Kumbha 5t2 + +
    Meeoa
    l'l si -t
    q
    I
    T
    I
    3

    Total
    FFi r+l 56
    I
    +9

    cl. su{t{t{r
    t q. il{tqt {IttT(T:t
    ft{rr{qmsor
    qsfi{E?qtqui q,i dglrqq:so{ ll
    sI.64-66 qtrfr$Tqr 699

    Also qmfltt
    ftrfr+ tsftilerra{frmafhilrrrd } a{n:
    |sr quqlq .fi$: 6q1 {i rar geili }silft: r
    ffqtfutrfliqrgilng q q{nAg +rig merl
    srQ sqErr'.€figqfAqd)rs+sat{rqitt

    Sloha 54. Planets occupying, it may b:, tlreir


    exaltatron, their own, a friend'e house, a frrkona, a
    Kendra, or an vrtr4 (tJpachaya) place or posaesscdof
    such strength as is derived from being in benefir ,"'arg:ur,
    may do evil if associatedwith insufficient ber,e'frcdots
    (in the neluo-+rt-5.rva
    shtak,rvarga).
    t qn{rtfrgcqgrtrrrrnr
    t flqqrqftgrMsif,ls I
    n qrffiilfl tr{ inqfiq
    t r{geqsoErtiqftitq.{r*( u \\ tl
    Slo&c 55. Planetswhich as occupyingportions of
    the l2th, the 6rh, the 8th or the Zth bhavas are consi-
    dered m:rlefic; secondly,thoee that are in the vargas of
    their depressionsigns or of maleficor inimical pianets;
    3rdly and lasdy, thosethat conepirein conjunctionwith
    the lord of the sign occupied by crflq (Mandhi) ro
    work evil-these three classesof planets, i{ only associ-
    ated with a higher number of benefic dots, produce all
    important beneficial reeultsto the personconcerned.
    qnfuilrgrqztqgtiorwggiiqfr ftrs{rfi r
    RrM* ffi Enr6
    g(fi fuq{t{s's! tt\q tl
    qraTcrftqri Adh. x.

    Slohn 56. If in the scis+ilt (Sarvarhaka:Varga)


    the number of benefic dote in the Llth bhava be greater
    than that in tl're l0ch, but the figure in the lZth lower
    than that in the L lth and if the f igure in the Lagna
    exceedthe figure in the lzth bhava, the pereon born
    will be h"ppy with abundanceof wealth, fame and
    strength,
    cf . qodfc+r
    rTEql.$otfit eril epil.duf& 6q+ t
    qs ;q,tTfq*q* ,itlarafiaquttr tr
    troqx'inq.qqfigfrz{rEi
    flqirgsqrJflqq{Q;ggtrqI
    wer{ qErrHwdftii qgif
    *firyrftdla qqqfk d* ll \\e ll
    Slcrla 5?. Three divisions maJeof the 1l signs,
    the first commencing with Meena, the second with
    Karkatakaand the third with Vrischika and exhibitirrg
    eachits own beneficdots in its respectiva t housesare
    madeto indicatetht first, tlta middle and the concluding
    portion of the life under examination. Some opine
    that the three grand divisions are madefrom the 6{qrm
    (Vyayabhava)to begin with.
    cf, qa+Acr
    4fio6rquql'fiqufrm€u-'sd'req+-
    qlq{rftrdrR} g qqnF5qil fiq(akgqq t
    qet quqqqqqtfldqEqF4ii5;gqrrUft HT
    SarflFqsqftq{Fr Eaq}a aqrftE:dffq: ll
    frqi w.-{r B;qufrqqni iird t*od}i!1qEgfiil€iil |
    {FqqeqriY{qft;gt}ulfi{ grr{ wqEttgft1un{qa
    sl_68-60 qrrfrsqrc: 701

    S/otc 58. Some recommend the omission of the


    beneficdots in the tzrh as well as in the 8th bhava
    fron their severaldivisions ; rhe aggregateb:nefic dots
    in any one division shourd be comparedwith the same
    in the other two If the figures in the three divisions
    b: equal, the life of the person concerned would be a
    mixed o:rewith its joys and sorrows evenlydistributed;
    if unequal,the lower figure implies diminution of com_
    Iort, i.e. misery; the higher one betokens increaeed
    c<>mforts, i.e. prosperity.

    drqrtrd qft gffit f}qt ftaqli


    rro-sq$rqqw€dbvqtlrrui qr( |
    \9^
    li|;g€aqi t{R rqqamq{q qrq{r{
    ifunttqt {qft itgo{u}iri rsrr(!n \q tl
    S/;i?a 59. If b:nefic planets occupy the signsof
    any division. the porrion of life eorrespondirrgto this
    eq (khanda)will be happv. If the signsof a Grog(khan-
    da) have both malefic and benefic planets in them, the
    effect on the porrion of the life typified by the arl€
    (khanda)will be mised; if any division containsmalefic
    planets exclusively,the period of life representedwill
    abound in accessionsof affiiccion. If the numb:r of
    beneficCots in any division be smrll, the personborn
    will suf{er from diseasearrrl ment.rl pain and will be
    rpeakingevil things. Ii there be a preponderance of
    benefic dots in a <Tos(Khanda), the person concerned
    will enjoy extensive prosperity in the period of life
    thus distinguished.
    qrqi rrqqFT{|
    rraiFgd,rqfrrr{{rrTdrqrdii
    iq=tg* qrftitqrgiit qrcrwqsiiqurotn\ n Qotl
    7U2 qTlrqrfuft A&r. X.
    --'--- -----v--''

    Sloha 6A, If a pirron have hia birth under a yogx


    betokenioggreatProsperity,he will, upon the expiry of
    a nrrmberof yearsindicatedby the eqls+T{t(sarvaehtakr
    Varga) igures in the Lagn4 be in a fair way to get a
    royal .rehiil. (such as a palanquin),riches, sons and
    knowledgesurPassinglY great.

    Rrqrqtaq;qrt{rflq irtn-brqrfrfigidi t t
    {r${qFilllqt tl
    GnRIqIg+ftRI!
    uil qrEfu;Sd€qm{trTl
    .Sl.rbrr61. When the lord of the l2th bhava occu'
    piesthe lst represented by a Rasi baiungingto S'rturn'
    and when the lords of the Lagna and the 8th bhav;rare
    weak,th: pcrsonborn will livc as many yearsas there
    are beneficdots in CheLagna in the edemrl(Srrvashtaka
    Varga).
    qfdrqtt,oqtqrar&o*rdttertr\errtfrrt
    fiqriircqrR;fi1ffiqt( qrartrqmiln dm QR
    Sloku (,L. When the lord of the 4th bhavr is in
    the Lagnr and the lord thereof is in the 4ch,and wh:n
    the numberof b:nefic dots in eachof the Rrsis occupieC
    by theseplanetsts :)3,the persons born will'brome
    lords of men and centresof kingly glory.

    6iqq;ffi fiEflts tt{;qmri\qqfr?.qilsI


    qnt;fliiqgi{ q {rcriqiErft{rtrwtt-*f{fdll ql ll
    Slofta 63. When the lst,4th and the 1lth bhavas
    areeachassociatedwith benefic dots exceeding30, the
    personborn will, afier his 40th year, attain to power
    irrd protp.rity irr abundanceculminatingin kingchip'
    TIilT{iit{
    r;gfuer aqqdt${hE{qt
    sl. 64-6? qqfrsqrq: ?08

    qqsk q€ ffifftrwn
    qA rt {I({t Eriwfiras tl qu ll
    Sloha 64. If the number of benefic dots ir the 4th
    and in the 9th Rasi from the Lrgna lie betweerr25 and
    30, the person born will be rich as Kubera at the end
    of 28 yearoor in gome year subsequentthereto.

    t{rqrt {raq0€g* qtqrftrrftrgtcqr{itI


    tqrqft uqt ilqlt ilfr ilqt oetreqt'{ilql llq\ll
    Sloka 65. When Jupiteroccupying the 4th bhava
    with 40 beneficdots and the
    in exaltationis associated
    Sun is in Mesha identical with the Lrgnr, the Percon
    born will becomea king and be in command of a 1001000
    horse.
    qiqrfrdtegh ffi qri qtt ilft ffi t
    *+ fit t,tir nggt q1ilc{*q{r w{Sqrll qq ll
    Sloka 66. With 40 benefic dots in the Lagna,
    with Jupiter in Dhanus,with Venuoin Meena, with
    Mars in exaltation and with Satgrn in Kumbha,the
    personborn should becomean emperorblese ed with
    every kind of good fortune.

    ffinfritcq\qqrn q{F( {ilftqqfter*,


    sorf\{i qliit ft{ei qqGsRqgtrt *3 11Qull
    'fhe
    Sloka 67. four quarters beginning with the
    East have been assigned to the four triade of Raair
    whereof the first are Mesha, Vrishabha, Mithuna and
    Kataka(Vrdc Adhyaya I sl. 13). With refetenceto a
    hororcope that may be under examinacion,ascertain the
    quarter in which there is an abundanceof benefic dotr;
    't04 aftrFtmEnil Adh. x.

    t,
    acceEsionto his wealth, etc.
    oqrflt{;q;(rrdgt$r dWq.anr6oaqqit
    (aqG qlt qR {luri n ffiqtqr ii$or .RFrTtll
    SJ.;Aa68. Find the aggregateo{ benefic dots frtrm
    the Laqna to Saturn (both ioclusive; Multiply it by 7
    and divide thc product by 27. Whcn, in the asterism
    indicatcdby the remainder(reckonedfrom Aswini) or
    its Trikona, the Sun and other malignant planets pass,
    the personconcernedwill suffer from dieeasesand other
    ills on a large scale.
    qqfto{Fffiei q Gg{r;(r{Klgqrlq $Enr;q I
    gt{qdqqrTrcdrc*rqi
    gq{t M {$il ttqq ll
    Sloka 69. Deal in the above way with the aggre,
    gate of benefic dots countecifrom Saturn to Lagna,and
    with those lrom Mars to Lagna,as w,ll as from L gna
    to Mars, severally. Find the aggregareof beneficdots
    in the Rasis occupied by benefic planetsand the star
    indicated thereby. When a benefic planet passes
    through thie asteri$m, good things, they say, may be
    expected.
    Nores.
    ef. s-d-4fr{r
    q<r;ntdias sorfi i I
    offrFrnzfr
    saf{dq}.qa{IFHH fA{r€iTlFs-€{||
    d.flrTrnrriai g:ti qr ilrtrri$qrqI
    qi rirf4ear=ddqrrd"oi so{.rr
    Also erctt?t
    oilfl tq g'lferalalqnGrrdiT,T g{iqr
    g* ilfut gerHnnafis-€gflr6q+
    iiqdir' r
    sr ?0 q**srrtrr ?05

    r;ErqrufitqftftggrarruTfuti R€nt-
    frRqgqdi4lR*+Fqiltitl
    Er+qeifrs.qr
    The following additional information based on the tr{iE6q{
    (Sarvashtakavarga) figures are extracted from qa*tttr.
    g,ilqt-
    oilrr6qTerrq.firrTqdqffiFqrq{}&
    q-dqlrr QQrqT{$s{rgeq qqKEiII I

    qrftqa qrgrfttnfi n:fier q €qGq( ll


    offrqsqgfqdq{qi qFqrAqtq*
    amihaqwflaqqfFle{rft flq}q+( t
    sTr&{,iq-g'ilqre qi{ iqig{dt stqe:
    qfid qR frq*rsft{drrerqqmffir Hrq.ll
    *-qFqrq{qqqflraqri}frq{ii I gqrErft 1
    qq:gqlgt fuq. il
    ilqrqft+reqrq-dqqrR
    .if rftr' qftarftfrstrtrq+t
    nwn* +*
    ilqi qawai wvgfh,EifQqsFeiI
    'qlqqffiqfrqilftFaFq
    d q rqflT?-
    E{ i}w}flsq: u
    d=flflfrqi: FIIITqrrffr
    qsrfrqcita*urqdl wiruqtt;ecq Rffil t
    qqfr"ql q Etqil{tqrfr wtssfifki qq ll so ll
    St ftc ?0. Make the Trih.rna anrl Ekadhiptya
    reductions in regard to the cetEssrt($arvaohtakavarga|
    figum Out of the figuresleft afterthe two reductions
    in the reveral Raeie, go on subtractingl? ar often ar
    poroible. If the redtrcedfigure happenoto be 1l iteelf,
    it 's not to bc taken awayr The figurec containedin
    Nlcrha and other Rrir are to be thuc treated.
    89
    706 qrilTwRqrt Adh. x.
    q4e-{iiffgq-s qqqi uftrqret r
    qrrqfh*oi fr{hq qart+T&qeryar{rt
    qsfu( queorft+,idqlq*qos€q I
    enie g 'Ifrqrt{n{gufrrgtt
    r*cgq+Rea q'f+qEqq:q1|
    s.dfaeaa'R{ ssfqdqirgq: tr
    ggfffiqarsl wrg:fioq:qfiqt I
    Alq{TRgqrwq qrsrRqflorcn: tl
    mqd o afroequeoalq*q flq r
    uail g rldhrflqtgdTrd.rfl
    rr
    aBqs+e F-iqrq(r*.{fiqf+dqr
    qa{q* tt
    nflH€iTo-rtrgqtil$r-q

    {itni flftrqqrWrhr
    asqzidrq
    a€ri$egqor6i o.!rqrR.i;qq I
    nilf\ri ftqaq{t mmrgftr*r
    ri{r rrii ftqqiiqtqig$rgqqqr rf el tl
    Sloha71. Multiply the net figuresin the (qqH)
    Sarvashtakavarga(after the reductions mentioned in
    the previousslokahavebeen made)by the zodiacaland
    planetaryfactorsand makean aggregate of the producte.
    Multiply thia by 7 and divide the productby 27. The
    quotientconsistingof years, montho, daye, etc., if in
    excet!of the standardAyuo, i,e, L00yearE,ahouldbe
    diminishedby 100yeara; if chort of 100 ic to be kept
    unaltered. This will repreEentthe anlrrgt (Nakohatra
    Ayus) which when multipliedby tLa anddividedby
    365 will give the period of life correctly in oolaryearE.
    sI.72-?3 qqisrqrq: 701

    gt'rqruuqqrF(s{il1 qRoftqqsaqmqqr(
    ll el ll
    Sloka 72. The yearsiaking up the life whether
    ehort,middleor long of a person (obtainedby the pro'
    ceEBabove mentioned)will equarewith the period
    otherwise obtained,by the diminution or addition as
    the casemay be of a multipleof 27 accertrineduPon an
    examinatioo of tbe aEpect,if any, upon the Lagna, by
    beneficplanets.

    qrffirrG$ocrrcJrqrtt
    {Rrrfqq€gqrroR;gdor
    tdfteK $ruelqu(Kr( ll sQ 11
    ll tR qqfrswtt tt
    Stoha7\. In the work 6f Jatakaparijata compiled
    by Vaidyanathaand containing the essence of treatises
    on planetaryeffects suchas Parasara"s, the chapteron
    benlfic dots, appearingin the Aghtakavargasdeeignated
    r<m (Prasthara),fm (Bhinna) and €3Erq (Samudaya)
    has been treated bv the graceof the entire body of
    Planets'
    NorES.
    The following from soq-( (Balabhadra) for ascertaining thc
    month and the asterism of the death of a person will be found
    uscful:-
    \
    lt sTq q{oTTTt€f,FtrI11
    tq rgut}dffuq*qq*fr i tr
    ?6 Adh K

    elc{ttrarF}i qqrM r* t
    ug ffi ffqrffqmftx*umqrftqt (
    qqtqffirftqEqrqru$fr5 r
    oFTqErrqE6 s{ffi3xfr1 x
    qfu5mor: FqroTI r
    fli' rgizfior€m'
    qnfrErecr€dq qlq+ffFs\ rgt n
    metqrrfi qfut ilfu.qfr?ft d( |
    affi qrftfiqqa* ftfrir tt
    qsrrftqfrfi+ qd qtsIElftqr t
    qrrelRflrqq n'qTtqrq qt{ tt
    sqqfr,{iq;qflq{ I
    eutt Afrqrt ffa q frqqdn r
    wqeqhttq;qffii{tnrqfi qr tt
    s$ q:vBftt fiqq q fifrf{in r
    q-Tqffreilm} q-.rsfrqlRil u
    arTfi-ffi qrRtqt Udqt €R: I
    End of the 10th Adhyaya.
    -"1t&--L*'-
    t

    c/. Wrm<
    q?E:*rrrd: q*rqft q+E qs{RFII triffr
    ft?t gqqhfr Trmrr:err;a:rQit gt: r
    qrfr rrRq€rnqt fto'o: rtqtEfg$gf*: r
    tri {rqrril: s$rsrtfrke , traftn fiPga:u
    qtf rercftFfinfuoqrgcqft
    osrga: scqf nrcrqiFfa:t
    td grn$F0rurr;qgl3lqJfi: .w!s:,:
    ffirHqfuvuqrr
    *rogqP{gtf.r
    rfrdt i}f*crfi:
    qgsrrffi rrclftgq co'rfr r
    r*ft rl gq a*
    Er€rrggq'.{r;f,
    ' Ecft rnur;n'ikqgc€ tri tr sIP,
    en{igdr rds* k*tsRrfriA:
    qrtfrRfr rr{n} agg:tltfr+: I
    g:crFiti'r rraqfi aftarfhgdr
    t{TFft e.afr *eg6oorct rr
    61ssnrc{er
    t[s: srfr gftt: ntc: lrdr ftfift* rftr: r
    Roq: qoa rftr& m cfiTt ctt ERqru ,,
    dt Tqft s frE: ss: srJt gg{rJt Uhn: I
    irtt: gvqtrsf: ail: r$zfouqroarrr
    , ffir tfrge6lr cEftTil fttf*r&cqr
    qnmorcqat qdr a?i *r: trgrtorre:rt
    q?t ftq{fk gtq: cdrcEvrrftaruQgqr}.I
    vqqrfu hdrl qqqa.tftnqgs3 rl
    tstq: stft q;qft rarfr gcrFt rr+rR<rtr1r
    W*tqecfh* {a'rr;a$Erctf.{q-?aRu .^
    gR* lEosfi gftril'fffift{qilaqR{i; r
    gfq6rrscrftqr{: {rc€t5r.nsnr i rrqte
    rt
    trr;i qqtreartrr:g({qqirrlfrc€ni: qfuq: r
    ftqq cfrcsrt *futi wrri grl: 1 ,r.
    i
    {teqcra{q"}ftlqqfd gttl: sETffi t
    qfta: vdwts q cTslc?qqft ttreqre:n
    g:tsdikl*trtfl*: c{ts'rh {tfuare} g t
    tnfttr Ftqtid qqgiEdimltwis: r
    TgtTltrlrsrt{tqt {cir<iro: qfrfirfr Rgql 11
    il{rgccft AfW fi}d hi ci crg: t
    cceTriqftrs: ffi qfi6-{:rqrFt criqrq tl
    Frl<cdt' fto$ ftgcor{aAaftql t
    Crc{qg:qaq' qq6qila6l5gRarRtt :t
    a qrrit tir+rrrt tqqfr qo*Cft gtq: ll
    Eqrftilrqftilrffi{rtfl{tilu'{u'r
    EcqsrF(ffitat ?srdq rffim, lr tq ll
    Sloha. 19. Red,white,reddish,green'yellowirh,
    variegatedand blaclcare thd coloursof the planetsfrom
    tiheSun onwards. The samecolours are declaredto
    belongto them in queriesregardinglost articlm, etc.
    o/. Wnw
    tra: te rfrur*orRfte: fte:6,a0rtEfr qqtftq'qt ,
    Also qtqrffi
    era: grxrFr ilrrqi aqr dmffi: t
    RfuerRm'it: qil rr{lqr: tlricd: (q[T: tl
    ciinh g qewttarrui].r efitgcqqfttfsq'srrr: ; qanrr uftwr:
    ntffsl ilndWftieTs{Iftqw *rilit
    na,{rFrffi
    t
    qin"qq{ frraHg({qEroTf

    ,f,(efiRErfig€rfr{ret' F' t 1o ll
    Stroka, tLA The subst.ot"t ascribedto the planetc
    from the Suo onwardeare copper, gem$,gold, alloy of
    metalc,silver, pearls and iron. Fire, water, Kuoara
    8[. gt frrffisnm: 6t
    (Kartikeya),Virhnu, Indra,Indrani,and Brahma the
    are
    pre-oiding
    deitieeof the planets from the sun in their
    order.
    c/ ffr*trqr€r
    * il* tqFcftffifuilqa)
    ' ti.n g grrro*fr
    r* cqfr er qqrfus.c{rgrqrft* futtq r
    Tlr rqt ftr-dgit: gqdqft ikaqq il qd€nt cr{rrcfri
    c*q{ cFn curfr ftqkrishtr }lSgatl grft: I
    qrfiq rt * cs.& Rqirr ariq
    *dqnrr". is, u
    fttrigkqirfiq qf{ Uqorqt e rqqrft dii{r: I
    sffi I qft+rrJt Eaq{quq.ciTrilrdqrili13rE{rrtt drrqarq:
    qqqTrqi AtrqEnelYi 1 Vitlcatsor\dhyaya XVllI.st. 19. F-or
    the deities of the severalplanets c/. ratarr
    tqr .trwrt qaffqqqqfir€-eq*rdqgq :r
    c-d{r+-{"a*qfueg*i"r qtrg q+d ltrrr. tl
    ilr *cqrqrcqt qeraFirc?carqq&arqqi6aT: I alrr q qt?r.
    qi TrtTdi tga eiit *e,

    qr0tTiGnqrqstqffi
    Cfirqoffi-
    qEqqqRl{qr{'i fu ilwrql
    q q'hrr+-

    Slola. 21. The ruby is the Sun'spreciouectonei


    0 ptrreapotleospearlthat of the Moon, Coral belongr
    to lvfarg. Mercury's preciouc Etone is the emerald
    -rhapedlike the bird Garu_da.Topazberongoto Jupit.r.
    Venusowns diamond. Seturn'sgem ie ihe ,Lid.r,
    capphire. Agarea2dthe lapirlazdlior turkoic are caid
    to belong to the'remaining planets Rahu and Keru
    recpectively.
    '1
    36 qrdfitniln Adh. Il

    t
    Tt(uTrftT{ffirfui finiuirqredquryqrft
    satgqi*frAnemratqqnqq{ gq* qqFil lrlRrl
    Sloha.2L. Atl the sagessay that the articles ol
    apparelappropriatefor the $un and other planete Te t
    ttrict cloih, n.* fine robe,one singedby fire, a clotl'
    "
    waehedinwater, an ordinary garment,a durablemantle
    and a rag respectively.
    C/.-76wat
    q{ q13rrgvcfrs6d qc{ E* tsrftq 1u*fu)
    Alsosfifili(dr{Tol ..lpf
    . a . {.
    ;,
    tt1* d3qila at6+6frqt qbtrEii ,,.,,,,,uw
    I qcqqdr€6is qfofsftq r;qG&eiq tt
    Also. qKH€l
    {€nutt tTsrqaFrrFqcwact-rsagdufiilq tt

    rnrtGsrqrgfrilRrqrr;*ffifo' S' '


    rr11rr
    g.ufr6rt|**t:qwni*qc{fuweqlt:
    Sloha. 23' The Sun, Venue,Mars, R.ahu'Satur.n'
    the
    the Moon, Mercury and Jupiter are reepectively
    $outhweet'
    lords of the quarterEEast,South'Qlotr$outh'
    \il/'estr Nortliwesc, North and North'eaet reepectively'
    Vacantha
    The lorde of the six seasonsreckoning from
    V"noE, Mars, the Moon Mcrcury,' Jupitir'.and
    portions
    Sr*- accordingto the Drekkanasor the third
    "r.
    of a rign Presidedover bY them'
    NoTrs,
    a/. q1q-qei1
    rrq1:{ts: srrflIftr:tfi*q: nFa:mft t
    dr.akqttcrfr q'cr€crfrfrrrrf{rtr: n "
    RRsrfusA<t q *.*<rir qt qfhstr{Farrtqrdq' | {tr{sTftg
    Nqfrffiqilrcqrff{ qnrcsi
    sl. 28 ftffigatrc: 6l

    T^'v-v--'--:"--"'v
    trrelfiqqlt+lrEqt*ltstiqg: rtitT: ll
    ,rsrs r,
    WtR.r.&rcco*: rmftw4 {mansl,I
    i +-dt'{sitlEarq?l nrftfk fitsfta: qfrEq rr
    x'garfurirs* g asera* rsntn: q q ?lti'it qft rraft
    trt< Erd: r qft q qi a *.tsft qgi qr fwrurerFtairr r qft q
    tl qrrrr: rrrt: rra?)t irEr {vzt{cglia r artr q rIFRq:
    Tfutdtttfi soErdil<qrtg h{qr: rrqFt
    'f
    ha Ptancts and thc tcts,ns indicotcd bY thcntz-These are
    useful in finding out the proper seasons (of birttr) in the case of
    lost horoscopes.
    If there is a planet in the l-agna, then the season typified by
    that planet should be predicted' Wl-ren there are more than one
    platret in tl're Lagna, then it is rvith reference to the strongest
    planet. If there is no planet in the Lagna, it is only in that case
    that the season should be predicted with referenie to the planet
    orvning the Lagna l)rekkana'

    The six seasons'their approximate periodsand their'lords are


    given in the following statetnent:-
    -E=
    I
    Nameof the S"*.o., Approximate period. i Lord of the
    l From To I Seasorr.

    I *ma (Vasanta March 19th May Venus

    2 d,q (Grish h May l9th July Mars

    3c* (v 20th July 19thSeptr Moon

    4Tq (Sara Septr. 19thNovr Mercury

    5 tq.< 20th Novr l9th Jauuy

    6 RTRK (Sisi Januy l9th Satprd

    A!llio,tlion of thaptiwilh,-Suppose the Sun (in progrqssion


    t" p., *y sy"tei to be affiicted by the Moou. . Tie .renflt will
    bc ill-hca-lth and bad'things to the native in G'r-sbina({1qy
    a
    38 ||ilrtfuii Adb.'lt
    The Moon afficting Mercury by progressiou will bring i11.
    bealth in Sarat Ritu (qrcf,g). Good things may be similarly prc.
    dicted for the periods if there b" gpod aspects.

    Suppose for example the Moon has progressed to Aswini


    Nalishatra affiicted by Mars squnre opposition Saturo in a horo.
    scopeat the same time. \Ve have then to say that.troubles began
    itr l"ebruary and March (fqri],J(-SisiraSaturu's) and very badly in
    May and June (Grishnra-I\.Iars'.)

    MQiltrrffisl
    qRilEcqr
    isffikn 18 tl
    "gdfr"ors
    Sloka,24. A ehrine,a thore or river,bund, a fire
    place,a pleasure,ground,a treaEury,a bed,chamber,and
    a heapof rubbish are to be asoignedas the placec of
    the planets from the Sun onwatdE. Rahu and Ketu
    havetheir placesin the cornerEof a houoe.
    NoTr8.
    r/, 1q-wrct
    .rlqrffimM{grlft: f,irq" (rttO I rq}qt
    rucft rrl srfogtr} cscirrf-Cr"ttt{r+ ilqsrt lurq! r
    The articles of apparelof thi scveralpiaaots (mentionedin
    sloE 22),the placesassignedto them (Sl. 24) and tbe.substances
    1,.,
    01.94 frrftftsrqrc, U,
    rscribed to them (sl. 20) are mrrshalled for purposes
    of roforencc
    in the following statement.

    "-"o II
    I
    Their appropriate r articles of, Substances
    places apparel I ascribed
    I to them
    tun Temples,.
    ptacesoi la*r.u cloths f aooou,
    worship . I I
    Moon Marshyplaces ...lnu*
    . . . j N e w ccloths
    l o t h s .---l
    . . ' JI"*",
    ewel
    I ' (olnt-
    I t Mani)
    llWars Fire-placessuch as cloths ...1Cofa
    "rj Kitchen, Engine lBurnt
    I I
    rooms,etc. .._l. I
    Play grounds ...1,"",
    ...1
    I
    crotrrs
    ...fo,,"r.
    I
    Jupiter ...'Ir{ediunr clorhs Sif ver
    Venus I
    . . . . E x c e l l e n t l p-e a r l s
    I cloths |
    Saturn Hillock,, useless
    placeslRagr, torn | ,roo
    - clotbs
    Abfticntio; of thd oDoat_suppose the
    il{oon in progression
    (as per any system) cornes in
    trine tc Venus. It has to be
    predicted that the person will get or
    wear new aod good clothes.
    suppose the sun is square to Mars. we
    must say that cloths will
    be set fire to by accidents. In tire case
    of a nativity for example,
    the Moon, as ruler of the 4th house
    indicating investments,
    in cgnJunction n'ith Saturn means useless
    marshy lands, etc-

    fuGu:urmRteqru
    fteedrfiaflu<{,r, r
    Rftqw{d, gTfrrfld !ilt, {ft, q€ fiqrqilr;ilqrr
    Sloha.25, Mars.territoryextendsfrom Lankato
    the river Krirh'a. $ukra'cswdyprevailcfr;J;i;
    oentionedboundaryup to the river Gautioika.
    .lupit.,
    60 ftaoqft*it Adh. ll

    t"* t.* --..t ," t*rhy.. tt"tr ;*^ .


    the Gangeslies the region of Mercurl,r. Saturn has his
    sway over the countrt' frorn th: Ganges up to the
    Himalayas.

    Rfrqtffufifrf{raeft{qrd* trqrr{
    {d, qqgolfrq:{rRrgfrq;Eisqrdiqfr' r
    qffif {iimrililftrs
    A\\A\
    $ilfl ttwtgofrthuagf,r ilq'qrftfr il qq ll
    Sloka.26. JupirerandVenusare llrahmins. The
    SunandMars are Kshrtriyas. The Moon is a Vaisya.
    M:rcury is the lord o{ th,: SutJracommunity. $aturn
    is the ieaderof the c,utcast:.The Sun,
    Jupirerandthe
    Moon are planecs typifying rRq-Satva
    (puriryrgoodness).
    Venus and Mercury are ess:ntilllr the- planete
    of
    passion. Saturn.andMars own tqn-Tamasoi darkn:ss
    aetheir dietinguishing characteristic.
    (tst ho117,/. gqrm
    qrrfi?rgrnq rr3frir qftaqi& l?ra+rrnrqq r
    , fr,rrftrrcrqfuTr rr{til q|tir, (IsttrlTqrnrqrl
    -
    Also IfSTT{-fi
    " ficrQir: gfig€ silrfi rEft g,rhi{f}dtseo.rcrq tr
    according to tTncJ(the Varsya conrrnunity
    . .Rut is represented
    by the Moon and l\fercury and
    the Suclrasby Saturn. c/.
    nt.g*i flccfi gnr+rsic+ ftw r 'i
    rTGrqtrii?l€fi nfr: ltfr ftc}cr tt
    qdts-ct.rauflg qEqvr{ Sra{ar'vritga ,

    qfAq
    ags..r rfi i
    sriqrftFt -qtrqqq*{ q!,itccrdi ar€c: .:
    ,i
    I

    Justas the four ca-steshave been a1:portionedto the planets,


    it has to be inferred that the four:upa),as(qErTq'rqq-crr"t""uiai.palat
    viz (l) Hi{ Srma, (2) tr-Dana, (t) irt
    Bheda and (4) to*p.ia.
    81,2&27 frfrilrsrqtc: 61

    have also been assorted to the planets, thus: To Jnpiter and


    Venqs-Stg-Samp; to Mars and the Sun. rys-Danda; to the Mosn.
    {r-Danq and to Mercury and Saturn-\t Bheda.
    r/. ffitirc
    ffiq"T.nftffi$tr
    qrrllwr rnmft *Sg gr{rit,g* c I
    l'urther, the division of the planets into (l) biped (2) quadru-
    ped (3) n'inged and (4) reptile isaLso hinted a/, Xwil-a
    qclic*€gft q?tscrlrqtrrcs;e: r
    Gcerugaqlfcsqpr4rqilg"r*t rr
    (Lollu holfl y6""e gunas should be ascertained after
    cxamining the strength of the planets owning, occupying and
    aspecting the lagna and the Rasi occupieclr.by the Moon. Rut
    it must be renremberecl that the planet in rvhose Trimsamsa
    the Sun is situated plays a prominent lart io moulding the guna
    of the native c/. gqmt
    sr{ rrffcfuorra: fue*r rinilq3 qcrniq*gC[ |
    qsrq€t&FTfr Qlrcrqe {€({rQgor}r1r:Rrrq.I
    cttfrsft | <rErqrir*
    ,,qri tc<it cr fttri?r rr<I qrcft<rrEq tl
    "
    grqgqs€t
    c: €tRc{Ks qqrRrra €({r.*a rruq}cq|*: t r
    r*fur: ortrr-srqrcdffrsq'Gmrgrirsftqr: il :'
    ft*dftftlrgqt€rrqr F{rSt t{ft rd}.*rqr; r lft
    q;eib.&;fre'qf*{iq6nTrqrc(sriq}: seqrBgqN rr$ rnG
    €n t '{ir qc{eEsnrqe cAfltffi r agfi }q#tr'ilnr .,rqqlt
    ,R
    {fi rrisrr,l:" qft: qe ftnritr+fr gqrP{qilrg(.tT: I qqrf *rqt:
    ," qs f*aiarreqrt ggdt wra'$trr*rt "
    rffim .Tr-gfhftqg€:
    grif{fufr
    {qe.trq.E{FftS€,ft
    qq{rftd I
    :q4trqqq1}qqqq:
    f{T(qfrufthq
    Wqr{vrg@qfoqr: ll R\erl
    62 fimqrftilt Adh. II

    Sll}.a.'A7. Tne Sln, Mtrs an:lJupiter are males.


    Venusand the Moon are females. Srturn and Mercury
    are eunuchs. Jupiter, Mercury, Mrrs, $aturn and
    Venueare respectivelythe lords of Ether, Errth, Fire'
    Air and Water.
    (Lcttot halfl cl, tq'-il?rfi

    " Rf€a,.rrlrqrt{rai sfuir {iqgrrlr: stot "


    cdci tr{{r.{i qir{c$.ri arci :tt rft t cqrfi rr I
    ernic{r{iEei q s{site rra?.r <{{trcirF{ |
    ., Trlpxqr{.{{qqTqirqdr{Tr<r.ilqaqnrorrg}t1n

    s{rqt$q{ilRlrerqreefiftdqnntm
    sFrqqge :i
    rqmfilf6(glrgg+q;r
    qs fnfgrrftqgnd\(i{rrrfc {Ft[ 6qt-
    qrudfc{Ri{9fi[{€dnxlil! *tftcn ll le lt
    SJola. 28. The planets in the zodiac reckoned
    serialim from Saturnin accordance with the lengtlr of
    their orbitsareSaturn,Jupiter, Mrrs, the Sun, Venus
    Mercury,and th: Mrcn. Mrrs, Srturn, Jupiter, the
    Sun, Venus, the Mocn anC Budha are respectivelv
    declared to be the lords of the following constituent
    elem:ntsof the bedy: mrrrow, m rscle,fat or grea$e,
    bone,semen,blood,and skin.
    Nores.
    (Fhd halll.Vidc Sroka 71, infta,
    (Latlet ha[) al,Iqsmr6
    rf€ftt{qq"rtrt 316{0 ! ctnr
    rrqr*i6qgtgtscrftcr: rr
    rdrrt g wmtt * dt cacrd tnrgRrq: rqrqflr\ inrilc
    crfr mk-Tlt Gffisl& qi ftccctr*a{T: .{rflrrt rr qril<tfl
    rqrntqrrlffiqc{**r ftn r rurW rr
    s!.2e fffilstrr: 63

    All diseasesmentioned in Chapter VI are based upon this :


    r. g. Mercury governs slin diseases. Venus governs venereal
    diseases.. Jupiter governs brain rliseases, such as madness, etc.
    The Moon governs diabetes,menstrual diseases,etc.

    erffidlqnTdsq{ilqrf I

    tfficqlrnr<ft;ttq{ n iq tl
    -\loha.29.Saline,pungent.astringent, Eweet,bitter
    acid,and mixed flavourshave for their lords the Moon,
    the $un, Satunr, Jupiter Mars Venus and Mercuri.
    The Sun,Mars, Venus, Mercury, Saturn, Jupiter and
    the Moon Ewayover perids of half ^yearl, a day, half
    a montb,two'lnonth6, a year, a monthand a nuhurta
    (? ghatikasor 48 minuteo)reEpecrively.
    NclrBs.

    Plaoet l,eriod !'lavour

    The Sun Half a year I'uugent


    The Moon wr (Kshana- 4 8 ' ) . . . Saltish

    Mars One day Bitter


    Mercury Two months Mixed
    Jupiter One rnonth Srveet
    Vsnus 15 days Sour
    Saturn One year if,qfq-Kashaya

    Applicaliorof thclrinciffr-If illness is indicated by Saturn,


    it is long-standing: if iDdicatedby Mars, it is of short duration.
    This shouldbe appliedwith referenceto ChapterVI.
    61 !R$Clf,qtt Adh. tl
    cf ,- gf,slrf,s
    qqi{orarTtlda} nrer{ s
    Rqrrq rtn?.lrE I
    +glvaoPonflrtar qgrrrdra +wz qvit
    (Pfrst hail) lqtei-siltrnEr* q] qoqrd agcreeffi
    TfiFqrnqlR
    Also. inrsdr
    rrfr q{r} diqi qkEsitorlisaqqqg
    cnrrn{q(qrrisffora,i'm
    rF{[\"q;q E rr
    rrisirxi I r* -Jer* rrait ar (ag6erraaaiaarn)rcerFe
    ldviaclq

    (Latter hall) erranfteftrimqcr( cl0riq: (*arrarrt r)


    qrqit*qftg€a: +r& vrlftcimrcgvr: r
    ' rtrwfr ftgQct lrrrfurtsqsrEdqli l
    qtqr{: I ofr qn;dt qEiir: v?qarrra€e anq trol: +nl'rqq;
    qrffiq in6q: I aqqr qR aqilredr{t rRfrsft il{r arr{fireai
    rr{ftlttsft-q+ <ri nnqqah;ilt $r} arqfta*rfterpq }qq
    tt trf,qqft( cqAsft urSt *q: *fuq rsafi qer qu<r @t
    rrqft ( c ru€qrl-di{r+lqrsedqt mii rrlft a<tretrmiqrcarftrt
    ffi qr srd qfit.q {errg: tl
    Supposeat'the time of a query, the Vrischika Navamsa in
    tbe Mitbuna lagna to have risen (2 signs 4 degrees 12 minutes),
    and the position of Mars, the lord of .Vrischika, to be 9 signs I I
    degrdes 13 minutes. The period typified by tbe same planet is
    e day. According to the first view, Vrischika Navamsa being the
    2sd in the Mithuna lagna, the compretionor success of the busi-
    ness bas to be predicted to happen in 2 days. According to the
    sccond view, 9s Mesba, the Navamsa occupied by Mars, happens
    to be thc 6th when counted from vrischila, the time in which the
    successor otherwise is expected to occur rvill be 6 days.
    Frndtheplanet that is strongest at the time of Adhana("rrqrq).
    Thc pregnant woman rvilf desiru (lous for) food mixecr with the
    .0rvour typifiod by this perticular planef
    3[ t0-81 Cftlrsrclq: 66
    q|ild rqft fratqr{{r{q}-
    t{ ffiur$dsffiqtrurrt r

    frEt€r{w6{t.IA
    Eqf<tt lo tl
    rffirroqrd qr{nqtdqtn
    gtf,€qftqatffi$1 Rn(|

    ffrurnrmrffl wt g|qilrtilr:ll lt ll
    Sloha.8O, Aatrologersray that all the planetscast
    a quarterglanceat the 3rd and 10thhouses; halfa glance
    at the 5th and 9th: three quartersof a glanceat the 4th
    and 8th; and a full eyeat the ?th.
    Slo'hai31. Saturnis exceedinglypowerful when
    be hashis strongquarter,glance. Jupiter is auepiciousin
    hio obliqueor angularaspect. Mars ie potent with his
    tbree.quarter,glance.All the planets in generalhave
    rtrength of aepecton the 7th house.
    Norrs.
    clo il<ran
    tq$lft qlrarqvqr qrarorrfrc: v* r i
    kqntr*Mqg(wsgcrit c-d cfrin l
    Tf T{qfr rfrqedtqqnrT R$turrTft*q3 I
    cgtt {fig.il qfla ffir$il: sqrr: t;,
    The following from Parasara1'fifqrr)regar{ingRahu <jrishti
    (<rgre) will be of interest:
    .g'frqqc-{qr+fr
    a"he aqs grarqwrit aqftr I
    "rffi As-{F{: cRE: r
    s{qfiVftqtc1rrqc{i gdFqr Rvuarsa}
    .To calculate the correct Drigbala (6rAo)of planets, pleasesee
    chepter 2 of Sripatipaddhati (ffi cCftF)
    I
    &66 rnrrntt Adh. Il
    !+

    q{fe'gfr:qqqnEfuftnqwknm*, n RRtl
    Sloha.B?^ The Sun and lvlaro look upwirde.
    Venus and Mercury look eideways The t"totn
    .oo
    Jupiter look evenly. The looks of Rahu and saturn
    inclinedownwards.
    Qrq?6srorqgE1qqqpwtffiq;il:r
    'qrilrfrqiiqtft(urt
    tqrRq,qnwrftur, q: tilltl
    frqrRqrqtqqqlqft
    tttqqpn-
    Rierr{frfogFf$iT{r{ r
    otrffiqqRnfrqnGil'dt*l
    ?uaiQniqqQqt{.f *q?r: (g: lt lS tl
    '
    Srotu. .t3. planetehave predominantatrength of
    position ( tur<+er-$tthanabala
    ) when they o..upy the
    VaiseslrikaVargas(Vidc Adhy_aya l, Sloha, 44. iufra,)
    Lrroduced by the combinationof three or more of the
    Vargas enumerated below:-
    rle-SwochclLr (the planet,eown exaltation cign),
    etstr'rqr-swathrikorra
    (the pra'et's Moorathrikona),ig-
    f,q-Swasuhrid(theplanat{riend's house),tcturor.$wa.
    drekkana (the planet'sown Drekkana),RRnt,SwaRaoi
    (the planet's own house), ret{r-Swa-amoa (the planet,c
    own Navamasa),and being in:the ascendant'porr-ar, ,,u,
    merousbenefic dots (morethan 4, aitle Adhyaya 10,
    on Ashtaka Varga).
    sloha. i4. planets which do not poslessbenefic
    a$pector other such good influencegrDay not prove
    auspiciouowhen they are in their depreroion,tr io
    conjunctionwitb ininical or naleficglaneto cr acpectcd
    Ul, 35,U6 tBtlrrlsqn:

    by then or in their Vargasor i; the $rndhis or have


    fewer pointo (in the Ashtak,r Varga) or when they
    ocrupy the bad portions of a sign, or whan they are
    cclipeedby thb Sun'srays or oveicomein planetary-far.
    NorBs.
    fhe positional strengthof jlanets will be better understood
    by a referenceto Sripati's rules r.rnthe subject, Vidc Sripatipad-
    dhati trft q&.Adhyayc IV-sl 8
    gwr}cd-u-g€*ft r
    fforqnrc{q;Trilqr
    d qqgR{ruttiq riloTt filEo{rftn:tg, nl\tl
    Slola. 35. Mercury and Jupiterhave their fttcs'
    Digbalaor Etrongquarter in the Eastor Lrgna. Venug
    'North or 4th
    and the Moon have it in the bhava,
    Saturnhar it irfthe \il/est or ?th bhava; the Sun and
    lvlarr in thc&uth or the l0th bhava.
    c/. lriry<
    1 gftqt l{ftorrkeft cc:qo$I q fttotrt r
    iriti<tr' g*nr*il g dr Rrm<crr& rrlmq u
    Also ilnc-Sr
    cfi qtq$ eEr€rs* .fih qt rrrrnt
    ffi3fuerqqTrsa€d
    Also {Iq'lffil, Ailhyayplll, sl. I and 8.

    nUqrqr*wr:qffiffin: r
    fteftrurqqr: g{rs$wgs: {il isroilft{urftt'QQ
    Sloho, 36. Th: Moon, Srturn and Mrrs have
    rrcreKalabala or temporal streirgthat night; the reet
    during the day. Eachplanet is strong in his hour, day,
    month and year. The benaficanJ malefic plan:ts have
    Itr€ngth in the bright and dark hrlv:s of tha monrh res.
    pectively. Mercury is always stroog.
    68 ltftqfiqrf Adh. II

    cf, tqqrar
    ffir nQrglsln: e*qr irsfu qrF>r
    rgofutaar: q: gft.lr: **ur r
    rrmAcs€tromd' {r€4irq.
    The reader will see that the author has referred to six of the
    sub-divisions of Kalabala (nn"as; in this sloka, Vit, (l)Natonnata.
    bala (rfur*o), (2) Pakshabala (qqqo), (l) Varshapabala (dcru)
    (+) Masapabala (qr€qc-€), (5) Dinapalula (kqq-qa), (6) Horapabala
    (trfi-{-d) a/. Sripatipaddhati (4rqhcqft'\, ldhyaya-I I I, Slohas{,-li.
    Alsp af. mFrd
    *qrffiifrsfr Rq sat mtag*cr ftfu
    irrcrcqiretcrq {fsn: *}rrr, fuiselfth r
    *nqamqqhqf k({RrtrfGqrfu{r
    f*qruHqtqitwfttorlisnut{rrfufl' r
    drqrtqgerrfigegr*dgnurarsn(
    twfq {6rFfi: qfruwrqrdg+rtnrjrrlun
    Sloha 37.' Venus, Mercury, Mars, Jupiter and
    Saturn,when in their retrograda
    motionor in conjunction
    with the Moon,are consid:redto bevictorious(in plaoe,
    tary war. The Sun and the Moon are strong in the
    Uttarayanaor Northern course. The motionaletrength
    of the planatstak:n in regularorder from Mars is addi,
    , tive in the; northern course. $aturn, Mar8, Mercwy,
    Jupiter,Venus.the Moon and the Sunris: eucceosively
    in natural strength (,pfftw-Nairargikabila) -
    'cl. tn<r+fi
    tr.fi ciqit ffiqqaq: tq@ 16r:
    q+q g"entor Eftr+ qdcicnre rr
    ffi{qq{ cr$: gu!,qr*rFt&0i qfua: r
    cr't ctft{itg* r}sft qrRrs'eT|ten rr
    gl 98 ftCr{lsrcc: 69

    Atso ttqnrq
    Eqqsltftfiffi{$ Eraqmmr: qftttqr: I
    ' ftgan.{r ge ftr€rcqrifua{rtgrn: cRoac{r:I
    The wordss{{+ts.t in the toxt have been used in a purely
    technical way, the meaningbeing "when in conjunctionwith tho
    [foon" ,.f. "{m'rqfi:7.1q dim: qffq gE, qAot fttil qqqt {Fltfi-
    grfu 4q:n (ctq-€:)
    cf. 6ffi Adhlaya.Ill.ls & 16.
    Also {rg{nrqflqr
    c* dt ffi ftqt isr.RatrscrTtsfr n
    'of
    For details regarding tbe effects the several kinds of
    balas, please refer to Saravali (qra+tfi)Jal. 7. Slokas'28'46.'

    ftrffiqnPfiffiqqqfolft r
    gqdtfrrgfrgtoffi eift mqFilqtRI:rr16 rl
    Stc&o.38. Professorsof Astrology say that the
    cix kinde of strength (w.co'Slradbala) takeninthe follow'
    iog order namely $ca'Dri-bala (strength of aspect),
    grrccst thanabala (posi t i onal st rength), Mlq-N i saraga'
    bala (natural strdngth), tsrr€Cheshtabala (motional
    strength), Qrro-Digbala (directional istrength), Fr€ntq'
    Kalabrla(temporal$trength)have varietiesindicatedby
    the numbere1, 5, 1, 5, l, 7.
    Nores.
    Here the author wants to mention the number of lsub'6itt'
    sions of the several kinds of balas, oil',
    (t) origbata (rrqo) is by itself one;
    . (2) Stthanabala (smqo) consists of 5 sub'divisions, viz; (i)
    Uchcbahh (vrao) (ii) Sapthavargajabala(sr*ird{o) (iii) Yugma-
    yugmrbrta (gngrqlr) (iv) Kendradibrta(tqiitro) an{ (v) Drek'
    kanabala 11t6qqo)
    (l) Nisatgabala(htfso)is by itself oneandhasno sub-division.
    (+) CUesUtabalaiiero) is said to eonsistof 5 sub-divisiogs;
    rbst theseare, it is not exactly known. [i Vakra (rt), ii Saoagaoa
    ,
    (tcrtrc), iii lUdagayanabala (s<tmi{d) iv Ayanabala (cw{u),
    pnd v Yuddhabala(gsso)l ,Vidc Slohrsl6t to 18,llh1ayc IU cf
    Sripatipaddhati.
    (5) Disbala (f?so) is by itself one.
    (e) Katabata(mo,ra) is composedof (i) Natonnatabala({iltlrilro)
    li il Patstabala (q{lo r (i ii) Di narathri th r i bhagabala(kq<rFftect'rso)
    i(iv) Varshapabala(qfqqo),(.') Masapabala(rneq*a), (v i) Di napabala
    (R-<qs-o) and (vii Horapabala (troqso),

    F€qwdTrflq0fit{n qqGftitqqEot&t'.r
    .hhure*rr{t {ilqrt qaifAg,frf}qt q:6n u Q1tt
    . Sioha 39. 60th partsand 360thprrts (of a Rupa)
    foined to cercainRupasor whole numbererepresentthe
    shadbalas of planets.as following the strength of thek
    position;in the signs Makara eto (w.rmu'Ayanabda).
    The otrengthof planets is full, tlrree'quarlcn or half
    pecordingto the varying intensity of the fcrcesmaking
    up tte aggregate of lqro'Shadbala
    il{ftq'd qts(tdqqt, gnq qrrffieq{ r
    'qt€g{e qd qi}.i, Stutft' qftq{6qfr*q1!o ll
    11
    $loka. 40. The Sun and Jupiter have-6ff Rupro
    cach ; Venus has5* Rupas; 7 areassignedto Mercury;
    the Moon gets6 ; Saturnand Mars have 5 Rupar ar
    their. qlrao Purnabala
    c/. q-d{tTrdl
    qdh q {rqltt't ed<rq si{til sa^qs ?gamq3 |
    asgqft q$€ ffqfft csrq ft* qd sn( u
    tq<g cta A @ t*q qqrcrqrs;rwq' i
    qs ,TEIqisqd aorh fih;er wtq oulr*vift rt
    i4;fue1-6,
    ffiaqq:trThffir t
    ,aF r ({fi TiliPddFqqr{r lrq q|trrft lr 8t fl
    9.112.t5 'itln;: ?l
    Slgha. 41. Planetsare mutually friendly for .thd
    time being when they occupy the Znd and the l2th, thc
    3rd and the llth, or the 4th and the l0th plaoes;[rom
    one another. They are iuimical if they occupy other
    poeitione
    This sloka gives only the atqt&r frientlship of planets Cne
    to tlreir occupyingcorlain houses.
    c/. ttrgtms{Rr
    l0 3lr4Ztz
    r!/iilFrr{b;sr:(g: glfi r*,m: q fuuqrcqqi&pr. qq1.;
    ft t7 E e 5 6
    ' : qrirqqrgq u{ g*qqrftrrr*
    ftcc} hqur: n
    S*q* rrrte: *Fqgrt *nffirrrri lr* ft r
    sil lrrrtqqr eTrq{-d, a*thir,{i A&rorq,,
    Rrtft rtnJt$q$iqlqr: tgs RnrqTnftrql wnifs
    qqat lqi Rqar'{siiiqql geHrqRmfters r!: n8Rtl
    qrrq frrriir rftgffqrrant Rg:gsqrqtwrqt r
    wtgtcrilggqlgqe qqr,rdfcirqnirFrrf.g,,,rl,t
    qfr1qq1'gTfit dr sT fril* rRqr{qrr: I
    fri ffidl WffEqQfuarq{qtqcqlqqrf,n uBfl
    q;qq^uil?g$cil{{Tr: {q: duq' WElfti;gil r
    msrailffiTffi {qqr gr; {serqrt.*Rftrtrq=,ilB\fl
    ,Sloht. 42 The Sun'sfriendgareMare, the Moon
    and Jupiter'venue andsaturnarehrsenemiee. Mercury
    is neutraltowardshim. The Moon's friendeare the
    $un and Mercury. Jupiter,Man, Venus.na Ut*rrr.r.
    oeutral.
    Sloho. 41. Mars' friendrarethegun, the Moon,
    aod Jupiter. Mercury ic hio en€oy. Venucandgaorn
    areDeutralsto him. Tbe $unand venuaarefriendr'of
    n r]isqlfrrfr Adb.rt
    Mercury, Saturn,Jupiter and Mars are his neuffalsr
    and the Moon is his enemy.
    Sloha. 44. The Sun,Mars and thc Mo,rn arc the
    friendsof Jupiter.His enemiesate VenusandMercury;
    'Saturnis neutralto him. Saturnand Mercury are the
    friends of Venus. His enemiesare the Su:r and the
    Moon. Jupiterand Mars arehis neutrals,
    Sloha. 45. The enemiesof Saturnare the Sun,the
    ,\{oon andMars,Jupiter is neutralcowardshim. Venua
    and Mercury are his friends. The planetEare to L^-
    deemedexceedinglyfriendly or irtimical by their being
    friendly or inimical both naturally rind for the time
    being. Thus planet'aredividedinto 5 clag;gg,vi;, (l)
    ftr-Mithra, (2) srF{ft*-Adhimithra, r3) rg-Sathru,
    (4) dft{tg- Adhisatlrru and (s) qq- Sama.
    NoTrs,
    In order to tinil out the naturirl friendship or otherrvrseof
    planets with respect fo any ,rne of the'rest, the following
    by ;i€[;rP{ -satyacharyai Vh.,
    gencral rule is laid cl<.ru'n
    gtrqtkdlurqT{rtqs ttrdi e'atsq}Fnrq'f I
    sfi Aq+ rril dt* q wqe( cl itqr: n
    Planets are friendly to any given planet when they happen t<l
    own the 5th, l2th, 2^d, lth,8th, anrl llth housescountedfrom the
    planet's Moolatrikona Rasi, or when they happen tql o'wn the
    plenet's exaltation Rasi. The rest :rre his enemies.
    Place the planet in its ]Vloolatrikonairnd mark the 2nd, l?tlt'
    sth, 9th, the planet's exaltation Rasi, the 8th and the lOth. Planets
    twice invited become friendsl pli.nets-,once invited beconre
    acquaintances and planets that are uninvited become enemies.flut
    the Sun and the Moon become friends on a single invitatiorr (as
    each owns only a single sign in the Zodiac).
    The Sun invites Mars twice, Jupiter twice, the Moon once and
    Mircury once. Venus and Saturn are uninvited. Therefore Mars,
    $[ re-rl |lit{}sqiq: ?s
    Jupiter, and the Moon are thc friends of the Sun,and Mercuryhis
    acquaintanco. Venus and Saturn are his enemies. Similady it
    tho case of other planets. c/. g(sftiT.tr
    veit ggqfu*torqsir{ Fm(Frncn*tdcr:
    tiwg:$nqr: reoapnqwtHr}qr&R il
    But Yavaneswara holds the following view:
    ' riftffiscqr.i gfr€ Srt qRW st r
    crrttatt qnf{rFRrr<*geSg6q: ftbr: rr
    ' Ttrreqgp: trftrqrq flq* E:fi{* tcgr s f}qnt r
    I *rrr ftnruq;fugqnt: trvq fiqffi qortrr ilrtl tl
    Only some authorities hold the above vierv and not all, sgyg
    Varahamihirr
    a/. 1qw6a
    firs?*cg$ est:gffidi -rr+tftSqr: lFrtr-
    ffi Rgr*;6na g6q: H'Rti cnqn
    For frieuds of Rah'u antl Ketrr, the following is stated in
    €qt{fuilcfu :-Sarwartthachinthaman i:
    rr*rg ftrrF qdkrfrqr: *ffiare qqF( w{r: tl
    afr' gF* i{ftfrrflr qA,$M iI qqtftqr{: I
    Wruqttg€aq*qtiRg,ffi: ll Bqrl
    Sloka. 46. If there is friendlinese both naturally
    and temporarily on the part of a planet, he is a great
    friend. Those that are enemiesboth ways are deadly
    foes i'rvariably. That planetis but a friend which hag
    the characterof being {riendly and neutral from the two
    points of view, while the one which haa the character
    of being neutraland inmical is an enemy. A planet
    that is inimical in the one caseand friendly in the other
    ie to be taken as neutral.
    qft: fos qftmlx: Rr![il:Uq{qgil€ ftq, I
    qg:ffiqgfratgqqlt, gilFr:qftfrffi' tpsl
    r0
    11 ucxrfuil Adr. II

    Eloha, 47. Sageseaythat the Sunis steadfast; the #


    Moon'is wandering (unsteady);Mars is violent; Mer'
    cury hasa mixture of diversequalities;Jupiterie gentle;
    Venus iu light or easyand Saturnis harsh.
    I
    Tqrirmk{rrkrrtrrqqr;Frqdqwmildrn:
    ffirarft{qsy5qQqql:q' ll 8z ll
    Sluho.48. In the case of moveable,immoveable
    anddualeigns,planetsoccupvingreEpectivelythe llth'
    gth and the Tth housesfrom them or their lords will
    _proycexcecdinglytroublesomeplanetsif they happento
    own at thc sametime the housesoccupiedby the lord
    of Khara(nrlor Mandi (qrFn).
    Ititlc inhu Adhyaya ,\VIII sl.30. F'rr:(qq) Khara,Vide Y-56infr,l,

    wffi il{lllqfie-qrnffiAqff<iq

    wi t{nrqEqnftRgarehqnqgnr
    tt uq tl
    frqlq-gR{d,qrwg€rl{5,{6*rrd,
    Slcfrrr, 4lt. A pereonought to divine abouthii
    own selfrfather, influeur:e,hcalth, Vigourand fortune
    from the Sun. It is thc Moon that determinesthe
    c:haracter'ofone's heart, understanding,royal favour,
    mothcrand affluence. It is through Mars that a person
    c.rn ascertainhis own rcourage,disease,characteriotic
    qralities, younger brother, lande, foes and blood-
    (parternal)relations. It is Mercury that:influences
    one'E
    learning,relativesin general, dircriminationr maternal
    uncte,friends,speechand action.
    q{rRttrftge(qrffitfr qF{i'fir(
    rftqnn$qrlt qqn€qrqnfi<d qrfr,I
    $[. t0,52 fr?frsrqrq: 16

    qrgdkTE(ItnorRqii{ilEmr rtfr:
    fiil{ ftilHii g ftrR*rrqrilFdAte\ lt\oll
    S:oha. 5q. One ought to conjectureabout one'E
    own genius,wealth, physicrl devalopm:nt,'sots anf
    knowledgeby referringto Jupiter. informrtion regardi:rg
    otle'8 wife, vehicles, ornaments, love a{fairs and
    pleaoures ir to bEooughtthrough Venrts' It is $atq1n
    ihat oettlesa p:rson'e period of life. liveli[cod, thg
    causeof death, hie advereity and prosperity' One
    oughtto guessaboutone'spaternalgrandfatherthrough
    Rahuandaboutthe maternalgrandfathertbrough-Ketu'
    grftrtwrafiqge,ffiid
    WRaeaqflqrd* rtt!f!!x: I
    ft{stRRisql dqwt{il:
    g(geRi|qg:iffisfi: qH-oqT( ll \t ll
    Sloho. 51, The Karakasof the Bhavasbeginning
    with the Lrgna or the rising sign are (1) The Sutt
    ('l) Jupiter (l) Mars (a) Thc Moon and Mercurv (6) Ju'-
    piter (6) Saturnand Mars (?) Venus (8) Srturn (9) The
    Son Jupitar (t0) Jupiter,th: Sun, Mercury'and
    "ni
    Saturn(tl) Jupitarand (12) Saturn.
    cf , qloP
    qfi $: ge: Crdtgtfiw: fta: tFt: t
    q5rqe{gfr fi-{1ffEav rlr4stcot: ll

    sfql{dlaifitrt'?1tmr,ftteggrt{tir€Fltdt:I
    tTilErI$:rtRftfu<,qr( ll\Rll
    qftsqrfrsRoqril\g
    S/ota. 52. Venus, Mercury and Jupiter when
    they occupyrespectivelythe 7th.,the 4ch and the 5ch
    houserfrom the Lagnaale indced .harmfulln all horo'
    ,r0 rrffiffr Adb'II
    -
    t YYYruvvY YYv:vwYUviYYYYUYvv
    rtt:YvrutvYY rYY
    ,YVYTYYYt

    gives in'
    tcopet. Saturn in the Bth housefrorn the ['tg*
    pariablY what ia agreeable-,
    Notus.
    in his mo{if{ril
    The harmful yogas as given by Manthreswara
    are as follow:
    clt q,it:66qfqgrrri irt *s: quei tsrF{t t
    '
    6tt g""-,ti {IJq: iFqirreqftrFtcga? rt
    t
    mfilrfi qqrqtt, ffiIrraqr!ilq[Rsst{'
    ffi, q#tffRlqi f{*q't' qIGrtIqtHFI; ll \1 ll
    Sloha,63'Poeeessedofenef$}lofasquarab
    as wine'.of a
    b"dy;. ;hck'red in mien, of eyes bright
    torr"lywith his linited quanriryof hair,
    ;ifi;; ne^3ure,
    goodneos'
    ,i. Sunconsisrschieflyof the quality of
    cl' fl(qdl
    qfir$Fqeq{w'cgcft$<l<evd
    t-g,fr cgfttrqrtaqi: {t: saoc: Rn: t
    t q€r{.
    rfiqrragffirgaaru: ffirrsTt
    rrrdtragc+: Egir'{:*rgrmrer rft: tt

    dqIGnAqe{rFlH gtqq{rail(fu$t' I
    qffifrqriil { gqsqr ail-( ll\B l
    dF {qtwggqfiq:
    Stoha. 64, The Moon has phlegmatrdwind in
    speech
    his compogition,and is given to rambling' Hit
    limbs
    i, ,oflie is discrimioating.He hasfine eyec;his
    are firm and exceedinglylovely. He is always sensible,
    with a figure slim, but round'
    ,/. ff{Kal
    drq: rrrtffi ngrarrftt' 6ar* gr
    ' fig: qpffilme3 cri €6i qrft{r: t
    qrtql-r*mrtc6:&c€(+ t*6'€rfr gfr rr'
    1g{rg rerUtsftgtra: IFreRTf{cl: ll
    sf. 6g+c fttjts;rnr: 77

    urq?adgorftg trtt$rtrt:tt \\ tl
    Sloka. 55. Mars has fierce eyel, a youthful
    appearance and generouEdisposition. I{e has bile in
    his composition; he is exceedingly fickle. fle har a
    slenderwaisr His limbs are fine andof a reddishhuc.
    He is energeticand luetful; and his tendencieeare to,
    wards the quality of Thamaslcrg) or darkness.
    ,' cf. wa*dt
    , trs: fuootsrit aag{f.eif}anri}amif
    qqf€firrwrmn:qgir: qtar rtem-*rqt
    f gt$F s efi rlnet'rr : fttncs6q€-
    {os: qclt+t ftera${ro: tcuirr:.6a: I
    Ga
    tfiTl{{grdGl: ($Fr{ !5ttTf:
    ,
    etm twtgE{ilrqftilqefo.
    uftffr RfdtQtmn,rfruriqr
    {Gl:rdlqftfm:ufrtqt RrfE ll itQ ll
    Sloha. 56. Mercury has a persongreen at the
    bladeof Durva or panicg(ass. He hasa distinct arti,
    culation. He is spareaod thin, He is thQsovereignof
    thoaewho are endowed with the quality of ruq.R.x;1g
    or passion.He is exceedinglyfond of fun. He delightc
    in danage. He hasplenty of bile, phlegm and wind
    in hic compoeition; he haea weahh of ready e$et111
    and is a 8age.
    r/. ercr+dl
    ilur<rtqileill* r1g€rqctEoe{rs o-
    rqwrtsfffift+: Egqqr: t*cfrfrveirr r
    t8 s!*clftlte Adb.II

    $r wnrsn<rq Sftgf. g<: ffi<e:


    c*qrguftf* iqa*: vrqrrtarcIt gq: ll
    qEgq€Rt(,{teEol,i$6rflI[
    i {Iso!rytsi('q*il€rhwtt r
    Efrstltuqt{: tnfrtqintq {qrt
    qogEqRRa, {qir t{r.rt 11\u ll
    slokn. ,7 Jupiterpossesu?s a big'beliied body ;
    hir colouris yellow. FIeis of a phlegmatic temperament
    He poosesses all virtues; is endowedwith'an aPtitude
    for every gcience. His eyes and hair are brown. He
    por0esse8 the quality of goodnessor purity.' He ic
    erceedingly intelligent. His p:rlon is graced with
    marksof royalty not to be despised.
    a/. armsr
    tqfitrodtct g ittrt : ft€rrotrE: ftrrt :
    Q(irfttr:g?tgqoraareg {tiftdtqo: t
    rd tr&dt f+s?ilAgdredr{ara: {*
    qrdleirsrsssrcq*tSfu :cqrit 1t: tt

    finfr;(t{nfi
    meeoftnfu:
    {rqilftfttrg' s}rqeqsrq{ffs'1
    qRqffisq.rilTrsnr: qtfdqn'
    lfqq6{fgqrrdfiFfi(a{Klg{: ll \d ll
    S,ofta. 68. Venrlghas black curled hair. He ic
    dfrt'hrown and handsom:.His linbs ar: very stnrn3!,
    rieal end lovely :He hassefteyes
    and an amorou$dic'
    position. He has much wind and phlegmin hic compo.
    sition and is endowed with Rajas(twq) or the quality
    of paroion. He haean amplitude of grace,ease,vigour
    and all kinds of excellence.
    sf-r,Ti,"-""",
    ,/. sr<rcd
    qrtft&gq: EqEq": ga;rltt: +rffrrq
    . Scqrgrr?anqqcotkrQgitq{qvlqrqq; 1
    '
    ilfr smqsr{d'tsRgrrrtFsqflrqitarw
    *orqrdqftqlftqgPraa: qg@w: Rre:n
    ilAFqiqn"€: iftttflr Fiftrcrr' $$qltilflt I
    ffiq{relqliqs& dfMrg8dtftoq,Rn(ll \q lt
    Sloks. 59. Saturrihaestiff hairand limbs; he ir
    tean. FIis body is dark asDurva grass. His compoci'
    tion has phlegmand wind in it. He has large teeth
    and eyeoof a fine reddishhrrown.He is intent on dark
    designsand disposedto inactivity.
    cf anl+dr
    ftfr hraEslsi: ${aT{tt: frrtdsqs:
    EsIrF:qqartcrmftgns cnarrir A'iur:t
    q* : qga,t&;il :ft c fan'rcrFr,1ffi
    ti* diqcir wnftqa. ?Ftonnitrrrwft: n
    si[01q;q:qftrr rfige, $'Aqd* gwnfrffi<: r
    fttr gfr gtqF{EI![s,gQaqq, €g {sqt rcil 8o
    Sloha. 60. In planetary war, Saturn is over-
    poweredby the $un ; Mars by Saturn Jupiterby Maru;
    the Moon by Jupiter; Venus by the Moon; Mercury
    by Venus; and the Moon by Mercury.
    dqqdrqr*agerrMatrr
    Rae q& r
    ErqffiErrqes
    rrffis6ffi
    tt qt tl
    l{rt Rqq0r{irnaqar{
    S/oA.l. 61, The Sun is invariably Ettoog,in the
    following poeitiono:-his exalcrtion, bio own horer.hii
    80 di$ffirt Adh.Ir

    Drckkana,his Hora, hie weekday, his Navamsa,hie


    northernpessage, the middle of day, the time of his
    enteringa eign, the initial portion of the Navamsa of a
    friendly ptanet,and the tenth house.
    qE(,sftilar.ffi ltqffirsrq*{{*
    <nq-igffiUq ftfrr ge qrrqrqtqld{q r
    rd: tffi qR rdt q{e qFr Rqr
    ll qRll
    s+aitr{qileilq$* Wuqti ?lunq.
    Stohtt. 62. Thc Moon hae strength in Cancer,
    Ttutur, his weekday, his Drekkana,;his Hora, his
    Navamsa,the end of a sign; when aspected, by benefic
    planetss' at night; in the 4th houae; in hie passageto
    the south of the Equator. The Moon with all the digits
    completeio otrong ir: all poeitions except the Riksha
    Sendhis(d. e. the last quarters of Aslesha,Jyeshtaand
    Revati). The samewhen aspectedby all the planets
    bring to mena royal destiny
    qm €irRaqqmsqM{il
    ffifigt
    q* q qTsqfrRr
    rrRTgQqordr
    qrf $drm+ q g€ qKrRll Ql n
    S|rla. 63. Mars hat abundant otrength in his
    own weekdry,in his Navamea,in hie Drekkana,in the
    rigns Meena,Vriechika, Kumbha, Makara and Meeha,
    during night time, in his retrograde movements,when
    he is in the southern quarter, and also in the intial
    portion of a sign. He gives prooperity when he is in
    tbc 10th hotrrc from the Lagnaand also when he is in
    Keaks
    tl. crtc {hfltrm{: ct
    riltqTfrr{f ffi
    q|t Rn qftqrm3rg: r
    ffiqrq{rtfr qfrT{e
    uil qr qq zdfofcc (I( tl 18 tt
    Sloka. 64. .Mercury is oighty in Kanya and
    Mithuoa, in his weekday,in his owo Varga,in Dhanus,
    shen witbout the Sun,b! day as well aeby night' in
    hir northern pasEage (that portion of thc ecliptic whicll
    lies to the north of the Equator)and in the middle of a
    rign. He invariably promotecfame,strengthand pros'
    prity if he be in the rising oign.

    ffiM{fr
    qs{Gffi qR qrRrqQt
    tt q atqrqffrqd stq]
    , uil gt q qirt rgRr(: qr( ll q\ ll
    Sloka. 65. Jupiter ie powerful in Meena, Vrie'
    ,chika,Dhanusand Kataka,in his owu Vargaandlweek'
    day,at mid.day, in his passageto the north of the
    Equtor, in the middleof a sign, in Ktrmbha,as algoin
    hil depreasion'aign. He gives much wealth when
    lo the rising sign, in the fourth ac wcll as in the l0th
    housefrom the Lagna.
    MrffiqR{n?nQ
    ilgqqtgwt a$ qn} t
    gtqfimrffi
    gr}f,rq gqfrqR frll' qr( ll qq ll
    Sl..rla. 66. Venuo is aucpiciousin his exaltation
    rignr io hio Vargar in hio weekday, when in the niddle
    ll
    8Sl ftTq|ft|t Ad[r.tI

    of a sign, in the 6th, t2th, 3rd and the 4th houseE


    froo
    the lagna, in the afternoon,in his conjunctionwith
    the Moon, in his retrograde motion and when he is h
    advanceof the $un.
    qqqfnqw*qd u,q*
    qtr{nql Rqgquftt $nqq I
    qt U{q wt qR Eqtrrt
    qh w€qE*g 5vrfrq: enq ll qe ll
    Sloha. 67, Saturn is predominant in Thula,
    Makara, Kumbha, in the 7th houre from the Lagna, in
    hio paesage to the south of the Equator, io hie own
    Drekkana,weekdayand Daca,in the concludingportion
    of a sign,in planetarywsrr in the dark half of a month,
    and in all the twelve signr when retrograde.
    Norgr.
    But according to Garga, Saturn in Tula, l)hanus or Moena
    idcntical with the Lagna is capable of conferring royalty on the
    native; for he says.
    qortqc<#<1r1ionts: rfrrr: t:
    aitft {cfr cncrqwdt rr{(Fq tl

    Urt q w{rgcrfrq:qR(|
    |5;qrdff{'lqrilqQ ftnqF
    sqra*gqql q ffi ret cq flq4ll
    SloAa. 68. In Merha, Vrischika, Kumbha,Kanya
    Vrishabha, Kataka, and in the l0th house from the
    Lagna,lahu has otrength. Ketu dominates over the
    concluding portion of Kanya, Vrisbabha, Dhanus, the'a
    night.time generally and over a birth occurring at
    period of any striking phenomenonsuch aB an eclipoe.
    sl. 69-72 fiftftsrn{: 83

    ftertru{er?{iltt q&ntrfrftqot{rFe t
    uh qltg({rttg r {Ir{gfif{nnfilqi}ettEqtt
    Sloha. 69. Those plan:ts which pcose$s the
    str€ogth dcscrib:d al:ovcb?com: rrtuvriling whztr ch-:y
    rrrt'bhrva or
    t"ppi to b: in the initial prrticn of a
    cal'
    hrus. ae ascertainedby rrrltgir'bhavr sphutr (correct
    culations). Accordingly, none of the effects alrcady
    yogas and
    deecribed in so far ae they relate to Bhrv.rs,
    the various fortunes of a p:rson's tif': can be.exp:cce..l
    to hold good in this case.
    N . B . T h i s i n t e r p r e t a t i o ri rs o n l 1 't r r n t a t i v eV ' S '
    qqlutlrffirq tirgftm ril: t
    $€ilt{s ll eo ll
    q{iltf€ilr qrr}etfr:1g:
    Slofra' ?0. Planetsin the six signsbaforethe Sun
    arecalledProne: Th:se in th: six behindthe $un are
    sufinc and are productiveof happiness and wealth'
    firrrr{{rrd{ilr:nlor w<rttrqr*Reilr|;il' t
    ts ll sl ll
    ilflqqsirnt'rqdltt{ agtdl{oss{flt
    Stoha. ?1. Satu(n,Jupiter,Mtrs, the$un, Venuc'
    Mercury and the Moon are the planets adranged- sari'
    atirn a*ording to the lengthof the time they abidein
    the zodiacal .igo.. Rahu wh rse position is at the
    topoost point of the Errth'e orbit (ascendingnode)has
    prldooiniting strengthwhen he occupies posicion'
    a
    felow the planeteabove'oentionedr' e' when he is ba
    fore or to the eastof them
    (Tbis nreaning is only tontative')

    {qrgfr[,{firq{gt q€'gt-qftgilt$tt I
    W,-wi (Rq'sel trdrdfritqor*{rA iletil'
    84 rratqftnrd Adb" It

    Sltha.7r. The Moon in conjunctionwith the Sun,.


    Mercury in the 4th housefrom the Lagna Jupiter iri '
    the 5th, Mars in thc 2nd, Venus in the 6th, andSaturn
    in the ?th becomebarren of effect,
    NorPs.
    , Saturn is said to have his full (Greo)Digbata in the 7th house,
    Vidc sloha35 sapra, It is thereforedifficult to reconcile with
    the abovethe statementnradein this slolia that he becomesDarren
    of effect when in the 7th house.
    \. \ \ \
    (Ilfilq ${t a;ngmt(I lFl{r, I
    Tqrsri$rq'r aFeqgofrflr4ffifu: ll el tt
    {qril trq;rl q {oodtrqg r(fi: r
    ffitfi die{rflatrql(tilq+rreB ll
    SloA:rs?3,?4.Mercury (whenin strength)cancoun,
    teract the evil causedby Rahu. Saturn t'in a similar
    poaition)cancounteractthe evil influencesof the former
    two combined;Mars (when in a posicionof advantage)
    can remove the" evil .causedby the three foregoing
    ptanetsput together. Venushas power to nullify the
    evil caugedby thesefour. Jupiter can destroy thd evil
    worked by the previousfive. The Moon can obviate
    the malefic influence of the six preceding. The Sun
    can renove the evil effects of the foregoing 8eveo.
    This he doeemore effectuallywhen he is in his north'
    ward course
    r
    eErfrrta,trEtEfqEtqr{qftmft{tmo*'
    ilrAFlffffi{iF{, qifr frqaq{t R{ttt' ll s\ tt
    S/o&4. 76 The Sun (when malefic) invariably
    producesmentalincompetencettrrough the instrument-
    a[ity of the gervrntsof a king, of Gods andof Brahming-
    iri aggravationof suchailments aE an aching head, rag.
    ing fever, wasting consumptionand'dysentery.
    ill. 76119 flGQsraq: 8e
    -v----t--t.---.

    q|qqirrdAr{rfrdl qlt{rR(qqtfilqf ' t


    trlturg€{tMqM q $d ![ Tfrtn' ll sq ll
    Stoha. 76. The Moon ( when malefic) cauFt
    trouble by m:ans of diaeaseegenerallybrought on by
    venereal indulgence,such as pallor, cahrrh' :iaundice
    and iiflamnrtion of tbe nose, and alsowith the aid of
    oumerouofemalegoblinsand demonesser
    (tldqrqqq${{ffqw{qqrtlstqi' r
    +raq,,Mti-CftSftqtg of qqKil:ll es ll
    Stola.llMars(whenmalefic)quicklycarJrer
    fearby a swellingof the scrotumphlegm'weapono' fire;
    til; tumours,boils arr1 suchdisea'e'asareborn of
    l;Jig;r."; and also through the instrumentalityof
    Siur"theroichostsandthe terrific formsof that deity.

    $ffi rled ll
    qnf*r?qfi{ilr{twkg'r{uRTe'
    St.ha ?8. M;rcury (when male{/'r)rporhr much
    mieerybyproducingwindimperc:ptiblyintheregiono
    leptooy,
    o{ the privities andthe stomach,by bri'ging on
    iiJig.rrion, colic, diarrhoeaaddotherdiseases; ald alro
    throirghthe inetrum;nt;lify cf spirirs, the devoted ser,
    *r.otrlf Vishnu of whom the leaderis called Budha

    fiqrfrEg€t{grilq$' d+ q ga{€qfrrrrua'-u'tfil
    t
    iiiniiuhlmo,grir €sf'rrrqrde&'rq61*',
    Sloko 7',, Jupiter (when malefic) cauees Eorro\rr
    by preceP'
    due to the evil effectsof maledictionsuttered
    tors, Gods,Parent.iand such other venerablepeopleand
    '
    , Btahqinr, as well as the diseageof the eple:n
    rilrqr$rit
    r*j
    Veaus producee'perilthrough euchcauseEas drlnk
    aod Ciabeteoarising from the diseasesof the beloved
    wo6en associated with a result induc:d by addiccion
    to femalecendearedby exceeeive gallantry.

    lf 6ilPdrRq'ea*ftnlt' r
    €tqn{rugqil?qftr*9, tt c. ll
    Sloha. 8). Saturnoccasionsdistress,by leading
    !Q astswhich the evils of poverty breed by neansof
    )iends and thievesag algoby diseasesaffectingthe jointc.
    And Ketu causeathe affliction by ih: itch, by an
    outbreak of enallpox, by o.rchinitions of en,:mieo,bv
    direaseoin generalan3 by the instrum:ntalityoflow
    outcast hordeo,
    qitsqrqn{(Rr6gu*uft}eiWr{{t: I
    $ii}r' ftggtqrR{t tttqrr(|lct rl
    E.[;l{r{rrof\
    .S/bfr.1.81. Rahu 'causeEgraat fear to m:n by
    nidhd of epilepay,smallpox,halter,flies,worms,ghosto,
    fi€rldolandgoblino'; also by leadingto suicidesbyhang-
    ingl:6..*Use of disoaseeicsulting in want of app:tite'
    and lcproey.
    'flqw6q{rfiq{rdr n*rn-
    qrRsr{frilrfiffir
    qffiEqfi{ft'f,er[r:sr{qr
    aKGI(t:(t-i[ffFr$qEi${(;RtI( ll cR,lt
    -Sloft.i.,i31.- 'Tlie planets-sh-rwn'inthe following
    three prira-the $urr'and- Mare,'€atrlrh' an.l thl"\dorrl,
    Sl. 8g{,1 ififtrm: 8?

    Jupiter and Venuc.--respectively producq etfect whan


    they are in the beginning, the end and the rniddleof a
    cign. Mdrcuty produceg effectat all times
    cf. ttqmq'
    Rctithft nitc.rt gttgst qqis ctqqn\ t
    rftgtnftr*r ftftfu{ft rrftraqq;qtK qf5rq n
    Also qcFrc
    qr* sund $rsr* cQ ftir{* r
    elqr l: aqftf,-{tq{qrt qor* ll

    q{rddqqP{flffirnrr.*
    inflqqrgqrdfrdrmes I
    twqfurqqffin
    r{ qil'gtrq{rherdtil q: ll zl ll
    Sloha. 83. Wheneverdieeaees arecausedby irri'
    tation of particular constituents of the body, people
    should,in view to allay all suchdiseaoec, propitiate the
    lord of the irritated constituentsin quectioorby ocano
    of prayere,tibationsof water, oblations (thrown in the
    fire) and by liberal gifte. When their minds are'and by
    thesemeansfreed fiom apprehenrionsof diseare
    sorrowr they will becomeporreroedof health, happinerc
    hme and otrength.
    rrorgntsq t5nq !d €ir{ {Frq$Snts t
    frsut"fsqil: tti rg,{tqqh1:gak fl{rt ll 4u ll
    Sloha. 84. In an odd sign,accordiogto the nun'
    advanced,a planetis caidto be in infancy'
    ber of degreea
    in boyhood, in adoleecence, in advancedage and in
    c*lrcnis, But in an eveneign, theeeceveral divirionr
    bave to be againmaderegularlyin the reverseorder'
    '50 'Adh. ll
    ,""-V-aVYVttJ-.Ytt

    NorEs;
    cf. ttrl cttoli rtarqsamutft c{ts{n{tcq
    rrd tgt (6) ft€f ctg|tt$ Tfft fr $il r3: | "t
    qTcrq n
    Id: ffqcsm: cct ltorqqqr tfuir
    n* g.ft*rdift garr{ ${R} qrri c tgrq t
    qqitsqlq: st r {t'qrot qlrq: n
    l3r qci
    states or conditions
    ln somcof .the astrological works' these
    nature of the Rasi occupiod
    of a planet are describedas du" to the
    in a state of infancy whcn
    by it ; thus, a planet is Bala'qr€i or
    subdividethis condi'
    it is placedin the houseof a friend-some
    It is in a stateof Kumara'
    ,il il AaiiU"t"'ffiuto and Bala'{ro'
    'vhen in its own house (or in a Trikona Rasi ac'
    iFrIKor boyhood or a state of sdole'
    cording to some).It is said to be in Yuvan'$fi
    or Ucha Rasi'sta{€r; some
    scencewhen it o""ont"' " irikona'Fr*m
    and call thern Yuva'lfilt
    recognisetheseas two distinct conditions
    and RaJa'tr<trespectively
    n-' and so on' Seperateeffects.are
    ;JJ to eachof tt conditionsand aredeclaredto be felt dur'
    "r" planet concerned' cf'
    ilt in" u"* perio{ of the
    qftrro: €qk{fr rt* tegqt fue: t
    glrt ta< n
    !ilm: aFIfQI: srsftrdit
    srsrflrdt rrtrr rgg: {t$f fure: I
    rrttt lt
    {tt{rflftC?q€0 qftd rqrddt
    , qqfftt(: t
    qlQQpqrffi{rq:
    rllt'! sgtrrstt{ g"ttq aa: tfitq' ll
    qtnrl {aim @ Tfvt'
    " lrrrrt<qn xfi qdts(trfi fttt rt
    qftilaqnrdre ci lr{qas{: t
    tllv(l g q{Ir6rs *lTQrF: nusffi tl
    !!nf{? qllrfie hqrsudtrr: t
    {tT{g' $rcte trfr lrrsrrqq: tt
    Iqtvqtttrr0 cct* 3s66t: I
    |gffuri T{otctft ftrlqq u
    gL 66 ffiill{: 89

    AIso qKl{cft I n
    etrnri*etmi rgrttt lncfrlt t
    qfffiF ilrdi i Scffr'qrc frfril: r
    qwf *niterr{i grrrq: qdffa: f
    rqhffir<i q rqr crr iliRil: u
    ffi sUqi q {qn qrsrtQttt t
    ffitsscstt|er s$qi g qrtr rret n
    ctt: S* g{ft<r"q"ffiryr: t
    fd{*dr qqil rqqq 1
    lSeftat
    g{ftnt: grcirdkr: s$ffif*lit sfo{: t
    ftr$: gvftr: qn qfrr'q qrqth il
    gcffififurig ir €{d: qrrmfrt-tt: gtrtt3 |
    wqgr<efttar: ftrsr: teat: qcdfgr: ti

    sqi'ritl{qtri q qFr€*i*qFt fr t
    g(qEt{rftcd gfi etqrfuhmqll d\ ll
    Slolc. 85. That portion of a'zodiacalcign'in which
    a planet io in itg exaltationanCthat Navamsawhich iE
    owned by it, they say, is its waking rtate. The Navam'
    ra betongingto a friendly planet is its dreaoing Etate'
    while itc sleep is that portion wherein it is ih its de'
    preocionas also that which is owned by an eneoy.
    6J:cmR-*trtrftt fuff.r q EecP{€rgrq tlrt I
    RsrT& rl0n * 1 gqttil+q n
    firnq sqdget cr*anrggRis'I3 | .
    ftiqa: q{sr1 <ntrm1351{qnffi: il
    srtrrfiqr q$r6ETsqier qrfr t
    h!q,€rq(rua€{r tttsrTt gftqilc I
    Bcside,s the teu Avastha's (qqgr:) or conditions described iu
    slokas 16r-18strfra and the three ones mentioned iu the present
    'slolca,
    i.''ere are some rriore Avastbas (lt*eff:) wirich bave been
    tscribe,l to the several planots due to their being placed iq'certain
    12
    90 Adh.ll
    positions. An accurate knowledge of these app@rs to bo very
    essential for making correct predictions. It has often been seen
    that, in the case of 2 or more persoDsborn at one and the sanie
    time (say in the same Lagla, in the same day, month and year),
    the. phalas or effects are not at all similar but quite different.
    This is mostly due to the entire change in their Avasthas (E{s-gr:)in
    n'hich the ptanets are situated in these lioroscopes' !'or insl.ance,
    .one ought to naturallj' expect Sarrthanavriddhi (rqrta?) if -a
    'benefic planet (ga;6r)
    occupies the 5th housean<l Puthrauasa if a
    palefic one should occupy the same. But it is stated that beuefic
    planets in tlre Cheshta (=)st)state in the Sayana (:f+q) and Nidra
    Avasthas (fr4r w<vr) occupying the 5th house do moro harm tharr
    t
    good for progeuy, while malefics in the same positiori ancl in the
    eame conditions are capable of .helping the Santhanavriddhi
    (silIqER) of the native. As the several Avasthas (qcqrl:) of the
    planets are thus seen to play a very iruportant part in moulding
    tbe nature of their eflects cluring any birth, a detailed description
    cf the sante here will not be cousidereclout of place.
    x{gdqtrft
    rIEMisg.ftqr rrFrr:{tQlat rrGe: ga t
    ft,il{Tt {qk{ fuE4t q rFrr-'g"rll
    ofqdr .rftia*e gRrerfm<ur t
    gqd: Sft{dia .1trn+' cffrfer:
    gztgm; knr rrgkggftrRq t
    Tfltffqs*$Ffr affinr qt qq q ll
    g6{riqt} srsft ftr4ilir& rrftga: I
    rftt* *sft rrRfrgFft: s'eftqt: n
    flgitr {tggdt RS€* rrasft r
    qqr ttqt ll
    !fte: s s Atq: {dfgdr
    norft Rra: ta: qlSqTsr<Alft'd: I
    g{.lFr { $mfil qfr<: s irfliFt: lf
    P{*rdt ftTgd f**sr qradftt: t
    gaor sftiiit qtr gkd: q c*Rd: tr
    rfor frfr qal qmt: T{cFdrAqr t
    &fut t Mrqr€3qr qq *firn: n
    9[ It ftOiltsrqrv: 0r
    lg tS r urig qeffi qtqr I
    gftrc: tr)fu8tqrsfts at g:slrrw: u
    'q!
    . t}or Aqd{ q*rl{g q&t: r
    rorqddtq tnrsl: strtrqs n]
    ffi s gqr gtu qt ilt rftgr: I
    GOA asfitft: sr$ q cf,merqI
    utenl Rq-frqq ftre€a&ecsl r
    gfue: 8rfun tsft q atr g:<rrca: u
    gmml qnqq vFrft rT.E q;r it I
    gnat?ffrqhs qnksrA t.dqr r il$l
    frfuetqfnrlc €si qq .rr trq I
    Bqt es qrft ir s<tqr( itrtrqr: I
    Six varieties have fortnerly treen declared,'lry Sarnbhu rgg:rrd'
    ing tl,re.conditions of planets, vizi, (1) Lsjjitha'q8ilil ashamed or
    abashed,(2) Gan'itba-rrfqa (hauglrty or conceitd)' (3) Kshudhitha'
    gf+o (hunsrr), (4) Thrushitha-ufre (thirstv or Snedv), (5) Muditba'
    gfm (pleaied or detightecl) and (o) Kshobhithn'trilm (agitate-tfor
    cxcite<i).
    (i) A planet is said to be in a Laiiltha'sGrfr condition when
    it occupiesthe 5th botlsein coniunction with Rahu, Kctu, the Sun,
    Saturn or Mars.
    (ii) [t is saiJ to bc Garvitha {t{flaghen it is in its eraltation
    psilion o* in its llloolatrhikona.
    (iii) It is io a Kshudhitha-gF're state whcn it occypies an
    inimical houseor is in conjunction witlt Siturn or an inlpical
    by an inimical planpt'
    trirlpnetor aspectecl
    I (iv) If the plarict being in a rvatery'sign be at the sarne tinro
    aspectedby'an inimical planet and una$pected lry benefic ones'
    it is said to be in a Thrushitha Tt!il state.
    (v) gut if it occupies a frien<l's house apd be in cgnjunction
    with a friendly planet, or Jupiter or be aspectud by another ffiend'
    ly planet, it is in a Muditha gfm condition'r
    (ri) Lastty, its condition will be Kshobitha dfre when
    it is eclipsed by the lun and has on it the aspect of malefics oq.
    llrqt of an inimical Planot'.
    ,l |l|f||fiFTNU AOO. 11

    Tra {rqtt rrtlrrq qhF6{r& $ntr' t


    qtTqi . d gq, wt q* qsmcq[
    ttqi q'tEttr q ffirxeiflaql
    mle-gTq rr*i srnt c€ft<rrr u
    qrrft ffi tn tqr$qsTr ,f?gqq g
    Rr qer"rt*sr q rfuei: qfuRfh: u
    ftze q.tE k*{ t sfttrtq I
    Sfitr tli tr{?rt foq}qaq,,
    srr{€ eqr@c cgr g}: r
    rRqr q€ lrrlr tTt ili1ffi<Qitt rr
    tnryfta'{trmlq gr: {rqqq\ I
    qrcrqftottg*'!-*6c (Run da' il
    r* q- irql t{ st $rrt{rt aqr r
    g* et I tgrii g! dtFr ffiq n
    gft eiqr: *qrrq n,i qqrr qrtr r
    cIft e{cfi tq rlr qqtlgssq I
    trt 6* s rlor WMi eR* *Qq,r i
    ff{Er Rtsr q rFrdr gftErfi. tl
    dt sq* it tsr* Rgti svq r
    Fierqi qdr q sr+i rfutti fug: il
    g{rg:,i lttruli q sfrqqnl relFranrI
    lrerri f{fttq ?r<ift trqr gt, rr
    There are twelve other conditions of planets which have qlso
    to be speciallynoticed. They in their order are (l) S4yana{rFl
    (lying down), (21Uwvesa Efr{r (sitting), (3)NethrapaniMI
    (witb the hand on the 6ye), (a) PrakasanaTrfi?t-d(making brieht ot
    irradiating) (5) Gamanechcharrqkz (desireto go), (6) Garrqaa.E{
    (soiqs), (Z) SabnayamVasati tr|{tci {€fr (dweUiqg or. beiqg in gn
    assembly), (8) esama sTrrrfr(cominb),(9) Sr{-d(eatiqs),(tO; t*ruEq-
    tipsa:Wtrqr (desire to dance) (lt) Kauthut" *f+ (deliAl, jgvr
    pleasure)and (12) Nidra fr{ (sleep).
    To find the particular olirtrt1of any planet, tbe fo[o11ipg iq
    tbc method to be adopted':-
    ttl*srme 90

    gicd tbe product of the folloring thrcc numbers:-


    (l) The numler rqpresentingt\o order of thc plan.et (couqtpd
    (e) tno-.
    from the Sun whose Avastha'q{gl has to be found'
    lumber representing the order of the Nakshatra"(countedfrotu
    Aswini) in wbich the'planet is situated; and (3) thenumber
    ]egfppentipgthe actual degreein whicb the planet is at the time
    (l)
    Buderconsideration.To this product must be added the nuqber
    tpdicatingthe order of.theperson's:Janma Nakshatra-wwF (Z) thc
    (counted
    Dunqbr represenlingthe order of the Jananalagna'wrrou
    horq uesba) snd (3) the nusrber represeutiqg the ghatikal that
    of birth. Divide the Ie-
    lave elapsedsince suorise till the time
    jult by 12. Thi, remainderwill indicate tbe order of the Avastha
    rtit{n (corrntedfrom 6qa) of the planet'
    Again, multiply the remainderaboveobtained by itself' To
    :this add the number giveu in the marginally noted table ur:derthe
    initial letter of the nameof the person concerned. Divide the re--
    sult by 12. To the remainderadd the Kshepa'Sv, rihich is also
    It ql appended in the margin, belooginq
    t' lt c
    t' _ to the planet, and divide this by..3.
    tlll r !
    r[
    The rtmainder will iudicate in
    tft g ' which of tbe tbree-Drishti, Che-
    T3C |t q sbta or Vicheshta-rt, iur, or ftiut
    trtq ! ! conditions in' tbo Avaeth*'qgt
    rIrq ( q already found, the planet act'qlly
    is at the time'
    tlf,q C f

    188 4 5 Take for example the case of


    tbe horoscope gived in the notes
    -
    Surfs Ksbpa ig t afirrM.
    to 3ripathipaddhathi
    Il[@a's ,, 2 is required to 6nd tbp,
    Soooose it
    o
    Mq{s' ,, putti"ular Avast!4'rrvt of Jupi'
    , Meqcury'g t, 1
    r ter. The birth is stqted to be qt
    Jupiter's ,, 5 t.tf a glrati&a before Sunrise or
    Yg$+e's ,, 3 io the 60th ghatika from the pre-
    Sqttru's ,, 3 vious Sunrise. l'he position of
    ,, 4
    ,BabB ;upiter is 8 signs, ldegree,.25
    Kethu . ,, {
    miootes, ! socoad. Jueiter is in
    o4 {l5{rtrtil Adh. II

    ,
    is the lgth
    ii ttre sttr when counted from the sun. Moela-not
    ftom Aswini'qttffil.

    fherefore multiplying 5 x 19 x 2=190'


    by the Janana'
    1'o this must be added the number represented
    t*gn.-._;; (which is ltfesha-lc in thisloroscope), the numbbr
    (which is Sravana'tltlul
    representing the Janmanakshatra":fafrfQF
    ald the number representing the gha-
    o,r 2211&fron Aswini'qfA*)
    tikasthathaveelapsedsincelastSunrise(whicl'is60intlrepre.
    celt case)'
    t.heresultislgC*|.+22.|60or273.Dividingtlrisllyl2,
    whicl" nreans that Jupiter's Avastlra'
    we lrave 9 as the retuaintler
    arirql at the tirne is Rhojana"fra-a'
    of the native.begins
    Again squaring 9, we get 8l' -Tlre -nanre
    the number giveo fol that letter is l' So we
    with the letter S and p remainder l0'
    ' this bv 12' there iR
    ;; 8l l I or 82. Dividing -
    tlre Kshepa'qirof Jupiter'.viz' 5' T"',11 t-
    t ;i; nrust be added
    this is airllae{}v.3', thcre is a remainder 3
    ,U-"rii"t" fS' Wlren the Bbojana
    J"i.*"s that Jrtpiter is in Vicheshta'Rlsl'in
    .Avastha-'fr'fit{{lr'
    Thefollowingtableishowstheparticutar'Avastlrar.rt{€Ifan
    planets are
    thereinin whic\ lhP'serse?al
    the sub'stateo, "ooiiton '
    under reference:
    iitt*a in the horoscope *

    Actual position Nameof the The Sub'state


    Avastha
    Planets in the Licliptic'
    -u.
    ('*lwr) or condition
    s. s.
    "' Drishti (ED)
    r{l-17-43-$ Kauth'uka (#gd)
    Sun
    'r ti t' tt
    Moon 9-l+-29-39
    ll-27==53-- 9 ." t'
    Mars "
    r'
    Mercury ll-24-13-44 " " "
    8- t:25- I Bhojana (ftc-{) vicheshta (frist)
    ;;oiter
    O-.l+"12-51 Itauthuka(AIgd) Che^shta(isr)
    Venus
    G-27-55-4fi "' " tt
    Saturn " "
    1r' '
    For further detailssee Hora Ratna'
    Sl.8e+z ftfrSs.qn: 95

    ftfrqqqe,t{e, flsrd q,sEr


    urq I
    gd(qtl, qrsif qEIqlmttRr{r:ll cQ ll
    Sloha. 86. A planet io a $irchodaya aign (Vidc
    Adhyaya 1. Sloka. 14) yields fruit at the initial portion
    of tht period of lite influenced by him: But .the same
    planet .n a Prishtodayaiign doeeit at the final ttage.
    But if he should be in a sign which hasboth the charac'
    teristicr, he becomesfruitful at all times
    r.f. rtv*rrc
    gBmq*ar*qt<+ee}:e:lutg r*qr: n
    Also rnFt:
    rQn:gshrm t
    srnrftTqcrr$cE:
    q{ncfi cc} ftc;ql=* qffifu il
    Also. frt<t+dt
    qri q{rrg soq: qNqrrrfucRr* fttrr: t
    sqAnt q q* €{r+{ gtH q *s! r
    fiq{il*{qq(rcr.. qlilfiqlftqrt t
    ll ds ll
    dttfre: rfuuqmztqq
    nafrqrsqUoutE:
    Sl;ho, 8?. By the specialfavor of the planets'the
    been
    diversity of their work, form and properties has
    be'
    iet forth in the JatakaParijata which hac thereforE
    pianeary
    .or. abuodantlyilluminatedwith the pith of
    effectstreatedof in all astrologicalworks'
    fi *qEq{urqr?qilt{fr$rt
    qrdfiqfiMrtrcKquontqrfrftitqt tt
    'Nature
    Thus endc the second adhyaya upon the
    Pari'
    urd Properties of the Planen' i'n the work Tataka
    [o'-."tnored bv Vaidyanathauder'the auspiceaof the
    nine plane"'
    r or'r-nrn*..r-"'-*
    .f'ffT

    uffi;tt
    "-r"ii,.li{3;i r.'r3
    Adh'yaya lll.
    lflrrrror,o Btnrus, eto.
    Out of the 80 slokas in this Adhyaya, 46 have beeu taken
    from tsrihat Jataka,fiz-, Slokas l.:4,7-15,2l-25,38-40, +3'+1,
    46.17,58,60-79. I :rr1 sr,(ry.,
    The first l0 slokas of this clnpter deal with Viyonijantna
    (REftq-rcl. The words Amsa (sfEr)and Ithag (rTr.I) llave been used
    'qci{r)
    to imply Dwadasamsas (Aiilt) and not Nar-amsas as will
    be scen by the wotd Dwirasa bhaga (l*(gr{rq) in the opening sloka.
    The information contained in theseten slokas can Lre used with
    advant4gcfgr horary purposes$when a thing is lost or an anirnal is
    lost, or to enable tbe agriculturist and breeders of animals to
    find 6rrt the best seos(rnfor cultivation or for breeding purlnses'
    It can also be applie<tto:rn rJtdiuttry lioroscopetri see hos' ttluch
    of anirnal uature the Jataki ("indf) has or to see if the horoscopc
    irtdicates'hunranactivity or becr.rntesuselesslike inaninrate beings.
    !'urther, it can be utilised for ascertaining if the native is
    fortunate or not with respect to aniurals or cultivatiorl aDd if so
    to what extent.

    trd, grRti\frfrqftstr

    . ?re{tsq qi6 frftfrts:'of


    ut rr
    SJo&n 1. If, at the time of the'birth any living
    malefic planetc
    creatureor of a query regarding it' thd'oner
    are fouod to be ltrong anil the benefic weak, aod
    q7
    $b 1. tffitsrqrq:

    kendra
    if I neutral planet (Saturn or Mercury) be in a
    position or aspectthe rising sign' the astrologer may
    L"hr" the birlh of a living being similar in form to that
    , indicatedbv the Moon'e Dwadasamsaprovided this
    tp.ra"tttr" b.longs to what is calleda ffifr (Viyoni)
    rign (\[esha. Vrishaba, KatakarSimha,:Vrischika' first
    , hatf of Dhanur, Makara, or Meeoa).
    Norps.
    Viyonijanma (fttrkq;q) means a living being inferior in status
    [o man, whether of the animal or vegetable kingdom'
    For an animal to be born, determine whether the Dwadasanrsa
    (ffift1nt')' These
    occupiecl by tbe Moou belongs to a Viyoni Rasi
    Along with
    are the Rasis wbere an animal is likely to be born'
    should
    the above, the benefics sbould be wealc, aud the malefics
    or Saturn
    bc stroug. One of the neutral planets like Mercury
    with respect to the Lagna or'aspect
    should be in ao angular house
    predict that an zrnimal indicated
    the I-agua. Then only we must
    by the Moon
    by the house owning the Dwadasamsa occupied
    will be born.

    Mer. Sun
    Venus!
    Ioon9ei

    Eromllc

    question (Horary) and


    -J"itionsB person comes and' puts a
    Suppose
    shown
    of the plaaets in thc zodiac as above are
    DWn
    t11
    Then we have to judge that the person has-
    "o"f, an
    at the tirp:
    ..an;rnet end of the kind indicated by the 4th house from the Moon'
    I l3
    08 *nnrqltqfr Adtr.itt.
    ' Supposewe come across such a position in the nativity of
    ittly person. We have to judge that the nran is fortunate in
    auintals.
    Another interpreta tion for (qalqr1i4lq'.Tr.rs{rrei) (Chandro-
    l).gsadvirasabbagasarnanarupam).A form typilted by the Dreklsna
    'i,'ns;r
    (fi'€-cr.r)=2 x l; or 3rd) occupied by the iVlocn. In queriis <if
    ;{lreft,etc., thesearreuseful.to predict the forrn of the thieves,etc,
    c/. 'inrcdt-d: gaort*: +rj\frlr$rffirfte! ar r
    drrzn*,rqi *at afiftft Er fifrii: Rr.qtl
    qrqrqfua:€qrril: qRTtfi'q-orqdrrtqt't
    I ofi q R*rfrtlTni=$HrfrRqlftqfttrq uq,ll
    '
    s/oftr. Z. Finding thatihc malefic planetsareEtrong
    ;tnd in their own Dwadasamsas while the beneficplanets
    are strengthless and in Dwadasamsas not their own ;
    and finding alsothat the rising sign is a ft.ilft (Viyoni),
    thc astrologermay announcethe birth of a ffiFrarq
    (Viyoniianma)as before(r. e. correspondingin form to
    that indicatedby the l2th portion of the sign occupiecl
    bv thc. Moon, provided the- Rasi owning thc tZth
    i:ortion in questionis rrffih (Viyoni) one.
    Norrs.
    I1 tlrr.:untlermenticlneclexatnple, Moon '[^ iudilates Vrishablra
    l)r\r:rdasau)sa. T'he nlan, we judge, t'ill be ptr.5psrous in cow.,.
    ln lrorarl fii.tutc as itbcvc, breeding ol cows, etc., indicated by

    t
    t-*
    I

    ^".F-xenrpre
    I \ l a r s9
    1.
    Jupiter 2
    [
    Il turo
    St.3-1 qditcean: 99

    Vrishabha will be prosperous or we may judge according to thc


    question, that a cow has heen lost. In the above flgure, suPposl
    the Moon was in 39" of Mesha. lte will then tre in Meena l)wa'
    rlasamsa. This will be very good for fishiog.
    Bhattotpala interprets €rTlrr{ (Swabhaga$a) to mean'in ti9
    Navamsa'.

    fiq: fuM Gilq'qrdq* qsgttqqt$r


    qQFr{r*lllll
    lQcqqritrsw t6wdr fu{S*.EFrdrra
    Sloha. 3. [n the body of a quadruped,Aries
    signifies the bcad; Taurrrs,the mouth and the dewlap;
    (iemini. the forelegsaod the shoulders; Cancer, ttre
    back; Lio; tire breast; Virgo, the eides; Libra, the
    belly; $corpio, the anus; Sagittarius,the higd legs;
    Capricornus,Membrum vitileand the $crotum; Aq*-
    rius, the bttttocks;and Pisces,the rail.
    c.f. qKHJi
    *v1&.gertq,iric+'rfrgftgarft* <: r
    vdqcclts q ffiftt+frinrnt u
    ffi nsiaft qffir nqatgqftqrEl,
    .irrgo"*iuR"qedr q6'de$rr
    frgi-.n{c€atFfr stt rrrt oilqrqni q t
    sd {qqerltqq+r€tveiffi;qr: u

    @+rrltqtfratg(ra+fl r
    mfdr+fiqhoqqr
    €s"{r tst fuU{ gt tr r rr
    Slota. 4. By putting togetherall the strong points
    whetherderivedfrom the rising sign or the risingDwa,
    dasamga, the presencetherein or the aspect thereon of
    cerain planets,the astrologershould be able to give out
    the colours that may be found in the creature born
    (ffift); the numberof the prevailing hueg, he should
    declareruiably to the planetc on lhe Lagna ; and as to
    Ioo mmfiqft
    ig.tj
    Se etreakson the animal'sback, if any, he may guess
    fhem in accordancewith the planet in the ?th bhava.
    Norrs.
    w.{tvrA4ldl is another reading. cs?ar'6ci is another reading
    sb q+{€e<€r.
    Find out how many planets are posited in the Lagna or
    spect the Lagna. If tbese planets are strong, then only they
    6fu.st be taken into coosideration. [f not; find out the rising Dwa-
    'asamsa
    and predict the colour of the animal as dqscribedio l, 23
    r'nd, 1I l9). The greater the number of planets io the Lagna or
    ;specting the Lagna, the greater will be the varieties of colours
    o the auimal. The colour on the back of the aoimal (natural
    tripes of the animal at its bar:k) shculd be predicted tbrough the
    ,lanets place<lirt the 7th bhava from thr"Lagna.
    r/. aHrdr
    ' q€gt'*a rtqt r
    lqrlqfu€ff&iirqi
    € € 1<re* ee #r srsft r
    "or
    e.ntrqrtMl c{t?r+*utq. r
    ,' Graqdql:e{t g&i€i sseqilq r
    ffi qrqd ffiMpe irrrq: I
    Tsffr rrqqqr:ofrft qfi ftt*rrq rr
    fri 6tPd*rq: nrft fti qrtfr ftfti s t
    rul CnmqtftitrfoE: urorifu: {r<v{ n
    ir r* qrqrncTilrfr€H ftst r ;j
    t6q{,cdsfr vi SsffiI gq1 Sa* rl
    qfiffi: ql*6etS'={ fipv r
    f' !f t . = fw
    fFqrr{ofu S3 arrrg: vtgffisR u
    t:. q-rtq ife: qttt<rta qfrTrBffiqq I
    tanrr?friurqi eti'iufi ccfu qrf,rirq rr
    Gunakara (S"nfl) and Bhattotpala (rrilm-o) interpret the worC
    lmsa (qrr) in the sloka as Navamsa-

    , t€fgfi gsftfr qgqlqili uiq r


    : Ri sgn E?drds*qd{fr' n \ ll
    st,
    :i:- --,---,-.]j1
    --:g:T'*"-----
    Sloha.5. Grant that the lords of the 4ch and the lat
    bhavasoccupy respectivelythe lst aod the 4th Bhavas;
    the'blrth of a quadrupedmay ba possible;the birth of a
    brote may likewise happenwhen the lord of the Lagna
    and the ruler of the 4th (wa) bhava. are in coniunc-
    tron with Rahu and Ketu.
    g*fti Tfrqiliqfr.qrf*qf?{it
    {rg*SWiq, qrqr&s;qqdqi?:
    ll Q ll
    :n il{

    Sloha. 6, If (in a fltdftffqtla'Viyonijauma Yoga)the


    rising sign be aspected by Venrrs,the birth will beof iur
    aoimalof the cow kind; when the Lagnais in conJunc,
    tion with or aspected by Saturn,theanimalbornig of the
    buffalokind;it is of thesheeporgoat kiod when there is
    Rahu or Ketu in the Lagna. An animalunlike all these
    tailGsbirth when the rising sign abounds with malefic
    planem.
    c/. eaftifu;ssfi1
    gslre fttrir rfirtqr: qc$rr*trre gir: tras: r
    rev4q1*qtqrtirsq ee] e'rtq ertfrs;lsg6*.r' ,,
    rqt srru qsdwr n fturgt qtqi{rffi r
    gqffi r fr€rn:qoigqr at*atqqrtr{rfrqqr:uetl
    Sloha. 7. When the rising decanateis a ciQi
    ;wt (Pakshi Drekkana)or when the rising Dwadasamsa
    is that of a moveablesign or of Mercury andhasa strong
    .pl'-et in it, land or water birds may, comeinto exist,
    ( . cording as the rising decanateand the Dwada,
    Eamsi in the three caEesare occupied, if not aspected,
    by Saturn or the Moon.'
    NorBs.
    For Pakshi drekkanassiilc Adhyaya5, Sloka 55 itfra. But
    t02 ilCT|Rilt Adb" TII

    a
    Mitlruna, Zod-in Thula, lst in Simha and lst in Kumbha.
    lf a Paksbi Drekkana as above is risiog on the l.g8na ead be
    aspected b1 occupied by Saturn or the Moon, then birds are born
    or indicated as the case maY be'
    If \{akara, i\'Iesha, Kataka arrd Tula (uroveable signs) Dwe-
    dasamsasare rising on the Lagna aspected or occupied by Saturn
    or the l'Ioon, then birds are born or iodicated as the cass may be.
    tf the Dwadasamsaq of Trlercurl' (tlithuna or Kalya) arc
    risiog onlthe l-egna o.cupred ot aspected by Saturn or the Moon,
    then birds are born or inCicated es the ease rnay be,
    ln the above, Saturrt indicate:: birds who live on earth as
    .op1",osedto birds li'!-inc irr rvater. The l$oon indicates birds on
    'rater.
    pf
    . The previous sloka holds good for predictiggi tbe cqlour
    'fi( Atrua il tbe slCba
    tbe bird, Bhattotpala and Gunakara inlerpret
    3s f$3vaolsa.
    'c/. r.n<ntt
    Rurif?accrh clq s&it qi q qtrrtir t
    diil il flt.i'tt €r< rqr{r: dtfkitftat sq{: il

    ; qRi:
    o{rfr{aratEo{9RK
    c.
    i '
    €r{fir q{ ir€f aRtilIqqrfls ll c ll
    '
    Sloha.. 8. With the Lagri,a,the Moon, Jupiter
    nd the Sun, all devoid of strength,the astrologer may
    .*o,rn"" the springing of trees. Iil/'hether they spring
    .n land of, water is to be decidedfron the cbaracter of
    nthe
    risiog Dwldasamsa;i- c. frod the hct of its belong'
    ing to a land or watery sign' The trees gtowing in
    laid or water will be as many as ther€ are Rasis from
    the lagna uP to the next land or water'sigo
    81"g lod

    The-Lagua, the l\toon, Jupiter and the Sun must be power-


    less. Find the Dwadasamsa of the Lagna. If it be a Viyooi (ftfi?)
    sign and at the same time be a lancllor watery Rasi, thdn wE uray
    say that thetrees are either in land or watery places.:: Supposeit
    is l\{akara Dwadasamsa (first hatf) ttrat is rising. This will indi-
    cate a tree in a garden or park. Suppose the Lngna to be l7n in
    lianya. Then the rising Qwadasamsa is that of Meena. 'l'his
    wilt inclicate a tree near the river.
    lf the rtsft' (Taruprti)-the ruler of the I-agna Dwaclasaursa
    is away from the Lagna, predict the nurnber of the trees by the
    'signs
    intervening the Lagna and the atcfr (T'arupati). As..r6trr* tt
    (,1ferir (Dasaclhyayee),the following is the rule.. yrind crut the
    r\1'urtlayaof ttre gio:rd1(Kundali). Convert the years, months and
    days into days. f.'he number arrived at will inclicate the number
    clf trees or plants.
    Supposethe l4th degree of Mithuna to be rising. 'fhen the
    rising l)wadasams,r is the 6th in Mithuna lhsi, r. r., Vrischika
    which is only a watery sign. lf at the time the position of Mars
    (the l,rrd of Vrischil<a)
    be Kurrrbrra, the number of trees wilr be
    lhc nutnber of Rasis separating Mars frolrr the I:agla l. e., fronr
    X'Iitlruna to Kurnbha d. c., t). Again, fronr lhe slokas
    of Saravali
    (lu.rted below, the follorviog has also
    to be noted,: If the trord of
    the ris.ing Drvadasamyaeither qrccupy his exaltatiou
    sign or bc
    rettograde in his motionr the number already
    obtairred should bc
    treblerl. If he be in his Vargottarnamsa, or bis own
    f)wadasamsa,
    Nevarrrsaor oDrekk^na, such number should be
    doubled. For
    eraiirple, if l'Iars in the instaunr:e
    cited be retrqrade in his motion,
    or rnsteadof o'.:cupyingKumbha be in Makara, his
    exaltationsig:n,
    the nunrber (It{akaral being the tith fronr lllithuna)
    should bb
    trebled. We shalltthus bave 24. But if Marp qhor,rldI
    oceqiy
    Mesha llavamsa or illesha Dwadasamsa of Kumbha, d.a,
    hir own
    sign, the nurnber of tlees qrll be only gx il or lg
    and so oa
    c/. $trsnj'
    aar*rfrEsrf{r$' lrt'q {rq}fti grtt I
    swtr|rc?htfl|n ttrnffi rt1ry3 x
    104 rtuuc|ftcfi Adh III

    erocatrt ssrsrqft rrd g isft arqa: r


    frFrgqd ?vrqqqtqc+rr?eqn
    " lt should thus be understood that in order that a human
    being should be strong and powerful, the Lagna, tbe Moon, Jupiter
    and the Sun shoukl possessstrength. Illse, the uative beccmes
    powerless lrke a tree arrd becomes a depeudant on others.

    effi :{f{l-{ wqft f{t$il{ qfqgs


    SiQqiqkqfrer fiuancf{ *q, t
    EFtRrfrffif,ffi Sqifiiliqgr:
    fuiqrRFg:sg$freqr{qftgilg {3, tRtt
    Sloha, 9. The Sun generatestrees that are in,
    wardly strong(nrassive);Saturmproduces such as are
    unsightly.The Moon givesbirth to thosethat aresappy;
    ]r{ars brings forth thorny ones. Jupiter and Mercury
    produce respectivelyfruit.bearing and fruitless trees.
    Venus ushersinto the world thosethat merely blossom
    but bear no fruic, \l/e haveto say againthat the Moon
    makeehis trees oily and thoseproducedby Mars bavc
    ltrong,scentedboughs.
    . Nolss.
    . This rnust be appliccl to the horolicopg, ,if every landlord.
    The Sun governs timbcr ancl othcr trees which are rnwardli'
    strong. . Saturn inclicates useless tret:s; l{oon, saplr1'trees i anrl
    Mars, thorny tree:; cr plants, lrrlriter .!{(.rvern$ trees bearing
    fruits. l\Iercury r{overnsgood trees but not hearin;gfruit. Venus
    will produce llolvery trees or plrrntli, I\,foorr relrrest'ntr;oill' trees
    while i\Iars denotes ugly ones.
    'fhe
    land investments are iridicated by the 4tlr bhara and rts
    lord. Some people are unfnrtutratti in land investment, . because
    the 4th bhava and its l.ord nrc weak. Corning to progression (by
    any system), progressed Nloon in any aspect to planets in radix
    goodor bad, wift indicate- grrodor tad fortune in:thc 'trecs or
    plants indicatErl as :tbovc.
    $1.ro tftqtsrqt{: l0t
    c/. qFr+A
    rrnf,:qRr{wr{ ilgt{t{ rtft trqr{ |
    $$nre}er{nrft gc sirsHr n
    rgrueft* tfu: ggffi{trqr $tF: r
    Wqqo*egert gtil's racfthi ctlq u
    AIso iREK
    qur{ qiqft q,il $tTrn q,ttlr: r
    ufrifurf€w *rf : figi,iqr{ qrgil [
    $ gd e'norFqxgsqsr{ qrr}: gr: I

    '' gfrtgqii efu


    r\$a.\

    ' STdi
    tttft Eqffierqqr r
    *, q(t{r*qHfrfr"ueltnllE
    {Ek iFqrc{fiilqtftqrill I o tl
    ; ll {ft Rdftwqrs{nrr:ll
    Slo&a. 10. When the phnet presiding over rlic
    birth of a tree, being benefic, is in the house of a
    oalefic one, it generateE.aeoodtree in a bad placaThe
    rerult ig revbrsedwhen the condition is reversed That
    is, if the tree.producing planet, being malefic,occupy
    the-houssof a b:nefic one, a bed tree wi't[ spring up in'
    a good soil. 'Tbe number ol trees of the kind spokenof
    beforewill be the number o[ Dwadasamsarreckoned
    from the.planct's own Dwadasamsa last occupiedby it
    lp to th: alicn onc which it now occupies.
    Notrs
    ' c!, qrr'Rff
    guit r
    , Tr: *rq'Jtqrr}yefti otrit
    irrqrq crqqEiffifr gnisft r
    qrrfri: gc.$t qcrk ftrr: <g
    1ryr:I
    106 qtn+qii'ilR Adh.nl
    .,ff_*.-__-#-+---*T:-
    tqotqcaqftqi Proqoqni g <tu-l qfl: n
    tlicrrcri{qrfog annrren rralh f,te;il: I
    torsiit qr sr€tcttil irct: nq fu<qqt e'{ft 11
    .V.B-'flre reittlerrvill do well ro go througtr Chapter 53 of qrttdr
    (saravali) fi;r detailecl i'formatio' on fidfhr=q (\riyoniianma)

    ll qq ftffi{Br ll -'t
    .ril g fiuFqg5nfrrir'
    swgtqqmqrqqrd-{
    we\-qw&gq$qhQiftor irimdft ttFtil ii ?I tt
    Sloirr. ll. The menses of a woman which arc
    due to the interactionof Mars and thq Moon, i' e', of'
    bile and blood, set in every month whcn the Mcon is
    in an slqqqqrrFT (Apachayasthana, d. c.r lst, znd, 4th, 5th,
    '?th
    ,8th, 9th or l?th) from the Lagna' But if the Mcon
    occupiesa different position, i. e', is in an ETqqrrrrrt
    (Upachayasthana, 3rd, 6th, 1oth or llth) and is aspected
    by a beneficmale pianet, the woman lovingly uoites
    with a man
    ,liorrs '$ 'r
    Mars signilies
    !'he Moon governs fluid natter of a t'onran'
    combination of the tvo causes ntenstru'
    .the blood of a wottr:ro. A
    ation
    ciq (Narena) ttre rvord means a man in the true sense,tlrat
    is ure capable ,f procreatirrge,Tffit,Kaptini rrreans1 female who ca'
    rmenstruate. frsk (.Peedarksha) Rasis are {Jcq{ (Anumchaya)
    p l a c e si . a . l s t , 2 n d , ' l t h , 5 t h , ' 7 t h , U t h , g t l r a n d l 2 t h l r o u u e s ,
    grtqc (Upaclrata)places are 3rd, 6th, lOth and'I ltlr houses'

    tsy the vorcl ga5r€ (Subhapunrgraln),Jupiter is lrere nreetntas


    he is the only benehc male planet. if the \Ioon iil his transi t
    occupies an srFt{ (Upacbaya) place "and be aspecteil by Jupiter on
    tbe 5th day aftcr menstrud'tion, the woman ioins her husband and
    conceives.
    .r';$'ir ,;".r|$ rla,i;it-,.i ,*$1e , .l
    ,i
    sl, t 1. t!fltdlstqrq: rM

    be cou'ted from the Laguaaud not from the r.c(,i{ (Janma


    Rasi.
    IVIoon'spiace). lt is necessarythat Jupiter must throw
    his aspect
    on tlre I\{oonon the 5th day after menstruation for conception
    to
    lre possibie. Along with this, should any hermaplrrodite
    planet
    strong in position aspect the Moon in transit,
    the conception
    cannot take place. 'lhe position of all planets
    except the Moon
    slro'rld be rvith referenceto the radix, (oativity
    at birth).r
    If we take a women's horoscope, it will be seen
    tlrat there
    will only be 3 housesrvhereMars afgicts the
    rloon, IJut 2 of ttrern
    ure liliely to be fteEi (peedarkslu) bouses.
    in t'e follorving 'oroscope l\Iars aspcctsliur'b'a,
    Vrishabha
    and l\'Iithunaslrich happe' to be the 7th, lOth r,ntr
    'respectivell'. llth houses
    Lea'ing cff the lOth'and I lth which
    are sq{zt
    (Upar:hai'a)places, Iiurnhha is t[e only llasi
    where *hun tl,"
    II.on corrresin his transit that r'enstruatio' is capable
    of .Rect
    i t t g i ' - i n u o r c a u s i n gc o u c e p t i o n .

    lTt---t
    ll-r-=-l='l
    Dir
    I

    i n"o,* I il

    I of a $orr:an I
    Sarurn lt

    I I rt

    For conception to take place on the 5th or the following


    nights, the l\{oon by transit o' the 5th ilay after nrenstruation
    ttrtrstreceirretlre aspect of Jupiter without,'.their being
    ary orher '#,
    nsr)ectfronr a hermaphrodite pJanet. frrorir the above principle
    it
    is possible to deduce rvhetlrer o worlran rvill hnve issues or not.
    'l'he
    follorving additionar infirnrrtion is f'u'd i' otlier
    worlis:-
    If, in the case of a rvonranas soon as slre bathes after the
    stoppageof the men.es, the iltoon in her orbit slroulcl ccupy
    an
    t0E tr|rrr$ifi .,: Adh rl.l
    Upachaya Rasi qndbe at the same time aspected by.posrerful
    Jupiter, she will have s'exuil intercourse.with hbf husband. If the
    Moon in the above said Upachaya position be aspected by the Sun,
    she rvill have sexuil'union with an officer of the King. If thc
    aspecting planei be'Mais, the union will be with a voluptuaiy.'If
    .it be Mercury,. the intercourse will lle n,ith a fichle-nrinded pdrson.
    !f venus be thi aspectiig planet, it will be with a beautiful loveri
    If it be Saturn, she I'ill bave criminal iutinraci \'itl, ao ordinary
    servant. If the Moon be aspected. by several malefig planets,
    thO woman rvill leave her own house and become a prostitute.
    gurrfi:
    '
    nftfirftqrtgt qgRwf,t'clRe:
    {fuccc,ifrn r5{ftItilir q?frt t
    qrrsrarnF&gqqqnat iqd
    trqRftalf*i <qforrrlrtft d r
    {tfn $ ^ e64; qrq ftrcigir (rnnirll(qr I
    c'lq €srFtnArgfk: qila t} ftsqrl,t fqei I
    Also qRKdt'
    ugvwnfiir,tst*gg4rrrrr*i rfutua I
    rfirrr* gqftnt {s-dtt dr ga.fr* rr
    frg.S@ gnlsffiv.eqrrrflftft{ frt snt
    qi rG dn ft*a rtil: rrtt *g r
    qt qrqft rfr qts ftft<tq qftmiart r
    Eqlcd€ f}gtirqfffi qff{ ifd r
    sqrrqqrfrqqqqdr lwn gefr(cqrClr
    Serntrft {'ri ftirqc: Sa*rs: rr
    c;i S*{ st g.qsft e6 rfu tq}q r
    rrqgt.tq rfrqr rR*qrfrh q*i il
    q**in sb qr< siqr*: gaffi: ni: r
    d: sqi effqr qiqfi{ ar'{rq Srrfirru
    qqTciltrfrgiftfr dm {r'.mftgqqqh,r
    qcq{ilfrfriltgttk qtq*, tt{srT{m,il tR tl
    Ft ln, lOftcl'rri 10r
    -€--.-,t#-

    Stoha12. The kind of copulat'ionthat the native


    ,canhave is suchas it is with tbe creature typified by
    the ?th Rqsi. If the qetrfu (Asta Rasi) or the ?th
    housefrom thl qrur-I (Adhana) Lagoa be aspectedor
    occupiedby a maleficplanet,the union will be in wrath;
    ,but if the sreFs (Asta Lagna)be aspectedor occupied'
    by benefic planets;tbe union will abound in amorous
    pliy and laughter.
    NorBs
    r
    lt"shorrld;be noted that the twelve R&srs arc Night and Day
    Signs. Night signs represent enjoyment in darkness and D.ay
    signs. enjoymcnt in the presence of tignt either of a hmp or of
    the Moon.
    Further, It{esha and Vrishabha repredent the enjoymctt of s
    quadruped of the ram and buffalo kind. I{ithuna' Kanya, Tula,
    I)hanus' 6rst half and Kumbln represent the enjoyment of a
    Iruman being. Vrischika aud Makam (latter half), Kataka and
    Meena-dlz(Ke:tn)-represent copulation among centipeds,
    which is bad. Simha (t,ion) represents an enjoyment by force.
    Why ? Because, the lion is a forcible animal. Makara (tst tutf)
    is very good for enjoyment ;'and so on. A combinatioo. of the
    above two ideas rvill come to thip: consider that Mesha represents
    the 7th houseat the time of enjoyment. A man and woman.under
    such circumstances enjoy each other like a quadru;rd in thrltness.
    Sirnilarly for the rest.
    If malefics aspect or occupy the 7th house'from the snrllaof,
    (Adhana Lagna), then the enjoyrnent takes place hruch against the
    wish of one of the trvo.
    Atothn intctftctatio;-If rrralefics aspect or occupy the 7th,
    the woman corrcernedgets into tnget ofin satisfaolior if Mars
    should'be the planet concerncd : aithott sal$facliot ov csiol,'lssl
    if Saturn be the occupying or aspecting plinet' If the Sun be the
    nralefic concerned, tlere is n tcltttlsion at tht ottlstl ilsclf. lf bepe.
    fics aspector occupy the 7th, tlren the union nill be follorved''by
    fteta (\'itasa) and qrs (Hasa), i. r. real conjugal bliss.
    110 rndft{rt :Adh.III

    . c/. mcnd

    eq"<*rgqrsrirrrrlqri awfr1aqn ^rljj.,


    wtt gnga* ctrss.oi rr?grrq, I
    stf qtrt: g€ qrrsrq{tmirtrrearrq u ,il
    ffiggilHrf,fr,eqrrrttt frqilqilfl{Rqtf,tn r
    qrdrq*ft ffift{rfril wr frqtffieqf{ilssr:rrt Qrr
    S/ola. 13. When the Mocn and Mars (in the case
    of a woman)or the Sunand Venus(in thecas:of aanan)
    occupytheir own houseor their Navamsae,there wif l
    be a conceptionof an cffspring.Co:rceptirnwill equally
    takeplacewh:n Jupiter occupiesthe Lagnr or one of
    the Thrikona hous:s. These planetary conjunctiorrs
    fail of effectwith regardro p:ople void of viritity, jtrst
    as theMoon.beamg in the caieof ttr. blind.
    NorEs.
    '
    The corrnlentator Rhattotpah exprains that it is not necessary
    that all the'four foregoing pranets shou.ld rre sinrurtaneouslyin
    their Navamsas; for conception to take place, it is
    enough that
    the Sun and Venus are in their Navamsas in the sqrrs (Upachaya)
    housesof ttre 'rale, or the Moon ancl Mars occupy their orvn
    . Navamsas iD the sqq4 ({.lpachaya)places of the female.
    --
    If Jupiter is trine to the qrsFI (Adhana) f.agna, the union is
    likely to bear fruit. ii*flii (\ribeejinanr) l,eru nreans of thosc
    who have lost their seedor poteutiality on account rrf bld age,
    occident or operation.'
    tu '
    cf gurrm
    €d{rit ftr{t sr$r i{rurt
    trttrrf,nrgcc] qF{ qrrnrr{ r
    qrqeqdqrTscr(Fqtrir\sr
    .rrrfc tT{ft ee ftcirq: rr
    q .{i qRrar*rrr qrik{c&rA r
    ftsq.ori ft,ftlrrqrggir FtrltrFtr rr
    St.rr qSrhsrlta: ill

    Als,o flllFlol
    sqqq.t rF{g* cft* gv: qciu€rrir r
    . gatrt S{q"et Tqr ilil rrtfurrir rrsft il
    Also of"it*6'
    rvgit €'&iirc*$R€rgcqei* $v-rqr
    Ctvricr gwsrft rqr aqrrr&tTfr ccfr tl
    The abovscombinationsneed not uecessarilybc with respect
    to the male or feurale. They rnay :rlso be rvitlr rcqnct to the time
    of conception or r\dhana Legna (s{I+rn'og).
    ct. tRFfs't
    gtr**earftft: qlrircsqfqt: gld n r
    tr{ff{qnqq& ss{Rt rr*b *qa} mfr rt
    Also'<ik+'
    qrtrtaqnrc*-aFra*cr ftcilt+r : r
    g*sqccqt sngrRih erti gt n
    z\nother meaning can also be attributed to the sloha as
    fol lorvs:-
    gd wler: ltur; ft*srqi ! {rtrt: I
    So <fr-Ravi in the slolia means fffi) Pingala and ag-Indu nrearns
    {lr1 (Ida) Thesi are thewirtls passingthrough the right antl left
    nadis itG.arteries and veirrs-). gmrcfts-Sukravanija will mean
    'and
    semen blood or the malo and female energy. The sloka
    will then mean
    (i) tf ttre author of conception has, at the time of connec.
    tion, strong tvintl passing through the right alB, then the fernale
    rvill conceive a niale child ancl if in the lcft q ferrralechiltl.
    (ii) If semenbe greater, tlre fenrale rvill c<rnceive
    a rnale child
    and if blood, a female child.
    In the caseof equality of rvind in the right and left natlis or
    of the semen and blood, the frrnale .uill cenceive a eunuch.
    c/. e;ttt<r
    qrqqr tqr;q€qrdilr qntFt 6qq r
    gctRcg3rcqfrsrdft *c" n
    il2 rrefiRill Adh. III
    Also trte
    r*sfr* rftgsqrgb rtnirrilOnSuqrrr r
    qqrqil:gsrffiqrft frlfti.crft rqrqrrfrrn
    lnd guattct. d. U'lTd
    qxsftrrrt tfri aFa*qqisft sr r
    qs.Sttqrfifr Slqrt ftlrqt: n
    ItctdFit:sFil snd$ qqrql$qufifuit€Er
    t
    Irqg{dt€tgsitg.fi'ilqraqwsqtqwrqsm rrtBrl
    Slo&4.14 Mars anu Saturnin the ?th ptace fr.om
    the $un t ring illness upon the h,rsband. The two
    planetsin the ?th placefrom the Moon afflict the wife
    with disease. They bring on death if they be 'iq the
    l2th and the llnd p'laceof rhe Sun in the one case and
    of the Moon in the other. If one of them be'ir^ conjunc'
    tion .with the Sun or the Moon and the other aspect
    the $un or the Moon, they likewise cau$ed:ath.
    . NorEs.
    (t) tf tvtlrs and Saturn occupythe 7th place from the Sun at
    thc time of copulation,the tnan is likely to suffer very much from
    rltncreel complaints.

    (2) lf Mars and Saturn occupythe 7th place 'Srom tho Moon
    et lhc tlms of copulation, it is the wonlin that worrld grffer.,
    El. 14 qrftc'i$rtf: 1r3
    e Tth from the Sun'
    arxl Saturn, tho Tth.frorn the Moon, the man and woman will
    respectively fall ill. [See chart in the previous page ]
    ln olher words the above cas€s can be brietly put ihus :
    (c) Sott opposition Mars antl Saturn ;

    . (bl Moon opposition Mars antl Saturn :


    (o) Sun opposition Mars: and Moon opposition Saturn'
    lf any such yoga as mentioned above happens to be in the radix
    c[ a native, we may safely say that the native is bouncl to sufter
    from venereal diseases. This is e:<actly the western principle also

    If Mars and Saturn at conception be on both sidesof the Sun,


    Oo.tl2thanrl2nd from the Sun or l2th and Znd from the Mo6n
    the death of the rnaD or the woman should be predicted. In the
    ebove principle, Mars shoutd be in the l2th and Saturn in the 2nd;
    it is an important principle that Saturn in the visible half of the
    zodiac will increase the life. Hencerin the preseut instance if the
    life is to be cut short, Saturn should be in the 2nd atone. 5{r4ii}
    gdt ilar rlq-gwr (Kujarkajau yutau'tatha tadeka drishtva) means
    Mars must bc in conjunction with the Sun and Saturn in opposition
    or in the 4th from the Lagoa. Then it will cause death. This
    mounts to
    (t) Sun conjunction Mars square Saturn or (2) Sun con'
    iunction Mars npposition Saturn caus€s death of male.

    i:l
    :l
    :-l
    Mars i

    (l) Moon conjuriction Mars squareSattrn c:


    t5
    I lt+ ncffid Adh. m
    (+) wtoonconjunction Mars oppositionSaturn ciuses death
    of fcmEle.
    (5) Sun conjunction Saturu squercMars or
    (O)Sun conjunction Siturn opposition Mers csus€s d€atb
    of male.

    --l (ot
    I
    rSi
    ri
    ;*l-i
    {t
    -j (7) Irtoon-conjunctionSaturn squareMars or
    (S) Moon conjunction
    : Saturn oppositionMars causesdoath
    aof female.
    '
    : 4g'm
    ftnrfr wtfi trfurrrd: *qrftlrq* Trrc:ri: r
    , qtw* qftt gcTr'ffi s *fd ftftrgr* rr
    F'er sorne rnore similar yogasr of.alsa frt(tsrflil{

    , T-qR{i. saq't|firfuftfr{r ft* Frli irq| &!3 |


    h, ri: nqrr$Eq ilrFTer g*r trn: g5rp1mrr:I
    I w@qrfrffiirr&g61rr!ftr
    I gSRq, furE't Tcrqt rtlrr *ftr g rar*q r
    . ?igw! frr€{: *?,t g<riue: qr\e: c.hq: r
    i ilrfi*{frfrr rRgr frfr: sfiri: cqqFil ssqlq r
    qfteftrqfrF T(: U* qr ftftvrqfihtgft:qri il r
    ?qr wi' qryffi.fiqn*teq,tFn€ $srq I
    RrtfuSifrEqrEilfufr
    f ic{ffi ffir,iw r
    ffi g erqfiqql{trnirilfr, sqi ltt\rr
    81.1t,16 tillrlqrq: ul
    Slo&4. l!. The $rn and Venrn are termed fatber
    and nother rerpectively of the ceed cown cluring the
    day; Saturn and the Moon during the night. Failing to
    play the role of parentoeach of thece paire of planeB
    Bet the.designationof paternal uncle and maternalaunt.
    They becomepropitioueto the pair they representwhen
    they occupythe odd and even signs (the mrle among
    them being in the odd, the femalein the even).
    Norrs
    ;rt 'and
    The Sun represents the father at dal time, Venus, ihc
    mother; Saturn, the paternal uncle ; aud the Moon, the mother'i
    sistcr. ls1 night time, Saturn represents the father, Moon, the
    mothef ; thc Sun, the paternal uncle : and Venus, the mother's
    sister. If the Sul is in an odd sign, and Venus in an even onc, it
    is good for both the man and the woman. Similarly, Satrxn in
    an odd sign and the Moon in an oven one is good for lntornal
    rincte and maternal aunt.

    The Sun and Saturn are planets that stay tolerably for a
    long period .in. a sign, Pia., 30 days and 30 months respecti.
    vcly. If the above principle is applied, it becomes fallacious as
    ghere cannot be so many deaths alnong those born during thc
    lrriods when the planets in their transits complete their passage
    in that sign. It should therefore be taken as drqq-{ (Ojabhqva) and
    qot Mt (Ojarasi).. Then it will prove correct.
    C/. sKwdr
    ftct rnr&(t grr* rffi ftqnqt q r
    rrq{ft*frqsft Rstqrqtffift 'rtt: n
    ',lif Rc* fiftrn,q qrfrq lft ftc: r qE ftnrqrfusrrft t
    anrff{tdrn: ftg: ftqtcq tqr: qc: r
    rlqrlftffi: <rrq$frs€ cq *g u
    nrerrtqttg qrrfiirftS wq: Mesq! | lnrRil1ut: r

    dilafiftfr,frffigFqqqtl r*fttd
    qRiqdssG tr$ Nr:{rrqq1 {iqiq r
    lto r|irrflTtilt Adh.III

    *sfu{tlqon ftffi $qfffir*gqr{


    wd{F\q qot g,rgtqdffilkt lltqll
    * Slola. L6. If a woman'Bmenseseet in when the
    , Moon is in an or$rsq placeandaspectedby Mars, they
    )ecome favourableto oonceptionand not othetwiEe.
    f'he husbandshould $ow the seedwhen the Moon occu,
    piesan srq{ houseand is aspected by Jupiter. Thir iE
    to be doneat an unexceptionablelagna with manygood
    with ct and other
    points in its favor and unconnected
    , .objectionable periodsof time.
    Norss.
    s The last quarter of this sloka reads thus in s'o'illEq;l
    s, srsrct qrrn grrrftrgt cnlfrfldlftFt.
    n Rut the reading in the text is the more geoerally'acccptcd
    ' onc.
    A few of the objectionable periods nre
    Afo+l,qEi, mbr6 qrtrra ^ndgrlwtra.
    rtrqd1,
    (a) Nakshatras
    (b) qc$and other Vishtiriktas, and
    , (c) Sankrama and such other sacred days, fasting days, birth
    days, anniversary days and their previous ones. For detailed infor-
    inatiott; see Muhurtha Sastras.

    tITIil{Es t
    uftqmtilqffirfu{at Ti[frqTqr
    ilrnfiqiT fiHtnm qil{ {nnl (K{r: ffiGtrr[lsll
    Sloku.17..The firgt 16nights from the menEtru,
    ation of a woman are termedthe season.The firet 4 are
    not fit for impregnation. The other nights-;thosethat
    are.bven'-arerecommended asconducingto the concep,
    tion of tr maleoffapring
    NorBs.
    There is adiflerence of opinion for discardingthefirst four'
    'tg(r1
    days as unfit for irnpregnation. Somehold tre-<rftqn:'
    whilo
    others hs16kg€hK{fril:'. For impregnation, pirrity of the womb
    is dcsirod,
    ---.--,---.-39:'::'-----,,,,--.--------tI
    Y1'.,t31-o-.
    , qqTiq qrt il€ftsi ctrilR*q I
    qt{rRnrdt tirfttrwr frftdr rfrq rr
    At this time the female is supposecl to attain the following
    qual if icati,ons:
    cf. Yahata:
    tr
    {rrtlTfffi{qit cgt:*Frr,fr{rq, I
    e<rrfhg€i Stfici Rqreqqfrtiieq n -\,
    For this aud the following sloka, see slslS{IS( for more
    infornration.
    gffi6r {nsd q;sn91'gq{d Rwr r
    {rqr{ qtqrqtdftoKqr
    dt t**' en(s'l(r},ttqltqatt
    Slofta.18. The offspringconceivedduring the 13
    nightscommencing with the 4th aftermenstruation, will
    be of the following description: lf conceivedon the
    4th night, it will be a short,lived son; if on the 5th, a
    girl ; if on the 6th, a founderof a family; if on the ?th,
    a barrenfemale; if on the 8th, a son; it on the gth, a
    berautiful female; if on the 10th'a lord; if onthe'llth,
    a deformcdfemale; if on the 12th,a fortunateson, if'on
    the l3th, a sinful femalewretch; if on the t4th, a vir-
    tuous son; if on the l5th, the very goddessof fortune;
    and if on the 16th,an all'wise son.
    qsquqiq{ ftis{ft, gfrmq'r
    qqqtssqHo{Ig
    fi*rurfrGfr* ll tq ll
    Stofta.19 When the Sun is in the 3rd place from
    the NishekaLagnafiitos, (herewill be the birth of an
    i$ue. The same result qay be expectedwhen the Suir
    occupieo a Trikona Rasi fr$rorrnft from the Adhana
    qpnir or Nisheka l.ag,na ftitqs.
    qfoqrqrffit iI gq€sgh$rfl |
    {qtSdtqEr{ il(: (r{ffit ll le ,ll
    118 rdRq|l Adh" III

    $pected or occupied by a benefic planet, the con born


    will be long-lived and proeperoucand will attain profi-
    ciency in all branchegof knowledga
    '

    dWsnt{*s@: "\l

    fnq rqt( wtffifttr\s tiiter r


    ggHffi at {ft?rnrrfi{ gntfr{
    :n{w grft{onqqqds{fu qt * nrttl
    ''
    Sloka. 2L. With the Lagna,the Sun, Jupitcrand
    thc Moon otrong irl an odd rign and in a Narnmra
    owned by ao odd sign, the astrologershould declarethe
    birth of a mrle bhild. If the Lagna and:the planecc
    above-namedbe in an even eign and in a Navamra
    owned by an even sign, the birth of a female
    cbild ir announced. Jupiter and the Sun in an odd oign
    (irrecpectiveof the Navamsasoccupied)producea male
    child. The Moon, Venus and Marc in an evenoign
    (irrerpective of the Navameaethey may be in) nake for
    a femalechild. Theoe five planets occupyiirg a Narn,
    msa ownedby a dual Rasi,andatthe sametime aopected
    by Mercury, produce twins correopondingto the
    characterof the dual Rasi to which. the Navamsa mey
    happento beftrng;that ic to my, both malesif the Na,
    vamoabelongsto a maledual Rasi, Mithuna or Dhanuc;
    both femalesif the Navamaabe owned by a femaledrul
    Raci, Kanya or Meena; maleand female when the Na,
    vamtiu are of both kindc.

    " If mrle as well as female plinets gccupy Navamsas of dual


    rigne, onc being aa odd dual sign and ono evon, for iostance,
    8[ zz Gftlgn:
    t...s#
    lri

    tithuna and Moena, or Dhanus and l(anya, a twin is likly to be


    born, ono being a male and the other a female.
    cf. qmrdl
    "
    ffi &qcirrrril trrcrffficlr16n rfta: I
    :; Utfin cq gqi <i €cit gaft'*rclrl rr
    ffi gaqfi iRrt tc: <* fdtrig$ir: r
    rrqrit q;ln6c rr{fiilt ftm rfuq. rr
    , ftgl d.*gq ${d qrroa* tiqr: I
    f a*rg* t',mi it-an?trrilcrf,i u qrassssl

    Also ogqnq
    liFt Aqqt Mt frftreir gtwnqomrt: r
    gqFcfiI qq\ {fftet qrriqiwqitr: n
    ffu* fi*s*g€ ni fui cca$ gt;gfucr: I
    -ccd
    AtrtTitrtkrgc?wr <ilngtr* tl
    Ruqqt Rrq*dssfr('|frfwqsfrRorqr
    fururrTwdqq*{ qt"{ xqil g?frtqril il Rl tr
    " i Sloha 22. Saturnnot being in the rieing sign but
    occupyingan odd house therefrom, aloo bringe about
    the birth of a male child. Thue the iseue should be
    declaredto be male or female upon ascertaining the
    preponderancein strength of the ceveral planeto above
    menti@ed intluencing birttu
    Norus
    Tlre latter half of the sloka is applicablenot only to tho lirst
    holf but also to the previoussloka.
    ./. 'ir<n-d
    "' '
    wt gt{r ftqt rfum: Seqwqt rrcft r }{iir ' i
    n rri Vr, dtt REqs ss qd?qcqtri Rrt qrsft n (i:
    It may here be observedthat these slokastiz. 21 & 22 oto.
    pound fourteeu male and fourteen female y%as, ttisa r,
    '
    8 of each in the first half of sloka 2l
    lz0 ltlr't|ftil Adh. III
    ' 3 of each in thc 3rd quarter thereof
    2.,,,..Do 4th quarterthereof,and
    ffi:
    1......Do in sLoka,
    22
    -l-ieforemalting any pretliction in this connection both the
    yogasshoulrtbe carefully weigled and that which has a prepon-
    dcratiug inlluencepredicted,
    dr;iF{ qR qwril:{Ftrtdtqqlfr(ffi
    q* mw,i GfuqrtFrtd *(M ,
    gfr &rrmqft
    g{'ltqtTqri!&htd
    qF.S{inilRtElItRI ll
    $qft Rteendla?twrn
    Sloliu, 23, The following are the sir planetary
    positions tending severally to the production of a
    cunuch:-
    (1) The Sun and th,: Moon in opposition-and
    thcreforemutually aspecting.
    (2) Mersury and Saturnin oppositionand so mutu,
    ally acpecting.
    (3) Mars in oppositionto the Sun, the $un being
    in an evensign; or the Sun in an evensign, being as"
    pectedby Mars (Mars being in any sign); or, in other
    words, the Sun in an even qign in .oppositionor 'Equare
    to Mars or in quincuox i8p?3r..
    (a) The Moon and the Lqgna being iu odd signs
    'andaspectedby Mars (which means'afflictionby Mars
    being in squareto one and in quincunx to another).
    (5) The Moon in an evensign and Mercury in an
    odd sign both being aspectedby Mare; and
    (6) Venue, the Moon aud the Lagna occupying
    Navamsasbelongingto odd oigne.
    gftftsw: 121
    st.23 vvYYlYvYtYYYrvv$
    vy-yyv-vv-vwvvvi

    Nores.

    i r'"
    r(t) iQ)

    I
    nl'-) I
    I !
    !
    I
    I
    I
    +Ql i-
    I
    I

    _t__
    s(,)l_* s(z)
    Mars
    Irrn"" I
    II
    l,--:--
    'fhe copulation will result iu
    above six yogas at the tirne r'r['
    rvill be fruitless and if any
    nothing. ln other *o"lt, the coiticln
    hrrroscopeof a male clr fenrate
    of the above yog&sare found in the
    procluiing or bringing forth issues'
    the native will not be capable of
    (Ttris is the real meaningof gftq-kleeba)'
    l6
    tIz rili|'llht Adti. ItI
    A closer examination of this sloka will lead us to tbe follow.
    ing conctusions:-
    (t) fn" Sun and the llfoon in oppositiou (or qfdlrrPoornima),
    (Zl Saturn in opposition to Mercury ('l'wo herrnaphrodite
    planets in opposition),
    (f) Mars afficting the Sun in an even signn
    (4) The Moon and fhe Lagua both in ocld signs in aff,iction
    rvith lvlars,
    (5) l'Iars afilicting the I\{oon in an even sign
    and alsr"r Mer.
    cury in an odd sign, and
    (O) Venus, the Moon and the Lagna occupying
    Navarnsas
    belonging to odd signs or male Rasis
    are inost unfavorable and detrimental to conccption.
    I
    AlsomFrdr I
    q;de,i ftq-* ftqrffi ftt?*ir
    f€wRgi| qr tff iA* aftv+ t'(n! tl
    .c{cfe qE! sn* q{ q ftsr* | 1
    clt rrfrrq: St'& gftft:"rirq*
    sgrQs: I
    , oitsernrRR{rcilil;(.s,t SiQn$t$ttr: I
    c{i Mi fliqgw: fuarfttgr {r I
    These eunuch ycgas take efiect only in the absence of male
    end female yogas. They are to be predicted from the qlsl.f (Adl,o-
    na) Lagua or ql{o[ (Prasua Lagna) and not from horoscopes. And
    if they be predicted from horoscopesof the last child and if thbse
    yogas should exist thereih, then the mother will bear no. mors.
    The author of the <tmarft (another commentary for Brihat Jatali.r)
    after commenting on the sloka says: Ei $cSt{frfi stt: c}{-€cr*{rdcs
    aqrr.{i a1fqt<'qqq61:aftt3r cFrr;fir}nrft iqndfrAliiw<r: rrt+f}qr
    The commentator of llrihatjatal.ia twists this slolra so as to
    bring it in line with the slokas he quotes frorn }iadarayana which
    tre given below:-
    f,fqh{,rft{ftr*ffiii Mft ffi&t r
    Eg.qrfrg*r qr r*d agv* iffi: 11
    tll. 2' q|tllrilt: tzg

    tfi ffi qt: er.T*t n6qrdtrq r


    ifif* otq rrraQm:Ufucd{cft il
    gqsrff scdf Mccafft *nntr r
    siltqr{tt{rrtirr ofugffitmr: I
    The English rendering rn accordance with the commentator
    would thin be as follows:
    The following aro the six plnnetary positionsiending severally
    to the produition of a eunuch:-
    (l) The Moon and the Sun respectively in an even and an
    odd sign mutually aspecting;
    l2l Saturn in an evcn sign and li{"r"ory in nn odd ohc
    aspecting each other ;
    (t) Mars in an odd sign aspecting and being aspected by
    the Sun in an even sign ;
    (4) Mars in l.n even sign aspecting the Moon and the Lelina
    n an odd sign;
    (5) The Moon in ln even sign and Mercury in nn odd sign
    bGingaspectedby Mars; ind
    (ft) Venus, I;tgna and the Moon occupying male Navamsas.

    gfi qqfifcr*rfrqrrfi
    tgffifrqqr
    ailt{ ilR{Arfrq wft g'ig il fitq: t
    USRfrgt lftqqfrilr*qt{uFqrqfr
    e|t t fril{ rqtqtfirrgw€fr}: ilq uRutl
    Sloku24. The Moon and Venuc in even signc n
    with Mars, Mercury, Iupiter and the Lagna in odd
    signacauoethe formationof a twin embryo.The rising
    rign and the Moon being in even signr rnd aspected
    by any maleplanetcausealcotwins. Mercury, Mars,
    Jupiterand the Lagnabeing in even signsand poeseeeed
    of strengthlikewiseleadto a twin fetusbeingconceived
    in the womb. There will be a trio of eobryoE cos,
    lz4 rfircfitfrt Adh. III

    ceived when Mercury in his own Navamsa aspectg


    all planetsand the Lagna, or if the Lagna and all the
    planetsoccupyNavamsasbelongingto dual signs.I*o
    out of thesetriplets will have their sexesdetermioe,J
    by the characterof the Navamsaoccupied by'Mercury-
    baingmalesif the Navarnsais rhat of Mithuna, and
    femalesif the Navamsais owned by Kanya. The tri-
    plets will be of one and the samesex if all the Nava,
    msasconcerneC are owned by dual signs of the same
    sex; i.c , the trio will be all malecwhen the Navamsas
    are thoseof Mithuna and Dhanus; females,when the
    Navamsas arethoseof Kanyaand Meena.
    NorBs.
    J'here are three 1'ogas. rnentioned in this sloka for the birth
    of tlvius. Iu the first yoga two female planets are in even signs,
    while Lagna, Mercury, IV{arsar.rdJupiter are in odd signs. In
    the second yoga, a rnale planet (the Sun, Mars or Jnpiter) rnust.
    flspect the I-agna aud the l[r.ron, both these being in even signs.
    In the third yoga, N{ercury, I\'Iars, Jupitef and the Lagna must
    be powerful in even signs.
    y'. qrcrqdi. $,$ wp'
    qri qcr?Rf.rt q;i q t?{iffrh eagtr r
    rrfisqr silst flgt {r*F€[ftfi(qq. il
    s"
    rrlrtr{ir rihlsa{if&q} rJFr*s\rcofrS I
    f*{r{?} ar rfug c"},q.dtsf€cc*c t
    B.'ntrir*girr{ u-6n?aori' q r{qfrgge I
    ftrg{iir qib+r ;ii Stii ftaqfr,i <rt?r.
    u.
    ftnitiir+gurq r6rftvri' qi4d€qi t
    " rr$
    T:riir f *t Stqq ftrftqi rr
    !8' ftgt ugirr.rdfi{ q€rF{er' q l1-{rTd€g(l
    {rr. ftg{itrq{rr uqr gtfrat aa-rrr$ rr
    .s;{rrfraiasrd frern.gq,fa g{frqnnra. ,
    Ywft fttftrrgaaq; ffc|frrq il{I rI*: 1
    . SLgt;s gd{srnr3 18t

    In the first ling of the sloka in tbe text, some books roed
    1gr* q--d*d\ilfiqq-{+' for 'g't +'ntar+qiqwi'.'
    qgftqFerrrtffi qkfiqrft{fut, r
    ffiqr {rtgtr e} tft q{drqft drtr$qm'll1\ll
    SloAa.25. Many are the etnbryosencasedin the
    embryonicbag when the risi*! sign is the laet Navam'
    sa of Dhanrsand the planetsare strongin the Navamsa
    owned by Dhenusand when the Lagnais aspectecibv
    Mercury a:rdSaturnin their strength.
    Norps.
    (gqrif,qr is another reading for ircffirr.
    If the last Navamsa of Dhanus , is rising, then more than
    three children are 1'rossiblein tfre case of dogs,.etc. The commen-
    tator, Bhattotpala is of opinion that the word c-l[Ft:(Prabhutab)
    may mean 5, 7 or l0 " g-,{ sg {{r antrr trr4i}d."

    ,fr{tt*fltgstq ffir{ wr q qrqft |


    u;qtqweqffifid ffi EiqrrRqtl
    grqt{fiRt fi-"t6r* Sqtff}q qrtqrrI
    glnftmrF{ufq qtlult gQqIQrq: llRetl
    Fqrgqftu*teinwgrqtutrgqrI
    saTrntiils,qlrqlftdtq&qerFrfll Rdll
    Slofra.96. When Mercury in a mit,NavamEaowned
    by *crKa-nya aspectsthe . other planeteand the rioing
    cign,eachof which is in a rEtt'Navamgaowned by a
    dual Rasi,the aatrologershoulddeclarea trio to be in
    the womb.
    'If
    Sloka. 27. Mercury occupyinga Navamsabe,
    lo'ngingto Mithuna aspectsthe other planets and tlre
    ricing sign, in the position describedin the previous
    Sloka,a teqale and two males are in the urnmh rc
    t26 mrrqRqfi rAdh. Iil.

    Mercury in a Mithuna Navamsa ehould aspect the


    planetaand the rising sign every one of which also
    occupiesMithuor Navamsa.therewill be threa malesin
    the embryo.
    Sloka, 28. Mercury in a Mithuna NavamsrNpcct'
    ing the otherplanets,and the rising sign occupyingthe
    ,Navams,reown:d by any of the two signs Kanya and
    Mithuna will tend to producethe same resuit. But if
    Mercury be in a Nava.msaowned by Kanyaand aspgct
    the other planets and the rising sign io the positions
    describedin the foregoingsloka,there will be th1ee
    femalesin the womH
    Ngrrns.
    These nre rnere repetitions of what has nlready been stated in
    sloka 24 s11,pra.,

    6qqn{il{*gs gq?fitld I
    $n $eerq diqrf,figilrf ll R\ ll
    ${tk dlgt ir* qonofttne:t
    dq${ffiIF(' $a$uutr*wrll I oll
    29 and 30. The Sunand lupitcr in a dual
    .S/oArrs.
    eignarpectedby Mercury gerlerat:maletwins' The
    M-ooo,Venus rnd Mars in a similar position produce
    , twin iemales. In such cises,accordingto 6is peculiar
    l.otrengthor weaknesg,,Mqrcury tends to produc': .r
    a maleone.
    femalehernapl\ioditewhih Satu/nproil,rct's
    (l'ltt'iew'n

    "r' rr?di* grprgd"ineir gtflai) |


    tKI.c c?c*tci{rfurdt $gn at'r rt
    .itlqgfl drcdtcaia.r€ar g*fhm: t
    r*gdt qrq$f,ih rrT gr*tgtt rrtq u
    gl. 31194 qrllfrsrrr: lrl
    ! ! l l vtvvtvv- vvvYtv:r t 'Y vL"n ' #
    s;- v g vv v v t r

    R66* qqmffiat qR q{,ry6,t


    etq qqqd qr Sw;qx* ilr ll lt ll
    , Slpl,c 3 t. If at the time of impregnationthe Moon
    anclthe $un aspecteach other, they tend to producea
    eunuch, The Moon and Saturn aspcctingmutually at
    ruch a time, do likewiee.
    ftt+ )Trtrfuqitqqo?twr
    t
    slt xqsqQ sl* qrqqolfiqrfl 11ll
    ' Slokt t?. When the lords of the 3rd and the lst
    bhavasare in conjunctiott, twins will becomepossible.
    '\[/hen the lord of the rising sign is in a Varga-at
    'owned by the 3rd bhava or in hi6 own exaltation,twin
    issuesbecomeequally possible.
    qt{il ffiq-.ft gq! qgrnJqR I
    gqql q qqdqq qr ulrluur lt ll ll
    gvtqr*{tfrqr $affit *( t
    S/oAir.33. If a housr: owrtedby Mercury be thc
    Lagn;ttt r birth and if the lord of the (rth bhrvil be in
    thc Llgua and Mercury lrc in thc ( th bhava.the pcroon
    brrrn will be a fernalehcrmlphrodicc. If Saturn be irr
    the phce occupiedby Mercury (i.c be inthe 6thbhava)
    in tl're grevious case,the pcr$on born will be a male
    herrnaphrodite.
    qilfr s{ftrrfr iqqolaqsqr( |
    rdtqirtr * fti* Srqlnrgh qfr qrqqr(rn18ll
    S/oftcr.34. Therewill be.twin issuesif in the
    rising sign there be its own lorC as well as the logd of
    the 3rd bhava at the time of Rfu Nisheka. If the lagna
    128 t|Crcrnd A&i III

    t ava in conjunction
    with Rahu,the child will beborn with the legeforemoet.
    Nolris.
    '
    Th" readi'g of the seconcl half 'f this sloka is difierent in
    sqivlfuilqpr uf.?.,
    qfrq{rf;r gti lii'r+dxcttmtEi ete arrd nppears to be thc
    correct one.

    uaqt arrnt ilfrd qrEdqiI


    t<rtl r;x\ o* qnr qq di{ic: ll n\ ll
    S/ota. 35. When Rahu is in the Lagna and its
    lord is in the 10th bhava.the child will be born with
    the legsforemost. When the lord of the 8th houseis
    in the Ltgn" in conjunctionwith Rahu, the personborn
    will havea cord coiled round his body'
    Notr,se
    c/'tsiifsflcicr
    ortcri i,i"i hori fFfr-qgitr sft crqcril: t
    As a rnatter of fact, this ought io be the frrst half of the next
    sloka. It is dilncult to account for the omission'

    clqi qrqgtRsi qralqt{itnta*rq qq I


    *A etrd gfthil $ aarTqrfrqt{gt ll QQti
    q atfiuro}ilfr{ffiffi€fl{ qq I
    iltqauri
    q'
    S/ota. 36 When the lord of the 8th bhavaoccupy
    the Lagnain conjuuctionwith a maleficplanet,theper'
    eon born will havea caulwoundabouthis body' When
    a Kendra is occupiedby Rahu in conjunctiqr with
    (gfu61Gulika,or the lord of therising siggis irrconjunc-
    tion with the lord of the 8th bhavaanditrhenthe rising
    sign happensto ba a Drekkana of a'malefic planet'
    .the perc; born will havea cord coiledround''hiobody.
    sL xrl8 {Ortrrm: 129

    t-

    tqfirqt q €fl fuftf qKktmftfrqr{ qq llQstl


    Sloka.37 When Mercury, Rahuand Srturo are
    in the ricing (tTcI) iDrekkanaand when thic last i0 occu'
    -lord,
    pied by itg having no alPect cf bendic planete
    hir
    upoo it, the pe(ton born haer cord wound about
    body.
    Notns.
    'fhis also appcars in ttl{fi;rrrrFt' The reading of the first
    half thert is slightty difterent: oiz.,
    r orrftrmisns-ffm ar.qg't il ilr frnft I

    {ilt @ {rfi*{t?rnt t
    rtr cnRqtEtilqtdtirsft {t lll6rl
    SJofrct.38. When the Moon occupieoa decanete
    owned by Mare and benefic planetoare io the 2nd-and
    thc llth houres from the Lagna,the iccuewill be a
    (eerpnt) reptile; or a child will be born with a navel
    .orj toond itt boCy. Again, when the riring oign ic
    that of a malefic planet and is in the decanateof lvlarc
    the
    and beneticplanetsare in th. Zrrd and llth bhavas'
    p".on born witl lravea cord coiled round hia body'
    y' glrrd{
    qrtqt qlqgt ft,rft qr tffi tftcrrftrfi t
    qqft qinrrqfftfufr t I
    $ffiqTxrrrl: rrt(rr;
    Also qRnol
    tsrrfrlrA qrn* lS- ffirgl lr t
    tlrlqt: *ftfitrila* g*c il
    Also rt
    ffirrtr r€ Sr&tmrftril: r
    sffitqmqe ftftfiltqr
    t30 fifrTqrR3nt AdL III

    . Neither in the text, nor in the slokas 4bove qqoted, tbe posi-
    tion of the rnaleficsis specified. But they are to be either with
    j!9 Moon or the Lagna and for tl:ris purpose Crqr{(Sapap6)has to
    of (qtctqtq) Adhyaharana.
    be.addedon by the granrnratical 1'rrocess
    C1.t+-,r-d<r
    sqdrshtn: k* imis*n*rt r
    : arcftr q ostt qrcfut$: gt: il
    sr{i}a&ilRa Rrgtfr Frrnq}q I
    af4trwr srrazniliqHrrritd: rr
    Also UtitTInFIq
    nRFr:c+*. .rft, {r#il<rqf'r$ r ,
    rrnqrflrrc{rcrctr{&ttQ*:gt, rt
    wrfrcT{fMft os *aRra: c? r
    dttss +d qri?G qrd dq *Eeq tl
    Anrl=frqf
    r,, dr cfrt niaq oss tftralsEirt t'
    i' r{&uqftl*'iar *rt: crrrt&t: rr
    qrfi t\fit{ql'{* |
    qil.qErrt
    frng&qqre qr{: mtfr rllq ll
    Sloka.39, When the Sunis io a quadrupedsign
    and'theother planetsare possessedof strength and in
    dual or mutable signs (or Navamsas),there will be
    twinsporn wrirpped in one theath(secundineo).
    Nores.
    , qKr{dt
    "/.
    rt{agcqSef: trqr Bqrft<itqil cRrn:' t
    f,.htfuttd "{q* qg c{ciftTer
    Also gaffit
    qarG Rqt t* Qfitrmaf*l\' r
    {Ai +gt*ft a qoffifu* rt
    Also rrrt
    qgcqqtfirq{ ft<rna{t' rt' r'
    eqtm qrcffiftfrei&* rr
    tl 3-,----.--...-.,-*"*- . ttl
    - -
    -.,
    """..", """ ""
    Here is an illustration for the birth of twins (bottr matbs):-
    lg32January 19, Tuesday' one at tl'19 P' M' and the other at
    I l-50 P..M. Madras Time. Place of birth-Madras' .
    Pada (qtt) of the star Rohini (tfRdtt'
    The Moon is in the 3rcl

    Venus

    ul
    Mars
    Sun

    Merc

    I-agna or Ascendant for the First child-5-:2+"-36'-30'


    ,, r, Second child-6-2o-19'-30"'

    From the above chart it will .be observed that almost all tho
    planets occupy either a dual Itasi or a dual Navamsa'
    The Sun is in the first half of Makara and therefore in a
    quadruped sign'
    The Mosn is in his e:sltation sign, in the bright half of the
    month and is thereforestrong'
    Mars is in his e:<attationand in a dual Navamsa'
    MercurY is in Dhanus, a dual sign'
    in Meenn Navamsa, a Resi of
    Jupiter is in exaltation and
    dual nature. Further, he is retrograde'
    Venus is in a Navamsa owned by Dhanus, a dual sign'
    Saturn is strong being in his Vargottamamsa' Rahu aud
    Kotu are in dual ltasis.

    Eri R st of e.Qfrtsqil ut t
    rm4ttqEtqA qrqt qroldnl ll 8" ll
    Sloka. 40. When the rising sign is Mecha lq,
    Simbafit{ or Vrishabha gqrr, and when Saturnor Mars
    ,occupieait, the percon borh will have a cord coiled
    ryl qtl5lft|fr Adh. In

    -,'". ;;; d;;; bv thc,iringrigl


    ";; sign owning the LagnaNavamsa.
    or by the
    ef. qr<r<tfl
    fifrrcdffi erfr ar&t lfttlt wrg:I
    sA u+ss ftl rn{nsqrilEr rr
    'arqrQR t
    tq oi is another reading. lt will tben mean " If
    Ifleshaor Simha be tbe I-agna and be at the sarrre time occupied
    I by S.tutn, or if Mars occupy Vrishabha identical with the l-4na,
    and ro other planet rrccupies the Lagna in eitlrer case, then thr
    cficct seid in the text will happen."
    c/. t+'rir<r
    vqA *q-dt nt frhrc{qqc| nt r
    6a Sr q$rd tl d( liiarn ll
    Also Tftqrflqq
    qi urt fi €trTRf€r funfrqfr t
    q* qriffi t rrtrilrf ctt r
    ;i srlfuSelqRrrrft vccdtgft t
    dqrq etffi ax Rmffi qR n
    d wfr rl'fiqst tqqqrqt qfttsww t
    qtwerrtg frfit {r rrfr qt ntofttfrilTt!llutll
    Slctha.41. When the rising sign hasa malefic
    by manl maleficpla'
    planetin it and is either aepected
    netc or occupied by Rahuor Kethu in addition, the
    pcrsonborn hasa cord coiledround hio'body. 'Agern,
    rnhenthe Lagna bclongr to a malefic planet and tbe
    other conditionsmentionedpreviouelyobtain,the camc
    resultfollows.
    f,eeft
    n
    owt wul ui Sil trqnrq* t
    d TStflfr{ s} qril rt noftnfocu:
    ll 81ll
    Slohu'.47. When a maleficplanetotherthan Marr
    ir in thc Lagnain conjunction with Rahu,or when
    gL 18 N138
    atrftsqtr!

    ectedby'Rah", or
    when Seturn ig in the Lagnaand is aspectedby lvlaru,
    the perubnborn will havea cord coiled round his body.
    r r" '
    NorBs.
    tqt{(ql'{ t
    Venkatesadaivagua reads Valaranatha instead .of
    ' in his qsf'{Herqft Sarwarthachintamani.
    Tr{R{iq' Vasuranatha

    ilGrofrgffidGI(ffi|+
    R$qrrffii96, n{l
    qlrrdfr Rnftqqrd{Ff-
    REft ms fiqG( lrq ll 81 ll
    SJofta.43. Find the particularDwadasamsa (ertntritr)
    of a cign which the Moon occuiier. Find the Rasi to
    w.hichthic DwadaoamEa belongs. Count from this sign
    as Deny Raeiaas the number tepresentedby the Dwa'
    daramsain question.' When the Moon is in the Rari
    thus found in the monthof delivery, the birth cf thc
    child in the womb may be expected. Secondly,tiad
    wbat fraction of the DwadasamEa haaboenpassedby the
    Mo,rn at the time of the query 61 unnrr'Adhana(impreg'
    netion). When this muchof the Raei is passedby the
    Moon in the month of delivery, the birth may be predict'
    ed. This givesthc (ete) Nakehatraof birth. T'turdly'
    find whether the rioing sign at.thetime of the queryor
    {rcrtpAdhana,is q day or night' sign (ztidecrf,ccdtilrc.
    JathakaparijathaAdhyaya. I. S/. 14) ar,d also what
    fraction of the Lagnais pasaed. When so much of the
    day or the night ie passed,the birth in queotionshould
    be declaredto happen.
    cr' ihrrtfrtr sffi
    wstl ctrore qr qhtseth* adi I
    ,ri,, ln,glmurtd ilfr ntsfun ret qii, lt " ' :r't
    ta4 rtlrqrft|tt Adb.III

    dqr{l5.rllaKftrRrfrriEr rri qrq r


    fqnr€rraqqfr Td€i &rdlsrt sr n
    rfirrRrqt aT ficfteq *dar t
    afti rfigrrq* $st oFFdr€q rr
    I aqr.Id rrt +iqRi *qa wct I i
    ', f<iF miti ar Uilq qofrrrn: il
    q?-{t{rfii cft art**r csd {{+{ r
    trErritr iei{r*crflsRm+gft u
    eirrqftrrwi sqt.t{# qrrce I
    w
    k<rrfuFslrrrn&a;* ftrrqa: zg n
    . qs ttsarrq ffi* qrqdrRqR: r
    ilirerT fi ndr iicr sr rsir rrlq u ,
    aroreaeafifuqift qra€rqrqqftarft: t $r,
    .ri
    arq?rlt rrir eer Er cffc} }Iiq r
    rrfl*arffi ori wi Tr {rAs€TaII
    RflrRrTresfi r;i ar frarcrar.rr
    .rq i\ffiqq cgai*qrsdtRrfa; r
    arai rrmqi qrsqi {etrsth ar fritt rr
    q{drqq-d: $ v&;<ncahir r
    qfusrqrrfi{rq aM qrFn I
    E'rrrcqriT{€*qffiA*c c{r gi I
    tri ftagriarqr( c{ ftfr frri'rrq i
    uc qr{}snsrnrEc{T{crs{ri g*qn*
    rrqfsr* qi wfr r*t rrrfr q+i r
    ftrrti T.{ri qrft e*'t+,r{A s tt: I
    qfut rd'r q.A efi rs* rri+qft qfuilsrrrarfqrr r,rltt: r
    . qrErqairrflitr tfnrQc'jqlrterf,:t
    atere*q<dirrft,idrii aei rrlq rr
    qqrri: r *qritrrorrqr ers?qrGiers{riir wd{r smRqi{tlfl
    Rr<rc<€ac]ql uit<q .s*qti q*q, qsFafrft r orqa;rgr{rTi-
    rrcqtira t-1" qv.neqlF{ t\o e*o*qqfulE(fittrrifet teoo
    wqi tr<r qfi'elqlr{€rrcrd ftftqgcrdocti q1ftrgi6 iFrT
    til.43 qdlisrqrq: I35
    (* ltr ail'lsEtril{,erssT.;r{r
    q;4a{T icfufu f}.lrc:rff} g il{Tr-
    lFgrr qift€a+r arfitlTm arrt&n<r*ce{mriN.q;| sie rsqtrU
    g$AI q$rq: I axrl ir (rr{rqqtrq | {.}
    oBpgrqtnd rrchTri rqqRrf,rrd: I r
    e3y.{ crffi rr*s lrntQrqrr: n
    .. rgqercfusft
    o61 Erqrritil' qfo-<rftd ffi r qft
    qa q;lsrtqi{u} * roerq aq errqriffiqfrr s;{efifiq:
    trUi gru'ero*r
    ,, *iiff rerlrEas frrcrffi rrfrr:t
    rrrrinnrnTrirrftr: fu[e f]* rea: rr fc.
    rr rr&grrqrt{rtsqr+nEr@ t6 qr.cq.
    Suppose the oTrq6og (Adhanalagna) or qryaq (Prasnalagna)
    .,to be'3 signs 8o 12' 20" and the position of the Moon at the time
    o25'
    4 signs lO 35'. As the lUoorr is in the 5th Dwadasams.t of
    Simha, the Dwadasamsa is Dhanus. The birth has 'to be pre-
    dicted when thb Moon passes through the 5th llasi counted
    from Dhanus, i.'. Mesha. This is the view of sonre.
    According to others the birth should be predicted thus:-
    Find by counting from I\{esha the order of the Rasi representing
    the Dwadasnmsa; when tlre Moon traverses through so many
    Rasis frorn the DwadasarrrsaRasi, birth will happen. According
    to this view, Dhanus happens to bb the 9th from Mesha; the birth
    witl happen when the Moon is in the 9th Rasi from Dbanus. i.c
    Simha- The former view seems more rational.
    . Thcn, to 6nd the cxact position of the Moon, we have
    +#
    of Ctq):Mesha as having been traversed by the Moonat birth iime,
    or 5o'l t6 or the second quarter of the star Aswini.
    To know the time, we proceed thus:
    'Tha
    Lagnr is 80 l4 20" inifizs (Kataka) wbich is a night sign.
    'fhc'cxecf
    time will therefore
    t" flfi$, fo ghetikas (tfre
    ",
    poiul,of !ryht) or rt 8 ghatikas,l2tiViglatit aein tha nt$.-i
    *usrffi Adh" III
    i36
    ,-.'-"-"'-".
    case of the Moon and
    Balabhadra also adds that obly in the
    of query or (uilsrt) Adhena
    the lortl of the 5th bhaua lt the time
    to lrc lrredicted that the
    ot:cupying orle au'tl the sattreltasi, it has
    at that very instant '
    pregnsnt womau t'il1 be delivercd of her child
    nnd not otherwise'
    tirne of conception
    The cooverse process of cleducing the
    given for any birth hEs
    (,{tcta+ta-Adhanalialn) frorn the data
    works as far
    not been defiuitely stated in any of our astrologicat
    ls I har'e seen-
    in Scpheriel's
    But the follorvrrrg geueral prirrciples cnunciated
    been fourrclto be truc
    " trilanualrif Astrology,ii ^nd which have
    useful :-
    after elaborate tests will be found to be very
    (t) wtren the ilIoon at birth tt *axin8 and visible' 9r waD'
    between qN|a (Adhana)
    iog and invisible, the period intervening
    for l0 lunar revolutions
    aod bilth will be les'i thau the time token
    or'9 Solar lnonths. ({rcri'
    (e) tf ttre Moon at birth be waxing an'l invisible
    interval between concep'
    Atlrislardha), or rvaning and visible' the
    be more then l0 lunar
    tion and actual time of birth will
    revolutions. '
    or more-is obteiocd
    {f) f'ne actual nurnber of days-:loss
    fronr the horizon' the distance
    by findios the distance of the Moon
    i"tn, fronr the Lagna when the Moon is iuvisible' aod
    "o*,"d house (q(ers-Asta Lagna) when the Moon is visible'
    i*. ,U. ,,n
    the result W 12' Tbe
    Convert this distance to degreesand divide
    quotient
    ' will represent the number of days required'
    (4) tf the birth takes place in {f5q{ (Suklapksha-bright
    the Lagna will reprosent tbc
    baff of a month), the sign denotinel
    qHId (lairana)'
    Moon's position at the time of
    (5) If the birth be in ifwmqr (Krisbnapaksha-dark hrlf of r
    bhava wilt contain the Moo rt
    monttr), the sign denoting the 7th
    ofiqta (Adhana).
    (6) 'The Rasi occupied by '{hp lrloon at birth will bc ririry
    ''rI{FT{'Ia (Adhanakala) according es the
    of
    C, s"tiirrg at the tirrn
    srid Moon is waxing or'wauing'
    Let us take the following exemPle:-
    1900 (lFrqf-rr
    Tberewas* birtb. et 4a;m' ou'8t! Jaquqrf
    fi, 19 qrf{tsrrrr: t37

    Ayenamsa,22' 26' +')-Vikari yoar, Dhauur month-Z5th, Sunclay,


    night and Monday morning,I-at. l3o N.
    . tVton ... ll signs2l'15'
    Sun 8 signs 2+o2f
    i Lagna ... 7 signszio Sl'
    The Moon is waxing and below tha horiaon(invisible). Ttc
    interval betweenconceptioutime aud birth time is thereforc porc

    Sun
    I

    enus' Chart at Mars


    r conccption
    l8ttrJan. 1S00, timc 1899
    Venusl 4 a. m, April, lst

    RabuI

    than l0 lunar rnontbs (Rule 2 above). Tho distancc of the.Moon


    from the borizon is-
    Il-2lo-15, tnin*t 7-21"-Sl. (Lagua) qr 3-tgo-24r
    rbich wben converted into days at an averagerate of l2o per day
    (Vidr f,u1s 3) is t# or 9'95 days.

    The conccption should thcrcforc havc takcn placc lOx


    27'32305(period of one revolution of the Moon is. 2V'32305 drys\
    +9'95 or rougbly 283'180days prior to birth. The Moon baingin
    thc 22td degreeof fr-q (Meena)at birth, the qt{rf,€s (Adhana I-ag.
    na) must have been Meena,ZL'. Looking at tne Panchanga for
    tbat time, we deduce that the time d. conception should have
    bccn at about the early hours of the morning on the lst .l,pqil 1899
    rhen Mepna had not fully risen
    [Thc child died at 3-30 p. u. on Friday the 22od.Merch 1901
    tfi6 th. Moon was transiting (Aswini 2nd Pada, g$It{f{ ) t!e'
    6tbbmftr thc lrgns.l
    t3
    tE8 rtq|lluf AdT III

    qgqtt qrqt q qt
    sqqRr
    qi?mft R-*rqfr(qqrfur
    r
    qftft g Rfti{ e,rEilQr
    qsql-
    ffiffiqffispgfiqt1BB.tl
    Sloha. 44. Ifi at the,timeof conception,ihe rising
    Narnmoabelongoto $aturn .nd ih.t pl'rnet occupies-thc
    7th trouse(vn;the child will take 3 years to be born.
    If the:conceptiontakesprace when thE Moon ,it under
    gimilar eiteums,ta.ac€E, i. tr. when the rioing Na,mmsa
    belongeto Kataka'andthe Moon occupiesthe ?th house
    (nrl}th. birtb willhappen afrer L.L y?irt. Theeff;b
    tbat bavebeeRdegcribedin this Chapter.asdue to pla,
    ne6ry coojunctions ar the time of rle (qrqr+)Adhana
    must alsobe predicted in regardto the time of the birth
    when the eameplanetaryconjunctionsare foundto exigr.
    NotBs'
    ,/. ss{qR|Ii
    d mRt c1N ftAr& glmFTF(|
    tft: urfu €Aft Erqrr"r{srrl
    Also gwrl:
    sqq qRr agts*istr st \q crn<rqdiq r
    reqqini'tfr* q"rldfr.* ,
    rrqi q rrci qR{" urrqtn
    Aleo grcndi
    qrl tttrdit nfirl erdTfr ftt* r
    {c"tur qfirifirti{, ;vefr,f" isq,l
    Thethird quartor of the Sloka is interpreted in
    {qrTcqfd (Dasa..
    dbyayj) to mean "If the Navamsa Rasi of theMoon
    at the time of
    sorception be one of saturn's houses and if saturn be in trre l*,
    bhara from the Moon, thon thc.birtn WiIl happon
    in tbc twetfth
    $L +l ttttsqC: 1|9

    (Brihath.prajapathya)is quoted:
    ' TrTtntcrrs qcqEl<rgt rre: I
    c|'ir il Qg* qriqRrffir.r6Btt u
    In trnqms (Brihathprajapathya)it is said " tm qg6,1
    Septhamamhibukam va ard in the text gnr& s (Sapthamasthcchr)
    is used. This q (cba) sbould be taken to meaDggqr? ffi s gfi
    (SepthamastleHibukastbe-chasathi.) The object of Varahaqrihira
    in putting Saturn in the'7th housois.-not onty to .securs bis full
    aspecton the Lagua.or the Moon, but also to givo him bis full
    Digbala (directional.strongth) as Saturu's Digbala ia too Ztb
    bousc ts futt.
    ,1. qrrqthr
    teaorff"i tt*stlmi tlir r
    trlRcflr t&ry rts qitttqnrgqrr
    It is also opinod that if,theseyqgal crist, tbr feneldwiU b.g
    no more.
    'n Etqfitm
    qr{rrcne qrdfuilssrma: ft r
    i'qefr ril tr: sqk cqlt rdRlft: rr
    , f$t tur: oqkcrq$.t Allva I
    qi qtqftsrU"murrvcftrililTr I
    qlrtr q trfd| Rem: rel gl: r
    rq{ffi * itfr wtr rrrilfr: cfr: n

    tEttqil S,dtit rotgt r


    ftil drilnqfrRilrr g.i r tffir nu\tl
    ort rfr qrrt,tr dqFilgfr
    qiq t
    Sloha. 45. When the lorda of thL 9th aad tfth
    bhavacare in bad pooitiooEr tod the lord of trhe ririog
    aign is strong, the iscue bac undoubtedly been boro.
    eithout. fxa (Seenabtha)--and-other.guritiqagory. rtta,.
    t40 rlcrdf€A Adh. III

    *""
    bharn and rhat is owneC by a maleficplanetalro, there
    will be no issuewith th: purificatory dlwae(Seeoantha)
    ceremonyperformedupoo ic
    o/' udtFrnfir
    [:Qrrifr r$gurffir s& ftqrrr&cfiaqrdtq I
    elqrdrclt R*l qFfi rfrrr: ctlrftrls& ae n
    srt sqri tec ilq1le cr wn) q(; $qihls& er r

    ftsqfcrqtwq orft?al{$qft r
    fttrse qrt qsqrgu
    |{dmtn Bqtl
    Slola. 46. When the Moon doesnot aspecttbe
    lagna, the birth of a child is out o[ thg father'rsight.
    And be ie at tbe time absentin a foreigncouotry,if ihe
    $un be,ln a mcveablecign and has falleo out of the ase
    (lvfadhya) er the l0rh bheva i. e, h in the gth or 9th
    bhava.
    Notrs
    o/. tr<r*A
    r.ffi qIfrft rti{fun ftert rinr: r
    llrwsgl cr c{* rrir fa1.rni,t
    qarftnrrR
    qt fualcft dfht ggla r
    qcqnfrRtctqrcqns cT{irrahqn
    Also 141a4
    cst ftfr*;q ftg: rrlt fiqFm:crcft tt Frrq.I
    ' qrfutsi$s:cq{i cl &qqrf* Rattf qtl-{q il
    lf tbe.risiog sign is unaspected by the Moou and thc Sun lr
    eirher in the 8th or 9th bbava, tbeu the father is not present at tbc
    place of birth of the child. If ttre above Sun be in a movcable
    siga, thc father will be in a foreign conDtrt. If hG bc in tr b
    ngrnabfr s!n, tbc falb,ef ;iU b. ia tbc srotrthq fts
    n4t 1 l4l

    rrtcre btrth took placo. If the Sun be in a dual aigu, thcn thr
    father will bo on his way home. The Yqa deoicted is g day
    Scenery.
    E'or the secondyoga given in the latter half of the slola (ia
    thc text),the c.onditionthat the Legna is not aspectedby the Mooo
    ia accossary; c/. (9a'srdq,) Sukajathaka:
    qmftmt qrlr qilrrgtftql r
    i
    Rnl: ftar frttnt sr;r qtor lftraq rr
    {r qt Oi il.h qqrrfur
    EEqfrsft
    ffi qpn:qqnr\ ffirtsdarrt3ttBetl
    Sluha. 47, When Saturn is to rise on the lagna
    or Maf,qio setting (occupiesthe ?th rmr $[nv.1 or if thE
    Mqoo be between Mercury and Venur, then alro the
    hther will'be away at the time o[ the birth of the lhild,
    Balabhadrasligbtly difiers-He says
    trlqkt nsrcnrgi flffi-*sc.qqqt stl t
    riqqr qffiwrrl ftitretn qi* Ttt u
    tbere the Moon if between Mars aud the Sca it dC to causc thc
    lErnc aflect.
    In tbe preViouseloka, the day scenerywas depicted. In thc
    prcrcot sloka the oight scenery(birth at uight time) is describc4
    since Saturn (the Karaka of the father at a night birth) ig tel*
    iitd consideration instead of the Sun as io the previous sfda.
    G/.gKrsd
    q{irr}rtifte{t: gfr{ trss,it:ftgrnn: | ,
    !-

    srrrtr cGir gtfrrit*q al qe: n


    The Sun at a day birth and Saturu at a night birth, if espectcd
    by Mars, iodicate the abseuceof the fatber. Aad if the sign tbst
    ir occupiedaud aspectedrespectively by the above'meationedtwo
    pielets be a moveableone, the yoga indicgtesdemiseof thc fathot
    brforergoplaceat the time. Tbe autborof SaravelifurtDcrsstl;
    qnrftrni {foi qq'*Trrfuqq{t*n I
    rr l?hni r{qft Qaf tg* n
    t1g rilmh!|lt Adh, III
    4i-*aAtthAG r_s rrJ{Jty Lwrryy-! -.ff _ar jg .j-
    rr!_gtr'

    w
    tutnqGfrilhhsffitt
    dmmqtsrfrlF{ffit rrBztl
    Sto*a. +U. If the Mecn b: in a sign owl:d by a
    benefic planet or in a mt (Varga) of Jupiter, the cbild
    born is legitimate.
    ,/. gmcrfr{
    trwltlrn qt'grmfftsfr er r
    crRqRKrfttsft a chfe pli rr
    Vidc also sloka 59 ialto

    Sir q ffitg' T{rt qr$r?tqr


    N{ qium,{ft-fi {r qorFqe: t}81tl
    ,sr Stoha. 49. When Jupiceris not aspecteC by Marr,
    and the Sun and the Moon are in their sd (Varga).the
    child born is a tar (Kshethraja). The sameis the cale
    also when Jupiter is stroog and in conjunction with
    . Mercury.
    rcfFit qA qfrrgke{qt r
    ffg{Ft*tiztgr' tntfr t'r{ rr\o tf
    Sfola. 50, When the Moon is in the rrt (Varga)
    of Setrrrnand the 5th vtE (bhava):isoccupied by Satwn
    and alsoaepecteJby the Sunand Venue, the ooo botn
    ir a lhnfc (Pounarbhava);i. c. the eon of a remarried
    woElan.
    Gqtrnwtngt qd {rwtqif,tr t
    qFffitSqrfriltrfrt frqq: n\t u
    Sl r[.r" 51. When the 12th W-tr.bnava
    is aspected
    by the $un,or the Sun and the Moon are.in the rrt
    Varga of tbe Moon aod the Sun,the peroon born ic a
    board.
    t[ 58't5 Erflcl$crr: ;Il3

    qfi€Agfr@,r
    Eqgfrqtq(r tl \q tl
    afiqqgil.ETf{
    {'ii
    Sloha. 52. When qrFE(Mandi) is aspecred by the
    *l'
    lvloon and ic in conjunction with Saturnor aspected by
    s him, tbe child bom will be given away
    by the parento
    to aoother to adopt-
    'f,gtcd'nsq,iqt t
    qirc{tftttD,uH{g frftt}( ri\t tr
    S/ola. i3. When the ?th or the 5th Hre-!6.u. 't
    o occuDied
    by.Saturnabi!'Mare and is unarp*ted by otGr,
    planete,the son born should be marked out as6ftf,
    Krithrima (i, e..to be adoptedby othere)
    qcqQrrrdg ffiftrfr wrourqr
    oil{fr ft Rgh{rt {r E{qr?€g*qfii qtq u\B rl
    Slof,a;.J1.. If tbe lords of the &rr (Hora) and the
    {th.vn.bhava count4dfrom qqqrr (Janmalagna) occupy
    eaqh otherts.houses or if either of thembe.in conjunc,
    titro with Rahu.orKetu, the-chitd bom was begottenby
    atotherr:
    s,i mr* gttrinqari
    r {qt Mr& il'r
    E *frq,9{ ilfift qrii qtwqwrqtar,\E lr
    S/ola. 55. It Jupiterdoesnot aspectthe Lagnaor
    the Moon, or be not in one and the eamehouee with
    either, and if the Lagnaor the Moon be not in a rrcl,
    Varga of Jupiter, then the actrologer should declarethe
    child to be boro in consequenceof tllreootber'l congreEl
    with eqcher,
    LU rlTIfufi tf,; m
    Y.!.U.YI:!ytvyyty
    ttryyrryy!yE!vyyy!.j!

    qnt ftdiqrdtqr€w qwqt rftqffi qr


    firqnl rqgeafteri\s qnr qtfr qElhil \q rr
    Sloha,56. A chitdboroin any of the threefollow,
    iiogcombinationsof ftft-Thithbi, qn,Varaandrlr,Nak,
    rbatra is declaredto be the rerult of the notherb
    congreEs with ancther: ( l) fi*rqr-owitheeya,rffrrr.,sun-
    day anCsrdt€wather,,e) wadl-Sapthami, glm-W,edner,
    day andHt-Rerntbee,(31Erfift Dwadasee,{tgfr(.Sunday
    and rFlu,sravishttha.
    !{orag.
    Balabhadrain his trcrr (Horarathna) statcs that this cloka
    ir from ffir (Thathamisra.) Thc readius given is as folloos:--
    qrifrtfiqrtfffii s?mqi eettHrg r
    eq grEdcrGnqaqcfr
    criq qrfrsrEqgrrqq il
    qilt;q|eftg*gfrqrEqtFEisqI
    qt*ftqqfts qtdrdfrfr{fig' tt\e ll
    Sloha.57. When any oneof the 3 weekdayrrvi!
    &turday' Sundayand Tuesday,is ascociatedwith a
    qrfff-Bhadra thithbi, (r. e ftilcr-Dwitheeya, ecfr-Sap,
    thani, or rcrft-Dwadasi) anda ftqrrnnmhripada n.L,
    rhatr4 (i'c. gq*q-Itunar\asu, ffqtKl,lrlrakha or $rq-
    vqr),the child born b declared tobc begottenbyanorbgc_
    Norss.
    , Thc folloving arc somc morc yoges for iltcgitimatc o$pring$
    : tffieireffffqrriwr gileldt qrqfl lmilrrt I
    , sfisqfl qqgfecrsr: ir&r gfficrrs; n llornnrr
    rlqamrgei" si wftffi r
    , lrenrnr:s ftM *.isftrran sqq il
    [ .tlrnrnrr! rt g$ qrcril cQ'i
    ttfoftmr gltwrqwil: s rrri r uft r
    Cl.iE rtdtSrltrnr: 116

    Tffisrffirgett?f cuqkcttt! I
    . frlnt fuhtt qgtrft arnnrsms! qreme il
    &fi'* I ftftrrril ar* rqftg r
    , tnltFi c rl ilr: ritsecrre:c$fffrr: I
    qmtq*t@ftfi tTqeftqfr r
    sg{i ti*qrqft ilr* qrqt s€rq,r
    n orFFtq lKfrttqilr {r mr* Gfi wrrrctr
    wrqdsillrgdrrr*rqntqturild rrqlk furqr(riqar
    Slola 58. When Jupiter doesnot aspectthe rieiog
    'cign and
    the Moonr or ttre Moon in conjunction with
    'when
    the Suo; or the Moon ia in conjunction with
    'the Sun
    and a maleficplinet; the offepringie poeitively
    declaredto have beenbegotieaby toother.

    Fore child to b" a""rlrll' ,"*,r,mate(l) Lagnaor the


    Mooa must rcccive iu''iopect of JupiterI e) ttcsuir lr.conjunc.
    tion tpith the Moori sboukl be aspected by
    Jupitci; of (.})'tbcro.
    sbould not be any maleftc aloog with thc Moon in coniurction
    rith the Sun.
    i
    "/. sarqd
    } qtqRr.r ge!.rfiri qi q ftilri tE{ |
    lr er*{nt fi qrcslrd?RnEtl
    ., "nrg,i
    But it has to be strted hore that if the Lagna en<lthe ftfoofr
    bc in a Navamsa belortsirlgto
    Jugiter, theu tbe child ehoufd-'uOt
    bc drclared as illegitrmate.
    c/. qftr<
    ctrtrtstnqiQf ar iflir +ilsr reurit rr r
    En rrWft
    '
    3aFaanl siirrr lvrcdutq u
    ? lt tadl <fo|l qclqe: Nava Sas.ankoRavina Samarpthaba.
    le sno$rr rcaAirrg. Tlre whole sloka is
    cagrableof 6ei6g inteo
    prctcd thus:
    l9
    l{e rtfinnr|| Adh. ltl
    *#

    qrr !IG!yd qrd t i ftO{tr tqTrr{trt: rQor ecrrrrt


    r cft q*;ug(: mft qcns; qfr il gar: rqri clq ild frrqnc
    qFr n
    That is, if Jupitcr does not 'aspect the Legna and the
    Moon, and at the eeme time tho Moon be not in conjunction with
    the Sun, and secondly,the I-agna and the Moon being unaspected
    by Jupiter, if the Moon in conjunctionwith the Sun be also esso.
    ciated with a malefic planet, then the child should-in the
    absonco of any restricting (unm,Apavcda) yogas-bo declared
    illcgitimate.
    Cf. tq'<*e
    t,
    {: i q{r qnftd q ql qrqqfteqr r
    s* iregqtortrilfr.nnfinr arut: ll
    f{
    qqrqsl qr giq: ql|gcdqq r
    \r
    gt: mrfrcttutdrfi ilirr* il
    hftluqsrqr* rgtse $Fenrq(|
    acftc ftqnrq nlQq ga{t rrrq rr
    It would appeer that +{ ur<R (Apavada) yogaswero aftc
    great penanceobservedone after anotherby Sagcsas statodbdlow:
    Brahma, Subrahmanya\ Garga I
    ald surya t + .Marichi Iz
    Vyaaa ... ... 3 Manu ,.. I
    Vssishta ;.. I Anglrag o.. .r. 5
    Attri ... .r. ... 2 l-omg1gg,, ... ... I
    Prtasgra o.. .- ... 2 Peulase -. 3
    lleayepe 3 Chyevena F ... I
    Nrndl ... 2 Sauneke .,. o
    7jdc Srutis.

    wffiq* ae* qFqilFdrI


    nffi ett qrr qtderqt rr\q tl
    .Slolo 59. When the Moon io in a nrQr(Raei)
    oyrnd by Jupiteror is in anotherrrRr(Rmi) in conjunc,
    tion with Jupiter or ir in Jupiter'eirqpl'lDreehLnil
    lfriftsrnr: l4l

    or crtn (Navamsa),the child born hasnot beenb:got,


    ten by a.paramour.
    Norps.
    This stoka is'from Garga. Pleaseseesloha48 and thc noto
    thercto. qF{(m (Vanyarasige) is auother reading and segmsto
    be the correct oue.

    T*.rdqitr$ q{kffi{FqqRqfr t
    r{R fffitqrqr € mdtqu+fr QmllQo
    Sloha 6f. If the two malefic planets $aturn and
    lvlarste in maleficsignsMeoha,SimL and Kumbhaand
    occupythe ?th, the gth cr the 5th place from the $uo,
    the father of the child born is in a state of forcedoeclu-
    rion confined in a foreigr, place,in his own or on his
    way to his own country, accordingasthe sign occupied
    by the $un is moveable,inmoveableor a dual one.
    Norrs.

    4. smqd.
    crrnqqui qft{6t! cntfr r
    q\ \a

    rq: lQar;<ft}TRrrrtrqtswrcrT il
    From the plural numbors usod in tho abovc guotation, it
    tould eppear that the term " malefics" ncednot necessarily bc
    confined to Saturn and Mars, but may bc extndod to woa& Moorr,
    Snbu rnd Kotu. But it is aot .o. Aod by " T(d o'Knrrarksbl
    r{6 rRsl*il| Adb" lil
    ll the five houses of ma{eficl, viz. Meshe, Siqlhe, Vrirchitn,
    [alrara and Kumbha are not meant, but only
    Mesba, Simha and
    iumbha. Here the difieronce between the terms paparksha (tfCd)
    nd Krurarksha qtf{ rnay be noted.

    The one means "all the housesowned by


    nrale6cs,, wbilc
    lo other confines them to " their odd signs.', ,/.
    f6n-*fC(
    fftrcwril (ocn4; q<\ urrrncgattrt r
    grilt fit in$ ci* {req ei.rmrq u
    i{+<q adds " If th" Sun in the above case be
    in gqrl s.
    nui*tcr (Nigala drekkana), the father is forcibly (illesally)
    dofintd; and if any other l)rekkana,
    on account of business oi
    $11y."

    Sffi cd$ ftr\ o{qhs\ sfr r


    et qttitsftsfrn qt tnqerrqi* Inll
    S;loka61. When the Moon ig full aod in his
    own
    ,igni.e. Kataka,and when Mercury ie in ihe ;;rt";;;"
    rnd Jupiter occupi€sthe 4th house, the pregna"t -o,
    nan is delivereil of her burdoo in a boat. This nay
    )appenalro when the rising sign io a watery one and
    ;he Moon (whetherfutl or io the ?th bharn.
    "o$ls
    NorBs.
    Thc word si€ (saumve), may also be interpreted as bencfic.
    Iho meaning will then be " If the Moon be full and in Katat a
    rnd if benefic planets be in the lagoa and the 4th$ousc, then tbc
    birth takes placc in a boat., tT the l.ag!8 be a watery sign and
    the Moon be in the 7th bcing rlso full, then alrc the birth taltcl
    Dlace in a bet."
    ,1. qr{Ir|0t
    ih* qa g s{r'rrh Erfi,ft€ftTffi |
    qrtrofrrffi afis<nqtRrfrr
    Tba.rrcrdgc (Subba)in (Subh6,Sukh6),!g\ *' in tbe tcrt
    brf b|fc nndoritoOdto meenpnly .Jupitcrby tbe commcntrtoras
    tsp'il.rn'.dlrr r jee*ihilitrcf vcuusoceugyingtho.{tb plror
    Dl. 60 qfirilsrrrri: l+',7
    -:t<=:Yv-ffir,*-v

    from Mercury in thc LaCna. " amgq-qgns sgW*T(Tgtri


    $&q: n (qqrd cl. rgfqraq
    {h{: *t[gi t qfti drr{rr fr.
    oy' .l,tso gcn*"1
    ffi t gan $illi st ect{ft Nit '
    r
    efi ffi fffifuft cr rqrThnF{dqrs;rr
    r* r
    Rut the word Swarasig6€fftfi may apply to (Sasini) qrftrft ot
    (Saumyc)ttlq in the text. For the latter view. c/t 16g1ilr{il
    oft qgfi grqFmTrTqr eilA gi I
    qlt: ridr qq*tqr-+ ffi c?q n
    Also tqr<qirr
    ait'fr gtfiTe dqr ffi r grqt I
    qiilrrQT3lls! gt fitfrqi [€ir +q I
    According to the above, the word ai\ (SubhU) may alsr
    include Venusand (PoorneSasini) td rril,fr will meanthc Moor
    during the ten drys from fu.1fif to Srqtfq1f11it
    qr rS tTfil s{i{isq{r t
    qr( qfr:.qfrfu
    t$qrr'gsrrrs r tuql nQirr
    S/ofra62. If the Lagnabe a watery rign with the
    full Moon in it, or if suchMcon be in oppositionto the
    Lagna,or in the 10thor in the 4th bhavafrom the Lagna,
    then the child will be born near water.
    Norss.
    Anothcrirlnfuetation. Whcn the rising signis a watery onc
    and the Moon occupiesa watery sign, the delivery takes place iu
    tbe vicioity od.rater. The same happenswhen thc fult Mmn
    aspects a tratery sign; or the Lagna beiog a (Jetaresi) fioilflr,
    tho Moon occupiesthe l0th, the +th or the"lst bhava.
    cFfrfi qprlq: is anotherreading.
    t €r<rt,l
    rrfrerrarl cqft qer* {tat cqr q0: r
    qqt qb* ft*rfa{{qqfrt{qa rnf u,
    r60 qrfiilctfrwl Adh,m
    strrrffiq&n g.Frtqrqff,fffttql r
    qrdsffigt
    M dr\ffi?rfrsqt rrqtrr
    S/<iAc6.i. Wh.n the rising eign and the Mo.rn
    happento be in one anrl the samerrfu (n"ri) .oa *i"o
    Saturn is in the 12th rnq (Bhava)and aepectedby a male,
    fic planet,the delivary will take placein a EecretEpot.
    (Probably widowsderiveringchildren
    secretly is hintedherc).
    Again, when the Lagna is E&r (Vriechika) or uzr
    (Kataka)and $aturn occupiesit and ie aepect'ed by the
    Moon, the delivery will take placein a pi t,
    c/. trrmilrs
    orffirtqemt srq: qslr{rihil: r
    gfr rqft"rsl atortcJccrQrq rr
    ' eA offi qqr ibr m frri Er* r
    ir{sgqel: rftdigrfa csh stq rr
    Also G[;(fr{r
    sqA?ftstqafri c"E: cFlft{tftril; r
    rRTtwvrwft tcti cqfr *Ra: il
    Also dt+rttcr
    qq€r*0tiqcnf tr, qilq tra: r
    {frq'lr *lrrqt: qqt Ta{iroi rr
    Alsosnrqot
    ffiwltifrf c€Rirq* r
    qcft rrs": ff {qfu qq:fr; rilt qfir(ir, t

    rqssqrrfRu{i gqfrgPrtfirftilqr(t
    stsrr{t gqut {u{ *qr(frERtrEir qBtl
    Sloka 64. According asSaturn,occupyinga watery
    ,riring sign,ie aspectedby Mercury, the Sun or the
    Moon, the delivery will take placein a pleasurehouse
    a temple,on a saltishground or on a sandyplace.
    EL66 Ifti$ilT: t6l

    c/. sr(r{df
    rRS qashafi dffi gqfut !r(E: I
    '
    rRpr M aqlcl +{ a'Qorrr
    ln the yoga described in the sloka in the text, the especting
    as woll as the aspectedplanets must be strong.
    ol. t*qtrrr
    nftSorsqefr gtq q?{ frtira: r
    ffioq orrst?qrrri ltaraar rr
    sqt nrftrr sit {6at qoariirr I
    ?rdrnhq.Wr {q{fi at fttotgr(t^rdi*t
    rlidlqrq$iltsts
    ltqrqt {r q({ stit uq\tl
    Sloha 63. If the ricing sigh be a humanRasi, and
    Saturnoccupying it be aspectedby Mare, the delivery
    will be in a cemetery,cremationgroundor kitchen, If
    Venus and the Moon aspectSaturnin the poeitiondes,
    cribed, the place of delivery will be a lovely one, If
    Jupiterbe the asp€ctingplanet, the delivery will take
    placein the house dedicatedto the cacredfires. If the
    $un shouldaopect,the placeof deliverywill be a palace,
    a templeor a cow houee, And laetlyan art,gallerywill
    be the placeof detiverywhen Mercury is the aspecting
    Planet'
    Norrs
    a/. gr<rqdl
    ail{oqqqae* FRqreil am ril qfi r
    a&ifrA 'qlrr* ftrer+Qu'ig ilaia rt
    qXQrt d'rtq'aaqri'g*garrai reofm!fir t
    a*ass i?trzfAe.Haieif arffiglk WRq,n
    Also rgq-+rt4,
    liur{n '-{d'c*EatQffil0 I
    e ,qwriRrdqTt cteil cl tl
    162 rtmftd Adh.III

    tnq{mrnd qrilw{* ftfr ut t


    qarffi qqFqirotrrrqil{aq$*r n QQrr
    ' Sloha 66. The placeof birth of a child ir ur,rnlly
    that correepondingto the rising sign or its Na\reora
    whichever of them ie etronger. If the stronger of the
    two be moveable,the birth will be in a building far
    away from the native place of the father. If immove
    able, the birth will be in farher'c own house; if in a
    dual oigo, it will be in an out,houge. If the ricing
    ,,Ilavameabe a Vargottamaone, then the birth will be in
    )he child'o maternalgrand,fatherbhouse.
    I *ot'"
    1r' \'
    o/. 6-qtl<r
    qcql qfidhner wri qftrr*t I
    'dt qtrArtrrqi aarQastmqftfrq: ll
    qfr .futrsnftrfrltrr€r
    qcltqfuit q'nrrq;q*qqurrrql: ll
    trrcrfurr sr *d* arlrltfr qr r
    qtm&< cr
    {qrd"r nq qtq rr tt
    qqrr{rf }tnrqtsQq {ftoq r
    Aiso ttFdIIqFrdT
    rt ftfr sr rr* cTEFIFdrrr;R{m tl
    usrftrzqql n<} edat gffisft cr r ,
    . riri qnt qnqitt ilwFR I
    lagnlr5tqrqlqtq"cQ$saqrll
    ftg clsr cut: dqiftnr}rar r
    f* funqqQrqr rgwrrilsmrrrfttl
    For the last quarter of the sloka r/. ffirdKl
    rtffiet qtlqcnnkrrr
    wtrnlrdurr r\f,r* rislt+ |
    168
    8[ d? dllnrtr:

    '-
    trft6 t]lflrnrcr
    lggdt qca{ rlEr sufrrt t
    ftrrftrrrqrqrc* cqffi{ fr qt ll
    of tbc iq19' viz', Rasi and
    The considerationof the stronger Sup'
    J*"yt bc bomo in mind'
    Navamsais important "tJ**u thc onc
    of tu" n*ti 't"t is dircctly contrary to
    ;;"fi."t or tbo Moon' Wc
    given for the Amsa o""opi"a by the.Lagna
    ,*o is strongcr --"d :l*j:ll
    oust 6rst decide r::ich of th" hie worr
    prrceed.Varahamihir" o'r"' this ori-ncldc throughout
    not
    of the Rasi aloqc will
    Brihat Jataka. ruf"." "*lideration
    "o''*frffifrfifr*urtq-Ask
    thcrefore sufrce.
    t-
    q Rqdsrqqr
    .}s{tnqqF{t- {qfgr gsffq= *' llqtrtl
    andSaturn
    Slofra6?- If the Moonbeintrine to Mars
    house' the child
    andoccupiesat ,h. t";t time the ?th
    born ir ab.odon.i byl; io*tt' But if the Moon be
    h"ppy
    arpected by Jupiter,tt'c cnila becooeglong'lived'
    and well.cgredfor.
    Norrs.
    Asothctisdpctalioa." Wbcnthc Moon. T:ttnt--:l:.:lb'
    Srtrrfn occupyrlg
    Mars aud
    tbc 9th or the 7th houscia rcrpect to
    t/' ff(t{ai
    oac and tbo samebougcretc"'
    I
    rctrMftqris<rttftggqtrm
    n $"rgptt g<rFc* tfiffi r n
    Also qlIlETilT
    '-* -'-;--tq,.ot{*:
    *itst t* ftqg'llsrrrtr lt
    Chandrelrreq-Nisanotberreadiogfor(ChandreAethc) Sun
    qi*r aod the t""oiil''tiir ii"o bo "If the Moon or the
    "
    bc trino to Mars and Saturn etc"' 'cclipsod" i'!" itl
    qk (nstna) mey also bo iutcr-prctedas
    '1: 5<it<t-
    coniuuction with tbe Sun'
    vvx'----'---
    q$tt wcrtl &frq I
    qt ; ecqt qrrr ei! q! ftt'fqc I
    s
    ta1 incgntrd .fan. nl
    Tlu slbka quoted above distinctly says that
    the l\Io-onshburd
    bc 6 (nfooana)i.a., eclipsedby the
    rays of the Suu and so the
    words (Asttagatne) qgqir and e{Ril
    .q,stie in the quotations from
    sararali and samudrajatake do not
    m.an ,, the 7th house,, but
    mean @lipscd;"
    For rlleviating tte efiects <if'the yoga
    - describedin the text,.
    JrqpitermuStbc st?ong.
    c/. qqinr
    rfter g1q1r} dr* eq r{R r
    qS E, CBfr ffig, {qngki e *ga: rr
    qfrfhtqQiqts&si*
    Yd Qarqft$qt*q+€.nsst I
    ft*sft qrqR;q,frqqcifr
    ' ffifrg rqgqfrsqry: nq6fl
    Sldka 6f. When the Moon is in tfie lagna
    and
    arfct.d by,a maleficplanetand \rfars occupiecthe ?th
    4-."* the child perieheebeingabandoned dl;; i*fo
    Tbe carneh.pp"or when lv&rc and Saturn ii O"
    lltt qrt?.Whenatenefic planetarpectstte Mooo, "r the
    chtld pasletirrto tbe b:rrrdsof'a pereonof.acrasecorrgp,
    pondingto;the.aopec.ting beneficplaoet.II .oott * .ii"
    nc under'theaboveyoga aspectsthe Lagna, then
    the
    child bereftof the motherwirt fail into thl handc
    or di
    peopleand will die. Evenif cared for
    Uy otn.rr; L
    qhild lives not.
    ' *:ll
    Norrs
    c/ sr<r{O
    fuqil qd€ qrrftFr&sri sts€}r erG: I
    wcF€arq rmqHgqrg! qr$irtd{ il
    qITft Strc] wqrqrrr.JGrpt
    argqil snil; I
    - l5ucrclrrrififuttlsfreffin
    {si
    Sl. 6E tdtftsqrr: ,lis
    -9--.--.------t

    r'$l
    etitg {qr Aig wfi glrtrtt: t
    qqft asrffi<lee*stg il
    Balabhadraaddsqil$ftrfi ffA s's} g{qrll6r|rl
    q
    TqNt crar ff6 cn'iU[rft t sft Smild*
    qnltqfi*frg qei q{qft a g{r: I
    ll
    q6qoH.oi Utrft ftqt c('
    grervr! qq irccn.6 ndt frqt rft n
    --
    Also lltqFtlqg
    giffi Rrnat otaQt6ql ng '
    !'r|
    irrrtrr rreffi 116rwqfttlrffi: n
    arn flri frnrflt qrfr qrar ftqsqt I
    crtrts<r gfirt!€qnq ti rtt: ll
    qreitiqrq crt" *flSksr eqr fuh t
    errrvrc*gerittftqr mgk* ll

    l--r: I

    |(2')
    ffii
    t
    t l l
    l06 ltf,r\rRwt Adh II

    frqqrqutseeoqeeiloffis ilqlr,gt
    qRtilrtr u dtftfrolq. ftql rqril uqqtl
    S/o[c 69. The delivery will take place in rhe
    houoeof the father, mother, paternal uncll or maternal
    aunt accordiogto the strength of the planet represelt-
    ing theoerelativeg(vide SlokatS Supra).It will happen
    in an erpoeedphce auchaoa grave,a rampartor a river
    .bank,if the beneficplanetsbe ia their depressionhouses.
    If the Moon occupying the Lagoa be not aspectedby
    tbe benefic planetso:cupyiog one and the eame oign,
    the child will be born in a lonely place.
    ,$
    Noras.
    a/. gr<r,rot
    trcddmtt|Qr csif tc: q{isu gdftrt r
    ftqdft EtFt qan*r aqrs'q1t il
    rrgrisRt Yi e$s<Mkuti t
    ftqfilxtrsilc€tr{rrk refrrnq ll
    nnnrtrfrg r qffiIt: €r&' I
    ffflil cfiqqtrsmqu cwccrqr
    Also tnrrir<r
    ffiSnaBgqrt: i@g r
    rq3&sirrffiritffi' rf
    c/. mq*a
    e*qr qnrft€ c r sfaqft c{qft r
    cqt t ss* qrt ftqt ftffffi rr
    ,And lteqHTte{
    q rf$ + qt rtftqrft *dFrqr
    S*sgfr sTttr c| As* ffi q aq.tt
    qri q qft cr{tqrq-dq-q{qffi tl
    etr6l ffi qft eqr iltq ftrqrq, u
    81.?0 q{tdstrn: t6?
    .tvrvYY u Y!Jt!vt!,@E.@vJv.@

    rqfi{ {ftfr Ggsqqetr-.sr\qr


    (gk il (qR {{;i dtqmtq{fr |
    qenrit*q?q aRtqtqlqq il((
    qfrq;ff(qKerlfubuqrgtr;'nsll eoll
    Sloka 70. When the Moon ir in a Narnmsa
    owned by saturn or in the 4th(wl)Bhavafrom the Lagna
    or ia aspectedby Saturn, or occupiesa watery aign' or
    is in conjunction with saturn, the accouchement is in
    darknesg. The sametakesplaceon the ground whel-3
    ot more planets are in their d.epressioncigns' The
    lile
    coming ow of the child from thc womb is exactly
    i. c,
    the eml.rg.nceof the rieing sign,from the horizon;
    U-i, it a"{rffqa (SeershoCaya) sign, the child
    "PPan
    '. * i , l r t h e h e a d f o r e m o s t ; a n d i f a g i r q c ( P r u c h t o d a y a )
    srriqq (Ubhayo'
    ;6, with the legeforemost;and if an
    planetobe
    aly.l sign,with ih. h.ndt foremoet'If malefic
    the 7th or
    in conjunction with the Moon or occupy
    it is said
    ii. +ti qrq (Bbava)therefrom, mucb diotress'
    has to be enduredbY the mother'
    NorBs.
    A;o}hctis|clfnlatioa....WhentheMooninthe4thbhan
    or is aspectedby Saturn' etc'"
    if.iA t Navamsaowneclby Saturn
    be taken tb mean (eUjea'
    Iu this sloka qsai'(Abjage) should
    *gni
    "-r*t,$ffi$;" #T',gi?'"ff":#f.Xil
    TEqF
    karkshaYoh:
    cy'.wt<r
    **rea *ft" gt dlur ergt t
    qE ll
    . qqictRfi * td a'qQ rsdr
    q
    lw qrqacrcqqqaroft *qq: t
    il
    tE'q{q guiteQn aqtmrq
    158 flcrlntq|l Adh. III

    t i$cm.rtt q&qtqrb{n€ttqilt
    qtc *ftrttEFa vrirt{ren gt, rr
    And f(artqflrdT
    dtdqrser!drlorg:: dngfrsft <r I
    , q*{rrt coilr cr qt€ttqfr Rqa:ll
    aqt eTTrqrqq{t<rr<cig irrq I
    q IIE:qiqs&kw€a aqrQr r
    q:iFtcSct: vfrnlqt btg{tq tl
    qet * qib* ft't a'4geq g&o: t
    ftihtrosi drqtt' &)$rqR{ha Tr ll
    {Rd rTftrcrq* aar f6g6*gcr tl
    Alsotr<ndl ,
    drritsqiloiiT a;|s*wghruar i;g* r
    ilE* Er sdr<qft csi a eqt: ll
    ' bir orS,r'i*r"rcrr*t mr6$et r
    .tq"ffiah qFr cwttztaafrgur: lr
    I
    {ffi{i?frs*gm*Ern(ntt
    tal mnrriiEqrq
    - eriqiffsft qt{ttfficdHtllet rl
    Slrla ?1. The quantity of oil in the lampwill
    vary with the portion to be traversedby the Moon in
    guessed from
    th"'rigo enteredupon. The wick is to be
    of the riaing
    i[. LJgnt, d.e.wilf vary with the portion
    of the lamp
    ,Lrr ritt below the horizon' The character
    i."to b. gueosed from thechlracter of the eignoccupied
    fixed' or
    iy-tf,. Sit, i.a. whether'thelight ie moveable'
    the Rasi in
    i"rlr'ic to be declaredfroui the nature of
    *ii"t, the $un is. The door of the lying'in'chamber.is
    occupying tbe
    ti U" go.rsed by mean!of the planets
    those that are
    Kendrapositions; or ratherby meaneof
    pfanet
    possesged of strength; i'e' *itn more than tlne
    ;."*;. Kendra-pogitions, the door must be gueroed
    |I. '12 qft$rq?r: t6g

    by the strongestof them; when thereare no planetein


    the Kendras.find which of the Kendraoia strongeet,and
    rhe direction facedby the door is guesoedaccordingly.
    NorBs.
    The Moon determines the oil in the lamp; tho wick in the
    larnp is dotermiaed by the l,agna and the Sun determinesthe
    chlracter of the lamp.
    If the Moon is waning, there will be little oil in the lamp. If
    thc Moon is at the beginningof a sign, the lamp will be full of oil..
    If she be in tho middle of a sign, the oil in the- lainp rvill be
    moderatelyfulf ; if in the end of a sign, little oil. The same
    holds goodin the casoof a wick.
    If the Sun be in a moveablesiga, the lamp is not a fixturc btrt
    can be movedabout. If in an immoveablesignr the lamp is a 6x.
    ture and not capable of being movedabout. lf in a durl sigu,
    thc lamp can be separatedfrom its place (rerooveable).
    If tbe Sun be in a fiery sign, we may say that the light is lit
    by electric power; if fiery and also moveable(siep), the electric
    tanrp is moncable,and so oa.
    t/. qr..riltr
    qrqtr{tr|la} arelt,aRvt sfHidt I
    trcs{ftsnGg R'}EqFr4:strqile il tr'l',
    qragF-{rfrii effitrw S are* ftt I
    {rv, 41 '4fr:aGrh qftt erqqttos il
    wcftqil * cg{wa@t I
    ;. B{*r& qa{ili: q$r tdftdrlrdftll
    qft'ftru(qtt ft?dghEnii{ qftilfr
    Etgrdq Ei rfr {frgt iltsfraqwq I
    Gdfrrgil *i q ug+ilt EeqfrEt
    " q*t€ q*qt{€dt qrq;ilqFt*q tt sRft
    Sloka 72. The lying-in chamber will happen to
    be old but repaired when Saturn_ir rtroDg. Ic will'be
    ro rrmtnl[f Adh.m
    e building epoiledby fire when Mars ic powerful; a
    new building when the Moon ir in strength;a structure
    aboundingin timber, but flinsy, when the Sunis power,
    ful; anedificebuilt by the combinationof severalartisanl
    when Mercury ie strong. When Venus ie predominaot,
    'thechamber
    will be lovely, possessiogworke o[ art
    anJ quite new. [t witl'be strong and durable wben
    Jupiter is powerful. The astrologer may guet! the
    sttucture, in the manner indicated, of other houses
    begioningwith thosewhich areimmediatelyaround the
    lying,in.chamberby meansof the planetsin the Zodircal
    circle.
    Norss.
    '-'Wi,h
    this Comparc lI--24, &'ll-22 rcgardingthc pleccr
    and cloths indicated by thc scvcral plaaets.
    ,1. qr<rrd.
    Q,i it €ggf r. $ gft r q,lr $ qiaf vttqtrtruqI
    !t r rgrQrtcsrtgt c qfi *q1ttudurtnr* r tl
    "i
    tqu.@: r
    ngrnirlUuileq!&g
    qqfr* l|91ls
    qftrra{*0r fdild Eftr{rqrqrt
    Stoha73. Tbe direction of tbe lyingin chamber
    ir determinedby the cign owning the planet that is
    strongeEtin the Kendras. If the sign in queotion be
    Mesha,Kataka,Tula, Vrischika or Kumbha, the ly_ing,
    in.chamberwill be in the easternportion of the house.
    If it be owned by Jupiteror Mercury,the lying,in,cham,
    ber is in the north of the houce. If it be Vrishabha,the
    lyiog,in,chamberir in the weEternportion of the house,
    If itbe lvlatara or Simha,the chamberwill be locatedio
    tbrgnutbero grfita of tbe hourE.
    gl. 14 tilfr!ffi: l6r

    Notns.
    tuen the lying'in'chambe'r'
    , SupposeJupiter is the strongest;
    will be in the northernportionof the house.

    FI
    Directions N Directions
    of Rasis of Rasis
    according to as per this
    s l-13 E Sloka

    E N l*
    s'lm{:- ftqse{qprfu*f+qrtqnrrt*ffot qt I
    l{l
    gq'Tg{qErftgirfu*{w€rq{$qFcil: fur?fr: ll
    'l'he
    conrmeutator Bhattotpala is of opinion that the direction
    of the lying-in-chaurber is determiueclby the rising sign at birth
    (and not by the sign nwned by the sirongest of the plauets in Ken'
    planets
    drasi videsloka 18 supn al\sls it is stated that yowerful
    in Keudras will indicate the doors of the lying.in-charnberaud the
    charncter of the buitding where birth has taken place)' His vierv
    is not acceptable. il

    lrEqrd ffiI fi * 5iu1ii6iffi' ,


    s€qrgRqng{ekGl qqFin'-sffifrs llsgll
    Sloha 74. TheJour pairsof moveable and imrnovc'
    ablerigns begirrningwith Mesharepreseptthe Eastand
    other.lrincipal Poiotsof the iompass in order in the
    tying-inchanber. The four dual signs,t)iz',Mithuna'
    ti*y., Dhanusand Meena,signify the four intefmediate
    poinie,ttiz,,$.E.,S. W, N. W', and N' E The astro'
    ioger rhould make,in regagdto the bed of the confined
    woEa$ statementEof facts EuchaE havebeen madein
    r6pect to tbe lyingir:hambet, the legsof the couch
    2t
    lee rnrrcrffi Adh, III

    a
    12th bhavaefrom the Lagna, The head and faceof the
    lying,in,woman are in the direction indicatcd by the
    Lagnaand the 2nd bhava. And the 3rd and the l2th
    bhavas reprecenr the fore4egeof the couch (the 3rd
    beingthe right leg); the 4th and the 5th bhavac, tfie
    right oide; the 6th and the gth, the hind legc (the 6th
    being the right leg) of the couch. The Zth and the gth
    bhavie-from.the Lagnarepresentthe legsof the lying,in,
    women. The 10th and the l rth representrhe left ride
    NotBs.
    This is the principrc of Directions zrspsr M (Kerara.
    charya)also.

    rhe four corners of the c.uch are indicated by the-3rd


    thc
    6th' the 9th and the lZth houses from thc r-agna. The
    lst and
    2nd houses from the Lagna indicate 'the head and face
    of th"
    mother and consequently the direction io which shc is lying. jfhe
    left part of the body of the mother is indicated by thc visible half
    of the zodiac at birth and the iovisible helf indicates the right
    part of the body.

    /. wtr+eri-lrtqGqtbilf .,An{ {nmrr rrnr'r r


    ureqirtrr: ffi qrgq{ gnri al r
    r1grh cr P;|adfo{id r ftqffiq r r
    l$marrvr{ {iqr: c{*srrft {rrR: trrrr il
    dt. ?5 ttffctsqrd: 163
    '---'------'--'

    I
    1;rwrdcrdi: Tsur€G6r:
    qfrGffi ffid lte\ ll
    "{alrsr\$qqtfr
    Slt'ha'75, The femalesattendingon the womanin
    childbedare as manyas there are planetsbetween the
    rising eign and the Moon. Suchof these as are in the
    visible hemisphereare without the lying'in':hamber.
    lThogethat are in the invisible portion r€prr's3nt the
    attendantsin th: interior of the lyinS'ia'chamb:r'
    _Othersa$sertthe contrary.
    NorBs.
    Iu the following e:rample, there are 5 planets between the
    Lagna and the Moon. We have therefore topredict that five wOre
    in attendance upon the woman. Of these 5, 4 ate in the visible
    ort'
    half of the zodiac. l'herefore we have to say that they were
    sidc tho rcon wheie the acttral delivery took place an4 could br
    scgn. This is applicable only to females and not males'

    yenus
    Sun

    Junit"rf

    I
    I
    [:
    lJt:l'
    jSaturni

    i
    Nota.-The earlier slokas will indicate the presenceof a male
    are
    rttendant on the wornan prorided the following conditions
    fulfilled:--
    (l) Lagna with Saturn in it should be in opposition to the Sun'
    (2) The Sun in the Lagna should b6 io opposition to Saturn'
    (3) Mars iu the Lagna should be in opposition to Saturn'
    be in opposition to the Sun'
    i+i tut"t" in the t-agna should
    (S) Tfre Sun in the Lagne should be in opposition to Mare'
    t64' rrcrqfiit Adh.IIt
    (6) Saturn iu the Lagna shouldbo in oppositiontb Mars.
    That is two of the three maleficsshould be in opposition,one
    in the Lagnaand the other in the 7th.
    rl. gpffi
    qftTr lrqr: t
    rrftwsF*crgrn,lqgaqrr
    ugftwxr:ftgteeltrrqr qgfr* u
    " Also ogqftrs
    flQrqsrrrt$ar cfgr{r: qlirrr qlf,s{r; I
    vqfis+'rrerrnqrrr{fis Eris* rr
    For visible and invisible portionsof the Zodiac at any timc
    :iFrd {saunaka)says-
    rilir siriqfr ft:*.'rrq: o,t ilir gFtr:r
    arhrrg€fiaqtt 316** ,, ,..f
    n, 'l'heS
    , text gives the generally acceptedrule for ascertainingthe
    actual uumber of pers<.ns present at tbe tiute of confinement.
    Sonre authorities view it otherwise, liz,, that the number df
    persoDs witlriu the lying-in-chamber should be guessedby the
    uurtrberof plernetsin the visible hemisphere, while tlre number
    without should be teckouecl by the nurnber of planets in the in-
    visible portion of the zodiac.
    c,/. fi'fitr<r
    va.ngwatrnqparffihfi iTrs?n:I
    rti*sr{;drrn m[rff{ ct'q-{+st rr
    Also *rc-{rtr
    ' EqqaftcrKt{it: qFcr(rftsr@ |
    E-q.rt$stt qnrufrR;iltfrw: t
    This view is uot acceptet'"by Varahamihira and that is why
    he said irsrqqr (parenyatha) in the sloka in the tert.
    But when the Lagua and the l\{oon are in one and the sarne
    house, the nunrber will be as stated in q&q,I (Chrndrika)
    {dr, irfoir ofi qA ft€: qI: qi}ilaEr: r
    Balabhadra adds in his 'irr.1161
    (Horaratna)
    afi a{rqrn{ iIT qI?Ft: g! rrcrftn! |
    rnrQtTJ|nrfn t q urqrft: qFm slR I
    81. 76 qffisr<rr: 165

    s{qqt{qcEmgr@l
    qq€k-dEiqqEfrrqrffi{fi'{ril:rf n sQ11
    Sloka 76. The nativewill correspondin mien to
    the lord of the rising Navamca, or his appearance will
    be like that of thg planetthat hasthe greateststrength.
    His hue will be that of the lord of the Navamsa occu.
    pied by the Moon. His body and lirnbs will be com,
    mEDourate in their proportionswith the rising sign and
    other Rasis which are describeda8.forming the head
    and other porriono of rrro$ec (Katapurusha). lVide
    4dhyaya I, elokas8, 13 and 56,Supra.]
    ' Short and long signs arc thus ilescribed iu
    Jatakapari.
    jata l-l 3.
    Norus.

    srrortI Srrort Even


    I

    Even

    ! Long
    -l
    Long

    Remembering that the Lagna representsthe head; the 2nd


    house, the face; the 3rd, the neck; and so on' onc can predict
    whether the several parts of the body hre long or short, or dispro'
    portional, by the length, shortness or otherwise of the signs tyfi'
    fying the particular prart of the body as' well as by the plauets
    occupyiog the particplar Rasi.
    I In the following examplc, Lagna bdiug Mesha, a short sign,
    the native has l snrall head. The ,3rd house is governed by
    Mithuna and rrrust indicate a fairly long neck controlled by planets
    tborcin, alzr,
    t66 rlibcrRila Adh ltr
    '@y ULrvsvvt irrrutvYUrYlYvYYrlYllYwJ-v-!w

    Sun indicating mcdium


    Mercury ,,
    Venur ,, :,,
    Moon and Saturn indicate tong fonn or stature rrd Msrs
    rhort stature.

    o/, mndt
    arirrqqrqllaqrqftfufr gareurfi r
    csrrr|Iqr!'ifs: rflffin1qa qils I
    Also 3tta*lRfd
    orarqqestifrrh qBfl qqelr qE: r
    -dqailFttadff4gtinilqsq ||

    s€q*nqilsqrse{m qE{q Ekrfl-


    k q"ctffiiltgqr&{ETfiM arfq€El
    '
    t
    qfkl fraS ffi{ i$oiltr, wgxl
    qgdr${qr {rqgR}qrqrrftQfi lt reell
    Stoka 77. The Lagnaand other bhavasevery one
    of which is divided into three parts (Drekkanas)tQ'
    present the three divisions of the body ao detailed
    b.lo*: The first decanatesof the Lagna and othct
    housesindicatethe head,the eves,the ears,the nostrile,
    the cheeks,the jaws and the mouth. The seconddrek'
    kaoasof the sametwelve bhavascorrespondto the neck
    sl. 77 i{tifrrrr: r6?

    rboulderc,the armr, the sides, the heart, the chect and


    thc navel. The third drekkanaeepecifythe pelvic, the
    s organsof generation and the anus, the testicles, the
    thighs,the kneeo, the calvec and the legc. Of the two
    rides of the body, the left ie eignifiedby the drekkanas
    riren already , i. e.r drekkanasof the tigns in the visible
    heoirphere. Thuc, the firct drekkana of the riring
    rign ie the head. The firgt drekkana of the l2th, the
    lltbr the lOth, the 9th and the 8th houses from the
    Lagoarepretent tbe eye, the err, the nostril, the cheek
    and tbe jaw *rnthe left side. The first drekkanasof the
    zddr the 3rd, the 4th, the 5th and the 6th housescorric'
    pond to ttte eye, the ,ear,etc., on the right aide, And
    the fint drekkanaof the ?th is the mouth.
    The 2nd drekkana. of the Lagoaindicates the necL.
    The ldt choulder, left arms, left ribu, left cide of the
    heert and the left cide of the chect correspond to the
    god &ekkanar of the 1.2!h, the l1th, the 10th, the fth
    aodrhe 8tb cigns, ropcctively, fron the Lagna. The
    {LrCdecanateof the ?th rign is the navel; and Eoon.
    Norrs
    < . ..'.......""""
    lrff < . ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ."""1
    . . . . rr -. t6f1| r..t........................
    -lrft

    I'TLu*P::
    ' Head
    '
    x.t " ly:"'
    Legna lst I
    *gil*,'l#:
    Decanate
    | "r"

    ;-If."s=[;;;
    rr r r r.rrrl
    <l fa'a...a.a..ab..r.oi.rr roo a', ri..i.d.aa'r.ooor
    168 qrGciRiln Adh.rrl
    Votr.-If the first decanateof the Lagna happensto be thc
    first decanateof the Rasi, then the usual order I, II and tII is to
    be followed. If the first decanateof the Lagua happens to be
    Left < .i, i.............r...... r'.

    lr-..1
    lestl-|
    KueetiThigh
    -..,
    l';i; I
    Anus
    rll
    --E;.1{:
    Calf I III I
    ----l in"i"r* lPclvisl i
    Lagoa3rd 16"*l:
    Legsi Drekkana
    | 'orqan ;
    iratinsl
    | :
    * i-
    Catf I xnee
    l-...lr"sti.
    lThirhl' cre

    tbe 2nd decanateof the Rasi, the ordcr is tI, llt and I. lf thc
    first decanaieof the T-agrn is the last decanate of tho Rasi,'lln
    order is III, I and II. This is the rneeningof ste+ftror'ilt: (Uditair'
    drekkanabhagaihi).
    IIurI4,(:-
    P{Ttrrt oftrnrq.frd t{ i{t€ w} gmif r
    T!6iq*r qrg$i c 'TIt fsilrqnt{! cftr.tr fifti r
    ft<,rr Rr*gt q 11trrT6{rrsnggit q ril t
    cr+ q{r}rgqt ft {r* Rqs* qqorceqfiiq rt

    fu{ nqgtqd wgt e} q owRtq


    qqtt fur€S q rr€stfuqatqm€n I
    qtilrffisff{tm,ir} gU{rrqr
    uil wuqg'qaq Gq,iltr€eftil grr{lledll
    Sloha,?8.-When a drekkanais occupied by a
    maleficplanetrthere will be an ulser or wound in the
    part of the body indicated by the drekkana. But
    whgn it is .q[sooccupiedor'aspectedby a bi'nef,ic.pla'
    neti the aEtrologerrhorrld declare the exirtenceof a tpot
    $ sl. ?g Wiil$rrq. r@
    ,.there. When the planet happenoto be in its own Rari
    ir or in conjunction with Saturn, the ulcet, wouod or
    i mark rhould havebeenin the portion of the body indi'
    '
    catedfrom the very birth, tf the planetbe in positions
    other than those describedabove, the ulcer, etc., will
    crop up later on. If Saturn be the planet to causeguch
    ulcer,etc.,it will be due to a hurt causedby a stonc or
    Eonewind disease. If Mars bc thc planet destinedto
    tt inflict an injury, it will arisefrom fire, a miseile,poison
    ir'or serpentbites. I[ Mercury be the maleficplanet,the
    1l ittiutv will arise by a fall on the ground trom a helght
    or by a blow received from a clod or somesuch earthy
    lubstance. If the $un be the malefic planet, the iniury
    will be inflicted by eomepieceof tiober or a quadruped
    Lagtly, if the Moon be the malign planet,the hurt will
    cone trom a horned creature or by liquidc, suc.has
    acids. If other planetathan theget oil., Jupircr, Venus,
    the waxing Moon and Mercury not in conjunction with
    malefic planeta occupyadrekkana,there will be''no
    mark ot moter and the rerult would be all lavourable'
    ii
    NorEs.
    '' ftr1gg$g (Sttnira sarqyutelhu) ;bas bccp interpretd 4s " in
    conjunction with sa1u1n.'t In the following nativity' all the

    'i$'
    -l Ven r
    II Sun 25o
    il,
    i rl;';t|fu
    h.'' '"ridt
    Ll3'i *i
    -l J .$$ t;

    l'
    t$v I ieS[cd*
    22
    170 lrirffiil* Adh. III

    malefics are in the invisible portion of thc Zodiac.


    Therefore, if et
    all there should be marks or moles, they
    must be on the right
    ride of the body. In the above figure,
    to determino the decanatos
    of tbc various bhavas according
    to the principles laid dorvn iu
    Sloka 77, we proceed as follows:_
    Now I agna is Mesha 25". It is the
    3rd decanate of lt{esha.
    Thc first decanate of the Lagna rules
    from 25o of Mesha to 5o of
    Vrishabba. The 2nd rdecauate of th6
    Lagnabegins from 6o of
    Vrishabba. The 3rd begins from l5o
    of Vrishabha and extends to
    25o of Vrishabha.
    As thc lst decanato of the Lagna happens
    -Th.r"foru to be rthe 3rd
    dccanatc of Mesha,Table III applics.
    the lsf decanato
    of thc Lagna symboliscs the pelvis. The
    2ud decanateof the Lagna
    happensto bc the tst decanateof Vrishabha,
    order being III, I and
    II throughout; the first (I) appties. Therefore the Znd
    -figure
    dscenatc of tbe Lagna symbolises tle hcad.
    Similarly, the 3rd
    dccanatc of the Lagua (;nd dccanetc of Vrishabha)
    symbolises
    the neck (Fig. II); and so on with rcspcct to thc other
    bhavas. In
    horoscopc, (he order with rcspcct to cvcry bhava
    l!: ry. being
    III' I aod II, the sun's position refresents the
    right shoulder.
    Saturn,tbc rigbt sidc; Mars, tbc right testicl"; M-ooo,
    il;il;
    ridc; Mcrcury, the right I sticle; Venus,tbe right
    eyc.
    -- Bhattotpala intcrprcts rGgt (stthira samyutc) in the tcxt
    ls " in ao immovcablesign or Navamsa."
    ergqRilrqRr{ nt rq: eff q6.
    tr{fr ftqqrqqnrfil:g}E{gtg il |
    mtqgq:qfrtt q-frMqh
    fidteq {owr{t{ ueq,tf '
    frarrnqqu{Egr
    Sloha 79. When four planers whereof Mercury
    rhould be one, come together in a decanateof a eign,
    tbat part ol the body indicatedby the drerrana w-ill
    invariably get an ulcer or wound or somemarkaccord,
    ing astl.eplar€tsccrDingtcgttherarebeneficcr nalefic.
    TLe parr bf tbE btdy inrfitatd by tbe dccrrbtEotrr,pftt
    gl. 7g {u?lrsqrq: 171

    by V:nur (in caseVenusbecomesan qgq Agubha)will


    havean ulcer, wound or mark. [This applieeif Venur
    is alone.]' If Venusbe aspected by benefics,a mrle or
    mark will be caused. If he be in conjunction with
    benefico,the personwill possessan auspicioueoark io
    the portion of the body inrticated.
    NorBs.
    Venus becomes an q{Irt (Asubha) if he be in combustion (that
    is within 5" from the Squ) or if he be weak in Navamsa or bo in
    inimical house, etc. Sole books read the 3rd quarter of thc sloka
    thus: tr,4di{f{: q} osmi) rrsmftr The' tranrlation will then bo
    " A malefic planet in the 6th bhava from the Lagna brings on the
    .ulcer or wound in that part of the body which the Rasi indicatcs.'.
    The reading rcl >.? is better. qg here means tbe 6th plauct or
    Venus. I
    In the example giveu in. the prcvious sloka, Vcnus .is in r
    neutrat house (tq) less powertut than €rJA (swagriha\ or ET
    (Uchcha). He is going to the operative conjunction-hencc
    wcak.
    He is in 1rtrd{i{r (Satru navamsa). Hence he is an Erg{ (Asubha).
    He will therefore cause a mark on the right eye. .
    l'his tsloka indicates qp_rmanent marks causcd rfrom birth.
    The time when the ulcers, etc,, indicated ras abovc occur will bc
    during the Dasas and Antardasas asrmentionedin Ch. VIII-sl.2l
    of Brihat gataka.
    c/. srfrf ilot.
    * W {trqnrrr: trrjr gxr: Ttr{ ir11q I
    , ff lw q*nri inu*,i Flr1g-i( rl
    sft|rt l|fr "
    m<4rq6qrq ccEq, r
    ' .Erorf,1g zn* d? qr aA!* trof: tl
    , lSTrEtt qrirsCr
    SfrA rlo+ f{rq r
    , Q{EEcgrrgr6iftglnsFtEr Tfttr: I
    r srqtlEcg€as* qn €mi q srrer t
    rrmt il sqc|ft qrr{rqfufritlr{ r
    172 t]rrt|r|RilT Adh.III

    fr,itftwffi frt*{qi su{ | .l


    wqiloqRilEi qFilflqTftflrftqn co tl
    th mmaqntqnqmm irerqrRqrt
    srrrnsrdqrqrnil0rfill
    Slvka.8O.A knowledgeof miscellaneoulbirths,
    rhe
    effectdue to conceptionundervarious
    lagnaand planei,
    ary positions, theagcerhinmentof thetime
    of birth
    of a child, all this hae beenfteatedof
    in this Ch;;;;,
    as declaredby the srrqr{sqftfft (Acharya
    V"rrhr^ih-i.f.
    Thus endsthe Brd Adhyaya, on eonceptioo
    .ia
    Ifirth io the work onrcrRqrd (;.t"k"prrijata)
    compiled
    try Vaidyanatha.underthe auspic., of
    th" oio" pl*.ir.

    *ra-a-a.

    rtB
    ,tS{t $;*i',fly1'1691 lT't'
    .tuffi/ 'ted\.
    "."id,4}@dr*4

    g,l.

    .t

    qgqrsEqFT;
    ., slRlsqrfrqTt i{,

    srit *r lI
    '$tt ''w
    1Ttt qrqftgpqrq:U ln"
    o' r {Ji
    of e,
    l*':. Jt'
    Adhyaya IV.
    Drern INoIDBNTAT,
    ro Cgrr,DEooD.
    Otr
    tr I n t h i s A c l h y a y a , S l o k a s 1 7 - 1 8 , 3 2 t o 3 9 a n d 9 9 h a v e been
    taken from Brihat Jataka.

    qmilnnngrsorfrtrg q {Tfr t
    qt:rtq frrr u-tqrqfidurr
    {ro{tdtrdR qRF[ru I tl
    qfu qgt* qrmftt g fte,rf$evnS,r sb;
    rrutrFsrglgrutg q+t{ifr' uUtftlrq nRtl
    qd iluftumfrilMi qhrRtnqtrt{dt uq r
    qd qrflfi{rfr qs{Tqrlgr$tgr,
    wtwr {rffiil{ n I tl
    Sloka1. In the caseof viviparouscreatureE, it is not
    porrible to determinethe period of life within' the first
    twelve yqrs. In consequence of tha sinful acts of the
    parents(whether in this or in a previoue birth), the
    child meetswith destruction being seizedby demons
    called rnolr6 (Balagrahas).
    Sloha 2. If the child dies rn the fiiit.<[ryears, ir io
    because of the mother'ssins.If inthe middle 4 years,it
    ie owing to the accumulated sins of the father. If it
    comec by its deachin the last 4 years,it must be due
    to iis own rins (in a previousbirth),
    178
    tl4 rldrlrftilt Adh"rv

    t Slola 3, The first 8 years in men's lives is the


    period of rrqrfts (Balarishta-ills that afflict children).
    Till the 20th year, tbey say, it is 11t" inrtu (Yogari,
    chta)period(evil broughton by planetaryconjunctions).
    It is called {aqqlq (Alpayus) or short life when the
    period extendsup to 32. It is calledTt{qrgq (lvfadhya'
    mayue)or middle agewhen the period of life extendsto
    70 yearc. It ig qohgq (Purnryus)when the perioC of
    life extendato 100 years.
    NorBs
    Mantreswara in whose work Phaladeepika also'(q-odRfit) these
    three slokas. appear orbalin suggests in the following sloka the
    methods to be,adoptedfor palliating the evil effects described.

    , ntsrr* cftsr.qir{qrilq{n"i qcdql+q I


    qri5ri of faqu ildt cns fff*srP-rt& tht ll
    Rcgarding the three divisions of Ayus nrentioned in Sloka 3
    he adds '-
    {rl* * lr

    tr rtsqrgffi sc{qrtt q{q?trrr+' $ffT


    ffit eqrg{q qcft mifr sfd t vf,. F fl
    'ttfrt ftqtsi genfud+Arq1 ,,' ;
    ll ;'' i glk sqrt ftfus gprt: ll W
    id
    ' "*ft qlrqFl
    Vidc also the followiug from
    . rqmq{ffirqc I
    i rrt ftfu tl
    sqtsgcftRngcrq
    61ss qqitffir
    @iatrrqt, },
    wicdcnir"..;h { elerq ll "fc'
    ri : ffirTi€m: *h*iqqrsqift |
    qA Ruqmt fTft'{r lrrstlql: l!
    reurqeeEft
    ffi ffiffirfut uur*r
    Rdfrt q|qffiq ftqrgqr€qu\fr qnnil I tl
    $. e6 rgrl${tf: r?5

    Sloha 4. Eveir Jupiter may occupy the lagna; but


    if the Moon be in the 8th. the t2th or the 6th bhrva
    and be acpectedby the mrlefic planet'Rahu, the chitd
    6ee$ with death.
    c/. +wc:
    snft:.rrrrctrst. * frfttr: I
    qnq qqfq: sq<qE*: girltt: rr
    qEFilililftn EII* rillbh fiqffiFqt il t
    rd e{ qrfr qE{$ft qA mnqrqlt{tf\t il ll \ rl
    Stoha6. When the Moon ic in the (Gandantha)
    rFrri portion of a Nakshatraaqu and is aspecteJby,
    or io conjuoctionwith, a maleficplanet th: child D3ets
    with early death. The same thing happenswhen the
    Moon happenc to be in the (Mrityu) qg or fateful
    portiont o{ the reveral Racis (Vide Adhyaya I. $loka
    J7, supro). or it aepectedby a malefic planet.
    Norrs
    rt Eu{m6r
    'i rnt
    qrqfuttnrftrqftrvqf qd fumi u{ ')
    qrrFfr ftqcrt&rfug?ftdltuP{ wtcft: t
    ilqr qftqqgglsEag{€gtfut qrqft:
    ,p
    atrrtrrrr* c et sft Afr i-issh st qft: il tu
    For Gand"nlh (qtq;-.:), vide Adhyaya l-22 sttpto. 't

    cntffi<qrgon qrilqd qffiei q qlitsI tr


    ,
    tglRt, {rqqfrqfr:nq$lnrgailf drq ll q li $

    Sloha 6, The hther, the mother,the brother, tbe


    naternal uncle, the motfier's mother,the mothertgfather
    or the child itself will die rqon wben the 5thor the fth
    (rn) Bhavafrom the Iagna bea (Krurarasi) rrnft (male'
    fic rlgn) and occupiedrerpectiwly bythe $uo,6it Mooni
    it?6 mnqrftqti Adh.tv

    Mars,Mercury,iupiter, Venusor Saturn. w*,


    * Notps.
    Ttris is cvidently taken from lg,qittlaif,. The reading in thrt
    work is sligbtlY difrerent, rtiz-.
    arcrfter+rargsfuacrdrr€rcdtgs RIq, r ,tr
    qaiffii: trg rgceft: iieFa st rc{t cq* u

    tetild{il qR qrgg;ftffi: qcfr q{onqrng'I


    qqrT(I fiftrr'i frsrrq q{ftIt' frTdntg: tle ll
    ', Slcka 7. When the Sunandthe Moon aretogether
    in the 4th crq (Bbavaifrom the Lagna and Saturnie in
    tbe ?th, they all conspire to bring about the mother'r
    death. Whenevera malignrnt pla::etis in the 6th ma
    (Bhava),it may occagiona brother'sd:ath'
    NorEs;
    ,.Fhst halfl cl. E<rrriqwfi
    qrargg,tn:crfr qR atr{orttn! |
    w qn1{€ grffi gr0 qR n r,r.Frtt'$.
    (Lilier half,\
    For the sane efiect, i. e., tl|{cftill the following sloLa frcm
    r|rqis.t(o witl be found useful.
    qqr crc€snifr s?cile qilrrrq"F?f,rrqnetiq t
    dgrg arrt n&&rq Srr cftRqrqq:ct5{turtgsqr: 0
    ntrefrq-{F€{(tdtrrqftftqqfrqdfr
    | ,r,ry,$

    krqfi qqft{qirt lnwt {rdl (dfr il{t ll4 ll r


    s{i Sloft,r8. If the risiog signandthe Moon beacpect'
    ed by maleficplanets and at the same time be not
    acpectedby or coonected nlith benafic oneo, and if
    Jupiter be oot in the Kendra,the mother of the new'
    botD'iohnt will die.
    \gl. g-10 cldsqrq, l'17

    cf. ftrrrrbrcr tr
    lqfqr qft cnqrii AilT rc{+d r
    crqinril qtnq gu?E gri sirr ll
    wrgt ffi fu'{r( REffi\RrrurM r
    qugt $gt ilildt fMd qaqtwrrrtn 1 rr
    S/ota 9. When the Moon is in conjunctionwith
    Saturnand the $un is in the l2th housefrom the Lrgna
    and lvlarsin the 4th,the morherperisheswirh the child.
    Rwq;ft gqg0,Tfr?T{{ha5fiqqrrrd(d
    I
    frt{ffr $KI wlqt E(Fdst gqqqgqftrr1lI o u
    Slola 10. If the rieing sign and rhe Moon bd
    devoidof benefic aspectEand be, batwixt two rnalefic
    planets,the young womanand her child die togetheror
    cparately, say all the aotrologere,
    Nores
    Lagna or the Moon to ba in the midst of two maleficsshould
    bc within a distanceof 5oon either sidc.
    Sat.
    Lasna 9o
    Mirs 5o
    Moon 2o
    Suu 29o
    Merc. 20o
    Venus 16o
    An erample.

    4t sqgd
    Ffigr qtr?t * grrvfe lr{qnr I
    88
    1?8 ilRrr|l|fiilt Adh. Iv

    ifntcE{lHffi{t qtrtrnrq n
    rn wlq srcrrd'€it tf. {Ar rnrfr I dqrn
    qnecr{trtftQTfioQ-qc q drq{riarir r
    gwufire cr Elrrtr rrrlgarftcqe ll 'e ibp
    Also gw5q
    xrrredt lfrrUrrtr ttvraqe4 rrTd]icQ$r
    $w'
    gscas]6-{ai}* tq a'{r srrta ftcq} $ ll
    {iwilnrrsqqT{Q
    $S ii.,rrc*ffitSr
    \rnril.&ugngt Erarilqrg{r
    eft g (qr n t t tl
    Slofta11, When mrl:fic plan:tsoccupy the 6th,
    the 8th and the l2th trr{ (Birava)from tha Lagna and
    are not in conjunctionwirh beneficplanets,and when
    Venusor Jupiter is betweentwo malefic planett,the
    lying,ll womanand her chilJ die forthwith.
    aqnilqrftqri qrqfrqir
    . s\tgd u+EitdHnl
    t r::' n'
    {riq qit sgtii rrilurl
    qrurfq,ii
    frsfiJ qil qh lr lt tl
    .cJ,Aa l?. Wherr the iord of a month of aivanced
    p r e g n a n c vi 8 m a l e ifc a n Ce v i l p l a , r e r so c c u p yt h : L a g n a
    a n d t r e 7 t h w l ( l 3 h . r , v i )b : i r g n : i c h s r i r r c e n j u n c t i o n
    with ben:fic plan:ts, ncr asl-'ect:d by the'n,thc pr:gnant
    woman m3eLswith d;ath in consequenceof an operaqon.
    ,,, Norrs.
    \ a/.
    x(qten-
    irqqr<me]: gnrd{rfiiwr crragfr sqicr I
    crsritrcdr iitiie nitn* qEqi sqriqhq tl
    If it he before 7 months, the de,th is by an aborfion and tho
    after effectscf abortion. The monrh of death of a pregnantlsoman
    c r n b c r a s i l y d e t er n , i r . ed i n t h e f o l l c s i r g u . a r u e r : t h , e e e v er r l
    sl,3-Y
    -""". " Y::T
    planets ruliDg over the tee mcnths (in em5ryo) are given in thc
    l/j[ 5lefta dry'.r. Whichever plarret is wcakest will cause the
    death of tbe woman in his montb. The day also may be sirnilarly
    d c t e r m i n b da s P e r s l o k a 3 9 ; z / r r .
    q;ff{iltitqrfttuisqiafkt I t}unz4fo: t
    aqrqnilqlqii qrst{r\qlilat qrdrftq4 q{rfi ll tl lt
    S/o&z I 3. When evil plan:ti occupythe 4th place
    from the lr{ocnand ar: nct asp:ct:d by or in conjunc'
    tion with b:nefic planets,the moth:r of ch: new bcrn
    c h i l Jw i l l d i : , T h : s r n : e v : x u h r p p e : r lw h : n e v i l
    plan:tsoccupy the t0th plac: f ,'omth: Mo rn arrd rlle
    Sun is amongthero
    Nc.rres.'
    qr'igi; truaads*: is ancther rerding in the 2nd qurrter of
    the sloka q \14
    gififlTt r{{qq ilura ffil'{iT II;({qF-Td qr I
    \ r \ - A\

    qrirquRfqft qt{qft qnrrtrgrriq{rsiqiq il tB tl


    St' k t 1 4 . W h:n th e S u n p o ss:ssin3abundtnt
    strength.occupiestha 3rd placefrom Venus and is
    aspectcd by cr is in conj,rncticnwith Srturn, andthe
    lylcon is either on the wan?or in ccnju:rctirnwith a
    m a lef icp l . r n a tt,h : m :th :r a n d h :r ch i tJd i : quickly.
    A\ \ \ \ \ lr---- ,\---A\ .

    sqlKi| iflgqq gilq qlqlqil €trTz[T I{E[;I I


    ilrr0tt skffirfi{r{ qRIIETFiIq{qt gifr ll t\ ll
    Slotc 15. When the Sun or Mars occupiesthe
    8th placefrcm the Lagna,anclt'te Mocn is on the wang
    anCis aspected by mrlefic planets,an'Jis vci'J of benefic
    atpects,the motherwill di:.
    gnrrglsaftel:geutimt
    Tdqtt*:rornt {t} wqq I
    {r6o qrarctfuili Adh"tv
    0 qftiktq grrfrrre{r
    Rfri
    Yi antqtfr qrfr Rqilm* ulq rl i

    Slcla 16. lf Mars occupythe 9th or the Jth place


    from Venusduring the day, if Saturnoccupy the sane
    positionwirh respectto the Moon during tbe night and
    the Moon be weakand aspected by mrlefic planetoand
    devoid of all benefic aspecrs,
    the mother L..t, with
    death.
    NorBs.
    I ef. gano,
    'ei crgtfh Rrt't, eqd ilq} I
    '
    *rcoirih a-atrrftevgu31
    , rrdt &+ingaritrftq: nnTrrq
    t;' wkqq'iE ggiitsft ettaaerqtl
    Also w<r+f,r
    *qrqAiiturnqft rftir urg*i iinft rr* I I tl.f,,, d
    grritn list
    las-' Sc'
    qr'r' c&r
    ir*r tuEer
    t'lrEs' tl
    ll '4 -
    fl 'r #I${lr " l'S
    . q;qr.iT(
    '' ftr?t wqrq llstq€ c-i crcfittldt r i l?'
    rl P q
    &sr gsmqr rtri qaii hqi Esq u
    ct'
    But according to Garga, if llfars be in the 5th or
    "nd=S"turo
    the 9th lrousefrom Venus and uuaspectedby Jupiter and Venus,
    the child doesnot l)romotethe well-being of the father.
    *iaqriwd\ $Frcgaii'{$l$ft er r ..,.f' tfl.W
    iihit gtg:nrud tari ftct itGI: rr
    I $*lrrg j,i il

    sd:r lI r,'
    $n t
    cii '*

    q{it gtttg{ q qmrftqilrnersqu ls tl


    Sloha 17. From the clme of conceptibn of the.
    sL 1? t[plgrrtf{; r81
    .*r," .;; ;
    wombin the t0th month, th:reare severalstagesof
    development.In the tsr month,tl'resamenwill bc io a
    liquid statestill and th: lord of the month is Venus.
    During the Znd month,the embrvohardensand becomes
    nore solid, and the lord of the monrh is Marg. The
    lord of tha Jrd mcnth duringw5icir rhelirnbsBproutup
    ie Jupiter. In the 4th morrth, the bcn: is formed and
    the Sun is the lord. In the 5th, the skin appearsand
    the lord of the monrh is the Moon, In the 6th month
    the hair bagios ro grow.. The l,rrd of the moorh.iE
    ,Saturn,,.In the 7th month whereofthe lord is Mercury,
    consciousness appcars.The lordsof tharemriningthree
    months. viz., the tith, the 9rh, and tire lOth, during
    which the fetusb:comespalprble,f:elsrhirsuand hunger,
    drawsEuEtena{ice f ron thamoth:rthrou.gh rhe uobiiical
    cord, move$abrut (shakes) and becomes f it for deli-
    very-the lordsduring thesemonth: are respectively the
    lord of the (Adhanr Lagna)qrqriTvr;t, the Moon and the
    Sun. The goodor evil happeningro the child during
    eachmonthis dependenton the condition of its lord;
    l, e. it the lord of rhe month is srrong and occupies
    ,beneficpositions, the child is happy; if the lord of
    the month is weak,in its depressionsign,conquered
    'in planetary
    fights and troubled, the child suffersand
    pherewill be miscarriage,etc

    Jupiter is the planet ,rl"::rt", brain and ihead irr ti:e 3rd
    month. The Sun rules the .lth month as he governs the boues.
    That is why after three nrorrths rniscarriage is not possible. If, at
    the ti*re of conception, the Sun is strong, the issue will resemble
    thc fethcr. lf the Moon is strong, the issue will resemble the
    18s srdscritsrt Adh. lv

    mothcr. lf any planet at the time of conceptionbe wealr,then thc


    fetuswill sufferiu bealthin the monthgoveroedby tharplaoet.
    llqrfi:'
    sqo€FTfiT{IrqilQrss{eairT+
    ; qrqn€idr.t qihxlo iii*a: r
    '
    Ragis'gt;rl{Feri$avscfFqE:l
    r|trifd gqsldr€rq?arf(€ir qqqrGfi{: u $ tl
    Alsc qgi{d}
    erkrrurarfig rr*s qqril'lur srqEi I
    , €gg {.ie,vrus5{nqrfue*xi*qdr! tl
    q rTrlrsSl qctlr Qt€Ilq qei atr'1-4n: I
    " q's
    q{ritreu *gi: cmi{{ cali u*; ll
    g$Itifi.r {iifi i?rdrig'rrloetig I rriiarr I
    qI€FT.u:<gli,i&er grrg* iq;q{. ri r,
    According to Yavanacharya,the lords of the first and second
    months are Mars and Venus resoebtively; for he says
    q?e14i-garmn6 w i'gr?arrtrsrr( r
    gr.rrtg;i.{
    qrsrftrqi{{rrn}a \qi wqi qqririeprrr;? rl
    Vasishtaholds the former view, cf
    firetri rrerqirq ie:iril|fu fi trri;gqr?; r
    cr+rr|*qr:(g: srr{irqlr} firfi-Riilr garf&[
    ;r{r{Ti&
    Balabhedrasayswith regard to the abcve two contradictory
    views
    ,, atrr;rh{El:fi*qrraar?grrt}-iFrrilr rrtTrTAfr
    | qt U
    tf,kamqtq cftfiirqra.gr :nnorqI dzrr{ rdr: ,
    os$ cqir qrfu err cTsriWr €g: I
    f{tlf} qrib gqllrrr?tnr4r{raaqu
    qu,kte.I*l <ni€r qrsri\frsi*tr: r
    qqri€tirrir wiir aglt rrrtr;}sfl{c:n
    qsi rnfh d*tietq({rrt trrcr t
    ' srr gqh{rrqr qt ag cteTl4q; qlir n " r'riulli . ,i, si].'
    gl. 1g rgtff;t{rq: lE8

    "*r0r I urtFaag: rrlnggl r{trir grr t


    - flirhrirsgfr crlt gaqqrs\e] qle ll
    oftq1 Tfr€tua crsai aq+ rnir r
    lqirfui crik wffir rrrr*ir rre: ll
    qq qrcrn{fr Rqi {tit erstrrrhJsii qr r
    n6parrlwi qrih r€+rstr rrfirrie il
    lmnFginmts gqfrltrfturqrqTtgrflwqftqtr
    r
    q
    qfiqond.rieriqtrgqt urrTgwrriirtfhar fr?ctl
    Sloka t8, If bene{icsoccupythe Lagna or be in
    conjurrcion with the Moc'n and be aspected by Jupiter
    andthe male{ics occupythe 3rd andthe I ltir, eafedeli,
    very is assured. If beneficscccupyanyof the following
    houses, viz.,the 5th, the tlth,the 7th, the Znd, the 4th
    and the 10th, reckonedfrom eitherthe Moon or the
    Lagnaand be at the simetim: aspecccd by Jupirer,then
    aleogafe delivery may be predicted
    NorEs.
    Somc books read (ftqr ftrirkc, (Ravina Nireekshitaha[
    Tbere are tro -distinct yogas in tbis sloka as stated above.
    Thc com,neotator Bhettotprle doesirot however accept tbe reading
    given in the text but would h:tve the other reading and would
    interpret it thus: " \\'l,en benefic planets are in the rising sigu,
    or in conjuuction with the iUoon, or occupy one or more of tho
    following places, oiz., the 5th, the 9th, the 7th, the 2n4, the 4th
    and the lOth; and when the malefic planets are in the 3rdor the
    llth or in both, the fetus is happy if tbe Moon or the rising sign
    in the positions described be aspected by tho sua." He guotes in
    rupport the following from qr<n-ejt
    fii; ggi ; e^r+iiq*rqqnrg<rrerrdr$:
    r
    ,cfrReqrxqrt:gdi q qr,Tfi{i&d'r l}}$"
    r?qqrlt
    lf Tbis is furrbersupported by the followingslokafromg,4rfir
    qr;;guri fqti.;qr?*ior art, rirGeqrqqriq qr'sr-t
    rJr tt."^,
    :I l Cr&nriiea.vmqrfi iishas]qrrls
    r ^1[ri:
    O& ruqr r
    ,r'
    r84 qtwrftc|f Adh,IV

    But the other readingis supportedby the following works.


    tln;iRrtt
    qc?fis&iqn* er{ qr ftdt: g$' I
    crt{rqqerq*R(eeerri gti rr
    orqqrgdrnrq*+cidcqqfte*, r
    frht: crtaq ftuft: g?! cqr llr{at fiftirq il
    Also {ftmqrqg t $,tl'
    uqfroE;i) t*a ga,ir$'1gs{'r:I ipti
    I

    orlsulgaria rrrrqrcftgqfc{i t
    fl i 1C!
    ruirq ili$? t
    crcrftGa.irg*r{ar
    ,
    aRqen,lar rir*<fu+]qdqqgg ri
    ri ,,

    ',lsmsr, ,
    srGr?ire?rrcrqi qq?{r ee} r$ 1
    Lragell v""
    qfrsqrqqfirqrtqrrqi cqcQfqqr{ ri
    ," , {l ,ir
    rndserth rrrl tggtrqr{grrrqtt
    rn the light of the above quotations, gevu {Hifre: (Guruna
    .'ireekishithaha) rvould appear to bb the original and correct read-
    ing: and tfioiliTfi&n: (Ravina Nireekshithaha) must be au inter-
    polation in Varaharnihira's rvork and must have been followed by
    later iuthors like +({IoFth{ (K"ty.navarman) and Uyrrq<.(Guna.
    kara). Varahamihira has used er{r}q+: (asobhanaihi)-crc+: (papa.
    kaihi) is another reading-which means more than two malefics,
    a. c, three or more. Rahrr and Ketu are not reckoned as forming
    part of the malefics in this yoga, for, at the end of the ftkd.r{rq
    (Nishet adhyayai Skanda has said-

    Et segfr?rr;il {fq: RE qdQil: I


    *cr" imiterr afuiqsqqrrc il
    The three rnalefics can therefore be nono other than the Sun,
    Mars and Saturn.

    6qqRqts*Wt ffi qhfr qEiqrt I


    ffiir{ mEFilqq:gtfQt g frtfiaqq|trlt tq rl
    SloA.r19. When the Sun and $aturn occupythe
    12th placefrom the Lagna, and the waning Moon. the
    g[ z0-zr ruqtrrqtqr t86

    7th place, they predict the loss of the father quickly.


    In casethe Moon is aopectedby beneficplanets, thit
    event takeaplace in 3 year$.
    qini l;f,qfr FrqrqtglQri (nqti lrlriil |
    t {fl qrggtft{rqt AM qIRfrdrfutq{ ;1Qort
    Sloha 20. If the birth takes place at night when
    the Moon occupieoa moveablesign, being aspectedby
    Mercury, the father of the new,born child has to go on
    a journey to a far region, If SaturnandtheSun occupy
    a sroveablesign at the time of birth in question, the
    father goeEto a foreign country and the.re meets'rhrith
    death,
    Notr,s.
    For the latter half, c/. gmnre+'
    qtc.tt c(ff!S*a gitstftil r
    n\ftsri qt ntt qft ctq} flftrrqntn
    Also (r<r{€rl
    qtrrerrrt fti qqd ilMteil I
    raft ftitnt crrqft ftat rqpv n
    trrstatg *rrrrrtq trfur.cft(iq r
    ssqFdMfr cQA cre dr: n
    Yiilc a,lsoIII-+7 $ufta.
    $t qRtqfltr qR quefiqr
    qrfisqilfrqilfrffiCirTo: I
    sitr
    rrrn€rqg{keg{r
    ildR qwr(tt Rt rr
    ftetr E-dFilnrt
    Sloho 21, When the waning Moon occupiesthe
    riaing sign and a maleficplanet is in the *rr (Kendra)or
    in the 8th placefrom the Lagna,the child dies. If bene,
    fic planets occupy the 8th or the 6th from the Lagna
    24
    r86 tnllrfutf Adh tv
    -aa-^^a- -

    child goesto Yrna's


    and be aspectedby.maleficooslrthc
    city in a uronth.
    r7. ggl-*f|.
    qfr4srtrft'fteilqr?:*Qg €rgRFiqf
    r
    ,r,., qEfrRqfilqrqqqnrfiqtfrtiaq tf ,,il
    ,x "eftillrftfr ffi 6egmfrqrrBrteqr
    qft: r
    v, ril.qre}r&U:flq: €sq ftifi: 1 :{
    *'.n: q$sqil: nt{rl}qg*:st r
    {
    sr
    nta rgilfr qii q g\ce freer:ll
    Alco lrrfttqlirt .ri;::
    flEqFq)r$gq) oh .iqfr q;Atil! | .tt
    siletrri Rni $c qrfit q q Hrtqrrr
    gsi q qqrQgtfi rrlft q;qn: I
    qifqE{qwi qns q ? H{q: ll
    aul eGt *q: v* qqft +qq[: | {i,,i,,
    qel qpaq R qIft qqqfr1q 11
    qrr qqrqiM {iqlQrdr{r Rgnftqrcn
    r
    drfuqil q frdrffiwrraT aiilrqu{Er:er utltl
    Sloha 22. Saturn,Mars and the Sunbeingtogether
    in the 8tb or the 6th house from the Lagnaand being
    neither in conjunction with b'enefic planers,nor aop€ctr
    ed by them, bring about ihe deathof the new,born.ftita
    at once.
    qlrtt wt li{ fiIqglQffilqtI
    cfiqflFfilrrqtfr q(ofRr$ rr1{ tl
    Sloha 23. When Mara occupieea Navamsaowned
    by the Moon in the ?th place from the.Iagoq and ir
    31.8c4? rg{tsrrrr: r87

    "bo rn c h i l d h a p p e n so n th e co mi n g o fth e T ?thNakshafir


    (fron the star of the nativitY)'
    qanqMel g*tqn(qF{er| 'r'''
    qtd *( ll 18 ll
    qnffifrfi* €nkrar
    Sloha 24, When $aturnrMarc andth: Sunocctlpy
    the 5th placefrom the Lagna,the astrologerurry predict
    the deathof ghenew'born infant upon the coming of
    .the ?7th star reckonedfrom that of the nativity'
    q{gt wnaqtrs* ort{* qr? q ffi t
    'gqftt fffidffi ttfr qr$t trfiig ilts lt R\ ll '
    " Slofta25. When Margie in a Navamsa ownedby
    the Moon or the rising eign'andis not a$p?cted by
    5th ptacefrom the
    iopit., and whenthe Moonis in the
    L.gn., the chitd dieaquicklY'
    ** * o{qfr ffirr( ild qt il u{q ilr* |
    ot* eu*qEtnrtq'uqiort{silotd}fr ll Rqil
    Sloha26..Whenthelordoftherieingoignicin
    8th or ?tb
    hic depressioneand when Saturn ie io the
    etill'born diec
    , hougefrom the f.gn., the child almogt
    after much suffering.
    ,. of, $fismq
    I fiem&r* ft+ ftq?qffi qt( t
    ffifA ll
    S-ir^'t*fifr fiqreqqrq]
    qrfrfuqernrdl?{trnfrqil{qt tft urggqql'1
    qT{a{ ilq ECf{ Et lrlirct qtgs 6qqfr qaill llRsll
    ' Sl.r&a 27, When the Sunand other planetegTuPl
    ; tberrriltr lapotiinai placee(3rd,6th,9th, lzth) rod
    188 r|ltc|nilt Adb lv

    are s$ength,leEo,the life of the child, saf thoEe that


    &now the scienceof actroiogy,is either a couple of
    monthsor six months.
    C/. gmqra+, t
    $alilRl GEm'sTqil wfraffiat:t n
    surtlHil faqr€il f,€r$: flgqladqll
    uqnft;qaqqtuor* qrtqEU$qs&f'ft t
    *:lg dr.uaqfrkg{rfrtiqtiqqfrlr$ilitilt Rcll
    Stoha 28. Wh'en the Moon occupiesthe rising
    cign, the 6th, the 8th or the 12th place from it, and ic
    aspectedby a maleficplanet, but has no benefic asPect
    pnd when the Kendra-placesare unoccupiedby beoefic
    planete,the new,born infant will die.
    , Nores
    This sloka appearsto havebeentaken from qrff{Gt(Saravali)'
    Iu that work the first half readsthus:
    . d{rquq€tflt {rflT* qrQqgfr gq€E€ti I
    aryrugtqdr is another reading. Vidc g'13ssloka 34 infto;

    fr Tqt qtcn Ro*ilffissi fr drein t


    frfrs *'Arffis q* qrffi iIfi q{im?qg|
    llRqll
    Stoka79, When Saturn occupies the 7th place
    from the Lagna, or is in tbe Lagnaitself, and whbn the'
    rising sign is a watery oneandthe Moon occupiesthe
    Lagnaor qf*{ (VrischiLa)and when beneficplanetsare
    in the Kendras,the Yavanassaythat the ngw'born child
    will die quicklY.
    *qkr,rt S+ riqtlttrqtsqirlI
    q;tqt1t q tqrdi qrffi€igdft ts ll 1o ll
    Sloftn 30, \l/hen Jupiter occupiesa QGr( Rasi)
    pwned by N4an or is in his dcpressionand when:thE
    gL 81-81 rlgfrsreir: 189
    YY YV I UYVVYY t J' t Y TTTT4!.Y!
    ' Y! Y YVVYYIWVYVVY Y!YYY
    YY Y tYYY

    birth takecplaceprecicelyin any one of the 3 sandhyai


    i, c., the point of junction betweennight and day' day
    and nighi or mid'day,the child will die in a month'
    c/. ssltfatilrcFl
    ffi ?r{c? g Sq&qtr?sqil I
    sfet{*sft era€ eneirq€ cqrefil n
    ai qtlqgRi{trn q|il{gEg ru?RqI$( |
    *6u qQRtte wil qmfr{ qfrmrft lllt ll
    Slota 3l If Mars,the Sun and Saturnoccupythe
    8th housefrom the Lagna,thz new'born child will die
    in a month. If Ketu occupieethe Lagna'the cbild wi[[
    paeooff in 2 months.
    cl. qr<RSt
    *cR{Tr$ril}ca qns Src{l r
    htscqq'e qit qrrFil&sR crka il
    *g,ifuuks€qa<nr{ rr[4t A R I
    crsEic qrqi fiftfltns araq r
    qtqqfltco* gffi {d I
    Tt*
    Eglr$t qil €ig{ qiEPquqHIRtl
    Sloha 37, If two malefic planetsoccupy one tbe
    Lagna and the other the ?th place from it, and if the
    Moon be in conjunctionwith a malignantplanetand be
    not aspectgdby beneficotl(Brthe deathof the new,botn
    child will soonhappen.
    Norrs;
    If one nralefic in the Lagna be in opposition rvith another
    rurlefic in the ?th bhava and the l\{oon is in conjunction with a
    malefic unaspected by benefics, it will lead to death.
    The word *r' (Krura) may mean Mars onll'. lf the Moon
    be with Mars while ttle Suh bnd Satur,n are in opposilion..in the
    ldf andthe 7th hduses, theu it witl be twilight.
    r90 tteqrfllrl Adh tv

    a/. mnra
    qtrrtrsiFcfi qt gi qr fltq{i snt t
    a\

    rrrtngil fcqtqtilkfo6sg: I'


    Also ttr(il<t
    TF qr:{|Tir:qrq<t||t(Trta[tr: t
    Tpur eqiqwear s cf;ia:t'
    fqt cn€ trq: trr;F(6 irrdqrnlrtq t

    darGqftaqqftqfrtqqtsqilt
    *-Asgilrr r +( M P{qi{fiq n 1l rl
    Sloha 33. If the waningMooo occupy the l2th
    placefrom the Lagnaand all the malefic planetcbe in
    dre Lagnaand the 8th placefrom it, and the beneficones
    be not in the Kendras,the rstrologer may prediit tbe
    deathof the new-bornchild at once.
    Norrs
    When the waning Moon is talked of as being in the l2th house.
    thoo tho Suu rnust be in the Lagna. Thereforo two maleficsis
    tbc first and one in the 8th, or all the three maleficsin thc Lagqr
    ere possible. Three malefics rising in the Lagna at twilight tirno
    ie bad for iife. Two uralefics in tbe Lagna in quincuar Bsp€ct
    *itb e onleftc in tbe'8th house or thc Sun rising in tbc hjra b
    tl; 84 rgfrsrrrr: t9l
    r"G*
    --A*^^..r

    quincunxasp€ct to two malcfics in thb .8th housein conjutction is


    elgo bad.

    ,/ Rt<tcd
    ffirrtrwfo qfrr Stt rqqhd rt r
    snriRr*lr{fi sq: ffig tqgrrr: n
    Also rndf:
    dit qd nrqqt: qtihwatitt r
    *ifnrr*: *rniftr€ fttrd *( ll
    *tq tW! {il qq;6rqq6m: I
    spu$rrfts*{ilfqir{ qRlEsll l8 tl
    Sloha 34. When the Moon in conjunctionwith
    a maleficplanetoccupieethe rising sign,the 8th, the 7th
    or.the l2th Blacefrom it, and be not alpectedby baoefic
    planete,thece latter being in positions oth€r than-the
    Kendrag,the death of the oew'born infant will happen
    quictly.
    Norrs

    T€St: lr$ is'anothcr reading. Cl. the slotra quoted from


    sRtcol (Saravali) in the notesto sloka 28, ttfra.
    rtl qrmftiln Adh.Iv
    gwY --
    Y!9.gv!i Yvvvvi !v! t" ai'itffi
    rrtt:ylrt9l99Jlr*r

    11s6 tt;aqlfl
    qg: ntr ggct rq{ttrr'ilcrirr' ;
    q@g ftrqstasr sgq: ll
    Tho word ftt (Krura) rnay mean Mars wbo unfailingly causes
    death, aod as he is one of the planets governing childhood in the
    afttt-+<qn (Naisargika dasa). Then the Moon in conjunction
    with Mars in the 12th or the l,agria will mean that the Moou is
    just risen or rising. Note that tbe lloon in the l2tb, lst, 7th aud
    8th housesis baA (Vidt Brihat Jataka XX-4 & 5). The Moon iu
    the lst,7th, 8th or l2th, that is, the rising or setting position for
    Moon in conjucction with llars is bad when benefics are not in
    angular positions. This is also the western principle'
    qffi€r*i f*nqrg q**
    gttq sqTniEoqffift\ftt I
    qqil€*|t.t qRftr€ qrdgt
    uuxgRtq qrqR&tffi ll Q\ ll
    Sloka 15, Wlren the Moon occupiestbe 6th or
    tbe 8tb placefrom the Lagnaand ie aspectedby malig'
    nant planets,the deathof the new'born infant follorpc
    quickly. If the Moon in the posirion described'be
    deEcribecl'beac'
    a6'
    pectedby beneficplanets, the child will live 8 years.
    If aepected by beneficandmaleficplanet'smixedtogether.
    it will live only 4 vearg. If the lord of the lagna be
    beoeficand in the ?th in op:ratiog conjunction with a
    nateficand in affliction with three malefics,then the'
    child,diecin a month.
    NorBs.
    Thc Moon in the 6th or 8th is generallvbad (/ddc Brihat-
    jataka Chapter XX). If sheis also affiictedin oppositionby thc
    3.:n, Mars end Saturn (maleficsbecomingoriental), it is bad for
    life.
    When such Mdon is in oppositionwith benefics(alt the threc),
    81,8a rgfillqn: 10s
    iti b.dfor tifc bcforc 8th year. According to the Naisargika
    Dasa,it is Mcrc{rry that governs the period from the'4th to the
    l2th ycai of a child.
    When the Moon is in opposition with malefics and benelics
    it will shorten thc lifc by 4 ycars.
    In thc abovc, if the combination be of-
    (l) three boneficsand I ma1efic,the child will live 7 yearsi
    ,&l'*i' (2) three beneficsand 2 malefiis, the child will live 5 years;
    (3) ooe benefic and 3 male6cs, the child will live I year;
    (+) two bonofics and 3 malefics, the child will live 2 years,
    €Rlildi-
    ffi trcftsgucoftnirtqrirsiitr{,I
    , eru:drft, d*r.qrsqt" rl
    \
    rgugt: tr& t{agqof fqfttrq-tq r
    qlfri: r{rq: @ltfA tt
    Latter half.
    As interpretedby me r'. r", s'cl{€id.lMqt g\ w/}f*i nl,,r
    (Kalbthrasahith6 Vitagnadhip6 Subh6papaviiith6sathi),the fol-
    lowing is an example:-

    ,}
    --..lMithuna. Jupiter ilx

    Saturn are in
    the same degree
    --l
    J"*
    i Saturn
    Thc lord of the Lagna, i. a', Jupiter is ro the 7th in operating.
    conjuaction with Saturu, a malefic. He is further affiicteil by 3
    malcfcs. or's.,Mars, Sno, and Mercury (who should be considered
    re a mrlcfic when in conjunction with a malefic planet). Tho
    nrlcr-of the I-agna, (the benefic Jupiter in this case) is setting in
    ilc 7th houso in operating coqjunction with a malefic while it ib.i[
    26
    l94 friFcfiEri Adb,tv
    affiiction with thre.eother malefics, which aro r.ising. This witl
    lccd to death within a month.

    $.r
    N' B.-ts these two cases, Mercury should bo tahen as a
    malelic as otherwise the yogX will not be complete.
    The comnrentator Bhattotpala says in sounection with this
    rloha:
    It qqiAq cgrEsri q;{.Tft i Mt(aflsri Rsctmrm: I
    srdgr qft qEturr<r: ttrprt*mir qEarq{r qm$nca: frrcg*
    rrft trqr ? qwlrqs"il
    That is, if the Moouin thc 6th 6r thc dth plaocbc notaspect'
    cd by any planet, the child will not die. Again, wheu the Moon
    in tbe 6th or the 8th bhava happens to be in a house owned by a
    benefic Dlanet, or, being in a Rasi of a malefic planet, be at tho
    same time iu conjunction with beaehc ones, then too, tha child
    witl not die. Iu support of the above he quotes from Yavancg'
    wara tho following sloka;-
    qsFeqf Xvqfts$rf, qtsqsrqrqftffttry | :
    er@tFa gtiafuettrAmts;qrg{q** qr ll
    He also addsthat the I\[oonin the 6th or the 8th housefrom
    thc Lagna aad aspectedby planets whcther benefic or male6c {oes
    not causedeatirto the native wlten the birth happensto be ia tbe
    day time during the dark half of a month, or in the uigbt lipo
    during tbe bright half of a month (1. qgc-6'lgilsrtw4tF' ctc.
    Brihat Jataka, Chapter"XIII; Sloka 8 ) and quotcs in support
    (frear) worl.
    of tbis the follorving sloka(1V.75.)from Mendsvya's
    sl. 85 rgtisrar: lT6

    ;
    t crffi ftsRinrqalstQqnn{\I wr{t ffit ftt r u& u
    adds._.(qarffi
    The commentator qtssl, cr Frfr s*
    ' fofrsfltli qrnrq I
    *rrrrct Rqi arkq efa!*: cftti qras
    efr crqftft qr frrteqhnt <aqefh$rtt ftsqlrncn: r ssrqi'
    tl ctcqrd* qrf,q I
    tffirr: cfr*hnrtqdftf,? rr lrf,ttr: t
    crfrTc{qqr:q: crq&fr osc{r*r ll
    Also -,lra-c,tnt .' ,
    qfrtttt figrernt rm: 'trVhh glt: r
    gttcstirq qr€g g[* {tqrETq il
    . *acrfurttsfh( cr* cqqqgq t
    I qd&stqft{afs 1afrrrfunniiih*|
    qftsfue'qrirs 6r$rTrg:
    tt dl ri
    tffir ftqlfr vtr ftF*t gft t
    qgctt rr qnq nrerrgt{iiq u
    Noli.-1'5" 6th and the 8th bhavas arc congiCricd bad, bc'
    (Bad planets
    cr,ueorone is settiog ad the other hcs alrt*dy set'
    in tbose bhavas rro better tblrc thao gocd onC. c/. ffilir Rt
    (Edhct
    swulg.Viparocthnm rihppha sbaeht shtatnechu. Ftala
    XX-10). Opporition of bet;fics to t&t Ms6tr ie t&l* tucpllcor
    only hastensdeath.
    Again, some take tnu trordr aftfirttrqt (tHttffitl to mead
    i. a., the I"eeD& and qrgcilnt?
    thc 8th from the 6th horse,
    (Asupapekshite)when aspectedLy the Sun (also called wqmrr
    (Asugamec) or dflq4t*'l (Secgrrrasam€d artd ia s*$ffit .cf thc
    above quote the fo'llowing from ltr+f (Sarlnaka)'
    qitqd dniffi q 1t rnqqlhir t
    Rq q{ cqRr{f xld qrt dcfq: u
    Thc word qq (etba) in roe 2nd qra (P+dd of the tcit ber nccn
    ondersto6dto mceD" with'the condition lbove Sivtb tlf Sc nrst
    qrlf,tcr of tlo rloLr)";i r-, lrhen ''bc rfril rool ll tb' t{t r
    196 qrdr|ltnilf Adh. Iv

    aspcctedby tha Sun aud further by gl: (Subhaihi) rl.r., Mercuryr.


    Jup.iteiand Venus,tben the child will liqe for 8 years.
    t'rm,
    6rJ.
    $r.{ grrfr.f{:stdqffirscn&hr
    l;j q€rrtui itfo wce q(|Tgi rt
    By <oreq &*tQt (dalamathaschamisrekshite) is mcant
    "when the weak Moon id, the Lagna is aspectedby the 3'benefics
    end also by the.3'mslefcs, thc child'will in this case livoonly
    for 4 years."
    c/.trffi
    ttu{dh gt, d' qMtftt I
    sril&t xsrRKrcrg{{"ggqq u
    In the 3rd {I{ (padd oi the sloka in thc text, it the q{tk
    (padacbcheda) be made as qflS-ft; (euauuuihi);.the meaning will
    (being h"uefic) is aspccted
    be " when the ful1 lfoon rn tbe Iagna
    by 3 wcak malefics, the dhlld will livc only for o;re mpnth'
    o/- drrt.
    q{ftoH ftvrite g{ rcffiit: t
    qfr{tQfissffitffictcgfttq u
    Thc +th quartcr may. also be interpreted tbus: " When thc
    rord:of the l*gaa is defeatedby a maleGcplanet in planetarywar,
    aod the.boneficMoon occupiesthe 7th housebeing aspected by
    thc 3. weak ma1efics,.'tbemaxiinum life of the child will be onc
    month. o/. iiram.
    q$ffirrtrq'fttH* ct r
    ?t fith\.ffi qfti AGTesftq r
    qgmRt lR q-"iui M{t
    qqfrgff{ftgd{ Fir g tr {tGtct;I
    A rQ C\ \

    vqqfr-6{fidft n ft*rqffir
    I g*rgttst ll lE ll
    Slola 36. Wben the Moon with Rahu is in con'
    (irrerpective of its '
    iunction, witb another malefic
    SL;J6 rqfrsnrr: r07
    porition) and Mars occupiesthe 8th, both che mother
    and the child will die; and the death will ensuefrom
    the effectof an operation if the Sun tr in the Lagna.
    (The force.of g (Tbu).cao only be brought about.asabove)
    Again, when the Sun or the Moon occupies the
    lagna and malefics be in the 5th, 9th and 8th aod
    beneficsin their etiength do not aspecsor be not in
    coojunctioo with the Suo or the Moon in the lagoat
    the new,boro child (and the moth"*) will die.
    Nores.
    The words fr qt (Gra:.th6Chandr6)have been ioterprcicd
    \ Moon ia associationwith Rahu " and-aot'nccesserily'eclipod
    tas
    by some.
    is lnderstood
    l -

    |
    *"" IUarc
    l*"*
    *Fq'l- I q-{tignfi i- u"r".l
    Igtt"+rfrs-|
    i €tFtl$: I-agna I
    -l supI
    [,agna
    -i-ll

    Seturu I JuPiter Ketu Mars

    rl1 g ctrrc:
    t_
    iu
    III
    I
    Venus I Moon lMercurY
    10s rnrltrftqfi Adb lv'

    Thc ugu (AsuUlE)in conjunctionwith this'qfr qt'{G'rt*Uc


    CLandr6)may be either Saturnor the Sun, as shown in the prebod'
    ing e:rarnples:-

    MoooI
    RahuI

    il-atter lalf of
    the Sloka --! the sloka l-
    Eraoble
    Merc. I Emnpla lM"r".
    go
    -l I reo
    t I 'enusllagna
    lLagna
    Kctu I Sun
    I l(etu

    The iuterpretation given above appears morl ratiohil ibA


    many instances (of the simultaneous demise of mother and child)
    yogas
    that are of common occurrenee may be brought under the
    cited in the first half of the Sloka. In the first ioga, thc Moon,
    wh.rtever may be her position, is very puch affiicted, being in con'
    junction not only with Rahu but also with another maleficr and
    the 8th house is occupied by Mars as n'e11. With the abo-vq tho
    Sun's position in the Lagna is further nccessary to cause the
    demise as a resul.t of operation. Moreover, there was no aecesity
    for Varaharnihira to use the word ergq (Asubha) if he did uot
    intend any one of the planet*, ttiz,, Saturn or the Sun' Tho word
    ofr (I-agne) should be taken onlv with <sl (Ravow) ttrat is next
    to it pnd need not apply to q..i (Chandre) in the first line which is
    q-digilfi
    frr removed, inasmuch ss so manv words S+ ft*Tar&a
    ieg: (Kuje Nidhanasrithd Jananisuthayormritbvu) intervene.
    The commentator Bhattotpala takes the word ctc (Grasthl)
    as referring to eclipse (lunar or solar). According to his view,
    the translation of the first half of the sloka will be " when the
    Moon in' conjunction with Saturn is eclipsed iu tbe Lagna and.
    llars occupies the 8th place'from it, both the mother and the child
    will die, and the death will eusue from the eftect of au operation
    if the Sun be in thcabove position, (i. c', if thc Sun in conjuuction
    irith Mcrcury and Saturn bc eolipsed iu tbe La$nr ind Mars bo in
    .sL g? rgfrssrr: 199

    the 8th place fron it.)" So that such deaths shoqld be expccted
    only lb times of eclipses, and tbose by operation especially io tbe
    Solar ones. According to this ,interpretation the word etgu (Asu-
    bha) in qgrrcfet qR q.R (Asubhasahithb Grasth0 Chandr€) can
    mean only Saturn and no other malefic planet. For, an eclipse of
    the Moon can occur'only on a full-moon day and the Sun will then
    be in the 7th place or in direct opposition. Consequently Mercury
    will not be near the Moon.
    sr(Rdi
    qfrilqrri qd ssi orai gtsrnt r
    l l
    'r^a
    cr"r sr* hqt s-asE{ q nr*q ll
    ui <ds* il qmref?"aflarflurfteigr
    AI
    ft&qEg6T: €d c{ors n?rQarqst: lf

    {qft qrorqn[
    tlfii qlt qfunWWa {tRmrnletl
    Sloka 37. If Saturn, the Sun, the Moon and lvfars
    occupy respectively the 12th,the 9tb, the 1st and the
    8th places,they will conapireto bring about the death
    of creaturesborn under thic combination, uulessthey
    be aopectedby Jupiter possessed of strength.
    Norps.
    . In the example given below the sun is squ4reto seturn.
    Thc Moon is quincunxto IVIars.
    900 mt|qrftcril g
    The Sun has gonc down the midheavenwhile Saturn asccnds
    rt. The Moon is rising. rFn gwn tnt*r:{gatina Guruna
    Veekshitaha) may mean only trine aspect (frftq r&') (t'rikona
    drishtihi).
    af. gu161
    TRI: I ilil i t.t( l
    ,l;
    r{qgsftll{rfernff*:r?rftqrss
    UqenftfrTtsttqq"t{ qq: rl
    From the quotation given below from gr<rqnt(Saravali), it
    will be seenthat the sameeftect is producedif Sdturn and the Sun
    intcrchange places in the yoga describedin the tert.
    erarqan*qqirgwrr{q{frrrar I
    ildq Er{!iir: g; €ir gcor rt i{Esrr n
    In order that the four planets may be aspectedby Jupiter, the
    i lattcr.:must occupy the sth housefrom the Lagna. If he shouta
    aspectonly someof them, or be weak though be might aspqctall
    tho four planets,the child will die. It bill escapedeath only in
    case Jupiter in ful'I strength aspectsall the four planets.
    Also ttilwt|.s
    srnsrcfr R:Eofi Rqftdkrscq I
    nr$mtqrfiftedff rfuil cft *ftnrr: ll
    gtorrc{oi l<ritimrg qraq| \
    qr*fi *i w*q q{isrqn gQ,o
    "tt
    Tho plancts mentioncd iu tbe sloka ia the text as respcctively
    occupyiagthc l2th, tbc 9tb' the lst and the 8th houses may also
    'Saturn in tho 8th, the Sun in
    bc takcn in tbe fotlowing order, oit.,
    tbc lstr the Moon in thc 9th and Mars ia the l2th.
    ,/. Gwrsrc-g
    wrrffisf
    qtftStrfuqffictw
    "lq,-r
    The sloka is also capable of tbe- following.. interprctatiresl-
    eplit up .rF{-{{iT(*t{t iuto two, thus i, r{Talq: and vaq+5q; E13s
    ffiadq{frinto.two, thue: ffi 3s4 ffiE{fuq. When
    SL 87 qgqTctqrql 201

    in
    Saturn and the Sun are in the l2ihand the Moon and Marsare
    Lagna and the
    the 9th, or when Saturn and the Sun are in the
    Moon and Mars are in the 8th, unaspected by powerful Jupiter in
    either case, the result will be the same.
    gEinil[s
    qqr6qqq*-S*d *aqi tr* I
    i
    f,qrwqa sqa delrq{qqlfit( ll
    qEreffqfr *q.* ?Rqq tI* r
    il{r qFqasqa dqrrTvrrnRta.
    tt
    The inverse order may also be applied in.the above vtew'
    c/. at{*
    eTqqldq{rrftqpq;qtfrfr ffiT dq: I
    frqr* qdu-qi*tr aqrqqqTfqt( ll
    il{r awn\ qTqr-E*q} il{Erlq. t
    ffi qtrd inql q(oHIGlr(u
    The words ;qqmlr<q*qa may also mean the 8th house count'
    cd from the l2th, the 9th and the lst: i,c,, the 7th, 4th and the
    8th from the Lagna. C/. gE.FiTd-
    srRes{nftatt
    rg'iqqt;Hg
    e{€dqITIqT
    {iq q{-t *qqt qft: tl
    frwqr ffqg+€r1gil:€Rtilfi,t: 1
    {rcsrqrr;qql+ar-frR aqd}srqqrtt
    Again, the words eRrer<F{{rqr*Uter are capable of being in'
    terpreted as 3{fkil€fffi{4.6qiqo1:,' that is Saturn and the Sun,
    Saturn and the Moon, and Saturn and Mars placed in'the 7tb' the
    4tb aud the 8th housesfrom the Lagna. Cf,
    aqt t<ugs*rdq1, n* a'n t
    Stei ftqnwaq*qarg€frqq:tf
    B{{rfi qog.trqelelil f{Frt: ;
    ftE$eh: $rn?nqnfi€r* ll
    m rlillfiilt Adh.lv

    qflnq drtfrrl t
    uweuffiwt{R rftft{ sfrsildtftfr
    il utctl
    Slo[a 38. The Moon in conjunctionwith a male'
    fic planetin the lagna, in the 5th, the ?tb, the fth, the
    8th or the 12th placelrom it will briog on the deathof
    the new-borninfant unlecgaspectedby or in conjunc,
    tion with, Veouq,MercrrryandJupiterin their srEngth.
    Norss
    qnnfrr
    Maqqlftrrm: qhqq*ila:
    ?€ egtR qGFrdr
    tq *ti sgf: t

    qnmrerregilAFftfr:frgfr* tt
    Tho Moon here need not necessarilybe waning as opiued by
    Bbettatpqle. If she be in conjunction with malefics (not oae-
    qg,rgit m"y br interproted as qgttfi-)in setting or culminatiry
    hdrizon, it is enough. Bhattotpala baseshis opinion on the follow.
    ing quotation from sKH{-
    fr'fir€6q{qilArhtrn: qfrqq*g$r: I
    qtrl qBfq: gfrcefl{ril TrdRFgt, tt
    itiltqqilfrffidnGnrqqdr I
    {ilff rGfr qrftEtqlt fril lfuntrdqll lq ll
    Sloha 39. lf a child is born under a fatefulcombi,
    nation(qfiEiq"Arishta yogr) whereofthe periodhas not
    been specified,the death of the child will ake place
    when the Moon in its periodicalcoursesgoes to the
    houseoccupiedat the time of birth by the strongestof
    the planets producing the Arishta yoga (uMrr)' The
    laure event Bay alro happenwhen.the Moon goesto her
    SLse qitsftt: gB

    place (occupied at the time of birth), or ttc Lagna (et


    the time of birth) and is arpectedin strength by malefic
    planets. The sagei say thio death may be expectedto
    happo within a yeat.
    NotBs.
    In thc previous yogadfind out who the worst d.tloft planet is
    that causesearly death and the place occupied by it. Fiad out
    thc Rasis of the Moon antl thb Legnr.
    Now, we kaow that the time taken by the Moon fur rilhing
    one revotution is 2?'32305days approiimately. Tha Moo-n$trc-
    fore makesabout 13 revolutions in the cour$i: of a ybat. Wlicn.
    ever the Moon in the courseof hsr orbit cornosto a.ny of th0 tkoc
    placesmentionedabove,ur.l.,(l)'the Rasi occupied by thi Mooo,
    (2) thE RaSi sigfrifuint thb Lagna aud (3) the Rasi occunred by
    thb strlibgest rnalifiC Dlalot ceirsing the .A.rishtb vd8r (iRrhr0,
    dbrh sill happen.
    wc thus 3€t 39 probrbilitias. T[l Mffi ifru3t b6 ]rr6iful
    (roft-Balavati) to cause death. That is, shc dbtt lO t$l
    Moon or bc the ruler of the 6th 9r the 8tb horlse. Thus thl f,um-
    ber of probabilitiesis limited to 13. There is anothcr conditiofo
    odr., thit the Mooa should receive strong aspectof all the raalcficq,
    thc Suri, Mars and Saturn. Thcu only, death will talre glrco.
    ThiC radueesto dne cirtaintY.
    it rtray be noted hCrethat the general treid of Varlhanihira
    in treating 6f early deatbs rtfors cbi'eflv to tha PbsiGi€$ ;oei! or
    otherwise,of tho Moon, thus indicating demise within oDoycar,
    which is the Naisargika (teltr6) period accorded to thc Moon ia
    aly onerb rativity (Yidt Adhldva 7. Stoha?.trfl,eli ottur tbter
    pcriods of demisebeing alluded to as rtray clse*
    6/, sKr+€r
    ,iii qRq,FqTi€ il ai qtsRQr.fi r
    {trcfrqnftqqit ?€firo: €r( ll
    Also fr;rc
    Mtl rfd'{tsRfrilTttl
    20d-. rnnffi Adh. tv

    Sr* qrsmreir Fqqr: fiq+qqTtl


    qfrfiitfqqTqqqoeia,TinErt
    oofidfrAr:qMtA qrq qeilrr ,, ,fi

    niqrr.ft€eryoar&ftqfurq,I
    qeqRfiirgq:dFrf{frq-.Ft:rr
    q*rufrffqq*rqrer
    *trr*r {T.It ffi r
    $*n ffi Eul E{eqqiqqR'{qrilqu Bo tl
    Eatqfr'flqqAsswrs
    uf'gfrrTfiwEddi
    r
    q+Rfufffitrfr #nFilt*qfr xqrqu'Rtl
    Sloha 40. Saturnin his retrograde motion, when
    occupyinga houseof Mars, a Kendrapoeition,an inimi,
    cal houseor the 8th house{rom the Lagna and.aspected
    by lvlan in $rength,:givei a Z..years'leaseof lifeio the
    qew,<boro'child..
    Sloka 41. "lupiter in a house of Mars and in the
    8th housefrom the Lagna and aspectedby the Sun,the
    Moorl Mars and Saturn, oendsthe new,born child to
    the othet world in j yeare,if devoid of Venus'aspect.
    Rftwt|frit n'rft{fraqfi*h r
    ffiq: Ursoft{+
    E$dqfisilil{il<i}n rfiffiiEvqnrggt{ €e: ll
    Nores.
    Thesetwo glokasas wellas slokas +3, +j,46 anil 50 aro from
    frra{fr.
    qgrstsfrtDrffqo{r( frst gqnffitrqqqro}r
    qtqdtr qgtfr rnr w* .ru ff.iqofurfi ngRtl
    Sloha 47. When Cancerhappensto be the 6rh or
    the 8th placefrom the Lagnaand Mercury occupiesit
    and is aepected.bythe.Moon, the person brn wiil in +
    SL 49*{6 rutfsrfir: n6
    of every
    yeart pay the debt of naturealthoughpbssessed
    kind of etrength.
    o/ w{r@r
    miad{f,qftrq: nsrEqflfr{ilftorert(|
    q+q €sffil{q*q qnqfr ll
    rRq'Ffrqgeitt duttr r
    oqgp$fugi\r
    tftqtifirqffir*dwrt*s q{i\Wf ll BQll
    Slohd+1, If the Sun,the Moon, Mars and Jupiter
    be togbtherin one sign at the time of birth, the deatbof
    the new$orn child comesto passin 5 years. The same
    happenswhen the group of planetsin oneplaceconsiets
    of Ntars, Jupiter, $aturn and the Moon ; or tbe $un,
    Saturh,Mars and the Moon.
    o/. gqr+.(
    nrqEdEnflrqfiqg+,*,qrifi'Jqrf*k: t
    gffiilfer.{ffT fHtqer.qamqaFfrqat: 11
    qfl gqnfiqiqt{sefrfttfi[e' {ttdq qe{l I
    eqrftqqqgil qHr qnratqqq{R'fr ililssg!ll 88 ll
    Sloka 44, When Saturnoccupiesa Navamsaowo'
    ed by the Moon and is aspectedby that planet,and the
    lord of the rising sign hasalso the Moon'g aspecton itr
    tbe child's life will last for 6 years.
    oi fr isroilffiit{sqmqws: t
    quFI qrdl a qqfr$qEsn 8\ ll
    ""ag3t
    riaing (Drekkana) be one
    .
    'of Slofta 45. If thc fwrur
    those otyled frrro (Nigala'fetters), fr-Ahi-snake),
    ftgr,(Vihanga,bird), qffie('(Pasadhara'carryinga,aatel,
    eqd be occuBiedby a male{ic planet a44 tdalPected by
    tnc frrflnltt Adh,IV

    t
    yearE. [For tbe names of the Drekkanasin thie ils&|,
    -ilqrm'(Brihat
    iefer to Jataka) ch.27, algolkilFrfifirr'
    (JataLaPariiata) Adhyaya 5, Sloka33 in{raf.'
    ,/.Wrrt(
    i"nqr omtr:giryfiqaT{qfton*
    ,
    sq1q1ffif at: qamdftft11;1q
    sl tfrdhfrmIrrG fi\ trS Sq:r
    qr( lt 8q tl
    til a t{gt'n cnfil€ftrcq*Et
    Sloho 46. If the Sun, Saturn and Mare be in
    the Lagnaand the ?th housefrom it be a signowned by
    Venus antl occupiedby the waning Moon, and if Jupltct
    aspectnot that Moon, the deathof the child may happen
    io?orSyeart.
    Nores.
    The last quitter of this sloka readsasrffift(tllrtfirR in
    srq{dt.
    ffigqgrr! grqmT€qftns
    l'
    rr qTiliqq$r qffi qEttaqa imqs ll Be tl
    Stoha 47 If the Sun, the Moon and lvlars oecupy
    tbe 5th placefrom the Lagna, the new'born cbild gocr
    to death'shabitatioo in the 9th year.
    c/. e<itii;enrft
    f,{utsEgit:g{Ftni fur a frrqrnrt
    qrfr qqsi qrft qqlsFtq €{q: ll
    qTfrffis {ilifrcsRrd'rGtlfrq}( |
    q?rt{{sfr .G qr il{m 6ilr<r
    ftgd6 o{ fir{sllBG
    Slola 48, If the lord of the iising rign bea mnlettc
    planet rnd oceupy the 12th placefrom the Moon aq{ bG
    ti:31"."."__"""_",
    rcpectedby maligu planeta,the chiid will die in 9 years.
    Tbe gameevent will happen if the lord of the rising
    rign be in a Navamsa occupiedby the Moon or happen
    to be the lord of that Navameaitaelf.
    c/. tmlff
    ?srftqfi: qrq:{rfti}i ftlq,} qGq q;ilit I
    ffid+nrrfr nqqfiftS aftrt: tl
    Also gunt<
    qn]osqRfra,
    tnwt eit fi*r'sq'
    qt&q6g,fi\ft q?f\E{rftrril' q*ffiT{tl
    wtqstutqtffidtr
    qtqquR {fi{ tqrg{T{itrq u Bq tl
    Sloha 49. When Saturn occupiesa Narnmsa own,
    ed by ldakara and is aspectedby Mercury, the child
    wdll live 10 years and will have to e*periencb hatred
    riocc itc birth.
    qrt rqi{_tuilqts+€fr
    ffi wq }
    qqrfrftfrqfti {qif<qdfrritqq
    n \o tl
    Slota J0. Mercury in conjunctionwith the Sun
    and aopected
    by beneficplanets,deotroysthe child in 1r
    year$thoughbroughtup in the interim in regalcomforts.
    Norrs.
    (This perhapshas referenceto an qRcqh (Arishta
    yoga)
    Ttre latter half of this sloka readsthus in wfmdt.
    q.nrfif{qqier$sR
    ftaii wrnqrr
    qqs{nqqrq{, qsq Wfte: t
    ar{rEEqilfi{efr
    arsflt irger il \t tl
    Slola 5t. If the Sun be the lord of the eign occu,
    ng rtrtqtfr{lrt Adh"lv

    ;
    rising oign in conjunction with Saturn and if Venus
    .aopects them, the child will pass away in the l2th year.
    c/. gslr+<

    tRqt fil{-dtqtuf\qrrtfr: n}ft qg qft €ft qil r


    q+qii Gqil' flgntdtqFs:frtq qqqqfttaat: s1
    wiqqsRr{qq qsfiqfitRt r
    ftdr{qrr*r Ew{rdtq qt{fr n \R tl
    Sloha 52. When Saturnoccupiesa Navamgaown,
    ed by Vrischika and is aspecredonly by the Sun, the
    cbild will live 12 years hatedby the father.
    goiqsRqtqt qhffiAt r
    Tfrfit* qtofqwq frEtfror'n \Q tl
    Slofra53. When Saturnoccupiesa Navamsaown,
    ed by Libra, and is aspectedby Jupiter alone, the child
    will be disl{kedby the father and die in the l3th year.
    qt fiqs&€qlHil |
    wqinrqRqt
    qg&tq qtoiqmr*qt dfr q n \B tl
    Slofta54. When Saturnoccupiesa Navamsaowo.
    ed by Virgo and is aspectedby Mercury, the boy will
    be ill,temperedand passaway inthe 14th year.
    ftrti{Fftft qt {gonq frffit r
    qerqtsrqiqq qqr q{fin6({{ lt \\ rl
    SJofc 55. When Saturnoccupiesa Navamsaown,
    ed by Leo and is aspectedby Rahu, the child will suffer
    hurt inllicted by a aharpweaponand hie life will consicr
    of 15 yeiuE.
    gf. 6l-w qfrsrrp: 209

    sqffiqi qt *ag&rnftt r
    rftfrr qhrc iiryrqrqitftq rr\Q tr,
    Sloha 36. .iWhenSaturq,occupier,a'hlrsrilmra.own.
    ed bv.Cancerand is aopectedby Ketu, the grgroonwill
    be hurt by a cnakeand die iohis l6th year.
    qqfr{sfurt
    q+ umfu{ftqt r
    t'r '

    't,J {.Hfr qtrq}rnq6,sgflrq} n \s tl


    Sloha 37. When Saturnoccupiesa Naramsaown
    ed by,Gemini and is aspecteebv the lord of the ficing
    rign, the person will be a hero in war, leada life ol great
    hxury and hic deathwill take ptacein his l Tth yeai.

    wfuqft n r;Bromffia ilFfi |


    fuqfit il gwnffifi iqsrq{RPrrrixqrlt u\dtr
    Sloka 58. If the lords of the rising oign and of
    the 8th place from it be in erch other'i 1t."", and if
    they be not benefic, the native dies in hir lgth year.
    The samething will happ:n when the lords of the Lag,
    na and the 8th houseare nor benignand the t2th or thc
    6th placeic unoccupied,byJupiter.
    Norss
    ,asfimft! n r&iq g-*
    The3rdclri (paael'ofthissloka reads
    ;n qTtffi;ilrqtft.

    *{ffiqt rt rrgnn q Fn?fttr


    tilfTt gqr&Enir:
    r.rfrffi n \q tl
    btg qfrgftilqn"rfrs'rrtftuur*ffiirs
    r
    wsi rI '{R darir qril' gdt fiiftq-wnr{ nQotl
    27
    gl0 inllq'frrqrf A&. lv
    %..a-,t**

    sloha 59. When Saturnoccupieoa Nav.aoga own-


    ed by lupftor and is aspecred by Rahu, and the lord of
    the Lagnair not aspectedby beneficplanets,the new,
    born child liea at once.' But if the lord of the rising
    oignis in hig exaltation,ohelife of the child is [9 yean.
    Stoha60, When maleficplanetaoccupythe Ken-
    drar andxjs not aopectedby the Moon and other benefic
    planetsxsd when the Moon ie ,in the 6th or the Sth
    placefrom sheLagna,the child born lives happityup to
    the endof the 20th year.
    Norss
    Some mofe yogas restricting the period of lifc to within 20
    yGarsare 6y1gcted, belorv fronr lFmqpf.n

    q\s{tg-twit qfi d"qar'fi+| ,h$S-r,lit


    $;4rra:nr\:pq1qlasrftairiftdqfr
    lr
    sq(ffi oil qnrn\*'rqfifr,rifrE l
    ga'rfrrrh
    a;i
    qAleqi: qtt:
    fi'qarRqfff* nsrgfrflfi: q{q{ U
    fin arnqri rfirei #e,ii qgrEd I
    ems] qriiqg+ qrtl
    aTrffuhifi:
    ileq sFc' qfr oqtq:ffitqr I
    qsqdffi rt erfimgq*qfir ft qt tl
    ;-toha 61, When the Sun in conjunction with
    Jrpiter sgsrrpiesth: Ltgn,r a.d that happnr to be Scor,
    pio, and rvhgl the lcrdof th,: 8th hous: from the f.S*
    occupiesa (t"r) Kendra) the person will die i;J;
    ZLnd year,
    s[. 0s{6 qilrT.tqrT, 2ll

    The followiDg yogas from Tffqff,{ (Yavanajathaka) fixing


    thc length of tife to a period ranging from 22 to 26 years will bc
    fousd to-be useful:
    qdH geil {fiat ilgqr sl?t il r
    q: *f{Rqnqa}q{q qq+(|A€afieqrt rr
    r'ilqir qrqqf,r.rTdr,ilerr tqq;nreigqFt
    qrd*rcf{flfra,iwg:
    g,fhi*{qrrhq, tr
    frqia{nrq-iseqeqgrq:flfr q rTwrfi(:I
    Ir;qSilEri ?ecs1g' qgfiafr: 'rcq. lt
    ,ilJ

    qqiEt{etrfiftffifrffir t
    qqBrcC* {r qr( t*ftfufr ll qRll
    Gtr qf{H qfr
    tirrd qqt €:q€rfr{ftfiR il qQtl
    T{||;(ftIqrg q{qrg{{iRqilrt
    qdiffi fr qrfr qq$ et* tt qBll
    e ft{rifi .qt utrt
    (ffifrn frqffiRqr€:fr'rrQ\ rr
    Sloha 67. When Saturnie in the rising sign and
    that happensto be' .an inimical sign and tba benefic
    planetaare in qrirfuc (A;nklina) places,the end of the
    lrrron born will comeeither in the ,26th or in the 27rh
    yar.
    Slo&a 63. When the lord of the 8th house ic a
    maleficplanetand is aspectedby Jupiter and a malefic
    planet,and the lord of the house occupiedby the Moon
    is in the Eth housc from the Lagrra,chc deathof the
    native will acur in the ZSthyear.
    2r2 rlcrqffrfi Adh.lv
    Sloka 64, W{ren the Sun occupies the gth house
    from the Lagnain conjunction with the Moon arrdSa-
    turn, the person born will go to yama'o abode in the
    29tb year.
    Sloha 65. When the Moon is berween the lords
    of the 8th howe from the Lagnaand of 15garrqrrfu(Ja'nna
    RaE0, i.e. the eign occupiedby the Mooo, and
    Jupiter
    io in the 12th house,the death of the narive will happe'
    either in hic 27th or 30th year.
    Nores.
    For additional information see the folrowing slokas from
    T.li|nrTiffi
    €fuq-qrfhfr,r5e*rr:*qggilRrFq. r
    ila nqa:ed| frqil erflsff1|qTglf
    slqfraftd{tq q-{r*il6fr 96r: I
    Sqm ennrqrfiil -qqt derftqe{ tt
    .rt"qqfiqpil Trl ff+sR;tT frgr': I
    "
    fl8rsqfiairErinr€nx:qt f+{R u
    qA St d frqifr *-qlssi qrt r
    olt qdti iilii€ng: qi ffqR u
    *\t qe{t sd qqn.ia}gofl r
    ftqiii *'rq? qtiT€rrll:
    ( ffnrq.rr,
    quqrfrqfik-l CIttqaqRtr
    ffirrmfr €R,u qqtl
    ffuefnmrrsqrt
    6q nrr* qlt qrqgtr+rft\ ffissl n r
    nqrFritnrb.RotrlfrtrEt ftqf xqrfunqetr
    SJoln 66. When the lord of the gth house occu
    pies a Kendra, and therlord of rhe rising sign io **houi
    gL 6E-?0 qgrilsrnt: ,tt8

    rtr.eogth,-the p€{son born will lirrc nc fewgr than 30


    jwc;perbapc hic deathmay happenio the 82nd year.
    Sloho 67. When tbe Moon is oq the wane aod
    the lord of tbe 8th housefrom the Lagnaoccupiera Ken,
    drr or.thc Stlhhoure itrelf in conjuoction with a mdefic
    plaoet,aod tbe lagoa is without ctrength aod occupied
    alro.by a maldic phoet, the perron born will die io hir
    3lhd year. .r
    " NorEs.
    Yide il?o the following ftqrn Tfi-1rf,6 (Yavanajothals)

    ffifrrrt vt qltr c nt{ ft r


    rrfft d@ d}leucildorqu
    rqrsaqqdi trrrrarcri rr: ritt I
    rqrlkrrrrl qpqrqrr*ght+ il
    Atgo qntt?u
    rrtr dq: rrff ft€t Hsrl crt I
    .*ft rql* rnsqI: ci fr{rq ll
    r$urd qfruffi Ef,U
    eR ,
    qilt|5rrrdt qr {rttfrr5ffi ll qc ll
    S/olo 68. When a oalefic planet occupierthe 6th,
    thc 8th or tbc lztb frolh the lagna and when the lord of
    the rbiog oigo io weak and it not in conjunction witb
    or arpectedby benefic planets,the peraonboro'if eitlrer
    rhordived or childlego.

    T!dr$ ilsfrriiir qrgtsftn t


    qqFqtrrr€t qrq{grftftqiqrrtq il
    qqnilqtq€gdg{ftR{frd r
    qreqqnlltfrfi+(
    il so tl
    S$TTf,: II
    llt4 ffrfcrftqfi Adhrlv

    the Lagnais either Saturnor a mrlefic pl rnet io coojunc,


    tion with anothermaleficplanet,and this lord of the 8rh
    houreoccupiesan unpropitious 'rurir (Shashtyamsa) of a
    cign. the personborn shouldbe pronouncedto be ohort,
    lived.
    Sjcrla 70. When the t2th and the Znd placerfrom
    the Lagnaare occupiedby malefic planets in unpropii
    'tious Shasbtyarnsas,
    and arevoid of b:nCic aspeccs, the
    perEonboro must be declaredshort,lived.
    Now ends ths trertmenrof she different kinds of
    chort,lifeduero rnqrfle(Balarishta)
    anddtrrfis (Yogarirhta)
    coupricedwithin the maximumage.limitof 3l years.
    NorRs.
    The following is anothet ontgtTt (Atpayur yoga) montioned
    in qRqmn (Yavanajathaka)
    r' gGotr:l$: g$r crrrra: cr] gwdgft r
    .q.ftnlrrqfr cr*sqrft?fdl ftnrq rr

    I sTqrftgrTsf!
    tl
    Nur.r.rrrcArroN oF EytL oR OouNTERAcTIoN
    oF
    MrsroRruun
    €rrqrFEi
    \\
    qs<tr€ qR onr;ilq erErr€futft
    |
    haftt 'Trqs{n (t{rrgl tNrtrr
    R{ri {frFqgrr.qtlft
    Sloka 71. If the lord of the rising sign posce$!
    exceeding strengthand be in conjunctigrrwith a benefic
    planetor aspectedthereby,and occupya Kendraporition
    and br freefrom any malefic xspect,the person borry.
    will be very fortunateand be blessedrvith long [ife,
    g. ?2-78 qq$fs.qrq: CA6

    cf, q
    wgftfturaq r{rg:nrtrqin11 |
    gq*;rqtsfttqi uir,ifi qurq ll
    dqrlanti'rsrqiar qrorcftr arrq r
    tn*i qrqrroieq mnrgtqqrBqt tl
    q?qfk{ftHK fis,{ffirsft qr t
    mtRsRffiran( fl{n$qu*eil: u \eRtl
    Slofur1't, The Moon with his digits full or iu thc
    h<luseor thc N;rvamsa'lf a benefic planet becomesa
    deetroyerof all evil; antl this all the morc when aspeit,
    ed by a beneficplanet.
    Nores.
    l'he lasttqre (l'ada)uf this slolia shorrld rea,las Rllr=Enll
    fuc' (ViseshatchchukraVeekhithaha). In supportof this, *" rlu"
    the .follow ing f rorn zaqr{tq et ( B, i hatprajapathya)
    cfiWrrgr4: grr& gqqr4rr: I
    arfti trst s* gErA ftlrve, n
    cl. qrrrgaqa6ifi
    qeq:tliragr Srl&mr fuer grtaift
    r
    . crtiift nsn* ftlrm: gnirr:: ll
    Also ST(lTo'i
    qq: trftcg: g*!r htfu, gttri r
    Ruurrqt*tr cKtrrrqt9{r qft: rr
    qt{ffis:}qq-frrdr
    nq$(aerh*(qd Rsqryo( ns111
    SloAa 73. If Jupiter, Venur or Mercury occupy
    I
    (ftd) K.endrain strength and trc free from ,hr'.;;;;,
    or conjunction with a mirleficplanet,g6sqft$(qtirht ir.
    prrllif ied tlren and .there.
    cl qlusqilirfi
    ${qrffi{rnlrrtr: tqqqt} lqqr{ |
    quft rrcwq3 (A ffw crrq ll
    Also qrcc
    q*s& drig:rrof qqr*Frr* cR t
    fril Aft* tGe ftnt qrcnttqsr r
    Also rf+a
    qdrft af{ *qcr: g:n a} ars*trcft: t
    T{t * garrrt e*fti foar<}cr
    drrq: s.ftswflft g.dqtfr q ftrqq qr
    .u1&rsrfrftc {rtrqtdt c*fofr n t
    ffirnftg*fte;
    ftt EFilg6t ffir ftqtr|if qqr lreB
    Sloka.74. The full Moon in ito own exalatioo,
    in irs own housc,in a vargaof friendly planetror of an
    'or
    aurpiciouc one, in it.r own varga, if aspectedby a
    beneficplanet but free from the alpect of inimical oneo
    and free from all malefic aspectEand conjunctfono-the
    Moon in such a pooition dertrciyc diotreu, howEver
    difficult it may be to tide over. juet ar the $un deotroyc .
    hoar'ftort'
    NorEs.
    This elol€ is taken frqm {r<t{'dl (.Sgra.vati)
    Also ef, qro+rr.{
    r;4: 1fif,g: Ulgqqfl: An qb'qr fufd
    ft*: <rf*mnt*qdl; ft'tn* dfto: r
    51t1, spq.rt: stftqftflr"kd€rilsqar
    c.qttfifuiqRgqtrs qFfo qqt rrex: tt
    qfr lR r-{Ril;q qG
    uQwrar?grrgf€eq$rI
    tt-.]:-?j-"-.".
    " -gy-'--,
    - twffirR,gffifr^qil
    :n qtq€ GrR ft+{ €Tt {sffql\${.ll .,
    night
    ; Sltrlri 73. If a birth takecplace during the
    or
    in the light half of the month (gccs€uklapaksha)
    (rqcr-
    during thI day in the dark half of the month
    Krirhiapafsha), the Moon at the time though]occupying
    by
    the 6th or the 8th place from the Lagna,if arpected
    beneficar well as mateficplanetsprotecterthe new'born
    infantverylikea father afflictione'
    THlt
    Thc rcading
    This is from qplqs[riFf, (Mandavyajathaka)'
    thcrc is as follows:
    c* ft* rrfir qeg qt sqrqtpilsrrrsrft gsngrrFrrt: I
    i rqqr ffiarrrrnFft crr(rc{g rrR Rtc t?rt T tFt tt
    Vidc rlso notesto sloLa35, Srfia.
    c/. vqi'l&'ilrciq
    g$ r ck qft rn?eq qtfifu.ctcsilftrgsr I
    qfir; 6tordQ sqq: gflffia qrjrq r
    g!ffi
    Atso ''triltffq{rl
    rrt{: I
    fiqtq'fr'fT atq rr*r antrftarErftrirft
    rhq tl: grrrreftE'ftia sr'i qitcreritq:u
    Also ta.r{q:

    ,flqtfr E,urq*a'rr fisfuilr{F. il ry


    irfurfrsfrqc{r{ts,ffi| r*
    mitfir&qRqr uqt€lq( |
    ' qdtqEfrgRcrftsgtnftr
    I|iFtt qgrF {rr {etqt qU[Hsll tgQtt
    :rtrd Por'
    .$lolrr ?6. JuPiterirr a Kerrdraposititrrr
    brig$t raYs'call
    ressedof exceedingEtrength'witb clear
    88
    218 fingrltqrt Adb tv
    ringly and to - .
    hoodevefldiflicultthey may be to tide over like a saluta,
    :iion humbly and devoutly offeredto the trident hearing
    Siva.
    Nores.
    This is from nt<rcdt (Sarevali). Tho readingof the tirst half
    t'berois difrerent,oiz.,
    mthnreqftrq: qrrigflel qri fke: ftrtrq, garccElt r
    Jupiteris considercdto be the strongestamongthe.beno6cs in
    tbc matter of waqding of ail ovils and increesingthe happinessof
    tho nativs. ct, qa (yavana)
    ftrlrctrqgil g3cdl s +i Srftregfuqftlqr I
    tftisqgadirr$ qgSr qrrt r* g Mrt{rqq il
    Also qnqr)"t
    oqrq iqrq, tft tirnrW: *4i ndt ffi rq-*q.r
    {tihc' e'nrglcq{ sr.i {tE dt{+S srmr{ tl
    ald qqqstq,ltdit il qgst I
    qREqlq$iljsftrr0r qf\lt ftrqr n ss tl
    Slvha 77, If the lord of the riciog eignbe ltrong
    io a Kendraor Trikona porition,the child thoughborn
    underan evil produciogplanetaryconjunctionsurviver
    it of couns
    c/. wqq
    gG qq R sltr k{rttcl rcrlhilr r
    iRt Fifub d?e Rar$r ffi <n rl
    rnsErqRilifer qtrqmqrftilis t
    Rfist P{dqrrisftsr r tqqr u \% tl
    Slola ?8. If, at trhe time "of the birih of a child,
    there are planete occupying some of their exaltation
    rigoc, others their own Rasis,'they will undoubtedly
    Gontributeto the long lffe of th.enew$orn child.
    Sl, ?9-f0 sgfrsqn: 219
    ,'!.v.Y.Y.Y-v.v"v.Y-v.vwt vvvvvvvvyvvy yv - r r vvYY vvYvvvYYYvwYY!!YY

    Norns.
    This sloka is taken from {Tqq (Kasyapa)

    rrgfhwor'ramridrsifitikerwt! |
    il{{ii e*gRiqrcilt{ (orf,r<r(ll sq ll
    l, , , qrz{sf*r?s}R.rftqffuei Tto(|
    ri gh{ffil: {Rqt E-ilTttqtnn g!H( ll do tl
    Sloha 79. Rahu occupyingthe 3rd, the 6th or the
    llth placefrom the rising sign and aspecteJby benefic
    planets dispels all evil then and tbere as the wind
    Eweepg away cotton.
    Slota 80 Rahu, if occupyingthe Iagoa in lr
    (Meeha),glrr (Vrishabha)ot inir{' (Kataka} prorects the
    child alwaysas a clement sovereign EaveEan offender
    froro (the) death (he may have merited).
    Norns.
    (Saravali).
    Thesearo fromlnr<rqdr
    c/.Rf.lffi
    orirEqffici errfr vrtfuu: gTrqqqra:t
    Ril{r€rsrgsqqilt a* lw srgraq iqrq ll
    Also il-d61q{vr
    aftg rrlftrmqc{r ftt 6&e gt: ttt: u
    tvrilt,dra{iffi€fr 1efiA4ffi r
    Also s|ffiA{r
    (erirr: etrn&qr fttilrit rlfi gitr r
    dcifir"' qqfrcig rJ: SffitM rt u
    Also tnrq.
    cf<rAq* cr cfu c?$rdg3r I
    ,, eqtlr rn crn Ri s* crcqfn tt
    I
    Tq
    Also -gsns(
    1rlfirs.irqfrwrqsfr tu: g* ftwr: fru: 1
    g)0 mwftaf Adb, lv
    " Al*
    nr.tcildtttr
    r eqr* T||r.ft. I
    ngQwontr: gHryfttQm: lt
    rrdrfoirqrft c*ftgfrrlruq r
    frqmr dfii{tgil gtfter ffiltqror t
    ffittr ftrtqqfuqrg frFil qe{ qdt qGqE n 6t tl
    S/ofa Sl. The Moon occupying the varga of a
    beneJicplanet and arpectedby benefic planetcand shin,
    ning with full radiance, averts coopletely all illr drat
    threaten the oew,born child as the Garuda reqoves
    poison (threateningto causedtath).
    Tho rcading of this sloka is slightly different in sqt{F{enqfrt
    (Sarwartha Chintemani) uiz.,
    Fiqtrn rhrr*cdfl gtQft ffiftcrq; r
    iircs ft:ffi*rg cqr ftt fcteftirtq: r
    rqfiffitbqrfrgnqtttt t
    flftilq-A qA Rli Aw ll 61 ll
    Urydn
    Sloha 81,. When thr' lord of the oign in which the
    Moon ir, occupiesthe Lagnaand is acpectedby benefic
    planetalrhe evil threateningthe child io averted. Thic
    is the casealso when the Moon is in itc exaltationancl
    ''aspected by Venue.

    *-'a?tqq:
    E{ A€tqfffi q {ttqrgr
    il{ drffieuqornn n cl tl
    ll SqRtFry3il
    Slolc 83. The iord of lhe t'i-cingrign; wnel poo,
    recsed of great rtreocth aod unaipected by maldic
    sl. 84 tlrlsmr

    planetsbut acpected'bybeneflc onee and occupyiog a


    Kendraposition wards off delth andsecuresto the child
    long life graced,wrth tbe Etrong virtuea of a vigorouo
    rovereignty.
    Norcs

    This slola is from Tllrts6tiliffi (Mandavyajathake)


    qo{l Rdfu *t hqF*dqtt
    T8lsqaqtqfu q6q$$qr€iTq.
    ll 68 ll
    nffiqeiqilgvrt{FRItti qqqrg{hr tt .
    Slohu 81. Whcn the lord of the rising sign ir
    without strengthand Jupiteroccupiesa Kendraor Tri
    kona position, and the 6th, the,Sth or the 12th place
    from thc Lagna is occupied by a malefic planet, the
    perEonborn is declaredto posEess the meanperiod of
    life.
    Mean periodof life rangeEfrcm ths 33rd year upto
    the 70th year (bcth incluoive!

    A few of thc nn"u,,r^)liiti**n,gqJosas cultedfrom


    other wurks are given belorv for the reader's irrlormation ls the
    same nppears tu have been eitlter lost or omitted ffom this work.

    fr*: qrqin*t'S:qri: fi"flri<,{rI


    qEqqrgrdrit{: fr't' tq6qffrtt t
    qilGFlril: qnr €illFs{ft q''qqrgoq{ r
    .{i !}rl
    q-qrntqGqt' {il"t{i{tfhflI n gqgsl : tl
    gf,a.{r}df*: erfaqi raqftt oq} qiq t
    geg*.re+qfrqtaq<)eqEqlg:ll
    +t sqfroetqd qG' nlqqQ{i}:r
    *.fleRtffqqqqrfiq\aqfrRtstffa*w
    tt
    .rdsrltd Adh.Iv
    *

    s qtq,frcwt sqA*Fqfrtrqr qRqrftfrif r


    [i'. frttfrt qnq\tqrfislffiqft{dftdqq.
    u
    s,i ;1 {* qgfr\qgb ,itnqzRgrreqfi' n
    uagdq *'qFil dt nrqflglt
    .{Titfrqtt Pqsi qTnerq
    tR{qq'll
    qnq'q{t S unrt {rg}{qHt
    qrfla Med, q(qr{ Geqq tt
    ri tr onff qs 1';4;gqfiEfft|:
    1 u
    deW*alqi qmqrt$qq'ill
    E5r*tsnrttnffi wqtrfrtqgilftsFti:
    qrqcgq€ gfrf€Et-tqqft nrq'{q\'q'qet t
    nutifrra notrtfiqrqhail qroI
    td q gqg+ tt
    q?qrftni{ttor
    eil,fr*.t qqrthqrsR! qAffi l
    q,qtftnad qrglft drfl:gfr il'rr'fi {Fatil( [
    qR qtri t
    n{fii iuoe\f"il td$fr lr n
    ntt*t *a\fi *f,*u'+'fh*Bqqrdhttt
    ia st;frF qls*q* t lFn' ffirl'r
    qeqtftFat
    *e ft q* sqrnfrt
    ll
    qot** aqer* *iSeaEgqq' '
    *i a; ftta.di *t'd fiq{d"' '
    qft wre* qg{rTqlnliqFqltfiY qarfr lt
    ffqrffi ta{qt-ntti qmftt onqrt|W r
    qsrFqtar guefteghosr6qqtfi'r<qqR tt
    qld3|
    Aqtr{r} aa'l gqil il+Ri Wfr€
    qnnnrurtq sil fidi ar{rFqq!fiqisqrRI
    81.8r rlfrsqrr:

    qdftqiqil q'i effirtqrq{tftt r


    * i,, frA*oG{ta flq{Fqqqeq{tl
    , eilfr ftqqtnrtenit fr{i& | "
    qrrgiit ttfl drt: qqr{raHtfiil'tt
    furfrtqqqrtqt q.i -qlsi qrsRr
    , qgd fraqlfir Sremqtl
    qrircrsr
    fiqil ufitm:HilqFiq+"qd.qqtsgqr: FII:I
    ei., 1! lqr.rtrf,ng{ftad qrdfilT$ qragq! tt
    qfi git arsntsEqFt ,iti sntl gfiqtqqTr
    (4 rt ilqrril {Rrri qmFqtqu{ffissilfr tl
    rr*ateffi nqfnsqe*frnnrir
    AsA d qr ilif€qrsT€nr( tl
    qeuqqwil$l' eq€{rts{t q r
    qfuailt nn: KqTgsnEqq{( ll
    qe *t qrqgfta) fifrqGi r
    qB{qi( qt qtk qft: qqqdfr?'rr
    ert* aqqflftqeqffi qqgtsft err
    qBqqftqtqTF i arl q Eqrrft: tt
    ert{flprygquxtqFql:'Tler:pfi| lqi qs{dFqlr
    qffiil qrqt * qgrq<srg:er( qfbq{r'.F.eq tt
    dt ne'* Rg* {vT* s} +.etqqi Riit i
    tfirqf iGtitlg aiqRjdiqfrq,iqeEr
    tl
    emrftqrhfig{rftq$ gttqq-}' qRqrqqrit
    qraqt $qft q?r@dtfr qe"r gtt-qg*+ tt
    frfr G@{gfilefiililrqt qgeqoql,qrriRqil: t
    qilqsrqqinilf{q}} r$1fr: erfrqi q qtsarI
    224 rrr*rf,uil Adh.Iv

    H{afttisi} ffi s* H$tqGhqnnl r


    &{1i guqqRilatqr ililFE qw1 ffi qqrfrrr
    H sqrt itgt 6qq* oti& rqrrt Q r* tt
    Afirrili qTqqfr
    s qrdsffi Eqqiqqat n
    Aqq-qTRqff *-arr* Tgqrq{is# |
    , aqqgeqtli hgit o*;sqqt;nqtl
    q* fuf eqi rqrt ft+ {r* ,'rrqftes}q r
    qful qrfr{rgfrnrfrgcd}
    *ia. qE,qsf\:nqg.s:ll
    pat q ki
    frsqqlftrrdtnergq'rdl
    dt ardlfi5foqawfi aqr+tfffurFqilq r
    qeqiqqftEttqifiq?qf\Raa-rdlt nBs
    fr Hilvlqrsmqftefrft tqiqht qfthE' rl
    *i tta+ glqffi dtf {r* erqi {ftdr{qlr
    qtil dil qrqqR{€qm q *ta qgnrqqg(nirguq,n
    *urrqnRa:RRari{Fer:frRf*er1afrcr ftgt d"q' r
    srRr'di ilqqri {grf; EiroitcfrT{aqsqsil
    tt
    erdgqq.qg+reqffithrqw* r
    T* rq+gt qrnsfteqtfrflafHqrq:ll
    : dft qt *-d qrF*ft
    il* ** ,ilFrt qrnnlA r
    frt qra,qffi qtda] ilff srf,:sstfts<ror{tt
    rrU *FE+dQ nqi rfuqiffiilr
    qrilRi? w&rqfr#qfrFHfr s1
    rrq* qwq1ldti rQsct rfl r
    qfu{,wrr}q$qe wt Aq?riq. tt
    gl. 85-89 rgdrwrcl 226

    qse snr{+w}t grtgi t


    ll d\ ll
    IIwr ElQt,iiitturqrgrTrarttt
    S/olo 85. When the Kendrais occupiedby benefic
    planetsand the lord of the Lagnais in conjunctionwith
    them or is aspectedby Jupiter, the astrologer nnugt
    pronouncethe period of life of the native to be full.
    *'ari:tt frwlt g€gil$qlAtI
    *mrqtftftfhrtn,ft
    totqrgi{rtHt(lt cq tl
    Slolro36. \Vhen the lord of the rising sign occu'
    piesa Kendrabeingin conjunctionwith or aspected by
    Jupiter and Venus, the personborn mustbe declaredto
    possess long life.
    sqrFqefrft:
    ttSrl a$rngtt
    'i r& qr{Rrt}q frfurgf{-fiftiq
    rrcs rl
    Slola 87. When 3 planets are in their exaltation
    aignsand the rising sign is occupiedby the iord of the
    8th house,and that again is without a maleficplanet,
    the personborn will have long life.
    Qtrdrffiilt
    GuRqtfrrt:
    u'ih qotg+qttngftftfiir( u cc .l
    SJola 88. When 3 planets are in the 8th house
    from the Lagna, cccupying respectively an exaltation
    lign, a friend's house and one'sown Varga and when
    theLagnais possessed of strengthi the astrologerie to
    declarethe pereonborn to be long-lived.
    li, ffiq*ffiHorsqftqilr I
    {ftd r;qnnr}EltttqrgfiRfl&(tt ct s1
    f0
    226 Tirtcrfurr Adb. Iv
    Slohn 89. If Saturnor the lord of the gth housA
    from the Lagnabe in conjunction with any planet in
    his cxaltationsign, th: life of the personbori must be
    declaredto be long.

    fiqsrqqilrrrTFn:
    gqn kd?fr\orflr t
    oil{ilirat{riftrr
    ffiftfrt( lt to tl
    S/ota 9J. If malefic planeto occupy the 3rd, the
    6th, anCthe llth placeefrom the Lagna and tbe benefic
    plonetsbe in Kendraor Trikona positions and if the
    lord of tha Lagna possessesstrength, tbe pereonborn
    will havelong life.
    t -

    rtttt{ilrtig gtg qRtSq r


    {MsqfrsffiFfriEnql tl
    Sloha 9l; When benefic.planets are togbtherin
    .the 6rh,the 7th or the 8th Bhava from the Lagna and
    when the mrlefii ones are in the 3rd, the 6th aod the
    llth places,the personborn will live long.

    Rlq{rflrilnqrTru}tr qQkrqr r
    rmnsdul dFwrRrqlt
    GrRqFFFrrs
    qlqatsRqtqtgdnqgdrd{n qt tl
    Sloka 91. Malefic planetsare in the 12th and the
    6th housesfrom the Lagna,and the iord of the ririog
    sign occupiesa Kendra: this is y6ga (l), Malefic
    planetsare in the 8th housefrom the Lagna; the lord of
    tlre L0thhouseis in his exaltationsign: this ig yoga(2).
    The qajqrity of astrologers agreethat in both therc
    yodas,the perron born attainolong li[e.
    8t, 98-96 rqcTlqr: zzl

    Tfitreq{rqtfiqfir{ qrdaqqfficr
    Tqld o{ttrrn *qril qq ilrsqqn 31 lt
    Sloha 9-1.. Find the Rasi in which is the lord o--
    the sign occupiedby the lor<i of the 8th housef rom
    the Lagna. If the lord of the Raei ao found and the
    lord of the Lagna occupy a Kendra, the life of the
    personborn will be suchas has beendegcribed,
    ftsqd qko* qqtt k*rsfr qrt
    n',i; €.tq{ilft*rfr {r ftt qtEfdqF€r{ ll qB ll
    Sloha 94. When the Lagna is a dual sign and
    when its lord occupiesa Kendra,its own, its exa[tation
    or Moola,trikonafoign, the personbotn will live long
    and be fortunate. ',,
    *,
    Asm{.R qnafun(*-'Ffiqt r
    fr qtfrqq trdl eqqfrtiqGtqrrq\ ll
    Sloha95. When the Lagnais a dualsign,and two
    maleficplanetsoccupy Kendra positions in respect to
    the lord of the Lagna,the person born may be pro'
    nouncedto have long life.
    q{t{ffisrftq;Tftqu ffi tKritctr I
    tqt{ WqtillKrqR qq ir(r wgqrR! talg! ll qq ll
    Sloha 96. If the Sun-,Saturn and Mars lre in
    Navamsasowned by moveablesigns,Jupiter and Venue
    be in thoeeownedby immoveable'signs,and the remain'
    ing planetein Navamsasowned by dualeignr,the person
    born will live 100 Years.
    tl qsqFRqeni(&qg'iht 'r
    From the ?1gt year to the t00th ycar (both inclu'
    -ri{c) it calledqgfr'gqPoornaYus
    &f
    888 iirwM Adh.rv
    Norns.
    This appearsto be from gwnt (Sukajathat<a).
    Tbe I oga
    uoted there is slightly difierent, uit,,

    Niflqtw: mfrq-qitqrr
    fiqqi{rtr* rfrqqqq}r
    i* g grqi{mgqgd{tqtgrM qqi zqrcrtl
    Oneof the meansof findrngout the q€q, sEq(Alpa, Illadyba)
    and diqfut {Deerghayus)in boroscopeshas been taken from Para-
    sara and given below in a tabular form for easy reference,

    qfqigt qcqrg'
    _, Tqtg:_ . __
    wqt ofin: erq! otan: wq! urinr
    q{yu}u1* liq{qt'orsfin: crrq{Rii cEhlr:
    II ftR.ti orld; Rutqi.or*rr, fur.lt qriqr:
    Eqcrnir qslqr: qrudqdm: fifiqtss*{r
    \\
    EWr{Filr Ori{; c,Tqrd qrittr s11qrRi'ror?a:
    NI Rurqlsu*g: srrq{rqtrctc{: qtUtsek;

    Erflaaation:-There are three sets of yogas uuder each of


    (id Deergha, H':'-f Madhya and st"qrgv Alpayus, Llhat particular
    kind of ,Ayus will have to be predicted under whiclr both the
    'l'hus,
    condition5 ryhich constitute each sbt are satisfied. taking
    tbe first set under each of tlre headsof Ayus, (r) if ttre lords of tho
    Lagna and the 8th ,house are both iu nroveahle l(asis, {qigq
    (Deerghayus)will har:e tb'be, predicted; (ii) if they occupy move'
    eble and fixed sigus respectively, qt.{qtgq (I{ad}'.yanrayus)rvill
    havo to be stated; (iii) if theyare in'q'. (Ctrara)antl s.1q (Ubnaya)
    hasis, then the native will be ,rtirrgq(Atpayus). Similarly nith
    reference to the remaining two sets.

    wddrssrdtqtilfiqr qfiftqermaqilq*srsI
    rodhil omc\tiqtgtqrnqEtf*qqrfirfr n qe tl
    s]:'gf;99,,-* ---ST'. --*----*' ---,-'o?u
    Sloha91. If theSun,'JupitetandMarc beinthe
    they
    9th houre from the Lagna, and i'f the Navamsa'
    Lagna antl
    occupy be owned by the 9th houee from the
    the fth
    *leo Ly Saturn {i.i,, it Makara or Kumbha be
    by the 3 planeto be
    ;l;." and the Navamsa occupied
    it. cfiRfi (Vargoththamamsa) and if the Moon
    will
    occupy the Lagna in etrength, the lerEoo born
    be blerttd with a htppv life ending with the end of
    the rvorld.
    The reading of this sloka is slightiy different in a(lq{ttl
    (Horaprakasa)or:s.,
    arqiaten rftfunr qd?rar: rdgtt ErqtatrI
    rnqneri frqtfi'rRan ll'nftrcrgr F*qcrEdt tl

    lfqtgfr qtM {r qRq*ftfl r


    qthmTril
    qilTqt d*qfatqqqpil glh$iEilqftttgt ll q4 ll
    SIoAc 98. If Saturn and Jupiterbeing in the 9th
    or the 10thhouse from the Lagna occuPy one and the
    oameNavameaand be aspectedby beneficplanete' and
    if the Sun be,in the Lagna,the personborn in this Yoga
    will be an inepiredsaintetidowedwith long life'
    gwfr{Rt solrc}tfdnai 'qgHq hEEt t
    ' wRgraokiqt\qftdtar$gaqrHilqr( llqqll
    * Slofta 99. Wherr Cancer'is the rising eign and
    Venue and Mer'
    Jupiterand the Moon occupy'it, and
    .uiy rt. in Kendrapoeitiont and the remainiogplanete
    happento be in the l1th, the 6th and the 3rd bhavas
    froro the Lagna,the personborn will havean immeneely
    long life without referenceto the order of reckoning
    *gclc (Ayurdhaya) chaptere.
    Itre;ted of in the
    e90 IGTfufr Adb"lv
    This sloka gives an exception where the ordinary rules of
    .{yurdayaar6 bot to be applied at all. tf. €r<r{d.

    * . . i ,

    I Lagna ''r'{r.
    I JuPiter F
    I Moon .
    l_--
    I
    t
    IrIars , Salurn

    qlcqnqirqq?Aas.rftSSn fteiwqrqqfqa; (rrq{ qq: I


    a* r{tagaawa* q or* gpmaa"_qfiq{&ii tq1l: fl
    Also cf*ofi lt€r €g: fuqrir gqrrlr$i r t,"l',,*1,
    trtfusr{sE&f}rergir*m : n
    Also gur6r diafiftgtsr{fq{S *a4narg{|itrqnfrrrf I
    arqfigfirrat: qfiiqtr
    ffiir $qftft ** fr"qftqfthr
    air qnftttt q qrtel{R{fus r too ll
    'SloAo
    100. When there areno malefic planeta'in
    t.re Trikona placeefrom theLagnaand when the Kendra
    placesare void of beneficonet,and when the Sth is un'
    occupiedlry a maleficplanet, the perconborn will be
    like a celestialbeing,
    'fhis
    sloka leii<ist,-,the rnterencethat malelics are rsorsein
    Konas than in l{endras_.c.f.
    i}t,'rur€S c&S St lta qtflqc: I
    qrrmftI: S'qlr{t tacafrsrrqruiq rt
    The slqka rn the text is also capable of berng rnterpretcd
    thus: "\,Vhen Aries or Pisces happenstobe the Lagna with Jupi-
    tcr or Venus occupying it, and the lVloon in the middlemost
    Navamsa of Taurus, or N'Iars has gained a tf,EmqiEr, (Simhgea'
    namsa),the person &c,,'l
    81.10t-105 rlrlsrn: 88'r
    vv:vr'rrrf,

    ffqrQ*qqfti o{rts t*qilr ftqmrt


    Airffi{r{gil qrdrfrrm{H{:u {ol tt
    S/ota l0l. If the planetsreckonedfrom tha Lagna
    are placed in eucha wry that Srturn is the first and
    Mars tlre last of them and they occupythe 1*nrRnial
    Vaiseshikamsas laicle. Adhyaya, I. Sl. 44-41 Sut'ra.),
    the personborn will resemble an immortal.
    M {gt Uft qrfr{ndtfiuaqsqqtt
    I
    ffit qREreui ililF{taqrrutRwtr tttottr
    SloAc 102. When Piscesis occupiedby Jupiter
    and Venus, or the Moon ig in tbe piddlemost Navamsa
    of Taurusi.e.,gtra<iar (Vrishabhanavamea) or Mars hae
    gaineda ftasqia ($imhasanamsa) the person born will
    attain to yearsuntold by tha recitationof sacredhymrl6.
    tqffirh qq ft qnnili{* r
    ffi gt ont*fr qhoir qt( n loQ11
    Stolc 103. When Saturnis in Devalokamsa, Mars
    in Pararnthamsa and Jupiter occupiesthe Lagna and is
    in $iohasaoaruEa!the person born will bc a saintly
    personage.
    qlgdt $ hA sh qrffqatq*r
    frt}t sft wi srttRirr c qtdfrll tou lt
    Slofta 104. When Jupiter has attained a Gopu-
    ramsain a Kendra position and Venus a Paravathamsa
    in a trirngular placeand Canceris. the risiog sign, the
    '
    perEon born will live to the end of the world.
    qrqltr{ft o"} 1ftTfilq1Rf{ |
    frqq${ftr*-A qTfrruqt eiq tt I o\ rl
    ?-82 lt{6$nctf Adb"Iv

    avamsa ia Kataka
    is ownedby Dhanusand Jupiteroccupiesit and when 3
    or 4 planetsare in Kendra pcsitions, the personborn
    attainsto Brahma'sseat;
    The sameyoga is a11ainteferrerlto in Adhyara. Y'122 inf a'

    $i kn utr {rt s;qnTggil{*|


    qft irffi uq qH]qrit qt rE{ llt oEll
    .Slola 106. When th.: rising sign is Dhanus
    anclis <lccupiedby Jupitet and when th: rising Navam'
    sa is o',vnedbv Mesha,when ltettusis in the ?th house
    and the Moon is in Kanya.the pelson born will attaiir
    final beatitud*.
    For the same togat seeAdh!ryt V sloha-123inJta'

    rraTREqiqqff(qa{ tqi lt-Srqs{t qNqrgl t


    qfrffi T$riffii ;11osll
    F'i qlTr'+qr{qqffiqrAilgr
    qfr 'fnry€EqqttqilqRn?t cnmsqTililt
    Ereilftgtersiilqqghll
    Stoka 1{}?,,srorfis (Balarishta-afflictions in child'
    hood), early death duE to planeurrycombinatibns, thcir
    nullification, mean a!e, long life, divine life due to (1)
    abstractmeditation (2) recitarion of srcred hymos, etc.,
    thesesevenlrave been treated of in thiq Adhyaya.
    Thus ends tlre Fourth Adhyaya styled Balarishta
    ararfis and other yogas in the rvork wta-+srftqte
    (Jathakaa
    parijatha)composedby Vtidyanatha under the araspices
    of the nine planets.
    @
    qrffiqlfrqTeqcq*stnllxt:
    ,i i''f

    n sftIqlqnillrq'll
    '! i]
    iF_

    AdhYaYa V'
    t
    IrsXmg otr Lttr-l'
    g' llt 17'l8' lg' 20' 2l' have boon
    In this chapter,slokas7'
    ta,ken from Brihat Jataka'

    I
    ffifiiqncqlgffFklll q ll
    qffiflQr qftrflfr qrft trlq eilt mq! rqFq ll
    their order the
    SJo&c,1' I abridge and give in
    b:3"ti'
    oevcralmethodgt*- tiiliig tlie lengtht { of by mwr
    asireated
    un,lervarioupplanearypoeltione.
    ;;;;;Jt.rt.t Ttii"* authoritiesoo A1trologr
    (2) M'Piodaja'
    underthe headsJtrl-Att"'Uicargaia (5) qlaChakraia'
    (3) lrr+Amcaia,''til"a"t'naeoija'
    qt*-otvaia and (8) qsrrta-
    16) itrc'N"trtt tr)i', izl
    AshtakaVargaia(rrg0 AYus'
    t
    ;;o61 d # sft{ ufrrqrrnG$fuqq
    q{frqqrrrl ll
    *:A*ti Fqfrqrt"tffi+ sqR
    g' 18'20 and 50 tre the figura
    Sloha2, 2b,i,2'
    years prescribedresPect@y
    iodicatiogthe nuober of ya
    in the Naioargikayurda'
    for the $un and lftt-ni#tt
    ffufretgqtcl.
    333
    gil lrerclftrtf Adb"-v,
    Norss
    Tida arlqfhg<ftV.- 28.
    l'Jso4. emsut
    ftlqfr\* kr,i m sndftr I'ilnfir rgt{r( |
    '
    eclotrqfcfr<er: qet{tai ffirrat: u
    ffi Tqqqr!tr(srrrfrq6o. q{g{s Sqfl! l.
    .Tm{ qlqilu€rq1qf fto3qq}s:n ftqgdrmrfl{ ll l tl
    Sloha 3. The aggregatenumber of Rurrgr.tc+in,
    dayurdayayeareasoignedto the Sun and other planetr
    in tbeir higheatexaltationpoint are reopectively19,25
    15; '12,1 5 , 2 1a n d2 0 .
    , Norrs.
    Zidr rftqftq'cft V-19.
    Also af. ttqnrfi
    rqqffiqGg{t!*fturt
    ftA&Acclfqt trEr|dtilt qtrft: sgres il
    Ateo etqrdi
    g*a?ffich): aRrq:cim: t
    frrrq: fhftgpq rr{ih $rs U r
    gtl: lrqnn{rR gnarQ$n'ltr t
    ftnnl qRgps fhrrrg:€rrkRd: ll
    Thc fgures givcu for thc severalplanots in this sloka arc also
    hclpfui to find out the.approximateincomc or salary of a pcrson'

    ffirqgilr cqt frdrq\ rTqowr(WrEdffit( |


    qql&!: rqq{ilQ6}q fufoer q50rd\Mr rrull
    ffi €rH((q;rc]-€eqi eft qr(rqt sqq,I
    qrt Rurqq{geqttt r tt
    dmqRfinant?qi
    Stolos 4 and 5. Subtractthe figures of a plaact
    from thore denotingito highertexaltationpoint. If thc
    rerult is lesr tban 6 cignr, gubtract it from 12 rignr'
    sl. 0-7 qrfisrqs: ,N

    exceed6 oigns, keepit as it is ; reducingthe Eameto


    oinutes, multiply this by the planet's yearg. Divide
    the product by 21,610. The quotient tepresentedby
    y."ri, ocnths, daysetc.,is calleJthe.ftnrlgg Pindayrrs
    of the planet.
    P;dr $cftrqlft V'-20,21-
    frfn$u*qt qfr qsrctqqffi Q

    ftfr6€ ftililsqgFr{ ilrtfttflrfdtt I


    dqffiglqrltd
    iffi*qFe u{q:M qq(ft* ll q ll
    S&.rft,r6. Sagessay thaq irn tlre ft'!Ergqh'Pindayur'
    day:rar well ao in:tlre tefiturgrtc'Naioargikayurdaya the
    wrhing proceEsis as follows: The interval between
    a flanet o actualpositionand its higheetexaltationpoing
    it lcsc tban 6 signs,shouldbe subtractedfrom 12 eignr.
    fbe rerult reduced to:minuter must be multipiied by
    the number of yerre aosigoed to the planet and divi'
    ded by 21,600,i.e. trhenumberof oinuter iri'the 12eignr
    of the zodiac, The years and months thus arrived at
    correcpondto the rrglt+Ayurdaya of the Sun and other
    planetsobtrined upon the applic,rtion of *rcrt Neecha
    idha anOsioil.rr ProPortionatereduction'
    Norgs.
    This is simply a parapbraseof the 2-foregoingslokas'
    riin.|'t wRR
    ia AqxitqqqiuiigEi {$il |
    qilqm:
    " nFI ffi Rgrtqtetqt
    !98 finwffiFtta Adlh.v
    Slvka 7. When a planetir in its depreorionpoint,
    the period ao$rgned to it is reducedby hatf ; but when
    it occupiesan intermediatepositicn, the reddctionia to
    be proportionate. The number of yearEgiven by the
    r agoa correspondto the numher of its Navausasthar
    have rigen abovc the horizon. According to some,the
    tswg( (Lagnayua) is ac rnany yearc aEthere are Rasis
    reckonedfrom Merha up to [:agoa. The planetsexcepr
    when their motion is retrograde loeea third of their
    Ayurdayas when in inimical houses. When they are
    eclipred, their wrgdq (Avurdaya) is to be dininichedby
    half. Thir lact reduction doee not apply to Venuc and
    Saturn.
    Notrs
    First qr,att /. ililltntK& is the reading adopted ia tfie
    comrnentariesof €Fco and ft+<q but in ftcratr it is nfit;m&
    Fhicb clearly meanstrArtiTtfif(*.
    Secondquattt! By the word sr'ft (Apare) inthis sloka is
    meant (qFrts) Mauittha (somecall him Manintha) and mea of bis
    school. For, according to them, the number of years contributed
    by tbo l-agDe is thus found:
    orr{tftqffirqr rmilqfirgqrda: I
    Arn qtefttni cqtffiRilq ll
    tr^\soviilc slokas 14 aud 15 infua.
    Thus if 15" 47' 24, of Vrischika bave risen aithc birth tinc
    of a person, the nunrber of years given by the Legne accordiag to
    Varabamihira's view will be 9+7'+120Oor 4'737 years.
    But if Maniththa's view he adopted, the IagDayus wil.l bc 7
    years (number of rasis that have elapsed counted from !q) plrs
    '79/3Ocyears
    15o or ?'5263 years,
    Both the methods of calculating .rtfltgs (Lagnayqr) existed
    from tbe very begioning. qffi:Iq (Rasyayus) was not a aew metbod
    found bg cltfil or men of his school. For, rrre see in rq;lir.f
    rll rrrcttr firM Rg, ,r
    -gl, c-? qtdtsccrq: 28?
    .ff
    rhile
    But rtfrtq and men of his sc\ool fotiowed the 1att6'
    thb past
    otbcrs pref€rred the former. Under the two methods,
    years molths,
    Navan rs aud Rasis and their fractions represent the
    &c. B- attotpala adds that [fcnittha's method should be foilowed
    if the lord of the rising :iign be pcwerful, and the first method
    should be adopted if tlre lord of the rising Navamsa be strong'
    s,ndquotes in support thereof the foltowing sloka frsm eKl:ffr
    gr.rwfrrttdeq:<rtq"tt qt:$rnil: t
    ilcii satfi iltg€t sqft& rr
    d$: This view is not howev€r accepted by Varahamihira'
    flrr" For the latier balf of the sloka in tbe text, c/' '{trln.qd|l
    Y.22|
    '
    A planet is said to be eclipsed rvheir he disappeais iitbin s
    particutat limit from the sun, his light beingthen overpoweiedby
    that of the sun. This limit in the caseof the sevcral pllSets is
    as folloss:
    The Moon when within 12' from the Sun'
    Mars wben within l7o
    MercurYwhen within l4o
    but wben rotrograde l2c
    JuPiterwheu within I lo
    .Vcnus l0o
    but when retrograde 8o
    Satura when within l5o

    l,et us coasidcr thg followiDg example:-


    238 lrlrfifrra Adh" v
    Ianna .d. O-l{F-fl | Mecury .r.- ll -240,-14'
    Sun o-l7o-43'I lupite. g-lo-?5,
    Moon 9 -14'-30' I Venrts O-l+o- 3,
    ' Mars ,....ll-27o-$, I SatuFr O-27.-Sd
    l. To Srd the iacoms or srlary.bFjnd tbe lord of thc l0th
    houseor plaret iu the l0th house(or thlt planet whicb is acar
    tto
    oeridirn). The fture iudicated by thd said ptanet gvcr.tberp,
    prorimate income.
    In the example given abovc, the Moon is in tha l0th housc
    and is stroryer than tbe lortl of that house. His figuresflre thus
    obteiuodt Thc Moon's yearsin depressionare l2l i,cars. He is
    7lf removedfrom his depressionpoint and therefore gets 12|
    t i$ x\2tr or aboutl7l approximnteln

    Tlic netirclE incomo must tbercfqt b ll' approriaetolg.


    2. To 6nd tbe Ayurdsya.-
    The Sua's enltatioa is 0-l0o
    His prcsent position is O-1)o-43,-3g,
    Tbe bun tlercforc contributcs l? +W-425 lo -
    ' f i-re'sczt
    YGarg.
    Tbs Moon's position is 9-l+o-3d
    His depressionis .!. 7-3a
    Hisyears
    therefotr-
    uu3f,*Trrl1fuor t7:465
    years
    Mars' deprcssionis ... 3-Z8o
    Hib position is ll-27o-S3'
    His ycars thcreforc *" !r!*Fl or t2.5 ycars
    Mcrcury's position ic ll.-Z+o-W
    His depressionis ,io I l-l5o

    He thcreforecontributesl: +fffLa6'31 ',ears

    fupitorsimilerlys". f; +f; t ffi=A SZStog


    ttrg-0 qdt$rQ {2;

    Vcqurcontributes
    f Of+ff *19'9? yera
    "'*
    Saturasi"o tO+ffi$= lO'44ycars
    In thc erample, there is no planet tbat is quartorcd in tha
    hqrsc of its encmy. So thero is no reduction on tbat count
    As regardsthe rule about combustion, Veuus and Saturn ars
    cllpse4 Thcir years should be rcducedby hatf; Birt tbey come
    rrlilcr lta"cxccptioa irnd their years are thorcforc aot reduci.blc.
    Thcycarsfor tho taaaa=+ffi or {,36ycars

    \anr gt r$rAilsRrmnFs: cqqgqfr frml{t


    qfr rcrr r{ qqr&flfsutkrtsn;qlfofl r c il
    Slo&c 8. All planetcexcept l\darswhan in inimical
    .bgo* dectroy a third of theii Ayurdayas. When ec-
    Iipred by' tbe Sun they lose half their Ayurdaya; the
    qceptio$ in this'latter qaeebein..Ventu
    and $aiurn.
    Norss.
    Tbc word m (VaLn) il thc preccdlng sloka may bc uadcr.
    atoodin two senses. The first meaningacccptableto tbe majority
    ir given in the translation. ' Tho second has tbe support of so
    illustrious an authority es qr({tqq (Badarayana) from whosr
    rort this sloka has been takeu by the compiler vaidyanatbr
    Dtrhitr.

    q{ftfrttqqttgrpm srq{ €{Tffif'{fig {nq I


    rgt t€?d
    Sloha9. When maleficplanetooccupythe 6 bharnr
    countedbaclward from the l2th, the whole, ahalf, r
    third, a fourth, a fiftb, or a cixth, reEpectivelyof tlreir
    $zao rrrftd Adh.v
    Ayurdaya is lost. When beclefic planee occupy ruch
    poritions, the lose is half of tbat incurrd in the care of
    oalefic ones.When severalplanetoare in a bharn, only
    the strongeetof them cau8e8a reduction in the rEdq
    (Ayurdaya). Satyacharyasaysso.
    Nores.
    Thc cosr"mentator adds that Varahemihira concurg wilh
    Satyacharyain tbis view uie.. tbat when sevoral planots occ.|nf
    a siogle sign, tho reduction shall be madefor the nirct powcrful
    onc.
    '/. mr*
    (|qe{ silqi{rag{: ttrf,6qr I
    clrtqrsn qrft 3qqrEriqt M il
    ffi wami crtuiri qftffi: r
    {s qc cai ffi srgt: r.iqr lt: u
    Alco€il.
    qFrqftnltrsgctfqfr sa norrefrFrI
    qr$r!.*{frqt: srrri dit: ll
    qfis"oi qgt* cr* e $i q r
    "t
    urg: ftvrrcrn 6rfu *rqrawrtft l
    ItE{Iks: tilq: €rqFi ctcs€Ast g I
    wnh s{crg*cr I inrcsft dq u

    I -1, l,asto

    t
    For
    millfics
    l

    I
    'i gt. 10 rrfrsrrri; NI

    The p-rinciple to be noted hore is that the deduction is enjoin'


    od for planets-whether benefic or malefic-.if they are in the
    visible half.
    n In the presont horoscope, according to the obovo rute, thcro
    planets in the l2lh, vit" Mars and lWercury, of whom
    l erc two
    " I[trs is stronger; Mars therefore loses all his years. This reduction
    $
    is enough and reduction in the ,:ase of Mercury is not necessary.
    { Th. Moon is in the l0th l-rouse. He is beuelic and therefore
    lorcs *th. His years when reduced will be 14'55*.
    I Juprter is iu the 9th. He loses *th nnd his reduced period is
    t7'766 years.
    lt should however be clearly understood that the above com'
    **
    rrutations are only rough and not quite accurate iuasmuch as no
    distinction is made betrveen a planet occupying the beg:inning 9f a
    bhava and another occupying the end of it. Both are rnade to
    sufier the^sameamount of reduction which is not correct. Again,
    'fsupposethereisa planet occupying the beginning of the l2th
    houseaud another the end of the t I th, the relative distance between
    t them being say otrly 2 or 3 degrees. If the rules enunciated abovc
    are to be strictly applied, one planet (that is ib the lZth lrouse)
    loses his whole period while that in the llth loses only one half
    whiclr is rnathematically not correct. To calcutate the Ayurdaya
    periods of the several planets correctly and accuratel]', readers
    ero requested to refer to the 5th Adhyaya of 4tCirqqR: (Sripati-
    'paddhati)
    and the samBle horoscope worked out by me tlrerein.
    asfrqrdntfr wR rdrF*rftlfrlr t
    qrqfr eqiutd 11q{ ilafrsft il{e6 1g{ o tl
    Sloha 10. When several planetsare in one hous".,
    only one planetthat is pre,eminentlystrong aud no other
    carjsesthe losc of crg*l (Ayurdaya) porcion'in the wly
    deccribed.
    \
    TttErrq{olq.
    hi
    qrdiftKffi fi hEilrigIItII-
    ilil( |
    !f,tl
    gr
    24t mrTqfurf Adb"v

    ttnoq{Rtftftqrtr
    fr.\ftfr aiiwirs
    ru{ rqfft n t t tl
    Slokar11. Multiply the Ayurdayq found tiy the
    number repreeeotingthe Navamsaportions, whole and
    fractional,of the Lrgna that have emerged from the
    horizon. Divide the product by l0g, Tf,e quotient in
    years,monthE,etc , is the period to be diminished from
    the Ayurdaya found in coucequence of a malefic planet
    occupyingthe Lagna.If the malefic planet in the Lagna
    be aspectedby a beneficplanet, the reduction will be
    only by half of the period abovefound.
    Nores.
    Tbe greatest amount of reduction under this count will bo
    rllzth of the whole Ayus wheu the Lagna happensto be the vcry
    end of a sign. According to somc,the numberoi y""r, of reduction
    is obtained by multiplying the total number of years already
    obtained by the number of Navamsas betwcos the first point of
    Meshaand the Lajna-whole and fractionar-and dividing the
    product by l0S. Thus, should the Lagnabe at the very end of
    Meene,and if a malefic should occupy the same, the whole Ayus
    is lost. The former view appears more rational. The latter
    viow is not favouredeither by Bhattotpala or by Kalyanavarn-.u.
    c.f. qRH6t
    qrqttrtfrcr Aqr cA*i Rtrngqr I
    qwr cocqfu$fudsri qdmsqq il
    srg* qrqi st qeesrd gSffi r
    qqis rs'dti frncrfitm-ft rr
    The Commentatoralso adds " rrftr{ eu}atft t*fDro} TErqtq.
    €,qlrrcilffir ql quJRet{-d'€{'tc{fis q qntr fur rfr
    When there are two planets one,malefic and the other benefic
    occupying the Lagua, the planet that is nearer ib the rising
    Navamsa is alone to be considered and not .the bthers. Jf the
    mbkfic planet bb neeter, then the reduction enjoined bas to bc
    fjl. 12-13 crfrslqrq: 249
    'be
    hade; but if the benefic nearer, then no reduction need be
    made.
    The word fi( Krura in the sloka doesnot include the wauing
    Moon, for, saysthe commentator
    q{fsrtr+i€fu{ wi}r qsfh artq:I
    Rftqr tcir $r&iR *; qril+€Eqq u di
    In the example, the I-agna is 0-l4o-32! or 4#& Navamses.
    This is to be divided by 108 and multiplied by the Ayurdayas
    already found. .As there are two malefic planets, uie., Saturn and
    the Sun in the Lagna and aspected by Jupiter, a b-enefic,the reduc'
    tion to be made in the Ayus will be f.btq * *

    M
    Rtfr,frdrrrrtf{€iqrflI& sqqff{ |
    drqrtrufugqQlt\rq qtsEl.n=slsqw(God{t ||t 1
    qil( t urt M irRr{r& effior{fr$ttq I
    qqqrtd{fi itEqfr.srg{(nt tsflfr q ll tl ll
    SloAc; l2 & L:3.Convert the degreesand portionr
    there,ofin the Lagnato minutes(the numberrepresent,
    ing integral eigns being left out); and multiply here'
    with the qrgqtc(Ayurdaya) of the planets eeparately.
    Divide the product by 21,600. The quotient represent-
    ing yearE,etc. found for each planetmust be eubtracted
    {rom its qrg{fu (Ayurdaya).Tbis reductionis enjoined
    when a malefic planet occripies the Lagna. But if the
    malefic planet be aspectedby a beneficone, only half
    the result obtainedby the aboveProcessfor eachplanet
    ig to be subtractedfrom its qrgttc (Ayurdaya). Thie
    reductioo doesnot apply to the *STrgEtq (Amsayurdaya)
    The processin the iafrrsrgfi (Naisargikayurdaya) is
    algothe game as-in the ftorrgEtq,, lPindayurdaya).
    Srme'as *cttr<ii r( Sripthipaddbeti)* Y.'26, 27.
    241 rlirqtfuit Adh,v

    gilTg:€rfiq..
    qrgdis qotao{frtrq il{tr{ ueierfttsrt
    q* Eqs r qoq.(tt ftqrG.uilgft ilq qlgqq.utull
    Slokn L4. When the Laguais strong (i, e,, when
    the otrengthexceeds6 Rupas),convert only the degrees,
    elc.,containedtherein into minutes,the integral aigns
    beingleft out. Divide this by 20J; the quotient in the
    form of years, etc.r should be added to the qsqlq
    (Lagnayue).
    NorBs.
    This sloka is taken from ffi: (Sripatipaddhati) ch. V.
    (r) The Ayus for the Legna in the irlrrgiic (Amsayur-
    daya)systemis found in the following manner: Reducethe sigus,
    dogrees, etc., into minutesand divide it by 2400. The remainder
    is the eTtifftat: (Ayushkalaha) of the Lagna. Divide the
    slqlrfi-ot: (Ayushkalaha)bv 200. The result will be the number
    of years given by the Lagna.
    Thus, if in a nativity the position of the Lagna be 0-l4o
    -3L,-46', the ofgv,ot: (Ayushkalaha)=871'76. The number
    of yearsgiven by the Lagna:4'3588. This is the view of Varatra.
    mihira. (Viilc sloka 7 su!ru),
    (D) But according to some, since the Lagna in the above
    instenceis ascertainedto be strong{its strength being9'I 37 Rupas),
    the Ayus has to be increasedby *#gof ayear'
    -i.'48,$3of a year,
    Thus, the aggregatenurnberof years derived from the Lagna
    '4843
    ir 4'3588/lrr or 4'843.
    (o) In the 3 Ayurdayas,tiz,, ftoergd* (pindayurdaya), ftrrqi
    f{h (Nisargayurdaya) and frsqTqtg'.rc (Jeevasarmayurdaya)the
    [yus for the Lagna has, to be worked out iqsl as in the.oWfgAh
    (Amrayurdaya) lYidc (e) abovcl.
    81.lt trl$rsrqg: 2$
    v v vYv v ! Y! ! u t vvv!!!!#
    vtv! v v v ! !v!v
    -liry#r

    we have
    Since the l-agnais strong (in the presen\' example)'
    (already obtainecl), 4'3588 years morc'
    to add to 4'3588 years
    will thercforc
    Tbe total'number of years tlerived from the Lagna
    in his com'
    be 8'717i. But ftsm(bsrT (Dirvakara Daivagna)
    (KesavapaddhEti)
    mcntary on the 2{th sloka of the {icfs,Tsfi
    quotesapprovinglS'the following reading of the sloka in the text :-

    urgqnlteacatrqsfi fltuq qrcftdAffisa I


    a.t* tnoce{qilqqgrBerrrge c! *€{q I
    "tt (Alatadhva tagne) q** aot& Tr of (Abrle
    ani ifEoraliti
    ""pl"in" or strong' And
    i"i"aftt" va Lagne),i.c.,ioa Lagnawhetherweak
    importing a{R1ff,ftt{ (Lagnr
    c{rgr? (Lago.yoshi) he explains as
    The sloka with
    yoriirrrittUtm), i.'', for the Ayus of the- Lagna'
    (Diwakaradaivagria)
    tbe abovereadingas interpreteauy ftcr+&ffi
    would therefore mean
    "InthesethreeAyurdayas,t'ii',Pinda5'urdeya'Niscrgayur
    and take only the
    tlaya and Jeevasarma'yurdal'a,omit the signs
    minutes and
    degrees,sl6.r in the Lagna; then leduce tlreseto
    represent
    aiviae tUe sanreby 200. The resuLting quotient will
    , thc numberof yearsdue to the Lagnayus"'
    only
    According to this interpretation, Lagnayus works out
    (Diwakaradaivagna) adds that the
    to,f.35gb years. And ff+r*q iqt
    interpretationis largely accepted'

    ofigEtq{M{ afmmft{Ir<tsll t\ ll
    SJota 15. People versed in Astrological$cience
    would havethe qsrg.((Lagnayue)consist of as nany
    *t ot. yearsasthereare whole Rasie indicated.by the
    figures clenotingthe Lagna and some inonthsr etc'
    oitained by proportion (ri'c'some months which form
    the samefraction of a yearas the' risen portion of the
    Iiagnais of a whot"ta.llJ;.,""" trrciffiiir V' lE'
    SeenotoEto 2nd quarter of sloka 7'
    246 {re.qTfurr Adh. v
    Ft..!...t,.ffi tl@w!!yyvvvtvy!yrrYwrvvvVr
    uyya

    TfrEqrcRgatqq,frqqnt
    RrWl
    i6t{tssent@
    o{ttFrsa ghq?cgeqqrgr
    u tE rl
    Slo.ka16. Effectwith carewhich ever maybecom
    nece$saryof the six reductionsin the Ayurdayasof th-
    $uo and other planetsin resp:ctto their being affecta-
    bV (1) the presenceof r maleficplanet in thp Lagna(2)
    the loasof lustreowing to too great a proxirnity to the
    Sun (3) occu;ation of an inimical eign (a) arrival at the
    depressionpoint (5) conjunctionwith other planztsand
    (C) positionin the lith, llth, L0th, 9th, 8th or ?th
    housefrom the Lagna' The reducedAyurdayaoof the
    planetsif joined 'to the wqrgq (Lagoayus)will give the
    proper urg<-Ayus (in the aggregate),
    Norrs
    The autbor here talks of the 6 kinds of reductions alluded t I
    already,viz., (l) nr.r<q<q (Krurodayabarana) lsloka lll, (z
    q<i.rcqrq (Astbangata harana)- lSloka 8], (3) a$nnq (Sathru
    kshetrarharana)lStoka 8], (4) al-{t*{<ur (Neechardhaharana)-
    lSloka 7], (s)ft{ffire(gT (Grahayogatoharana)-lSlokal0], end
    (6) 6{qrftm (Vyayadi harana)- lSloka 9].

    eT{f$tgr,
    qqhr fr-eraft{{ql ffiqrt rrrlrgqsmhq r
    rauuaeififrlg{ TgRn{ q*fr (q{Eqt litell
    SJo[r l?. Jeevasarman layodown in accordance
    with hir own doctrine that the (maxioum) paiod of
    81.l? qlq$rqrqt 241

    life given by eachplanet is *th of the maximum eggre,


    gateperiod (i. c, 170yearcacd 5 days). The declaration
    o{ ratya (vo) that the urgqk (Ayurdaya) of a planet
    correspondoin yearsto the number of the Rasi whose
    Navamsaie occupiedby the planet,is in agreement with
    the viewsof the majoriry of astrological authorities
    (aide the next cloka).
    Nores.
    Fhtt htll,According to qifirf{ (Jeevasarman)each planet
    when in exaltation gives l/7th of l'2\,vears,5 days or 17 years,
    .l month, 22 days,8 ghatikas and 34'3 Vighatikas. rJ. intdr
    '
    Rgqftdrfaq* qqa] *qnacl qt;4rqrq I
    cd€rst"t f,rqsrrrrcfr{ q.rqll
    cti€cnc: qr{rich ftqcl qfroisq r
    '
    R!!rg{ tl eti ttq{ rfter|q*: ll
    Jecvasarman'sAyurdayais to be resortedto when the Lagna,
    the Sun and the IVIoonare all weak. Cf ,+lnh
    sraqtnffi lrqif;rttsqiqrse crcrgtqi{rqt
    rl qi cqa q{d'{ .i'i{qr{rrRtft qrg: rr
    It has also to bc noted that just as in the iioerg<fo(Pin.layur'
    aya), the sevelal reductions, I'ir,, '{qitttiEwt(Cbalirapata harana)'
    i.rr*q<tt' (Neechaardhaharana,), l.r*;raarr? ( Sathrukshet ra hani,,
    -(Frilllt? t(Asthangatahani), mtlcqqrq (Krurodayaharana) will
    eve to bct made and then the resulting length of life ascertained,
    By the rvords €qfrt (Swamathena),Varahamihira means that
    eevasarnran(of the Bengal School) standsalone unsupportedso
    i,r'as his method of Ayurdaya is concernod.
    Thc Amsayurdaya method has been occurately treated tn
    ripathipaddhathi, 5tb Adhyaya and the reader will do well to
    refer to the example worked out by me in the notes to that work.
    It pas to be rcmembered that there are no years fixed fbr each
    plenet as iu the Pinda, Nisarga and Jeevacarma Ayurdayas' There
    ir also no Krutodeyaharaua in this systonl
    %8 rnnltril Adh"v.

    cdilhffins ftrfrtr{rsfirnrrt I
    qlr tflT qTfifls ll tz tt
    qrcmqFfigfis-Ers
    Slofas. 18. Accordiirg to $atya'c rule the signc,
    degreeo,minutes,etc. traversedby a given planetought
    to be convertedinto minirtesand divided by 200.If the
    quotientbe a numberexceedingI Z subtractfrom it ar
    manymultiplesof 12as you con;rthe remaindergiveo
    the numberof,years,months,etc'
    qunqftlqrrillffi Gsqqqtfsqfr{rtfrrr
    t
    fqffi{tqK rrcil{r'Ailf(@ ll tl tt
    Sl,l',rs 19. The wrgdr (Ayurdaya)of a planetie to
    be trebledwhen it is in its cxaltationor in its retrograde
    motion.The sarne is to bs doubled when the planet
    is In xVargottamamsa, in ito own NavaruEa or in ita own
    houseor in its own Drekkana. This is the peculirrity
    in the method.of working out the urgdc (Ayurdaya)
    accordingie qqrcr* (Satyacharya).All else is similar
    to what haebeenalreadYstated.
    It€{ qfErrrtddffi ffiFEilI ilRrq{ q *(r | ,
    std
    e\
    frsqqqr{Tarr ur{ q nQr rqqMt: ttqoil
    .SloAas20. But the Lagnagivesitr urgdl (Ayurdaya)
    ccrreopondiogto the characterof its rieing Navamla,
    i. c., aomanyyearlr,months,etc, a$the number of the
    Rasi owning thc rising Navamsdindicatec. If the
    Lagna b'estrong,it givegin addition a! many ysareas
    there areRaeis in the figure denotiogthe Lagna.. In
    this scrgqtr (Satyayurdaya)the reduction due to ttre
    preoence of a maleficplanet in the Iagna does not find
    placc. Tbe yearsauigned to the planetc in the pre-
    oio* Ayurdayaoare not to be ucedfor calculation.
    ll, gt-1t2 qtdtlilr|lt Lls

    fr< ctnqftri runhnfi:I


    llil\Cm {Gr?r
    qlqrrw€r r5f{rqrrd g qft ilaq6rq ll 1l ll
    F

    Sloha 21. The rute of stqrrr{ (Satyacharya) ir


    prcferable (to that laid down by rq'Maya or ancnml
    (teevasarmma).But somemake the procees inconsistent
    and unwarranable by a serieeof multiplicatione. The
    dictum of the Acharyas (eu-Satya and othere) ie the
    fotlowing:
    (1.).where severalmultiplications crop up, only one
    'and
    that the higheotie to be gonethrough. (For instance,
    when a plaoet ie in its own houce,and in its exaltation,
    and in retrogrademotion,.the Ayurdaya is not to be
    doubled firrt and then the result trebled, and the oecond
    rerult further trebled. According to the rule, the qrg{tq
    (Ayurdrya), chould be trebled once for all).
    (2). Again, when there are severalreductionsappli'
    cable,only one and that the greateEt should be made.
    (For instance,a planet may be in an inimical eign and
    may be eclipeedby the Sun. It ic enoughif the reduction
    by half i. c..the q<ra (Aethangata) reduction is made).

    j.:
    {Rftcttg€.

    Sloka 22. When the $un and otber pla.neteare in


    they have respectively10, 9, 6,5,7,8
    their exattation,
    bnd 5 rays .
    NorBs.
    'c
    /. qori(-dnne.
    " s'rq& fir qt aa afr te qgh I
    Itr i ftgi aQlt ssrtr rrrti qrft {r u
    32
    zffi |lncrrnua ,
    Adb.v
    Also rr.
    frnr crkfrfih{&ifi Tomilrndru$wr*crarq| "
    awglsqrrftts qFn:r.rtoralfrhraq:W* rr
    The rRrsrgflc (Rasmijayurdaya) system founded by Mahendra
    has been in vogue from a very long time and has been recognised
    by eminent astrologers such as Manittha, IVIaya, Yavana end Bada-
    rayana. A brief description of the method of obtaining the correct
    number of <?tq(Rasmi) or rays of planets is given below :
    The seven planets from the Sun onrvards have respectively
    10, 9, 5, 5,7, I and 5 rays when they are in their full exaltation
    position, the corresponding number of rays when in their depression
    being zero in each case. The number of rays which a planet in
    eny intermediate position is entitled to, has therefore to be deter-
    mined by mere rule-of.three
    When a planet has emergedfrom its dtq (Neecha) or depres'
    sion and is on its way towards its exaltation, its rays are said to
    be efug< (Abhimukhal or facing towards the front. These
    rays are declared to be capable of producing benefic results to thc
    native in a very short time. The reverse is the case with,tho
    q(|{gC (Parangmukha) or down'looking rays of planets which
    have fallen from their sq (Uchchs) or eraltation aDd are going
    towards their depression.
    The rays have to undergo some multiplications and reductions,
    befcrc their utilisation for purposes of prediction.
    When a planet occupies a Dwadasamsa which is his own, his
    craltation, or tbat of e friendly planet, his rays arc to be doubled.
    The same remark applies when the planet is retrograde in bic
    motion or is in his g&e (Swakshetra) nasi. But if the Dwada
    gsrmsabe that of an enemy or the planet's Tlq{lfu (Neecha
    naJ,
    the rays suller areduction by l/l6th portion. All planets_
    Venue and Saturn excepted-lose their.rays whm they becooe
    €N<Ird(Asthangatha) or eclipscd. when tbe retrograde motion
    of
    a planet isabout tocease, the rays suffer a reduction by{tl.
    The quality of s hororopc varice dircctly with thetotal auo-
    bcr of raysgivcrrby the pla,nets
    at the timo of birth. porna
    gz
    ,51, vrfisqrr: %l

    with I to 5 rays will be vcry insignificant, miserablq low.mindcd


    unlucky, etc.; those born with 6 to l0 rays will be dependants
    with no perriranonthome and poor; those with l0 to 15 reys wilt
    bc somewhat bettor, bqing virtuous, of good temper, good spcci.
    mens of their family &c; those with 15 to 20 rays will in addition
    tre rich, femous and respected by their relations, and so ou.
    It is also stated that the native should be declared long.lived
    when the number of rays exceed 25, as one of rnedium life when it
    is between l5 and 25, and short.lived when thc number falls short
    of ls.
    c/. vre*rtr
    s+lt rQFtrTs qrfifit ftuglr I i
    ewrgi qarccQwqe qsqqRllr:u $
    rFor detailed information the reader is referred to tho scveral
    hapters on the subject in Brihat Parasarahora, Saravali, &c.
    The following boroscope of e distinguished personage, it
    given as an example :

    Sun I 2 55 30 8 't5 +
    Moon ll 23 35 2+ 7'289
    Mars 3 ?+ I 26 7'35+ a)
    E
    Mcrcury 0 l3 l0 +8 7'550 F
    o
    Jupiter 6 25 +3 23 5'678
    .t
    Vcnus 2 l8 l5 50 7',7t9 o
    t\
    Saturn 0 17 59 38 5'053 a

    I-sn{ 7 t5 +7 2+ 7'345
    I

    Thc position of the Srra is l. 2-s5-30


    His fi (Necha) position is 6.10.'0-O.
    t62 rnrqfid Adh. v

    raysare therefor"l?9r! 1 19 cr
    I{is r<rqg€(Parangmukha)
    8'726+.

    ,ss Saturn ^ | venus


    Moon 5un
    ury
    i n"no
    *rt
    **"
    8!0 Rasi |
    Chakra
    l-
    Lagna Jupiter
    l-
    Ar be is occupyinga DwpdasamsaRasi of a neutral planct.
    thcrc is no reduction or multiplication of any kiud.
    The Moon'sposition is ll'23'35'2+.
    His irq (Nccche) is 7' 3' 0' 0.

    %'^
    His qFrgq (Abhimulcha)ravs are T x 9=7'0295.

    The Moon is in thc DwadasamsaRasi of his enemy. Ho


    '4393.
    tbrrcfore roe"s of 7'o2g|or
    Stu
    The Moods net rays are thbrefore ' 6'5902,
    Tbe positionof Mars is 3-2+' l'26
    His ds (Neecha)is 3-28- o' o '
    -- |
    His distencefrom *s (Neeche)is 0' 3'58'3+
    '| ?.o1?1
    ravs *e :-'f,:
    Hbrrrfl[<{ (PerengrnuLha) x 5 or'1103+75.

    He is occupying his own Dwadasamsa. His rays will tl.erc-


    fors have to be doubled.
    '220695.
    His reys arc thur
    tilcrcury'spcition is 0'13'10'+9
    s" 22 qtdfsrcrr: ,t68
    His depression l l - 1 5 -0 : 0

    Subtracting, we get c.28-10-48


    Hit *ftgtl (Abhimukha)
    raysare x 5='7827.
    ry
    But as he occupieshis own Dwadasams,, his rays will bc
    doubled.
    He will thus have l'5655 rays.
    Jupiter's positionis 6-25.+3-23
    His f,rs (Neecha)is 9-5-0.0
    His distaacefrom ilq (Neecha) is 2. 9-16-37
    Hisr<rqg<* (Parrngmukha)raysare 2'30923x 7=2'6941 a
    og
    He occupies the Drvadrsamsa of a neutral planet, henoc
    tbcre is no reductionon that accoubt. His motion is retrogradc.
    His rays wilt thereforehave to be doubled.
    FIe thus gets 5'3882rafs,
    Venus is in 2-18-l5-s0
    His depressionis 5-27- 0- O
    e{' His distancefrom deprcssion
    is 3- 8.44-10
    His T<lvgq(Parangmukha) rays x 8 or +'3882+
    "t.l|ff
    As he is occupyingthe Dwadasamsa of a very friendly planet,
    his rays will be doubled.
    He will thus get 8'7765rays,
    The position of Saturn iis 0.17.59-38
    His depression is 0.20- 0-0
    .His distance from derrrcssionis a-2-0-2?
    His rnega (Paraugmukha) rays aru l-0!9? x 5:.05525.
    6
    Though he is an astangata planet, as he cornes under thc
    crccption, he sufiers no reduction.
    Thus the sphuta rdys of the geveral llanets are
    Sun 8'726+ Parangmukha
    Moon 6'5902 Abhimukba
    Perangmukha
    .M r|cfqlftqfi Adh.v
    'Abhimukhn
    Mercury l'5655
    Jupiter 5'3882 Parangmukha
    Venus 8'7765 Parangmukha
    Saturn 0'0557 Parangmukha

    Total 3l'3232 (of which only about 8 are


    Ablrirnukha rays).
    For personspossessing3l rays, the following $o (phala) is
    stated' in crr{.il{Crf (Jatakabha,rana,')viz.
    il ti qr{rirni rqertofhnq frcleri;rtqr: I
    fttqrm& ilqqcqr: lt{rir ?tin tarqrftq: rc{Fc ll
    61, Also wqr& Saravali r ilr
    Srffirg $rr: aqmrrfgorfra: n
    This has bcen verified and found to be true.
    Next we corne to the tftqa (Rasmijia)rAyurdaya. It has to
    be observed hcre that this system of ayurdaya has to be adopted
    only when Mersury possesses tho greatest Taq-o (Shadbnla)
    aiCa (sloka 13 infn),
    , The Sun's position is l. 2.o55'.30, and the Sun,s exaltation
    is t.tt-t-g
    Subtracting,we get 0-22o-55)-30'
    As this is less than 6 signs, we have to subtract this from
    12 signs. The result is I I signs 7o +' 30". The number of years
    sivenby thc Sun ,, U#Px l0 or t!# x l0=e.363
    years. Similarly for the other plauets.
    trVhereverthe (f<q) Harana mentionedin slokas 24 and 25
    have to be applied, the sameshouldbe made aud then only thc
    aggregatcAyus shouldr . deterhined.

    tinffin".i fr rEufr{
    mrfruirq ulfufidqgqfirI
    Esr@
    ffi6pil1Rltl
    t gL *26 irihrqilr LrJ
    Sloha28. A planer diminiohedby itc exrltation,
    if ters thrn 6 signs, is tb be subtractedfrom 1|| cignr,
    aad the result reducedto minutec ehould be nultiplied
    by its rayE (mentioned in the precedingaloka) aod
    divided by the minuteecontained in the l2 rigne. Tbe
    quotient in years, etc.,thuc found for the Sun and other
    planeto,represents,they say, the ftErgg (Rasnijalu)
    due to the nyc.
    !*
    qtolq.
    @Effi<Iftguft661g.,
    {rdr nqrqmufi! il qB ll
    Etrqil+sEqqn'qcql
    Sloka 't4. When the planetis in ite own Raci, in
    itc own exaltation,in the hougecf a very friendly planet,
    or in its retrogademotion, it hao in rayc doubled for
    qrgqf{ (Ayurdaya) purpoEeE.When the retrograde
    mo,
    tion comesto an end, the rays are diminiched by an
    eighth portion. When the planet is in the housr of an
    cDemy, the rays becomereducedby a twelftb.
    ' sNdnAS$g qrt Rffi qrtitqnqq&tq I
    etffiqftqwrgdtaqnilRerrgoqfsu i\ tl
    Sloha85. The qrgqtc (Ayurdaya) is to b€ halved in
    the case of all the q<irra (Aetangata) planets ercept
    Venus and Saturn.Sageetay that the qrgqfq(Ayurdaya)
    yielded by plaueteaccording to their raye is treated
    of in the Artrological Science foundedby lvtahendra.

    sl
    . toqrrwdqr{trqd qrqEFilqnrgRqRurrqfr
    216 rrrnM r Adh. V

    "" Sloha26. The rrge (Ayus) consistingof the aggre-


    gate of the reveralperiodsbelongingto the untraversed
    qgllmr (Nakshatrapada)or Navahcas
    frl,ortionsof the
    p.pccupiedby the Sun and other planets is caid to be
    the csrgq (Cfuakrayue)of the soven planets reckoned
    4from the $un (aide. Adbyaya XVII sloka 6, infra),
    flFhe nameqfllq (Chakrayr,rs) applps alsoto what ic got
    by meancof the foroulas relating to the qtrtt (Savya)
    and qqtrq (Apaeavya)chakras. (aide. Adhyaya XVII,
    infra).
    NorBs.
    Thc sfir{+{T (Chakrayurdaya)is to be-calculatedin tho casc
    of c horoscopoin which Venushas the greatest(Ec") Shadbala.
    Thc yearsassignedto the severatplanetsare those mentioned in
    Adhyala XVII, sloka 6,
    ' Assumingthe Sun's position in any nativity to be I s'r8n
    2o 5y 30', he is 1975''5removedfrom thc First Point of Mcshe.
    * As eachstar c(ryers13" 20' or 800 minutes, the .Sun is in
    the sscondquartcr of the Star (tRrqr) IGittika having alreedy
    travorsedthere 375'5 minutes. The numberof yearsof .
    Ayurdaya given by the Sun is therefore#\5-11-9:r'r$ - v'
    800 32
    ycsrs. Similarly in the case of the other planets. There is no
    tol (Harana) in this Ayurdaya.

    ffiTfirrqtl
    qiffi{rtni rr$il imilr:I Retl
    Sloha27, The qrgd{ (Ayurdeya) whose initial
    portion consictcof the yearcdue to the unexpiredghe-
    tikac ol a *trm (yogatara)at a birth, whereof tbe tord
    qr*sqnl: c26t
    sl. 28-29

    t,

    (Ayurdaya) is called qqlrgq(Dasayue)or ruore


    this sngqfrq
    commonly a{Tfirrgq (Nakshatradasayuo). The last ir
    the urgt (Ayus) derived from qsdi{ (Aehtakavarga)
    wherein, say thoseconverEantwith it, is treatedevery'
    thing (to be known).
    NorBs.
    The nine planets referred to in this Sloka are the sevcn
    planets from the Sun onwards and the two nodes Rahu and Kctu.
    Tbe years assigned to them are those mentioned in Adhyaya
    XVIII, 31sl<a3, infra,

    MreRswisf,trql
    d Nrfi{ sdsAffit Eqr(ll td ll
    Sloka 28. When the lord of the'Lagna i8 strongl
    aud aepectedby a benefic planet,the '*nrg<{Amcayus)ir
    to be calculated. If the Sun or the Moon be rtrong and
    havebeneficaspect,the &qc(Pinda)or the fterQ< (Niaar'
    gayue)reapectivelyshouldbe reckoned.
    Notss.
    This Sloka is from (qfr..T) Manittha's work.
    ,/. r<rcrc
    rrffickrfigq*qRdt: Frnq I
    qriqmriTqr: q: <rfoit ensft rcrrtfl
    ttlltllrs s8lttit wT q*iffir I
    qsD: s( q sqt st *tstgqt il
    rftw€ roi ilrrrotq'fiktg eq fteq,l
    rqq]; crcqrqr{q* ($Flulr ll
    st rrt rff qre qftrgrrtrq*lFilr I
    ft dq{rig {Ril qqtq* u,Rqll
    .qi iqttgqiqiffig rrfregr r
    88
    ,38 ff(rTqlfrctt Adh.v
    qrrr*,ls fr g *i q qodgtll 1o ll
    qI
    rtr${q+.fuqtitrq,egtg
    rmq'iisqdgtqqrc qtrtnrtt 8l ll
    SloAas2947. When the Sunis in his exaltation
    andthe otherplanetsarestrong occupyingKendraand,
    Trikonaplaces, when all the planetsare in their exalta,
    tion, in the {T{t(Sasa),
    strongest or aqfin (Hamsayoga),in
    all otheryogasreckonedas thoseof long,lived people,
    in theChandrayogasgenerally (aideinf ra AdhyayaVII
    Slokas 71-73),in the 4s6qr;qahChandrayogai.e.Kema-
    drumayoga(**gefin) whentheMoon is strongest,in the
    Mahapurusha yogas n6rgtvitar:-uide infra, Adhyaya
    VII, 59), and in all Rajayogaswhere the planetsare
    strongert, Parasara says fiwrg< (Pindayus)is to be
    catculated.
    Norrs
    Thei,latter half of Sloka 30 rea<lsthus in cc{r?Rt (parasara.
    hora.)
    e;6riig flg;a t;fr g <oar<lrr
    and seemsto be the correct one.

    The ttanslation ought to be: " lVhen the Sun has reachedhis
    oxaltation and the other planets have attained their maximurn
    strength and occupy Kendra and Trikona positions, when all pla.
    nets are in their exaltatioo, in the strongest {r{r (Sasa)or tqf,q
    (Hamsa yoga)(Adh1oyo VII, SlohaS9), in all other yogasreckoned
    as tlroseof long-lived people, in the three sF{ (Chandra)yogasS"rn'l
    qis,t g{3(l Sunapha, Anapha, Durudhara,'oidc Adhyaya VII
    Sloha 8:,) when the Moon is very strong, in the €lg$T (tvtaha-
    purusha)yogas, Ailhytyt V I I Sloha.59)when the yoga-producing
    plinets are possessedof erceeding strength, and in all Rajayogas
    Ailhyayd VII, Sl:hts /.58, Parasara says lto-erg<[*(lrindayus) is to
    bc cdculatedr"
    sr.j_tj3----.,--.,----::I::T-";,
    .-,.------...-....3l
    qorAt
    oi gt -q&trtq ,Irf,rqthsh gnTt
    *roH Hqi q dr*tqr\,iqrqlf$qtg toq( lllRll
    the Sun
    31opa3;2. Whan Jupiter is in the Lrgna'
    is in-thg4th
    in the 11th,rncltt. M"''tfull'of strength
    o:ctrPya Kenira'
    or in the 7th anJ otharbcn:ficplanats
    phce anJ whln th:
    Trikona or an sler iUpachaya)
    (A2lktimr) hr'ri:r, the
    mrleficrnss occupyit. sfriirlr
    Rno,gqlPindavus)is to bEreckon:d'
    NorBs.
    in (Parasarahora')But the lattor
    c'tf{Ker(t
    This Slokaapp€ars
    half there readsas follows I
    r
    1il flr$rqlqqt glg lrterurircni'fuRg
    tosi .rrfifrthr{rgsqfr{iqi- q}qgl
    fit ftarsrqlReqgtgt *roqalgqrgr t
    r.A\

    t*nrif q{rgRrn{ililqtru{tq ilot


    ll 11ll
    it -tuiigi*tu qogtqEffitts€{tf
    professore
    am?ngastrologicrt
    Slioha13. Ttie lea,d:rs
    (Nisargaja):3::
    ,r, ii", the ftost (Pindaja)' t*O:
    (Bhinnashtakavargajr)'ifioqsil
    iR.snija), f-,rlrEtatq
    (Kalachrkraja),aa* r(Nakshatrrjal' {Trllircr(Samudryajr)'
    r-eckonedaccordingae
    i **t (Amsaja) Ayus is to be
    Venus'Jupiter'Saturn
    ,h" Sun,,h.Mooo,Mlrcury, Mars'
    or the Lagnapos$esseo the greateststrength'
    Nores.
    Thefollowingslokasfromri(fir(il((Parasarahora)giving
    as to the severat cases whero
    sorhdpgre detailed informltion
    be reckoned will be found ts
    dgifi [Fipdeyurdaya) &c. have to
    "' ---
    be useful: -
    g** hi Hqerqts+fiqqt \oqql' qRe{ t
    *l mqr.fictrg\sq: ll
    REq(tfr
    d'qrsqBg
    lsoo ilfficftltt dAdh. V

    qnrs* qTetflFt qTfrqr, qB*dir ft:rt t t


    dtqrqrt\rqE1q:qfqdlqt oh etqir? g{rea:ll
    *rt* q* rrqrqrqfq-q+
    ffuTrqi |
    - iqkrdt o* grud <
    nfri tt
    rilA g qtaivtrgfrq:I
    nftqreqri:
    uil qetxErq: frt lt
    retrslifitllilqa'
    qt
    sgqrqre{,iFg c qoq-R I
    :'{"1
    qpqiqrt m qi HgqrftiRg rfirn(ll
    qfrbgq{idkt} ge:\rer: qirt: t
    ftqrg.r gTfirq)aqrqi{tifta' ll
    rS frei qrerqiqUq gr* mqr(I
    ffi qq:mniqlt'} t"qr* g {€R tt
    troU{r+} q qt+t* *qr{qrfr' r
    srihrfqr;621nr
    ffiq* grnRil tf
    .€afiruqilmntqq#* I
    frsqqqErqr€+
    erqr,ilsfrftqt
    tt y
    \i
    at qG n\ qr'f ilU rynr* gq' r
    maltt mqrcior'toqril: ss t Gq tt
    tqrefr gErairolrare{a'i+t
    r
    a"firfrgqqifrgarqntigq ffin( tl
    m€ifuaq+sr qqrbqg.t:gi: I
    Q[il*r(;fl1:fsftrnmw t
    Sa.nt{r, F{TrIr{fiTa[
    q€trRqffq qqqrft a^Srfrtr"qfqfffi: q1fu 11
    luqwqr,el-qqw qfta:m}qqrq}ftqa: qGe;t
    acqrffiqeqruqgqrd{€rfr{fl rrqqrq}Er: ll
    q€fr$qr{; 261
    ul, 34-86

    qflarqhcHgEtqwnwilFil hr $tse{t: t
    qagh"fur6rqgd €ila qrl afE\oq eTrq:tl
    fib qgAeern'rqrif qnaflqRftnnt*q tt
    qteM ifsr qrq\uql{il<rqlI
    qwrgqft firtssiihssqqrt11
    qcqlfi{t€+iqit qqr{i{e} na,I
    itg q.^gtq' erqr* qfr+qrqq tt c*w
    wrd*qft+lil-t.fiqqqoafir* | ffi :
    *;.nRgq(Mi q {dir€{Tr(mrr:ll
    qtirntqmqqtqfiilqnmqt t .
    wgtnRffqt {'flq ll
    {er.qroftqrtq I
    wgrilRd qt fi*t gffuil{ t
    qrtt{ Et w{ frtqrngwqtlt 18 ll
    Sloka 34. The argu(Ayus) in years,months, etc,
    multiplied by 360and divided by 365 is termed drrgq
    (Sourayus)i, eo the period of life in solar yeilrE.
    i q+t{fuil Gst{qnr
    t qs,qffq(drRRaFqqrqr
    t qnqrflft qisotttodlqr-
    mt tkeqrswr*fit n l\ tl
    t qlqwqt*tt t tqqrwrftqirtr I
    rcrtqqtMrry{il tq tf
    Sloha 35. Thie wgu (Ayus) hasbeendeclaredby
    wise men in respectto those who are engagedin the
    practiceof virtuous actions, who are devoted to tbc
    Brahminoand the Godc, who eat wholesomedia, wbo
    262 qrilwdlril Adh.v

    hnd,marksof chara:ter and conduct pecuii"t to their


    high {anilies.
    Sloha 36. Prematuredeath overtakesthosewho
    aresinful, covetousand thievish, who revileGods aod
    Brahmins,and who are adCictedto gluttony.
    Zida $qfrqqii V.SZ-:S.
    q REqr{|
    d frsargdf{tgrrfforrt
    Tmo[rTtq iilit qq.qrrilfurr{ tl Qell
    t{vf q€iurtiigre q t
    qqwrort
    qq{iqr€t{Ht qrquilrqftflatll ld ll
    ryrffiq qaFTllrqqfenf
    I
    Rgrtt lq ll
    w\qrg(ngf atGfr {rrqRE}
    Slokas37-39. Suddendeath seizesthosethat are
    rcepticalof the forceof morallaw, that are viciou'qand
    are the enemiesof Gods and Brahmins,that filch other
    people'sgodds,that are a sourceof dreadto all, that are
    ioois and turn ipfsfmer$, that have abandonedtheir
    dutiesand traditional observances, that live by sinful
    courEes,and thosethat wouldnot out of folly abideby
    the ordinancesof the sacredscriptures. Those that
    know the sacredsciancesregard the wrgq (Ayus) pre'
    scribedas applicableto people other than those that
    havebeendeclaredliableto untimely death.

    desffi (I) $qt{wiurtq ffiq{q I


    *rqm{gsqqsTqf qrcrqs ll 8a ll
    Frr{rg;{6rittqffirtr*Tftq r
    61. 4l-44 qgdlrtrrrq: 263

    qrurt$sflurtq fttirwrd {igr n Bt tl


    flfhrEtg(ryr?t,iqiEuqr*teir t
    gqqGrq]*rq-geqrR qrq(f'u BRtl
    q frsqrr
    nttsrgtwqi srrrrEtqt
    tqe qfiqqi aKqrr6(rftqr {rfif n Bl tl
    erqntEetrf q $tr.ctils iti(tn I
    ilaifdnrl'qqrrriqfikeqtf (qr: tqKlt tt Btstl
    Slokas 40-41. A thousrnd years is recognisedas
    the maximum length of life of vultures, owls, cranet,
    crows and serpants. Hawks, monkeys,bearsand frogc
    live for 300 years. Rakshasas havelengthof life lasting
    l5'0 years. 1?0 yearsis known as the maximumlife of
    men aod elephants.
    S/ohas 42-44. The maximum ageof a horse ie 32
    yearE; of an assor a camel,25; of a bull or buffalo,24;
    'of
    peacocks,l0; of a goat or sheep,16; of a goooe,14;
    of a cuckoo or parrot,L?; of dovee,12 likewiee; of a
    fowl 8; and of the bulbul or elstern nightingale, the
    maximumageis 7 years.
    c/. srffidt
    frwr: qGt{rr: c€ src qrqF€qrqr
    frFiqrEfqilqrg:emr€raig Qcn [ ,
    ctrl*r: qqsrt u.qfuiqiZsrftg I
    gii g qrgn ch6rrlDr*ct*rgcq,il
    aftc( rqran adwwrguffiq I
    qRE{{n rl
    A.

    In the following ten slokes (i.a slokas 45.54) the author has
    explainedthe various clues to frnd out the srft.e(A.rishta) perio{
    of the native:
    261 mircrRqt* Adb. V

    ftquseqtntE qrqfcgR
    gfut t
    q ftqqdqgunqflt qfr qtq ll 8\ ll
    'When,
    Sloka 45, in oneof the threecyclic divi-
    lions (into which the 12housesmay be arrangedunder
    certainconditionsfe1 w(ffi1<'Ayurdayapurposes)'there
    is a maleficplanet devoid of strengthand unassociated
    with a beneficplanet,the astrologer can announcethe
    deathof the persooaffectedby this yoga at the conclu'
    cion of the ({r (Dasa-Ayurdayaperiod) of the weak
    maleficplanetin question.
    NorBs
    n The following sloka from "ilr"6h{r wilt explain the cyclic
    -
    divisions referred to:
    srilrlrrnTr&nQrnitioa Ufol*: t
    qrr**taiar trtcuqrcrdifta:ll
    People have long,. medium or short lives according as at the
    in
    time of their birth four or more planets are grouped together
    the lst, the 2nd or the 3rd cf the three groups of 4 consecutive
    bhavag beginning respectively with the Lagna, the 5th and the 9th.

    qftffiqq*eiat q$ lrqqEr+q I
    Frqffqrgn;ilfitrqt q(orZrr[t ll Bq ll
    Sloka 46. The dasaperiod of a planet occupying
    the end of a sign brings on disease. Deathmay happen
    in the daaa of the planetin question when the planet
    hae progressedno further than the thirtieth degreeof
    the qrRr(Raei).
    c/. qoffi+t
    (qar) usr *{aqqdrdqfiftr-ds g,vnr#e ll

    fQguqfrr'Tlqqaf
    qulsqeil wUtnnhqt
    qreEkrqtqwtrruIt qqftirsAffttr{ qrt ttusit
    JL d?-49 qrfr$nl: ,86

    Sloha 47. If a maleficplanet occupyingthe 6th or


    the 8th housefrom the Lagnabe aepectedby ite enemy
    and if that 6th orthe 8th housebe itgelf owned by a
    maleficplanet,the deathof the person concerned will
    take placein the subsidiary dasa period of the planet
    occupyingthe 6th or the 8th housewhen the main dasa
    belongsto a planet conqueredin planetarywar.
    c/. glnq.r
    q{rqi qR tqfrtffim rri: r
    qitcrsrqxi qgKEr q?,*tgvnft rr
    qwsqrn? xr: rrtefr rQeir$a:t
    q*o, lr.&" &**t efdG:r
    qtrntt qfr gA qq;$rrorirst: t
    €SrqrfrRqdt srstQf,rr<ffamc: il
    qers{rRE{r
    qid €r( qs giftr t
    thrgfi ed vrqq ila}qqfltr u Bdrl
    Sloha 48. If in the order of main daeasthe 5th
    happenoto belongto Mars, the 6th to Jupiter, the 4th
    to &turn or the ?th to Rahu, every one of these will
    prove fatal.
    c,f.s,o(Rtdr
    {fiTgff q glr€g qS qcTrS-drd+fr qr* er I
    csrceq
    ffifrTaqffifrqmrr
    qil €r{frrqq qtqgilrfttvc n Bq tl
    S/ota 49. If the 3rd, the 5th or the ?th main dasa
    happenoto be that of a planet in depression, in an ini,
    mical houseor eclipced by the Sun, it wilt prove fatal ;
    and thie will be the caseall the more when the fatal
    dasasare alsociatedwith malefic planetealso.
    94
    966 iltITc|ftlrt Adb. v

    ffiqr
    nwrqffqwferqeq+fffit n \o u
    S/ola 50. In the main dasaas well as in the sub,
    ridiary dasaof the lord of the Znd cr the ?rh placefrom
    any bhavathere wilt happenthe deetructionthereofby
    (1) the planetoccupying the bhava; (Z) the one aEpepr.
    ing it; or (3) the (bhavaKaraka)riltr511.repreoentingit.
    NorBs.
    a,f.qedtftrr
    ac*{rcftr *nr*rq* rq?fi({ rrdl rqu: r
    TFq qcrt ftlTlrt er slcri! er.cftg{s}q tl
    Also cileR
    vr<qg61$qit *n,it qft+t€'t r
    qsq@qmtqqfttkdqd
    rfr t
    etnqqqrq{ qt Erq(t *q tt \t ll
    Slota 51. When Saturn goesto a hougeoccupied
    by the lord of a itorq (Drekkana)of the 8th housefrom
    the Lagna,deathmay happen. The same event may be
    gxpectedwhen Saturn passes through the rrftr (Rasi)
    owning the Navamsaoccupiedby the lord of the house
    in which is the owner of the ioom (Drekkana)referred
    to above.
    Norr,s.
    This sloka also appears in qodf\qt (Phaladerpika), but the
    reading therelis eryqq (Ashtamasya) for elgqat (Ashtamastha.)

    brrar:
    Gt{t tarsd Gq($ qtqt I
    rpqf\q$l{ qcsEgrnarmll \1 ll
    81. 6g qlfrrrlml 2gl

    rilqufr{Tq W fuilil r€irrlI


    il qQ rd qfg qq ili €ffi *iq u \E rl
    Slokas 52-53. Tbe following reven are termed
    fud (Chhidra) Grahasor planetsof vulnerability: (1) the
    lord of the 8th bhava; (Z) the planet occupying the
    lamer (3) the planetaspectingthe 8th ; (+) the lord of
    et (Khara) i.e.,Z?,ndDrekkanafrom that of the Lagna,
    (oide eloka56, infra); (5) the plqnet in conjunction
    with the lord of the 8th; (6) the lord of the 64th Na,
    vamsafrom that occupied by the Moon; and (7) the
    raq (Athisathru) of the lord of the gth house.
    Whichever of them is strongest, in the dasa of that
    planetshouldan astrologerpredict death
    Norrs.
    ,/. qfrqt
    qqcrdqg*nrxqrqsqince'iisFr t cfr: r
    eS gtoqqnqRrqr: Est e{k qtc"Et u
    e*nqnrrt{rrffi{rfr : cftrrfuqrftffirr€r: I
    EnrrrAqgcgilqiclafudqn tcgft rgsa: ll
    Also qlrqrh
    cgrrt qft qqdt qfltsftqtgqq(dtqi,}
    T-q:n,crrrorfrffierr{ricrqr:
    o\
    t
    rrgtg ggt0r wg?s.il qil-crfrri Rqd:
    qrvr$rtilirg*sq rt qil sr$r{q q4fqt il
    qnnt \m<nrqtcteat
    ttottcft RsqP{FrftcE!tII.rTrc:I
    ', frrqrd'<t qqn"f grlqqcqftttT'qrq: s w:
    qtr qr qqrflqqstQrgrn frqrdt ftlttrq ll
    i'! i
    268 rrci\rftEre Adh.v

    Also no{tfrtt
    frertil{.5lelrirqtrlsqrqrf]rqqrFqir{fi :r
    '
    ii g:crqr*odft glrdr q: rTrrnt;Ft{t<T{crrcEitrt
    r ffisliffiqarct agril{r{Gl qr I :
    {r{r\ilq tqeq qr* uq* fr{rqrll \8 ll
    t sloka 54. The deathof the relative signifiedby
    any particularbhavaw'ill without doubt take placein
    the main dasa(1) of the planetoccupyingthe 12th place
    from that bhavaor (2) of the planet owning it which,
    ever is Etronger'
    Nor's.
    The reading of this Sloka in nc<rrQfl (Phaladipika)is as
    follows:
    .
    tnrflflrtqer<t qAtc.qqcq rt I
    fttdtrq t*aq cr+egrerwrq ll
    'tgrorq6{Iq.
    tt
    Udtdfrfilqil €{tMI qsqt{flinqqr Uqf,rt I
    q?ofrfffreqbqdr ttq qrq]frrr-d]flftffsn\\ ll
    Sloha 55. The middlemost,the last and the first
    Drekkanaereapectivelyof Kataka,Meenaand Vriechika
    are telmed ttt (Sarpa)Drekkanas. These are also called
    ct{t-Pasa(noose) Drekkanas. The 2nd Drekkana of
    Vrischika is er-vledfT{rs (Nigada-fetters) Drekkana.
    Th: first Drekkanaof rVfakaraas well rs of Simha ic
    termed v& (Pakshitird) Drekkana.
    NorEs.
    According to 1o{r{ (Balabhadra) the first and secondDrek-
    kanas of me{ (Ibtaka), tbe fust and secondof tf.}a-n(Vrischike)
    and the tast of dlc (Meena) are tt (Sarpa)Drekkanas:For, bc seys:
    gL 66-6? qrfrsqrr: 26s
    'r T*er cqcft€rft q&{q cqctsrfi
    firqnc&h qr frTrqr:,,

    ' @ffirr(urt)rnf r
    gqrstqqt{qttE
    qg,qsqun}
    qh rf \Q rr
    Sloha 56. vt (Khara) is the 22ndDrekkanafrom
    that of the Lagna, The 64th lrFavamsa
    is reckonedfrom
    that occupiedby the Moon.
    Notps
    It is evident that the\2And i*Tnr (Drekkana) reckonod,
    from
    ,theos**iur (Lagnadrekkana) is the first!*ar,rt (Drekkan") i"ir,u
    8th house from the Lagna. The 64th <qi{r (Navamsa)
    from that
    occupied by the Moon means the first qlitt (Navamsa)
    in the gth
    house from the Moon.

    of qsili q qfffiqe fluRSi{rfqnt


    qqq {$eqfdr gFri ti sqrftt$ilr I
    *rri gfuT*$s
    TERqrn'n€ig.ih
    ' qslffiqfqdlgs
    wrilrkidqfr ri q\err
    : Slqkajj. The figuresfor the risingsignmultiplied
    by 5 and euperadded to thosefor crF.qtfyf.,riil *iiigi".
    the exacrfigures of what is cailednor (prana)i. ,.
    rli.
    livine beings. The figuresfor rhe Moon rur,ipri.Ju-y "r
    8 and added to the figures for enaq(Mandi)g.i-rl"
    designation?t (Deha) or Body. Seven
    ,i.".. ;h"
    figuresfor crt (Mandi) joined to those of the
    Sro go
    by the.nameof gg (Mrityu) or Death. Long lives
    tf,e
    personborn at a time yhen the sum total of-*q
    fieeval
    and tr (Deha)i, c., life and body io in excess
    ; G
    Mrityu) or Death.

    r In findingthepositior (Mandi)the fotlowingfroa


    "tYil
    Parasrra rRH( will be_tretpful.
    210 {lfitrftflt Adh. v
    , {RerrrQ5t;q<igfuafr ft6tqh I
    Gcenesr Eteraltcn{q}qafiq ll
    qsqiqt iifrcT: qrq mcEirgfut: eEe: t
    rr&cqesr rrrrrqrhrrqgcTRarrl
    * rtqiqcct qqfr ftqdt, tTft*,f*ilil:I
    r Qre,iirgfu+.:*u: gih qqsqer: rl
    **fr r!t@e: to{tr ryqfrvo; I
    SrqiMcu<t: tl
    The following is the rule for finding tbe times of (Gulika) gftq
    and others on the several week-days: Divide the day into 8 parts.
    The lords of the first 7 parts are the 7 pLanets counted in order
    from the lord of the day; the 8th portion is tordless. Saturn's
    portion in each day is called gted (Gulika).
    Nights are similarly divided into 8 portions or muhurtas.
    The lords of the first 7 muhurtas are the 7 planets counted from
    the lord of the fifth week-day from the day chosen; the 8th portion
    lis without a lord- Here again Saturn's muhurta ir gfut (Gulika).
    Jupiter's muhurta.is styled ?m{.'r-dfi(Yar4akantaka); that of Mars
    is termed t.rj (Mrityu). The Sun's muhurta is called wo (Kala);
    Mercury's, Br.i$6( (Ardhaprahara). The position of gftq (Cutita)
    and others is assignedat the end of their respective muhurtas..

    For the horoscope taken for illustration in page 238, the bosi-
    tion of qftq (Mandi) is thus found out :
    The time of blrth was Friday rigbt. The first Muhurta on
    Friday night belongs to Mars, the lord of the 5th weekday from
    Friday. Therefore grtt (Gutit<a) i, e, Saturn's druhurta is ihe 5th.
    The length of Friday night in questionis given* tobe r29 s.5 R.
    Therefore each muhurta is 3 c. 38'125 ft. The 5th muhurta ends
    at l8 e. l6'6c,5 [t. Gulika's position is l0 signs, 20 +7, S+
    correspondiug to this time. Similarly ihe positions of qsf,qq (Arana
    prahara) etc. may be found. lVida also notes on ll4 sttpra.f
    In tbe same example, the I.agna is 0-l4o-3 l'-46., Multi-
    Dlying by 5, we get 2-12o-38'-50." Adding q|F< (Manaii
    lf2o-1?r-51,, we get for nq (Prana) l2-l'"-26t-,++.. (A)
    {i1.5&69 ciqls'lqrq: calL

    The Moon is 9- l+c--29'-39." Multiplying by 8, we gct


    7*25o- 57'-12," Adcling qna,{ (Mandi) lo-2o --47,* 54,r
    we get for te (oetra) 85-28o-+5'-6." (B).
    Againmultiplv (crda)Mandi's positionby 7
    wc gct 70-190-45-18'. Adding the Sun 0-l?"-43-30,
    we gct for g.g (Mrityu 7l-7o-28'. 4E.' (C)
    nq (Prana)or ds (Jeeva\Plttsia (neha;=98-l+o-ll,-.50.'
    =(D) This is greater than Bg (tvtrityu) (C),
    Adding nq (Prana), *q (D"tra) and gq (Mrityu). d.r. Af ts
    *C wc have 169-2lo-+0'-38." So that when Saturn is iu
    l-2lo-+0'-38o or transits Vrishabha there is Death. Thisis
    found to be correct as Saturn was then retrogradein Rohini.
    c/. ctrcrfr
    qill{ flcgrqrrqi tril qrFq Qfr{q*: r
    nGfr scr( <rrdigantFg:garltr: r
    qrggr* rrkq1rgfifrkqa?firraft rr
    dtq*gagimafit ,ilqlorGt qqqqrI
    ddFdqwrisqil ilqt qqqhrqgiqlt qtq r,\ztf
    SJofto58. Wben Saturnin his progreEsthrough
    his orbit arrives at rhe sign indicatedby tbe total of
    tt (Deha),sfl'e(Jeeva)and *g (Mrityu), thereis waste
    of m,oney. When Saturn,is in a triangular sign from
    theRaei referredto aboveiorin a Navamgaowned by the
    Eame,the astrologermust predict death.
    qnh*rrt q;t rnqiw *eql r
    qrnftqftdfrqrUt nt d*,tiq n \q rl
    Sloka 59. When Saturn arrives at a triangular
    rign from the qtllqh (Ayurbhava),the aetrolcgershould
    'Ihe
    predict the loss thereof. sameevent, r. e., death
    will take placewhen Jupiter arrivesar a triangular oign
    from where the lord of the qqqrt(Ayurbbava) b.
    212 qtrtqtftrfr Adh.v

    o{r*nr?tt$ffi*.qsriqrng t
    il.stri {r qffilfr wdf ll Q" ll
    eilRRiQWEirrr-A
    Slota 60. Find the houseoccupiedby the lord of.
    of the figureefor the
    ttre sign indicatedby the aggregate
    Lagna,the Sun and Mandi. When Jupiter arrives in
    his progressthrough the orbit at the Rasi found as
    aboveor in a triangular sign ihereof,the native meets
    with death.

    This as welt as the next }."lli;, are also quotedin ss{Tq+l


    (Pbaladeepika).
    r5t Auqnqq ftfrsq qqqrai( |
    rrftaEqmQdit sg+ tqqr n qt ll
    Slolc 61. Subtractthe figuresof the Yarnakantaka
    (croom) from thoseof the rising sign and find out the
    Rasiandits Navamsaindicatedby the difference.When
    Jupiter comesto cccupythie Navamsain the Rasi thus
    found,deathwill take placewithout doubt.
    qTFfi$tq|gs€'ftqlrqndq'sifrrfrt qltr RnqI
    $dttqqatnqrftiinurqrtsdgtq filf u qRtl
    Sloha 62. Subtractthe figures for Srturn from
    thoceof crPq (Mandi) and find out the Rasi and its
    Navamsaindicated by the difference. When Saturn
    arrivesat a triangular position from thic Navamsaof
    the Rasi thus found, deathwill takc place. The came
    cvent will also happen when Saturnarrivesat the parti,
    cular fwt (Drekkana) of the particular Raoi indi-
    Gatedby the aggregateof the figurer of tbe live (ww)
    Upagrahaoreckoned from qr (Dbuma),(uideAdhyaya
    II-Si.6).
    81.63 Erdfsr|t: 218

    Nores.
    (The five Upagrahas reckoned from q$ (ohuma) are (l) TIr
    (Dhuma), tzl (Ardhaprahara), (l) rtqsoa'fi (Yamakantaka)'
    "q|r{(
    (+) *rrne (foaanaal and (5) qrF( (Mandi). For finding their posi'
    tions, seo notes on sloka 57 above and II-6 ttp'a (page 47)'
    ,. The figure for rft4 (Mandi) is l0- 2o-+7'-5+n.
    t
    Sobtracting Saturn'o-27o-'5s'-41'
    we get 9-4o-52'-1 3' which means
    Makara) Rasi and (Kumbha) Navamsa. Whcn Saturn pdsses
    through a Rasi trine to Makara and a Navamsa trine to Kumbha'
    death may ba predicted.
    qftErWARdr{ffisqtQ
    sqgrc{t{sfttFnqq* |
    iqrq*Fnrqfm q Erg.
    er( ll Ql,tt
    fugqrP<ggtli{tRiEn
    Stroka63. Ascertain the Navamea,the Dwada'
    ramcaand the Drekkana indicated by the figuresfor
    lvlandi When Jupiter arrivesat the Navamoa,Saturnat
    the DwadasamEa and the Sunat a triangutarEignfrom
    the Drekkanain question,and the rising Navamsais that
    denotedby the aggregateof the figureefor the Lagoa,
    the Moon and Mandi, deathwill take place.
    Nores.
    Mandi is in lO-2-+7-54; that is, ho is in Tula Ni''
    vamsa Kumbha Dwadasamsa and Kumbha Drekkana' According
    in a
    to this sloka, death may be expected when Jupiter arrives
    Navamsa trine to Tula; when Saturn arrivcs in a Dwadasamsa
    trinc fo Kumbha and the Sun in a Drekkana trine to Kumbha'
    But c/- c€rcrlt
    nmqrfi qr{ln rrilfi{Tr fieqcfllnft
    rr* $Fcqtr|Ffrs r ci adrRrilql;} r
    Trq?gtq qgrcrd gt:
    ""ftflcr&ilqa
    Trjt[fq{rqF qrfttrtl|r ffiflq{ {nfr- [
    It
    274 dnflim Adb.v
    Mqrgafrwid frqtqql* xTffi ilG{r!|
    frqturqdgRi{Ttil uriffi<q}rrq u EBrl
    Sloka 64, Find out the Rasi .nd it, N"r.r.u
    indicatedby the sum total of the figuree for the Lagna
    a.ndwrft (Mandi). This R.,i and its Nurrrmr", f.y
    the Agtrologerc,will give the clue to the parricular
    monthand the portion thereof in a year in which a
    p€roon'sdeathmay be expectedto happen (i.e.,
    ; when
    the sun arrivesar this particularRasi and the paiticular
    Navamsathereof the person will die). The Moon at
    the time of the deceasewill occupy rhe Ragiindicated
    by the total of the figureefor Mandi and the Moon encl
    ;
    the.risingsign will be that denotedby the totar of the
    figuresfor the Lagna,Mandi and the Moon.

    Fitst hatf. But see.r* lo""ttt;rrowing


    quotations
    I
    (t) c{rcFi
    qsfinrf*i rrRrcrsesft
    cfrsft |
    q-,{dntP*orarqrrr*t cr frftq
    n
    (2) qgsmq-qii:
    €rrqrrftmTr*+.}urqrftq{ artrr: e ig
    qq*;rRnlsetqrqarrinst (aerrm{fi)
    diqfurt r
    , afirrtsasiqnrftre?rt as fti)ils (rQ)wr
    qil BggnFd qqqqrr: eii rRqqft il
    ,., I.alict half. r,f. *o*rfr-
    qqffieqrn q* r'hrf*dftqq, r
    A*Hcrri nF+ trEr€sign<qrtl
    rkiimif& sr ftHt wroilunq I
    , trtQnftorrtsl itrq sFqq<Tirr tf
    ffito€ qtcrtrnrFri cr ftg qfi.: r
    ftqilqft qfut i gfussrrrRS rr '
    81.66-6? gttrrqtr{r 215

    gPdf,f{qd q gFr.{rq{d€qqrt
    fl\ qttr ll q\ ll
    sqdfrrrntqruat
    Sloka 63. Multiply by 9 the figuree for crFq
    (Mandi) and Saturn. AdJ the two productsand find
    out the particularRasi and its Navam:awhich the.total
    indrcates. When Saturnpas$es throughthis, deathwill
    happen.
    qgn{Ir;triutst*trEi Trhr
    rr$r
    ilq|t*rsrJqtiilsft qt $g{q ilrrq. ll qq ll
    Sloha66. Find out the sign of the zodiacinJicated
    by the sum total of the figuresfor the lords of the 6th,
    the 12th and the 3th bhavas. When Saturn is in thic
    houseor in a triangularsign from it, death has to be
    apprehended.
    cl. vra*rt{r
    fgitear.rm t?ci orn fltcgFtr *rg wat <r t
    tguirrrareirflffuirqi rrrgb rrtaq{urqtl
    dli a;EatfrftiirgFriq-{ q qrR$i
    tirat grtssRft{strqriqctffi( t
    Glrffiil$eqq{d ffitd.rt
    qlt qiqd TErqR {urtfrdorrnail
    qtq rrQg
    Sloha 67. Add nine times the figures for Saturn
    and flFc tMandi) to nine times the figuresfor Jupiter;
    repeatthis processagain.Adding the two eetsof figuree
    relatingto Saturn,Mrndi and Jupiter, find out the Rasi
    and its Navamsaindicatedby the total obtained.When
    Jupiter progreosingthrough itc orbit arrives at the
    particularRasi and its Navamsaabovefound,the percon
    concernedwill havehis exit froo the world.
    216 ftirrwftnr Adh.v

    qrg$) i{{t ft,i q qrlq


    $il m{ufurfusftqq,t
    qtfiEgrr ar*r adq gnql(
    qigsrils11Qell
    enfuqtmntqFl
    , Slolrr 68. Add nine times the figures for Saturn
    and crFq (Mandi) to nine times the figures for the Su_n.
    To ihis sumadd againnine times the figures for efiq
    (Mandi) joined to nine times the figurea for the Sun.
    When the Sun passesthroughthe particularRasi and
    ,thq parilcularNavamraindicatedby the grand'total,the
    demiseof the personconcerneJwill takeolace.
    '" gtttgi6;tq{tru[i'q{rrsq*clt fl{ffilq{lf,ts I
    c€bRtqrfuqit {ilodqEfteofionltll rr11 ll
    S:oka 69. Add together the number of yeart,
    months,etc.constitutingthe Dasaperiod of the planeta
    in conjunctionwith the lord of tlre Schor the lst bhava
    and divide the sum total by 12,. The remainderwill
    indicatethe month in which, astrologerssay, the death
    of the personconcernedwill take place,
    qqtt* nqudgFrtg qrFq
    rd q a;n<mgmqrtqtt.
    5€r s{t{ailffist wri
    qirrN{tT{{fr*WH(sqq ll so ll
    Slokt 70, Add nine times the figuresfor Saturn
    *rfio (Mandi) to nine times the figures for thc
    "nd
    Moon. To this total add again nine timeathe figuree
    for qrFq(Marrdi) jcined to nine times the figures for
    qdrt (Na'
    the Moon. Find the particularrrRr(Rasi,)and
    $

    When the Moon


    vrmsr) inCicatedby th: graod tolal'
    (Nrvamsa)thus
    p..r.rittt"u3h t'r: rrr?r(Rtsi) and aatlt
    willtake place'
    iouoa,th':d:ath of the personconcern':d
    . silirG qffiqf,ft5aqq-
    mGftqlqE{It {{aqt I
    'irr
    lrtt
    Rt
    eftqrng$aqlqe
    ll
    t* qqtsiilgfiltlil;ITI(ll el
    C

    day'
    Sloku 7I. If the birth of a personbe during
    :
    time, his exit from the wJrid is to bc thus determinecl
    Addthe figures for the Eunand Srturn; and find out
    th: asterismawe (Nakshrtra)and th: portion thereof
    qar'"{tt(Mah;rdasa)of this
    indicatedby this total In the
    asterismlziide Adhyaya 18, sloka !, inf rn)' find out
    of
    *nirr, p.iiod correspondsto the parricularportion
    personcon'
    the etaialready found. The death of the
    cernedwill occurat this point of time'
    If the birth be durin! night, add the figuresfor the
    period
    Moon andRrhu ; ascertai;asleforetheprrticular
    of the Mahadasacorresponding to th: portion of the
    givethe time
    asterismindicatedby the total' This will
    of ftqlof(Nir.v^anat.
    Norss.
    rlf (Garga) gives another clue for
    The following sloka from
    (Nirvane) of any person'
    ascertaining the ffi
    nr rrfutfu*r\asqhffi rrh{Tir r
    , rTruiRiQtstilrt Rt (i{1 qrri <{<t l'

    ffigitl
    uflKil{irriffiii (iltt$rwt €d: r
    cqtHqq iiqlir qqttiftRilqs ll el ll
    lrilrrlftq1t Adh,v.
    Ceusnor,e PgnscN'sEXI,rFRoMrnn Wonr,o.
    Sloka 7L, The 22nd Drekkana from the quiarq
    (Lagnadrekkana)is the causeof deach. An astrologer
    thoroughlyacquaintedwith the appricationof rhe p.in,
    ciplecof his scienceshould i'dicate tha exit fron the
    world (fidur-Niryanr) of th: p3r$on concerned in
    referencero th? lord of the Zznd Drekkana afcresaid.
    (aide Adhyaya5,A Sl. 11).
    NorBs.
    cJ, Also grcn$t
    r uq,rr{6fi{riRawfuroirrraih +rrh qeit: I
    asrrffitqir qr fiefsr r(qlq, s,gtr,r|
    { Also qotfqmt

    r' wrqurtrt: slrrT{rqiei e}Z.gq r


    Asi{rq qqinR{aulirRi'tr<icftii fi ll
    Viile aks Adhyayt V- A. Sloka ll infra. For the condition
    as to when this sloka has to be applied, see latter half of sloka 75
    inl t o,

    iqr ffqlt qq{t{sqft qrttsettqrc*


    {nirtftBfil^tqE**girorr{fr€h .tr ftr I
    {g} trtor Eieq}ffif,rEhtr
    {qi+{ ffir{fi Uq{qndtqrtg}
    ekwq tt \egtl
    S/ofta 71. If a strong benefic plaoet occupies the
    ?th house from the Navamsa where.crflq (Mandi) is at
    a person's birth, that person'$ death is sure to cone
    about l,appily. But if M rs be in such a position, the
    death will be in battle. If Saturn should occupy the
    sameposition th: death would be infricted by thieves,
    demons, srrakesand other reptiles. 'If the Sun or the
    waning Moon hold the aboveposition, the death would
    gI. 84 flrilsrqre; 219

    t
    an aquaticbeing.
    c/ cactfr
    qr.qt6?qEtfl iirct6{nr drrqt, gqiglrqr:
    qnr€? rrarrg g{taErrftte* <rffci; t
    qftor€t efui gfir rfrrRgarqaltn* aear
    qA' Rq(c{rirq tl
    {€: qqrri{r{rtctol'i
    {;d tqo a * afiTtisi iroEilIeqrgfiqrqRr
    qilE?qqowqlffi qQlqr-6ttqnq3 I
    oqr(sqflqt ng.ft irla<t'&&r
    &atir q qqfut\qqqit{nftii t qft lt eB tl
    Sloka 74, When a strongplanet aspectsthe 8th
    bhava deathresultsas rhe effectof the inflammationof
    the humour belongingto that planet' If the aspecting
    planetbe the sun, it wilt be due to an ailmentcaueedby
    r butn; if the Moon, from a diseasecausedby water;
    if Mars,from a disorderarisingfrom a hurt inflicted by
    a weapon; if Mercury, from fever ; it Jupiter, frcn
    phlegmaticaffection; if Venus, from famine; lastly if
    S"tutn be the aspectingplanet;the deathwill arisefrom
    thirst. If the lord of the 8th bhava occupy the Lagna,
    the diseaseleadingto deathwill be locatedin that part
    of the bcdy of the $Iogor Kalapurushawhich the sign
    conEtitutingthe 8th bhavarepresents. If the 8th bhava
    be a moveablesign, de;rth wiil happen in a foreign
    country; if a fixed sign,it will takeplacein the peroon'r
    nativeplace; if a dual sign,it will occur on a road'
    Norps
    Fbsl quattc''. t/. sn6d
    {t regd Rsri qwft qqrqfuq} utg:t
    ar€gasgdt r1ftffufu{Icrt(: qrq il
    280 |tdtcnill Adh.v
    For the humours of the several planets, see slokas53-59of
    Adbyaya,II. I SuPrc.
    Stcoqil qaatlct. cl- q{d
    ftnErcgdrftrr&iffi qgtft mtE r,qrqr
    T{cdt snird:rF{qnFi}sr{tri Gr gt1q1 qqr n
    For lhorl,olc iloha, 4 Wrm'<
    frqlfta: c{cR qqd q<qrqinFqfurcrrFt I
    iqrfiiFr€F!{als rtr* afo1rfi rgffirnq rr
    dffiAn""ifisd tiq t
    gamatqrgsansrcgss*
    A;qrl5i s qrt q&
    cr?qqs aqRqt<rQct1 s le{# r
    Ugrrrrt(;qil{l qfb}rGsdqtlR hqtir I
    Egifr lls\
    tr Efrururiqfufr iq ct?qrqcrffqr
    Sloha75. If the oign representiogthe 8th bhava
    be an uncccupiedhousebut aspectedby the $un and
    other planets,deathwill be broughtaboutby the influ'
    enceof the ctrongestof the aspectingptanets.If planete
    do not aspectbut occupyit, they will be the authorcof
    death. If neitherof these conditiongexist,the person
    will comeby hie deathtbroughthe lord of the Drekkana
    repreeentingthe 8th bhava(i.e. the 22nd Drekkana).
    qrdtr(tqqaffiffiftsqtil t
    riitgqqagts{iftonidqlreta$guqqTR
    g{nqrt tr
    Slchn 76. If the houserepresenting the 8th bhava
    be occupiedby a maleficplanet, the personborn m'etl
    with very lamentabledeath either by"a dieeasedueto
    the ir flammatiqr of the humoursof the planetsor by
    the hurt inflitted by cruel perconewho are the vile ins,
    trumentsand agents cf the malign planeto. But if ttre
    8th bhavabe occupiedby a benefic planet, the peroon
    wilf die happily. C/. Slokar73 and 74 stfra,
    sl. 77-79 qsftsqlqr 281

    Gurqitffi qfuE$rARq|stt
    qt qq.& qrt ftuqti qqEqh ll \eell
    Sloha17. If at a person'sbirth Mars occupyLibra
    and the Sun Taurus and the lvloon a sign owned by
    Saturn,the astrologermay predict sucha p'3rson'sdeath
    in the midstof fecesand filth. (c/, Adhypva5 A.-Sl. 8)'
    NorBs
    'n
    This sloka appears sttr{di (Saravali). But the readingof
    the secondquarter is difierent,ur:z.r5qSqrti( ftqt
    qftarqrfr{re} dh=Et{isrnP{tI
    gilqe{qtsqtm Egr {qE-eItrq tted ll
    Sloha78. If the waning Mpon occupyingthe 8th
    bhavabe aspected by Saturnin etrength,deathwill take
    placethrough the agonycausedby a diseaseof the anus
    or the eye, or through an operationby meanoof an
    inEtrument.
    oqrFsrfHqMnnfiftqrstI t
    q1g:q1ffi6{ {q$qrf(?tr{ ril ll sq ll
    Sloka 79, If the Sun,Mars, Saturnand the Moon
    occupythe 8th bhavaor a triangularposition from the
    Lagna,the death of the personwill take place from the
    effectsof a strong mountainstorm' the fall of a thunder'
    .bolt,a wall and the like.
    Norr,s.

    A slightly different reading is given in €t(tEdlluis'


    sfu{r sia e! Shdr.<;rrtrs'$i qg: I
    gcrr6fr<<ar iirlaqr€rgqEir rreR tr
    vrqrFanlififi g r;mrf*frtrroi: t
    gg: tlr=bon*a Ere$arGqrac:ll
    lf' See alsa Adhltya V.A, doho l0rinfrc.
    36
    282 qrtrcTftqre Adh.v.

    riiqrwfrqrQq{wqrrrtgti
    ll rqt
    +F(i\rfrtiqaarqsi{qi-fr
    '.! iI'J
    cfKrisirnFrqqt
    ikiiqrcdrwq
    ' lri
    wriifitgqqtff'qi (tit lt zo il $
    S/ofta80. If, at a person'sbirth, Mars and the
    Sun occupy housesownedby eachother and are in
    Kendrapositionswith respectto the planetthat is the
    lcrd of the 8th bhava,the personwill at his latterend
    incur the displeasure of the sovereignand sufferdeath
    by beingimpaledat the strkeor by someotherinstru,
    ment of execution. li L$

    iri.i"r ii L
    NOffS.
    T
    he following is the readingof the slolia as given in qJA(K
    " irqrdi\ qi{crtccrrrrfrdr bh:qer tauatagt q *i{ r
    flqrTansci{ fler?dcro*crqqgrfurgq{r'ifrqq s}ft il
    q;t e* iirst frEtssq
    grgfrgtlt q qft |
    ** oIIIEI}r
    smar i1qt{rffIliEgiltggigs
    . {Aq qr friir iiflEak{ {r qq tt cl p1
    SloAa81. When the Moon is in the Lagna and
    the Sun is wilhout strengthin the 8th bhavaandJupiter
    occupies the l?th bhava,and a maleficplanetis in the
    4th bhava,the personborn will die by fallingfrom his
    couch,or beingassassinated at night by a low out,cast.
    NorBs
    The following is the readingadoptedin e'ltfFR.
    s& {r{ir frn* Rc*eqrt orcraA g<<utEftq crcQAI
    aKRTE<rdqc€gat{*g: niq sr frRr ftqrqsez?r trnr tl
    !jl. g2'95 cgfr$crc: 'bBl

    olh ftqrt{& qt qB{tsrHI


    I
    Q[Arqnq q(drq;gtrt q{fd$ ll uR ll
    Sloka 82. When the lord of the Lagna occupies
    the 6{th Navamsaftom the Lrgna or is eclipsedby tire
    $un or is in the 6th bhava,the deathof the per$oncon-
    cernedwill be by famine on the brre ground with no
    relationby his side.
    qbrtrfr quqgTsh{strI
    wrgitoari\qd
    G En itq {(til ilGiltflthqrqtiltt tit flttrvq tt
    Sl,ftc 83. If, at a person's birth, the lords of the
    8th and th: lst bhrva be bcth weak and Mars be in
    cohjunction with the lord of the 6th bhava, he will die,
    cay th: astrologers,in brtcle, and thrt toc by a blow
    irrflicted by a weapon. ..;,i
    Norns 1./
    qti(Paaa)read;as(t* qasEeirJgtn't
    The second in ssi'iiqtfl{i?r'
    , uir{t ErefiIIEg+ qrrfiq\Efitut tqfrqr\
    qftEi qq;Ii{irtriinrqrf}qtEIqtorel*ur\ ucu
    Stoka 84. When the lord of the Lagnais in con'
    junctionwith thrt of th:4th bhavaasw:ll as of the 2nd
    bhava,deathwill result from indigestion. When the
    lord of the 7th bhavais in conjunctionwitli the lords
    of the Znd and the 4th, death will resultfrom the same
    cause.
    Nores. . r *dJ,.'
    qsiqiq;ilq& for 'iltal*t in' qfq'
    iiqt is the readingadoptedin
    ft-qr{tr iu the latter half of this slol<a'

    U{d{fr qqgeagd grunnfrqrFnqqdat


    Rnt{r EI frrRrdlq ilr qig&\qsPd{ofir ll d\ ll
    284 qnswa.ni Adh.v

    from the Lagnais in conjunction wirh Srturn or occu, "


    g:{{Irl.Dusthana(i.a. the 6th, th: Sth or the l2th
    ,pies a
    bhava),the person concerned will die by swallowing
    poison. When the lord of the I rltb Navamsafrom the
    Lagna is in conjunction with Rahu or Ketu, death will
    be by hanging.

    This slokareads thus ,"*llii.**rq


    UftagQ'iurgghr gd g:qqrqriiqr ftqrrqrtq t
    nguxqr{i eiia'r q grenl1e;rr{Rq git aqFa ll
    f{mqqtsrr?qt
    ftnruq *irmRq.(Fqiriil
    gt I
    di\ {RrT* q
    ftqqRqh greiiirqqnrTqruRr dq rr
    Slofu 86. There will bea troubledueto demonia,
    cal possessionor danger from fire or water when the
    waning Moon. in conjunction with ,Mars, Rahu or
    Saturnoccupiesthe 8th bhava, If the Moon underthe
    conditionsstatedaboveoccupies any otherbadposition,
    dearhwill follow from a fearfulepilepticfit.
    Noms
    Vidc atso Ailhyayt XIV, stoha62 (tatter hatf) infua,
    q;braffimh
    qESt il qo{ftft |
    tit qrqdt* ntirqF€it qtq rrde tl
    slofro 87. when the sun or Mars without strength
    occupiesthe 8th bhava,and maiefic planets,re in ih"
    2nd, the astrologershouldpredictdeath from a bitious
    complaint.
    qottRFrfr
    q* qteqtttqErgfr r
    qrqqtur
    @ rntrn;qft {t( lt cc tl
    81. 88-92 qgfrstqrq; il

    Slo&a88. If the Moon or Jupiter occupying a


    watery sign be also in the 8th bhavaand aspectedby A
    maleiicplanet, the astrologermay predict deathfroq
    consumption.
    ' qsqtqnrlgt qrqqafttti*rtt
    rtarn $ {t( n dq tt
    ndrqr( FqTeTsfi
    S/ofta 89. When Venus occupiesthe 8th bharn
    and is aspectedby a maleficplanet,the astrologercan
    predictdeathfrom rheumatism,consumption, or diabetes.
    q{rnqqt ft*} qrqqtitiifR t
    ftirn.{rt iiarqG{{tturqrEt( n 3o tl
    Sktha 90. When Mercury oecupiesLeo and ic
    aspected by a rnaleficplanet,the astiologershouldascer,
    tain tbat death is to result from a disorder of the three
    humours; or he may declarethat it will be broughton
    by fever.

    €eq6q1 n* qmqrfittfktt
    qf{rqr;Eft&hil qt tl
    fq6sTq.urirrrrn
    Sloka 9L, When Rahu is in the 8th bhava and
    aspectedby a malefic planet, death will occur from a
    heat,generatcd diseasesuch as a boil, or from an injury
    inflicted by a snake.
    '{trrrfiri rr* qrqftftqtftt t
    qqirsrRtqurftq*{Fgfr aiq tt qRll
    '
    Sloka 92. When Rahu is in the 8th bhava and
    aopectedby a malefic planet, death will happenfrom an
    attack of smallpox and such ocher affliccion ot from a
    fall brought on by biliousness.
    t86 qrdrcrRqa Adh"v

    u "ergt{{Eqcfunrftc{rq{rg:" {flt cdrrt: q,vqfrftorcrq,.


    qil {+r qlsqgt a3lt fiFs'fl qrffi qrr
    qrgr<*ruu qq.tqgftse "fr ql
    stRtrilr*qft silit!n tl
    S/ola 93. When Saturnis in the 9th bhava and
    Jupiterin the 3rd, or when the two planetooccupythe
    8th and the llth bhavas,therewill be an amputationof
    the hand. If Rahu,Saturnand Mercury occupythe 10th
    theperson
    O"r" *il*:e a slit in thehand,
    fhava,
    The versereadsthus in ssirihtmqtQ
    qii qrir ar egir Wii sftaist frqn cqt st t
    i,
    Ir
    ftq} wi aqi,eae er g;ia gn qft <r qfri r
    ' q*fuft'raqR rrgrtEdrrqr:'rq.eblgqi5lard: I
    g*tr €t tr( t;qir\ q{ rr* qrqfunqgkt
    Eqrtqsq{qfFqi {r i{EAd ft6td +qttil ll qB ll {
    S/oAa94. If the Sun being the lord of the 8th 'i
    bhavais aspe:tedby Venus, or Saturnin conjunction
    with Rahuoccupiesa malefic6tth portion of a sign euch ,;
    predict decapitation
    of the t
    assr (Krura),tlre astrologers
    p"'iooconcerned' ''}; I
    ,r,"'il;. g1
    This sloka is also in Tsrti?'mqfi. The eadingof ihe frrst
    half is slightly difterent,oiz.
    ghqe! iEsqr&qrt ei( tttr er sFrrr*g* |
    q{ ffi q& qrr* s-qrPatllrftqqd q t
    iti}sqwq qtr nt{ tl q\ tl
    qtt {il* qErntrgfr
    Slota 95. When Saturnis in the rising sign and
    Rahu in the 7th bhava,Venus occupiesVirgo and the
    waning \tloon is in the ?th bhava,the personwill suffer
    the amputationof hand and foot.
    ''gI. qqtfr${rq: tr28?
    96,99
    t ! v w v w w w v v vvvvvvvvvvvvvv!v!vvvw t Y vvvvvY r
    # i

    'f Notns . ,;,


    ,Jl',,r
    ' n{ttq-.f,rqi}r reads {qI*} for *qf}qi. ,h ' 'ri n"ln

    uqg$t qR qrilit qqiFqtuourffi g t


    q!ft{q-ffqq{gidilfi qEriil+ffrtEq.u qq tl
    Sloho 96. When the rising eign or its Navamsa
    is owned by Mars and occupied by the Sun,and the
    waning Moon in conjunction with Rahu and Mercury
    occupiesLeo, the personconcernedwill have his belly
    ripped.
    Norrs
    The latter half of the Sloka readsthus in eiliitr.ilqfi
    wfFqa;4rtactgFs*rlrqrrtrq.lq((s tE: r
    qr*& ifi.qetnftfii qqf*g* qR uqqi t
    ffimtqqrsr {htr ilitat KI{ttEIIt tt 3rgll
    Slcha 97. When Saturnin the rising sign is with'
    out beneficaEpectand the waning Moon is in conjunc'
    tion with Rahu and the Sun, the person born, say
    Parasaraand other authorities, will suffer a wound by
    a weaponin the upperregion frorn the navel.
    q;i oaarQqEtftftt
    qgrErr"qt
    qqffiqr$tgk aq gtratqtq,tt 1c tl
    SIofro 98. When the Moon in the 6th, the 8th or
    the 12th bhava is aspectedby the lord of the rieing eign
    and ic in conjunction with Saturn, Mandi and Rahu,
    the personborn will die an rrnnatunl death.
    f$qU qtt Re,ilfr Si qgt q q frsqsh I
    ffi ftw-{r\G g sb frqw: {oftqrad}Erlt qq il
    t zgg rffiqrffi Adh.v
    Sloha99. When the Sun is in the 10th bhava,
    Mars in the 4th not in conjunction with a l''eneficpla,
    net andwhenMercury is in the rising sign,deathwill
    be in{lictedby the horns of an ox or cow or by the fall
    of a dart or spear.
    nq-{tqdht'
    EdrqgssQtr
    qq?aqaqrti{srTrirr;gftl
    vrq t
    qrftrfr(g|I€Aq-gt qrgg} D
    {..i
    n'
    qsqwtretiqR q lirt u {oo 11
    Sloka 100. Wlren beneficplanetsaspectedby mala'
    fic ones occupy the tilth, the 4th, the 1st or the 8th
    bhava,the death of the personconcernedwill be due to
    the fall of a spear. When the Mocn is in the rising
    rign, Saturnin the 4th bhavaand Mars in thg 10th
    death will result from the bad effectsof a fracas.

    od qhffir awfiTli:*
    qfriaftto{irqqqrgi?rvtq I
    fautn*s-i
    afr iEt{ErPdi
    qM\erqR rf<tqGqq ll tol ll
    Sloha10I. When the Sunis in the risingsignand
    the Moon in Virgo aspectedby a malefic plenet, the
    deathof the personconcernedwill resultfrom risk in a
    quarrelor from water. If the Sun and the Moon be in
    the Lagnaand other planetsoccupy a dual sign being
    aspectedby malefic planets,death will be causedfrom
    the fangof a hornedaquaticanimalfound in largemaEE'
    esof water euchas lakesand rivers'
    'sl, 102'103
    vtntsrqfrt 2@:

    '* NorEs
    "1, *<rgn
    *fl,q.ss.rfi frffig vngqr* r
    greerrrurfr'+iri
    eoqsifiat ryrqll
    Vide also Y, A,.4infua,
    ill
    li
    gftfiPfiqorrr( qmffirwTTil
    {qqil-{Tfld qrqt+drlt {T r
    UqqfrrrsqrirFqffi qfTtrfir
    cr;TiftTqrrgrilTtgg6oq+{1 loQ 11
    Sloha 102. When the gth or the 5th Rasi from
    that in which the Moon is, is either occupiedor &sp€ctr
    ed by a malefic planet and whetr the Drekkanaol rhe
    8th bhava (i.e, the eend from the rising Drekkana
    happensto be w.hrt ie teroed s* ($arpa),firrs (Nigada)
    or cnr (pasa),(uide sloka 56, supra), the astrologer
    may predictsuicideby hanging.
    ffi {fu€t qit qrqgd
    qfrsi* q qqdwfiuh RTqI
    qlt gt{ R"st qRqrq(&
    q'tsst dtfr qrqRhwq{ n toQu
    Sloka 103. When Pisces is the rieirrg sign, when
    th: Sunand the Mooo occupy it in conjunctionwith a
    maleficplaaet and when the Bch bhavais algo occupied
    by a malefic planet, death will be brought oh by a
    urietresr. When Mars is in the 4th bhava or the Sun
    in the ?th and when Saturnand the Moon occupythe
    8th bhava,deathwill be causedby food of a specialkind,
    q't qi gqqt uiirff Frqr+
    qTilfrt qqrrtqgRrtlt t
    8?
    890 rllwrnltl Adh. v

    q=gffisEfrgtq* mn*
    qr* Tqqu.rt g qsnrqr.ffir(n I og 11
    Sloka 104, When Saturn is in the 2nd bhava, th"
    Moon in the 4th and Mars in she 10th, the person
    concerneddies from the effe:ts of a wound. When
    Mars is in the 4th bhava, the Moon in the Znd and the
    Sun in the 10th,deathwill be causedfrom the elfectsof
    riding on an elephantor a horse.
    ,uuftrri ffiffi {rrrR , i',:ffi
    i,v,; il 'llr".!t
    ,Trilgt{ ftUil{r&ta tsgsI , '' $'l ,r
    qTqtdwnsqqft qt.ft
    octuil tqogt ffi q|qdn( ltt o\ tt
    Slolc 105. When Saturn is in the 8th bhavaand
    the Moo in the 10th without- strength and the Sun in
    the 4tb, deathwill happenfrom the effectsof a blow by
    a pieceof timber falling unobserved. When the lord
    of the rising sign associatedwith Ketu is in the midrt
    of two uraleficplanets, and the 8th bhava is occupied
    by an unpropitious planet, death will be causedby a
    mother'ewrath. .Tr
    g€KqE*€tftAffiqfulsEnoqn{ilr
    rh* Tcatt il*SdarflTq Tft T$il r' loQrr
    Slo&a 106. When inauspiciousplanetsoccupythe
    4th and the 10th bhavasor Trikona positions,and when
    the lord of the 8th bhava being iu conjunctionwith
    Mars occupiesthe rising aign, astrologerscay that thc
    D?rronconcernedwill commit suicideby hanging.
    sl.107-109 6f13ufrrr rA91

    ' NoTns 'i$ l.!


    c/.frcsrc r'
    - qaerqftrlq's&r ert*.rrqFeroft&st I
    srtqrlrin-<*rt rtAa vgh ll
    i)ii-ri'r''b'"$v'irr
    wi dr gt q't {;qtt gftiig+ ,
    qfrqt wqil Eil{ttiqqtlfrr 11| ou ll I
    ar
    nTi
    Shka L07. When the Sun ig in th: Lagna, Saturn
    in the 5th bhava,the Moon in the 8th and Mars in the
    ftb, deathhasto be apprehendedfrom the fall of a uree
    or thunderbolt.
    NorBs
    c/. tramt
    q#qls+nf{ gat r=hf}'ii si rrn)rI : , ,,
    Earrnirs;acfr,itt$tfurqftfd*trtqs ll i
    qr\6{r{H-grn?ftuig{ltr iIRIdIIt}{rrili I
    qq ll
    qqrFsffitnuiit .it qrqmmrt ilTdrqr1Pd:
    '\l/hen
    Sloka 1C8. the l0th and the 4th bhavasaf,e
    occupiedby maleficplanetsand the waning Moon is in
    the 6th or the 8th bhava from the Lagna, death will
    happen at the time ol pilgrimage to a shrineby the
    machinationof an enemY.
    qr{r.s,il {riltT{gilrltfril{|Tkwfi q(tlrts I
    gffiqtqn{qQd ffis{ft lH iI qrdsll toi ll
    Sloha 1C9.When Saturn and Mars occupy respec'
    tively the Lst and the 12th bhavas, the Sun,the Moon
    and Mercury arein the ?th, the lerson born will meet
    his end in a templegardenio.a'foreignland.
    NorBs
    For the sq,meefiect the following yoga is quoted in t(tqR
    292 .r!|rfrrl Adh v:

    qrnc r;ft furrirareq* grroirerl rr


    or'{rstqrqgfssttRrqirqqrh
    \ \ a\

    & *-qt {Tr


    g* gCr,tMfi ggr n tto rr
    u,+,{i€rq+sn
    Sloka 110. When a maleficplanetoccupies the gth
    bhavaand the lord thereofoccupiesthe l2th or a Kendra
    and the lord of the rising sign is deficient in strength,
    deathis saidto resultfrom the evii effectsof pursuinga
    wickedcourseof life.
    i
    Sqrft{*rrft rnrr}qftit'ftqrqr+rTr-rrrt
    I
    ffqrrJt{r fi-gftqqrigRiqtqtr{qrrqqfir
    u ttt fl
    Stohalll When the Moon occupyinga sign be,
    longingto Marr or Saturn is aspectedby a .rt"ti.
    planetand is between two malefic ptanets,death will
    arige from expo&lreto fire arn!. The sameevent may
    happenalsowhen the Moon occupiesthe 4th bhavain
    the sign Virgo and the other conditions hold good as in
    the previo$ cele.
    NorBs
    Yide N* Adhyaia V. A, Shha3, infta,
    c/. ir<rtsr<
    trcrffis.* $vqcwr1 a itagtrl
    I qcqrqiRr.rl sr qdF@ici n
    qR Aqqeffi{Iqst fiqgt
    Rqfufhqqqtqht ilar$gr i
    r$frRrtg*utt srslt
    q${:r€ffi €q}R lmrilrn tt? rr
    Slofto,t!2, It ir per$odbe bstn io flccRr ryfiha.
    sL lls qrirsqr: WB

    ghatika)when the 8th rnc (bhava),fs occupiedby malefic


    planets,hir deathwill be causedby poieonor fire,arms
    When the lord of the risingsignis in conjunctionwith
    cweral planetswhereofone is the lord of the 8th HE,
    (bhava) the death of the person concernedwiil be
    simultaneous with tlre deathof a largenumber.
    NorBs
    For f{qqtn 6./. S{dqnfi'e
    qgr{ 1o f*a 18 €Mq 1o *I q5il 8o eryqog€lt8
    ,rr* .qLn q;Sal i, t
    f6n 1o Gn 1o Gr: 11 qilrT1o iR 1" T& q( firfqat
    'n lt fhfr: 1. I
    ut {s * t, {rr lo 'nnqrtB (F{m!qq fr{r-RBq€r
    1o lII to Rr) l.
    Fi{ t( E tt frq ls t+M+ {o ftqrr*,if$sFqildf
    ftqq.tt
    aQlqqrfr'qitrgeil: ile€qr qB€?t
    fle: erqrs'dq6uqra{r:
    Fqgt:F*'i!trtn.I
    AlsosreTr6it6lcl. 30
    qflqqlqsrqrg aiig1qe*frg t
    Srqwifuqrg qr* cisfid* ftrr1,t
    qni Rt gqrct ttq* tJtmlirq I
    q€at g qrrtrct ilfttft qqtqter. I
    ./. *trtrt
    fiqqft*rqiqrn]frqi $ffvrffiit r
    fiqiar\ fiqi* {rgt nfaiqrd\q tt
    qft q rgqagi+(-lt r;q\sr Fgt I
    l$ " i qgq-dq$mUfiqi cTrf,sfiraq lqrd ti
    294 rRrfqfu{ft Adb.v.

    ot{qfit{rqdirtrtrs*rqt r t
    d
    qig ilq qE?i\h*Rqr g?rgwmrr t tl tl
    S/oFa. 113. .Someeminentsagesversed in astro,
    logy eaythat a person'sdeathwill be causedby. diseare
    ariaingfrom the inflammationof the humoursof the
    rign to which the Navamsaoccupiedby the lord of the
    rising signbelongs.
    effir{qt g Uq1T{ilqcE11qg+il,",i, A ,
    br\ iqnrEto\rr
    dtorErsfrqn{dilPfr
    udrwqlftt fuwn'nft:
    Erer;qr+T?:
    "! u;qFliqailF{g{qfrtqtilqutt ftq llt tulf
    I Sluko.114. When the Navamsaoccupiedby the
    lord of the Lagnabelongsto hq (Mesha),deathig saidto
    be brought'onby a burningfeveror othersuchailments'
    If the N".r"tt. in questionbe owned bygsu(Vrishabha), ,
    deathis produced by an aggravationof asthma aod I
    ;;il U fua (Mithuna) be the owner of the Navamsa, i
    deathwill be due to headache.If the Navamsabelongs ii
    io * (Kataka),rheumatisn and insanity will leadto i
    death ; if to fta (Sinha), virulent tumors will break
    out ending in death. If the Navamsa is ownedby
    Kanya (*ar), death will be due to diseases arising
    juice and the
    from a mrbid condition of the gastric
    privities.
    q*M:dffirt-
    '{ft
    .\
    desffittrs06qrnGqrsmtr
    t
    gq 6lrq{T6'{rtrFfrffiqltaffi
    r;rretqqil xqRtnoft lnlirelEgxElllt l\ll
    $1.115 sdrsrr: ,93

    "
    (gv0, the causeof deathwill be grief, a quadrrrpedor
    i".r.t. If er*€ (Vrischika)be the owner of the Navamsa,
    deathwill be occasioned by a stoneor a weaponor other
    cuch missile. If the Navamsabelongsto tlgq (Dhanus),
    gout cf a virulent kind will produce death. If it be c+r
    (Makara) that owns the Navamsa,the end will come
    from a beastof prey sucha$a tiger or from a diseasesuch
    ascolic. When suchNavamsabelongst9 $tr (Kumbha),
    deathwill be inftictedlbya tiger or a woman.And lastly
    if the Navamsain questionbe a {traaia (Meenani,vamsa)
    'the
    water or dysenterywill be causeof death. T'he
    placeof deathwilt be the haunt of thelign (aitie Adh'
    )raya1. Sl. 10'L2)to which the r;lrtqin (Randhranavamsa)
    (-6{th Navamsafrom the orlrqit (Lagnanavamsa) be'
    tongr. (SeeAdhyaya5. A. Sloft,r.12). .!,
    Notes
    For this and the previous two slokas, c/.rt-k{R. , 1.,
    €fiIqglT{rt:qrnqeiilm{ fiqlfrqrq I
    qr u " '
    ftqittq qqitrfrTd{rtirftfqqfuqfrn
    iqit i\ q1F{Fqqailfhfirur1a:I
    +{ qtq g* e} qI n-flIn'}h ll
    'tst wqi,frarffis1g{aeqr$*: I
    qtfAt qrgsii qeg+ dcwnqJ\q 11
    figt ftgqi{ qr affiqrfl)Eqq{Vrar r r
    q;qft wqt'-iqnFfle€rqilqntersR
    u ,,s
    efratwfiqfu"qiaftt aqfril r
    qsttf*gadaQqqtf,ilaq fiF{nqtqll
    ,t'
    qF cc{h q1qfifi\ot Fqt sw' I
    ag6 nmftwt Ad&" V

    qqflfrqrdqtiftq
    Err*rrne$alrr
    t&trr:ii qit qrugqwii'rttlfitrrfi:
    I
    Rq{reqqso}arvit qlqflgfiq&: tt ,i\

    qft qt,{t il P{trilafigfkirqqr;TcgrI


    rngt -qHrA'sqlilqtq {iit(: ll
    st strtft qrqrqtqrq{egnarfr,t
    qrnqwftsi*qrq(4 sqrfae{ll ,.
    ffi ftqii qr €qq6ii uer-amlrt "l**
    q*qt qqq"aqow{r;tq{if&il €rg: tl
    urqftsGqft
    ftfrqogilrmll
    qft Rqqsgh ffio} te;tt{ t

    Rfr uRgqqrits[mfiqtft{s n t qqil


    Slola. 116..Whenthe time of birth is duringthe I
    day and the riaing sign is a Raci strong at night or ;
    when the time oI birth ie during night and the rising
    cign ic a Ragi ctrong during the day, the person con'
    cernedwill meet his deeth in that direction which
    belongsto the planetpredominantin potitional rtrength
    erFrr€t(Stthanabala)amongthosethat are in conjunction
    with or.aspected by the lord of the riring Navamsa'
    trlffimmqizsr fr,arq{iirtd(
    qrttiaguft6qfrgfrret Otfuq(t{KtltrI
    fi-(rqq(ftFqftmgt'retfr ffi tffi -
    qft qrft {tqffitiftqEg€t! rqq llf lvll
    LL7, Sloka. Find out the rioing period of the
    portion of the Lagnabelow the horiton at the time of
    sltll8 rrilrqqr 297

    birth. The duration of unconsciousne$s prior to death


    will be measuredby this period. If the rising Navansa
    be aepectedbv its lord, and that a malefic planet, the
    period of unconsciousnesswill be twlee that giverr
    above. If that lord be a benefic one, the duration o[
    unconsciousness witl be three times the original p:riod'
    According as the principal Drekkana concerned, vii. the
    22nd from the orqlara (L:gna Drekkana) is a :n(, (Krura.)
    watery, ben,:fic,or mixed, (uiJt Adhyaya 9, Slokas lLZ
    -115) the body suffcrs extiuction by fire, by water, by
    absorption with the elemetrts,or by being eaten up by
    beastsand birds of prey. (SeeAdhvaya 5 A. S/' I2'I3)'
    NoTES
    c,r.a){{rr ugibaadn+r} frt'i iggo: gw6} oii t
    Friatg* izgar fi'{+ a vrvtg* rr
    tEqtltcanuro'rqr0rfr t
    wRaqqrgfr
    $$kgugfr$il** qrssrori{s{rrr
    fr 11
    | lell
    Slolc 11$. Jupiteroccupyingthe rising sign at the
    time of deathmakesthe dying person a denizenof the
    abodeof the Gods. lf the Sun or Mars occtrpy the
    (lvfarenalagna)they procureto the dying the
    rntoratra
    wortd of mortalc. The Moon and Venus in the above'
    mentionedposition send the deceased to the world of
    the Manes. Lastly, Mercury and $aturn o:cupying
    tbG rising sign at death cast the departed into the
    infcrnal regions.
    Norrs
    C/ q'rqm<dshiei eri grdt'fr rrflcqfhr
    qttirdrfl h cfra;i+ rriltl?a r
    dr.aqrqg; oft {&d}g qrqt t
    g*En eqr t* fi'irwrftg tiiiq r
    38
    298 rtrrqrRcrri Adh.v
    crqrrlgri,i QA ctsalt qfloqfri r
    615e l/idc Aclhyaya V. A-sloka 14, infta.

    {q*t er( U€1r€iqg.,* itUqmq Uiqfiqfgs I


    qnriAqil€qq6qai qi+rSskmi* utR u t tq tl
    Slohu119. The four Rasis begiuning with (*e)
    (Mesha) form the region of ln$.r*(Bhuloka). Those
    beginningwith fhe (Simhr) are termcdgnoT+(Bhuvrr,
    toka). The four commencing with ugu (l)hanus)con'
    stitute the geoT+(Suvarloka).The soul goesto the *o
    (Loka)to which the q{qora(Maranalagna) belongs.
    tt:nrqitqnqsi{qftqfr&ald iir{tfr |
    trdttilt qrilqt'hrg* {rrqTn€ftd irqrqqntRo
    SloA'c 120. When thJlord of the 12th bhavaoccu,
    pies a malcficqriqt lShaclrtyamsa) and is aspectedby
    maleficplanets,thc dying persongoesto thc region of
    hell. The same will be the casc when Rahu is in the
    12th bhava in conjunction with crFE(Mandi) and the
    lord of the 8th bhava, and is also aspectcd by the lord
    of the 6th bhava.
    !tq(t gqtqi aq ti rqqi:dr,fir
    r.qt giTqrt*a iigti qrriR {lrr Et( |
    t{tunqft g(;Eqt rtrfrqqrisrrqr
    irqm{d qq( tt t1t rr
    irrq"qlqiiqrqeisqRh
    SJofra121. When a bcrreficplanct in its cxaltation
    occupiesa benefic iri lVarga) in the lith bhava and is
    atpcctcdby planctsboth beneficand malefic,thc astro'
    loger calr predict gteat celestial happiness. When"
    Jupiter being the lord ol the l0th bhava occupiesthe
    12th cr is aspectedL! beneficplanets,the dying persoo
    will attain to the porition of an immortal.
    *,,:zl..tz+ gtdlstqrq: cag

    qttqff qrqt{i{s$ qorFEtr*esqqd t


    hl{qgfh rrair'e*g aq{tiuq( qqriilu til tl
    Sloka 122. When Jupiter in great strength occu-
    piesa Navamsaowned by vgq (D,ranus)in sign Cancer,
    aod thereare three or four planetsin the Kendras, the
    dying perEonwill go to Brahma's region.
    c f, w - 1 0 5 s t t p t a .

    qgf{o}fr irqti{rho} Ufrcrq{qfttshr


    ffqrqt dten\qoFft qt qt d'rngtiirrrail{ntRltl
    S/ola 123. When the rising sigh is Dhanus
    anC.fupiter o'r'cupiesa Navamsa,thereof belonging to
    'Venus
    Meshr, when is in tha ?th bhrva and when
    the Moon in strength occupieso;rr (Kanya),th: dying
    pirson go:s to th: region of ecerna,lbligs.
    cf. lY-10(t. sttftn

    ftefrflrmq€rgcEtsf{qtti gErtH\Er
    sI
    ffiorqrs$Hr{t{ estfteruElgqr$r{r(
    n tRBtl
    tearqitfqe' qrilt$Rqril
    Efr'dtrEq€Eqn
    qHilqt€qrq3 rr{qr ll
    Slofrr 124. The accurate probessof calculating the
    years of iast (Nisarga) and other Ayurdayas and all
    the differ.:nt circumstancesattending the last portion of
    onc's life and the precise moments of time when the
    cxit frorn th; world .mry be looked for, have all bren
    frrlly treatedof by the favor of the Sun and other planeto.
    Thus ends the sth Adhyaya on ths ', Length o[
    Life" in the wcrk JarakaParijrta c,rnprs:{ by Vaidfa.
    natha und:r the quspicecof the nine plauecs.
    rr q*lqtFlnpqputiqr ll
    AdhYaYa V. A.
    xtr FRoMrntl Wonr'o'

    (Clrapter XXV
    This Chapter is no other than the t{nt+ruqtt
    of Rrihar Jataka.
    The Adhyaya deals with the native's exit frorn the world'
    place
    It eDablesthe reader to t:orrectly guess the titne wten, the
    where, and the manner how, death happens. From the first eleveu
    slokas one is also able to fairly divine the particular diseasewhich
    the native sufiers from and vhich culminates in death. Unnatural
    deaths-by drowning, by being a pre]' to witd beasts' by fire,
    torture, suicide by hanging or falling, decapitation owing to royal
    clue
    displeasure-can also be ascertained- The l2th sloka sives a
    to ilitermine the period of unconsciousnessone may have before
    death.
    The next sloka deals with lhe kiud of transforrnation the body
    undergoesafter death-whether it is burnt or buried or exposed to
    the Sun and wind to be eaten by beasts and vultures, etc'
    The last two slokas enable one to 6nd out what his past
    birth was and what his future birth will be, whether he will attaiu
    final emanciPation, etc.
    -gdfr
    T€tigutqeaqfutlnfl rq'
    ffidgtrqnfi qrfr qtqffttrhft: i

    rdtnlt q{GgqrcrqqtWEftttI ll
    Sl,oka 1. When the 8th housebeing unoccupicd
    rE aapect{'d by a rtrong Planet, the humour belongiog
    300
    El. t tqlfttemrq: sl

    of the bodY which


    the Rasi of the 8th house represents,and death ic
    thereby produced. Wtren there are teveralstrong pla'
    netsaspectingthe 8th house, the humours peculiarto
    them becomemorbid and produce death' But if that
    hougebe occupied,and the occupyiogplanetbe the $un,
    deathwill be due to fire; if the Moon, it will be by
    water; if Mars, by a weapon; if Mercury, by fever;
    ;f Jupiter, by an ailment not accuratelyaecertained; if
    Venus, by thirst; and if Srturn, by hunger' And
    according as the 8th house i'sa moveable,fixed or a
    mutablesigo, death will be in a foreignplace,in one's
    own house,or oE the road.
    Nores
    'l'he Sun:bile

    The Moon:wind and Phlegrn


    Mars'-bile
    Mercury"=6i1e, .wind and phlegnr
    Jupiter:Phlegm
    Venus=wind and Phlegm
    Saturn=wind
    ,If planets are not posited iu the 8th house or are not aspect'
    according to the
    ing it, the 8th house causes diseasesas above
    planets aspect the 8th house
    o",oru of the ruler of that house. If
    orifplanetsoccupythe8thhouse,theycarrsetlrediseases(the
    ptrongest of the planets acting best) in those pprts of the body
    represents
    typified by the sign representing the 8th house' The Sun
    be by fever, etc' The Moon represents
    fire; therofore -t will .
    diarrhcea' dysentery' blood
    watery diseasessuch as loose motions,
    deaths' epidemics as
    impurlties, etc. Mars will cause accidental
    produce fever of brain or
    cholera, plague, etc. Mercury will -worry'
    smallpox. Jupiter will cause mental or some unkno*n
    aoclSaturn,
    diseases. Venus will cause thirst by excessivedrinks,
    by starvation or excessive eating' If two or more powerful
    planetsaspectoroccupytbe8thhouse,thentwoornrorediseases
    803 rtrwrftlrt Adh.v. A.
    'effict
    the man. If the 8th house happens to be a movedble sign,
    the native will die in a foreign place. If it tre an immoveabre
    one, he will die in his own place; and if comrnon, very near his
    birth place. lf the planet be powerful, there will be tleath wheu
    he is engagedin good work; if it be weak, then when he is eng-
    aged in bad or indifferent work.
    a/. qrtts-O
    RrfusudrTcr(sr<ct{cqe.gq;iil*-q(g, t
    qalr{t\?iuqt: cQlr ciq q* errtq ll
    'ft rogui frqi e1c?haqrq{}vir €igr r
    f,?€gs<gq'rqiltfufrlig rrR! <rrq r
    Also V-74 Sugra.

    toufYfdq q{$sirtis3.€r;gerfrs
    ntq;firurgrffifusffistffir I
    T'qrqiqwflfrfturfi+ qrqqtgs*r
    rqrdqq{qlEtst{frrft
    frt eqrqkq: rntt
    Sloka 2. When the Sunand M.rrs occupyr6pec, i

    tively the 10th and the 4th housc at a person's binh,


    liis deathwill be causedby the fall of . rtoo. from the
    i
    top of a mountairr. When Saturn,the Moon and Marr
    are in the 4th, the ?th and the l0ch housesrespectivdy,
    -
    lre will die by falling into a wcll. When the Sun and
    the Moon are in Virgo and are aspectedby malefic
    planets,deathshould be tracedto the evil deedsof his
    own relations; (or he may-commit suicide owing to
    differences with them). If the rising sign be a iul
    Rasi, and the Sun and the Moon occupy it, he will
    perieh by being drowned in water.
    Norns.
    Varaharuihirahere tallis of accideutal deaths. If the yogas
    mentioned in this. and the succeeding srokas are fouod to be
    s[. g tqlltrrstqrq 803

    applicable in any horoscope,the effects mentioned in the first


    ^sloka need not then be applied

    In the lirst yoga, it is not necessary that Mars and the Sun
    should respectively occupy the 4th and the lOth houses; they rnay
    occupy any of the houses either singly or together.

    c/. 'rl(rqoi
    d w"fn*ir: qq€Ttfi: hsrccrirri
    l1grfaai'grrrlpal: qt <<ergilt r
    qrcroiteaqhthicuml'i|: ir;qr$rql{rqft
    ori qln*rriiikftgn tiii agr lrlrt: il
    o, q;f u.*znwffi
    '}r
    qqt{n* qn
    ffirftxm: qftrqgr'frtQ$q{ fuft r
    $qrqiffiffi
    ftfr qR natqffi qqEqffi3uils u I tl
    Slol'c 3. When Saturn occupieeCancc'rand the
    Moon Capricorn at the birth of a person,his deathwill
    be caueedby dropsy. If the Moon be in a sign of lvlara
    between two malefic planets,he will die by a weapon
    or by fire (or he will die cf tetanugor by shortageof
    blood). When the Moon occupiesthe same position
    in Virgo, deathwill be due to vitiated blood or emecia"
    tion. If the Moon be in a sign owned by Saturnin the
    ramepoeition, his deathwill be by a cord (by hanging),
    by an accidentnearfire or by a fall (from a high place).
    c,/. sr(H€ft
    6ffifu Fq r{+t qA qgtlrfiEil: qrq I
    qrqrrdt q* ssrrel rrrqdiq{: ll
    trqrci {fuarae: ltwwrr<: <qt I
    r*cri$iEg.ilfr rr<te f6 1
    804 (fitrtfrntv Adh v. A,

    et(fr gqqldQ q{ft rcsrfiqreqqr


    gcftFg a siqqrqrqqqi aw u

    rqr$ffi qwqkgqqirft rq'JEr€sqlr


    itFrrywnrdffis(fuit{rqer r (.'
    FwngmF*i*rrdr q-'(fri tvn
    ril omt q RFd{rrt ftG qRt lt B u
    Slchl 4. When two malefic plan'.:tsoccupythe
    5th and fth housec and are not aspectcdby benefic
    planetsat a person'sbirth, [iis dc:tthwill be in captivity.
    When the decanateof the 8th house is what is termed
    t{' (Sarpa),rrn (Pasa) or ftrr-s (Niqada), the dearh
    will be the pame a8 befcre. Wben the Moon is in
    Virgo occupyingthe 7th houscin.conjunctionwith a
    maleficplanet,Vcnus in Aries and the $un in therisiag
    rign, the perEon,concerncdwill come by his deathin
    his own housethrough a woma.n.
    Norrs
    Slokas 16 of Chapter XXIII and 6 of Chapter XXI of Brihat
    Jataka dial with the yogas of imprisonurent. lf in the above
    Yogas, there be a strong nralefic in the 5th or')ih, such planet
    causesdeath to the person while so imprisoned, pror iderl the rnale-
    fic planet is not aspected by benefics. lf the 22nd det:anate(the
    first decanate of tlrc 8th house) be a4 (Sarpa), 'lt'"J (Pas:t) or t?rla
    ($igada), death will be painful. This refers to the irbove yoga.
    If the IMoonbe in Virgoarrd in ttre 7th house iu conjurrctiou-with
    a malefic and if the Sun be in the Lagna and Venus in r\ries, death
    is due or can be traced to his wife or wolnan or lady-love either
    by being poixrned by her or himself comnritting suicideon account
    of her bad conduct, etc.
    It may be irterestirrg to noto here that of all the zodiacal
    aigns,Virgo (*;{-Kanya) alone ,has been prorninently rrreutioned
    in Slokas 2, 3 aud,f in the 3rd ql( (I'ada) of each sloka in coltnec-
    81 3 tqtthrser<: 905

    Virgo
    \ion with accidental deaths. Western authors also say that
    ciluscs accidents when afficted by malofic planets in squares.
    (C/. Arcana.)
    c/.51<r4di
    ,.rrr{ln*rgccJ: crcqrssqlrffugg:r
    ffi: rrrgwrrflnS@sv<r g36q 1
    {rfrqt fltcrotqt qrcrFsts<i ARI
    Tdiegtfr qroi€sFd SIET€* ll
    triftffiegsgtsEfrgtqilsfrErt{ qt
    q{Sqneqfuft{Wr.qriffir r
    qr-$t q rft ffit dt.gd{hQi
    stffiril snfr qrur
    qqirt'wftuin\ ll
    Sloha 5. If at a pbrson'sbirth the Sun or lv{arcbe
    in the 4th house and Saturn ir. the 10th, he will be
    impaled.If the threefrmaleficplanatsnamedabovesimul,
    taneouslyoccupy the first, the 5th and the 9th houses
    in conjunctionwith the Moon, deathwill be by impalo,
    Eerf. If the Sun be in the 4th house, and Mars be in
    the lfth and aspected by the waning Moon, the same
    death will bdall the person. lf in the yoga last
    mentioned,Mars be aspectedby Saturnninstead of by
    the waning Moon, the person will die from the effectc
    of a collision with a pieceof timber, or {eath may be
    causedby his bdng:beatenby wood.i
    NorEs.
    *Saturn will bave to occupy tho Lagna" the 4th or thelSth
    bouse. In the first two yogas,theldeath ueed not necessarilylbe
    by impalement. The personmay die by accident.
    c/ st<t{d}
    fR gtswr* iiqit q* q?qsr{sg*: I
    qrtrtdlrot qFcidq firftlilRgrq tl
    89
    806 freTqffiqlt Adh, V. A.

    GsAs+ffi 65 4it€gt*b" trt r


    oMrraa: eFqqt crfr r ett: r
    antqqffQf,{Slfg|aws

    tt{sffirnwd*-
    tqrftq"lqu{rfreurririuq tl
    Sloha 6. When the waning Mcon, Mdts, tiaturn
    and the Sun occupy tlre 8th, the 10th, the lst and the
    4th housesat a perEon'sbirth, he will die being beaten
    to deathby a club. If the sameplanetsoccupythe 10th,
    the 9th, the lst and the 5th houses,his deith will be
    due to suffocationby smoke, to fire, to imprioonment
    or to thrashing.
    NorBs

    The commentatop Bhattotpala would place the planets, odl,,


    Moon, Mars, Saturn and the Sunrctpectioalg in the gth, the lOtb,
    the lst and the 4th housesin the first yoga and in the l0tb, the 9th,
    the first and the 5th houses in the second yoga i in that case the
    Moon cannot be waning $ he will be in the 5th house from the
    Sun in the first case and in the 6th house in the second case.
    *"3:_""*--
    cfi sr<ndf
    ilarEdlrrfuc'{qqfg*:
    '@r
    '@
    tcrfrn{a{atttft$at: qrE ll
    q;s{Rst€ms$qq{qt-
    ftqflarqrgqtmftqroqtqq
    'r
    ftt${ltditr qgt*nqE&-
    Sql qefrftruaqqrfrqrdrn e rl
    . Sloka 7. If at a person'sbirth Mars, the Sunand
    , Saturnrespectivelycccupythe 4th, the ?th and the lOth
    housea,his death would be broughtaboutby a weapon,
    fire or the displersureof a king. If Sa.turu,the Moon
    end Mars be in the 2nd, the +th and the l0th bhavas
    'respectively
    at a person'sbirth, he will perish in conse,
    quenceof worms in a wound Q.c.by an operation or
    by insectbites).
    :f- sr<radr
    ftg6r<{*dEt: g'ilTrg{ftatffi qrg. I
    wgwgegqlftintqlnrE; sEr $srq ll
    eocftgitid$t glgwt: wa: frtcFdis-ir: tl
    qA*qG& wwdqt qrrq{rilufr
    q*fltsaqs s+s€{qtrftltrn+sfr} r
    fr"qQtktri*ffitr\srqfr{{t
    ql&f qftt..Sqft€&qihr€q-qr6qr{
    |rctI
    Slo[a 8. When the Sun is in the 10th houseand
    lvlars in the 4th at a person's birth, his death will be
    by a fall from a vehicle. When Mars is in the ?th
    bouserds Sun, the Moon and $aturn are in tjhe Lagne
    808 {rcwrftrr Adh V. rq.

    the personconcernedwill be put to death by an loltru,


    ment of torture. When Mrrs, Saturnand the Moon
    respectively occupy Libra, Aries and a sign belonging
    to Saturn,or when the waning Moon, the Sunand Mars
    are in the 10th, the 7th and the 4th housesrespectively,
    the personconcernedwill die:in the midst of filth and
    feces.
    Norps.
    If the Sun be in the l0th, Mars iu the 4th, the manwill have
    a fall from a vehicle and die. If the sign on the 4th is a quadruped,
    death wiil be caused from a four-footed arrimal, and so on accord-
    ing to the nature of the Rasi. If Mars be in the 7th and Saturn,
    the Moon and the Suu are in the Ascendant, the man will have
    an accident near a machinery and die, or he may undergo as
    operation and die.
    If Mars be in Tula, Saturn in Mesha and the Moon in Makara
    or Kumbha, the man will die uncared for after badly purging.
    This yoga arises by the planets;being in the Rasis. If weak Moon,
    the Sun a*rd Mars are placed in the l0th, the 7th and the 4th
    'espectively, the rhan n'ill die under similar conditions.
    c/. ttttEdr
    t*Ss*gs$ il lprcqncilcEril: I
    qsqrr{i .ioi' *i*gitqr+ur$FrSri u
    Ir<qrqraq qa€Farqrs-flTffq{qrq I
    gilqi cibt qri gaff vrt* Rqi u
    TE c.qrgri ni ffncc} +ffri rGr{ |
    rrffir6*q$d:qTcrsffgg I
    ftoc"'i g u*Ug: rffir: r.rne il
    qiqtFEil{n.fff*rt
    qitt'd Arcrutsfr t
    qrqferq ufr{rqflaq3ll q rl
    gdtsqtt{rqtsqr
    Sloka 9. When the waning Moon is aspectedby
    lvlarg in strength,and Saturn occupiesthe 8th houre
    tte person concerned will jsuffer from piler or firtula
    sl. lo-tt tqlitoreqrq: 309

    of an aPPlication
    of a causticsubstance.
    NorBs
    an
    The man wili die from hernia, piles, kidney diseasesafter
    operation.
    s/. sr<rs-di
    cRt{t gt}a * eftAt* qarris'*fr qRI: I
    r gcqq€r*{aqr iinfrqrarg'{Fir rreft rt
    in the yoga given in V'-78 sypra'
    IThere is a slight <liflerence
    fl qt dr {noibtfr.1it6g}
    $fr wmsrti AriI ttqro! |
    sqKqE[r$Rqtikqfrqq-q-
    q+K {sftK{n{iq$qqft: ll t o li
    Sloka 10. When the SunandN{arsare in the ?th
    bhava,Saturn in the uth and the waning Ldoon in the
    4th at a person'sbirth, his deathwill be clusedby birds.
    If the Sun,Mars, Saturn and the Moon occupyr€sp€cr
    tively the lst, the 5th, the 8th and the 9th houses,the
    person concernedwill die by falling from a precipice,
    by the fall of a thunderbQlt,or of a wall'
    ,/. sr<na
    €\ ettui oi ft*rt qfrtlT} |
    teraq$ Rhn\ q?g qfqatil'rriq rr
    qr<ffia+.rqs r*rqrffiftmd: t
    gg: vr.*u'nic rlssarQqrdrq: il

    affiqrilfteK srrt i"6rtirfrqaq qRttrt


    wnqqfr{qisfrmfiqtoiegfrr{q€ffi ll t t ll
    Sloha ll. (Wherri the foregoing tests do not
    apply), the causeof death is dcclared to be the 22nd
    decanatefrom that of the Lagna, The lord of this 22n4'
    8r0 rurqfild Adh v. A.

    decanateor of the sign containing it produceo death


    accordingto its characterirtics. i
    Norns.
    In the absence of the yogas mentioned in Slokas 2 to 10, we
    have to apply this principle and not otherwise. The 22nd
    decanate from the Lagna drr:kkanacauses the diseaseaccording to
    'the
    nature of the ruler of th'it decanate with certainty. If the
    ruler of the 22nd -decanate be the Sun, he causes fever as stated
    in Sloka l. Sinrilarly in the caseof the other planets mentioned
    therein. The ruler of the 8th house modifies the influence of the
    22nd rJecanate. This is irnplied in .T'irsitqr (Bhavopira).
    Take for exanrple*-Lagna Aribs-Z.5'. The 2\od decanateis
    the 3rd decanate of Scorpio rvhich is ruled by the l\{oon. The
    ruler of the 8th house is Mars. Therefore death is accidental,
    unexpectedor short because it is l\{ars. 'l'he Moon gives water
    diseasesand as Mars modifies the Moon to a certain degree,we
    may say death will lre due t') loose bowels, urinal complaints
    (suddenstoppageof urine, etc).
    g1116C-
    qtfitfui gintr{trnq:nfiftqrrraie€r ss: r
    rft{snr qr rgiiiqat ffi frqtqsrf,?"gtt,irft tl
    Also stil{A
    sqqqmq-dkilRaiqeil: r
    eqrGrqihrrfril {il4 qq}q cfi: n
    For the cause of death due to each of the _?6 Drekkanas
    nappening to be the 22nd Dectnate, the foliowing slokas from the
    same work will be found to be useful::-

    iqri i*dt TnEflfrh q Hgt I


    w;aRFlqfqflT;iqtgt 1,4i wrq{q{ ll
    fiar<Gdtqqilqrq qeAfi trltot: I
    .A\

    {q {iitqlflrl na+,6lrlTilcl ll
    fi q i{Eqii*q} z:cgilqitqeA
    fiqrfrqro+flBftrrrrtttftq ir
    sl, 11 Hfirnsqrs' 31r
    .'

    q(q lqfiRfr qEreaatqtt


    . g€i qqftR
    sTrUftgq?i'i *nmqIHH {Efr t
    ffgfRqfiqrilEBtilqqriq nfiq|ntellt
    q?qrf
    tqqq(qrrinr rn6nm'rr.uq tt t
    qqfr iE €eg:gsrq-.t,rrit q ggq€ ll
    qrtq qqqnt( q,'er.A\olqI aql €fllit. I
    qqfaR **a+ri zrUguri
    AfrqrrrtA tr
    slRqrdrBqqqFq"* uqil qq sqrGgq t
    ff{rqkwqrurrada\q q aqr-* ll
    s6qffiKrffinqri ;qnhqieiqq r
    qrt qfrq{} qsrqqafr+fr?ilrr
    frq{q.iltr+firFffiFlarffir q 'ililtdt t
    ur"ilffii TdAR er${qtq' u
    e{ri ft-qrqil qw+ihmqrsftvrF€dll: I
    dqroftftgfiEa+ nrt ,*neq-{Sqqr tt
    wqq{qilqrqfrffi dt( daflrqqrrrilrt
    eT+ FqrE{t fli Tq' flEr€$ tl
    qla qFFRqrt-geRqquqrRqrd+qq t
    q'A g q6{ilh(n
    "arergnilq: ll
    errisftqfteqrtfrqter{tifiila'ilqrrq:I
    q'i q qeqm€sqiti,iqfttrg: tl
    erf& qiitq,TltdeilTqrotqfinid"qr I
    qqft R q{otaqn pt agft$rvEnqrr
    q|qqrAfi gilftesgn}frRqfri,
    r
    3il| r]n$q|ftsnt Adh. v. A.

    qril nqgc$rfqea+ql
    rrhscgrn
    .q=Adqqrt q-or"teesgFdqlsft
    r
    T.f{-i air +anqdrwrnn'
    11
    qqtG Nr uqGsr;qufirplrFtFg: I
    saRqT{nflqr EoE{g.{rffi+nnsqh tt
    qflieaF+i*fr 1
    qfirq* "qila.qrgs&tqqriisq
    e{ril <{tqt{€: sgrtrt ll
    grt s'n>di drq<lt<qr qaqil*' r
    ifr yrgyriq{aq$Gsrht rr
    qd eiaog,ilffiii,iaft eeg'r
    erailf{wegtreunitrrai,ii€fir{rr
    eit fr{grrri geqffiqkgil*it'q' r
    agrwo+
    ti,lqqEat:sqrRfraeq
    rl
    *Y{r#ds+ a\ EqrqrGfiqqrnnrq I
    eq'ilqqfrR qqqlgFnnitli utt, lt
    tiilqEt{sqgsuqrrr{fr
    qti'qorntrtw3
    qMtq I
    qkK ugqqEsglqflidrgaq,
    €fflA Gg0rilfqgqr:
    stq n tR rr
    Sloka L2, From all this we have to detcrmine
    generallythis ftqfsr(Niryana) or exit from the world ae
    occurringat a placewhose surroundingewill be indica,
    ted by the planet occupying the Lagnaor by the planet I
    ruling the rising Navamsaas alsoby those that are in :i
    conjunctionwith or aspectingthese. "fhe rrnconscious
    stat€ at the time of dearh lasts for such time a io
    $, 12 tqfltdsqrr: 8lt

    ta
    lagna below the horizon. This periodbecoroes doubled
    the rising sign is aepectedby its lord anCtrebled
    "rh.o
    when aspectedby beneficplanetsgetrerally'
    NorBs.
    Bhattotpala interprets tlre 6rst half of the sloka thus: The
    Rasi
    exit from the world will occur at a place appropriate to the
    occupied by the lord of the rising Navamsa, with such cir:umstan'
    the
    ces as are the result of occupation or aspecting by plzrDctsof
    states
    8th houseor the absence cif both (Zicr Slolias I and ll) and
    that the following are the places appropriate to the sevoral signs:
    Aries, Place frequented by sheep' l'auru3, Place frequented by
    oxen; Gemini, a house; Cancer, a well' l-eo-a forest: Virgo-
    -
    a nrater.bank; Libra-n Ltaz'zrt; Scorpio--a hole; Sagittarius
    a place frequented by horses; Capricorn-:watery tracts; Aquarius
    --a house; and Pisces-watery places'
    view' The
    But the above does not seem to be the correct
    in chapter II'
    following view which is advocated by verraharnihira
    Sun-temples; the
    sloka l2 seemsto be the correct one: The
    (green all round); Mars -operation theatres'
    Moon;a fertile place
    I\'Iercury-pl:ry grounds I
    kitchens, store housur, factory,. etc.;
    roonrs ; Seturn
    tupiter-treasury rooms ; Venus--well'furnished
    --dirty places.
    will be irrdicated by the
    The place of death attd surroundings
    rising Navlmsa' It there
    planet in the Lagna or the one ruling its
    ruter the sign occupietl by tha
    L" no pl"o"t in the Lagua' the ,of
    or the risihg will depict the
    of"n"t owning tne Lagna -Navamsa
    If'any planets itspect or
    surrouudirrgsof the .place of death.
    of the Lagna 'or lt-s-frlvarnl is
    occupy the house where the ruler
    place of death irt ed;lition tr what
    situated, they also indicate the
    for elample' the Moon indicates
    has been stated above' Suppose
    the above principles and together
    th" pt.". of death accortling to
    tasi principle. We have then to say
    with it Saturn *
    "" where it is grden (Ittooo) but dirty
    that death takes place at a'spot
    (Saturp). ..,! ,', .,5; r i {i d
    40
    314 crqlftlti Adh"v.:A.
    The period of unconsciousnessi will be the time taken for thc
    portion of the rising sign below the horizoo to rise. If the rising
    sign be aspected by its lord, the period is doubled. If aspected by
    a benefic, it is trebled. If bv two benefics, 6 times and so on.
    Malefiis aspecting the rising sign will not deprive'cosciousness;
    The oblique ascension'of the remaining portion of tbe sign
    rising on the.T agna corresponds .to the iime taken by it to riso ln
    thb East. lbke an exarnple, Aries 251is rising. The remairrfg
    portion is 5'. 'The time taken for 5" of Aries to rise in the Eas
    will be 20 minutes'generally (calculating at 2 houfs for the whole
    sign of Aries to rise). I'he period of unconsciousness undergoei
    multiplicatton twicd or thrice, etc., . becauseof the ruler and a
    benefrc throwing their aspect on the Lagna. The multiplication
    should be done once only. Suppose thg Lagna is being aspected
    by its lord. You have to multiply the period by 2. At the same
    time, say, a benefic is also aspecting the LaiEna. By the rule
    tbove, the perio<l is to bi niultiplied by 3. By natural process,
    'I'his
    the period will thus have to be multiplied by 2X3. is not
    o. It'will }e enough if it is multiplied once by 5 i. c. (3+21,
    Vide also V-ll7 saPra.
    c/. tlt({di
    s${ilqiTrf\cer qcrr{ft qqrft qslqr: I
    ccdnwrrd: cft;ie",iqr;qllr{ft ed: u
    stdinsnl cle: h\q ftfideftftgfrre: srq I
    ftgor:gtfit sq<gi{t .{iaTdh u

    ,{frur
    dt {qqft.nqfl{nrfr'fr
    rlkftmilkswltlhqil Rn ,t
    ,i{
    ,.!
    S/o&c 13. According ar the decanateof tbg.Sth .:
    bbava (i.a,, the 22nd from the Iagrn) htrot out to b e
    liery, 1 wat.ry ir e miredone,tb€re ir I firr
    $t, 13 trlfiHsrqrq: 3t6
    vvrwvvwvvvvvwvvvv J vwwwvwvvJlwvvv -v.i-- -*---- <

    ol the.dead boiily by its being turned into aohes,or


    ,beiogthoroughtywetted and softenedin water, or being
    driod up by exposure t.r the Sun and wind, If the
    decanateof the 8th house hrpp:ns to be a srrolant
    (Vyaladrekkana), the body is eetenby b:astsand bird s
    of prey,is assimilatedinto t-heirbcJieslod.thrown out
    aaexcrement. Thus, the finrl sta{gof the dead body
    hacto be thought outin the mrnn:r st.rtcJabove. Th:
    tollowingis the essence of whrt hrs b:an culledfrom
    bigher works (euchas citiicr&ibcr+- Jyotisha Karma
    Vipaka)regardingpast and future life.
    NOTES.
    For'ficry (fi(: Kru.a or {qa'Dahana), waterl' wa{Jala) and
    mixed (&*misra) decanates, Yi'ie lX'slokas ll2-ll5 Infrt.'

    For convenience, they arc shor*'nin the following statement'


    Drekkanas.

    Krura or Jala or Saurnya or Vimisra or


    Malefic water-bearing 'Benefic mixed

    L€o (l) Cancer (l) Aries (2) . Capricorn (3)


    Aries (l) P i s c e s( l ) Sagittarius f2) Aries (3)
    Aquarius (l) Pisces(2t Taurus (2, Cancer (3 I
    Scorpio (l) Virgo (2) Aquarius (21 Taurus (l)
    Cepricorn(l) Taurus (3) Capricorn (2) Sasittarius (l)
    Pisces(3) cemini (3) Libra (l) Gemini t2)
    Scorpio (3) Vireo ( I ) Libra (2t
    Loo (3) Gemini (ll I*o (21
    Libra (3) Sagittarius (3)
    Cencer (Z) Virio (3)
    Scorpio{z) Aquarius (l)

    =ll :ll

    Tdl=36
    916 {rnrrrftcrt Adh V' A'
    YvvvYvvtvv!Yvvvv!vvr!Yv!YYYYYv-
    vYvvvvYvYvvvvvvvvYvv

    ' see notes to Ch' XXIII


    Fo, aqrd(Vyala) or serpent decanates'
    i-to of stih"t letaka-
    burial or other'
    The 2hnll&caoate is the cause of crernation'
    accordinq t9 9lane^ts
    wise according to the nature of its ruler or
    A benefic
    posited thereitr. A rnllefic planet cagses'crernation'
    then the body
    burial. lf a rnixetl planrt (lihe lt{ercury),
    "oor". J-agna Aries 25o' The 22nd
    will be exposetl to dry' away' '
    as pei above rule' the
    .l""anate is o*n".l by the l\/Iocn. Therefqre
    native shoulcl be burietl'
    above rule: "
    The following are the exceptionsto the
    qt (Sarpa) one' the bodv is
    Tf the 22nddecanate be a
    (f)
    eaten by vultures, dogs, etc'
    8th house'cremation must
    Al 1f 1l1i:reare malefics in the
    he predicted.
    Vide also V- I 17 snPra'
    q'ltn\ qqfl
    geesqRgfr
    aRsM{ ${r I
    dg-r,qqRn*

    ffir€qMll tBll
    " Sloka 11. Of the Sun and the Moon' find out
    occupied
    which is stronger. If the lord of the decanate
    the
    it-it. trt"nser"of thcse two planets be Jupiter'
    from the
    ,l...r*.d shoirldba rnadeout asa personcome
    the lord
    world of immortals. If the Moon or Venusbe
    ;;i;; decanate camefro'' the
    in question,the 'Jeceased
    of
    worid of Man':s. lf the Sunor Mars be'the lord the
    particulardecanate, the deceas:din the'previous birth
    Mercury
    t.longed to rheworld of mortals. If Saturnor
    [" tnJ owner of the decanate in question,the departed
    previous
    personcemefrom the linfernalregions' In th':
    mediocreor
    [ir,tr, the rank of the departedwas high'
    uDdercon'
    io* ,..ording ar the owner of the drekkana
    ----.S:: -""-'*-""-"-'--'-311
    --,-,,-
    ?1'-ll-. off hrd f rllen
    mideration was in his exaltation print,
    therefromor in the depression point'

    of the decanate occu'


    ftsj Deternrine the past birth from the ruler
    powerful) aud predict
    pied by the Sun or the lt{oon (whichcver is
    (l'ol<at from where the soul is come'
    accordingly tbe particuler it+
    that planet is in
    Thc lasl quatlct. tlt'o!heriilerftc!alion' If
    gootl position ; if culminating'
    mid heaven, he should heve held a
    a bad Position, and so ott'
    rI0l1T(:-

    $r, grg<ierroriaaagSrft1oi
    ir*ss*cc€rsii<{hai <i<ra: I
    tur''
    *fu g-crfrgit art*'tqmq
    .{n,,
    h fte cg ciirA;eiinaq+rafru tt
    qfrft itgl;q;q{q}snitni!qI
    t
    W{erRgt;qito(rtl dqtqr
    q
    fon qrit-& ftrqqTnfr€f
    {q?dqtt qta frGrcrmrfrflr ll t\ ll
    ig the lord
    Slctc 15. The refugeof the.departed
    (f'r'; the 16th decanate
    of the Drekkanacf the 6th house
    i-rn ,t'," rising decanate) or of the Sth house (i'e'' the
    gg"a <Jecan.t"from the rising decatrate)or the planet
    the ?th blrava lBhattotpalaaddsthe 6th and
    ".*nti"* #avas also). whichever these planetais
    ;;li, -of
    wor]d thereof doeothe
    found to be strongest, to the
    is in his exaltdtionand
    departedp"rroo gi' If Jup,iter
    il;;;;'the 6th bhava'a Kendra poeition or the-8th
    will attain linal 'emancipa'
    ;i";, the cleparteclperson
    ;i;;:-'ii. ,"t. happensalsoif the rising sign is Piscer
    planetand
    riaing N"vamgais that of a benefic
    ".Jrt"
    818 Tnrdhqft Adh. v. A.

    Jupitenqccupiesit, while planetsother than Jupiter are


    without strength. ,,,
    'Norrs.
    Rf<+r=tw (Ripurandhratryamsapa) may also bo intorprcted
    as the ruler of the decanate of the (rth or the gth bhava counted
    from the 7th, i.c., of the l2th or of the znd bhava. (This agrees
    with the western view that the l2th and 2nd housesindicate future
    births and the 6th and the 8th iodicate past birth).
    Flanets
    placed in the 7th will indicate also futirie birth.

    Erccflions. Exalted Jupiter in the 6th, the gth or in a


    Ken.
    dra position will meke the native attain bliss. If pisces be
    rising in a Na'amsa of n b.rneficl it leads to bliss. tn the above
    two exceptions, tbe other planets rnust not be powerfur as
    Jupiter.
    dl.B.-Bliss CI* (Moksha) is higher than ?s. rr (Devaloka).
    This is clearly hinted by Varanarnihira talking bf M;ksna (rlf)
    as distinct and quite apart frorn the slokes containing ?git{, (Deva.
    loka), flEit+ (Pitruloka), etc.
    gurFfi(:-

    tfr€dittz?cilTqfr{Ali qftete{rr{ r
    ErSs{cqttrqdre iergwgfr frc€qdh c n
    VaidyanathaDikshita's

    JATAI{A PAKIJAIA
    ( \ilTni qrfuilril )

    Witlt An
    EttglislrTrartslatiort
    attd Coltious
    Explu trttonl rtotesutrLlErontplas

    BY
    V . S u b r a n t a n ySaa s t r iB
    , .A.
    A s s t t .S e c r c t a rtyo 1 l l c( i o v t .o 1 ' M y s o r c( l { c t d . )
    a u t lT r a n s l a t oor l ' S r r p a tli, a d d l r t i[,] r i h a tJ a t a k a
    I I o r a s a r aU. t t u l k a l l n r r i tcat c .

    Vol. III

    RANJANPUBLICATIONS
    1 6 ,A n s a rR
    i oadD
    , a r y aG a n j N
    , e wD e l h i - ' l 1 0 0(0l 2
    NDtA)
    CONTENTS
    Page
    Adhyaya XI The effects of the Ist and the 2nd 709
    Bhavas
    Adhyaya XII The effects of the 3rd and the 4 t h 748
    Bhavas
    Adhyeya XIII The efifectsof the 6th and the 6th 755
    Bhavas
    .{dhyaya XIV Thc effects of the ?th, the 8th and S45
    the 9th Bhavas
    Adhyaya XV T h e e f f e c t so f t h e l O t h . t h e l l t h a n d g 9 6
    the l2th Bhavas
    Adhyaya XVI Female Horoscopy 935
    Adhyaya XVII Kalchakra 965
    Adhyaya XVII t l)asas l00ir
    ERRATA LXIII_LXVT

    faeaqmw:
    q6rllq
    166
    tt qr+fifrqwrqq-{rh eoQ
    qR gf,fu 4rirnEsFlft .9/t
    tr qFqq6-6rTT4TcqT4: rsQ.{.
    ?Y qKITE'&T{qqIqTEITTq. cY{
    tr {ri qrqaqqqlErEqlq:

    tq e{tqre-+'trzrrq: et{
    9tq .6'TFfqfr-E{lt€qTIT: e.E{
    lc <qrr<€{rEqrq: too{
    ffig{rq{itssqtlt;
    il sTstrTlrTsorfttl
    Adtryaya XI.
    T H g e n t . n c T s o t . 't t t n 1 s T A N r ) T H I ' 2 w D B t t A V A S .

    il{rdurrgrq{$eqq.s1ffi wtfh gqi


    e-qgrirgqrfrqqwoE{rrcrrit
    ilii {-{Fq I
    qr
    t i ,THnfkeurtlluqitf\r tgm {iflq-cr
    qr.t{eT{ Ifmr.G gqsoil qfrhnGtg trttt
    S/oArl 1. I am to treat of the good and other
    effects which are the chief source of adornment to the
    science of astrology just as they arise in the several
    bhavas appertainingto men owing to the prepondera,
    ting influence of planets. Among ttre Lagnaand other
    bhavas, such as are occupied or aspected by Venul,
    Mercury, Jupiter or the rrtccfk(Bhavapathi-the lord of
    the bhava concerned),but unaspectedby or trnassociated
    with thc rest, produce llappy results.
    cf . s({qt{t1.r{
    ,ii ,ii qra'erfladl gdi qrd\-tEttqrnqnqrf\t&: I
    qriii aq qrEs ilfifi4e6qT q"dil ffq;i qTtl

    ffiETi(rragg*rdg (srnTTqlqqilfktgt
    .r qrKa)ftedgtsI R tf
    ilgsqTqqwG€iFr
    70e
    7rc cmEqrfrf,ri Adh. XI.

    Stoka Z. When the Lagna and some of the other


    bhavaghave banefic planets appaaringin them or are
    occupiedor aspectedby their lords, a wealth of the said
    bhavasmay be declared to exist provid:d they are un-
    aspectedor unoccupiedby malefi; planets.

    d{q} ftgtrftrul tiai rrrEii;Tlttifi!


    |
    qrEeRm\qh ll I ll
    Wsctrft*eii
    S l c r f t c 3 . A p l a n c ti n i t s d c p r e s s i o no r i n i r n i c a l
    qtrfltlar
    rrqn dgetroysthe bhava chat it owns' But in its
    (Moolatrikona), exaltation or friendly siun ic rdvances
    the same.
    cf . s((qKlit(
    qqrlrlsftdtqeii W] EIda'{{qfd I
    tft.E qr fafifi.i'lt rr
    ilfrrqHF1qrCIe
    qrln: art+tsfiqr&g'{qd}qHqq\qqTfiI-
    q;qlqril qqtrqrqfinqftgf,}fif*'+ ri'qEd I
    qilq qrqgfz'isfaqii flq* {'tuo*4i gl} qr
    ed\qrqrqqrtd qafi iigdtq'aq'r'\q ilfi: lt
    qi qtqfi { f}qite qR qt q: atsfi rrT{f{q:
    qq'reil-qeR*nqqitae:ql{"qrr' 1
    lTrqsl|frqi a flRn qG qarrrfqii q,ftwit
    dtqr<rfiT€Tritqfi ra.rrffit {tfqrn,tt
    qrnarrftiigftrw;i gfqrnfrqaqqfufrEIt
    ffirrflqi uqqFa(rilf qti\eksorr{tTr R{r{ll B ll
    Sloha 4. When a bhava has its lord in the 6th,
    of
    the 8th or the 12th, or is occupiedby the lcrd of one
    these three, it suffers annihilation, say those that know
    sl. 6-6 {ttC{frsqrdr 7U
    the properties of a bhava If such a bhava be aspected
    by a benefic planet, the effect will be different.
    qfrr*q!hrrdi {iolr( ffiurq} {r qit firqes: t
    WriEqqlqrrfrqoraefiHgfd, surrg*u1sn \ n
    S/o,ftc 5. If the lord of a bbava occupying a Ken,
    dra or Trikona position from the Lagnapossessabundant
    strength being either aspectedby benefic planetsor in
    its exaltation and other Vargas, that bhava,say the wire
    aatrologers,is in a flourishing condition.
    3{(qt{t{ti

    qfiu: +rr*rsfieqqgmo]qsn)qr lqqrfr


    f{* qui ilqTii qfi qqfi ftqrqrq,il,rr4sfb:I
    qdt-,i n3til qEfEq qadiatqqriqil qr
    (.] ut lngdl d Errfltalt qrqaniqqfl.art
    gqqqq.Jt{rsswt drqgt
    ildgmFr+rfr
    qHHtEbdti ir{Eq{iti nq€}rgfo|
    THHi glsqrs! {{oginsqtwrreil +.Trnd
    ftai fq{qttdkoqft irErqft{r*riqsrn{l q tl
    Slc,hu 6. Astrologerspronounce the strength
    of
    a bhavasuchas the_Lagn,rto be amplearrd rhorcirghly
    b e ' c f i c e n tw h c n a r r i k o n a , t L r e4 t h , t h e 7 r h o ,
    th" ioth
    p l a c e t h e r c f r o mi s o c c u p i e db y a n a u s p i c i o u s
    p l a n e to r
    lnsc (bhavapa-thei'rd of the brrava)
    and is unoccupied
    or unaspectedby m;rlefic planets. A bhava
    ,uif.ru
    decay when the positions referredto aboveare
    different,
    ly occupiedand aspected rhe effectof a bhava
    will be
    mixed when the positions noted above are
    occupiedor
    acpectedby beneficand maleficplanetapromrsci:ouely.
    7fa *rqftvnt Adh. xI.
    - l v t v - - - - - - - - - - -

    aru([Iflrft Rqriltf(;dqtql qfiHq.|


    ffirsemqRgtrffifutrr
    ilfiTre{ffi Utrqqn{{i}il t}S
    qq*rft sorA rfr qqr{shqrri rqr( tl s }l
    Sloka 7. Of the Lagnaand other bhavasexamined
    in strccession,whichever bhava has ita lorJ occupying
    rays or
    the 8th place (from it) or obscuredby the solar
    in &preosion or in an inimical house, while no benefic
    planetsaEpector are aseociatedwith it, the astrologero
    lord
    d..lrr. thl total destruction of such a bhava' The
    being asso"
    of the bhavaconcernedeven in the event of
    producing any
    ciated with other planets is incapableof
    good effect.
    grqrt qISRt{i gft qw{rq+r
    {rqq qqt qd a {ffr rnqqli}rfll ll c ll
    Slok,t 8. Planets occupying a bhava cannot ad'
    vance it when its lord is in a g:vra (Duhothana-6th'
    or in a
    8th or 12th placefrom it) or an inimical house
    stateof ecliPscor imPotencc
    qr t
    qTqTiitrqimtgfr
    gsfu* ilsit qEI;T$tqr
    EI'{G dlqar<n( llq ll
    ftggnett$ilfbgfirgifh?irr
    or
    Slofrrr 9' A planet mly even be badly placed
    inimical
    occupya <qit (Navamsa)owned by a mrlefic,
    prove
    or its orvn dcpressionsign; ir will nevertheiess
    occupiedby it is
    bemficialwhen the Navausa or Rasi
    or of a friendly
    its own, or that o[ its exaltation sign
    it'
    planetno leseti.ranwhen bene{icplanetsaspect
    qiq{r#Fatt{R grQ r{IEq gioq t
    dmf\xstlM qrqsfrdaqr ll t" ll
    StrfO.lt tififhirtfqi ?rit
    Sloha 10. \l/hen ttrc p&rnerowning the sign
    occupiedby the lord of a bhava iii badly placed,the
    bhavabecoilegweak. Btrt wheo the planet rdarsi to
    aboveis in its exaltation,in a frietrdly sign c in itg
    own house,the astrologermay pronouncethe bhavr to
    be ffourishing.
    ffiilr qE[rriilqgdfi (Iiirt-;fi6 1
    ilfr.rEgRqoqrnqrfuR
    $'$k WRf*qffiar*q rr
    SloFc 11. When the lord of a bhava,rhe friends
    of the fiw lbhavapa) and the lord of rhe emltation
    sign of the, r+rqq (bhavapa) occupy the llth, the Znd
    and the 3rd placesin respect to the tr{rava,those plarreo
    advancethe strength of rhe bhava, provided they be
    not eclipsedor in an unfriendly sign or in depreosion.
    S\KCI{EK
    t-a frqfi-drrr qqqfrqqi mi(fl qTfircTr
    qTqnt{iEr t "qqfiqnftgrqT<{tm I B,Fqr:t
    ,rrqqrfr{df,}sfruqqRgfu i{qf{a errqr-
    q--qFqrqrciim:sg {aft rq;}q qil;qql qr( ll
    rnirrgeqstrg dqrartrfim{{qt6dRq+ r
    nqh* qrlqfiT+q A) *trftrhrn ffii Mq tt trti
    Sltha Ll. A planet producesthe full effect of the
    bhava in which ir is when its distance from the bhava,
    saadhi ie equal to that of the bhavamsa(rrrst{r= Eemi,
    bhava). When the planer has a less or greater dietance
    from a bhava,sandhi than a bhavamsa,itd ef{.ectmuat be
    alcertained by a rulc-cf-three procecs.
    NbIts.
    This slokais takenfrorr,afiqfffi (Sripotpddneroi,).
    90
    711 Etf,fqrailt Adh. n.

    ll enl QA +tlq"ha+t tl
    ffi qttgursngeTgaTft,
    Mqorfrwq{qF{rFilr u tl tt
    Sloha L3. The body, its hue, irs form, its charac,
    teristics, fame, qualities, happiness or unhappiness,
    residenceabroad,splendour,strength and weaknessare
    the products,Eaythe wise a$trologers,of the lst bhava.
    NorBs.
    This sloka appears in stil{(d The thrrd qr< (Padl) reads thus :
    d{rqfrrilrq-d-6,foil?.

    ilft{rstrqils gd od q+qM qqnilcnI


    u{ qe qftftftlhd *1frwrrrg&r$ostffir*t. tB
    Sloka 14. The more auspiciousthe rising eign ie
    f,t a perEon'sbirth, the longer will he live; the more
    will he command the respect of the rulers and the
    happier in coneequencewill he be. And if the rieing
    aign be also aapectedby its lord, he will be a masterof
    richee, quite a genius and a great credit to his family.
    NorBs.
    The fol{owing additional information regardinglength of tife
    is extracted from siT(qltt{tt

    d"t qffEftl
    ert o'q{qd nftrqqqqil
    qtg: qsiq afqaRnffigl.iifrriqTfigt r
    ftRa$ qffi rag,rlagnru<ng: €qA
    aseng<q).t eaefafig!:qrl<lgfl*qT( 1
    Efr eqeagqq-q}-qqSr{tga}
    o?TrsT{t{
    ad qr rilqtil"qq qfefrfA* wiqrg'gtq r
    nne,rtwrfigfrgqagqqifqqr'flqq,rg:
    .ls 16 qqrqEilsuqr{rs ?r5
    gp*se,iqtfiq:qrcs€qgqqct uo tqrlc[Rtt
    oil* q{q}q} g,rgt ofi q ddtRt
    qrtqrEg*nflffrrut qroi{Eitqr
    -ganrrfiRaqrqqqi<druq6fr-
    6cr.t qggqtuqgqlee{ nElgiqr{ tt
    qulq,rnfqosat,tngr{i{gq&*q e} t
    =g gudgaq rD {drTTg: qqqFaSfir;a: r
    urriiaq d EIfi: ila4lTeqrg{rfifrq
    r
    sqii qEqq fi* fti f,atgrrqlq 11
    qtoaeqr&owqaqr{Tfif{qqqi€rrr,
    fiqrqraq,ilfiolflnqqr der:g\al gfli: I
    s{tg:gs4:arrrvpry'frt}gr, qilQqi
    flTr*q';qqwrgiewftt,qr\,iqflasqr( u
    efrdt +oqd){qmlga'er.if =qfqa}qril
    n] q'.\rqoihqnfaga] qr;q q o'j nqt r
    qivi I qon-eqqqdlrqrg:qfiqrrftq:
    argriulrflegqriaa*6;qflc qros ft tt
    sn{ f}esjf qFHrTli{ q qq{{ |
    uvr agfr{di {zafi-qqT{,4q
    tl
    (fr <rcqrfiPrsqunft
    oetqqrft{geq{rer r
    {01Ehnrrr{tqrnqr&orrnru{grrrgwfr
    u t\ tl
    Sloka 15. An astrologer may declare the i*ature
    and peculiar features of a person fron the lord of the
    riaing Navamsaar his birtr. or from a powerfui planet
    occupyingthe Laqna. llrs hue shouldbe guessedfrom
    the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the lr4oon. All
    ?rs sfliF!ilEnErir Adh. xI.

    goodaod evil in the life of the per$onis to be ascertain'


    ed through the Lagna.
    Nores.
    cJ,III-76 supra.

    ffiqh;i qR ornt grrriht frua{tfqf qr t


    (tft ll lE ll
    gwarlnqil qord qg3{rgilnrq{r!
    Slttha 16. If at a person's birth the lord of the
    rioing sign being in great strength in the house of a
    beneficplaneg occupy a Kendra or Trikona position
    from the Lagna and be aspected by or associatedwith
    auapiciousplanets,the fameof the personborn will
    extend up to the four oceans.
    Norp$.

    This sloka appears in stdd{d. The reading there is gqqtqfatrt


    for qrrwnrrc.rt'
    cf. also the following sloka from thesame work'

    onrfqtgqgt qii qs,{ril*oqfifrqqQt g'refEg*I


    mqlfttqsRt qR qI elt flqrqfrlffiqnqlFqR{rg\ft
    ll

    ffint ftSrrtrftrhqlqTmqrqfttfht{r t
    rrqfrqqrtqrd}sqsrtfr
    qrq{aruri {Ed'l{.ii3 11lu ll
    Sloka L7. A person becomes obscure if, at his
    birth, the lord of the rising sign being in the hougeof a
    malefic planet, occupies the 6th, 8th or l?th place from
    tlre Lagna and is aspected by or associated $/ith a
    malignant planet.
    Norrs.
    For ihe 6rst rIT(, .$lil{(q reads o}qt t;rrrti s Et'

    slfr{nxrft fts{qE} iilril:<r{ ttftq|q


    frqQs RimttukcrffiFqt t
    st. 18-le qargtilstcr.l: 111

    - qrilqrdrr {ffigqtftxrqr g-dtr


    g:A
    +* dtr.tt gqr{st qlrrgd qr{t ll 14 ll
    S/ofra 18. If the lord of the *tffirrrq(Keerthibha'
    va), i,c. the 10th be in the Lagna,the person born will
    becomelamous. lf the planet be iir the Znd bhava and
    have attained its ex.rltation and other benefic vargaehe
    will have remarkablecelebrity. If the planetbe in a
    bad place,he v.zillbe knocked up by ceaselesstravelling
    or will be a knave. But if the planet occupy a Kendra
    or Trikona in conjunction with a beneficplanet, the
    personwill have easein travelling'
    Norns.
    This sloka tinds a Place in akF[{at'

    frtrqTfrftqertqR gqent{g*sqqr
    rrr{t q1qR qrqtn qfl{i o}'q{rd fter t
    xqffiqqd ao{Tf{i dGfiRirilqqr-
    asd qo{nfuftq qfi {r ffiHtflr*titmq tt
    Bloha 19. If the lord of the lst bhava occupy the
    5th or the 9th or being irr conjunction with the lord of
    the 5th or the 9th occupy the Lagna, the father of the
    person bcrn will be a famous man. If the lord of the
    3rd bhava be in the Lagnaor the +rw (Karaka-Mars) as
    well as the lord of the l*r{rnir (Bhratrubhava)be together
    in one houeeand posseosstrength, a brother of the
    personborn will becomerenowned.
    Norss.
    For the latter half of this sloka, ;rldefi'(€f
    has the following:

    oinrfFrrt ltqq<g(*.qft{'i+
    t
    iild: flqg€ ua e <gi HslgqT+{ifl:ll
    718 sfFfficrRqre Adh. xI.

    ffiq\ {r dA qqqfr o} gt oqn+gtil r


    wrF{t 'T$reilftflf frqrqqtdtrrqft qqrdlnRotl
    Sloha 2) When the lord of the 2nd bhava or
    Mercury is in the Lagnaor when the 2nd bhava is occu.
    pied by the lord of the Lagnaand when rhe bhava in
    either caseis strong and free from maleficaspect, the
    personborn will becomefamousfor his learning.
    Norrs.
    rrietiqc(Vidyadhipa) here 'ears the lorcl of the 2nd bhava ;
    (aide sloka 49 infra) and not that of the 4rh bhava referred to in
    XII-59 infra.
    The sarnerenrark applies to the tcrrrr grT.
    qqHfi qEfrfid qfrrqd agqdfr{r r
    dtqfiqRmi'gfi qq tqfr qnittirTo{r{T{ ut(tl
    S|oku 21. If the lords of the grh and the lst bha,
    vas from the Lagna be in thei'r respective bhavasor if
    the lords of the 1scand tlre 9th occupy the 9th and the
    lot respectively, and if the planets in their several
    pooitions be aspectedby or associaredwith Jupiter, rhe
    personborn will enjoy good luck for a long time,
    omftqq6{qt agqft} $EEsqirQt{r r
    irnTfirtEr{rfr ft{t{t ilq tfumqqg'w** RR
    Slohu 27. A person wiil abide in the placeof his
    birth when a planet occupyingthe l2th place from that
    of the lord of the Lagna happens to be in exaltation or
    in a friendly house or is aspectedby a planet that is
    friendly or is in exaltation or when that Rasi ie occu-
    pied by a friendly planer.
    o}qrFrt R-oqqfrfr
    CtirqnSft
    qrfrqtft RmurgwqTfrT
    Et qqr
    sI.23-25 qsEfrsqrql 7le

    e*qRrffi ftqc.oi itosrfrqr-


    qeqflqqiTqifu;qfrqaqrqrftqrdr
    rriq ll Rl ll
    Sloka 23. When the lord of the l2th house from
    that occupied by the lord of the Lagna is the latter'E
    enemy or is in depression or vreak,the person born
    goesto a foreign country. He will abide permanently
    there if the "qqq(Vyayapa) referredto abovebe aspected
    by Venus in the capacity of a friend. His haunt will
    be a small township if the same6zT{FI (Vyayapa) be
    eclipaedby the Sun ; if the aqqq(Vyayapa) be posseesed
    of strength,the haunt will be a wealthy municipality'

    trtniqqi froeqqff( h ildluTi\ti


    ftrd1qT*{t gqsi qTffi rilil{s I
    +dtrsqqatqt
    Rfr rrRBll
    fE-qtegiftffqqwfiqrqmqt
    Stoka 24, When the lord of the i'2th place from
    that occupied by the lord of the lagna is in a Kendra or
    Trikona from the lst bhava, and in a Rasi which is a
    friend's house, its own or its exaltation sign and has
    auspiciousplanets on eachside, the person born will be
    a sojurner in regions pieasingto the heart. If the tqqc
    (Vyayapa)referred to above be aspectedby Jupiter, the
    Moon or Venus, he goesto a charmingly beaucifulland;
    but if this rqqc(Vyayapa) occupy the Znd place from
    the lord of the Lagna and be unfriendly to the latter,
    tfie person will abide in his native land.
    qi estt q(+estI
    ffkr,{r{{ qtt itr€?r
    fui qat i{gqrnTsirr qr( ll R\ ll
    iMtftrlR}riTf}Eat
    Sloha 25, When a moveable Ergn is the Lagna
    7zo utQnvawil Adh.xI.
    ancl its lord is in a moveable Rasi and aspectedby pla'
    netr occupying moveable Rasis,the person born will
    have his fortune in a foreign country. When an
    immo'veable sign is the Lagnaand its lord is algoin an
    immoveablesign and aspectedby planetsoccupying ia'
    moveablesigns,the personwill be in his own country;
    exceedingly prosperous and possessed of abundant
    wealth'
    Norss.
    This sloha appears also in clild{d.

    ftnftt aqtt ftgg qlqerlqrggfugt t


    {6[r+ rcqr *qar in Eil({IosTdrsqqr
    *qgtlf llRqll
    S/oftc 6. S/hen the lord of the Lagna ie a malefic
    planet and occupies the 6th place {rom the Lagna being
    associatedwith Saturn in a malefic sign, the person
    born wiH be like a Sudra. And if Rahu or Ketu take
    the placeof Saturn in the above,the person will be a
    Chandalaor somc equally low person in his habits.
    G{r&tlirrnnftrghrdqqt aggis}ft|
    offit F€ftqlrrtgse|rltiwd i qft n te tl
    Stoka 77. When the lord of the Lagna is in an
    auspicioussign and is possessed of strengh,'theperson
    born will be in good ease having a command of all
    bodily comforts. When the planetin the Lagnais in a
    depreosionor inimical Navamsa and happensto be the
    lord of a E:tqrr (Dusthhana), the person bcrn will lacr
    bodily comforts.
    cf , sldd(d
    o*q: T{H{F.qnAqnqn}eqrRfqqraift t
    draqEoqr{rq(sfine g\ftrnAilF€{;qq1
    €I( ll
    91.28-80 rttril*${rq:

    qqtr#rqqilrq S{orqR qqr* q sd r5{r llR'4ll


    Stoha 28. If the three planets owning the 6th,
    the 8th and the t2th bhavas from the Lagna be connect-
    ed with the Lagna, one of them aspecting it, another
    owning it and the third occupying it, and if they at the
    sametime be in their inimical or depressioneigns devoid
    of all strength, they can do no good at the time of the
    ripening of their severaldasaperiods.
    s* qafrgrrt€fr milr,dtqgflE{F(t
    ilmi\\ fiqtnr q(nd frtqrP'{i ffiggfrqr$3ll qq ll
    Stoka 29. When the Lagna is a watery sign and
    is occupiedby benefic planets,astrologersdeclarestout,
    neesof perscn as the effect thereof. When the lord of
    the Lagna occupies a watery sign and is in conjunction
    with beneficplanets,the personborn, say tfieaetrologera,
    will have a sound constitution.
    Norrs.
    iq the 3rd
    alq.ld ls the reading adopted in srad{d for ilqei
    stt of this sloka.

    ilnrfrt aT{rqtc g6{{Ifi aiil msqth 6ict]( |


    wriqqrqiqnrlta1qr gci[q{! arrggsqqrg! ll 1,oll
    SloAa 30. When the lord of the Lagna is in the
    the
    8th bhava and in a dry sign, astrologerssay that
    personborn will have great bodily suffering' If the
    iord of the Rasi in which is the planet owning the
    Navamsa occupied by the lord of the Lagna bg a
    planetowning a dry sign, the effectwill be emaciation'
    Nores.
    Sornebooks rea& oei{qs{iaq<tiaatqr
    9l
    722 crrdifcrftvrrt Adh.x{.
    qsllt Ftg€str€gqfr qrnjsftrft,ir
    r+r
    *d oqqisqilqiqqfig$ froirft\ r
    ilint aqiiuuiffi tutqG qtn
    oi ttrqfrqiur'.qcrgr
    iaaotEre{rqu Qt tl
    Sloka SL When rhe iord of the Lagna is between
    two inimical planets,the person born will be in dread
    of enemies. lf Keru or Rahu be in the l.agna and the
    lord thereof be in a 6'elrq (Dusrhhana dth, flth or l2th),
    the personwill suffer privatit_rnof some limb in the
    ripening of thc dasaof the lord of the T_ragoa and in the
    antardasaof the lord of the {ich irnr:se(ir.m the lord of
    the Lagna). If the lord of tire 6rh house from the Lagna
    occupy it in conjuncticln with Rahu or Ketu. an ulcer
    will breakout in the bodv.
    NorBs.
    f iris appearsi' ."1{ri4i{r.;t. ln the 3r<iql,i, tiT'j.l:Jrs the reading
    a d o l ; t e <tlh e i c f , . r rl e 1 1 1 1 , tt h r : t e r t .
    q

    ToITAmqK OcFtTtls;(ffiWur {til ilrtr1Tqq1T(t


    {ir_l11 A _____ \ \ \ \

    g{eta{Rqr{ n iq tl
    grarrEt
    ofrrytrftifatrihmt
    .S/crftn
    31" If rhe iorcl of rhe Lagnacccupyinga
    Trikona or a Kendra be devoid of strength,the person
    born wili be ailing. If the lord of the house occupied
    by the lord of thc Lagna be in a S:t'{tit (Dusthhana),he
    will havea weak constitucion.

    (tr'irsthatf). Tr,. f.,rro),"rltl;-r leacli'gro rhesameefiect


    is given in nki{(Qf.

    {:Fqrqt{Tfigdi fieaqrd fie* n C ilq'Tff tqrd.ti


    qmtrtaqitrdrreqaro.qrftrrmr
    r
    -irr
    r \ \
    ilrtt tai grQoqd ilsE ti{rqr{ tf il tl
    sI.33*35 {Prfifrscqrqr 723

    troi
    12th, 6ch or 8th bhava (from the Lagna) in conjunction
    with a maleficplanet destroys the bodily health of the
    personborn. He will be ailing if the lord of the lst
    bhava in conjunction wich the lord of the 6th occupies
    a grtflil (Dusthhana)or the Lagna.
    ori qqrt u{ii qodi*sfrq}rr{r{t
    6Qtrg{d frlqtfr-qtih3f,.6qffi n tB tl
    Sloha 34. When a malefic planet is in the Lagna
    and the iord thereof is without strength,the person
    born will ba sickly. He wiil be o{ a fretful temperif
    the lord of the Lagnab: weak; exempt from ailmentif
    the lord of the Lagnabe in a Kendra or Trikona.

    ti{fucrrqirt ilu't g+"iuiq r


    rrriurrr;rnuiriiridillqrq
    g**, n {\ fl
    S / o f r a 3 5 . I f t h c l o r d o f t h e s i g n o c : u p i e db y t h e
    lord of the Lagnabe in the 8th piacc from the Lagna,
    the person will be weak. Bhavas generally become
    weak when their lortlsarc in Rasis of which the owners
    are badly placed(1.c.are in 6:q?nql)uhstirana).
    uqkqldratfr.irhm u{q;qqirt
    o* *'i ;Trfliru?qwurdrc'rqrfafu
    rrQQtr
    Sloku 36. A pcrson has an enlargedscrotum as
    the conaequence of the conjunction of Rahu and Mars
    or of Rahu and Satiirn. S/hen Mars occupies the
    Lagna,an astrolcgermay predict swelling in the navel,
    ankleand in the testicles.
    oit qRitrqt ft;mwrnfrnqrt'hi
    EilrrTrirr{
    EgfrqErq
    6{tngrwtqrftrsrfrrr
    721 sRf€fiftrfi Adh. xl.

    s{dEft.rttrt?q gt wtrsftrfiS}.qt
    g wffifr
    mil onaqfr t}ft Tq.tt l\e ll
    Stoha 37. If the lord of the Lagna occupying the
    12th bhava be in conjunction with the lord of the 6th
    bhava from that occupied by the Sun, the personborn
    will get readily married,b: characterizedby much hair
    about his person,have a slim f igur.: lnd a hue composed
    of red and whire. If the iord of the 6th bhavafrom the
    Lagnabe also in conjunctionwith th: lord of the Lagna
    in tbe aboveposition, the personboru will be dark in
    personalappearance ; but if Rahu be with the lord ol
    the Lrgna,the perscn concern:dwilI surelyrun the risk
    of treacheryor poison.

    ffiti qrq+TrqI
    ont Ut tilqfi€ffis iTI€rTRgd
    gldi 'tiurwgtEriit ont g qlaqFlnuttfrIrlEf
    ll 1c ll
    Slofra 33. A personwill b: htppy from his child'
    hood when the Legnais auspicicusand is aspectedby
    beneficplanetsprovideC there are no malefic ones in
    the Lagna. But if sev:ral maleficplanetl should be in
    the Lagna,the p:rson bcrn wiil b: unhappyfrom first
    to last.

    tqdmtfi s* onitrnirgdrr*
    t
    u.l gqqi{t q.qri freqqlqqr(ll lq ll
    S/oic 39. A personwill be happy in the middle
    and concludingportions of his life if, at the time of hie
    birth, Venus hasattainedDevalokamsr(rririr Adhyuya L
    ,5/.46),the lord of thc Lagnaa Gopuramsa(aidt ArIhya.
    ya I . S/. 45) and benefic phneto aspectthe rising sign.
    st. 40-44 5qqftstqrcr 715

    ori gt qi flt h-i qrqtqi.qtt


    ortEi qsqitr qr* gtd ftI; gt{{ ll 8o ll
    Sloha 40. When there is a benefic planet in the
    lst bhava, but a malefic one in the 2nd as well as in a
    Kendra, and when the lord of the Lagnahas attained the
    LJttamamsa,the person born suffers misery in early life
    and ie h.ppy thereafter.
    ofiir gqqrf{r&gqqqftfti'qtI
    .ilgriuut qrsfrfreilsililt gt*q.ll 8l ll
    S l o f t c 4 1 . W h e n t h e lord of the Lagna occuPiesa
    beneficsign and is asPectedby a beneiic planet or har
    attained a Gopuramsa,the person born will be h.PPY
    after his 16th year.
    s,trrqirnl| g t;n*uriq{S I
    or\ n qsdgkfrrraskqigt*q.ll 8R,ll
    Sloka 42. When the planet owning the Navamca
    occupie<lby the lord of the Lagna is in a Kendra, a
    Trikona or exaltation,or is in the 1lth bhava pos*tsed
    of strength, the person born will be happy after thl
    first 30 years of his lifc'

    oot eqrRqet qlE{tfsoqPqi 1


    ilqt{t iEilq* qoqoirq€H;t: ll 81 ll
    qditr €{oitar qrftqri{rtqqfiihil t
    ilqqs* 4(gfr trqrwF'iqfl gd ll 88 ll
    S/olas 43-44. When the Lagnais aspectedby t'he
    sun and other planets,tire effect in che sevetal caseson
    the person born is given in order in the sloka-quarttrrs
    planet, the
    that follow: lf the Sun be the aspecting
    728 qRrrttrRwril Adh. xI.

    his father; if the Moon, he will engagein sea-borne


    tradeand be opule.t; if Mars, he will be virtuousand
    bavea brgmembrumztirile; if Mercury, he will have
    Iearning,artistic skill and fame; if Jupiter, he will be
    Lonoredby his sovereignand devoutry observantof
    religiousvows; if Venus,he will beaddictedto women
    of ill,fame,opulentand voluptuous.
    q;Eetfturi g Eqffi qd tqorr
    *-|ITar€ti
    or{ \ilftrtrEE{rd( il B\ tl
    Sloka 45. If Saturn aspectsthe Lagna, he
    will
    bave agedwives, will be uncleanand be mischief,making.
    If no planet aspect the Lagna, the astrologe. shouft
    make his prediction in accordancewith the planet
    connected with the sgrrftr (Lagna Rasi).

    oA srdiiqt nqr (M il qfr gqt I


    fiAf\isfud dpd nqst rruirq{ tf uq tl
    },loka +6. When the Lagnais aspe*ed by its lord,
    the person born will be either a king or his favorite,
    wcalthy and well-off. lf the Lagna be aspecred by
    an
    auspiciousplanet,all will be auspicious. If bv an evii
    planet,everythingwill turn out ill.

    sd orf ETr@t{€u Zfr u*( r


    wi x?Ttgrn trsil gf(fi rnq{ilGtq!ll 8s fl
    Sloha 47. When the Lagna is aspectedby
    two or
    more beneficplanets,the person.bornis happy.
    When
    it ia aspectedby all the beneficplanets,he wifl be a king.
    When there are three benefic planetsin the Lagna,th"e
    effect on the per$on born is, he wiil make a good ting.
    sr 48-60 qtFtftnmrs 721

    If there be three -tlefic planetsin the Lagna,he witl be


    uohappy.
    oqrftfrsRruqngfrreel
    itqfuei grrtqin{drfiqri: r
    e3tR'Fffirfiftrgr
    n{ g0{gffitruoprr n Bdtl
    Sloha 48. The lord of the rising sign when poc,
    gessedof great strength and unaspectedby malefic
    planets, but aspected by benefic ones rnd occupying a
    Kendra position wards off death and secures to the
    child long life gracedwith the strong virtues of a vigo,
    rouE Bovereignty.
    Norrs.
    See Adhyaya lV. Sloka 83, supra.

    ll srE Udqt?1qsoqll
    Irtv
    Rii AT Rqrilqgril{:fil?
    ai gd Rq q I
    frHiqenffqrfi tri*fttilfid figr n B\ ir
    Sloka 49. Wealth, visual power, ease, learning,
    speech, householdand food-these, the astrologerEre,
    cognise ao regularly derivablefrom the ZnJ bhava.
    qfrgir ffifs'r qrqil
    fr-qtqtffiT{rrn
    sr,rdT{orqfrfrqgErc$tR,fr
    iv'rr t
    ileenlqnrf\ftngTrilqFm
    oriiT rtftrrqttftrqgtont rgFqqr{ u \o tl
    S/o&a 50. A person will have exceedingwealth
    (1) when the 2nd, the tlth and the lst bhavas in bic
    horoscope are occupied by their lords ; (2) when thc
    iT.""" 131"
    ","-"
    ""","",.""*w"..""
    lsr&ofthe?ndandthe llth bhavar are in the IIth
    bhava and happen to be in q*a (swakehetra), lneiu
    (Mithrakshetra) or in ereltation: (3) wheo the lorJs of
    the llth and the Znd bhavas, being friendly planete'
    occupy the Lagna and lastly (4) when the lord of the
    Lagnair in it in conjunction with the lordt of the 2nd
    and the tlth bhrvdq.
    Norrs.
    Tbis sloka is also in sEl6{(t'
    Tbe following wealth'prbducing yogas are extracted frqm
    {l} cqtcr-I{r(
    qilqoft+fatft {\' t
    {q'Tltqrq*fi
    rr,ptf+n:saii S+€q qtqi ll
    +ehegrlm ftgqft{rtrrrfk{rq FrdI
    €frar qR qTfrftm qftft} qr+f,qd' {ft, r
    urcfitft?fiqrqqgt;qFqflqnrdftuqr
    emqqn4ilqqilqT a&*l dafi q{ tl

    Safgq"ftq(Fqgar€NoqfFqil
    gla uf4qtfril g{g* {a gs5sq1
    arntgrat fit atSg'qiaql-
    qrEfi ti&( dqfq+'noTiq( tt.
    *riuegirm figgfinrig onte<r
    qiaiFrrftaal .reqfr qsf*w 46qqqI
    reqtqiqGt qfiaqqfq:h-eB+)qfrqnr
    n*,<r*qettfrqqfif\ft o qqtri frq: tl
    fqaqft'la* qEr{gdtt€q€qn{tqilr
    fqfaal<*{6i{t&ni:1
    mq&qnrfi*qift
    ;r;.frn'rftft :,tlFqql
    ::;1qfi:
    qrya)tql'e$6fia
    s. cr qFft$]silrqs Ttg

    ilfr H {ilil qg sn{. ffia nild' n


    qfrn:wfi +FsfrR qq ds g e.{rr
    qaqft:I
    aqlrr6+lf*ftfeaaugtfr\
    fttqr qftipg.I qqqR€qfRqRa'I
    qt qTqrffqrqswftilrigffifr: I
    (z) qkTifi(€r
    qord t
    ofraneqiqlqfitxrftqsfrqatnrftqil
    tilfr+tt uR qsrrt q-qrftt.qtini qrlsil tt
    q
    oriq\q ffit urufrrqrt+i=qFqtqrqogaqia* r
    tilfqdmgt gqefgg+alt eg-.exaolqfiilgnql: tt
    Gtq\q nRt qqd{rqrqillftqeqaqqrqqefrg* t
    tiR*aryi qrqlqqrtiri agravaorqfiilgnql: tt
    +qiftti nfqt qq<rftqrtelaifFqnq-qt{rqiitq\q t
    Ebqggqttir gtrefz*il mil ag.anqort{gtfdql€Att
    orrtorq,rqtgqAfr+ dli ge.e,Riraf{iTfrniiiI
    gqiril qqqfrFnqinqr\ e! +geuaolr$ftqr* tt
    daat uati rawg orit ef\+ituatraeexoigtr
    e]"efq*qei gqdgtqI qrf,:e{t'iqqifrrgx+ft:tt
    q{qt'{frqelqGeratq: *'qfFqafuqlqftangara t
    titqfiqrmgilvqtrftrat*fat ef iqeilifiaqqtqt' tt
    e.irsgraqiwfirqaftra* qtq sfto] qqqFg flx: I
    *-efi+]qsQteqQurtfiqtn:eqtiqiift egr+lt:tt
    q*qqre:q{*'fififf ri Affm qqqq{dlq;I
    ffiqrd$fit wrorqtft riur disrrsqrtqgt( ll \t ll
    Sloka 5L. Note first the planeroccqpyingthe Znd
    rhava; next, the planet aspectingthat bhava; tbirdly,
    9Z
    730 qtnTdlilt Adh.xr.
    the planet owning it. In the ripening of the dasasof
    theseplanets will the perlon concerned get his vtealth
    through a source indicated by the Varga attained by
    the wnrrfir (Dhanakaraka).
    qra qt ilrt ftftqr{ ro{gi t
    c\
    w wqdgt {qqriiso dq rr\i tl
    Bloka 52" When the lord of the Lagna occupies
    the 2nd bhava in strength, the person born will pessess
    a treaEure If the planet in question be weak and asso,
    ciated with a malefic planet, the person concernedwill
    suffer the consequence of deception or other trick
    practisedupon him.
    qafuarqrrsdtrsler wdfrqrtwfqilffl t
    ftnsv:d qffirdrqrg( qlt\ gsqilFqfriil n\lfl
    Sloha 53. When the planet occupying the 2no
    bhava is aepected by a malefic planet and is unfriendly
    to the lord of that bhava or in depression or eclipsed
    by the Sun'grays, the personborn will suffer pecuniary
    loss in the ripening of the dasa of that planet, The
    samething happenowhen the planet in question in its
    progresEthrough the zodiac becomes powerful for evil.

    $gr{qfi qg+{gt qqtnaq}qqtrord r


    qgtrftrc.Jfrqi {Tq{ q}emrqrfiqrgrn \s tl
    Sloha 54, When thc 2nd bhava is occupied by
    many (benefic) planets and the qrffir$r (Dhanakarala) ia
    poreessedof atrenglh m occupies its exaltation, a friend,
    ly sign or its own house ;fue person born, say the
    artrologere, will be getting wealth till the moment of
    his death.
    sl. 65-5? qsrq{tss{q: 73r
    Nores.
    s-{tr{ (Dhanaprada) may also rrean the lord of the znd
    bhava.

    itqrdit qlqlhr g* urd q qrilft{ {tft |


    qreRtqgrtirni}qilaqi qr( \\
    qril€rr;T€rfiar
    Stoka 55. When the lord of the Znd bhava is in
    the Lagna associaredwith the lord of the 3rd, the person
    born will get wealth acquired by a brother. If the lord
    of the 4th bhava take the placeof the lord of the 3rd
    bhava in the abovc,the pcrson concerrtedwill inherit
    property from his mother. Generally, wealth comesin
    conncction with that bhava whereof the lord occupies
    the Lagna in conjunction with the lord of wealth.

    iiqpfiir urt oqErtfiqqrisqafr iiqiq t


    qmrEdo{rq+artrq aoqor 'Fqtifrftrqr{\E
    a
    S/ofur 56. When the lord of wealth occupiesthe
    Lagnaand the lord of thrt bhava occupics the Znd,
    wealth comesto the person born without any effort at
    all. Whatever bhava the lords of the lst and ?nd
    bhavasmay together occupy, it is through that bhava
    that acquisition of wealth on the part of men usually
    takesplace.
    ff(i SEGttIqi ghor ftttiqel {ffII q I
    *.t g*det q q{ qEEr{trEttqr u \s tl
    Sloka 57. When the Moon occupying the Znd
    bhava is aspectedby Venus, tire person born will be
    rnunificent If Mercury in the 2nd bhava be aspected
    by a berefic planet, he will have, be it remembered
    wealth at his commandat all cimes.
    782 wwrqrM AdL )n.

    qqlffi qr ffi ffiqi (fu{ qrt ae sPdHi$qr


    qmrtq a€{dr{stfr Er}sdr
    iGg wt{frfrr ri,rcp
    Sloha 58. Note in what quarrer the lord of the
    Znd bhava is; it is in that quarter chiefty that men will
    find their prosperity during the dasa period of the tord
    of che 2nd bhava:for when moving ordinarily the planet
    leadsto the acquisition of wealth in the region indicated.
    If it be retrograde ar the time of birth, there will be
    acquisition of every valuablething in all quarters.
    qlt ornigt or*+$rnrri I
    ilrgfr*qfr qr&m{rt €'nfrqr{,rriq rr\q ll
    S l o k a 5 9 . I f t h e l o r d o f t h e 2 n d b h a v ab e i n t h e
    l l t h a n dt h e l o r d o f t h e l l t h b e i n t h e 2 n d o r t h e 1 l t h ,
    or if the lords ol the 2nd and the l lth bhavasf rom the
    Lagna occupy a Kendra, the personborn wili be wealthy
    and renowned.
    €tqera+
    qTntqrrt ori arqqdt sqftqa:r
    \\\
    f,fl{ gq(Ezra rrf,rFaqqgFrr{: ll
    qil qqqsq 6qtt'fl+rfisqqrt
    ortir ftgr-uQaqi il fi;rr{Fr{ 1 Q. tl
    Sloka 60. If the lord of the 2nd bhava be in the
    12th or the 6th, or the lord of the 12th in the 2nd, and
    the planet owning the tlth occupy the 6th, the 8th or
    the lZth, the effect will be loss of wealth.
    qtt ffit {oEffrtI
    aqqqmqfr
    ghdi{i o} ft-{nrdqq'frer
    n qq rl
    sI.61-64 qsrqcfrsqrq;

    t,
    the lord of the Znd bhava is without strength and the
    Lagnais not aspectedby benefic planets,the astrologer
    shouldpredict loss of wealth.
    oirrrqflrRr€ qiir onnrihi I
    ortt qrfior0 ftuqritqqqwqq n ERll
    Sloho 62, If the lord of the Lagna occupy the 2od
    bhava and the lord of the latter cccupy the l lth or the
    lord of the llth occupy the lst, the person born will
    get treasureor other valuableproperty.
    NorBs.
    etirir .{ i{,ze.i is another reading'

    o*rqqalTFi{rs q(IlJqiqrrigets
    t
    ttfrqiqr.rrErsfitrErfiid,{ir rrtq ti Ql rt
    Stoku 63. When the lords of the lst, llth, 2nd
    and the 9th bhavashaveattainedtheir highest exaltation
    Navamsa,or Vaiseshikamsas(uide Adhyaya I. sl,44'
    471,the petson born will be lord of a crore or crores.
    Cf. {{iriii.mqft
    oainrrqqrlrn, KqlqinRgar:t
    tirft,rit ofit nqr+]frairqtd.rt
    Rtqffir=sAqiir lffirt t
    qrqqu{{€gh Totq€}qiqtl ll EB ll
    Sloku 64, When the lord of the Znd bhava is
    eclipsedby the Sun's rays and in depression and in a
    malefic 60th portion of a sign. the person born will
    becomeplunged in debt.
    NorBs.
    For tbe same eflect the following yogai quoted in at6f61iil.
    134 qftriF(TtREfrd Adh.xr.
    q|Eqi qsq* q
    "qt s +qlqil qqg* fi? r
    ur<iqilar gr+d\rr} ;nqrQf\icoRl*qK' tl
    g*;gaqnmtiu$rcitqrrqr: I
    q{gtfrt}tre*,fi'qeilq1 ll q\ ll
    SloAa 65. A person b:comes night,blind when
    Venus, the Moon and the lord of the 2nd bhava are
    together in one bhava. When the Sun, Venus and
    the lord of the lst bhava are invisiblc (beingin that
    portion of the zodiacwhich compriscs thc bhrvas from
    2 t o 1 , b o t h i n c l u s i v e ) ,t h c p e r s o n c o n c c r n e dw i l l h a v e
    eyeeof medium,visual power.
    NorEs.
    This ( s+ in qm€:) in the liglrt of Sloka 5s of Adhyaya 6
    s h o u l db e t a k e n t o r e f e r t o t h e l s t b h a v ao r t h e L a g n a .
    cf . qRIdtd+K
    gm:ftgfb*,il qgRfifh qt' !ts{tq;sa;{'
    q;qtFg: nrtgt<grr{ilfi: q5qqrfi rfdsit: ll
    Also
    gn"g'otngt taart fi{q-q: qwtqeDg}i I
    gilfi qr ontlq gh warilqTd;qi qEqa{retn tl
    I
    ftsqftTrnilqsgtil ftWqqfbruiil'Tlnils
    crrrstt QQtt
    fk(tfrFlqnn{r{utft
    frusqq;qsrr
    Sloka (,6, If the lords of the lst, 2nd, 7th,9th and
    tlre {.th bhavasoccupy the 6th, 12th and the Sth, and if
    Venug be associated with the Lagna, the person born
    will be blind.
    Notes.
    Some books read qd{t:
    This sloka appearsin alfld(Qfrvitlr a diflerent reading for the
    3rd ct('aa., Rorrqqi;qrrtikilt q1
    sl.6?-s9 ttrFrqlftsqrq: 186

    fter gertl{gfrRs} atrr*rflqwnqr(rI


    qittqtql qR sqqrfi {utq rtrt *qq?+eit€Is qe
    Sloha 67. When Venus occupies the Lagna in
    conjunction with the lord of the 5th and the 5th bha,
    vas,the person born will run the risk of losing his eyes
    in consequenceof the displeasureof his sovereign.
    When the lord of the 2nd bhava and Mars are ln the
    Lagna, professors of astrology declarethe effect to be
    ear,ache.
    cf. qrcmGil
    nqrfiarqlnRhfqerqoia adlq faouattt
    atq ,{}ti fiitfr+ iaqromlqla{i€qril: rl
    x;qnffi gib*agt ti,ft dr g Hrrp t
    i* qErqrqrgiqqltqia €t (fr wutiT: tl Ed ll
    Sloha 68. When Saturnand lvfarsare togetherin
    the 2od bhavawhich is occupiedby its lord in conjrnc-
    tion with crFE(Mandi), the effectwill be eye-diseare.
    If therebe severalmaleficplanets in the Znd bhavaand
    Saturn aapectthe same,the person born will have
    dieeased eyes(will be blear,eyed).
    NotBs.
    This sloka appearsboth in IH{{RT and eel*iii-dtqfi. a rofe'
    rence to these two works enablesus to get at the antecedent of
    dT in the above slolia as referring to the 2nd bhava.

    t}{ri g{si gqgi}gfsQrirI


    gqt{ufut qrsfrgq€q( rh q*( ll qq tl
    SioA<r69 Wh:n the lord of the Znd bhava is
    associatedwith or acpectedby benefic planetsor occu,
    pies a Navamsa owned by them, the person born will
    have fine eyec.
    736 qt(TcrRqft Adh xL

    cf. qRffi(6

    snfti nl'qqfq gh q-orflqtantQdtt t


    t* g\ nqqia{t il ft'qrFqa,n}'qErnqta' tt
    qrfrqft$Ur*rgt Tfirt U*R,.d.rtFqt
    nariqR*'q{,iffii Erqfufififr3ql
    wrcaqdsQftR-{r5{t'ft\AAilqt
    qnr +IEqUwU{qilri u* q qftfqt 11so ll
    Sloha 70. When a benefic planet is in the Znd
    bhava occupying its exaltationand other benefic vargas,
    the person born will be fair-faced. If the Znd bhava
    consiet of the vargasof an auspicious planet, he will
    without doubt acquire the faculty of speakiogwell. If
    Mars aspectedby the Sun cccupy the uawn (Dhanabha'
    w), the person gets sTrEI{tq* (Ajyasparsa). If Rahu
    aspectedby a malefic planet occupy the 2nd bhava, he
    will have to subsist chiefly on the coarse grain called
    *qq (Kodrava).
    Norps.
    This sloka appearsto have beenpatched up out of two slokas
    from qftd{d. The following is the latter half for the 6rst two
    lines.
    qrftt q€flgt grrgi <ilqrRq,iFqt
    tie}l qongegqsh qT{nk}fr Bqq.tt
    cf , sclifi.{rcft
    q.qF{qq sfR?iqfs {}u} fiirsrqTftqadirgqnt qTt
    Sq ffftagt q;uTqilt FqFqFgilRfiqii qqsfif,f,Fflt: ll
    .IIGcic?iis said to be a kind of Prayaschitta.

    oqremWsil St qrrcifkt t
    srrqgdsftSftqi trtqF( qqFwl ll \el ll
    st"?1-?4 q6r{rfrsqrq; 737

    Sluka 71. When one of the two planets-the Sun


    or Mars,-occupy the Lagr:a the 7th, the 2nd or the
    8th and is aspectedby the other, errcctt{i(Ajyasparsa)
    cr risk of fire or small,poxmay happen.
    Norr,s.
    Cornparethe follorving two lines frour "ilr{d{Rfwhich consti-
    tute the latter half of the last trvr: lines of the previous sloka.

    drrrffirrrqnTs(lf;irg
    5i gdsaaraqiq
    eit;qFqiq?lrfsdtlaqqqr :,ilenq tt
    eqfirft.f\
    Also
    fieassuqfiarrr\fttag.n fofaqggtr
    StE ur 4TRiasdD
    rn:zifsiift liqE4oirer
    tl
    qfidi s€qT+Edqrqtq{ti{i I
    *wair ;r(f qlqi(Elirgiburflain sR tl
    Sloka 12, When the :ird bhava rs occupied by
    m a l e f i cp l a n e t st,h e p c r s o nb o r n w i l l b e u g l y , f a c e do r
    foul,mouthed. If tlig bhava be aspect:dby a malefic
    planet,he will be fretful; if rire lord of that bhavabe
    associated with Gulika, he will be wicked
    qggi{Eardnq ilt g€q* qErI
    drqffirqrl0 gg€f gqEtftt u uQ11
    Sloka 73. S/hcn the lord of the 2nd bhavaoccu-
    pies a Kendra, the persorrborn will have a beamingfacc
    and be {ortunate. lf the planec be in its exaltation,in
    its own or a friendly varga and aspectedby a bencfic
    planet,the personwill be fair"f;iced.
    qrlirrqir{rW+ q gt€rrEtr;ffiEnrrErr?q+ qI
    qr* uili ilar q;rnqr arTqflarftniil{flqggqft uu
    ?38 qRrcqrftdrt Adh. xI.

    Sloka 74. When the lord of the Znd bhavaasso,


    ciated with Rahu occupiesa g:eiliT (Dusthhana) and is
    in conjunction with the lord of the Rasi occupied by
    Rahu, the pereon born will have tooth diseasein the
    ripening of the dasaof the lord of the 2nd bhava and in
    the eub-periodbelonging to that planet, and a tongue
    malady in the sub,period of Mercury.
    cf . ;lEr;n{Gt
    qrqrqtqeq?rsrt] ngftrrmnlfuqugt
    qTI
    q-dlRiiq: qaqq kvi g.i\ iritqt qqef-'dirSI: tl

    ilgGiltqu€fiwfrTgdt
    qrilr{ttR rrdtrrrrft{sgq.I
    EritFr*(ffii Tfirfrmft
    ,frqTt* ffiarM qtaq. u e\ tl
    Slahu 7i. If Rahu and tbe lord of the 2nd bhava
    be in conjuncrlon with the lord of the 3rd bhava, the
    person born will become iiable to a throat dieeaseof a
    'fhe
    severe type. Sun and Saturn in the 2nd bhava
    engenderpoverty. Mars and Saturn in the samebhava
    produce every kind of disease.

    wqdt g{gt il{rt q5ilr*q r


    nr6q g (fr dtqeffi nr ttuQ11
    Sloka.'16, When the lord of the 2nd bhava is in
    the 8th place therefrom in conjunction with Jupiter,
    dumbnees will be the consequence. In every casein
    which a planet is in exaltation or in its own houre, it
    doee not produce the evil referred to above.
    .Norris.
    Comparewith this the trrst'half of sloka 79 infra"
    sl. 77-80 {rsr{tfrssqrq: 789

    {FfrWrqt}gftf*d rnrig q I
    hls il kslt {r qd n RqqrFqirs
    lt qr tl
    Sloha 77. If the lord of the 2nd bhava,
    Mercury
    and Jupiter occupy the gth bhava from ir, ih. p.rron
    born will be destitute of learning. If they be
    in a
    Kendra, Trikona or in a Swakshetra,
    he will have
    acquaintancewith somebranch of knowledge.

    ftKtigft ftt tr{sqanJ


    q+qr
    eiiEr&tS+dil qfira{Tri{qnrr
    u uc tl
    Sloha 78. If Mcrcury be weak in the 2nd bhava,
    the personborn will be killed in a ,Juel.
    If Jupiter and
    the lord of the 2nd bhava be ugeakin the 2nd
    bhava,
    the personconcernedwill have wind dieease.

    *ttqq F$F. Ut qqriwqi q qil |


    {r${Ri d.qgt fHrtr knft'rt n tqt q irFdttl
    Sloka 79. When the lord of the 2nd bhava
    occu,
    pies the 8th placefrom it in conjunction with
    Jupiter,
    the peraon l;orn will be a mure. A person *tuta
    U"
    eloquent wherr thc lord of the 2nd bhava,
    occupiesa
    Trikooa or Kendrafrom it in conjunction rrith
    a benefic
    planetand is also itself benefic.

    {r{rM{rt fi.t di {r grdifktI


    qw{di{* {tsft {Fql qeilfrrr\ rt co
    tl
    S/oAa 80. When the planet owning
    the Navamsa
    occupied by the lord of the Znd bhava istenefic
    and is
    in its exaltation or aspectedby a bensfic
    planet or is in
    a qrrtqilirr(Paravathamsa),rhe person borri will Ur.to.
    quent and clever.
    740 qrdSqtKata Adh, XI.
    ! ! Y ! l @

    ! v v v t r v ! v v v t v v t Y w v v v v v v v v Y v v v ! v v r !

    *.{ffi qii {h dr{ {ri qft t


    qp,rrqtggi qr .rihf,frqtqtr tt <t ll
    Slofa 81. A person will becc'mea mathematician
    Mer'
    when Jupiter is in a Kendraor Trikona, and when
    cury owning the 2nd bhava or Venus is il) exalratiorl'
    qm qkqRirErri{rtqfta<i r
    qdq g*rf€tH qrfrqatqt ll 41 lr
    r^loArt82. A person becomes a machematician
    when Mars is in the 2nd bhava in conjunction witir a
    beneficplanetand Mercury aspectsthe sameor occuple$
    a Kendra.
    {ir iTit Wgritiiiqi t
    irFrrrEt
    qr({dtdrsqrit a*gfilqilrms ll dQ ll
    Stofra 83. When the Sun or Mars bcirig the lord
    of the 2nd bhava is aspectedby Jupiter and Venus or
    has attained the qRreai{t(Paravathamsa),the person
    born will be devotedto the scienceof argttmentatioll'

    tqoiqodgfi gir ffiqi'{i t


    iiirrugtet uf,*q*ti qiqtr ll 4s ll
    Sloha 84. Vy'hen Jupiter in full strength is the
    lord of the 2nd bhava and is aspectedby the Sun irnd
    Venus, the personborn will becomea grammarian'
    cf . iKI4'(q
    gil qqrq qatoigh q*'4 Sq q rfpgh t
    gh va datris,iqif! qrdtqi: fl;4filqillat( ll
    iiltaqftrrl€rqr{ hqtlfr gi qft r
    gtq uilEr Et t* qiil{d'{} ll z\ ll
    sr 85-89 q6rqTirsrqlq: 14i

    Sloha 85. A person will be devoted to Ontology


    when Jupiter occupying a Kendra or Trikona is aspecl,
    ed by Mercury and Venus, and Saturn is in a qnr.rai?r
    (Paravathamsa).
    qld{{Fr

    ua gt dqrrt afirg ql{rqilFt€gttqii I


    g.) util qr dgqTqgbiqr-f,falnq{Fl0t:sr( ll

    u
    U qti Erq"{qfuit
    Tr1{tlqiTgrT!
    ffrarqi,irgdt Erril{€riu\gt rt <Qrr
    Sloha 86. A person becomesa proficient in the
    six scienceswhcn Jupiter is in a Kendra, Venus hrs
    attaineda fhareci{r(simhasanamsa) and Mercury, owning
    the Navamsa occupied by the planetin the 2nd bhava
    is in a wgti'r (Gopuramsa).
    cf . qTftfi(d
    qEilTafqlh;q{is,rsit{ gt q nrqr;irrdg} q
    ll
    sqsrhqar ut iltrt nigdrt r
    qd-t uRerequfi qruqd{r*tr c\etl
    Slo.trr87. When the lord of rhe Znd bhava has
    attaineda Gopuramsa and Venus a paravatamsa,the
    personborn will have all his peopleliving rrnder his
    protectionand prosperinghappily.
    A\T
    ilrfh iflwfti g grtus qt qln n cd tl
    sloko 88. The ratter harf of tbis sloka is missing in arl tbe
    manuscriptsavailable and the sloka cannot thereforebe
    made our_
    qTqrggr*rJgftfueqrqgd
    gsd q msquc*a{iqiilr1 I
    frqrit\ qo{it sruftrt Er
    gsrm qRqfft {-S}r( u dqtl
    742 wrf,$1rrFdr* Adh. xI.

    Sloka 89. The lords of the ?th and the 2nd bhavas
    if associatedwith Venus or malefic planets and badly
    placed,will causethe loss of one or more wives accord.
    ing as one or more planetsare in conjunction with them
    in the g:vr< (Dusthhana). But if the lord of the 2nd
    or the 7th bhava be strong occupying ite exaltation and
    other beneficVargas,only one wife will fall to tlre lot
    of the personconcerned

    frfuguRio{frhfriki
    uRrqrqqfi
    ft,i qrrgifr qreaq{ qt+gffirGqt r
    qtq
    ufuqrnqitfr {rf{gft o}arfqqei
    rtrt qrqiifiiqi qa.rilsilils*qqrRu{ n 1o tl
    Sloka 90. If the lord of the 2nd blravaoccupy the
    Iagna or other Kendra in conjunction wich Venus and
    the Moon, the person born will have a silver plate to
    eat out of. lf the lord of the gfktuta (Bhukthisthana)
    in the above circumstancesb: in conjunction with
    Juprter,the Moon and Venus, tltc eatiuqplate will be
    of gold. If the lords of the LagLraand the 2nd bhava be
    in conjunctionwith Satrrrn,the astrologcr may declare
    the plate to be of iron or otber less costly metal. If
    Mars aspectedby an evil planet occupy the 2nd blrava
    the personborn will haveto suhsiston bad or unwhole'
    somefood.
    Nores.
    This as well as the next sloka are found in qlnqi((.

    I
    ffiH* uPmrftwlt ElErfrEosrgqsrwrt
    ffiqrh qrqiitiqt q g*i qlqrqRit\i iil lrqttl
    Slofta 91. When rhe lord of the Znd bhavaasso'
    ciated with a malefic planet is io the 60th portione
    sl. 92-95 qsrqfrsslmt 748

    (Shashtyamsa)termed qrErfr (Davagoi) qqgs (f)andayu,


    da) or +ro (Kala) and in a depression Navamsa and
    aspectedaleo by a malefic planet, the person born will
    be a glutton. If the planet owning the 2nd bhavabe
    conjoined with or aspectedby benefic planets,the evil
    rnentionedabove will not follow.

    u?tnqrig{gi eqlt s{rfgi t


    g{qigrffi gs{S{€ rt rr\ tt qRll
    Slohu 92. If a beneficplanetoccupythe 2nd bha,
    va and the lord thereof be in conjunction with a benefic
    planet and if the bhava or the lord of the sameor both
    be aspectedby a beneficplanet,the personborn will eat
    agreeablemeals.
    q{rqu{ a-{t{"frfrqqrsqFqi t
    atq(aq(tfstrqqnrqrrdru ql rl
    Sloha 93. \\/h; the lord of the 2nd bhava is in
    depressionor in conjunction with an inimical planet
    and aspectedby a planet in depression,rhe person born
    will eat mealssuppliedby another reviling them at the
    sametime,
    ndfquraft uiknt ola{iiqi r
    qn{eur
    fut ahitrTffi:Tg n qBtl
    .SloAa91. Ilthe lordof thc gi*-rrra(Bhuktibhava)
    be aspectedby the lord of the Lagna, the person born
    will eat timely meals; but this will not be the caseif
    the giuarq (Bhuktinatha) be in a depression Navamsa
    and aspectedby a malefic planet.
    €eqnftdiqrqr eilq UFiffit gt ui t
    qili g,ia riet qaqritsq{htff q\ rl
    114 qRrscrftsfie Adh. XI.
    S/oAn 95. -
    of palatablefood "when the gfo.arw(Bhukthinarha)is in
    an auspicioushousein exaltation,aspectedby a benefic
    planet and occupies a bene{ic Erei{r(Shashty,amsa)
    such
    as is termed qg (Mridu)
    gdt,.ft $qilfr qor& eleftqh qr q€slfh*qTI
    gqqQr: ft;qmra ed waq g$sarft+ grqq.ll

    Wy,*rlti qt e<ttrErssitqgi
    r
    qti"rq,gar Et arqgqqfti irslt 1Qrr
    Sloha 96. When the lord of the Znd bhava is
    Saturnor in conjunction with Saturn,or is aspectedin
    depressionby Saturn,the person born will be continu,
    ally eatingin Sraddhas.

    itarqqtirqR iqt"i {*;qil niT$l{Inrg* r


    twdir qqi qor6r Grrflrfftrieqri\otq*rRrr(qs
    ll tfr clltsrlftsrriqqrfiilsrqrqill
    Sloku 97. When Jupirer is in a iirarsrriar
    (Simha,
    sanamsai,Venus in a drgrtn lGopr,ramsa)and the lord of
    the 2nd blravabeing possessedof strength occupiesan
    tmaia (Iravathamsa),the person born will maintain
    an untold number of dependents,
    Nortis.
    This sloka is also rn .dkt{(fr.

    End of the ltrh Adhyaya.


    qrasqrftqriUrEEf[suqlqi
    n UftqrC{}TrEs€rfr
    tl
    ^A,dhyaya XlI.
    TttE. ultt.uc'fs or.- rrti- -Jnu AND 1'rIl..-h-ti ngaves.

    u srq e diqilq$o{ tl
    siergqiadtqilmqsTaqn?
    roaerqi(qrwtqirutii t
    \a ^Q9
    tr{Tq {rrdoq[o50T{rilTFr
    qS ildiq{firr( 5qqi1s^rr?tt t tt
    Sloka 1. I am going to treat of the following
    which are deduciblefrom thc 3rd bhava in the order of
    their enumeratio,'r: Ihe welfare of the elder and
    youngerbrothers, enterprisg,darir,g,voice, tone, ear,
    selectornaments,articles of apparel, steadiness,valour,
    strength,edibleroots and fruits.
    .{l4.fitq{oI

    sdqtqrqq fr+tqi q{l;firllqEqfifiqi q t


    fiql{qr qldmilteARtq{tqqrqmq qlql ll
    sld.d((.T
    qolqriit:qRqlf\{fr qtq U€qrRgqa*diqt
    soqnqi TqilFgneugr\ ililqrqfil[€frrfr{tl
    qrdqrt Wi{ q q}6TE{rwq{|
    ffi{t{q{Iqt q qrcsrdr qtq[rl{ ll R ll
    '.r45
    94
    716 lrknFcrfurr Adh.xll.

    Sloku 2. The placewhere a brother can be look,


    ed for is the 3rd, the gth, the l lth or the ?th bhava
    from the Lagna. In the dasa period of the lord of any
    one of the several bhavas named, men may have an
    acquisition in the form of a brother.

    xqstfueq@r
    qEr r6{Tdq ({r irdEtdET il 1 rl
    Sloku 3 Find which of these three is srrongeEt:
    alz. (1) the lord of the 3rd bhava ; (t) the lord owning
    the Rasi occupied by the same; (3) the planetoccupying
    the 3rd bhava. The dasa of the strongest of these
    planets will lead to the increaaeof brothers.

    dt ro€aHi{qf$dq} utq t
    M rd qq rrrsfisrTltus (tfdsil I t,l
    Sloha 4. If Mars occupying the 3rd bhava be
    without strength,the person will have long lifa Il the
    cnt (KaraLa) of the uqrrra (Bratrubhava) i.e. Mars be in
    the Lagna,the person will be powerful.
    q?qsdWftqlrftsrGfrqsqq&E-(|
    {qurnRqiefril qrEfrfi qurfucrll \ ll
    Sloho 5. The +no (Karaka)of the 3rd bhavathat
    poeitionat the time of
    is strongand at an advantageou$
    a per6on'sbirth, producesprosperity. The lord of the
    3rd bhavaevenwhen endowedwith strengthleadeto
    decaywhen in the 10th placefrom the Lagna.
    NorBs.
    It will be observedthat the latter half of this sloka is merely
    an illustration of the general principle enunciatedin XI-4, 8 and
    t5 tupru.
    sl, 6-f rrqrflsrrq' 141
    -*-*_.ry.

    dffi {rd.rfr*frKqqr r
    qrq*ft {qrfi {r xrgifnn il{d ll q ll
    Sloha 6. If the lord of the 3rd bhavaand Man
    occupythe Sth, there will be loss of brothers' If the
    t*o ll-.ts be in a malefic sign or in conjunctionwith
    a maleficplanet,they will bring brothers into etisteoce
    aod takethem away.
    qlild(il
    qrtfhil fritatnrrg' I
    aT{rftq*drqqapl'+fl
    qnaiil qlq{ql{i} il Hlglqgrqrafinltq: tt

    flqd,il rtqtqr** ilqt{rfi qlq(qmd{r I


    il{rfi Hq{ {utificlft-qrukrll s ll
    Ar\

    a,<rRquu{qfr
    ^rrroo
    1. If the lord of the 3rd bhava and it!
    eire (Karaka i.e. Mars ; ztide Adhyaya II' sf' 5t) occu-
    py their depression signs or depressionNavansag' or
    Le in conjunction with malefic planets or in malefic
    60th portions sqtt (Shashtyamsa)of a sign srtrch ": T
    (Krura) and others, their influence will be to bring brd'
    thence
    ih.r, into the world and to remove them
    premattrrely.
    Norns.
    The 6rst rI( reads thus in ntd6(q'

    *qT€fr61'.1mrte*'
    **ffiofaqsd
    eq6etam*
    fq,it ,{rfAfqarilgqg* gnifhil r
    vget6ilftf'la'
    gaF5ftfan,i
    gtq {€q;'{,lTssfi fiqqnrf}qt tl
    748 wraocrRqrf Adh. xrl.
    qrg: 6n.rq1qqrefrdQerodFqgsrqil
    S:Fqq qftegnFgqerd:sr(;zilaelxrqan,
    I
    {:Frrrt{ q};g{{Ua} &q aneqr}
    frqra€qqrra]aRaqrsrqlfra$aa:ll
    q^rdqil€qrgkqft ql ilrhsfi qr t
    ilsTffirqhqrsitqrei frsc{r{ri{ n d tl
    Sloka 8. When the 3rd bhava, its arro (Karaka)
    or its lord is asscciatedwith a very malefic planet, the
    personborn will lose brothers in his early years..
    qtEi alslrri qoft.tqrqrilEttlErc1fiGt I
    ifar{sRqq{ud q {HcT{rgs€EGTI
    {$( il q tl
    Sloka 9. If the lord of the 2nd bhava be in ,rear
    atrength in the 8th bhava and if the urq*n* (Bhratru-
    karaka)be in conjuncrion with a malefic planetand also
    with the lord of the 4th place from the 3rd bhava, the
    person born, say the astrologers, will have brothers
    from a step mother.

    ]rruarfiqft g{gt *wqf fkrgr


    qHFsFf€€qrqi nq€URrnrq t
    clli aF( eruttrgvemrltIIIq€sl
    dwqr-Wqdi-qi $a qqh sfiErq.!t lo ll
    S/ofa 10. If the 8rd bhavabe occupiedby benefic
    planets,the brothers of the person born (say the astro-
    logers)will have long life. lf there .be maleficplaneto
    in the bhavaanclmaleficones aspectit also,the brothers
    will die prematurely. The Sun occupying the 3rd
    bhava and aroectad by a malefic planet kills the elder
    .sl. rl-13 eq'drsqr{' 749

    born. Saturn in such a pcsition removes the next


    younger brother; and Mars, if in the same position,
    dcesaway with all the youngerbrothers.
    Norss.
    This and the next nine slol<as lrre also found in f,kTdtiT.

    fi*orhi qR qrqdt qdkrnrqgqa{il{q I


    grilqqTt€€qrf\ziqfg{rgii ftqqii qqf}ilil t I tl
    {iloku 77. If ;r maleficplanet occupya Trikona or
    a Kendra from the .3rdbhava, the consequence will be
    the loss of the next youngerbrother. If a beneficplanet
    occupysucha position,it will redoundto the prosperity
    of the younger brotl'rer. If there be a combination of
    good and bad planets in the positionsreferredto, the
    .effectwill be mixed.
    gsQffi dc(sriqg*'qnqroftIalqfi qdla t
    fiqlrril€rrTfi6gnfi ili€ qqa{racQftprqillRrl
    Sloha IZ. If the lvloon in conjunction with the
    lord of the 3rd bhava occupy a g:tqrc(Dusthhana),the
    personborn, say the astrologers,will suck the breastof
    one, not his own mother. When the lords of the 3rd
    and the 4th bhavasare in the latter,the xqvra (Bhratru,
    bhavaflourishesnot.
    lfiqrilE*ftEtd qtmwqr{ifr qR ;ngqsarq I
    fnrailttgcrTr{silifi$g(r €@fitrq n tl rr
    Slofta t3. If the lords of the 3rd and the 4th
    bhavasbe in conjunction with Mrrs, they l::l to the
    birth of an younger brother; if in conjunction with
    other planets,there may be no youngerbrother. Saturn
    in the 3rd bhava brings about the loss of the next born;
    760 qrilt6qrft'Jfrt Adh. XH.

    the brotherg that follow.


    w€wrfi oGn Rqr\s{uat sasrr&ntI
    qrdTgqeilrR
    rqw: qr( $qrttesqt et* tr tB tl
    Sloku 14. If the lord of the 3rd bhava occupy ao
    invieible sign or be in the ?rh bhava in conjunction
    with a malefic planet, the person born will have one
    younger brother and no more. The gamewill be the
    caseif the lord of thc rrr{qr{ (Bhratru,bhavr)occupy a
    male ei {Varga) in a visible sign and be alao in con,
    junction wirh a maleficplaner.

    g gq{it ilqr$fi qrqt


    HrARTaqill
    srq{ qR qrfitorrrirrqrgt;q-*rfrlqil r
    ftrq$ gqtqifrrdgi*.dlaffit
    q{rsnRrffiifu {qt$rfoqqr{ lt t\ tl
    .Sloha 15. If the lord of the 3rd
    bhava be Ia a
    malesign (aide Adhyaya l, S/. l3), the owner of the
    horoecopewill have a your.tgerbrother born after him,
    If the planet in question should tje associatedwith or
    acpectedby Venus and rhe Moon in an even sign, or if it
    occupy a Kendra or Trikona identicalwith an auepiciouc
    sign in conjunction with or aspectedby a benefic planet,
    the after-born brother will b: long.lived, healthy and
    continuously happy.
    t*rcrnqil1 ilgA €irnt qM r I
    rrfrsrq]q;ilrq<rsilftilitirRrrilsqil il-t{ n tq tl
    Slola 16.- lf the lord of the 3rd bhava be in the
    I"agnaor in conjuncrion with its lord, the child born
    ncxt to t}re native will be securefrom danger. If the
    sl. 17-18 tqfrsqpr: tl6l

    *"" - oc-*, tt,r *4 -


    ", \\
    oTrrFnrnq{ilqqillr€q-
    gq{ttaq{-dqdTs$€cil T{Fd I
    srqsntqqrqrdf+qait;?r^-
    q€qrqaftqgllcnrfsqqFil(qu! 11ls ll
    'L7.
    Sloha A personmay have as many elder born
    as there are planets in the I I th and the t2rh bhavas
    from the Lagna taken together. The after,born will be
    as many ae the number of planets in the 3rd and the 2nd
    bhavasfrom the Lagna.
    Trqq[ril{R*frilgm ffiqffi qqEr
    ilEuft*€qqrsgsmiGnirs {rtfr T{ |
    q-tfr qG ilqqgftS{rrffie qrngiil{
    q{rsn qdtl
    n s{FilewRu{frnswtgcrmt
    S/ofra 18. The gistersand brothersthat a persoD
    mayhaveborn after him will be as many,at all eventa,
    as thereare planets in his horoscopeconjoined with
    the lord of the Tr{}rriT(Bhratrubhava,)its urrc (Karaka),
    the planetaspectingit and the one occupyingit, provi-
    ded out of thesefour an accountis taken only of those
    that may predominace in strength. If the four planetr
    alreadymentioned be depressed, eclipsed or in an ini,
    micalaign, their influence witl be to do away with
    everybrotheror sisteras they are born. In casethese
    planetsbe friendly and posseosed of strengtb, they
    securelong life to every one of the person's youoger
    brothersand sieters.
    * qt{qd qqr
    rrrEerrdqf€q+cqg$
    nwnnrso{d trqilil flqtftur*oql t
    762 qnnoc|nqrA Adh. XII.

    tatr q-oq€*q€{sn $enir{ndqur


    qtrdililc€ifEraqgsqtrff{aqrgqr! || qq ||
    Sloha 19. If two out of the 4 planets,viz. the urq
    +n+ (Bhratru,karaka),the lord of the 3rd bhava, the
    planet aspectingthe last-mentioned bhavaand the one
    occupying it - if two out o{ thesefour planetsbe strong,
    their preservativeas well as destructive influence on
    the bhavawill be equal. If three of the four planetsbe
    strong,they will causea slight diminution in the num,
    ber of brothers. If someout of the three strong planets
    be leminineand occLrpybad places, they would add
    slightly to the number of younger brothersand sisters
    possibleunder the othcr iroroscopic conditions and the
    number of such aftcr-born will be the number of whole
    Navamsastraversedby the lord of the xrqrrrtt(Bhratru,
    bhava)in the sign it is in.
    qi\+ €q{Ert ?Trqilii}qi qoq.I
    qef,rqd elircnilHft! {tws {Tils il Roll
    Sloka 20. Ascertain how many planetshavebene-
    fic dots in the 3rd place from Mars in that planet's
    Ashtakavarga. From this list deduct those that are
    inimical or depressed. The remainder will give the
    aggregate number of brothers and sisters to be born
    r,rT*dqeid\ ilTfi 1iq€qfnft
    r
    dqirsqi arci xneugq{* u Rt u
    Sloha 2t. The lord of the qTEITIET(Bhratrubhava)
    and Mars occupying a sign owned by a femaleplanet
    and capableof causingthe birth of brothers and sistere
    will provebeneficialto the brothers: The sameplanets
    occupying a sign belongingto a male planet under the
    sL.22-24 Er(qfrs.qFqr 763

    same circumstances will be auspiciousto the sisters


    that the Jatakawill have.
    didrqrqrgEttrturgt ft urgutiiorrq t
    naJqfrorqgiftqlil: qa(t ffiKfrsaTail
    iq rt 11 ll
    Sloko 72. If the 3rd bhavafrom the Lagnabe con-
    nectcs by a femalefrr (hora) i.c. the Moon's, or
    occupiedby a femaleplanet, the pcrson born will have
    a sister next after himself. If the conditions be other.
    vrise, i.e., the hora of the 3rd bhava or the planet
    occupying it be male, the person concernedwill have a
    brother born immediatelyafter irim.
    $tt[s {Ttqrqt{nqqiiae dRqel t
    {sffiresffiiqi Rrffirr;il{{rrgq lt il ll
    Slaha 23. The +rr+ (Karaka) of the $rrqlTrq (Bhra,
    trubhava), its lord, the planer aspectingit, and the one
    occupying it-these four are beneficial or otherwise in
    their dasaand antardasaperiods.
    It
    st{sdiqgrrtet5aq'rnirwgvr
    EcqlftqrftwiTmtirdu Rgoftuenn RBtl
    Sloka 74. Asccrtain rhe Navamsaattained by the
    four classesof planetsexplainedin the precedingsloka.
    Take away from them those amsasthat representdepres,
    sion, inimical and eclipsed Navamsasand doublethe
    swakshetraand exaltation Navamsas. The result will
    representthe number of the afCer-borns.

    Thefotlowingslokatr"J#il; givesanothermethod:
    qolnrdurqfFqniql ,i}qrFqat{iq $qt1dt} r
    nqlqri{ q ntq ,ft"q Bqrq€dqH(qr:tqq lt
    95
    qt€nrad Adh; XIL

    Find the number signified by ( t ) tt Navamsa occupied by the lord


    "
    of the 3rd bhava (2) the Navamsa occupied by Mars and (3) the
    Navamsa where the lord of the 3rd house' from l\Iars is posited.
    Add theseand take a third. This will represent the numher of
    after-borns,

    xErrnftmi
    Eftarcurrfrur {tq r
    o}ttgqsktqn qrrftEgqqilf u R\ tl
    Sloha 75. It is with reference to the ?th place
    from the xrqrilir (Bhratru bhava) in a person's horoscope
    should ao astrologer make a prediction regarding his
    brother's wife. Thc planetsthat inf luencethe brother's
    fortunes for the worse or the better are (l) the lord of
    the Lagna(2) Mars and (3) the lord of the llrd bhava.
    q.,fi;qftefrgdg {ilflqt
    unFltr qRt qRffit' t
    w"nr;qi'*uqqtqiefr qCITai
    ulqql ffiqt a itlTrqqrgrn RE tl
    Slohu 26. There will he much fraternal affeclion
    amongthe brothers ,:f a person ii the lord of the xrqrrra
    (Bhratru bhava) in his horoscope be in conjunction
    with the lord of the Lagna. If these two planetr,
    being naturally friendly and possessedof Btrengthat
    the same time, occupy the Lagna or the 3rd bhava,
    asttologerssay there will ba no partition of property
    among the brothers (during their life time).
    Norrs.
    This as well as slokas 27, 30 and 32 appear in TRF[-(€.

    olugqatqsl ff qtt?H;fr;qffi q*
    q qRn giurrrilg{d r
    giawPeasn*l
    6t 87-99 rrqrtsqrq: 756

    mqfr{aq[qr({oi eqFrq$wi
    dq tt Retl
    mfreiqrr*qtgno{darRt{
    Sloha 27. If the lords of the Lagnaand the 3rd
    bhava be weak and mutually inimical, or if the planet
    occupying the 3rd bhava and its ort+ (Karaka) be weak
    and occupy a g:tsri (Dustbhana),the astrologeris to say,
    there will arise at the time when the dasa (wo'Paka)of
    the weak, inimical or ill-placed pl.rnet maturesitself,
    quarreland confusion along the brothers, their ruin,
    waste of wealth, culminating in rankling feuJ or closing
    reconciliation and other such events according to the
    nature of the planets associated with those that bring
    about a breach among the brothers.
    gtEtsgi g* argtuutinq(r
    I
    {fu} gi ukt gE€{t{sti
    iriq tt Rdll
    Slohu 28. When Venus aspectedby Jupiter occu,
    pies the 3rd bhava, the person born will devotedly
    cherishhis brothersand sisters. If Mercury occupying
    the 8rd bhava be aspectedby the Sun,he will alienate
    the affection of thos'3that would otherwise be friendly.
    cl'. nkFfiI-+Kq

    {l(€e: fl€n,} qg: q€qR}aqq:ll


    a?rrRg:vrt{qf}{ffinr{|
    qffiTi utqiirmurrglllq ll
    finqt qq{R{:rrrt
    Slok{t 29. [f the planet occupving the 3rd bhava,
    its lord, or its +tto (Karaka)be in depression,in an ini.
    mical bouse or in a g:ani (Dusthhana), the astrologer$
    say, there will happen in the dasaand antardasaperiod
    of a planet such rs has been deocribed,loss of weahh
    758 wriri[qrRqre Adh. xII.

    and energy, discomfiture or the death of a brother or


    sister.
    \\A\

    uitt$rdt fqfiuq ttdcTaffiTdirqar


    $i
    ilqqrG ufr S qwimqifiroriqiq I
    rcG ($Tffc qm&{ qtq q ffif}i
    nfr {r-Cgietq q qgfrmwaitrs,rEr
    l io tl
    Sloha 30. Subtractthe figuresfor the lord of the
    3rd bhavafrom thosefor the lord cf the Lagna. When
    Saturnarrivesat the asterismindicatedby the remrinder
    in the abo';e process,the astrologer is to divine the
    deathof a brother or sister of the person bcrn. Again,
    from the figuresobtainedabove,subtractthe figuresfor
    the lord of the 10th bhavaand Mars. The resuk indi,
    catesrhc Rasi which when Saturn occupies,a sirnilar
    event is likely to take place. Thirdly, add rhe figures
    forlthe 4 planets mentionedabove; when Saturncccu,
    pies the *tt (Amsa) denoted by the aggregate,the same
    event may happen.
    NorBs.
    (gied: fl€'tzr(qfi is the reading adopted in rlddtq instead of
    {Fzf,-g qiqTari in the 3rd qtr of this sloka.

    qQFSErTFiTEqrsKrfrr
    qt gfr tTiqra1q1q€.
    I
    (ilTstarEErrrgffilqffqrq€t{qrftat t{T( il lt tl
    SioAa 31. Find out the Drekkanaindicatedby the
    sum total of the figuresfor the four pianets connected
    with the (xrqrrr<-Bhratrubhava)3rd bhava. When Ju-
    piter passesthrough the sign owning the Drekkana in
    que$tion, astrologers sayr there may be the loss of a
    brother or sister. Find tlre asterism indicated by the
    $um total above referred to. The dasaperiod of the
    sl. 32-33 rr{ttrsqrqt ?8t

    planet presiding over the star will be greatly productive


    of happinessand prosperity to the younger brothers.
    rrqs$efifrd'q sfrrdtYfi*t st
    srkrargsnwtfqfigd qrSew'iuiq t
    F\.\A\.\
    ililI.dATEEFTSSqqN(IGGITE;TT{T
    {{(
    qailqnq-{,iq$eui qi}sgir ,qrqt n lR tl
    Slolta 32. Subrractthe figuresfor Rahu from thoce
    for Mars. When Jupiter passesrirrough the triangular
    signs indicatedby the remainder,there may be the logo
    of a youngerbrother or sister. Subtractthe figuresfor
    Mars frorn those lor Rlhu. When Jupiter passer
    t h r o u g ht b c p a r t i c u l a rR a s i a n d N a v a m s ac o r r e s p o n d i o g
    t o t h c r c m a i n d e rt,i r e r cm r v b e t h e l o : s o f a n c l d e r b r o ,
    t h e r o r s i s t c r . F i n d t h e l { a s i c o r r e s p c n . l i nrgo t h e s u m
    t o t a l o f t h e f i g u r e sf o r t l r c l o r d s o f r h e r i s i n g s i g n a t t h e
    time of birth or conccption and of the 10th bharn.
    'When
    Jupiter traverse s this llasi, the birch of a younger
    broth,:r or sister mav ' b,i rrxDeCtrtd.
    Nores.
    I r r t i r e i a s t q r l t l r e r i ; r , i i : r ' 1r l ) . r ri i , j ' . r i s s l i q l r t l y t l i r l e r c r r t , r . r f a .
    4rf,tq.tiJrr.Tq"5Zgi.
    ftffiriQq* drq rnpr qrqdgilr
    \a\
    q{{Aii q{i{tal gqti1i rfl i{}( p QI tl
    S / o h r r 3 3 . W i r c i r r i r : l o r d o f t h e j r d b h a v ab e i n g
    in exaltationoccupiesthe Sth bl-ravain conjuncrionwith
    a malcfic planet in a moveabie sign ancl in a Navamsa
    owned by a moveablesign, the personconcerned will
    be firm at the prosp.c! of b.:ttlc.
    NorEs.
    I n t h i s c o n n e c t i o nc c n r p a r , t)h e f o l l o n ' i n g y o g a sg i v e n i n : n * f . 1 f i . .
    768 qrirltrRqr(r Adh. IfiI.

    nlqlftt ffi'rt qord h-qg*il oil fi*qg! 1


    pfx+,$te'Itstt \frft+,itg€q:H{t{: ll
    gqrfirerfiqq\ qfrq' {i{4rt *'qgh edi r
    ?qrfr*i* qetoig* sia* 4I UttT:R qlt: tt
    ffih qodi* {TTrrgqurigi r
    grrenfi.rrntiiiqt ftaiEl u iB tl
    Sloha 3+. If, whcn the +R* (karaka) of the jtd
    bbavais either weak or associatedwith a malefic60th
    portion of a sigrr,the lord of rhe samebl-ravabe either
    aspectedby or in conjunctionwith a beneficplanet,the
    personborn will prove victorious in war.

    fiqtftt rtrggisr{nq.qri?Ttqrqu}{.ilarr
    gurudr*qf{ ffirqi qirrqri}r(
    rtrfi+sgQgitf
    ul\tl
    nA\Aoa
    cttrt[-.it(rtKllrtrri{{iq: w{Rr{t{QlpttE{trt(t
    (Tq i
    srqKft g:Fqqflqi g d;qus\qq irsa{qtqr lt lq ll
    qsi q+{rr{rrqq,gg*sftiiirisiurdgiqr( |
    qltdqi Er(wrwg6 *.-lilqi qrflqgi atq rr le tl
    Slolas 35*37. If rhc lord of the 3rd bhavabe
    associated with the Sun,the personborn wiii be valiant;
    i f w i t h t h e M o o n , h e w i l l b e f i r m . m i n , . l , : d i;f w i r h
    M a r s , h c w i l l b c d e p r a v e d ,s c r l s c l e s sa n d i r r i t a b l . ; i f
    with Mercury, l-rcwill be cndorveCwith an excellent
    u n d e r s t a r r d i n ei ;f w r t i i J u p i t e r ,h c w i l l b e w i n n i n g o n
    accountof his stt:adyvirtu,:sand thoroughly conversant
    with the truths of all tire s;icnces; if with Venus, he
    will be subjectto carnalapp:tite and will cleverly pur-
    su,3quarrelsand intrigues into which his lustful impulse
    m a y l e a dh i m ; i i w i t h S a t u r n , h : w i l l b : s t , , r p i d; i f
    sl,.3MO erq*E$ffi 7ffi

    with Riahu, he will bc a great coward; and lastly if


    with IGtu or Mandi, he will suffer from the torpor due
    to heart-disease and will be outside the pale of othet
    people.
    Nolrs.
    Thesqas well as slol'as 38, 39 and 4l are also ir: cK;6(Qt'

    ot gt ftqilqgk qsqtErqtqq-qk Sfrt t


    rrEtTi il qoflRloi qoqqtt qgiR eilil ll lc tt
    .S/ofta38. If Jupiter occupy the Lagna in conjunc'
    tion with the lord of the 3rd bbava, the peroon born
    has to apprehend danger from quadrupedsor from kine
    chiefly. If the Laqna be a watery sign, he will be
    exposedto risk from water.
    Norss.
    c/. sloka 44 infra.

    gqq gk €q\ qfut qi?iqo rrlag3i(ifr |


    qio$ ffiqtr ll lq ll
    sciliNrarilsmRrarqrefr
    Sloko 39. lf the planet associated with Mars
    pos$ess the highest strength, the perscn born will pos'
    ses$ courage, strength arrd wiil enjoy the pleasure
    derivable from music. lf thc 3 planets, 1rie.Mar$, the
    planet occupyinqthe 3rd bhavaand the lord thereof,be
    in grcat strength, the person concerned will be a hero
    in battle.
    iqf rqrqnqansrtqt*sqnqguorRftwqt
    qr{gilGarq ll Bo ll
    {reedtqnqwrqliE{iqffit
    Slota 40. At the time the three planetsmention-
    ed in the previous sloka have their crv-trt(Apahara) or
    cm rPaka) laide Adhyaya 18 infra) of a dasa, will
    come the enjoyment of fruits, roots and other Eweet
    760 q6r5qrnql| A dh. XII
    .--_%

    edible thingo, edifying speechessuch aEit is a pleasure


    and privilege of the auditory organs to hear, ,rrd h"ppy
    events re*rlting in the accessionof brothers,:sisters,
    song, daughters,etc.

    {tft{s} Tdt {r{ilft\ frrqqdq^i rorFqi r


    ffq3ftgrrqilltrtqrrru c srcdtn Bt tl
    Sloko 41, lf the lord ol the 3rd bhavahas attain
    ed beneficvargasand is stror)g,the personbornlwill be
    virtuour; bur he will be rash if that plancc be in
    depre'ion or eclipsedor occupyan inimical or malefic
    rign and also associatedwith a malefic planet.

    firqfftt ilSnt-nrfu{mihtilgg?rffi r
    wk{ ffirnt g+{ gt rr€fr.r{Rqr( tf BRtl
    Sloha 42. If the lord of the 3rd bhavabe in con.
    junction with the lord of rhe -sign occupied by
    Rahu
    and if the la*er be in the Lagna, d,rnler har to be
    dreadedfrom a snake. if Mcrcury be in conjunction
    with the lord of the lrd bhava, the personborn wilt
    ruffer from an ailmencaflectirrgthe throat.

    rrotrrrr{Ed}dqr;Errftgi
    frtrrq r
    $ 1{i
    rlnfq; ilggt irn6r gir<naiioe 6ognrlt1 Bl rr
    8l.oha 41. When a maleficplaner in conjunction
    with Mandi or som* such othcr plnn.t .ccupiesthe 3rd
    bhava, ascrologerspredicc the diseaseof thi
    throat;Jif
    saturn possessed of .bundantstrengthbe in conjun.riSr,
    with Mars in the 3rd bhava,thc p"r..,n born, they
    say
    will be liable ro the irch.

    . t .i:;,: , ,, ,roro.
    tldde atsoAdhya5,a
    sI.44-4? ilrqtilsnqrq: ?61
    € - t - - - '
    # . v - t - - - t

    tr*trgs udqfr.ilrrtffi t
    ilgun qr sfrril=ilTRftqgfl qlt ll 88 lt
    Sloha 44. The lord of the 3rd bhavaand Jupiter
    occupyingthe Lagna in coniunction with Rahuor the
    lord of the eign occupiedby Rahu point to risk from
    kine.
    NorBs.
    c/. sloka 38 supra.
    qsil Rrqqft{ot*n1 riq t
    ll 8\ ll
    fttsfrftqt {fr ftqndr RqG-o,(
    Stoka 45, The lord of the 3rd bhava associarcd
    with Mercury will occasionthe diseaseof the throat,
    If a maleficplanetin the 3rd bhavabe in its inimicalor
    depreesionsign, lossof brotherswill regultfrom poicon
    or other cause.
    gtr ilii fdftri il ffitrfr ror{gtq r
    ffi qFrFrfut Ersr6qiqrcdttft luqll
    Sloka 46. If the 3rd bhavabestrongand be either
    occupied or aspected by Mercury and Jupiter, or if
    Jupiterand Mercury occupya Kendrain respectto the
    3rd bhavain question,the person born will poEsecs
    an
    exceedinglyfine voice.
    Et-dtfug* frrqtqrfff\t t
    ilfrt srrtgt {stft,ftt Etq.tt 8s ll
    Stoha 47. When the 3rd bhava is occupied aE
    well as aepectedby a benefic planet and when the lord
    of that bhava ie in conjunction with a benefic planet,
    the astrologermay declarethe acquisition of an ornament
    for the ears.
    96
    78tz crdEqdtfte Adh. xtl.
    g* ililt qR dfhfi g qt+soqtqwfqEi.ilr
    trtqnisq{ fiht qt qgrqr{rsi{il& u Bd tl
    Sloha 48. When Venue is in th: 3rd bhava.the
    ear ornahent will consist of a pearl if ir be
    ; Jupiterr
    the ear ornament wiil be a Tulasi, i. e. oI the form
    ot
    Tulaai leaf; if it be the Sun, the ornrr"n, will
    be a red
    Etoneset iq a ground of blue; if it be the lvloon possess,
    ed of abundantstrengrh, there will be a multipiicity
    of
    ornamentg.

    Thetatterhatf of ,,r,. .r)*oJ.""]ros


    thusin qn*drd.
    qrirg Fq;qghcdtt sruqrftoqri
    err<}rr
    ffi sti $qt* ftRrrqrofqiq r
    iltqfrdq{,fo fuqqTqrof
    uq(ri Bqfl
    Sloha 49. If Mercury occupy the 3rd bhava,
    the
    ear ornamentwill be dark,green; it will be variegated
    when the 3rd bhava is a sign owned by Mars. fin.o
    the lord of the 3rd bhava in the last-mentionedcase
    is
    in its own varga or exaltation, the
    ornament will be
    charming.
    c/. vro+w
    vd g.nwi g nl+ lqrri qinFfliaqgg*r
    fift*qrcqrqiuldbqqTtftAilsqqE{rql:ll
    qrqQqirqnWqft ftrqqii aqt
    H {qqqiiqftwi frrq Sid ot( r
    {iqial q{H{!q|ut g*igqqHfi
    qrdt qtqqnq{qqrttqiqilg+ftfirrt" rr
    Slofta d0. S/hen the lord of the 3rd bhava
    occu,
    pying the 10th or the 4th ( ? is
    ) in a benefic sign and
    sl. 61-55 ArEtfrsrqmr

    in conjunction with a benefic planec, the personborn


    will get ao article of attire incomparablybeautiful. If a
    beneficplanet be in the 3rd bhava, his wearing apparel
    will be of a superior kind. Venus and the lord of the
    3rd birava when possessed of abundantstrength produce
    abundant clothing and decoration; when associated
    with or aspectedby Mercury and Jupiter, they secure
    the advantagesof listening to sweet discourses on reli'
    gion and nrorality.
    NorEs.
    -fhis
    as well as sloka 52 appear in ;iir{{{d-

    tqiffi fr6it fi-qqaqqiqr*t


    tiki srgil i,tfruwilqh ll \q ll
    Stoha 57. A p.rtot will be courageousif at his
    birth the lord of the 3rd bhava occupies an auspicious
    Navamsaor is either aspected by or in conjunction
    with a benefic planet,or is in a Vaiseshikamsa(*ifiota)
    ( v i t u S u p r a . A d h y a y a1 - S l . 4 4 ) .

    *qilR qrqgefttil gra{FlitdfinuiA t


    *;nfuirfrs{+d$i siiht irrqR Q{trrd ll\1ll
    Sloha 52. If the lord of the 3rd bhava occupy a
    (g:ern; Dusthhana (6ch, 8th or lfth) and be either
    aspectedby or in conjunction with a malelic planeq,the
    per$onborn will be lacking in courage. But if the lord
    of that bhava occupying a Kendra or Trik:na bg either
    acsociatedwith or aspectedby a benefic planet, the
    peroon concerned will be endowed with courage.

    {'fftt qftsta g* qrwt *{RrutrtgrI


    *l'(mt'ffit qsr&*qtfrqj,rinrgoutt{3
    \l
    784 smscrRwrt Adh. XII

    malefic sign in conjunction with Mars, ir will brced


    cowardice in the person born. But if the lord of that
    bhava possessstrength and occupy a Kendra or Trikona
    in conjunction with Venus, the person concernedwill
    be endowed with superior courage and shine conspi.
    cuously by his great capacity for enjoymenr.
    gs fr{rw Frntilo{R*{rir qt r
    grrrrdwisnrilf
    (tfr g€trqq n \B tl
    Sloka 54. When a benefic planet other than ye,
    nus and the Moon occupies the 3rd bhava and is in a
    benefic Navamsa,the person born will have palatable
    food at his command.
    qt{q ilftrErrrrnqrurd€
    dtqlf\t qR srffiGft qr I
    ft*r(sluruatrqfri qsrd
    qrd((Isqso{otqfrql qq il \\ tl
    Sloha 65. If the lord of the 3rd bhava occupy a
    Raci, Navamsaor Drekkana owned by Jupiter, or be
    aspected by that planet, and if Mars occupy in great
    etrength a Kendra or Trikona with respect to the lord
    of the 3rd bhava,the person born will be fond of roors,
    fruits, radishesand syrups.

    frffirP{.r grl ttHq{q{Et t


    t*q grfit qr( grmqR qrc'srqlt \q tl
    Sloha 56. Venus in the 3rd and the 6th bhavas
    caqsessorrorr diseaseand danger. The sameplanet in
    the gameposftion may becomebenefic when rn aclvance
    of the Sun (when appearingas an Evening star).
    sl. 6?-6,9 erqrilwqrq; ?66

    NorBs.
    Sameas Adhyaya8, Sl. 67.

    gtgrst vd qrt ftqgttut t


    qor€T€t {r ifiKfiIr qeru ll \s ll
    Sloha 57. If in the 2nd bhava the lord thereol
    becomeassociated with Jupiterand Venus,or being in
    conjunction with or aspected by a benefic planetbe
    powerfully aspectedby another benefic planet, the
    personborn will dispensefood to many.

    ft't d{ qt u* ftqq€ftttt}rtt
    nt qtMir {r gqufurA,{inu \6 tl
    Slofra 58. When a benefic planet in its exaltation
    in the 2nd bhava is aspectedby another benefic planet
    or when the lord of the aforesaid bhava has attained a
    tt&oit (Vaiseshikamsa),the personborn will become
    the giver of food and happinessto many.

    il sTqqg{}Trqsoq u
    r$il ftqrqiqtgqrfi gwurfu;gqiqqft t
    qdqqrnRffiEtrFrqgd,Tr{{wrftilt{rf u \3, ll
    Sloha 59. The acquisition of learning, the welfare
    of the mother, happiness, sweet-smelling subatanceo,
    kine, relations, mental attributes, royal vehicles, Iands
    and houses ariee from the 4th bhava,sav the sapieat
    astrologers.
    cl. sld;n{<f
    g{Eq€ ffgg(rgq;q qri q g&Rg* {if\a r
    fiqr q fiReqqqFaITtq€qIqdql q1(nqr dlq. tt
    786 qRtsqrKwRr Adh. xII.

    frqrrrfifiqqfrgt fr*qg+f{t {r
    qrfr frqriiaqqgq{;(uftqfut t
    qrqetcd't
    grfr eTqqwqGt
    Rqrdqiwfi ugwrqrqilfirlqtin u Qotl
    Slrrftc 60 When the Rasi representing the 4th
    bhava is occupied by its lord or is either aspectedby or
    agsociatedwith a beneficplanet, the person born will
    be amiablefor hir learning and humility. The same
    will be the casewhen Mercury is the strongest. If the
    lord of the 4th bhava occupy a g:€nrT(Dusthhana)or be
    asscciatedwith or aspectedby a malefic planet,.the
    person concernedwill be devoid of learning. The same
    will be the result when the lord of the 4th bhava is in
    a maleficRasi.
    Norrs.
    This as well as the next two slokas are also in ;rlil4t$.

    ftqruHqqilff ((rqr l vqilawrglfuei:


    frqEqfttudiqquil atqrRrnErqf( r
    *qqdqeiit*uruarrp t.dRrnril qR
    *M*qqriiufufrguil trqrftnqfiqstt qq ll
    Bloha 61. If the lord of the 4th bhava, Jupiter
    and Mercury be in the 6th, 3rC, 12th or the 8th place
    from the Lagna, or if they b: in depressionor inimical
    rigns,.the effect of the yoga will be to makethe P3reon
    borq devoid of learning, intelligence and judgment.
    But if these planets be in their exaltation or cil
    (Swakshetra)or ia a Trikona or Kendra position, the
    perEonborn will be perfect in the combination of such
    advantagesas fortune, learnrng and education,and will
    becone a favourite of kings and emperors.
    sl.6A-64 ffistqrq,

    gh sitti; qR qr {drrgdrstiqi rirrnilqgfr l


    qgst qEdt dotd qrgfu{tg; (gqtadiell ERll
    Sloka 62. When Venus hasmost power or when
    the Moon occupyingthe benefic portion cf a sign in a
    Kendra is aspectedby a b,eneficplanet and the 4th bha,
    va has amplestrength, ascrologerssay the mother will
    have long life'
    NorEs.
    Itegarding the Iongevity or otherwise of the rnother, sfr1{ft11q
    has the following sloka.
    r{I{6rn}1u-4} eueag€q;dFq gqrfqga}
    ael gs] g\A<v vft g*i*'iEqqTliqqlnl I
    q€i as mqriefiR aargnqgsdqrg-
    qG flfa+ qnflr:qeqfig: tl
    ft} vruqrqlrTq
    qreqrirfqtqt qi Er{o{fqi I
    oir qri qH€U
    qrEil{ Etaqrir ql rr
    Sloke 63. When the lord of the 4th bhava is in
    the 6th or the 12th and without strcngrh,and when the
    Lagna is occupiedby and aspectedby a male{ic planet,
    a shrewd 4strologermay predict the loss of the mother.

    Ihe fotlowing sloka ,.}rtTl*.. regarding


    tossof mother
    will be of interest:

    €'r,i qqq(af,+gQfi{rqrr}airg"ar}
    fqiliqrqZfaqqflag'irirqrEfeft
    i{rq}tI
    g:r\ mqmlRqaq{t qft q ac&at
    alt e-Eiduarftfrga q-aq itd qt( tl
    dir q-i.et qt 6qt qTq1qdgiI
    qrd* qrq{tstqrqqr,iid
    q{{q:il qu tl
    qrifsrTtRqrt Adh"xII.

    Sloka 64. When the waning Moon is asgociated


    with a maleficplanerin the 8th,6th, or the lZth bhava
    and when the 4th bhava is occupiedby a malefic planet,
    there will be loss of the mother undoubtedly.
    qriran?Trt
    fft flqq€?atlfuit
    qrcndftfrGt( u q\ tl
    r;rlqrtsfrfrq&
    Sloka 65. When Saturnin the 4th bhava is arpect,
    ed by a malefic planet and when the lord of the 8th
    bhavaoccupiesdepression or inimical house,the agtro'
    loger may predict the loss of the mother.
    qr{STqtqft qrflittsftffi r
    qA qrqwrs+
    wfr.i ftfrq+( ll Eqll
    Sloha 66, When a maleficplanet is in the 3rd or
    in the 5th bhava, and when the iord of the 4th is in
    depressionor in an inimical sign, and when the Moon
    is aerociatedwith malefic planets,the astrologer may
    predict the mother's ailment.
    d*q tRer$wRnr'fr
    -TfiM silitqrpr
    fta uirPet
    {rrqrftt{ (ffi qR qrfirql
    dqqlUfr Gilasqr fr?is'tlt tt qs h
    Sloko 67, The lord of the 4th bhava occupying
    the 9th bhava in conjunctionwith the lord of the 6th
    hasthe effectof maling the fathera voluptuary. The
    lord of the 4th bhavaoccupyingit in conjunctionwith
    the lord of the 9th producesthe same effect upon the
    father.
    q'qrilfrftil{m+ftgq aqftqrrdt
    qrdirilfGitiufii 'Iwilerril qd ll
    sL08-?r (tntseqrcr ?60

    Sjola 68. The lords of the 6th and the 4th bhavas
    in the 9th bharra produce profligacy in the father. If
    the lords of the 4th, 9rh,6rh and the lct bhavas be
    togetherin one bhava,the personborn has beenbegot,
    ten in the motherby one other thanher husband.
    rnntt qrqstw* ffi {r qRffi r
    qG nrst ilil ilr uqR qrflrrditflqtl
    Tt gt il
    Sloha 69 If the Moon be asrociatedwith as well
    aE atpectedby a malefic planet or if the Sun occupy a
    Kendra poeition arrd if the 4th bhava be either marefic
    or aspectedby a malefic planet,the person born will be
    guilty of incest with the mother.

    qA U,il{r W qm}Eqna*r r
    qr{rrrqlqfr ErIfeERqr{ft so ;1
    Tt gt
    Sloha 70. Wheo the 4th bhava is representedby
    a malefic Rasi and the Moon or Venus occupying a
    Kendra is aspectedby a malefic planer, the percon born
    will commit incest with the mother or becomeaddicted
    to the wife of a venerableelder. The same effect is
    producedwhea the Moon and Venus happcn to be in a
    malefic 4th bhava and are arpected by a malefic planet.

    g€A snri+ qA qrdrs;*gfir


    6qnrqRxfr|Tri!;( (qqiirqs! il el tl
    Sloha 71, If the Moon occupying the 4th bhava
    be in conjunction with Mars and the lord of the 6th
    bhava,the mother of thc person born will have had
    intrigues with another The Sun and Rahu in the 4th
    bhavawill make the mother incontinenu
    97
    v'n rtrdqi Adh.xll.

    rrg+gqtgir atfi iqqr t


    q?EgtC qiur trta $qqtrmll sl lr
    (ffi qf{fur{fr+qtfts{rnr t
    *i q.nr gqnt{g$til.sdi qiE tt \tl ll
    Slolas 72-73. When the Moon, in the porition
    deacribed in sloka 71, is associatedwith (1) Rahu or
    Ketu,the mother intrigues with a low'born Person;
    (2) if wich Saturn,the intrigue is with a Sudra; (3) if
    with Mercury,it is with a Vaisya (4) if with the Sun,
    the paramourwill be a Kshatriya;(5) if with Jupiter
    or Venus, the lover will be a Brahmin. The Moon
    aecociated with Mars and the lord of the 6th bhavain
    the way describedwill produccthe effectspecified in
    the severalcases'
    NorEs,.
    In this conttection, compare the follovving f rorrr-{f'T{rG.

    sElciksqqEr+ qrtxrtgrgt gqFt I


    qfifht qrqgrrrqi
    qr ;n{rRqBaqrsqFqisfq
    tt
    are& {Egt sqrqnta\qrfi fsqr+\qt
    qriTr;qflsrgq+rrfiqrqqg.nfimftlnldq rr
    gQt.itorrrd q€Id gfi=1*<rruFfral aEr
    iifr*,irt gq?|efrilqfiqatds {AFHia*ll
    ,rqr{q}rita+} sile} +di nRft qE dtsqor r
    qta grt sfr dtqqoliria fii6t dlf{gqgt tt
    {6qrFqtafruerfrgqr e'iEagt faqgg4at
    {fr: gtarfi aqrfi}q qr.q'i dle{qr Hil{ ll
    q?ilsftsqlrrls mg+{i il(qr;qt;qqli utft t
    nfr*gtffirt wrd ll eBll
    grerftfrqruReqia$fr
    st. ?4*?? Etqthsql*, 771

    position in conjunction with the lord of the 3rd bhava


    forces the person born to suck the brerst of a woman
    other than his mother If the lords of the 4th and the
    9th bhavas be in a grwra (Dusthhana)and the lor.dof
    the LagnaI :rong, the yog:, will lead to the death of
    the parents.
    Notle>.
    This as well as slokas 79 80, 86, g8, g9 & 90 appearin qp6{,q6.

    fieEqhttgr&olt {odgt I
    Hnfrewt urq frq-il(ffisqil n \e\ tl
    S/:ta 75. When the lcrd of rhe lOrh placefrom
    the Rq{rs (Pithrubhava 9th) is in a g:rqr.r(Dusthhana)
    and the lord of the Lagna is possessed of strength, the
    person born is either to become the bane of his pareJrts
    or has had no dtc;frrir+rr (Seemanthasamskara).
    qree{T}qro}ri
    ilRrrffi qR r
    qmritil ft €ilTrtq rreEtl
    eqtureqfr
    Sloko 76. Il the lords of the 4th bhava and rhe
    Lagna be in Trikona positions with respect to those
    two bhavas respe*ively, and if the lord of one of the
    Trikonas be in the Lagnr,the rnotherof the personborn
    will die along wich the father.

    trilo}{ftEqr h(ffiilr qft r


    a{{n;dlrmr}qa;qrcrgqillEls ll ss 1;
    Sloko 7 l. If the lords of rhe 4th, rhe 1sr and the
    9chbhavasbe in Kendraor Trikona positions,they will.
    during their dasaaqd antardasaperiods,Iead ts the
    motherof the personborp following the father in death.
    nZ iltinicrrtili AdL XII.
    v v Y ! r Y v r w !
    . ! u l r w v v v Y w v Y : v Y i v v v v v ! v v u v v : - f f i

    tr(MqReng*sfi t
    e{mqegt il fidrfj'il{€tn ll ee ll
    S/ot r 78. The Sun and the Moon occupying res
    pect,ivelythe 9th and the 4th bhrvas will lead to the
    mother of the perEonconcerned following the father in
    death. Ihe sameie the casewhen the bhava associated
    with the Sun has the presencein or the aspecton it of
    the lords of the 9th and the 4th bhavas.
    t rqrwfurmffi{*fl-
    ffqrddirmffq*fr*n: I

    qrirq qlilqwt ffiEFil {tfrIs ll \eq ll


    Sloko 79. Ascertainthe lord as well as the orrt
    (Karaka)of the 4th bhava and the planetsi[ any asso,
    ciated with them, as also the planets that occupy or
    aspectthe cr{qrir (Mathrubhava). Again find out which
    (Dasapr.'
    of theseplanetsis malefic. During the E{tTtT€tt
    hora) period of this iast mentionedplanet will happen,
    say the astrologera,the demisc of the mother of the
    perBonconcerned.
    Tnd"qts-{fr
    fHrq {rftFiw}wrtqt*
    di* rrrggtn mEnutatmiqt{r EonqI
    qrr'trfrqqsod ftqfirfqrfwe rgt
    ililril diffq+ r (Et rft tt do tl
    SJoAa80. Subtract the figurea of the Moon from
    thoseof the Sun; find what Rasi the remainderrepre,
    sents. When Saturn and Jupiter pass through that
    Rasi and Navamsaor through the triang,rlarpositions
    cqrrcuponding thereto, the deachof the mother may
    sr . 8r-83 qqqft5tqFr: ??3

    take place Again, find the remainder rerulting from


    the subtractionof qq{qz6(Yamakantaka)from the lord
    of the 8th bhavafrom the Moon. This remaindershould
    indicatea certain Rasi and a Navamsathereof. When
    Saturnpasseothrough the Resi and the Sun through the
    Navamsain question,the motherrnaypassaway.
    dgmi{*#gssnqtsfrnr
    qarqEfr{r}S
    dtg q gct qqqrf dt tl
    SioAc 81. When Jupiter has attained a Vaieeehi-
    kamsa (zirlr Adhyaya 1 s1.44) such as Gopur.a and
    orhers, or is in the 4th bhava, and when the other
    planetsoccupy the 2nd, the llth and the 4th bhavas,
    the person born will be happy.
    gqs&gifrct fr.qqrqqtsenr
    I
    qhildlr+ {rsfqSorttq6rgqr tt di, tl
    Sloha 82. When the 4th bhava has upon it the
    aspectof Mercury or is b:tween two benefic planete
    or
    occupiesa Navamsaowned by
    Jupitar, the person born
    will be ever engagedin holy worke.

    gcfuerdrrilrffir qail
    qRt
    gd frcilt
    ilGcrrPtr{nur
    aqlqqr$ilqift qrtE! u cl fl
    S/oAa 83. If the planet in the 4th bhava be atrong
    and occupies a benefic Rasi and if its strength
    b;
    enhanced by an advantageousconnection with
    the
    Lagna,then the person concerned will enjoy
    uninter,
    rupted eaae through the instrumentality
    ot'" people
    belongfng to the class which the planet
    represenrE(aidc
    774 srdqcrfrwt Adh. XII.

    Adhyaya I-s1.2)) aud will possessa wealth of the metal


    appertainingto the samepianetQtideAdhyavr 1, sl, 24)
    'q6{rfrriqsqilqrrtEfrsfi{rftTqftfio{r(|
    qrt(fT€qGftiErqrg!il c8 ll
    ry,a{tT{{Reeq*qTE
    !loh,.t 84. If the lord of an untoward bhava from
    the Legna,occupying its depression or inimical sign in
    the 4th bhava, be an enemy of the lord of the Lagna,
    the astrologerssay that, through the dire influence of
    rhis adverseplanet, the personconcerned will be bereft
    of bodily and other comforts.
    qgtqr{fu(qitqnw qod}qilqqfr(tcqtgsn t
    qfrEil ftqsqilWfif gtr girngqq;qft*l ll c\ ll
    S/ofta85. If the planetin the +th bhava, the one
    aspectingit, and its Karakabe all strong, they will pro'
    duce much happiness to the person concerned; if those
    planetsbe in their depressionor inimical signs or be
    eclipsed,th:y will produceunhappiness-the rule being
    that joy is occasionedby an auspiciousplanetand miaery
    by tho inauspiciousones.
    qc'it lilsq$fr€gh qilft* qrRffifiu*rit t
    elfiseqflo(drft *cq
    gxrFEi{;*rRgaqqtt tr
    Slo&rr 86. If the lord of the 9th bhava occupying
    the 4th in conjunction with Venus possesspredominant
    etrength,the personborn will live in pleasureand opu'
    lence for a long time ; but if the aforesaid lord of the
    gth bhava occupying the 6th. 8th, or the 12th place
    from tbe Laqna, be associatedwith a berrefic planet, the
    happiness of tne person concerned will be but shqrt'
    lived.
    s[ 8?-8e EtEdsqrq: 776

    geR<r rltgapqiur{t+m SQr'$rI


    grrai l16lf{r}-{i{trrT$rryor{lt de tl
    Siotc 87. Every calculation,firstiy, in respectto
    one's easeand comfort should be with referenceto the
    4th houseand Jupiter ; 2ndly, every thing concerning
    the mother should be thought of from the 4th bhava and
    the lrloon ; 3rdly, all fragranceas w:ll as cloth, vehicle
    and ornamentsshould be gueesedin referenceto the 4th
    bhava and Venus.
    cf , nslti-lomqrGl
    gqui{alqiqrfi.qtq qt it
    {;nidtn;gerrftil
    gfrEi rriunrirrgtg*q et wfrqgi {r t
    qife .t 14 ll
    3Tilfr{tqlraetta?igrFE{tlrcqrt'igGf
    S/o&a 88. il the lord of thc 4th bhavaoccupying
    * ireneficsign be either aspectedby cr in conjunction
    with Venus, and at the same time free {rotn the aspect
    of ;rn inimical or depressed planet, the personborn will
    ,:ujoy the pleastrreduc to ungents, odc,riferousflowers
    a n d s i m i l a ra p p l i a n c e s ,
    {iqiBqi n"inqis{q srit.q} dide iqifrt
    \,
    dirq* ufiqgtq rafq{ rch {T{FTIC 5saq lrc3,ll
    Slola 89. When the Moon is strot'tg,thc person
    horn wiil have good clothes to wear; if tl-relr4oonbe
    associatedwith Rahu or Ketu, his ciothing will be
    tattered; if associatedwith Jupiter, the apparel will bc
    of silk; if with Venus, it will be variegated with
    jewels; and if with Saturn,it will be of a dark colour.
    u\;gniuiii gwrftalt
    ghoraiediar qfrtihi il t
    7 76 qR{rqrltilfi Adh"xII"

    qrrtfrRrdW oqii q$qs tt \o tl


    Sloka 90. 6If the lord of the 4th bhava be asgocia,
    ted with the Varga of Venusor the Moon, or if it be
    aspected by or in conjunctionwith eirherof the above
    two planete,and if it be ar the same time]freefrom the
    aspectof a depressed or inimicalolanet,the personcon.
    cernedacquirescattleand everyother prop€rty.
    l;g$rfi,qtfrA fr'qq{frtftt r
    ilt* rddtd rggq] qlq(r n qt tl
    Sloka 91. When the lord of the 4th bhavabeing
    an auspiciousplanet ia aspectedby another auspicioua
    planet,and when the Karaka of that bhava is in full
    otrength, the person born will be esteemedby hie
    kinsmen.
    Norss'
    cf, Tffir(
    Fg€qTe,rrt
    ffi g*o(ftfllnt r
    trft+ onflg+ ryggq}qim: rl
    For the same effect, the following yoga isgiven in slflifi((t.

    efiq\ o{Tr} flffgnr?ti gt qrqtqqr} r


    *oqfFqirn)r{qefbg*Aiiftil qlfE{r q;ggrrr:u
    d.r$sdi ffid *;nirqrq{gi r
    ttRtffigt qlqgqlrr{ffii ll qt ll
    Sloha 92, A person will befriend hig relativea
    when the lord of the 4th bhava occupies a Kendra or
    Kona poeition or the llthl bhavatand has artaineda
    Vaiseshikamsa and is free from the aspectof, or associa.
    tion with, a malefic planet.
    sl.es-eo Tr+fisnq* 11r

    {tgafl qiftrd qlqrrlt {wdt I


    {qrtntairg+ gwsnffift il ql ll
    Sloka 93. When the 4th bhava ir occupied by a
    malefic, depresredor eclipsed planet and is void of any
    aspector conjunction of a benefic planet, the peraon
    born will have antipathy to his relations.
    cf. qrffR(d
    qTqrFqtqrqat q ff* dtqrFqi qr,.rflqF$f& |
    qrqqt4twqlqo
    ar lfaqaqqqtGfrttrqrr
    qqfr q;qi (H sqd q$€.t t
    gtfint tt qBtl
    qlqi'qrq{rkt Frourqai
    Sloku 94. If the lord of the 8th bhava be associ,
    ated with a malefic planet and the 4th bhavabe occupied
    by an inauspicious planet, the person born will be
    deceitful; but if the lord of the Bth bhava be in exalta,
    tion, in a friendly house, or in its own or a friendly
    varga and the 4ih bhava be aspectedby a benefic planet,
    the person concernedwill be candid.
    frgtr{qqrtrt=il{qtt, q6ffi I
    .il9il?ia* {rsfi uiur?qqqfH tt q\ tl
    S/otn 95. A personwili be pure,mindedand calm
    when the lord of the 4rh bhava is strong,or has attained
    Gopura and other Vaiseshikamsas,or is in qg (Mridu)
    and other benefic Shashtyamsas.
    qrait qogtqmtrfiqurFqtt
    qtq tt qq ll
    gqstEe qrqilrGs(i
    SloAa 96. When the 4th bhavaand its lord por
    sessstrengthanil are appctrtedby a beneficplanet, tlre
    98
    778 lrtir{,fiftufr* Adh.xrtr.

    aotrologer may declare the person born will posse$6


    vehiclesor similar conveniences"
    qTatt ile{Q t.St Srftfwfrr
    sr€qnndt {ETTmi qtA lt q'sll
    Slohu 97. When the 4th bhava occupied bv its
    lord in a benefic Navamsain conjunction with Mercr-rry
    is aspectedby a beneficplanet,the astroiogerm y preclicr
    the acquisitionof vehicles and other such convenienc*r
    on the part of the person born.
    *Ej iqordq;ql ET€.ruwFEee I
    g€il€d ilar i{Efk gfrggqn u qd lt
    Slo&c 98. When the Moon is in the Lagna irr
    conjunction with the lord of the 4th bhava,the peraon
    bornosay the sages,will havea horseto convey hinn.

    kd\ ErqgEil qA drwnrtirt t


    {Uqtqrttgt qgts"{{Tai{ ll qq rl
    Sloho 99. When the Moon, in conjunctionwith
    a beneficplanet, occupies the Znd or the 4th bhava,
    identical with a behefic l{asi, the person born will
    have a horse conveyance.

    H qgqff\qf, ftoi oil*qrfq gisEorril I


    Str gt qfa EElt iarilqi EREEr{d qr( n loo tl
    Slohu 100. When the lord of the +th bhavaoccu-
    pies the Lagna in conjunction with its (Lagna's) lord
    and the Moon, the person born will have a horse; but
    if the lord of the .ith bhava occupies the Lagna in con,
    junction with Venus, the perscn concerned will have
    an elephantto ride on.
    sl. 10t-102 en(tfr$q{'a: ?7e
    NorBs.
    This sloka is found in qlfffit(.
    qFfrf$qrwurql
    ft'd{ttkd
    {ftffi 'rTfsry
    *;ri*qfruruilfr I
    {i6'rnRITKEf:
    S{q&ffw
    qq gt-ffifrtrtm*Ufr
    Erll t " t li
    Slof* t0l. Venus ancl the full Moon having
    strength and occupying a Kendra or a Trikona poaition,
    will give to the person born under their influence the
    honor of being conveyed in a palanquin" When the
    Moon occupyinga Rasi belonging to jupiter is either
    aspectedbv or in conjunction with lupite: will lead tc
    the acquisition of a red apparelor jewel.
    qr;frf$fiTgt{ot{gft? crr6t
    gfu;glnndqwgilcrgffirs I
    qs{ ?iEutqHqr;(qffi3
    *rnfi*ior.&Ttl{U{frq6{{ lt ?"R $l
    Sloku tOZ. A per$on will get a palanquin or 'l
    horseto convey him when Venus, the Moon and the
    lord of the 4th bhavaarc associated with the lord of tlue
    first. lf Jupiter, tht: lord of the 4th bhava, the Moo*,
    and Venus be all together in a Kendra or a Kona posi"
    tion, the person concerned wili get a vehicle bordered
    on all sides.
    NorBs.
    See sloka ll8 infra. With this as well as the prt loka
    compare the following :-
    rnc{K*t{
    qfuugg'lqftRil utifF*
    qnngac*qqq+q{Hftqfri
    7W llrtTqrawe Adh. xII.

    gqtqguFd Grdlwqr-*ftmr
    w+egqfqf-*tdq&t no f,{q( rr
    emtrrq*{ra'qFtqra{r$tq I
    glpro.}F'sTsftdwnrqqrqqq.n
    *aqTqeMqfl(qed or-qqrt,,lil
    qrqrftil r
    +eqftdfi-{rqsRarq'q}-q
    qaft4 ffiqpq6u'amn*
    genraffeqE
    qa'il qft {afurfifrfq grqEql€q,
    rr
    flqlt g6gt qgrilr€q{rfi{ |
    qrit Wt qi+qu€rdga: n t tl
    "1
    Sloka 103. When the lord of the 4rh bhava is
    associatedwith Jupiter, rhe p3rson born will. have a
    vehicle bordered on all the four sides. When the lord
    of the 4th bhava occupiesthe t0th place in conjunction
    with a benefic planet, the person born will have the
    appendagesof a chowrie and an umbrella.
    gA* hnqf ilEtt oqfui qraafrqn(rt
    silqi urqqilildt s{i* qsunarr;ils
    u toB rl
    Sloka 104. Wherr the lord of the 4th bhavaoccu,
    pier a Kendrathe lord of which is in the Lagna,the
    perronsborn will have facilities for keeping a conve-
    yance. When the lord of the 10th bhavais in the llth,
    and the lord of this againin the 10rh,the personborn
    under the yogawill have ornament$and vehicles,
    NorBs.
    The 3rd padaof this Slsln in eEi&iqilqth rords differently as
    follows:-
    dlft €nrrta{ir rr
    sl. 105-107 qrqqitsqrq: ?81

    qrtt omrrftQgt qrorqt g* |


    frqilft* ucqrrfrddwr tt I o\ ll
    slcrin
    Sloka t05. When the lord of the 4th bhava is in
    the llth orthe 4th, and when Mrrs is in shl (Swak-
    shetra)or in the I tth bhava, the yog.rwill undoubtedly
    leadto the acquisitionof a kingdom'
    cf , qq|ri?E;a1qtq

    fr*a\ €Hqt q€rdEnqi qE qr fhftqqg$ t


    {qilr+ qfeil gQi} rr;ardfreqrqtutlftqn{
    tl
    Eq eqI
    onrertrRrftqacfqqmek
    rfrqq{gEqtgqioarhrfrt}onqflf I
    qrqig q;qFd
    tqrqnlqnrrEt{gqrrFr
    q-gd{qii{{rfiq{rtdr€qrftWFdt tt t oq,ll
    Stoha 106. If the planet occupying the qth bhava,
    the lord thereof and the one aspectingit, be in a Kendra
    or Trikona position or in the l lth bhava identical with
    their exaltation,their own or friendly signs,and if they
    be also poseessed of strength, they secureto the person
    concerned long life, beds,seats,apparel, much landed
    property,a good mansion,friendship of relatives,charm'
    ing vehicles,fameand happiness-

    ffirrcqlFft hn*rcrsqFqet t
    RqrqrratqfrE,tft ffi trd{ ll tos ll
    Sloha 107 Mercury in exaltationor in $wakghetra
    (ser) iderrticalwith a Kendra or a Trikona place from
    the Lagna,leadsto the acquiaitionof ab,rndantknow-
    ledgeand vast wealth.
    782 qriri6crftwft Adh"mi.

    Nores.
    For the sameeflect seethe following frorn .r{({le{l-(.

    frqtt TrarfqnTqr€dfh'rqgat
    gerrr*iflqilq
    dqF,il-qrftftqfprftfioqril qifhdlt"gtEf r
    d gd .niorwrgrugqCat,iftfqe'
    ffi;qwaft firti qif:{*' drdt q il
    grrE{Tr{t
    \ d \ r! d[
    omnigqnrtiRrs{iltt rTr{rrwF{nwff{
    qiin{! UqETirfilgqiba& orsqf}qar t
    sr;qlqd\mtfkar qR q{rqroflryrrgr
    gr&
    iqfr q$d;ilqrTihgodirwil6rfte: tt t oc ti
    Slofta 108. If, in any horoscope"the four planets,
    -via., the lord o{ the 4th and tire 9rh bhavasreckoned
    from thc lord of the Lagnaand the planetsoccupying
    the two bhavas-be slrong in. ;ruspiciousvargas and
    relatedto chc Lagna in someway, and if they whereven
    possiblebe associated:withor aspectedby one another,
    the personconccrnedwill b: a kinE long,lived,energetic,
    in possession of four,corner;dvehicies,largewealthand
    other symholsof sovereignty'.
    qarqrT
    ; affiHoriqqn*iihnfl rrqurffipqq. I
    Ard El{gt fto} adiqqr*{gtft d*o-r. tlt o\ll
    Sloka 109. If 3 of the four planets (mentionedin
    the above slokaj have superior positional strength
    (<rrt-co,Stthanabala)the effect will be the acquisition of
    diveree kinds of precious stones, ornaments and com,
    forts. If two of the planets be possessedof strength in
    the Lagna,the person born will be happy in their res,
    pective dasaPeriode.
    sr.r10-1tr2 lr(qftsqrq: ?8i!

    sirqmTir6tqt f,6t {r€:RrRlqs


    I
    uruft{rd*q?egu EErlrEr
    lt I I " u
    S/ofra 110. If the lord of the 4th house occupy
    singly and in strenqrh one of the three positionsmen"
    tioned in sloka108,srzlrc (r.e.trsr,4rhand 9rh bhavas)
    and be associated,with tire Lagnaor its lord, the dasa
    periodof the pianetin questionwill leadro the acquisi,
    tion of veiricnes.
    qgiiqqtqqirftrarqrf|6qwqrqrorftur*t t
    {UEft qra,q squrrrrntqq-€rrrrrfq
    ll t t t ll
    S / o a a1 1 1 . I f t h e l o r d s o f r h e 4 t h , 9 t h , i l , t h a n d t h e
    Znd bhavasbe reiateci to tire Lagna in some way and
    have strength, thcy will, in their severa! dasaperiods,
    respectivelylead to the acquisitionof a kingdom,good
    fottune, accessionof wealth and property.

    t rqfrsfhinirsgirr
    taurqt\q*-
    N u*ft i{go g{or g€ilf egfI
    ft{ ftit€gqftqEl sr(* rTlqqrPfr
    qTqmr-fr
    fr{ril{ftrffibqrilfr rr ilR tl
    Sloka 112. If the four planets (mentionedin the
    previoussloka)havesuperiorstrengthand bc connected
    with the Lagnain someway, all this will rake placeon
    a large scale; if they be all weak, they will produce
    misery. The effect will be mixed if their strength be
    of a mixed character. If the Karakaof the bhava con-
    ccrned,its lord and the planet occupyingit be inimical
    to the lord of the Lagna and be weak, they will prove
    exceedinglytroubl eoome.
    ,NA |lilmfut Adh.xu.

    Entttrftqt grt udfttfutr


    ggqtaili{rfrqoqreqerfr
    n l t tQtt
    Sloka 113. When the lord of the 4th bhava being
    in an inimical or depression sign, occupiesa g:wrd
    (Dusthhana) and is aspectedby the lord of the 9th bhava,
    there will be acquisition of a vehicle which will be
    either unsteadyor prove a very bad specimenof ite kind.
    cf. ssf'ih.mqlq
    €:rq fiEli qR qrqifl qrr]'tftqrRsqtkt qr r
    gqlqdteaoeqf,til or{rfrqqrfimftfht qr n
    qrfiufRo'rqrKglqqgqlnil! |
    o{dtti tesr qrilt gstlqgqqn ilB tl
    Sloka.114. If the planets in the 9th, 10th and the
    lst bhavasbe benefic ones in their exaltation and be
    aspectedby the lord of the Lagna,the personconcerned
    will cometo grief when a vehicle habitually used by
    him ceasesto exist.
    cf. sdtfr.arqh
    m{qrqfiar?g€}a s}oqqil''fFqm,
    t
    etg +ro?TqnqTiFd g:t+qqql( ll
    dti Ergtqtgqrmgiemwrurtt
    qt td nqrcdfttat ilsililqft{ilq I
    grQqrqgisa;iiqRgtqrni*nni a fr
    q{ (ffih furgqqFdtrsrtaor{
    n tt\ rr
    Sloka 115. If Jupiteror the lord of the 4th bhava
    associatedwith a benefic planetoccupya beneficRasi
    identicalwith the 9th bhavafrom the Lagna,the person
    coocernedwill moveaboutin royal splendourin a vebi,
    cle borReby men during the gteaterportion of bir life.
    sl. 116-119 etq{tsrqTqt ?85

    If the planetsreferredto above occupyinga g:wrn (Duo'


    thhaoa)be eclipsed, depreesed or in an inimical houee,
    there will be no vehicle or other such meano of plea'
    surablelocomotion; if they be in their own houseand
    poEEeEs superiorstrength,there will be a long apellof
    enjoymentculminatingin progressin a palanquin.
    ffrrtd.&Fftfrurqqnrfrq* t
    qoqd qRq1dw{qrrqsilnfr u qtE tl
    Slofta 116. If the lords of the 4th and the 10th
    bhavaseither occupy or aspectthe llth bhava and be
    $trong.they will bestow every blessing.
    orrrd gtrrnQd qffifi iil $ftrr€q I
    {rafr e{rrrrqrni{rqfrftst qE(ll qle ll
    Sloka 1l?. If the lords of the 4th and the 9th bha'
    vas be in the lLth bhava or aspectthe 4th, the pereon
    born will have many vehiclesand an abundanceof every
    earthly blessing,and be capableof pleasinghis sovereign'
    qq\rearratddet{qFqftqR I
    ffigfr tt I tz ll
    darrmirroGqy,q.
    Sloha 1l8. Jf the lords of the 9th and the 4th
    bhavaebe related to the Lagna in someway and be a!'
    pectedby or in conjunction with Jupiter, the person
    born will have the capacity to ingratiate himself into
    the favor of a king and other such ornamental
    accomplishments,
    Nores.
    See sloka 102lirst half suPra.

    grl{Enrfirft grr€q{{g* t
    qtnFnr e{tqr{qfofrqR qrqi ll t tq ll
    99
    ?86 trrcqcrRqre Adh. xll.

    - -t *"*"
    bhavasbe strong and associatedwith benefic planets.
    the personborn will bc opulent and in crmmandr:f a
    numetousarmv.
    c/. omfic
    nleqrf\qqhqrGq\qqrddtqrfqgas,rrr€r( r
    \.i
    dangci fl'qlfaeni q€ciirirqiolri.Trqq
    tl
    qltrf qrcilni{ilt ugndii g{€eqldi I
    {FqIFlt s'rqqgstEr.r$q-({rir{qrefqt{{
    u tRo tl
    .S/oAa120. If thc lord o{ thc -trtrhlia,.,l be in
    thc
    9th, rdenticalwirh a sign or,vneclby a benefic pianet,
    a n d i n c o n j u ' c t i o r rw i t h J u p i t c r a n c iV , : . u s , a n d i f
    the
    lord of thc 9th bhava be in a jionr or .r Kenclr.rposirion
    t h e p c r s o nb o r n r v i l l h a v e t ; r u a r n : r l t sl,v e a i t h
    ;rnd velri,
    cles collectedfrr-rrnrnany cur.rutries

    flfliiqrqggqilrilor{aqtar r t
    gariuiawgrrrrrwl{rtrri{r{ u tqq tl
    S / o A aI ? t . l f t h e l o r d so f t h e ? t h , 6 t h , 4 t h 3 r c l r, ) r h ,
    l s t a n d t h ; l 2 t h l ; h a v a sb e r n c o n j u r r c r i o nw i t h r h e l r i r t l
    of the 5th bh,rv.r,the pcrs;u born will riossrrsslandr
    t c c m i n gw i t i r i r u , ' n b c r l c sm
    sincs.
    gqriqdriegtl fHr qr qqt iioqrqtri'rq'rmr
    r
    fr*urh;*{rrrrg}{r: €tih warugerd{ftu ltq rr
    S I o A a l J J . l f r h c l o r d o f thc .1thbhavabeing
    Jupi,
    ter or Venus occupy thc gth bhav.r irom the Lagna in
    great strength,and if the lord of the gth bhavabc in a
    Kcndra or Trikona pc'sirlon tire nerson born will get
    many vehicles.
    s[ 123-126 grEtftsqrq: 78?

    rurilfr Rm qloqdqrrqtgt I
    *rA*urqiqlsft qg{IEilt{rIIT{ll 111 ll
    Stoka 123. lf the lord of the 4thbhava in conjunc'
    tion with Jupiter ,rndVenus, occuPythe 9th bhavaand
    if the lord of the latter be in the 4th or in any of the
    other Kendrasor in a Trikona position, the personborn
    will possessInany veiriciesand lands.
    orh;nfutfirt qTewqariqi
    t
    qit *onqrq&riiqr frUeqq: I lls tl
    Sloko L24. if a benefic planetbe in tlrc Lagna-Ken'
    dra,i.e.L:gna itself, and the 9ch irhavabc occupied by
    a planetin exaltation anJ when the lord of thc Znd
    bhava is in a Kendra,thc yogr is c;rlcttiatcdto leadto a
    throne.
    _rtil.f,.c{
    cf.
    *"{ fiarq qar.dg.t'{qlf}{ilrirqa&ql-{r
    dEfF,{aftnqniq ffe ffrqrtartfng{t(l.f}dtl
    qFt giihi ft;ftgtr {a '{{f'.rtI
    sqf€ iintqfr ffr{ fir€r${{E{fl q1\ ll
    S l o k a 1 1 5 . W h , : n t h e a t h l ' h a v r i s a s p e c t r :bdy a
    benefic plarretand tire lorrJof thc:lnJ biravain conjunc'
    tion with ben':iic planets occupies a Kt';1s113, and a
    planetin ex,rltation is in thc 2nd bltava, the birth in
    such a yoga is likelp'ro leadto a thronc.
    cf , iIiT.nGt

    fr*ne '{iqt g h'i qi}a'{ainqQq}oi


    I
    girdiFc||
    sqflqii fir t<flqr*ific{rqqqrfh
    o{inwlrnriqnrdqt: qdqnfrt
    ot qrqft qr t{ei iifraffiqqo{Es
    n tlE tf
    788 qrnrqraqfi Adh. xII.

    Sloka 126, If the lords of the lrt, 4th and the 9th
    bhavasbe in the iOth, and the lord of the latter occupy
    or aspect the Lagna, the effect of the yoga will be a
    throne.
    cf. fl.ffi{d
    qrrhart{rgQanr:miftqarntq*arfE{or'r
    +t+rtqdigt figri ffronanrRgqrflfld
    ll
    udungq{r{mr{qrnrcr qit r
    q{fr aFltffi fr€rffiq?d{iq.tt tRs tt
    Sloka 127. lf the lords of the 10th, lst and the 4th
    bhavasoccupy the 10th bhava and the lord of the last
    mentionedbe some way connected with the Lagna, the
    person born in the yoga will become the master of a
    throne.
    NotBs.
    Some books read, "grTlt{t=<Tl:tt
    in place of "g141gtttl:',

    qR I
    gwtgqmtilr *;quiurFTril
    qtsqrirreqqiqosonfur?rfiq
    u tRd tl
    Sloka 178. If Jupiter, Venus and the lord of the
    9th bhavabe in a Kendra or Kona position, or in the
    l1th bhava,the person born will have an abundanceof
    vehiclesand becomea monarch,
    qriffiitqqfr qiodtqt{r€frqlt eqil}n t
    ranQewrqfin ftarrqnfttft xlrrq u tRqrl
    Sloka 129. If the lord of the 4th bhava and the
    planet occupyingthe 10th posse$smost strength and be
    aepectedby or in conjunction with the lord of the 9th
    bhava,or if they be eachir the other's house,they wili
    pave the way to the attainmentof a throne.
    -._"--,-.."-",--"-19n
    .__._--.*-,1S_.IT"
    ?'.]3-T1s_'_
    eqrn.d{rfit nqrPirqqrnrrt'
    ilErquiil{nt ffs:sqq?tdiqtt 11" tt
    preceding
    sloka 130. The personrcferredto in the
    throne when, in the
    sloka will becometh. o..upunt of a
    4th bhava' its own
    rnain dasa(qlrr) of thc lord of the
    the progress
    antardasa(eta{rn; sets itl, and when. during
    (fi6tr) and within it the
    of tbis antardasa,the vidasa
    bhava is reached'
    up.d.., (Yqm) of the lord of the 10th
    qqt{Qfis€(ritrTrfigqritfr onrldsgqd I
    i.iiu *1.t qutii iaeiqqdqlftqft {r{qrq{ t lt
    the lst bha
    Stttka131. If the lords of che9th and
    the latter be in the
    vas occupy the 4th and tl're lord of
    person born
    Lagnaidentical with a beneficRasi' the
    i{ the lord of the 4th
    will always enjoy happiness' Rrrt
    tire other conditions
    bi"rr^ happen io bt in the 6th and
    will be overtaken by
    obtain as in the above Yoga, he
    be{allsan enemy or a
    misfortune-a fate th'rt usually
    hostile person.
    qt
    wilIIEIiqqfi m:r&glrct qod$ I
    qqiiqi{r{qGqqq+w{ilii t* gsnerEri lt llR ll
    bhava be in the
    SJoftc 132' if thc lord o[ the 6th
    t)rh ur aspectedby bcncfic planetsor possessedof much
    the yoga will have to
    strength,th" p..rot bcrn under
    the dasa period of the
    surrender,for sometime' during
    to his enemy'
    lord of the 4th bhava,his whole fortune

    gtqfi\t fiqqAegse{rqqmt<utfrrieq t
    qrqdlqirc firr;€fi gar<rw{ wtfr r{q tttlltt
    cet forth in
    Sloha 133. If, under the conditione
    7m qrdEqftqrt Adh. )ilI.

    with the lord of the 4th bhava, the whole fortune of the
    person concerned will be with the enemy during the
    whole of the dasaperiod of tlre latter planet. But il the
    planetary conjunction be malefic,the fortune vrill return
    to ite former owner at the concluding portion of the
    daaaof the lord'of the 4th bhava.

    trqri girQ*Tdirg{rtgt I
    ilisn* iln {ft qgtd*rnrF{iln t Qutr
    Sloka 134. If the 4th bhava be a benefic Rasi and
    ics lord bc in conjunction with a benefic planet and the
    Karaka of the bhava also holde a similar position, the
    perEonborn will have much land and wealth.
    **Et flqsqdqfi worfhlor,rsyBflt I
    qIqrFEiqlq(frid qr *nRffii $erqFilffi{rs tl
    Sloha 115. If the lord of the 4th bhava occupying
    a.depressionor an inimical varga has attained any one
    of the malefic 60th portions of a sign, ztiz. Kalagni,Sula,
    or Anraka (kala) and if ir be also in conjunction with
    or aspectedby malefic planets,the yoga will lead to the
    loss of landsand other such sourcesof livelihood, say
    the astrologers.
    oni\qq wfrrqRqtrfu-
    wtTrs'sifut.niimr{rq.
    I
    qri{rgft€q} ftqq;g{rftr
    qralnmFqgngrkurftgr
    il t{Q il
    Sloka 136. If the planet ownrng the sign occupied
    by the lord of the Lagna be an enemy,there wili be lose
    of land and houre when, in the dasaperiod of the planer,
    sl. 137-1s8 atq{tst?rq! 791

    its own gfo (Bhukti) sets in When the Bhukti of thc


    lord of the 4th bhava in the main drsa referred to
    approaches,the person concernedwill becomebereft of
    some relative ; and the Bhukti, in the same dasa,of a
    planet in conjunction with Saturn, Mars or Mandi
    will occasiondisasters.

    Rittr swriqqi trErlq!S*qrFqerfitqt


    qrdlorritrftrd
    fr ?.iwtit orrr}F{fr I
    {q{dtqr gqgfi ft*qiuRriiq
    dEtrE!
    ofiur gqrrftrr grrgfi fi&qRilqs tf lle tl
    Slohu 137. lf the lords of ttre 2nd and the 4th
    bhavasoccupy, in conjunction with a benefic planet,
    the 9th bhava identical with a benefic Rasi, the peroon
    born will comeby a treasurelaid un der,ground. Again
    if the lords of the llth and the 2nd bhavasbe in the +th'
    and the lord of the last-mentioned bhavabe in a benefic
    sigrr in conjufr:tion with a benefic pilnct, the acquisi-
    tion of hiddeh trcaslrrewill be the result. Thirdiy, thc
    lord of the l lth bhavacccupyingthe 4th in conjunction
    with a benefic planet is a giver of wealth concealed
    underground.
    Nortis.
    This appe:rrsin 't16q,1q,

    qrlaqqTddil amqr! qrq{gar I


    qnitl{gtg$Imlqt€KtttiqElstf I ld ll
    'Ihe
    S/ofrc 138. lords of the Znd, lZth and the 4th
    bhavas occupyingthe 8th in conjunction with malefic
    planetsoccasion languidness in the house which will
    increasein propclrtion to the number of evil planeta
    con joined.
    crdofiftEtir Adh. xII.
    - . v . ' r ! t v v - - Y ! . #
    r v v ! ! v v v ! ! v v v v v v v v i v v v v v v v r

    ntsfr il qlqsUgt t{gqrffiqR t


    fltsudr $tS qr gt qIET{irnf ll ?13 tt
    Sloka 139. If a maleficplanet or Rahu in the 4th
    bhava be aspected by an evil planet, the person born
    will be a suffererin the matter of domesticcomforts'
    If Mars or the Sun occupying the 4th bhava be in
    depressionor in an inimical house,the personconcerned
    will be houseless.

    dttsei qI irtfr wIraEIfiqfttqRt


    St qft ql.Tr{rqqqgAqti gt+utqfll tuo ll
    Sloha 140. lf the planetin the 4th bhavabe depres'
    sed or eclipsed,the Dersouborn will slip into a well or
    eomesuch reservoir. If there be a maleficplanet in the
    4th bhava,he will experiencemisfortunes. If Saturn
    occupy it, there will be loss of comfort and happiness.
    .Jtt I
    "qq\ o{t6 {ifisadqrql
    Gi uuq{n} qrqbiliqG{l(€! ll tBt ll
    S l o k al 4 l . l f t h e l o r d o f t h c 4 t h b h a v a f r o m t h e
    Lagnaoccupy the llth, the person born will lodge in a
    stranger'shousein a foreign land ; if it occupy the 8th
    bhava,there will be no house etc.' owned or tenanted
    by him; if the plarrctbc in thc 6th bhava,he will lodgc
    in a houseof which thr: master is a paternal relation,
    suchasan uncle,a cousitr,etc.

    3rmfr qflErorqE:qr( qgriqar qodtui qr t


    glanqqigsir€Il?q(t<teeidr€{ikd EI ll lBl, ll
    Sloko 142. The lord of the 4th bhavaoccupying it
    or any other strong planettherein will easily lead to the
    sl. 143-146 Etqrilsqrqr

    acguisition of a house. If the lord of the 4th bhava


    occupy a g:rrrrT(Dusthhana)or if the planet occupying
    the 4th bhavahasstrengthfor evil (as an adversaryt,the
    housefalling to the lot of the p:rson brrn will b: either
    cra\y or haunted.
    q{R6qqrsqjnilaffi qqg ft q1l
    qHiqrq{ifrflr€IqR€Rildrql!ll lBl ll
    Stohc'143. The lords of^the 12th, the Znd and the
    4th bhavasoccupyingthe 6th, the 3rd, the 12th and the
    8th bhavasfrom the Lagna, lead to the loss of a house
    in proportion to the number of m,tlefic planets in
    conjunctionwith them.
    oamq+fr,tETqrrrowFqilt I
    ilrqitaqstrtrd qdlqtq qiaq: ll tsg ll
    Slokn 144. Awise astrolog., -iy assertthe sound
    condition of as many housesas there are planetsin the
    Trikonas and Kendrasfrom the Lagna.
    cf . q-{Fr{
    *-afi+;iotgfjq€q gi ndla'tarJ(rf\ofiq:
    r
    qgq\rqrttqdrfioqrq affiq| qltl.f€ qtfr t
    ffidqqt qordfriq{ft d\t ccrgrttlu\n
    Sl<thu.145. If thc lord of the 4th bhava occupy the
    12th from the Lagna,the personborn will have a dilapi.
    dated house: but if the planet be in a Trikona or a
    Kendra and possessgreat strength, the house would be
    lovely and of many hues.
    rdit fpqdgil Rt wrtgt r
    frguq{rtErsft{tft eaqf<rq.
    tt tBEu
    Sloha 146. When the 3rd bhava is occupied by a
    beneficplanet and the lord of the 4th bhava ie strong,
    100
    qrdsqrfoflt Adh. XIL

    che personborn will possessa strong house; the same


    will be the casewhen the lord of the 4th bhava has
    attainedGopura and othcr benefic Vargas.
    qrarfrqrQrftaruqr$REi
    twri {rqriI
    gi ciq tt lus ll
    qtiEiorrfr
    Sk* €igs{tftqft
    Sloha l4'1. If. the lord of thc lOth bhavaassociated
    with a malefic planet occupy the 4th, the astrologerg
    say the perscn born will become bereft of lands and
    obedient service. The samee{fect is producedif the
    lord of the 10th occupy the 4th in a malefic Navamea
    and in such a baneful shashtyamssxs filiur (Mrityukara)
    and be at the sametime in conjunctionwith the lord of
    the 8th bhava.
    uttt drqdg* irit eqodlqf I
    olt qotqda"i nsn$gaqll lge ll
    S/cAa 148. When the 3rd bhava is occupiedby a
    beneficplanetand when the lords of the 4th and the
    Lst bl:avasare in strength, the personborn will be in
    possession of a mansionwith encircling walls.
    qn1qatut ircnt git;gq1pqtr
    ,
    qTsft
    uiiwrrf{r+ it*t .&q&tq ll lsq ll
    rfr a'iaq*aarqrtqarqft{Ri
    ErrfffiqrRqft ||
    ar(dls'.qrqs
    SlokLti49. If the lord oJ the 4th bhava be in a
    q'rtrqaifi'
    (Paravatamsa),or being aspected by Jupiter
    and the Moon has attained Gopura or other em (amsa),
    the astrologershould declarethe possessionon the part
    of the personborr"rof a divine abode (Temple ?).
    Thus ends the XIIth AdhYaYa,&c',
    --,<-^,/y]F-'
    qfrqflsuuFt:
    crrcrirqftqrfr
    il qerqgrtHFqrHrll
    AdhyaYa, XIII.
    THa nrnecrs oF tttr 5tn AND THE 6Tll RtrAVe:;.

    ll qq[ q{grrir$o{ ll
    goqdii'irft'
    qHTIIR(Ne's{,T*itreiftrqel I
    oila;gRi{re: frawi qlqrcqwa{Her
    wrffifffttr qhir{{'-d+(ll q li
    Sloka 1. It is from the 5th bhava that an astro-
    loger should think about a person's tutelary deity,
    oovereign, son, father, intelligence and religious merit.
    A pilgrimage has to be guessed with reference to the
    ?th, the 6th, the 2nd and the l0th bhavas. Any wan'
    dering to a far-off placeshould be ascertainedfrom the
    l?th bhava. The father's happinessmay be known
    with reference to the lst and the 4th bhavasand the
    Sun. The acquisition of children is to be determincd
    'Ihe
    in connection with Jupiter and che 5th bhava.
    wife's accomplishments,the astrologer may predict
    through the 7th birava,the lord of the Znd and Venus.
    cf" qrd$I{<ot
    :I
    g&*+erewr;rfladitln&ft'rfiftfinsq
    gdrfil{rAqaqqriqi t}nqqt, qftRoaf,tqq
    tt
    7J5
    7s6 sfrdtfcrRqre Adh. XIII.

    oqrqlilfr gqtftilgf $tqilruq,i


    sq silfr{rrqtftegtftqmii=sfr t
    qrfr qrcfitgEqft;giter){i}ti
    gqn s}
    fiog qrqst gt {rftrq{nr;qrRq}tqtr{ ttrtt
    Slohrt Z. If the 5th bhava from the Lrgna be oc,
    cupied or aspected by a maieplanet, the personbrrn
    will adorca male deity. If the Sth bhava be an even
    Rasi and asp:ctedor o:cupied by the Moon or Venus,
    he will prcfer to worship a femaledeity. If the planct
    aspectingor occupyingthe 5th bhrva be the Sun, the
    deity worslripped'will be the Sun chiefly ; if the Moon
    or Venus, thc goddessiirft (Gouri) wilt be adored; if
    Mars, it rvill b: Kartikeya; if Mercury, the object of
    adoration will be Vishnu ; if Jupiter, ir will be Siva.
    If the 5th bhavr be in conjunction with or aspectedby
    Saturn or others, zrie., Rahu or Ketu, the person will
    worship other deities.
    NorEs.
    This sloka al)pears in :ltdfr{d,
    The word sltq{ (Athman) deuots tlie .5th bhzrve,. c/. r,.aa1iqor.

    {TqI;* gRq+..rt;qqlqfi6q( ll
    ofiirrqqrcqqil]uqfrntq{ikl gffimrtcr I
    wrdil drrft g€AQwnnuqrsifru I tl
    Sloha 3. Devotion to the deity indicatedby rne
    lord of the 5th bhava leadsto the loss of children when
    the planetis inimical to the lord of the Lagna. If the
    lord of the Sth bhava be not inimical but more propr-
    tious, the effect 'uvouldbe even. But if there would be
    fuiendehip between the lords of the 5th and the lst
    bbavas,he will, by worshipping the deity indicated by
    sl.4-5 ?{I(ilstqtq: 7s7

    the lord of che 5th bhrva, securethc infinice graceof


    that deity.
    ilneri gegqi{tfiiki qgi {r
    (il{iri {oitit tqffiwqfttft t
    qrqltrt ft.raqfifi qrfift fiI{ri
    qrdi frqrft{qgqdittet;mtrdql ll B ll
    Sloha 1, If the 5th bhavabe occupiedor aspected
    by Jupiter, Mercury and Venus, and if the lord of that
    bhava be strong, the personborn will qet into the good
    gracesof hts sovereign. But if the 5th bhava be occu'
    pied by a malefic planetan.l its lord being void of
    strength,occrlpya malefic pcrtion o[ a sign, the person
    born will be void oi lcarning, dducation; virtues,
    intelligenceand royal favor.
    oi qraqdlg€ tgqdtsirsq{t€*:
    ffi g qg.qqq ct;ri qrgqelll"qmqtI
    ftffqrfrkgfu{ qia{tq-tqet gt
    cTldf'TKg(l{(eglfrqii (fr qlftRr'all \ ll
    Sloka 5. If the lord of the 4th bhava be in the
    Lagna and the lord of the latter occuPy the 4th and be
    aspectedby or in conjunction with other planets, the
    birth of a quadruped will take place. If the planets,
    aspectingor in conjunction, be Rahu or Ketu, the crea'
    cureborn will be a goat; if those planets be Jupiter,
    Venus or the Moon, the birth vuill be of a cow; the
    creatureborn will be a buffalo if the planet,asPectingor
    in conjunction with the lord of the Lagna be Saturn.
    If the lord of the Lagn:r ba in the 10th and Rahu in the
    Lagna,the creature will come out from the womb with
    the lego foremost.
    798 qrdoqrRcra Adh.XIII.

    furerf iqqqnarftqrtRftwrerffi * 1
    $ufuuftgeqft* qril! uitrilqftsrotr€il!u q rl
    Slol.r 6. If the lords of the 5th and the 4th
    bhavasoccupythe 2nd and the ?th severallyor conjoint,
    Iy, and be aspectedby or in conjunction with a mrlefic
    planet and when a male planet is in a Drekkana owned
    by a nale sign, the creatures born will be monkeys,
    pigs, cats and the like.

    efq.qrqgtfhta qnf ftoerafrqlWftr


    ffiir€ffiq.* qit q*hF{q} ho'* t
    qsangfiEqrgiliqrs g*;gglitmr
    q*sft ffiqift ilrtoi iEqrutfr
    Gerrr\err
    Sloha 7. When the Drekkana referredto in the
    precedingsloka is aspectedby Saturn and Mercury, the
    birth will be somethingin the from of a lump or a
    round mass. If Jupiter in conjunction with Rahu be
    united there and be aspected by a weak planet the
    personborn will be of the Brahmana caste and will
    rtoop to do vile acts not becominghis birth. If Jupiter,
    Rahu and Saturn be united there and be aspectedby
    Venus and Mercury, the person born though a Sudra
    will attainto equality with a Brahmin, and as a twice,
    born will receive inscruction in everv science.

    ormsroorhgqqft{rtsqqtsso}i*t
    q;ilet qR s.qqihfr aqrH*sqrswrnsI
    qrqHqqtqfi fqgir *aie.ril]ilrar
    sranirn{ gxqroig*s{if.B'fr il d tl
    sl.8 ldqqtsqrq: 79e

    Sloku 8. A person can have prosperitv (sons,


    wife, etc.),according as the 5th or the 7th hous" calcu'
    lated from the Lagna or the Moon at the time of his
    birth is occupiedor aspectedby a beneficplanec or by
    its lord;.if otherwise,he can have no son or wife' II,
    when the Sun occupiesVrrgo identicalwith the rising
    sign,Saturnis in Pices,the latter planetwill cause the
    deathof his wife. And Mars in the 5th house in the
    previous yoga brings about the deathof the son.
    NorBs.
    This sloka has been taken fronr gEsildin (Brihat Jatakar.
    I f t h e r u l e r o f t h e 9 t h h o u s ei s p l a c e d i n t h e 5 t h o r t h e 7 t h
    bhava from the Lagna, it will bring atl liinds of prosperity. The
    sameholds goc'dfor the Moon. This is one interpretation. Here
    g{ (Subha) is taken tc mean the 9th house.
    Second interpretation. It Jupiter, the \Iaster of Benefics
    (qxai qfn:-Subhanampatihi) is placed in the 5th or the 7th house
    fronr the Lagna or the X{oon, the yogir causesalso every kind of
    prosperity.
    Third interpretotion. If planets rrrling the ttrtzrt<l:(Ishta'
    stthanas,uiz., placesother tharr the 3rd, the 6th, the 8th and the
    lZth) be placed in the 5th and 7th houses from the Lagna or
    t h e M o o n , t h e n a l s o p r o s p e r i t yi s i n d i c a t e d .

    Fourth interpretotion. If the ruler of the bouse occupied


    by Venus be placed in the 5th or 7th bhava fronr the Lagna o' the
    Nloon, it leads to prosperity. Here glrvfr (Subhapati) is split up
    into { (Su;:* (Sukra), u (Bha):qi11(Itasi) and qii (Pati).

    Atnther uiew. It the ruler or nakshatraoccupied by Venus


    be placed in the 5th or the 7th from the Lagna or tbe Nfoon, then
    also prosperity is indicated. (The rulers of Nakshatrasare accord'
    ing to iEli'lnt-Vimsottari System).
    In all the above interpretzrtions' the planet or planets con'
    cerned may take the role of aspectdng instead of occupging.
    800 qrilEcrRqre Adh. XIII.

    In the absence of the above yogas, the nran is sure ,to be


    unhappy.
    If Virgo is tr.rrise with the Sun in it and Saturn be in Pisces,
    the native witi kilt many rvives. If Virgo is to rise witl, l\lars in
    Capricorn, such a peison wili lose nlany sons who are born.
    It may however be asked "Why does Saturn in Pisces with
    the Sun in Virgo as Lagna kill wives?" The ans\ver is, Saturn,
    as ruler of tho t'th, in the 7th aud in opposition to the ruler of the
    l2th is bad. To be mo.re explicit, the rulers of bacl houses sh<luld
    not be in Subha Sthanas igqtqta) or good houses.
    T h e S u n a n d S a t u r n i n o p p o s i t i o n w i l l i n c l i c a t en r o r e t h a u o n e
    wife especially in dual signs.
    j \ I a r s i n t h e 5 t l r n r a y l ' r sg o c d f o r l i n : r . n c e ; b u t i t i s c e r t a i u l y
    b a d f o r i s s u e sa n d r v i l l a l n ' a y s l i i l l c h i l d r e n .
    \
    itq: qgquq?qrc qrdfqqr{qfrgqq.t
    aDgur sqq lRiq q r nidee:tt
    l \ l a r s c o m i n g i n t o t l r c f i r s t p o r t i o n o f t h e 5 t h b h a v a r i ' i 1 1k i l l
    the rrst son: con,ing into the nriddle portionl he n'i11 iiril the
    f
    middle son, and if he cornes inro the last portion, he nilt ki1l the
    later issues. Further, 1\l:trs ni11 always ki11 chiidr en betrveen
    the ages of I and 3 I'ears ( Qf , r'.,T, ei aq fdirii: etc., l lrihat
    Jatalra-Ch. \ r l I I . s l . 9. ' \ c t . o r d i n g to this principle, the lioon
    rules for the {lrst ye:Lr and llars rules for tbe next two 1'ears.
    Therefore childre n l iil be l;illed tt:tthin three years I.y llars.)

    l;ilS+: gdr,eaqtqarqdrtfn?rI uQhdqqrfaq R: I


    ftqlqi sfiaft erils*gi qrqiqfi:Ud?ft:gail gr: sr(u
    fiqwq q;q1€ e qff,rct'-ligur rnatqr{ q,rf}dI
    c{ \ \ n
    q€lrqHrEqnQ$sFE:
    ggls;qqr qK{aI lQ {ra: ll
    T,-qtot{q{ (Kalyana Varr.nan), the author of qtrrqe,t(Saravali).
    s a y s t h a t t h e r e a r e 12 k i n d s o f s o n s w h i c h a p e r s o n m a y b e d e s t i n e d
    to have. They are (t).rltg (Aurasa) a son born to a iawfully
    married wife; (Z) *ac (Kshetraja), one that is born to a wife
    through a brother or other kinsman of her husband duly appointed
    sr.8 tffissqtq: 801
    J.!w

    to raise up issue for him ; (:) r< (Datta)' one tlrat has been
    receivedas a gift from his natural parents for being adopted;
    (+) *iiie(Kreeta), one that has been purchasedfor purposes of the
    c o n t i n u a n c eo f t h e f a m i l y ; ( 5 ) f l T q ( K r i t r i m a ) r a s r o w n - u p s o n
    adoptedwithout the consentof his natural parents; (6) 3{qqcrr{
    (Adhamaprabbava), an offspring born to a low'caste woman
    through a Brahmin; (7) €rtqx (Gudhotpanna), a son born
    secretly of a woman when her husbandis absent, the real father
    being unknown ; (8) 3{ciaq(Apaviddha}' a son that is abandoned
    by the father or mother, or by both, and adopted by a stranger;
    (s) ficrfi-{(I'auuarbhava),a son of a widow rernarried; (10) 6tdia
    (Kaneena),the son of an unmarried wornan; (l l) {il6 (Sahodha)'
    the son of a rvoman pregnant at rnarriage; (12) <r€tci{a (Dasi'
    'l'he
    prabhava), the son of a female slave. particular kind of son
    tbat one may get is thus describedin Saravali'

    gd{qn {qgiir gfr€d1r wqlfit }rrq t


    tqi qsq: gsi qqsq{qq faqiThtt
    qfidi Utqil grruara\nl qq.gx: t
    €*Iff4lqqqT q€?iifialfeffisftqr n]+i: ll
    \.\^
    flFqI iql{Tq€qt flIFqI{ dlqil flqI eel I
    gqEDaQgqrfberqrqinhsqil
    eDll
    mt n\Xqfgq{eigr$qr*,erq1q:
    r
    fr*qg{ qiqfa q}'iisft.iu} {aqee: tl
    qpqgndfi;gfiilfni qR nia\q gnq.r
    e.fl{g*rqlt:+,lc*rgqs Ai st( tl
    flflqqri +lii frrgi qai q{ qqi t
    aflqg'i fq-qt.&qq(udq1;grt tl
    qil qaqrrdirii\ q{q ETsa
    ng+ |
    AfadeuqFit qrdq gilsqqqqq:ll
    q-i ,tiqt{rqaqkq q;etEAffit qqfti I
    101
    802 q|(sqTRqft Adh. XIII.
    \\or

    {flF9a: 91: sJqq€q{qrrTFt


    ll
    afoiq q qii qlfiq,irtfitfrt Gqr r
    gaqqqqfi g+sqfia qft *6,tgfiqqqr(tt
    nfhitt qoi nfigft qai sErqqt r
    g*,rfiuuieUga' ilq,ifr qqfi tt
    c\.\\
    TsT qqrsflHT.fi€redq{ qqq +FI I
    sfRt qrqta:Rqqfa
    ifiebssqq gr: il
    qfrrfiqoqqrit,
    gatt qo4uqngtr
    g*.n eenriga:*fin: n*aa tt
    diarr$+ qrqdqai HEr{rrft |
    \ c ^\ .\
    qldlsgr: gQq:HFqq€{ilqKIiT ll
    graai{ nfuag},orAflfht eqqsda r
    qtdiqqqrfr
    ala'qrqfQ
    *fiqrqrqt'tt
    fsaerfuqi
    Srt nr"qiels'rqrfqfrg-i I
    qt+q+.oq*T: qrqw g{r: tl
    fg:.gqtrfrrrr;tsfr
    S u c h o f t h o s e i n w h o s e h o r o s c o p e st h e 5 t h h o u s e i s o c c u p i e d
    or s p e c t e d b y l r e n e { i cp l a n e t , so r r : ; i t s e l f a u a u s p i c i o u s s i g n ( b e i r : g
    o n ' n c - db y b e n e l i t : s ) ,w r l l c e r t a i l l y b e b l e s s e d w i t h o n e o r o t h e r o f
    t h e l < i n d so f s o n s d e s c r i b e d a b o v e . I f i t b e o t h e r w i s e , t h e r e w i l l
    be no issue.

    If the 5th hr.ruse,couuted either from the Lagna or the lloon


    u h i c l r c i e r i s s t r o u g c r ' ,b a p p e n t o b e a \ - a r g a o f J u p i t e r a n d s h o u l d
    also bc a benelil sign or be aspected by benefic planets' the person
    concerned rvlll have an ctfo{(i(Aur;,sa) son.

    The numl,rer olt sons that a person may lrave is that signihed
    by the number of benefic Navamsas that have elapserdin the 5th
    bhava. This nurnber will be doubled if the bhava be also aspect-
    ed by benefics. 'fhe numbcr lost will be ascertained through the
    number of malefic Navamsas traversed, and tbe number will be
    s[8 *irqqisrqrqr 803

    doubled if the bhava be also aspected by mate6cr. Also ff'


    XIII-+6, *7, infra.
    If the 5th housebelong to a Varga of Saturn and be aspected
    bv Mercury but not by Jupiter, Mars or the Sun, the person con-
    cerned will have a ta; (Kshetraja) son. The same will be the
    case if the house in question belong 1e 3. Varga of Nlercury, be
    aspectedby Saturn and be at the same time devoid of the aspect
    of Jupiter, IVIarsor the Sun.
    I f S a t u r n s h o u l d o w n t h e 5 t h h o u s ea n d a l s o o c c u p y i t a n d i f
    t h e M o o n s h o u l d a s p e c tt h e s a i d h o u s e , t h e p e r s o nc o n c e r n e dw ' i l l
    get a (({ (Dattal.a) son. If }Iercurv should take the role of
    S a t u r n i n t h e a b o v ey o g a t i r e n a t i v e w i l l g e t a f t t ( l i r e e t a ) s o n .
    I f t t r e 5 t h h o u s ew i t h S a t u l n i n i t b e i n t h e S a p t a m s ao f \ l a r s
    a n c lb e n o t b e a s p e c t e db y a n y o f t h e r e n a i n i n g p l a n e t s ' t h e
    person concernedn'i11get a SrQt€(Kritrirna) son.
    If the 5th housebe in a Varga of Satu-'n or be occupiedby
    the Sun, with the aspect of i\{ars on it, the son of the personcon-
    cerned will be an 3Tqqqif4(Aclhamaprabhava).
    lf the Moon should occupy in the 5th houseanamsa of Mars
    a n d b e a s p e c t e db y S a t u r n a n d n o t b y a n v o f t h e o t h e r p l a n e t s
    the son of the personconcernerlwill be a lf,aiiq{(Gudhotpanna).

    If Mars occupy the 5th house identical with the \rarga of


    Saturn anrl be aspecterlby the Sun, the personconcerned will get
    a son of the aqiia (Apatidclha)class ; so declares sageKaruna'
    The son of a pdrson will be fiqii+ (Pounarbhava) when, in
    his nativity, the l\'Ioonis in the 5th house in a Varga of Saturn
    and in conjunctton with that planet, and is also aspected b1'
    Venusand the Sun.
    tf ttre 5tU bhava be in the Shodasamsaof the Sun and be
    o c c u p i e do r a s p e c t e db v h i m , t h e s o n o f t h c p e r s o nc o n c e r n e dw i i l
    be a da}< (Kaneena).
    If the 5th house belong to a Varga of the Sun br the Moon
    and be occupiedby the Moon or the Sun respectively and if the
    bhava be at the same time aspectedby Venus' the native will
    bave a son of the t{Eid (Sahodha)class.
    ildcqrRqre Adh. XIII.

    If the 5tl house being a malefic sign be occupied by three or


    more malefics in strength and has no benertc aspect on it' the
    person concerned will not bave any sc,n.

    I f t t r e S t t r b h a v a l r a p p e n st o b e i n t h e N a v a m s e o f V e n u s a n c
    has the aspect of that planet on it, the issues will be of the atdi.
    qlt4 (Dasiprabhava) c1ass. Sorne sey that the srnre should be
    predicted through the \Toon also , i.e., whert tlre 5th bhava is in
    the Navamsa of the Moon and is also aspected by that planet.

    If the 5th bhava beiug in a Varga of Venus or the tr{oon be at


    t h e s a m e t i m e a s p e c t e ' 1o r o c c u p i e d b 1 ' t h e s e p l a n e t s , t h e i s s u e s
    w i l l g e n e r a l l y b e < l a i r g l r t e r s .T h e s a m e w i l l l r c t l r e c a s e i f t h e
    s i g n r e p r e s e n t i n g t l r e V a ' r g : ri n c l u e s t i o n b e e v e n . O t h e r w i s e , t h e
    i s s u e sq ' i l l b e a l l s o r r s .

    The author of Sar:rvali gives some detarls regarding one's


    wif e, ai,z.:-

    g*;g*enfiri' qtaibfla atuqi{?flqq{ q n}'fihl I


    qqt qtsfi s qfts't faAfn( EI flf:d fe* qEqqfi€rrFlqrll:
    ll
    u3$dril' asiq;qrfiqaqq,iiqnI
    afirrfiq,it,rai qn?gqi gq.i: €tI( ll
    qqqdtqi{r(eqT qef}dqril f;iitflqlarsfE
    I
    qlq qfauqiirutgqqlarRqrfii tt
    qftq ffafha,irii ghsnarfiqlfqi I
    eEar eg'l:o,itqqFnui fii\or tt
    {!{m'it: aaui ifiSaaftqrgi'ia-F{ir:
    gh turrrqal-isfi aaflnhtqTol€ql:ll
    grelnqfr e qI ;IEr{to{lFso}sEEI
    sq€ qi{gmqiikavtgeiair qrqf t
    $qd gt'{f{rhagi iIIffig gldi{r}
    qlfliqeqntireq ffTqtldtqRfqst ll q ll
    st 9-10 aqlqtfrsqrq: m0
    Sloha 9. When the lord of the 5th bhava or of
    the 9th from the Lagna occupies the 7th bhava or an
    even Rasi and is aspected by or ia conjunction sith
    the Moon or Venus, a gooJ number of daughterswould
    be born. If the two planetsreferred to above occupy a
    male varga and be aspectcdby or in conjunction with
    male planets,the number of children born will cootain
    a majority of sons. The question of obtaining irsuer,
    an astrologermust propound, with referenccto Jupiter
    and the 5th bhava.
    Nortls'
    cf. noffi.r1
    s{{qil 'it+ittqt*gt e} sG g xgfi: t
    drrtii elqtdmzb dtqiq=ssrFgdfrgti tl
    If the 5th house or its lord be posited in a rnale sign or Amsa
    or be in conjunction with or aspccted by rnale planets, the child-
    ren will be all rnales. fhe birth rvill be of dirughters if the said
    house or its lord be in a fcnrale lt:rsi or Arnsa, or be associated
    with or aspected by fctnale planet:.
    Ilalalthadrzr,tal;es it{;qriqtlii: o,-, r-rrrins in the last gta of the
    -lupitor'"
    sloka to nrean " fronr t h e 5 t h p l a c e reclioned frorn and
    quotes the fol1ou'ing :

    qlqlFqaqqrdt.qaq,TqlqflgmI
    gqfaqlilfq-qn *'qAz C gni. FII( ll
    This as rvell as thc ne.rt six slolias are in lidl,(d.

    gx;gtd grt iqoer;g+q-iiq girq w t


    ntrgfr {ggr{noi{;qn€t dt grdiasll t o ti
    S/oAa 10. If the 6th bharra from the Lagna be a
    vargaof Venus or thc Moon and be aspectedor occupied
    by either of them, and if at the same time no maldic
    planetsbe in the bhava,the person born will have many
    808 arftnFltRiri Adh. XIII.

    children. But'if SatutnandMars shouldasPectthe Sth


    bhava.he wili be bereftof children.
    ftaqrft{qS} gil.IffifTtrq mqd*
    aqrtgr(ffifuagt ffitsun
    eft*q{t c g{u€tilfrsaqg*qt(
    q+sgi qh tt t t tt
    gM{qfts RII{t{r$qa}
    Sloha l'1, A person will have a grandsonif the
    ?th plscefrom the 5th bhrva be in the Rasi and Amsr
    o[ a beneficplanet, or if the lord of the 7th place afore'
    said be aspected by or in conjunction with a bene{ic
    planetand occupy a K.endra or a Trikona' If the lord
    nf the Sth bhava be in <wa (Swakshetra), the person
    born will not have many sons. If the planet owning
    the Navamsa occupied by the lord of che 5th bhava be
    in its own Navamsa,the astrologer may give out that
    the personconcernedwill havc but one son.

    gx& qfirfti ftm'ir qrqriidt*sqqt


    g{Kgq{r1Rl$r&il1 qrTI:$o'6'itr*tl I
    nfr rqrqri{rir il(i.ft gfaffit g{{I
    g*& ilgt t* gilqfr rJaifrqrilFqcTqll ?1 ll
    Sloha \2, If the lord of the ?th bhava be in the
    5th, the person born will have no children or be'bereft
    bf a wife. Malefic plan':ts in the 8th, the 6th and the
    12th places from the 5th bhav,r bring the family to
    extinclion. Rahu occupying the 5th bhava and the lord
    thereof in a g:tara (Dusthhana) vrill causethe death of
    children. If the lord of the Lagna be in the 5th and the
    lord of the latter io the 1st bhava, the person"'-qcerned
    will adoPt a Bon.
    s[ 19-14 zqtqdcqrq: 8nt

    NorBs.
    For the lst {l{ (paaa)of this sloka comparethe following
    from qoaliiqt\\ '. ^\ \
    e.lw gf,rt qqeqtanlsgqls'iqlll

    ssdMtutfrs{
    C<risdq sr&ldtRfi q( t
    rJ6rREqffi4qreq€fraqll tl ll
    SJofta13. If the lords of the 1st and the 5th bha'
    vas occupy a g:<nrT(Dusthhana) and be aspected by a
    benefic planet, the person born will have a legitimate
    son as well as a scn by adoption. Find the vargar of
    the planet occupying the Rasi repreeentiogthe Stir
    bhavaanCalso thoseof the Karakaof the game. Find
    again which of the several Rasis to which theeevargas
    b.long are unoccupiedby planets; from someone of
    the class of people irldicatedby these Rasis will the
    personconcernedadoPta son.
    *nffiqtJ$r: gdt{: grTd
    d'qri:Ee'iqfa gd qqtfr qtti I
    *qllrgirgilrfirqufuqlql
    qtqT$rfrqFrgfurrEf}Krg! ll tB ll
    Sloha L4. If the lord of the 5th bhavain conjunc'
    tion with a benelic planetbe in a Kendra or Trikona
    porition in a benefic Rasi, the person born will havea
    son in his carly yearo. lf the lord of the 5th bhava be
    in conjunction with Rahu, the son born in the Bhukti
    (girn) of the former wrll be short-lived while the one
    born in the gi* (Bhukti) of Rahu in the sanaeyoga
    will attain long life.
    809. qnnF Rilt Adh.xlil,

    -ril{o}qrtfhtrSr}
    grvr?qRq,fr
    qrejffit gilIqri€tfr qqtl
    qR Wqtqfiim qtshT{r q{qrE
    dcq!1T
    qbtaiiitiqi gilEdiqriurtqrqi n t\ tl
    Sloka 15. If the lorde of the 5th and the Znd bha,
    vas be weak and if malefic planets aspect the bth bhava,
    the person born even when he has many wiveg will
    certainly have no children. But if his wife be born
    under a yoga which makesa Bon possibleand if the 5th
    bhava be aspectedby a benefic planet or the lord of the
    6th place from the 5th bhava, she will become the
    Eother of a son by a paramour.
    NorEs.
    With this, compare XIV-I6 infra.

    S{qfi il{tt {r gt il gqqiikt I


    gqqtE{gt g{qritf drqr n lq tl
    Slaho t6. If the 5th bhava,its lord or
    Jupiter be
    aepectedby or in conjunctionwith a beneficplanet,
    the
    personborn will undoubtedlyhave a
    Eon.
    Norrs.
    cf. so{tfi+r
    gFqtfq€rilfti-i:
    gFqTfierilftii: gdt{;iiar: gpiraqrqgq?firgi
    gafr r
    qRg*q fqq:sas]di qrrqrifrud gl'nA,
    CIrriq+
    rr
    If Jupiter and the lords of the
    5th house reckoned from the
    Lagna and tlie Nloon be well-placed
    and rvhen the 5th house has
    on it the aspect of a benelic planet
    or of one'owning an auspicious
    house (i.e. orher than the
    6th, gth or l2th), or if the lords of the
    Lagna and the 5th bouse be posited
    tog.thu, rn a house or have
    rnutual benelic aspect or occup\.
    each other,s places, the acquisi-
    tion of children is assured,
    t-t:-t-t----.-
    *,--.,.-ff*'-,.-. - -*".- Y
    cf . also the following from SITIKER

    sgrrtMta qqtgqtlnlFqligrqi{r {e
    gaernftas: gag'*Fq * qqqdsfls: I
    gtr+['d stil qGeaaqfrql]taruraa:
    rrq)friqeulqqfi qggir:erflneilgtr x
    u}ril rGg{tuqTllgecq*if ga' t
    s,*q)gu{: ensai wg,trrw*tt
    s{iit q=uq61qEqgle{ ng'r}irvn r
    q-.q).dagee+1q.JE il tiq gerft il
    ed r'ilqrq"q'ilqtqg,fir\ g,rw I'i t
    wa, gegai€$q{isq' gaa qmt{h
    qnhra<e rflag qt ftAr-nfleilqfi:I
    qlrqqnar,i 'qqfigfauaq{ia Rrq ftq* i-
    q;*;q{i-€fnaeq6gwra} +trqnfi €qtq( |
    geardieaO€q:H qqfrR aw n+qfi<Fufi(rl
    erai dfiiriqfd q gftfir* arqgvn<afi n
    'a'i
    r ring* qrcq{g€irsqqnfP{fi
    rrqrfi-qqErin]drgnl ad glal a'rrr
    ,{raa}qfi qlf}a:€qaqfi'tfltgfi{i-
    ti t6oflalrafrg'<nrgi<rq Het{Tqtl
    oit s{qrq0S}i qq*gt t
    qRrotq*dit g{nfr* d{qs ll le ll
    Sbhu L7. When the lord of the lot bhava, occu
    piesthe 6th and the lord of the latter posEetsec
    strength
    and Jupiter also is in full strengtb, there will
    undoubtedlybe a Eon.
    r0z
    8r0 ctaqcrRqR Adh. XIII

    grtlrrriddi qltxdrsrfRt
    usrftrr ffi gr{ritf tuqr lt ld tl
    Slofra 18. When Jupiter occupiesthe 6th bhava
    n full etrength and is aspectedby the tord of the
    Lagna,a son will undoubtedlybe born.
    ttiqst{t di s}t q ilr fkt r
    gr{rtr *?t g+ffitE tl 11u
    Sloka 19. When Jupiter has attaineda Vaiseshi
    kamsaand when the lord of the 5th bhava is also in a
    Vaiseehikamsa,and when the lord of the 9th bhava
    aEpectothe 5th, the astrologer may declare the birth of
    a Eon.
    qrot@i XIEtfqrftn;sA I
    ilq wditFi+Etr{it"qft a tqqr ll Roll
    Sloka20. If the Moon be in the 10th bhava,
    Venus in the ?th and maleficplanets in the 4th, the
    family of the person born underthis yoga will not
    continueafcerhim.
    Norrs.
    cf. d<nc \ .
    e{t qs{ q;q: flE} qq+ftd: I
    qr\, qrarf,gFDa
    qflqrq*t at: ll
    Also
    qrnili q;i taqsrt u,it, Si r
    qri' qr,rloct{rr}<rq+fiffi: tl
    Also q-€ffiE;I
    a\ A.
    Igrt{-
    gqr<rE{rlfFqil{gqfil6q{11fr
    o\\\
    ar.IrEtrilfiwt6quqrrgqfl$q: I
    qt nfrft* qil gnw{tagfFft:
    W aRrRtq-q"qqageqqr\rR
    tt
    sl.8r-82 tq?qrfrsrnrrqs 81n

    t" t"t"-* t*-tas"ta a*ilv extinction: (l) tho


    4th, the 7th and the lOth houses in aoy nativity beiog occupied
    (2) the
    respectively by a malefic planet, Venus and the Moon;
    l2th, tlre 8th, the 5th and the first houses being occupied bv male-
    fics: (3) Venus and Mercury in the 7tir, Jupiter in the 5tb and
    malefics in the 4th houses; and (4) the Nloon in the 5th and rnale'
    fics in the 8th' the l2th and t\e lst"

    qgrsqqftotw qngin gdlftmst


    rfr n ryrft& gd{Ifr*qur rl Rl ll
    Stoha 7L. If the lord of the Lagna occupy the 6th
    or the 8th bhava and the Lord of the 5th be either in
    conjunction with malefic planets or aspectedby inimi'
    cal or depressed planets,the astrologer should say the
    personborn under the yoga will losechildren"
    qrq€fl$ |
    onrrHqw{heltrfum:
    *{it-Gffiftor: lt 1q ll
    ${anftErte{r
    Sloka 22. If maleficplanetsbe in the 18t, ?th, gth
    and the 12th bhavasand occupy the vargas of inimical
    signe,they will causethe extinction of the family
    Norrs.
    The following yogas leading to the same eflect are fronr
    dtd4(4.
    onFsgfllErrilktgfrIqlqq{terrfiarufg: t
    gti{ a;gfieafi:s'E{rqfi"}'i{iie qtr: tl
    g*art {tqqeufi:$eriq\ q;Egiq gft t
    qTqqQI fi:sgauttrt: q{s ft"}miia {ta: i,
    Bw+t awrasitq acsatq[-{gt aq)qr t
    ffgrrdl4t d q{ie ih}q*ila
    qTqqQT qK: I
    qrGqa*rgi sgmo'tgfrEugilgnrt r
    ars qrir$c'rRqrt Adh.XIII.

    t* .nnrgr(€Rt q vrQirre fa"beprlqqK: ll


    qrt fiort geil n{rr} e,r}'s\wruflrgt r
    qAfidiiqft orart qatqfi-Frqqiiaqrd:tl
    iFExrrgqr 6{rr qrorirftrqi sEqdtert
    fitqrr tqui61q qpitsfi qii{i*ilr: 1 Rl tl
    Sloka 23. Eighr classesof femalesare excluded
    hom the benefit of the rules governing the birrh of
    children. Theseare: (i) a barren woman; (2) one ad,
    v a n c e di n y e a r s ; ( 3 ) o n e e m a c i a t e d
    by disease;'(4o
    ) ne
    that is a child; (5) one discased; (6) one without
    menstruation; (7) one whosc body is rouglr; and lastly,
    (8) one that is corpulent.

    gtolnntrrgeqlrilfr\Sq r
    u{s qo-di?gEtraqrFfidxretiilil i,B tl
    Sloba 24. When Jupiter and the lords of the lst,
    the ?th and the 5th bhavas are all weak, childlessness
    ahould be pronounced.
    Notns.
    This sloka is taken from I'arasara.

    grvri nrtqri ildt Cffirt r


    glrsfrt{&} g fifi€'{Tr
    iffmerf,ril R\ tl
    'When
    Sloha 25, a maleficplanet is in the bth
    bltava and its lord is depressedand without benefic
    arpect,childlessnessmust be pronounced.
    Norrs'
    cI. q€{rf.{qt
    flrrftndwrtgii R:s,ftt-n&vegtmr
    gim nnr:+ftilsx q$' g\e} gnt get rr
    81.26-?8 lirqlr)svrqr 813

    If the lord of the 5th housebe in depressionor in an inimical


    houseor be eclipsed,or be in conjunction with the lords of the
    l 2 t h ' t h e ( r t h a n d t h e 8 t h h o u s e s ,t h e r e s u l t w i l l B e l o s s o f c h i l d -
    ren, say the astrologers. The same will be the case wl.renthe lord
    of the 5th is posited in the 5th antl is not aspectedbv benefrcs.

    U€'oei6q1*1qsq€Qiiqt I t
    gqrr+rr(Rttu-qr ifi1t€til ll Rq ll
    Sloka 28. When malefic planets occupy the 5th
    placef rom Jupiter, Lagnr and.tl'reMoon and are neither
    with nor aspectedby b:nefic planets,child,
    associ,rted
    lessness must be pronounced.
    grqnrri qrt il{rt qHIIE{tI
    drqeq'mGi qffi-qr ifirretil tt Rs ll
    Sloho L1. When a maleficpianetoccupiesthe 5th
    bhavaand its lord is betwecn two maleficplanetsand
    is neither aspectednor associatedwith a beneficplanet,
    childlessness musr be pronounced.
    Norrs'
    cf' qoqtiqat
    oaifrcanfiai gr,rgcri€+fhi'aeg')ngtfhhgr
    vlirnlg galg giralg g:t-'lr.{tga q?f}f,gdt: fi'rp( ll
    When the 5th places counted frorn the Lagna, Jupiter and
    the Moon arc either associated rvith or aspectecl iry malefics and
    a r e d e v o i d o f b e n e 6 c s o r o f t h e i r . r s p e c t ,o r , w h e n t h e s e h o u s e sa r e
    'the
    surrounded by malefics on botlr sides aud when lords of tbe
    above said horrses are posited in Dustthanas (i.e., 6th, 8th aod
    l2th), the person concerned can have no issues whatever.

    qrqquq{tqE grn qu{Rt I


    firqqrffit qila{n €ilGfirr ll R6 ll
    S/ofrc?8. If Jupiterbe betweenZ maleficplanetc
    and the lord of the 5th bhavabe without strengthand
    8r4 qttscrliq e Adh. XIII.

    with J ,r0.., by a benelicplanet,


    devoidof association
    childlessness,mustpronounced.
    be

    ${eni gqt} qqt}sqqr qR r


    urFqwEgfrqt aqrEqrqqsgdrsll qq ll
    Sloha79. When the 5th bhavais in a Rasiowned
    by Mercuryor Saturn anCis occupiedor aspectedby
    Mandi or Saturn, the personwill have sonsgot by
    adoptionor otherways.
    Notns.
    This sloka is from Parasara.
    cf. q-of,rftqt
    qr;qgdd q{i qH *q qr-qftgarf}qa{tfhd
    ta t
    qillFrTq: fi<o, gtn: ll
    sgd.qr€niqnq=qAt+
    If the 5th bhava be a sign owned by Saturn or \llercury and is
    aspectedby or associated with l\'Iandior Saturn, the personcon-
    cerned will have a son by adoption. The'same will be the result
    when the lord of the 5th house is weak and is not connectedin
    aDy way with the lords of the ist arrdthe Tth houses.

    EiwRrftr I
    trqafrsnqeqwildqtqqs
    qg_..(fr1
    $CIRdrdlql Srl iT {T;<tRill 1o ll
    grqrl gdtt qrqtt W\ ttrqi t
    ftrdi qia$rqrdtrnndwt ltonq.ll lt ll
    S/olas 3C-31. Jupiter in Meena, gives very few
    children; in L)hanue,gives children after much diffi'
    culty; in Katakaor Kumbha, no issue at all. When
    the 5th bhava is in Kataka,Meena, Kumbha or Dhanus,
    and Jupiter occupiesthe same,the effect is as declared
    in aloka 30.
    sI.89-33 lqHssqrq: 815

    n gnTrr&g!ll
    Tho causeof shildlessness,
    qnfrurret iqilqq gffiqr r
    qgTfqrgist RqaTqq$ffiqr ll 11 tl
    Sloka 32, When Jupiteroccupyingthe 5th bhava
    is seenby a maleficplanet;the loss of issuesresultsin
    consequence of a deity'scurse. If Jupiterbe in conjunc,
    tion q'ith or aspected by the lord of the 6th bhava,the
    lossof children is dueto the curseof Brahmins.
    Nolrs.
    With this and the next four slohascorllpare the followiug
    from slld;[((f.

    €nrFs?Ggt fHagdtqe nrqr(t(


    u}} verngtafi,{qrn}€h1!p{rgs:
    1
    rlrlta aelqotqtqqrftqarRrn,i
    aqr
    qrr+{}sfqg}rqrrrgt mqfin{ffiF€ft:11
    glils'qftrigt ga.It *.ilRg+ aqr
    gar,geqfsuil g€gt sqfforqFgft:1
    dtoqGqoqnfid m snt aa:
    tdw raror€qqrTflnq1rflFqrnrgrq{
    ll
    snir$qffi ftgqrttflf\t t
    gr€&R*+r ftgcivqWqqrn 11rl
    Sloha 31. If the lord of the 5th bhavabe in con-
    junction with Mars and aspectedby the lord of the 6th
    bhavaand is devoid of beneficaspect,the loasof iasuer
    chouldbe tracedto the wrong doneto enemies.
    816 crfisqftiln] Adh. XIII.

    qr{enqt qfr git qrE*St


    aqqlT{r{r}
    qrt qrilf,qr($rrqqrlt lB rl
    Sloka 34. If a malefic planet be in the 4th bhava,
    and the lord of the 5th be in conjunction with Saturn
    and the 8th or the t2th bhava be occupied by a malefic
    planet, the loss of issues is in consequenceof offence
    againstthe moth:r.
    aqt qrqrtghq;qg* g?Ti\i I
    Grslt qrilqdgirfiacivq (Fr{q:tl lB tl
    S/oArr35. If a maieiic planet occupy the 9th and
    the lord of the 5th bliavabe in conjuncticn with Saturn
    and if Mandi be in a Trikona position, the losaof
    children shouldbe ascrib:dto offenceagainstthe father.

    ilg*'gvi st qei EoEffiit


    il{tr qrirQrr
    qft dqiqr( gileilqr
    n lq tl
    S/oAa 36, If the 5th bhavabe occupiedor aspcct-
    ed by Rahu or Ketu, or if the lord of the bhava be
    similarly placed,the loss of children is broughton by
    offenceagainsta serpent.
    geffiErqFrwr tfcr q{t t
    gtq{tnqrgffi *eqt 11Qull
    S/ota .3?. If Jupiter,the lord of the 5th bhava,
    the lord of the ?th and Mars be together in one bhrva, a
    wise astrologer may declare the loss of $ons and
    daughtersto arisefrom troublecausedby evil deitieo.
    sr{( qftqg/li{-dli}{ilt
    g1€rFtrril3
    sr€sfgTarQrqq ilil Eqr+T!gils il Qull
    SloAa 38. If there be a planet in the 5th bhava
    st.89-{s rqtqtilsErFtt 8r7

    U of the 5th be
    unacpected by any planet, then the person concerned
    will have eonaby adoptionand other ways.
    Norns.
    There are two other readings, rtiz.-
    (l) cc$ Sr<rla end Ql;ng:s"ilq4q.

    qrqtnrtq* Setq{rrfuit
    flrdq qrnfr$tfis ffiqq: ll lq ll
    Sloha 39. It the Moon be in a malefic Raei and
    the lord of the 5th bhava be in the 9th, and if the lord
    of the Lagna be in a Trikona, there will be a eon by
    adoption.

    wfrEt grilq{e+qntfrsftqrt
    q;qt{s{qT€AEqg*'t{ffi ll Bo ll
    Sloka 40. When the rising sign is an even Rast
    and the lord of the 5th bhava occupies the 4th or has
    attained a Navamaao[ Saturn, there will be a son by
    adoption.

    Wqiirqt5qRrqI giqilsirgwfuerI
    Eqgrq qFrft{ilfuqii qfrtqft ll st ll
    Sloka 41. If the lord of the 5th bhava in conjunc'
    tion with the Sun and Mercury be in a Navamsa
    owned'by an even Rasi or by Saturn, there will be a
    son by adoption.
    q;Ett g*nrqt$ qrrfr gelil{fi r
    d qqsdxrftrqt {rqft g:T3
    gil! ll 81,ll
    Stoho 42. If the lord of the 5th bhava occupy a
    Navamsaof Saturn, and Jupiter artd Venus be in their
    103
    818 ffirc|frq|t Adh. XIII

    "
    adoptionand then havea son from his wife.
    q-{t{rsR{ilntal gsqqnqqrfutrs
    t
    gdfr grqrf Etgtmwafrrll 81 ll
    Sloka 43 If the planets predominating in the
    light half of a month be in a Navamsa of Saturn, and
    Jupiter occupy the 5th bhava,the family of the person
    born will be continued in the line of the son taken for
    adoption.
    ffi wrqil ftqart Rqmit
    gfr qrgrrri€U qiq tt BBtl
    grr mror;fr
    Sloha 44. When Mars is in the Lagna, and the
    Sun occupyingthe 8th or the 4th bhava is aspectedby
    a beneficplanet,the pcreonborn will have a son iate in
    life.
    Norrs.
    cl, t-nnq
    \-^
    qiq iieeqrh qreqilfifFairfiixUtr ,
    qi aresgn{ig1: zsrar;ilqqfAlt
    Also nu{'nr*r
    S arelgnqltfiqq't q"Ewq ont
    6fl e6{Tq}
    : arileadttarecrqnfrgfr
    q'i vlt{qt gtftqagarql}nqrt qq-
    \ \ A \ \

    wTs;Ttqqn;qil nqqqls enTot;ittQdd: l!


    When the Sun is positedin a childless Rasi, Saturn is
    in the 8th and Mars in the Lagna; or when Saturn, Jupitcr
    and Mars occupy respectively the Lagna, the 8th and the l2th,
    and the 5th house happensto be a chiltlless sign; or whcn thc
    Moon bccupies the llth, and thc 5th house reckoned from
    Jupiter is occupied by a malefrc. planet, and there 8rG morc
    St ,f6-46 aqlqiisqrqr 819
    ! v ! vY uvvvvv v U v UvurY vff
    v v t u r v vvvvr ! r
    ! v Y v u ! v v v v v v Y v v v

    planets stationed io the Lagna; the person concerned will have


    a child late in life and that too, after a great eflort'
    qa{irci is thus explained by e-'iar in his s'oirfqfl'

    The signs Vrischika, Vrishabha, Kanya and Simha are termed


    Childlcss Rasis. (vide also Adhvava XVI, 29 and 43 infra')

    ohfrfrq(ait;mqnrrilgfr r
    q{i f{A fift St iloralt go ll 8\ ll
    Sloha 45. When Saturn is in the Lagna,Jupiter
    in the 8th, Mars in the l:.th, and the 5th bhava is weak'
    the peroonborn wrll ha'.'ea son late in life'
    cl,
    ' {ru<e
    *i Gqrffiq* s{.eqgFtg* q qR *i I
    qqfall
    qeqis€qqnfrgx, ,T,IaIFd\
    Also c({r(
    a.ri q;a grl r-i -q* rilqHqF'qtt
    qqet €trqqI fitt gxdfr s: tt
    gil{ rTerrrilEildtqw;rr$E{ {orr( lHd
    ilfiq iqrfitrirrarttrtfiRrdq iteftr q I
    qrdt*E aqirrffiq.S{eqn Ki{I ffit tq\q
    afrqadqdlfttcq g ffnqslaf glqql ll 8q ll
    Slohu 46. An astrologermay a-qcertain the number
    of sonsfrom the 5th bhava; of brothersfrom the 3rd;
    oi wives from the 7th ; of servant-nraidsfrom the 4th;
    aod of menialsand friends from the Znd. Multiply the
    elapsedNavamgas (in minutes) in eachbhava by the
    benefic aspect on it (in Rupas) and set down the result'
    Divide thir by 200 (which is the number of minutes io
    820 qratc|Q!fi Adh. XIn

    one Navamaa). The quotienr representsthe numbcr of


    sons, brothers etc.
    Norts'
    See also next sloka.
    cf, tri.
    gitil+lqgiriagew 6q1 grrin* |
    Gnrgtfht fr$: qrqifrqrqitfhtll
    Also cttt4dr
    Reqrqqi{qeqr*rqii arqd'ts{ ret I
    gttFt d(BgoITF,er qrqia*s,{il $ tl
    Also
    qilqi Hf,q?nrrdT
    rrrqFqFqr qia&,im er
    dHin€fi ryQ,iaft at€grtt:$R6t:g*a-r 1
    ufr g+,aga-a)fRqgdrfiairrriqrft6tfi
    hfqq-arflqr,igfiEmftdnBfqosqqii rr
    Also va;qqpq1
    q flaftdeldqrs,lqqian}sR ET
    gdqEi{HrTTfQ
    61se |nr;46;a

    €;aHrrr4l$scrqdpqrq6H;dfi: Hi€* gdFt I


    ql'fufiarfi.ItfFqorqi
    ?lE;{Irilnig{q}ifirnrq.
    tl
    Also q'aifq+r
    eruldtqTftqqiab'
    g?rgaagmtfttcqrfii' r
    gnfial grqrfaiiiln(gh nt' gefqfafifqosh
    rr
    The nunrber of issues should be deterrnined by a consideratios
    of ( t ) tle planets in the 5th houseor those that are posiredalong
    with the lord of the 5th bouse, as to boc' rrran! of them are in
    f r i e n d l y , d e p r e s s i o no r i n i r n i i : a l N a v a r n s a s . A s i r n i l a r e x a m i n a t i o n
    s h o u l d a l s o b e m a d e i n r e s r ) e c to f t i r e 5 t h h o u s e o r i t s l o r d r e c k o n e d
    from the gigr: occupied by Jupiter or the sigr: representing the
    N a v a m s a o c c u p i e < ib y t h e S u n ^
    sl.4?-49 qqiqrilsqFrs sitl

    g* trEr{ sutgci qr{ q ilft ffn


    afrrr: gqQeelqd{fl!rrgtlrRqirn sqq I

    rqqn qrqafirrsrdor.{ftgrGirttrr(ts il Be lt
    Sloha 47 Leaving out the figures indicating the
    number of signs in the bhavas to be mentioned below,
    multiply the degrees, minutes, etc. in each, converted
    into minutes, by the figure (in Virupas) representing
    the beneficaEpect and divide the producta by 60 and
    again by 200. The results arrived at in respect to the
    6th, the 3rd, the 7th, the lst and the 4th bhavasreEpec-
    tively represent the number of sons, brothers, wiveE,
    menials whether male or fernale, and friends that the
    owner of the horoscope is to have. The figures got
    similarly from malefic aspect on the several bhavas
    above,mentionedindicate the number of sons and otherc
    that will be lost.

    grt{rdqo{q(segiluT'iu-rrwgii
    S*rft:siEtf]ear$eg(rwinicqrsgils I
    qrgqrinfftliFffiSeqqlTmru{Tarrlsq{t
    aCa..

    qmhrgeqrr
    .fi.T,iftfrqqSiqqqqt gdtsn Bd tl
    S/oAa 48. Add the correct f iguresfor the lords of
    the 5th and the lst bhavas,and find out the Rasi and
    the amsa the sum represrnts. When Jupiter passel
    through this and its triangular positions, there is a
    possibility of a scn beiog born. Agrin, take the pum
    of the f igures for jupiter, the Moon and the Sun, and
    ascertainthe Rasi and the Navamsasthe suro repreqents.
    Tbe number of the Navamsasobtained give the nunber
    8n Gs'fun Adh. luII.

    of irrues of the perloD concerned. Two nore alterna-


    tive methodsfor ascertainingthis oumber are: (1) edd
    tfre ligurea of the lords of the 5th, the ftb and the 4th
    bharns and ascertain,a8 in the above care, tbe number
    of.part Navamcacin the Rasi fouod. Thic will be the
    oumberrequired: (2) add the figuresof the planetaif
    any in the 6th, the 9th and the 4th bhavas. The nunn,
    ber of childrenwill be the numberof elapaedNavamcag
    in the Rasi found.
    Norns.
    Ihe following from qodfrqt givesa clue to ascertain when
    conceptionmay be possible:
    qogd swifrqtfharqqqqa{fr
    isrq r
    frri qr Wq-+ qiiTdql t,TqRrr{: tt
    Conception (of a birth) may take place when, the Sun and
    Venus in the case of males, Mars and the Moon in tho case of
    fomales, being possessed of strength pass through their Rasis or
    Navamsasidentical with an orq-qq(Apachaya) place.

    qM 'Aowqar(gIqEqrd
    dqrqltui q irrftfiIu* $fddf*q t
    g{sr;rq6nT{$ugeqqruil ilq{r
    il&aF{rftrfsrmfifirURq gTf,(r tt Bq tl
    Sloha 49. The 5th and the 9th bhavas from
    Jupiter, the Moon and the Lagna are child'producing.
    During the dasaand bhukti of thelord of a child'produc'
    ing bhava,the astrologermay predict the accession of a
    child. Add the figures for the lords of the 5th and the
    ?th bhavas,and ascertainthe star indrcatedby the totai.
    ln daaayieldaa son. The dasaas well as its bhukti of
    a pluet which either aEPects or ie in conjuncrion with
    sl. 49 tfiqqisqtqt 883

    the lord of the 5th or the 7th bhava will prove to be


    child-producing.
    Notes.
    fhis as well as the next one are in el{'d(fl.
    The following additional information from q?tlicmt about
    (Putrabhava) glrqg will be found to be interesting :

    3rd q grqi{+
    dti=gfhftarbt+qqqa
    gdqfri n+remo1r
    dtqi dqEaea.Fa
    qIwg{ gwg}+q qqqscq}
    diqr*s"{irq{
    iqi frqqdSnqcftqflA g ftri +tq rr
    Add together the liguresrepresenting the positionsof Jupiter,
    the i\Ioon and f lars irr the case of ternale horoscopes. lf the
    result denotesan even l(asi and an even Navamsa, the strength of
    f e c u n d i t vi n t h e l e n r a l ci o r p r r d u c i n g o f i s p r i n gi s e s s u r e d . I f i t i s
    m i x e d( i . e , , R a s i r n a l e a n d A m s a f e , , r a i e ,o r u i c eu e r s a ) , t h e r e w i l l
    be children only after a great eflort. If the sum total of thc
    figuresdenoting the positionsof the Sun, \'enus and Jupiter signify
    a n o d d I l a s i a n d a n o d d N a v a m s a 'i t d e n o t e s t h a t t h e v i r i l i l y i s
    t h e m a l e t o p r o d u c e o f l s p r i n gi s v e r y s t r o n g ; a n d i n c a s e o n e o f
    t h e t w o ( R a s i a n d N a r a m s a ) b e e r e n , o n e h a st o p r e d i c t a m i x o d
    result.
    q€fl;rfii: qTgFSinlqt-
    F5erfagQf,
    {tearnafafrfte gqft+ s+sesq.irqft
    |
    Auirarfr gafttierurfrqr(qil, qq{.i}'
    qfrfuqfiqiq fafr{tQ';t €rrqftqnet $d: rr
    Subtract llve tinres the ligures for the Sun from five times the
    figures for the \'Ioon, If the Tithi representedby the result be ru
    auspiciousone in ,6" f1;ght half of a month, prqfeny is assureC
    to the native (even) without nruch exertion. But if it be ooe of
    the dark half of the month there is no such possibility. It rt by *
    close examinationof the strength of tbe Titbi-whcther it rs aus.
    picious or otirerwrse-rn both the Pahshas-bright and darlr-thai
    8s4 qfrrtwaqti Adh. xlil.

    ono hiurto divine the possibility of the nativc being blessed with
    issues.During au Amavasya, a *fii4 (chhidra) tithi, the ftB (Visntl)
    Karana or any one of the i€t Karanas, there will be no issue at all_
    *Chhidra Tithis are (l) qg'ff (Cnaturthi), (2) sO(Shashti), (t)
    eisdt (Ashtami), (4) TTnl (Navami), (5) <rtal (Dwadasi), and (6)
    .r$ht (Chaturdasi). These six ane generilly avoided for any
    auspicious function.
    There are I I Karanas distributed over the 30 Tithis of the
    Lunar month at the rate of 2 Karanas for each Tithi. Four of
    these viz., (l) Chatushpatthr, (2) Naga,ra, (3) Kimsthuehna and
    (4) Sakuna are called (Stthira) Karanas and are so named as they
    permanently hold sway over the four hatf Tithis commencing
    from the 2nd half of KrishnapakshaChaturdasi. The other seven
    viz., (l) Bava, (2) Balava, (3) Kaulava, (4) Taitula, (5) Garaja, (6)
    Vanija and (7) Vishti or Bhadra are called Chara or moveable
    Karanasand occur in 8 cycles to preside over the remaining 56
    h a l f T i t h i s o f t h e l u n a r m o n t h b e g i n n i n gw i t h t h e l a t t e r h a l f o f
    Suklapaksha Prathama.
    ct. frrgITqrRffiI
    gglftr$€r!:IilwzT 4{ult: 4qTE 1
    sqGqarr fqw;arr egnwgrif,riiorr rr
    ai q srsi *s Slnoq'*qoavr r
    rrrei afirq] isi!: stti firorr:s'qr( tl
    qss.rtqct iiiers{"i q{rrrrre: t
    {*rqlqi ci iaiE: qi qd€c{iq rr
    qdiqrqi si gri qwqi q{'qmar t
    q{r{rcq? iiieagftqt E qia: rr
    trSi q1Fcqqrrt i*TXEiq ilt{ a I
    fuuiq ;Fwr;lq qgitccrr'.id: rr
    g-gsias-{-saicd-ii a'rw?eterq t
    hwi ageqt ari frrgi flgii nerrtl
    lSitgx*nifir qrcunFAg ffqAE I
    affi q eS a 6rErii aur tr
    "g?it
    qe{l cedt *a ccT.ls6"r:cdtftdrt tl
    sr.49 rffistwqr 825

    Rld' Rqt il wt qR qrd E*i q+d.ftqqmq*' r


    qwi gilflqqlTfl +r{ qiaguqT fto qTrnrq{tt
    (lqrqqs aqq qqEqiqqEfr ia:qan q t
    qge{ft?qfats(dr <il(arqrfttrrqaqaErqtt
    qft ftEqrfi€ qeqqqigi'it q{Fqr:qa}sfr+e-tqt
    qTrrrdF+,;qq &a aft mlq tt
    qe{frqriluqfr
    Should however the result happen to be one of the chhidra
    (fu<) fltnis, the iliii (vistrti) Karana or a fu( (Stthira) Karana
    alluded to in the previous sloka),one ought to worshipGod Krishna
    by meansof the Purusha Sukta mantras to ward off the barrenness
    lhreatening the family. If the Tithi disclosed be Shashti' he
    ought to worship God Subrahrnanya; if lt be Chaturthi, he ought
    to propitiate the lord of serpents: if it be Navami, he ought to
    arrangefor the rerrdingof Ramayanaand hear that Stogy; if it be
    Ashtami, he ought to observe the Sravana Vrata (bv fasting); if
    it be Chaturdasi, he must worship God Siva by Rudrapara'
    yana; if it be Dwadasi, he must propitiate the Gods by liberal
    feeding; if it be Amavasya or Pournami' he ought to propitiate
    the Manes. Thcse things he ought to do all the more and with
    greater care and effort when the Tithi happens to be one among
    the last 6ve of the month--uiz. after 5!Tl'{A({riil. Generally, in
    the dark half of a month to whichsoever of the three divisions
    a Tithi may belong, worship ought to be resortedto; the particular
    deity to be propitiatedbeing Nagaraja in the first division 6iz'1-
    5 Tithis), Skanda in the second (next 5 fithis i.e. 6- l0) and
    Hari in the third (or last 5).
    g** Rgdtqils<qqilft 'qrsfi ftfrqn-
    €eegfl€fFqiisRqfa EI g:FqTnqRa{TI(
    |
    gilqlqftETilq *qlt drftqilmFf,q"
    fr*,qqawRfiri' q-{rq€g
    qtq tr
    lf at a birth the lord of the 5th house be posited in its inimi.
    cal or depressionsign or be eclipsed {by the Sun's rays} or occupr
    LM
    8s6 qnr'lqrftqrt ,q,dh.xlil.
    %%

    aDy of thc,g:gFrrfr (Dustthanas, ajz., tbe 6th, the gth


    or lZth); or
    thc planet occupying thc 5th house be similar.ly
    situatd or happeo
    to be the lord of any one of the three houses, viz., lhe
    6th, gth or
    the i2th' one ought to declarechildlessnessas an inevitable
    result-
    He ought to divine tbe source of the same by an examinatiorr
    of
    the particular deity, tree and animal representedby
    the sign occu-
    pied by that planet.

    ga,mwfilgort
    "dggqoiridR rt-
    B4qlqgqrk{t{qq{rs}qrofr
    s}qd,r
    gRRsilFgrq*qrroi
    wrq frqfrtqdr
    {IqfaroiFar(fdqreqqa:
    aftfrsgeilqrgt
    lt
    *rtrforfffi qgrilflersraaq-
    dqt*g.l dqrFfr ul} g'qgq"&qaq
    r
    qtqrR+rlq sr
    HlE*ril$eqrnilq.qnf,)
    q-tsEplqqr6$ frqft: ii: ftffq1fift: rr
    €qlil aail gtvnftt s{e {rT'rrirrtT
    hal qrqomqdagfot \alqm{ qi( r
    gh-{ gfdmrFqd}
    oGaq.kfrr6' gt
    $q) eTqffi mqtfrfrqtaN+qurqn:rg
    lf thc planet in question happens to be the Sun, the percon
    cmcerned becomessonless owing to injury done to God
    Siva and
    Garuda,and the consequent curse of the Manes; If the
    Moon, it
    wiil be due to the displeasure and anger of the mother,
    a Suman-
    geli or other venerable woman or Goddoss Bhagavati
    owing to
    her feelings iraving been hurt; In the case of Mais, it
    wilr be due
    to some fault done to tbo village deity, to God
    Kartikeya, to an
    s.t!€m:r,or one"s dayadins : if the pianet be Mercury,
    the sonless-
    ness will be due to curses made try youngsters
    or to the kiling of
    tbe spewns (oSgsof fishes end similar creatures)
    or to ths wrath
    f Gsd Vishou ; I,f Jupiter be such planero it
    will bo dus to sonc
    st {9 qfr$ilsqrqr 8r8
    hsrrn done to the hereditary Brahmin family'priest or thc dcstruc'
    tion (cutting asunder) of a tree full of fruits; if the trord of thc
    5th or the planet posited therein be Venusg the ceu* df child'
    lessocss will be due to the cutting oft of a tree full of .flowcrs, or
    an iojury caused to a virtuous lady or to tho cow-kind or a sinful
    dced to people that ought to be rcvered; if Saturn be tha planol
    under advertance, it will be due to the destruction of an qrtttl
    (Aswatthe) trre or on account of Yama's ire or through tlepartcd
    Spirits, Goblins and the like ; if Rahu should occupy the gth,beu
    c bo ersociated with the lord of that house, it will be dnt to tb
    curce of a serpont; in the case of Ketu, it will bc owing to thc
    curso of a Br4hmin. if it be Mandi, it will be due to a cursc
    from departed Spirits. If Venus and the Moou in conjunction
    with Mandi should be in such a positiou, the cause will br
    attributed to the murder of a damsel or the killing of a cow.
    Tf Jupiter or Ketu in conjunction with Mandi be in tho 5tb bdfl,
    the son-lessnesswill be oo account of the murdcr of a Brehmin

    qq R q-qgqt rctiq.qfiqtftf, gftil{e qqf*ilflQI: I


    @q{TFilftr ftE gtfrEtu
    Tbus have been detailed the several sins accrued by oue's
    acti,ous in his many previous births and now revealed in his
    present nativity which lead to childlessaess and to ward off which
    and to secure a son persoDs versed in the Astrological sciencc
    have recommended (appropriate) particular Japas, gifts and such
    other good actions prescribed for the several planets.

    Wr{t: frqt: qil{fr |


    frEF{ri+tfii nrq,ryrqr:
    qrqaTraqqqrq$Rsigdqt, $gqlFH;ilffrtr n
    A boly bath in Rameswaram' eng"agingoneself in rcciting
    the rccounts of a venet'able aud a revered pGrsonzger worsbip of
    Gsd Sive, observance of vows with reference to (propitirtq) God
    Vishnu, gifts, ceremonios in honor of depertod spirits, ilstrllatioq
    of tbs serpent deity, these are the various modcs recoromendcd bt
    wbich o[e can attain ProgenY.
    828 qRnrqrRlilft
    Adh. XIII.
    %
    t.*!.ffifu

    grqrilmn+q{gil glqrrqrg{ur
    glwrawRqffiuft'rqtg*nrnni qin I
    qtilt qoflf.ba'iqft g,Trnrqffiuftqroi
    grdfrgdtrqqfqUdqflit q O{i}ai n \" tr
    Slofrn 50. If the lord of tire 5th bhalva,its Karaka.
    the planetaspectinqth;tt bhava, and the on,: occupying
    it, own a g:ttttr (Dristthrna) or be wcak or be posited in
    a gserrrr(Dustthana), tb,: astrologer Inay prcdict the loss
    of a son during the ,Jasaor bhukti of rany or-reof those
    planets. But if these {our planetsbe srrong and benefic,
    in their dasa,bhtrkti a.nd antara, they lead t<_rcheacqui-
    sition of chrldren, tl'reir prosperity and thc favor of
    men in power.
    Norrs.
    cf. mea'lhmr
    glrmq girrTqq gilirR: I
    orTT<grqfifrqqdrrq(ft
    g}{|ilfi{qar qq{Ez{d qli qt aqqfhlarqiaq qr tt
    The acquisition of a son should be expected during the Dasa
    or Apahara of any one of the 6 planets, viz., the lord of the Lagna,
    t h e l o r d o f t h e 7 t h , t h e l o r d o f t h e 5 t h , J u p i t e r , t h e p l a n e ta s p e c t .
    ing the 5th houseor the one occupying the 5th house, or when
    Jupiter in hisorbit transirs tbe srgn or the Navarnsa Rasi occu-
    pied by the lord of the 5tlr houseor the Upagraha, Yamakantaka.

    eilrfr{T:gfl{rtq ,irq ei+i qS qnqsr wfa I


    gaqrft:qt(qt ar;n,t: gas qrqrft*nrgq il tt
    F i n d w h e n t h e l o r d o f t h e L a g n a c o m e sd u r i n g h i s t r a n s i t ( l )
    i n c o n j u n c t i o nw i t h t h e l o r d o f t h e 5 t h h o u s e ( 2 ) t o h i s e x a l t a t i o n
    sign (3) to his own Rasi (4) to the 5th houseand (S) to the sign
    ocbupiedby the lord of the 5tlr house. During any one of these
    transits the acq.risitionof a son is possible.
    gt 60 erT'lqrts.lmqr 829

    Raar,tqT:qqqlqfl.ri qFmt qrrfiq q{ri q(trqr{ t


    g.aaadtnn*q{tqianrqr}g gi}aq: €tT(ll
    A d d t h e f i g u r e s r , Ft h e f o l l o r v i n l ; t l r r . e p ! a u e t s : ( l ) i - o r d o f t h e
    Lagna, (Z) ttre lord of the 7th lrouqe nnd (:) the loril of the 5th
    house; drrring the course of the \'Iaha f)asa represented by the
    a s t e r i s m a n d i r r t l r e A l r i r h a r a s . - r fa n y o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g , t t i z . ,
    ( l ) t h e p l a r r e t i n t h e 5 t h h o t r s e ,( 2 ) t h r , . p l e n e t e , i J r e c t i u g the .5th
    houseand ( 3 ) the'plan.t ( | w n i r l g t l r e . 5 t l rl r o u s e , t l r e : r c q u i s i t i o n o f a
    son may be predicterl.
    -o
    gaqtdgil{rrlr dq${r{qttdrtgqrqrel I
    q4qGdq q{rqrqq€q at €rqrfq; ll

    F i n d w h i r : ho f t h e f o l l o w i r : gi s s t r o n g: ( t ) ' l t r e l o r d o f t h e 5 t h
    h o u s e( 2 ) , J u p i t e r ,( 3 ) ( 4 ) ( 5 ) & l 6 ) I h c l o r d s r e s p e c t i v e l yo f t h e
    R a s i sa n d N a v a n r s a so c c u p f e d b y ( l ) & ( 2 ) . l ) u r i n g t h e D a s a o r
    Apahara of this strong planet, ;rr:qr-risition of a son is possible.

    fi g ilqr.qqarutit'nflttqitgeqfi,i{?om.
    I
    3T'tT.qrra4q ffqfl€i) fqaq*.soaftrotrgx' tt
    M e n w i l l g e n e r a l l yh a v e t l r e b i r t h o f a s o n w h e n J u p i t e r i n
    the course of his orbit passesthrough a Rasi trine to the sign re'
    presenting the Itasi or Antsa occupied by the planet owning the
    5th housereckoned frorn Jupiter. According to other treatiseson
    t h e s u b j e c t , o n e o u g h t t o i n v e s l i g a t e i n c l i c a t i o n so f p r o g e n y f r o m
    t h e p o s i t i o n sc f p l a n e t sa t ' b i r t h t i m c o f t h e n a t i v e .
    q-r{;rE{f4rqg q.gtqr|fqqq q I
    \. ^ \\ \
    Fgizqu rd 5i1?T Tqf,M qI gdlq{: ll
    Note the ruler of the asterism occupied by the Moon as also
    that of the 5th from it. Add the figures of these two planets.
    When Jupiter in his orbit passes through the sign representedby
    this result or through one of its triangular ohes,the acquisition
    of a son is possible.
    830 qrf,Tcrfurt . Adh.xlu.

    ircrrusft$efci'ufi
    rftqre?t
    rrftqrng.fifrqR.riqtr
    siletrs{qfrTqwl u*mqu \l tl
    Slofra 51. If at any time Jupiter or Saturn moviog
    in their ceveralorbits arrive at the Rasi aod Navamsa
    indicatedby the total of the figuresthen for (l) the lcrd
    of the 5th bhava, (2) its K.rraka,(3) the planet occupy-
    ing that bhava and (+) the one aspecting the same,they
    will causethe birth or dearh respectively of a lon to
    the perrbn concerned.

    Mdt ft.t sR*sq.1=tr t


    uri il swgt frsftt fritfrtq u\r tl
    Sloha 52. When the lord of the Sth bharn ie
    benefic and its Karaka or the bhava irself is associated
    with an auspiciouoplanet,the aatrologer may announce
    the happinessof the father.
    Nores.
    It is not clear whether by the word kZtrna, the 5th or the 9th
    bhava is meant. 'Parasara says " fucrfi itr€r ac,i efdit " The open-
    iug sloka of the present Adhyaya gives fi{ as ft;g or ascertainable
    from the 5th bhava, I accordingly interpret ft-Zerm as the 5th
    bhava here being germane to the Adh5'aya bearing on the 5th
    bhava. The slokas 52'57 occur in qEf{fs-drq&r under the 9rh
    bhava. So ittrtqra must mean the 5th as well as the 9th bhava.
    qrmilrd ffit ilt* q itqrrftqt r
    Elqftrt{r* ilsit fr{qtql$Ct{ lf \Q tl
    $loka 53. When the lord of the 5th bhavaher
    attaineda Paravathamsa or orher higher Vaigeshikansa
    and the Karakaof the bhava occupiesa similar pooition
    sL 46-5? tqiqslsrqrcl

    or be in its own, exaltationor friendly anEar, the


    astrologermay announcelong life to the father.
    Tcftqi{rstt il qrfiTrtq il(+ |
    q;qqFqgw+it{gsd frtdf*tE u \B tl
    Sloka 54. When the lord of the 5th bhava and
    its Karaka is in a maleficor depression amsaand ic in
    conjunction with Saturn, Maridi or Rahu, the aetrologer
    may announcethe father'sunhappiness.
    fi.t dqlE\Ersitftq5tRnitt r
    T{qsq{*Ersfrfrilg:d'ftfrRt( u \\ tl
    Sloha 55. If the lord of 5th bhava, even when
    benefic, be in depression,eclipsedor in an inimical oign,
    or in a malefic Shashtyamsa,the astrologer may pro,
    nouncethe father'sunhappiness.

    ftf6*.1l snnrfrqgqgqftqert
    fr{wqrfrqderdrfteEurlrqs
    n \E rl
    S/ota 56. A person will have the characterirtics
    of the father when born in a Lagna corresponding to
    thc l0th bhava of his fathcr. He will be dutiful to his
    father when his rising sign correspondsto the 3rd bhava
    in the father's horoscope.
    itqrrrst qrdrftu{eqhc{Rt
    .o\
    flsH't Roeei iqil{gi q{E $ds ll \e ll
    \ a. \ a \--

    S/ota 57. When the rieing sign corretpondrto


    the 6th or the 8th bhavain the father'shoroacope, the
    person concernedwill be at variance with dhefather.
    But if the lord of the 6th or the 8th bhavain the father'c
    horoscopeoccupythe Lagna in that of the son, the
    latter will be superiorto his father.
    89s rnwTM Adh.xln.

    oTrflqilqRqilrI uf{q*g*rqqi tgEr-


    Rrilqdwggfffunf, {Toarcqrwil |
    qrt n qR q{t Uw?+srqr$qfri-'Eqr
    r* mgoilffiroqifrdnt{s*Fil t tt uc tt
    Sloka 58. Saturn, Mars and Rahu in the 1lth or
    the 9th bhava from the Lagna occaeion the father's
    death ; Saturn and Mars in the 8th or the 7th bhava
    bring about the death of the child. Mars, the Sun,
    Saturn and the Moon in the l0th or the 5th bhava bring
    about forthwith the death of the maternaluncle, the
    father,the child and the motherrespectively.
    Notes.
    cf . tel'ih'orqinr
    orrr gt 4r qG {;qrttri}qoit-qgfr}fQe6sqru:I
    offr;gq milq Xftgi qrqfht qTqo€Fgrilg:
    rl
    qtq gt qft sxe€ ffa R d;qT{€ftHqrtI
    c- 0
    figiiaairtarqts*;r {t{rq:qrqz{rqih tt
    This sloka appearsin dtit4.rG'.
    I should think that the three planets ulz., saturD, I\,Iars and
    Rahu should ail be trosited in one or other of the two bhavasor
    in both to bring :r.bout the eHect. I wo alone will not be able to
    produce the fateful effect. Similztr rernark applies to the yoga
    given in the 2nd qti of the sloka.

    q{i ftuqrtt ott-gqqg{qrr


    gforqR ffiqrcd&ftqtoiftgrn \q tl
    'S/ota 59. If rhc lord
    of the 5rh bhava be srrong,
    and the lords of the lst and the 4th bhavas and the
    Moon be weak, ohe morher of tlre persDnborn will die
    at the next colrception.
    sr._60 lqiqfrst{tTr 888

    qqqrEsqr{d iqrTr( qtrisqn I


    A\C\ . \ A
    UiffiiS rt: Tits €lTq( ft{gqq: ll Qo ll
    Sloha 6J, When Saturn being the lord of the 8th
    bhava or GIt (Khara), both reckonedfrom the 9th bhava,
    happens to be malefic in i't (Vedha) positione, the
    planet will causethe death of the father.
    Nores.
    A knowledge of .il={tno (Gocharaphala-eflect of transits) is
    a condition precedent to the understanding of the term c'q (Vedha)
    used in the sloka.
    It is a rvell.hnown theory that thc rnovements of planets in
    the zodiac from mcment to nrornent signify good or evil. This
    is the basis on whicir the fransrt Systern rests' As the physical
    and menthl qualities anci tire chief eveuts in the life and career of
    the nalive could be foretold .by a reference to the position of the
    planets and the Lagna at the time of birth, similarly, any changes
    in the prospects and conditions of t;fe of the individual at any
    required time may be ascertained by a reference to the personts
    Janma Rasi (e;c(ri{r) and the conliguration of planets at that time.
    Thus it is said that rvlren the Sun rluring his trar:sit comes through
    t h e 3 r d , t h e 6 t h , t h e i O t h a n d t h e l l t h h o u s e sr e c k o n e d f r o m t h e
    house occupied by the Xloon at birth, success' ruin of enemies,
    gains of labour and pecuniarl' gains respectively are the results
    to be predicted. But there is one thing tu be noted in this con-
    nectron. These rq5ults will happen only if the corresponding ct{
    {Vedha,) sign in each c:rse is left unoccupred by any planet at the
    trnre of consideration. If there should be a planet in the \redha
    posrtron,hc Irres to nullrfy the orrginal eflecl' that would clther.
    r v r s e t e ' u l t , r n : t ) ' ,t : v c r r b r i n g a b o u t : r q u i t e c o n t r a r y e i l e c t s h o u l d
    be happeu to be strong at tirat tirrre.
    W h a t t h e s e s e ( \ , e d h . r ) p o s i t r o n sa r e , r v i l l b c c l e a r f r o m t h e
    f ollowing slolias frorn +,tsqdti'{{t
    l9 lt J h t-t T $t0lult

    tfi, gr) qt ftarcqflqli+rtgrtri: I


    j I lr J r,t9.27 t0 lSll -.

    nfi qtqrq,ilqqiwar gqgr{i: 11


    105
    884 nHtqlRcrt Adh.xllt.

    iuq:
    gs:;# d.fr's"id;i&t'fi,tl
    tn-r$ffi,q},
    *u'+-ii,it{.\ 1
    u+ E*ilff it*t*.i* qR,tr
    a qq, flqgazft:tt
    u-qqFqrTtR+
    F o r t h e b e n e h t o f t h e r e a d e r s , t h e - t r ( 1 ' s 4 h r t D o s r t r o n sh a ' u e
    b e e n r n d t c a t e d r n t h e t a b l e s t t h r o r n e r:l

    V e d a h i r t : , ! g n sr c ' l r t r n e r ll r , . r r nl l r . ; h , r u s e , , l t h e \ l o o n .

    rr",,t.r i t'
    i i','j'uj " i"'i,,,,iu,,,1
    '*1* 1*,
    1",,
    suull ,', rlri .l', I ,'l .i.i*islrr
    .u,'!'lr

    i
    ) 'l'i'l'l"l'i'l''l -l slrr
    I
    ilarc I zz lyl 't2z i1,3t l 4
    4 ll e
    eii 6
    6 ;i T
    7 , 8 18110r 0Il s
    s lllrl r
    ;
    llercury

    I
    I
    | ! ,i *i,i,l n!,1,1oi,ul,,l,,
    Juniter I ', ,i,i-i^l ,lzlrolrrslrr
    'il ' j_'lj'j"i'lslrr
    !
    I

    l-l' j6
    Vetruo I E

    There rs no iq (Vedba) betrveen the lrather and the son.


    C o n s e q u e n t l y (, l ) t h e M o o n a n d l l e r o r r y , ( Z ) t h e S u r r a u d S a t u r n
    do not affect each other through Vedha.
    'I'he
    Take for exarnple the uativity referrerl Lo rn p. 657.
    I l o o n a t b i r t h i s i n l l e e n a . S u p p o s ei t i s r e q u i r e dt o h n d o u t r f
    t h e S u n ' s t r a n s i t t h r o u g hN l a k a r ai n . f a n u a r y - F e b r u a r y ! ' . 1 3 3w i l l
    prove propitious. X'Iakarahappeningto be the llth from l\leena
    (the Janma Iiasi), the Vedha sign for tl'reSun is the 5th from NIeena,
    that is, Kataka. This is not occupiedby any planet. So the good
    affects,'uee..pecunrarygain, due to the Sun's Lransrtthro' lrlaliar*
    sl. 61-89 lq?qdrs"qtq! 835
    r v v v v r ! v ! ! v v Y v v v ! v v v v v v v v i - r ! ' w r
    . v v v r v u v v ! r ! r v v v e v v v

    the llth housefrom the Moon will happenin their entirety. Simi'
    lar is the case with the other planets.

    u}urttfr t
    RtuRryeilrri{rrfu(r
    ll qt ll
    ftTtltgqtf,qrgR'3tqtqrdqHord
    SloAir. 61. Examinethe strength of the Rasi aE
    well as the am:a occupied by the Sun. Find the stronger
    of thesetwo. When thc Strnoccupiesa Kona pooition
    from thence,the firther'sdeathmay be expected. By
    "
    similar processascertainrvhethcr the Rasi or the amsa
    occupiedby the Moon is stronger. The mother's death
    may be predicted with rcference tliereto, i, c. when thc
    Sun passesthrough the Kona of the amsaor Rasi that
    is stronger.
    {rgfumi{qrc€nEt
    {alcduuqt
    .ft qa q+Fgqhrtt*{qrnq{ lt ql ll
    S/olo. 62. Find the lord of the Navamsaoccupied
    by cheSun. Find next the Navamsa and Dwadasamsa
    occupiedby thc planetfound. When the Moon passeg
    through the Navam.saand Dwadasamsafound, the deaths
    respectivelyof the mothcr artd fatirer will take place.

    t{faFRIitE{II{{ |t
    nfr {tarrsnq{tuh
    (gtqldmr lltil
    qrdhqffiriq{ lq-{€i$rwort ll ql ll
    Slola. 63. [f, wherr the Sun occupies a g!€ili,
    a peraon hau his birth in tl^e Dwadasamsaoi Simha or
    Meena he lnust iravc causedthe death of his father prior
    to coming into the world.
    Norps"
    For ttre sarueeflect the followiug is another yoga quoted in
    ..i I6{'i{Q o
    886 rrilwrRwrt Adh.)flrr.

    ett nm* asrnqgtnarFrtq-qqtg\ei r


    ffiqil qrq(ftan?'qftqgdegerlear{r:
    u
    qTnl€
    gfus$erErd
    nfuFrmar
    {r+r
    tri ecqrre tqfqi eigai{irqt r
    qrftd ttn"eu'rgagiililRrdiilgil
    tri aafiiq+sffi ilKr<rani €q n EBtl
    Slola. 64. Subrractthe figuresfor the Sun from
    those for Mandi. The resrrh will iudicate a cerrain
    Raei and amsa. When Saturnpassesthroughthe Kona
    of the Rasi found, the fatherof the person concerned
    will fall ill ; deachwill supervencwhen Jupiter passeg
    through the amsafountl alrcady. Add the figures for
    Yamakantakato thosr for the Sun. Thc result will
    give a certain Rasi and a Navamsa. When Jupiter
    paEoes through that Rasi or its Trikona, rhe father of
    the person concerned will fall ill ; and hc will die
    when Jupiter passesthrorrghthe amsaforrnd.
    Nol:r:s.
    Tlris sioka al)pearsin lrtd4;{FT.'llre lrd qt( tlrr:re rcedr thu: :
    qrTfiuzftF5zei
    aTTGA rrftfafiq ilii rr
    *d*s*q;iErffi{Ei($drl
    *t ftrtd fi +( €igndfhdrorrl
    tt E\ tl
    Slohu, 65. When thc Sun or the \4oon occupies
    a Kendrain a moveablesign, [he son will not burn thc
    father'sor mother's corpsehimseif. lf cheSLrnor the
    Moon occupyinga Kendra b: in a dual sign, th: death
    and burning will not be in the uameperiod of time.
    cf . qqlq't-r.TrqFr
    H q\s* qfq qr {rnr} gn} qtnf.qrii c nq i
    fiSilr{} qR di q hA n.ir{fi qr qtnrG+;ra:
    u
    sl. 66-68 ritqalso=rrqt 8i|?

    qgtTqldJftEqrfirlft ftrlCI({r(lt{* q+n{ I


    grrfqqisq$rfrrrr*qgrrr{rnfqq}$sureu Eqtl
    .Sio/ra. 6ti. If the lords of the 9ch and the 4th
    bhavasbe irr the invisible prrc of the zodiac, it will not
    be the good fortune of the persor)concernedto see the
    faceof l'risparentsin their last movements.- If the lord
    oi the 5ch bhava be 'in the invisible porcion of the
    hemisphere, the personconcernedwill not see his son's
    face at the moment of his death.
    .\
    irr qftrr rrrEnqgiqwilt I
    \

    (rwl grqqHqssilTrT
    _--._\ -_ -\ \ a \A

    tri qiorfirqmrrt{g'tfi,itti gffitfrilil u qs tl


    S l o k o . 6 7 . I f t h e l o r d o f r h e 5 t h b h a v ao c c u p y a
    g!(crrdor be in the invisible portion of the hemisphere,
    the personborn will have a rather dull understanding.
    But if the planet in question be associatedwith Mercury
    or Iupiter in a Kendra or Kona oosition and have
    strength,the person born will be-incc,rigentandfcapable
    rtf shrewdly guessing the thoughtsof others (bv their
    geoturesartd other expressivcsigns)
    frwoir qi"qii efir qiifiigi r
    rrlWEi{sErsftg{t{r grldiihi l Ec tl
    Sloku. 68. A person becomes cognisant of the
    past,the present;ind the futurc whun Jupiter is (1) in
    his own Navamsaand has attained the benefic Shash-
    tyamsaq5(Mridu); crr (1) hasattainedGopura and other
    higher Vais'eshikamsasand (3) occupies a benefic
    N a v a m s aa n d i s a s p e c t c d
    b y a b e n e f i cp l a n e t .

    €irrri qst qrt Hqrtq ffim&I


    Trvg{{ritgfrgwrq}qEi*At[ Eq tl
    838 qrtrcqrKili Adh. XIII.

    Slohu. 69. When malefic planets occupy the 5th


    and the 4th bhavas and when the former bhava ig in a
    maleficShashtyamsawithout being acpected by or in
    conjunction with beneficplanets,the pcrson born will
    ouffer from heart,degeage.
    qqEr{qtfrei qs}t'g{ttr* t
    Urr*wt{gh qft} tq$itrf ll uo 11
    .Slofta. 70. When the lord of the 5th bhava is in
    a beneficamsaand Mars occupyinga Kendra is in con-
    junction with benefic planets' the person born will
    ever devorehimself to rhe dutiesof hospitalitv rnd the
    relief of the hungry and the famished'

    il qq q$il{s'oq ll
    gt trrtt drqftst dit tililrfiriqqt
    qdr;firrgdRg.gEsdtolrrwqflqfr
    futfemqueil{ et\t: q} roild^{qrtt rgl lt
    r u g h tt o d i v i n e d i s e a s e e '
    S l o k a 7 1 . A n a s t r o l o g eo
    enemies,bad habits and hurts that a p.rsorr may have,
    from the 6th bhava and Mars' What relrtes to
    diseases has beentreatedalready (Vtde Adhyayas V' &
    VI). When Jupiter is in the 6th bhava, the person
    concernedwill overcomehis enemies. lf che lord of
    the 6th bhava and Mercury be in conjunction with
    Rahu and connectedin someway with the lord of the
    Iagna, the personconcerned will be impotent' Mars
    occupving the 6th bhava together with lord of the
    Lagna will produce damageto the organ of generation
    by an ulcer.
    sl, 7s-?3 lqkdsrqrq: 839

    Norrs.
    ,t. nrdifr'(a
    eTR.rqqrqft*rq{nG"qtfl
    irr gE{tlffi. I
    qgilGqgqqrtTt
    qilI{gf4ar-qtrqlfl
    : rr
    For the Znd ,nt, cf, ,Trtquoted by <oU4 in his fprcq.

    eit gqit Erqd gorflaqrr


    Fs:q|n{isiqqrfts: tr
    flZ+€sRqr
    q*q'aiq+fr{d{q-{G srqt {rgict
    .ftt qrc{ * Rgwarri{rqrqigtfr |
    fi.t& gi n i .rqqfusrilwit u.*otil
    {rtr arqilftaqqqf}goqiTi il56* in nst rr
    Sloka 72. if the lord of the Tth bhavaoccupy the
    6th in conjunction with Venus, the person born will
    be impotent in regard to his wife. If \{ars occupying
    the 5th bhava be aspectedby Sarurrl, hc will havc a
    l i a i r o n r v i t h a n c n c m y ' s w i t e . I f t h e 6 t h b h a v ab e
    either aspectedor occupied by bcneficplanets,there is
    no clangerto hc clreadedfrom enemies; if aspectedor
    occupierlbv malefic ones.there rvill be a good deal of
    hurc or othei Jrmage inflicced bv an enemy, danger
    from ulcers or some mark of ignominy put upon the
    p e r s o nc o n c e r r : e d .
    qt ilqfr sw{rqsftfidq1Ri g{t
    wffiftqilnitrdffidr o}uiqqqtr
    {s€mqrr} freiqg6t mlqqrt {fr
    {Ktd Tgil q(F( €rqr {{iffiq1qqTt lt ul tr
    S/ola 71. If the $un occ.[ying thc rith bhava
    identical with the planet'o depression or un{riencily
    &10 nRi5clftile Adh.xlrt.

    rign, be inimical to the lord of the Lagnaand have no


    strength, the person born will have to associate with
    the enemiesof his father's party. But when the Sun irt
    the 6th bhava is fritndly to the lord of the Lagna and
    in a friendly sign and has attainedits own, cxaltation
    or friendly varga, the person concerned,say the sages,
    will be distinguished among his relatives for being
    unhurt by enemies.

    {rar:iliilsRatqrIarii q* qfr Ers€rfr-


    '+nw,ft*it
    irsaaegrq$fq,ii iil ilqI I
    qgqgrrig rnwrglffiqgig Trilif.
    aqisnsrie+dftgutrqqtiU(l {rililq ll eB tl
    Sloku 74. If the planet in the {'th bhava or thc
    owner thereof be in an inimical or its depressionsign,
    retrogradeor eclipsed, the person born will have mdny
    kincmen by the father'sside ; and his body will hrc
    coveredwith many sores. I{ aily one of the plancts
    from the Sun onwards occupythc tjth bhava,the persou
    will be annoyed continually by the foe of thc class oi
    peoplerepresented by the bhava c'f whrch thc planet
    occupying the 6th bhava is thc Karaka"

    oprfrrm qqtiiqftaiqrtafiI g+€I


    qliAqqqqru'iiigrri giila q;qlitar I
    t td qodrlfri\qit gqr tr?qnqqrft'fr
    ilw?i smolqt{{iadtqrftardei( lt \e\ ll
    Sloft.r ?5. lf the lord of thc 6th bir,rva frutn tirc
    Lagna, thc planet occupying the samc ,tnrJ t'lt.:ottc
    aspecting it--if ches,:threc planets he maleli: ;i.rirlweali,
    they prclduc* the rlcstrr-tcirun oi cattie, discase a.rld
    Sl. ?6-77 :rir<Ssff{t 841

    .";;; ;'. * , tr;;,; ;;";";";;;".*t


    beoefic, then the effect will be wealth of cattle, horses
    and other beastsof burden, royal food with condimentr
    of every sort and the disappearaneeof ailmenteand
    enemies.
    enqrqtqrfrurrqfdg.ii h;(ffi ErqdT
    afrdi qd{rfbfi nR egaqtw{Ganiilgrrq.I
    q*sit q{d qR arrRgbrrGfuiks$
    xrfffirrri{dqueft{dfrE {qrt g qTll sE ll
    Sloha 76. If two out of the three planetsmentiotl'
    ed in the preceding sloka be exceedingly beneiic and
    'Irikona
    occupy a Kcndra, or the l tth bhava in great
    strength, tlrey will quickly causethe disrppearanceof
    diseasc,etc., spokcn of before. If even one among them
    be very strong, the trouble froln ulcers, enemiec, etc'
    will operate only to a small extent; and all that war
    said about the evils be:etting the bhavas of which the
    planetsundcr cortsidcrationare thc Karakas rvill be
    belied or rcplaccdbY haPPiness.
    qri oqqi lTqiTqgtka.i tRii
    geQitqgefrrguqi qrcsiro+Rqr t
    q+& sit qrgoqqafreerg,qqqui
    urrrt e ffilrqq fttri qrfr gEtii q+{ tt \e\ell
    Stohu 77. A malefic planet in conjunction with
    the lord of the 6th bhava in the Lagna afflicts with an
    ulcer or vsound the person concerned;in the 5th bhava,
    his father or Bon or both ; in the 4th, his mother; in
    the ?th, his wivee; in the 9th, his maternal uncle; in
    the 3rd, his youngerbrother; in the llth, his elder
    106
    a2 $ttfrTcrfuil Adh. XIII.

    brother; and lastly, if the malefic planetappearin the


    8th aEEociaredwith the lord of the 6th, the person
    concernedwill suffer from pain in the anus.
    NorBs.
    This sloka as well as the next one are in
    "ild4ir.d.

    *ig{A uqfigtsqftsil qt g ar}nq-


    {tFErqtM rset ixrq,i {rdqrt
    qd qnqftq *geEt-riliirgqtrrir
    olur dtlr qtf\qa] gaauiqffi u \ectl
    Bloka 78. If the planet capableof producingthe
    ulcer be the Sun, it will break our in the head if ,t,"
    ,
    Moon, in the |ace; if Mars, in the neck; if Mercury
    in the lower part of the navel; if
    Jupiter be in such a
    position,there will be exemption from aiiments. lf
    Venus be eimilarly situated, the consequencewill be
    6ore-eyet. Saturn as well as Rahu in thc position
    abovedescribedproduceflatulencc,and Ketu, diseaseof
    the stomach. The lord of the Lagna aspectedby or
    associatedwith Mercury and occupylng a sign belong,
    ing to the sameplanet (in the 6th bhava) generates an
    ulcer in the privities.
    cf . T(r{(
    qsrft,irsfE
    qnAet qTscqsh fF,lf,,I
    f,qTqoii,ref{ #rurqscq{fqfu:tl
    qd fQqrfaqrqwEa<i*rr,+rigm:
    1
    qqlftqgdTqrfr wergdT qfa u
    iqrqfr asiil"qq'fqrqqftqjqqqr
    Fgil q gQ *,oi *qq iq ifqg n
    ?l-19----"-".--- --f *y':l::---"-"---"---"---'1u
    3"1
    gtqrrqtftntqi q qgqr aqt qt t
    {fiil {tgotrqi} *q-r q fl'lr qit tt
    g}nikenqgfua\itt
    oqf{qzufitTrcr'ficft{tr
    qd}ett s\ ll
    ftgttittrt qtnq'{rR{4
    qrErfltg*
    79. A p:rson hls a mark or mole in that
    .S/r.r[rl
    from
    part of the bcdy which correspondsto the ordet
    being
    ,b. L.gn, of che R'rsi which Rahu occupies
    ?6--78)'
    rspectei bv Venus' (ridt Adhyaya 3' slokas
    conjunction with
    If the lord of thc 6th bha'r; b: in
    dread'
    Saturn and Rahu, astrologerssay, dangeris to be
    ed from horses,cows, ?tc'
    qrqtrtrqEt qoilisRqrqt t
    'Irqtalui qrsftr*{rer rrRsqidll co ll
    Slofro 80. When the lord of the 6th bhava is
    without strengrb and aspectedby a mrlefic planet or is
    betweentwo maleficplanets,there will b: trouble from
    enemies.

    {renqTiirigr0 fiqqgrfttrffi t
    oii' qo*gfrqnardqiaq; ll cq ll
    9\9

    SJofta81. When the lord of the 6th bhava is in


    a g:trrn (Dustthana)and is depressed,eclipsed or in an
    inimical sign, and the lord of the Lagnais possersedof
    "l''lction
    strength,a wige asrrologershould divine the d,'
    of all enemies.
    Norps.
    tg-ff(qr(I{( says
    Inlthis connection compare what the author of
    about this bhava:
    844 qNr|ICIfuft
    Adh. )ilrl.
    qimTilE g:Fqngrrdtg*qif*ii}
    il {trA-
    a$qTe Ed qGg,rflflai 1l3T6d-{i€
    |
    qq+qgt{il ? qqfrR rqr ft'rgm,g}Aa
    Ed'{Bre}{rqgrag'iio-oe;,Rirdqrl
    vuEiafigf{nqf{qr:qhmeerfq,ir ?rqqJF,mrqmi
    r
    efsgfug qqFnR qeU"aglqol;qlqfirqgeqil-n,
    rr
    qq ftqt Gqrisfi str agmrAcqrFa flqfiqrqpqilqr,
    R I
    agrail R gtqr rzgw gai*)a.
    rtr;arqrf-l rF}r qq<ilfi, il

    Su ntgol.ndREmiatft.ar
    ar,&tqo€rtt ilotngqmR5il il cR tl
    \\ \r

    qft ,ftffiqa5qqrtffirr;fre^qi wffiqftqrt


    rffisr'*ql lt
    Sloha BZ. When the lorcl of the 6th
    bhavt has
    attained_ G9pu.t or other higher Vaiseshikamsa
    1 and is
    aopectedby the Sun and when the 'lord of the
    Laqna is
    in full rtrength, rhe person brrn will be beneficer;t
    ro
    hio kinsmen.

    Thuo ends &c.


    qrfrwriqgETirs€qrq
    ErTil€fi :
    -*

    ll €Hrgr[eT{TTiiltttb"{FT:
    tf
    Adhyaya XtrV.
    THE EIrFE(]TSOIr 'lutr 7'ru, flTlt ,t\u 1 . g r , -g L r l I ] I I A V A S ,

    l l q q { T f r qf l i { s o q f l
    *
    cn?Tglirwrrntq qfbsidf+r;qlqttffrr(
    v* gegr*rg{arrrqqd tf q qqai( t
    cttt:inlqqf ft{i qqq.tilR'..Tiqr (en
    qirqffiiki gq* qdr r wnirr*qft t rr
    Slok"t l. It is frorn the ?ch bhava that an astro_
    loger can divine all about any journey a person
    mav
    undertake, his sons. his wives and his .nioym"ni.
    what has beensaid in rcsardto scn'sworrdry comfort
    or misery as the effect accruing from the preceding bha_
    vas may also be predicted from this bhava.When V.nu,
    is in the 7th bhava or the rord thereof is in conjunction
    with Rahu or Ketu, the person born will become
    an
    adulterer. But this effect does nor follcw when
    the
    ?th bhava is a benefic sign and is also occupied
    or
    arpected by Jupiter,
    cf . crdfrnr<rr
    rurr$oiqffi qfttft'qt*r ;TrqrfaqmqqqsrqTgl{
    |
    Trqsfrilf€ftqrptqfr€{fi+ f+os{}cn rr
    846
    qrmrcrailt Adh.xlv.

    Also sfliFfitq
    gqfrqErgqrt
    walffigwftueeftr{
    r
    ory1q{nfkft g*rar q rusr{ rl
    gr0wwfl g qrqg{tqrifkteeil
    qq{Trr$tu{ giqr.qqr t
    ilcqrqTrTfiIat
    ilqqr{rfr fttq dRt qrqdinqqtr
    slrq{ grfiefiftNgt qmritaterqtq n R tl
    S | o h a Z . I f t t r el o r d o f t h e ? t h b h a v ao c c u p y i n g
    a ![:anrt(Dustthana)be in a malefic house aud aspected
    by or associated with a maleficplanet,the effectof thc
    7th bhavawouid be irut m':diocrc. If theseconditi,rns
    be reversed,the effrct of the bhava would be wholly
    auspicious. If the lord of the 7th bhavabe in conjunc-
    tion with Venus and occupya malefic sign,the person
    born will be lustfully inclinbd; if it be in a benefic
    sign and associatedwith or aspectedby a benefic planet,
    the person concerned will get a white umbrellawhich
    ra the emblemof royalty.
    NorBs.
    -d1,1;n{d.
    This andthe next threeslokasare in
    (RrclKl-{tt
    ^ \
    fqaef€q al.nira
    rtq{rcrq{d} q*
    ed qrflfAnigta grfri':q q,.+qq q I
    q* ds fra1gf,cgq itltq'iq=qrn
    .rrr gm1ffi,ltn
    ftcd qrfq*.iirrqradtt rr
    q il iqgqqfi{* ql'{dd {ad-
    g:F-qlqF'+
    a-ii rrltq e$qqqR fDft* qrtsv*q qtfr: I
    ert+r;q.we Rgqqqqnl qlaiiq qt tq
    q-dqifirftrfrqie qqfrqf{6:il{gt a mfr tt
    sl. g lgtqistqtqr 84?

    qg: firrTqrTritrftgfiqFnrFqilq
    iFft-
    i-q'ioqs lGzrdi) {diqdisfq qG qr s*afka'ti\: r
    qlqR: Rqgrfqar fbrgnoit*i flqq*eil-
    tdtrtilri]{aagilirs rqz: feu: 11
    iqilnrRqurtrngnilr qtqdlqilsq1gq3
    q1q€qiqqilFqfr
    agRguFTriqfriwr t
    srqQRgi+vorqgtqri qr*rar
    rTrrrKrit$@rqr sTqrgtqHt il I ll
    ?Eqrrrs
    Sloka 3. When the lords of the 2nd, the 6th
    and the ?th bhavas and Venus occupythe Lagnaand
    are associatedwith malefic planets, the person born
    will be libidinous. The same will be the effectif the
    lords of the lst and che Cth bhavasbe in conjunction
    with malefic planets. If a malc-ficplanetoccupyingthe
    7th bhavabe associatedwith the lords of the 6th, the
    Znd and the lst, the person concernedwill be addicted
    to women not his owit. lf the 9rh bhavabe occupied
    by a maleficplanerand the lords of the 6th and the ?th
    bhavas,the personborn will be afflictedwith excessive
    gexualcraving.
    cf. eadi-r.mqftr
    orftqar fia+.eru3irrlr:H{sr qG flqgifi.l:t
    nra: q{a'igtil: $qrrif grlftrada dqTqqq ll
    afl-rfiq]qng+ uf| erwra: q{efig{d: $qrif I
    €raa\{3sg'firt qfidt qTqfaqnilrrill
    qftr: qK{ig iil: lt
    q*t $dq?r€q fiiq{n! gTrfEffiu{n
    gserdgtwqqr giltt qrQftisarcqql
    t
    flt?ttFlttr{flrt Adh.xlv.

    dH qfi qrfrurqdtfr urt egdrer


    gmwu{nitr.rqomttitqi qEafqftr tt t tt
    S/oArr '+. If the lords of the 10th,the 2nd and ?th
    bhavasocr:upythe l0th bhava, the persoo born will
    have intriques with wonen other than his wiie. If the
    lords of the 5th, the 9th and the ?th bhavas which are
    the initiatory planetsin respectto an offspringbe in a
    6,tqn (Dusttbana) and if the 5th bhava be aspectedby
    a maleficplanet, the personconcerned will be childlese.
    If Jupiter arrd Mercury or the Moon and Venue be in
    the ?th bhava, the person will be addicted to mally
    women. If Venus occupying the ?th bhavabe strong,
    the personconcernedwill have nalry wivcs.
    cf . .l4t'{[q-Jrqli,l
    qltfi,tfrt qrg(r{iFd tl
    +dnfi.irlq;,zqruq
    titq&rr,iiq+us'rr.i E:Frrrrirttr<u.i Ulr{ I
    et ga Eriq€.q.itil-.rqf,iil{ giqi .Tqfh n
    gifrfr qElii6or{ft* qqhqqd aqt
    {Terrmfrrhrqqf'liil.l}rur} rriq t
    oqrn'"q'rigqqq{rtqtfi gt gda
    r'qrdqitiE qnqgqi qlqtif€iqisqiiln \ tl
    Sloht 5. If Venus and Mars be in the Tth bhava.
    the person born will be bereft of a wife. 'Ihe same
    effect will Iollow if the planets be in the 9th and the
    5th bhavas. If tbe N{oon and Venus occupy the 6th
    bhava, the p.rson concerned will have only one son.
    If maleficplanersoccupy the lst, the ?th and the l2th
    bhavas,and the Moon occupyiog the 5th be weak, the
    percon born will either have a barren wife or be
    wifeleso.
    sl. 6 tutrits.qtqt 8t9

    NorEs,
    cf ' ftrrc
    €rrruqqi:qr\:qftil{trt fru+t r
    gxrrqrr€as qrqt ffq frfailt tl
    Also qrtr+6

    1i San,itdqid' goil qi&neqR:r


    {te{Fqadqiqftw",iqf}etlqqrr
    cralrqrflFi: qr\: frft A{rd\ {td I
    et{tai rrcfril, q}s fisfiir qlq rr
    Alm c'd(lft{r
    srtt gdi cqsqfiilsgirElsr{tat
    W ut fiqn'dilsfagG qeii f+nn Ert r
    $Ar-c,}ga,r;.aurcngi, vrlrqnr.rrf:
    dntirqiqrflauarn],'qrligqr-frite.tr
    If the lord of the 7tb housebe in the 5th, the natrve witl losc
    hrs wife or become son-less, The loss of the wifc is certain if the
    lord of the 5th or the 8th house happens to be in tho 7th. If the
    waning lloon be in tbe 7th and malefics should occupy the l 2th,
    tbe 7th and the lst houses, the person rvilr he bereft of rvife and.
    children. If the Sun and Iiahu be in the 7th houso, .ne o'ght to
    rrredirt loss of rvealtb through the assocra.ti6p
    6[ rvom€u.
    irs{nqit! firdrqt qqilqqq}
    q'i.rd sqrJt irdarFft qq I
    snfti Seqil{gdstri
    qi${Ei\agidi frrconu E tl
    Sloku 6, tf Venue and the Sun be in the ?th or
    tbe lgt bhava,rhe person born will have a barren wife
    lf tbe house r:ccupiedby the Moon be an even sign, hi*
    wife will havc the proper femaleform; if it be a male
    Rasi,the wife will have a masctrlineforna ; if the houee
    i07
    fiRrsqrftsrrn Adh.xlv.

    in which the Moon is be either occupied or aepectedby


    l>oth male and female planets,ehe will be of a mixed
    a6pect.
    fuir {r qirrrfi Rarrr({rqwi ffq{ {r {TTrqI
    qrn ilCi *qarcttr EsT il qrdql qfftn tt,ett
    SloAtr 7. tf the ?th bhava from the Lagna in the
    caseof males,or the lst bhava in the caseof women,
    be either in Mars' house or amsa and if the planet own,
    ing the amsaof the ?th bhava be either w,:ak or eclipee.J,
    the woman concerned rvill be a servant mard or will
    becomevrciousin her vonth, arrd will bt: a[xn6nnedbv
    her husband.

    gqi{Rr{ftqft ffiorrdl gtfkt qrwi sorq I


    qqi{rh g{uqrqirnleilil qltdi qde c {rsqln d tl
    S/;Aa 8. If the ?th or the lst bhrva adverredto
    in the precedingslol<abe in thc Rasr or amsa o{ e
    beneficplanct,thc wife rvill be virtr:ous; rf ,rspcctcd
    by bene{icplanetsalso,she rvill be ami.rbleall th.: ffiof,rr.
    tf the bhavabc in thc Rasior arnsrowned by the N{oon
    without strerrgth,the womair wili cause the deatiroi
    her husband; but if the Moon he strong, shc will bc a
    faith{ul wifc.

    s{id g6drftq}q.Jat{rqirtg{r&fdi
    oi alaxsqfl rr(d* dhrRqgF**t
    qnarlroiifsa{ft rr-di6rur{rrnm
    q;will i{qarer q Rqql il?Rr Gilqrqt( il -q.tl
    SloArr 9. If thc Moon occupying the lst or the
    ?th bhavabe (l) in a Navamsa belonging co the $un,
    qgicfrsnrrc: 86I
    sr 10-11

    , nchaste; (2) in its


    pla
    own or exaltationhouse and aspectedby a benefic
    or
    net, shewill be virtuous; aoC (3) in its depression
    malefic
    inimical houseor in a state of eclipse or in a
    or
    Drekkanatermed a'i'Sarpa, qig{-Pakshin, {rfl-Pasl'
    hrre-Nigada, (Vide supra Adhyaya r'1,sloka 55) or in-a
    position foiming the t{€ii{ Riksha sandhi, the wife
    will becomeeither insentinentor widowed'

    fiqQ ilg\ g{trq$ sA{ilqlsit


    ilS qqi Ru'{tqurg{wrmraq t
    'sqgumsii
    q $rd qd$Id-mEtt
    ll
    $qiqnuqarsRrt{ift {qrersdlll t "
    SloAa 10. lf the lord of the Lagna be in the ?th
    the
    bhava and in conjunction with e b:nef ic planet,
    personborn will get a wife born of a good farnily' But
    fu ,n. 7th blrava occupiedby the lord o[ th: Lagna be
    a mrlefic sign, the wife will be a base-bornwoman'
    Her bue, form, attributes, fcatures etc' tht astrologer
    should declare from those prescrib:d for the sigrt
    constitutingthe ?th bhava. The woman finds pleasure
    in the man whose featuresare in conformity with those
    of the planet impelling her to evil coutses'
    qrqrqsTrRish
    uo* $.qrfufr|
    d qrrqrg {ffifr ,frorS aqftqrftsiill qt lf
    Slofta Il. When the 7th bhavais occupied by a
    (ewa-Upa'
    malefic or an invisible subsidiary planet
    gralraaide Adhyaya'2 sloka6), the wile will be wicked'
    be tha
    it ,U" S,unoccupv it, she will prove barren ; if it
    waning Moon, she will be unfaithful'
    qtf,w|frrtt Adh.xlv.

    wqrtstfraTqt
    ftturrn**tsger
    n lr rr
    Sloka LZ. If the Tth bhava be occupied by lvlars,
    tbe wife will die ; if by Sarr:rn,she will be ,Jisliked by
    her husband; if by Raliu, rhe husband ,vill take ro
    sromennot hie owr, a'd wiil fi.d no delight in
    bis
    wife and will have ro chird bv her becauseof
    the
    ahsenceof cohabitationwith her.
    qt ft{rr{hr qrfuqtru* {til |
    q?tlig ilfrur ffi 6rq1qdi q+{.n tl tl
    ,\loku 13. If the 7th btravabe in
    ae (Dhuma),ttre
    personborn will have no marriage; if it be in ordr
    (Karmuka),he or his wife will die ; if in qftic (paii
    veeha)the wife will be ill-be haved; if in Ketu, she
    will be barrenbut virtuous.
    qr* ftffi: qrt g qfqrtur {rgil |
    g{t6r frrqilr q dqrt gqrsi n lB tl
    Sloku 14. If the ?th bhava be in oro (Kala),
    tbe
    personborn wiii be wifeiess. if a marfic pianeu
    te in
    that bhava,the wife wiil have miscarriase.If it be occu.
    pied by the Moon getting full, she will be virtuous
    and
    bring forth children.
    \
    gAggrr Erriit gEgrilggf*qftr
    gh *tTrrqdwer *qdr q {-driht n t\ tl
    Sloka t5. lf Mercury be in the 7rh bhava,che
    wife will beargood offspring; if Jupirer,she wiil be
    virtuousand haveexcellentprogeny. If the 7th bhava
    be occupied by Venusin srrengrh, the wife wiil eniov
    a happyweddedlife anclwill be highly proEperous.
    sL 18-17 tltrilsqcr 818

    *grt {fuft ulqdQrsa


    vurftr\"ffit (fn {tf\t n r
    qfurgrqftougtft qrqt
    (qr ql qgrerggi$qgr:ll tq lt
    SloAs 16. If the lord of the ?th or 5th bbava
    poasessingstrength and aspectedby a benefic planet be
    in conjunction wirh or aspectedby the lord of 6t[.
    the wife will acquire a son by Paramour. Her hus
    " of many wives, will
    baod, though he rnaylbe possessed
    be childless.
    Norns.
    Seo Xlll-15 tqna.

    aii Ut {fii ffi qeErft


    {t} qor{E} fti at* r
    r;ilRp{T{qrrrrri g{G}
    qrr] mlt{gilwqf}Ei qr 11{v ll
    Sloka 1.7. When Jupiter occupiesthe 7th bhava-
    in depression,the persooborn will lose his wife. lf
    Saturn occupy the Ttii bhava identical with lvfcena,the
    effect wili be the sam: If Jupiter occupy a Rasi or
    Navamsaowned by S.ittrrn or Mars, the p€rJon con
    cernedwill have intrigrr,:s with other women. The
    e{fectfollow,; also when Jupiter is in conjunction with
    Saturn cr Mars.
    \OTES.

    -l]rst hatf !'or thi: :rnd some rlrore yogas relattac to loss
    .rf rvife, c/, qeerl{+,r

    $; sfa*$ qq €aq* +rq tqrt gq


    *ilfleqq dtai grgil qnfqct ilqTr
    &54 |rurtarrt Adh,xlv.

    lfr* mt nqlsn aqrSlsqlr *eF


    ffqMfrqsftgrrq]: qrfi sfi fiqqr rr
    Wheu Venus occupiesVrischika identical with the 7tb house,
    the wife of tbe person boru will die soon). The same will bc thr
    cflect when Mercury is in Vrishabha identical with the 7lh house
    or wheu Jupiter occupies the 7th and is in depression, or when
    Srturn or Mars is posited ia Meena identical with the 7th house.
    If Saturn aud Mars are in the Zth house identical with Caacer,
    the wife of the person concerned will be of a good dispoqition aDd
    fortunate.

    eGt qr€nqatqfrfiQgd
    6!5cqgaquqft
    fiqnrmsttl-sflqt rqrffiorqfr{ |
    nt il gdqTrqqlF4fioErfrsn]
    wrt lil rr
    lf tbe 7th house or its lord be associatedwitb, aspected by, or
    gosited betwixt malefics, or be in depression or inimical sign or
    bc eclipsed'by the Sun's rays, one ought to predict loss of wife.
    Venus in conjunction with a malefic occupying the 7th, 5th or 9th
    bo0sewill make the native bereft of a wife.

    ilffiirt Rfftqfi€t nas'l<rqnfittfga qr r


    {ofll qlqgtsqeE{t-dr(rfl qqd}d fl;ir: tl
    lf tbe lord of the 7th occupies an rnimical or depressrousign
    or be eclipsed or be aspected by male6cs, and tbe Zth, house be
    associated with or aspected by malefics, tbere will be lcss of
    wifc; so say the wise.
    Latter halrf. Accordrng to Mantreswara, it is Pcarc (aud
    not Jupiter) if in a Varga of Mars or Saturn that makes thc artivc
    immoral.
    \ t ^\ \ ^
    gfi fl $qqqEqREa €E Tt€rRfl: tl
    When Veuus is iu a <,i (Varga) of Mars or Stturn. or has the
    tsp€ct of these planets, the persoo boru will have a liaison wtih
    otLcr peoole's wivcs.
    sL t8-r0 1t{alfsqqr 855

    wl nS qfr qqe Etr,ftgil


    |
    w{t qR ilqTt rut?rffinrrpqtqtt ld tl
    Slola 18. If a malefic planet occupy the 7tb or
    fie 8ih bhava and Mars be in the t2th, and if the lord
    thereof be invieible, tbe personborn will have anotha
    wife.
    NorBs.
    Tho followrng sloka from qa*fu{l gtvos some rnorc yogae fot
    having two wives:

    .r}gr+drt$qnftitqtcsisgfr <r
    disra il qq{Aqqq} a} qS *aq €H I
    raqlti qqqfrfta\iT€rqTrrEqqR
    . \c a \ 0. .
    nIErlI gs{qiriaulfllqrFqr qE;t[ ll

    lf Venus and the Moon are in opposition to Niars and Saturn


    in any nativity, the person concerned will be either wifeless or
    issueless; when there is a hermaphrodite planet in the 7th houso,
    and the llth house is occupied by two planets, the person will
    have two wives. If the lord of the 7th house:lnd Venus be each
    posited in a dual Rasi or Amsa, the person will have two wives,
    Generally one ought to predict the number of wives in such cascs
    through the number of the planets in t'onjunction with those two
    riz.. the lord of the 7th and Venus'

    gqqEqnirqd Ee o}lrfr ilqdg!+( t


    Rtaff;€rft€ilwErii gFqat{tSd{tq'#il tf tq tl
    Slota 19. If the lord of the Lagna be in con;unc
    tron with that of the ?th, the person born will get a
    oature excellent wife, If the lord of the Lagna in the
    above porition be at the same time obrcured by the Sun,
    the wife will b€ entirely devoid of good featurer.
    866 ilurqrftlrl Adt XrV.

    ftt qwg.aq Folt ilqrftt I


    fiqqtpr{d E,srxq{rnqt(ll ?o ll
    Sloha70. When thereare severalmalefic planets
    rn the 2nd bhavaand the lord of the 7th is likewice
    there aepectedby a maleficplanet,the peroonborn will
    have three wives.
    6. F{fifRFar{fi
    fri nrwgd g fidi il ilqrfit r
    afit nqse} rsfiqqFqt( ll
    *-ffi*fr Efttdqitee{,ft t
    sqlftta qrEtrqgdisfrF]qlE tt lt ll
    Sloka 7I. Wben the lord of the 7th bbavaoccu-
    pyrnga Kendra or Kona is in its own, eraltation, oi
    friendly sign or is aspectedby the lord of the l0th
    bbawa, the perron born will be associatedwith many
    wiver.
    sa;n{trdl*d sqftikfrlqt t
    gqtir gTtRfrEIrdt i|lnilqm lt tl ll
    Sloka 77. When the lord of the ?th bhava is in a
    Kendra and is aspectedby a benefic pianet or is in a
    benefic Navamsaor Rasi, the wife will be devoted to
    the observanceof vowr

    fiiftt N ftgaruurit
    wft frqTRqd
    qTqrdt{r{Err q}i wrqrq{iC}$-d-{rRnt
    {n{ ll
    Sloftc 13. tf the lord of the ?th bhavabe Mercury
    in a depressionor inimical vargaand assocratedwith a
    rnaleficplanet,and if it also c.cupy the 6th or the Erh
    bhava, in the midst of two malefic planets and aspected
    st. 24-26 85?

    by a nnaleficplanel, the wife will kill her hucbandand


    ruin his familv'
    NorES.
    This as well as slokas25, 26, 27, 28,29t 30,31, 32,34, 37
    3 8 ' 3 9 , + 0 , 4 1, + 5 & . + a r e i n s f i T 4 , t.G f
    'Ihe
    same efiect is ascribed to a different yoga in fRtt<f
    nfioql qq.iti{qarft'ilfaqq,irsft
    ftg"qqfrsqql
    t
    q{urtfd dil q{offirrqq rRfiqqTqfidTqi( ll

    uqtt gqd€t ar\ qrqr griqil t


    qr{r6t rrrrTirt(q qr{il c{{il ll 18 ll
    Stoha 74. If the lord of the ?th bhava occupy a
    benefic Navamsa and be aspectedby a benefic planet,
    the wife will be of a good family. But if the lord of
    the bhava be in a maleficvargaalreadyoccupiedby a
    maleficplanet,thc wife will be base-born,

    srqqTtqti fragnr*qtdkdrcqt
    {EF(
    dtqepfrqilqJa qEti qG gtgtfrqi t
    qrqrdii fked qfr qaqqi gtigufiqqt
    qrqt
    TarakugtrElindEE{qerft il ll R\ ll
    SIoha 25. If the ?th bilavahe occupiedby a planet,
    thc number o[ wivcs is declaredby astrologers to be the
    nr-rmber of planetsin conjunction with Venus. Out of
    tire abovenumbcr,any planetthat occupiesits Swakshe'
    tra or exaltation is to be ornitted. If the lord ol the
    7th bhavaoccuPythe ?nd, identical with a sign owned
    by Venus, the number c,f wives will be the number o{
    planets associaled with Veutts ; or it nay bc tha"tthe
    personconcernedrnay gecas manv new brides as there
    are planetsin conjunction with Venus and the lord of
    the ?th bhava.
    108
    858 rrcucrQile Adb.xrv.

    Erttn$grqtr tfrei qrq{qgfurr


    glerrnreilqR t
    qm*fr qoufra I g{silrr-{<rrcilqRld
    s{ffi {osfrqtrqrir$q.rrrq tl
    Sloka 26. How many weak planetsthere may be
    that are in conjunction with the lord of the ?th or of
    the Znd bhava and are at the sametime the lords of the
    6th, the 8th or the 12th bhava ( g:un-Dustthana), so
    many will be the wives to be destroyed by them. The
    more there are benefic strong planetsassociatedwith
    the lordg of the two bhavacabove named,the more will
    be the wives with whom the person born will live
    happily. If a single planet possessinggreat srrength be
    associatedwith the lord of the ?th or of the Znd bhava,
    the personconcernedwill have but one wife.
    NorEs'
    cf. wo{tfrmr
    dtneqi qa.ii\faqnrd)*r fl|q: ftqfi
    nifr nlil gt ufi rg: sp{f gsrf;qdT
    qlilsft qT€ qa: Wsq: qFqramrqfFqAl
    ft+r nguq{FqqFqqilfi'n]-qrpqSr<nq' tl
    It is through the (number of) planets in the 7th housethat
    one ought to divine the number of women that a person may
    associatewith. oF these, the number that will die (at an early
    ase) will corresoond to the nurnber (of pranets in the 7th housey
    that are malefic, w-hile the number of benericswill denote the
    numbef that will survive. If the lord of the 7th be benefic and
    possessed of strength, the native will have a good-natured woman
    as his partuer and be endqwedwith gooc children. Even a malefic
    will do good to the wife if he shali be in the 7th owning that
    house. Benefics in the Tth.will be productive of good unless they
    happento be the lords of the 6th,8th and lZth houses.
    sl. 27 rg{dswr<r 859

    Also cf. ciliTfi(<r


    qil rl,nru*rrq<tr( |
    efr *errfqq* OgrEqrt
    f,rL-qiflqirJ(ilq+d ftsx{rpqi q{iFd ffit: ll
    o{rasqfttshqu{i*t fr'{ri{t(
    q;nrftFcenwqqq,frt{qi{*{r ilI I
    dl+ ftrnqttrt *d qlqEldlE(r
    stt ffif,t.CIr{tqq${q{rqsqcsidr* ll qe ll
    Sloha 27. Add together the f igures for the lorde
    of the Lagna and the ?th bhava. Find the Rasi, etc.,
    indicated by the result. When Jupiter traverses the
    Rasi, etc., above fo':nd, the astrologer may predict a
    person's marriage. The time of marriage may also be
    determined in the same way in respect to the total of
    the figures for the ruler of the stars occupied by the
    Moon and the lord of the ?th bhava. If the Navamsa
    occupiedby Jupiter belongto a friend, the person con-
    cernedwill have but one wife. tf the amsain'question
    be Jupiter'sown, the number of wiveg will be 2 or 3-
    If the amsabe that of Jupiter's,exaltation,the perroq
    concernedwill be the lord of many wives.
    Norps.
    According to qodiqfi the probable time for marriage is thus
    ascertained:
    gxlscit ErdgnTqqiatFfrqqrqlfA
    dqrfirrq' 11
    The marriage may be expectedto come ofl when Venus or the
    lord of the 7th house in its orbit transits through a sign which is
    triangular to the Rasi or Navamsaowned by the lord of the Lagna
    fio{{iFqrqwae}tuqt qlsq.soTrs r
    qql fiefrrfEqfirsrqrfifi€rii dx .foron: tl
    Tbc rcguisition of a wife may happeuduring the dasaperlod
    860 ffi Adh.xlv.
    of the planet (l) posited in the 7th house, or (2) aspectingthe 7th
    house. The same may also happen when the lord of the Lagna in
    his orbit cornesto the Rasi signifying the 7th house.

    rs@mnrftrduifl+{rq,
    flwqqmrqu.ii
    iotqw t
    EtrrrrirEFlqgil'qi{rfii}drort
    iqgt ${,Er il Rz tl
    Sloka 28. Of the two planets that are the lords
    respectivelyof the Rasi and Navamsa occupiedby the
    lord of the 7th bhava,f ind whictr is stronger. During
    the dasaperiod of thac planet,the marriageof the person
    may take place, when Jupiter traverse$the Trikona of
    the Rasi and amsaoccupiedby the lord of the 7th bhrva.
    Again, find the stronger of the two planets Venus and
    the Moon. During the dasa period of the stronger
    planet,the period favourableto marriage m1y be folrnd
    in the samemanneras in the abovecase.

    g nltilfi-drrltt qqnruihfifqr{rT(r
    u.rrktqittrtriqrqmlUdi q ffi56: I
    sqfu*{iliqqrqsEfluri itnaf rqq
    frrita gilf ifioxrl€rltiqrsgd g i{t ll 1q ll
    Sloha 29. If the lcrd of the ?th bhavabe associa-
    ted with Venus, its Dasa and Bhukti may lead to
    marriage. Failing that, the Dasaand Bhukti of the lord
    of the Rasi occupied by the planet owning the 2nd
    bhavamay have marriage,producinge{ficacy. The Dasa
    anclBhukti of the lords of the 10th and the.gth bhavas
    come next in order. Lastly, note the planetagsociated
    with the lord of the ?th bhavaor the one occupying it.
    During thg Dasa and Bhukti of one of these,narriage
    may take place.
    sI.30-31 rg{tfrswm: 86t

    Notr,si.
    It is, perhaps, implied here that each succeeding alternative
    is to be resorted to when the preceding one is found to be not pro'
    m i s i n g b e c r u s e o f t h e w e a k n e s s ,e t c . , o F t h e p l a n e t c o n c e r n e d '

    glT'Jtql* qqritp$i
    fi-q"frqqr!ftq.dr
    qrqdg{frqft qR Euqtt iimrqq t
    qii qei qffitqqfi qqt
    T(! qlqq€irTni1
    " uJrqdqfi q{urofic(l drtqf}qe:qfrml llloll
    S/oAa 30. lf the planet powerful for producing
    marriagebe beneficand in a benefic house, it will bring
    on the h"ppy event at the commencementof its Dasa.
    lf the planet,being itself benefic, shouldoccupy a male'
    fic house, the marriage and other such h.ppy eventg
    wiil takeplacein the middle of its Dasa. If the planet
    and the house it occupiesbe both malefic, the event in
    question will happenat the end of irs Dasa. But if the
    plan:t in question occupy a b:nefic house and be in
    conjunction with a benefic planet at the sametime, ito
    influcncefor good will prevail during the whole of its
    Dasaperiod.
    oqE{iqaaqiqlrfrqftii
    aq gt;qtw q i[-sToIrT{|
    qrrrrrgfi'wrr5qffidbqi
    his'lqr Wgi dt rRor tl lt ll
    Slola 31. Astrologers say that the acquisition of
    a wife may take place when the Moon and Jupiter in
    their progress arrive at the Znd place from the lord of
    the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the Lagnaat the
    birth bf the person concerned. The same event may
    also happen when Jupiter reachesa sign occupied by
    8os lrcwrM Adb.xlv.
    ,n
    is whenthe Moon and Jupiteroccupya Kendra.

    fi*FqruqsnrRtnqq{ ilfini il {uri


    ilsr6t ueftibr{q(dr sailqild uiq r
    oqrfiilfruffirq*grtriu* tq{r
    qt {TIqtqq:q€rEwurt rct ntq fru: n QRtl
    .S/oln 32. An auspicioustime for men'smarriage
    (other than what has been mentioned before)occurs in
    the yearof their lifc indicated by the numbermadeup
    of 8 and thc figure dcnoting the order from Mesha ol
    the sign representingthe 7rh bhava: this year b:ing in
    the natureof things subsequent to the investiturewith
    the sacredthread generally preceding marriage (in the
    caseof the twice-born class). Add the figures for the
    lordg of the Tth and the tst bhavas and find our the
    Rasi and amsa indicated by the sum total. The girl
    born in the Rasi and amsathus found is the one to win
    the heart of the person concerned. The husband,elect
    must equallyprove acceptable to the wife.
    urqrffiqqftqql{rftq1q1
    qqr(ff{ $rrrr q qftfqqrqT( |
    dqrd* q qf6ffi Eqii
    iE Etrqluggfffiorfrqar lt 11 u
    Slofra 33. Note the planetsoccupyingor aspecting
    the ?th bhava from the Moon. A girl born in a sign
    belongingto any one of these planets vrill be higlrly
    fortunate as a wife and enjoy her husband'sfavor. A
    husband determined similarly in the case of a female
    hororcope will prove acceptable. The direction of thc
    st.34 qgtdsqtq: 863

    country of the bride will bc that of the lord of the 7th


    bhava from venus'
    Norss.
    According to Mantresrvar:r, the direction of the country of
    the rvife will be that signified by the ltasi orvrted by any one of
    (2) owning the
    the three planets, viz., (l) occupying the 7th house
    7th house and (3) Venus. Cf,
    fst {infa ds q-.ql: ll
    ifirrrFq{rqTfqqqlfieriru4i
    Seealso the follorvrl;i:

    q*fqfrd{Fqrrft.qir EI a.l{tlq{:I
    g.Fclfi{di qrfqqitaq firilsqqt tt
    ;na1€Fqqndin+s affra2;t{€q 1;zit EI I
    f<qarawaqsEffi,oa tqtsatqt*l qfi d'is tt
    gileqfi fift"q qitqqm, du g r
    nrqffrqlR(rqitqinot;q+,af+qit rt
    Eqt uq{ qgf€gta qrrfa{iqit r
    sTft+riqq ftqr.gqg+ fiilqa,tt
    qsrEitl:wta ngatGtr{ilq-dl
    r
    Bt)ilorftqsn;qian*+g+uafi*q.tt
    *S tg solfq+qaf{.'fr ql{saq:I
    qi\nrFqnrr{nif;o*qfAqtat:lt
    erqqrg{frgffrnrifluqt fqR;ah t
    qilqqfFquittftnwndn'rq
    tt
    ll qCdb{nTildd+rr:
    U
    wr{riliwqft qarilGI I
    qG eqregfis(! qis ll 18 ll
    rh t-.qr-wawqo{fr
    Stoka 34, Mars occupyingthe 2nd, the 12th, the
    864 \ ilrcccrftrrt Adh.xlv.
    trt*-" * tt@
    ".
    person may causethe ",
    deathof his wife. If Mars occu,
    py the sameporition in respectto the horoscopeof the
    wife tp be selected,the planet will prove injurious to
    the husband.

    tadrqt: qiwqsqqi fuoqatt


    *qtftqnqisqit qqlwrqi: rr1\ tl
    Sloha 35 if a malefic planer occupyingthe 8th
    bhavafrom the Lagna in a female horoscope be in
    deptession. inimicai or malefic vargas,it proves fatal
    to the husband.
    :\
    ffi!$grqrf,i
    \ R qrfiqnfaqiqqgrt*sft
    fi |
    ilretrfrqqnrga{efrtft
    gfq{Gsil{ n tQ rr
    Slota 36. If there be maleficplane1sin the 2nJ as
    well as in the ?th bhava,thcy causedistressby bringing
    about a bereavement of the wife. If tfe pers(\)ncon-
    cernedbe joined in wedlockro a woman born in a yoga
    such as has been describedabove,he lives possessed oi
    children,wealth and other blessings.
    qo*rrilriirisqEtRrr(ir{idrtgsrilfirsit r
    ssftrfu{R gfirroteqF{tftdq Uratq:u ie tl
    Sloha 3T. lf the srosrrftr
    (Janmarasi)of the wife bc
    included in the triad designated*oarrih lKalatrarasi)
    or in the triar:gularsigns of the Rasi occupied by the
    lord of the 7th bhava in the horoscope of the hu:band,
    the latter will have sons. If the q.cofu (Janmarasi)of
    the wife be other than those that have beenenumerated.
    he will have no isaueby her.
    Sl. g8-39 rgtdt qrrt 866
    r g !!1.'/.#
    t v vvvvvvvv : ! l g v v vvv vv-vvvvvvvvvv!vv

    NorBs.
    For qr-oecfithe,c, Cf. eElfi?il{Fr
    fiildqTqFrilildti oftr qoqq ftgtqr-a: t
    adqitq qR qi m@{rtfrr aqqrf}ilqdflqq.ll
    Great astrologers have recognised the Rasi occupied by the
    q'T(It?r
    lord of the 7th bhava in the husband's horoscope as the
    (Janmarasi)of his wife. The exaltation and the depression signs
    of the lord of the 7th bhava in the male horoscopeas well as the
    Rasr of the 7th bhava forn.r the t:onstituent parts of the triad re'
    presentingU1g"r;q{tfr (Janmarasi) of the +oa (.Katatra) or wife.
    \ \ .A-1 ]
    urfu;qrcuq q( tfi6{ $Ftflttqfrdrl
    \

    diiFg{fudrF+igas{I {!r65q1qR I
    wflflraqfrqrr Wfr{gtqKilRtqi
    qltd iiqqrsftaaqdigrusq{l ifiIII\ ll lc ll
    Slofta 38. If the Sun be in the 7th bhava,the wife
    will have breastsexceedingly strong. when the lord
    of the 7th bhavaoccupiesa Kendra in conjunction with
    Venus, she will have a
    Jupitt:r, the Moon, Mercury or
    tro"d and awellirrg bosom; i{ Mars appear in the ?th
    bhava,her bogom will be shrunken' If the 7th bhava
    be occupied by Mandi, Srturn, Rahu or Ketu she will
    have fat pcndent breaste. If Dhuma and other invieible
    planetsbe in the ?th bhavaor if the lord thereof occupy
    a g:wra (Dustthana).her breastswill bc ill-shapcn.
    fiEqt{iqiqismirffi{{hft itqrqrqh
    qg+ g {qtrQrcr;fifiq-tqn'{tit lr t
    hqrft;gg}r g Rxrftnj dit itt qitdi
    diqd.iiiqiirtq{'dRq{tii;q41gftdq iI +"' ii
    Stoka 39. lf the $un be in the ?th bhava at a
    109
    866 fiilTqrftqa Adb.xlv.
    perEon'E birth, the object of hie love and dalliancewill
    be r barrenwoman; if the Moon, a womanof the same
    claosas himself; if Mars, it will be a woman in mens,
    truation or a barren wedded wife ; if Mercury, a
    courtezan; if Jupiter,a womanof Brahmanicextraction;
    if Venus,he will havea liaison with a womanalready
    enceinte. If the planet occupying the ?th bhava be
    Saturn,Rahuor Ketu, the objectof his affectionowill be
    a low,bornfemaleor one in her periode.

    ffii *i St+{riqrcqit Rql


    qg* ffi $qfusft gt qrfr Rrnqot r
    fr tr.IEftt a (ftd qtsqqrqqir
    *fr qrqq{$frqgruri qq3lrt n Bott
    S/oft"240. lf the Sun occupy the 4rh bhava the
    person born will prelerably have the society of his wife
    in a pleasurehousein a forest region ; if it be the Moon,
    a fine room in his own residence;.if Mars, a snug place
    encloaedby walls; if Mercury, a theatre or similar
    placeof public entertainment; if Jupiter, a temple ; if
    Venue, a retreat in water ; if Saturn, Rahu or Ketu, the
    favourite haunt of the deity €fuflgt (Hariharaputra)
    describedas the offspring of Siva and Vishnu conjoined,

    grtir rqqf€tsqitgt qrqlfqiqert


    qTqrftsut{tsmqh qr* mu{rriqrq t
    grd uru6grqft qqgfi gkffiqlfr S EI
    ffidqqnisu{Elqogfriiqrnfr il€R tt Bl tl
    Sloha 41. If lr,fars occupy a Navamsa owned by
    Venus in the ?th bhava, and if the lord of that bhava
    be in the 6th, the perEon born will suffer bereavement
    sL 42-44 tg{risr<rrr

    in the deathof his weddedwife. If the planet occupy,


    iog the ?th bhava be the Sun, he will be bleseedwith
    wife and wealth. If the lords of the Znd and the 7th
    bhavasbe associated with Venus in a g,wn (Dustthana)
    or in the 3rd bhava,he will have the ill.luck to loceso
    manywives ; but if the lords of thosebhavasbe strong,
    his wife will continuealiveduringhis life time.
    \A \
    stRf: €rilil w$TilTqffillE
    d{q ffftnwtugqFEtETI
    q{ ugrqqfiriqqfr iln Ril(
    ER{rrE{qt ef.gte-tqtl 81 ll
    Sloka 42. If the lord of the ?th bhava be aspected
    by or aseociatedwith Venus, or occcupya houoe owned
    by the latter, the pereon born will be so extravagantly
    fond of hie wife as to indulge in irrrgrea (Bhagachum'
    bana.) The effect is the samewhen the lord of the Znd
    bhavais in the sameposition as that describedfor the
    lord of the 7th in the preceding case; or when the lord
    of the lOth occupiesthe 7th in conjunction with Venus.
    trlqtr iqgar iffi qr t{ rrri qred ttww I
    fti rFi Wr{ufuTr}tr;ft;gilRr6qs{rqriltt Bl tl
    Sloko 43. When Jtrpiter or Vettus is chelord of
    the 7th bhava, the pudendum muLiebre of. a young
    woman would be lovely and symmetrical. It will be
    narrow if the lord of the ?th bhava be betwixt the
    the planet Saturn, the Moon and Mercury.

    ff qtft {qqc$frqodmfi(* qu.It}r.rtatr t


    wi wi qEa\,€g{t|ttsst
    gd €-{rM q{qrt tl
    Sloka 44. Ito spacewill be ample if the lord of
    rtefitftili Adh.nv.

    ,
    It will be moist i[ the Moon occupying the ?th bhava
    be aspectedby Venus; but if the Moon in the position
    describedbe associatedvrith a malefic planet, it will be
    void of moisture.
    oM{rIETtt dti ntft fr{
    dtqrnfra{i{r*ffi esffi ftctsqn t
    {tRTR*mgir
    oil ilqqfrqsumqEi
    fii €ff frftc: ll 8\ ll
    oI qflqflRrqtseQt
    Sloka 45, A man is joined to a woman when
    planetowning the
    Jupitcr is in a Rasi b,:longingto the
    Navameaoccupiedby the lord of the Lagnaat his birth :
    but if the Navamsain questionbelongto the depresrion
    sign of the lord of the Lagnaor to its enemy' the person
    concernedwill lose the wife that he marriee or ltave nct
    wife at all. subtract the figures for the Lagna from
    rhosefor the lord of the ?th bhava. The difference
    indicatesa cerrail Rasi. When Jrrpiteroccupieathis
    Rasi or its Trikona, astrologers say that the death of
    the pcrson'swife will take place' The sameevent may
    happeu when Jrrprrgris in a Rasi indicated by the
    .*i.*. of the {igures for the Lagna over thoseior the
    lord of the 7th bhava
    g{stt qtqiiq* wt
    o{lrinrqqisrrSi
    qm q1s'giiaqigq{urqiq{sknqtt
    nlqrfunq{rrq{ittrIIt gfirsqdii{t
    {rdt ril{gil silrq{oi fr} mtqntqi tt 8q lf
    (loArr 46 If thq lord as weil as the Karalracf tirc
    frcrrnthe Lrgna b: propitioueand occupy the
    rch ti;1.:ve
    sr 4?-48 qgfdsqrq:

    t th place be prede
    minant in strength and unaspected by or unassociated
    with malefic planets,the wife dies simultaneouslywith
    the husband. Her death will occur during the period
    of the dasa or qcEK (Apahara) of a fte (Ch.idra) planet
    @ide Adhyaya 5, slokas 52-53) with referenceto the
    ?th bhava,when Saturn occupiesthe Rasi ascertained
    to be fatal to the wife through the Ashtakavarga of
    Venus (vide Adhyaya 10) an.J when Jupiter ig in a
    Navarnsaowned bY this fatal Rasi.
    q(tqirililt qtftqrdrRqd
    $gegil€t qrtrdqr|qti t
    qf\qggffiqq"iffifilq(t:
    {E gfuf\ilq qrcfir.Trgtftu Be tl
    Sloka 47. If the lord of the 7th bhava attaining a
    crRqra (Parijatha) or a higher varga occupy a benefic
    placeand be aspectedby or associated with Jupiter, the
    personborn will have at his meals food of a refined and
    excellentsort accompaniedby such appetiaingeubstances
    as curd, honey,clarified butter, sauce,milk and seasoned
    r : o n d i m e n t s ;i n d h e u ' i i l i n , r c i d i r i o nb e b l e s s e dw i t h a
    r:harmingirelpmate.

    ll sTeTlwrileffircq
    11
    qrgturiS-
    qrgilqqFrsiggcqafr
    effirtdsoiqqft ftqi{ri q{$ g{s I
    qeqrga{qisqqr ftgqt qrqriR {;Ht
    oita gt a ffi frq+qrfrftr*{t .Rsnsztl
    Sloha 48, From what haebeeneaid already,it io
    8?0 |t(rrcrfuri Adh"nv.
    t"*rl;
    life as affected by the untoward .rr"rt, due to ihe posi-
    tions of the lords of the l st, the 10th arrd the gth
    bhavasand of the planet Saturn; but as it crops up
    again in connection with fka (Nidhana) or the gth
    bhava now under treatment, it is to ba dealt with once
    more If the lord of the 8th bhava being associated
    with a maleficplanet occupy the l2th or the 6th bhava,
    the person concerned will be short-lived. The same
    effect is produced when the lord of the gth bhava being
    weak happensto be 4ssociatedwith the lord of chl
    Lagna in one of the two bhavasabove-named(zie. the
    6th or the l2th).
    NolBs.
    For things to be deducedfrom the gth bhava, aide the follow-
    ing from (t) qraa,cd.
    1;q6s141;f,fEi
    gaiil dlr-q+ar{ea;arRfrq{r
    E qo-erTRqds fq: fiar rTr€qrqt iqqx tt
    Q) qki+rrrror
    aqf,rilil;dtqFqgi'in<i Erg: es.t tfa sqq.r
    5-spu1d sier *€qfrq qr*anmrflqr fld+H: tt
    qS r;qqfi iu.teoflFtiliUfr qBfr
    ftrqefrv8'qi stfr qsfr qrdf*trgfv{|
    aqnrtrfir;qtrRnin ! ffirunqqr
    dqbtqoTs(tmgfiIrilq€r€w,Sfrqn Bq tl
    Sloka 49. When the lord of the 8th bhava occu-
    pier its own house, the personborn will be long,lived.
    If the lords of the lst and the 8th bhavas occupy the
    6th or the l2th bhava, then too will tbe perlon born
    enjoy prolonged vital energy. The lorde of tbe l0th.
    sI.50-61 r|gtqlstrrrqs 871

    the lst and the 8th bhavagin a Kendra, a Trikona or


    the llth bhavalead to long life. But if they be weak
    and in conjunction with Satrrrn,the astrologer may
    declarelife to be ehort;
    Norps.
    T h i s ' r s w e l l a s s l o k a s5 2 , 5 3 , 5 4 , 5 5 , 5 6 , 6 0 & 6 - j a r e f o u n d i n
    qiIaFfi'(Qt,

    uilurqilgqr{u{nfta}-
    Eqrilitilgitrr;Eaqffiar : t
    Erq'qifiEqfufr qfr q6Tqrg-
    tsl {d egn{rgrilu{arr n \o tl
    S/ofrir50. If the lords of the lOth, thc Bth and
    the
    1st bhavasbe all of them strong and unassociated with
    Saturr, the person born will be long-lived. If even
    two of them be strong,the person conccrnedwill have
    rnediumlife. If only one of them be strong, his
    rife
    be shorter than in the precedingcase. If none of
    "viil
    thern be srrong' he will have no pcriod of life worth,
    mentionilg.
    {;qritt qrqUdqqfrgtaflii rTrrTg}sqqp3
    I
    glfht c{qi itrrgr 1 \t ft
    Uqriiqidrrrarrlugfu
    S / o A r r5 1 . I f t h e l o r d o f t h e , g t h b h a v a b e i n g
    in conjunction with a maleficplaner occupya malefic
    sign or Grrqrc(Dustthana--6th,gth or tzth), the life
    of
    the person concerned will b: short But if the planet
    owning the 8th bhavabe associotedwith o,
    by a benefic one or occupya beneficsign or".p.cted t^hegth
    bhava rtself, the life of the person born will be long.
    il{& agtsemfiq-di qria g,tfki
    qisawis?i{r frgrJtqrfr rrilg{iq r
    8rt ilfiqrfrilrt Adh.xlv.

    Aqlgffil{st gqgt ffiftq-*t


    r'n rdilqfrRilSeEiqrt Ro'{rftqll \1 ll
    Stoka 52. If the lord of the Lagna be in the 8th
    bhava or if the lord of the latter bhava in conjunction
    with or aspectedby a maleficplanet become invisible
    by its too great proximity to the Sun or be in the 6th
    bhava,the penon born will be void of vitality. But if
    the lord of the Sth place from the Lagna be in its exalta'
    tion or in conjunction with a beneficplanet or in a
    Kendra or a Trikona or in the Sth bhava itself, the
    personborn will be blessed with long life' The eame
    will be the casewhen the rising sign is occupiedby its
    lord.
    onrrs{arfqt {€Efr qd fiilgr gdi
    ui{r} qR Gqqqqiir* *-nttrfr iqw t
    qtqrfrEqdtre]
    ssquar;t
    gut wr{
    ll 'tl ll
    $fi{m{qFctftegd qqtg{R]rrT{Iat
    Sloha 53. If thc lord of the 12th bhavafrom the
    Lagnaoccupy a q&a (Swakshetra)and be strong' the
    p"r-ronborn will live long in comfort' The sameeffect
    iollows when the iords of the lst and the Sth bhavasare
    strong and occupy a Kendra. If Venus, Mercury or
    place or the 10th
    Jupiter occupy or aspi:ctthe Ntloon's
    from the sign of conceptionor birth or from the 8th
    bhava,the personconcernedwiil enloy healthand long
    life.
    rit iliqmgd €fi
    Rgq;rrfrrsToi,
    u;qrrr;qi{qffiQqi riuu*t illn I
    n* argarRrq a<gfiFileud c qr
    ffi qqil* dfr;v qqrh
    Tdffidqqa tt \ti ll
    Sl. d4-66 q{dtsrvrrr 8?rt

    6th, the 8th or the 12th bhava, the aatrologer nrY


    predict the demise of the person concerned(t) during
    the dasaand bhukti of the lord of the 8th bharn; or (8)
    during the dasaof the planet owning the Rasi occupied
    by Saturnwhen the bhukti of the lord of the 8th bharn
    ic in progreEs; or (3) during the dasaof the lord of the
    8th bhava when the bhukti of the planet next in order
    to tbe aav (Randhrapa-lordof the 8th bhava) is takiog
    place-the questionof " which of the three alternatives
    ia to be chosen as applicableto any particular case"
    dependingupon a nice balancingof the etrensthaod
    weaknessof the severalplanetsconcerned.

    uffi,Arnnn!q,g{tsrdq+frg n
    iiitrcrrqrt5{ftE{r ildq rligrfl |
    ffirtwr(rilAnt
    M {wrrlrrcrqf}rarqrfirqqtTqr( n \\ tl
    S/o&a 55. If the lord of the Lagna occupy the 6th,
    tbe 8th, or the l2th bhavain conjunction with Rahu or
    Ketu, the fatal daea to the person born is that of the
    planet which is associated with the lord of the Lagna
    or of the Sth bhrva. (If there be no planeteo aesociated)
    the dasaof the planet owning the Rasi occupied by the
    lord of the Lagna or the 8th bhava will prove fateful.
    The death of the person concerned will occur during
    the bhukti and apahara of Rahu in the fatal dasa when
    Rahu takes precedenceof other planetsin ripening that
    portion ol the fatai dasa.

    rQ iig;gqfe nqsqd ur I
    r10
    811 wr€qFqftqa Adh.xrv.
    iraTrfuRF€qntrtd TrMi
    aquft{sntTi{rE{rFqi
    il ll \E ll
    Sloka sO.= ff out of the lords of the 10th, 8th and
    the lgt bhavas and Saturn the weak one be asaociated
    with Rahu, death will usually take place during the
    dasaarid bhukti of this weak planet; or during the dasa
    and antaraof the planet. aspectingit or associatedwith
    it.

    ilt nruqfril ormqqngdqtsrq'i


    e* ceqfr g oqqEtrruditrikritqr{ t
    q{rqmqilrrd aggri ri'rqqtqrqi
    \\ . \ r Cr A\A
    c!ru qottg(I dllqililq fliI(re;il{ ll \\e tl
    Sloha 57. If the lord of the 8th bhavaoccupy the
    s&rD€rthe person born will suffer from ailment during
    the dasaand bhukti of the lord of the 8th bhava. If the
    Lagna be occupied by its lord, the dasaand bhukri of
    the latter will bring on bodily suffering; but the person
    concernedwill survivc in eachcase, regain health and
    be happy. If the lord of the 8th bhava be strong, the
    dacathat brings on death is that of the lord of che
    Lagna.
    nirarwqwt fiqt Rot
    oilqtr;rrqiiflirqiiiEssq. I
    q{KdiEg€tft iioqnrt
    qiqiflqi iiwrqq ufk{urqrqn \d fl
    Slofra 58. If, at the birth of a person,the lst bha,
    va be void of strength, he will have much difficulty in
    ,tiding over the dasa periods of the lords of the Lagna
    sI.69-60 qltdtsqrqr 8?&

    aod the 8th bhava. Surviving thia, he will haveexceed


    ing happiners. In the casein which the lord of the
    Lagnais strong, the death of the personconcernedwill
    occur during the dasaof the lord of the 8th bhava.

    tit q tinr{n{ogi ffids}Eiq+


    il€r6q€${gfuIr|It q}qqq1q:ssq I
    cnfrsqq*qtgftbffiffi
    qrssqi €Fg(ift !r{q [ \q tl
    T;rrerFTrTile \?\

    Sloftrr 59. If the lord of the Lagna identrcal witF'


    the lord of the 8th bhava be strong and occupy a Ken-
    dra or Trikona position, the person born will suffer
    from diseageor be exposedto public censureduring the
    dasa of the planet if &oy, aesociated with the lord
    aforesaidof the Lagna and the 8th bhava. If the lords
    of the Lagna and the 8th bhavas occupy a Kendra or
    Trikona in conjunction with another planet, the person
    will surely have his demise during the dasaof the planet
    if any occupying the 8th bhava.
    a]\qsqffi qit elrnta dfuil+(
    qt oaqiser{rssqrfrilittffilliil} qftr I
    dnfr(*lrqd srtqft uwa) g&u}
    rqffi(q} ud q FE qiq il Qo tl
    Sloftzr60. But if there be no planet in the 8th
    bhava (in the case considered in the latter part of the
    previoussloka),the deathof the personconcernedehould
    be divined by meansof the planet occupving the Lagna.
    The event will happenduring the dasaof the last-nen-
    tioned planet when Saturn arrives in its progress
    through the orbit at the Lagna or the 8th bhava. lf the
    8t6 qnrrf,rft{re Adh. )(V.

    ,
    with other planets,then find out which of the agaociated
    planeto is weak ; and it is during the dasaand bhukti of
    this weak planet that the aetrologer should declareas
    probable the death of the person concerned.

    amrflr!fficfrt{sRaafrqrfirqfqrn
    {€qmt-dfdnM FE fA"A,ufrr
    $d q itqqiordii(s erta df\renE,
    om? gmeq{rrREil dilrfM Rqq.n qt tl
    S/ofra 61. (i) Find the aggregatenumber of yeare
    (according to qgqqr-Ududasa) of the planets associated
    with the lord of the 5th bhava. Divide this by | ?.
    The remainder should indicate the zodiacal sign occu-
    pied by the Sun at the time of the person.s demise.
    But if such lord of the bth bhava is not associatedwith
    any other planet, then the aggregate number of years
    according to qgT{rr(Udu dasa) of the lord of the 5th
    bbava ghould be divided by lZ and the remaindershould
    indicate the zodiacal sign occupied by the Sun at the
    time of the person's demise. Again, add together the
    EgE{n(Udu dasa) periods of the lord of the Lagna and
    the lord of the 5th bhava or the planet associatedwirh
    the lord of the 5th bhavaas the casemay be and divide
    the eum by 30. The result will indicate the day of the
    peroon'sdemise counted from the Sankramaday of
    the
    month.
    fr*t H qTqft ftEogteqefr
    E{tuill tnrgqwmg$fhrun. r
    {ftt qqrd sttrgfilg i-Et frmt
    FFtqRR{[oqqqqffi Effdfi il lR tl
    St 6g-6t! lgffisqm: 8??

    Sloka 62- If the lords of the 9th, lst and 4th


    bhavas should occupy a Kendra or Trikona, the aager
    say the mother of the pergonbcrn will followithe father
    in death during the dasaand bhukti ofone of these pla,
    nets (which one of them 7 should be determined from
    other sources). lf the Moon in the 8th bhava be
    associatedwith Mars, Saturn or Rahu, the person
    concerned will become liable to epilepsy, and death
    will result from that disease. The sarneconseguences
    follow if the Mcon on the wane be associated with the
    above mentioneciplanets.
    NorBs.
    Cf. V-- 8t' supru.
    Cf. eei*iiq;mfir
    gtvwrlufloaamrf€*)am,q-qrrirra{fi |
    gol qqr aeqftqrffiItfter Rarggft q {r(: tl
    rh qt{I* rfharug* {ti rawrrg6: sqt I
    qoqrq {tsr rr
    a* fFqtEFqerrflrhfQnrq{ter
    ,ilqrRq-Er;qdin
    g+ e{tiltrnT*fiqqftqtsfE
    r
    g:Ft iqrgt{qqr€fi: qTil fqilqqqi GqqT€fr: qq 1'

    qt itqqtsqnfrqrtr qrfr etcnq


    5fqm{ri Oilg*lgtgrl;vtfru}q r
    qrt q;qqie qrq(frtfrqqqrilffit
    ftrq'ilq.Iisfilduagt qnrs€frEsgrqt il ql tl
    Stofrc 63. When the Moon is in the 2nd or the
    8th bhava, the personborn will be liable to excesgive
    perspiration. If Mars occupying the l0th bhava be
    associatedwith Mercury, the person's body wilt emit
    foul smell. When a_malefic planet occupying the 8th
    878 crilTcrfrwi Adh. xIV.
    bbava ig aeeociated with another marefic planet,
    the
    person born will suffer from a multitude of discasee
    and dietractions. But if the planet occupying the gth
    bhava be benefic and be associatedalso with a benefic
    planet, the pereon concerned will live in ease and
    comfort.
    qtnRsRwe
    {ftmEts
    rrxritqq Usrrerqrnq{Rf
    UirEi qiR ildq€rnurqe
    qeilqeGqtcq €fr qtil u qBtl
    Sloha G4. When a person is born with a cfidEq
    rr&r (seershodayaRasi) for the rising.sign, his death'will
    occur in the dasaand apaharaof the lord of the znd, lst
    or of Rahu accordingas' the dilq+ (seershodaya)rising
    sign is moveable, immoveableor of a dual kind. If the
    Lagnabe a yii<< (Prishtodaya) Raqi, the death will
    happenduring the dasa and apahara of the rord of the
    Lagna,drekkanaif the Lagna be a moveable sign if
    ; it
    be an immoveableoD€,the event will take plac-eduring
    the dasaand apaharaof the pranetaspectedby rhe
    rord
    of the Lagna,drekkana;if a dual Rasi, during the
    dasa
    and apaharaof the planet in conjunction with the
    rord
    of the Lagna,drekkana.

    ll eTEWtl
    qprrxfiEgwfrqfgrrfr df\<tqrqt*.rtRapqrs I
    rrritr{Rfi gmffi untgrlqcgi
    *utn rniqrr
    Sloka 6i. It is with ,referenceto the 9rh bhava
    and Jupiterthar an asrrologershouidthink of a person,s
    fortune, power, father or other such elderly peroon,
    sl. 66-67 qgtrilsqrqr 8?e
    good works, strict observance of duty and general
    welfare. When the lord of the 9th bhava and Jupiter
    are in aurpicious vargas and the 9th bhava is occupied
    by a beneficplanet, the person born meetswith good
    fortune.
    Nores.
    cf , ;tRFfitrrwl
    qdf=xqTqiqrfl: qTfdqhirqqfrffiqo
    q {froqr
    frtqqroiqurq:gilil: goqro+
    ff+ftqqfee{rt
    vkt4rc{.
    gq*{ird(rlrrl ftq**r({I?Ft: qdkq I
    saptTi qTFf,fl€lrigq.Erq+qqfrfiqr( rt
    Slokas 65-87 rrrealso found in dld+{€t.

    qmFalqtifgnuua*qr
    rrrr{fuerqft qrrlqaq{atnrr
    qrqlsitgffiq{rit
    q€ii ilrqr{ il EE tf
    urQ g rrrf{rq-€E!
    Sloku 66. If the planets occupying che 9rh bhava
    be malefic, hostile, depressedor eclipsed,the persons
    born in the yoga will be void of good name, wealth or
    moral worth. Even a malefic planet in rhe 9th bhava.
    if in exaltation,in swakshetraor in a friendly house,
    invariably doesgood to the men concerned.
    frrqerflrgiihi aqqf qr.rq-(nilrai
    aqrfiuqiilriinquir rIFIIQT
    uat rriq t
    qTrt{rrqftqrqqtq{ft ffiSdEt qtqq-
    qfAffi rrrd'xsfrt<il tt Ergrr
    Tgffqd-Jdqrrr
    Sloka 67. The fth bhavaoccupiedor aspected by
    a benefic planetor its own lord recureEhappineccto
    880 rffi Adh.xtv.
    the persons concerned. The planet owoing the Rari
    occupied by the lord of the 9th bhava is the author of
    the good fortune mentioned above. It is the lord of
    the 9th bhava that maturesthe same. The lord of tbe
    5th place from the 9th bhava ia its awakener. If tbese
    planetsbe in exaltation or in their own signs, they
    producelong,lastinghappinees.
    qrnr0 Esnfilqqffiqffi qq*
    {rs{ {tfisi ttft zqfrffiqrfts*frt t
    qi{rt {o{rffi :F{qil qTnf{q€6fr il
    gf;qt{q(rr qiqP{tri ii{;ln qFqt{ilr il qd tl
    Sloha 68. If there be in the 9th bhava five planets
    occupvingan exaltation house, a swakshetra, an sfkr
    (Uchchamea) or a swakshetramsain connectionwith any
    of the 10 Vargas(uide Adhyaya1, sloka 30), and if they
    be at the sametime acsociatedwith or aspectedby the
    lord of the 9th bhava,the person born will have good
    fortune aboundingin wealth and glory and will become
    a lordly perEonage.Four suchplanets oimilarly placed
    in the 9th bhavaand poseessingstrength are capableof
    yielding good fortune to the person concerned. This
    good fortuoe,they give in the country of one'sbirth if
    they occupya poaition of exaltation,swakshetraor an
    amsabelonging to either of these'two. If they be in
    any other ?rD$drthe good fortune will crop up to tbe
    peraonconcernedin a foreign country.
    qrt mqfdth,rik{st {rrq qifr r*i
    qdnqgtufr ffirft {r qrfrddi., r
    st*!r gft Wr iirftUqrq' ft gqiltnq
    glunqqfr!g€l Guidarqd" q]sfrqr{nqqrr
    gl. s-70 qildtsrrrr 8E1

    aspectedby its lord or a beneficplanet,the personborn


    doesaseuredlybecomeposeessed of good fortune. If
    the Moon or Venus be in the 9th bhava asauciated
    with a maleficplanet,the personconcernedwill become
    tddicted to women belonging to venerableelders. If
    Jupiter(in the 9th bhava?) be aspected by the Sun,the
    peroonconcernedwill becomea lordly person; if ae'
    pectedby Mars, he will be a minister; if by MercwY,
    he will be wealthy; if by Venue, he will command
    cavalry; if by the Moon, he will be happy; and laetly
    if aepectedby $acurn,he will come into poceetsionof
    camelsmd suchotherriding animale.
    Norrs.
    For the secondquarterof the slcka, cf. qril{c€
    qd HqrtqR q&rrqil.zth' gi qI gtqr(qldlI
    qqlfgqFqi{rq*
    n\q gft aut dre{Enrrrfill
    frErtil{rr+$sqd-{rft;rt;g}gfr
    ilqwr{a(ffir{r{qt frt oqr*flqtt
    ftqrEr{F{ilcRtii gor qteganirrffi
    i
    gfrftsfi{iht italtq il} aqrqratlt so 11
    Sloho 70. If Jupiter occupying the 9th bhavabe
    aspectedby both the Sun and the Moon, the person con'
    cernedwill be wise and in possessionof elephants,
    cowE,horses and wealth ; if by the Sun and Mare, he
    will have ?,oorrDlr vehicles and precious Etoneo; if by
    the Sun and Mercury, he willamuse himself with learn'
    ed discussione and have abundance of wealth ; if by
    the Sun and Venue, he will be polite in his addrees.
    ?tr
    ll a
    882 crrilscrftiTn Adh.xlv.

    rqrqi4fitfrnt gqfriqrnil qwnqqr{


    ilt wEoifri ggqilst.rrgu*uerr
    ilt&gq{tiht ytgtl {sr{uzqrcqr
    ghgxiiolifii {icrqr qt $tt t$aq u sl s1
    Sloka 71. lf Jupiter occupying the 9th bhavabe
    aspectedby the Sun and Saturn, the person concerned
    will abound in moral excellenceand be wise and in
    possession of many villages; if by the Moon and Mars,
    he will have extensive fame, comman<lan army and
    enjoy easeand wealth ; if by the Moon and Mercury.,
    he will be blest with domestichappiness,valuablepro-
    perty, bedding and furniture; if by the Moon and
    Venus, he will lack children. though brave,active and
    wealthy.

    qr{ iqtri rrdl


    TrqGeg+ie*CgurqR
    ili gnstfhi r{qt ftqriirr,}qlqt I
    u{dqq}l}rt il{fr ilsn qgq'rTqr{
    drq: qrtRwrcrnil(r! qil ilqrqr{rnr tleQtl
    Sloku 7?". If Jupiter in the gth bhavabc .rspc*c.i
    by tbe Moon and Saturn, the person concernedwill be
    meritorioua and become an expo,.rlderof the law in a
    foreigoland ; if by Mercury and Venus, he will surpase
    in learning. If all the other planets aspecr ,lupiterrn
    the 9th bhava, he will be a great personage,a king, in
    poaseeaion of much valuable property. All rhe benefic
    planetr when founci together in the gth bhavaare cap,
    able of eecuring,to the personeubjectto their influence,
    dominion and wealth laetingfor a long time.
    sl. 73-?4 tg{tfrsrnrr 888

    {Fqe {firfr {fi*Klil{ftf\t {qft-


    KffiEfrqqlirTrercrttqqsgr1ffifr I
    H tr*t g ir* qfr* tnqqmlqeq
    g:r*lqr{mr$ti €Rt rrrfrilrsflqr tf sl tt
    Sloka 73. If the Moon occupying the 9th bhava
    be aspectedby Saturn, Mercury and Mars. the person
    b o r n w i l l b e a k i n g ; t h e s a m e t h i n g h a p p e n sw h e n a
    planetin its exaltation in the 9th bhava is aspectedby
    a beneficone. If the Sun in conjunctionwitli the Moon
    occupythat bhavr, the pcrson b,rrn will be wealthy but
    afflicted with Ophthalmia. lf the Sun and Mars be
    togetherin the gth bhava,the personconcernedrvill be
    i l l a t e a s ed, i s p u t a t i o u sb. r r t l i k e d b y k i n g s .
    qrfr kgg( {qil{gdrgretwrr{sttfl
    nrltta gt ftqfq{rsftenr ed ftT{rd t
    ftrit grgil tfr qriagie'qr iqil gite E
    \A\A
    q;( RI.TFFF(i g GTA{iE;ittWIRTITIiTI{ll s8 ll
    S l o k u 7 4 I f t h e S i t na n d M e r , . : u r ye p p e a ri n c o n ,
    junction in the 9th bhava,the person born will hav.:
    numerousenemies,will be unhappy.rndaiways suffering
    from someailrneirt. It the Sun in the qth Frhavabe
    essociated with Jupiter,'theperEonborn will be wealthy
    and do what will pleasea father. If the planet in
    conjunction with the Sun in t,re 9th bhavabe Ventte,
    the effectof it on the person born will be to make him
    sick. But if chcSuir arrd Saturn occrrPYthe 9th bhava
    together,the peraonconcernedwiil be ailing ae a father
    ancithat ilom a stomachic complaint. If there be the
    Moon and Mars associatedtocether in the gth bhava,
    qr(TcrRrrt Adh.xrv.
    the peroonborn will perpetrate
    matricideand will have
    to renouncehis wealth.
    qpqtfltrsurqrr{ iqqt qt rdrrcil
    kfi qAm ffiftE{: *qr{ grvnt r
    iltiil $ddrqRsr€gi wqil{r{i{qr
    \\A.e
    q-{ q;EgifHqrtggt{RqrdrsE{€gil lt \e\ tl
    Sloha 75. If the Moon and Mercury be together
    in the 9th bhava,the person affecred by the yoga will
    be eloquent and conversant with many sciences. If
    Jupiter occupythe 9th bhava in conjunction with the
    Moon, the perron born will be firm.minded, illustrious
    and prosperous. When the Moon and Venus are in
    the 9th bhava,the pereon concernedwill have a strum,
    pet for his wife and will be in favour with his step,
    mother. If tbe Moon in the 9th bhava be associated
    with Saturn, the peroonborn will be void of all reli-
    giouo merit and hie mother will be caBr out of hic
    hmily.

    si gqgttst qfl q&ilr


    {nfr frr1g1*t
    ghq kqqftr F{ $}-{rElftid m! |
    di qr-gwT{i{tiqqt qr{i rdtrer
    fitt mwd\i qgqitit{r{ qdi qFEaltt \eqtl
    Sloka 76, If Mare andMercury betogetherin the
    9th bhava,the personborn will be learnedin the eacred
    bookganddevotedto pleasure andease; if Mars combine
    with Jupiterin that bhava,the person concernedwill
    be wealthyand respected.The effectof Marr being
    aseociatedwith Venus in the 9th bhava is that tbe
    pcraonborn wrli irave two wives and will be an ex-
    sl. ??-?8 agiffiswrn:

    pounder of law in a foreign land. If the planetcombin-


    ing with Mars in the 9th bhava be Saturn, the influence
    of the yoga on the person born is to makehim wicked
    and addictedto women not his own. When Mercury
    and Jupiter are found rogerher in the 9th bhava, the
    person born will be keen-witted, wise, wealthy and
    learned.
    Norrs.
    Iror the 2nd qK, c/. first quarter of sloka 5, supro,

    ffi].iiffifdfrq! rrlgi wfliqil qfiEer


    qhn q.qgt g tlrrdgs]ftqrffismmm I
    ilt ssst tuistrQr*qnwt gt
    qlqtraqq:fhtslftgt qnogefrufu 1 sn tl
    Sloha 77. When Mercury and Venus combine
    in the 9th bhava,the peraonborn will be wise, devoted
    to music and pleasure,and learned; when Meicury and
    Saturn are found together in rhat bhava, the pereon
    concernedwill be sickly, surprssingin wealth. but un_
    truthful ; when Jupiter and Venus occupy the 9rh
    bhava together,their influence on the personborn will
    b e t o m a k eh i m l o n g - l i v e da n d e x c e e d i n g l yp r o s p e r o u s ;
    when lupiter and Saturn are in conjunction in the 9th
    bhava,the person born will cuffer from djseaee and will
    b e r i c h i n j e w e l s ; w h e n V e n u s i s a s e o c i a t e dw i t h
    Saturn in that bhava,the person born will becomea
    king's corDpeer.
    qfaqarrr f\qqtEa'tir
    rft-g.r\rrai{qiqqmr t
    frm ftsqi rftq.(drqr dbsqiqr:gnEla;trasnectl
    Sloha 18, If the Sun,the Moon and Mare combine
    in the 9th bhava, the personborn will become an or-
    886 srdrqrftqrt Adh.xlv.

    phan and have an impaired limb , if three planets


    occupying the 9th bhava be the Suo. the Moon and
    Mercury, the personborn will be cruel and engaged in
    forbidden actt ; if the Sun, the Moon and Jupiter be
    found togethetin the 9th bhava, the person will enjoy
    much easeand will be rich in vehicles.
    q'fffi {fkdl EqFotuffdiimfilr{I
    qnqdrftateqtrffi' utqiftfrqtrn{ |
    taqtfrW* g ffi g{qs td f**r<Aqt
    qrqt ll sq ll
    tsfi tqfquilqr gilq'{frqri}qa}
    Sloka 79. When the 3 planetsin the 9th bhava
    are the tiun, the Moon and Venus, the person born
    wiil be a royal favourite and lose hie wealth by eogaging
    in quarreisfor womell. If thc Sun, thc Moon and
    Saturn be associatedtogether in the 9th bhava, the
    effect on the personborn will b: that he will have tc
    serve as a menial and becomeobnoxiou$to good people'
    If in that bhavathe Sun,Mars and Mercury be united,
    the persouborn will b: lovely, bur ill tempered and
    quarrelsome. I f tl'rc combination in th; 9ch bhava
    consist of thc S,.rn, l"tars and Jupiter, the person
    concernedwill evince love to Gods and the lr{anesand
    wrll be blessedwicir children,wrfe and wealtlr'
    wit sitdr ftqr(i?tersiql e{!["{'-$:
    orqrqEfdtii6gru-ir flgr i\gqimr t
    qd€iirfrq;nq\ Wgf,rilii{{'l i+qqrq.
    {r;di ilq€qi iilTlgc{fr qr{i qniiqihr tt co ll
    Sloirr 80. ii the Sun and Mars appearin conjun'
    crion wich Venus in che9th bhava, thc effect of the
    ;r.81-8? qgtdtst{rcr

    'ogaon the person born will be to make hin disputa,


    ioue,irritable and rakishly inclined to the seduction of
    vomen. If the Sun and Mars be associated with Saturn,
    he personbcrn wiil be friendlessindigent and will be,
    ,omea parricide If the planetsin thc 9th bhava be the
    iun, Mercury and Jupiter, the person born will be a
    o1'alfavourite and own large wealth. If the Sun, Mer-
    :ury and Venus be together in that bhava, they will
    nakethe person born equal to a king ; if the planet
    :ombiningin the 9th bhava with the Sun and Mercury
    >eSaturn, the lxrson born will be wicked and addicted
    ,o women not his own.
    qlqmiiter{gfi q€q{tni qal qitetr
    €rqitdfqRnnfrqR iieedi eqrqrqrrl
    r
    *rR**qrrtEr irr{rrfidifr EttiH
    qret ffiqqrrgal q qrc{;(nqiinigqfilt dl tl
    S l o f t a8 1 . T h e S u n a n d J u p i t e r c o m b i n i n g w i t h
    Venus in the 9rh bhava makethe person born rakish,
    wealthy and learned. lf the sametwo planets become
    rssociatedwirh Satuqnin the 9th bhava, the person
    born will becomea notorio,rslibertine. When the Sun,
    Venus and Saturn appeartogether in the 9th bhava, the
    perEonborn will becomea vile convict. The Moon,
    Mars and Mercury conjoined in the gth bhava give
    birrh to one who, thoughatflictedin childhood,will be-
    comehappy in later life.
    t*ntqrarn\ rqqt ff qRqr{tt,fir
    qdl qs$oTiTr{qrffrgrgh;gqa;qir t
    g'] nreui q*qfAsqq;il{qqkqit
    3Trqr{il
    wrEr{RUqrwqtirq{aErfttrll cl rr
    888 qrlr6crftwil Adh.lCV.
    | . @ @ v v v r r v v v v v r r e v ! v ! t l v y $

    Sloka 82. lI the Moon, Mars and Jupiter be to,


    getherin the 9th bhava, the pereonborn will devote
    himselfto divine worship. The combinationin the
    9th bhavaof the 3 planetsthe Moon, Mars and Venus
    will makethe personconcerned bereft of his wife and
    rubject him to accidenteresulting in bodily hurt;
    if the Moon, Mars and Saturnbe the trio planetsin the
    9th bhava,the personborn will be of a base disposi-
    tion,looehis motherbut will becomea king'epeer; tbe
    Moon, Mercuryand Jupiterappearingin the rmq (Bha,
    gya,9th)makethe person born a teacheranda wealthy
    lord.
    rilgf wf,rqrsi fiUl qr( qFffignt qEqiq{iln t
    qrqtfr{rqiffigtn} snrds
    gqr6qg{r*gr' tf dl tl
    SloAa 83. When the Moon, Mercury and Venue
    are together in the gth bhava,the effect will be that the
    peroonborn will becomesubject to the control of bis
    etep-mother'sfather. If the Moon, Mercury and Saturn
    be the three planetsin the 9th b\ava, the pereon born
    will be wicked and inclined to pick quarrels.

    q;ilqlafr qfutr q*qsfistiqqt qrurq,d{i-€r


    r
    ||;({gilt ttt{ogeqsSftMtwt"gWrf lf cu ll
    Sloka 84. The Moon and Jupiter in the fth
    bhavacombining with Venus makethe person born a
    king ; the aametwo planetsassociatedwith Saturn in
    that bhava makehim inclined to virtuous acte. The
    tbree planetsSaturn, Mercury and Venur in the gth
    bhava give the person born a status equrl to a king's
    and convert him into a money-makingfarmer.
    sr.86-8? rqilt'fsrrr 889

    {rqfr* qrqftmrtffifr qrrRrfr {Sffiqgfl |


    ildt sgd TRrqStr mrrgfrqrfltsm{s tt c\ ll
    Sloka 85. Mars and Mercury combining with
    Jupiterin the 9th bhava makethe personborn a ruler
    of a province. The sameplanetscombiningwith Venur
    in the samcbhavawill makehim convergantwith Sar-
    tras,but fickle,mindedand cowardly. If those two
    planetsagainbc ass<-rciated
    with Saturnin the 9th bha,
    va, thc personborn will be captiousanclincompetent.

    €qdrRn{ q{Erqfr*fr'fr qffi Enqrqrffi t


    Rqrqrrfrilitf, qfr'{rilqnr!dtqq *{gr{-*ilf tl
    S/oArr8(r. If Mercury and Jupiter be aecociated
    with Vcnus in thc 9th bhava,the pcrson born will be
    celebratcdfor his learningand virtue, The same two
    planete,if associaterlwith Saturn in the 9th bhava, will
    make thc person concerned learned and eloquent.
    When Jupiter, Venua,Mercury and the Moon combine
    in thc 9th bhava, a fortunate pcrEontakeshis birth.
    6nirrilE{rftililffiffirt *1a6il*fi I
    {rr r{gqxqgnft{rgrrut+dtr t
    rtqqHqgHmr€i ilQ u}ft 0T'i
    {rsri{{g} f{ftrrgfr cnr(l{kqfqqq ll z\ell
    Sloha87. If the Sun,Mars, Jupiterand Saturnbe
    togetherin tl're 9th bhava, the person born acquirec
    wealth by his daring and prowecl. Venus, Marc,
    Jupiterand the Moon in the 9th bhavamakethe perEon
    born valiant,endowedwith every virtue and a critical
    faculty to appreciateworks of art. When thc combi'
    nation in the gth bhava generallyconsist!of 6, 6,4 or
    t17
    8e0 fiilfirftwre Adh.xtv.
    3 planete,the person born attains prosperity, If the
    combination includes Mercury, the person concerned
    gete regal power ; but if the combination be without
    Mercury or Jupiter, the person born getsevil fortune
    for his lot.
    qiqFe nr{tqr Ugftrqftqf.*er rtrf Sw{ |
    aqftqrqq{r<tq-{fri ffqqr{qft*qqn zd tl
    S/ofra 88. Planets combining in the 9th bhava,if
    dissociatedfrom lvlercury and Jupiter, causethe birth
    of a personthat will .be diseased,unamiablc,forlorn,
    pining in prison and exceedinglymiscrable.
    Norus.
    This slclka has been talien frr.lrntilrtqol.

    {Fqrftt fiqrrr0ilwxr*+pq1,
    mttirflqurqr* lTFqdfrqtqrr u cq fl
    Slota 89. If the lord of the 9th bhavaoccupying
    tlre 8th be apectedby a depressedor inimical planct ,i
    be itself in depreosionor in a nraleficamsa(ldr,Shaetv,
    amsa?),the pernonborn will bc unluckv
    {rrqrfqtgrrgilgry{fttlqt r
    ilSri gqqr{;} F.stffiqrqrq{r{ ft lo tl
    BloAo 90 When thc lord of thc gth bhavars as
    sociatedwitir a beneficplanetand ie aspectedbv an,cher
    beneficplanet and the gth bhava itserf has a be'efic
    planet in it, the person born will enjoy good fame,
    wealth and prosperity.
    Norr,s.
    The additional information in the ncxt pago from
    vtrCtRi{K
    will bc found usoful I
    sl. 90 egffist*rr 8el
    qtil qft +rrhrtgeqekfF,rt
    g:6qS
    str6q1;{'1-qqtsft qr qqgh r} qR qrflnl
    qtqriraem,ilgrgilqimqaiffin :
    g'{t sqrqq?i}fiqqh qr,r:q,rrrd ttt rr
    qFqt'itfl faar+iiq,rg* er"ir-qfqx]qfi
    EriiarfQgtr +arfiiil ni a'iqaniqft r
    qiqlgftne* n 'rfR*rdl g\' qiltft:
    .rg&'arreqtq lQq,it dt* q qi) qft lr
    T h e f o l l o w i n g a d d i t i o r r a li n i o r n r a t i o nl e l a t i r r gt o t h e 9 t h l i o u r e
    i:i extracted frorrr q"talf?+t.
    q{ qq ar g,i 4{ g:5\ ilqlq*,qfAI
    qiqq"qqatR figrronrfifrq11
    I f l v l a r s o r t l i e S L r no c c l r p ] ' t l r e 9 t h l r o u s e a n r l t h e l o r d o f t h e
    l a t t e r b e i n a g : r 5 1 J 4 obre t w i x t t w o n l a l e f i c s , t l r e e f l e c t w i l l b e t h c
    d e n r i s eo f t l r e f a t h e r ( o r o n e e q u a l t o a f a t h e r ) o i t h e n a t i v e s o o n
    a f t e r l r i sb i r t h ,
    fiqr W finr qt grt qrrfiitftri r
    qii qeng+fit {rfi nfiqarrr
    !f the SLrn in the case of a day.birth or Snturn in the case of
    a r r i g h t - h i r t b b e r v e l l - p l a c e d a n d a s p e r : t e dl l y b e n e f i c s , a n d i f t h e
    lord of the gtlr be alco strong, the father of the native will live
    for a long tirrre.
    q=qnfr:aftandq qtrft{)qt n'sadlfQCrql{|
    sot qqq-{giiRirle} naifr griitfrrrg: rr
    I f t h e t w o l u r n i n a r i e s( t h e S u n a n d t h e M o o u ) b e i n t r i n e t o
    Saturn and Mars, the child will be abantlonedby both the parents.
    I f t h e 9 t h b h a v a b e a s p e c t e db y J u p i t e r , t h e c h i l d w i l l b e l o n g .
    lived and happy.
    afiqlrqrftq:Fqriqrcd|q g{ftd: r
    S{ g,tqntscq-qFed qqfrqfi tl
    8v2 lRrrqrft|rt Adh.xlv.
    If Saturn owning the 9th house occupy a moveable sign and
    be unaspectedby benefics,and if the Sun be in n E:€TTa,the child
    concernedlives under the care of a foster-father.
    qfr ilJ.tfrqTq-Eg+elsft qTq\ |
    qril qai qqTi 6qAriqflnldfi u
    If, either the 9th houseidentical with a moveable sign, or the
    lord thereof being in a moveable sign be in conjunction with or
    aspectedby Saturn and if the lord of the lZth housebe strong,
    tbe child born is sure to be adoptedby another.

    tr{rmtil ffirt s}tr ftttftt t


    qh tt qt fl
    sqfRr rfrQTr€rffisfr
    S/oAc 91. When the lord of the 9th bhavahas
    attained a Simhasanamsaand is aspectedby the lord of
    the Lagna as well as by the lord of the lOth bhava, the
    peroonborn will bestow great gifts,
    qmf Sftfril qrsRqq{qnrgirqrI
    qtirqd\Tsrfr eraqlHiifiqT.iln ql tl
    Sloka 92. The person born in the aboveyoga if
    of Brahminical birth may rlso become an officiating
    priest (of the royal house.hold?), or thc benevolent
    director of alms,house. The alternative caprcitiee are
    to be assigned according to the caste to which the
    person concernedmay belong.
    gft ilmTilug+;HM{rftilril |
    s{trfqt ilfi w{PtnrfrqAEtt ql tl
    S/ota 98. $/hen Jupiter is in the 9th bhava antl
    occupier its own Navamsa or is aspectedby a benefic
    planet, the person born will evince a high censeof filial
    duty.
    sI.94-97 rgirilsqrq: 893

    geqrt ftqgt gw,fsqFEtr


    il{t geqrrrQlFrffim: gdt lr qB tl
    Slolrr 94. When the portion of the qth bhava
    which is associatedwith a benefic planethaelikewise a
    Varga of Jupiter and the lord of that bhava occupiesa
    Varga owned by Jupiter, the pcrson born will clelight
    in servinghis parentsand will be happy.
    qm Smqilr
    gegrgqhrQ
    gwrrortqtrr0 q{ow ail $q n q\ tl
    S/ofrr 95. If the lord of the 9th blravaoccupieo
    an amsaowncd by Jupiter, Venrrs or Mercurv and is
    aspectedby a beneficplanct or is amidutbenefic planets,
    the person born will engagein virtuouBacts.
    qI qri qrT{rqqmEtirqm{gtI
    r€g"i{+ {rsfrqd{i* riinr il qq tl
    S/r.rftrr96. When thr:re is a malefic planet in the
    9th bhava, the person horn will be sinful. When the
    lord of the 9th bhavais associatedwith a maleficplanet
    or occupiesa maleficti0th porcion of a eign, the person
    concernedwill be void of virtue.
    {ff{h gffirt *-'qfruM
    gweuqqrftqn$ Rot t

    ffiqqq"t il Elafrqnqdiu qe tl
    Sloho 91. lf the lord of the 9th bhava occupy a
    Kendra or Trikorra in great strength and if the Lagna
    be aspectedby its lord, good fortunes come in a crowd.
    The same result will follow wlren the lord of the lOth
    mrscrfrant Adh. xIV.
    *w! t- vvt !vv t u vv! vr-@vvvvv

    bhavaoccupiesa Navamsa,a.TrimoamEaor a Drekkana


    of Jupiter. But in either case, the person concerned
    will not indulge in enjoymenrsbur will devote himself
    to a strict austerelife
    {ss{trlT{rwr drqfl rrrq(t{il
    rFrirrs{rqR*uwnr6qF(1
    qii gq€qb*Rr €sr;Tfrrrr
    ftfraaRgqqfiit"trl gdiftlru qc tl
    .S/o&a98. Every planetwlren in itg own horrseor
    exaltaticlnin tlr.: ath bhirv.r,proJuccs most efficientlyr
    superabtrndance trf wealth and g,:ld to the personcon-
    cerned. lf in tlre ath bhav.rtfie plapetsbe aspectedby
    treneficoues,the per$or) born rvill overcome all his
    opponents,po$sess a charming constitution and enjoy
    good fame'
    N011q5.
    T h i s s l o l r ai s f r o r r rq t r t q d i .

    ?rrtfirrdtrqffi;frgrd rfrr gTgdr ss{,


    *qfr*t qR* {*{r1qtqqirgrgdft grln 1\
    S/oftc aQ When thc lorJ of the ft1xre (Pitrubhe-
    va) and its otrr (Karrka) o('cupy a grerrn(Dustthana),
    the aetrologeris to declarethat the child's facewas nor
    seenby the father becauseof the planeta bcing badly
    placed. []ut if tlrc two planets referred to' occLrpya
    Kendraor Trikona position, it is possibleto declare
    tlrat the father has had the sood fortune to sec the face
    of the child.
    iiqftqrrqt qruigd{rg*qql wqil irofiFilfI
    ilfiqttn;qwt etq qtq diarrgitqr qitr trr( t oo
    Sloha 100. tf the lord of the 4th bhava,Venus and
    sl. 101-108 qtlfrsqrqt 896

    the Moon be otrong and should either occupy the 6th


    bhavaor be in conjunctionwith irs lord,, the deathol
    the father will take place ac night time. If the Moon
    bc eliminatedfrom the planetarypositionsnanredabove
    the yoga points to the father dying in thr: day timc,
    fr* qw{Frd {Ftt qo*git
    gtgrgt et qq.qFTwrfuqt1
    lt l"l tl
    Slohu.101. When tl'rc lord of thc 9rh hhaval>eirrg
    bcnefic and in strengtir is aspectcdor associatedwith
    Jupiter or Vcnus, the pcrs,'rnborn will engrgc in the
    rccitation of praycrs, holy conternplationor abstract
    mcditationon the r)?lturcof thc Spirit, accordingaB ttre
    portior] occupied l>y tlt,: lord t-rfthc 9th lrhava bclongs
    to a moveable,immovcahlcor a dual Rasi.
    tqolmftqrqd rtqi \Fq\sfi qr I
    qrilEilt{*ftr} qilft$qt ,riq tr t"R rl
    Sloha I02, When the lord of tlre lOth or the 9th
    bhavahas attaineda Devalokamsaor other higher Vai.
    scshikamsa,and a benciic planetis in a Paravatamsa at
    thc eametime, tire person born will bcconrcabsorbcdin
    thc contcmplationof the suprcmespirit.
    qKF{irfEqrqQ qt't Wr{gt t
    ilit gqist lr{IElqstrr}q tt t"l ll
    S / o A a 1 0 3 . W h e n t l i e l o r d o f t h c g t h b l r a ' r ab e i n g
    in conjunction with Jupirer has att,rirrcda Paravatamsa
    and the lord of the Lagnais aspectcdby Jupitcr, the
    personborn will bestow grcat gifts.
    Eft {qqq€6qrntqqrqft{t\t E{KsnRqrt
    (ffrrrsqffiqqrrrr{qqgqdrtI
    Thue ende&c.
    --rr€+a,--
    srrrTifinffi qEqq{fr$qFr:
    nmCorW:rt
    Adhyaya XV.
    T U E E r I ; D c l ' s o F T t r u l 0 ' l ' r r ,t r r r llttr aNo
    Tge lZ't'u f_iuAV,\s.

    il 3fE ({rrtrrrE$oqll
    Bt1{nprfiWUI|fi i{{Ft6rlt'IRfr
    aI6R-
    q?rcqnqfidilqqq{il'ftilnftwr
    Tr{r( |
    fu et -
    t t er{ifq} u{tuagc'otqrge
    SilneqRilqtfiqgt qrr Rqr* r{( n ? tl
    S/otrr 1. Ap,rrt from rvh,tt has bccn etatedpre-
    viouely, an astrologer may asccrtaina pcrsoll'sauthority,
    his honorablc rank, ornamcnts, apparel,activities,slecp,
    agriculture,retircmcnt from thc world, beneficentacts
    sanctioncd in scriptures, nrear)l;of livelihood, farne,
    knowledgeof the specialarts and lcarning gencrally,by
    mean$of the lord of thc lOth bhava, thc Sun, Mercury,
    Jupiter and Saturn. Whcn thc l0th bhava is inauspi-
    cious, the perron born will bc void of honor or prrde.
    cf , stdiilr{tur
    6qTqr(gElzq{trFq qfrqq erR fqgcil t
    rt(irrqrft:eg niiatr ilcqlftqfi {qi fqqriq tt
    sgGnqfrq{qhqntqq.qr-
    Rt R q{nqA ni+{ q6rqqr
    896
    st.2-8 trlnFfrstqrqs 897

    firrrrqfiEeil ilftrQzqr{ri:
    q*oqfl fifi;Fi srq'frrnng{tft:
    u
    u{t roqlfrt qqo{luidrgr<rcq
    diqvdiraxrafr
    iqqioa]glqTriirrhErr r
    rrfrwnsai{hit qr} u* iqi}sr{r
    {li qfitr q;Nrr{$ieiqterr gu}rrtqrrr rr
    Sloha Z, tf the lord of the iOth bhavahave no
    strength,the personborn will be fickle-mindedand ill,
    behaved; Jupiter, Mircury, Sarurnand the Sun if badly
    placed lead the person concerned to viciour acts.
    When Rahu or the Sun occupies the l0th bhava, the
    peraon born will get the benefit of bathing in the
    Ganges. \l/hen Meena foims tbe 10th bhava and is
    occupiedby Mercury and Mars, the per;on born will
    attain final cmancipation.
    NorEs.
    fhrs ,.r€ ds fell as slokas 3 to l0 are found tn dlf+{(i,

    qd,f{ gfrgs I t;i gSiUililr€{d}lttlsI


    'qi gt ilgfiriq\ il drqrflqt anugnarrRqr( tr
    Sloha 3. When the lord of the 10thbbrva occu
    pieea Kendra in conjunctionwith Venus, or is in
    exaltation,the person born will purify himcelf by
    ablutionsin the waterof the Ganges. When Mercury
    occupiesrhe 1]rh bhavaor thelord of rhelast-mantioned
    bhavais in swakshetra or exaltation,the merit of guch
    ablutionswill accrueto tirc personconceroed,
    q;i uditr crraqliTltudf
    {d} ft {dq-fr
    qrqiq=sr?qCqii{qoqRqEihf,rmwq I
    113
    89& flil€cIftiTe Adh.xv.

    fiqr gffi filllilr mqdft.,isqr:


    uil{rwrftil ngut dfue wqqi( ll B ll
    Sloka 4. When ttre Moon u,ith clear rays occu-
    pieo the 10th bhava the personborn will be purif ied by
    the ablutions in the Ganges water. The Moon when
    malefic in the samebhava leadsthe personconceruedto
    gamblingaod acts of violencc. Benefic planets when
    weak in the 10th bhava destroy the beneficent deeds
    which the person may be inclined to do. The benefit
    of any sacrificewhich may accrueto a person should be
    ascertainedby meansof the lord of the tOth blrava,
    Mercury and Jupiter,and then announced'
    cf . s{ltcRRlt
    $.\
    q fii
    .nq{l: +,Tr{rl "'{qfigfqql1z.;q6r:{'f
    \ \ -\ ce \ r.
    €{r€t;ql;'{FqaEql ryr{gdllld.rl qllrTqlqs ddi I
    RafrIIfiqqflqt;z{{I{144!luq?qTI44q.IqI-
    ^ (\ . l'
    rq}..qfqafiq {8l'qr1{{qtq: $?4 { €ict,ll: ll

    qsd ilgs,iqiqfr eqftqrfirwig n


    Eilrilr(|ri*ilqqia uw q*iqurlkwq t
    ffdf qn*a mfriirft{frgir q-nt}tq:
    il-{iunsffi qli gi taqrftn{:nfit tt q tt
    S/ofra 5. If the lords of the lfth and thc lst
    bhavasbe in one placeor if tltcsctwo bhavashavc clne
    e.ndtne samEiord the person born will perform sacri'
    iices and other such meritorious acts with the help of
    money acquireci fairly by hi,nself. If tire lord of the
    lOth bhava be aesociatedwith Saturtt, tirc meritorious
    acts will go on with the help of money contributedby
    st. 6-7 q{f(drrstqr||r 8qe

    Stdras. If the sameplanet be associatedwith Rahu or


    Ketu, the sacrificial acts of the person concernedwill
    take placeby meansof moneycontributed by deopicable
    people; if with Jupiter the sacrifices, etc., of the
    person born will be set on foot by contributions lrom
    kings ; if with the Sun or any other of the remaining
    planets,the rites will take place with the help of the
    money supplied by those relations whose karakathe
    planetin conjunction with the lord of the lOth bhava
    may happento be.

    {Eg{gii qfi qrqtqr?qfrRr


    fregqgildir€rft* gffi t
    qR affiErlsft qrrnm
    ll q ll
    {irfr qtqnqi ETqqrqntfror
    5l.,A,r 6 When the 10th bhavais occupiedby
    rnany benefic planets,the peroon concernedwitl attain
    the merit of performing a Vajapeva sacrifice. But If
    the lords of chc signs occupiedby Venus and Mercury
    Lrevoid-o{ strength,his sacrificial works eveo wherr
    advanceda grcat rvay will suffer interruption and will
    he lost. He will passoff ior a perstlnengagedin works
    ,,f thc highest merit being characterisedhy the practice
    and nature o, tht: Asttra ..ommunitv: viz. hyplcrisy
    , r n J o s . e n t a t l o u cs l i s p l ; r y .
    q.(r( sliiir {n{i {ughggri(+lfut
    qrrriiq giikt i€i rrG{Iq{rd}qiq t
    efiq{rgtKi}(fueuart{itrft nri TrilI
    qai risos{ilaft 6dt sii{ri nu.rq ll e ll
    Sloha 7. When a sttong beneficplanet occupier
    qrtfcrfrwe Adh.xv.

    tbe lOth placefrom the Moon, and being in exaltation


    or other beneficVarga is associatedwith or aspectedby
    Jupiter, the pereonborn will be a personof imporrance
    performing cacrificer and of wide celebrity. If che
    lords of the housesoccupiedby Jupirer, Mercury and
    Venusbe in the 8th bhava,the peroonborn thoughper.
    forming meritoriousworkswill not attaintbe glory,
    the rank or dignity whicb the authors of cuchworks
    decerve.

    futm qogdrqf,ftseuqilr
    fre,rdrqqtur{liqugnr* ilr}qfqqrq t

    lrcq1
    sfiqfr gi{ rrirrgturi fiugtrl tt c tr
    Sloha 8. The lord of the 10th bhrva, N{.ercury,
    and Jupiter when possersed of str,3ngth lead to the
    performanceof gocd works such as sacrifices; if those
    planetobe aspectedby or associated.wich a beneficone,
    the personborn will attain to the merit of performing
    Vpjapcya and other sicrifices of mertt. The planets
    above,mentioned Eecurein addirion tl'remerit accruing
    from the repaircf old works, erecticnof towers,digging
    of regervoirsand laying out of prrks. Wl'ren the lord
    of the lOth bhava is beneficand in conjunctionwith
    the Moon, but free from the presenceof Rahu or Ketu,
    the pereonborn will perform sacrifices.
    sqlfrq|eTisieteiigtqr,.iiqqltsqEI
    u{erihf} qFqt q qgni rnrrrftsisdqrtt
    silir ftqgsi gq3i il{Ki iltsm}t
    rfr rymi qrdr{Tirt gqq il q tl
    ltttlEi;rrTa
    qrqqfrsrqm* 90i
    sr s-11
    ssociateC with Ra-
    hu or Ketu is in exaltation or in the 9th bhava, and
    gthr rhe
    when the lord of the 10th bhava occupies the
    perton born will be engagedin the performanceof sacri"
    iices and other merirorious works, When the lord of
    the 1Othbhava occupiesits exaitation and is associated
    with Mercury, cr when the latter planet occupying the
    Trhrbhava ie in its exaltation at the sametime, the
    personborn gets assuredly the b:nefit of performing
    sacrificial works
    fide qrf{a;q?q{t6i{Ii?sqi udat
    qHt ftgt;'ri(rsu€tqqiqtdtqiq I
    qHqq gqw *di{qi ndr q€tistr
    o ll
    ASq{rirrdltf}i5dqafrSrar;TIIrc{A ll t
    SJofta l0. If Mercurv ba in the lOth bhava, the
    but if
    personborn wiil engagein srcrilicial works ;
    with Rahu
    il4.r.ury in tfre abrve fosition be associared
    destroy rcligious
    or Ketu, the person concerned will
    rites.lfthelordofthelOtbbhavabeinthe6th,Sth
    rites' If Rahu
    or the 12th, he woulC irnpede religious
    idanticrl wich the
    occupiesthe lrrth placefrom Mercury
    born would be a
    lord of tha tOth bhava, th: person
    'lord of the lOth bhava
    deatroyerof sacrifices" Th<
    eveninexaltationwillleadtothedestructionofa
    houseof
    religious work undertakenwhen tha exaltation
    the*planethappensto be a gr$Tta(Dustehana)'
    err,{l{a{wt g}TAee*
    dqrerqiqilgfl ir€$I?A&A t
    q|qt{qfigsrqdfaiilqgm-
    qwrir q{ft frqeorq{'qlll q
    {a
    902 IRrF|ltt|t|tl Adh. xv.
    S/oAc 11. If the 10th or the gth bharrabe occupied
    by beneficplanetland the lords of thosebharnsas well
    ae Jupiter,and the lord of the Lagna be strong, the
    person born will be imbuedwith faith born of the
    performanceo{ such excellent works as are bagedon
    customand moralityand will be reckonedas the fore-
    rno8tarnongthe sacredotalclass.

    ffiEerfr g€#strrgr-
    o{Tfrqq qqilfr giftnfr |
    ili{rTsrry{ffi qR {T{eH-
    frwf*qffis{rregqqft$n tR rt
    .S/oArr12. lf the gth, 10rh, 7th,5th and lst bhavas
    be occupied or aspected by benefic planets, and the
    lords of the five bhavas in guestion possessstrength,
    the person born will surpassin iris knowledge of all
    truths and be rvidely celebratedfor the complete excel-
    l e n c eo f h i s s a c r i f i c i a w
    l orks.
    ! qqilorcn
    ena'i'Tqrft;rnrrtrEllQfiFTaffiwr
    qkrfsE$rq+qr
    iifhofaqqf{EWnctflgtRr
    CnAC\
    gqeqtqKsqlrqqgq IqgHqlqqFffTalr
    ffiirqlqrwircqoidrrrr{rai}rqrfi{r
    enq u li tl
    Sloha 13. lf the occupantsof the tra (Gnana-5ttr,
    +th and the Znd ?) and the 10th bhavasas well as the
    Iords of the lst, the 9th and the lOth, be posseseed of
    abundant six,fold strengtb (sgq - Shadbala),the person
    born will be conversant with the six gcieucegand know
    all the Vedas and will receiveinitiatioo iu sacredknow,
    edge lrr th: rtu (Paka) and. crc(R (Apahara) of tbe
    lords of the 9th, l0th and lgt bhavas, of Mercury and
    s[ 14-16 qrqdlsqrqr 903

    of Jupiter, he will beco.mea mine of sacredkoowledge


    and sciencesecuring to him the benefitof performing
    sacrificesof all descriotionand all kinds of beneficenc
    works.

    ffi Eilt ilfirRrg+ t,irft doiiq{on&WqqI


    ilerd{qriffirtrw{rqstai nirgrwng*tt {s rt
    Sloka 14. When the Moon is in the 3rd bhava
    identical with a watery sign, the personborn wi[t
    engagein acts of beneficenceeuchas repairingold worn
    out worke of public utility. In this connection,if the
    lord of the 10th bhavashould have attaineda Gopuram,
    sa,the works repairedwill lx such as tanks and wells.
    \
    ll {E$e|tzffi; fl
    cfrilr r{srirgfiq-{,{i: t;qfidluriui-
    Htfrfu q+ilt
    lrsrriToiKfraffiq'r

    qiaqqfrqrqi\gqtsr:{ITq}ffi+.n: n l\ tl
    .SloAai5 If at a birtlr, 4 or 5 plarretspoasessed of
    'T'rikona,
    strenqthoccupy togethera Kendra or a thc
    peroorlborn will attain the stageof life indicated by the
    strongestof the planets. According aathe Sun, Saturn,
    Juprter,Venus, Mars, tlic Moort or Mercury posse$seg
    qrcateststrcngth will the person concerned becomea
    ?tilr(er(Vanaprasttha),a iien{ (Vivasa) a lug (Bhikshu)
    ;r q{s (Charaka), a lrFrrrlSakva), a gr (Guru) or a *E+
    (.leevaka).
    Norss.
    Iror the erplanatiiur of these ternls, see tne le,rt sloka.
    es* lrcrq{fuft Adh"xv"

    -
    ef. x{6il1s6
    qs*a{nRf\{ilSqlm,ss'{t&fr,
    rn*qr{ft+ftgTqqt+,T
    ftfi-qr-qt$at,t
    rrlqgqTqrrrfFaqrqr+,iti: ffi{Iq
    qfrf*: H{r: rqpft*csrfhfit:qigfrt: ll
    qqFrrT
    qrdx$Icqdlq-dflrfr
    fddq]ffi {ftfr ftErq$
    i\gr eiiuqod trcegqfnq-fi{iig}rr{riw i
    rnrkqmrel qr{qfilq13qmr{Irft sdld
    w*qtq q{di gqrmdr qaq* dtqE:qm. {l
    Stoka 16. A slq*q (Vanaprrsttha) is a religious
    mao gngaged- in the practice of rigorour and devout
    p.oro.J 6 itere (Vivasa) is a naked ascetic dwellirrg
    in hille and forests. A f\g (Bhikrhu) is an illustriou.u
    evi:r"
    aeceticwith a ringle ctaff for his symbcl engaged
    of the
    and anon in the ccntemplation of the truths
    qr* (charaka) ir a religious mendi
    eacredscripturee. A
    A rml (srkyr)
    cant wandering over many countries.
    Buddhist class' A g"
    is an ill,behaved asceticof the
    teacher erdowed witb royal
    lGuru) ie a celebrated
    and glurto'
    ,plendo,.rr. fi dtao'(Ieevaka)is a garrutous
    nous mendicant.
    {dq[| qfoqwl {t{Fmrrqitqrffinlfqnrr
    rfr{q quriqq\aft nitmgqulu}sqilt
    xti' qaqffrhTaq{qn&gilqnqlq
    qrqEill0&te ll
    a*trs{qtqrftqaqqwm'IiQ{i}
    Sic,tc 1?. If there be three strong planets in the
    or other
    lttth bhava occupying their own, exaltation
    bhava aiso
    benefic vargaa and it rhe lord of the l"0th
    becom*
    preilominant 1$ strengtl:, the p€r$on born wiit
    sl. 18-tr9 ffisqrt: 906

    an ascetlcor a personof similer habite. But if the lord


    of the t fth bhavabe without $trength and occuPythe
    7th placefrom the Lagna,the person concernedwilt be
    ill-behaved. trf the lords of the 2nd and the ?th bhavas
    l-'cannidstthe threeplanetscauoingthe arceticyoga,the
    ilersonwill be lustfully inclined.

    Wtft fffidaqdd*fr {rr*f I


    H?qrd
    firqim$rd3ffii
    *e qrqRfr{t {qfr il qrd qfrd {+il llqull
    .9lo&a 18" lf the planeteproducing an asceticyoga
    |re aneociatedwith the Sun, Saturn and Maro, a perEon
    taker to ttre aoceticorder becauseof hia being without
    ,,'realth,sons or wife. If the Sun occupying a benefic
    ameashould aspect the planet cauoingthe aecetic yoga
    and occupying ite highert exaltation point, the person
    .:oncernedwill becomea lordly ascetic in his youth or
    cven at a much earlier age.

    s*q{ft*frfr {ffie o{rm ftin


    qrqfr t
    fugr ur& mqi{rssf,trwrqiil
    qw{&€ifrftts {gftd}d dfker
    aqfi not ll qq ll
    m*qqEqrqfiRuq{nud
    S{,oka \9. When the lord of the lst bhava is weak
    and aspectedby Venus and the Moon, the person born
    will be without wealth; and he will becomea mendi-
    cant if a planet in an exaltation sign or amsa should
    anpecttire Moon. if the lord of the Lagna be.aopected
    by several grlanets conisined in one sign, the Praon
    born will co$secratehimcelf for asceticisflo. The effect
    114
    q)6 ctcwrQw* Adh.xv

    of eachyogawill takeplacein the bhukti of the Karaka


    of the bhavathat producesthe yoga.

    detwrffiRqqi n olmr qt{R {fqer qrq I


    qtfu?r{ffi qRteq tt 1o tl
    dqfr q'qerrroFnt
    Sloha 70. If Saturnor the lord of the Lagnaaspect
    the lord of the sign occupiedby the Moon, the person
    born will betakehrmselfto a religiouo order or mendi-
    cancy. If thB rMoon occupy a Drekkana owned by
    Saturnrn a Raai occupiedby Mars and also be aepected
    by Saturn,the pereonconcerned will become an accetic.
    Nores.
    c/. ttssr6q. XV-3. Also seeslol<as40-+l infra,

    MsffEg&gfgq I
    orTrq{.rid} tqfnftsftfr-f6( ll lq ll
    Sloka 2L. Whenever the Lagna is owned by
    Jupiter, Mars and Saturn and has on it the aspectof the
    last,mentioned planet, and Jupiter is in the 9th bhava
    from the Lagna, even a Rajayogathat may poasibly exist
    under these conditions will have the effect of making
    the personconcerneda ** (Tirthha) or a holy man.
    :rqqrqntq-i a*tahdtftt r
    {qffisfr ffi {iqfr Trfrrfrt(ll Rl ll
    Sloka 22. When the Moon occupying the gth
    bhava is not aspected by any planet, the personborn
    even when poosescedof Rajayoga, beeomes an ascetic
    prior to becoming a lordly person.
    qd
    Wgeqitnilqtfr€srg
    lFu trdht qhqdtt6( qr( |
    q1qfr$qtcr Cfr7
    st. 23-24

    ffiqqqadd FEtsftr.€t
    rrrfr r{qftfr fiftrerqTftt'(sll Rl ll
    'When
    Sloko 23. Jupiter, the Moon and the Lagna
    are aspected by Saturn, and Jupiter occupies the fth
    bhava, the person born in the Rajayoga will become a
    holy illuctrious founder of a system of philosophy'
    Wherr..Saturn occupies the 9th bhava and is not a$pect-
    ed by any planet,the person posoes$ed of Rajayogawill
    betakehimself ro rhe holy order beforebecoming a lord
    of men.
    Notns.
    This slol<ais from Brihat Jatalia. The following two <:harts
    illustrate the two yogasgiven in the sloka.

    *"*l*'"'
    - L--]--l'"*"'l

    cf. lrt(I.I{q(o(

    {;tfhtg nfiroegeqb} qEgnltofierqR,iiqqm'


    t
    1+a: tt
    eetlflitsR zqqlqqq]
    grlcri aqqts;q€)rret
    tffifrqr*gilr q{rqorrgtcqqffiIlrgqrgsrl3|
    gfr;eflrffi{il {i uq rrflicw{qft ilqtrd{ru
    Sloka 74. Each of the following groups of planeta
    when powerful and occupyingan even sign may produce
    devorrt hermit or an ascetic: (l) Vt
    r, Frrt{s(Thapasa)
    908 wrtwtRqfr Adh.xv.
    nusethe Sun,lvlars and Saturn; (2) Jupiter,Mars, rhe
    Sun and Saturn: (3) Mars, the Moon, .fupiter and
    Saturn.
    Norns.
    This as well as slokas 26-39 are from lr<nsol.

    dqgftrffitil(lt*rmffieuil: I
    urg$fit:
    u{qfrr{qsqrqrfrftsrrrs{m Ufdl u q\ u
    9traha25. When the lord of the 10th bhava con,
    joincly occupiesa Kenclra or Trikona position with four
    cther planett, the person born wiil attain emancipation.
    If four pianetn be in the X.Oth bhava the effect ol rhe
    yoga will be, say the astroiogicalsages, that the person
    concernedwill take to a life of asceticism.
    NorBs.
    This as well as slokas 23,2+, 26-41 are in skf;fi'ftr.

    wil'$i{f,qrdqiqffie:fqr*qqrcqqffEqr{tr r
    qftqftqrfudEffiEF{t&F(snfiilr
    aild'sil a{i! u Rq tl
    "5loAn26. When (l) Mars, the Sun, the Moon,
    Saturnand Jupiter, {2} Mars. the Sun, Mercury,Saturn
    and Venusor {3) the Sun, the Moon, Mars,Saturnand
    Venus combinein one bhava,the personsthat are born
    Ltecomedevoteea.
    s w*;sttcqgqr*i;qtsr
    {&6.R.Wkqw$Ernd
    ftfugg1rffi{trrg{fr*&qqd fiq$illrqf lt Rrstl
    SJsfra8?. A hol',rulan destined to dwell in a
    sylvalr or mountain rerreat has his birth when there is
    in a bhavaaoy one ${ the followirrg cornbinatiom : ( l)
    \tenue, h{ars, Satrlln, Jurpiter and the $un ; (2) h4ars.
    tha Mcon, Jupiter, ;Merc.r*ryand $aturn; (l) Venur,
    ldercury, Saturn, tlre lr{uor.ranci hdars.
    st.28-31 nagrfrsrara: 909

    q*eg{Klhqqnstr {trrgq+gqgfr{ftfrs
    I
    qu*?rti\R't{crkrlqqFiliqqrgaq\sq{sstf
    ll 1,4ll
    Sioftc 28. Those that have at their birth, the
    Moon, Mercury, Mars and the Sun occtrpying one and
    the samesign with Jupiter or Venus will becomewise
    inspired saints of such sanctity that the use of all
    weapon$will be proscribedin their neighbourhood.
    rfr;gft;gr$tnwffi! gqrs(RrfrWr{rtui
    rI
    ll 1qll
    wRt{ei;R:
    uhwqftBftfunq+{+Eqif\:
    Sloha 2-9" A person will becomea devotee if at
    his birth there be any one of the following combinations
    in any bhava: (l) The Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury,
    Jupiter and Venus; (2) The Mooo, Mars, Saturn, Jupiter
    lr4ercury and the Sun ; (3)\{ars, the Moon, the Sun, $a,
    turn, Venus and Mercury.
    | ftilffi*qr*qqrge}q*rr
    fsfugmqr*q{rW}Gft
    qffi qfuhilatt *qr rEFil ilirr Udrffiui€arulott
    Slofra 30. Each of the following combinat.ionsof
    six pianetsin one bhavais capableof making the person
    born under their influence a devocee--(l) Venuu, the
    ]v{oon,.}upiter, Saturn, tlre $un and M.rrs ; (Z) Venus,
    Satrlrn,.Jupiter,the Srrn,the Moon lnd Mercury.
    {rfrmfrarrir: ftcrffiqi-{,Tqq;a.Uft
    $frsqrrfi fr: t
    qfr qqTa:
    qmwqfidqarutdqr u qqtl
    $eqmqfu{rq
    .91,r**31. A peroon wiii brecorne one of the asce
    tic ciase,i{, at l'rishirth, ane cf thc following groups of
    s i x p l a n e c sc o m b i n ei n s t r e n g t hi n o n e l i h a v a : ( 1 ) M a r : l
    l\,fef,crrry, jupiter, Venus, $aturnend the Sun ; (?) Venur'
    $atur$, Jupiter, Mercury, tbe h4oon ancl hdars.
    910 qRTFffiN]It Adh.xv.

    tffrgqrrlmi{rg*rr+{i-etftft qrq{r
    rft.gf*fkftqrqt"t€qffi{osemnrqr n Qr tr
    Sloka i)2. Any one of the following combinations
    o{ 4 planets in one bhava has th: effect of making the
    personsborn under their influence take to a devotee's
    life with their susteoancederived from roots and fruits :
    (l) fhe Sun,the Moon, Jupiter and Saturn; (2) Saturn,
    the Moon. the Sun and Verrus; (3) Thc Sun, Mercury,
    Mars and Jupiter.
    qilfrqiqrcqqilaisqt
    qs&rilsrrrft qq q'frfierdt{anoqitmt u Ql tl
    S/ofta 33. A person will becomean ascetic clad
    in barks of forest treesand wearing stripes of ashesif
    at his birth one of the four-fold groups of planetsmen-
    tioned below appcarin one bhava: (1) Mars, the Sun,
    Mercury and Venus ; (2) Mars, the Moon, Iupiter anj
    Mercury.
    q{t.gqgf€itw*gergq{qrgr€Mil ! |
    qifiTrrrqer;Rarqm gtf:n t eiqqtq{tFir{ 18
    Sloka 31. If, at a birth, therc be any one of the
    two following combinations of 4 plancts in one bhava.
    the effecton the person born will be to make hini a
    t r a n q u i l . m i n d e d c v o t e e :( t ) t h e M o o n , M e r c u r y ,M a r s
    aod Saturn: (2) Mercury, Mars, Iupiter and Satrrrn.

    ffff*{rrtE{tdtrggil qRAr
    friggrfuil{rcrcF+ilurI
    qt€qffiqitfrnr itqd q-ffi
    s{fk qrt 6ilittr66nnnrq n l\ tl
    sl. 36-38 qSqqfrsrqlq: 911

    Sloha 35. Four planets of grear power in one


    bhavamadeup in the following wise invariablybring
    into beingasceticso[ harmlesslife dressingthemselves
    in barksof treesandsubsistingon fallenfruits: (l) The
    Moon,the Sun, Vcnus and Mercury; (Z) Mars, Mer,
    cury, Venusand Saturn; (3) Saturn,the Moon, Jupiter
    and Venus.

    ffitilAqtr gsqta;gvttrt
    iqrt-
    +{fr Friffisnilrq(r q{ffqs tt {E tl
    SloAa 36. A devoteedwelling in hills and forests
    and revered by all ig born under the influence of 4 pla,
    rretsin one bhava grouped in one of the following 5
    ways: 11)The Stm, the lvloon, Mars and Venus; (?)
    The Moon, Mars, Mercury and the Sun; (,3) Jupiter
    Venus, the Sun and Saturn; (4) Venua, Saturn, the'
    Moon and Jupiter; and (5) Mars, Mercury, Venus and
    the Moon.

    6gvuf€qflAd{R mt grit*diEtartt l\e ll


    Sloka 37. An ascetic devoted to poverty and
    pcnanceis born under the influenceof 5 planetscombin,
    ing in one bhava irr the following 3 ways:-(l) Venus,
    the Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn; (2) tire Moon,
    Mercury, Mars, Jupiter and Venus ; (3) The Sun, Mlrs,
    Saturn,Mercury and Jupiter.

    fqrfttteqftt;gg+r{fratrqrtqqq;n*trt
    q{{ttsqdrqfrdilq( qafirqdiorrgi il Qdtl
    9rE flnrTwftila Adh. XV.

    Sloha 38. Asceticg clad in a tree-bark and wear,


    ing mattedlocks come into existencewhen one of the
    following five,fold groupsof planets appearE in one
    bhava: (1) Mars, Saturn,Jupiter, Venus and Mercury ;
    {2) Saturn,the Sun, Mercury, the Moon and Mars.
    wFeqQ;gcqfrqgtr@r
    q{-g.Tiqs€gtRi{rgirr
    \ A \A
    flsrctErqg6 ilqa$Fltrt
    n li tt
    tq€ft.lqaqfrr?rrqerq!
    SdoAa39. Wlren the Sun,thc Moon Mars, Jupiter
    and Venus conrhitrc ln onc and thc same bhava with
    either Mercury or Saturn, the perron born necessarily
    assunoesthc habit of a devotee and bccomesgifted wrth
    long sight.
    qiqft {Tgsrt I
    "Eiiketfrilqe-A*"rftqr
    il{rrQdEI qIEi{Eg{f wq1qffi R qfu alaqtl
    Skrio 40. If the iord of the Lagna having no as
    pect of other planetson itself,aspectSaturn,or if Saturrr
    a6pectthe lord t-r{the Lagnadevord of strength, there rs
    the yogaleadingto the assumptionof aeceticism.
    Ncrtps.
    'fhis
    as iie1l rs Iire tre.rt slolia are itl ,lld"{,{8f.
    Also {(lJI{'J, .\dh1a1'a.\V, slolia -1.
    ffqirs;q,iardts'fig{qeqstffii;q'iel er$irqr
    *qr+{"rsirzt q q;a tl
    {tq{icr}irstf&'aarotrrt
    q;AlTrggir?riqitgatmmqrfeqt
    Eiigddorigniir
    f,qK,f;oEfhiifrh fr* t
    ffqrwEtq{r {gftr*r qrRq* {r qfr
    *qt{ihqrs6tft frqalqrtq-dhtq{q n ut tt
    caqqitswqs 91's
    st 4t-4n
    '-..'-"---.'--
    a Drekkana
    Stoku 4i. When the Moon occupies
    planec' the yoga iea"Js
    of Saturn and is aspectedbv that
    The sameis the case
    to the renunciation of the worid'
    of Saturrror \{;rrs
    when the Moon occupying an amsa
    planet leadinq to the
    is aspected by Saturn' if the
    wich Rahu' Keltr
    ssgumptionof aeceticismbe associated
    occupy a malefic 1ms-a'
    or Guiik" and at the same time
    the holy
    ,i.-o.rron will hre guiltv of apostasyfrom
    order'
    Nores'
    vl
    CY qqiqtq-'ilqlr
    g;gilFqff* c'i-.|*d qlgfiiaqlg: t
    "aer*tt
    q.qiah .1ftgainh il q;tfa{a ff?'gk atq tt
    gb r
    saqrmilllrffi wrtl qdarfi sI gloli
    q* qiae glf*$i tt
    H;qrfltffiqqqrQrfcn
    ffirtfifqar qio{\cre{tq} attr I
    ;ti#,tu-"mtihilr fratrqfttiqfuft tt Bqll
    oi leading to
    SIoha 4L. lf strong plarrets capable
    be obscured by the Sun'r
    arce.ticiEm(uitte Sl.lS sipru'l
    greatreverencelor aece-
    t"tt, ,f," personsborn will have
    initiated into the
    tics,"tttouilt they may not become
    to above be overcome
    tofy ota.t. If the'planetsreferred
    in planet:ry *r,''nd aspectedby other planets' the
    intn the holrr
    ;;;; .on..rntO will seek admission
    order without $ucces6'
    Norrr.
    T'hissloka is fronr Brihat Jataka'
    p l a n e t sa s r n s l o k a
    I f t h e S u n f o r n r s a c o n j u n c t i o nr v i t h o t h e r
    irecclme Sanyasin at all'
    a
    \5, supro theu tlre tuan does tlo"
    \vbatthcSunactualh'doesis,heimprovestircdevotionalsid't
    the stroug planei but doei'
    i n t b e s c h o o l o f p h i l o s o p h yd e n o t e db v
    thought' If the 1''iant1
    not make hinr a Saoyasinof that school of
    tr'i6
    9t4 wrdscrftnre Adh.xv
    %

    that is defeatcd (by conjunction as abovo)


    bo aspccted by any
    planet, then the man makes persistent
    efiorts for atteining tho
    in view. ";l

    P R O F E S S I O NL, M L I H O O D .

    Iqfttift eqa-dlsqGni\xqrcfl
    rga-*wrf
    qrru,trtrr
    qq
    trl-e'it qiit* tqqlqrt-e*qEqftTrt{rilqgr{r||
    Sloha 43. There is acqsisirion of wealth,
    firstty,
    from the father,mother,a foe,a friend,a brother,a wiie
    or an inferior, accordingas the sun or any of the other
    planetstaken in ordt-r occupiesthe 10th place reckoned
    from the Lagnaor the Moon ; secondlv,by meansof the
    profcssionprescribedfor the ruler of the t0th house
    or
    for the ruler of the Navamsa occupied by the planet
    owninq the lOth place from the Lagna,from the Moon
    or from the Sun.
    NorBs.
    Find tfre planet or planets occupying the l0th place
    rockonod
    from the Lagna as q'ell as from the tr4oon. Ascertain
    which ot
    t h e m i s s t r o u g e s t . I f t h e S u n b e s u c ha p r a n e t ,
    the nativb sots
    p a r e n t a li n h e r i i a n c e( f r o m t h e f a t h e r ) ;i f i t b e t h o
    M o o n ,h e i n b e r i t s
    property from the mother ; if Mars, he gets
    money from enemies;
    if Mercury, from friends ; if Jupiter, from brothers
    ; if venus,
    from wiie; and if the planet be Saturn, he gets rvealth
    from iofe.
    riors, such as servants, etc.
    I)lanets in midheaven or aspiring to Midheaven(<trqrfqarfrq:
    - D a s a m a b h i l a s h i n a h aa)r e t o b e
    t r e a t e da c c o r d i n g l y .
    Secondly,find out the ruiers of the lOth house countod
    from
    tbe Lagna, the Sun and the Moon. Take tho strongost of
    tbem.
    Find out in wbat Navamsa ho is. The ruler of thet Navamsa
    will
    influencethe profession.
    I-et us take the example gi,r,onin ths notes to Adh.
    V, Sl. /.
    l'here is the lVloon posited in the lOth place r*koned frcn:
    sI.48 tf,lfqCfrsscrcr 916

    the Legnaas well as from the Sun, and thereare no'plauetsin the
    l0th house from the Moon. The Moon is tberefore the only pla-
    net that influenceshis income.

    According to the other view, the lords of the lOth places rec-
    koned from the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon are Saturn, Saturn
    and Venus respectively. Saturn and Venus are in Dhanurnavamsa
    and Simha Navamsa respectively. The lords of these are Jupiter
    and the Sun; and the stronger of them is the Sun. The Sun is
    therefore the planet that influences the profession.

    cf , gqr6r
    .rtqrftiamqfilAr-^ge'asrCqlRt
    {?qrq+q€fiq*: m€qf,tqT: miq I
    eEnPfaliflqT$r: €enr;n q6\:
    6fu6rterilfizaeqiaqt,lqttqt tl
    Arso {RAdT
    \\ i.e

    €IFETqOqIqIqT EilITKIFqqIqFI fiq I


    aetftnfrlaqr {lfiiqls;q'ql flfi: g1
    f4qs*:rri,eFt: {rk(ittEqi qq;et61li:t
    RSqr{qfRdEqq(qdlTflslr:q: II
    A c c o r d i n gt o B h a t t o t p a l a ,i t i s n o t c o r r e c t t o p r e d i c t t h e p r o .
    fessionby considering the strongestalone of the planets (l) posited
    in tbe tenth houser€ckoned from the Lagna and the Moon, or (2)
    o w u i u g t h e t e n t h h o u s ec o u u t e l f r o r r r t h e L a g n a , t h e S u n a n d t h e
    I\{oon. Every one of these should be consideredfor determining
    the source of income of the native. He quotes in support of bis
    view tbc frllowing:,lokas of qriT (Gargi).

    sqqr;aftrr)qrsRt q6rqflrrf$qir:I
    |r: eqargq,ilQnr:rr
    h sis,iqEr
    ear&trRqr\'q}qqrflfiqfid(: r
    9r6 eraqqTfiurh Adh.xv "

    ild=rqrq€fafr qtdfl q€4\ qqr I


    qqf:afaqqrrnsfisq{ng Gfifhaq tl
    I f t h i s i ' i e r vi . r ea c c e p t e d ,t h e i n c o n r ef o r t h e n a t i v e ; t ] r l u e s t l r J n
    w i l l h a v e t o b e d e t e r m i n e dw i t h r e f e r e n . e t o t h e p i a n e t sJ u p i t e r
    (tbe lord of the Navamse Ilasi occupied by Saturn)antl the Sun
    i t h e l o r c lo f t h e N a v a t r t s rot c c u p i e db y V e n u s ) ,i . e . , f r c m t h e s o u r -
    ces ntentionedin siokas 'f4 and 49 irqfra'
    To cletermine tbe w"aysby which a person wili earn money,
    t h e p l a n e t sw h i c h a r e i n t h e l s t , 2 n d a n d t h e 5 t h ( o p p o s i t et o t h e
    l l t h ) h o u s e s ,r n a f r i e n d ' s h o u s e ,i ,n a n e n e m y ' sh o u s e o r i n h i s
    own house,indicate the source If tbe planets be bad' there will
    be uraximum labor aod miuimurn income; if they be good, there
    will be minimum labor and maximum income. If the Sua is
    exalteCin the above position and at the same time stronq (in good
    houses,etc.,) then the person concerned will earo money by his
    own exerrion. lNot" that the Sun in exaltation causesmaximuur
    labor and maximunr incorne, the Same whea the other ma106cs
    are posited in the tenth house ] If more than one planet be strong,
    then tire natlve will have more than one source of income'
    The professionor occupationof a native rs qenerally ludged
    from the planet or planets occupyingthe tentb houseand, if there
    should be none there, from those in the lst aod also from tbose
    aspectingthe Sun and the Moon' Further, the planet which is
    positecl very near the Sun or the lOth bhava whether before ot
    after in the radix of a native and its condition-whether strong oI
    weak-due to its position and aspect exert much influence in this
    respect.
    qqifnwiiroenlffid't qd qdildr
    m{wqqt{rlfrlq{5lrdf{ wgeftg I t
    qRffir&t
    qto{T*'rq"A.r
    tr"=irriqr11rg
    Fri'FqrrqEil{frfhiffih U qtde* u BBll
    S/ol+a44. An astrologer is to declarethe acquisl'
    of nrealth by any person with refurenceto the predoni'
    st. {6 qtq*sqFr: fl?

    nance of the Lagna or the Mocln as tbe caseEay be in


    his horoscope. As to the profession that he is likply
    to folJow,those that are proficient in the subjectgay, it
    rs to be determin:d through the lord of the sign owning
    the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the lfth bharra.
    lf the Navamgareferred to in the above belong to ttle
    Sun, the person concerned will earn a living by dealing
    in medicine,nrool, grtssr water, grain, work in gold,
    pearlsand the lihe, as aiso by playing the part of an
    emissarybetween peoplervishirrgto approacheachother.
    Norns.
    The occrrpationscoming under ttre Sun are: iolue hoaorablc
    :mploymeut either under the State or under some public body ef
    irren,kings, princes, emperors,dukes, earls, baronsretc., all titled
    a l , L ' o i n t m e n t su n d e r t h e . ' r o v , ' n , j e w e l l e r s , g o l d s m i t b s , g i l d e r s ,
    owners of woollen mills or workers there, minters or moa.rqpioy.
    eciin rnints, :rnd tbe like.

    q-M ilfffiq uiq qgqffiqqrttq r


    rrtrErfrqrfltt s\ tl
    trdGan+qqf+ffiqnRrrmqtil
    S/ofra 45. If the Navan sa under referencebe thar
    of the Moon, the person concerncd gaios a living by
    dealing in things derived from water euch as coochs,
    pearls, etc., bv agriculture, earths of various kind, by
    indulging in interesting controversies, by purchaseof
    articles of apparelin which the wealth of lordly women
    is wont to be laid out.
    Nott:,s.
    The cnrprloymentssrguified by thc Moc,u generall,y ioclude
    sailors,, roariners, navig,rtors, fisherinen, watermen, boatmeu,
    dealers in pearls, those working io oearl fisheries, rrridwives,
    PErs€Sr.Atc.
    918 rTl]|F|lRrtrt Adh. xv.

    rtc)i*1ta(orrrsrr(
    crqftrqrcue{t rrn I
    ffi qrawrl€qr(qilg.dftqfA*rrrn ft Bqtl
    Sloho 46. If the Navirmsa in question belong to
    Man, tbe person gains a livelihood by metallurgy, by
    war, by exhibiting tricks in which the operation of fire
    rE apparentlyarrested(wireru - Agnisthambha) and by
    engagingin other people'squarrels,in any act of daring,
    aod laetly by resorting to the professionof a robber.
    NotBs.
    The professionsindrcatedby Mars are all kinds of rnilitary
    rnen, sucb as soldiers, generals,colonels,captains, doctors, physi.
    :iaas, apothecariei,chemists, butchers, executioaets engine dri,
    'crs'and tha like---generally all workers in rron, steel or fire.

    nqfs.cr}fidr€riEil$qttr r
    nrdnftsrc{Frq{rfi
    e\ \
    q{r{qo€qrilcqqn gtiiamrsq{stgtfrl u Be ll
    Sloka 47, If the Navamsabelong to Mercurl the
    perron concernedwill try to earnhis livelihood by p,;,''
    ouing the arts,by poe$y, by the -'..,i ;;ion of traditicnal
    doctrines,by a knowledgeof the stars.by the reciration
    of the Vedas or muttering of prayerson behalfof others
    at the rnEtanceof the priest thar has to dirccc their
    religious ceremonies.
    Nores.
    Mercury's employments denote literary authors, translators,
    wrltcrs. accountants, fstrol ogers, school masters. nrathematicians,
    pocts' lawyers, book.sellers,printers, postmen, etc.

    i
    8c tl
    Slofra48. If the Navamsa belong to Jupiter, the
    percoo concerned,s.ry the astrologert, will not trcsort .to
    sl. 4e-60 qtdtsntrr 919

    utury a6e Eourceof living, but will Eupport himcelf


    with what he can earnby playing the role of an ins'
    tructor in the serviceof Brahmineand deities,and by
    teachingduties in the dcmainof moralsand traditional
    observances baeedon scripturecandother old authorita'
    tive works
    Norrs
    The occupaticns denoted by Jupiter include judgcs, priosts,
    loarned men' senators, preachers, clergymen, bishops, ministcrs
    and bankers.

    gwffirtqqsnrqtilrf,{t Trnailqqqrgr.rqf
    rr
    gfrqilurrqt\Tlqrftqrr rdta Uq\rgeft u Bqtl
    Sloka 49. lf the owner of the Navamsa in quea,
    tion be Venus, the living will be derived from a place
    where gold, ruby, elephantsor horsesare produced; and
    by ruch meansas traffrckinq in cattle, jagqery, cooked
    rice, salt, curdled milk and by the alluremerrtof a female.
    Norps.
    Venus s professronsindieate dealers rn gold, ruby, clopbants'
    or horses,cows, jaggery; hotel.keepcrs, confoctioneri, shcphcrds.
    musicians,painters, I inen drapers,jewellers, players,ernbroiderors,
    larridaries,scent-dealers,maid servants, etc.

    F{{rt gftmur.iruriqani(irfl€qi*qrtr r
    kqnqnraqii{qusfl c.ir;qiil{r{qFr{oq || \ o ff
    Sloha 50. [f Saturn be the owner of the Navamsa
    occupiedby rhe lord of the iOth placefrom the Lagna
    or the Moon, the personconcernedwill live by engaging
    in some vile pursuit, by works of art, etc,, executed in
    wood, by the carrying out of puniahments,etc., inflicted
    on criminalo, by the bearing .of burdens and by the
    overreaching of other peopledue to their being murully
    at variancc.
    strCI qrHftffi A&. xv.
    NoTEs.
    3aturn's employments includs shoe'makers' scavcDgets'grav6-
    diggEfs, rmdcrtakets and all persons engaged in similar vile pur'
    srtits; tboy also include gardeners, miners, brick-layerg etc,,
    q*qurtr(qaffi{fqrilqrtilrr finm t
    qetr q{fiq{ftqatsr!lrclswWfrqr! q!\t
    Stoha 51. Personaat whosebirch maleficplanets
    occupythe four Kendraeconcern themselveswlth the
    Eitesand uoagesof the low vulgar people,haveno pro-
    pertg, poeaes$ thencelves of other people't wo$en rnd
    rredth, are ignorant,and by evincing heroirm occelton'
    ally becomeobjectsof royai favor.
    NOTtS.
    'bc found
    Thie as well as slokas 52' 55. 56, 58 and 66 ate to
    iD ctt$fi{.t.

    fierg.\FFIMT U'drqq1'iq611 {qr€r! |


    tr{l eg! ||
    qtdqliiqqftIlurlal q{I TrfiPd{'(r(s,-frsl)
    Stoha 3L. Personsat whore birttr, benefic planets
    occupy the four Kendras will be iordly mea and tu.rn
    out the best of theit race and founders of faoiliea ; dY
    they will be endowed with an intellect that can compre'
    bend all things anC have abundant wealth, fame and
    excellentvirtues, by meansof whictr they will become
    royal lavorites.
    u{qqi{nils ficq1 wi1t goqw!(Et I
    qrftarqrqqqtilrq;ilal qit qrqt ll \1 ll
    Sloka 53. If benefic planete be in the l0th bhava
    reckoned from the Lrgna or the Moon or in a Navamea
    owned by the Raei of the l0th bhava, the person born
    will alwaye be beneficent. But if malefic planeta be in
    s[. 64-86 ilqdi$sqffis 98r

    * P€rsoa born
    will be addictedto evii deede.
    T*tnd{fr qx eqtqr*1q&qqrI
    WtfrTsi{-qtqft vrq(frqeEll \B rr
    Sloka 54. If the tord of the Rasi occupiedbv ttr*
    planetowning the t0 bhavaor an amsathereofbe rnale'
    fic and aseociatedwith an srcir lUpagraha) such as
    Dhuma,the personborn will be wicked'
    ffirr dt qt(s{rEqrfr*t wafi vrvffit I
    Rtr{ *tt {rwft ilsnitangh q}rftqrgi d'reom'
    Sloha 53. If the planet occupyingthe 10th piace
    from the Moon be the Sun, the personconcernedwil'l
    succeedin all that he uodertakes ; if Marsu he will be
    rashand evil'minded; if Mercury, he will be learnecl;
    if Jupiter,he will be a king's peer; if Venus. a voiup"
    tuary; and lastly, i[ the planet in question be Saturn'
    he rrill be afllictedwith sorrow.
    wlr( u{rrt rft qeiUiqqsrtq'tfd-
    cqTPdi{qffi;(i qoqrqiqqqrrtfrqr
    a
    R{$ql {{i,qd{ qgfr ghurgh il-
    dlitdteigkqn rrfigi {r} <itr'frriqtre
    S/oftrr 56. If the Sun occupying the lOth place
    {rom the Moon be associated with Mars. the persort
    born will be addictel to wine and to femrlesbalonqing
    to otber people; if the Sun in the sameposition b: esso-
    ciated with Mercury, the person bcrn wili h.lve a
    knowledge of tbe stare aod will evince a fondn':ss f'rr
    ruch obiects as valuable articles obrained fror6 satir'
    womca an"d ornaments; if Jupiter be a*ociated wich
    e22 wtnxftill Adh,xv.
    tne Sunin the position referredto, the personborn will
    be guccessfulin all his undertakingsand enjoy the
    esteemof his sovereign;if Venus be in conjunction
    with the Sun in the t0th bhavafrom the Moon,b: will
    enjoy royal favcr and will havea wife with increasing
    wealth; if Saturnbe togetherwith the Sunin tire posi
    tion advertedto above, the persotr born will be poor
    and dejected.
    qiili{
    Xgilg-tgdvruhwtfrGq
    rrqs{iDr
    sfiliiDr
    ki dtqqdrf*rcqgi ?qi\sr qrdfuf I
    sdt qnits\str({qrfluar
    {{R{i frqt
    tEt q.a(gq{taqr{s arniil Tnofrqr lf \s ll
    Slofra 5?. [f Mars and Mercury occul]ythe l0th
    placefrom the Moon, the perEonborn will earll hin
    livelihood by rneansof his scibntific knowledge; il
    Marg and Jupiter occupythat place, he will dominatc
    over the vulgar people; if Mars be asgocirtedwith
    Venugin the 10th placefrom the Moon, the personwill
    becomea merchant trading in foreign lands; if Mart
    and Saturnbe in that pceition; the perEonconcerned
    will engagein daringdeedsand will be childless. If
    Mercury and Jupiterbe togetherin the l0th placefrom
    the Moon, the peroon born will be barren,od dejected
    opeecb, renownedand in royal favor.
    qrf wEqq]gq $Ug*Rvra$vq
    sr*.lgcrrtcqqqitqqrqnry*:q{rI
    crlt g*gi g iireaqj qllilr qFrdr
    ilit q{qa\qarqq$fr
    Eril finiltrqdhn \e ll
    Slora 68. If Mercury and Venur occupytbe l0tb
    st. 69-81 vrq*sqrr e23

    placefrom the Moon, the personboro will be blecsed


    with leaming, wife anC weatth; if Mercury occupy
    that placewith Saturn, the person will be either a
    copyistof bcoks or betakehimselfto unbgcomingwayc'
    If Jupiterbe combined with Venus in the t0th bbava
    from the Moon, the perron brrn dill be a protectorof
    the Brahminicalcommunity,estee m:d by his sovereign
    and possessed of greatlearning. If the planetassociated
    with Jupiterio thacposttionbe Saturn,the pereonborn
    will ckilfully contrive to trouble every body and wrll
    tenaciourlyadhereto his undercakings.
    gqarilowrlttit*atf i\w{tiR t
    *ftryaq| rrt mSst fttrrn( u \q tl
    S/ofra 59. If Venus and Saturn occupy the lOth
    placefron the Moon. the person born will manufacture
    a fragrant black powder and similar cosmecicsubstances,
    will practise medicine and engagein trade'

    fiilqmnqt fi.t gqg*lirhsftqr r


    frqdurri Ersftctktrctt{t*rtrr}q ll Qoll
    S/oAa 60. When the lord of the 10th bhava is a
    bencfic planet, or is in conjuncrion with or aspecteJby
    a beneficplanet,or is in occupationof a beoefic Navlm'
    ca, the person born will be in a position of authority'
    qr{Tfqtqqgt laffirft {ifut t
    trit *inrol il s'tr{t {{tln {Istt qt ll
    S/olc 61. If the lord of the l0th bhava, associated
    with Saturn and aspectedby the lord of the 8th bhava,
    occupy a malefic Navamsa or a Kendn Rasi, the person
    boro will have to 6rcf t{tc behests of a cruel oaster.
    924 qrnacrfu& Adh.xv"

    il{e0 ftrnmt grgsiift&h I


    qrtrrarftqrr0ftfttitvfirq q+{ n Qetr
    Eloha 82. \Vhen the Moon occupying the sigrr
    Cancer and aopected by Jupiter and Venug attains a
    Paravata or other higher Vaiseshikamsa, the per$on
    born will enjoy good reputation and af{luenee.
    ql+t glTrfg* g{q€qqAsftErI
    grftioh ilsfr qf;ittqrai{wrin{ll qft lt
    S/c'ta 63. When the lord of the 10th bhava ie
    associatedwith a benefic planet or is in the midgt of
    two beneficplanetsor occupiesa Navamsaof a benefic
    planet, the person born wrll have fame and a high sense
    of honor.
    qfifht sdtirqTqgtqrrrftqrtardrqqrtt
    qrdlsqildftqnri{qrare{diqhq{1ffi{tar nqstl
    S/ofta 64. When the l0th bhava is occupied 1s
    well as aspectedby a maleficplanet and the lord of that
    bhava is reduced in strength, the person born will be .t
    slanderer,without self respect, with oo name,Power!
    influenceor act that he can call his own.
    uftnq{ttni qriifr-qdg*r
    q$lirtiqas* qgElililqq]q+{ ll E\ ll
    S/ofta 65. If the lord of the lOth bhavaae aleoof
    the Navamsa vlhich it occupies-if theee two planets
    be as:ociated with Saturn and in conjunction wirh or
    aspectedby the lord of the 6th bhava, the person born
    will have many .rrives.
    qggftRtrttft q {fb* hd$srruql
    uilt tUtndifBqf* ocqri{rr'iitffititt
    s!.8tu8? qeqqfr$$qrqr 996

    fr;{ qft q{oft dM Erfdreqdu!


    w
    ffirqgt g qrfi\sqil fd{t itf\*sFqqt uqqlr
    SJofra66. If Mars and the lord of the 4th bhava
    beingstrongoccupya Kendra. a Trikona or the llth
    bhava,and if the lord of the 10th bhavabe aspectedby
    or in conjunctionwith Venusand theMoon,the peroon
    will engagein such pursuitr as agricultureand will
    havewealth of cattle. If Mercury be connectedwith
    the 10th bbava,the peroon concernedwill alwayc be
    engaged in merca4rtiletransactions,andaccordingas the
    planetor planetsoccupying the 10thbhavaare benefic,
    maleficor both, he will be vigorouo,slothful ot of a
    oired nature.
    n qq orsrfli[$oq il
    orrqneailqmt{sqfi qfl flfli\Eoi}ilqil
    urqqnilq{irs $[6rrogifs ({qir ftqil qq I
    ilginrieqqidiqaUgfrqrwilorfiqr
    drqmilq{frequfigqw;qn$ffT}tdlsQstl
    Sloha 67. It is through the llth bhava irom the
    Lagna that every accumulation of inconing wealth is
    expected; the planet in the I tth bhava when poecerred
    of full strengtlris capableof giving wealth. If the Sun
    be such a planet, much wealth is derived by the perroo
    coqcerned from paternal kinsfolk ; if the Moon, froo
    maternal relations ; if Mars, froro personll exetcion; if
    Mercury be the planet occupying the llth bhava in full
    utrength, wealth comes to the person concernedfrom a
    dear master,a discerning friend or a maternaluncle.
    Norns
    This as well as tbe uext five slokas apPear iu g315gq.
    eg6 (tcflrtftwi Adh. 1ff.

    Wbat caa be divinid from tbe lltb ooeva is thus statco b


    the seme worlt
    unlttqlnfr qnrEfiqn{oift;ili q I
    qKrqfil? {giary1s}glt a{ftm;q{rtq 1s
    lrlso qromrqcq
    rraFrtqpqrcrrTTarTrdBorqf,
    aqqs{rfi t
    faut4i* €rrrerqrte6$:tt
    aTq:fh'aTqTqfui
    freirq is aaotherreadingfor etfrt in the 4th quarter of the
    sloka. The tracslarienwill then be : " if Mars,fronr a brother."
    difr qesft *EurqqqnrqnGg**i
    t
    Snr diqaqta{FrrEir{GnrfteRqttt\:
    ilCtilffiR$6qrf*e'{iqru{eeii rfir
    Mtq*q flfM fuKqr iitcr n qc rl
    Slo},z 6f. Jupiter in the l'l.th bhava when in fuil
    sffength gives wealth through the inscrumentality of
    rcriptl.rral learning, observanceof sacrificial rites and
    worthy sons. Venuc in the sane advantageousposition,
    seeuru accesEron of fiches through femalesand know-
    l"dg. of the fine arts such as poecry, dramar and music.
    Saturn when thua placed gives abundanceof wealth and
    corn producedftom agriculture through the exertionsof
    q^de and temaleElaves. The casteof tbe p.lanetsasPrct-
    ing or occupying the bhava in question indicates the
    claseof personc from whom the income of the rteroon
    concernedis derived.
    qFrq{sgqaq{r grrqi 'Tt{rgqrqrfti
    ft*fiarqd {tfd qgililcffifri* Ein t
    I wrRggHrfrsriv{iad
    orqail;Fre
    qrfrqqitwwrrtaqitr{frqrRnr tt it tt
    sl, ?0-?t qlqrftEqt{s 9?,1

    bh.av1
    Slofta 69. If the planet occupyiogthe llth
    acquired
    be beoefic,tbe person born will have wealth
    if the planet
    by fair means;ihe samewill be illgctten
    in the bhavabe malefic; and mixed if the occupanto-of
    acrolo-
    the bhavabe of u ti*"d' nature' This fact' thc
    ger ehould clearly state as revealedby the horoscope'
    prep:n'
    if ,n planet in the llth bhava be strong and
    posEess every
    deratingly friendly, dre pereonborn will
    with
    omiablJquality and will be surpassinglybleesed
    '*o-"", such as vehicles' ornamento'
    every meansof enjoyment
    articlesof luxuriotts appliancesarid
    "pp"r"l,
    learnirig.
    agqilrurfiicn
    RiqFr.rarftdt
    qtsqtwfrxg"qfrqt
    Enrfufrmintqt
    qrrd itror qulwqd*qlft6rer{rt
    ffiqqt qlt xlttd g{te i\qr*t ll so }t
    Slofra 7Lr. If the lorde qf the 2rrd urd the lJth
    Lrhavasbe friendly to the lord of the Lagna' the aetrolo'
    ger may declare that wealth of the person 'Joocerned
    will be given awav to be trsedbeneticentlyoQ behal{ .oi
    the
    good*Jrka, Gods and Brahmins' If tbe planetin
    wlrr
    itth bhavabe weak or overthrown in planetar!
    or depretsedor owtting att inimicalsign or a StTt
    (Dustthana)or produceatorim (Rekayogavide A:dh'VI'
    supra),the personconcerned will have to go abeggiog
    dai[y for hic subaistence.
    il*t RqtsqEr{mqi qqrilileqlqqq
    qift qihsdlqqKlqsi\$il tti srqt I
    Rrffigdr g{srgt {i iavmrgr
    efrl**qqmliflsi\d;{ sqnrftq ll st ll
    9ffi rtrrrftq!& A&. XS.
    Sloh.a71"" If the lord of the llrh bharnbe the Sus
    or the Moon, the personborn will acquireaffluenceby
    servinga king or one like him; if it be lvfara, wealth
    will be gor through the instrumentalityof royal minis,
    tcn, an elderor an younger brother or by agriculture;
    if it be Mercury, the meansof acquiring wealth will be
    knowledge,relationeor sons;.if it be Jupiter, it ie
    tbrough the obaervance of hio religious duties that the
    perton concernedwill attain to prooperity; if Venus
    own the I tth bhavanthe rrchesof the peroonconcerned
    will comethrough women, preciouoBtones,elephante
    and other valuablequadrupeds;and rastly,if Sarurnbe
    tfie owner of the I lth:bhava,the:perEonborn will have
    to acquirehis wealth by purouingan ignobleoccupation.
    Norps,
    Somebookss616t5qisq-rr
    for Ra\s'l-ct rn the 6rst gqarter rrf
    thc stoka.
    srq€Frqn'korqfirE Wdprffi
    srt {RsqFqtg qatr{gfrfrild{t I
    C\ \ . \
    NftSRiFNKr TtrTTrllrIIIIIttITTC(
    iqrdeflrq[Rtqt.fni liilqfr ll sl 1s
    Sloha72. lf the lord of the llrh bhava be in a
    Kendraor Trikona from the Lagna,or if there be a
    ualefic planet in the I tth bhava or if the tord of the
    latter occupya Rasi or amsawhicb ie ita eralcationits
    own or a friend'a, the person born will be wealtby.
    Tbc predrctionin regard to wealth ahouldbe madein
    accordance with the strength of the planet asrociated
    with tbe bbava or its lord, andir will come from the
    claecof personswhosekarakathe aseociatedplurcr oay
    reprGsent,and during its dasaand apahara.aod frgm the
    qu.tter belonging thereto-
    sl. ?8-?4 qtlTftsttrlr g29

    ort& t-q'rt fifrt il nqFqtI


    srt il qrqsgcqqorqgfrth tt

    ll eTq6rr{r}Tr?il5eTl
    ll
    rri$tfr
    oqrEr-nmd{qrggd'ft
    fffm {qnrftqMq,i R-{qqfuilt( |
    ftffit q€* qr'& g;mmntsvn
    ffTrt{tr{tefr ft {rFtqrgfosqiltsdftt \el
    Stoka 73. [t is through the lZth bhava, its lord
    and Saturn that an astroiogcr should divine a Person's
    wandering far, misfortung or evil doom, liberality, tbe
    comforts of bed, etc.; dignity and waste of wealth.
    When the planet in the 12th bhava owns as well ar
    occupiesa moveablesign, or is the lord of a Dustthana
    or is in conjunction with or aspectedby Saturn, the
    person born will indeed have to roam over many lands
    and forest regions.
    Norns.
    This sloka as also slokas 74-79 and 82 & 83 are in qn{c€t.
    What can be asc:ertained from the 1Zth bhava is stated in the
    same work thus :
    qaqarfrsRftaq{ I
    qqqq;Traaqqf€(t
    qrqrfhqugqii{Frqfqrqfrfif4frcqtf,,tt
    r\1so "il<T.nl{WI
    {fiqii 6rrr4rrfrqoe}fri;q qq q I
    s{{aaqqFqrtft.ndti qqffid: n
    gt gqgtfrrqlufrfrfr
    Rrmrrrrrrt
    ilflt iqresfiffi RtacqrqHflQI
    117
    980 dttlrqrfrarf Adh.xv.

    Rrst ffi t'w sfri frffiT&iRvar


    fr{afrqqreqi g ffid ftqaqritfril{ il \eBtl
    ,Sloka 74. When the planet in the lZth bhava is
    benefic and is associatedwith as well as aspectedby a
    benefic planet,and when the lord of that bhava is weak
    and occupiesits inimical or depressionsign, the person
    born will not have to spend his wealth. When the
    planet occupying the l2th bhava ia weak, but its lord
    is in great strength, the personconcernedwill dissipate
    hie wealth. When planets of a mixed character are
    associatedwith the lord of the 12th bhava, the persons
    concernedwill have expenseof ,r mixed nature-

    {uEq{rt{ft rirqq{,fiqft$aq'i iiqudefc|qt qr t


    qffiRsqqrEtffifiS qrirrslR qu*{E{nqartn\e\tl
    Sloka 75. If the lord of the 12th bhava occupy
    benefic Vargas,all outlay of money will be on approved
    legitimateobjects. The outlay will be questionableand
    bad when the lord of the l2th bhava is io conjunction
    with or aspected by a weak planet. The person con-
    cernedis Iiable to suffer evil from that classof percons,
    whose karakathe weak planet in grrestion reprerents,
    during itg dasaand apahara.

    fit* qodt aqqisftqnr-


    ^
    q[rafg\ Eiqqrfuiiar{Iinqq I
    Rth qgfiqqi srciqia
    tita t{qgus{i{arutfttt sE rr
    Sloha 76. When a maleficplanet owning the 6rh
    or the 8th bhava oicupies the l2th bhava in strengch,
    sr 77-78 q1q|frgrqtTr 931

    ;;;ffi;;; to ag.cur-
    resar&
    ture and monetrry trangactions. when the 12th bhava
    being a quadrupedor a biped aign (aide Adhyaya 1,
    sloka 16) ie occupied by a planet of a quadrupedor
    biped character(aide Adhyeya 2, sloka 12), the person
    concernedwill suffer the total loes oi all oervantr and
    cattle.
    RnRfrq(siffi ftqgctr
    qffin< ewftcqlqgt t
    ftrt nqESftw sEil
    Enilrg{Gst{E{IqTqlrriftll s\e ll
    Stoha '17. A person will have his wealth consum-
    ed by peopleof the Brabmanaand other castesaccording
    as the planets in the 12th bhava represent these' If
    female planets be in that bhava, it is through femalee
    that his wealth will go out ; if male planets be in the
    bhava,loss of wealth will be brought about by an enemy'
    If the bhava in questionbe owned by a friendly planet,
    the person concernedwill have to lay his money out on
    account of his friends.
    gtltragi uftqq qff
    Fryrrrt
    qrtsE{RT{te itqrE{fiort
    ierq'{l qq{sqqdeis en-
    (qqftrqEa g qirqwftll ec ll
    Stoka 78. If the lZth bhava be occupied bv "
    beneficplanet, the personborn will be liberal, virtuous
    and engaged in agriculture. If a malefic planet be in
    that bhava,the person concernedwilt be captious, suffer'
    ing fron eye'disease,flatulent, restlessand roving. If
    932 {Rrrcrftqre ,tdh.xv.
    the planetin the 12th bhavabe in exaltation,in its own
    or in a friendly sign,the personwill be beneficent.
    qlgEls{Efrilga*q{tfiiftq il{ d-
    fr* mrr*gtfkerc\ anrqsftdqq
    r
    qR
    Errfrftgftsdr "q{rnrftqq irqwr
    1ftrqrgfigtRil qtt turtwqTgriqrxrtu\e\ tl
    Sloka 79. If rhe Sun ,rr,the waning Moon be in
    the l2th bhava, the wealth of the person born will be
    liable to be seizedand confrscatedby the rulers. Mars
    occupyingthat bhava in conjunction with or aspected
    by Mercury destroys the wealth in various ways" Ju-
    piter, the Moon and Venus in the lZth bhavahelp to
    conoervewealth. When Mercury occupies that bhava
    in conjunction with or aspected by Venus, the people
    concerned will have the comforts connectedwith the
    bed.
    aqitr dwrfirt g{ErisqFqilt
    g{dftiE} q'iHrrq.i'qtq,tt co tl
    S/oia 80. If the lord of the l2th bhava be in its
    own or exaltation sign and has attained beneficvargas
    and is aspectedby a beneficplanet,the personborn will
    enjoy tfie comforts of a bed on the couch.
    Rfteq* u*i aqft qulqi t
    {Fqnrtq il s} qtlrcft{fril{ ll 6t tl
    oloha 81. When the lord of the 12th bhava is in
    the highest exaltation point or is aspeccedby the lord
    of the 9th, the person born will have the good fortune
    to lie on a bed adorned with jewels and precioue stones
    regtingon a handsomecouch.
    sl. 82-83 {€q{t'rsr{t{r 933

    S il Garqt Rqsi GqiHqRrt


    dtt ftrfuollltqrni cTTiIRr
    ffii r
    flqrqiuturq.rlibhofqr{ri}ri qr,ii
    fit Fsqq{rHgqgi arar'{(0r uiq l dR tl
    Stoha 82. When Venus, Satrrrnor the Moon oc-
    cupiesa Trikona position in respect to the gth bhava
    and when the house representingthe bhava occupied
    has Ketu in it, the person born will easily become
    liable to the misfortune called (Narapatana,i. e",a
    "{ftrET
    aleepingman falling on him which is regardedas a dire
    portent). If Venus in the position abovereferredto be
    associatedwith a mllef ic planet,the portent may be the
    fall of a sleepi'g woma. or a chameleonlizard on the
    personconcerned. If Mars be so associated,the portent
    may take the form clf the presenccof a tortclise in the
    house. If Merc.ry combine wirlr lvlarsintheposition
    indica:ed, the person horn may be bit by a dog and
    srrfft:rfrom tlre rabics.
    Norr.s.
    'l-lre
    n b o v e n r e : r n i r r qi s l t r r t r e n t l t i v e . \ ' . S .

    ff (riiqerr{gf g ii*rae{Hrfq}rri}qt
    fr:t gt?rqfr qsqfhil€bsqil qr;r{: I
    A\iar,

    qrq'iqrihqi qt wuir oi u'ft srqt


    s;qr0 tqdlsi qfq qg$l q iid{rt n dl tl
    .Slotn 83. If the 1,lth bhav.r, with Saturn and.
    Rahu or Ketu in it, is occupiedby the lorcl of the gth
    bhava or aspected by the lord of the 6th, the person
    born goesto hell. If Jupiter bc in rh,: Lagna, identical
    rvith Dhenus and with the Mesha Navamsa rising,
    *n.* """l9l:"1
    "."-"""""""-"-ff-""-
    Venus occupy the ?th, and the Mooo the sign Kanya,
    the perscnborn wrder this yoga reeche;the seatof the
    highesthappinessat last.

    g!fr gsutrfrtqsgitangfr qtE


    g q:r ffi aalqqrdew t
    qrglqrl;T$ft
    oiqr gnMftil(giil rrgrqqTfrTd
    (SF{atg{ fitfi ftgd fr*ftrrttq;qql ll dB ll
    qfr dtaqq{Eqqrr
    tqnqiffit qlffiqlftqft
    qe[(tirsqtqt ll
    S/ofta 84. If a planet owning a malefic house
    occupy a g:(sn" (Dustthana)in strength' the bhava re'
    present"dby the malefic house is said to be advanced'
    But if the lord of the 8th bhava be weak in any sign,
    the bhavarepresentecl by that sign is said to be impaired.
    If the lord of the Lagna occupied or aepectedby a
    benefic planet occupy any bhava in strength,that bhava
    receivesmuch benefit thercfrom. The caseis different
    when the lord of the Lagna is in depression,or in an
    inimical house.
    Thus endsetc.
    ffifrg{fr$6xrFl:
    P 311
    Adhyaya XVI.
    FEI\,IALE HORoSCoPE.

    *qodrqwilatffiftrqqtqt r
    ftfrry€ng,.fqrd* {ut llq n I tl
    Sloha 1. S/e are now gorngto treat of the female
    horoscope with its characteristiclunation, Rasig and
    planets,becauseit is a means of promoting prosperity,
    power, health,offspring, knowledge and fame.
    qqt.f,t(ilq: gwrqrTqrqEolt
    ftt* t
    qrTrsr} II.=rlqrdsqqiilqqraFrrtt lt t ll
    Slahu 2. There is nothing in the world like a
    horoscopeto help men in the acquisition of wealth, to
    savethem like a boat in a seaof troubles and to Eerve
    them as a guide in their journeys.
    NorBs.
    T h e o b j e c t o f t h i s s l o k a i n t h i s A d h y a y ai s o n l y t o s h o w t h a t
    it is the q?qtn+ (Sthri Jataka) that (is alluded .to by the word
    rrfrq in the slolia and which) helps or guides the husband in the
    sea of troubles.
    ,frqcqrqqqfr
    ffi q{iksfrqrfY{rmgtr
    q{Tferqtrsq{qitffinnRre${ir t
    qrgrilqdt rilqqn*r urd c{rrqfr*r
    {iqlgrgn,Itdwfiso*diffiqrfu,Fqttf I ff
    935
    v36 nRttqtftilil Adh..xvr.

    Stoka 3. The female horoscopeis to be written


    in a fine neat eheet of paper with correct planetary
    tablesserviceablefor referenceand exhibiting thc alma'
    nac (of the day of birth in question). lt is to show
    also the Ashtakavargas(Adhyaya 10) of planets,their
    positional and other six.fold strcngth (e-<3o-Shadbala)
    the length of life of the person concerned, the rllqrwdt
    (Gocharaphala)r.4, the effectsof the progressof planets
    in their orbits, the frrrso (Yogaphala, Adhyaya 7) and
    the rrr*ss (Bhavaphala,Adhyayas f t-15). The horo
    scopeshould give at the same timc the DasaTables
    mentioningthe number of children destinedto live to
    a great age, the happiness of the husband, the great
    prosperityand fame which the whole family is to enjoy.

    duriq;qs(ifllqgfrd'Tdirfr *wlrq
    mqtttgngri Gqwserq{tqfft*q r
    TEUrTqgurWrqE.ffl(ibqrqilqi {frr
    "ffirqqon+q
    ffiai dlrrs s* qiq il I tl
    'Whatever
    Sloha 4. effect may accrue from the
    horoscopesof females that is applicable only to mcn,
    shouldbe ascribed to the husband The goodand evil
    affecting thcir per$on should be calculated from thc
    Moon and the Lagna whir:hcverof them is stronger"
    It is from the ?th place front thc l-agna or the Moon
    that all that is worthy or unworthy in thc husbando
    ehould be ascertained,and the deatli of thc husbandsis
    foretold tirrough the Sth bhava (from chc Lagnaor thc
    Moon). Ail this should be well weighcd by the strength
    or weaknessof the planets, herreficand malefic, bcfore
    an announcementis macie.
    sl.6 rtrfrsnrrq: e37
    Norps.
    c/. n"oa?rt+t
    qqisqqi flq aqftd dqi &+ il qt(
    rTrqeqfiqqrt gaia aang*riliqrcf,T{ |
    rrflttgqrnrr€qqircHH rf,tri gerq
    Hof,dgg{qElF€grtil: s(r<{ti fial tt
    Whatever eflect nray accrue fronr the horoscopeof a female
    that is applicable only tct men should be ascribedto the husband.
    Het prosperity and happinessiras to be deducedfrom the 8th house
    (from the Lagna or tbe Moon rvhichever is strong). Children
    should be declared through the 9th house and matters rolating to
    her appearance,beauty, etc. should be deternrined from thc I*gna.
    It is fronr the 7th place that her welfare and tire (nature of the)
    husband should be ascertained while her associationand chastity
    should be predictedfrom an exatninationof the 4th houso. Bene-
    lics in these housesproduce good results, while malefics in thc
    above houses are productive of evil unless they happen to or*'n
    [ h e h o u s e si n r v h i c h t a s e t h e e f l e c t w i l l b e g o o d .

    ff q;{ft o{tftds{qH.t rdq$q(r


    $nqirdrft ilqirqQ!gTrqEfr{aq I
    (WqGrsqswlarmdf'*'iwqr(
    tffigqTg* gqwR€f)( ffi*qr n \ tl
    Sloha 5. Of thc Lagnaand the Moon, find which
    ir the stronger. tt is with reference to this that the
    luck, beauty atrdstrengthof women shouldbe announced'
    Chrldren and wealth in abundanceshould be declared
    through the 9th bhava therefrom, Wedded happinero
    or otherwise should be gathered from the 8th b-hatr;
    husband'cfortune from the Tth Someastrologerc opioe
    that the well-being or the reverse of the husband can be
    determined from the 9th bhava.
    1lB
    9'38 srdrqrRqtr Adb.)rvl.

    tq6li ftrfra ilrrq-rrwq{:tqE:


    gi neume:qfugrisrlq *Rkg: I
    xmqrqB*fr{rqfrgd q{tqrnodr
    t,f qnqirqqanfud antailqi €q{ u E tl
    Sloha 6. Somehold that widowhood is found out
    through the 8th bhava ; beauty,fame and fortune through
    the Lagna; the son ttirough the -<th; wedded happiness
    with the husband through the ?th, asceticismas well at
    the exceedingtranquillity of women through the planets
    occupyingthe 9th bhava All else whether due to the
    bhavasor yogasare the samein regard to both men and
    women.
    grt on?ursilqR ndW:rcr
    ilrqTo]ftilrtgftgEEfrsrb{ta iqet t
    q\qt gwraftryl.ToIgiiUmqrRai
    qlqaq'fqqrtq
    {riqilgfr iler g{Tqlftd tl rgtt
    Sloku 7. li the Lagnaand the Moon be in an
    even sign,thc femaleborn wilI havethc form and charac'
    teristics of the best of her sex. If they bc aspectcdby
    or associatedwith a benefic planet, she will possess
    excellentqualities, of steadfast virtue and prospcrous.
    If the sign occupiedby them be an odd one,she would
    be masculinein form, fickle'minded, mascutint-in her
    be,rringand sinful ; and if they be aspecced by or asso'
    ciated with malefic planets, she will be profligate.
    NorBs.
    cf. q-d-fit{r
    al g'q'il nl'qrdl
    eEqfRq+il
    gf,qqqfAqqr
    nqge6e{ftet t
    sl.8-9 frerils.{ncr eJ9

    qgqeRileei+im ieqtqt
    gEeqfAGE<rtfrui qRqrtt
    If Uotl the ascendant and the Moon are in even signs and be
    aspecteci bi' benefic planets, the wonran born will bear good sons,
    possessan cxcellent husband and be well-ornamented. Slte will
    be very prosperous and possess excellent qualities. It the Lagna
    and the \Ioon are in odd signs and be aspected by or associated
    witb malelic planets. she will be masculine in her bearing, insin.
    c.re, ungovernable and cruel beyond measure to her husbanC; and
    she will be poor.

    ohz\ilqq&* g{sfr ftiqrusiftfi


    arii itqgqruftttrrtqfrruqttqt* t
    Wqr{ncrfr g qHffifi qft{t* n e{fl
    ffirfr{gtasq€{olElEs tilId R(l tt c tl
    Sloht 8. If, in an odd sign, both the Iagne aut{
    the Moon b: associacedwith or aspectcdby a benafic
    planet, the qualities, the aspect,the positio'n, the glit
    and the intelligenceof the fcmale born will bc of a mix,
    ed kind; but if, in an cven sign, both the Lrgna and the
    Moon be associatedwith or aspectedby a malefic planet,
    the characterof thc femaleborn, say the wise astrologers,
    will be shaped wholly by the influence of the plrnec
    associated with or aspecting thc lord of thc even siqn
    under reference.
    silqitCI{SerifutiolFEtr;EgErski:r
    {tqr;qrrd ffi q{g} qref*mseil{€fr qi{n\g; il
    Sloka 9, When the Lagna is in an odd sign;
    when the maeculinepianeteptedominatein strength;
    when the Moon| Mercury and Venu6 are strong and
    when Saturnhrs ordinary strength;the female born
    will'fr e deprCralettd lct ,hrrbandcwill be mrny"
    940 qrdfcrnnta Adh.xvl.

    srf ffi $qdrq*{g*{Atr trg crtrsrail|


    frsqrfrfld rqor{atEgRritqrrrctq enfl tt
    Sloka 10. When the Lagna is in an even aign,
    and when lvlars,Mercury, Iupiter and Venus have the
    greateststrength; the femaletrorn will ba virtuous and
    becomewidely celebratedfor her conspicuous ability
    to understandthe intrinsic qualities of all thingr.

    firt q.qqtq,tqGtr fietgsh.e*r


    ntfit{qft*r grM qq\Enilrsnqr
    I
    n a\ \ A \ \
    SIFTRRSNnEq{IilRtg qFo{RIil qTq
    fr mnftqft n tt rl
    Rreqrmflqo{neruftgwr
    Slofrc i1. Wiren Saturnhasbut mediumstrength;
    when the Moon, Venus and Mercury are weak; and
    when the remainingplanetsarepoo$essed of realstrength,
    the femalethat is born in an odd Lagna will associate
    with many.men. When Jupiter, Mars, Mercury and
    Venus are strong and when the rising sign is an even
    one, the woman born will become celebratedfor her
    koowledge of every science developing ultimately into
    an expounder of the scriptures.
    NorES.
    T t r r sr l o k a i r f r o r t rR l i l r a t l a t a k e .

    n ftiluq€q tt
    oil fiq.ri qt rrftft qrdtqiftrhqga-
    ffitqqqrsqor rT{AgilqRr{{ff {+( |
    ioqr qrggct{* gqtrd il€fi q diqtq*
    (Mt qRrdtMrqqq qrw{rqlRlntt lR ll
    sl. 12-13 qisnlstqrqr 941

    Sloka 12. When the Lagna or the Moon, which'


    ever of them is stronger,is in ;r Rasibelongingto Mars.
    the femaleborn in a Trirnsamsa of Mars will be ill'
    behaved; she will be a menial or slave if born in a
    Trinsamsa of Saturo ; worthy and virtuous if in that
    rif lupiter ; depravedif born in that of Mercury ; addict'
    t:d to a paramour if the Trimsamsa of trirth bc that clf
    Venus.
    c/, no4ftell
    q+ rM omfrrftaftaia*g*qra
    6EIErqriit gfieftr+r qlqrflf,t ?quft|
    {sfr TE{tTqFqqfitn g=q1g{tf{',11r
    nfr aq{dt qgs+Rqrqr''rftgqrdlrgil ll
    tr€;qr nfirrti-dirft agnrfirftqfrT{rgq:tr
    qr+ it gqI@Ifq{Atfiuqrilaftreqtftstu{t
    {Ft Ere-qnwf}mfirs.ft fi"q{ql*,t €rq
    {.thf {q-{nl q$tqftqr{: gfiteFqqffi tt
    qiaqs(gersqqt{+
    ot rnfrmrFtri
    nt{t gr{ff gr.{rgirtt gq,f:q+rt
    ftsqef qtur{rsRftt-solwlaErq&ql
    g{tt g{{s{r q gqil olffiqr qrqil ll tl ll
    Slofta 13. In a Lagna owned by Venue, a female
    born in a Trimsamsa of Mars will b€ vicioua and
    quarreleome; she will be chasteand a mother of many
    children if born in a Trimsamsa of Jupiter; remarried
    if in that of Saturn ; she will be fond of all the arts,
    mueic'-vocal and instrumental-if born in a Trimsamsa
    of Mercury; il the Trimsamsa of her birth be owned
    942 ffitrili Adb")ryL
    by Venus, ehe will be fond of wiec nen, a fxlorite of
    het husband,and liked by people.
    ffitsq?{qe frrqqd oi A S{rF{dr
    r|adhfivnsqm $rgil glqrfPffit {tdt I
    *i qfqu gqq ftqft freqnfrqfff{t
    dl* qwtiqrr{wr*ftitqrfrqrrr\ rr tB tl
    Sloha 14. When the Lagna is a sign owned by
    'frimsamsa
    Mercury, the femalcborn in a of Mars will
    have sons; if born in a Trimsamsaof Saturn, ehe will
    be a widow, have her chiidren still born, or of the form
    of a eunuch; if in a Trimsamsa of Jupiter, she would
    be chasteand devoted to her husbrnd; if io that of
    Mercury, she would be virile, famous and handsome;
    if the Trimsamsaof birth be that of Venus, she will b:
    conrpicuousfor her eleg;rntattire, ornamentE,cattle and
    wealth.

    o* qq.Jt rrt qoqfi frurtgeqiq*


    qrdrqnfrirEffisur qrtim qftd,ir
    r
    R,{rilrGqq iiffirqrg1ornrranr
    frt itr.-quonfr
    uggili{i{* {rusrn lr tl
    Slofto 15, When the Lagna is a srgn owned by
    the Moon, and the Trimsamsa of birth is owned by
    Mars, thc femaleborn will be endowed with physical
    btrength; and if the Moon be aspected by maldic
    planeu, she will take delight in ministeriog to rbe
    ahuEem€ntsof her paramours; if the Trimeamsabe that
    gf Saturn,she will becomea widow; if tbe samebeloog
    to Jupiter, she will be short.lived and will have fe,:.,r
    children ; if of Mercury, she will be skilleC in the arts ;
    sr 16-11 ffismr: 943

    if the Trimeamqaof birth be that of Venus, she will be


    lustful.
    trgffi ilft {fuft Er{3=.q1qt{t
    ilfi ffidfutr q $irfi q;Eiu*g:fu{r I
    ilfir iIr{grTIgun-,ii*tqe $itsnr
    Wr rgfqF({q $qft*{rFEilItftrqit ll qq tl
    Slola 16. When the Lagna or the Moon happens
    to be in a sign owned by the Suo,and the Trimsamsa
    of birth that of Mars, the femaie born will have a mas'
    culine dicposition. If the Trimsamsabelong to Saturn,
    she will b: unchasteand unhapPy; if to Jupiter, she
    will be the beloved of a royal husband and endowed
    with good qualities ; if the same belong to Mercurv,
    she would be masculine in her ways and vicious ; and
    lastly if born in a Trimsamsa of Venus. she will be
    attachedto an unworthy husband and will suffer from
    diseases.
    {rfi{q .IN qg5igre rnrrtsEr
    Raqrilrqmfttftgaqttqftn qi(l
    qtqiir qqqettwrqntq]*qq t$ilr
    {ttfr EFH{Fqurs gil{il veqwrF{il ll ts ll
    Sloha 17. When the risirrgsign is owned by
    Jupiter,the femaleborn in tlre Trimsarrs:rof Mars will
    be renownedand havea following; shewrll be indigent
    if bprn in the Trimsamsaof Saturn; if the Trimsamea
    of birth be Jupiter's, she will have an abundanceof
    wealth, clothing and ornaments;if she be born in thrt
    of Mercury, shewiil be vittuous and highly respecAed;
    if in that of Venus, she will possesschildren, good
    clotbingand ornamencs.
    944 cnTrqrftrrt Adh.xvl.

    olq<utffidftat
    r<tt qft g+.nftesorqrugrsr
    gft,r
    {*ilr $oer gqi{rqf{ilr grar ffsql sd
    o};$s.efrrrfis ffio ffi{iquilr qtq n lz tl
    Sloku 18. When the riaing sign belongs to Saturn
    and ie strong, the fcmale born in a Trimsamsa of Mare
    will be distreesed; if her birth be in a Trimsamsaof
    Saturn,shc will be dialiked by her husband; if in that
    of Jupiter, she will strictly adherc to the cuEtomaor
    uEageof her family ; if in Mercury's, she will know all
    things but unchaste; if in a Trimgamsaof Venue, she
    will be barren and profligate; the effectsdue to Trim,
    EamEaahould be announcedafter correctly weighing the
    influenceof the Lagna and the Moon.
    srrAtftqqrwffi*m* g+.iitq
    ri Eiir$sot qqfrrr*rtftt irRa?rI
    wffi{qrilf ftrilqMcry(ilTril
    ql il'rR ffift qdwq|gffi il tq tl
    Slof"a 19. When malefic planets occupy the ?th
    bhava,the female born wrll become a widow; if the
    planetsin the ?th bhava be of a mixed sort, ehe will
    remarry; if there be in the 7th bhava a weak malefic
    planecaspectedby a beneficone, the female born will
    be put away hy her husband; if Venus and Mars occupy
    eachother'e Navamsa, the woman will be addictedto
    other men; if theae two planetsbe associatedwith the
    Moon in the 7th bhava, she will associate with other
    men at the instance of her own husband.
    Norns.
    Tlris sloka is taken fronr Brihat lataka.
    st. 20-21 ffissqt{:

    *t*
    fiwg*t srai {FdT€sdI+i (qq. I
    arairqiqrrqF'la\
    fiAi* gr{trt q{F'ITEl}ilqriqfdqaltqqf}a lt
    't'aaii'i'+'t
    [''or Llrefirst PuCu, c/.
    qnq'\{qqf,:"iiafiqqt fq}' ga'iqi"r.tr
    dftrft 'rt qft eriri{I qqutmqal ufrq r
    slei q tlwrrlt 5+rl: {t5il gar ll 1" ll
    Slohu 2ll, A femalc rs styled wanton when sh"
    caste
    loreakeshcr lrusband;rnd resorts to anothelrf her
    her
    from lust. A womatt rs said to bc temarriedwhetr'
    (anew)
    organo{ gcneratiunbcing unbrokcu,she is takcn
    aB a wife auother tirnc with tl"c prop(:rmatrimonial
    r ites.
    {trn{ onrrkgg* qrrl wd g{ot qrqs}|
    EsIilWit llRtll
    *i".it frfrtn-aqrttfrfiqleqiuri
    Sloku 21. When a sign of Srturn or lvlars is the
    Lagnaanil the Moon or Venus (according as the birth
    ie by night or day) aspcctedby a maleficplanet ctccupies
    it, thc femaleborn in thc yoga will lead an unchaate
    life rvith thc mother; when the scttirrg Navamsa be
    longsto Mars and is aspectedby Saturn,she will havc
    diseasedwomb ; II the Navamsa under reference
    "
    belongsto .r l>enefic planet, slrc will havc irandsomc
    h i p s a n d b c r n u c hl i k e d b y h e r h u s b a n d .

    'l'hrs:,1t-rl,ir
    ts IrotttUr,,,-fi'Jl;t;.
    Cf , itcl;hlr(qi
    ara flqa;q $qwqqFr* {.ltfqldiflI;q{fll qrqt I
    rit .ld nrstgia zDfiae'irfi{ Uqrgqi{ ll
    11t)
    946. drRrrctftill Adh.xvl.
    lJqmr
    Fa.Rqdwrt FRa\qrt qw nle guar€CI+aea r
    diah.qqqirnfa*fti e 6nfrft6q'rg{T
    grrfi gxtfr rt
    Also rlRf+ait

    sltrtrlt da*rfrrfiRgt fie{i ;frdrI


    flil Fr+ $€rr {reE{tftt qEfarr
    $ q gu*it afriareDqii'rqYf:d r
    Ff€qTilqrt*oft qfiqg,lr qqft rr
    lllother is indicated !y Venus in rray-births and by the
    Nroorr
    in night-births (Chapter l1l_l 5 su1tra). f.agna rnust
    be one of
    Arres, Scorpio, Cepricorl and Aquarius; Venus or f.he
    Moon a1
    the case may be should occupy the Lagna aud be aspectecl
    bv a
    n r a l e f i cp l a n c t ' T h e f e m a l e o w n i n g t h i s n a t i r r t y b e c o m e s
    imm.-
    r a l a l o n r gw i t h t h e r n o t h e r . r f a N a ' a r n s e o f \ I a r s b e
    s e t t i n ga ' d
    be aspectedby Saturn, she suffersfrom diseased organs.
    tf the
    Descenda,ntbe rn a giutaeia (ubhergrahanavamsa) cr be occupied
    by be.nefics,or the ruler is aspectedby benefics or in
    Exirr igu.
    bhamsa), she is loved by her husband.
    T h e f i r s t q t < ( P a d a )o f t h e s l o k ah a s b e e nr n t c r t r r c t e t l
    by Bhat-
    t o t p a l a i h u s : " w h e n a s i g n o f S a t u r n o r ' M a r si s t h c
    Lagnaa.d
    the Moon and Venus aspected (both of them) by
    a malefic"lrlanet
    o c c t r p yi t . " T h i s i s n r - ' ta c c e p t a b l e .
    qo*tsnil qri firqxafrtf{t r
    qtarftqcqfririt diqril0 q tRurtn RRtl
    Slohu 22, When a weak malefic planer occr_rpies
    the ?th and is aspeccedby a beneficone, the femrle co.
    cernedwil be pur away by hcr husband (C/. slok.r3O
    inlra), if the malefic planetin the 7th bhava ba depresa,
    ed or in an inimical house,she will be at variancewith
    her husband. , .-
    o'kta'1t(4'tr/4t'
    ,
    c/. m.z-<ifd+r
    q:q$ilitttt €li;{. ugrft q :i*leqfqfRnr
    rr
    sl. 23-24 qtcfirss|rrq: 9'17

    sqgl qfiiqt ffi {HqErdRt


    i{,{trr{fri qquorqir'fiofrig il r
    ri'rrqrstrqgftqenr+i qwr g-{.tlufi
    qrqQ ftgEliqt -.qi\qfl qm qTtrr- fr ll Rl ll
    SYcAa?3. If thc Sun occr:pyingthe ?th bhava be
    aspectedby inimical planets,the female born will be
    cast away ; if Mars occtlpy'r similar poaition' she will
    become a wtdow ,-rr her husband and herself will
    becomemutuallv embittered ; when goodand bed planets
    occupythe ?th bhava,the femaleconcernadwill remarry;
    when saturn io the Trh bhavais lspectecby an inimical
    planet,she will atcainto a good old ageand yet have
    her husbandalive.
    cf. Uqsqtnn
    s.qel rGqr$qa frqqrqrc}s<(lfilftqt
    a;irrqr.itfdhstoq*qa wi ri;sfa tl
    Also qr{{J{{o{
    qsq frqq'r}qfdgmr$rfiri q fq'{qtreg ert} 1
    qrqtqrfidi{q'{fi q;qit q gifatirnt qlq ll
    qrq*fqEtftri qrfrgttq-qtergn
    qnr{fi iiodtdi iqnsqrq;q}qffiri{dr I
    +i qrq'& qt e qiail qrt gffiIftdi
    q;il(dilo{ft Tri{rikfiqotn gd* t*t ll 18 ll
    Stoka 24. \l/hert a malefic sign repr':sentingthe
    7tb bhava is occupiedby Saturn the femalewill become
    efflictedwith widowhood. lf Venus and Mars occupy
    eachother's Rasi or Amsa, she will be a coquetie and
    addictedto a paramour. (C/. sloka L9, supru.) If the
    Moon be in the ?th bhava, she will lead a depravedlife
    e4[] flfl{qrftmre Adh.xvr.
    along with her husband. if the Moon and Venus
    occupy the lst bhava identical wi,h a sign o.wnedby
    Saturn or Mars and if a malefic pla.rer be in the 5th
    bhava,the femaleconcernedwill be barren.
    Norps
    c/ ,tti.,iteq,
    11lote{ irr fttpq.

    w*=qti ftnrii qwnqmrrrl6q:1


    l5\\

    atq nnq q;i gaft qfirr sQ rr


    q;qr{ii fiare'i} nirrgdn}q4l 4Er I
    1;'.;qrqEfaHr aiii qai qrqergntt
    . q. ^\ r
    i5oTrr{Ti?Irrd
    ftisr qqiqil gqqqfr iFqr I
    \A \ C

    -t\\--\1{A
    gilmTI {nrtTEfl wril i[OT(tdti tTlftNgrtrAil( R\
    Sloku 25. When Mars occtrpic-* a Navamsabe,
    longingto the Rasi of the 7th blravaand is aspectedby
    Saturn,the femaleborn will have the bad luck to be
    disliked hy the husband. llut when Mars is occupying
    :.rNavamsaof Vcnris in th,: llasr rcprercntirrg the 7th
    bhavaand is ,rspectecl l)y ir hr:tr,:f
    ic planet, shc rvill be
    rhe favorite of hcr husl)and.
    lTi{rihtiqrft qftafturt
    dqlqrqfi-dqrft
    q;(fr sr{F{i{rEsgrr
    riikg* rirfirdir
    qq{Ig{Ef]qnr qit geq6qft-qilsrqr
    qrdfdrqR oqqr gitr{TrwrRrlvrianr n iq rl
    S l o h u 2 b . l f t l r i : M o o n : r r r dV e n u s b c i n ; r s i g n o f
    Mars identical with rhe L:gira,rlre femaleborn will
    have an aversionto hcr husband; if the Moon and Mer,
    cury be in the position described above, she will be
    skilled in the discussion rrf the highestrruths; if lvf;rrs
    lnd Mercury be in the l.agna rdverteclto, she will tre
    sr. 2?-28 tngttrss|tfqt 949

    voluptuous; if thc Moon, Mercury and Venus combine


    in the Lagna under referen:e, she will possesoevery
    comfort; if Jupiter be in the Lagna aforesaid, she will
    bear good sons, be intelligent and have ornaments.

    {Tqr |t|Fn&il! gq{il G} wfi qT-


    'ilq"d
    wtft qrqrrE+ 'rTqlrilolf*iI
    Gluitrqfr q$ q frqqrfartw lTrfhfl
    ft.t r".r.ft! t}ft deuftnfrqqtlt qil tt Retl
    Sloka 27. If the benefic planetsbe in their exalta,
    tion, but the 8th bhava containing a maleficplanet be
    representedby a maleficslgn and aspectedby a malefic
    planetat the sametime, the femaleborn in the yoga will
    be afflicted with widowhood; when the lord of the
    I{avamga occupied by the owner of the 8th bhava is
    also malefic,the woman concerned will without doubt
    becomea widow; if several benefic planets be in the
    Sth bhava,the female will die prior to her husbandir,
    the prime of her life.
    grfrqtr; errtf qrtssqQsr{r
    qrr{rurri
    qddrrsgrfreqflqtr
    {ndfk ffi |
    r rri1erg;rr
    S-g'r*qtfr ggaqrfl
    qti qt n-edqirflngarrurEfterilqar
    u R4tl
    S/o&o 28. When benefrcplanets cccupy the 9th
    bhava and there is a malefic planet rn the 7th or the 8th,
    the femaleborn will live long with her huoband,afflu-
    ttoc€,:r numerous progenyand the accesscriesof comfort
    and happiness; if malefic planets be in the -ith bhava,
    rh,: woman concerned will havc many children ; if
    Dhanus or Kataka be th: Lagna in the latter case.she
    ilrirscrRilt Adh.xvt.

    will become poor and distressed by bearing manv


    ohildren to hcr hucband.
    Nores.
    -4t41.
    c/. -ro4turoliitl (by :1'{a1
    lirqFqr+fkd Rt* qcrqsraseisft 4TI
    .r{: gagil:qrf,,iiq+r€q *{i tt
    '{g"+furtla{a
    .u{, grfig:qa.Ir
    lra qR(Pada). Accordingrto Mantreswara the eflect of rnale{ics
    occupying the 4th house is to make the female unchaste.
    q-dAlic+t
    Qf. o n^
    ga trigifi qqfi S€il ll

    *rqrfr.qgtqftxqio* frttr qq{rgm


    gltrsft.rieq\RgqfiaHq{€'.ttq ll R\ ll
    Sloka 79. When Vrishabha, Simha, Vrischika or
    Kaoya is the Lagna and the Moon ie in the 5th bhava,
    the femaleborn will hlve few sons(C./.sloka43 infra)',
    if malefic planets occu[]y the 9th placc from the 8th
    bhava or the 8th from the Lagoa, she will be afflictcd
    with poverty and sorrow ; when rhe above placesare
    occupiedby benefic as well as malefic planets,she will
    have good arrdevil for her lot; if those placesbe occtt'
    pied exclusivelyby benefic planets, she rvill be blesscd
    with prosperity and good fortune, When the lord of
    the 6th bhava is in the 6th and the lord of the latter is
    in the Lagna, her death will be caused by a sharr)
    wea'on'
    Norns.
    gf. nrfora-+quoted in €lrRq'
    sl. g0-32 frgfrssrtq:
    1ul
    fiefttq+oqE qei freft qei t
    fiqrdtqrrgttgort qt( tt
    s{eqlq.q
    olililsqqTrt)' wii{:t<qorFffi t
    *'qqtwfqfi, q{qrerrtquratt
    qtqt ge'K qaqqqqG+Et
    Ftrr 6rst qt< (Pada), uide slr-rlia$infro'

    T(ffir €IT€ft$Rltffiqqrq+( il t
    fiAt grttR€crlffr,onqqftffir ffir llloll
    S/r.rAa30. lf all the malefic pianets be in the 7th
    e
    bhavafrom the Lagna, the female born will become
    rrridow; if the planets in the ?th bhava be mixed' the
    femaleconcernedwill remarry ; if malefic planetsoccu'
    pying the ?th bhava be weak, shc would be repudiated
    by her husband.
    Nolrs.
    Vide slaka l') supra.

    *wqat{Frd irrrt* giltg+i qfr wtm:'q t


    $ qR|irflrr{ilftdiqFfrmr{ifiqG atq tt 1? tt
    SloA{r 31. When the Moon occupiesthe ?th bha-
    va from the Lagna in conlunction with Venus and Marc'
    at the
    the [emaleborn will associatc with anothcr man
    when
    insranceof her hucband. The eameetfectfollows
    Navrrmsl owned
    the Moon occupiesin the ?th bhava a
    by Saturn or Mars. (Vide sloka L9, snpra')
    ftrnqtfu{rdqQsffit
    gilffigilfictil qrn q ilt E{ftqrfrS qq 11
    ""t Sloha 37. When planets in the Raeis or Ancas
    ics and are
    of Saturn and Mars are aspected by malef
    lRnsrr(amt Adh.xvl.

    or the Moon (if the birth be in the night), the female


    born will abandonthe traditional virtue of her caEte,
    taking to harlegguin companywith her mottrer.
    Norns.
    T h i s s l o k a s h o u l d b e r e a da l o n g w i t h l l l _ 1 5 s u p r a . , \ c c o r d _
    ing to the latter, venns and tl'reil{o,' rc:;pectively play the role
    of mother during the day and night.
    Cf. also sloka 21, Eupra.

    {tftearrrqtt dni13
    wq0
    Rrisrgqet aqrMft; {Errinl
    g{wq{{fi wqamdt
    gqqgilEafr
    il at;erflgrtnrrqr( ft 1t tt
    Slo&a 33. When a Navamsaof Mars occLrpyirrg
    the ?th placefrom the Lagnais aspectedby the Sun and
    Mercury, the female born will have a diseasedwo nb
    (C/. sloka 21, sufiro) ; but when rhe Navamsa under
    referencebelongeto a beneficplanet,the femaleconcern.
    ed will be much liked by her husbandand blessedwith
    children; elseshe will bocome an object of aversionto
    her husband.
    ilqTffiqftfr q Rqqrflqat wt
    qffiqrftqli stft $ufl qrqr+qr€t I
    (|6ilrnfli{rrw{rqG gt w{ qi wqqr
    qI(Q g gqrt gurEdl {rfr igqir n iB ff
    Sloho 34. If the malefic ptrn*i, occupying thc
    ?th bhava be rwo, the femaleborn will be lustfully
    inclinedand become a widow ; if they be thrce, she
    will be unchastc and ulrimately do away .with her
    husband; when a beneiic lli.lrr,:r is in thc ?th bhava.
    sr. 36-36 ffisqlrr 963

    the femaleconcernedwill become the favourite wife of


    a king's minister; when there are three such planets in
    that bhava,she will becomethe queen of a ruler of tbe
    earth.
    qrfr;qirrqfrftrcr&naqrE.--fr;qesl
    s il
    *\ quq,rrrrwil{Fmr srqTftwrq+( t
    tq",i ruilil qFilrErn(T ueunt
    ffqrfiilIiq$ grdt tr"qlw( FUR ll 1\ ll
    Slofta 35. When Venus and Saturn occupy each
    other's Navamsaor aspect mutually, the femaleborn in
    the Eth rising Navamsaof Kumbha will be afflicted
    with too much lust; she will becomea widow when a
    malefrcplanet occupies the ?th place from the Moon;
    if the planet in the ?th bhava from the Moon be auspi-
    cious, the yoga will $ecureto her sovereign authority
    (a royal domain).
    NOTES.
    It will be seen that the 8th Navamsa of Kumbha is Vrishabha
    Navanrsaand is owneclbv Venus.
    c/. 'lrtedt
    g{rfRd}qft qwqt{FrgF,rl
    d*sq afh,rrrrlfr qeit I
    eitqrqtitqrrqntflr{E:qtqr rdtfii: ilq q geqrEifrfildqF?r
    ll
    Also .ilil{it{(ul
    qaTfRdEr
    er;fr.q{r}qrqfifRarqff ng} qziftr
    t;q'{nrFnTrt ftnrn qrit qil*RfirrH;rif\:ll
    Also g€sqloq
    z*flFrlqfHdfR*qwqtin {rh il qG qa{tffiqqi<r:i
    i{tf\: dtqaqfafiqoq{ts snrf:d nqfi qilFftftqdri.l: 11
    dqrqot {ftrgrgt *iqlFEm{il gnqdftdi aTqI
    rir ffA qft ilx qrdrgtrdhmqtetfrriin uq rr
    120
    961 ilC'5trrR!||l Adh.xvr.
    Sloka 36. When the rising sign at the birth of a
    femaleie occupieCby the Moon and Venus,shewill be
    rhort,temperedand live in easeand comfort. In every
    casewherethe Lagua is occupied by the Moon, the
    femaleborn generally lives in easewith no craving for
    carnalenjoymentand is amiable.
    NorEs'
    c/. fcqa* quotedin arcrte.
    dil{rftilr S,pqqufre.* *6u* q I
    firqnggdT
    gt +orar g*r.nqgfrIgidar een{aaiq tt
    gB €qgrnftrrnilotq.dtffqgfTEtu t
    u'rfuilr ff{gqrgtqr sililr$il u{gumfrqrtt le tl
    Sloha 37. If a sign owned by Venus orthe Moon
    be the Lagnaat the birth of a female,she will be amiable
    for virtues and good looks. If the Lagna belong to
    Jupiter or Mercury, she will be skilled in fine arts. If
    Jupiter, lvlercury and Venus occupy the Lagna, the
    femaleborn will be renowned for the possessionof
    evety feminine excellence.

    fl-{Tqdl i{qq{q*;R{A
    wG* q{ft diowlkn q t
    ilEfl ggxqi-d gRqfrgtnal
    w wegq{ffitM q+al fl 1( ll
    S/o&a38. When Jupiteroccupiesthe 5th, the 9th
    or a Kendra bhavaor is in exaltationat the birth of a
    female,shewill be well-behaved,chaste,bearinggood
    oono, happy and poseessed of excellences;she will
    verily bring credit to her own and her husband's
    families.
    sl. 39-40 *cfr${rcr 956

    qRg{s6urF{frrfrg.{funr
    crdftt {t(lcilrqr€dfr: ggr I
    qgr{ga$6,r qg} {eqi{
    a-dfrg{Tflnt {rqfi{ q ftr ll lq ll
    Slola 39. If the Lagna at the time of birth of a
    femalebe aspectedby beneficplaneta,shewill be skilled
    in the arte, pure-minded,modestat all times,handsome,
    bearingworthy sonsand have muchwealth and enjoy'
    ment; shewill be highly in favor with her husbandand
    becomethe recipientof a thousandblessings'
    q*ffiqqfuf\:gs{ilh'(ftr
    ffiReqntqffit
    snfr{qil ftosrmrqffetrffir
    w{ffit qrfrnt fuil+( ll 8o ll
    {r,rqTgrqrR
    Sloha 40. When the Moon occupiesKataka iden'
    tical with the ricing sign and when Venuc, Mercury,
    born will
    Jupiter an,J the Moon are strong, the female
    be profoundly learnedin the several sciencesand artt,
    and renowned for her spiritual influence. When a
    malefic planet is in the ?th bhava, the female concerned
    will devote herself to asceticism corresponding to the
    planete if any in the fth bhava. The yogas enumerated
    hitfierto are to be considered in connection witb the
    time of birth and the time of gift of a girl in marriage.
    Norns.
    The readiug fiqe}<q{t is hopelossly corrupt. It ought to bc
    something likc lft q'qqt
    Qf. snr+el quoted in inlct'
    1t qrffi T{t qE Qqrrqqft iFq. I
    966 qtilFrlnirqtr Adh. XVI.

    qrsqTqrlirfrdqTi?q qtqqq \q tt
    ef',fnivgt$, qrilr$qGtfiortrrlat t
    d qaqrfiqlsrqi+,nrdgs{rdTq tl
    Also see next .,lol;a.

    erqi r*sqt gqfrdsd,{h I


    ntsfr iirqrrilErq<T
    $ert +tuGqi{EFrsriR;arqrqit€sS fiMcq tt
    Sloko 41. When a malzfic planet is in the 7th
    bhava,the woman concernedwill without doubt devote
    herselfto the asceticismanswering to the planet in the
    9th bhava. The yogas mentirrned hitherto become ap,
    plicable in connection with the time of marriage, the
    time of selectinga girl, the time of her gifr and the time
    when a query is maderegardingher.
    Norss.
    This as well as sloka 43 have been taken frorn llrihat Jatalia.
    Any planet-whether beneficor malefic--will not bring about
    widowhood but will make the woman born more devoted to her
    h u s b a n d . S h e w i l l s a c r i f i c eh e r s e l f f o r h i m a c c o r d i n gt r t h e p h i -
    losophical temperamentdenotedby the planet in the 9th house as
    d e s c r i b e di n A d h : X V . S l . l 5 s u p r a .
    A n i m p o r t a n tp r i n c i p l e i s e n u n c i a t e d h e r e . T h e r e r n u s t b e a
    planet in the 9th*positive Trikona of the zodiac-to give good
    r e s u l t s a t t h e t i m e o f r n a r r i a g e ,b e t r o t h a l ,e t c . , o r a t t l r e t i r n e o f
    talk regardingrnarriage.
    -r{ulT{{
    eTrhqrt qtqrnqdtniqa;qi d qrft fi:ea*q r
    qrilert sInnIAgi,i fioel F{ dfihqa ginEr ll
    Also flr(t{rdl

    fr qrfheqirqi qe Aqil qqfAdiq I


    qeFqrrns)fr
    ilil qqt qq{qtk tl
    sl. 42-43 ffistqrq: 967

    q;qsrt fiaft a ft=mqiq{il aqt r


    fi=.q elqi a q.dl*rsrr-tnrqfruefi
    tt
    ffiq;giltslu q i*eiqi i{dr ilenI
    diqi h'm gHrt qei arqftuqiqtt BRtl
    Sloh:t 42. Tlre {orcgoinq inquiry in regard to
    femalesis applicrblc,as is saidby a wisc sagc,to the time
    of their birth, the time of thcir marriagc, the time of
    query and th'- time of going in qucst of them and may
    leadalso to the revelation of the character of their
    htrsbands.
    rtset filrqil fiqt"{frt
    '"a\A\
    qat fuil qrntr (aI {q qRsr t
    si€{ig qrui qq}E ttQni
    wqffiSqrcTgatffi ll 81 ll
    Slohu 43. When the 8th bhrva is occupied by a
    maleficplanet,the woman conccrnedbecomesa widow
    and the widowhood will occur at the age(period after
    marriage)signified by thc ruler of the Navamsaoccupied
    by the lord of the 8th house; when benefic planets
    occupythe Znd houseat the sametime, the woman her-
    self will,die before her husband and she will have few
    children wfen the Moon is in Virgq Scorpio, Taurus
    or Leo.
    Norrs.
    The period given for eaclt planet in tlre Naisargikayurdaya
    (vide V-2 supra) system is the period meant here when widowhood
    OCCUfSb

    If born with any one of the signs Virgo, Taurus, Leo and
    Scorpio as the Lagna and a malefic pianet in the 8th bhava and
    a benefic planet in the Znd bhava, she dres without undergoing
    widowhood and without issuer
    958 lrtaffia Adh.xvr.

    ft{tr{fr {ftfr qeq$flqftgrrr


    mFqTfrilfdmg
    Ti €Fgqi qiGqq,Trqeinh €F!Iq:
    qth es girg Efimi nqr: qri qsil tt
    Al"o w<R-d
    trqsetE fuqr fiq-<rRqftiqi{* qe r
    ds fiiTttirryqqr{ aer' nfrffffi, tt
    ffqT@qqfte ftrfttq{Qseqg1rqR I
    sru{qigqgt frftftt qr&q erq ll
    Also qrcnrr<q
    \qaqereqnQEseq* r-qeTdtfrftqil qq qtt I
    €cg:qT*6q qFfr5il.{rqr,
    nl*drqrtil: er.e{ R u
    rqrfr,ilffi {mT* qhqraftsg ileqgtr I
    sdro{+gqA+H gnil {gil q }*q. rr
    Also q-ir{irtl

    tt"gfr qiiq-uqfiqi Frc,i dtfr: tt


    UertsR*,l16BtRqfi qr€qnqqr
    tl
    The following additionel information from qi-d11frfir
    will be
    found to be useful.
    +EqrfiqFqd q ftf,t td: +frri ;FITI(
    Qerargtq{qt*rqfrdrg-ffi d;f,r ftEr I

    lrr'rxlT
    n fiqqrsT{r€ngil srr &}qTT{r ll
    Astrologers declare',that t. (l) eldest brother, (2) mother,
    (3) fathor, and (4) youngest brother respectively of a person will
    die (soon efter the marriage) if his wife be born under the stars
    (l) Jyeshta(2) Aslesha (l) tvtmta and (4) Visalrha. Females born
    under the asterisms Qlitrn' Ardra, Aslesha' Iveshta, Satabhishak,
    Moola, Srittika and Pushyatwill be barrsa, .will becomewidows
    sr 44-46 f,risqtq; e69

    will be without wealth.


    ffqt€t+tqtl|nl: n€{!\:gFqFr4I{IFlil:
    (Fwrgg gqq+45flor*-Ciqrqrflqat t
    ,rg:ffimft ggffiltil +Eqrqrftsr
    nfr
    f,rqfrtftgq$ql q gdgqtq€naisei tt
    If the lorcls,rf (t) the Lagna, (Z) ttre 9th houseand(3) thc
    sign occupied by the l\loon be associated rvith benefics and are
    posited in good housesand be of brilliant ravs (be not be eclipsed),
    the woman concernedwill be held in high esteernby her relatioos.
    She will do many good deeds,will be very bandsome and be pros'
    Derous. She witl please her husband, bear good sons and be
    virtuous in her disposition,the period of this happy life with her
    husband depending on the strength derived by the 8th house from
    bcnelics (either by associationor aspect).

    cH fr{rt gqTgTrtqffifrt{r gt
    Erqdr@siRgsl
    qsd qwrfr q qfr il o{fd srqi
    sffit ilgt gqq€gtqgFdqFrrrs ll 88 ll
    Slohu 44. When the 8th bhavahas strengthof a
    mixedcharacterowing to its beingoccupiedor aspected
    by auspiciouoaEwell as inauepiciousplanetc, the pair
    will die at one and the $ame time, say the astrologe$
    unanimously. When the lords of the 7th bhava and
    the Lagnaare together in one bhavaor when the lotd
    of the ?th bhava is in the Lagnaand the lord of the
    latter occupies the ?th bhavain conjunction with an
    auspiciouaplanet, the husband and the wife will die
    simultaneously.
    refts qqtq m d RqtrmqM I
    {a{{l(ilqeiiqqTit E{HAI} qRqtsilqis ll B\ ll
    960 qRrr5crFqrt Adh.xvl.
    Sloho 45. Wben auspicious planets occupy the
    2nd bhava,say the reveredseniors,the femaleconcerned
    will haveher death ar the time of the ripening of their
    Dasasand during the Antardasa and Apaharaof the
    planetoccupyinsthe 8th bhava, its lord or tlre lord of
    the Navamsa wherein is the lord of the 8th bhava
    (whicheverof them may have predominant strength).

    t{cn{nFTrt
    $G $ru{
    gwwq(gh$rcrdrtmt
    r t
    iqqw?+;i mlqi {r qfut
    qgqng(a<it.rrEtqrfr qttt il 8E tl
    Sloko. 46. Wl'ren thc krrd of the 3rd bhavalrap,
    pens to be a male planct of predbminant strength
    occupyinga malesign idcnticalwitn'the 2nd, a Kcndra
    or a Kona bhava ;rnd is aspectcd'by or in conjunction
    with a male planct,the girl born will have a brother
    deetinedto enjoy much wcaltir and happiness,
    trilErurHqor$ilgt FtotT(l qeqilI{rqril
    A\

    lnot't'igoruqird€iT(t sn(iTq.€tit u Be tl
    'f
    Slofut.17. hc girl at whose birth the lor..Js of the
    ird and th: llth L:havasfrom thc Lagna occupy the 5th
    bhavawill havc a brother endowed with thc spirit, the
    v i r t u e s a n d t h c m a j c s t i cm i e n o f a r u l c r o f m e n .

    il srEqfronqrq.tl
    \ \ \
    qQil Ir,qEqF(( rtitiTo{Fq troTon{d
    A \ \A'

    qalflr dr ,r\ r
    dr.q"*qfr+rqqfrqiai
    dlqrqrqtirc\ {ftsi {rrsftqigriqr
    ffErrt{r ffiort* qqUtiiei qqrttFqalll 8c ll
    sl. 48-49 ffic.qrr, e61

    Sloka 48. When the ?th bhava is without streugth,


    unoccupied and aepected not by a benefic but by a
    malefic planet, the female born will bave a contemptible
    wretch for her hueband; when Mercury is in the 7th
    bhava, the husband will be impotent ; if Saturn be a6so'
    ciated with Mercury in the same bhava,the woman
    will be barren or loathed by her husband; when a
    moveablesign representEthe 7th bhava, he will alwaya
    be awaY from home'
    Nores.
    Porhaps the readiug must be xai qlq +mt: (*rar={lgtv).
    C/, rr.iqld-{ quoted in tinw.
    gqtQ gib uel qrqq-(ftilfhil r
    n)'qcr€ar{t} qat flgo* qq( tt
    gqqFqgisFtq qft: frqsil, ql:q I
    qr gffi qrsfrHi q fre qqlfrdi ll
    q;ErTr
    est qru{} q ilfr+ qt.titr* |
    qalqqrsiljo:<tI( ftqdreTt qiq tt
    llso 'itd+Iu{q
    q* q-qqqflq\qda?df+a friil
    qrorql:flm'e
    qrqfiigftq\, {Tt€q:dlfia, t
    arfr* gqq-{q}qfiUq qos}qqfrfad
    aa] a* dt-fqtvrftrritaqk q f{rrRqfa:tl
    r\lso fEsslil{
    q;+ +Tge{isqes<qq{ {i'i'qq(4lqti
    *frseh gur-{taittJ-tfi* qsffitf}aa:
    tl
    qit qrqfr 6rqi {erii#iqrfia}diqftr
    qd firequtitqftil{'i qrt {T*qr I
    {iar{ q;(gi fitFEqqir qiq qE{'rrqt
    g* qr;nqg:gdt q {fti ?:dsRqdriq ur
    l1!
    Lr I
    962 qrilsqrrtqfi Adb.xvl.

    Sloka 49. Wben the Sun occupiesits own Na'


    vamEain the 7th bhava, the female born will havea
    husband gentleand diverting by his excessiveplayful'
    neEE. When the Moon occupiessucha position, she
    will be h.ppy; when Mars is in the sameposition,the
    husbandwill be devotedto his wife though playingthe
    gallanttowardsother women; if the planetoccupying
    its own Navamsa in the Tch bhava be Mercury, the
    huabandwill be learned; if Jupiter be in that bhava,the
    femaleconcerned will get a spousewho will haveall his
    senseg undercontrol; if it be Venus,the huebandwill
    be handcome and voluptuous;lastly,if it be Saturn,he
    will be an old dolt.
    Nortss.
    ef. q,iqrd* quoted in (lacc.
    aTFt*eint eq{qaiffiqt T€: r
    ffesril eaiil qiif €f,w{{r:qR: ll
    *tsri eiq|* *} dAA ftdq' qft' r
    sl"iset eiah de qnlfqarqq(gsl rr
    qiisFt qirrh eii gqqr{f+Fitfuq: r
    E*sFt €i{r+ d} +qrfrITrnril(gS n
    qtsrt €tql* &} z*irWl ,ria.qR:t
    qqssqrrfddiSqtelq non tl
    qt;qItEIS\ gurEr{qrr-.* qrftflIt{{ssil g rnsttls I
    fiRsSret{uirqqri rdtfinfdsqm{ nqrnlt \o ll
    Slota 50. When a femaleis born in a Navamsa
    belongingto the Rasi of the 7th bhava, her husband
    will be softbodieci,possessedof excellentqualitiee,and
    full of assurance.When Saturnin the ?th bhavaoccu-
    pier hia own Amsaor Rari, the femaleconcerned will
    be wedded to an old and dull
    exceedingly huaband.
    st.51-52 {sqif3tqmr 963

    qilgtiEq
    e qq.I€rrnfqir .Iai
    (sd
    4qb{T{rqfMkffiErqGl
    Rett mfi{rai{ffifr qnt*fi qtqr
    qqfgrEqqisfr qR rqorilttqr*nq tl \t ll
    Slola 61. A femalewill haver decrepithusband
    when the lorcl of the 9th bhavarnd lupiter happento
    occupya g:<llct(Dustthana) at her birth; hc will be
    tong,titt.Jancl wealthy if the two planetsoccupya Tri'
    ko-oraKendrabhava.Iftheybeassociatedwiththe
    lord of the 4th bhavaor Mercury, the husbandwill be
    a perEonof learning; if they be associatedwith Mars
    o, S",.rrn,he will be an agriculturist; if with Rahuot
    Ketu, a villain; if with the lord of the 6th bhava, he
    will becomea robbepchi'eftain.
    ,furr: qffi Rautqr$ qttqurt
    q-e 6rgurFE(:6{r(I$rft errrdqiq t
    {xs r((fro$ qgirqrtftr'sTFil: $q
    ffi qqqnt tt \R ll
    Rirfrqgsmqq"dksr
    Sloha 52. Thehusbandwill befair'limbed,lustful
    and have fiery eyes when the Sun occupies the ?th
    bhavain a femrle'shoroscope;if the Moon be in that
    bhava the husband o[ the female concernedwitl be
    handaome, worthy, spare,voluptuousand troubledwith
    ailmeots; if Mars be in the ?th bhava,ghewill have for
    her apouse,a man humble in appe:'rance, delightingin
    crueliy, rudolent,with a ready tongue and of a ruddy
    hue; if Mercury occupy the bhava in question, the
    hurband will be a man of taste, amply endowed with
    learning,wealth and excellentgualities.
    e64 qnriFTrfuilt Adh.xu.

    fiqt5ffiqrRrEr nTffq ild gtf


    {rd ffifrdfuqgtr urat uRr qqrqfrrI
    qA r{ut{trsftrrcgrqr{tqfrrfiqt
    n* ErfrfUfr fW qk*flqlsrn ir$qs\Q
    Slohu 5:J. If the plarer occupying the ?th bhava
    be Jupiter, the husbandof the femaleconcernedwill be
    a peraonblessedwith long life, with wealth and power
    equalto a king's,and lustful in his youth ; if Venuo, he
    will be lovely, ever playful and diverting and gifted
    with the highestpoeticalfaculcy; if Saturn, hc will be
    old, infirm and wicked; and lastly if Rahu or Ketu be
    in the ?th bha'.ra,the hueband of the femaleconcerned
    will be a low, evil,mindedwretch or somesuch person,
    geretfritat
    Rt{tMt*{ufiwgwrr
    t aritqqqre*fiqrdi frqlf'qmatq-cr
    r
    gifiweds w*qtatagrnrgar:
    d urqqftrstit ilgo raqmsr&ffi{rttull
    tq-crqffit qrffiqrRqrt
    rft diaEqairq{il
    dtqr(il.qrrT:qt€{l tl
    S/oArr54. In thie chapter on FemaleHoroscopy,
    we have given accurately with referenceto hucbands
    the sameinformation which we gave while treating of
    men's horoscoperegarding wives such as the regions
    from which they may come,their status,the frrotection
    of their virtuc and the quaiities evincedin their acts.
    The numberof children will correspondto tire number
    of Navamsasattainedby the powerful amonqthe planets
    c;ccupyingthe ?rh bhavaor its Amsa. The lord of that
    bhavawhen occupying a Kendra will producc m':cl:
    jubilation on marriageand otb.crfestal occagions.
    Thur endr&c.
    qrfrfiqtftilraegq{frsdlrTlr:
    il sl${t$,Etl[ttffi3 ll
    Adtryaya XVII.

    KetacnnxRADASA.

    The (qtuqm) kalacbakra'system of ayurdaya rsferred to el-


    rady in Adhyaya 5, stoka 33, is based on the Moou's position in a
    ;fqFfqr{ or quarter of an asterism. For the purposes of this ayur'
    daya, the 27 stars from Aswini to Revati are classified into nine
    groups of three eacb, the five odd groups or triads beircg' strled
    ttq (Savya) or aRtol (Dakshina) and the four even ones ae slrrflal'
    (Apasavya) nq (Vama) or iIfi (Uttala). The peculiaritv of a n{
    (Savya) triad !s that its l2 padas (qta) are assigned to the l2 Rasis
    from Mesha onwards. [n an l,r{€e{ (Apasa''ya) triad, the t2
    padas belong to the I 2 Rasis reckoned in a reverse order from
    zia6 gou*'
    qq (Savya)
    The 12 Naksbatra'lradas (a{Tqa) whether of a
    or of an 3{qA-C (Apasavyal triad can be brought under the four
    triangular signs according to the Rasis to which they are severally
    assigoed. Iu accordance with this classification,four kinds of
    c{qER (paramayus) or maximum life will be shown to result.
    (Yide sroka l2).
    (Kalachakra nakshatrapadayus) iu its
    Each qnqrqfi-qqaqt<l1rr.
    eotire length comprises nine rnahadasas ( qcKal ) presided ovgr
    by nine Rasis aod their lords. The orCer in which the saveral
    Naksbatra padas got each its nine rnahd.dasas is indicated in the
    rnnemonic formulas for the w4 (Savya) and qcsq (Apasavya)
    cbakras respectively. These formulas are expressod by couvcs'
    tional letters qaqqft (Katapayadi) referred to already in page 696.
    Two additional letters S aail Ft used in the formulas denote the
    numbers I I and l2 respoctively
    965
    966 rRrrwacR Adh. xvII,

    The following hints may give a clue to ths law govorning tho
    essignment of the rnRhqrlagssto.the sovoral Naksbatra padas.
    In I (qqfi (Savya cbakra) tbe mahadasas begin from Mesha
    onwards to Meena and thence they pass on to Vrischika and go in
    a rcvcrse order up to Dhauus and thence revert to Mesha and cad
    is Mccna.
    'Thus wc have bad 3 cycles reprcsentiug 36 mabadrsss for the
    first four Rasyamsas ( <r+it ) or the first nakshatre of a triad.
    Thc 4th cycle begins with Vrischika and passing on in a reverse
    ordcr ends in Dhanus. The 5th cycle ruus from Mesha to Meena ;
    thc 6th from Vrischika backward to Dbaous, These three cycles'
    give the kalachakra dasas to the four nakshatra padascomprising
    the sccond star of a $;q (Savya) triad. The 7th' 8th, and 9th
    cycles are identical with the lstr 2nd and 3rd cycles-respectively
    -that
    Thus it will be seen the four padas of the 3rd star of a tfat
    (S*wa) triad have the same mahadasasas those of the first.
    Tbore are uine cycles also corresponding to the twelve padas
    of an s{c€Eq(.\pasavya) triad, but with this difference. The cycles
    in this cbakra run in an order exactly the opposite of what obtains
    in the Sdzfqfi (Savya chakra!. The first cycle begins with Dha'
    nus aud ends with Vrischika. The second runs from Meena to
    Mcsha in tbe reverse order. The third passes from Dhaous to
    Vriscbika identically with the lst. These three cycles assign tbe
    mabadasato the first four padas comprising the first oakshatra of
    an r|{q6q (Apasavya) triad. The 4th and the 6th cycles are
    idcttical with the 2od, i, e., from Meena in a reverse ordcr to
    Mcsha while the 5th is with the lst or the 3rdr i. 8., from Dhanus
    to Vrischika. These three enable us to find the mahadasasof the
    qq€at (Apasevya)
    middle four padas forming tbe second star of an
    triad.
    It is a peculiarity of the agqpq*q5 {Apasevva chakrr) that tbe
    hst four padas bave the same mehadasas as the middle ones; tbat
    is thc 7th, 8th and 9th cycles eortespond to thr 4th' 5th and 6tb
    rcopoctivety in an arqq6{qfr (Apasavya chakral'
    For tbe lengths of the rnahadasa periods of the several Rasis
    and their lords, thr reader is reierred to stolra 6.
    sr.1-3 ffilktcr 96?

    that thc iraximum length of the life of any person whether born
    in the beginning, middle or eud of a qETTqK (nakshatra pada)
    should not exceed the length of the nine mahadasas(for that pada)
    reckoned from that at birth.
    For a knowledge of the terms,fu (OeUa), jils (Jeeva), cuEF{IR
    (lvlandukagati), c{.{rft (Markatagati), (Simbavalokua),
    iMrr
    the reader should refer to slokas gg_.g2. In connection with the
    16grn5 qoEfirrfil (Mand"La gati) and rtaqfr (Markata gati), it will
    be interesting to note that in a Hqa;6 (Savya chakra), the trvo
    movements take place from Kanya to Kataka and Simba to Mi.
    thuna rospectively, while in an aTq€-o{qrf,(Apasavya chakra) they
    are invariably from Kataka to Kanya and Mithuna to Simha and
    these occur only in the cycles which run from vrischika to
    Dha-
    nus and tice acraa.
    A reason for this wiil appear wheu we remember that
    it is
    only by such an arrangement the order of planets iu both
    the
    cycles can be made identical.

    {otrqq(||rfl;i fu* q{qFR'rr{


    t
    ffiq{qwdtglqfu{urils{u t tl
    rrqrutq?R{qt* r{qlCIr r
    ilarqilrrfrtmi nnuqot Tfr [ t tl
    SlokasL-2. Bowing to Siva,the aupremeaoul,the
    prime cau6eof all things, standingin the centre of ttre
    planetary syEtemsand comprehendingin his onoi,
    rciencethe 64 branchesof knowledge, the all-benign
    goddesa ParvariaekedrharEupreme Ruler of all GodaL
    follows : " Tell me,oh lord, in detail the entire courlc
    of the wheel ol time irrarq$(Kalachakra)."
    n
    lfi snq I
    qtqGectrslt q;i iqt tqqqrt I
    *diq frqH?strt((.|tq(qnf,{I[ illtr
    e66 ffi Adh' XVU
    t - t -
    '- -------*

    ffi-
    lFq:

    qrR; I

    gs:
    9T0 ttcffint Adh. xVlI.

    ----_t-T -'d;-l;|"-
    *' roin'- sl
    .F:
    F?!! I*' Ir _ lFo" rolsr{n?- tol
    4lsm<errn-';F=-
    i L____l_.-1-=- -l----l
    tsd
    F, hs t-ll^
    *, 'j};* ,iH;*,_
    )lh- ,3
    irn*o,ilI**_
    V
    (n
    j c.I
    tt----l_______,t.-t_._______
    ,"8 I -
    ':v I l,n- rlot- ,io,- oi+'- 6
    wn *' rtl.og.- '
    slm<a- 5lo-as'cq-
    rEb l*'l i*uno-
    l-.-l---l-l-._-i
    Fi zle- 6
    | | ge: lq- sl'- eiit-
    rol6"-ns"-zlu"ru*-tol+artr- s
    ro
    lssqq'<' I F*u-
    t--.-_L---+------.-r- --.-1-'
    I I 1 'rlu- rrln- roiit-. .:
    ut' 4lc+taf ilta{t- lc
    lnuwra'
    I
    I I
    li"n.- tolginrra* | | l-
    t-_-,-,-t_----l--
    l^ I ln rltr- 2lq- llq- s
    lrs: lc
    f.dr{cE:i iag"-"u- rlrvuum-tolal5u- zl*e{"-
    I
    l-i-
    I l,i,- llct- 5lcr-
    t-
    4lm- (
    I srw: im=qo- sifir€."R-slr+aa- ztla<nu- t
    lr'tr+m:
    ttt--_-t-.1--l rll
    I I le- gir- sft- 7i(- |
    '
    la-uwr:I rt log+'- lo,zia-+gs-zlo"'gn- l6\*-+r1t-
    GEErrSsrflrr e7t

    q- rlqt- zlr- tl** slo- ol-


    tq-g.r- zlf"gn-rolag"*-si,nr<a-sj+z+a-<-
    zrl-
    ET
    gwmt-
    I
    ,ll:"1*
    2,q- l1
    l6ils-6;r- ft-4
    t"

    _t-
    brt-
    gift<ft
    I

    ttlr-
    !fi-rgt-
    L2,c-
    10rts+-q- j--.1 ",*]
    z[t- s'frr- I
    tollDrma- 2fr"<'g{- I

    ti*- -t.
    olq*
    ST- t6ldqtqr- siftr<f*-
    ;r-l tzlo-
    qt.<qrfi- toprrw-
    ;tr-
    rol$qn?-
    972 ilRtT'|lRilI Adh.xvl[.

    Easwara said-
    Sloha 3. ' I am of the nature of the Sun eod
    thou art declared to be the Moon. The whole universe
    coneistingof mobile and immobile things is brought
    about by the conjunction and opposition (separation) of
    the Sun and the Moon.
    q{fl*rrftrderqf€qt frSffimilltlrutf I
    xrmlil eK{ afrrqrmcirRqrqrftrWcfls ll
    Sloka 4. Draw five straight lines from weEt to
    eastand five cross"wisein such a manner that the inte,
    rior four squaresare left vacant (are not representedin
    the chakra). The reeultingtwelve squaresarethe twelve
    celegtial signs Mesha and others, the lords of the east
    and other pointa of the compass.

    firail{lTffi l l
    Filurffig qqFeq?il tt \ tl
    nfrrnqrtu,tuqt*ft
    Sloha 6. Wise mensay that Mars, Venuo,Mer,
    cury, the Moon, the Sun,Mercury,Venus,Mars, Jupiter,
    Saturn,$aturnand Jupiterare respectivelythe lords of
    the signs from Meshaonwards and also of their
    am$aE.

    {te,f?r{EFmnr I
    aEftnqtr{rdqqs
    ttffi qrffi Eqr(ll q lt
    qglt-+ rrrrccEr
    S|oha 6. 6, 21, 7, 9, 10, 16 and 4 are the yearo
    respectively of the 7 planets reckoned from the Sun.
    The yearo of the signs correopond to the yearEof their
    lorda.
    lsg?q(qc5risnGs r
    d{Tr{ qqHqnnER.qsi *[ tt s tt
    8r.7-11 q(I{*ssrq: vt3

    mdqqi{Rd.q{rftg \S q r
    dqsr{ Ef\flEftit qurlqw6rm!ll c ll
    SJaftas 7-8. In the 5 triads of stars beginning
    reopectivelywith Aswini, Punarvasu, Hasta,Mula and
    Purvaprorhtapada,reckonthe quarters from \{ecba in
    the cd*ut (Pradakshina)order. ln tl'refour triads com'
    mencingwith Rohini, Maktra, Visrkha, and S'ravana,
    reckonthe quartersfrom Vrischika in the sull6o (Ap-
    pradakehina) order.
    I
    EQtorrfrffiqterq{tqrs{rP{g
    q*i qEiMrfs {}ard ii;q*.gar ll q ll
    gtKrxqreil{gt}rfirqqcthorq
    r
    6Gnqrqri(**qftrt {rd6t qiQrira tt t " ll
    Slokas 9-10. The qx (chakra) consisting of a qftq
    (Dakshina) triad of stars should be cast in the cfiq
    (Pradakohina)order from Mesha to Meena among the 12
    Rasis to which the Navamsas composing the triad be-
    long. Again, the 12 quarters of the triad called lm
    (Utara) (in contrast with qf*qr (Dakshina) of the pre-
    vious sloka) are to be assigned to the 12 Rasis in the
    slrqftq (Appradakehina) order from Vriscbika to
    Dhanuo. Thuc, qftq (Dakshina) and Ytt (Uttara) have
    to be apprehendedas distinct each from the other.
    qTiffi fu$ ffrq r
    qEqrqwqqrftr
    ffi qrqiiqatilt fft {torilll tt l}
    Stoto 11. Thus, the triadu of stars reckonedfiom
    Aswini are to be distinguishedas qftq (Dakshina)aod
    sw (Uttara) just as their padasare reckoned in the
    sqftq (Pradakshina)or rrglhq (Appradakehina)order
    974 rril'5qrfud Adh.xvII.
    of Raois. In the q:c (Savya)triad the reckoningbegins
    with it (Deha). In the qq€6q(Apasavya)triad it be-
    ginewith ** (Jeeva).
    hq@qtqqeqtl
    iln*f qflEffi(r $qr( ilT s'iurr{is eeE( il t R tl
    Sloha 17. In the rftr (Amaas) i. e. quarrersof the
    nakshatrasrepreeentingthe housesMesha, Vrishabha,
    Mithuna and Kataka,the greatest life is declared to
    result,beingmeasured respectivelyby the numbers100,
    85, 83 and86. The sameholds good in respectto the
    Trikona Rasisof the four foregoing.
    qfirg3qitildiafrfr {s'arqq I
    q+ q nrqiqrck rnm*qt u tl tl
    fi{s do-fiMqril frsrqqqsaqqt
    Slolas 13and t3l. There.canthus be a thorough
    knowledgeof the ageof a person when what are called
    |6 (Deha) and sfra(Jeeva)are previously settled. Io
    ihg f,cqqs(Savyachakra) the first division of every
    Rari is called|6 (Deha) and the last is termed dr
    (Jeeva). In the q$rtqrx (Apasavya chakra) this is
    reversed.
    kdt Tfl {rss*'gft* ftr fueru tB tl
    eil ilRr{ q+EgR tqr rrdt r
    Slohas13+-14+. When Rahu, Ketu,Maro,or the
    Sun happento be in the conjuncrion of tr (Deha) and
    ilr (Jeeva),there will be deathin conoequencethereol.
    If they happento be in tc (Deha)alone, diseasesetc in.
    Cy. ntrrrr
    tt*qnqrfril*n,srRqrfift:r
    Sl. 16-17 d€Ed$ttrcr 9?6

    ffit qu qgil+Onr iilt tl


    qr Fqlig fl** fqdtrlflqftc; 1
    ce n$qtfrt dq{rqu da. rr
    k+t rTQTqril*q,itt E Euq: I
    epqi sfrtrqrlqeqil qTxrt{q: tl
    dti ff+ T{rng: n}ft{m}.P' ftqd:I
    €?gfir€qftwqr arFng<lanfifr tt
    Nrq.Jii qrds{frrfr **q qrd{rlt t\ tt
    g€*qffit q{ fistqPffi{dq I
    iqaftqdg* ii,ri 'fi'oqqgrn(ll qq ll
    Slolas 14]-16. When Mercury, Jupiterand Ve-
    nuEgo to a house which representstt (Deha) or sfic
    (Jeeva), and pror-
    then everything tendsto happinebo
    perity and there is an end of sorrow and sicknesc.
    When the tt (Deha) or the *q (Jeeva) house ic
    occupiedby a mixture cf good and bad planetc, the
    effectwould be of a mixed nature.
    Norrs'
    Parasara adds:
    dti dt+ qil tlq: *oit dtq' Ra' ftqa' t
    frc"qrg{Fntqyufta{FT{ll
    nET
    qrqfrqenrqli
    tqfi+ q g'e* r
    grfr*eurfrtg'fitt gr rtq tt
    qtrguqti+ {qqrGgEqte.t
    fi g.{ffi s1ErflGffii€t(tl
    manffi qoq.{rrftdqt
    t
    qqqigq'{ftq qrqiffiuF,qt lt ls u
    e76 qrilrdt!f, Adhxvrr
    Bloha L7. At the time tfere ic a lHra gim-
    havalokana, backward glanceof a lion, aidc infra cloka
    89-91)or a rcqqqft (Mandukagati,a frogleap)happens,
    there ic danger of untimely death from which one ic
    releasedby an expiation.
    af. 'm{t
    q"{+ g g.{r6qrfqfr*}q rTQqqq.
    I
    Tfoi rrrtq qqq r{fi ll
    fiRTrqt*$t qrsRffreirfqgisR q I
    qrg+qfafiflr
    t medrlqmnqqrr
    ffi g r&+ qrsfrqlt i\ &q q r
    fkrqdsi iq ar€{iq st ota. rr
    ftaffiqri q qp-qfiqfrtiqq,r
    efi€rgq€fut qrqfhnHlilqrd tl
    dtnsTkt qrt -qt .nfr fqfu{ r
    ir{nql: m+}qrt rr6+gftrrttr{.tt
    f{<tsftgi qTtfaqi ;qrftrliqEq, r
    nznrsd qA q*,,ffiRM rr
    frErgIffi frqrnqr*,iqt gq:rr
    {iry EfIt qrtaqtr*fr ttrnq r
    qrftr(
    \e or
    u*t trt qr{t;5{qgft! n td tl
    Sloic 18. When there is a transit from Meena to
    Vrischika, fever attacksthe personsconcerned. When
    there is a paosagefrom Kanya to Kataka, the death taker
    place of one'gmother, relation or wife.
    ifiRrnrat qrt eurfrtitaql t
    ftttEfu qrilqab*gdft{e(tf tq tl
    t]3::,".
    "-""".""""9, """"-"""
    """"" "31
    a panage from Kaaka
    SJofta19. When there is
    wiae irtro-
    to $inha (after a qqssd - Mandukapluti), a
    wound'
    iog* .t o,tld predict a iir.".t due to an ulcer or
    there
    When there is a passagefrom Simhato Mithuna'
    will be diseaeeor deathof one'sown wi[e'
    g1r;g€frR?rrtlqt"t{G glr t
    g{ft"fuqqti qIqqESqq{ ll 1o ll
    Dhanus
    Sloka ZO. When the transit ir from
    relative is to
    to Mesba, the death of a son or other such
    L. When an auspicious planet occupiet
    "ppr"t "nded. when it has
    the houre of trangit, there is no risk; but
    a malefic planet, there is danger'
    irFtrns6& qfr r{qrt Tfft u+( t
    wd Matiq g{qrrf qFr"qRll lt ll
    to
    Stoka 71. When there ig a transit from Kanya
    during the
    Ketakathe personconcernedbecomesgreat
    ;;;;; portion of it, and goesupona happytrip towardo
    the north.
    fr{tg M qrt K{qI'iRs*nqt
    srqtit c t*-si g€qnrtrrffi ll 11 ll
    Sloka 22. When there i$ a transit from Simtrato
    M it hu n a , t h e f o r me rp o rti o n th e re o fsh ouldbeshunn
    as inauspicious at the commencement of an undertaking;
    but :r trip then in the southwestwill be auspicious'
    sffiilfttrrffi{t{r6{l
    dW,ttfq{q|flat4qqr(rrrqdqi( tt 11 ll
    Stoha. 73 When tbere is a transit from Kataka
    of
    to $imha in a q€q (savya) movement, there is failure
    one's business and sickness comes in its wake ; and
    123
    ftrwftufr Adh.xvll
    ,
    in plain Englioh, there is a paEsag€from Simha towards
    Vrishrba through Mithuna,
    qt{tTIf{* rri scrqqn ttifeqI
    qrqrit qriqrrr6qrft+g€ftfu',,
    18tl
    Sloha 24. When there is a passagefrom Meena to
    Vrischika, i. e. in the northern direction, croubledig-
    appearo. When the transit is from Dhanus to Mesha,
    the parcageis risky ; disease ancl cleathof a relaticin
    may occur.
    dr {qfaqnG g{ qEfrqfq\ |
    gqlte WCiftrq{iqffi'rt Eurrq.
    n R\ tl
    Sloka 25. When thi-. passageis reversed, i.
    e,
    from Mesha to Dhanus there is prosperity, marriage
    and other euch auspicious evenc When the house
    lf
    transit io occupied by a bencfic pranet. there
    will be
    royal favor leadingto every kind of prosperrr.r.

    t& hqrqltqrq{rild}qqr{t
    .ir*qrarmr{|
    qr*m kffit ?gd *,t qutqrqh ffirq rr
    Sloha 26. ln the caseof the qr (Chakra) lrlong
    ilg to Mesha, Dhanus and Simha, the lor,J of rhe ia
    (Deha) is Mars and the lorcl of fia (Jeeva)
    is Jupitel.
    In the caseof the sa (Chakra) belonqingto Vrishabha,
    Kanya and Makara, the lorcJof rhc il fb.hr)
    is Saturn
    and that of *e (Jeeva) is Mercury. This holda good
    for sscqrr ($avya chakra). This is to he
    taken in
    reverse orcier for the $Tq€6q-.t5
    (Apasavya chakra).

    Comparethe followin, Tr"#1r, astrologicalworl<tna're


    unknown).
    sI.26 qrE*sr+rr{: 9T9

    il (r3{rls il

    *qe q qd tfr trsffq:q+lffin:t


    ulrg*-ii-e&*'qurqtcTfb,{: tI
    q$q qEii tq] ftgi frq e=qhr
    q-* u€* g*fro*-6*gqrwrrtl
    figqs z,ittt' q{ fiq: qft1ffia:
    t
    gsq-s]sdd s$l}d ustq, tt
    odqq e'i qd frii frq, q-*1ff,c't
    Q;a&flrqgf,rq) gd-q} gQKqIll
    ffrredh* tt fril fiq sd=qit
    ,*qg*Eietfr'ugtqqF{q:ll
    trqrqr:m{r tq: q,i dtq{fi wa: t
    ** ws* gngva<r&fr*qry,
    tt
    6]66rqr: e,i iq: ffqr frq qt]=qt r
    g{q* gp,fi.*g€ft ftfr gv, rt
    t&rc solt q id fiii ss:F€it:I
    g=e&ntftd\ ,l}di gtfi"q] gr: F€n:ll
    qrq<tq,il tq, srq eri q1qqfaF€d:I
    .rlrgfiga=e'fielrqq.q1-qqfhq,II
    r{6(s qd qd figii frq s=qf r
    q-{ gt: ga: gmi gWgqrtoqr tt
    *qe Eq*itte] ngi\ q1qs.qt r
    gnEtii\gQ&-.]g€fi* qgi{q, tt
    ftae g e.i fri te: mdaq:ffiq:
    q-{A$ Wfir} $fi-a} g€€,il tl
    980 fiiltFwnqrt Adh.xvil.

    I d{srqr* [

    qf{*e qg{q} }q: 6fo61 F€ir: I


    gw.* Ua'frtfr
    ru: 1frrqf*'u*t'u
    *fr*rq' e,i iq, m-qr{q {i rga' 1
    fi-q"rrEniisurq.* u*1gffior: rl
    €Fqr{n:fiqfiTfre, 5rtra.qili $(: I
    frffiqgxr: gae*\ $rrfi dqrtl
    ftaq {fbfr ad fi+ ffq gft F}rr:I
    unq* .T{' *tq' qq.g-alrr{: gsl: ll
    gfrre -sdid ftit *q {ft rqd' r
    $i-* gofiq'gsd"+ {ft: ffi ,,
    flgae q,i *+ sqfrt( s;qt t
    *Fq1TqrqqlftFt;qqr rugqrtt1
    tqer qmtlki fqgq ffq g'qt r
    ffi"Sdgnngerr<diq{r' tl
    iq€ c eq t* qu{q: q-+tHn:I
    gqkRilil"qrtf yg*'uRat: g;q: tl
    ftqe q qd ff+ t(, +fo+:F€a:I
    ga,i'* gtfiepd'qr di: nrft tt
    $q€ g sqi E* ftgi) *q e'qt t
    ft'qTqngtfr q-Elfrq: gq: :rfi: lt
    qstq eq t€l figq frq s"qf t
    fiqftgt{sltgtqqtfi*rtr: 11
    qTqed qq {qt N t( {fr rsd' t
    gElqfiffiq-qfr'<t qq: sq: tt
    981
    sL q?-30 lfFEdsEqrq!

    s$ tfr grqtlri rrffdt*i gtqrqrung*tlqrrt


    {|i\ dt-qrnffi ffir wi qh *f*dters{ttt{ ll
    of
    Sloha 2'1. ln the €6tTcs(Savyachakra),the lotd
    dfa Jeevais Mer'
    k (Deha) is Venus and the lord of
    to
    cury in the caEe of the ?s (Chrkra) belonging
    ct
    Miitr,tn",'fhula and Kumbha' With resPectto the
    iAh;k;;i;ned by Kataka, Vrischika and Meena' the
    iord, of dta lJeeva) and Q6(Deha) are respectively
    Jupiterand the Moon.
    i€fiwqrtrfl{rfttRtrFrfqtt
    qffifr qtoiqu*it a {wt ll qc lt
    Stoha 28. When Mara,Saturn,the Sun and Rahu
    death is
    occupy tt (Deha)and sftq(Jeeva)separately'
    when
    to b.-f.rr.d' Of this there can be no doubt
    severalof them occupytheseplaces'
    tard qatri flqgfri q(frq{ |
    ilrqt t*rrqliur €;qt ilr tqqr ll 1q ll
    Sloku 29. The planet occupying the ta (Deha)
    producesa dangerous;nalady while the one occupying
    tf both the tt
    ih. ,tru (Jeeva) brings on great riak'
    (Deha) unu(Jeeva)bc occupied by the malefic pla'
    "nd
    netsnamed(intheprevioussloka),then'undoubtedl
    the personconcernedbecomeca victim'
    qtEffi q+rflrqlqruqfrftft t
    qgtt{Rtrqqrffiffi ll 1o lt
    qt
    Slofta 30, With two malefic planets in the
    (Deha)or frq (Jeeva) there will be growing diseae;
    with ihree of rhem,there oughtto besuddenor untime
    ly death. when all the four are preaent,deathretc in.
    982 qmwrfrcril Adh. XVII.

    C{Gafif, a qrqrtsfrirQnI
    et+qttisf dnqrn l? rr
    sloaa 31. If ?a (Deha) and sfis (Jeeva)
    be simul_
    taneouell occupied.by a malefic planet,
    there is danger
    to be leared from the king, robb"., o, other
    such aqency,
    but if they be simultaneously occupied
    by two malefic
    planers,dearh will undotrbtedlyhappen.

    qft-qrqrtfr fa{rq;} qaFHFtir{


    |
    qli {rquil ftq {ruiilqqili rt-ir
    st rt
    gft qtq€Fn wq g*sftqqn1ry( |
    d wtq iiln arq nii ffi Fn{ n tt tl
    Slokas 32-33. Damageby fire
    will resulr when
    the Sun ir in such a maleficposition. The
    Moon in
    the game position will cause injury by
    conflagrrrion.
    will bring on hurt inflicted by a deadly
    Y"rr i""pon
    Mercury will producetroLrbledue to flatul.rr.",
    J";;;;,
    in such an inauspicious position will cause
    trolUi. in
    the ctomach. Ventrs will bring on risk by f
    ire; Saturn
    p r o d u c e sc o l i c ; R a h u g i v e s b i r t h t c
    a i l m e n t sd u e t o
    venomousbites.

    HrilqrirldTdtEi Enqr;tqtts$crsI
    q-c] rq*runftq! il 18 tt
    ireilGFqrrfr
    wilseqrJ{qn: tfr Rlnqaqar t
    gril {Twrrrr*e}
    qr{iqf{Tilfrrrtsu l\ tl
    {,
    f.t't qwrerFidiq{ flqgisrTinI
    qTqstsftih&g{+ gsuffs{r( 1
    iE tl \a

    Sloha 34-1J6. .lupirer in rhe Brd house.


    Mars in
    sr. 37-38 gsqqtsqrqt
    983
    the ?th, Saturn i' the natal star, Rahu in the 9th house,
    the Moon in the :th, the Sun in the l2th, Mercury in
    the 7th and Vcnus in an inimical hotrse are eaehof
    them c{qten;T (Maranastthana) or death occasioners.
    When the planetwhicir is ihus cermedTT{orrqH (Marana-
    stthana)is in conjunctior)with a maleficpla.et or aspect,
    ed by one such or occupies an inimical or clepressicrn
    houseor ie destitute of strength, the person concerned
    comesto grief.

    rrtafrqqoq tl
    qEt sirft fiiiqrqficiqni
    eili{eqflfiqnqiftqwgfr q r

    qErftE;gwui
    swrf*ilrJ{ lt ls tl
    Sl,,ku i7. The Sun, whcrr in ie (Deha) or cft-d
    (Jeeva)causcsadversities of various sorts, loss
    of
    weaitit, disease, frrVsr, r isk f rom enemies, loss of one.s
    placc,biliotrs affcctiorrs,sPlcen,diarrhoca,ct_lrrsumption,
    of thc ,r.rr,rlg,lsll ol catcle.rrrd l.:inclrerj
    tlisc,r.-*c and the
    loss of brother or cithel Jt-arrclation-

    q;fr3qq;Tsna{sqq;qfrrft-
    qRrrqqqqg€ R{trcrTqsqq
    I
    ( rai* qriig{ {gTgoftiiri-
    €Hdi qggtqngd qftii lt lc tl
    ':.1,.h
    . 38. The Moon leads to association with
    one'sown kith and kin culminating in the acquisition
    c.i u virgin girl as ;t helpmatc; to healtlr, ornamentt,
    luxuri...xrsapparel and respect in the land ; to acts of
    984 (ft[ffi{A Adb. xvil.

    gift and to the propitiation of Gode and Brahmins at


    bathsin holy waters; to soft rePo$eand pleasantmeals.
    Sur6tr6 firilqwrB+(-
    Sft crquot qrdrfril{t{ t

    geqrtt$Efrq{rqq
    Ssftr ll lq fl
    Stoha 39. Mars in a bad position, produces
    inflammationof the body, diseaseand dread of fire and
    robbers,quarrel with kindred, death of a brother or
    other dear relation, loss of land and treasure, falling off
    in rank, policy leading to war, colic, piles, leprosy,
    dangerfrom venomousreptiles and foemen.
    cqwgfurtd ittqfri uqq q I
    MlqrqqkftEqqifr qtaqr ll 8o ll
    Sloka 40, Fever, amall,pox, biliousness, knotty
    tumour, dangerfrom venomous reptilee, fire, wcapons,
    robbers, foes and thc king should a wiae astrologer
    predict in addition, with rcspectto Mars.
    drqr {frfr gEilflqtqw{-
    frvtarffitqqrrrqrnqfiqtt
    *FqntqWrqlq-qrq-
    urii fitdqrgfu*fWq( il Bqrl
    SloAa 41. Mercury securesthe favor of benevolenc,
    trusty great men, a knowledge of worldly a{fairs, good
    manoers,an insight into Vedas,phrlosophy and science;
    the acquisition of wonen, progeny, wives, royal orna'
    ments, kine, elepharrtsand horseg; thc irrcrcaEc of
    diecernment,wealth, intellect and fame.
    €€qislFlr 9E5
    sL 48-44
    ------v----. - -'----'---'--

    qiqrrtfr Aft'{rrlgdqedi
    rqriiihrqftquKqarq{ |
    -
    drgl orrrgcqwrtilwnti
    qrtrrdittftcri q qtqurq ll 81,ll
    Stoka 42. Jupiter leadsto the many joys of afflu'
    the
    ence, eminent rank, coronation in the kingdom,
    of a
    esteem of kings and similar honors ; blessings
    family life, ornaments, abundant food, wealth, health'
    fame, victory and beneficence'
    g$: $tfr tfrorqgs*rgiilA-
    ind-fir{qgEqrTtrcilCI{|

    ftffiwtg*r{qNr{ll BQlt
    the
    Stoka 43. Venus secures sexual delight and
    societyof{inewomen;thepleasures'ofpictorialart'
    precious
    fine aiparel, wealth, cattle, vehiclee, gemsand
    magni'
    ,rorr., ; musical concerts'dancing parties,lordly
    with
    ficence,good fame,great liberality and association
    the virtuous.
    q;<r $tR q-ct egUeqgg-
    q;Eqffiqitftgqsq'i ilvtitl t
    qHrfftqnrqrqsors{-
    nr{ ualriufrqrftrqtiiinqr{ll 88 ll
    Slohtt 44. Saturn brings about quarrels, ;'ir;sical
    pain, death,affliction of rclativcs ; dreadof firc' er:*micg
    ind ghosts, trouble from venomous reptilcs, Ioss ot
    hon&, of wcalth, clf self respect; of wife, o{ children,
    of homrcomforts, of agriculture,of trade and of cattle.
    LZ4
    eE6 ftr6'{rftqt Adh.XVII
    - *\ \. ^ ^
    q;gssqF}rqqI
    1r{rEasi$nqriTrT
    qqqrilrRfrei'
    q ilq{tit dTnq 1 B\ tl
    Sloka 45. An astrologer may predict
    that when
    Rahu occupiesia (Deha), the people concerned
    suffer
    annoyancefrom enemies, see their relations
    in trouble,
    have to take to a wandering life, are afflicted
    with palsy
    and have to fear dangerfrom their king.
    \i\a

    umfiffi{tqrfrruqr+rfcdieaqr
    Erii?i*;$il{t q ailiqr{i qruq{ n Bq tl
    Sloha 4G. \l/hen Ketu occupiesta (Deha),rrou,
    ble cropsup from thievcs, fire and bieeding,
    iorr"rry,
    lossof relations,loss.f pracearrdr,ss of wearth
    arso
    res u lt .

    lt {fr iatrmil{ rr
    fl eted q!fi'EflT$"cTqll
    oETqi[E{tFFrbiarip'i Tr€(g{{qI
    dritqyorcr-'qr?ig(il$qrrqftq
    || Bs fl
    gqti gli sri srqdqoq;qqr I
    ilenTrq{qrg*glTg* gqriqu{ il Bc tl
    eqrcgfhdq€{tq nqi}qt i
    fiomxqrt C TrGrrrli ?q1qaqfr Bq tl
    n1tqarfirrirrercqiq
    Rqflqtr
    S{ilrGani q iqe iqqud qtq n \o tl
    Slokas +7-SO. Ac the time the qrrqatr (Chakra_
    riasa)of the Lagna is in progress,heaith of body,
    _uch
    lrappiness,acquisitio' t,f fame, orllaments, dominion
    sl. 51-53 qgqtfrsrqqr e87

    wealth, children, wives and apparel may be aonounced.


    If tbe Lagna be in an auspicious sign, everything will
    come off auspiciously; it will be otherwise when the
    Lagna is in a malefic sign and also when occupied by a
    malefic planet. When the Lagna being in a benefic
    sign is also occupied by a benefic planet, the result will
    be exceedinglyhappy. If the planet in the Lagna be in
    its swakshetra,in its exaltation or in a friendly house
    and the emqtrr(Chakradasa)of the Lagna be in pro-
    gress,dominion, wealth and honor from the sovereign
    will accrue. If, on the other hand, the planet in the
    Lagnabe depressed,cclipsed, or in an inimical house,
    there will be loss of children, wife and such other dear
    objects; if the Lagna and its occupants be of a mixed
    character,the astrologershould declare the effect to be
    of a mixed nature.
    if<ii.rtrfoq*;g uaw;qiiqdaqI
    qlqi gd(rrdiikr.riZqtffiq n \l tl
    flqrfi Er{qgi;iq q-dgqrirroqrr{{ |
    grrd u.oii ailirTrq*$owqqTn \R ft
    Slokt 5l-52. During the a;6q,rrr(Chakradasa) of
    the 2nd Rasi may be expected increaseof wealth and
    corn, good food, acquisition of children and wives,
    lands, cattle, honor by the sovereign, attainment of
    knowledge, eloquenceand amusementin good company
    When the Rasi in question is auspicious, such gooo
    effectas has been said above will follow: it will be
    otherwise when the Rasi is malefic.

    rdqtTiirqae'qfiqr*qarurr{|
    qwfrGqsofiiiq 6ia'f{ ra.iwlqu \Q lt
    q88 tnmsrlt{ilRl Adh.xvtrI.

    qurftRlrqqrfr
    wgr[qsrqrqft{r
    qqqnrikiqfr gqtrfi g,i l\( ll \u ll
    S/ofras 53-54. When the qrn{m (Chakradasa)of
    the 3rd Rasi ripens, it will be the good fortune of the
    person concerned to enjoy much happinesa, to get in
    abundancefruits edible and palatable,to display heroisrn,
    firmoess and self-control,to be presentedwith ear-rings,
    appareland neck-ornaments,to attain to dignity and to
    possessfood, drink and other good things of life in
    abundance. The astrologeris to announcegood effects
    when the Rasi is good.
    qcffirq{'s qft nditqur\l
    tt \\ tl
    {tflfi fl*qrrrRrr€ctmrf}rtEorrr
    ftngR qakild f,rgerfr5itiharq.t
    {r:U$rri\gR q T{firi {trg€q. ll \q ll
    qrtqq{ort q grlftrrs{(q{qq I
    grr{ fiT{ frsmqrq{ t*araaq ll \s ll
    Siolas 35-57. Whenthe =rtrq?rr(Chakradasa)of
    the 4th Rasi begins.to ripen, the person concerrnd will
    get vehicles,ornaments,new lands in the frontier; make
    pilgrimagesto sacredshrines and the like; obtain cons'
    picuoushonor from his own community; cnjoy purity
    cf the heart; engagein somegreatenterprise; be bless'
    ed with wife and children; engaqe in agriculture;
    acquire new friends and new landed properiy, new
    housee; derive much happiness; commandgood health,
    reEourcesand articles of the toilette such as perfumes,
    we4ring appareland ornaments. The good things the
    astrologeris to divine when the Rasi is good; but all
    this will be aboent when the Rasi is bad.
    S1.63-63 n$q*stcrq: 989

    g{${vtilr* qh rrcqrlfi flsrqcrlq I


    6tgarffiqadiqrfu4rgqiqurqll \c ll
    sTqili qotorri qta;ErGqqtiqqqt
    sqq&qqqift qrtarrd{Worqll \1 i;
    g,rrrrefwui qaq'rqrfis{qq.
    t
    tiqdrd'rr* qrurft qEEgftqll Q" ll
    Slotas 58-60. During the ar'"{tr (Chakradasa)o1
    the 5th Rasi may be had kingship,honor by the sove-
    reign, acquisition of wives and children, exceeding
    ,,rf,ility, *ound health, the cherishing of relatives, dis-
    pensingof food, acqttirementof fame,jubilee and great
    prorp.riry, beneficence,attainmentof wealth, vehicles
    *."iing appareland ornlments' The astrologershould
    as befoie apportion the effects properly accordingas
    they are due to malefic or benefic RTsis and the presence
    in them or aspectof them by rnaleficor benefic planets.
    He is to add loss of plact:t'r positirln when thc Rasi is
    a moveableone.
    qtq $8triiq qfiqr*sfl,i qqq t
    airriiiivqqtffiqnari qagqq.ll lt tt
    qiageqqug r?mufiqqi+rq I
    qqatffisoxdgffi;gitawr\ ll qRll
    q;wi iqrronit ruqOftF{dsrs..
    I
    qfr
    $q{ qo+i qrf}q{ qiTrlt tl Ql tt
    SJo*a.s6l-63. Dtrring tire ripening of the ?*{f,t
    (Chakradasa)of the 6th liasi, the person coocerned has
    to apprehend danger from fire, trouble froro thieves'
    of
    from enem-bs,from poiso.n, frorq the sovereign, loss
    firilsqrtqtt Adh. XVIr.
    place,great risk due to gonorrhoea, colic, jaundice
    and
    kindredailments, dia*hoea and consumption, ill,fame,
    loss of wives, wealth, childrenand relatives, captivity,
    being put in irons, ha.rassmenton a.ccountof debts and
    poverty. These will be the effects when the Rasi is
    malefic. The effect will be mixcd when rhe 6th Rasi
    is benefic.

    ncreihqnq qiiqTi irrrr6:I


    digq gzorli q u(Rqgsrftr.qu qs tl
    aRninwqvrfii qrq\Fi q€'Er{:
    I
    \.
    gqildi qo qei girfrnq{fvttt qq rr
    Slolas 64-55. During rhc ripening oi the q$E{rr
    (chakradasa)of the 7th Rasi may be expecced
    marriage;
    the joy with a weddcd consorr; the birrh ,rf u .oo,
    tlr.
    pleasures of the tablc-such as ghee, dhal
    and sugar;
    successin agriculturt:,acquisition of cattle, elephants
    and ornaments, hon,tr by the sovercign and great
    rcnown. when thc Tth Rasi is beneficand is occupierJ
    by a benefic planer, the gord cffecrs spoken 'f
    will
    surely follow.

    EgqT(tttisd qEq:dqmrqq t
    amr;rrfir;qrr{ig+rqrfifr$Tqn €.Qrr
    qft r{qqi}avqqrirrEqt$'{qI
    qrq{'wq{{rir notq iiiarti,il. l q\etl
    S/o&cs66-67. During the arqm (Chakradasa)
    of
    the 8th Rasi there will be much misery, wasteof wealth,
    loss of place,loss of relations.griping pain in the privi_
    ties and the stomach, poverty, famine and dange,
    fro,
    anlenemy. These effects tl-re astrologer may aonounce
    sr. 68-72 {r8Eqfrstr[rqr

    when the Rasi is mrlefic and occuoied bv a malefic


    planet.
    grrqirEqtr*rtrrqd iTqii rEq I
    griux*orrriui\duaqqqq"tr q. II
    {isfrqfr{iiuiqqasq?rqfirras.
    I
    ginrfi gri qi qrrilrfufiqdq:u qq tl
    S/oAas68 69. Whcn the axqnr (Chakradasa)of
    the 8th Rasi sets in, good will certainly result-via.
    children, friends, wivcs, wealth, agriculture. cattle,
    houses,ornaments,:rccomplishmentof good works and
    charity ; thc securingo{ aclherentsamongrnenconnect-
    cd with thc gre;rr men in power. All rhis will accrue
    when the Rasi is propitious. It u,ill be otherwise
    when the Rasi is rnalefic.
    i[qqTEtt1516{rGqTi[?q(q?q I
    t ' \

    mqtffiqngiliqq;g{Sf qAT.q{qn so ;p
    qr{HGi{qrtwi nirgqr isrd{n(r;rqI
    C\Q\\
    €F[qT,OqaIztTiT{IdtrE{aqt ll ul 11
    Slofta.s70--71 When the sxEar (Chakradasa)of
    the Rasi of the 10rh bhavais in progressand when that
    Rasi is propitious, rhe following goodthings may be
    predicted by :r, competent astrologer*acquisitionof a
    kingdom,honor by a king, qood fame,greacrejoicing in
    the society of one's wives, children and relatives,pos-
    sessionof authority, sound health, pleasarrtrecreaticns
    in companywith good people, the fruit of good works
    and supremacy.
    qaretnrnqlun t
    orrritT-({nmft
    iqiqaqrnrqqd oqa tt \eRll
    uqrqqtut
    992 fitffiqrftrril Adb.xvn.

    xqrqmfr grtq,I
    tfigrqrgdrewffi
    uqffi qaiqsiffi{F( g,rici ll \el l)
    S/oftas 72-73. During the ss-qdn(Chakradasa) of
    the Rasi of the llth bhava, the pers)n concerned will
    come into possessionof money, health, ornlsents and
    have an accession of varied property and household
    'When
    furniture. good planets appear in the Rasi in
    questicn, the astrologers declare there will be, as the
    reeult hereof, comfort and happiness securedto the
    females,the children and the relatives, return from re'
    productive investments,real prosperity, royal favor and
    good fellowship.
    6qqqT({rqri iarffi qq(Egft{ |
    =inrfttqfiqriirgdi{{dieau_usB tl
    sqirrrrsmoaiEfrditi\awact
    ErftEit{i*a'i flqlii g ;t {ttq: ll \${ ll
    SJofrus74-75. When the qxqm of the Rasi of thc
    'happ.ot
    12th bhava is in progress and when that Rasi
    to be malefc, the followirtg evils may without doubt
    crop up-bodily suffering, loss of place,encormterwith
    nobibers,fire, royai diepleasure and the like I ffsuble
    hom relatives from women and from tlre king ; obatruc'
    tion of activity, lassittrde, loss in agriculture, in csule
    and in lands; poverty and watrt of occupation.

    il {fr qsEttTsCIqll
    €ili(il(ttr;iilai wflai q,o{iEir{ |
    t'ffiqr fitq'tsin iqirqrq"qisgaril rgqtr
    Sloka Tti. S/e have thus stated the effect of the
    bhavasfrom the Lagna to the twelfth (both inclusive)'
    sr.?7-8r q(qd$rilt 993

    speciallypointed out.
    aqilda{i{q qqrqffi q'hqk t
    rrfr* qogt<imfqreqrfrtt se ll
    ffi gt& Kftfr n--grieiq t
    qofisft?tqQifrqrfiftts( ll rgcll
    q$sqaqqqtl qrq{rrkftfut t
    eqlfu\ e q{i {d fu $€c-.ll\eqll
    S/ofras77-'lg. In accordance with the strengthof
    the planetowning a particular Rasi under consideration
    st o,rld the astrologer use suitably the rule enunciated;
    when the lord o{ thc Rasi in question is possessed of
    strength occupying a varga belonging to its exaltation
    hourq to a friendly sign or to itself and when the asso'
    benefic'
    ciated planetsare friendly and thc aspectingones
    But
    the gooJ effects statedalready may be announced'
    its
    *h"n thc lord of tl-rellaei has no strenqtli bcing in
    depression,in an inimical houscor cciipsedby the Sun's
    .rf, o. when it occupiesthc 6tir, tl'r'riith clr the l?th
    bhava.rndthc aspectinqplanctsard nrilcflc or unfrienciiy
    -when such is at birth the st;ttt:ol the planet owning
    the Rasi under consideration---th,-r cffcct produccd by it
    will be pain{ul.
    mi aqitgqiqt gd mgq{ uoqt
    qfuqq q(i aFi qiq.qn?iqlsqr{ll eo ll
    qftqq qilfilfli ffigfiqsai gqq I
    qii i{Ggui frt{ sodq q t{qt ll el tt
    by a Rasi is of
    S/o&as80-81. The effectproduced
    125
    {rcscrRqre Adb. xvn.
    two sorts: bad as well as good. If the lord of the Rasi
    be without strength, the person concerned will suffer
    the evil effects. If the planet owning the Rasi predo,
    minate in strength, the effect of the Rasi will be good ;
    and if the Rasi be capableof producing good as well as
    evil, while its lord continues predominant,the good
    will undoubtedly come to pass.

    slfti qtnfrQ qrnrriutsii il |


    qffi{Is,i qm iiiuq$T{Eq. n a1 11
    Sloha t2. If the lord of the Rasireferredto in the
    precedingslokas be in a movaablesign or occupy a
    Navamsa owned by ; moveablesign and if the iloqx
    (Kalachakra)
    be that producedby a moveablesign, the
    person concernedwill haveto go to a foreigncountry.
    qt{{* ilil t{ qarsiw{qi qfr r
    Rt{rrqi ErsiiRramTridfiftfit{ ft cl fl
    Siotc 83. In thc casc-advcrteclr,r in thc preced_
    ing sloka,rhe repairingto a foreigncouncrywill continue
    as long as the ar (Chakrr) in question lasts. If one,
    and not both, of the abov: conditions have the charac*
    terigtic of movability, the astrologershould decidethe
    question of the person concernedgoirrg to a foreign
    country or being in his native placejust as the balance
    of forces tends to the one or to the other.

    tilqrt q qiqifi mqiqlt q q<no{ |


    $Ofl',lrfit' qeRql;fG1;tiq qrqO{ ll <B ll
    q?itt ilqdtqr* qr;flit q qi$o{ |
    ilq{rdig mfiiF gllqt\qqtqrQtt d\ tl
    sL 84-gg+ tlt({ItsrlTr4r 995

    fffis qtfth ilETUrt


    q*{ftftr r
    ililftqrffit Ueitqr frqtaqsn cq n
    Sloka 84-S6. Planetary.ff..cJ*hich it is possible
    to foretell have been described, sorneof them in the
    s{ruqrq (SangnyaSdhyaya)I e. in the chaprer on Defi-
    nitions, Adhyayas t & Z), some in the chapreron oci
    dta (KarmaAjeeva-Adhyayal5), somein thai treatins
    of
    the edr?rq (Asraya) yogas (Adhyaya T), and some in
    connection with the particular positions of planets
    (Adhyaya 8), with the Rajayoga,Chandrayoga,Nabha,
    sa yogas(Adhyaya ?) and the like, and alsogomeas due
    to good and bad aspectsand to the combinationsin one
    and the samebhava of two or more planets. An intel,
    ligent astrologershould,by a dueexerciseof his faculties,
    consider well these plandtar.ye{fectsas they have been
    describedby ancient sagesand utilise them for making
    his predictions in connectionwith the ifirqsrq{r (Kala",
    chakradasa ).

    @n1rl* g q,n\;qq Efrur{|


    qq ili{* ild ftfitq ir .o rr
    srcqrkdrnt
    q.i il fiqS Ersfi{rqftelqrrfrqsI
    ufuftn{r.rfri
    {rsf\eRn{iifififiiE n c4,tl
    qqlGuqrdqqtqi sofi€rr{ |
    Sly&as87-83+. Lay our upon the floor a diagram
    rf the qiqrqam(D;rkshinaCliakra) which begins *irr,
    deshaand ends with Mecna. Draw arso a'other dia,
    lram on the ground, of thc strrqs lUttara Chakra)
    rcginning with Vrischika and endirrg with Dhal
    rus in th: reverseorder. Success
    or failure and whether
    qrilTcrRqrt Adh.xvII

    t
    can ascertain as pointed out by the Rasis and the
    planets in a horoscope according to their strength.
    Every body can have such things foretold in respectto
    his life in the way that has been pointed out.

    sroqfirrft*qriii\m t{qRftr ll cq ll
    qrdqrrqdiq g8i,rqqd ffn I
    ft{rqdwi;TIrr gnlrlm rriq ll io ll
    S/oAas 89-90' The progress of 'steq* (Kalachakra
    wheel of time) has beenascertained by encient sagesto
    take placein three ways-(1) liqq'trlcn(Mandukagamana)
    a frog's leap; (2 ) 1ud'ruua(Prishtatogamana)a going
    backward in view to the sarnemovement; (3) ihersa;i$i
    (Simhavalokana)the glancingof a lion which consistsin
    returning by the way traversedalready.

    sBil qqt iq qi**qftoilrqitt


    ffisqiqrqiq'frr hqfrqftr ll ql tl
    ffi"{sffir fkglqqi{ogfi qftl t
    Slofrr.s9l-9i l. Ihe s,:cond of the three move,
    m i : n t sm e n t i o u c Ji n t l r c p r c v i o u ss i o k ao c c u r si n r e s p e c t
    to the signs KatakaanCSimha, The third, r.e.,fharadr-
    *a is a direct passagcbetween Meena and Vrischika, as
    alsobetwecnDhanusand M,:shacither way. The frog's
    leap is the dircct passagebetwccn Karrya and Kataka,
    as well as Simha and Mithuna (avoiding in each case
    the intermediatesien).
    ll qR tl
    frHqolurqi cq11ftaffiHru;Tq
    raguqlRqniq wnsnifiqt{ |
    sl. 9r-96 ilrqrtqrrt 997

    qt il qet qt frroilftsi Tq{ ll qi ll


    qremrct ilsR E{Ibfirfrt qft t
    S/ofras 92-93+. At the time of 1ftfr6re-dc'a(Sinha'
    valokana), aetrologerEEay,there will be suffering caured
    by fever, loss of place, of a loving relation or other such
    frerson,distress to personshaving the samestatus aEthc
    owner of the horoscopein the family, accident in water
    such as falling in a well, danger from poisotl, fire of
    some deadly weapon, and being thrown from a vehicle.
    Alt this is likely to happen when the ftilc-drm (Simha'
    valokana) is synchronous with the qarb4(Daoachidra),
    f. e. the dasa period, bhukti, apahara, etc. of an illplaced
    nalefic planet (uide next sloka).

    Etrcalqtwqtqtq E{rrqfr n qBtl


    qnfufifr il{t TfiF( ftff{er I
    'fhe
    Sloha 94*. term eqrrfua(Dasachidra),aetrolo,
    gers srY, is applied to a period when the dasa of a
    mal:fic, eclipsed, depressedor ill-placed planeg is in
    progress.
    qtrt,{rft*{il{q\ woi grir tf q\ tl
    itfrqt itqrrqrfte{tirilihn{f*q t
    Sloha 93L. At the time a ccqdrlc?r(Mandukagama,
    na) occurs, the death of a revered person or of one'c
    parentsmay happen; or there may be danger from
    poison, deadly weapons, f ire, fever or incendiary
    brigands.
    quqs€qiq6t s{Hqn{tsq il qq rf
    SJoAa 96. If the qqRitrr{n (Mandukagamana)referg
    to a €Eqs:6(Savyachakra),there will be distress to per-
    q|tsqrft-{re Adh XVII.

    sonsin the family holding equal status with the owner


    of the horoscope.
    ffignqq'q* qqfturqdttq I
    qwtwfrfr q diqntr.tqq.;1\u ll
    Sloka 97. When the wq+nil (Mandukagaci) is
    between Simha and Mithuna the astrologermay predict
    the deathof the mother or of the person concernecl,a
    complicatedfevcr or dangerfrom a liing or {oemcn.
    qa it6rqo\* A qgqtsqqfrqq^|
    gisfr.rqi qEt q{qt;rrT${q!ll q4 ll
    itgqwnlroarilruqHg iil €i(! |
    ACr\A

    Sloka 98-93'. ln a fkqradr+'(Simhavaloka) having


    reference to a qElrqis(Srvya chakra), the evil cropping
    up will be danger from a quadruped or fire. When
    there is a gusmna (Prishtatogamana)in a q64qr (Savya
    chakra),there wilI be loss of wealth, grain and cattle,
    diseaseor deathoi a fathcr, or thc demise of persons
    of equalstanding.
    r{oRsrrqiqr} qiigarffiqRqqq
    ll \o. ll
    ilqcEtqr{ildit qq;gfttriiq{ |
    fkrqdrqi qft qraqriitq{itr ll too ll
    Slolras99-100. On thc other hand, when the qx
    (Chakra) is edqs;r(Apasavya) and thcre is a wq*gii
    (Mandukapluthr),it may occasionilln:ss and trouble to
    the wife or children of the personconcernedor a severe
    fever to himself, or dang.:rfrom a beastor an enemy' or
    loss of place. If there b: a f&ar+oirt (Simhavalokana)in
    an qqq€4s:n(Apacavyachakra). the evil to be dreaded
    may be loss of place or the death of the person's father.
    sl. 101-104 Q8qdsrqmr 909

    sgfr.rqdilsfr q€frft qE;gft(|


    qi(lt lot tl
    ftgftt {qfti{ S.rtwqrni
    Sloku lO7. if there be a gud'rrrea(prishtathogama-
    na) in an srqtr6rqx(Apasavyachakra),the astrologermay
    predict an accident in water, Ioss of place,loss of father.
    the incurring thc displeasureof a sovereign and the
    person'shaving to betakein consequenceto an inacces-
    sible jungle.

    rraq?hq?.tl rl
    tl
    qqlqoIRfrUqffiter11rqf
    wr$tcT{(iiqufirurRru|
    qr{qrfr{E{rqftq$q{riiqrt'?
    qdTrfturigw: rEqiletnilr ft I
    S/oA,r
    "R ff
    t 0 Z . T h e s t a r sA s w i n i , K r i t t i k a , p u n a r v a s u ,
    Aslesha,i'l.rsta,Ilevari, Moola. Purvaproshtapada,
    Utta_
    rashrdaand Swati conf..rrm, as th.. sagessry, to the firsr
    four of the forrnulasfor the quqq* (Savyachakra.
    l\erRgwr inofiXl[vr];4qi]1q1u.I
    {IaiTqtrFetEmqrftq€ri?sqfi r?glu t"i tl
    Slohu i0J. The l;rstfour of the formulas for
    the
    €€{qr (Savyachakra)appiy in their order to
    the four
    Padas of the stars c)hirrra, uttarabhadrapadrBharani
    ' -----'
    P u r v a s h a d haan d P u s h y ; r .
    n\
    itqqrqorrrRft
    drFrdiiurrqt
    st(TtrarTer
    qtrar qHt qriiqgsqqil toB tl
    sloAri r04- The first four of the formuras
    for the
    a{q€6qqs(Apasavyachakra)are apoiicableto the
    stars
    Visakha,Rohini, Makhaand Sravana.
    1000 rcrqrfurr Adh.xvu

    q?ilft {Fqr-.qqrd{qTfrqi{rR qd$rdft qqt ll


    Sloha 105. ThestarsSathabishak, Anuradha'Jyesh'
    ta, Mrigagira,Sravistha,Uttara phalguni,Purvaphalguni
    and Ardra conform to the last four formulasfor the
    qrrs.{!:E ( A pasavYachakra)'
    I qq (|6qq$q|itqtlit ll

    frttrrfrqlilet\qt ll t ll iafiIfiq*grqr ll q ll
    q+ruftqFrqsq.ll1 ll qFrtqet qftq{rq. ll I ll
    q ll E ll
    tq{qrrtnqrq.ll \ ll $ilffiqtff
    gfraarvr ftar 11u ll qrqHn* agFtftlll4 ll
    il qq1qq6{qr+ffi tt

    qihqrrsftq ll t ll mur€gffimr ll R ll
    qfr{Tfkrwmtq.tt 1 tt *frttlihrtqrqa ll I ll
    rgffift(tftiliq tt q tt firugwer{rtr ll q ll
    .r\qt{rffi8i u s ll ffiilf;Ift{r ll d ll
    Norrs.
    to their
    Astrologersare divided into two schools according
    One class explain that each
    manner of applying these formulas'
    a particular type and gives
    formula applies to a nakshatra'pada of
    comp:sing the entire life repre-
    the order of the Rasi-mahaclasas
    and that the subsidiary portions of
    sented by the nakshatra'pada
    Rasis mentioned in the formula.
    *"t, R."i.*ahadasa belong to the
    that each formula is
    The aslyologersof the other class say
    of tbe Rasi owning the corres'
    concerned only with the mahadasa
    pondingnakshatra.pada(1..e._towhichtheformulahasreference
    rule indicate the order and the
    and the letters in the mnemonic
    of the subsidiary periods of the mahadasain
    iroportion"te lengths
    such Rasi-malradasas
    qourtion i and that a life consists of several
    order of the nakshatra-padas'
    fottowing oue another in the natural
    sl. 105 ss{ftmt 1001

    the initial rrlahedasa being that of the quarter asterism occupied


    by the Moon in theilhoroscopeunder examination.
    An illustration will make the whole thing clear. Talie for
    irrstance the case of the horoscopt given in page 237 sdlrfd.
    'Ihe
    Moon's position is 9 :igns, 14 degrees, 29 minutes, 39
    seconds. These when reducedto rninutes give 17,069'65. Divi.
    ding this by 800 (the number of minutes of a star), we get 2l stars
    and 269'65 minutes. Ihe person was born after 169'65 minutes
    had passed in the 22nd star acz, Tqq (Sravaua) ld. e. after
    69'65 minutes had passedin the 2ud quarter of the star, and the
    llasFbwning this nakshatra.pada is Tula in the Apasavya chakra.
    The mnemonic formulalcorresponding to this padais arqRagfrlt-.lvt
    which when translated into figures will become 6-7-8-12-11
    ul=9f
    10-9-8-7. According to the lirst school 83 years or
    200 "
    28'90+75 years having expired before birth, about 3 years of Vris.
    chika Kuja d^sa (qia65s({n) still remain to be passedat the time
    of birth of the person concerned. The rnahadasathat follows
    next will be that of Sc-gt, then $uAfr<rJr, q{11ffit{r, qEfe.(tft,
    qf*mssiitr and gor{fmtqrr follow in their order. fhe sub-
    sidiary portions of each of these mahadasasbelong to these 9 Rasis.
    e. /., the bhuktis of the l0 years of {trgnttr will be (l) {rrgt
    l-O
    g 3x. l 0 y e a r s; (, .2\, gj _i r.T- _ .^4x l0 " \) *q_d_w_l ;.I^ 4' x l 0
    illa y e a r s ; (, 3
    J: ;rj Vears;
    (+) q-g,jr years; (si ziaq,T', years; (6)gdqgn
    %l! lrln
    1 6x l 0 g x 16
    / /r {_q- l_$-t_T. _ - U , - y c a r s ; ( 8 ) g o r g * t 6 x 1 0
    y e a r s ; (/ _
    83 --
    years ; and (9) lie*r,$',1t{f ,."rr. Sinrilarly for the other dasas.
    Thc secondschool will nraintain that the initial mab.adasa
    of
    the horoscope under reference is that of Eotgm out of whicb
    rio'f.5
    tffi * 16 or 5'57 years baving elapsed already, there is still
    l0'43 years to be,passedand the mahadasasto follow are those of
    q,.-4lgq,f.l€(h, ih4{Tq, fhTagq,
    Zcqgm and so on. The order of
    the subsidiary periods in each mabadasais that of tbe Rasis of tbe
    I c t t e r s i n t h e c o r r e s p o r l d i o gf o r * r u l a ; e . g . t h e b h u k t i s o f t h c 5
    726
    1002 rRfrffi Adh.xvil.

    years of fk€{+fin of the horoscope under reference will be (l)


    ,fitc{ T# years;(2)}q-s-q
    ffi ,"orr' (3)Ec,rgs
    fffr""r.,
    qxs ^5x5 , - , _+etqq 2 11 5
    _ - - -100
    (a) lqgq-g{ v"".r; (5) kfia=1jj r"tts; (6)
    ffi
    years;(z)wqrgqffi ,.rrr; (a)gora* t.rqfi!,""r. and (9)
    ^ 7x5
    faffiOs v""rr. The astrologers of Southern India belong
    fj
    to this latter class.
    r'iry< in his qoPiil\+t refers to both the schools in the two
    following slokas :
    eeGlnnlalfi qrqtql{qTftql;rrafiqR'ilft|
    tqi atftq q{tTqrp'ql qrr{tfirisrFqft *fiqrg: 11
    There are a number of formulas each composed of a number
    of moemonic syllables referring to the several nakshatra'padas
    beginningwith the lst pada of Aswini and giving Rasis in a cer-
    tain order. It is with referenceto the order of Rasis in these
    formulas that the Rasi-rnahadasasof which a life is to consi:;t
    should be determined. The qFFImq(Vakva Krama), nten t'f t'rnt'
    school say, should be adhered to.
    Kl q{r arqfiq{qt;ttI
    qq{aqp.,sqsdtggptr
    faqratqif'q'{ qdqlg{lql:ll
    Liluqrq*qqilsa
    .fhe initial rnahaclasaof a life belongs to the lord of the Iiasr

    owning the nakshatra-padaoccupiedby the N'loclnat the time of


    birth, being so tnuch of the liasi'mahadztsaas correspondsto the
    ghatikasthat yet remain of the nakshatra-padaand the order of the
    mahadasas follows the natural order of the nakshatra-padas
    reckoned from the aforesaid one. This is the opiuioo, say the
    sages,held bY the other school.

    $dit{t{rql ffiii*-irs{I6qq i I
    rrrftqiqTtYfr{{q ll I oQll
    wtEiqtTrrrE6(r
    Sloka106. 5, 21,7,9,10, 16 and 4 are the years
    respectivelyof the 7 planets reckoned from the Sun.
    The yean of tlre signs corresPond to the years of their
    lords.
    st 10?-109 a(qdsrqrq: r003

    il sr'(zrifiq. tl
    <qt q{Fq{goqiwtgrteqqr *( |
    oeqqril&ntqr q{fl{Ftri{*rr ( os !l
    Sloha 107. The period of antardasaof a planet in a
    rrtrfirr (Mahadasa)is found out by multiplying the iatter
    by the number of yearsassignedto the planetand divid-
    ing the product by the number of years constituting
    the entire Ayus cf the Chakra. The result will consist
    of years,monttrs,days &c.
    qinnail uffirq{r6tkEr irqilfhqnrgrfttni
    ?rRT{r
    sr6(rrrr{Tr grafliil gs€fr{r6{ltTgl lt
    TrfusTqr
    Sto&n 108. The years assigned to the lord of the
    main Chakra dasa should be multiplied into the years
    for the lord of the Rasi whereof the bhukti in the main
    dasa is required. The product is to be divided by the
    maximum life-period for the particular Navamsa to
    which the ;Froqln(Kalachakra) belongs. The result in
    the form of years, months, days and ghatikas represents
    the bhukti required- it is said in this connectionthat
    ttre lords of g;vra (Dustthana) produce abundance of
    misery and illness.

    *ci qar(tqiid'qtlcir Woq ilil;ililql il{r I


    ^ \ \ Co Qa

    SqqRfrl rtqlg(atqd {rlFd{ftrili q16"q1sll I "q ll


    Sloha 109. "I he subdivisions (watqt:-antaraJaha)of
    a eubpericd (bhukti or antardasatreatedin its turn aEE
    whole) are to be obtainedby multiplying the number of
    days composing the particular bhukti chosen by the
    number of years of the mahadasa of the planet whoge
    antara is required, and dividiug the product by th
    I004 acnfiil* Adh.xvlr.
    figure representiog the orxinum Ayus in years for the
    quarter abterism concerned. The quotient will be in
    dayr etc. In this way, the big, small and smallerclivi,
    sions of a planetary period styled Dasa, Antarclasa,
    Antara and Vidasa may be obtained.

    ffimr ilqri dr €l rq?dr ser{|


    ntr egov(fu qqnEflso{n t l, tl
    SJofr:rI l0 What is called qqq{gtrr(Sukshmadasa),
    j. c.the subdivisions of a nr{? (Nakshatra)
    or Kala,
    chakraantaracan be obtainedby multiplying the figures
    in Vighatikas of the antara in question into the number
    of years of the mahadasaof the planets sev:rally and
    dividing the producr by the number of yearsof the
    maximum Ayus appropriateto the particular Kalachakra
    or nakshatra.padaunder consideration.
    ilFrffiqirRrfl $il qwg6qqqrftftTtt I
    qfrqrhqR{&fuil}( nt t ttl
    Mgorrf <r'nirEr
    G *mqasqqrtqilqffiil wffiqrffi
    wciilss{nqf ll
    Slofta 111. When the pakaof a planetin the dasa,
    antardasa,etc. of another planet ir required, multipty
    the number representing the years of the mahadalaof
    tlp former into the figure denoting the yearst months,
    days etc. of the latter and divide the product by the
    fixed number oi years for the maximum Ayus. The
    guotient *ilt b" the paka required This rule is to be
    applied in the caee of el'ery paka that has to be found
    ouc.
    Thus ends &c.
    ilresEIE{ir
    cTRr[rTrft :
    s€qTq
    u q{Faturtqrq,ll
    AdhyaYa XVIII.

    Oli Dls,rs -rxtr ANTTRDASAS'

    qqrg*ur n,oqEF(girEn qngi{rg{ q( t


    q
    ut qu,qsttq q$ \t qqr itnrdf E{rn{ ll ll
    4
    Slola 1. Sagessay that good and evil cometo a
    personborn in this world in accordancewith the good
    and b.rd dagaire has to passthrough, I quote faithfully
    the ecsenceol whrt the sageshave said, and treat of the
    distinction between good and evil in a dasaas diffusely
    as I can.
    {org€furqql it qirf irqrgilistEilgttt I
    qfls$r t{st T{rurtqorigiliorq{il f{{FIs ll t lt
    S/oArl 2. A person attains to a voga good or bad
    exactly in accordance with the strength of planetary
    pocitions ; and the cbaracterof the dasa that he will
    L*re is dependenton the character of the yoga; and all
    that men experience in the world is comprehendedin
    the good and evil cropping up in ttre dasas; and the
    dlatiib,rtion of this good and evil should be declared
    ruitably to the conditions of the four castes'
    qrRw;E$wrgdnlqFr-
    rit Sfdflcns'l
    wqlksruu-dr
    r000 rrtt$qnwrTil AdtL XVIIL

    ffiru fraqqtilewqfr-q-
    tililrGqm,flffi"qts tt l tl
    Sloha 3. Count the etarsfrom Krittika in groups
    of nine. The planets presiding over the dasaebelong-
    ing to the nine srars composing each group are reEpec-
    tiveiy the Sun,the.Moon, Mars, Rahu, Jupiter,Sarurn,
    Mercury, Ketu and Venus respectively and their years
    a r e6 , 1 0 , ? , 1 8 , l F , 1 9 , I 7 , 7 a n d 2 0 .
    qft€{iqfrfqs{rEgeqfr;afqqn
    q{q+flan r t
    ffirit+rilqqm rqirnl qEfr'1ff6qqqqEn(gs ilBtl
    Sloha 4. Planets prove propitious when they
    have predorninant strength, in their progress towards
    exaltation,when they have more than the averagenum.
    ber of benefic dots correspondingly with the bhavas
    they dominaterwhen they occupy the l0th, the I Ith and
    the first bhavas; when they have attained to exaltation
    and other benefic vargas and lastly rviren they posress
    six-fold strength.
    ffi<rfrrqitqdlq{qrrrr ercqf+9fr$fiqqilr!
    |
    qrqtagdqrenTFqqr
    nfrrsilqoqqrtEfisilf n \ tr
    Sloku 5. But planetsproduce evil when ( l) they
    own the Rasi occupiedbv Mandi; (2) they occupythe
    bhavagcontainingMandi; (3) they are asgociated with
    fewer than the average er
    numt of benefic dots ; (a) they
    are in inimical, depressedor eclipsedsigns ; (5) they are
    in a rrrEsFt (bhava sandhi) or associated with malefic
    planets; and lastly when they occupl' portions of Rasi,
    Sandhi (which have been termedinauspicioua).
    NorE..
    For the ternr {l{HFq (bhava-sendhi), see Sripatipaddhati,
    sl. 6-8 rtEtqdsqtqr 1007

    Adhyaya I, Sloka 8.
    qilqii*rllfr qfr eq fir<twE{tqlr e{q I
    mqfi{ritqq ffig{fl of 9,il' il gqil Etn il llqll
    Stoka 6. Ascertain the Lrgna or the rising sign
    at the time of commencement of a dasa' If the lord
    thereof be in this Lagna or in the 3rd, the 6th, the 10th
    or the llth house from it, or if the Lagna be included
    in the emf lSaptavarga)o[ the lord of the dasa, i' c' iI
    the rising sign, hora, drekkana,saPtamEa, navamsa,dwa'
    dasamsa or trimsamsabe owned by the lord of the daea
    or i[ a friendly planet or a benefic one be in the Lagna,
    the dasawill prove ausPicious.
    Nottis'
    v i d , ei n f r a . s l o k a 1 4 .
    f ' h i : ; ; i u r l t h t : n e x t I r v e s l o k a s l r ; . t v eb e e t tt a k e t r l r o t r t S r i p a t i '
    rnddhati.
    qqfqrlqq g€B{q{ilgq.fr qtsqEtrrftirefq I
    {Riffiuilqqqfukqcqrft q;frs€g {Rsorftll e ll
    'Ihe
    Slctho T. Moon produces beneficial effects
    when in the houseo[ a friend of the lord of the dasaI
    or in the exaltation hou.se of the lattcr or in the ?th
    'frikona
    houae,a houseor in any one of the scec (Upa-
    chaya) houseswith referenceto the qtttanr(Daeanathha).
    (atde inf ra, sloka 14.)

    sts fli{s qilQIiqq}:s t{rE:


    I
    Qrrccr?q$lo{irTftffTtiQqrql
    miliii :t{Ftt
    aqfasf?iuqd
    dsrqaftuqtemiNql ll c ll
    Sloka 8. In the favorable positions mentioned
    tu the previous sloka, the Rasi occupiedby the Moon
    1008 urdqr{rltni Adh.xylr,
    *"ld r-r.*t,
    Wealth, etc.,at the time of birth. Thc Moon in one
    gf these favorablepositions promotes prosperity in
    respectto the bhava representedby the Rasi oCcupied.
    In the unfavourablepositions,the bhavarepresented
    by
    the Rasi(occupiedby the Moon) suffersdamage.
    qrn{+tqu€G{ORqqdlqrrogilqt{i)r r
    m;qfu'gGgqrgqr€{fu q*smqrffiR tf q tl
    Sloha 9. What has been described by the an-
    cients such as srr€ickr (Varahamihira) as the effect of
    the Moon being in his own house or thar of other pla-
    nets should be mentioned in this connection. For it is
    the Moon that producesgood and evil to be experienced
    in the form cf mental srareo(pleasureand pain).
    sinfudR qwu qt gqri*t*issmi ft qw(r
    tirgiliur ffirg ilawiqr{kilqmg{ g{ a n I o tf
    S/oAa 10. The good and evil to be experienced
    by men in the dasas or planetary periods should be
    deterrnined in accordancewith the qe (Ishta) and ru
    (Kashta) of the planet who is the lord of the daeaas
    wotked out previously (aitre eftcRcqft (sripatipaddhati)
    Adhyaya4, sloka 4).

    qftuedfi grriegd nor;lftur;qurircued


    r
    w& g rQerrQ
    sorft qil sdr i{ qMiqt tl
    Sloia i l. Men experiencegood when the
    Es
    (Ishta)portionof a planet'sinfluenceis greatly
    in .*..s,
    gf the +u (Kashta)portion. But when ih" lrir., i, pr",
    dominant,evil has to be mostly suffered. n", *i..
    the {r (lshta) and +u (Kashta)are even,the effectsare
    orgrqqlsdl*t 1009
    sl. 12
    ptanetary influence
    of a mixed kind. In alt casesthe
    rhould thus be interPreted'
    sq\fie '{q T+qGuqI
    kt';qrt qe qqg'rgrfi
    qrr{milds+iiat q ffiffi{ ilq irc{ E{rq.nlltlll
    is mentionedas
    Sloho 12. Wha'tever substance
    on Definitions)
    belonging to a planet in the (ch;rpter
    q6cwr+-Brihatjataka Adh'
    t*oio iS"ngn"an y avt. t:t i d e
    20)' and what'
    lI, sloka 12 aLo ';tr.-ttt.Adhyaya II sloka
    a planet in the
    ever catling is declared appropriate to
    Adh,' X'
    chapter on*Profession (aiii 1' w'-Brihatjataka
    what-
    sloka I etc. also er.cr. AdhyayaXV,slokas'13-50)'
    the presenceof
    ever has been spokenof as'the e{fecto[
    XVIII-1 etc'
    planetsin bhavas (ui'Je1' wr' XK'1, etc'
    *'or' VIII'slokas 3C-ll7) anclo[ their being aseoci-
    "l*o and of their
    ated witir or aspected by otlrcr planets'
    yogas)' all this
    combinations o[ yogas (exceptNabhasa
    in their
    must bc duly assign.d to the planetsconcerned
    several dasas.
    NorB,s.
    qodiftfir
    qrrqi qqqlQilfififq+il*g qq{tqn
    {qldtqfiofqaqsfit q*{R;ar
    \ \\
    ft* r
    qrqilqlqtqq
    qrifrrRqrqifi sa qFq qln{ft( ll
    Fltrlral'Jataka'
    This as rvell lrs tlttr ttcxt tw{J slol'its ttrc fr'-rttt
    o[ any plaoett
    ln predicting the several eflects of the dasa
    orrll' whrtt has
    Varahanrihirasays that it lvill not clo to nrenlion
    plr'rLicular l'rlattct
    been describcd to lxrppeu in the daserof tlrat
    (dd'au.qt.Ch.\'IlI;slcrkasi2.l8')'|Irescrvilllravctobcqctte.
    rdllysuppletrterrlcdbytirecllectsductrrcltlrcrconsideraliorr
    functionirrg as
    well , of the planet, viz., its influencedue to its
    1Z?
    1010 Etilulrft{ft Adh.xvtn.

    in tbe rasi occupied,to its assocration with other planets, to ths


    bencfic dots obtained in its Ashtakavarga, to its occupation of any
    particular decanate, Navamsa and orher vargas,
    etc. Ari these
    eflects will also havc to i.,e suitlrbl). atltleclon. Thc
    Jrarticular
    constitueot of the I(alapuruslra reprcscnterl L,l, tlrc planet, tlte
    p o l i t i c a l g r ' d e t 1 ' p i i i c dl ^ , i t , t b r ;
    l r a r t i c u l i l r r . o l , u r a s c r i b e dt o i t ,
    t h c s u b s t a n . c t y D i t l r r r l ,r ' e g e t a b l om , incral arrrl arriural kingdol'
    r e p r e s e n t eb d y i t , t h c p r e c i o u ss t o n c t v p r f i e db y i t , t h e a r t i c l e
    of
    apparel, thc cor:stituent eleruent of the body represented
    by it;
    the particular flavor ascribecr to it, trre efiects crue to ail these
    have to be 6ttingiy brought in during the dasa of the planet
    under
    consideration. l-or instance, in the sun's <rasa,shourd the
    Sun
    be ausl:iciousin thc narivity, royal favour, self satisfaction,
    acqui-
    s i t i o n o f r e d s u i r s t a n c c s ,o f c o p p c r : r u t l t h c l i l i e , c q 1 1 1 p a n y
    ef
    peopie of the ['.slratriv' r'aste, the ,1u.rlit5'of possessio'
    ;Jot..rtlncs:r,
    o f g o o d r " i t a 1e n e r g y ,e t r : , a l l t h e s ew i i l h a v c t o b e p r c c l i c t e t l
    . I{,
    the Sun be bad, the losr; of thrse has to be thought of siur.ilarty
    ;
    rn thc c:ar,e of thr: l.Ioo' and other planots. F'or fnrthcr infornra-
    tion tlre readet is rr.,ltcrre,lto thc a,alriiur (tra:ndhyayee) ,,o'1'lelt.
    t a r l ' o n t h r : ;: , 1 t . r k a .
    glrrfi"oE
    Etrrqtarciql;tRKrrr
    qsqqqi?$ct drrenuqiqri
    qr
    qiqanoiiqirn*tadq|d
    qfturqiisoTik!qsR;ff€ql,ir rr tl tr
    .S/oAal:l l)urinq thc auspiciousdasa perioclof a
    pla'rt, rnen'sirrncr soul assuures a beneficcharacteraud
    l c a C st h e m t o a r r a i n m u c h h a p p i n e sas n d w e a l t h R y
    meansof tlre effc:ts clescribed al-ro'e for the several
    dasaperiods,one can casily conjecturcthe tide of er,,ence
    a man may ha're at any particuiar period as a result of
    the effectsof the d;rsaruling at the time. Where pla
    nets are void of strengrh,the effects though sttenu;ted
    makethemselvcsfelt at leasrin drcamy reveries.
    s(Efq$lst{tcf 101I
    sl. 14
    Norrs,
    the irnet sotil
    Should the dase perioclof anl' planet lre bad'
    and nrisery aod loss ot
    ossunlesa ruaiellc character fol tlie tiure
    wealthwill be the result'
    qrfiErrftfrffii WR rI Etstl-drstft qr
    qR6qIs{EI (fl i*trrclq{l}Ig itt qlsq I
    itt'rqJqqqflnjEqci qtmEte{
    iger
    qqr €isuiiqnia gti qrqfi qldls;q$ lltBll
    a planet
    Sl,,,ftrli'l' When the lorcl of a dasa' or
    the dasa;
    f riendly to the sameis in the Lagna'initiating
    .rrrqu of this Lagnais owned by the lord of the
    *i.n
    " Lagna afore'
    dasas; when a benefic pi.,t"t oc:upies the
    in an srae (Upa'
    aaid: or when th: lorcl .of a dasa is
    lth) with respect
    chaya)position, viz', (ird' l)th' 6th' l
    prlve pros'
    ,o ttt. Lagna; the dasa in question will
    ;;;.. rfurt.n the Rasi occupiedbv the M;on happenc
    of the daga'or a
    to b" the exaltation sign o[ thc lord
    or th3 ?th
    friendly house, an Ufachaya, a Trikona'
    dasa' the effects
    housewith respect to the lord of the
    different' the
    wiil be h"ppy. If the Moon's plac: he
    effectswill be lar from haPPY'
    N()Ttr,5.

    C/' slolias 6 and 7 suqrL('


    Also c/. ir.trt+qtq
    qrht arqftog{ gef- {q {r nii4 :'l '{'t
    ql{i'l;{ I
    RI(6'.ilflFSAI Rllgqqqw{qFqsfi qt
    q..,nq
    ft qdlqfi drotqqq : fr rr{iqta{r';.
    galqnen;rnitqqft fiouq-qqrfiflqntqt{lt
    qo-.liGqt

    d*e g* g€Adnrq feq4t'iorqfauurrdg


    t
    L0t2 lrrde'ttRllle Adh.XVIII

    qqrqrilrsr rTrTrqTfh
    qFE:{Jrrtfiqisrqqr ta.flteqrr
    l . S o n r ci n t c r p r r : it t a s r e f e r r i n gt o t l r e I _ n g u l ( i n a n n t i v i t ] , )
    al birth.

    2. That is when tlre lord ot the dasa is the owner of tbe


    Lagua Rasi, Lagna l{ora, I-agna I)ecanate, I-agna Navamsa,L:rg-
    ua f)wadasamsaror Lagua Trirrrsarusa.

    g€if er q.lsVrniri:fq 4t ,- rnn}. also he Interp.eterl thus :


    " O r i f a i r i c u d l l ' p l a n e t . r a b e r e . f i r :. ' e h e i r r t h c V a r g e o f t h e .
    lord of tbe dasa," or " rf the lord of the rl:rsabe in the Varga of a,
    friendly or bene6c planet."

    oslRsrJdrqstlEl C* gEtitqqr
    q|*ril gqftrfieqgil€ilIsumi grq. I
    ** ErqR *urrrsftgqqrqrqriHqgrqils
    Ail*q-{tg i q'{rsilff E{rqtgrq. n t\ tl
    Sloia 15. When the lord of r dasa ripe for frui,
    tion happensto be in a swakehetraor in its exaltation
    or in a friendly houseor in an sqar (Upachaya) place
    from the Lagna or has the aspecton it of a benefic or a
    friendly planet, its dasa and bhukti will be favourable.
    When a Kendra or a Kona is occupied by an exceeding,
    ly benefic planet and the 3rd, the Grhand the llth
    bhavasby malefic ones,there will be prosperity during
    the dasaof those amongthem that are $trongand occupy
    their exaltationor other such scqq (Upachaya)places.
    Cy. qodirqqr
    qqTqril
    nlqdi fiorrqirar,drqg€{qeq:r
    aqngEWt nsrit qarflqaAqiidE dq u
    d{e gqlqwdqn:
    nn}sedisg,rgft
    gi a)t{qqrfr}Rqqil qqcqq,iqaJ:I
    Sl. 16-18 iirgrE{llstlrq: r0l3

    {;ir{itsfqfcax,iroi<gri gqfafartnrft
    rar g.ra' qflwqr an4oiuisoq.tt
    q;irqftgftfrt{rqi gi* {ri q-{qorrrnrftu
    t
    {r*rfrg{orrrft*iq rmnarig atnq{r n tq ll
    S/oArr16. If cwo planetsbe mutually friendly and
    have six fold strengch, there will be prosperity during
    t h e i r d a s aa n t l b h t r k t i . B r r t i f t h c t w r ) l ) 1 . ] r ) ettrse i n i m i ,
    crl and wclk, th:ir qrr (Paka) anJ -.{q{rt(Ap.rhrra) may
    cntail evil.
    Cf. qo{rFra,r
    q-qfi qrfrnpj\ilaE *i-l ftgqfla.tqr r
    q,irfqi+r
    qlaa qarqgili errrtrddrqnr{isr,il il4rdiqtl
    qqt* ilf,r{q;ri.Eg{
    6irit {TSrETrir: g{ qr t
    gri g{6frqinq qfr qmq qrt iqg{ EE?iilgllull
    Sloha 17. A planct produces ius effect upon the
    bhava it occupiesduring its dasa,this effcct being good
    or had ac.cordingto the natrrre o[ the planet. If the
    planetlre a b.:neficone, good is t,; be expected, say the
    astrologers,during its dasa, to the bhavaconcerned; if
    the planct bc malefic. the bhavawill suffer evil.
    cf. u,t*iua;
    {frr4rr:ir{rrfniinrqdqlqqtdrfisflfr S{lq I
    g:rqii.iariinr* rioq{ tt
    flqi1ft:srErTqr{ra(
    rTtTqn;E(terE(tnsKrgluil
    $'AA
    t|r(
    qrnffiiler frqor qRflqfi-e t
    iqqqiurqiiru Errrrrft
    fr,i r,aiq{ft fr{qotf.firelll tc tt
    1014 crdscrfrent Adh. XVIII.

    S/ota 18. The dasaof a planecwiil be very auspi-


    cious wh':n it is in conjunction with a beneficpianet.
    If it be in.conjunctionrvith e nraleficone,its dasr.when
    ripening will be berrenof cifecr. If thc plarrctconcern'
    ed be asscciatedwith one of rnixed nature ar:d be
    neither weak nor strong, ite dasa and apair;rr.r will ba
    characterized by effectsof mixed nature.
    qqEteq E{tqERiTqt$fAqruitungnd,
    I
    flgq?i qlqfrqqrq qr*si\giti gdr(a{ qrdr: il lq tl
    S l o l a 1 9 . W h a t e v c r b e t h c m e t a i a s s i g n e dt o a
    planet,the acquisition of property in thac metal takes
    placedurir)gthe dasaand apabaraof rirat planet. if the
    planetconcernedexert a malcfic infiucacc the property
    i n t h e m e t . r l w i l l d i m i n i s h d u r i n g i t s d a s a; b u t i f t h e
    influencebe benefic,the properry v"'ili receivcaccession.
    €qiltrAq{Rrqqrh fiqdgfi{€inopi{r{{ |
    qisdsqqtrni[ifirA
    C C \ Caa..
    nqirfrrt rq-qi]a{T<tsil Ro tl
    Slohu2A. f)ririn,-1 thr: ilasaof a planet lssocirted
    w i t h a h o s t i l eo n e ,e n , 3 m i ewsi l l m u l r i p l y a n da l l u n d c r ,
    t a k i n g sw i l l l a i l . O f r v h l t e v c r b u s i n c s so r c o n c e r na
    planetis a karaka(promotcrl,tliat concern r,vrllsucceed.
    as the wise say, dtrring th: d;rsr o{ thrt i-''irnet.
    qisr{ffiitgrq{q c.rt a;urifqfq qqiq{pTrqI
    r. {g^ ' '. Ca \ -
    qI( iSFfiqIfr qt(Ril ?F;FI4IEilI{qqIIRqII
    gIIEI{T5TTT
    S / o l c ? i . l f m e n ' s s u c c e s *i n a b r r : ; i n r sosr c o n *
    :ern bc the "iririrct oi inqurrr'. clt.: ;r.',tr(rlo.,.'- shuri.rlJ
    predict tiic sui:cessoi the concerndurrnq tirc dasaof th-'
    p i a n e tt i r r : i s t n e p r o l n o c e ro f t n ' . ) n c > r t lj r r q u e s t r o n
    li the rnfiuenceof tirr pl"rn,:th: ior gi.rod,t)r,:prospcricy
    sL22-23 aH{rrsqtqr 1016

    ;,
    cern will be a failure.
    t|EIAffiq{tsifl rsE{I fl!ilntTEltql
    tqdqflq qrfi€qtetEantqatI
    qfr eq}qqiitititqir
    qd'{r{rE{rrnrt
    *qrq E{K{r{€qi qilffiffi{ lt Rl ll
    Sloka 22-. Royal favor is usually sccuredduring
    the dasaperiod of the planet that is the karlka of royalty
    (viz. Jupiter) or owns the bhava representing it (6th
    bhava). The worship of the deity represented by a
    planet comeson o?rcl)cs during the period of the ripen'
    ing of its dasa. Perfection in the practice of religious
    austerities,good works. etc., may be predicted to come
    on during the advent of the dasaof the lord of the thh
    bhava. The palmy time for sacrifices and other meti-
    torious rrtes will be during the dasaand apaharaof the
    lord of the 10th bhava.

    uit,{qi qnnuriqrqi
    {Tiqlitlraqffi
    wqqlfr{q{qqrfirr$fr( W w€q.I
    cdqiiiaq{qe qioq: qft rficqisd'
    qurrriErrileqtqfti qr+T,ei{r {t( u R1tr
    Sloku 23. During thc Pakalu,J bhukti of a pianer,
    the predominant qurlity chlracterisingic whether siE
    ( S a t v a )w e l R a j a s ) a n d a r < ' . I a m a s ) ( u i r i eA d h y a y a 2 ,
    sloka 26) generaliymanifestsitself. Tnis manifestation
    io(eruns or inauguratesche davaof the planet in caseit
    should occupy one of the I asterisuls lroln the nrccl
    (-ianmarksna).But if the pianec'sposition be in one of
    tire 9 astcrisnas from the +:Sqi(Karmarksha), thc maniies-
    r016 rntqrltqrt Adh. XVIIL
    tation advertedto will takeplace sometime after the
    dasabasset in. When the placeof the planetis among
    the niile stars from the onqrd(Adhana), the manifesta_
    tion in questionwill not takeplace,or if it takesplace
    at all, it will be only so long as the dasalasts.
    Norrs.
    For q;rrqi,+riqiand ql.qrndde supra Adhyayag, Sl. Zg.g0.

    Cldfqwnrtizr qrfi{r su4 qh I


    flil* *qfrqqrrstrEln Rutl
    Efrqqss
    Sloka,Z4. A planet in a Sirshodaya sign yields
    fruit at the initial portion of the period of life influenced
    by hirn. But the samc planet in a Prishtodaya sign
    does it at the final stage. Bur if lre shouid be in a sign
    which bas both the characterisrics,he becom:s fruitful
    at all times.
    c/. lro,.'ifr+t
    miq uinqscrtqqf+'lfts-sqsqqligr+ir; ll
    q}{q q{rrRvrqfiqftrgi{iruqril-
    reatfrTqte{ffgq{d fl*sr6rtsqq11
    dqffirq{fuqn qtqtrhqilmlqfi .
    itqmqilrufuwtrqrsqifiqtn rrr\ tl
    Sloha 25. The dasa of the lord of the 6th bhava
    may leadto waiiing and lamentation. During the paka
    or the apaharaof thc lord of the [Jth bhava, dcath may
    set in. When the dasaor apahara of thc lord of tlrc
    ?th bhava is in proqress, a near relative may be lost.
    Without overlooking the above, the astrologer may
    predict prosperity in general during the apaharaor
    bhukti of planerspresiding ove: the asterisms termed
    raq (Sampat), trr'** f Sadhaka),'iia ( Ma i rra),ntnie (Parama
    maitra)and hrl (Kshcma).
    sr. 26-2? qg|qft$qfrt 1017

    NorBs.

    The terrr.rsn;q, ;6q and orltTtdhave been explained already in


    Atlhyaya 9, slokas 78-80. The nine stats counted from any one of
    t h e a b o v e t h r e e a r e t e r m e d r e s p e c t i v e l y( t ) i l q ( z ) t ' { t ( l ) R q q
    (+)tq (s) mgr (r-,)arra (7)e"r(8)tt au.l(s) crclq.
    c/, qotnQqt
    q tri iirrq {$, gcsffr
    qirrqlfrqa&ai
    '1un orisqqHrTq{: q}rtql} aq{ ll
    f,Irnqa{s{ ffinfa{R dEeqqqiqq
    qTe;rq
    ntt firfbqsffi1ffr gilqq I
    airrrrgfi rr]+frqqqqr
    rnqtfit"ilRfr
    qrRaiisqq tflqrit -qrqlaqfli€?q. ll
    f*qoelort{itq qrqfusftg{or t
    il{{rqi ufr iiraq €drrfrqii qlqr( ll lq ll
    'When,
    cyclic divi-
    oneof the three cycllc
    Sloha 26. When, in one dlvl-
    sions into which the twelve bhavas may be arranged
    under certain conditionsfor Ayurdayapurposes,there
    is a maleficplanet devoid of etrength,the pereoncon-
    cernedmay comeby his deathduring its dasa. ln case
    the weak planet in queetionhappensto be benefic,all
    will go well.

    ilitfusdffifisq{t
    ii{mrqqilfitarftn {itlsoxil ll 1\ell
    Sloha27. When the dastof a planeto;' .'t,"rrga
    t{€ia{ lRiksba,Sandhi)is in progreEs,a pergLr'"may
    be afflictedwith sorrow and diseare. Wben a planet
    has progreseed no further than the 30th desreeof a Rasi,
    its daeamay producedeath.
    128
    1018 crtrsqtltfrt Adh.XVIII

    ffie\ ff'qft * qarqq s qf{ aqu€q} a{ril'f I


    qrii g{ agger.aftdaEtrqnqilriiriq n Rd tl
    Sloha 78. A planet occupying irs depressionat a
    birth is not competentto produce good effects,nor is
    anotherassociatedtherewith. if the depressedplanet
    b e i n c o n j u n c t i o nw i t h R a h u , i r m a y d o h a r m ; a s a l s o
    the planet occupyinga house owned by ic and rhe one
    r:wning its depressionRasi.
    ffiqsrildi,{ruritqr$tqTfidr i};gq[.u{gfir I
    ffiiqr* qRrrrartcuratqrd xnii*uq$fr;e'r nq,o.
    Sloka 79. When any one of the sever,ribhav;rs
    s u c ha s t l r e L a g n ai s t h e s u b j e c tc i i n q u i r y ,a n d r v h e n a
    p l a n e te x c e e d i n g l -irn' i m i c a l t o t h e l o r d o f t h e b h a v a
    u n d e rc o n s i d e r a t i o n. o c c u p i e sa h o u s ev o i d o f b e n e f i c
    d o t s ,t h e a s t r o i o g e rr,e i v i n g u p o n t h e u n a n i m o u sd e c l a -
    ration of eminent sages:may announce that the bhava
    i n q u e s t i o nw i l l s u f f e ra n n i h i l a t i o nd u r i n q r h e r i p e n i n g
    o f t h e d a s ao f t h e i n i m i c a lp l a n et r e f e r r e ct io ,
    qftmrftirqqqr
    wqterrrqilqnrrEfiir
    \o
    m*qqqqnq'{Rwtgrd faerru{qI
    rrrnrqa
    erdr;qwqqgqEqcilr iq q{
    n{ f}ih}iqiq rrQotl
    tsrmmqqdfieqqqir
    S i o h a 3 0 " T h e d a s ap e r i o d o f a p l a n e t o w n i n g a
    flqrtrlFr(Eadhasthana) as well as of rhe one associated
    t h e r e w i t hl e a d st o d i s e a s ed, i s t r e s sa n d o t h e r s u c he v i l s .
    During the dasaand apaharaof a planet occupyinga
    Kendra from the srweilq (Badhasthana),sorrow and
    tcreign travel wiii crop up. lf two planetsoccupy the
    sl.3l slgTq{tsrqr{rt 1019

    Sth and the 8rh pl4cesin respectto each other, the


    astrologermry prediccdanger,exile or someuntoward
    eventduringtheir paka and apehrrai but if the planeto
    in questionbe benefic and friendly,th: effect will be
    m ix ed.

    and qrs-i^r" n"o"::l;:.


    sir{rr2nd '*
    3Ti6€(rliiqi eTlqirqiifi'n q qrqrqrt faft;err
    n,iiqt drqrJtqqr{i 4;1g \trf}ft *Rqrg: 1g
    qiftqitql qri' ert{qqt<\'mrrq t
    ?'trstiffdflF-\*t et{xtg"qi1 11
    'ilrrherr
    i h c I - a g n a ( * l i c t l r e i c , i l ) i 1 ' t ho r o f q u e r y ) i s a r n o v e a b l e ,
    rrnmor"ealrlo er dual sign), tlre I I th, the 9Lh and the 7th places
    ihc:-efrorn talien in order arc tertrletl :it{JBfl{{: or troublous positions.
    'l'hc
    p l a n e t o r v n i n g a ' { l r l l q - i i i Ta s u ' e j I l s t h c o n e o c c u p f i n g i t o r i t s
    'uidc .'\tlhl'al'a 2' s/. *8).
    I{en<ira iq caliecl 1t'{.1i. (,\iso

    q* q1ffiq{ril }T4frqEq{irElqf}qrft+r*
    wqr{rqnuCx+arqgrqritqiiqd}qcl TtTt(|
    {rq{ii.i ftqft g€fq( gkn"q}qqffitll (tt
    I11tll
    {r;ffiqriirqsiqqfrqqrfaqiiiiieU.ura}it
    Si'',,trz31. if the planet ripening the fortune of a
    personat any time be the one termed{te (Deeptha)(ttide
    Adh, 2, slokas ltj 13), he will becomea king rvith an
    abundanceof wealch, fame, prtronageand iearning to
    makehim happy ; if a stul (Swasch,r),he rviil hrve
    eecuredto irim the beneficsof old traditions, religious
    observancesn the hearing of pious homilies, exceeding
    comfort, health and wealth ; if a g,ia (M'rdicha), its
    gifts co lrim rvill be in the form of royal favour, pow
    and worldiy happtncss; if a ttta (S.rntha),the effe
    r0n arrdsqrftfrrt Adh.XVIII.

    will be exemption from ailments,happiness, prosperity,


    the goodwill of the rulersand a spirit of errterprise.
    q* drilq ftqrftiqqffiq sftfkq{qEn,
    ffiftilt$qqgil{itr {tGaqrr({r I
    ilt ilit'{ tr,i ftffiq{firr nirtirnrlqrerq
    Pqqb{n€urq dtr?qqFitriia0atqfiftr 1R
    S/oAo 32. Whcn thc drsa of a planct tcrmedton
    (Saktha) is in fruition, a person rvill evincda predilec,
    tion for learning,educrtion,money,religiousausteritiee,
    acquieitionof supernaturalporversand works of charity.
    During the proqress of the dasaof a planet called,ftfla
    (Peedita),a person may hav,:to apprehenddangerfrom
    robbers,enemiesand the rulers of the land, or lose an
    younger brother. Distrcss is all the legacy that a {ta
    (Deena) planet could leave. The dasa of the ill-condi,
    tioned planet termed iaoo (Vikala) leads to distress
    and disease; that of a ,ao (Khala) produces mental
    anguish; and laetly,the planet in the dfa (Bheerha)state
    keeps the person urrder its infuence irr dread of
    adversariee.

    ftoeeildrrilqdnut*;grqrqtg q& r
    qurftsftEr[rriur d g,i iTrsgqqEtql!n QQtl
    S l o f r a 3 3 . N o t e d o w n t h e s ef o u r s t a r s : v i r . ( l )
    the cne occupied by the Lagna; (2) that occupied by
    the Moon ; (3) that indicatedby the name of the perEon
    concerned: and (4) that occupiedby the Moon at the
    time of the query. Ascertain which of theseis Etrongest.
    Starting with the dasa of the lord of this predominant
    star and following the order of the aakehatra dasas,
    sL 34-35 sTgrErirsIqtq: l02L

    astrologersof eminence annQuoce th: good or evil


    falling to the lot of the person concerned'

    siqfff{{Ro{fi il Wlifiifrr qurqorr?t


    ftrlqiltc{g{ q tt s{f:a (tqFqs(itilulr( 18
    Sloka 34. If the ltasi containing the vica (Ut-
    panna)nakshatra(vide next sloka) be stronger than any
    referreclto in the preceding sloka, it is tluitc possible
    th.rt the psrson about wirern clivination is to b: made,
    may get the {ruits of all rhe drsas of his life calculated
    from the Utpanna nakshatraas the starting point' It is
    to be understoodas a genetal rule that ail pl'rnetshave
    a tendencyto work evil at thc cnd of their severaldasas.

    EFIIqtiqteK qaqq{rsq}iqqdil Ettt


    tlTtElqr;K{rrsqdi;sqHiltqt;qErcqtqil |
    wqt iq qilEtrtattqi {igqEl $rta$It
    areqrircrnqq'Tii*qqqed{ilqd}et ll 1\ ll
    Slofta 35. Ascertain the 5th, the Sth as well ag
    the ,{th star from ate* (Janmarksha),i' e' the star occtt-
    pieclby the Moon at the time o{ a person'sbirth' Cycles
    o{ dasasarc calculated {rom every one of these as the
    starting point. Tlre ,Jasacounted from the 5th is called
    vua (Utpanna) ; that from the 8th, $Itsrt (Adhana);
    tl',at fiom the 4th, &u (Kshema). It the dasas in these
    cycleahave their ends iallying with eachother or with
    s"cQt
    the end of the dasataken in the same order from
    (Janmarkoha),f. e. giving the same number of yeart'
    monthe,etc., it is a sign that the life of the person con'
    cerned is to end with the dasa. In the case of people
    endowed with short, long and mediumlives, the denise
    rc?2 qRf|FTTTGilil
    Adh. XVIII.

    will happenat the closeof the 3rd, the ?th and the 5th
    dasarespe:tively.
    cf , sil{rd
    sreqrgilqqrae
    firqr} qft e{( r
    Erf,qqEqt q]t q,g,}A efidit rt
    ,iiqtg.iiqqrdTni
    qqrT0 sftdit r

    n frqfurd{Tr
    rr
    qraisfa
    iEtqrii$"rqqanrRiiqiq({rqse"rTrI
    artwrgqrqjqanr {qt qqrr
    fisutrrsr;qrq
    n lE il
    S l o h o 3 6 . I f t h e b i r t h o f a p e r s o nb e d u r i n g
    day
    time, his exit from the rvorld is to ba thus derermined;
    Add tlrc figures for the Sun and Srrurn, and find our
    t h e a s t e r i s ma i ' r dt h e p o r t i o n r i r er eo f i n d i c a t c db y t h i s
    totai. In the c€rq{rr(mahaJasa)of this asierism, frnd
    out which period correspcndsto the particuiar portio'
    of the star already found. Ihe deach of the person
    c r : n c e r n ewd i l l o c c u ra t t h i s p o i n r o f t i m e . i f r h e b i r t h
    be during night, add the f iguresfor cheMoon and Rahu
    ;
    ascertainas beforethe particularperiod of the mahadasa
    c o r r e s p o n d i ntgo t h e p o r t i o n o f r h e a s t e r i s mi n d i c a t e d
    by the total, This will give rhe rime of itr?or(Niryanaj.

    u Sib*qrrrrr
    gfb*ike'aqilqil ilw qsitqil |
    uamrtq q(gqil il Qetl
    rrslifir-rEqtird
    Sio,trl il?. Ascertain the asterism occupied by
    Mandi at the time of a p.r-qon'sbirth. The drsa of
    Gulika is reckoned from this srar. The lords of the
    R a s i a n d t h e N a v a m s a o c c r r p i : d b y G u j i k aa s w c l l a s
    sl. 38 agr{frsqrqr 1023

    t h e p l a n e ti n c o n j u n c t i o n ( / i / c r n l l v c o ' o p 3 r a t i n gw) i t h
    the Upagrahaare death-dealing plan':tsin tir: horos:one.

    R T[sqil ll
    iiirrrRrg* q ilqrir inttflf {Eilf I
    irrsrRrii*ud Tfl q{ii lrr Errrll lc ll
    | | iqilsnsi
    ft a'qreqriqqE{Isqld€ng
    q'fag*qE{I(* q;rufr
    5i c,ta 38. The lords of chetwo eighth piaces urg:
    <ari (Ayusthaney),the Suuand Venus, as alstltire Moon
    a n d M a r s a r e c a l l e d K a r a k a s ;t h e f i r s t t w o , o f t h e
    native'sq€q-Ayus (.:{riretrg:-Jathasyayuhu); the second
    pair, of the iather ; the thjrd, of tire mother' Firrd the
    dasacorresponding to that one amongthe three r{otrr?r
    (SoolaRasis)of a Karaka,wirich tl're conditions of the
    horoscopeunclerexaminationmay pclintto and f ind also
    w h e n t h e d a s am a y b e i n p r o g r e s s . T h i s d a s a ,i " e . t h e
    dasar:f the iord of the qorrflr (SoolaRasi) pointed to by
    the horr-rscope may prove €gr (Mrrtyuda) or fatal.
    NoTri:.
    T l r c s l o k a r s l e r l ' l e r s c . 1 4 . t r t c u o r d t n gl o t h e + z c f l i e d e q t
    (l(atapayarli sankhl.:rlsigni{iestire nurnber8. Iiere tire dual fhT{r
    thc lords oi the trvo r\r'us-
    l ) o i n t st o t h e t W o p l i i n e t s t l r a t u rc
    *{aqeqt{gi -r a7j, t'i2., t}rc stl ^nd the 3rci
    thanas (-lui ralqr:
    'I'he
    p J a c e sf r o r n t h e 1 a g n a . i u t e r p r e t a t i o l lg i v e n a b o v c i s t u r t h e r
    s r r p p o r t ebdY t h e f o l l o r , r ' i n g : - -
    " r[ag*,,ii:qtufteq;fi:I t;qn{iiiqdt" (ifqdt).
    ', q,i,tpie'iifi"quii qajiq fiq*nr, @l(.r
    q;e*q{liil qfr g qrq{Iifi:" (n1e+oa).
    The , : 1 ; E { o f t h e s c c c n c lh a l f i s d l ( ' T g f i q g { q l { ? l i R l d i l t
    'I'he
    qe{t-{t i{l q(l qrfr ott 6g{r ll word rir'1er is brought in fronr
    1024 qrdEqrft{ril Adh.xvrn.
    the preceding sloka. {,oqi (Soolarksha) is the 8th Rasi from the
    place occupiedby the I{aral<a or its 7th, whichever of them is
    found to be stronger. flWi meansthe {Loli and its triangular
    signs.
    Soola dasasare helpful to {ind the if,ch (Niryana) of auy par-
    ticular relative signilied by tbe liaraka under consideration.

    ilffirffifuilUtGS dtg

    frqiFqissqsEgtsfu
    qrsfrs{ n lq tl
    dtqrftwqgetg
    SJoftc39. Shouldthe signs representing the Rasi
    and other Vargas (Hora, Drekkana, Saptamsa, etc.,)
    occupied by the Karaka under considerationhappento
    be etrong either by the aseociationof, or aspectby,
    benefice, one may predictgoodresulteat the yearsigni,
    fied by tbe numberof years allotted to the lord of thc
    respectivesignrepresenting the Varga(according to the
    Udu dasasystem)increased by 6. But if the sign happens
    to be eitlier the debilitation or inimical house of the
    karakaplanet,or be also occupiedor aspectedby a
    maleficplanet,onq hasto divine only evil duringthc
    oaidyears.
    Norts.
    The above uieaning is only tentative. "orfrq{tot{cqiFtiigig"
    has been taken to nreanas " rvith 6 years added." As it is not
    explicit as to to what uunrber this ti sli,..ruld
    be added, it is inter-
    preted as the years accordiug tu lhe Udu dasa systeur allotted to
    the lords of the several vargersoccppiedbl' the karaka in questiou.

    ll TlarE{rfhtqrtl
    qr Se-
    liild{qaf {d eqi\QqroJ{*iir
    frqtqaq{r Rtqnoil {Fqrftaqrsil{|
    sl. 40-42 qgrqt'isqtqt 1026

    ({ qqgif g ilqltrqs qr{ g slT{eFI


    \\ \ \ n. ^\ A .

    tAeo
    E?nqqr?ir{ril q-sgitt€ ({rqi {urq ll 8o ll
    Sloka 40. If at a birth, the planet owninq the
    asterismor the Navamsa occupiedby the Moon ahould
    aspectthe latter or be in conjunction rvith it, the Kala.
    chakra dasaeof these planetswill be fraught with the
    specialeffectsto be mentioned. Diseasecrops up when
    the iq (Deha) of the dasasin question is associatedwith
    an evil planet; and diiziness when such a planet occu-
    pieo the fre (Jeeva) If both the tE (Deha) and *q
    (Jeeva)be occupied by malefic planets, and the evil
    influence thus become overpoweringly strong, death
    will follow as a consequence.

    uerqr-atfurr
    qrfrftorUuirqfi aqurqt
    qililqERwri
    rgrriutrnqt
    fitqf,i Tq{rqilwi.Rruri
    *.qq ftqqftfti rr{d}( tt;itsu Bt tl
    Sloha 41. If a malefic planer occupy the Lagna,
    aotrologerssay thrt during the progrcst of its dasa,there
    will be much distress and disease,loss of wealth,and
    risk from rulers and foes, when the apaharabelongeto
    a maleficplanet. The effeccwill be wholly mixed in
    the apaharaof a benefic planet.
    oqt&qqtr*t6 qrqudi IIESTT{
    |
    tq*gq.i q{ qqFe affiffir{FTqn Bq tt
    Sloha 42. Durirg the rime of the dasaof the lord
    of the Lagnaand the bhukti of a male{icplanet therein,
    1'z9
    l0t6 Cltr'tqrfufr Adb.xvilL

    aEtroiogersunanimously say that there will be much


    evil to be apprehendedtaking in the form of disease,
    death or loss of place.
    qilfuqfirrqrt q'quffl rn{qq I
    *rfigRtqq qM a d'uqr ll 81 ll
    S/oln 43. At the time the dasaof the lord of the
    Znd bhava is in progress and in the bhukti of Saturn,
    loss of wealth,and quarrel with frienCsand relations
    will undoubtediycrop up.
    qilftqr qrq€ft vR erq {rrqnqiriiaRifirunqI
    qrqrFEi(sqt n}n rr BBl!
    q;rtqrrqiffirTr{rqrgs
    Sloka 44" If the lord of the 2nd bhava be malefic,
    astrologersdeclaretirat there will be ioss of wealth
    during the antardasas of Saturn, Mars, Rahu and the
    Sun. The sameholds good when a malefic planetoccu,
    p i e st h a t b h a v a .
    qnflqar qiq€q€d{ arFirt{rqtlk ^nqrouiqrq
    r
    qnr?iiilrifrqaiailuriqrn€stii\xiqriqifr nsqtt
    S/ola .15. When a malefic planet occupies the
    2nd bhava,the person concernedwill have to suffer
    during the antardasaof that planet througlr the ill-will
    of the ruler of tl're land, lossof honor, loss cf wealth,
    i m p r i e o n m e n ti ,o s s o f h i g h s t r t u s a m o n gm e n ,a r t dm a y
    incur the hatredof his friends.
    qrq{i frtqiilqart qrqri}qt'Trrriiq=Rlutt{
    I
    wa{{mqRrrw}t{:d wrrrfe gqrf}qiEIltsq li
    Slolc .i{1. If a rnaleficplanetowning the 3rd bha
    va tre associatedwith ;r pianetalso malefii:, troubiervill
    cometo tire per$onconcernedthrougirthe instrumenta'
    sl. 47.-4s qgrqli$|lrql 10s7

    lity of foes,weapons and tbieves during rhe antardasa


    'Ihis
    of maleficplanets. is not an unlikely result even
    when the lord of the 3rd bhavain questicnis associated
    with a beneficplanet.
    gft*urn+rihqqsuriqqnrrtitrt{t}TriludI
    nrr ot x qainrurirriihi{Rqa*iiirq;ll 8e ll
    Sloka 47. Dtrring the dasa of the lord (when
    maiefic)of the 3rd bhava and in the bhukti of Saturn
    Mars, Rahu Ketu or the Sun an astrologermay gene'
    rally predict lossof brorhersand sisters,or, at all events,
    a m i s u n d e r s t a n d i nwgi t h t h e m .
    frni\Erqrqgtttq qrhC qrq{{Ufk6lbI
    ttuclI
    srt;gfi q.gqiitti{ uuqrftdrf}u?anrmgr
    Sloku 48. At the ripening of the dasaof the lord
    of the 4th bhavr, when other than benefic, and during
    the bhukti of a maleficplanet,astrologerssay tlrere will
    be loesof place,quarrelwich relatives, damrgeto agri-
    culture and kindred pursuics'to cattle and to weaith'
    qHrqElw[ttgaufttwq
    qr* lfloqqiqsgdrffi${sI
    dt qiqarwri gaftnorrr-
    gritaq;gutom{iltsi{iqqll 8\ ll
    S t o k a 4 q . I n t h e d a s ro f t l t : l , r r d o f t h c 5 t h b h a v a ,
    when a mal<:ficplanet has its ap;tirara,astrologerssay
    there wili bc danger to be apprehende<l frcm the sove'
    rcigr.r,or a dc:rrson mav fail ili. llut dirrirg the apehera
    o[ a bencfrrplanet, there will be accesgionof wealth
    ani c.hilttren, kind attentions {rom the rulers and kins-
    men and the attainins of what is wished tor.
    1028 qr|Fcrftlre Adh.XVIII.

    qD{qmrqig glmui
    g$'r tnqo{{ 6q(i I t}rq t
    qr* qoeurqtqrqorqili
    qffffituqet q fiqt qEF( tr \o tl
    S/o&c 50. .Wise rstrologers say that in the dasa
    of the lord of the 6th bhavaand in the bhukri of planets
    not benefic. a perBon has to apprehend danger from a
    king or from fire ; he may suffersome misfortune or
    becomeliable to disease In the dasaof the lord of the
    ?th bhava and in the apaharaof a planer in the <qq
    (Khala)state,the personconcerned nray lose his wife
    and becomea wanderer.

    ftgrrdqmrrtrtturi
    GqqrftElrrnt
    wffirfiihrwc{ qnr;gidEr{tq I
    qft qM{qtq rrwiiqnjRqqfqfi
    ud qrqfrrTintrr
    frqonfdq ftd{qq.n \t tl
    Sloho 51. During the dasaof the lord of the 8th
    bhavaand in the apaharaof a malefic planet, rhe astro,
    loger may prerJictrisk from foes, loss of life, of wealth,
    of fame, rambling about or ejection from a placeof
    honor. Durins the bhukti of a malefic planet in the
    dasaof the lord of the gth bhava,the evil cropping up
    may be deathoF parents,accrualof iniquitieE,imprison,
    ment and waste of wealth.
    rilrw norzuTrseqt ud qqrqd\ai
    {sr$ qqi{€giig€q{ililfi' a i{w+q I
    q;cnr*qufiuUifisqioritrqrt grci
    rqdtqfiil{ri tqwi fiqrq ard f}gr l \R tl
    sI.52-55 engrqfrstqrq! 1029

    10th bhava in the co (Khala) state ripens, there will


    crop up, during the gftn (bhukti) of maleficplanets,sick-
    nessto those that are dearly loved, removal from office,
    loes of comfort and fame, and waste of money. In the
    dasaof the lord of the 1lth bhavaand during the bhukti
    of Saturn,Mars, the Sun or Rrhu, th:re may be affliction'
    ruin of aqricultural and other opsrations' danger from
    tire sovereign and loss of wealth.
    aqtltqri rRq;Efiqud qornqqffgi({ |
    qsH{ qnq;rer{q sqft{uri iiqfritqlEsll \1 ll
    Slohu 5i). When the dasa of the lord of the l2th
    bhava is in progress and when the bhukti of the Sun,
    Saturn or Mars has set in, the persrn concerned, $&Y
    the astrologers,will be at variance with his wife, sons
    and relations,and will suffer loss of strength,of honor
    and of wealth. During the bhukti of Rrhu, he may be
    e x p o s e dt o r i s k f r o m P o i s o n .
    qFgii qr qwi ;ttgtt{ |
    wq'FrTqEuqqrsud
    ll \8 ll
    qrqfrattqlqsru 6g Efifrow?ofrtg
    Slokrt.t';4. During th" d".i and bhukti of planets
    which occupy the 6th or the 8th placefrom each other,
    men suffer loss of place or lose of life. During the dasa
    and antara of two weak planetsoccupying the samebha'
    va, the death of the person concerned may be preCicted.

    src*R{rr<tqnrriI
    qrqi mq sttffiqrri{6qit a tmt ll \\ ll
    Stohu llt. When the drsa of a maleficplanet is in
    progress,and the antardasaof a planet likewise malefic
    1030 GUTMITi A,Jh XVIIL

    htt let iq the death of the person concernedwill surely


    tahodrc.
    ilflftrril! qHIstrffitfumr t
    ffitqr*gfirffqEnqt €fr.t+( tt \q tt
    Sloka 56. If malefic planetsoccupy a malefic Rasi
    and be asaociatedwith or aspected by inimical planets,
    thc dcath of the person concerned will happenduring
    the daEaof such malefic planets.

    qdfrftqtq qs {{{ffiq Wq;ffi;ili I


    Irguldf {iq;i qrqrizrqfrqqr n \s tl
    q

    Sloka 57. Mark the planet rl'ratis inimical to the


    lord of a €€ (Mrityu) dasr During thr bhukti, antara
    rnd rukshmadasa of this inimicrl planet. the time of
    deethof the personconcernedwill indeedcome. There
    need be no doubt of this when the inimical planet
    hrppene to be malefic.

    SilRffr{qgrral Errq{Qr
    qrflitri qoq{ilffiqrfiqQ I
    €s"rs{ sqoflqfEqqtrqf
    rtTiiliftTn{Tqi
    uurrgnql: tt \d ll
    S/ofta 58. It is at the outset of thc dasaof a male,
    fic planetthat the effect of its being in its exaltationor
    other varga will appear. Tts influence over the bhava
    and the iike that it presides o rer will be felt in the
    piddle of the dasa; while the aspectupon it bearsf ruit
    towards the conclusion. This holds good, say the
    astrologers,in the caseo[ all malelic planets.
    st.59-60 wrqft$sfrt 1031

    q|qqrfi qr{qFf gnit ffiilftq[nsi qTsqQI


    il{rqr* gMil(*i qt ilRrqrut{ {qk ti \q tl
    SloAa 59. In the cage of every beneficplaoet, its
    effect upon the bhava it presides over apperdrsat the
    beginningof its dasr; while the influence due to its
    position in the several vergas manifests itself in the
    middle of the dasa. What is due ro the aspecrof other
    planetsupon it comes on at the end. All astrologerg
    recognisethe distinction thus set forth between the
    Nakshatradasasof bencfic and malefic planete.

    ll {Rqffi({rrwilq'6ut tl
    il eTeTr;a{{tt(5olfr
    tl
    srrrd(frrnrrrt*dqnTeil+-
    fqqd-d-qgsqrdrwirpNitFtsI
    wtrq{rtrrs*(mfrFr}
    Uefrkufrr tr Q"tl
    Wwaftqnqil
    S/ofta 60. During the progress of the Sun's dasa,
    the generaleffects to be noted will be-money,making
    by stealthy rnining and other ways, trouble from fire
    and beasts, inflamnation of the eyes,illness affecting
    the stomachand teeth,separationfrom wife and children,
    loss among reverend seniors and parentsand general
    decay among Eervants,kine and propsrty.
    qf. ara+ru<n
    qriitrnqi fRfi?rrqin)qie*,flfragn;tqrqrtt
    qaflEqvftaqqaqiwqdrsftq
    Frrrrrr:tlT( tt
    q=xilirqft
    sflrRf{fiar qri'}q*: svq,tRf{iqrqr
    ft32 qrr(r6qfffi Adb. XVIII.

    qiorq fioarll
    fqwra+qlftrfnriri'erqqeqeeq
    "qqa E=dtqtqaqtrtr qSidrgarq-ffigfna f'1ontt
    Zqrflrq}rfQaq-geii;enraiiql {{€: rf,fo:F{t( tl
    EttIE{ttr(Iqmrtinatr{iqqrq}t
    qsetdilgitrd iEarqret{rrqru Et ll
    Sloka 6L. Mulciply the yearsof a }lahadasaby
    the yearsof the planet whose antardasais required.
    The product when divested of the f igure in the unit's
    placewill repreEentthe rronthscomposingthe antardasa.
    Multiply the figure in the unic's place omitted in the
    last operationby 3. The result will be the numberof
    daya forming part of the antardasarequired.

    ar-iltumsridrr
    il {Frq{rFTi
    kwqrfurwi$irniRfirwrr
    Ri{qqdqrriqdira.ii d u qRtl
    Sloka-62. During tlie dasaand bhukri of the Surr,
    a personmay .rcquireweaith through Brahming<-rr Ksha,
    triyar, or by a resort to arms or other ways ; he may at
    the eametime have much mentai suf{ering and leada
    wanderinglife through a foreignwild counrry.
    Cf, qodirQ+t
    t{tatrgolasfqt qqii qltqat,tz?Hfn qnrIIq( |
    ;qilcqcF qa+Fq*rrqqq f.tqi qni rfqnia ,rlenr.iifq*l
    qqq iqr{sqtr t
    qrgfrTq+rri
    qlugfuirRr{ar,i
    qrii q;tqarFiti
    n qq tl
    SloAr:63. When the N4oonhas its bhukti during
    t h c p r c g r e s eo f t h e S r r n ' sd a s aa. p e r s o nw i l l h a v ea c c e s ,
    sr. 64-66 qgrqfrsqlrrr'

    sion of wealth through the instrumentality of relatives


    and friends, indulge in idle paatimesin the companyof
    intimate and respectablepeople and guffer oevetely
    f r o m j a u n d i c ea n d k i n d r e d a i l m e n t s .
    Af . ro{riqmr
    ftgq{q}6qH{{T+E?Frrr:ofqf*,qrrJ(firutUegrfr:t
    {{ft qqrErft qe}qqrQi: tl
    q{qrfqeqfA(frr&qTq'ft
    A.lso ;itil+F{tsl

    +rlfi q-qcdtnrqi g<oiqwmrfigqrfr{


    r
    Fgafi qng€tfit{ft fir}fiq'thqq qq q tt
    q*€ae Nflrqr* gul-srrilt qR er,{gi: r
    rrqnqrri) qwl q qpg *vifitd;qflqtr *rq rt
    (ctsraii{qrftnq+{ gqrft{ |
    H.nftdqrt gi qrgcqrrditr qB tl
    Sloka 64. When Mars has its apaharain the Sun'g
    daoa,an astrologermay foretell to the perEon concerned
    acquieitionof wealth in the form of gems and gold,
    royal favor leadingto prosperity,contrraction
    and trano-
    mission of bilious and allied diseaaes.
    c/. qo{r?t-.{,r
    €qlrrq:qqfi€rr{te.r
    eoiiqq'egeaX*tfYcrr
    qtllii qqft qq ua;gfidaruq] qrft aqr&q.trtq
    rr
    Also qTildl+l1''ri
    qwoTfiRqq q fiqi r
    €eqqT€+oqlag?ti
    qgo +qftataqqrrqi
    gfiwogea:fto qra{ lr
    GTs6t.g€qr{ ffg{qlftf|gi{ I
    qEGgtiua\grdqtwtits..r* lf q\ tl
    Sloka 65, Pang of death prematurely settiog in,
    130
    1034 rtnuqtftnt Adb.xvlll

    trouble from relatives ag also from enenies, loee of place


    or mental mioery may be expectedin the bhukti of Rahu
    in the Sun's mahadasa.
    c/. sodftrr
    Rw,il qqEftilqlfrq)
    ftqrqq fevvFiqrn'ga:I
    tRnt.{a}qaERrd{rg{:rt
    firilerintq*wfq tl
    T{{s{ sdGd NqilqurTiliqI
    ftsqfqTwaifrftr.illi gt rt QQtt
    Sloka 66. What is all.worthy-wealth got through
    a wortby con, honor to Gods and Brahmanas,virtuous
    actr, good traditional observanc$, good society and
    good conversation will distinguish the antardasaof
    Jupiter during the Sun's mahadaea.
    Cy. nce{f1Q61
    ftgnqtfifiqqqrftr;qtgri-iqSagw;gxaaq t
    liri qil sflnfr'ftct{{tq. tt
    qqfdq qrqitTrf,r
    arqsTfr
    A,lso qirq.lrrtq
    flAeqFqrfagsgbor q6ar qfafiqg{r{ig I
    {qrFffflnqarfr q< qr+Itrrrqtq61;qed ll
    r{qri{qrod alagftrt}wq t
    fi{ril,fit sit 1sQutl
    ilqd1lTqnffr
    Sloha 67. During the bhukti of Saturntn the Sun'g
    dasa,a person ahould be prepared for hostility from
    every one, want of energy, an ignoble calling, mental
    worty, and liability to rick from the rulers or tbieves.
    c/. sodR{,r
    qil(ft: gnfitq: feqr ri gelrr: flqf4qfi€q;gfi: r
    qRHr qqfhqqqftsa rila\ sfrEgqn-dirti tt
    sl. 68-?0 rUrqrlsrwrr 1036

    a lso qrfr{l{ol
    qR[ I
    a1nft1frrfr,ftfiei' {0-qqnrcnlTqnqq:
    f,{iloqfdqrfq qqFn d{ {Ha\ {rgqs;61q! g
    r;gfrcrwiqrd(rts( q{wrqI
    iti*gt*qqrirfr{tw{e gt tt qall
    S/ota 68. Trouble from relatives' mental dittreao,
    depressionof epirits, wasteof money and slight comfort
    are what may be expected in the apaharaof Mercury
    during the progressof the Sun'sdasa.
    c/, qodft+t
    firrdi qs{{frq{tsn{|
    fiqfEtrftedg5'edrqdr
    qqnqrf}'it, Uo qifa Gqqrdqr'{tt
    r-{rq{qf€qqqil
    Also nmEn{WI
    fiafitr<gRat$, qlqn'\etfifteaqit r
    qq'q{rqTfi€ilrsqa fi*' gt '{Tgqaiqqfi tt
    qir6itri ffi{ilr,i *etqqrft Er t
    qfirorrgqrgJfi
    {+c<{t rq} il Eqrl
    SloAe 69. Throat-disease, mental anguioh,ophth,
    almia or prematurc death may be expected in Ketu'e
    bhukti in the Sun's mahadrsa'
    c/. woailit+,r
    qFgfil{. I
    u€Fqq: €da5gr{fiqfr frq}tq qnRrur
    uiliqarqfhiinuq'i.fiidl qqrfinfi qd ftqqry:tl
    qorqrfrqnqni I
    Sdisrrfr\{urq.
    AFdqrE$riiittrc<.tt q,fr ll so 11
    Slt ka 70. Acquisition of pearlsor other produca
    of the sea, fatigue, addiction to bad femalesand pofit-
    l086 ilrTrrliqrl Adh.XVIII.

    lessdiscussionwill markSukrs's bhukti in the Sun's


    mahadaea.
    o/. 'n-safi*l
    ftrilur wtgErftqtsqa{iR,qrrJ(qaqFqfi"gfrq. r
    gofr*rgr+qdtqtfilt ui|: gh q{fi rtrqr;inq tl
    Also sFffitrltol

    Rvqrq w.€r$oiq qii q qlfeeqar,oi{lerq1


    qEF+{qrfE+frfAfis terffrdi qrsq{iqqrd:ll
    Eil* ftqilqtn ftEqj.i qtqqt I
    utqtqffit qr\ q{rct g(rqlsqq u st tl
    Sloka 77. In the inirial portion of the Sun'sdasa,
    the father of the person concernedrvill fall ill, and there
    will be much expense. In the middle, there will be
    trouble to every one whether biped or quadruped in the
    household. In the end, there may be easeand comfort.
    dt ffqqEi'qrqq ilfodtsqEri}rq
    grdtftcfllq;gq{utE nltf\qqq{ t
    dtq WwhrqaTq dr qrt Wrof\{
    ftat qrfeEqn{rnwt frqq{ {r Eft{ n sRtl
    Slaha. 72. During the progressof the Sun,emaha-
    daraoccupyingthe deprcssionNavamgain its exaltation
    house,a person has to apprehend ill,fam:, danger,the
    deathof a eon, a wife or somepaternalrelationand loss
    of property in connection with agriculture and other
    purruits. But in the dasaof the sameplanetoccupying
    the exaltation Navamsa in the depressionhouse, the
    perBonconcernedwill attain regalprosperity,happiness,
    though towards the end thereof there day occur loss of
    wealth or his own demige,
    sl. 73-74 srErEtilsr{rrq: 1037

    q;1tqfriliil-
    Rqmwrqqnqi

    qqit qoiitt qniu qret.fill sl ll


    Stoht 73. f)uring th..: progress of the Moon's
    maha<lasa, a personwill have accessto sacredprayers,
    ecripture and Brahmanas; he will exerl fascin'rtionover
    young females, and secure to himseli women, wealth
    and lands; he will have a profusionof flowers, cloths,
    ornaments, perfumes and various valuable objects of
    enjoyment; but if therebe anything to checkthe Moon's
    strength,the effecton the personconcernedwill be that
    he will be poor and suffer from wind'disease'
    NorIis.
    The reading in q.odftqt is slightlv diflerent viz'',
    "
    firfinflqarqtq_riqfai\{f-
    ffirfrn{aqfrdtqq*eftk'r
    f18:
    SUITEH4TqITFqNIqT{fl
    q1ft rsgfqilqeffil qnilq: ll

    il eTqqqqilqFFiTt{rrsorfr ll
    qgEqrttfuR
    Rqrd.ft(ilao*n{{fr{qd
    ffiu* tadqt "{qdtEq{nrq*r qsqqrqq.I
    r.sti{ d'fqlil fiarfr Grgi gritir ir'i q
    lleBll
    quaii{'i A EdrFaHqfi
    daftq\qri\orri
    Sloka 74. Devotedattention to learning,love and
    gilk and
    muaic--vocai as rvell as instrumental-suits of
    other articles of attire which succe$Ein these purauito
    1033 rltrTqnGlld Adh. XVIII.

    gGnerallyEecures,refined society-sound health-good


    renown such ae even royal ministers and army leaders
    ecteen and envy-journey to sacredsLreamsand places
    in company with f,rmily and friends-and lastly what ie
    dear to the heart, the acquisition of lands, cows and
    horces-abundant wealth and power-these are what
    the Moon will give in the ripeningof its own dasaand
    bhukti.
    c/.weiifq*t
    {gitaqnqtrrritrraqt
    dqqtftKqeig+rrra)
    ngReseqsalgdqi qni firrft dla{tf}* rr
    itri iiftqsifi q qr;ffid $reilqqr
    ftzqrmrn(bd qo(qrnr.itgi trs\ tl
    Sloha 75, Disease,petulance,loss of place, wa$te
    of wealth, trouble from friends and brothers may be
    expectedto crop up in the bhukti of Mars in the Moon'r
    mahadasa.
    c/. q.,a{i/Q-q;t

    fia{f,eftitqqlQq:bng,efiu*tflea{t
    fqaflafidA'iiiOiqrlaiiftfirilFctrrt ll
    Also fld{,It{tut
    +)rrdritofrwfiiq i'fipft F{T;rd: q;gft q I
    gntcflei rrqfr*rfifi ,iqlqeqlftoliprqr+
    rI
    iigfrurrn( bd ffg;Tltiqiqq{ |
    r f*kg€flsllt nf,rq;nq{F(t ll uQ 11
    Siola 76. During the antara of Rahu in the
    Moon's mahadasa, a personhasto suffer distresson ac'
    count cf riskg frcm foes and dangerousdiseases,loss of
    relativer and waste of wealth ; he has no easein fact.
    ?ill:1"'""
    -""" ""-*5ly: ""","","",___'
    c/. m-oetft*r
    qrnrmfiqqrftrrqh
    fta')qRgtfrq-ga{ r
    qaqiqqfta=qii{qaodris{iilrhsa*rt
    qrnrRfr?{qrEtft
    EtttwoTwqEs
    I
    Tdr(srdwrt'ritfit ffrcnr-etn \eetf
    Sloka 77. In the Moon"smahadasa and in Jupiter'c
    apahara,a person will get vehicles and the like articleg,
    abundanceof clothing and ornaments. He will achieve
    what he strives for.
    q;oil0+,rqt{
    ___CF n
    qHqrrl;|{n: $€Iffi qq{qqg€:Hqrrrrr:I
    itqneafirfrqarqatrqfqqq*$ gn] rt
    srfrdtirtot
    ftftreeqTqqqr-qrilIlla'qrftdq{qarfiq*q( r
    ge)esqaifqqiarqi gt gruri afirqirnet tt
    qr{qtgrr*g:d qrdqtqtR{teqr
    {rfr qi((fl?ili tr ed fl
    {arqEr{rft€{rEt
    Sloha 78. Mental anguish caused by a mother,r
    cuffering,wind and bilious affe*ions, sriff words and
    discussion with unfriendly people are what a person
    has to be prepar6dfor, in the apaharaof Saturn,iuring
    the progressof the Moon's mahaCasa.
    c/. m-o-<iiQ+r
    6qqns*q+qfl( I
    \rilrrftE€: gG.gaeiltar
    qrq{rfituqrqhs* q1n;ge{{i}-ntqt rt
    Also qRTnf.{tst
    aloq*rrfRasflq.iifA
    m?rg1lgqq,qt&q.r
    *itfi qraraqtarfq
    iqi nfififlriTqq{riqfie: rf
    I040 f,rdrqrftwr Adh. xvlll,

    qr{Errkinfrf*eqwwil{qr I
    {qqY'rq{rfriitq;Erupein eq tl
    Slohu 79. Accessionof wealth from relationson
    the mother'sside,learnedmen seekingasyltrmand acqui-
    sition of clothing and ornamentswill mark the bhukti
    of Mercury in the Moon's dasa.
    c/. qodlii+r
    fl{r.rqqqqra'rigorrflH{upt*FqqEqq:
    I
    Rnirq {fi qrqafi*rrgfq qGqrdqqrEq: u
    Also .i|ir{f+Ttr'l

    glderrrit qfiqntagfiq t
    sin?rrtT;ineFq
    ftqiqlaisgadrq$dBua;qq{tFd{IU ll
    q sihirqrii{ican
    dlfui ryg<Ri t
    tfr q;(qil;tr 1 do tl
    (a{Fildrrrin{iit
    S/ota 80. Illnessof a wife, lossof relativ:s,suffer,
    ing from diseasesof the stomach arrd loss of property
    crop up in Ketu's interval in the Moon's dtsa.
    c/. so'.?fr{t
    fqneeoqq,if|;gf}i-gtrfiriqirqq qqqr
    qrfl€etdi{ftnqftqi hOfiqrfir qr;q$Esqn
    g€q.I
    dwt ultqEriaqo{qtqd
    qnqiqqr*it u,fr ff(firFei tt dt tl
    Slota 81. During the period of time allottedto
    Venus in the Moon's dasa,a person may get a dowry
    on behalfof his wife and enjoy the comforts derivable
    from agriculture,cattle and the likc, water-productsand
    clothing; he may becomeliableto any diseaseconetitu'
    tionally inherited from his mothcr.
    SI. 8243 gtgrq{ttstlTFlt 1041

    c/. m'oatQ-+r
    ileuraaggqqrsalR:FqsssRkqlqq :I
    -1'r}rr
    glfiel{lq{;qsgRa-aqrqq1uii;gQ
    Also il{"til{Jnt
    qnrqqt*fdfieisriioitqdi*qt-qala go, t
    g\6l$olqTqrt{qerR-ittqrrqif( fHhqgcq:ll
    {q{rqst,s{ aqrfraniftgqq{ t
    fu gqrmslii rfr q-nq{n<ttt dRll
    Sloha 82. Power almost regal, exemption from
    ailments,decadence happinessand prosperity
    of enemies,
    are what may be exp;cted in the Sun's bhukti in the
    Moon's mahadasa.
    c/. qoatfi+r
    (tlqlnqqfrl qtdl i\.r{rf}arRqfi;gf}: I
    fQnrrndiqrrdrdqrsFr{ir$qfi{cHilFfl{{il
    Also nfaldt+{(ul
    qlarr*{qr{tarq<rqsqrfdqakfi'61{qI
    q\rfliftq,{ai q qlfo nlaig'rrhgft fiin: tt
    sTrfrqr{saiqQ ilitra{Hntiiigr t
    Itlsri{rfFr{rqtqrgo €issis'€( ll 41 ll
    Slofrn 83. The effectdue to the bhava over which
    the Moon presidesmay come off rn the commencement
    of its mahadasa ; that due to tl're character of the sign
    representingthe bhavaas well as to the Moon's position
    will be seenin the rniddle; what is due to the aspect
    on the Moon of other planetsand' what affects the part
    of the body denoted by the bhava wrll appeartowards
    the end of the mahadaea.
    l3t
    t042 rHfifuft Adh.xvilI.
    qm{iqgf,q {Fgilwwa{rffi
    \r.Tr{il**q RRtr *{{qqmqq r
    frilqleqtfigi g unti fiqrwrirqt'
    iii{ gdEl{q;ggef{terq,T},t
    ftgr n dB tl
    Sloka 84. Aetrologers opine that in the ripening
    of Mars' mahadasathere may be attempts at money-
    making by taking to fire arms and by engagingin wars
    among rival kings and by other \ffays; there may be
    coming in of money also by medicine, by trickery, by
    fraud, and by diverse cruel acts; there may be suffering
    causedby fever arising from a morbid state of bile and
    blood : there will be seena propensityon the part of the
    perEonconcernedto resort continuallyto the societyof
    low women and a crop of hatredemanatingfrom sons,
    wife, relatives and reverend seniors. And in conse,
    quence of all this, the person will haveto eat bad
    unwholegomeiood.

    tl . ll
    $qrftE{ gtqF{ xil{tgl {qTsqqI
    q{flqffind q gi $qq{t;di n d\ tl
    Slola 85. Greatheat,dislikeof friends,annoyance
    Irom brothers, danger to be dreaded from a ruler and
    ruin of all undertakingswill be rhe characterrsticfeatures
    of Mars'own interval in thc planec'smahadasa.
    c/. qddl?Er
    finluquaqqq
    sSfrfrq freqqrqqfim'ifirgfHft:
    r
    arft wstq Rdtqq.tr
    flTilffi{l3zq*rqifiirqiur,r'igiil
    sl. 86-83 qw{*ss[|at 1043

    {ffififr{ qnqFqftil{ilq I
    nd cqE{rftftll zq ll
    gssqtftrdfkRr
    Slofra 86, During Rahu's bhukti in Mars' dasa
    thereis peril to be apprehendedfrom rulers, robbers
    andthelike; destructionof wealth andcorn andsuccess
    in evil purauits.
    Cf, qotfq*t
    qe;gqrf}: t
    qrelffirfisqrw finrff,:Stqfhrfr{qtrdt
    srppq{fsq qfi.et figsrqitqI qfrE{Fdtnil
    gwft{r'r ll
    &wqownfi qod q liilqqq I
    w(q{ qd fr€{ gfr sqffiFtr ll de ll
    Sloka 81. Acquisition of wealth and lands through
    Brahmanas,freedomfrom illness, public esteem,aocen'
    dancy and happiness will mark Jupiter's interval in
    Mars'mahadasa.
    cl. nc{t&mr
    gsqr
    Glfi gqsrql E1'l gH{r
    n-anrfifQawglfi{Tfi1fr: I
    srqq$rfiqrrtuqr],il-siiqr
    qqfi $qinl;c: RSf 11qfro1
    ll
    Also qtfrqtqtq

    morfQ*cizqi&qrfHsorfd{rFr{qrr(fl}Fil{|
    scmiqqlgqd.Eg{$qii*ilq{niqfae:tl
    {ggrrrFrraqrf{qiiqttirfqnr
    q?qqqqffi {r* Sqq{il?d ll dd ll
    SJoAa88. Illness leading to much misery, evil
    threatenedby enemies,robbers and kiogs and loss of
    1044 crirocrRilril Adh. XVIII.

    wealth are what a person has to put up with in the


    bhukti of Saturn in Mars' mahadasa.
    c/. wodrt+r
    sv{rfi fiqtt: qtFllidgcoli
    qqfslnfaq{<g:eq'iiqerf}:t
    EUQ{qIT Ru,ii ritfitnqrfiqrf}r-
    ,iqfi gqq{lqw+,i q'qqlh ll
    Also :il{;[l+{t'rl

    *,o1g{lFqqaSent qTuli{qlulTFf,ilfit{tst
    t
    spqnqrq qG.lTreqilrdi{ll *qquFnlft ll
    trqqqlqrqrinu€q]sFqwq(I I
    {TitItTIqqrb{igi gqqdrr;trll cq ll
    S/ofra 89. Accessionof wealth from the trading
    community, abundanceof houses, cows and grain,
    trouble f rom enemiesand mental worry -these, a person
    may havein the interval of Mercury in Mars'mahadasa.
    c/. noafft*r
    ,r{fi qqgr*il qeq}qrtQrfi,
    qUqqC{ITTsti
    fieisfia'i}n, 1
    {q5nqRfrerldi\qii qr
    fqrrftqrftrnaifqEqrfrflirg:11
    AIso slddtlT{ur
    st{rfa{$rTqdFiiuq;
    {tei fq{l,i Ud{rrfd}:t
    ee,ii.qEq;dfa qo4qgffreqft qR sqRe:tl
    gikttsr {rililt q;g0r6tdfs:rq
    I
    gsrTrffi{:Kt*fi $qftrF(i ll 1o ll
    Sloka 90. Great suffering brought on by a dieease
    of the stomach, trouble from relat ons and brothers,
    'l 353: "-"---Yj
    "-Y*T:"-* "".-"-
    "-"..-",--
    and oppoeition of bad people have to be apprehendod
    when Ketu has its interval in Mars' dasa.
    c/. mo<tfr+t
    3TttfAqqrTft
    eEf hnqq{tet
    furqqqqtrtrBnqrd\srlilqt( |
    wrwqqg,'* q]frfr il ftqRr:
    qfa{rfa{G *g: *iargrcq ll

    s([;r{qui qq q;g*qlqilqqq I
    dieihqilfrlt$i gh fiqq{r-ft ll ql ll
    S/ola 91. Jewel for the wife, clothing, incoming
    of money,from relatives, odium o[ lemales and their
    society(nevertheless)will be what a person may exPect
    in the bhukti of Venus in Mars' dasa.
    c/. woritft+t
    gfq qfinfiqrnfqqqmeEmn
    agefirfriiiqtq{*qitu, 1
    qftqqqRilfiqlqi qtqqtqt-
    qqEdaqqrgqiiqi qfiq-q' tl
    Also.tTifii{{ul

    fitnqtq-qRqtqqtil,Sqrq{IEqfaqqiat
    rtaafqnt|n iiq r;{\ qnatmX;} tt
    qt..,lqq

    srqiil(gee{ usi aqft{Fqaqt


    ercqqqm(rd rfr .TJqqrrrtiltll qR ll
    Stoka 97. Blame,odium of the elders,quarrelwith
    them, suffering causedby disease,h:art-ache occasioned
    by one'sown party are what may croP up in the Sun's
    apaharain Mars' drsa.
    1046 lntcrftni Adh. XVIil.

    c/. su{ftmr
    {qiFnqRWTgq€;qqqn: qRqEqaqrqfrqEia:g{e I
    srfrftofRa-tft:
    Hrqgrcraorftkfirf{fioqrgqlqfleRotfttl
    Also qkrifirrr€t

    eq g=flqtB qgqrfanqK t
    ;ilirgqTurtnqqt|A
    qoqiqqr*frqq fiquqrq,rrg{trqucaFd(F,{:
    lt
    qogat,rafiarffiilq't
    gfiheqaflqot=ar
    qrn+,{Efe.1na+rnukr\qrfAhsfi aqfh rr

    Worq,I
    rrttfrrcti EqgifiIIIftriA
    ftnrwt qfiat qt fiqqn<i tt qQtl
    Sloha 93. Various comfr:rts that wealth affords,
    cloths, pearls,precious stones, orname!)ts,heavy aleep
    and ardent passion may mark the Moon's bhukti in
    ,Marg" mahadasa.
    c;. m-cdrfQmt
    Rfrtxrgnrfri{q,i},tsft
    et{eaalarpnan'vugfi : I
    qqfrUrqarft{erfQnx{tet qr8raqqqti
    {ito'il sqqrt tt
    Also ;illiFmi{(ut

    fteii.gqgoqqq1qq1fi
    U61saq;qiir1,rutrftr
    R+(q *nqfifirdi-giire w+ fiarl +tft rr
    {r4rq qrqrdqrqrftdaqqr I
    q$\ {qrf}r*u},frftqTi ail q+( u qB tl
    Sloha 94. At the out$etof Mars dasa,there will
    be humiliationand waste of wealth. In the middle of
    the daea,there may be danger to be apprehendedfrom
    rulers,fire, brigands,an'Jthe like ; chesamewill happen
    aleo in the concluding portion of the dasa.
    sl. 96-96 qUtqfrsst{t 10c?

    sqfgeq qwflilirq qft


    ffiqrrrar q(otg(frilqq t
    ati g eWqqili'{qirar
    ER
    wqntqftq-{.rrdqgci{Ef}il n q\ tl
    S/r,rArt95. If Mars occupy the d:pression Navam,
    sa in its exaltation house,there will be according to the
    astrologers,death among the children and brothers of
    the personconcerned,during the dasa of the planet. If
    it be in the houseof depressionand occupy the exaltation
    Navamsa,the effect will appear in the successof agri-
    culture and other operations and in the accessionto
    l a n d s ,w e a l t h ,g r a i n a n d m a t e r i a lc o m f o r t s .

    ftG'{Gfrqtkiiara{q morgnftfr*rrgsq(
    |
    sdtEttniqqt{qrdiiqrqgRw( qgft{r:u qq tl
    Sloha 96. Loss of such things as comfort, happir
    ness,wealrhand worldly statug, the pang of parting
    with a wife, children and relatives, illness iq the
    extreme,residcncein a strange land, and a dispoeition
    to wrangleare what Rahu briogs about.
    'n-oajf,iaqtq
    gqiqft,flflfiq'irrqrlnuefiftgnIfrdifiuqq;gnnqI
    clqrqq
    rqEq{nmqiisqqri. fl rq;gfi qq(fiaamr{Erfiq
    I
    fqg-qtguflaa q116qlEflg1
    4nrEqqil nqrqQ'iqgeq{fad.T I
    .It gqfFqfi{iq
    e{q'tefrr{fhq,ji
    erqsoTqfleai:fft6] qfFrq+liiq:rr
    e1gG{qnHlqqqlitsqElqr(
    slfi{Qqqarff
    ' qEar,ilfiil{r;I
    l0C8 rnnrflqil Adb. XVIII.

    {{uilqR{:
    ftqqqqR{ter
    aFrfAftfr
    UFG tt
    nrtdv-onr:
    tl
    ilqntri R{rt q gkiTtt qi{qq I
    (G{rdi gn{ ti trg.flert tt q'sll
    Sloku 97. Illness of a wife, a controversy, failure
    qf the intellect, waste of wealth, roaming in a far'off
    lrad and dietreas will be the characteristicfeaturesof
    Bahu'l bhukti in Rahu'e dasa.
    cf. wiRtr
    ftngegsgqst{t{ qwsrngfiqgfi;gfr:I
    rfigqTrgsqiaprrin fiygf4pqt e<rR tr
    aqrffidrd q ilqffit T{r{rq(l
    gFor$qM gft n5fin-n\ll qc ll
    Slofta 98. Total disappearanceof ailments and
    enenies,royal favor, accessionof wealth, acquioitionof
    children and great perseverencewill mark Jupiter'o
    bhukti in Rahu's dasa.
    Cf. co/.tfq-{r
    gfudtfr' g{{aqpi frtlqil qlce{t flITl{rT:I
    grffiilurad g$qd] rr
    eguqqrredftq11s.tq:
    qrffi<uit fti l;gMEftsi(t
    qQ{rfr{rd q {* ffSE{rrd il qq tl
    Slola 99, A diseasedue to wind and bile, the
    distresr of relatives, friendaand well wishers, and resi-
    dencein a remote foreign land are what may crop up
    during $aturn's interval in Rahu's dasa.
    SL T()G-IOS qftqfrsqtrt 1049

    c/. qtrdfq-dr
    sfffinqqqtrR<* cqi+firsEla ftK: I
    €IrffTHa qq-gft,iit fift larg: qfi{sqr*+ n
    fteq?gsonffifti q qilqqq t
    {rqfiftT{rniftgq ag3fltt\ tt t"" ll
    Sloha 100. The society of friendc, relatives,wife
    and children,accessionof wealth aod royal favor can
    be enjoyedduring Mercury'sbhukti in Rahu'sdasa.
    c/. qsoElft-*r
    qr'ft t
    grcfhfe:gaciwrrrfr qftftfr'q.qqiitq
    +gftwrpur*noqfrgqenqcwilRuft€t n
    *{ cqnilfr l gr;nd qg{q{ t
    qfrq(qqTslR*ft trgffid tt tot ll
    Sloka 101. Brigandage,loss of wealth and honor,
    lossof children, death among cattle, misfortunesof all
    kinds await a personin Ketu's bhukti in Rahudaua.
    c/. n'c{tft-+r
    Grrrfff{arRq,iftrihrr flfr(#q€g€frt'q,nI
    frqeqrff,:seq: g€qlrehqErql'il(tftrertr tt
    Rt{Trerf,{xrfr!qqrq(gtqqt I
    ffig{t{ir ail(g} {r$firFtri ll t"1, ll
    Sloka 101. When Venue has itg bhukti in Rahu
    dasa,there will be accesgionof vehicler, r,.'-brellac,
    chowriesandwealth of varioussorts from forpiga lande;
    but there may be trouble from dieaaees,foes and
    relativer.
    132
    'r** ilcrcrftqrt Adb.xvlll.

    q/. cioilR-dr
    *1qFE: ttqiiqqKat gffir{IiT$q€tfl{Irl{: I
    qqrfqerffieqtf+ilfEnr,ri€rerurqrefr
    u,il: t
    qrdqftRr ftRr qftrffiil{n{ I
    tqnt{r{iqrirtfr ngqffiai ll t ol tt
    Sloka 103. Love of charitable acts, contentment,
    cessationof all violence ancioutrage and the spreadof
    a contagiousdiseasewill mark the Sun's bhukti in Rahu
    dasa.
    c/. q-o.drt{T
    srRaqqrqrqfd{teiaqr}: fi qrf}{T€tl€fi{rqgRlT
    : I
    eqgnrfi{rt'leq'igdsq{fifi1rRqreil tt
    *.rqtqcfrfqeiqegRrfrtrrrql
    r
    trfigqadflql u* qi(Eil;tt ll loB ll
    Bloho 104. When the Moon has its bhukti in
    Rahu dasa,there will be an abundanceof enjoyments,
    good crops,coming in of moncy and communion with
    kith and kin.
    Cf. q,c{h!-*t
    a{ian: we} qiwr afifreffinqilqETq{q: I
    S€[iqdH:nfi.eqq ,riqfan]qilq$R iqfifaq, tt
    qiqfig qrdrI
    c.itq(qft,ftqr
    i\qitqitEl$ RTr( ui qgqrn-fttt t o\ tl
    Stoha 105. A combinationofall possiblecalamities,
    bewilderment in every work and a culpablefailure of
    memory will be the characteristic featurer of Mars'
    interval in Rahu d asa.
    sl, l0B-103 qW{frsrlt{r M5t

    Cf. ssfrRnr
    zqlfrineqq nfrRqtqrflrrni,rqR il qilQn:I
    qqqq€a€nqqtsiqqrasqlgR sq\e5q:tt
    r.fk.frfvgrc rd&rTRn+qaqr;qiltr{|
    Mt+{ uqqFdq twrudrritgd EEfriltl
    Sloha 106 Rahu occupying Cancer, Taurus or
    Aries, aay the astrologers, will secure to the person
    concernedduring the ripening of its dasa wealth and
    corn, edification and arnusement,honor from the sove,
    reign, wives, servants and dependants happy and
    well-off.
    qrfrn{tnqtrdqtra}{fliiqrt gaqnor{q.I
    trnftqs il{Ei q E{nE{rtE$[o<r
    .ilrr{_glloetl
    Sloha 107. Astrologerssay that Rahu in Kanya,
    Meena,or Dhanusgivesto the personconcernedduring
    its dasa wife and children, lordehip of lands and a
    carriagedrawn by men.
    All theseare liableto be lost at the conclueionof
    the dasa.
    qqqfltEqffqr**zqle qr€}-
    qhrAq qRqT+
    wcdfr {{r qr I
    rr-qgFrqqqr
    v{*q}qsrt
    qgqdg€{tof gr(KEr(mt ll I o< ll
    Sft.rfrc108. When Rahuis in Leo,Virgo or Cancer,
    a personbecomesa king or a king's peer during the
    ripeningof its dasa; he wilt commandan army com,
    posedof elephantsandhorses,will behighly beneficent,
    exceedinglywealthy, devoted to pleasureand dearly
    attachedto his wife and children.
    lo6tl lTcTqrftnt Adh.xvilI.
    - @
    I u Y Y V V Y V V Y r Y U - r : r Y - ! ! v v ! v v v Y I Y U U - ! v v u v v r v v t

    ffird g!€fl*fr q{nqgi qa€tt{ |


    q{r+ qfuarEqftilflrd qq=gfr(ll tol tl
    Slokq 109. At the outset of Rahu dasa, a person
    cufferg distress; in the middle of it, he may have much
    enjoyment; but in the end, he may becomebereavedof
    his parentaand even los: his status.
    grq{rftfttqmr{nfr nwddfug& ftqfrq t
    trrilqrtgr{mRqr{t*rqdr t tiqr* utfr tt
    Stoka 110. Jupiter securesto the person concerned,
    during its dasa, rank, wealth, vehicle, apparel, royal
    qood will, purity of heart, power' knowledge,practice
    correspondingthereto, wife, children and all else con'
    nected therewith.
    c/. q.cdftqt
    qtfhqrfsqfr;qgri{v<H;dnftlfiqafflfrXga
    at
    uarannqrftq{qdg€gfdfteft&q.tt
    ruF-qFqgf,iraig
    i{rqn'qrtqtfi{fr : qftqaqRqKft
    sTrnga riln{ I
    fer64t
    gdqqgQilffr:
    flIgqTe{H{fl qrfd gftfrrr' *&itq: {flffi:ll

    tl tl
    il{lfr TrM tffidcrqa{ r
    ffiltgtlraE{rdn ttt tl
    Sloha 111. Royal favor, great diligence, achieve'
    ment of everything attempted. learning and scienceare
    what a perEonmay expect in Jupiter'e dasa and bhukti.
    c/. q6{R6r
    *qrrqtrFo{gqnu0itqq:<rn flrgaffrfa{dlqfAqlliq I
    enqrEwrgnqsgRRefHR'tqft tqgil Rdtqqu
    frq-.Ht
    St. 12-l 14 qerqdsmr 1069

    hgfr qinri gr{orciq6qqq,


    I
    s*{T{qqrslrfr{f,r ffqq{rd ll ttR ll
    Sloka I12. A feeling of aversion, mental anguish'
    waEteof wealth through the sons,failure of businessare
    what a perEon may have to be prepared for during
    Saturn'sinterval in Jupiter's mahadasa'
    c/. qoeiii+t
    flq sr+qfreqfl
    iqqmarqqFdIH{Aq Sg'qqgq{tsr I
    i{t a.{ifinft ?a+\ ;tilqlq ll
    slt-qfrrqqdharqgarfH'
    Also std{F{(rt
    6{rls:I
    irnrnanagfrfrqrifiwqqltqat:
    w'ot-,hgfr qt qE gttnrqi qftts*q* n
    Mq ttqrit trqat gr{Ha{|
    qisqt{rdtifi q ixt ff{flrd ll ttl ll
    Sloka1L3. Acquisition of wealthby meansof the
    trading community, royal favor leading to material
    comfoits and perfectpracticeof hospitalitywill mark
    Mercury'sbhukti in Jupiter'smahadasa'
    - ured&mt
    c/.
    frqR,*ftaqFeftq h{€qsorfr:t
    dqaqqqrTQFqqa
    <adordagmtgedi'itqhfqdsrrtEttit€q* rt
    Also slil{frRot
    uqgkilneqg{€qrfi sRfqilcFq€rqilfr t
    moryxlRgt*rfrqa sqfqgt dt+saiqqa: ll
    f&nqrqqefiatRfolFsllK:fm q{tert
    gftA{Hi qdt-gg} hqifitqra qd fitq ll
    uilqqroqsrit'd'lqw qqT'{R3 1
    ge'wq{rErftt*fi flqq{I;d tt ttu ll
    10d.4 arilscrft{rl Adh. XVIIL
    Sloha 114. Acquioition of pearl and coral orna_
    ments,pilgrimagesto holy shrines, increase of wealth
    and sufferingfor the aakeof reverendse'iors and the
    king will mark Ketu's intervalin Jupiter.smahadasa.
    c/. r.odfi+r
    {reaoilqqfrue*ffiilq, ftr"qqr aaq*lQgqqqq
    r
    qrq;gfAd{gqelfrrdfq, fr\engflEs qqlft*g, rr
    EErrfA qq{rfrlsrqTqdqqI
    di{rqrq{RAfrufi *qq{n-,ilin tt\ tl
    Sloha 115. Acquisition of vehicles and other
    valuableproperty, the glory of umbreltas and chowries,
    trouble from femalesand public odium are to be looked
    for in Sukra'sinterval in Jupiter's mahadasa.
    c/. s-oa?ft+r
    arrfrvpivgqFqqR;dqdtgrnqn{rqangRrlvurR:t
    qrfi }rqqrgteE,tl
    teBqrirgrTTtlqdiqt{mgqt
    Also sldfrnrrul
    q tlsnfioqrfE+ftqrrs: I
    Aifdq],ilstfqqrili
    Rl;rTFftni 6qfi;lq-€F,{,{rr},
    gt qtqqnt qt|It ll
    qfr{hqrqtfam.qu+fiqrrqrnrfa+HgQa
    I
    flqtaq:q66qmqrtftt qEritftqo q *Ra. rr
    {rfirr{i q{ fie{ Tftffii ffirrrq( t
    rrcf{{Kqrtr{rfr 61qqur;at
    il ttq tl
    Sloha 116. Flight of enemies, victory, ease,great
    diligence, coming in of wealth, royal favor and sJund
    health are what a per$onmay expectin the sun'a interval
    io Jupiter's mahadaga.
    sl. 11?-118 {gtqfrswtqs 1066
    v v v v v v v v v v v v v ! Y v ! Y ! r v v ! v Y i Y v ! ! v v v v r Y v v v Y g v v t _ d

    - qodficT
    c/.
    €lltlusitT?{gls;TqrflIfr:I
    qritf,q,frf,tqqrqq+1f*o1rt:
    irqqqrrggJ$trr6Frrqgita"qg{qrgfiE(stII
    Also skf$Tl{(ul
    garriaaftqqegal{fifieatqttf,ulfqqs{ t
    qri q\{rrf5et faiqil qlqTqqt{q q{i qqa: ll

    drue'r€rdq{ rrqqtfi g€Halt l


    R"qqeRwrl{ q-t dtEqil?ili11| {u ll
    Sitr&a 1l?. Power acquired under femaleimpulse'
    of
    royal favor leading to material comforts, acquisition
    fine appareland ornaments,are what a person may look
    for in the Moon'g interval in Jupiter's mahadasa'
    -
    c/. *-o-t-it?+it

    +nigrqqfiqmqqtorlssqdqeqqrfrandiff,erq{ t
    gqi ffqrqt{IG{fl€fA
    kfaqidqqriqqdtE wifri tt
    Also qkFnF{{st
    fiilqqta' l
    irq,wtrq[tuqqTdRq:'itrqRQa
    Geraaadgilqt ertr fiarn\ dtaflqqlt tt
    6{ird q tqrt cqtqT{q{frq{ |
    qaini iiwrd gil dlqqur;eitt t td ll
    Slohalls.Failureinbusiness,wandering'high
    of spirits'
    fever,greatrisk, lossof wcalthanddepression
    ; p;;" must be preparedfor in Kuja's interval in
    Jupiter'smahadasa'
    - mosirq*r
    c/.
    qoryahqqfieqils'ielig&ae.EfAftaqfqnqqtqq t
    qcfl(qrtqrnq.
    tt
    tqnsqEftitqqgfsfrqlflqrer.qiQ(fi
    1066 rfcrqriTfii Adb"xvm.
    Also 'fRFffrKE

    {utmqqrsqqilf+iq, s*qrieqrqsqFrdqr
    *aqar,iisftrtiqr: erqtrgefiqqaf qqrt tl
    dfi G qrRqir{qrRq{ter qrrqnfr.rtfrrorI
    Efot{rT:
    dq6i uqq frqFc{U qq{Fa*frq rr
    t{b{rr{ ti qfrq({{nqqI
    qi€ffifr adt*qqtlrrd n ttq tl
    Sloha. t t0. Apprehensionof every trouble,diseaee,
    occagionfor every possiblecalamity,and deprivation
    of
    income-this falls to the lot of a person in Rahu'sbhukti
    in Jupiter's mahadasa.
    Cf, so(iftdr
    q-grnRerrqgeqqfdahrqq
    gaq* q-srlqiiei r
    qr*qftsqqR6qn<
    qaru:$€qqtqqfhqRqmgfi}
    tl
    Ctqhriqqrr
    eggqqt ilqr eq* {,i
    ffidr swrdiqatuiMrqnr
    \
    ili gr++* qit qartrq{ff(gd
    fffiqilR€q{ tqrf\qidUil nlRofl
    Sloka 120. Jupiteroccupyinga depression Navam_
    sa in its exaltationsign bringson during the progress
    of ite dasadangerthrough robbers,foesand rui.rr] th"
    hatredof wife and sonsand bad luck generally;Uut
    when the planet is in the exahation Nivamsa'in its
    depressionsign, it Eecuresduring its dasato the p.r.*
    concerned,royal favor, materialcomforts,learning,
    wis,
    dom, fame,wealth and the influencewhich uu.t iling,
    carry; and it may even be the lordehip of the whj"
    country.
    sr. 121-182 wrcql$qtqt iorr

    qd Nfielt
    iroft$qrqqaTitTqnr{ ll
    the
    Sloka 121.Astrologers declare that during
    posseseion of
    dasaof Saturn, a person may come into
    birds and coarsegrain
    ;;;;t, a$ses'..tut., old women, guild' town-
    lnd g.t *.rlrh by int administrationof a
    ruler of a
    ship or village community and becomethe
    low tribe.
    o/. sa-fi|q-fiI
    isaffilsalflH:l
    GaqqErnqirrq{lerryrrqfiqfiaf}gfd:
    qgftiq-g$fR: gaERqq'lilqqiir'suqtfi : ql(€Kr$dltl: 11
    {rfis&{s RqqrtgarGfrtrr( qrdi<taftfiomqs'qolq{|
    gdrft qfi*Hgfi qqlgrTrmfht eaalfrHqTqil{l( ll

    1tfiEqnqffi.tl
    ffinraqtfqnqi$i q qriw\ri{gfirmnqt
    rpnrift*mr;rtni m'fritq;qr€<trquritt t1l ll
    Sloha 127. ln its own dasaand bhukti, Saturn may
    bring on diseaseand suffering through the trouble,and
    torment which thd personunder its influenceis madeto
    undergo; by exciting his envy and pride, it leadsto
    much sorrow and mental anguish; by exposing him to
    the rapacity of kings and freebooters'it depriveShin pf
    hie wealth aod store of grain.
    c/. wo4iR-tt
    ufqqfAusqQltug4l:qqqTqiiltq€qdiqq{ |
    fiqqiflilFa{q?lrfaq tt
    rqfingqrfrRoflFql{q}
    133
    1068 qrialllnqa Adh XVIII.

    GearfiIrqiqrqartffi{
    nqftw{*t hqeqrmritqr
    qgrrdiqt'tfrgrERrRdH'
    cqrqilnssTff
    wtr.i EEfun tql ft
    Sloka 123. In Saturn's dasaand bhukti, a person
    has to encounteropposition, incur the displeasureof the
    king's men, keepold servant,women,and be in dread of
    his cattle being poisoned; his wife and children have
    much suffering; himself being liable to fever, wind or
    phlegmailmentsand to colic,
    gt*lffiqtfiE& s-.qqfqrtrrqEr
    I
    gt q=Eq{rr.ft
    UftqlfrrEnrqrsift rt tRBtl
    Sloka 124. Increaseof happiness,
    wealth and fame,
    the benefitsaccruingfrom acLsof piety and customary
    religious observances, agriculture and commerce,
    a"
    person may expect to have in Mercury.s interval
    in
    Saturn's dasa.
    c/. no<?r?mr
    gqrrcqqftigleai qRil Zqoroi fiqqfdqgR: r
    frqafas' fi(ng{rw nfqqTqilftFr
    ilil$gk ii
    Also qtil+trTttT

    qrrsilqugr*qqa'{Trcqfin fiuqqn, I
    Gfwqn=q*{:msTdtqeil r{iSi nfiqr+srirrt
    qnitrud iri uoi dFgdir r
    grn{qqfl*fi tfr qqq{rr;r\rr tR\ tl
    Sloha 125. Diseasecausedby wind and bile, quarrei
    with vile wicked people and dread of evil dreims. &
    sl. 126-127 qgrqfrsqtTr 1059

    etu's interval in
    ,
    Saturn's mahadaea.
    c/. n-c<lft*r
    qfift{teqqft"qsq gdET#lq€qfi:qaa{ t
    qTgqnaniQa qq €gq.Htqdi hgq* tt

    ffg*t qtfrfr qrqrRqqaruft{|


    6.qriAg€qm'rftufi ffqq{Fitt ll tREll
    Sloha 126. A person experiencesthe good will of
    relatives,the approbation of the people, accession of
    wives, property and wealth, and the joys arising from
    agricultlreand kindred pursuitspendingSukra'sinterval
    in Sani-dasa.
    c/. ro<?rQ+r
    .\
    Sfritqqrqqfiadqq' t
    g€q$qlf,qqnTF{{f,:
    gqfiffitqafnteqni qqqlqQlftflr
    uiicqa ll
    Also flildi-{Wt
    : t
    *vrfirprg{*oqoGq: aitqiqtnTGsf,eqg+
    qm: fl*tqtrqrgqrq,qivl
    qqr;qfiTv:frsR$a€ tt
    g{,il;t}ffiai '{ Er*fiR'ffrir{ t
    qqr'd{qTiqrfrft ,TIfi ff(E{rr(i ll tl\e ll
    of wife and children, trouble from
    Sloku 1,27.L'.-rss
    the king or robbers,and a sinking ofthe heart, a person
    hagto experience, during the Sun's bhukti in Saturn'E
    mahadasa.
    Cf. qn-o-{i\*t
    q{q q EI figqq snn$qfu+ qd{tTsiTI
    qr+AdqilgrifAtrfi
    'Eq'{r;qfa6gtdf(e a1a* lt
    1060 c|urcrRilril Adh. XVI[.

    Alsd qkHiTrRqt

    q;T6fnfi*rq;gfrerrrrdrflanrrrFrT{Uq\
    sr( I
    ftq*eq'flesa qfr;qr: qd fFqt ffqE{Fd{rUtt

    wfrqtrt grdrgit wrwq I


    qrdtqqqrs'HA
    q;A q;ffittFiti n tld tl
    Sloha 128. Death of a revered matronly female,
    sorrow, dislike of reirtives, coming in of money and
    wind disease may bz expcctedduring the M:cn's bhukti
    in the daeaof Saturn.
    c/. ncalft-*r
    qfinr(fidqqtqzqiU€ii fqqfhstqqq{ r
    ;rtr{Tdqqqqftqqqqflqrgnfa{rfi
    iri* +} tt
    Also qrcsF{tq

    fis +fbiogqifi,il'r) rrtq-JfRurr:


    efi,ifialsfQ r
    srotEflHqdifiar;n qftng* 6a,qar;611il
    11
    qrwgfr q{dt{ .Trrrftqqr-ii{q{
    |
    wiicrgEi{tstfr\ q;qE{n;ftu qlq tl
    S/ofta 129. Loss of place, serious illness, various
    apprehensions, distress of brothersand friends haveto
    be looked for in Kuia's inrerval in Saturn'sdasa.
    Cf. medr!-qr
    qqpgfr q f,qfiq(€qraft aefi vrrt{qqT
    I
    efirkrnarqfqiq{rfaagufinfd{ftgt rr
    Also qrc*rr{wr
    qFqrqqnftnq.qq* qntsqrqufAqlqa erq t
    FqrEflfiis q,ig,iii{rFd\{f}gdqqR ll
    sl. 130-132 qsrqd$3rr: 1061

    ffiistqwilr,{ *tReqftsrq t
    rq+ilRmlR qr* qtqc{fiFilttl llo ll
    Stoha 130. The anguish of diseaee in every [imb,
    the devastation wrought by robbers, foes and rapacious
    rulers, and the deprivation of wealth are what a person
    may have to suffer during Rahu's bhukti in the dasaof
    Saturn.
    c/. q'oelft-+t
    efiflfrqnqgfqfiG Hq{Tqkgrgeqq{q I
    zrrqRrr=atftrifi qlflrqilrt
    Fq(gftfaFirnair
    irqtEqffi q w{tii qtgttt I
    qrqoTqq{Igifigft u<<rnrettr tlt ll
    Sloka 131. Devotion to Gods and Brahmanas,royal
    favor, great happinessand attainment of rank, a person
    will have,during Jupiter's bhukti in Saturn'sdaga.
    c/. so-(ifQnr
    fiefiK qt( r
    a{qil+qBqqunftdt'Jwlqrr
    qqqr;q&{ft{T l{ lof ue<uerf*nqfioqgttt
    trl5q q[d-{1l(vl

    rol{afi gprd fierrit qqT€ql€Siriltfto:I


    ltqro{orqgn}ar, ("]q {$qil i<firf qqft rl
    *+ ffiqrfr tilgtf ${fd de,f no
    qrfl* g fln{flffiqt s'&so rftaq t
    qwidq.mqfrqrql qrsrEaligsi
    ETlr*Rg-+r*ftqiq,tgrri flt{rr6q lt tlR ll
    Sloka 132. Saturn occupying'the depression Na'
    vamsain its exaltationhouse produceshappinessat the
    commencementof its dasa, but towards the end, it ig
    ry:-""-"---"-"""
    "
    fraughtwith woe to the creatures concerned, If the
    planetoccupythe exrltationNavamsa in its depression
    Lour., the end of the dasais hrppy while in the initial
    portion there may be evil to be fearedfrom robbersand
    err.mier,muchmiseryand roan'ing in foreignlands'
    cdqqTigengft*(qldiqftttsdstfr |
    fiei q Kst ftq'qq't*{rqftqretq${Rflltltll
    Sloka 13j. During the period that Mercury's influ'
    the
    encetakeseffect,a person will earn money through
    relatives and
    instrumentality of reverend seniors'
    he will go
    iriends; he will have fameand happines$;
    dealing in gold
    on an embassy, derive an income by
    ware and suffer from wind ailment'
    -" s-cdft*r
    c/.
    freitqTfiotq:I
    1tq{mr&qogftaafrnuqrfr:
    rRra-rqq{Tqi
    er{qfrrre{sui€stttrq{tq
    {gq{g(Wlfa(Fgrilflf,f}: tt
    ft'qiqi\R gez{IlrTqlqq}eq Rdrqtfkaqrra geqflIqq.I
    S{l€ qEcq{l
    rilqer:qgfsffisn qilq*rt qTqT.rrdrfagaEi

    ll tl
    fr iqT'J6qqfdft;=w;if{{nqtqI
    n{srql{dflqit fi*t qAqE{I<t ll t18 ll
    Stoha 134. Acquisition of beautiful houses and
    and relatives and
    apparel,money through Brahmanas
    be looked for in
    success in every undertaking may
    Mercury's bhukti in its own mahadasa'
    -'. soajtq+t
    cf.
    qinfrtirfafiqfhdifiqiTftqefreqGilot
    qem{
    e*R.ll
    fiqqr {Sqrt:gq flErff-di flti
    sl. 136-13? dltlldtsqnrt r003
    ---''----'----'

    r;g$sr qfiilr{ tffidq(t


    ur{rruqilfrft *fr fttqEil=ili ll tl\ ll
    Sloha135. Troublefrom relatives,mental agony'
    lossof comfort,dreadof an enemyand failure in busi'
    ne6sareto be expoctedduring Ketu's interval in Budha
    dasa.
    c/. qc<1iimr
    g:({tilfi{o€ISerqdlrlFrnEwfqfteflgfr:
    t
    ffiqFqfrgfr{El{Aqfrrqtnrarra:ft(fi tt
    udqTfrt{qsqlt q{t{'i ilr t
    T{ffii$ft gh drrqq{Id ll tlq ll
    Sloho 136. Of{ering of acceptable presents to
    reverendseniors, gods, fire and the Brahmanas,obser-
    vance of duty conformable to religion and morality,
    acquisition of wealth, clothing and ornamentswill mark
    Sukra's interval in the dasa of Mercury'
    c/. s'odfr{t
    rI
    tqfrqtltt[qqflfiqi qFIqfrqKKIIIFIIt
    qe{soqeft,iit q}qqrgR
    snet fHt tt
    Also qlf,:61-+Rrt

    figvwgaailiftstEt:guil{iegtinTrFtn:I
    Gfru<efiryulqT${lgqq{T;ifl}sfi '{rrli tt
    nnlqqriarfiiiqlqt ftriltar qISftil{tfiIqrtt I
    tilfi qrqi figw-ntrt fha:qqn: qqqfldhfiq. tt
    qq{quriqqrffi{Iqqtfr q6€qq I
    qdeqomrfrftcf gqqfl<i tt tle ll
    Sloku 137. Acquisition of apparel,ornaments and
    wealth, royal favor, great ease, and hearing of moral
    r064 mnrqrfiufi Adh. XVIII,

    homiliesmay be expectedin the Sun'sbhukti in Budha


    dasa.
    c/. q-g<ifi*t
    frRgrgrwiT{utqqf,qffIqflqlqgt I
    Usi.ft q Wn rq( {rgrTrf}figT-q+rektr
    Also qlffihlrr(ol

    ETwfiilqI
    E{'fitai I gGguoriflq-q{TutwR
    qiqrR{gtrqnt tfrqe qr* nqi qqi tt
    qFqrid: gqw +ffRE rrqq+iqpqffi;qfafl{ |
    qt qTfr gth ilft ffi1: lTqEfld
    hiiq tt
    rMtqqa.i q*firqi+{rr{{|
    qgcfisqflsifr qA firrfin-'dt tt tlc tl
    Sloka 138. Diseases,ill'will of enemies,miscarriage
    of every concern,risk from quadrupeds await a person
    during the Moon's interval in Budha dasa.
    Cf. woq'lfq{r
    q<fidrrFnqflqrqiei
    Sg4grgmo6{fgq*,
    rtrqfl{rqgfrqqt,iqqgg'i arfi nlnqlfio}rf
    Also qffiilrItq
    qrqffiFrrrq€rq: qF€dqqrtr{qi fqqrq:t
    fQrqdqr wg rn{fer qErqsiq$({i wa: 11
    tqrftqqild n goq56n6fitt I
    ll qlq ll
    nqCifrqqriritg'i fpq-q11F*
    S/ofra 139. Disappearanceof all danger lrom dis,
    easesor enemies,fame derived from acts of charity and
    beneficence,and royal favor accrue to a person during
    ja's bhykti in Budha dasa.
    st' 14G141 arrrlsrtlr 1066

    ct.
    sTftfffr{F ieqt tql qH qqtrffqg:ftcr t
    EqrtrRrqqnil'ratflrgq(tfr iRfigt ll
    Also qrfrfi"Fr(gl
    qr( mrnrgcfrftfrgt,Rq:
    gqmqrfuqunge: t
    fres{fi q{q: qF} gqq wt qgflil(+ n
    fte$gqq{rfr gt*ffifiWsTqt
    ffqCtfrqilsiRrAM ll tgo ll
    Sloha 140. During Rahu's bhukti in Budhadasa,a
    persongetswealth from friendsand relativesand secureE
    to himselfhappiness,learning,ornamentsandroyal favor'
    c/. s-s-<itt-qt
    qrr{fffitawgft: qqii\sfrffiqq qq{ |
    q<fiRErrqffi rftflfrqqEflirrts$ tt

    {s{--ggea{qffi{ gilrqR(l
    t*ftsftMll tgt ll
    Stoha141. When Jupiter hasits bhukti in Budha
    daaa,a personwill incur the hatredof friendo,relatives
    and elders; will haveadditionsto wealthand children,
    and the like.
    end will be liableto risk from diseases
    c/. s-ddiftml
    *qfrR€flaqrsfr: :
    aq1ft{qqunrgft,itn
    susq]iq{Fefhitq} qrrtqt tt
    qqffrRaqsi
    Also srtrdrtrGt
    fl Ff,rgitr;r<gilsRE<r
    ne+daqrarRHftc' t
    sqrt tt
    r;fl n: terqfiq5rqg:fi5ffi fr}sqE{li
    LU
    1066 tttscrnilfi Adh.xv[I.

    ffigrqq-qwdrmrt
    u.qGqwqrdfrrrfr frtqqil=* ll qul ll
    Sloko 142. Acts of charity and beneficence,acqui'
    sition of wealth, material comforts securedthrough the
    instrumentality of petty chiefs, loss in agriculture and
    the like will mark Saturn'gbhukti in Budha dasa.
    c/. q-g-{fr{r
    : q'intRq'€FqqGqTq
    edqdqfigfrt*ih r
    &rqrnqftif euffit ilrargft sqrctsfHitt
    Also sftr{fiT{q

    {-qq+i} rgq: qol{t I


    srm{qfrqRqrg{EqT
    ErilltqrdlsfA€g€{l{:
    n}'qi-auUafefrrrq.{rr
    sqttfbqarfrrqj ffiqffiqftqr t
    stft qdisd fi{{rt q P+hqutul tl
    Sloha 143. Mercury occupying the depreseionNa-
    vamsain its exaltation sign, producesincompetencyfor
    work in the person concernedand makeshim indigent
    in its dasa.
    frqqwaqTP{€tlqwqf}qdl t
    $srfi ffi qf g{qi qqiofr ll t88 ll
    Sloha 144. Mercury in depressionbut in the exal-
    tation Navamsaordainsprosperityin the endof its dasa
    thoughin the beginning thereofall be barrenof effect.
    {ifi ft r{fr sRi\t6"dd
    I
    nHrqqrsoft{Rfreilqs

    ftfiftgd q fufr*arqRqrdffitll t8\ ll


    sl. 146-14? qUq&EffiTr 1067
    -
    nfluence Utgi"' to
    ripen and yield fruit, a person feels distressed ; his
    ,*r" and judgment fail; he becomesafflicted with
    variousdiseases ; his physical torments grow; his evil
    actsmultiply ; his life ie oneof greatmisery' His com'
    forts, if any, are but slight.
    c/. ncclfQ*t
    *nttmqrqft*ri\,{iei q {atRgsqt.q.t
    $uqp66iqk+iqqhulq6qt{rrqll
    fquqrqqrq
    frtitdss;ilfi: qgq{qR{tqr
    frrRqfrdqmqt ft<qlilqnq' t
    TT{R dgqrqi Nr €lqttrRq{Eq{qihtiuqfiqlqq q ll

    ll
    soxsd{fli g(dfrdttnEriqI
    ftsqtftq{H}frtil tsqwili ll tBE ll
    Sloka 146. When Ketu 6as its intervalin its own
    daoa,a person hasto apprehendthe death of his wife
    an.l children, loss of happinessand wealth and evil
    from his enemies.
    c/. nu<lfttt
    RgqqooqgefitqeeqqqEq: q3q tErgEI(( l
    qffiqq{qrft Rtara f{fbfi otn qil Trt €ltqr( ll
    I
    *g{fursot r€ftrGq111tu.
    cttrfteitqm}ft gh *gffird tt t8uelf
    Sloka l4?. Illnessof wife and children, qtrarrels,
    loss of relatives and friends, fever and dysentery ate
    what one should be preparedfor in Sukra's bhukti in
    Ketu daaa.
    I068 ttdrwQlrt Adh.xvilr

    Cl. s.o{tr{r
    Gwt*et faqtfttq gge+G 6q51qgfn:1
    qM qqfafrt ftrRrcm-nr* tt
    qRqqsilai
    Tirqi {ffi Rt1ttrlr-i{qq I
    (ffifrt{ q tfr *gqqrd rt quull
    Sloha148. Diaappointment, ptrysicalpain, exile in
    a foreigncountry, peril and obstruction io every busi'
    neEsare likely to crop up during the Sun'sinterval in
    Ketu's dasa.
    c/. u'o<t?rr
    $qrrrui Fq6616ri14nin*RnqrrotqqI
    tt
    zqaft{tr( oqrmf4trfr Gt frrftqcflflgqrt
    qrrg{wflotdqffiarfui{dq I
    $Kilqq{Tfrfrq-Afuqlllf,rt il t8q tl
    Stoha.L49.Ennui affecting wife, children and
    attendantg,dertruction of wealchaud corn, and dietress
    of mind are to be lookedfor in the Moon's bhukti in
    Ketu dasa.
    c/. n-e(lftm
    ggqqgqna\q ilfi: gilR{d Tgg:€qr{rqfi: I
    qtRTfrqqr ftftqrqrggti rr
    qRil{gqftqnrqerq:

    S{ililgq*iWgq{t
    T;S{EIq{rmftSi*-gqqrdll t\o lt
    Sloka 150. During Kuja's bhukti ia Ketu dasa, a
    perton hagto incur the oditrm of his sono, wife and
    youngerbrothera,to sufferpain from diseaoes,foeo and
    bad rulers,artd to losetome relatives.
    qclqisslrr 1069
    Sl. 161-l5s
    -""""'"----""'
    c/. n-e<lfitt
    qs;€q{6{qq€qnit q{qft qarTqqqFd*tra. I
    gf,qe{q{g{fei q qqR 5+ ';qqqtGqtTS:ll
    rq-+r$4grdtfitnfftnrrrq t
    {r* +-gftfitrt ll lrl
    gsqHEdETE ll
    ruin
    Sloka151. Fearof kingsand robbers,sorrow'
    peopleare
    of every businessand altercation with bad
    to te e"p"ct"d in Rahu'sbhukti in Ketu dasa'
    - q-ddR-dr
    c/.
    qarq qqP'ildtflT:1
    e+Rrra*ea}u{tft+i.'iqqR
    qsqaqqqqfie?eraqffi rlis* ftrdFqgqqrg:tt
    Aqkqgecm(rqatffK[qq{l
    gt *qfintd ll l\1 ll
    {s{oF,Tqrftit
    Sloha152. Approbation of Gods'Brahmanaeaod
    and
    eldere,king's good will, exemptionfrom ailments
    for in
    ,.qoisiciorr'oflands and children may be looked
    Jupiter'sbhukti in Ketu'sdasa'
    -'go**i
    Cf. s'o{irtdl
    gt"qg q(ftqqrflH€qnqfifrfq: 1
    qar.rqiqq{ilqrrt qqft qts* gfr ftrd;qaJqqll
    q4prq T{Rr'{ gq;gil{Rffi{ |
    {rfr M
    tqsrqffiETmft ll t\1 ll
    Sloha153. Misgiving in the heart,mentalanguish
    of
    dif ference with kith and kin and the abandonment
    native countrv will mark Saturn'sinterual in Ketu dasa'
    c/. qddftdr
    qRqqffii: qfrsili figq{Rqqqs{sf,i q I
    nqrgwtqdqftdgi ftKqlqrlgI tt
    "rdqqftgft
    10?0 ltlrqIIKI Adh.xvilI.

    r€ffiriqlt grEqfiFrqqI
    gt *gfin ft tl t\B tl
    Rqngtqqililfu
    Bffia 154. The society of relativee, friends and
    the like, accessionof wealth to sons and wife, aod
    happineos derivablefrom knowledgeaccruein Mercury'e
    bhukti in Ketu dasa.
    c/. s-cdfrdr
    Sr{c{fi ng{rlR: frRqqftf}rfr,rrtqftsrt
    qgafrffffi.i\ riuifrnft gt ftrfrq-.Ffi-Tw{tt
    gqqEgilr*gr eE{rqi g€qEsI
    qrt frqrtquf stft RSi fi{ n t\\ tl
    Sloha 155. Ketu associatedwith a benefic planet
    yields happinessin its dasa. If aspectedby a benefic
    planet, it leads to the acquisition of abundant wealth.
    ll{lqsWd fur qqT*gs{atl t
    dfr uftqffitrt q6ngq il t\E fl
    Sloka 156. When asgo:iatedwith malefic planete,
    Ketu producesdanger throuqh the instrumentality of
    wicked men and misery through acquired diseaseelead,
    ing to waste of wealth.
    qtrrfi gursilfti ErnqstT{rqlt{ |
    g€qrmfr
    Enntr ffiEhmifrqrrrt\s rr
    Sloha 157. Three-fold is the effect of Ketu'g dasa.
    At the beginningof it, eldersand relations are trken ill ;
    in the middle of it, there is money coming in; at the
    end there is happiness.

    frnmrftqdiE fr€{ gwqqrcqpqqqffiqI


    qmrftrrrn{:Rqrdgqri
    firs qqrt Ug,qirfriil tre
    =l13:]"T" --"lTl
    """,""-," :S'T: "-"""---"""'acquisi-
    Sloha 158. Venus in its dasa leadsto the
    comfort'
    tion of wife, children, wealth, exceediog
    other
    fragrantwreaths,apparel,ornaments,vehiclesand
    fortune and fameequalto a king't'
    meanEof locomotio-n-,
    c/. q-dfri\6r
    *tergdq?npll tlqdqI€il{t'il ta*pofif\qqqrq'itar' t
    arRqlqr(|I
    ffi f*qrRft qqrqsft {l ffi i *aqrqqfqgqrqfr
    fincqtgarfr:I
    qqfAutfrf il Er;qEIft++€{
    fiqsfiqaqrqqrsfrurtr,iqr ll

    tl rl
    wqrdwmflffi qqtRg€wqq!|
    RgIr{ qililr{ g* gnE{rdil} ll t\q tl
    Stoha159. Acquisitionof conches, females'weatth
    securing
    and apparel,goodwork and other auchmeansof
    disappearance
    perfect-b"ppiness, of enemiesand attain-
    ,.nt of famewill mark sukra's bhukti in its mahadasfl.
    c/. wc<lR-tt
    qffitqqqrflqFqilqgqq: qqETgqHrqq:I
    gfrgR' fhfrflffio-qfr uggt eqni qGrtaRtt
    Ittflttti q Efrrllkffirqq{|
    ilMitqitgnwrF&ll tQoll
    Slokul60. ln the Sun'sbhukti in the dagaof Venuo'
    the head'
    a personbecomesliable to diseasesaffecting
    in respectto
    tt. U.tty and the eyes; he sustainsdamage
    agriculrur",cattle proptrty and incurethe displea'
    "nd
    sure of the rulere.
    ro72 r|Grftl|i Adh.xvln.
    c/. wc<?ft*r
    qqroRffifrorriqq:ftfr,zil qqqfr flifiqrq I
    Urudqrqr;qq{elug€frgfi qTgsfrftqt rt
    Also qfc-+fr<ur

    Wftfr{fr q;gfiffrf,ffqilnqqn€e{: qT( |


    #eqw-ffluqfi {rsr ,{r,hqR rififiin: ll
    fffisrqrRftgflsql
    ftikstqqqmlfrqA g{E{nd ll tqt ll
    Stoha I6L. When the Moon hasits interavl in the
    dasaof Venus, a person suffers much pain from a disease
    due to an inflammation in the nervous tissuesand from
    lust and other evil passionsof human nature and what'
    ever easehe can feel under the circumstaoces must be
    small or slight.
    sd{tft'drcr{
    qtqfr Enerrqfi
    rt€i {ft €* +qqf il {ti{ |
    q€ftU€qmqtqfr{fsifraq,ilefrae {RqftqR
    tt
    Also qrtrmr{(q
    qftiqd{qftsagi:rmes{€dlffie ftn{ t
    t{{ q qilqi {r{qr-il{rrt feq{Til ff
    qlq-qrq&
    thhrftqn:qffr wnsil qrBiTfr;mqr{|
    {rffirilqlefidrs{quroTq:lfit q;qqtfr *trd. tt
    furqmrfttriq qfut qiFrq{|
    (rrwr{qrsifrof gsErrr;ilitl tql ll
    Sloha 162. Flow of bile, diseaseof the eyes.great
    exertion, coming in of money, acquisition of wivec and
    lande are to be expected in Kuja'a bhukti in the dasr of
    Venue.
    qurq*ss'rrqr 10?3
    sL 163-164
    NOTES.
    rogam cha) is anot'her
    " Bappifu ipi q " (Pitthasrigakshi
    reading.
    Ct. soEtqTI
    ffwdlqqqFtfrg$('t
    rftrfQqqqrffrgnelq'
    g{R{rqgqq6;gffivqqsmffi$ si ll
    [l5s qkT'dlrT(or

    fiarsrretG+rrfr lr t+eqqkqq{fiMrqI
    qrk$gt tsgi\itrrqrq
    gmr{6qeqr,itq
    H--fiaqlilnw€g*C i $tqh' sl(€g fdqF{: t
    stsrr+ qdqqm.ne\*eif*q qilqR fl(q. ll

    froqKqaqrfiffga'i $6sq{ t
    qftqTqlr{lftitn* grq{rFn\ll tql ll
    forming
    Sloktt 163. Acquisition of black substances
    relatives' evil from
    a valuable prop."y, dislike oi
    be expectedin Rahu's
    friends, and injury by f ire may
    bhukti in the rnahadasa of Venus'
    c/. q-o-/ilfimt

    ft fq,{q:gaaf}q{f,eEl{€qnnqirT':qfifit{itt
    a.qa*rfiitfi q'iie:i soq\q<q'Hrilsg\tt
    fiqaiqwft qqiqrtg€H€{ |
    drgtrffi q Aqd gft gtErrr'.c\tt tqu ll
    in Sukra's
    Sloha164.During the bhukti of Jupiter
    mahadasa,a persongets wealtb' appareland ornaments'
    p"ti"t*t his religious dutie.s.leadinghin t9 ultimate
    there
    ir.ppiness;his wife anJ children may fall ill and
    maYbe distressin cousequence'
    135
    1074 rftiqfiqfi Adh. XVilI

    c/, q-o-qlft*l
    o\
    ffiqqqRillcfFmfl q{ft qr.qqlrrrglfiqq: I
    Rfiqrrsqgsq qlffiqi aRqweftartm-qrqh
    tt
    Also qlil{f}rol
    quRse*i0rRrq{.iqnr{fRR'gdEr(*€qq.
    I
    qoqEri+fr{vorTftt
    il4nrqiqrfFqff} u
    Tqdqili,iloi wtrqiFrrr{ |
    ffiqrrrqqT*frqq grffirJ(t il lq\ ll
    Sloha L65. Liaison with femalesthat are past their
    prime, accessionof houses, lands and wealth and the
    disappearanceof enemieswill mark Saturn's bhukti in
    Sukradasa.
    Cf. q-o-fifrmr
    qrndlqz+mexra
    miifQqer{hr,{f€
    il r
    fifiqfqrqfi;ri€3{i: fifiqdqaqrq'rirni} tt
    Also sld{Iqwt

    Re{ t
    flxlafiqiqgirftqciiffirs?Ttftq?itq
    \n \ \ . \
    gEI(qHl qflql q{lTql {rqal(qT;d{ql EilI q( ll

    gdirut*pltft tqdiit ue6uqr


    gqqrtqqri'rfr gt gffEdrr(iil tqE tl
    Sloha 166. During Mercury's interval in the dasa
    of Venusa person secrrresthe comfort of his 8ons,
    friends,wealtlr, royal favor, happincsson a large scale,
    prosperitl' and sound health.
    c/. q-it-'.ifq*t
    a{qs}pqqqljr{q*qqifiqqeGedaqudrqrt: I
    q=qi ||
    qq{aaffi rffirR=gfi,igqqf:aq{refd
    qtrddsqtat 10?6
    sl. 16?-1?0
    *

    ; tt*t-*
    qirseqfif\.dtolI
    1ft: ntarft qq'qErafin
    g<+r<tftftfiar-aufrinmiqt{ttC rr
    toi r:gnd q u1{rerTrilqs{|
    qffirnhfrgtqilmt tt tE\ell
    Sloka16T.Discord,deathofrelatives,injuryin,
    and depriva'
    flicted by enemies, misgiving in the heart
    be preparedfor
    tion of wealth are what a person should
    in Ketu's bhukti in the mahadasaof Venus'
    c/. radiff+;t
    {qrTdlEfiqrilaq;ntq I
    nagerQeQrcfiiflq
    ftlsfi qlsafr{qiitE{lq.ll
    erfrq <tra{qaRgfr:
    sqtrfiqnrgfr frqtuffiqF{di I
    qnr* trifirrdq s{r( qdt€gfrq.11lQc ll
    Sloka 169. Venus in its exaltation sign but in the
    loss of
    depressionNavamsa causes loss of wealth and
    statu* in its dasa.
    sI
    : drqitruqqf}Eil
    ,Tr.fi{d'rqtrfirqr
    q(ri ufrqrisrc'itr{sl}i qwsft ll lqa' ll
    Slofta 169. Venus in its depressionsign but in the
    exaltation Navamsa gives to the person concerned
    during the ripening of irs dasa, (successin) agriculture
    anCtrade and accession to his wealth'

    srqqtt{: ttesfit w\qi doqifril€riiw t


    diddrqnq{r{i{fi iqrfieqil sot{qfrll lso ll
    -,-- - l*i"*-
    i919-",--""- -."--i*:Y-'l'
    Sloha 1?0. As regardsthe crop of fruit borne, the
    dasaof a planet having full strength or in its exaltation
    is termed full or complete; that of a planet without
    strength is termed emPty. The dhs.aof a planet in a
    depressionor inimical Navamsa is to be understoodas
    untoward.
    Norns.
    Thislsloka is from Brihat Jataka. q{fr (Prasuti) means
    Radix position; Chart at birth tinre. tlwi (Sarnnurna) is the
    name given to a dasa of the planet n'irich is in exaltatiorrand is
    well-placed too.
    c/.'rfi:
    frqlttae qdlqqnsq t
    flrtqkqt wr hqr '{qrilrqfiqfqf,ttt
    d{ifielqe dtqnftiqasq t
    fiil q1qqai iqr qqlilrufqaifqjil tt
    dtqirftrrnsrq f+fqeegilqq I
    tqi ilq (nr iqr qETfii{,fi gt{I ll
    rI: aT.9{{frqFqkl'llqifiqqi{* t
    astfqesaTalq 6qtr:q?qfiqfk'it rt
    Also Uult{t
    4A;eI: I
    qsFq{T{q{l9a-{<irrRudFSi.{lf}f,s{t
    )rei qai FgqeEgst:5if:n 'T,E
    gq{;qqlfr ll
    n<fr* t3fiai'rr:refirarftmr{tigoe HIfAI
    qgtlq"tarqs
    fl.ilia<i\qqrtg )ft qrt'qfiertt
    Also €Rrsdf

    diqettfifiqqTrtgQ(€F,rl:
    qqoi{|,{tfi{ qftq: esTt r
    SL r?1-1?3 ffisstrr r0?7
    - v - - - - v - - - - - - - v

    fiitqqrtrsQat:g,reBgtn:
    )tei qni fi'.qfi qqq:g ({il' tl
    dtq{E1acwt: {lsfqait,trd'ri,t
    flqorl,qTqqq;qT q{ristq{}qqt{ tl

    eqgrnrimtiuE{r1q;o{flg q t
    (Tf,r{i*Tt{f aTI(qqtikil{rr*l tl tel ll
    S l o k a 1 ? 1 . I n t h e m a i n d a s aa s w e l l a s i n t h e s u b '
    sidiary dasaof the lord of the rnd or theTth placefrom
    any bhava,there will happenthe destructionthereof by
    (1) the planet occupyinq the [,irava; ('{]) the onE aopecE'
    ing it ; or (3) the rrrtttt+ (bhava'karaka) representingit
    Nolt s.

    Vide also A<lhyaf a V, S1. 50, supra.

    iH.iq**{wil qio+ qR tituart t


    qflrl;(1i{rr+6uii}c f}geig({q.ll l\eRll
    S l o h a 1 ? 2 . I f b ' - t t etfc p l a . n e t so c c u p y i r l ga T r i k o n a ,
    the 2nd and tl're llrh l'liavas be strong. chcy produce
    m u c h h . r p p i n e s si l r i r r : l r d a s r s t r n d a n t a r d a s a s .

    qsq{ruzTrf}fis{irr1qUqi qK{qTiicII( |
    :
    fr* qqt {rggt{r{nil( ll
    ilirresqrit Eqtr$uFii
    git dTqqq€Eqqt iqrr*IiEriqi qrildqrft-
    eiltsgK{'rsqg: tr
    t ef w h i c h t i ) e r n r t t e r
    S t o k a 1 7 3 .I n J , r t a k a p a r i j : .o
    has beenculled f rom cvery astrc)logirai work and rvhich
    1078 srd6crft{(a Adh. XVIII.

    consistsof 18 Adhyayas,the whole subjectof astrology


    beginning with the nature of the lodiacal signs and
    ending with the fruit of the drsas or pianetaryperiods
    has beentrcated by me under the auspicesof thc Sun
    and other planets

    T h u s e n d s& c .

    COLOPHON.

    tiineKttire qsli}RsrtlqsqTf\dA tT{ttt| |


    qrrc*
    ;qlfifqr s{qoqqnt dffitr q|(sqriiGn(s
    tl
    .S/otru174. (lonspicuouswith its eightecnbranches
    in the form of adhyayas full of bright blooming star$
    a n d d i s p l a y i n gm a i n l y a l l t h : f n r i t s t h : y h e : r r t, h e c e l e s '
    tial tree <-rfhorcscopessratflfieta (JatakaParijata) has
    b e e nf u l l y d e s c r i b e d .

    (flr€r{tqt5ftl
    srii ufuEToti EEqfr
    qIqHTit qq6diailT{ itloT?titslifi{ll
    rgqiffi Wdrqqftiql',itrrqdirrrftd
    3T
    fr;qfrqa*qql gqst qFer6(.:i q Tqr( qs\

    qryr€sErfft;gnffuir\nqaqnq
    giqrqrEfr'{TEiigdiiga{T{q5frnoq I
    q;<qieqtrqlfqrqffi ar{tqpotql;qqd
    ilirqrd{-{rrufftTrkii qFi Ettt;a{u tl qsq ll
    SL 176-L77 ugrqlilsErq! r0 79

    Slohas175-116.The natureand the quarter of the


    zodiacal signs; (zl) the motions of the planets, their
    place, their character and forms ; (3) the conception
    and otiier proc('ssesinvoived in the birth of every crea'
    ture ; (4) tl'',eni:merousills that overtake children and
    voung peclilein a stittc of adolescence; (5) the length
    of lrii:; (6) the rule rcgarding planetary conjunctions
    that mar the f c rtunes o[ the horoscopesin which they
    o c c u r ; ( 7 ) k i n e . m a k i n gy o g a s ; ( f t ) b e n e f i c i a lc o m b r n a -
    tions of two, three or more planets; (9) the effectsof
    Mandi, year, etc., in their order ; (10) next in order
    the Ashtakavarg;r and the reckoning of benefic dots ;
    ( l l ) t h e e f f e c t so { t h e l s t a n d t h e 2 n d b h a v a s ; ( 1 2 ) o {
    the 3rd and the +th ; ( I 3) of the 5th and the 6tL ; ( 1't)
    o f t h e T t h ,t h e t r t h a n d t h e 9 t h ; ( 1 5 ) o f t h e l O t h , t h e
    l l t h a n d t h e l 2 t h ; ( l n ) t h e h o r o s c o p eosf w o m t - n ; ( 1 7 )
    what reiatesto the Moon's pla.ceat birth and (f8) the
    dasasand their subdivisions-these havebeentreatedof'
    in the work.

    dthqrit+hszfiiaiqr*iqarqs gqit
    eTrRiqriiqqnde5qql ftqsu;lfrai t
    EIil iq=gqgqtruil ft qsK { IEqIiEdi
    qh q6uqrRqraqrfhriiatrqqg1tqriiq.ll t\es ll
    S / o A , rl ? 7 . T h e t a l e n t c da n d i l l u s t r i o t r sV a i d y a n a
    t h a , t h e s o n o f t l r c i l l r r s t r i o u s V e n k a t a d r i ,s o e m i n e n t
    for his leatningand knowlcdgchasbrcn able,under'the
    k i n d a u s p i c eos f t h e S u n a n d o t h e r p l a n e t st,o c o m p o s e
    t h i s g q i C et o ; r t t r c , l o F yJ,a t a k a p a r i j a it na l S a d h y a y a s
    embodyingall that is essentiali. r. the very nectarraised
    'T"',""-"*-"","
    -",:"*: ""-"-""1i3:
    "Yli
    from the ocean of horary science, the author has been
    able to compo$e this work in lyrical metresso as to
    win the admiration of the learnedworld'

    il {ii ,.1'iqlffiqriiqrc3qflfls u

    ll dtqlrffiaftrqrq aql ll

    --.---t'ffi--

    'Ji.,,4fi)6rl\:1t: "Bca
    l'lN 15. a-n
    . i\,1.-
    ERR€.T A

    Line For Read


    Page

    vi 2\ bp by
    I 2L ffi5.etiRa *i*erirta
    2 23 Sl kas Slokas
    J 13 Ras is Rasis
    6 sarfra ea*s
    28 ISEqT:
    13 Eirrol:

    2T 15 +{ *
    ZJ 15 frqnin fi-q{riiT
    26 33 Thrimasmsas Thrirnsamsas
    n rlftgztorq q!'*gamrq
    27
    27 23 qq 1q
    28 8 Eve Even
    ciftqtf qrRqrd
    29 17
    29 18 ?c*.+j: ?aor+:
    30 22 g.rsdg grr*dg
    3l 24 ff,iag+ qkRgo
    32 2T Rajaspadada Rajaspada.
    33 t9 *"e *r4
    s;{rd q-4rdt
    42 32
    42 33 nis uiirg
    60 25 ffi<c fisit<w
    61 I Jnpiter Jupiter
    7 a*Tqo qiq{o
    70
    Tl€toli q-6rsli
    70 28
    72 T4 srfui* esfblis
    74 25 parternal paternaJ
    77 2 ftttico: ftilrc*:
    LXIV ERRATA

    Page Line F-or Read


    .JJ
    78 sefteyes soft eyes
    ,:6
    80 intial initial
    104 12 Saturm Saturn
    105 10 aiierq i?(sl{
    r25 4 iarf*qr tarf*qr
    t')5 rt}I rrri
    t26 23 [(a-nya K:rnya
    170 2'2 t sticle testicle
    I/ L 24 gatake Jat:rka
    176 l9 RrqtnEr drqrcra
    190 20 iift: iife
    r92 b ir{TtrI.[' ccl{o
    20r (; Tf,qcrEI {*u*i"1
    216 27 *-e&iqer *;ABrr,arrqr
    227 3 o of
    227 12 fsign sigr';
    246 6 ber:orn l;r:corr-re
    n
    246 th lhc
    246 IJ ; Li f c c t c ;rffccterl
    247 6 r icrvsof vicrvso[
    2.17 2l ay;r riary:.r
    247 24 ave h:rve
    747 26 ciVilSS.fffIiII1 Jecvasarman
    247 lt fur
    t[cl 5 Jeevasarmma Jeevasarnran
    2 57 8 thls this
    267 t4 crqref*d qrcrdiii.a
    278 26 N{ rs N{ars
    280 24 nr cts rneets
    286 22 cading rezrding
    3 r4 23 qr;qqic
    "Fq;qqiq
    335 T7 ilIere Ilerc
    E TiIi ATA LXV

    I'age Line lior llead


    380 29 nd and
    39r 31 ithrv with
    101 5 dlsritcrr {srRcil
    420 2r tt3ffwg6 fleffqgA
    +22 ltl eR sR
    .+r){l )q Si rr Sign
    527 ,1\) ''v lris ellth his rrye:rlth,
    .5J8 t8 be rvili hr,rrvill
    658 3 I(ujas t;rvarga I(u jashtavarga
    658 I4 lrt: the
    683 .5 t nr: the
    730 osi qlll
    734 a.l
    th 6th
    739 10 ,\l crcury Mercury
    748 12 rc] t great
    754 .tA
    nunrher number
    756 6 {5-ciir ,rs-{iir
    783 9 {TT4Tq €TAFq
    784 t2 iraig: *eig;
    781 22 lrqcdrqriiEr{q rrnftrrqriltrdq
    786 J crm rn:rncl cornrnand
    796 20 denots <.littiltes
    799 n
    I l'ices l'isccs
    i99 2B Ir
    IL If
    H00 8 tlro 6th the 6tlr
    802 24 rvlll rvili
    806 8 plscc 1;i:r.ce
    s10 4 ll irr
    813 z:) :rttrl and
    E20 (] r-\
    a:, grgrl ; i gr r
    E 2I {\ illl(l ; i r(_i
    il2(i Jd i 'rf
    LxYr ERRATA

    Page Line For Read

    829 t4 occupfed occupied


    833 29 rn:rYr oaI'
    833 30 be he
    838 5 desease disease
    851 22 contses courses
    851 28 tha the
    1 ilfc* qrit#
    854
    871 25 associoted associated
    898 22 1th 10th
    916 1? maximum in minirnum in-
    come come
    923 25 Frilt
    Tttt
    946 1l Arus Arres
    948 16 Snbhagraha Subhagraha-
    navalnsa navalTISa

    932 l6 wonb womb


    983 3 eaeh each
    987 26 gooo good
    1003 29 tho the
    100? 29 In in
    1032 13 ftrqtrrqt ffsFrtqi
    7 ?ifcof
    i0 4 0 {rol
    13 creg ir?l
    1040

    You might also like

    pFad - Phonifier reborn

    Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

    Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


    Alternative Proxies:

    Alternative Proxy

    pFad Proxy

    pFad v3 Proxy

    pFad v4 Proxy